From 126abea100f0d6731144c1ca6f6e34a847a4350e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: luka177 Date: Thu, 21 Jul 2022 19:13:37 +0300 Subject: [PATCH 1/4] Update to latest STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver --- .../STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/rules.mk | 0 .../CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h | 22028 +++++++++------- .../CMSIS/system_stm32f4xx.h | 202 +- .../Release_Notes.html | 2342 +- .../STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h | 348 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_adc.h | 1304 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_can.h | 1293 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_cec.h | 595 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_crc.h | 158 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_cryp.h | 760 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_dac.h | 600 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.h | 210 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_dcmi.h | 616 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_dfsdm.h | 821 + .../inc/stm32f4xx_dma.h | 1210 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_dma2d.h | 942 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_dsi.h | 1003 + .../inc/stm32f4xx_exti.h | 360 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_flash.h | 977 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.h | 196 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_fmc.h | 2278 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.h | 942 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_fsmc.h | 1342 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_gpio.h | 1113 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_hash.h | 506 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_i2c.h | 1411 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_iwdg.h | 254 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_lptim.h | 378 + .../inc/stm32f4xx_ltdc.h | 1026 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_pwr.h | 475 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_qspi.h | 979 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_rcc.h | 1910 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_rng.h | 233 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_rtc.h | 1761 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_sai.h | 1263 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_sdio.h | 1064 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.h | 516 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_spi.h | 1090 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_syscfg.h | 564 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_tim.h | 2292 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_usart.h | 856 +- .../inc/stm32f4xx_wwdg.h | 214 +- .../STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/rules.mk | 0 .../STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c | 490 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_adc.c | 3482 ++- .../src/stm32f4xx_can.c | 3548 +-- .../src/stm32f4xx_cec.c | 1209 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_crc.c | 258 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_cryp.c | 1860 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_cryp_aes.c | 3404 ++- .../src/stm32f4xx_cryp_des.c | 612 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_cryp_tdes.c | 645 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_dac.c | 1420 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.c | 352 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_dcmi.c | 1068 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_dfsdm.c | 2201 ++ .../src/stm32f4xx_dma.c | 2594 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_dma2d.c | 1560 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_dsi.c | 1762 ++ .../src/stm32f4xx_exti.c | 615 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_flash.c | 3223 ++- .../src/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.c | 308 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_fmc.c | 2998 ++- .../src/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c | 3126 ++- .../src/stm32f4xx_fsmc.c | 2195 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_gpio.c | 1214 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_hash.c | 1444 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_hash_md5.c | 630 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_hash_sha1.c | 638 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_i2c.c | 2925 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_iwdg.c | 524 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_lptim.c | 943 + .../src/stm32f4xx_ltdc.c | 2212 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_pwr.c | 2086 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_qspi.c | 1815 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_rcc.c | 5928 +++-- .../src/stm32f4xx_rng.c | 795 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_rtc.c | 5518 ++-- .../src/stm32f4xx_sai.c | 2253 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_sdio.c | 2014 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.c | 981 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_spi.c | 2644 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_syscfg.c | 754 +- .../src/stm32f4xx_tim.c | 6722 +++-- .../src/stm32f4xx_usart.c | 2964 ++- .../src/stm32f4xx_wwdg.c | 606 +- .../src/system_stm32f4xx.c | 2613 +- 87 files changed, 77940 insertions(+), 67645 deletions(-) mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/rules.mk mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/system_stm32f4xx.h mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html create mode 100644 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dfsdm.h create mode 100644 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dsi.h create mode 100644 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_lptim.h mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/rules.mk mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_adc.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_can.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cec.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_crc.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_aes.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_des.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_tdes.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dac.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dcmi.c create mode 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dfsdm.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dma.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dma2d.c create mode 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dsi.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_exti.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fmc.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fsmc.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_gpio.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash_md5.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash_sha1.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_i2c.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_iwdg.c create mode 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_lptim.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_ltdc.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_pwr.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_qspi.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rcc.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rng.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rtc.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_sai.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_sdio.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_spi.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_syscfg.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_tim.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_usart.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_wwdg.c mode change 100644 => 100755 external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/system_stm32f4xx.c diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/rules.mk b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/rules.mk old mode 100644 new mode 100755 diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 6b050fd683..313262833c --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h @@ -1,9962 +1,12066 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.0 - * @date 06-March-2015 - * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File. - * This file contains all the peripheral register's definitions, bits - * definitions and memory mapping for STM32F4xx devices. - * - * The file is the unique include file that the application programmer - * is using in the C source code, usually in main.c. This file contains: - * - Configuration section that allows to select: - * - The device used in the target application - * - To use or not the peripheral’s drivers in application code(i.e. - * code will be based on direct access to peripheral’s registers - * rather than drivers API), this option is controlled by - * "#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER" - * - To change few application-specific parameters such as the HSE - * crystal frequency - * - Data structures and the address mapping for all peripherals - * - Peripheral's registers declarations and bits definition - * - Macros to access peripheral’s registers hardware - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/** @addtogroup CMSIS - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup stm32f4xx - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_H -#define __STM32F4xx_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/* lk integration */ - -#ifdef STM32F40_41XXX -#define STM32F40_41xxx -#endif - -#define assert_param(x) - -/** @addtogroup Library_configuration_section - * @{ - */ - -/* Uncomment the line below according to the target STM32 device used in your - application - */ - -#if !defined(STM32F40_41xxx) && !defined(STM32F427_437xx) && !defined(STM32F429_439xx) && !defined(STM32F401xx) && !defined(STM32F411xE) && \ - !defined(STM32F446xx) - /* #define STM32F40_41xxx */ /*!< STM32F405RG, STM32F405VG, STM32F405ZG, STM32F415RG, STM32F415VG, STM32F415ZG, - STM32F407VG, STM32F407VE, STM32F407ZG, STM32F407ZE, STM32F407IG, STM32F407IE, - STM32F417VG, STM32F417VE, STM32F417ZG, STM32F417ZE, STM32F417IG and STM32F417IE Devices */ - - /* #define STM32F427_437xx */ /*!< STM32F427VG, STM32F427VI, STM32F427ZG, STM32F427ZI, STM32F427IG, STM32F427II, - STM32F437VG, STM32F437VI, STM32F437ZG, STM32F437ZI, STM32F437IG, STM32F437II Devices */ - - /* #define STM32F429_439xx */ /*!< STM32F429VG, STM32F429VI, STM32F429ZG, STM32F429ZI, STM32F429BG, STM32F429BI, - STM32F429NG, STM32F439NI, STM32F429IG, STM32F429II, STM32F439VG, STM32F439VI, - STM32F439ZG, STM32F439ZI, STM32F439BG, STM32F439BI, STM32F439NG, STM32F439NI, - STM32F439IG and STM32F439II Devices */ - - /* #define STM32F401xx */ /*!< STM32F401CB, STM32F401CC, STM32F401RB, STM32F401RC, STM32F401VB, STM32F401VC - STM32F401CD, STM32F401RD, STM32F401VD, STM32F401CExx, STM32F401RE and STM32F401VE Devices */ - - /* #define STM32F411xE */ /*!< STM32F411CD, STM32F411RD, STM32F411VD, STM32F411CE, STM32F411RE and STM32F411VE Devices */ - - /* #define STM32F446xx */ /*!< STM32F446MC, STM32F446ME, STM32F446RC, STM32F446RE, STM32F446VC, STM32F446VE, STM32F446ZC - and STM32F446ZE Devices */ -#endif - -/* Old STM32F40XX definition, maintained for legacy purpose */ -#ifdef STM32F40XX - #define STM32F40_41xxx -#endif /* STM32F40XX */ - -/* Old STM32F427X definition, maintained for legacy purpose */ -#ifdef STM32F427X - #define STM32F427_437xx -#endif /* STM32F427X */ - -/* Old STM32F427X definition, maintained for legacy purpose */ -#ifdef STM32F429_439XX - #define STM32F429_439xx -#endif /* STM32F427X */ - -/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to switch between these - devices, you can define the device in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. - */ - -#if !defined(STM32F40_41xxx) && !defined(STM32F427_437xx) && !defined(STM32F429_439xx) && !defined(STM32F401xx) && !defined(STM32F411xE) && \ - !defined(STM32F446xx) - #error "Please select first the target STM32F4xx device used in your application (in stm32f4xx.h file)" -#endif - -#if !defined (USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER) -/** - * @brief Comment the line below if you will not use the peripherals drivers. - In this case, these drivers will not be included and the application code will - be based on direct access to peripherals registers - */ - /*#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER */ -#endif /* USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER */ - -/** - * @brief In the following line adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) - used in your application - - Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, you - can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. - */ -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) - #if !defined (HSE_VALUE) - #define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)25000000) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */ -#endif /* HSE_VALUE */ -#elif defined(STM32F446xx) - #if !defined (HSE_VALUE) - #define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */ -#endif /* HSE_VALUE */ -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ -/** - * @brief In the following line adjust the External High Speed oscillator (HSE) Startup - Timeout value - */ -#if !defined (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) - #define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0x05000) /*!< Time out for HSE start up */ -#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ - -#if !defined (HSI_VALUE) - #define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)16000000) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/ -#endif /* HSI_VALUE */ - -/** - * @brief STM32F4XX Standard Peripherals Library version number V1.5.0 - */ -#define __STM32F4XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */ -#define __STM32F4XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 (0x05) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ -#define __STM32F4XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ -#define __STM32F4XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ -#define __STM32F4XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION ((__STM32F4XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\ - |(__STM32F4XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\ - |(__STM32F4XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 << 8)\ - |(__STM32F4XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup Configuration_section_for_CMSIS - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configuration of the Cortex-M4 Processor and Core Peripherals - */ -#define __CM4_REV 0x0001 /*!< Core revision r0p1 */ -#define __MPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< STM32F4XX provides an MPU */ -#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4 /*!< STM32F4XX uses 4 Bits for the Priority Levels */ -#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0 /*!< Set to 1 if different SysTick Config is used */ -#define __FPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< FPU present */ - -/** - * @brief STM32F4XX Interrupt Number Definition, according to the selected device - * in @ref Library_configuration_section - */ -typedef enum IRQn -{ -/****** Cortex-M4 Processor Exceptions Numbers ****************************************************************/ - NonMaskableInt_IRQn = -14, /*!< 2 Non Maskable Interrupt */ - MemoryManagement_IRQn = -12, /*!< 4 Cortex-M4 Memory Management Interrupt */ - BusFault_IRQn = -11, /*!< 5 Cortex-M4 Bus Fault Interrupt */ - UsageFault_IRQn = -10, /*!< 6 Cortex-M4 Usage Fault Interrupt */ - SVCall_IRQn = -5, /*!< 11 Cortex-M4 SV Call Interrupt */ - DebugMonitor_IRQn = -4, /*!< 12 Cortex-M4 Debug Monitor Interrupt */ - PendSV_IRQn = -2, /*!< 14 Cortex-M4 Pend SV Interrupt */ - SysTick_IRQn = -1, /*!< 15 Cortex-M4 System Tick Interrupt */ -/****** STM32 specific Interrupt Numbers **********************************************************************/ - WWDG_IRQn = 0, /*!< Window WatchDog Interrupt */ - PVD_IRQn = 1, /*!< PVD through EXTI Line detection Interrupt */ - TAMP_STAMP_IRQn = 2, /*!< Tamper and TimeStamp interrupts through the EXTI line */ - RTC_WKUP_IRQn = 3, /*!< RTC Wakeup interrupt through the EXTI line */ - FLASH_IRQn = 4, /*!< FLASH global Interrupt */ - RCC_IRQn = 5, /*!< RCC global Interrupt */ - EXTI0_IRQn = 6, /*!< EXTI Line0 Interrupt */ - EXTI1_IRQn = 7, /*!< EXTI Line1 Interrupt */ - EXTI2_IRQn = 8, /*!< EXTI Line2 Interrupt */ - EXTI3_IRQn = 9, /*!< EXTI Line3 Interrupt */ - EXTI4_IRQn = 10, /*!< EXTI Line4 Interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream0_IRQn = 11, /*!< DMA1 Stream 0 global Interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream1_IRQn = 12, /*!< DMA1 Stream 1 global Interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream2_IRQn = 13, /*!< DMA1 Stream 2 global Interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream3_IRQn = 14, /*!< DMA1 Stream 3 global Interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream4_IRQn = 15, /*!< DMA1 Stream 4 global Interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream5_IRQn = 16, /*!< DMA1 Stream 5 global Interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream6_IRQn = 17, /*!< DMA1 Stream 6 global Interrupt */ - ADC_IRQn = 18, /*!< ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 global Interrupts */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) - CAN1_TX_IRQn = 19, /*!< CAN1 TX Interrupt */ - CAN1_RX0_IRQn = 20, /*!< CAN1 RX0 Interrupt */ - CAN1_RX1_IRQn = 21, /*!< CAN1 RX1 Interrupt */ - CAN1_SCE_IRQn = 22, /*!< CAN1 SCE Interrupt */ - EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */ - TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break interrupt and TIM9 global interrupt */ - TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update Interrupt and TIM10 global interrupt */ - TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM11 global interrupt */ - TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */ - TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */ - TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */ - TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */ - I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */ - I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */ - I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */ - I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */ - SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */ - SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */ - USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */ - USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */ - USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */ - EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */ - RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */ - OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line interrupt */ - TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM8 Break Interrupt and TIM12 global interrupt */ - TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQn = 44, /*!< TIM8 Update Interrupt and TIM13 global interrupt */ - TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQn = 45, /*!< TIM8 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM14 global interrupt */ - TIM8_CC_IRQn = 46, /*!< TIM8 Capture Compare Interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream7_IRQn = 47, /*!< DMA1 Stream7 Interrupt */ - FSMC_IRQn = 48, /*!< FSMC global Interrupt */ - SDIO_IRQn = 49, /*!< SDIO global Interrupt */ - TIM5_IRQn = 50, /*!< TIM5 global Interrupt */ - SPI3_IRQn = 51, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */ - UART4_IRQn = 52, /*!< UART4 global Interrupt */ - UART5_IRQn = 53, /*!< UART5 global Interrupt */ - TIM6_DAC_IRQn = 54, /*!< TIM6 global and DAC1&2 underrun error interrupts */ - TIM7_IRQn = 55, /*!< TIM7 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream0_IRQn = 56, /*!< DMA2 Stream 0 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream1_IRQn = 57, /*!< DMA2 Stream 1 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream2_IRQn = 58, /*!< DMA2 Stream 2 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream3_IRQn = 59, /*!< DMA2 Stream 3 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream4_IRQn = 60, /*!< DMA2 Stream 4 global Interrupt */ - ETH_IRQn = 61, /*!< Ethernet global Interrupt */ - ETH_WKUP_IRQn = 62, /*!< Ethernet Wakeup through EXTI line Interrupt */ - CAN2_TX_IRQn = 63, /*!< CAN2 TX Interrupt */ - CAN2_RX0_IRQn = 64, /*!< CAN2 RX0 Interrupt */ - CAN2_RX1_IRQn = 65, /*!< CAN2 RX1 Interrupt */ - CAN2_SCE_IRQn = 66, /*!< CAN2 SCE Interrupt */ - OTG_FS_IRQn = 67, /*!< USB OTG FS global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream5_IRQn = 68, /*!< DMA2 Stream 5 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream6_IRQn = 69, /*!< DMA2 Stream 6 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream7_IRQn = 70, /*!< DMA2 Stream 7 global interrupt */ - USART6_IRQn = 71, /*!< USART6 global interrupt */ - I2C3_EV_IRQn = 72, /*!< I2C3 event interrupt */ - I2C3_ER_IRQn = 73, /*!< I2C3 error interrupt */ - OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQn = 74, /*!< USB OTG HS End Point 1 Out global interrupt */ - OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQn = 75, /*!< USB OTG HS End Point 1 In global interrupt */ - OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQn = 76, /*!< USB OTG HS Wakeup through EXTI interrupt */ - OTG_HS_IRQn = 77, /*!< USB OTG HS global interrupt */ - DCMI_IRQn = 78, /*!< DCMI global interrupt */ - CRYP_IRQn = 79, /*!< CRYP crypto global interrupt */ - HASH_RNG_IRQn = 80, /*!< Hash and Rng global interrupt */ - FPU_IRQn = 81 /*!< FPU global interrupt */ -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) - CAN1_TX_IRQn = 19, /*!< CAN1 TX Interrupt */ - CAN1_RX0_IRQn = 20, /*!< CAN1 RX0 Interrupt */ - CAN1_RX1_IRQn = 21, /*!< CAN1 RX1 Interrupt */ - CAN1_SCE_IRQn = 22, /*!< CAN1 SCE Interrupt */ - EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */ - TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break interrupt and TIM9 global interrupt */ - TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update Interrupt and TIM10 global interrupt */ - TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM11 global interrupt */ - TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */ - TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */ - TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */ - TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */ - I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */ - I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */ - I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */ - I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */ - SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */ - SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */ - USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */ - USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */ - USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */ - EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */ - RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */ - OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line interrupt */ - TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM8 Break Interrupt and TIM12 global interrupt */ - TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQn = 44, /*!< TIM8 Update Interrupt and TIM13 global interrupt */ - TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQn = 45, /*!< TIM8 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM14 global interrupt */ - TIM8_CC_IRQn = 46, /*!< TIM8 Capture Compare Interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream7_IRQn = 47, /*!< DMA1 Stream7 Interrupt */ - FMC_IRQn = 48, /*!< FMC global Interrupt */ - SDIO_IRQn = 49, /*!< SDIO global Interrupt */ - TIM5_IRQn = 50, /*!< TIM5 global Interrupt */ - SPI3_IRQn = 51, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */ - UART4_IRQn = 52, /*!< UART4 global Interrupt */ - UART5_IRQn = 53, /*!< UART5 global Interrupt */ - TIM6_DAC_IRQn = 54, /*!< TIM6 global and DAC1&2 underrun error interrupts */ - TIM7_IRQn = 55, /*!< TIM7 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream0_IRQn = 56, /*!< DMA2 Stream 0 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream1_IRQn = 57, /*!< DMA2 Stream 1 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream2_IRQn = 58, /*!< DMA2 Stream 2 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream3_IRQn = 59, /*!< DMA2 Stream 3 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream4_IRQn = 60, /*!< DMA2 Stream 4 global Interrupt */ - ETH_IRQn = 61, /*!< Ethernet global Interrupt */ - ETH_WKUP_IRQn = 62, /*!< Ethernet Wakeup through EXTI line Interrupt */ - CAN2_TX_IRQn = 63, /*!< CAN2 TX Interrupt */ - CAN2_RX0_IRQn = 64, /*!< CAN2 RX0 Interrupt */ - CAN2_RX1_IRQn = 65, /*!< CAN2 RX1 Interrupt */ - CAN2_SCE_IRQn = 66, /*!< CAN2 SCE Interrupt */ - OTG_FS_IRQn = 67, /*!< USB OTG FS global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream5_IRQn = 68, /*!< DMA2 Stream 5 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream6_IRQn = 69, /*!< DMA2 Stream 6 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream7_IRQn = 70, /*!< DMA2 Stream 7 global interrupt */ - USART6_IRQn = 71, /*!< USART6 global interrupt */ - I2C3_EV_IRQn = 72, /*!< I2C3 event interrupt */ - I2C3_ER_IRQn = 73, /*!< I2C3 error interrupt */ - OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQn = 74, /*!< USB OTG HS End Point 1 Out global interrupt */ - OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQn = 75, /*!< USB OTG HS End Point 1 In global interrupt */ - OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQn = 76, /*!< USB OTG HS Wakeup through EXTI interrupt */ - OTG_HS_IRQn = 77, /*!< USB OTG HS global interrupt */ - DCMI_IRQn = 78, /*!< DCMI global interrupt */ - CRYP_IRQn = 79, /*!< CRYP crypto global interrupt */ - HASH_RNG_IRQn = 80, /*!< Hash and Rng global interrupt */ - FPU_IRQn = 81, /*!< FPU global interrupt */ - UART7_IRQn = 82, /*!< UART7 global interrupt */ - UART8_IRQn = 83, /*!< UART8 global interrupt */ - SPI4_IRQn = 84, /*!< SPI4 global Interrupt */ - SPI5_IRQn = 85, /*!< SPI5 global Interrupt */ - SPI6_IRQn = 86, /*!< SPI6 global Interrupt */ - SAI1_IRQn = 87, /*!< SAI1 global Interrupt */ - DMA2D_IRQn = 90 /*!< DMA2D global Interrupt */ -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F429_439xx) - CAN1_TX_IRQn = 19, /*!< CAN1 TX Interrupt */ - CAN1_RX0_IRQn = 20, /*!< CAN1 RX0 Interrupt */ - CAN1_RX1_IRQn = 21, /*!< CAN1 RX1 Interrupt */ - CAN1_SCE_IRQn = 22, /*!< CAN1 SCE Interrupt */ - EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */ - TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break interrupt and TIM9 global interrupt */ - TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update Interrupt and TIM10 global interrupt */ - TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM11 global interrupt */ - TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */ - TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */ - TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */ - TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */ - I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */ - I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */ - I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */ - I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */ - SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */ - SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */ - USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */ - USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */ - USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */ - EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */ - RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */ - OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line interrupt */ - TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM8 Break Interrupt and TIM12 global interrupt */ - TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQn = 44, /*!< TIM8 Update Interrupt and TIM13 global interrupt */ - TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQn = 45, /*!< TIM8 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM14 global interrupt */ - TIM8_CC_IRQn = 46, /*!< TIM8 Capture Compare Interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream7_IRQn = 47, /*!< DMA1 Stream7 Interrupt */ - FMC_IRQn = 48, /*!< FMC global Interrupt */ - SDIO_IRQn = 49, /*!< SDIO global Interrupt */ - TIM5_IRQn = 50, /*!< TIM5 global Interrupt */ - SPI3_IRQn = 51, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */ - UART4_IRQn = 52, /*!< UART4 global Interrupt */ - UART5_IRQn = 53, /*!< UART5 global Interrupt */ - TIM6_DAC_IRQn = 54, /*!< TIM6 global and DAC1&2 underrun error interrupts */ - TIM7_IRQn = 55, /*!< TIM7 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream0_IRQn = 56, /*!< DMA2 Stream 0 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream1_IRQn = 57, /*!< DMA2 Stream 1 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream2_IRQn = 58, /*!< DMA2 Stream 2 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream3_IRQn = 59, /*!< DMA2 Stream 3 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream4_IRQn = 60, /*!< DMA2 Stream 4 global Interrupt */ - ETH_IRQn = 61, /*!< Ethernet global Interrupt */ - ETH_WKUP_IRQn = 62, /*!< Ethernet Wakeup through EXTI line Interrupt */ - CAN2_TX_IRQn = 63, /*!< CAN2 TX Interrupt */ - CAN2_RX0_IRQn = 64, /*!< CAN2 RX0 Interrupt */ - CAN2_RX1_IRQn = 65, /*!< CAN2 RX1 Interrupt */ - CAN2_SCE_IRQn = 66, /*!< CAN2 SCE Interrupt */ - OTG_FS_IRQn = 67, /*!< USB OTG FS global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream5_IRQn = 68, /*!< DMA2 Stream 5 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream6_IRQn = 69, /*!< DMA2 Stream 6 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream7_IRQn = 70, /*!< DMA2 Stream 7 global interrupt */ - USART6_IRQn = 71, /*!< USART6 global interrupt */ - I2C3_EV_IRQn = 72, /*!< I2C3 event interrupt */ - I2C3_ER_IRQn = 73, /*!< I2C3 error interrupt */ - OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQn = 74, /*!< USB OTG HS End Point 1 Out global interrupt */ - OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQn = 75, /*!< USB OTG HS End Point 1 In global interrupt */ - OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQn = 76, /*!< USB OTG HS Wakeup through EXTI interrupt */ - OTG_HS_IRQn = 77, /*!< USB OTG HS global interrupt */ - DCMI_IRQn = 78, /*!< DCMI global interrupt */ - CRYP_IRQn = 79, /*!< CRYP crypto global interrupt */ - HASH_RNG_IRQn = 80, /*!< Hash and Rng global interrupt */ - FPU_IRQn = 81, /*!< FPU global interrupt */ - UART7_IRQn = 82, /*!< UART7 global interrupt */ - UART8_IRQn = 83, /*!< UART8 global interrupt */ - SPI4_IRQn = 84, /*!< SPI4 global Interrupt */ - SPI5_IRQn = 85, /*!< SPI5 global Interrupt */ - SPI6_IRQn = 86, /*!< SPI6 global Interrupt */ - SAI1_IRQn = 87, /*!< SAI1 global Interrupt */ - LTDC_IRQn = 88, /*!< LTDC global Interrupt */ - LTDC_ER_IRQn = 89, /*!< LTDC Error global Interrupt */ - DMA2D_IRQn = 90 /*!< DMA2D global Interrupt */ -#endif /* STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) - EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */ - TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break interrupt and TIM9 global interrupt */ - TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update Interrupt and TIM10 global interrupt */ - TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM11 global interrupt */ - TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */ - TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */ - TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */ - TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */ - I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */ - I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */ - I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */ - I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */ - SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */ - SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */ - USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */ - USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */ - EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */ - RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */ - OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream7_IRQn = 47, /*!< DMA1 Stream7 Interrupt */ - SDIO_IRQn = 49, /*!< SDIO global Interrupt */ - TIM5_IRQn = 50, /*!< TIM5 global Interrupt */ - SPI3_IRQn = 51, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream0_IRQn = 56, /*!< DMA2 Stream 0 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream1_IRQn = 57, /*!< DMA2 Stream 1 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream2_IRQn = 58, /*!< DMA2 Stream 2 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream3_IRQn = 59, /*!< DMA2 Stream 3 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream4_IRQn = 60, /*!< DMA2 Stream 4 global Interrupt */ - OTG_FS_IRQn = 67, /*!< USB OTG FS global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream5_IRQn = 68, /*!< DMA2 Stream 5 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream6_IRQn = 69, /*!< DMA2 Stream 6 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream7_IRQn = 70, /*!< DMA2 Stream 7 global interrupt */ - USART6_IRQn = 71, /*!< USART6 global interrupt */ - I2C3_EV_IRQn = 72, /*!< I2C3 event interrupt */ - I2C3_ER_IRQn = 73, /*!< I2C3 error interrupt */ - FPU_IRQn = 81, /*!< FPU global interrupt */ -#if defined(STM32F401xx) - SPI4_IRQn = 84 /*!< SPI4 global Interrupt */ -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ -#if defined(STM32F411xE) - SPI4_IRQn = 84, /*!< SPI4 global Interrupt */ - SPI5_IRQn = 85 /*!< SPI5 global Interrupt */ -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ -#endif /* STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - CAN1_TX_IRQn = 19, /*!< CAN1 TX Interrupt */ - CAN1_RX0_IRQn = 20, /*!< CAN1 RX0 Interrupt */ - CAN1_RX1_IRQn = 21, /*!< CAN1 RX1 Interrupt */ - CAN1_SCE_IRQn = 22, /*!< CAN1 SCE Interrupt */ - EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */ - TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break interrupt and TIM9 global interrupt */ - TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update Interrupt and TIM10 global interrupt */ - TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM11 global interrupt */ - TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */ - TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */ - TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */ - TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */ - I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */ - I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */ - I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */ - I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */ - SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */ - SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */ - USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */ - USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */ - USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */ - EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */ - RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */ - OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line interrupt */ - TIM8_BRK_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM8 Break Interrupt */ - TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM8 Break Interrupt and TIM12 global interrupt */ - TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQn = 44, /*!< TIM8 Update Interrupt and TIM13 global interrupt */ - TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQn = 45, /*!< TIM8 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM14 global interrupt */ - DMA1_Stream7_IRQn = 47, /*!< DMA1 Stream7 Interrupt */ - FMC_IRQn = 48, /*!< FMC global Interrupt */ - SDIO_IRQn = 49, /*!< SDIO global Interrupt */ - TIM5_IRQn = 50, /*!< TIM5 global Interrupt */ - SPI3_IRQn = 51, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */ - UART4_IRQn = 52, /*!< UART4 global Interrupt */ - UART5_IRQn = 53, /*!< UART5 global Interrupt */ - TIM6_DAC_IRQn = 54, /*!< TIM6 global and DAC1&2 underrun error interrupts */ - TIM7_IRQn = 55, /*!< TIM7 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream0_IRQn = 56, /*!< DMA2 Stream 0 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream1_IRQn = 57, /*!< DMA2 Stream 1 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream2_IRQn = 58, /*!< DMA2 Stream 2 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream3_IRQn = 59, /*!< DMA2 Stream 3 global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream4_IRQn = 60, /*!< DMA2 Stream 4 global Interrupt */ - CAN2_TX_IRQn = 63, /*!< CAN2 TX Interrupt */ - CAN2_RX0_IRQn = 64, /*!< CAN2 RX0 Interrupt */ - CAN2_RX1_IRQn = 65, /*!< CAN2 RX1 Interrupt */ - CAN2_SCE_IRQn = 66, /*!< CAN2 SCE Interrupt */ - OTG_FS_IRQn = 67, /*!< USB OTG FS global Interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream5_IRQn = 68, /*!< DMA2 Stream 5 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream6_IRQn = 69, /*!< DMA2 Stream 6 global interrupt */ - DMA2_Stream7_IRQn = 70, /*!< DMA2 Stream 7 global interrupt */ - USART6_IRQn = 71, /*!< USART6 global interrupt */ - I2C3_EV_IRQn = 72, /*!< I2C3 event interrupt */ - I2C3_ER_IRQn = 73, /*!< I2C3 error interrupt */ - OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQn = 74, /*!< USB OTG HS End Point 1 Out global interrupt */ - OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQn = 75, /*!< USB OTG HS End Point 1 In global interrupt */ - OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQn = 76, /*!< USB OTG HS Wakeup through EXTI interrupt */ - OTG_HS_IRQn = 77, /*!< USB OTG HS global interrupt */ - DCMI_IRQn = 78, /*!< DCMI global interrupt */ - FPU_IRQn = 81, /*!< FPU global interrupt */ - SPI4_IRQn = 84, /*!< SPI4 global Interrupt */ - SAI1_IRQn = 87, /*!< SAI1 global Interrupt */ - SAI2_IRQn = 91, /*!< SAI2 global Interrupt */ - QUADSPI_IRQn = 92, /*!< QuadSPI global Interrupt */ - CEC_IRQn = 93, /*!< QuadSPI global Interrupt */ - SPDIF_RX_IRQn = 94, /*!< QuadSPI global Interrupt */ - FMPI2C1_EV_IRQn = 95, /*!< FMPI2C Event Interrupt */ - FMPI2C1_ER_IRQn = 96 /*!< FMPCI2C Error Interrupt */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -} IRQn_Type; - -/** - * @} - */ - -#include "core_cm4.h" /* Cortex-M4 processor and core peripherals */ -#include "system_stm32f4xx.h" -#include - -/** @addtogroup Exported_types - * @{ - */ -/*!< STM32F10x Standard Peripheral Library old types (maintained for legacy purpose) */ -typedef int32_t s32; -typedef int16_t s16; -typedef int8_t s8; - -typedef const int32_t sc32; /*!< Read Only */ -typedef const int16_t sc16; /*!< Read Only */ -typedef const int8_t sc8; /*!< Read Only */ - -typedef __IO int32_t vs32; -typedef __IO int16_t vs16; -typedef __IO int8_t vs8; - -typedef __I int32_t vsc32; /*!< Read Only */ -typedef __I int16_t vsc16; /*!< Read Only */ -typedef __I int8_t vsc8; /*!< Read Only */ - -typedef uint32_t u32; -typedef uint16_t u16; -typedef uint8_t u8; - -typedef const uint32_t uc32; /*!< Read Only */ -typedef const uint16_t uc16; /*!< Read Only */ -typedef const uint8_t uc8; /*!< Read Only */ - -typedef __IO uint32_t vu32; -typedef __IO uint16_t vu16; -typedef __IO uint8_t vu8; - -typedef __I uint32_t vuc32; /*!< Read Only */ -typedef __I uint16_t vuc16; /*!< Read Only */ -typedef __I uint8_t vuc8; /*!< Read Only */ - -typedef enum {RESET = 0, SET = !RESET} FlagStatus, ITStatus; - -typedef enum {DISABLE = 0, ENABLE = !DISABLE} FunctionalState; -#define IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DISABLE) || ((STATE) == ENABLE)) - -typedef enum {ERROR = 0, SUCCESS = !ERROR} ErrorStatus; - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup Peripheral_registers_structures - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Analog to Digital Converter - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< ADC status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t CR1; /*!< ADC control register 1, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t CR2; /*!< ADC control register 2, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t SMPR1; /*!< ADC sample time register 1, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t SMPR2; /*!< ADC sample time register 2, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t JOFR1; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 1, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t JOFR2; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 2, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint32_t JOFR3; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 3, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t JOFR4; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 4, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t HTR; /*!< ADC watchdog higher threshold register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - __IO uint32_t LTR; /*!< ADC watchdog lower threshold register, Address offset: 0x28 */ - __IO uint32_t SQR1; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 1, Address offset: 0x2C */ - __IO uint32_t SQR2; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 2, Address offset: 0x30 */ - __IO uint32_t SQR3; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 3, Address offset: 0x34 */ - __IO uint32_t JSQR; /*!< ADC injected sequence register, Address offset: 0x38*/ - __IO uint32_t JDR1; /*!< ADC injected data register 1, Address offset: 0x3C */ - __IO uint32_t JDR2; /*!< ADC injected data register 2, Address offset: 0x40 */ - __IO uint32_t JDR3; /*!< ADC injected data register 3, Address offset: 0x44 */ - __IO uint32_t JDR4; /*!< ADC injected data register 4, Address offset: 0x48 */ - __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< ADC regular data register, Address offset: 0x4C */ -} ADC_TypeDef; - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< ADC Common status register, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x300 */ - __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< ADC common control register, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x304 */ - __IO uint32_t CDR; /*!< ADC common regular data register for dual - AND triple modes, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x308 */ -} ADC_Common_TypeDef; - - -/** - * @brief Controller Area Network TxMailBox - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t TIR; /*!< CAN TX mailbox identifier register */ - __IO uint32_t TDTR; /*!< CAN mailbox data length control and time stamp register */ - __IO uint32_t TDLR; /*!< CAN mailbox data low register */ - __IO uint32_t TDHR; /*!< CAN mailbox data high register */ -} CAN_TxMailBox_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Controller Area Network FIFOMailBox - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t RIR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox identifier register */ - __IO uint32_t RDTR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data length control and time stamp register */ - __IO uint32_t RDLR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data low register */ - __IO uint32_t RDHR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data high register */ -} CAN_FIFOMailBox_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Controller Area Network FilterRegister - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t FR1; /*!< CAN Filter bank register 1 */ - __IO uint32_t FR2; /*!< CAN Filter bank register 1 */ -} CAN_FilterRegister_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Controller Area Network - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t MCR; /*!< CAN master control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t MSR; /*!< CAN master status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t TSR; /*!< CAN transmit status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t RF0R; /*!< CAN receive FIFO 0 register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t RF1R; /*!< CAN receive FIFO 1 register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< CAN interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t ESR; /*!< CAN error status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint32_t BTR; /*!< CAN bit timing register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - uint32_t RESERVED0[88]; /*!< Reserved, 0x020 - 0x17F */ - CAN_TxMailBox_TypeDef sTxMailBox[3]; /*!< CAN Tx MailBox, Address offset: 0x180 - 0x1AC */ - CAN_FIFOMailBox_TypeDef sFIFOMailBox[2]; /*!< CAN FIFO MailBox, Address offset: 0x1B0 - 0x1CC */ - uint32_t RESERVED1[12]; /*!< Reserved, 0x1D0 - 0x1FF */ - __IO uint32_t FMR; /*!< CAN filter master register, Address offset: 0x200 */ - __IO uint32_t FM1R; /*!< CAN filter mode register, Address offset: 0x204 */ - uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x208 */ - __IO uint32_t FS1R; /*!< CAN filter scale register, Address offset: 0x20C */ - uint32_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x210 */ - __IO uint32_t FFA1R; /*!< CAN filter FIFO assignment register, Address offset: 0x214 */ - uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x218 */ - __IO uint32_t FA1R; /*!< CAN filter activation register, Address offset: 0x21C */ - uint32_t RESERVED5[8]; /*!< Reserved, 0x220-0x23F */ - CAN_FilterRegister_TypeDef sFilterRegister[28]; /*!< CAN Filter Register, Address offset: 0x240-0x31C */ -} CAN_TypeDef; - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Consumer Electronics Control - */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CEC control register, Address offset:0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t CFGR; /*!< CEC configuration register, Address offset:0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t TXDR; /*!< CEC Tx data register , Address offset:0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t RXDR; /*!< CEC Rx Data Register, Address offset:0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< CEC Interrupt and Status Register, Address offset:0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< CEC interrupt enable register, Address offset:0x14 */ -}CEC_TypeDef; -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief CRC calculation unit - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< CRC Data register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint8_t IDR; /*!< CRC Independent data register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - uint8_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x05 */ - uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CRC Control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ -} CRC_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Digital to Analog Converter - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DAC control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t SWTRIGR; /*!< DAC software trigger register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t DHR12R1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t DHR12L1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t DHR8R1; /*!< DAC channel1 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t DHR12R2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t DHR12L2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint32_t DHR8R2; /*!< DAC channel2 8-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t DHR12RD; /*!< Dual DAC 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t DHR12LD; /*!< DUAL DAC 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - __IO uint32_t DHR8RD; /*!< DUAL DAC 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x28 */ - __IO uint32_t DOR1; /*!< DAC channel1 data output register, Address offset: 0x2C */ - __IO uint32_t DOR2; /*!< DAC channel2 data output register, Address offset: 0x30 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< DAC status register, Address offset: 0x34 */ -} DAC_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Debug MCU - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t IDCODE; /*!< MCU device ID code, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< Debug MCU configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t APB1FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB1 freeze register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t APB2FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB2 freeze register, Address offset: 0x0C */ -}DBGMCU_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief DCMI - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DCMI control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< DCMI status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t RISR; /*!< DCMI raw interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< DCMI interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t MISR; /*!< DCMI masked interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< DCMI interrupt clear register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t ESCR; /*!< DCMI embedded synchronization code register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint32_t ESUR; /*!< DCMI embedded synchronization unmask register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t CWSTRTR; /*!< DCMI crop window start, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t CWSIZER; /*!< DCMI crop window size, Address offset: 0x24 */ - __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< DCMI data register, Address offset: 0x28 */ -} DCMI_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief DMA Controller - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DMA stream x configuration register */ - __IO uint32_t NDTR; /*!< DMA stream x number of data register */ - __IO uint32_t PAR; /*!< DMA stream x peripheral address register */ - __IO uint32_t M0AR; /*!< DMA stream x memory 0 address register */ - __IO uint32_t M1AR; /*!< DMA stream x memory 1 address register */ - __IO uint32_t FCR; /*!< DMA stream x FIFO control register */ -} DMA_Stream_TypeDef; - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t LISR; /*!< DMA low interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t HISR; /*!< DMA high interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t LIFCR; /*!< DMA low interrupt flag clear register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t HIFCR; /*!< DMA high interrupt flag clear register, Address offset: 0x0C */ -} DMA_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief DMA2D Controller - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DMA2D Control Register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< DMA2D Interrupt Status Register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t IFCR; /*!< DMA2D Interrupt Flag Clear Register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t FGMAR; /*!< DMA2D Foreground Memory Address Register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t FGOR; /*!< DMA2D Foreground Offset Register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t BGMAR; /*!< DMA2D Background Memory Address Register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t BGOR; /*!< DMA2D Background Offset Register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint32_t FGPFCCR; /*!< DMA2D Foreground PFC Control Register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t FGCOLR; /*!< DMA2D Foreground Color Register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t BGPFCCR; /*!< DMA2D Background PFC Control Register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - __IO uint32_t BGCOLR; /*!< DMA2D Background Color Register, Address offset: 0x28 */ - __IO uint32_t FGCMAR; /*!< DMA2D Foreground CLUT Memory Address Register, Address offset: 0x2C */ - __IO uint32_t BGCMAR; /*!< DMA2D Background CLUT Memory Address Register, Address offset: 0x30 */ - __IO uint32_t OPFCCR; /*!< DMA2D Output PFC Control Register, Address offset: 0x34 */ - __IO uint32_t OCOLR; /*!< DMA2D Output Color Register, Address offset: 0x38 */ - __IO uint32_t OMAR; /*!< DMA2D Output Memory Address Register, Address offset: 0x3C */ - __IO uint32_t OOR; /*!< DMA2D Output Offset Register, Address offset: 0x40 */ - __IO uint32_t NLR; /*!< DMA2D Number of Line Register, Address offset: 0x44 */ - __IO uint32_t LWR; /*!< DMA2D Line Watermark Register, Address offset: 0x48 */ - __IO uint32_t AMTCR; /*!< DMA2D AHB Master Timer Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x4C */ - uint32_t RESERVED[236]; /*!< Reserved, 0x50-0x3FF */ - __IO uint32_t FGCLUT[256]; /*!< DMA2D Foreground CLUT, Address offset:400-7FF */ - __IO uint32_t BGCLUT[256]; /*!< DMA2D Background CLUT, Address offset:800-BFF */ -} DMA2D_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Ethernet MAC - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t MACCR; - __IO uint32_t MACFFR; - __IO uint32_t MACHTHR; - __IO uint32_t MACHTLR; - __IO uint32_t MACMIIAR; - __IO uint32_t MACMIIDR; - __IO uint32_t MACFCR; - __IO uint32_t MACVLANTR; /* 8 */ - uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; - __IO uint32_t MACRWUFFR; /* 11 */ - __IO uint32_t MACPMTCSR; - uint32_t RESERVED1[2]; - __IO uint32_t MACSR; /* 15 */ - __IO uint32_t MACIMR; - __IO uint32_t MACA0HR; - __IO uint32_t MACA0LR; - __IO uint32_t MACA1HR; - __IO uint32_t MACA1LR; - __IO uint32_t MACA2HR; - __IO uint32_t MACA2LR; - __IO uint32_t MACA3HR; - __IO uint32_t MACA3LR; /* 24 */ - uint32_t RESERVED2[40]; - __IO uint32_t MMCCR; /* 65 */ - __IO uint32_t MMCRIR; - __IO uint32_t MMCTIR; - __IO uint32_t MMCRIMR; - __IO uint32_t MMCTIMR; /* 69 */ - uint32_t RESERVED3[14]; - __IO uint32_t MMCTGFSCCR; /* 84 */ - __IO uint32_t MMCTGFMSCCR; - uint32_t RESERVED4[5]; - __IO uint32_t MMCTGFCR; - uint32_t RESERVED5[10]; - __IO uint32_t MMCRFCECR; - __IO uint32_t MMCRFAECR; - uint32_t RESERVED6[10]; - __IO uint32_t MMCRGUFCR; - uint32_t RESERVED7[334]; - __IO uint32_t PTPTSCR; - __IO uint32_t PTPSSIR; - __IO uint32_t PTPTSHR; - __IO uint32_t PTPTSLR; - __IO uint32_t PTPTSHUR; - __IO uint32_t PTPTSLUR; - __IO uint32_t PTPTSAR; - __IO uint32_t PTPTTHR; - __IO uint32_t PTPTTLR; - __IO uint32_t RESERVED8; - __IO uint32_t PTPTSSR; - uint32_t RESERVED9[565]; - __IO uint32_t DMABMR; - __IO uint32_t DMATPDR; - __IO uint32_t DMARPDR; - __IO uint32_t DMARDLAR; - __IO uint32_t DMATDLAR; - __IO uint32_t DMASR; - __IO uint32_t DMAOMR; - __IO uint32_t DMAIER; - __IO uint32_t DMAMFBOCR; - __IO uint32_t DMARSWTR; - uint32_t RESERVED10[8]; - __IO uint32_t DMACHTDR; - __IO uint32_t DMACHRDR; - __IO uint32_t DMACHTBAR; - __IO uint32_t DMACHRBAR; -} ETH_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief External Interrupt/Event Controller - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< EXTI Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t EMR; /*!< EXTI Event mask register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t RTSR; /*!< EXTI Rising trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t FTSR; /*!< EXTI Falling trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t SWIER; /*!< EXTI Software interrupt event register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t PR; /*!< EXTI Pending register, Address offset: 0x14 */ -} EXTI_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief FLASH Registers - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t ACR; /*!< FLASH access control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t KEYR; /*!< FLASH key register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t OPTKEYR; /*!< FLASH option key register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< FLASH status register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< FLASH control register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t OPTCR; /*!< FLASH option control register , Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t OPTCR1; /*!< FLASH option control register 1, Address offset: 0x18 */ -} FLASH_TypeDef; - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) -/** - * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t BTCR[8]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM chip-select control register(BCR) and chip-select timing register(BTR), Address offset: 0x00-1C */ -} FSMC_Bank1_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank1E - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t BWTR[7]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM write timing registers, Address offset: 0x104-0x11C */ -} FSMC_Bank1E_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank2 - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t PCR2; /*!< NAND Flash control register 2, Address offset: 0x60 */ - __IO uint32_t SR2; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 2, Address offset: 0x64 */ - __IO uint32_t PMEM2; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x68 */ - __IO uint32_t PATT2; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x6C */ - uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x70 */ - __IO uint32_t ECCR2; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 2, Address offset: 0x74 */ -} FSMC_Bank2_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank3 - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t PCR3; /*!< NAND Flash control register 3, Address offset: 0x80 */ - __IO uint32_t SR3; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 3, Address offset: 0x84 */ - __IO uint32_t PMEM3; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x88 */ - __IO uint32_t PATT3; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x8C */ - uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x90 */ - __IO uint32_t ECCR3; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 3, Address offset: 0x94 */ -} FSMC_Bank3_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank4 - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t PCR4; /*!< PC Card control register 4, Address offset: 0xA0 */ - __IO uint32_t SR4; /*!< PC Card FIFO status and interrupt register 4, Address offset: 0xA4 */ - __IO uint32_t PMEM4; /*!< PC Card Common memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xA8 */ - __IO uint32_t PATT4; /*!< PC Card Attribute memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xAC */ - __IO uint32_t PIO4; /*!< PC Card I/O space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xB0 */ -} FSMC_Bank4_TypeDef; -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Flexible Memory Controller - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t BTCR[8]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM chip-select control register(BCR) and chip-select timing register(BTR), Address offset: 0x00-1C */ -} FMC_Bank1_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank1E - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t BWTR[7]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM write timing registers, Address offset: 0x104-0x11C */ -} FMC_Bank1E_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank2 - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t PCR2; /*!< NAND Flash control register 2, Address offset: 0x60 */ - __IO uint32_t SR2; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 2, Address offset: 0x64 */ - __IO uint32_t PMEM2; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x68 */ - __IO uint32_t PATT2; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x6C */ - uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x70 */ - __IO uint32_t ECCR2; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 2, Address offset: 0x74 */ -} FMC_Bank2_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank3 - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t PCR3; /*!< NAND Flash control register 3, Address offset: 0x80 */ - __IO uint32_t SR3; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 3, Address offset: 0x84 */ - __IO uint32_t PMEM3; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x88 */ - __IO uint32_t PATT3; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x8C */ - uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x90 */ - __IO uint32_t ECCR3; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 3, Address offset: 0x94 */ -} FMC_Bank3_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank4 - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t PCR4; /*!< PC Card control register 4, Address offset: 0xA0 */ - __IO uint32_t SR4; /*!< PC Card FIFO status and interrupt register 4, Address offset: 0xA4 */ - __IO uint32_t PMEM4; /*!< PC Card Common memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xA8 */ - __IO uint32_t PATT4; /*!< PC Card Attribute memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xAC */ - __IO uint32_t PIO4; /*!< PC Card I/O space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xB0 */ -} FMC_Bank4_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank5_6 - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t SDCR[2]; /*!< SDRAM Control registers , Address offset: 0x140-0x144 */ - __IO uint32_t SDTR[2]; /*!< SDRAM Timing registers , Address offset: 0x148-0x14C */ - __IO uint32_t SDCMR; /*!< SDRAM Command Mode register, Address offset: 0x150 */ - __IO uint32_t SDRTR; /*!< SDRAM Refresh Timer register, Address offset: 0x154 */ - __IO uint32_t SDSR; /*!< SDRAM Status register, Address offset: 0x158 */ -} FMC_Bank5_6_TypeDef; -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief General Purpose I/O - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t MODER; /*!< GPIO port mode register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t OTYPER; /*!< GPIO port output type register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t OSPEEDR; /*!< GPIO port output speed register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t PUPDR; /*!< GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t IDR; /*!< GPIO port input data register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t ODR; /*!< GPIO port output data register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint16_t BSRRL; /*!< GPIO port bit set/reset low register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint16_t BSRRH; /*!< GPIO port bit set/reset high register, Address offset: 0x1A */ - __IO uint32_t LCKR; /*!< GPIO port configuration lock register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t AFR[2]; /*!< GPIO alternate function registers, Address offset: 0x20-0x24 */ -} GPIO_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief System configuration controller - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t MEMRMP; /*!< SYSCFG memory remap register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t PMC; /*!< SYSCFG peripheral mode configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t EXTICR[4]; /*!< SYSCFG external interrupt configuration registers, Address offset: 0x08-0x14 */ - uint32_t RESERVED[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x18-0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t CMPCR; /*!< SYSCFG Compensation cell control register, Address offset: 0x20 */ -} SYSCFG_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Inter-integrated Circuit Interface - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< I2C Control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ - uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ - __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< I2C Control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ - uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ - __IO uint16_t OAR1; /*!< I2C Own address register 1, Address offset: 0x08 */ - uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ - __IO uint16_t OAR2; /*!< I2C Own address register 2, Address offset: 0x0C */ - uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ - __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< I2C Data register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ - __IO uint16_t SR1; /*!< I2C Status register 1, Address offset: 0x14 */ - uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ - __IO uint16_t SR2; /*!< I2C Status register 2, Address offset: 0x18 */ - uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ - __IO uint16_t CCR; /*!< I2C Clock control register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */ - __IO uint16_t TRISE; /*!< I2C TRISE register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */ - __IO uint16_t FLTR; /*!< I2C FLTR register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - uint16_t RESERVED9; /*!< Reserved, 0x26 */ -} I2C_TypeDef; - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Inter-integrated Circuit Interface - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR1; /*!< FMPI2C Control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t CR2; /*!< FMPI2C Control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t OAR1; /*!< FMPI2C Own address 1 register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t OAR2; /*!< FMPI2C Own address 2 register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t TIMINGR; /*!< FMPI2C Timing register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t TIMEOUTR; /*!< FMPI2C Timeout register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< FMPI2C Interrupt and status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< FMPI2C Interrupt clear register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t PECR; /*!< FMPI2C PEC register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t RXDR; /*!< FMPI2C Receive data register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - __IO uint32_t TXDR; /*!< FMPI2C Transmit data register, Address offset: 0x28 */ -}FMPI2C_TypeDef; -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief Independent WATCHDOG - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t KR; /*!< IWDG Key register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t PR; /*!< IWDG Prescaler register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t RLR; /*!< IWDG Reload register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< IWDG Status register, Address offset: 0x0C */ -} IWDG_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief LCD-TFT Display Controller - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x00-0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t SSCR; /*!< LTDC Synchronization Size Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t BPCR; /*!< LTDC Back Porch Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t AWCR; /*!< LTDC Active Width Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t TWCR; /*!< LTDC Total Width Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t GCR; /*!< LTDC Global Control Register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - uint32_t RESERVED1[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x1C-0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t SRCR; /*!< LTDC Shadow Reload Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - uint32_t RESERVED2[1]; /*!< Reserved, 0x28 */ - __IO uint32_t BCCR; /*!< LTDC Background Color Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x2C */ - uint32_t RESERVED3[1]; /*!< Reserved, 0x30 */ - __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< LTDC Interrupt Enable Register, Address offset: 0x34 */ - __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< LTDC Interrupt Status Register, Address offset: 0x38 */ - __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< LTDC Interrupt Clear Register, Address offset: 0x3C */ - __IO uint32_t LIPCR; /*!< LTDC Line Interrupt Position Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x40 */ - __IO uint32_t CPSR; /*!< LTDC Current Position Status Register, Address offset: 0x44 */ - __IO uint32_t CDSR; /*!< LTDC Current Display Status Register, Address offset: 0x48 */ -} LTDC_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief LCD-TFT Display layer x Controller - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Control Register Address offset: 0x84 */ - __IO uint32_t WHPCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Window Horizontal Position Configuration Register Address offset: 0x88 */ - __IO uint32_t WVPCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Window Vertical Position Configuration Register Address offset: 0x8C */ - __IO uint32_t CKCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Color Keying Configuration Register Address offset: 0x90 */ - __IO uint32_t PFCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Pixel Format Configuration Register Address offset: 0x94 */ - __IO uint32_t CACR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Constant Alpha Configuration Register Address offset: 0x98 */ - __IO uint32_t DCCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Default Color Configuration Register Address offset: 0x9C */ - __IO uint32_t BFCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Blending Factors Configuration Register Address offset: 0xA0 */ - uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; /*!< Reserved */ - __IO uint32_t CFBAR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Color Frame Buffer Address Register Address offset: 0xAC */ - __IO uint32_t CFBLR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Color Frame Buffer Length Register Address offset: 0xB0 */ - __IO uint32_t CFBLNR; /*!< LTDC Layerx ColorFrame Buffer Line Number Register Address offset: 0xB4 */ - uint32_t RESERVED1[3]; /*!< Reserved */ - __IO uint32_t CLUTWR; /*!< LTDC Layerx CLUT Write Register Address offset: 0x144 */ - -} LTDC_Layer_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Power Control - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< PWR power control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< PWR power control/status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ -} PWR_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Reset and Clock Control - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RCC clock control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t PLLCFGR; /*!< RCC PLL configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t CFGR; /*!< RCC clock configuration register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t CIR; /*!< RCC clock interrupt register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t AHB1RSTR; /*!< RCC AHB1 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t AHB2RSTR; /*!< RCC AHB2 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t AHB3RSTR; /*!< RCC AHB3 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t APB1RSTR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t APB2RSTR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - uint32_t RESERVED1[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x28-0x2C */ - __IO uint32_t AHB1ENR; /*!< RCC AHB1 peripheral clock register, Address offset: 0x30 */ - __IO uint32_t AHB2ENR; /*!< RCC AHB2 peripheral clock register, Address offset: 0x34 */ - __IO uint32_t AHB3ENR; /*!< RCC AHB3 peripheral clock register, Address offset: 0x38 */ - uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x3C */ - __IO uint32_t APB1ENR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral clock enable register, Address offset: 0x40 */ - __IO uint32_t APB2ENR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral clock enable register, Address offset: 0x44 */ - uint32_t RESERVED3[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x48-0x4C */ - __IO uint32_t AHB1LPENR; /*!< RCC AHB1 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x50 */ - __IO uint32_t AHB2LPENR; /*!< RCC AHB2 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x54 */ - __IO uint32_t AHB3LPENR; /*!< RCC AHB3 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x58 */ - uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x5C */ - __IO uint32_t APB1LPENR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x60 */ - __IO uint32_t APB2LPENR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x64 */ - uint32_t RESERVED5[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x68-0x6C */ - __IO uint32_t BDCR; /*!< RCC Backup domain control register, Address offset: 0x70 */ - __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< RCC clock control & status register, Address offset: 0x74 */ - uint32_t RESERVED6[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x78-0x7C */ - __IO uint32_t SSCGR; /*!< RCC spread spectrum clock generation register, Address offset: 0x80 */ - __IO uint32_t PLLI2SCFGR; /*!< RCC PLLI2S configuration register, Address offset: 0x84 */ - __IO uint32_t PLLSAICFGR; /*!< RCC PLLSAI configuration register, Address offset: 0x88 */ - __IO uint32_t DCKCFGR; /*!< RCC Dedicated Clocks configuration register, Address offset: 0x8C */ - __IO uint32_t CKGATENR; /*!< RCC Clocks Gated Enable Register, Address offset: 0x90 */ /* Only for STM32F446xx devices */ - __IO uint32_t DCKCFGR2; /*!< RCC Dedicated Clocks configuration register 2, Address offset: 0x94 */ /* Only for STM32F446xx devices */ - -} RCC_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Real-Time Clock - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t TR; /*!< RTC time register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< RTC date register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RTC control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< RTC initialization and status register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t PRER; /*!< RTC prescaler register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t WUTR; /*!< RTC wakeup timer register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t CALIBR; /*!< RTC calibration register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint32_t ALRMAR; /*!< RTC alarm A register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t ALRMBR; /*!< RTC alarm B register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t WPR; /*!< RTC write protection register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - __IO uint32_t SSR; /*!< RTC sub second register, Address offset: 0x28 */ - __IO uint32_t SHIFTR; /*!< RTC shift control register, Address offset: 0x2C */ - __IO uint32_t TSTR; /*!< RTC time stamp time register, Address offset: 0x30 */ - __IO uint32_t TSDR; /*!< RTC time stamp date register, Address offset: 0x34 */ - __IO uint32_t TSSSR; /*!< RTC time-stamp sub second register, Address offset: 0x38 */ - __IO uint32_t CALR; /*!< RTC calibration register, Address offset: 0x3C */ - __IO uint32_t TAFCR; /*!< RTC tamper and alternate function configuration register, Address offset: 0x40 */ - __IO uint32_t ALRMASSR;/*!< RTC alarm A sub second register, Address offset: 0x44 */ - __IO uint32_t ALRMBSSR;/*!< RTC alarm B sub second register, Address offset: 0x48 */ - uint32_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x4C */ - __IO uint32_t BKP0R; /*!< RTC backup register 1, Address offset: 0x50 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP1R; /*!< RTC backup register 1, Address offset: 0x54 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP2R; /*!< RTC backup register 2, Address offset: 0x58 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP3R; /*!< RTC backup register 3, Address offset: 0x5C */ - __IO uint32_t BKP4R; /*!< RTC backup register 4, Address offset: 0x60 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP5R; /*!< RTC backup register 5, Address offset: 0x64 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP6R; /*!< RTC backup register 6, Address offset: 0x68 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP7R; /*!< RTC backup register 7, Address offset: 0x6C */ - __IO uint32_t BKP8R; /*!< RTC backup register 8, Address offset: 0x70 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP9R; /*!< RTC backup register 9, Address offset: 0x74 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP10R; /*!< RTC backup register 10, Address offset: 0x78 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP11R; /*!< RTC backup register 11, Address offset: 0x7C */ - __IO uint32_t BKP12R; /*!< RTC backup register 12, Address offset: 0x80 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP13R; /*!< RTC backup register 13, Address offset: 0x84 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP14R; /*!< RTC backup register 14, Address offset: 0x88 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP15R; /*!< RTC backup register 15, Address offset: 0x8C */ - __IO uint32_t BKP16R; /*!< RTC backup register 16, Address offset: 0x90 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP17R; /*!< RTC backup register 17, Address offset: 0x94 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP18R; /*!< RTC backup register 18, Address offset: 0x98 */ - __IO uint32_t BKP19R; /*!< RTC backup register 19, Address offset: 0x9C */ -} RTC_TypeDef; - - -/** - * @brief Serial Audio Interface - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t GCR; /*!< SAI global configuration register, Address offset: 0x00 */ -} SAI_TypeDef; - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR1; /*!< SAI block x configuration register 1, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t CR2; /*!< SAI block x configuration register 2, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t FRCR; /*!< SAI block x frame configuration register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t SLOTR; /*!< SAI block x slot register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< SAI block x interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< SAI block x status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint32_t CLRFR; /*!< SAI block x clear flag register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< SAI block x data register, Address offset: 0x20 */ -} SAI_Block_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief SD host Interface - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t POWER; /*!< SDIO power control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t CLKCR; /*!< SDI clock control register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t ARG; /*!< SDIO argument register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t CMD; /*!< SDIO command register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __I uint32_t RESPCMD; /*!< SDIO command response register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __I uint32_t RESP1; /*!< SDIO response 1 register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __I uint32_t RESP2; /*!< SDIO response 2 register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __I uint32_t RESP3; /*!< SDIO response 3 register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __I uint32_t RESP4; /*!< SDIO response 4 register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t DTIMER; /*!< SDIO data timer register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - __IO uint32_t DLEN; /*!< SDIO data length register, Address offset: 0x28 */ - __IO uint32_t DCTRL; /*!< SDIO data control register, Address offset: 0x2C */ - __I uint32_t DCOUNT; /*!< SDIO data counter register, Address offset: 0x30 */ - __I uint32_t STA; /*!< SDIO status register, Address offset: 0x34 */ - __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< SDIO interrupt clear register, Address offset: 0x38 */ - __IO uint32_t MASK; /*!< SDIO mask register, Address offset: 0x3C */ - uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x40-0x44 */ - __I uint32_t FIFOCNT; /*!< SDIO FIFO counter register, Address offset: 0x48 */ - uint32_t RESERVED1[13]; /*!< Reserved, 0x4C-0x7C */ - __IO uint32_t FIFO; /*!< SDIO data FIFO register, Address offset: 0x80 */ -} SDIO_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Serial Peripheral Interface - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< SPI control register 1 (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x00 */ - uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ - __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< SPI control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ - uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ - __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< SPI status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ - __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< SPI data register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ - __IO uint16_t CRCPR; /*!< SPI CRC polynomial register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x10 */ - uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ - __IO uint16_t RXCRCR; /*!< SPI RX CRC register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x14 */ - uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ - __IO uint16_t TXCRCR; /*!< SPI TX CRC register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x18 */ - uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ - __IO uint16_t I2SCFGR; /*!< SPI_I2S configuration register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */ - __IO uint16_t I2SPR; /*!< SPI_I2S prescaler register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */ -} SPI_TypeDef; - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief SPDIFRX Interface - */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< Control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint16_t IMR; /*!< Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< Status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint16_t IFCR; /*!< Interrupt Flag Clear register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ - __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< Data input register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< Channel Status register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t DIR; /*!< Debug Information register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ -} SPDIFRX_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief QUAD Serial Peripheral Interface - */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< QUADSPI Control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t DCR; /*!< QUADSPI Device Configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< QUADSPI Status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t FCR; /*!< QUADSPI Flag Clear register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t DLR; /*!< QUADSPI Data Length register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< QUADSPI Communication Configuration register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t AR; /*!< QUADSPI Address register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint32_t ABR; /*!< QUADSPI Alternate Bytes register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< QUADSPI Data register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t PSMKR; /*!< QUADSPI Polling Status Mask register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - __IO uint32_t PSMAR; /*!< QUADSPI Polling Status Match register, Address offset: 0x28 */ - __IO uint32_t PIR; /*!< QUADSPI Polling Interval register, Address offset: 0x2C */ - __IO uint32_t LPTR; /*!< QUADSPI Low Power Timeout register, Address offset: 0x30 */ -} QUADSPI_TypeDef; -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief SPDIF-RX Interface - */ -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< Control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint16_t IMR; /*!< Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< Status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint16_t IFCR; /*!< Interrupt Flag Clear register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ - __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< Data input register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< Channel Status register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t DIR; /*!< Debug Information register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ -} SPDIF_TypeDef; -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief TIM - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< TIM control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ - uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ - __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< TIM control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ - uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ - __IO uint16_t SMCR; /*!< TIM slave mode control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ - __IO uint16_t DIER; /*!< TIM DMA/interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ - __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< TIM status register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ - __IO uint16_t EGR; /*!< TIM event generation register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ - __IO uint16_t CCMR1; /*!< TIM capture/compare mode register 1, Address offset: 0x18 */ - uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ - __IO uint16_t CCMR2; /*!< TIM capture/compare mode register 2, Address offset: 0x1C */ - uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */ - __IO uint16_t CCER; /*!< TIM capture/compare enable register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */ - __IO uint32_t CNT; /*!< TIM counter register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - __IO uint16_t PSC; /*!< TIM prescaler, Address offset: 0x28 */ - uint16_t RESERVED9; /*!< Reserved, 0x2A */ - __IO uint32_t ARR; /*!< TIM auto-reload register, Address offset: 0x2C */ - __IO uint16_t RCR; /*!< TIM repetition counter register, Address offset: 0x30 */ - uint16_t RESERVED10; /*!< Reserved, 0x32 */ - __IO uint32_t CCR1; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 1, Address offset: 0x34 */ - __IO uint32_t CCR2; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 2, Address offset: 0x38 */ - __IO uint32_t CCR3; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 3, Address offset: 0x3C */ - __IO uint32_t CCR4; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 4, Address offset: 0x40 */ - __IO uint16_t BDTR; /*!< TIM break and dead-time register, Address offset: 0x44 */ - uint16_t RESERVED11; /*!< Reserved, 0x46 */ - __IO uint16_t DCR; /*!< TIM DMA control register, Address offset: 0x48 */ - uint16_t RESERVED12; /*!< Reserved, 0x4A */ - __IO uint16_t DMAR; /*!< TIM DMA address for full transfer, Address offset: 0x4C */ - uint16_t RESERVED13; /*!< Reserved, 0x4E */ - __IO uint16_t OR; /*!< TIM option register, Address offset: 0x50 */ - uint16_t RESERVED14; /*!< Reserved, 0x52 */ -} TIM_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< USART Status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ - __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< USART Data register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ - __IO uint16_t BRR; /*!< USART Baud rate register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ - __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< USART Control register 1, Address offset: 0x0C */ - uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ - __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< USART Control register 2, Address offset: 0x10 */ - uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ - __IO uint16_t CR3; /*!< USART Control register 3, Address offset: 0x14 */ - uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ - __IO uint16_t GTPR; /*!< USART Guard time and prescaler register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ -} USART_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Window WATCHDOG - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< WWDG Control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t CFR; /*!< WWDG Configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< WWDG Status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ -} WWDG_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Crypto Processor - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CRYP control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< CRYP status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< CRYP data input register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t DOUT; /*!< CRYP data output register, Address offset: 0x0C */ - __IO uint32_t DMACR; /*!< CRYP DMA control register, Address offset: 0x10 */ - __IO uint32_t IMSCR; /*!< CRYP interrupt mask set/clear register, Address offset: 0x14 */ - __IO uint32_t RISR; /*!< CRYP raw interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ - __IO uint32_t MISR; /*!< CRYP masked interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t K0LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 0, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t K0RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 0, Address offset: 0x24 */ - __IO uint32_t K1LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 1, Address offset: 0x28 */ - __IO uint32_t K1RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 1, Address offset: 0x2C */ - __IO uint32_t K2LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 2, Address offset: 0x30 */ - __IO uint32_t K2RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 2, Address offset: 0x34 */ - __IO uint32_t K3LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 3, Address offset: 0x38 */ - __IO uint32_t K3RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 3, Address offset: 0x3C */ - __IO uint32_t IV0LR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector left-word register 0, Address offset: 0x40 */ - __IO uint32_t IV0RR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector right-word register 0, Address offset: 0x44 */ - __IO uint32_t IV1LR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector left-word register 1, Address offset: 0x48 */ - __IO uint32_t IV1RR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector right-word register 1, Address offset: 0x4C */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM0R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 0, Address offset: 0x50 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM1R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 1, Address offset: 0x54 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM2R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 2, Address offset: 0x58 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM3R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 3, Address offset: 0x5C */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM4R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 4, Address offset: 0x60 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM5R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 5, Address offset: 0x64 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM6R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 6, Address offset: 0x68 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM7R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 7, Address offset: 0x6C */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCM0R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 0, Address offset: 0x70 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCM1R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 1, Address offset: 0x74 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCM2R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 2, Address offset: 0x78 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCM3R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 3, Address offset: 0x7C */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCM4R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 4, Address offset: 0x80 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCM5R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 5, Address offset: 0x84 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCM6R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 6, Address offset: 0x88 */ - __IO uint32_t CSGCM7R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 7, Address offset: 0x8C */ -} CRYP_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief HASH - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< HASH control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t DIN; /*!< HASH data input register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t STR; /*!< HASH start register, Address offset: 0x08 */ - __IO uint32_t HR[5]; /*!< HASH digest registers, Address offset: 0x0C-0x1C */ - __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< HASH interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x20 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< HASH status register, Address offset: 0x24 */ - uint32_t RESERVED[52]; /*!< Reserved, 0x28-0xF4 */ - __IO uint32_t CSR[54]; /*!< HASH context swap registers, Address offset: 0x0F8-0x1CC */ -} HASH_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief HASH_DIGEST - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t HR[8]; /*!< HASH digest registers, Address offset: 0x310-0x32C */ -} HASH_DIGEST_TypeDef; - -/** - * @brief RNG - */ - -typedef struct -{ - __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RNG control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ - __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< RNG status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ - __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< RNG data register, Address offset: 0x08 */ -} RNG_TypeDef; - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup Peripheral_memory_map - * @{ - */ -#define FLASH_BASE ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< FLASH(up to 1 MB) base address in the alias region */ -#define CCMDATARAM_BASE ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< CCM(core coupled memory) data RAM(64 KB) base address in the alias region */ -#define SRAM1_BASE ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< SRAM1(112 KB) base address in the alias region */ -#define SRAM2_BASE ((uint32_t)0x2001C000) /*!< SRAM2(16 KB) base address in the alias region */ -#define SRAM3_BASE ((uint32_t)0x20020000) /*!< SRAM3(64 KB) base address in the alias region */ -#define PERIPH_BASE ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< Peripheral base address in the alias region */ -#define BKPSRAM_BASE ((uint32_t)0x40024000) /*!< Backup SRAM(4 KB) base address in the alias region */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) -#define FSMC_R_BASE ((uint32_t)0xA0000000) /*!< FSMC registers base address */ -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -#define FMC_R_BASE ((uint32_t)0xA0000000) /*!< FMC registers base address */ -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define QSPI_R_BASE ((uint32_t)0xA0001000) /*!< QuadSPI registers base address */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#define CCMDATARAM_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x12000000) /*!< CCM(core coupled memory) data RAM(64 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ -#define SRAM1_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22000000) /*!< SRAM1(112 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ -#define SRAM2_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x2201C000) /*!< SRAM2(16 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ -#define SRAM3_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22400000) /*!< SRAM3(64 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ -#define PERIPH_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x42000000) /*!< Peripheral base address in the bit-band region */ -#define BKPSRAM_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x42024000) /*!< Backup SRAM(4 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ - -/* Legacy defines */ -#define SRAM_BASE SRAM1_BASE -#define SRAM_BB_BASE SRAM1_BB_BASE - - -/*!< Peripheral memory map */ -#define APB1PERIPH_BASE PERIPH_BASE -#define APB2PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x00010000) -#define AHB1PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x00020000) -#define AHB2PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x10000000) - -/*!< APB1 peripherals */ -#define TIM2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) -#define TIM3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) -#define TIM4_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0800) -#define TIM5_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00) -#define TIM6_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) -#define TIM7_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) -#define TIM12_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1800) -#define TIM13_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1C00) -#define TIM14_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2000) -#define RTC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2800) -#define WWDG_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2C00) -#define IWDG_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) -#define I2S2ext_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3400) -#define SPI2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) -#define SPI3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define SPDIFRX_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4000) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define I2S3ext_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4000) -#define USART2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4400) -#define USART3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4800) -#define UART4_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4C00) -#define UART5_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5000) -#define I2C1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5400) -#define I2C2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5800) -#define I2C3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5C00) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define FMPI2C1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6000) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define CAN1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6400) -#define CAN2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6800) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define CEC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6C00) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define PWR_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7000) -#define DAC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7400) -#define UART7_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7800) -#define UART8_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7C00) - -/*!< APB2 peripherals */ -#define TIM1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) -#define TIM8_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) -#define USART1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) -#define USART6_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) -#define ADC1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2000) -#define ADC2_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2100) -#define ADC3_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2200) -#define ADC_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2300) -#define SDIO_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2C00) -#define SPI1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) -#define SPI4_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3400) -#define SYSCFG_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) -#define EXTI_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) -#define TIM9_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x4000) -#define TIM10_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x4400) -#define TIM11_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x4800) -#define SPI5_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x5000) -#define SPI6_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x5400) -#define SAI1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x5800) -#define SAI1_Block_A_BASE (SAI1_BASE + 0x004) -#define SAI1_Block_B_BASE (SAI1_BASE + 0x024) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define SAI2_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x5C00) -#define SAI2_Block_A_BASE (SAI2_BASE + 0x004) -#define SAI2_Block_B_BASE (SAI2_BASE + 0x024) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define LTDC_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x6800) -#define LTDC_Layer1_BASE (LTDC_BASE + 0x84) -#define LTDC_Layer2_BASE (LTDC_BASE + 0x104) - -/*!< AHB1 peripherals */ -#define GPIOA_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) -#define GPIOB_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) -#define GPIOC_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0800) -#define GPIOD_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00) -#define GPIOE_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) -#define GPIOF_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) -#define GPIOG_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1800) -#define GPIOH_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1C00) -#define GPIOI_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2000) -#define GPIOJ_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2400) -#define GPIOK_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2800) -#define CRC_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) -#define RCC_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) -#define FLASH_R_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) -#define DMA1_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6000) -#define DMA1_Stream0_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x010) -#define DMA1_Stream1_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x028) -#define DMA1_Stream2_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x040) -#define DMA1_Stream3_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x058) -#define DMA1_Stream4_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x070) -#define DMA1_Stream5_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x088) -#define DMA1_Stream6_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0A0) -#define DMA1_Stream7_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0B8) -#define DMA2_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6400) -#define DMA2_Stream0_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x010) -#define DMA2_Stream1_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x028) -#define DMA2_Stream2_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x040) -#define DMA2_Stream3_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x058) -#define DMA2_Stream4_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x070) -#define DMA2_Stream5_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x088) -#define DMA2_Stream6_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x0A0) -#define DMA2_Stream7_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x0B8) -#define ETH_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x8000) -#define ETH_MAC_BASE (ETH_BASE) -#define ETH_MMC_BASE (ETH_BASE + 0x0100) -#define ETH_PTP_BASE (ETH_BASE + 0x0700) -#define ETH_DMA_BASE (ETH_BASE + 0x1000) -#define DMA2D_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0xB000) - -/*!< AHB2 peripherals */ -#define DCMI_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x50000) -#define CRYP_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60000) -#define HASH_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60400) -#define HASH_DIGEST_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60710) -#define RNG_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60800) - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) -/*!< FSMC Bankx registers base address */ -#define FSMC_Bank1_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0000) -#define FSMC_Bank1E_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0104) -#define FSMC_Bank2_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0060) -#define FSMC_Bank3_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0080) -#define FSMC_Bank4_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x00A0) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/*!< FMC Bankx registers base address */ -#define FMC_Bank1_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x0000) -#define FMC_Bank1E_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x0104) -#define FMC_Bank2_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x0060) -#define FMC_Bank3_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x0080) -#define FMC_Bank4_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x00A0) -#define FMC_Bank5_6_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x0140) -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -/* Debug MCU registers base address */ -#define DBGMCU_BASE ((uint32_t )0xE0042000) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup Peripheral_declaration - * @{ - */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define QUADSPI ((QUADSPI_TypeDef *) QSPI_R_BASE) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define TIM2 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM2_BASE) -#define TIM3 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM3_BASE) -#define TIM4 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM4_BASE) -#define TIM5 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM5_BASE) -#define TIM6 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM6_BASE) -#define TIM7 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM7_BASE) -#define TIM12 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM12_BASE) -#define TIM13 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM13_BASE) -#define TIM14 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM14_BASE) -#define RTC ((RTC_TypeDef *) RTC_BASE) -#define WWDG ((WWDG_TypeDef *) WWDG_BASE) -#define IWDG ((IWDG_TypeDef *) IWDG_BASE) -#define I2S2ext ((SPI_TypeDef *) I2S2ext_BASE) -#define SPI2 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI2_BASE) -#define SPI3 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI3_BASE) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define SPDIFRX ((SPDIFRX_TypeDef *) SPDIFRX_BASE) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define I2S3ext ((SPI_TypeDef *) I2S3ext_BASE) -#define USART2 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART2_BASE) -#define USART3 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART3_BASE) -#define UART4 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART4_BASE) -#define UART5 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART5_BASE) -#define I2C1 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C1_BASE) -#define I2C2 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C2_BASE) -#define I2C3 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C3_BASE) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define FMPI2C1 ((FMPI2C_TypeDef *) FMPI2C1_BASE) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define CAN1 ((CAN_TypeDef *) CAN1_BASE) -#define CAN2 ((CAN_TypeDef *) CAN2_BASE) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define CEC ((CEC_TypeDef *) CEC_BASE) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define PWR ((PWR_TypeDef *) PWR_BASE) -#define DAC ((DAC_TypeDef *) DAC_BASE) -#define UART7 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART7_BASE) -#define UART8 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART8_BASE) -#define TIM1 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM1_BASE) -#define TIM8 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM8_BASE) -#define USART1 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART1_BASE) -#define USART6 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART6_BASE) -#define ADC ((ADC_Common_TypeDef *) ADC_BASE) -#define ADC1 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC1_BASE) -#define ADC2 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC2_BASE) -#define ADC3 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC3_BASE) -#define SDIO ((SDIO_TypeDef *) SDIO_BASE) -#define SPI1 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI1_BASE) -#define SPI4 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI4_BASE) -#define SYSCFG ((SYSCFG_TypeDef *) SYSCFG_BASE) -#define EXTI ((EXTI_TypeDef *) EXTI_BASE) -#define TIM9 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM9_BASE) -#define TIM10 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM10_BASE) -#define TIM11 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM11_BASE) -#define SPI5 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI5_BASE) -#define SPI6 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI6_BASE) -#define SAI1 ((SAI_TypeDef *) SAI1_BASE) -#define SAI1_Block_A ((SAI_Block_TypeDef *)SAI1_Block_A_BASE) -#define SAI1_Block_B ((SAI_Block_TypeDef *)SAI1_Block_B_BASE) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define SAI2 ((SAI_TypeDef *) SAI2_BASE) -#define SAI2_Block_A ((SAI_Block_TypeDef *)SAI2_Block_A_BASE) -#define SAI2_Block_B ((SAI_Block_TypeDef *)SAI2_Block_B_BASE) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define LTDC ((LTDC_TypeDef *)LTDC_BASE) -#define LTDC_Layer1 ((LTDC_Layer_TypeDef *)LTDC_Layer1_BASE) -#define LTDC_Layer2 ((LTDC_Layer_TypeDef *)LTDC_Layer2_BASE) -#define GPIOA ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOA_BASE) -#define GPIOB ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOB_BASE) -#define GPIOC ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOC_BASE) -#define GPIOD ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOD_BASE) -#define GPIOE ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOE_BASE) -#define GPIOF ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOF_BASE) -#define GPIOG ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOG_BASE) -#define GPIOH ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOH_BASE) -#define GPIOI ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOI_BASE) -#define GPIOJ ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOJ_BASE) -#define GPIOK ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOK_BASE) -#define CRC ((CRC_TypeDef *) CRC_BASE) -#define RCC ((RCC_TypeDef *) RCC_BASE) -#define FLASH ((FLASH_TypeDef *) FLASH_R_BASE) -#define DMA1 ((DMA_TypeDef *) DMA1_BASE) -#define DMA1_Stream0 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream0_BASE) -#define DMA1_Stream1 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream1_BASE) -#define DMA1_Stream2 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream2_BASE) -#define DMA1_Stream3 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream3_BASE) -#define DMA1_Stream4 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream4_BASE) -#define DMA1_Stream5 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream5_BASE) -#define DMA1_Stream6 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream6_BASE) -#define DMA1_Stream7 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream7_BASE) -#define DMA2 ((DMA_TypeDef *) DMA2_BASE) -#define DMA2_Stream0 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream0_BASE) -#define DMA2_Stream1 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream1_BASE) -#define DMA2_Stream2 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream2_BASE) -#define DMA2_Stream3 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream3_BASE) -#define DMA2_Stream4 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream4_BASE) -#define DMA2_Stream5 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream5_BASE) -#define DMA2_Stream6 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream6_BASE) -#define DMA2_Stream7 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream7_BASE) -#define ETH ((ETH_TypeDef *) ETH_BASE) -#define DMA2D ((DMA2D_TypeDef *)DMA2D_BASE) -#define DCMI ((DCMI_TypeDef *) DCMI_BASE) -#define CRYP ((CRYP_TypeDef *) CRYP_BASE) -#define HASH ((HASH_TypeDef *) HASH_BASE) -#define HASH_DIGEST ((HASH_DIGEST_TypeDef *) HASH_DIGEST_BASE) -#define RNG ((RNG_TypeDef *) RNG_BASE) - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) -#define FSMC_Bank1 ((FSMC_Bank1_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank1_R_BASE) -#define FSMC_Bank1E ((FSMC_Bank1E_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank1E_R_BASE) -#define FSMC_Bank2 ((FSMC_Bank2_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank2_R_BASE) -#define FSMC_Bank3 ((FSMC_Bank3_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank3_R_BASE) -#define FSMC_Bank4 ((FSMC_Bank4_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank4_R_BASE) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -#define FMC_Bank1 ((FMC_Bank1_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank1_R_BASE) -#define FMC_Bank1E ((FMC_Bank1E_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank1E_R_BASE) -#define FMC_Bank2 ((FMC_Bank2_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank2_R_BASE) -#define FMC_Bank3 ((FMC_Bank3_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank3_R_BASE) -#define FMC_Bank4 ((FMC_Bank4_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank4_R_BASE) -#define FMC_Bank5_6 ((FMC_Bank5_6_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank5_6_R_BASE) -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#define DBGMCU ((DBGMCU_TypeDef *) DBGMCU_BASE) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup Exported_constants - * @{ - */ - - /** @addtogroup Peripheral_Registers_Bits_Definition - * @{ - */ - -/******************************************************************************/ -/* Peripheral Registers_Bits_Definition */ -/******************************************************************************/ - -/******************************************************************************/ -/* */ -/* Analog to Digital Converter */ -/* */ -/******************************************************************************/ -/******************** Bit definition for ADC_SR register ********************/ -#define ADC_SR_AWD ((uint8_t)0x01) /*! + +/** @addtogroup Exported_types + * @{ + */ +/*!< STM32F10x Standard Peripheral Library old types (maintained for legacy purpose) */ +typedef int32_t s32; +typedef int16_t s16; +typedef int8_t s8; + +typedef const int32_t sc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const int16_t sc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const int8_t sc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef __IO int32_t vs32; +typedef __IO int16_t vs16; +typedef __IO int8_t vs8; + +typedef __I int32_t vsc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I int16_t vsc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I int8_t vsc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef uint32_t u32; +typedef uint16_t u16; +typedef uint8_t u8; + +typedef const uint32_t uc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const uint16_t uc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const uint8_t uc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef __IO uint32_t vu32; +typedef __IO uint16_t vu16; +typedef __IO uint8_t vu8; + +typedef __I uint32_t vuc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I uint16_t vuc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I uint8_t vuc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef enum {RESET = 0, SET = !RESET} FlagStatus, ITStatus; + +typedef enum {DISABLE = 0, ENABLE = !DISABLE} FunctionalState; +#define IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DISABLE) || ((STATE) == ENABLE)) + +typedef enum {ERROR = 0, SUCCESS = !ERROR} ErrorStatus; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Peripheral_registers_structures + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Analog to Digital Converter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< ADC status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CR1; /*!< ADC control register 1, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t CR2; /*!< ADC control register 2, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t SMPR1; /*!< ADC sample time register 1, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t SMPR2; /*!< ADC sample time register 2, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t JOFR1; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 1, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t JOFR2; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 2, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t JOFR3; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 3, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t JOFR4; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 4, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t HTR; /*!< ADC watchdog higher threshold register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t LTR; /*!< ADC watchdog lower threshold register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t SQR1; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 1, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t SQR2; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 2, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t SQR3; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 3, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t JSQR; /*!< ADC injected sequence register, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t JDR1; /*!< ADC injected data register 1, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t JDR2; /*!< ADC injected data register 2, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint32_t JDR3; /*!< ADC injected data register 3, Address offset: 0x44 */ + __IO uint32_t JDR4; /*!< ADC injected data register 4, Address offset: 0x48 */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< ADC regular data register, Address offset: 0x4C */ +} ADC_TypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< ADC Common status register, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x300 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< ADC common control register, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x304 */ + __IO uint32_t CDR; /*!< ADC common regular data register for dual + AND triple modes, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x308 */ +} ADC_Common_TypeDef; + + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network TxMailBox + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t TIR; /*!< CAN TX mailbox identifier register */ + __IO uint32_t TDTR; /*!< CAN mailbox data length control and time stamp register */ + __IO uint32_t TDLR; /*!< CAN mailbox data low register */ + __IO uint32_t TDHR; /*!< CAN mailbox data high register */ +} CAN_TxMailBox_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network FIFOMailBox + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t RIR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox identifier register */ + __IO uint32_t RDTR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data length control and time stamp register */ + __IO uint32_t RDLR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data low register */ + __IO uint32_t RDHR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data high register */ +} CAN_FIFOMailBox_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network FilterRegister + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t FR1; /*!< CAN Filter bank register 1 */ + __IO uint32_t FR2; /*!< CAN Filter bank register 1 */ +} CAN_FilterRegister_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MCR; /*!< CAN master control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t MSR; /*!< CAN master status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t TSR; /*!< CAN transmit status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t RF0R; /*!< CAN receive FIFO 0 register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t RF1R; /*!< CAN receive FIFO 1 register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< CAN interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t ESR; /*!< CAN error status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t BTR; /*!< CAN bit timing register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[88]; /*!< Reserved, 0x020 - 0x17F */ + CAN_TxMailBox_TypeDef sTxMailBox[3]; /*!< CAN Tx MailBox, Address offset: 0x180 - 0x1AC */ + CAN_FIFOMailBox_TypeDef sFIFOMailBox[2]; /*!< CAN FIFO MailBox, Address offset: 0x1B0 - 0x1CC */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[12]; /*!< Reserved, 0x1D0 - 0x1FF */ + __IO uint32_t FMR; /*!< CAN filter master register, Address offset: 0x200 */ + __IO uint32_t FM1R; /*!< CAN filter mode register, Address offset: 0x204 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x208 */ + __IO uint32_t FS1R; /*!< CAN filter scale register, Address offset: 0x20C */ + uint32_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x210 */ + __IO uint32_t FFA1R; /*!< CAN filter FIFO assignment register, Address offset: 0x214 */ + uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x218 */ + __IO uint32_t FA1R; /*!< CAN filter activation register, Address offset: 0x21C */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[8]; /*!< Reserved, 0x220-0x23F */ + CAN_FilterRegister_TypeDef sFilterRegister[28]; /*!< CAN Filter Register, Address offset: 0x240-0x31C */ +} CAN_TypeDef; + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Consumer Electronics Control + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CEC control register, Address offset:0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CFGR; /*!< CEC configuration register, Address offset:0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t TXDR; /*!< CEC Tx data register , Address offset:0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t RXDR; /*!< CEC Rx Data Register, Address offset:0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< CEC Interrupt and Status Register, Address offset:0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< CEC interrupt enable register, Address offset:0x14 */ +}CEC_TypeDef; +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @brief CRC calculation unit + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< CRC Data register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint8_t IDR; /*!< CRC Independent data register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint8_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x05 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CRC Control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ +} CRC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Digital to Analog Converter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DAC control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t SWTRIGR; /*!< DAC software trigger register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12R1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12L1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t DHR8R1; /*!< DAC channel1 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12R2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12L2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR8R2; /*!< DAC channel2 8-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12RD; /*!< Dual DAC 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12LD; /*!< DUAL DAC 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR8RD; /*!< DUAL DAC 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t DOR1; /*!< DAC channel1 data output register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t DOR2; /*!< DAC channel2 data output register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< DAC status register, Address offset: 0x34 */ +} DAC_TypeDef; + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief DFSDM module registers + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t FLTCR1; /*!< DFSDM control register1, Address offset: 0x100 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTCR2; /*!< DFSDM control register2, Address offset: 0x104 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTISR; /*!< DFSDM interrupt and status register, Address offset: 0x108 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTICR; /*!< DFSDM interrupt flag clear register, Address offset: 0x10C */ + __IO uint32_t FLTJCHGR; /*!< DFSDM injected channel group selection register, Address offset: 0x110 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTFCR; /*!< DFSDM filter control register, Address offset: 0x114 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTJDATAR; /*!< DFSDM data register for injected group, Address offset: 0x118 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTRDATAR; /*!< DFSDM data register for regular group, Address offset: 0x11C */ + __IO uint32_t FLTAWHTR; /*!< DFSDM analog watchdog high threshold register, Address offset: 0x120 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTAWLTR; /*!< DFSDM analog watchdog low threshold register, Address offset: 0x124 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTAWSR; /*!< DFSDM analog watchdog status register Address offset: 0x128 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTAWCFR; /*!< DFSDM analog watchdog clear flag register Address offset: 0x12C */ + __IO uint32_t FLTEXMAX; /*!< DFSDM extreme detector maximum register, Address offset: 0x130 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTEXMIN; /*!< DFSDM extreme detector minimum register Address offset: 0x134 */ + __IO uint32_t FLTCNVTIMR; /*!< DFSDM conversion timer, Address offset: 0x138 */ +} DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DFSDM channel configuration registers + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CHCFGR1; /*!< DFSDM channel configuration register1, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CHCFGR2; /*!< DFSDM channel configuration register2, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t CHAWSCDR; /*!< DFSDM channel analog watchdog and + short circuit detector register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t CHWDATAR; /*!< DFSDM channel watchdog filter data register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t CHDATINR; /*!< DFSDM channel data input register, Address offset: 0x10 */ +} DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef; + +/* Legacy Defines */ +#define DFSDM_TypeDef DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @brief Debug MCU + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t IDCODE; /*!< MCU device ID code, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< Debug MCU configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t APB1FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB1 freeze register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t APB2FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB2 freeze register, Address offset: 0x0C */ +}DBGMCU_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DCMI + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DCMI control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< DCMI status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t RISR; /*!< DCMI raw interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< DCMI interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t MISR; /*!< DCMI masked interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< DCMI interrupt clear register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t ESCR; /*!< DCMI embedded synchronization code register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t ESUR; /*!< DCMI embedded synchronization unmask register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t CWSTRTR; /*!< DCMI crop window start, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t CWSIZER; /*!< DCMI crop window size, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< DCMI data register, Address offset: 0x28 */ +} DCMI_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DMA Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DMA stream x configuration register */ + __IO uint32_t NDTR; /*!< DMA stream x number of data register */ + __IO uint32_t PAR; /*!< DMA stream x peripheral address register */ + __IO uint32_t M0AR; /*!< DMA stream x memory 0 address register */ + __IO uint32_t M1AR; /*!< DMA stream x memory 1 address register */ + __IO uint32_t FCR; /*!< DMA stream x FIFO control register */ +} DMA_Stream_TypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t LISR; /*!< DMA low interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t HISR; /*!< DMA high interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t LIFCR; /*!< DMA low interrupt flag clear register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t HIFCR; /*!< DMA high interrupt flag clear register, Address offset: 0x0C */ +} DMA_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DMA2D Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DMA2D Control Register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< DMA2D Interrupt Status Register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t IFCR; /*!< DMA2D Interrupt Flag Clear Register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t FGMAR; /*!< DMA2D Foreground Memory Address Register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t FGOR; /*!< DMA2D Foreground Offset Register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t BGMAR; /*!< DMA2D Background Memory Address Register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t BGOR; /*!< DMA2D Background Offset Register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t FGPFCCR; /*!< DMA2D Foreground PFC Control Register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t FGCOLR; /*!< DMA2D Foreground Color Register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t BGPFCCR; /*!< DMA2D Background PFC Control Register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t BGCOLR; /*!< DMA2D Background Color Register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t FGCMAR; /*!< DMA2D Foreground CLUT Memory Address Register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t BGCMAR; /*!< DMA2D Background CLUT Memory Address Register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t OPFCCR; /*!< DMA2D Output PFC Control Register, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t OCOLR; /*!< DMA2D Output Color Register, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t OMAR; /*!< DMA2D Output Memory Address Register, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t OOR; /*!< DMA2D Output Offset Register, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint32_t NLR; /*!< DMA2D Number of Line Register, Address offset: 0x44 */ + __IO uint32_t LWR; /*!< DMA2D Line Watermark Register, Address offset: 0x48 */ + __IO uint32_t AMTCR; /*!< DMA2D AHB Master Timer Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x4C */ + uint32_t RESERVED[236]; /*!< Reserved, 0x50-0x3FF */ + __IO uint32_t FGCLUT[256]; /*!< DMA2D Foreground CLUT, Address offset:400-7FF */ + __IO uint32_t BGCLUT[256]; /*!< DMA2D Background CLUT, Address offset:800-BFF */ +} DMA2D_TypeDef; + +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief DSI Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t VR; /*!< DSI Host Version Register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DSI Host Control Register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< DSI HOST Clock Control Register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t LVCIDR; /*!< DSI Host LTDC VCID Register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t LCOLCR; /*!< DSI Host LTDC Color Coding Register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t LPCR; /*!< DSI Host LTDC Polarity Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t LPMCR; /*!< DSI Host Low-Power Mode Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[4]; /*!< Reserved, 0x1C - 0x2B */ + __IO uint32_t PCR; /*!< DSI Host Protocol Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t GVCIDR; /*!< DSI Host Generic VCID Register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t MCR; /*!< DSI Host Mode Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t VMCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Mode Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t VPCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Packet Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t VCCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Chunks Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint32_t VNPCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Null Packet Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x44 */ + __IO uint32_t VHSACR; /*!< DSI Host Video HSA Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x48 */ + __IO uint32_t VHBPCR; /*!< DSI Host Video HBP Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x4C */ + __IO uint32_t VLCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Line Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x50 */ + __IO uint32_t VVSACR; /*!< DSI Host Video VSA Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x54 */ + __IO uint32_t VVBPCR; /*!< DSI Host Video VBP Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x58 */ + __IO uint32_t VVFPCR; /*!< DSI Host Video VFP Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x5C */ + __IO uint32_t VVACR; /*!< DSI Host Video VA Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x60 */ + __IO uint32_t LCCR; /*!< DSI Host LTDC Command Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x64 */ + __IO uint32_t CMCR; /*!< DSI Host Command Mode Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x68 */ + __IO uint32_t GHCR; /*!< DSI Host Generic Header Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x6C */ + __IO uint32_t GPDR; /*!< DSI Host Generic Payload Data Register, Address offset: 0x70 */ + __IO uint32_t GPSR; /*!< DSI Host Generic Packet Status Register, Address offset: 0x74 */ + __IO uint32_t TCCR[6]; /*!< DSI Host Timeout Counter Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x78-0x8F */ + __IO uint32_t TDCR; /*!< DSI Host 3D Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x90 */ + __IO uint32_t CLCR; /*!< DSI Host Clock Lane Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x94 */ + __IO uint32_t CLTCR; /*!< DSI Host Clock Lane Timer Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x98 */ + __IO uint32_t DLTCR; /*!< DSI Host Data Lane Timer Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x9C */ + __IO uint32_t PCTLR; /*!< DSI Host PHY Control Register, Address offset: 0xA0 */ + __IO uint32_t PCONFR; /*!< DSI Host PHY Configuration Register, Address offset: 0xA4 */ + __IO uint32_t PUCR; /*!< DSI Host PHY ULPS Control Register, Address offset: 0xA8 */ + __IO uint32_t PTTCR; /*!< DSI Host PHY TX Triggers Configuration Register, Address offset: 0xAC */ + __IO uint32_t PSR; /*!< DSI Host PHY Status Register, Address offset: 0xB0 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0xB4 - 0xBB */ + __IO uint32_t ISR[2]; /*!< DSI Host Interrupt & Status Register, Address offset: 0xBC-0xC3 */ + __IO uint32_t IER[2]; /*!< DSI Host Interrupt Enable Register, Address offset: 0xC4-0xCB */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[3]; /*!< Reserved, 0xD0 - 0xD7 */ + __IO uint32_t FIR[2]; /*!< DSI Host Force Interrupt Register, Address offset: 0xD8-0xDF */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[8]; /*!< Reserved, 0xE0 - 0xFF */ + __IO uint32_t VSCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Shadow Control Register, Address offset: 0x100 */ + uint32_t RESERVED4[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x104 - 0x10B */ + __IO uint32_t LCVCIDR; /*!< DSI Host LTDC Current VCID Register, Address offset: 0x10C */ + __IO uint32_t LCCCR; /*!< DSI Host LTDC Current Color Coding Register, Address offset: 0x110 */ + uint32_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x114 */ + __IO uint32_t LPMCCR; /*!< DSI Host Low-power Mode Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x118 */ + uint32_t RESERVED6[7]; /*!< Reserved, 0x11C - 0x137 */ + __IO uint32_t VMCCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Mode Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x138 */ + __IO uint32_t VPCCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Packet Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x13C */ + __IO uint32_t VCCCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Chuncks Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x140 */ + __IO uint32_t VNPCCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Null Packet Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x144 */ + __IO uint32_t VHSACCR; /*!< DSI Host Video HSA Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x148 */ + __IO uint32_t VHBPCCR; /*!< DSI Host Video HBP Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x14C */ + __IO uint32_t VLCCR; /*!< DSI Host Video Line Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x150 */ + __IO uint32_t VVSACCR; /*!< DSI Host Video VSA Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x154 */ + __IO uint32_t VVBPCCR; /*!< DSI Host Video VBP Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x158 */ + __IO uint32_t VVFPCCR; /*!< DSI Host Video VFP Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x15C */ + __IO uint32_t VVACCR; /*!< DSI Host Video VA Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x160 */ + uint32_t RESERVED7[11]; /*!< Reserved, 0x164 - 0x18F */ + __IO uint32_t TDCCR; /*!< DSI Host 3D Current Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x190 */ + uint32_t RESERVED8[155]; /*!< Reserved, 0x194 - 0x3FF */ + __IO uint32_t WCFGR; /*!< DSI Wrapper Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x400 */ + __IO uint32_t WCR; /*!< DSI Wrapper Control Register, Address offset: 0x404 */ + __IO uint32_t WIER; /*!< DSI Wrapper Interrupt Enable Register, Address offset: 0x408 */ + __IO uint32_t WISR; /*!< DSI Wrapper Interrupt and Status Register, Address offset: 0x40C */ + __IO uint32_t WIFCR; /*!< DSI Wrapper Interrupt Flag Clear Register, Address offset: 0x410 */ + uint32_t RESERVED9; /*!< Reserved, 0x414 */ + __IO uint32_t WPCR[5]; /*!< DSI Wrapper PHY Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x418-0x42B */ + uint32_t RESERVED10; /*!< Reserved, 0x42C */ + __IO uint32_t WRPCR; /*!< DSI Wrapper Regulator and PLL Control Register, Address offset: 0x430 */ +} DSI_TypeDef; +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** + * @brief Ethernet MAC + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MACCR; + __IO uint32_t MACFFR; + __IO uint32_t MACHTHR; + __IO uint32_t MACHTLR; + __IO uint32_t MACMIIAR; + __IO uint32_t MACMIIDR; + __IO uint32_t MACFCR; + __IO uint32_t MACVLANTR; /* 8 */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; + __IO uint32_t MACRWUFFR; /* 11 */ + __IO uint32_t MACPMTCSR; + uint32_t RESERVED1[2]; + __IO uint32_t MACSR; /* 15 */ + __IO uint32_t MACIMR; + __IO uint32_t MACA0HR; + __IO uint32_t MACA0LR; + __IO uint32_t MACA1HR; + __IO uint32_t MACA1LR; + __IO uint32_t MACA2HR; + __IO uint32_t MACA2LR; + __IO uint32_t MACA3HR; + __IO uint32_t MACA3LR; /* 24 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[40]; + __IO uint32_t MMCCR; /* 65 */ + __IO uint32_t MMCRIR; + __IO uint32_t MMCTIR; + __IO uint32_t MMCRIMR; + __IO uint32_t MMCTIMR; /* 69 */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[14]; + __IO uint32_t MMCTGFSCCR; /* 84 */ + __IO uint32_t MMCTGFMSCCR; + uint32_t RESERVED4[5]; + __IO uint32_t MMCTGFCR; + uint32_t RESERVED5[10]; + __IO uint32_t MMCRFCECR; + __IO uint32_t MMCRFAECR; + uint32_t RESERVED6[10]; + __IO uint32_t MMCRGUFCR; + uint32_t RESERVED7[334]; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSCR; + __IO uint32_t PTPSSIR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSHR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSLR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSHUR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSLUR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSAR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTTHR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTTLR; + __IO uint32_t RESERVED8; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSSR; + uint32_t RESERVED9[565]; + __IO uint32_t DMABMR; + __IO uint32_t DMATPDR; + __IO uint32_t DMARPDR; + __IO uint32_t DMARDLAR; + __IO uint32_t DMATDLAR; + __IO uint32_t DMASR; + __IO uint32_t DMAOMR; + __IO uint32_t DMAIER; + __IO uint32_t DMAMFBOCR; + __IO uint32_t DMARSWTR; + uint32_t RESERVED10[8]; + __IO uint32_t DMACHTDR; + __IO uint32_t DMACHRDR; + __IO uint32_t DMACHTBAR; + __IO uint32_t DMACHRBAR; +} ETH_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief External Interrupt/Event Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< EXTI Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t EMR; /*!< EXTI Event mask register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t RTSR; /*!< EXTI Rising trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t FTSR; /*!< EXTI Falling trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t SWIER; /*!< EXTI Software interrupt event register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t PR; /*!< EXTI Pending register, Address offset: 0x14 */ +} EXTI_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FLASH Registers + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ACR; /*!< FLASH access control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t KEYR; /*!< FLASH key register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t OPTKEYR; /*!< FLASH option key register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< FLASH status register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< FLASH control register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t OPTCR; /*!< FLASH option control register , Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t OPTCR1; /*!< FLASH option control register 1, Address offset: 0x18 */ +} FLASH_TypeDef; + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t BTCR[8]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM chip-select control register(BCR) and chip-select timing register(BTR), Address offset: 0x00-1C */ +} FSMC_Bank1_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank1E + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t BWTR[7]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM write timing registers, Address offset: 0x104-0x11C */ +} FSMC_Bank1E_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank2 + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t PCR2; /*!< NAND Flash control register 2, Address offset: 0x60 */ + __IO uint32_t SR2; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 2, Address offset: 0x64 */ + __IO uint32_t PMEM2; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x68 */ + __IO uint32_t PATT2; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x6C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x70 */ + __IO uint32_t ECCR2; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 2, Address offset: 0x74 */ +} FSMC_Bank2_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank3 + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t PCR3; /*!< NAND Flash control register 3, Address offset: 0x80 */ + __IO uint32_t SR3; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 3, Address offset: 0x84 */ + __IO uint32_t PMEM3; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x88 */ + __IO uint32_t PATT3; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x8C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x90 */ + __IO uint32_t ECCR3; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 3, Address offset: 0x94 */ +} FSMC_Bank3_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank4 + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t PCR4; /*!< PC Card control register 4, Address offset: 0xA0 */ + __IO uint32_t SR4; /*!< PC Card FIFO status and interrupt register 4, Address offset: 0xA4 */ + __IO uint32_t PMEM4; /*!< PC Card Common memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xA8 */ + __IO uint32_t PATT4; /*!< PC Card Attribute memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xAC */ + __IO uint32_t PIO4; /*!< PC Card I/O space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xB0 */ +} FSMC_Bank4_TypeDef; +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Flexible Memory Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t BTCR[8]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM chip-select control register(BCR) and chip-select timing register(BTR), Address offset: 0x00-1C */ +} FMC_Bank1_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank1E + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t BWTR[7]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM write timing registers, Address offset: 0x104-0x11C */ +} FMC_Bank1E_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank2 + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t PCR2; /*!< NAND Flash control register 2, Address offset: 0x60 */ + __IO uint32_t SR2; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 2, Address offset: 0x64 */ + __IO uint32_t PMEM2; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x68 */ + __IO uint32_t PATT2; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x6C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x70 */ + __IO uint32_t ECCR2; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 2, Address offset: 0x74 */ +} FMC_Bank2_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank3 + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t PCR3; /*!< NAND Flash control register 3, Address offset: 0x80 */ + __IO uint32_t SR3; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 3, Address offset: 0x84 */ + __IO uint32_t PMEM3; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x88 */ + __IO uint32_t PATT3; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x8C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x90 */ + __IO uint32_t ECCR3; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 3, Address offset: 0x94 */ +} FMC_Bank3_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank4 + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t PCR4; /*!< PC Card control register 4, Address offset: 0xA0 */ + __IO uint32_t SR4; /*!< PC Card FIFO status and interrupt register 4, Address offset: 0xA4 */ + __IO uint32_t PMEM4; /*!< PC Card Common memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xA8 */ + __IO uint32_t PATT4; /*!< PC Card Attribute memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xAC */ + __IO uint32_t PIO4; /*!< PC Card I/O space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xB0 */ +} FMC_Bank4_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank5_6 + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t SDCR[2]; /*!< SDRAM Control registers , Address offset: 0x140-0x144 */ + __IO uint32_t SDTR[2]; /*!< SDRAM Timing registers , Address offset: 0x148-0x14C */ + __IO uint32_t SDCMR; /*!< SDRAM Command Mode register, Address offset: 0x150 */ + __IO uint32_t SDRTR; /*!< SDRAM Refresh Timer register, Address offset: 0x154 */ + __IO uint32_t SDSR; /*!< SDRAM Status register, Address offset: 0x158 */ +} FMC_Bank5_6_TypeDef; +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** + * @brief General Purpose I/O + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MODER; /*!< GPIO port mode register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t OTYPER; /*!< GPIO port output type register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t OSPEEDR; /*!< GPIO port output speed register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t PUPDR; /*!< GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t IDR; /*!< GPIO port input data register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t ODR; /*!< GPIO port output data register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t BSRR; /*!< GPIO port bit set/reset register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t LCKR; /*!< GPIO port configuration lock register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t AFR[2]; /*!< GPIO alternate function registers, Address offset: 0x20-0x24 */ +} GPIO_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief System configuration controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MEMRMP; /*!< SYSCFG memory remap register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t PMC; /*!< SYSCFG peripheral mode configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t EXTICR[4]; /*!< SYSCFG external interrupt configuration registers, Address offset: 0x08-0x14 */ +#if defined (STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) + uint32_t RESERVED; /*!< Reserved, 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t CFGR2; /*!< Reserved, 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t CMPCR; /*!< SYSCFG Compensation cell control register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x24-0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t CFGR; /*!< SYSCFG Configuration register, Address offset: 0x2C */ +#else /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + uint32_t RESERVED[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x18-0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t CMPCR; /*!< SYSCFG Compensation cell control register, Address offset: 0x20 */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) + __IO uint32_t MCHDLYCR; /*!< SYSCFG multi-channel delay register, Address offset: 0x30 */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +} SYSCFG_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Inter-integrated Circuit Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< I2C Control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ + uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ + __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< I2C Control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint16_t OAR1; /*!< I2C Own address register 1, Address offset: 0x08 */ + uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ + __IO uint16_t OAR2; /*!< I2C Own address register 2, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ + __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< I2C Data register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ + __IO uint16_t SR1; /*!< I2C Status register 1, Address offset: 0x14 */ + uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ + __IO uint16_t SR2; /*!< I2C Status register 2, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ + __IO uint16_t CCR; /*!< I2C Clock control register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */ + __IO uint16_t TRISE; /*!< I2C TRISE register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */ + __IO uint16_t FLTR; /*!< I2C FLTR register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + uint16_t RESERVED9; /*!< Reserved, 0x26 */ +} I2C_TypeDef; + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Inter-integrated Circuit Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR1; /*!< FMPI2C Control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CR2; /*!< FMPI2C Control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t OAR1; /*!< FMPI2C Own address 1 register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t OAR2; /*!< FMPI2C Own address 2 register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t TIMINGR; /*!< FMPI2C Timing register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t TIMEOUTR; /*!< FMPI2C Timeout register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< FMPI2C Interrupt and status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< FMPI2C Interrupt clear register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t PECR; /*!< FMPI2C PEC register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t RXDR; /*!< FMPI2C Receive data register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t TXDR; /*!< FMPI2C Transmit data register, Address offset: 0x28 */ +}FMPI2C_TypeDef; +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @brief Independent WATCHDOG + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t KR; /*!< IWDG Key register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t PR; /*!< IWDG Prescaler register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t RLR; /*!< IWDG Reload register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< IWDG Status register, Address offset: 0x0C */ +} IWDG_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief LCD-TFT Display Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x00-0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t SSCR; /*!< LTDC Synchronization Size Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t BPCR; /*!< LTDC Back Porch Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t AWCR; /*!< LTDC Active Width Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t TWCR; /*!< LTDC Total Width Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t GCR; /*!< LTDC Global Control Register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x1C-0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t SRCR; /*!< LTDC Shadow Reload Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[1]; /*!< Reserved, 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t BCCR; /*!< LTDC Background Color Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[1]; /*!< Reserved, 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< LTDC Interrupt Enable Register, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< LTDC Interrupt Status Register, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< LTDC Interrupt Clear Register, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t LIPCR; /*!< LTDC Line Interrupt Position Configuration Register, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint32_t CPSR; /*!< LTDC Current Position Status Register, Address offset: 0x44 */ + __IO uint32_t CDSR; /*!< LTDC Current Display Status Register, Address offset: 0x48 */ +} LTDC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief LCD-TFT Display layer x Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Control Register Address offset: 0x84 */ + __IO uint32_t WHPCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Window Horizontal Position Configuration Register Address offset: 0x88 */ + __IO uint32_t WVPCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Window Vertical Position Configuration Register Address offset: 0x8C */ + __IO uint32_t CKCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Color Keying Configuration Register Address offset: 0x90 */ + __IO uint32_t PFCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Pixel Format Configuration Register Address offset: 0x94 */ + __IO uint32_t CACR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Constant Alpha Configuration Register Address offset: 0x98 */ + __IO uint32_t DCCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Default Color Configuration Register Address offset: 0x9C */ + __IO uint32_t BFCR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Blending Factors Configuration Register Address offset: 0xA0 */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; /*!< Reserved */ + __IO uint32_t CFBAR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Color Frame Buffer Address Register Address offset: 0xAC */ + __IO uint32_t CFBLR; /*!< LTDC Layerx Color Frame Buffer Length Register Address offset: 0xB0 */ + __IO uint32_t CFBLNR; /*!< LTDC Layerx ColorFrame Buffer Line Number Register Address offset: 0xB4 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[3]; /*!< Reserved */ + __IO uint32_t CLUTWR; /*!< LTDC Layerx CLUT Write Register Address offset: 0x144 */ + +} LTDC_Layer_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Power Control + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< PWR power control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< PWR power control/status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ +} PWR_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Reset and Clock Control + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RCC clock control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t PLLCFGR; /*!< RCC PLL configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t CFGR; /*!< RCC clock configuration register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t CIR; /*!< RCC clock interrupt register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t AHB1RSTR; /*!< RCC AHB1 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB2RSTR; /*!< RCC AHB2 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB3RSTR; /*!< RCC AHB3 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t APB1RSTR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t APB2RSTR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x28-0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t AHB1ENR; /*!< RCC AHB1 peripheral clock register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB2ENR; /*!< RCC AHB2 peripheral clock register, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB3ENR; /*!< RCC AHB3 peripheral clock register, Address offset: 0x38 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t APB1ENR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral clock enable register, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint32_t APB2ENR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral clock enable register, Address offset: 0x44 */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x48-0x4C */ + __IO uint32_t AHB1LPENR; /*!< RCC AHB1 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x50 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB2LPENR; /*!< RCC AHB2 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x54 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB3LPENR; /*!< RCC AHB3 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x58 */ + uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x5C */ + __IO uint32_t APB1LPENR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x60 */ + __IO uint32_t APB2LPENR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x64 */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x68-0x6C */ + __IO uint32_t BDCR; /*!< RCC Backup domain control register, Address offset: 0x70 */ + __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< RCC clock control & status register, Address offset: 0x74 */ + uint32_t RESERVED6[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x78-0x7C */ + __IO uint32_t SSCGR; /*!< RCC spread spectrum clock generation register, Address offset: 0x80 */ + __IO uint32_t PLLI2SCFGR; /*!< RCC PLLI2S configuration register, Address offset: 0x84 */ + __IO uint32_t PLLSAICFGR; /*!< RCC PLLSAI configuration register, Address offset: 0x88 */ + __IO uint32_t DCKCFGR; /*!< RCC Dedicated Clocks configuration register, Address offset: 0x8C */ + __IO uint32_t CKGATENR; /*!< RCC Clocks Gated Enable Register, Address offset: 0x90 */ /* Only for STM32F412xG, STM32413_423xx and STM32F446xx devices */ + __IO uint32_t DCKCFGR2; /*!< RCC Dedicated Clocks configuration register 2, Address offset: 0x94 */ /* Only for STM32F410xx, STM32F412xG, STM32413_423xx and STM32F446xx devices */ + +} RCC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Real-Time Clock + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t TR; /*!< RTC time register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< RTC date register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RTC control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< RTC initialization and status register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t PRER; /*!< RTC prescaler register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t WUTR; /*!< RTC wakeup timer register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t CALIBR; /*!< RTC calibration register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t ALRMAR; /*!< RTC alarm A register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t ALRMBR; /*!< RTC alarm B register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t WPR; /*!< RTC write protection register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t SSR; /*!< RTC sub second register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t SHIFTR; /*!< RTC shift control register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t TSTR; /*!< RTC time stamp time register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t TSDR; /*!< RTC time stamp date register, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t TSSSR; /*!< RTC time-stamp sub second register, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t CALR; /*!< RTC calibration register, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t TAFCR; /*!< RTC tamper and alternate function configuration register, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint32_t ALRMASSR;/*!< RTC alarm A sub second register, Address offset: 0x44 */ + __IO uint32_t ALRMBSSR;/*!< RTC alarm B sub second register, Address offset: 0x48 */ + uint32_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x4C */ + __IO uint32_t BKP0R; /*!< RTC backup register 1, Address offset: 0x50 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP1R; /*!< RTC backup register 1, Address offset: 0x54 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP2R; /*!< RTC backup register 2, Address offset: 0x58 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP3R; /*!< RTC backup register 3, Address offset: 0x5C */ + __IO uint32_t BKP4R; /*!< RTC backup register 4, Address offset: 0x60 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP5R; /*!< RTC backup register 5, Address offset: 0x64 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP6R; /*!< RTC backup register 6, Address offset: 0x68 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP7R; /*!< RTC backup register 7, Address offset: 0x6C */ + __IO uint32_t BKP8R; /*!< RTC backup register 8, Address offset: 0x70 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP9R; /*!< RTC backup register 9, Address offset: 0x74 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP10R; /*!< RTC backup register 10, Address offset: 0x78 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP11R; /*!< RTC backup register 11, Address offset: 0x7C */ + __IO uint32_t BKP12R; /*!< RTC backup register 12, Address offset: 0x80 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP13R; /*!< RTC backup register 13, Address offset: 0x84 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP14R; /*!< RTC backup register 14, Address offset: 0x88 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP15R; /*!< RTC backup register 15, Address offset: 0x8C */ + __IO uint32_t BKP16R; /*!< RTC backup register 16, Address offset: 0x90 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP17R; /*!< RTC backup register 17, Address offset: 0x94 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP18R; /*!< RTC backup register 18, Address offset: 0x98 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP19R; /*!< RTC backup register 19, Address offset: 0x9C */ +} RTC_TypeDef; + + +/** + * @brief Serial Audio Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t GCR; /*!< SAI global configuration register, Address offset: 0x00 */ +} SAI_TypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR1; /*!< SAI block x configuration register 1, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t CR2; /*!< SAI block x configuration register 2, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t FRCR; /*!< SAI block x frame configuration register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t SLOTR; /*!< SAI block x slot register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< SAI block x interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< SAI block x status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t CLRFR; /*!< SAI block x clear flag register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< SAI block x data register, Address offset: 0x20 */ +} SAI_Block_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief SD host Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t POWER; /*!< SDIO power control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CLKCR; /*!< SDI clock control register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t ARG; /*!< SDIO argument register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t CMD; /*!< SDIO command register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __I uint32_t RESPCMD; /*!< SDIO command response register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __I uint32_t RESP1; /*!< SDIO response 1 register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __I uint32_t RESP2; /*!< SDIO response 2 register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __I uint32_t RESP3; /*!< SDIO response 3 register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __I uint32_t RESP4; /*!< SDIO response 4 register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t DTIMER; /*!< SDIO data timer register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t DLEN; /*!< SDIO data length register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t DCTRL; /*!< SDIO data control register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __I uint32_t DCOUNT; /*!< SDIO data counter register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __I uint32_t STA; /*!< SDIO status register, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< SDIO interrupt clear register, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t MASK; /*!< SDIO mask register, Address offset: 0x3C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x40-0x44 */ + __I uint32_t FIFOCNT; /*!< SDIO FIFO counter register, Address offset: 0x48 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[13]; /*!< Reserved, 0x4C-0x7C */ + __IO uint32_t FIFO; /*!< SDIO data FIFO register, Address offset: 0x80 */ +} SDIO_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Serial Peripheral Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< SPI control register 1 (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x00 */ + uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ + __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< SPI control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< SPI status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ + __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< SPI data register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ + __IO uint16_t CRCPR; /*!< SPI CRC polynomial register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x10 */ + uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ + __IO uint16_t RXCRCR; /*!< SPI RX CRC register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x14 */ + uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ + __IO uint16_t TXCRCR; /*!< SPI TX CRC register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ + __IO uint16_t I2SCFGR; /*!< SPI_I2S configuration register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */ + __IO uint16_t I2SPR; /*!< SPI_I2S prescaler register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */ +} SPI_TypeDef; + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief SPDIFRX Interface + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< Control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint16_t IMR; /*!< Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< Status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint16_t IFCR; /*!< Interrupt Flag Clear register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< Data input register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< Channel Status register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t DIR; /*!< Debug Information register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ +} SPDIFRX_TypeDef; +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief QUAD Serial Peripheral Interface + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< QUADSPI Control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t DCR; /*!< QUADSPI Device Configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< QUADSPI Status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t FCR; /*!< QUADSPI Flag Clear register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t DLR; /*!< QUADSPI Data Length register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< QUADSPI Communication Configuration register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t AR; /*!< QUADSPI Address register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t ABR; /*!< QUADSPI Alternate Bytes register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< QUADSPI Data register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t PSMKR; /*!< QUADSPI Polling Status Mask register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t PSMAR; /*!< QUADSPI Polling Status Match register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t PIR; /*!< QUADSPI Polling Interval register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t LPTR; /*!< QUADSPI Low Power Timeout register, Address offset: 0x30 */ +} QUADSPI_TypeDef; +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief SPDIF-RX Interface + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< Control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint16_t IMR; /*!< Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< Status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint16_t IFCR; /*!< Interrupt Flag Clear register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< Data input register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< Channel Status register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t DIR; /*!< Debug Information register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ +} SPDIF_TypeDef; +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @brief TIM + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< TIM control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ + uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ + __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< TIM control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint16_t SMCR; /*!< TIM slave mode control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ + __IO uint16_t DIER; /*!< TIM DMA/interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ + __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< TIM status register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ + __IO uint16_t EGR; /*!< TIM event generation register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ + __IO uint16_t CCMR1; /*!< TIM capture/compare mode register 1, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ + __IO uint16_t CCMR2; /*!< TIM capture/compare mode register 2, Address offset: 0x1C */ + uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */ + __IO uint16_t CCER; /*!< TIM capture/compare enable register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */ + __IO uint32_t CNT; /*!< TIM counter register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint16_t PSC; /*!< TIM prescaler, Address offset: 0x28 */ + uint16_t RESERVED9; /*!< Reserved, 0x2A */ + __IO uint32_t ARR; /*!< TIM auto-reload register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint16_t RCR; /*!< TIM repetition counter register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + uint16_t RESERVED10; /*!< Reserved, 0x32 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR1; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 1, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR2; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 2, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR3; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 3, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t CCR4; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 4, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint16_t BDTR; /*!< TIM break and dead-time register, Address offset: 0x44 */ + uint16_t RESERVED11; /*!< Reserved, 0x46 */ + __IO uint16_t DCR; /*!< TIM DMA control register, Address offset: 0x48 */ + uint16_t RESERVED12; /*!< Reserved, 0x4A */ + __IO uint16_t DMAR; /*!< TIM DMA address for full transfer, Address offset: 0x4C */ + uint16_t RESERVED13; /*!< Reserved, 0x4E */ + __IO uint16_t OR; /*!< TIM option register, Address offset: 0x50 */ + uint16_t RESERVED14; /*!< Reserved, 0x52 */ +} TIM_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< USART Status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ + __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< USART Data register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint16_t BRR; /*!< USART Baud rate register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ + __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< USART Control register 1, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ + __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< USART Control register 2, Address offset: 0x10 */ + uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ + __IO uint16_t CR3; /*!< USART Control register 3, Address offset: 0x14 */ + uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ + __IO uint16_t GTPR; /*!< USART Guard time and prescaler register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ +} USART_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Window WATCHDOG + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< WWDG Control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CFR; /*!< WWDG Configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< WWDG Status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ +} WWDG_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Crypto Processor + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CRYP control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< CRYP status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< CRYP data input register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t DOUT; /*!< CRYP data output register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t DMACR; /*!< CRYP DMA control register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t IMSCR; /*!< CRYP interrupt mask set/clear register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t RISR; /*!< CRYP raw interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t MISR; /*!< CRYP masked interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t K0LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 0, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t K0RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 0, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t K1LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 1, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t K1RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 1, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t K2LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 2, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t K2RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 2, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t K3LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 3, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t K3RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 3, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t IV0LR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector left-word register 0, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint32_t IV0RR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector right-word register 0, Address offset: 0x44 */ + __IO uint32_t IV1LR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector left-word register 1, Address offset: 0x48 */ + __IO uint32_t IV1RR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector right-word register 1, Address offset: 0x4C */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM0R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 0, Address offset: 0x50 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM1R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 1, Address offset: 0x54 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM2R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 2, Address offset: 0x58 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM3R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 3, Address offset: 0x5C */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM4R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 4, Address offset: 0x60 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM5R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 5, Address offset: 0x64 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM6R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 6, Address offset: 0x68 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCMCCM7R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC or CCM/CMAC context swap register 7, Address offset: 0x6C */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCM0R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 0, Address offset: 0x70 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCM1R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 1, Address offset: 0x74 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCM2R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 2, Address offset: 0x78 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCM3R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 3, Address offset: 0x7C */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCM4R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 4, Address offset: 0x80 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCM5R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 5, Address offset: 0x84 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCM6R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 6, Address offset: 0x88 */ + __IO uint32_t CSGCM7R; /*!< CRYP GCM/GMAC context swap register 7, Address offset: 0x8C */ +} CRYP_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HASH + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< HASH control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t DIN; /*!< HASH data input register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t STR; /*!< HASH start register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t HR[5]; /*!< HASH digest registers, Address offset: 0x0C-0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< HASH interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< HASH status register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + uint32_t RESERVED[52]; /*!< Reserved, 0x28-0xF4 */ + __IO uint32_t CSR[54]; /*!< HASH context swap registers, Address offset: 0x0F8-0x1CC */ +} HASH_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HASH_DIGEST + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t HR[8]; /*!< HASH digest registers, Address offset: 0x310-0x32C */ +} HASH_DIGEST_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RNG + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RNG control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< RNG status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< RNG data register, Address offset: 0x08 */ +} RNG_TypeDef; + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief LPTIMER + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< LPTIM Interrupt and Status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< LPTIM Interrupt Clear register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< LPTIM Interrupt Enable register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t CFGR; /*!< LPTIM Configuration register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< LPTIM Control register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t CMP; /*!< LPTIM Compare register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t ARR; /*!< LPTIM Autoreload register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t CNT; /*!< LPTIM Counter register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t OR; /*!< LPTIM Option register, Address offset: 0x20 */ +} LPTIM_TypeDef; +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Peripheral_memory_map + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_BASE ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< FLASH(up to 1 MB) base address in the alias region */ +#define CCMDATARAM_BASE ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< CCM(core coupled memory) data RAM(64 KB) base address in the alias region */ +#define SRAM1_BASE ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< SRAM1(112 KB) base address in the alias region */ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +#define SRAM2_BASE ((uint32_t)0x2001C000) /*!< SRAM2(16 KB) base address in the alias region */ +#define SRAM3_BASE ((uint32_t)0x20020000) /*!< SRAM3(64 KB) base address in the alias region */ +#elif defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define SRAM2_BASE ((uint32_t)0x20028000) /*!< SRAM2(16 KB) base address in the alias region */ +#define SRAM3_BASE ((uint32_t)0x20030000) /*!< SRAM3(64 KB) base address in the alias region */ +#elif defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define SRAM2_BASE ((uint32_t)0x20040000) /*!< SRAM2(16 KB) base address in the alias region */ +#else /* STM32F411xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ +#define PERIPH_BASE ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< Peripheral base address in the alias region */ +#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || (STM32F427_437xx) || (STM32F429_439xx) || (STM32F410xx) || (STM32F412xG) || (STM32F413_423xx) || (STM32F446xx) || (STM32F469_479xx) +#define BKPSRAM_BASE ((uint32_t)0x40024000) /*!< Backup SRAM(4 KB) base address in the alias region */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || (STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define FSMC_R_BASE ((uint32_t)0xA0000000) /*!< FSMC registers base address */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define FMC_R_BASE ((uint32_t)0xA0000000) /*!< FMC registers base address */ +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define QSPI_R_BASE ((uint32_t)0xA0001000) /*!< QuadSPI registers base address */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#define CCMDATARAM_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x12000000) /*!< CCM(core coupled memory) data RAM(64 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ +#define SRAM1_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22000000) /*!< SRAM1(112 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +#define SRAM2_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22380000) /*!< SRAM2(16 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ +#define SRAM3_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22400000) /*!< SRAM3(64 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ +#elif defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define SRAM2_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22500000) /*!< SRAM2(16 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ +#define SRAM3_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22600000) /*!< SRAM3(64 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ +#elif defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define SRAM2_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22800000) /*!< SRAM2(64 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ +#else /* STM32F411xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ +#define PERIPH_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x42000000) /*!< Peripheral base address in the bit-band region */ +#define BKPSRAM_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x42480000) /*!< Backup SRAM(4 KB) base address in the bit-band region */ + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define SRAM_BASE SRAM1_BASE +#define SRAM_BB_BASE SRAM1_BB_BASE + + +/*!< Peripheral memory map */ +#define APB1PERIPH_BASE PERIPH_BASE +#define APB2PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x00010000) +#define AHB1PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x00020000) +#define AHB2PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x10000000) + +/*!< APB1 peripherals */ +#define TIM2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) +#define TIM3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) +#define TIM4_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0800) +#define TIM5_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00) +#define TIM6_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) +#define TIM7_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define LPTIM1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2400) +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ +#define TIM12_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1800) +#define TIM13_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1C00) +#define TIM14_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2000) +#define RTC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2800) +#define WWDG_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2C00) +#define IWDG_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) +#define I2S2ext_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3400) +#define SPI2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) +#define SPI3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define SPDIFRX_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4000) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#define I2S3ext_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4000) +#define USART2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4400) +#define USART3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4800) +#define UART4_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4C00) +#define UART5_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5000) +#define I2C1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5400) +#define I2C2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5800) +#define I2C3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5C00) +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +#define FMPI2C1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6000) +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ +#define CAN1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6400) +#define CAN2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6800) +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define CAN3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6C00) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define CEC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6C00) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#define PWR_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7000) +#define DAC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7400) +#define UART7_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7800) +#define UART8_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7C00) + +/*!< APB2 peripherals */ +#define TIM1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) +#define TIM8_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) +#define USART1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) +#define USART6_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) +#define UART9_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x1800U) +#define UART10_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x1C00U) +#define ADC1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2000) +#define ADC2_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2100) +#define ADC3_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2200) +#define ADC_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2300) +#define SDIO_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2C00) +#define SPI1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) +#define SPI4_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3400) +#define SYSCFG_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) +#define EXTI_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) +#define TIM9_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x4000) +#define TIM10_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x4400) +#define TIM11_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x4800) +#define SPI5_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x5000) +#define SPI6_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x5400) +#define SAI1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x5800) +#define SAI1_Block_A_BASE (SAI1_BASE + 0x004) +#define SAI1_Block_B_BASE (SAI1_BASE + 0x024) +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define SAI2_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x5C00) +#define SAI2_Block_A_BASE (SAI2_BASE + 0x004) +#define SAI2_Block_B_BASE (SAI2_BASE + 0x024) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#define LTDC_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x6800) +#define LTDC_Layer1_BASE (LTDC_BASE + 0x84) +#define LTDC_Layer2_BASE (LTDC_BASE + 0x104) +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define DSI_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x6C00) +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define DFSDM1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x6000) +#define DFSDM1_Channel0_BASE (DFSDM1_BASE + 0x00) +#define DFSDM1_Channel1_BASE (DFSDM1_BASE + 0x20) +#define DFSDM1_Channel2_BASE (DFSDM1_BASE + 0x40) +#define DFSDM1_Channel3_BASE (DFSDM1_BASE + 0x60) +#define DFSDM1_Filter0_BASE (DFSDM1_BASE + 0x100) +#define DFSDM1_Filter1_BASE (DFSDM1_BASE + 0x180) +#define DFSDM1_0 ((DFSDM_TypeDef *) DFSDM1_Filter0_BASE) +#define DFSDM1_1 ((DFSDM_TypeDef *) DFSDM1_Filter1_BASE) +/* Legacy Defines */ +#define DFSDM0 DFSDM1_0 +#define DFSDM1 DFSDM1_1 +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define DFSDM2_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x6400U) +#define DFSDM2_Channel0_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0x00U) +#define DFSDM2_Channel1_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0x20U) +#define DFSDM2_Channel2_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0x40U) +#define DFSDM2_Channel3_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0x60U) +#define DFSDM2_Channel4_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0x80U) +#define DFSDM2_Channel5_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0xA0U) +#define DFSDM2_Channel6_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0xC0U) +#define DFSDM2_Channel7_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0xE0U) +#define DFSDM2_Filter0_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0x100U) +#define DFSDM2_Filter1_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0x180U) +#define DFSDM2_Filter2_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0x200U) +#define DFSDM2_Filter3_BASE (DFSDM2_BASE + 0x280U) +#define DFSDM2_0 ((DFSDM_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Filter0_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_1 ((DFSDM_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Filter1_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_2 ((DFSDM_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Filter2_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_3 ((DFSDM_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Filter3_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/*!< AHB1 peripherals */ +#define GPIOA_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) +#define GPIOB_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) +#define GPIOC_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0800) +#define GPIOD_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00) +#define GPIOE_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) +#define GPIOF_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) +#define GPIOG_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1800) +#define GPIOH_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1C00) +#define GPIOI_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2000) +#define GPIOJ_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2400) +#define GPIOK_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2800) +#define CRC_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) +#define RCC_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) +#define FLASH_R_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) +#define DMA1_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6000) +#define DMA1_Stream0_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x010) +#define DMA1_Stream1_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x028) +#define DMA1_Stream2_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x040) +#define DMA1_Stream3_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x058) +#define DMA1_Stream4_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x070) +#define DMA1_Stream5_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x088) +#define DMA1_Stream6_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0A0) +#define DMA1_Stream7_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0B8) +#define DMA2_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6400) +#define DMA2_Stream0_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x010) +#define DMA2_Stream1_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x028) +#define DMA2_Stream2_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x040) +#define DMA2_Stream3_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x058) +#define DMA2_Stream4_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x070) +#define DMA2_Stream5_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x088) +#define DMA2_Stream6_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x0A0) +#define DMA2_Stream7_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x0B8) +#define ETH_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x8000) +#define ETH_MAC_BASE (ETH_BASE) +#define ETH_MMC_BASE (ETH_BASE + 0x0100) +#define ETH_PTP_BASE (ETH_BASE + 0x0700) +#define ETH_DMA_BASE (ETH_BASE + 0x1000) +#define DMA2D_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0xB000) + +/*!< AHB2 peripherals */ +#define DCMI_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x50000) +#define CRYP_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60000) +#define HASH_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60400) +#define HASH_DIGEST_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60710) +#define RNG_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60800) + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/*!< FSMC Bankx registers base address */ +#define FSMC_Bank1_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0000) +#define FSMC_Bank1E_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0104) +#define FSMC_Bank2_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0060) +#define FSMC_Bank3_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0080) +#define FSMC_Bank4_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x00A0) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/*!< FMC Bankx registers base address */ +#define FMC_Bank1_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x0000) +#define FMC_Bank1E_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x0104) +#define FMC_Bank2_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x0060) +#define FMC_Bank3_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x0080) +#define FMC_Bank4_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x00A0) +#define FMC_Bank5_6_R_BASE (FMC_R_BASE + 0x0140) +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/* Debug MCU registers base address */ +#define DBGMCU_BASE ((uint32_t )0xE0042000) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Peripheral_declaration + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define QUADSPI ((QUADSPI_TypeDef *) QSPI_R_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +#define TIM2 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM2_BASE) +#define TIM3 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM3_BASE) +#define TIM4 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM4_BASE) +#define TIM5 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM5_BASE) +#define TIM6 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM6_BASE) +#define TIM7 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM7_BASE) +#define TIM12 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM12_BASE) +#define TIM13 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM13_BASE) +#define TIM14 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM14_BASE) +#define RTC ((RTC_TypeDef *) RTC_BASE) +#define WWDG ((WWDG_TypeDef *) WWDG_BASE) +#define IWDG ((IWDG_TypeDef *) IWDG_BASE) +#define I2S2ext ((SPI_TypeDef *) I2S2ext_BASE) +#define SPI2 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI2_BASE) +#define SPI3 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI3_BASE) +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define SPDIFRX ((SPDIFRX_TypeDef *) SPDIFRX_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#define I2S3ext ((SPI_TypeDef *) I2S3ext_BASE) +#define USART2 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART2_BASE) +#define USART3 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART3_BASE) +#define UART4 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART4_BASE) +#define UART5 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART5_BASE) +#define I2C1 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C1_BASE) +#define I2C2 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C2_BASE) +#define I2C3 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C3_BASE) +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +#define FMPI2C1 ((FMPI2C_TypeDef *) FMPI2C1_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define LPTIM1 ((LPTIM_TypeDef *) LPTIM1_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ +#define CAN1 ((CAN_TypeDef *) CAN1_BASE) +#define CAN2 ((CAN_TypeDef *) CAN2_BASE) +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define CAN3 ((CAN_TypeDef *) CAN3_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define CEC ((CEC_TypeDef *) CEC_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#define PWR ((PWR_TypeDef *) PWR_BASE) +#define DAC ((DAC_TypeDef *) DAC_BASE) +#define UART7 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART7_BASE) +#define UART8 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART8_BASE) +#define UART9 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART9_BASE) +#define UART10 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART10_BASE) +#define TIM1 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM1_BASE) +#define TIM8 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM8_BASE) +#define USART1 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART1_BASE) +#define USART6 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART6_BASE) +#define ADC ((ADC_Common_TypeDef *) ADC_BASE) +#define ADC1 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC1_BASE) +#define ADC2 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC2_BASE) +#define ADC3 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC3_BASE) +#define SDIO ((SDIO_TypeDef *) SDIO_BASE) +#define SPI1 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI1_BASE) +#define SPI4 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI4_BASE) +#define SYSCFG ((SYSCFG_TypeDef *) SYSCFG_BASE) +#define EXTI ((EXTI_TypeDef *) EXTI_BASE) +#define TIM9 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM9_BASE) +#define TIM10 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM10_BASE) +#define TIM11 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM11_BASE) +#define SPI5 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI5_BASE) +#define SPI6 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI6_BASE) +#define SAI1 ((SAI_TypeDef *) SAI1_BASE) +#define SAI1_Block_A ((SAI_Block_TypeDef *)SAI1_Block_A_BASE) +#define SAI1_Block_B ((SAI_Block_TypeDef *)SAI1_Block_B_BASE) +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define SAI2 ((SAI_TypeDef *) SAI2_BASE) +#define SAI2_Block_A ((SAI_Block_TypeDef *)SAI2_Block_A_BASE) +#define SAI2_Block_B ((SAI_Block_TypeDef *)SAI2_Block_B_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#define LTDC ((LTDC_TypeDef *)LTDC_BASE) +#define LTDC_Layer1 ((LTDC_Layer_TypeDef *)LTDC_Layer1_BASE) +#define LTDC_Layer2 ((LTDC_Layer_TypeDef *)LTDC_Layer2_BASE) +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define DSI ((DSI_TypeDef *)DSI_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define DFSDM1_Channel0 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM1_Channel0_BASE) +#define DFSDM1_Channel1 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM1_Channel1_BASE) +#define DFSDM1_Channel2 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM1_Channel2_BASE) +#define DFSDM1_Channel3 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM1_Channel3_BASE) +#define DFSDM1_Filter0 ((DFSDM_TypeDef *) DFSDM_Filter0_BASE) +#define DFSDM1_Filter1 ((DFSDM_TypeDef *) DFSDM_Filter1_BASE) +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define DFSDM2_Channel0 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Channel0_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Channel1 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Channel1_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Channel2 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Channel2_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Channel3 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Channel3_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Channel4 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Channel4_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Channel5 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Channel5_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Channel6 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Channel6_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Channel7 ((DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Channel7_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Filter0 ((DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Filter0_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Filter1 ((DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Filter1_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Filter2 ((DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Filter2_BASE) +#define DFSDM2_Filter3 ((DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef *) DFSDM2_Filter3_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +#define GPIOA ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOA_BASE) +#define GPIOB ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOB_BASE) +#define GPIOC ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOC_BASE) +#define GPIOD ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOD_BASE) +#define GPIOE ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOE_BASE) +#define GPIOF ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOF_BASE) +#define GPIOG ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOG_BASE) +#define GPIOH ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOH_BASE) +#define GPIOI ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOI_BASE) +#define GPIOJ ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOJ_BASE) +#define GPIOK ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOK_BASE) +#define CRC ((CRC_TypeDef *) CRC_BASE) +#define RCC ((RCC_TypeDef *) RCC_BASE) +#define FLASH ((FLASH_TypeDef *) FLASH_R_BASE) +#define DMA1 ((DMA_TypeDef *) DMA1_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream0 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream0_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream1 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream1_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream2 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream2_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream3 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream3_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream4 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream4_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream5 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream5_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream6 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream6_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream7 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream7_BASE) +#define DMA2 ((DMA_TypeDef *) DMA2_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream0 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream0_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream1 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream1_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream2 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream2_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream3 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream3_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream4 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream4_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream5 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream5_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream6 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream6_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream7 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream7_BASE) +#define ETH ((ETH_TypeDef *) ETH_BASE) +#define DMA2D ((DMA2D_TypeDef *)DMA2D_BASE) +#define DCMI ((DCMI_TypeDef *) DCMI_BASE) +#define CRYP ((CRYP_TypeDef *) CRYP_BASE) +#define HASH ((HASH_TypeDef *) HASH_BASE) +#define HASH_DIGEST ((HASH_DIGEST_TypeDef *) HASH_DIGEST_BASE) +#define RNG ((RNG_TypeDef *) RNG_BASE) + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define FSMC_Bank1 ((FSMC_Bank1_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank1_R_BASE) +#define FSMC_Bank1E ((FSMC_Bank1E_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank1E_R_BASE) +#define FSMC_Bank2 ((FSMC_Bank2_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank2_R_BASE) +#define FSMC_Bank3 ((FSMC_Bank3_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank3_R_BASE) +#define FSMC_Bank4 ((FSMC_Bank4_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank4_R_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define FMC_Bank1 ((FMC_Bank1_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank1_R_BASE) +#define FMC_Bank1E ((FMC_Bank1E_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank1E_R_BASE) +#define FMC_Bank2 ((FMC_Bank2_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank2_R_BASE) +#define FMC_Bank3 ((FMC_Bank3_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank3_R_BASE) +#define FMC_Bank4 ((FMC_Bank4_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank4_R_BASE) +#define FMC_Bank5_6 ((FMC_Bank5_6_TypeDef *) FMC_Bank5_6_R_BASE) +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#define DBGMCU ((DBGMCU_TypeDef *) DBGMCU_BASE) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Exported_constants + * @{ + */ + + /** @addtogroup Peripheral_Registers_Bits_Definition + * @{ + */ + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Peripheral Registers_Bits_Definition */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Analog to Digital Converter */ +/* */ +/******************************************************************************/ +/******************** Bit definition for ADC_SR register ********************/ +#define ADC_SR_AWD ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!
© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/** @addtogroup CMSIS - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup stm32f4xx_system - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Define to prevent recursive inclusion - */ -#ifndef __SYSTEM_STM32F4XX_H -#define __SYSTEM_STM32F4XX_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Includes - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_types - * @{ - */ - -extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */ - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_Macros - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_Functions - * @{ - */ - -extern void SystemInit(void); -extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void); -/** - * @} - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__SYSTEM_STM32F4XX_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file system_stm32f4xx.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device System Source File for STM32F4xx devices. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup stm32f4xx_system + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Define to prevent recursive inclusion + */ +#ifndef __SYSTEM_STM32F4XX_H +#define __SYSTEM_STM32F4XX_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Includes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_types + * @{ + */ + +extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +extern void SystemInit(void); +extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void); +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__SYSTEM_STM32F4XX_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index f678778dd5..ff90361ef1 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html @@ -1,1125 +1,1221 @@ - - - - - - - -Release Notes for STM32F4xx Standard Peripherals Library Drivers - - - - - -
- -

 

- -
- - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
-

Back to Release page

-
-

Release Notes for STM32F4xx Standard - Peripherals  Drivers

-

Copyright - 2015 STMicroelectronics

-

-
-

 

- - - - -
-

Contents

-
    -
  1. STM32F4xx Standard Peripherals Library Drivers - update History
    2. -
  2. License
    3. -
-

STM32F4xx - Standard Peripherals Library Drivers  update History

V1.5.1 / 22-May-2015

Main -Changes

- - - -
  • Update QSPI, FMPI2C, CEC and SPDIFRX drivers to compile only when the STM32F446xx device is selected
  • stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c:
    •  Correct the name of the header file to be included, use lowercase instead of uppercase

V1.5.0 / 06-March-2015

Main -Changes

- - - -
  • Add support of STM32F446xx devices
  • Add new driver for QSPI, FMPI2C, CEC and SPDIFRX peripherals 
  • Update the system drivers (RCC, PWR, FLASH, GPIO and SYSCFG) to support the new STM32F446xx features

V1.4.0 / 04-August-2014

Main -Changes

- - - -
  • Add support of STM32F411xExx devices
    • stm32f4xx_rcc.c/.h:
      •  Update RCC_PLLI2SConfig() function to configure the new I2S parameter: PLLI2SM
      •  Add new defines for LSE mode: RCC_LSE_LOWPOWER_MODE and RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE
      •  Add new function to configure LSE mode: RCC_LSEModeConfig()
    • -stm32f4xx_flash.c/.h:
      • Update IS_FLASH_ADDRESS() macro
      -
    • stm32f4xx_gpio.c/.h: -
      •  Add new defines for the new alternate functions
      -
    • stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.c/.h: -
      • Add -new driver for ram functions
      -
    • stm32f4xx_pwr.c/.h: -
      • Fix PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() to not -clear Wakeup flag (WUF): this flag need to be cleared at application level -before to call this function.
      •  Add new function to ENABLE/DISABLE the main regulator low voltage: PWR_MainRegulatorLowVoltageCmd()
      •  Add new function to ENABLE/DISABLE the low regulator low voltage: PWR_LowRegulatorLowVoltageCmd()
  • Limitation Fix:
    • stm32f4xx_spi.c/h
      • Update I2S_Init() to support HSI oscillator as PLL source.
    • stm32f4xx_gpio.c/h
      • Update assert macro IS_GPIO_AF() macro to work as expected
    • stm32f4xx_fmc.c/h and stm32f4xx_fsmc.c/h
      • Update the FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit() function to point the FSMC_DefaultTimingStruct and FSMC_DefaultTimingStruct parameters on a default const structure.

V1.3.0 / 08-November-2013

Main -Changes

- - - -
  • Add support of STM32F401xExx devices
  • stm32f4xx_gpio.c/h
    • Update - GPIOSpeed_TypeDef structure’s fields name to be in line with GPIO out - speed definition in the product Reference Manual
    • Add - a legacy defines to keep compatibility with previous version
  • stm32f4xx_flash.c/h
    • File’s header comments: update - description of the maximum AHB frequency vs. voltage scaling - configuration
-

V1.2.1 / 19-September-2013

-

Main -Changes

- -
  • - -

    stm32f4xx_pwr.c/.h 

    • - -

      Add -new function to configure the Under-Drive STOP Mode : PWR_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t -PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) only used in case of STM32F427/437/429/439xx devices.

      -

V1.2.0 / 11-September-2013

-

Main -Changes

- -
  • - -

    Add -support of STM32F429/439xx and STM32F401xCxx devices

  • Update definition of STM32F427/437xx devices : extension -of the features to include system clock up to 180MHz, dual bank Flash, reduced -STOP Mode current, SAI, PCROP, SDRAM and DMA2D
  • Add drivers for new -peripherals of STM32F4xx STM32F427/437xx and STM32F429/439xx devices: -
    • stm32f4xx_dma2d.h/.c -
    • stm32f4xx_fmc.h/.c -
    • stm32f4xx_ltdc.h/.c -
    • stm32f4xx_sai.h/.c
  • - -

    stm32f4xx_adc.c/.h 

    • Update -the Temperature sensor channel for STM32F427/STM32F437x/STM32F429x/STM32F439x -devices from Channel 16 to Channel 18
    • - - - -

      Add -a note in ADC_VBATCmd() header function to inform that the Voltage measured is -VBAT/2 in case of STM3240xxx/41xxx and VBAT/4 in case of STM32F42xxx/43xxx.

    • In -ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus() function, replace "ADC_CR2_JSWSTART" -by "ADC_CR2_SWSTART"

  • stm32f4xx_flash.c/.h
    • Update -the header file description, add the table of number of wait states -according to system frequency selected for all STM32F4xx family devices
    • Update FLASH_EraseAllSectors() function to support the erase for all sectors within Bank1 and Bank2 in case of STM32F42/43xxx devices
    • Add new FLASH Latency values: FLASH_Latency_8, FLASH_Latency_9, FLASH_Latency_10, FLASH_Latency_11, FLASH_Latency_12, FLASH_Latency_13, FLASH_Latency_14, FLASH_Latency_15.
    • Add new flag error in FLASH_Status structure: " FLASH_ERROR_RD"
    • Add new functions: 
      • FLASH_EraseAllBank1Sectors(): mass erase in bank 1 (Half mass erase)
      • FLASH_EraseAllBank2Sectors(): mass erase in Bank 2 (Half mass erase)
      • FLASH_OB_BootConfig(): configure Dual bank boot mode
      • FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(): select PCROP feature
      • FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(): configure write protection from Sector 12 to sector 23
      • FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(): configure PC read/write protection from Sector 0 to sector 11
      • FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(): configure PC read/write protection from Sector12 to sector23
      • FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(): Read the write protected sectors from 12 to 23
      • FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(): Read the PC read/write protected sectors from 0 to 11
      • FLASH_OB_GetPCROP1(): Read the PC read/write protected sectors from 12 to 23
  • stm32f4xx_gpio.c/.h
    • Update GPIO_DeInit() function : Add GPIOJ, GPIOK clock reset/enable
    • Add a new alternate function for I2C2 and I2C3 :
      • #define -GPIO_AF9_I2C2          -((uint8_t)0x09)  /* I2C2 Alternate Function mapping */
      • #define -GPIO_AF9_I2C3          -((uint8_t)0x09)  /* I2C3 Alternate Function mapping */
    • Update all functions header -comments.
  • stm32f4xx_rcc.c/.h
    • Add new definitions for new -peripherals: SAI1, LTDC, FMC
    • Add a new parameter in RCC_PLLI2SConfig() function : PLLI2SQ to specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock
    • Add new functions: 
      • RCC_PLLSAIConfig(), RCC_PLLSAICmd(): PLL SAI Clock configuration
      • Add new function RCC_SAICLKConfig(): SAI clock division factors configuration
      • RCC_LCDCLKConfig(): LCD clock division factors configuration
  • stm32l1xx_syscfg.c/.h
    • Add new SYSCFG port sources configurations : EXTI_PortSourceGPIOJ, EXTI_PortSourceGPIOK -
    • Add new function SYSCFG_MemorySwappingBank(): swap between bank 1 and Bank 2
  • - -

    stm32f4xx_pwr.c/.h - 

    • - - - -

      Add -more details and update comments in functions and groups description

    • - -

      Add the following functions to -configure the Over-drive and Under-drive Modes :

      • PWR_OverDriveCmd()

      • - -

        PWR_OverDriveSWCmd()

      • PWR_UnderDriveCmd()

V1.1.0 / -11-January-2013

-

Main -Changes

-
  • Official release for STM32F427x/437x devices. -
  • stm32f4xx_cryp.c/.h -
    • Update CRYP_Init() function : add the support -for new algorithms (GCM/CCM). -
    • Add new function : CRYP_PhaseConfig() used for new AES-GCM and -AES-CCM algorithms. -
    • CRYP_InitTypeDef structure : update all -structure fields from uint16_t to uint32_t and update all driver functions  -parameters and the correspondant define to be declared with uint32_t type. -
    • Replace the "CRYP_ContextSave->CR_bits9to2" by -"CRYP_ContextSave->CurrentConfig".
-
  • stm32f4xx_flash.c/.h -
    • Update FLASH sectors numbers "FLASH_Sector_x" with x = -0..23. -
    • Update -FLASH_EraseAllSectors() function to support mass erase -for STM32F427x/437x -devices.
-
  • stm32f4xx_gpio.c/.h -
    • Add Alternate functions for new peripherals: SPI4, SPI5, SPI6, UART7, -UART8.
    -
    • Update all functions header -comment.
    -
  • stm32f4xx_hash.c/.h -
    • Update HASH_GetDigest() function : add the -HASH_DIGEST structure. -
    • Add new function HASH_AutoStartDigest(). -
    • Update HASH_MsgDigest structure: to support SHA-224 -and SHA-256 modes. -
    •  Update HASH_Context structure. -
    • Update some define using bit definitions already -declared in stm32f4xx.h.
    -
  • stm32f4xx_i2c.c/.h -
    • Add new functions:
    -
      • I2C_AnalogFilterCmd(): enable/disable the -analog I2C filters.
      • I2C_DigitalFilterConfig(): configure the -digital I2C filters.
    -
  • stm32f4xx_pwr.c/.h - -
    • Add new argument -"PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale3"  to PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() -function to be in line with Reference Manual -description.
-
  • stm32f4xx_rcc.c/.h -
    • Add new definitions for new -peripherals: SPI4, SPI5, -SPI6, SAI1, UART7, UART8. -
    • Add a new parameter in RCC_PLLI2SConfig() function : PLLI2SQ to specifies the division factor for -SAI1 clock. -
    • Add RCC_TIMCLKPresConfig() function -: TIMER Prescaler -selection. 
    -
  • stm32l1xx_spi.c/.h -
    • Update to support SPI4, SPI5, -SPI6.
    -
    • Update all functions header -comment.
    -
  • stm32l1xx_usart.c/.h -
    • Update to support UART7 and -UART8. -
    • Update all functions header -comment.

V1.0.2 / 05-March-2012

-

Main -Changes

- -
  • All source files: license disclaimer text update and add link to the License file on ST Internet.
  • stm32f4xx_dcmi.c
    • DCMI_GetFlagStatus() function: fix test condition on RISR register, use if (dcmireg == 0x00) instead of if (dcmireg == 0x01)
  • stm32f4xx_pwr.c
    • PWR_PVDLevelConfig() -function: remove value of the voltage threshold corresponding to each -PVD detection level, user should refer to the electrical -characteristics of the STM32 device datasheet to have the correct -value

V1.0.1 / 28-December-2011

Main -Changes

-
  • All source files: update disclaimer to add reference to the new license agreement
  • stm32f4xx_rtc.c: 
    • In “RTC_FLAGS_MASK” define: add RTC_FLAG_RECALPF and RTC_FLAG_SHPF
    • RTC_DeInit() function: add reset of the following registers: SHIFTR, CALR, ALRMASSR and ALRMBSSR
    • RTC_SetTime() and RTC_SetDate() functions: add test condition on BYPSHAD flag before to test RSF flag (when Bypass mode is enabled, the RSF bit is never set).

V1.0.0 / 30-September-2011

Main -Changes

-
  • First official release for STM32F40x/41x devices
  • stm32f4xx_rtc.c: remove useless code from RTC_GetDate() function
  • stm32f4xx_rcc.c, stm32f4xx_spi.c, stm32f4xx_wwdg.c and stm32f4xx_syscfg.c: driver's comments update

V1.0.0RC2 / 26-September-2011

Main -Changes

-
  • Official version (V1.0.0) Release Candidate1 for STM32F40x/STM32F41x devices
  • stm32f4xx_usart.h/.c
    • Update procedure to check on overrun error interrupt pending bit, defines for the following flag are added:
      • USART_IT_ORE_RX: this flag is set if overrun error interrupt occurs and RXNEIE bit is set
      • USART_IT_ORE_ER: this flag is set if overrun error interrupt occurs and EIE bit is set
  • stm32f4xx_tim.c
    • TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(): correct function header's comment 
    • TIM_ICInit(): add assert macros to test if the passed TIM parameter has channel 2, 3 or 4
  • stm32f4xx_pwr.h/.c
    • Rename PWR_FLAG_REGRDY constant to PWR_CSR_REGRDY
    • Rename PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY constant to PWR_CSR_VOSRDY
    • Rename PWR_HighPerformanceModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState) function to PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig(uint32_t PWR_Regulator_Voltage)
  • stm32f4xx_rcc.h/.c
    • RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(): add new constant RCC_AHB1Periph_CCMDATARAMEN as value for RCC_AHB1Periph parameter
  • stm32f4xx_spi.h
    • IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(): add check on I2S3ext peripheral

V1.0.0RC1 / 25-August-2011

Main -Changes

-
  • Official version (V1.0.0) Release Candidate1 for STM32F4xx devices
-

License

- - -

Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); You may not use this package except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:


Unless -required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software -distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT -WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See -the License for the specific language governing permissions and -limitations under the License. -
-
-
-

For - complete documentation on STM32 - Microcontrollers visit www.st.com/STM32

-
-

-
- -
- -

 

- -
- + + + + + + + +Release Notes for STM32F4xx Standard Peripherals Library Drivers + + + + + + + + +
+ +

 

+ +
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
+

Back to Release page

+
+

Release Notes for STM32F4xx Standard + Peripherals  Drivers

+

Copyright + 2016 STMicroelectronics

+

+
+

 

+ + + + +
+

Contents

+
    +
  1. STM32F4xx Standard Peripherals Library Drivers + update History
    2. + +
+

STM32F4xx + Standard Peripherals Library Drivers  update History

+

V1.8.1 / 27-January-2022

+

Main +Changes

+ + + + +
    +
  • All source files: update disclaimer to add reference to the new license agreement.
    • +
  • stm32f4xx_gpio.c:
    • +
      +
    • Update to use BSSR Register instead of BSSRL/BSSRH.
      • +
    +
+
    +
  • stm32f4xx_fsmc.c:
    • +
      +
    • Update FSMC_NANDInit() API to manage the case of Bank 3.
      • +
    +
+
    +
  • stm32f4xx_i2c.c
    • +
      +
    • Update I2C_CheckEvent() API to be aligned with the reference manual.
      • +
    +
+
    +
      +
        +
      • I2C_SR2 must be read only when ADDR is found set in I2C_SR1 or when the STOPF bit is cleared.
        • +
      +
    +
+
    +
  • stm32f4xx_spi.c
    • +
      +
    • Update I2S_Init() API to fix I2S clock configuration when PCM mode is used.
      • +
    +
+
    +
  • stm32f4xx_usart.h
    • +
      +
    • Fix wrong baudrate maximum value.
      • +
    +
+
    +
  • stm32f4xx_can.c:
    • +
      +
    • Update to avoid race condition
      • +
    +
+
    +
      +
        +
      • Update CAN_Receive(), CAN_FIFORelease() & CAN_CancelTransmit() APIs to use '=' instead of '|='.
        • +
      +
    +
+
    +
  • stm32f4xx_dma2d.c:
    • +
      +
    • Fix DMA2D_OCOLR register setting in DMA2D_Init() API.
      • +
    +
+
    + + +
+ +

V1.8.0 / 04-November-2016

+

Main +Changes

+ + + +
  • Add support of STM32F413xx and STM32F423xx devices
  • Update the system drivers (RCC, DFSDM, PWR, FLASH, GPIO, CAN and SAI) to support the new STM32F413/423xx features
    • stm32f4xx_syscfg.c:
      •  Add new functions to support the DFSDM Multi-Channel Delay block control:
        • DFSDM_BitStreamClock_SourceSelection()
        • DFSDM_DisableDelayClock()
        • DFSDM_EnableDelayClock()
        • DFSDM_ClockIn_SourceSelection()
        • DFSDM_ClockOut_SourceSelection()
        • DFSDM_DataIn0_SourceSelection()
        • DFSDM_DataIn2_SourceSelection()
        • DFSDM_DataIn4_SourceSelection()
        • DFSDM_DataIn6_SourceSelection()
        • DFSDM1_BitStreamClk_Config()
        • DFSDM2_BitStreamClk_Config()
    • stm32f4xx_rcc.c:
      • Add two new functions for SAI clock sources :
        • RCC_SAIPLLI2SRClkDivConfig()
        • RCC_SAIPLLRClkDivConfig()
      • Add new function for DFSDM2 Audio clock :
        • RCC_DFSDM2ACLKConfig()
    • stm32f4xx_dfsdm.c :
      • Update driver to support two instances DFSDM1 and DFSDM2
    • stm32f4xx_can.c :
      • Update driver to support new instance CAN3
    • stm32f4xx_sai.c :
      • Update to support internal and external synchronization :
      • add new field "SAI_SynchroExt"  in SAI_InitTypeDef structure.
      • add new function to configure synchronization :
        • SAI_BlockSynchroConfig()
    • stm32f4xx_spi.c :
      • Update driver to support Asynchronous start feature.
  • Fix MISRA +C errors rules 11.5, 12.4, 12.6, 12.7, 14.7 and 14.10 in QSPI, +DFSDM, DSI, FMC, DES and TDES drivers   

V1.7.1 / 20-May-2016

Main +Changes

+ + + +
  • Update RCC and DFSDM drivers to fix missing prototype issue for these functions :
    • stm32f4xx_rcc.h:
      • RCC_48MHzClockSourceConfig()
      • RCC_SDIOClockSourceConfig()
      • RCC_FMPI2C1ClockSourceConfig()
    • stm32f4xx_dfsdm.h:
      • DFSDM_ConfigBRKAnalogWatchDog()

V1.7.0 / 22-April-2016

Main +Changes

+ + + +
  • Add support of STM32F412xG devices
  • Add new driver for DFSDM peripheral
  • Update the system drivers (RCC, PWR, FLASH, GPIO, FSMC and SYSCFG) to support the new STM32F412xG features
  • stm32f4xx_rtc.c:
    •  Update to support RTC Tamper 2
  • stm32f4xx_rcc.c:
    • Update RCC_PLLSAIConfig() API to fix wrong PLLSAIP parameter configuration
  • stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c:
    • Remove FMPI2C_StopModeCmd() API the wakeup from STOP feature is not available on FMPI2C IP.

V1.6.1 / 21-October-2015

Main Changes

  • stm32f4xx_dsi.c/h update
    • Update TCCR register assigned value in HAL_DSI_ConfigHostTimeouts() function
    • Update WPCR register assigned value in +HAL_DSI_Init(), HAL_DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning(), +HAL_DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning(), HAL_DSI_SetLowPowerRXFilter() / +HAL_DSI_SetSDD(), HAL_DSI_SetLanePinsConfiguration(), +HAL_DSI_SetPHYTimings(), HAL_DSI_ForceTXStopMode(), +HAL_DSI_ForceRXLowPower(), HAL_DSI_ForceDataLanesInRX(), +HAL_DSI_SetPullDown() and HAL_DSI_SetContentionDetectionOff() functions
    • Update DSI_HS_PM_ENABLE define value
    • Implement +workaround for the hardware limitation: “The time to activate the clock +between HS transmissions is not calculated correctly”

V1.6.0 / 10-July-2015

Main +Changes

+ + + +
  • Add support of STM32F410xx, STM32F469xx and STM32F479xx devices
  • Add new driver for LPTIM, DSI peripherals 
  • Update the system drivers (RCC, PWR, FLASH, GPIO and SYSCFG) to support the new STM32F410xx, STM32F469xx and STM32F479xx features

V1.5.1 / 22-May-2015

Main +Changes

+ + + +
  • Update QSPI, FMPI2C, CEC and SPDIFRX drivers to compile only when the STM32F446xx device is selected
  • stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c:
    •  Correct the name of the header file to be included, use lowercase instead of uppercase

V1.5.0 / 06-March-2015

Main +Changes

+ + + +
  • Add support of STM32F446xx devices
  • Add new driver for QSPI, FMPI2C, CEC and SPDIFRX peripherals 
  • Update the system drivers (RCC, PWR, FLASH, GPIO and SYSCFG) to support the new STM32F446xx features

V1.4.0 / 04-August-2014

Main +Changes

+ + + +
  • Add support of STM32F411xExx devices
    • stm32f4xx_rcc.c/.h:
      •  Update RCC_PLLI2SConfig() function to configure the new I2S parameter: PLLI2SM
      •  Add new defines for LSE mode: RCC_LSE_LOWPOWER_MODE and RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE
      •  Add new function to configure LSE mode: RCC_LSEModeConfig()
    • +stm32f4xx_flash.c/.h:
      • Update IS_FLASH_ADDRESS() macro
      +
    • stm32f4xx_gpio.c/.h: +
      •  Add new defines for the new alternate functions
      +
    • stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.c/.h: +
      • Add +new driver for ram functions
      +
    • stm32f4xx_pwr.c/.h: +
      • Fix PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() to not +clear Wakeup flag (WUF): this flag need to be cleared at application level +before to call this function.
      •  Add new function to ENABLE/DISABLE the main regulator low voltage: PWR_MainRegulatorLowVoltageCmd()
      •  Add new function to ENABLE/DISABLE the low regulator low voltage: PWR_LowRegulatorLowVoltageCmd()
  • Limitation Fix:
    • stm32f4xx_spi.c/h
      • Update I2S_Init() to support HSI oscillator as PLL source.
    • stm32f4xx_gpio.c/h
      • Update assert macro IS_GPIO_AF() macro to work as expected
    • stm32f4xx_fmc.c/h and stm32f4xx_fsmc.c/h
      • Update the FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit() function to point the FSMC_DefaultTimingStruct and FSMC_DefaultTimingStruct parameters on a default const structure.

V1.3.0 / 08-November-2013

Main +Changes

+ + + +
  • Add support of STM32F401xExx devices
  • stm32f4xx_gpio.c/h
    • Update + GPIOSpeed_TypeDef structure’s fields name to be in line with GPIO out + speed definition in the product Reference Manual
    • Add + a legacy defines to keep compatibility with previous version
  • stm32f4xx_flash.c/h
    • File’s header comments: update + description of the maximum AHB frequency vs. voltage scaling + configuration
+

V1.2.1 / 19-September-2013

+

Main +Changes

+ +
  • + +

    stm32f4xx_pwr.c/.h 

    • + +

      Add +new function to configure the Under-Drive STOP Mode : PWR_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t +PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) only used in case of STM32F427/437/429/439xx devices.

      +

V1.2.0 / 11-September-2013

+

Main +Changes

+ +
  • + +

    Add +support of STM32F429/439xx and STM32F401xCxx devices

  • Update definition of STM32F427/437xx devices : extension +of the features to include system clock up to 180MHz, dual bank Flash, reduced +STOP Mode current, SAI, PCROP, SDRAM and DMA2D
  • Add drivers for new +peripherals of STM32F4xx STM32F427/437xx and STM32F429/439xx devices: +
    • stm32f4xx_dma2d.h/.c +
    • stm32f4xx_fmc.h/.c +
    • stm32f4xx_ltdc.h/.c +
    • stm32f4xx_sai.h/.c
  • + +

    stm32f4xx_adc.c/.h 

    • Update +the Temperature sensor channel for STM32F427/STM32F437x/STM32F429x/STM32F439x +devices from Channel 16 to Channel 18
    • + + + +

      Add +a note in ADC_VBATCmd() header function to inform that the Voltage measured is +VBAT/2 in case of STM3240xxx/41xxx and VBAT/4 in case of STM32F42xxx/43xxx.

    • In +ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus() function, replace "ADC_CR2_JSWSTART" +by "ADC_CR2_SWSTART"

  • stm32f4xx_flash.c/.h
    • Update +the header file description, add the table of number of wait states +according to system frequency selected for all STM32F4xx family devices
    • Update FLASH_EraseAllSectors() function to support the erase for all sectors within Bank1 and Bank2 in case of STM32F42/43xxx devices
    • Add new FLASH Latency values: FLASH_Latency_8, FLASH_Latency_9, FLASH_Latency_10, FLASH_Latency_11, FLASH_Latency_12, FLASH_Latency_13, FLASH_Latency_14, FLASH_Latency_15.
    • Add new flag error in FLASH_Status structure: " FLASH_ERROR_RD"
    • Add new functions: 
      • FLASH_EraseAllBank1Sectors(): mass erase in bank 1 (Half mass erase)
      • FLASH_EraseAllBank2Sectors(): mass erase in Bank 2 (Half mass erase)
      • FLASH_OB_BootConfig(): configure Dual bank boot mode
      • FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(): select PCROP feature
      • FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(): configure write protection from Sector 12 to sector 23
      • FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(): configure PC read/write protection from Sector 0 to sector 11
      • FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(): configure PC read/write protection from Sector12 to sector23
      • FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(): Read the write protected sectors from 12 to 23
      • FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(): Read the PC read/write protected sectors from 0 to 11
      • FLASH_OB_GetPCROP1(): Read the PC read/write protected sectors from 12 to 23
  • stm32f4xx_gpio.c/.h
    • Update GPIO_DeInit() function : Add GPIOJ, GPIOK clock reset/enable
    • Add a new alternate function for I2C2 and I2C3 :
      • #define +GPIO_AF9_I2C2          +((uint8_t)0x09)  /* I2C2 Alternate Function mapping */
      • #define +GPIO_AF9_I2C3          +((uint8_t)0x09)  /* I2C3 Alternate Function mapping */
    • Update all functions header +comments.
  • stm32f4xx_rcc.c/.h
    • Add new definitions for new +peripherals: SAI1, LTDC, FMC
    • Add a new parameter in RCC_PLLI2SConfig() function : PLLI2SQ to specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock
    • Add new functions: 
      • RCC_PLLSAIConfig(), RCC_PLLSAICmd(): PLL SAI Clock configuration
      • Add new function RCC_SAICLKConfig(): SAI clock division factors configuration
      • RCC_LCDCLKConfig(): LCD clock division factors configuration
  • stm32l1xx_syscfg.c/.h
    • Add new SYSCFG port sources configurations : EXTI_PortSourceGPIOJ, EXTI_PortSourceGPIOK +
    • Add new function SYSCFG_MemorySwappingBank(): swap between bank 1 and Bank 2
  • + +

    stm32f4xx_pwr.c/.h + 

    • + + + +

      Add +more details and update comments in functions and groups description

    • + +

      Add the following functions to +configure the Over-drive and Under-drive Modes :

      • PWR_OverDriveCmd()

      • + +

        PWR_OverDriveSWCmd()

      • PWR_UnderDriveCmd()

V1.1.0 / +11-January-2013

+

Main +Changes

+
  • Official release for STM32F427x/437x devices. +
  • stm32f4xx_cryp.c/.h +
    • Update CRYP_Init() function : add the support +for new algorithms (GCM/CCM). +
    • Add new function : CRYP_PhaseConfig() used for new AES-GCM and +AES-CCM algorithms. +
    • CRYP_InitTypeDef structure : update all +structure fields from uint16_t to uint32_t and update all driver functions  +parameters and the correspondant define to be declared with uint32_t type. +
    • Replace the "CRYP_ContextSave->CR_bits9to2" by +"CRYP_ContextSave->CurrentConfig".
+
  • stm32f4xx_flash.c/.h +
    • Update FLASH sectors numbers "FLASH_Sector_x" with x = +0..23. +
    • Update +FLASH_EraseAllSectors() function to support mass erase +for STM32F427x/437x +devices.
+
  • stm32f4xx_gpio.c/.h +
    • Add Alternate functions for new peripherals: SPI4, SPI5, SPI6, UART7, +UART8.
    +
    • Update all functions header +comment.
    +
  • stm32f4xx_hash.c/.h +
    • Update HASH_GetDigest() function : add the +HASH_DIGEST structure. +
    • Add new function HASH_AutoStartDigest(). +
    • Update HASH_MsgDigest structure: to support SHA-224 +and SHA-256 modes. +
    •  Update HASH_Context structure. +
    • Update some define using bit definitions already +declared in stm32f4xx.h.
    +
  • stm32f4xx_i2c.c/.h +
    • Add new functions:
    +
      • I2C_AnalogFilterCmd(): enable/disable the +analog I2C filters.
      • I2C_DigitalFilterConfig(): configure the +digital I2C filters.
    +
  • stm32f4xx_pwr.c/.h + +
    • Add new argument +"PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale3"  to PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() +function to be in line with Reference Manual +description.
+
  • stm32f4xx_rcc.c/.h +
    • Add new definitions for new +peripherals: SPI4, SPI5, +SPI6, SAI1, UART7, UART8. +
    • Add a new parameter in RCC_PLLI2SConfig() function : PLLI2SQ to specifies the division factor for +SAI1 clock. +
    • Add RCC_TIMCLKPresConfig() function +: TIMER Prescaler +selection. 
    +
  • stm32l1xx_spi.c/.h +
    • Update to support SPI4, SPI5, +SPI6.
    +
    • Update all functions header +comment.
    +
  • stm32l1xx_usart.c/.h +
    • Update to support UART7 and +UART8. +
    • Update all functions header +comment.

V1.0.2 / 05-March-2012

+

Main +Changes

+ +
  • All source files: license disclaimer text update and add link to the License file on ST Internet.
  • stm32f4xx_dcmi.c
    • DCMI_GetFlagStatus() function: fix test condition on RISR register, use if (dcmireg == 0x00) instead of if (dcmireg == 0x01)
  • stm32f4xx_pwr.c
    • PWR_PVDLevelConfig() +function: remove value of the voltage threshold corresponding to each +PVD detection level, user should refer to the electrical +characteristics of the STM32 device datasheet to have the correct +value

V1.0.1 / 28-December-2011

Main +Changes

+
  • All source files: update disclaimer to add reference to the new license agreement
  • stm32f4xx_rtc.c: 
    • In “RTC_FLAGS_MASK” define: add RTC_FLAG_RECALPF and RTC_FLAG_SHPF
    • RTC_DeInit() function: add reset of the following registers: SHIFTR, CALR, ALRMASSR and ALRMBSSR
    • RTC_SetTime() and RTC_SetDate() functions: add test condition on BYPSHAD flag before to test RSF flag (when Bypass mode is enabled, the RSF bit is never set).

V1.0.0 / 30-September-2011

Main +Changes

+
  • First official release for STM32F40x/41x devices
  • stm32f4xx_rtc.c: remove useless code from RTC_GetDate() function
  • stm32f4xx_rcc.c, stm32f4xx_spi.c, stm32f4xx_wwdg.c and stm32f4xx_syscfg.c: driver's comments update

V1.0.0RC2 / 26-September-2011

Main +Changes

+
  • Official version (V1.0.0) Release Candidate1 for STM32F40x/STM32F41x devices
  • stm32f4xx_usart.h/.c
    • Update procedure to check on overrun error interrupt pending bit, defines for the following flag are added:
      • USART_IT_ORE_RX: this flag is set if overrun error interrupt occurs and RXNEIE bit is set
      • USART_IT_ORE_ER: this flag is set if overrun error interrupt occurs and EIE bit is set
  • stm32f4xx_tim.c
    • TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(): correct function header's comment 
    • TIM_ICInit(): add assert macros to test if the passed TIM parameter has channel 2, 3 or 4
  • stm32f4xx_pwr.h/.c
    • Rename PWR_FLAG_REGRDY constant to PWR_CSR_REGRDY
    • Rename PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY constant to PWR_CSR_VOSRDY
    • Rename PWR_HighPerformanceModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState) function to PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig(uint32_t PWR_Regulator_Voltage)
  • stm32f4xx_rcc.h/.c
    • RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(): add new constant RCC_AHB1Periph_CCMDATARAMEN as value for RCC_AHB1Periph parameter
  • stm32f4xx_spi.h
    • IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(): add check on I2S3ext peripheral

V1.0.0RC1 / 25-August-2011

Main +Changes

+
  • Official version (V1.0.0) Release Candidate1 for STM32F4xx devices

+ +
+
+
+

For + complete documentation on STM32 + Microcontrollers visit www.st.com/STM32

+
+

+
+ +
+ +

 

+ +
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h index 8766777450..59be210ae8 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h @@ -1,178 +1,170 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file misc.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous - * firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions). - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __MISC_H -#define __MISC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup MISC - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief NVIC Init Structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel; /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be an enumerator of @ref IRQn_Type - enumeration (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels - list, please refer to stm32f4xx.h file) */ - - uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority; /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel - specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value - between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref MISC_NVIC_Priority_Table - A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ - - uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority; /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified - in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value - between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref MISC_NVIC_Priority_Table - A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ - - FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd; /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel - will be enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ -} NVIC_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup MISC_Vector_Table_Base - * @{ - */ - -#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM ((uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH ((uint32_t)0x08000000) -#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \ - ((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup MISC_System_Low_Power - * @{ - */ - -#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND ((uint8_t)0x10) -#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \ - ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \ - ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup MISC_Preemption_Priority_Group - * @{ - */ - -#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority - 4 bits for subpriority */ -#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority - 3 bits for subpriority */ -#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority - 2 bits for subpriority */ -#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority - 1 bits for subpriority */ -#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority - 0 bits for subpriority */ - -#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \ - ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \ - ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \ - ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \ - ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4)) - -#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) - -#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) - -#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x000FFFFF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup MISC_SysTick_clock_source - * @{ - */ - -#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB) -#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \ - ((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup); -void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct); -void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset); -void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState); -void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __MISC_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file misc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous + * firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions). + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __MISC_H +#define __MISC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup MISC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief NVIC Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel; /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be an enumerator of @ref IRQn_Type + enumeration (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels + list, please refer to stm32f4xx.h file) */ + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority; /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel + specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref MISC_NVIC_Priority_Table + A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority; /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified + in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref MISC_NVIC_Priority_Table + A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ + + FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd; /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel + will be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +} NVIC_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Vector_Table_Base + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \ + ((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_System_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Preemption_Priority_Group + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority + 4 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority + 3 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority + 2 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority + 1 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority + 0 bits for subpriority */ + +#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4)) + +#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x000FFFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_SysTick_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB) +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \ + ((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup); +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct); +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset); +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState); +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __MISC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_adc.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_adc.h index 06d28cdd39..4a4336d0b4 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_adc.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_adc.h @@ -1,656 +1,648 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_adc.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_ADC_H -#define __STM32F4xx_ADC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup ADC - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief ADC Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t ADC_Resolution; /*!< Configures the ADC resolution dual mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_resolution */ - FunctionalState ADC_ScanConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion - is performed in Scan (multichannels) - or Single (one channel) mode. - This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE */ - FunctionalState ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion - is performed in Continuous or Single mode. - This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ - uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge; /*!< Select the external trigger edge and - enable the trigger of a regular group. - This parameter can be a value of - @ref ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion */ - uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConv; /*!< Select the external event used to trigger - the start of conversion of a regular group. - This parameter can be a value of - @ref ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */ - uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment - is left or right. This parameter can be - a value of @ref ADC_data_align */ - uint8_t ADC_NbrOfConversion; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC conversions - that will be done using the sequencer for - regular channel group. - This parameter must range from 1 to 16. */ -}ADC_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief ADC Common Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t ADC_Mode; /*!< Configures the ADC to operate in - independent or multi mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Common_mode */ - uint32_t ADC_Prescaler; /*!< Select the frequency of the clock - to the ADC. The clock is common for all the ADCs. - This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Prescaler */ - uint32_t ADC_DMAAccessMode; /*!< Configures the Direct memory access - mode for multi ADC mode. - This parameter can be a value of - @ref ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode */ - uint32_t ADC_TwoSamplingDelay; /*!< Configures the Delay between 2 sampling phases. - This parameter can be a value of - @ref ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases */ - -}ADC_CommonInitTypeDef; - - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == ADC2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == ADC3)) - -/** @defgroup ADC_Common_mode - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_Mode_Independent ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define ADC_DualMode_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000005) -#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000006) -#define ADC_DualMode_Interl ((uint32_t)0x00000007) -#define ADC_DualMode_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000009) -#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000011) -#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000012) -#define ADC_TripleMode_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000015) -#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000016) -#define ADC_TripleMode_Interl ((uint32_t)0x00000017) -#define ADC_TripleMode_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000019) -#define IS_ADC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_Mode_Independent) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_InjecSimult) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_Interl) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_AlterTrig) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_InjecSimult) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_Interl) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_AlterTrig)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_Prescaler - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_Prescaler_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define ADC_Prescaler_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define ADC_Prescaler_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define ADC_Prescaler_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) -#define IS_ADC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div2) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div4) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div6) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div8)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* DMA mode disabled */ -#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_1 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* DMA mode 1 enabled (2 / 3 half-words one by one - 1 then 2 then 3)*/ -#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_2 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* DMA mode 2 enabled (2 / 3 half-words by pairs - 2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2)*/ -#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_3 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) /* DMA mode 3 enabled (2 / 3 bytes by pairs - 2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2) */ -#define IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_1) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_2) || \ - ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_3)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_6Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_7Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_8Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000300) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_9Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_10Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000500) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_11Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000600) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_12Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000700) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_13Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_14Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000900) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_15Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_16Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_17Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000C00) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_18Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000D00) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_19Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000E00) -#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_20Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000F00) -#define IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_6Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_7Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_8Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_9Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_10Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_11Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_12Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_13Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_14Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_15Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_16Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_17Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_18Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_19Cycles) || \ - ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_20Cycles)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_resolution - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_Resolution_12b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define ADC_Resolution_10b ((uint32_t)0x01000000) -#define ADC_Resolution_8b ((uint32_t)0x02000000) -#define ADC_Resolution_6b ((uint32_t)0x03000000) -#define IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(RESOLUTION) (((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_12b) || \ - ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_10b) || \ - ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_8b) || \ - ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_6b)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x10000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x30000000) -#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None) || \ - ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising) || \ - ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling) || \ - ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x06000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x08000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x09000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x0B000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x0D000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11 ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) -#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC4) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC2) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO) || \ - ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_data_align - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \ - ((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_channels - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_Channel_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03) -#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05) -#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06) -#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07) -#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08) -#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09) -#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) -#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) -#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) -#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) -#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) -#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) -#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10) -#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11) -#define ADC_Channel_18 ((uint8_t)0x12) - -#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) -#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) || defined (STM32F401xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) -#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_18) -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17) -#define ADC_Channel_Vbat ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_18) - -#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_0) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_18)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_times - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles ((uint8_t)0x03) -#define ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles ((uint8_t)0x05) -#define ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles ((uint8_t)0x06) -#define ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles ((uint8_t)0x07) -#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles) || \ - ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles) || \ - ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles) || \ - ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles) || \ - ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles) || \ - ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles) || \ - ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles) || \ - ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_injected_channels_conversion - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x00300000) -#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None) || \ - ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising) || \ - ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling) || \ - ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_injected_channels_conversion - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00030000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00050000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00060000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00070000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00090000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x000B0000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x000D0000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000E0000) -#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15 ((uint32_t)0x000F0000) -#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4) || \ - ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_injected_channel_selection - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ((uint8_t)0x14) -#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ((uint8_t)0x18) -#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ((uint8_t)0x1C) -#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ((uint8_t)0x20) -#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800200) -#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400200) -#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00200) -#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) -#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \ - ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \ - ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \ - ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \ - ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \ - ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \ - ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0205) -#define ADC_IT_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0106) -#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0407) -#define ADC_IT_OVR ((uint16_t)0x201A) -#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD) || \ - ((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOC)|| ((IT) == ADC_IT_OVR)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition - * @{ - */ -#define ADC_FLAG_AWD ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define ADC_FLAG_JSTRT ((uint8_t)0x08) -#define ADC_FLAG_STRT ((uint8_t)0x10) -#define ADC_FLAG_OVR ((uint8_t)0x20) - -#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint8_t)0xC0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) -#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD) || \ - ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || \ - ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || \ - ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_JSTRT) || \ - ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_STRT) || \ - ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_OVR)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds - * @{ - */ -#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset - * @{ - */ -#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length - * @{ - */ -#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_injected_rank - * @{ - */ -#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x4)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length - * @{ - */ -#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x10)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_regular_rank - * @{ - */ -#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x10)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number - * @{ - */ -#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the ADC configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void ADC_DeInit(void); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); -void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); -void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); -void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); -void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Analog Watchdog configuration functions ************************************/ -void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog); -void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold,uint16_t LowThreshold); -void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); - -/* Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management functions ******************/ -void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void ADC_VBATCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Regular Channels Configuration functions ***********************************/ -void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); -void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); -FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); -void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); -void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); -void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number); -void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); -uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); -uint32_t ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue(void); - -/* Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions *******************************/ -void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); -void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); -void ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Injected channels Configuration functions **********************************/ -void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); -void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length); -void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset); -void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv); -void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge); -void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); -FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); -void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); -void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); -uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG); -void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG); -ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT); -void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_ADC_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_adc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_ADC_H +#define __STM32F4xx_ADC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup ADC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief ADC Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ADC_Resolution; /*!< Configures the ADC resolution dual mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_resolution */ + FunctionalState ADC_ScanConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion + is performed in Scan (multichannels) + or Single (one channel) mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE */ + FunctionalState ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion + is performed in Continuous or Single mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge; /*!< Select the external trigger edge and + enable the trigger of a regular group. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConv; /*!< Select the external event used to trigger + the start of conversion of a regular group. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment + is left or right. This parameter can be + a value of @ref ADC_data_align */ + uint8_t ADC_NbrOfConversion; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC conversions + that will be done using the sequencer for + regular channel group. + This parameter must range from 1 to 16. */ +}ADC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief ADC Common Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ADC_Mode; /*!< Configures the ADC to operate in + independent or multi mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Common_mode */ + uint32_t ADC_Prescaler; /*!< Select the frequency of the clock + to the ADC. The clock is common for all the ADCs. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Prescaler */ + uint32_t ADC_DMAAccessMode; /*!< Configures the Direct memory access + mode for multi ADC mode. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode */ + uint32_t ADC_TwoSamplingDelay; /*!< Configures the Delay between 2 sampling phases. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases */ + +}ADC_CommonInitTypeDef; + + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC3)) + +/** @defgroup ADC_Common_mode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Mode_Independent ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define ADC_DualMode_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define ADC_DualMode_Interl ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define ADC_DualMode_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000009) +#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000011) +#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000012) +#define ADC_TripleMode_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000015) +#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000016) +#define ADC_TripleMode_Interl ((uint32_t)0x00000017) +#define ADC_TripleMode_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000019) +#define IS_ADC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_Mode_Independent) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_InjecSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_Interl) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_AlterTrig) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_InjecSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_Interl) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_AlterTrig)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) +#define IS_ADC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div6) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div8)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* DMA mode disabled */ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_1 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* DMA mode 1 enabled (2 / 3 half-words one by one - 1 then 2 then 3)*/ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_2 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* DMA mode 2 enabled (2 / 3 half-words by pairs - 2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2)*/ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_3 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) /* DMA mode 3 enabled (2 / 3 bytes by pairs - 2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2) */ +#define IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_1) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_2) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_3)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_6Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_7Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_8Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000300) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_9Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_10Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000500) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_11Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000600) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_12Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000700) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_13Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_14Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000900) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_15Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_16Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_17Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000C00) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_18Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000D00) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_19Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000E00) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_20Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000F00) +#define IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_6Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_7Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_8Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_9Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_10Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_11Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_12Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_13Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_14Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_15Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_16Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_17Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_18Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_19Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_20Cycles)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_resolution + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Resolution_12b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_Resolution_10b ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define ADC_Resolution_8b ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define ADC_Resolution_6b ((uint32_t)0x03000000) +#define IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(RESOLUTION) (((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_12b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_10b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_8b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_6b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x30000000) +#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x06000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x09000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x0B000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x0D000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11 ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) +#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC4) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_data_align + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \ + ((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_channels + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Channel_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) +#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11) +#define ADC_Channel_18 ((uint8_t)0x12) + +#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) || defined (STM32F401xx) || defined (STM32F410xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) +#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_18) +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE */ + +#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17) +#define ADC_Channel_Vbat ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_18) + +#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_18)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_times + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x00300000) +#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00030000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00050000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00060000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00070000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00090000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x000B0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x000D0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000E0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15 ((uint32_t)0x000F0000) +#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_channel_selection + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0205) +#define ADC_IT_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0106) +#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0407) +#define ADC_IT_OVR ((uint16_t)0x201A) +#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOC)|| ((IT) == ADC_IT_OVR)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_FLAG_AWD ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define ADC_FLAG_JSTRT ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define ADC_FLAG_STRT ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define ADC_FLAG_OVR ((uint8_t)0x20) + +#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint8_t)0xC0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) +#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || \ + ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_JSTRT) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_STRT) || \ + ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_OVR)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_rank + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x4)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x10)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_rank + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x10)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the ADC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void ADC_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); +void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Analog Watchdog configuration functions ************************************/ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold,uint16_t LowThreshold); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); + +/* Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management functions ******************/ +void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_VBATCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Regular Channels Configuration functions ***********************************/ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number); +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +uint32_t ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue(void); + +/* Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions *******************************/ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Injected channels Configuration functions **********************************/ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length); +void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset); +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv); +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge); +void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG); +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG); +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT); +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_ADC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_can.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_can.h index 3682bd76b3..c4c3de9885 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_can.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_can.h @@ -1,644 +1,649 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_can.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CAN firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_CAN_H -#define __STM32F4xx_CAN_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup CAN - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == CAN1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == CAN2)) - -/** - * @brief CAN init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint16_t CAN_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the length of a time quantum. - It ranges from 1 to 1024. */ - - uint8_t CAN_Mode; /*!< Specifies the CAN operating mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_operating_mode */ - - uint8_t CAN_SJW; /*!< Specifies the maximum number of time quanta - the CAN hardware is allowed to lengthen or - shorten a bit to perform resynchronization. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_synchronisation_jump_width */ - - uint8_t CAN_BS1; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit - Segment 1. This parameter can be a value of - @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 */ - - uint8_t CAN_BS2; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 2. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 */ - - FunctionalState CAN_TTCM; /*!< Enable or disable the time triggered communication mode. - This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ - - FunctionalState CAN_ABOM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic bus-off management. - This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ - - FunctionalState CAN_AWUM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode. - This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ - - FunctionalState CAN_NART; /*!< Enable or disable the non-automatic retransmission mode. - This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ - - FunctionalState CAN_RFLM; /*!< Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode. - This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ - - FunctionalState CAN_TXFP; /*!< Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority. - This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ -} CAN_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief CAN filter init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint16_t CAN_FilterIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit - configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration). - This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ - - uint16_t CAN_FilterIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit - configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration). - This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ - - uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, - according to the mode (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration, - first one for a 16-bit configuration). - This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ - - uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, - according to the mode (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration, - second one for a 16-bit configuration). - This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ - - uint16_t CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment; /*!< Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_FIFO */ - - uint8_t CAN_FilterNumber; /*!< Specifies the filter which will be initialized. It ranges from 0 to 13. */ - - uint8_t CAN_FilterMode; /*!< Specifies the filter mode to be initialized. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_mode */ - - uint8_t CAN_FilterScale; /*!< Specifies the filter scale. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_scale */ - - FunctionalState CAN_FilterActivation; /*!< Enable or disable the filter. - This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ -} CAN_FilterInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief CAN Tx message structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier. - This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */ - - uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier. - This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */ - - uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that - will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value - of @ref CAN_identifier_type */ - - uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the message that will - be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of - @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */ - - uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be - transmitted. This parameter can be a value between - 0 to 8 */ - - uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be transmitted. It ranges from 0 - to 0xFF. */ -} CanTxMsg; - -/** - * @brief CAN Rx message structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier. - This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */ - - uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier. - This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */ - - uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that - will be received. This parameter can be a value of - @ref CAN_identifier_type */ - - uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the received message. - This parameter can be a value of - @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */ - - uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be received. - This parameter can be a value between 0 to 8 */ - - uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be received. It ranges from 0 to - 0xFF. */ - - uint8_t FMI; /*!< Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in - the mailbox passes through. This parameter can be a - value between 0 to 0xFF */ -} CanRxMsg; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_InitStatus - * @{ - */ - -#define CAN_InitStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN initialization failed */ -#define CAN_InitStatus_Success ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN initialization OK */ - - -/* Legacy defines */ -#define CANINITFAILED CAN_InitStatus_Failed -#define CANINITOK CAN_InitStatus_Success -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_operating_mode - * @{ - */ - -#define CAN_Mode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< normal mode */ -#define CAN_Mode_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< loopback mode */ -#define CAN_Mode_Silent ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< silent mode */ -#define CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< loopback combined with silent mode */ - -#define IS_CAN_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Normal) || \ - ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_LoopBack)|| \ - ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent) || \ - ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack)) -/** - * @} - */ - - - /** - * @defgroup CAN_operating_mode - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Initialization mode */ -#define CAN_OperatingMode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Normal mode */ -#define CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< sleep mode */ - - -#define IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) ||\ - ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal)|| \ - ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @defgroup CAN_operating_mode_status - * @{ - */ - -#define CAN_ModeStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode failed */ -#define CAN_ModeStatus_Success ((uint8_t)!CAN_ModeStatus_Failed) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode Succeed */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_synchronisation_jump_width - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_SJW_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ -#define CAN_SJW_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ -#define CAN_SJW_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ -#define CAN_SJW_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ - -#define IS_CAN_SJW(SJW) (((SJW) == CAN_SJW_1tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_2tq)|| \ - ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_3tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_4tq)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_BS1_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_9tq ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< 9 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_10tq ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< 10 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_11tq ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< 11 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_12tq ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< 12 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_13tq ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< 13 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_14tq ((uint8_t)0x0D) /*!< 14 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_15tq ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< 15 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS1_16tq ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< 16 time quantum */ - -#define IS_CAN_BS1(BS1) ((BS1) <= CAN_BS1_16tq) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_BS2_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS2_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS2_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS2_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS2_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS2_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS2_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */ -#define CAN_BS2_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */ - -#define IS_CAN_BS2(BS2) ((BS2) <= CAN_BS2_8tq) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_clock_prescaler - * @{ - */ -#define IS_CAN_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) >= 1) && ((PRESCALER) <= 1024)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_filter_number - * @{ - */ -#define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((NUMBER) <= 27) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_filter_mode - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_FilterMode_IdMask ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< identifier/mask mode */ -#define CAN_FilterMode_IdList ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< identifier list mode */ - -#define IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) || \ - ((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdList)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_filter_scale - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_FilterScale_16bit ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Two 16-bit filters */ -#define CAN_FilterScale_32bit ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< One 32-bit filter */ - -#define IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(SCALE) (((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) || \ - ((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_32bit)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_filter_FIFO - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_Filter_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x */ -#define CAN_Filter_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x */ -#define IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO0) || \ - ((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO1)) - -/* Legacy defines */ -#define CAN_FilterFIFO0 CAN_Filter_FIFO0 -#define CAN_FilterFIFO1 CAN_Filter_FIFO1 -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_Start_bank_filter_for_slave_CAN - * @{ - */ -#define IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(BANKNUMBER) (((BANKNUMBER) >= 1) && ((BANKNUMBER) <= 27)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_Tx - * @{ - */ -#define IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TRANSMITMAILBOX) ((TRANSMITMAILBOX) <= ((uint8_t)0x02)) -#define IS_CAN_STDID(STDID) ((STDID) <= ((uint32_t)0x7FF)) -#define IS_CAN_EXTID(EXTID) ((EXTID) <= ((uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF)) -#define IS_CAN_DLC(DLC) ((DLC) <= ((uint8_t)0x08)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_identifier_type - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_Id_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Standard Id */ -#define CAN_Id_Extended ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Extended Id */ -#define IS_CAN_IDTYPE(IDTYPE) (((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Standard) || \ - ((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Extended)) - -/* Legacy defines */ -#define CAN_ID_STD CAN_Id_Standard -#define CAN_ID_EXT CAN_Id_Extended -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_remote_transmission_request - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_RTR_Data ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Data frame */ -#define CAN_RTR_Remote ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Remote frame */ -#define IS_CAN_RTR(RTR) (((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Data) || ((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Remote)) - -/* Legacy defines */ -#define CAN_RTR_DATA CAN_RTR_Data -#define CAN_RTR_REMOTE CAN_RTR_Remote -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_transmit_constants - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_TxStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00)/*!< CAN transmission failed */ -#define CAN_TxStatus_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN transmission succeeded */ -#define CAN_TxStatus_Pending ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< CAN transmission pending */ -#define CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< CAN cell did not provide - an empty mailbox */ -/* Legacy defines */ -#define CANTXFAILED CAN_TxStatus_Failed -#define CANTXOK CAN_TxStatus_Ok -#define CANTXPENDING CAN_TxStatus_Pending -#define CAN_NO_MB CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_receive_FIFO_number_constants - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN FIFO 0 used to receive */ -#define CAN_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN FIFO 1 used to receive */ - -#define IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO0) || ((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO1)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_sleep_constants - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_Sleep_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not enter the sleep mode */ -#define CAN_Sleep_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN entered the sleep mode */ - -/* Legacy defines */ -#define CANSLEEPFAILED CAN_Sleep_Failed -#define CANSLEEPOK CAN_Sleep_Ok -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_wake_up_constants - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_WakeUp_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not leave the sleep mode */ -#define CAN_WakeUp_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN leaved the sleep mode */ - -/* Legacy defines */ -#define CANWAKEUPFAILED CAN_WakeUp_Failed -#define CANWAKEUPOK CAN_WakeUp_Ok -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @defgroup CAN_Error_Code_constants - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< No Error */ -#define CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Stuff Error */ -#define CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Form Error */ -#define CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr ((uint8_t)0x30) /*!< Acknowledgment Error */ -#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Bit Recessive Error */ -#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr ((uint8_t)0x50) /*!< Bit Dominant Error */ -#define CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr ((uint8_t)0x60) /*!< CRC Error */ -#define CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr ((uint8_t)0x70) /*!< Software Set Error */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_flags - * @{ - */ -/* If the flag is 0x3XXXXXXX, it means that it can be used with CAN_GetFlagStatus() - and CAN_ClearFlag() functions. */ -/* If the flag is 0x1XXXXXXX, it means that it can only be used with - CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. */ - -/* Transmit Flags */ -#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP0 ((uint32_t)0x38000001) /*!< Request MailBox0 Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP1 ((uint32_t)0x38000100) /*!< Request MailBox1 Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 ((uint32_t)0x38010000) /*!< Request MailBox2 Flag */ - -/* Receive Flags */ -#define CAN_FLAG_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x12000003) /*!< FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x32000008) /*!< FIFO 0 Full Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x32000010) /*!< FIFO 0 Overrun Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x14000003) /*!< FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x34000008) /*!< FIFO 1 Full Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x34000010) /*!< FIFO 1 Overrun Flag */ - -/* Operating Mode Flags */ -#define CAN_FLAG_WKU ((uint32_t)0x31000008) /*!< Wake up Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_SLAK ((uint32_t)0x31000012) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Flag */ -/* @note When SLAK interrupt is disabled (SLKIE=0), no polling on SLAKI is possible. - In this case the SLAK bit can be polled.*/ - -/* Error Flags */ -#define CAN_FLAG_EWG ((uint32_t)0x10F00001) /*!< Error Warning Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_EPV ((uint32_t)0x10F00002) /*!< Error Passive Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_BOF ((uint32_t)0x10F00004) /*!< Bus-Off Flag */ -#define CAN_FLAG_LEC ((uint32_t)0x30F00070) /*!< Last error code Flag */ - -#define IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_BOF) || \ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EPV) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EWG) || \ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) || \ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP0) || \ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || \ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1)|| ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK )) - -#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) ||\ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || \ - ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup CAN_interrupts - * @{ - */ -#define CAN_IT_TME ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt*/ - -/* Receive Interrupts */ -#define CAN_IT_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt*/ -#define CAN_IT_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< FIFO 0 full Interrupt*/ -#define CAN_IT_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt*/ -#define CAN_IT_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt*/ -#define CAN_IT_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FIFO 1 full Interrupt*/ -#define CAN_IT_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt*/ - -/* Operating Mode Interrupts */ -#define CAN_IT_WKU ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Wake-up Interrupt*/ -#define CAN_IT_SLK ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Interrupt*/ - -/* Error Interrupts */ -#define CAN_IT_EWG ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Error warning Interrupt*/ -#define CAN_IT_EPV ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Error passive Interrupt*/ -#define CAN_IT_BOF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bus-off Interrupt*/ -#define CAN_IT_LEC ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Last error code Interrupt*/ -#define CAN_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Error Interrupt*/ - -/* Flags named as Interrupts : kept only for FW compatibility */ -#define CAN_IT_RQCP0 CAN_IT_TME -#define CAN_IT_RQCP1 CAN_IT_TME -#define CAN_IT_RQCP2 CAN_IT_TME - - -#define IS_CAN_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP0) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK)) - -#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\ - ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the CAN configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct); -void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct); -void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct); -void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber); -void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState); -void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* CAN Frames Transmission functions ******************************************/ -uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage); -uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox); -void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox); - -/* CAN Frames Reception functions *********************************************/ -void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage); -void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber); -uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber); - -/* Operation modes functions **************************************************/ -uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode); -uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); -uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); - -/* CAN Bus Error management functions *****************************************/ -uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); -uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); -uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG); -void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG); -ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT); -void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_CAN_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_can.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CAN firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_CAN_H +#define __STM32F4xx_CAN_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CAN + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == CAN1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == CAN2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == CAN3)) +#else +#define IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == CAN1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == CAN2)) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @brief CAN init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t CAN_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the length of a time quantum. + It ranges from 1 to 1024. */ + + uint8_t CAN_Mode; /*!< Specifies the CAN operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_operating_mode */ + + uint8_t CAN_SJW; /*!< Specifies the maximum number of time quanta + the CAN hardware is allowed to lengthen or + shorten a bit to perform resynchronization. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_synchronisation_jump_width */ + + uint8_t CAN_BS1; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit + Segment 1. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 */ + + uint8_t CAN_BS2; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 2. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 */ + + FunctionalState CAN_TTCM; /*!< Enable or disable the time triggered communication mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_ABOM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic bus-off management. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_AWUM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_NART; /*!< Enable or disable the non-automatic retransmission mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_RFLM; /*!< Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_TXFP; /*!< Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ +} CAN_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CAN filter init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t CAN_FilterIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit + configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit + configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, + according to the mode (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration, + first one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, + according to the mode (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration, + second one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment; /*!< Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_FIFO */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterNumber; /*!< Specifies the filter which will be initialized. It ranges from 0 to 13. */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterMode; /*!< Specifies the filter mode to be initialized. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_mode */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterScale; /*!< Specifies the filter scale. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_scale */ + + FunctionalState CAN_FilterActivation; /*!< Enable or disable the filter. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ +} CAN_FilterInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CAN Tx message structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */ + + uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that + will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value + of @ref CAN_identifier_type */ + + uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the message that will + be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */ + + uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be + transmitted. This parameter can be a value between + 0 to 8 */ + + uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be transmitted. It ranges from 0 + to 0xFF. */ +} CanTxMsg; + +/** + * @brief CAN Rx message structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */ + + uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that + will be received. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_identifier_type */ + + uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the received message. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */ + + uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be received. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 8 */ + + uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be received. It ranges from 0 to + 0xFF. */ + + uint8_t FMI; /*!< Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in + the mailbox passes through. This parameter can be a + value between 0 to 0xFF */ +} CanRxMsg; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_InitStatus + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_InitStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN initialization failed */ +#define CAN_InitStatus_Success ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN initialization OK */ + + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANINITFAILED CAN_InitStatus_Failed +#define CANINITOK CAN_InitStatus_Success +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_operating_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_Mode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< normal mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< loopback mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_Silent ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< silent mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< loopback combined with silent mode */ + +#define IS_CAN_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Normal) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_LoopBack)|| \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack)) +/** + * @} + */ + + + /** + * @defgroup CAN_operating_mode + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Initialization mode */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Normal mode */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< sleep mode */ + + +#define IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) ||\ + ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal)|| \ + ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup CAN_operating_mode_status + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_ModeStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode failed */ +#define CAN_ModeStatus_Success ((uint8_t)!CAN_ModeStatus_Failed) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode Succeed */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_synchronisation_jump_width + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_SJW_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_SJW(SJW) (((SJW) == CAN_SJW_1tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_2tq)|| \ + ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_3tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_4tq)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_BS1_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_9tq ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< 9 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_10tq ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< 10 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_11tq ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< 11 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_12tq ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< 12 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_13tq ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< 13 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_14tq ((uint8_t)0x0D) /*!< 14 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_15tq ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< 15 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_16tq ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< 16 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_BS1(BS1) ((BS1) <= CAN_BS1_16tq) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_BS2_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_BS2(BS2) ((BS2) <= CAN_BS2_8tq) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_clock_prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) >= 1) && ((PRESCALER) <= 1024)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_number + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((NUMBER) <= 27) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_mode + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FilterMode_IdMask ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< identifier/mask mode */ +#define CAN_FilterMode_IdList ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< identifier list mode */ + +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdList)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_scale + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FilterScale_16bit ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Two 16-bit filters */ +#define CAN_FilterScale_32bit ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< One 32-bit filter */ + +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(SCALE) (((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) || \ + ((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_32bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_FIFO + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Filter_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x */ +#define CAN_Filter_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x */ +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO0) || \ + ((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO1)) + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_FilterFIFO0 CAN_Filter_FIFO0 +#define CAN_FilterFIFO1 CAN_Filter_FIFO1 +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Start_bank_filter_for_slave_CAN + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(BANKNUMBER) (((BANKNUMBER) >= 1) && ((BANKNUMBER) <= 27)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Tx + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TRANSMITMAILBOX) ((TRANSMITMAILBOX) <= ((uint8_t)0x02)) +#define IS_CAN_STDID(STDID) ((STDID) <= ((uint32_t)0x7FF)) +#define IS_CAN_EXTID(EXTID) ((EXTID) <= ((uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF)) +#define IS_CAN_DLC(DLC) ((DLC) <= ((uint8_t)0x08)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_identifier_type + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Id_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Standard Id */ +#define CAN_Id_Extended ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Extended Id */ +#define IS_CAN_IDTYPE(IDTYPE) (((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Standard) || \ + ((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Extended)) + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_ID_STD CAN_Id_Standard +#define CAN_ID_EXT CAN_Id_Extended +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_remote_transmission_request + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_RTR_Data ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Data frame */ +#define CAN_RTR_Remote ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Remote frame */ +#define IS_CAN_RTR(RTR) (((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Data) || ((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Remote)) + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_RTR_DATA CAN_RTR_Data +#define CAN_RTR_REMOTE CAN_RTR_Remote +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_transmit_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00)/*!< CAN transmission failed */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN transmission succeeded */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Pending ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< CAN transmission pending */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< CAN cell did not provide + an empty mailbox */ +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANTXFAILED CAN_TxStatus_Failed +#define CANTXOK CAN_TxStatus_Ok +#define CANTXPENDING CAN_TxStatus_Pending +#define CAN_NO_MB CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_receive_FIFO_number_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN FIFO 0 used to receive */ +#define CAN_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN FIFO 1 used to receive */ + +#define IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO0) || ((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_sleep_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Sleep_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not enter the sleep mode */ +#define CAN_Sleep_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN entered the sleep mode */ + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANSLEEPFAILED CAN_Sleep_Failed +#define CANSLEEPOK CAN_Sleep_Ok +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_wake_up_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_WakeUp_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not leave the sleep mode */ +#define CAN_WakeUp_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN leaved the sleep mode */ + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANWAKEUPFAILED CAN_WakeUp_Failed +#define CANWAKEUPOK CAN_WakeUp_Ok +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup CAN_Error_Code_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< No Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Stuff Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Form Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr ((uint8_t)0x30) /*!< Acknowledgment Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Bit Recessive Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr ((uint8_t)0x50) /*!< Bit Dominant Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr ((uint8_t)0x60) /*!< CRC Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr ((uint8_t)0x70) /*!< Software Set Error */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_flags + * @{ + */ +/* If the flag is 0x3XXXXXXX, it means that it can be used with CAN_GetFlagStatus() + and CAN_ClearFlag() functions. */ +/* If the flag is 0x1XXXXXXX, it means that it can only be used with + CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. */ + +/* Transmit Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP0 ((uint32_t)0x38000001) /*!< Request MailBox0 Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP1 ((uint32_t)0x38000100) /*!< Request MailBox1 Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 ((uint32_t)0x38010000) /*!< Request MailBox2 Flag */ + +/* Receive Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x12000003) /*!< FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x32000008) /*!< FIFO 0 Full Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x32000010) /*!< FIFO 0 Overrun Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x14000003) /*!< FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x34000008) /*!< FIFO 1 Full Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x34000010) /*!< FIFO 1 Overrun Flag */ + +/* Operating Mode Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_WKU ((uint32_t)0x31000008) /*!< Wake up Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_SLAK ((uint32_t)0x31000012) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Flag */ +/* @note When SLAK interrupt is disabled (SLKIE=0), no polling on SLAKI is possible. + In this case the SLAK bit can be polled.*/ + +/* Error Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_EWG ((uint32_t)0x10F00001) /*!< Error Warning Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_EPV ((uint32_t)0x10F00002) /*!< Error Passive Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_BOF ((uint32_t)0x10F00004) /*!< Bus-Off Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_LEC ((uint32_t)0x30F00070) /*!< Last error code Flag */ + +#define IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_BOF) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EPV) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EWG) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1)|| ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK )) + +#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) ||\ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_interrupts + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_IT_TME ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt*/ + +/* Receive Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< FIFO 0 full Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FIFO 1 full Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt*/ + +/* Operating Mode Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_WKU ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Wake-up Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_SLK ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Interrupt*/ + +/* Error Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_EWG ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Error warning Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_EPV ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Error passive Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_BOF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bus-off Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_LEC ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Last error code Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Error Interrupt*/ + +/* Flags named as Interrupts : kept only for FW compatibility */ +#define CAN_IT_RQCP0 CAN_IT_TME +#define CAN_IT_RQCP1 CAN_IT_TME +#define CAN_IT_RQCP2 CAN_IT_TME + + +#define IS_CAN_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK)) + +#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the CAN configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct); +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct); +#else +void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct); +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct); +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +void CAN_SlaveStartBank(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_BankNumber); +#else +void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber); +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState); +void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* CAN Frames Transmission functions ******************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage); +uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox); +void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox); + +/* CAN Frames Reception functions *********************************************/ +void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage); +void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber); +uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber); + +/* Operation modes functions **************************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode); +uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* CAN Bus Error management functions *****************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG); +void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG); +ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT); +void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_CAN_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_cec.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_cec.h index 61b4a19555..f5006d25e4 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_cec.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_cec.h @@ -1,302 +1,293 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_cec.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CEC firmware - * library, applicable only for STM32F466xx devices. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4XX_CEC_H -#define __STM32F4XX_CEC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup CEC - * @{ - */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief CEC Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t CEC_SignalFreeTime; /*!< Specifies the CEC Signal Free Time configuration. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Signal_Free_Time */ - uint32_t CEC_RxTolerance; /*!< Specifies the CEC Reception Tolerance. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_RxTolerance */ - uint32_t CEC_StopReception; /*!< Specifies the CEC Stop Reception. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Stop_Reception */ - uint32_t CEC_BitRisingError; /*!< Specifies the CEC Bit Rising Error generation. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Bit_Rising_Error_Generation */ - uint32_t CEC_LongBitPeriodError; /*!< Specifies the CEC Long Bit Error generation. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Long_Bit_Error_Generation */ - uint32_t CEC_BRDNoGen; /*!< Specifies the CEC Broadcast Error generation. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_BDR_No_Gen */ - uint32_t CEC_SFTOption; /*!< Specifies the CEC Signal Free Time option. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_SFT_Option */ - -}CEC_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Signal_Free_Time - * @{ - */ -#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< CEC Signal Free Time Standard */ -#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_1T ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< CEC 1.5 nominal data bit periods */ -#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_2T ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< CEC 2.5 nominal data bit periods */ -#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_3T ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /*!< CEC 3.5 nominal data bit periods */ -#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_4T ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< CEC 4.5 nominal data bit periods */ -#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_5T ((uint32_t)0x00000005) /*!< CEC 5.5 nominal data bit periods */ -#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_6T ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /*!< CEC 6.5 nominal data bit periods */ -#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_7T ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< CEC 7.5 nominal data bit periods */ - -#define IS_CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_Standard) || \ - ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_1T)|| \ - ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_2T)|| \ - ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_3T)|| \ - ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_4T)|| \ - ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_5T)|| \ - ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_6T)|| \ - ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_7T)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_RxTolerance - * @{ - */ -#define CEC_RxTolerance_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Standard Tolerance Margin */ -#define CEC_RxTolerance_Extended CEC_CFGR_RXTOL /*!< Extended Tolerance Margin */ - -#define IS_CEC_RX_TOLERANCE(TOLERANCE) (((TOLERANCE) == CEC_RxTolerance_Standard) || \ - ((TOLERANCE) == CEC_RxTolerance_Extended)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Stop_Reception - * @{ - */ -#define CEC_StopReception_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No RX Stop on bit Rising Error (BRE) */ -#define CEC_StopReception_On CEC_CFGR_BRESTP /*!< RX Stop on bit Rising Error (BRE) */ - -#define IS_CEC_STOP_RECEPTION(RECEPTION) (((RECEPTION) == CEC_StopReception_On) || \ - ((RECEPTION) == CEC_StopReception_Off)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Bit_Rising_Error_Generation - * @{ - */ -#define CEC_BitRisingError_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Bit Rising Error generation turned Off */ -#define CEC_BitRisingError_On CEC_CFGR_BREGEN /*!< Bit Rising Error generation turned On */ - -#define IS_CEC_BIT_RISING_ERROR(ERROR) (((ERROR) == CEC_BitRisingError_Off) || \ - ((ERROR) == CEC_BitRisingError_On)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Long_Bit_Error_Generation - * @{ - */ -#define CEC_LongBitPeriodError_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Long Bit Period Error generation turned Off */ -#define CEC_LongBitPeriodError_On CEC_CFGR_LREGEN /*!< Long Bit Period Error generation turned On */ - -#define IS_CEC_LONG_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR(ERROR) (((ERROR) == CEC_LongBitPeriodError_Off) || \ - ((ERROR) == CEC_LongBitPeriodError_On)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_BDR_No_Gen - * @{ - */ - -#define CEC_BRDNoGen_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Broadcast Bit Rising Error generation turned Off */ -#define CEC_BRDNoGen_On CEC_CFGR_BRDNOGEN /*!< Broadcast Bit Rising Error generation turned On */ - -#define IS_CEC_BDR_NO_GEN_ERROR(ERROR) (((ERROR) == CEC_BRDNoGen_Off) || \ - ((ERROR) == CEC_BRDNoGen_On)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_SFT_Option - * @{ - */ -#define CEC_SFTOption_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< SFT option turned Off */ -#define CEC_SFTOption_On CEC_CFGR_SFTOPT /*!< SFT option turned On */ - -#define IS_CEC_SFT_OPTION(OPTION) (((OPTION) == CEC_SFTOption_Off) || \ - ((OPTION) == CEC_SFTOption_On)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Own_Address - * @{ - */ -#define IS_CEC_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) < 0x10) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Interrupt_Configuration_definition - * @{ - */ -#define CEC_IT_TXACKE CEC_IER_TXACKEIE -#define CEC_IT_TXERR CEC_IER_TXERRIE -#define CEC_IT_TXUDR CEC_IER_TXUDRIE -#define CEC_IT_TXEND CEC_IER_TXENDIE -#define CEC_IT_TXBR CEC_IER_TXBRIE -#define CEC_IT_ARBLST CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE -#define CEC_IT_RXACKE CEC_IER_RXACKEIE -#define CEC_IT_LBPE CEC_IER_LBPEIE -#define CEC_IT_SBPE CEC_IER_SBPEIE -#define CEC_IT_BRE CEC_IER_BREIEIE -#define CEC_IT_RXOVR CEC_IER_RXOVRIE -#define CEC_IT_RXEND CEC_IER_RXENDIE -#define CEC_IT_RXBR CEC_IER_RXBRIE - -#define IS_CEC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFE000) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) - -#define IS_CEC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == CEC_IT_TXACKE) || \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXERR)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXUDR)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXEND)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXBR)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_ARBLST)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXACKE)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_LBPE)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_SBPE)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_BRE)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXOVR)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXEND)|| \ - ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXBR)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_ISR_register_flags_definition - * @{ - */ -#define CEC_FLAG_TXACKE CEC_ISR_TXACKE -#define CEC_FLAG_TXERR CEC_ISR_TXERR -#define CEC_FLAG_TXUDR CEC_ISR_TXUDR -#define CEC_FLAG_TXEND CEC_ISR_TXEND -#define CEC_FLAG_TXBR CEC_ISR_TXBR -#define CEC_FLAG_ARBLST CEC_ISR_ARBLST -#define CEC_FLAG_RXACKE CEC_ISR_RXACKE -#define CEC_FLAG_LBPE CEC_ISR_LBPE -#define CEC_FLAG_SBPE CEC_ISR_SBPE -#define CEC_FLAG_BRE CEC_ISR_BRE -#define CEC_FLAG_RXOVR CEC_ISR_RXOVR -#define CEC_FLAG_RXEND CEC_ISR_RXEND -#define CEC_FLAG_RXBR CEC_ISR_RXBR - -#define IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFE000) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) - -#define IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXACKE) || \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXERR)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXUDR)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXEND)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXBR)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXACKE)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_LBPE)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_SBPE)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_BRE)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXOVR)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXEND)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXBR)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Function used to set the CEC configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void CEC_DeInit(void); - -/* CEC_Initialization and Configuration functions *****************************/ -void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct); -void CEC_StructInit(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct); -void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void CEC_ListenModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress); -void CEC_OwnAddressClear(void); - -/* CEC_Data transfers functions ***********************************************/ -void CEC_SendData(uint8_t Data); -uint8_t CEC_ReceiveData(void); -void CEC_StartOfMessage(void); -void CEC_EndOfMessage(void); - -/* CEC_Interrupts and flags management functions ******************************/ -void CEC_ITConfig(uint16_t CEC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t CEC_FLAG); -void CEC_ClearFlag(uint32_t CEC_FLAG); -ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint16_t CEC_IT); -void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT); - -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4XX_CEC_H */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_cec.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CEC firmware + * library, applicable only for STM32F466xx devices. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4XX_CEC_H +#define __STM32F4XX_CEC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CEC + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief CEC Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t CEC_SignalFreeTime; /*!< Specifies the CEC Signal Free Time configuration. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Signal_Free_Time */ + uint32_t CEC_RxTolerance; /*!< Specifies the CEC Reception Tolerance. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_RxTolerance */ + uint32_t CEC_StopReception; /*!< Specifies the CEC Stop Reception. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Stop_Reception */ + uint32_t CEC_BitRisingError; /*!< Specifies the CEC Bit Rising Error generation. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Bit_Rising_Error_Generation */ + uint32_t CEC_LongBitPeriodError; /*!< Specifies the CEC Long Bit Error generation. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_Long_Bit_Error_Generation */ + uint32_t CEC_BRDNoGen; /*!< Specifies the CEC Broadcast Error generation. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_BDR_No_Gen */ + uint32_t CEC_SFTOption; /*!< Specifies the CEC Signal Free Time option. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_SFT_Option */ + +}CEC_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Signal_Free_Time + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< CEC Signal Free Time Standard */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_1T ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< CEC 1.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_2T ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< CEC 2.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_3T ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /*!< CEC 3.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_4T ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< CEC 4.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_5T ((uint32_t)0x00000005) /*!< CEC 5.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_6T ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /*!< CEC 6.5 nominal data bit periods */ +#define CEC_SignalFreeTime_7T ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< CEC 7.5 nominal data bit periods */ + +#define IS_CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_Standard) || \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_1T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_2T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_3T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_4T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_5T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_6T)|| \ + ((TIME) == CEC_SignalFreeTime_7T)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_RxTolerance + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_RxTolerance_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Standard Tolerance Margin */ +#define CEC_RxTolerance_Extended CEC_CFGR_RXTOL /*!< Extended Tolerance Margin */ + +#define IS_CEC_RX_TOLERANCE(TOLERANCE) (((TOLERANCE) == CEC_RxTolerance_Standard) || \ + ((TOLERANCE) == CEC_RxTolerance_Extended)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Stop_Reception + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_StopReception_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No RX Stop on bit Rising Error (BRE) */ +#define CEC_StopReception_On CEC_CFGR_BRESTP /*!< RX Stop on bit Rising Error (BRE) */ + +#define IS_CEC_STOP_RECEPTION(RECEPTION) (((RECEPTION) == CEC_StopReception_On) || \ + ((RECEPTION) == CEC_StopReception_Off)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Bit_Rising_Error_Generation + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_BitRisingError_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Bit Rising Error generation turned Off */ +#define CEC_BitRisingError_On CEC_CFGR_BREGEN /*!< Bit Rising Error generation turned On */ + +#define IS_CEC_BIT_RISING_ERROR(ERROR) (((ERROR) == CEC_BitRisingError_Off) || \ + ((ERROR) == CEC_BitRisingError_On)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Long_Bit_Error_Generation + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_LongBitPeriodError_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Long Bit Period Error generation turned Off */ +#define CEC_LongBitPeriodError_On CEC_CFGR_LREGEN /*!< Long Bit Period Error generation turned On */ + +#define IS_CEC_LONG_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR(ERROR) (((ERROR) == CEC_LongBitPeriodError_Off) || \ + ((ERROR) == CEC_LongBitPeriodError_On)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_BDR_No_Gen + * @{ + */ + +#define CEC_BRDNoGen_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Broadcast Bit Rising Error generation turned Off */ +#define CEC_BRDNoGen_On CEC_CFGR_BRDNOGEN /*!< Broadcast Bit Rising Error generation turned On */ + +#define IS_CEC_BDR_NO_GEN_ERROR(ERROR) (((ERROR) == CEC_BRDNoGen_Off) || \ + ((ERROR) == CEC_BRDNoGen_On)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_SFT_Option + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_SFTOption_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< SFT option turned Off */ +#define CEC_SFTOption_On CEC_CFGR_SFTOPT /*!< SFT option turned On */ + +#define IS_CEC_SFT_OPTION(OPTION) (((OPTION) == CEC_SFTOption_Off) || \ + ((OPTION) == CEC_SFTOption_On)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Own_Address + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CEC_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) < 0x10) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Interrupt_Configuration_definition + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_IT_TXACKE CEC_IER_TXACKEIE +#define CEC_IT_TXERR CEC_IER_TXERRIE +#define CEC_IT_TXUDR CEC_IER_TXUDRIE +#define CEC_IT_TXEND CEC_IER_TXENDIE +#define CEC_IT_TXBR CEC_IER_TXBRIE +#define CEC_IT_ARBLST CEC_IER_ARBLSTIE +#define CEC_IT_RXACKE CEC_IER_RXACKEIE +#define CEC_IT_LBPE CEC_IER_LBPEIE +#define CEC_IT_SBPE CEC_IER_SBPEIE +#define CEC_IT_BRE CEC_IER_BREIEIE +#define CEC_IT_RXOVR CEC_IER_RXOVRIE +#define CEC_IT_RXEND CEC_IER_RXENDIE +#define CEC_IT_RXBR CEC_IER_RXBRIE + +#define IS_CEC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFE000) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_CEC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == CEC_IT_TXACKE) || \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXERR)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXUDR)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXEND)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_TXBR)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_ARBLST)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXACKE)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_LBPE)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_SBPE)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_BRE)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXOVR)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXEND)|| \ + ((IT) == CEC_IT_RXBR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_ISR_register_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_FLAG_TXACKE CEC_ISR_TXACKE +#define CEC_FLAG_TXERR CEC_ISR_TXERR +#define CEC_FLAG_TXUDR CEC_ISR_TXUDR +#define CEC_FLAG_TXEND CEC_ISR_TXEND +#define CEC_FLAG_TXBR CEC_ISR_TXBR +#define CEC_FLAG_ARBLST CEC_ISR_ARBLST +#define CEC_FLAG_RXACKE CEC_ISR_RXACKE +#define CEC_FLAG_LBPE CEC_ISR_LBPE +#define CEC_FLAG_SBPE CEC_ISR_SBPE +#define CEC_FLAG_BRE CEC_ISR_BRE +#define CEC_FLAG_RXOVR CEC_ISR_RXOVR +#define CEC_FLAG_RXEND CEC_ISR_RXEND +#define CEC_FLAG_RXBR CEC_ISR_RXBR + +#define IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFE000) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXACKE) || \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXERR)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXUDR)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXEND)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TXBR)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXACKE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_LBPE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_SBPE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_BRE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXOVR)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXEND)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RXBR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the CEC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void CEC_DeInit(void); + +/* CEC_Initialization and Configuration functions *****************************/ +void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct); +void CEC_StructInit(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct); +void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void CEC_ListenModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress); +void CEC_OwnAddressClear(void); + +/* CEC_Data transfers functions ***********************************************/ +void CEC_SendData(uint8_t Data); +uint8_t CEC_ReceiveData(void); +void CEC_StartOfMessage(void); +void CEC_EndOfMessage(void); + +/* CEC_Interrupts and flags management functions ******************************/ +void CEC_ITConfig(uint16_t CEC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t CEC_FLAG); +void CEC_ClearFlag(uint32_t CEC_FLAG); +ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint16_t CEC_IT); +void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT); +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_CEC_H */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_crc.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_crc.h index 7ac9e94f07..304ba8d27f 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_crc.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_crc.h @@ -1,83 +1,75 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_crc.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CRC firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_CRC_H -#define __STM32F4xx_CRC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup CRC - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void CRC_ResetDR(void); -uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data); -uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength); -uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void); -void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue); -uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_CRC_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_crc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CRC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_CRC_H +#define __STM32F4xx_CRC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CRC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void CRC_ResetDR(void); +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data); +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength); +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void); +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue); +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_CRC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_cryp.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_cryp.h index 3852b03732..5cf45f6762 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_cryp.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_cryp.h @@ -1,384 +1,376 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_cryp.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the Cryptographic - * processor(CRYP) firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_CRYP_H -#define __STM32F4xx_CRYP_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup CRYP - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief CRYP Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t CRYP_AlgoDir; /*!< Encrypt or Decrypt. This parameter can be a - value of @ref CRYP_Algorithm_Direction */ - uint32_t CRYP_AlgoMode; /*!< TDES-ECB, TDES-CBC, DES-ECB, DES-CBC, AES-ECB, - AES-CBC, AES-CTR, AES-Key, AES-GCM and AES-CCM. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CRYP_Algorithm_Mode */ - uint32_t CRYP_DataType; /*!< 32-bit data, 16-bit data, bit data or bit string. - This parameter can be a value of @ref CRYP_Data_Type */ - uint32_t CRYP_KeySize; /*!< Used only in AES mode only : 128, 192 or 256 bit - key length. This parameter can be a value of - @ref CRYP_Key_Size_for_AES_only */ -}CRYP_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief CRYP Key(s) structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t CRYP_Key0Left; /*!< Key 0 Left */ - uint32_t CRYP_Key0Right; /*!< Key 0 Right */ - uint32_t CRYP_Key1Left; /*!< Key 1 left */ - uint32_t CRYP_Key1Right; /*!< Key 1 Right */ - uint32_t CRYP_Key2Left; /*!< Key 2 left */ - uint32_t CRYP_Key2Right; /*!< Key 2 Right */ - uint32_t CRYP_Key3Left; /*!< Key 3 left */ - uint32_t CRYP_Key3Right; /*!< Key 3 Right */ -}CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef; -/** - * @brief CRYP Initialization Vectors (IV) structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t CRYP_IV0Left; /*!< Init Vector 0 Left */ - uint32_t CRYP_IV0Right; /*!< Init Vector 0 Right */ - uint32_t CRYP_IV1Left; /*!< Init Vector 1 left */ - uint32_t CRYP_IV1Right; /*!< Init Vector 1 Right */ -}CRYP_IVInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief CRYP context swapping structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - /*!< Current Configuration */ - uint32_t CR_CurrentConfig; - /*!< IV */ - uint32_t CRYP_IV0LR; - uint32_t CRYP_IV0RR; - uint32_t CRYP_IV1LR; - uint32_t CRYP_IV1RR; - /*!< KEY */ - uint32_t CRYP_K0LR; - uint32_t CRYP_K0RR; - uint32_t CRYP_K1LR; - uint32_t CRYP_K1RR; - uint32_t CRYP_K2LR; - uint32_t CRYP_K2RR; - uint32_t CRYP_K3LR; - uint32_t CRYP_K3RR; - uint32_t CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[8]; - uint32_t CRYP_CSGCMR[8]; -}CRYP_Context; - - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Algorithm_Direction - * @{ - */ -#define CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define IS_CRYP_ALGODIR(ALGODIR) (((ALGODIR) == CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt) || \ - ((ALGODIR) == CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Algorithm_Mode - * @{ - */ - -/*!< TDES Modes */ -#define CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_CBC ((uint32_t)0x00000008) - -/*!< DES Modes */ -#define CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_CBC ((uint32_t)0x00000018) - -/*!< AES Modes */ -#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CBC ((uint32_t)0x00000028) -#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CTR ((uint32_t)0x00000030) -#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key ((uint32_t)0x00000038) -#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_GCM ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CCM ((uint32_t)0x00080008) - -#define IS_CRYP_ALGOMODE(ALGOMODE) (((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB) || \ - ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_CBC)|| \ - ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB) || \ - ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_CBC) || \ - ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB) || \ - ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CBC) || \ - ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CTR) || \ - ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key) || \ - ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_GCM) || \ - ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CCM)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Phase - * @{ - */ - -/*!< The phases are valid only for AES-GCM and AES-CCM modes */ -#define CRYP_Phase_Init ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define CRYP_Phase_Header CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH_0 -#define CRYP_Phase_Payload CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH_1 -#define CRYP_Phase_Final CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH - -#define IS_CRYP_PHASE(PHASE) (((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Init) || \ - ((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Header) || \ - ((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Payload) || \ - ((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Final)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Data_Type - * @{ - */ -#define CRYP_DataType_32b ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define CRYP_DataType_16b ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define CRYP_DataType_8b ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define CRYP_DataType_1b ((uint16_t)0x00C0) -#define IS_CRYP_DATATYPE(DATATYPE) (((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_32b) || \ - ((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_16b)|| \ - ((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_8b)|| \ - ((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_1b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Key_Size_for_AES_only - * @{ - */ -#define CRYP_KeySize_128b ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define CRYP_KeySize_192b ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define CRYP_KeySize_256b ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE(KEYSIZE) (((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_128b)|| \ - ((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_192b)|| \ - ((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_256b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_flags_definition - * @{ - */ -#define CRYP_FLAG_BUSY ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< The CRYP core is currently - processing a block of data - or a key preparation (for - AES decryption). */ -#define CRYP_FLAG_IFEM ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Input Fifo Empty */ -#define CRYP_FLAG_IFNF ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< Input Fifo is Not Full */ -#define CRYP_FLAG_INRIS ((uint8_t)0x22) /*!< Raw interrupt pending */ -#define CRYP_FLAG_OFNE ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< Input Fifo service raw - interrupt status */ -#define CRYP_FLAG_OFFU ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< Output Fifo is Full */ -#define CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS ((uint8_t)0x21) /*!< Output Fifo service raw - interrupt status */ - -#define IS_CRYP_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) || \ - ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_IFNF) || \ - ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) || \ - ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OFFU) || \ - ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) || \ - ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS)|| \ - ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_INRIS)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_interrupts_definition - * @{ - */ -#define CRYP_IT_INI ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< IN Fifo Interrupt */ -#define CRYP_IT_OUTI ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< OUT Fifo Interrupt */ -#define IS_CRYP_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xFC) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) -#define IS_CRYP_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == CRYP_IT_INI) || ((IT) == CRYP_IT_OUTI)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Encryption_Decryption_modes_definition - * @{ - */ -#define MODE_ENCRYPT ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define MODE_DECRYPT ((uint8_t)0x00) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_DMA_transfer_requests - * @{ - */ -#define CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define IS_CRYP_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint8_t)0xFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the CRYP configuration to the default reset state ****/ -void CRYP_DeInit(void); - -/* CRYP Initialization and Configuration functions ****************************/ -void CRYP_Init(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct); -void CRYP_StructInit(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct); -void CRYP_KeyInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct); -void CRYP_KeyStructInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct); -void CRYP_IVInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct); -void CRYP_IVStructInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct); -void CRYP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void CRYP_PhaseConfig(uint32_t CRYP_Phase); -void CRYP_FIFOFlush(void); -/* CRYP Data processing functions *********************************************/ -void CRYP_DataIn(uint32_t Data); -uint32_t CRYP_DataOut(void); - -/* CRYP Context swapping functions ********************************************/ -ErrorStatus CRYP_SaveContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextSave, - CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct); -void CRYP_RestoreContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextRestore); - -/* CRYP DMA interface function ************************************************/ -void CRYP_DMACmd(uint8_t CRYP_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void CRYP_ITConfig(uint8_t CRYP_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -ITStatus CRYP_GetITStatus(uint8_t CRYP_IT); -FunctionalState CRYP_GetCmdStatus(void); -FlagStatus CRYP_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t CRYP_FLAG); - -/* High Level AES functions **************************************************/ -ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, - uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, - uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, - uint8_t *Output); - -ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CBC(uint8_t Mode, - uint8_t InitVectors[16], - uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, - uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, - uint8_t *Output); - -ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CTR(uint8_t Mode, - uint8_t InitVectors[16], - uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, - uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, - uint8_t *Output); - -ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_GCM(uint8_t Mode, uint8_t InitVectors[16], - uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, - uint8_t *Input, uint32_t ILength, - uint8_t *Header, uint32_t HLength, - uint8_t *Output, uint8_t *AuthTAG); - -ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CCM(uint8_t Mode, - uint8_t* Nonce, uint32_t NonceSize, - uint8_t* Key, uint16_t Keysize, - uint8_t* Input, uint32_t ILength, - uint8_t* Header, uint32_t HLength, uint8_t *HBuffer, - uint8_t* Output, - uint8_t* AuthTAG, uint32_t TAGSize); - -/* High Level TDES functions **************************************************/ -ErrorStatus CRYP_TDES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, - uint8_t Key[24], - uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, - uint8_t *Output); - -ErrorStatus CRYP_TDES_CBC(uint8_t Mode, - uint8_t Key[24], - uint8_t InitVectors[8], - uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, - uint8_t *Output); - -/* High Level DES functions **************************************************/ -ErrorStatus CRYP_DES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, - uint8_t Key[8], - uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, - uint8_t *Output); - -ErrorStatus CRYP_DES_CBC(uint8_t Mode, - uint8_t Key[8], - uint8_t InitVectors[8], - uint8_t *Input,uint32_t Ilength, - uint8_t *Output); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_CRYP_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_cryp.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the Cryptographic + * processor(CRYP) firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_CRYP_H +#define __STM32F4xx_CRYP_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CRYP + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief CRYP Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t CRYP_AlgoDir; /*!< Encrypt or Decrypt. This parameter can be a + value of @ref CRYP_Algorithm_Direction */ + uint32_t CRYP_AlgoMode; /*!< TDES-ECB, TDES-CBC, DES-ECB, DES-CBC, AES-ECB, + AES-CBC, AES-CTR, AES-Key, AES-GCM and AES-CCM. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CRYP_Algorithm_Mode */ + uint32_t CRYP_DataType; /*!< 32-bit data, 16-bit data, bit data or bit string. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CRYP_Data_Type */ + uint32_t CRYP_KeySize; /*!< Used only in AES mode only : 128, 192 or 256 bit + key length. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CRYP_Key_Size_for_AES_only */ +}CRYP_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CRYP Key(s) structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t CRYP_Key0Left; /*!< Key 0 Left */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key0Right; /*!< Key 0 Right */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key1Left; /*!< Key 1 left */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key1Right; /*!< Key 1 Right */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key2Left; /*!< Key 2 left */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key2Right; /*!< Key 2 Right */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key3Left; /*!< Key 3 left */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key3Right; /*!< Key 3 Right */ +}CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef; +/** + * @brief CRYP Initialization Vectors (IV) structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t CRYP_IV0Left; /*!< Init Vector 0 Left */ + uint32_t CRYP_IV0Right; /*!< Init Vector 0 Right */ + uint32_t CRYP_IV1Left; /*!< Init Vector 1 left */ + uint32_t CRYP_IV1Right; /*!< Init Vector 1 Right */ +}CRYP_IVInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CRYP context swapping structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + /*!< Current Configuration */ + uint32_t CR_CurrentConfig; + /*!< IV */ + uint32_t CRYP_IV0LR; + uint32_t CRYP_IV0RR; + uint32_t CRYP_IV1LR; + uint32_t CRYP_IV1RR; + /*!< KEY */ + uint32_t CRYP_K0LR; + uint32_t CRYP_K0RR; + uint32_t CRYP_K1LR; + uint32_t CRYP_K1RR; + uint32_t CRYP_K2LR; + uint32_t CRYP_K2RR; + uint32_t CRYP_K3LR; + uint32_t CRYP_K3RR; + uint32_t CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[8]; + uint32_t CRYP_CSGCMR[8]; +}CRYP_Context; + + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Algorithm_Direction + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define IS_CRYP_ALGODIR(ALGODIR) (((ALGODIR) == CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt) || \ + ((ALGODIR) == CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Algorithm_Mode + * @{ + */ + +/*!< TDES Modes */ +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_CBC ((uint32_t)0x00000008) + +/*!< DES Modes */ +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_CBC ((uint32_t)0x00000018) + +/*!< AES Modes */ +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CBC ((uint32_t)0x00000028) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CTR ((uint32_t)0x00000030) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key ((uint32_t)0x00000038) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_GCM ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CCM ((uint32_t)0x00080008) + +#define IS_CRYP_ALGOMODE(ALGOMODE) (((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_CBC)|| \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_CBC) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CBC) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CTR) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_GCM) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CCM)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Phase + * @{ + */ + +/*!< The phases are valid only for AES-GCM and AES-CCM modes */ +#define CRYP_Phase_Init ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define CRYP_Phase_Header CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH_0 +#define CRYP_Phase_Payload CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH_1 +#define CRYP_Phase_Final CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH + +#define IS_CRYP_PHASE(PHASE) (((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Init) || \ + ((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Header) || \ + ((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Payload) || \ + ((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Final)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Data_Type + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_DataType_32b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define CRYP_DataType_16b ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define CRYP_DataType_8b ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define CRYP_DataType_1b ((uint16_t)0x00C0) +#define IS_CRYP_DATATYPE(DATATYPE) (((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_32b) || \ + ((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_16b)|| \ + ((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_8b)|| \ + ((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_1b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Key_Size_for_AES_only + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_KeySize_128b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define CRYP_KeySize_192b ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define CRYP_KeySize_256b ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE(KEYSIZE) (((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_128b)|| \ + ((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_192b)|| \ + ((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_256b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_BUSY ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< The CRYP core is currently + processing a block of data + or a key preparation (for + AES decryption). */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_IFEM ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Input Fifo Empty */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_IFNF ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< Input Fifo is Not Full */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_INRIS ((uint8_t)0x22) /*!< Raw interrupt pending */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_OFNE ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< Input Fifo service raw + interrupt status */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_OFFU ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< Output Fifo is Full */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS ((uint8_t)0x21) /*!< Output Fifo service raw + interrupt status */ + +#define IS_CRYP_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) || \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_IFNF) || \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OFFU) || \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) || \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_INRIS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_IT_INI ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< IN Fifo Interrupt */ +#define CRYP_IT_OUTI ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< OUT Fifo Interrupt */ +#define IS_CRYP_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xFC) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +#define IS_CRYP_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == CRYP_IT_INI) || ((IT) == CRYP_IT_OUTI)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Encryption_Decryption_modes_definition + * @{ + */ +#define MODE_ENCRYPT ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define MODE_DECRYPT ((uint8_t)0x00) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_CRYP_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint8_t)0xFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the CRYP configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void CRYP_DeInit(void); + +/* CRYP Initialization and Configuration functions ****************************/ +void CRYP_Init(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct); +void CRYP_StructInit(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct); +void CRYP_KeyInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct); +void CRYP_KeyStructInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct); +void CRYP_IVInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct); +void CRYP_IVStructInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct); +void CRYP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void CRYP_PhaseConfig(uint32_t CRYP_Phase); +void CRYP_FIFOFlush(void); +/* CRYP Data processing functions *********************************************/ +void CRYP_DataIn(uint32_t Data); +uint32_t CRYP_DataOut(void); + +/* CRYP Context swapping functions ********************************************/ +ErrorStatus CRYP_SaveContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextSave, + CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct); +void CRYP_RestoreContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextRestore); + +/* CRYP DMA interface function ************************************************/ +void CRYP_DMACmd(uint8_t CRYP_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void CRYP_ITConfig(uint8_t CRYP_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +ITStatus CRYP_GetITStatus(uint8_t CRYP_IT); +FunctionalState CRYP_GetCmdStatus(void); +FlagStatus CRYP_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t CRYP_FLAG); + +/* High Level AES functions **************************************************/ +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CBC(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t InitVectors[16], + uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CTR(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t InitVectors[16], + uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_GCM(uint8_t Mode, uint8_t InitVectors[16], + uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t ILength, + uint8_t *Header, uint32_t HLength, + uint8_t *Output, uint8_t *AuthTAG); + +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CCM(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t* Nonce, uint32_t NonceSize, + uint8_t* Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t* Input, uint32_t ILength, + uint8_t* Header, uint32_t HLength, uint8_t *HBuffer, + uint8_t* Output, + uint8_t* AuthTAG, uint32_t TAGSize); + +/* High Level TDES functions **************************************************/ +ErrorStatus CRYP_TDES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t Key[24], + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +ErrorStatus CRYP_TDES_CBC(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t Key[24], + uint8_t InitVectors[8], + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +/* High Level DES functions **************************************************/ +ErrorStatus CRYP_DES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t Key[8], + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +ErrorStatus CRYP_DES_CBC(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t Key[8], + uint8_t InitVectors[8], + uint8_t *Input,uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_CRYP_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dac.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dac.h index c592b17a24..de042b9730 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dac.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dac.h @@ -1,304 +1,296 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_dac.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DAC firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DAC_H -#define __STM32F4xx_DAC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup DAC - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief DAC Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */ - - uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration; /*!< Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves - are generated, or whether no wave is generated. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */ - - uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /*!< Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or - the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */ - - uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */ -}DAC_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection - * @{ - */ - -#define DAC_Trigger_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register - has been loaded, and not by external trigger */ -#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ -#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /*!< TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ -#define DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM5 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ -#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ -#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ -#define DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ - -#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9 ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ -#define DAC_Trigger_Software ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */ - -#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_None) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Software)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation - * @{ - */ - -#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_None) || \ - ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise) || \ - ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude - * @{ - */ - -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */ -#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */ - -#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047) || \ - ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer - * @{ - */ - -#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection - * @{ - */ - -#define DAC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DAC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_1) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_2)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignement - * @{ - */ - -#define DAC_Align_12b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DAC_Align_12b_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define DAC_Align_8b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_R) || \ - ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_L) || \ - ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_8b_R)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation - * @{ - */ - -#define DAC_Wave_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define DAC_Wave_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Noise) || \ - ((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Triangle)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_data - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_interrupts_definition - * @{ - */ -#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the DAC configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void DAC_DeInit(void); - -/* DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format functions */ -void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); -void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); -void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); -void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); -void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState); -void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); -void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); -void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1); -uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel); - -/* DMA management functions ***************************************************/ -void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); -void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); -ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); -void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_DAC_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dac.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DAC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DAC_H +#define __STM32F4xx_DAC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DAC Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */ + + uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration; /*!< Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves + are generated, or whether no wave is generated. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */ + + uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /*!< Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or + the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */ + + uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */ +}DAC_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Trigger_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register + has been loaded, and not by external trigger */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /*!< TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM5 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ + +#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9 ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_Software ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */ + +#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_None) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Software)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_None) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */ + +#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignement + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Align_12b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Align_12b_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DAC_Align_8b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_R) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_L) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_8b_R)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Wave_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_Wave_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the DAC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void DAC_DeInit(void); + +/* DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format functions */ +void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1); +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel); + +/* DMA management functions ***************************************************/ +void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_DAC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.h index 28654b31b4..87bc8cb47a 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.h @@ -1,109 +1,101 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DBGMCU firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DBGMCU_H -#define __STM32F4xx_DBGMCU_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup DBGMCU - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define DBGMCU_SLEEP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define DBGMCU_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define DBGMCU_STANDBY ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) - -#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define DBGMCU_RTC_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define DBGMCU_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#define DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x02000000) -#define DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x04000000) -#define IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xF91FE200) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) - -#define DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFF8FFFC) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void); -uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void); -void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_DBGMCU_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DBGMCU firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DBGMCU_H +#define __STM32F4xx_DBGMCU_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DBGMCU + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define DBGMCU_SLEEP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_STANDBY ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define DBGMCU_RTC_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xF91FE200) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFF8FFFC) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void); +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void); +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_DBGMCU_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dcmi.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dcmi.h index d068be64d5..c4fb3608d5 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dcmi.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dcmi.h @@ -1,312 +1,304 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_dcmi.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DCMI firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DCMI_H -#define __STM32F4xx_DCMI_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup DCMI - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * @brief DCMI Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint16_t DCMI_CaptureMode; /*!< Specifies the Capture Mode: Continuous or Snapshot. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Capture_Mode */ - - uint16_t DCMI_SynchroMode; /*!< Specifies the Synchronization Mode: Hardware or Embedded. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Synchronization_Mode */ - - uint16_t DCMI_PCKPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Pixel clock polarity: Falling or Rising. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_PIXCK_Polarity */ - - uint16_t DCMI_VSPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Vertical synchronization polarity: High or Low. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_VSYNC_Polarity */ - - uint16_t DCMI_HSPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Horizontal synchronization polarity: High or Low. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_HSYNC_Polarity */ - - uint16_t DCMI_CaptureRate; /*!< Specifies the frequency of frame capture: All, 1/2 or 1/4. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Capture_Rate */ - - uint16_t DCMI_ExtendedDataMode; /*!< Specifies the data width: 8-bit, 10-bit, 12-bit or 14-bit. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Extended_Data_Mode */ -} DCMI_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief DCMI CROP Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint16_t DCMI_VerticalStartLine; /*!< Specifies the Vertical start line count from which the image capture - will start. This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x1FFF */ - - uint16_t DCMI_HorizontalOffsetCount; /*!< Specifies the number of pixel clocks to count before starting a capture. - This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x3FFF */ - - uint16_t DCMI_VerticalLineCount; /*!< Specifies the number of lines to be captured from the starting point. - This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x3FFF */ - - uint16_t DCMI_CaptureCount; /*!< Specifies the number of pixel clocks to be captured from the starting - point on the same line. - This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x3FFF */ -} DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief DCMI Embedded Synchronisation CODE Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint8_t DCMI_FrameStartCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the frame start delimiter. */ - uint8_t DCMI_LineStartCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the line start delimiter. */ - uint8_t DCMI_LineEndCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the line end delimiter. */ - uint8_t DCMI_FrameEndCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the frame end delimiter. */ -} DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Capture_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define DCMI_CaptureMode_Continuous ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< The received data are transferred continuously - into the destination memory through the DMA */ -#define DCMI_CaptureMode_SnapShot ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Once activated, the interface waits for the start of - frame and then transfers a single frame through the DMA */ -#define IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(MODE)(((MODE) == DCMI_CaptureMode_Continuous) || \ - ((MODE) == DCMI_CaptureMode_SnapShot)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Synchronization_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define DCMI_SynchroMode_Hardware ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Hardware synchronization data capture (frame/line start/stop) - is synchronized with the HSYNC/VSYNC signals */ -#define DCMI_SynchroMode_Embedded ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Embedded synchronization data capture is synchronized with - synchronization codes embedded in the data flow */ -#define IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(MODE)(((MODE) == DCMI_SynchroMode_Hardware) || \ - ((MODE) == DCMI_SynchroMode_Embedded)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DCMI_PIXCK_Polarity - * @{ - */ -#define DCMI_PCKPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Pixel clock active on Falling edge */ -#define DCMI_PCKPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pixel clock active on Rising edge */ -#define IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(POLARITY)(((POLARITY) == DCMI_PCKPolarity_Falling) || \ - ((POLARITY) == DCMI_PCKPolarity_Rising)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DCMI_VSYNC_Polarity - * @{ - */ -#define DCMI_VSPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Vertical synchronization active Low */ -#define DCMI_VSPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Vertical synchronization active High */ -#define IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(POLARITY)(((POLARITY) == DCMI_VSPolarity_Low) || \ - ((POLARITY) == DCMI_VSPolarity_High)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DCMI_HSYNC_Polarity - * @{ - */ -#define DCMI_HSPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Horizontal synchronization active Low */ -#define DCMI_HSPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Horizontal synchronization active High */ -#define IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(POLARITY)(((POLARITY) == DCMI_HSPolarity_Low) || \ - ((POLARITY) == DCMI_HSPolarity_High)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Capture_Rate - * @{ - */ -#define DCMI_CaptureRate_All_Frame ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< All frames are captured */ -#define DCMI_CaptureRate_1of2_Frame ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Every alternate frame captured */ -#define DCMI_CaptureRate_1of4_Frame ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< One frame in 4 frames captured */ -#define IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(RATE) (((RATE) == DCMI_CaptureRate_All_Frame) || \ - ((RATE) == DCMI_CaptureRate_1of2_Frame) ||\ - ((RATE) == DCMI_CaptureRate_1of4_Frame)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Extended_Data_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Interface captures 8-bit data on every pixel clock */ -#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_10b ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Interface captures 10-bit data on every pixel clock */ -#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_12b ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Interface captures 12-bit data on every pixel clock */ -#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_14b ((uint16_t)0x0C00) /*!< Interface captures 14-bit data on every pixel clock */ -#define IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(DATA)(((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_8b) || \ - ((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_10b) ||\ - ((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_12b) ||\ - ((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_14b)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DCMI_interrupt_sources - * @{ - */ -#define DCMI_IT_FRAME ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define DCMI_IT_OVF ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define DCMI_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define DCMI_IT_VSYNC ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define DCMI_IT_LINE ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define IS_DCMI_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFFE0) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) -#define IS_DCMI_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DCMI_IT_FRAME) || \ - ((IT) == DCMI_IT_OVF) || \ - ((IT) == DCMI_IT_ERR) || \ - ((IT) == DCMI_IT_VSYNC) || \ - ((IT) == DCMI_IT_LINE)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Flags - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief DCMI SR register - */ -#define DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC ((uint16_t)0x2001) -#define DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC ((uint16_t)0x2002) -#define DCMI_FLAG_FNE ((uint16_t)0x2004) -/** - * @brief DCMI RISR register - */ -#define DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define DCMI_FLAG_LINERI ((uint16_t)0x0010) -/** - * @brief DCMI MISR register - */ -#define DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI ((uint16_t)0x1001) -#define DCMI_FLAG_OVFMI ((uint16_t)0x1002) -#define DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI ((uint16_t)0x1004) -#define DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI ((uint16_t)0x1008) -#define DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI ((uint16_t)0x1010) -#define IS_DCMI_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_FNE) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_LINERI) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_OVFMI) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI) || \ - ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI)) - -#define IS_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFFE0) == 0x0000) && ((FLAG) != 0x0000)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the DCMI configuration to the default reset state ****/ -void DCMI_DeInit(void); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void DCMI_Init(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct); -void DCMI_StructInit(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct); -void DCMI_CROPConfig(DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef* DCMI_CROPInitStruct); -void DCMI_CROPCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void DCMI_SetEmbeddedSynchroCodes(DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef* DCMI_CodesInitStruct); -void DCMI_JPEGCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Image capture functions ****************************************************/ -void DCMI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void DCMI_CaptureCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -uint32_t DCMI_ReadData(void); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void DCMI_ITConfig(uint16_t DCMI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus DCMI_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG); -void DCMI_ClearFlag(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG); -ITStatus DCMI_GetITStatus(uint16_t DCMI_IT); -void DCMI_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t DCMI_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_DCMI_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dcmi.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DCMI firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DCMI_H +#define __STM32F4xx_DCMI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DCMI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief DCMI Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t DCMI_CaptureMode; /*!< Specifies the Capture Mode: Continuous or Snapshot. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Capture_Mode */ + + uint16_t DCMI_SynchroMode; /*!< Specifies the Synchronization Mode: Hardware or Embedded. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Synchronization_Mode */ + + uint16_t DCMI_PCKPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Pixel clock polarity: Falling or Rising. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_PIXCK_Polarity */ + + uint16_t DCMI_VSPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Vertical synchronization polarity: High or Low. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_VSYNC_Polarity */ + + uint16_t DCMI_HSPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Horizontal synchronization polarity: High or Low. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_HSYNC_Polarity */ + + uint16_t DCMI_CaptureRate; /*!< Specifies the frequency of frame capture: All, 1/2 or 1/4. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Capture_Rate */ + + uint16_t DCMI_ExtendedDataMode; /*!< Specifies the data width: 8-bit, 10-bit, 12-bit or 14-bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Extended_Data_Mode */ +} DCMI_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DCMI CROP Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t DCMI_VerticalStartLine; /*!< Specifies the Vertical start line count from which the image capture + will start. This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x1FFF */ + + uint16_t DCMI_HorizontalOffsetCount; /*!< Specifies the number of pixel clocks to count before starting a capture. + This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x3FFF */ + + uint16_t DCMI_VerticalLineCount; /*!< Specifies the number of lines to be captured from the starting point. + This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x3FFF */ + + uint16_t DCMI_CaptureCount; /*!< Specifies the number of pixel clocks to be captured from the starting + point on the same line. + This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x3FFF */ +} DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DCMI Embedded Synchronisation CODE Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t DCMI_FrameStartCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the frame start delimiter. */ + uint8_t DCMI_LineStartCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the line start delimiter. */ + uint8_t DCMI_LineEndCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the line end delimiter. */ + uint8_t DCMI_FrameEndCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the frame end delimiter. */ +} DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Capture_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_CaptureMode_Continuous ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< The received data are transferred continuously + into the destination memory through the DMA */ +#define DCMI_CaptureMode_SnapShot ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Once activated, the interface waits for the start of + frame and then transfers a single frame through the DMA */ +#define IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(MODE)(((MODE) == DCMI_CaptureMode_Continuous) || \ + ((MODE) == DCMI_CaptureMode_SnapShot)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Synchronization_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_SynchroMode_Hardware ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Hardware synchronization data capture (frame/line start/stop) + is synchronized with the HSYNC/VSYNC signals */ +#define DCMI_SynchroMode_Embedded ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Embedded synchronization data capture is synchronized with + synchronization codes embedded in the data flow */ +#define IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(MODE)(((MODE) == DCMI_SynchroMode_Hardware) || \ + ((MODE) == DCMI_SynchroMode_Embedded)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_PIXCK_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_PCKPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Pixel clock active on Falling edge */ +#define DCMI_PCKPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pixel clock active on Rising edge */ +#define IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(POLARITY)(((POLARITY) == DCMI_PCKPolarity_Falling) || \ + ((POLARITY) == DCMI_PCKPolarity_Rising)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_VSYNC_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_VSPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Vertical synchronization active Low */ +#define DCMI_VSPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Vertical synchronization active High */ +#define IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(POLARITY)(((POLARITY) == DCMI_VSPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == DCMI_VSPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_HSYNC_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_HSPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Horizontal synchronization active Low */ +#define DCMI_HSPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Horizontal synchronization active High */ +#define IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(POLARITY)(((POLARITY) == DCMI_HSPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == DCMI_HSPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Capture_Rate + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_CaptureRate_All_Frame ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< All frames are captured */ +#define DCMI_CaptureRate_1of2_Frame ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Every alternate frame captured */ +#define DCMI_CaptureRate_1of4_Frame ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< One frame in 4 frames captured */ +#define IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(RATE) (((RATE) == DCMI_CaptureRate_All_Frame) || \ + ((RATE) == DCMI_CaptureRate_1of2_Frame) ||\ + ((RATE) == DCMI_CaptureRate_1of4_Frame)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Extended_Data_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Interface captures 8-bit data on every pixel clock */ +#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_10b ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Interface captures 10-bit data on every pixel clock */ +#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_12b ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Interface captures 12-bit data on every pixel clock */ +#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_14b ((uint16_t)0x0C00) /*!< Interface captures 14-bit data on every pixel clock */ +#define IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(DATA)(((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_8b) || \ + ((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_10b) ||\ + ((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_12b) ||\ + ((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_14b)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_IT_FRAME ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define DCMI_IT_OVF ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define DCMI_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define DCMI_IT_VSYNC ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define DCMI_IT_LINE ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define IS_DCMI_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFFE0) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) +#define IS_DCMI_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DCMI_IT_FRAME) || \ + ((IT) == DCMI_IT_OVF) || \ + ((IT) == DCMI_IT_ERR) || \ + ((IT) == DCMI_IT_VSYNC) || \ + ((IT) == DCMI_IT_LINE)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Flags + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief DCMI SR register + */ +#define DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC ((uint16_t)0x2001) +#define DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC ((uint16_t)0x2002) +#define DCMI_FLAG_FNE ((uint16_t)0x2004) +/** + * @brief DCMI RISR register + */ +#define DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define DCMI_FLAG_LINERI ((uint16_t)0x0010) +/** + * @brief DCMI MISR register + */ +#define DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI ((uint16_t)0x1001) +#define DCMI_FLAG_OVFMI ((uint16_t)0x1002) +#define DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI ((uint16_t)0x1004) +#define DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI ((uint16_t)0x1008) +#define DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI ((uint16_t)0x1010) +#define IS_DCMI_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_FNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_LINERI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_OVFMI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI)) + +#define IS_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFFE0) == 0x0000) && ((FLAG) != 0x0000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the DCMI configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void DCMI_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void DCMI_Init(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct); +void DCMI_StructInit(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct); +void DCMI_CROPConfig(DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef* DCMI_CROPInitStruct); +void DCMI_CROPCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void DCMI_SetEmbeddedSynchroCodes(DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef* DCMI_CodesInitStruct); +void DCMI_JPEGCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Image capture functions ****************************************************/ +void DCMI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void DCMI_CaptureCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t DCMI_ReadData(void); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DCMI_ITConfig(uint16_t DCMI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DCMI_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG); +void DCMI_ClearFlag(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG); +ITStatus DCMI_GetITStatus(uint16_t DCMI_IT); +void DCMI_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t DCMI_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_DCMI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dfsdm.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dfsdm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f84d159be --- /dev/null +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dfsdm.h @@ -0,0 +1,821 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dfsdm.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DFSDM + * firmware library + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4XX_DFSDM_H +#define __STM32F4XX_DFSDM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DFSDM + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DFSDM Transceiver init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DFSDM_Interface; /*!< Selects the serial interface type and input clock phase. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Interface_Selection */ + + uint32_t DFSDM_Clock; /*!< Specifies the clock source for the serial interface transceiver. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Clock_Selection */ + + uint32_t DFSDM_Input; /*!< Specifies the Input mode for the serial interface transceiver. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Input_Selection */ + + uint32_t DFSDM_Redirection; /*!< Specifies if the channel input is redirected from channel channel (y+1). + This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Redirection_Selection */ + + uint32_t DFSDM_PackingMode; /*!< Specifies the packing mode for the serial interface transceiver. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Pack_Selection */ + + uint32_t DFSDM_DataRightShift; /*!< Defines the final data right bit shift. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 31 */ + + uint32_t DFSDM_Offset; /*!< Sets the calibration offset. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFFFFFF */ + + uint32_t DFSDM_CLKAbsenceDetector; /*!< Enables or disables the Clock Absence Detector. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Clock_Absence_Detector_state */ + + uint32_t DFSDM_ShortCircuitDetector; /*!< Enables or disables the Short Circuit Detector. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Short_Circuit_Detector_state */ +}DFSDM_TransceiverInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DFSDM filter analog parameters structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DFSDM_SincOrder; /*!< Sets the Sinc Filter Order . + This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Sinc_Order */ + + uint32_t DFSDM_FilterOversamplingRatio; /*!< Sets the Sinc Filter Oversampling Ratio. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 1024 */ + + uint32_t DFSDM_IntegratorOversamplingRatio;/*!< Sets the Integrator Oversampling Ratio. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 256 */ +}DFSDM_FilterInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Interface_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_Interface_SPI_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM SPI interface with rising edge to strobe data */ +#define DFSDM_Interface_SPI_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< DFSDM SPI interface with falling edge to strobe data */ +#define DFSDM_Interface_Manchester1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< DFSDM Manchester coded input, rising edge = logic 0, falling edge = logic 1 */ +#define DFSDM_Interface_Manchester2 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /*!< DFSDM Manchester coded input, rising edge = logic 1, falling edge = logic 0 */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_INTERFACE(INTERFACE) (((INTERFACE) == DFSDM_Interface_SPI_RisingEdge) || \ + ((INTERFACE) == DFSDM_Interface_SPI_FallingEdge) || \ + ((INTERFACE) == DFSDM_Interface_Manchester1) || \ + ((INTERFACE) == DFSDM_Interface_Manchester2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Clock_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_Clock_External ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM clock coming from external DFSDM_CKINy input */ +#define DFSDM_Clock_Internal ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< DFSDM clock coming from internal DFSDM_CKOUT output */ +#define DFSDM_Clock_InternalDiv2_Mode1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< DFSDM clock coming from internal DFSDM_CKOUT output divided by 2 + and clock change is on every rising edge of DFSDM_CKOUT output signal */ +#define DFSDM_Clock_InternalDiv2_Mode2 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< DFSDM clock coming from internal DFSDM_CKOUT output divided by 2 + and clock change is on every falling edge of DFSDM_CKOUT output signal */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == DFSDM_Clock_External) || \ + ((CLOCK) == DFSDM_Clock_Internal) || \ + ((CLOCK) == DFSDM_Clock_InternalDiv2_Mode1) || \ + ((CLOCK) == DFSDM_Clock_InternalDiv2_Mode2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Input_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_Input_External ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM clock coming from external DFSDM_CKINy input */ +#define DFSDM_Input_ADC ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< DFSDM clock coming from internal DFSDM_CKOUT output */ +#define DFSDM_Input_Internal ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< DFSDM clock coming from internal DFSDM_CKOUT output divided by 2 + and clock change is on every rising edge of DFSDM_CKOUT output signal */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_Input_MODE(INPUT) (((INPUT) == DFSDM_Input_External) || \ + ((INPUT) == DFSDM_Input_ADC) || \ + ((INPUT) == DFSDM_Input_Internal)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Redirection_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_Redirection_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Channel serial inputs are taken from pins of the same channel y */ +#define DFSDM_Redirection_Enabled DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CHINSEL /*!< DFSDM Channel serial inputs are taken from pins of the channel (y+1) modulo 8 */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_Redirection_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DFSDM_Redirection_Disabled) || \ + ((STATE) == DFSDM_Redirection_Enabled)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Pack_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_PackingMode_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Input data in DFSDM_CHDATINyR register are stored only in INDAT0[15:0] */ +#define DFSDM_PackingMode_Interleaved ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< DFSDM Input data in DFSDM_CHDATINyR register are stored as two samples: + - first sample in INDAT0[15:0] - assigned to channel y + - second sample INDAT1[15:0] - assigned to channel y */ +#define DFSDM_PackingMode_Dual ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< DFSDM Input data in DFSDM_CHDATINyR register are stored as two samples: + - first sample INDAT0[15:0] - assigned to channel y + - second sample INDAT1[15:0] - assigned to channel (y+1) */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_PACK_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DFSDM_PackingMode_Standard) || \ + ((MODE) == DFSDM_PackingMode_Interleaved) || \ + ((MODE) == DFSDM_PackingMode_Dual)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Clock_Absence_Detector_state + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_CLKAbsenceDetector_Enable DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKABEN /*!< DFSDM Clock Absence Detector is Enabled */ +#define DFSDM_CLKAbsenceDetector_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Clock Absence Detector is Disabled */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_CLK_DETECTOR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DFSDM_CLKAbsenceDetector_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DFSDM_CLKAbsenceDetector_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Short_Circuit_Detector_state + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_ShortCircuitDetector_Enable DFSDM_CHCFGR1_SCDEN /*!< DFSDM Short Circuit Detector is Enabled */ +#define DFSDM_ShortCircuitDetector_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Short Circuit Detector is Disabled */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_SC_DETECTOR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DFSDM_ShortCircuitDetector_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DFSDM_ShortCircuitDetector_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Sinc_Order + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_SincOrder_FastSinc ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Sinc filter order = Fast sinc */ +#define DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc1 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< DFSDM Sinc filter order = 1 */ +#define DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc2 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< DFSDM Sinc filter order = 2 */ +#define DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc3 ((uint32_t)0x60000000) /*!< DFSDM Sinc filter order = 3 */ +#define DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc4 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< DFSDM Sinc filter order = 4 */ +#define DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc5 ((uint32_t)0xA0000000) /*!< DFSDM Sinc filter order = 5 */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_SINC_ORDER(ORDER) (((ORDER) == DFSDM_SincOrder_FastSinc) || \ + ((ORDER) == DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc1) || \ + ((ORDER) == DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc2) || \ + ((ORDER) == DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc3) || \ + ((ORDER) == DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc4) || \ + ((ORDER) == DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Break_Signal_Assignment + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_SCDBreak_0 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< DFSDM Break 0 signal assigned to short circuit detector */ +#define DFSDM_SCDBreak_1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< DFSDM Break 1 signal assigned to short circuit detector */ +#define DFSDM_SCDBreak_2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< DFSDM Break 2 signal assigned to short circuit detector */ +#define DFSDM_SCDBreak_3 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< DFSDM Break 3 signal assigned to short circuit detector */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_SCD_BREAK_SIGNAL(RANK) (((RANK) == DFSDM_SCDBreak_0) || \ + ((RANK) == DFSDM_SCDBreak_1) || \ + ((RANK) == DFSDM_SCDBreak_2) || \ + ((RANK) == DFSDM_SCDBreak_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_AWD_Sinc_Order + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_AWDSincOrder_Fast ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Fast sinc filter */ +#define DFSDM_AWDSincOrder_Sinc1 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< DFSDM sinc1 filter */ +#define DFSDM_AWDSincOrder_Sinc2 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< DFSDM sinc2 filter */ +#define DFSDM_AWDSincOrder_Sinc3 ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) /*!< DFSDM sinc3 filter */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_AWD_SINC_ORDER(ORDER) (((ORDER) == DFSDM_AWDSincOrder_Fast) || \ + ((ORDER) == DFSDM_AWDSincOrder_Sinc1) || \ + ((ORDER) == DFSDM_AWDSincOrder_Sinc2) || \ + ((ORDER) == DFSDM_AWDSincOrder_Sinc3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_AWD_CHANNEL + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_AWDChannel0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< DFSDM AWDx guard channel 0 */ +#define DFSDM_AWDChannel1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< DFSDM AWDx guard channel 1 */ +#define DFSDM_AWDChannel2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< DFSDM AWDx guard channel 2 */ +#define DFSDM_AWDChannel3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< DFSDM AWDx guard channel 3 */ +#define DFSDM_AWDChannel4 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< DFSDM AWDx guard channel 4 */ +#define DFSDM_AWDChannel5 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< DFSDM AWDx guard channel 5 */ +#define DFSDM_AWDChannel6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< DFSDM AWDx guard channel 6 */ +#define DFSDM_AWDChannel7 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< DFSDM AWDx guard channel 7 */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_AWD_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_AWDChannel0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_AWDChannel1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_AWDChannel2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_AWDChannel3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_AWDChannel4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_AWDChannel5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_AWDChannel6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_AWDChannel7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Threshold_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_Threshold_Low ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< DFSDM Low threshold */ +#define DFSDM_Threshold_High ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< DFSDM High threshold */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_Threshold(THR) (((THR) == DFSDM_Threshold_Low) || \ + ((THR) == DFSDM_Threshold_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_AWD_Fast_Mode_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_AWDFastMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Fast mode for AWD is disabled */ +#define DFSDM_AWDFastMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< DFSDM Fast mode for AWD is enabled */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_AWD_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DFSDM_AWDFastMode_Disable) || \ + ((MODE) == DFSDM_AWDFastMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Clock_Output_Source_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_ClkOutSource_SysClock ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Source for output clock is comming from system clock */ +#define DFSDM_ClkOutSource_AudioClock DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKOUTSRC /*!< DFSDM Source for output clock is comming from audio clock */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_CLOCK_OUT_SOURCE(SRC) (((SRC) == DFSDM_ClkOutSource_SysClock) || \ + ((SRC) == DFSDM_ClkOutSource_AudioClock)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Conversion_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_DMAConversionMode_Regular ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< DFSDM Regular mode */ +#define DFSDM_DMAConversionMode_Injected ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Injected mode */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_CONVERSION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DFSDM_DMAConversionMode_Regular) || \ + ((MODE) == DFSDM_DMAConversionMode_Injected)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Extremes_Channel_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_ExtremChannel0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< DFSDM Extreme detector guard channel 0 */ +#define DFSDM_ExtremChannel1 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< DFSDM Extreme detector guard channel 1 */ +#define DFSDM_ExtremChannel2 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< DFSDM Extreme detector guard channel 2 */ +#define DFSDM_ExtremChannel3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< DFSDM Extreme detector guard channel 3 */ +#define DFSDM_ExtremChannel4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< DFSDM Extreme detector guard channel 4 */ +#define DFSDM_ExtremChannel5 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< DFSDM Extreme detector guard channel 5 */ +#define DFSDM_ExtremChannel6 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< DFSDM Extreme detector guard channel 6 */ +#define DFSDM_ExtremChannel7 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< DFSDM Extreme detector guard channel 7 */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_EXTREM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_ExtremChannel0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_ExtremChannel1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_ExtremChannel2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_ExtremChannel3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_ExtremChannel4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_ExtremChannel5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_ExtremChannel6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_ExtremChannel7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Injected_Channel_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_InjectedChannel0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< DFSDM channel 0 is selected as injected channel */ +#define DFSDM_InjectedChannel1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< DFSDM channel 1 is selected as injected channel */ +#define DFSDM_InjectedChannel2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< DFSDM channel 2 is selected as injected channel */ +#define DFSDM_InjectedChannel3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< DFSDM channel 3 is selected as injected channel */ +#define DFSDM_InjectedChannel4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< DFSDM channel 4 is selected as injected channel */ +#define DFSDM_InjectedChannel5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< DFSDM channel 5 is selected as injected channel */ +#define DFSDM_InjectedChannel6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< DFSDM channel 6 is selected as injected channel */ +#define DFSDM_InjectedChannel7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< DFSDM channel 7 is selected as injected channel */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_INJECT_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_InjectedChannel0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_InjectedChannel1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_InjectedChannel2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_InjectedChannel3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_InjectedChannel4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_InjectedChannel5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_InjectedChannel6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_InjectedChannel7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Regular_Channel_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_RegularChannel0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM channel 0 is selected as regular channel */ +#define DFSDM_RegularChannel1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< DFSDM channel 1 is selected as regular channel */ +#define DFSDM_RegularChannel2 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< DFSDM channel 2 is selected as regular channel */ +#define DFSDM_RegularChannel3 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) /*!< DFSDM channel 3 is selected as regular channel */ +#define DFSDM_RegularChannel4 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< DFSDM channel 4 is selected as regular channel */ +#define DFSDM_RegularChannel5 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) /*!< DFSDM channel 5 is selected as regular channel */ +#define DFSDM_RegularChannel6 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) /*!< DFSDM channel 6 is selected as regular channel */ +#define DFSDM_RegularChannel7 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< DFSDM channel 7 is selected as regular channel */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_REGULAR_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_RegularChannel0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_RegularChannel1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_RegularChannel2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_RegularChannel3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_RegularChannel4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_RegularChannel5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_RegularChannel6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM_RegularChannel7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Injected_Trigger_signal + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_TIM1_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Internal trigger 0 */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_TIM1_TRGO2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< DFSDM Internal trigger 1 */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_TIM8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< DFSDM Internal trigger 2 */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_TIM8_TRGO2 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< DFSDM Internal trigger 3 */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_TIM3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< DFSDM Internal trigger 4 */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_TIM4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< DFSDM Internal trigger 5 */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_TIM16_OC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< DFSDM Internal trigger 6 */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_TIM6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< DFSDM Internal trigger 7 */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_TIM7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< DFSDM Internal trigger 8 */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_EXTI11 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< DFSDM External trigger 0 */ +#define DFSDM_Trigger_EXTI15 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< DFSDM External trigger 1 */ + +#define IS_DFSDM0_INJ_TRIGGER(TRIG) (((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_TIM1_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_TIM1_TRGO2) || \ + ((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_TIM8_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_TIM8_TRGO2) || \ + ((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_TIM4_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_TIM6_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_TIM7_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_EXTI15) || \ + ((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_TIM3_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_TIM16_OC1) || \ + ((TRIG) == DFSDM_Trigger_EXTI11)) + +#define IS_DFSDM1_INJ_TRIGGER(TRIG) IS_DFSDM0_INJ_TRIGGER(TRIG) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Trigger_Edge_selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_TriggerEdge_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Trigger detection disabled */ +#define DFSDM_TriggerEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< DFSDM Each rising edge makes a request to launch an injected conversion */ +#define DFSDM_TriggerEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< DFSDM Each falling edge makes a request to launch an injected conversion */ +#define DFSDM_TriggerEdge_BothEdges ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< DFSDM Both edges make a request to launch an injected conversion */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_TRIGGER_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == DFSDM_TriggerEdge_Disabled) || \ + ((EDGE) == DFSDM_TriggerEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == DFSDM_TriggerEdge_Falling) || \ + ((EDGE) == DFSDM_TriggerEdge_BothEdges)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Injected_Conversion_Mode_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_InjectConvMode_Single ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< DFSDM Trigger detection disabled */ +#define DFSDM_InjectConvMode_Scan ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< DFSDM Each rising edge makes a request to launch an injected conversion */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_INJ_CONV_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DFSDM_InjectConvMode_Single) || \ + ((MODE) == DFSDM_InjectConvMode_Scan)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Interrupts_Definition + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_IT_JEOC DFSDM_FLTCR2_JEOCIE +#define DFSDM_IT_REOC DFSDM_FLTCR2_REOCIE +#define DFSDM_IT_JOVR DFSDM_FLTCR2_JOVRIE +#define DFSDM_IT_ROVR DFSDM_FLTCR2_ROVRIE +#define DFSDM_IT_AWD DFSDM_FLTCR2_AWDIE +#define DFSDM_IT_SCD DFSDM_FLTCR2_SCDIE +#define DFSDM_IT_CKAB DFSDM_FLTCR2_CKABIE + +#define IS_DFSDM_IT(IT) (((IT) == DFSDM_IT_JEOC) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_REOC) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_JOVR) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_ROVR) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_AWD) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_SCD) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_CKAB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Flag_Definition + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_FLAG_JEOC DFSDM_FLTISR_JEOCF +#define DFSDM_FLAG_REOC DFSDM_FLTISR_REOCF +#define DFSDM_FLAG_JOVR DFSDM_FLTISR_JOVRF +#define DFSDM_FLAG_ROVR DFSDM_FLTISR_ROVRF +#define DFSDM_FLAG_AWD DFSDM_FLTISR_AWDF +#define DFSDM_FLAG_JCIP DFSDM_FLTISR_JCIP +#define DFSDM_FLAG_RCIP DFSDM_FLTISR_RCIP + +#define IS_DFSDM_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_JEOC) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_REOC) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_JOVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_ROVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_AWD) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_JCIP) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_RCIP)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Clock_Absence_Flag_Definition + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel4 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel5 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel7 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) + +#define IS_DFSDM_CLK_ABS_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel0) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence_Channel7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_SCD_Flag_Definition + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel3 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel4 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel5 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel6 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel7 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) + +#define IS_DFSDM_SCD_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel0) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_FLAG_SCD_Channel7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Clear_Flag_Definition + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_JOVR DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRJOVRF +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_ROVR DFSDM_FLTICR_CLRROVRF + +#define IS_DFSDM_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_JOVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_ROVR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Clear_ClockAbs_Flag_Definition + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel4 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel5 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel7 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) + +#define IS_DFSDM_CLK_ABS_CLEARF(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel0) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence_Channel7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Clear_Short_Circuit_Flag_Definition + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel3 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel4 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel5 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel6 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel7 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) + +#define IS_DFSDM_SCD_CHANNEL_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel0) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD_Channel7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Clock_Absence_Interrupt_Definition + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel4 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel5 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel7 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) + +#define IS_DFSDM_CLK_ABS_IT(IT) (((IT) == DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel0) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel1) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel2) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel3) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel4) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel5) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel6) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence_Channel7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_SCD_Interrupt_Definition + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel3 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel4 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel5 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel6 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel7 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) + +#define IS_DFSDM_SCD_IT(IT) (((IT) == DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel0) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel1) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel2) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel3) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel4) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel5) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel6) || \ + ((IT) == DFSDM_IT_SCD_Channel7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +#define IS_DFSDM_DATA_RIGHT_BIT_SHIFT(SHIFT) ((SHIFT) < 0x20 ) + +#define IS_DFSDM_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x01000000 ) + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define IS_DFSDM_ALL_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DFSDM1_Channel0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM1_Channel1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM1_Channel2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM1_Channel3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM2_Channel0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM2_Channel1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM2_Channel2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM2_Channel3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM2_Channel4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM2_Channel5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM2_Channel6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM2_Channel7)) + +#define IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == DFSDM1_0) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM1_1) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM2_0) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM2_1) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM2_2) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM2_3)) + +#define IS_DFSDM_SYNC_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == DFSDM1_0) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM1_1) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM2_0) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM2_1) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM2_2) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM2_3)) +#else +#define IS_DFSDM_ALL_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DFSDM1_Channel0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM1_Channel1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM1_Channel2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DFSDM1_Channel3)) + +#define IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == DFSDM1_0) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM1_1)) + +#define IS_DFSDM_SYNC_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == DFSDM1_0) || \ + ((FILTER) == DFSDM1_1)) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + + + + +#define IS_DFSDM_SINC_OVRSMPL_RATIO(RATIO) (((RATIO) < 0x401) && ((RATIO) >= 0x001)) + +#define IS_DFSDM_INTG_OVRSMPL_RATIO(RATIO) (((RATIO) < 0x101 ) && ((RATIO) >= 0x001)) + +#define IS_DFSDM_CLOCK_OUT_DIVIDER(DIVIDER) ((DIVIDER) < 0x101 ) + +#define IS_DFSDM_CSD_THRESHOLD_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) < 256) + +#define IS_DFSDM_AWD_OVRSMPL_RATIO(RATIO) ((RATIO) < 33) && ((RATIO) >= 0x001) + +#define IS_DFSDM_HIGH_THRESHOLD(VALUE) ((VALUE) < 0x1000000) +#define IS_DFSDM_LOW_THRESHOLD(VALUE) ((VALUE) < 0x1000000) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Initialization functions ***************************************************/ +void DFSDM_DeInit(void); +void DFSDM_TransceiverInit(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, DFSDM_TransceiverInitTypeDef* DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct); +void DFSDM_TransceiverStructInit(DFSDM_TransceiverInitTypeDef* DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct); +void DFSDM_FilterInit(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, DFSDM_FilterInitTypeDef* DFSDM_FilterInitStruct); +void DFSDM_FilterStructInit(DFSDM_FilterInitTypeDef* DFSDM_FilterInitStruct); + +/* Configuration functions ****************************************************/ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +void DFSDM_Command(FunctionalState NewState); +#else /* STM32F413_423xx */ +void DFSDM_Cmd(uint32_t Instance, FunctionalState NewState); +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ +void DFSDM_ChannelCmd(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState); +void DFSDM_FilterCmd(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, FunctionalState NewState); +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +void DFSDM_ConfigClkOutputDivider(uint32_t DFSDM_ClkOutDivision); +void DFSDM_ConfigClkOutputSource(uint32_t DFSDM_ClkOutSource); +#else +void DFSDM_ConfigClkOutputDivider(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_ClkOutDivision); +void DFSDM_ConfigClkOutputSource(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_ClkOutSource); +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ +void DFSDM_SelectInjectedConversionMode(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_InjectConvMode); +void DFSDM_SelectInjectedChannel(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_InjectedChannelx); +void DFSDM_SelectRegularChannel(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_RegularChannelx); +void DFSDM_StartSoftwareInjectedConversion(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +void DFSDM_StartSoftwareRegularConversion(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +void DFSDM_SynchronousFilter0InjectedStart(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +void DFSDM_SynchronousFilter0RegularStart(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +void DFSDM_RegularContinuousModeCmd(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void DFSDM_InjectedContinuousModeCmd(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void DFSDM_FastModeCmd(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void DFSDM_ConfigInjectedTrigger(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_Trigger, uint32_t DFSDM_TriggerEdge); +void DFSDM_ConfigBRKShortCircuitDetector(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, uint32_t DFSDM_SCDBreak_i, FunctionalState NewState); +void DFSDM_ConfigBRKAnalogWatchDog(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, uint32_t DFSDM_SCDBreak_i, FunctionalState NewState); +void DFSDM_ConfigShortCircuitThreshold(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, uint32_t DFSDM_SCDThreshold); +void DFSDM_ConfigAnalogWatchdog(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDChannelx, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDFastMode); +void DFSDM_ConfigAWDFilter(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDSincOrder, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDSincOverSampleRatio); +uint32_t DFSDM_GetAWDConversionValue(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx); +void DFSDM_SetAWDThreshold(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_HighThreshold, uint32_t DFSDM_LowThreshold); +void DFSDM_SelectExtremesDetectorChannel(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_ExtremChannelx); +int32_t DFSDM_GetRegularConversionData(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +int32_t DFSDM_GetInjectedConversionData(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +int32_t DFSDM_GetMaxValue(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +int32_t DFSDM_GetMinValue(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +int32_t DFSDM_GetMaxValueChannel(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +int32_t DFSDM_GetMinValueChannel(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +uint32_t DFSDM_GetConversionTime(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx); +void DFSDM_DMATransferConfig(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_DMAConversionMode, FunctionalState NewState); +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DFSDM_ITConfig(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +void DFSDM_ITClockAbsenceCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void DFSDM_ITShortCircuitDetectorCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +#else /* STM32F413_423xx */ +void DFSDM_ITClockAbsenceCmd(uint32_t Instance, FunctionalState NewState); +void DFSDM_ITShortCircuitDetectorCmd(uint32_t Instance, FunctionalState NewState); +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ + +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetFlagStatus(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_FLAG); +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetClockAbsenceFlagStatus(uint32_t DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence); +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetShortCircuitFlagStatus(uint32_t DFSDM_FLAG_SCD); +#else /* STM32F413_423xx */ +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetClockAbsenceFlagStatus(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence); +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetShortCircuitFlagStatus(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_FLAG_SCD); +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetWatchdogFlagStatus(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDChannelx, uint8_t DFSDM_Threshold); + +void DFSDM_ClearFlag(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_CLEARF); +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +void DFSDM_ClearClockAbsenceFlag(uint32_t DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence); +void DFSDM_ClearShortCircuitFlag(uint32_t DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD); +#else /* STM32F413_423xx */ +void DFSDM_ClearClockAbsenceFlag(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence); +void DFSDM_ClearShortCircuitFlag(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD); +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ +void DFSDM_ClearAnalogWatchdogFlag(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDChannelx, uint8_t DFSDM_Threshold); + +ITStatus DFSDM_GetITStatus(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_IT); +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +ITStatus DFSDM_GetClockAbsenceITStatus(uint32_t DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence); +ITStatus DFSDM_GetShortCircuitITStatus(uint32_t DFSDM_IT_SCR); +#else /* STM32F413_423xx */ +ITStatus DFSDM_GetClockAbsenceITStatus(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence); +ITStatus DFSDM_GetShortCircuitITStatus(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_IT_SCR); +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ + +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4XX_DFSDM_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dma.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dma.h index 0afd78b077..9d966bd998 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dma.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dma.h @@ -1,609 +1,601 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_dma.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DMA_H -#define __STM32F4xx_DMA_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup DMA - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief DMA Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t DMA_Channel; /*!< Specifies the channel used for the specified stream. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_channel */ - - uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the peripheral base address for DMAy Streamx. */ - - uint32_t DMA_Memory0BaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the memory 0 base address for DMAy Streamx. - This memory is the default memory used when double buffer mode is - not enabled. */ - - uint32_t DMA_DIR; /*!< Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral, - from memory to memory or from peripheral to memory. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_data_transfer_direction */ - - uint32_t DMA_BufferSize; /*!< Specifies the buffer size, in data unit, of the specified Stream. - The data unit is equal to the configuration set in DMA_PeripheralDataSize - or DMA_MemoryDataSize members depending in the transfer direction. */ - - uint32_t DMA_PeripheralInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */ - - uint32_t DMA_MemoryInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_incremented_mode */ - - uint32_t DMA_PeripheralDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_data_size */ - - uint32_t DMA_MemoryDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_data_size */ - - uint32_t DMA_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Streamx. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_circular_normal_mode - @note The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory - data transfer is configured on the selected Stream */ - - uint32_t DMA_Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Streamx. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_priority_level */ - - uint32_t DMA_FIFOMode; /*!< Specifies if the FIFO mode or Direct mode will be used for the specified Stream. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_fifo_direct_mode - @note The Direct mode (FIFO mode disabled) cannot be used if the - memory-to-memory data transfer is configured on the selected Stream */ - - uint32_t DMA_FIFOThreshold; /*!< Specifies the FIFO threshold level. - This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_fifo_threshold_level */ - - uint32_t DMA_MemoryBurst; /*!< Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the memory transfers. - It specifies the amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptable - transaction. This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_burst - @note The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled. */ - - uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBurst; /*!< Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the peripheral transfers. - It specifies the amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptable - transaction. This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_burst - @note The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled. */ -}DMA_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream0) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream4) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream5) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream6) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream7) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream0) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream4) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream5) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream6) || \ - ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream7)) - -#define IS_DMA_ALL_CONTROLLER(CONTROLLER) (((CONTROLLER) == DMA1) || \ - ((CONTROLLER) == DMA2)) - -/** @defgroup DMA_channel - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_Channel_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) -#define DMA_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) -#define DMA_Channel_3 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) -#define DMA_Channel_4 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) -#define DMA_Channel_5 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) -#define DMA_Channel_6 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) -#define DMA_Channel_7 ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) - -#define IS_DMA_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_0) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_1) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_2) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_3) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_4) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_5) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_6) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_7)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_data_transfer_direction - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralToMemory ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_DIR_MemoryToPeripheral ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define DMA_DIR_MemoryToMemory ((uint32_t)0x00000080) - -#define IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralToMemory ) || \ - ((DIRECTION) == DMA_DIR_MemoryToPeripheral) || \ - ((DIRECTION) == DMA_DIR_MemoryToMemory)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_data_buffer_size - * @{ - */ -#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) - -#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_memory_incremented_mode - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_MemoryInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define DMA_MemoryInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) - -#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_data_size - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00001000) - -#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte) || \ - ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord) || \ - ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_memory_data_size - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00004000) - -#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte) || \ - ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord) || \ - ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word )) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_circular_normal_mode - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_Mode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_Mode_Circular ((uint32_t)0x00000100) - -#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Normal ) || \ - ((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Circular)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_priority_level - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_Priority_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_Priority_Medium ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define DMA_Priority_High ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define DMA_Priority_VeryHigh ((uint32_t)0x00030000) - -#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Low ) || \ - ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Medium) || \ - ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_High) || \ - ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_VeryHigh)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_fifo_direct_mode - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_FIFOMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_FIFOMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000004) - -#define IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_FIFOMode_Disable ) || \ - ((STATE) == DMA_FIFOMode_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_fifo_threshold_level - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_HalfFull ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_3QuartersFull ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_Full ((uint32_t)0x00000003) - -#define IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull ) || \ - ((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_HalfFull) || \ - ((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_3QuartersFull) || \ - ((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_Full)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_memory_burst - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_MemoryBurst_Single ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_MemoryBurst_INC4 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#define DMA_MemoryBurst_INC8 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) -#define DMA_MemoryBurst_INC16 ((uint32_t)0x01800000) - -#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_Single) || \ - ((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_INC4) || \ - ((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_INC8) || \ - ((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_INC16)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_burst - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_Single ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC4 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC8 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC16 ((uint32_t)0x00600000) - -#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_Single) || \ - ((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC4) || \ - ((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC8) || \ - ((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC16)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_fifo_status_level - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000000 << 3) -#define DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000001 << 3) -#define DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint32_t)0x00000002 << 3) -#define DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull ((uint32_t)0x00000003 << 3) -#define DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty ((uint32_t)0x00000004 << 3) -#define DMA_FIFOStatus_Full ((uint32_t)0x00000005 << 3) - -#define IS_DMA_FIFO_STATUS(STATUS) (((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull ) || \ - ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull) || \ - ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull) || \ - ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull) || \ - ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_Full) || \ - ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA_flags_definition - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10800001) -#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10800004) -#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) -#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10000010) -#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10000020) -#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000040) -#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000100) -#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000200) -#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000400) -#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000800) -#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10010000) -#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10040000) -#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10080000) -#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10100000) -#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10200000) -#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x10400000) -#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x11000000) -#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x12000000) -#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF3 ((uint32_t)0x14000000) -#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF3 ((uint32_t)0x18000000) -#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000001) -#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000004) -#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000008) -#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000010) -#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000020) -#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000040) -#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000100) -#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000200) -#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000400) -#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000800) -#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20010000) -#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20040000) -#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20080000) -#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20100000) -#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20200000) -#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x20400000) -#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x21000000) -#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x22000000) -#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF7 ((uint32_t)0x24000000) -#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF7 ((uint32_t)0x28000000) - -#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & 0x30000000) != 0x30000000) && (((FLAG) & 0x30000000) != 0) && \ - (((FLAG) & 0xC002F082) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) - -#define IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF0) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF0) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF0) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF0) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF1) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF1) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF1) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF1) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF2) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF2) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF2) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF2) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF3) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF3) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF3) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF3) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF4) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF4) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF4) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF4) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF4) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF5) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF5) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF5) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF5) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF5) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF6) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF6) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF6) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF6) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF6) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF7) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF7) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF7) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF7) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF7)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_interrupt_enable_definitions - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define DMA_IT_DME ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define DMA_IT_FE ((uint32_t)0x00000080) - -#define IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFFFFF61) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_interrupts_definitions - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_IT_FEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x90000001) -#define DMA_IT_DMEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10001004) -#define DMA_IT_TEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10002008) -#define DMA_IT_HTIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10004010) -#define DMA_IT_TCIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10008020) -#define DMA_IT_FEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x90000040) -#define DMA_IT_DMEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10001100) -#define DMA_IT_TEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10002200) -#define DMA_IT_HTIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10004400) -#define DMA_IT_TCIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10008800) -#define DMA_IT_FEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x90010000) -#define DMA_IT_DMEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10041000) -#define DMA_IT_TEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10082000) -#define DMA_IT_HTIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10104000) -#define DMA_IT_TCIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10208000) -#define DMA_IT_FEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x90400000) -#define DMA_IT_DMEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x11001000) -#define DMA_IT_TEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x12002000) -#define DMA_IT_HTIF3 ((uint32_t)0x14004000) -#define DMA_IT_TCIF3 ((uint32_t)0x18008000) -#define DMA_IT_FEIF4 ((uint32_t)0xA0000001) -#define DMA_IT_DMEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20001004) -#define DMA_IT_TEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20002008) -#define DMA_IT_HTIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20004010) -#define DMA_IT_TCIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20008020) -#define DMA_IT_FEIF5 ((uint32_t)0xA0000040) -#define DMA_IT_DMEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20001100) -#define DMA_IT_TEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20002200) -#define DMA_IT_HTIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20004400) -#define DMA_IT_TCIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20008800) -#define DMA_IT_FEIF6 ((uint32_t)0xA0010000) -#define DMA_IT_DMEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20041000) -#define DMA_IT_TEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20082000) -#define DMA_IT_HTIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20104000) -#define DMA_IT_TCIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20208000) -#define DMA_IT_FEIF7 ((uint32_t)0xA0400000) -#define DMA_IT_DMEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x21001000) -#define DMA_IT_TEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x22002000) -#define DMA_IT_HTIF7 ((uint32_t)0x24004000) -#define DMA_IT_TCIF7 ((uint32_t)0x28008000) - -#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0x30000000) != 0x30000000) && \ - (((IT) & 0x30000000) != 0) && ((IT) != 0x00) && \ - (((IT) & 0x40820082) == 0x00)) - -#define IS_DMA_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF0) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF0) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF0) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF0) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF0) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF1) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF1) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF1) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF1)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF1) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF2) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF2) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF2) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF2) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF2) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF3) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF3) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF3) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF3)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF3) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF4) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF4) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF4) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF4) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF4) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF5) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF5) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF5) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF5)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF5) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF6) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF6) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF6) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF6) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF6) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF7) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF7) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF7) || \ - ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF7)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF7)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_increment_offset - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_PINCOS_Psize ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_PINCOS_WordAligned ((uint32_t)0x00008000) - -#define IS_DMA_PINCOS_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PINCOS_Psize) || \ - ((SIZE) == DMA_PINCOS_WordAligned)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_flow_controller_definitions - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_FlowCtrl_Peripheral ((uint32_t)0x00000020) - -#define IS_DMA_FLOW_CTRL(CTRL) (((CTRL) == DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory) || \ - ((CTRL) == DMA_FlowCtrl_Peripheral)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_memory_targets_definitions - * @{ - */ -#define DMA_Memory_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA_Memory_1 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) - -#define IS_DMA_CURRENT_MEM(MEM) (((MEM) == DMA_Memory_0) || ((MEM) == DMA_Memory_1)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the DMA configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void DMA_Init(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); -void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); -void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Optional Configuration functions *******************************************/ -void DMA_PeriphIncOffsetSizeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_Pincos); -void DMA_FlowControllerConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FlowCtrl); - -/* Data Counter functions *****************************************************/ -void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint16_t Counter); -uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); - -/* Double Buffer mode functions ***********************************************/ -void DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t Memory1BaseAddr, - uint32_t DMA_CurrentMemory); -void DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState); -void DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t MemoryBaseAddr, - uint32_t DMA_MemoryTarget); -uint32_t DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -FunctionalState DMA_GetCmdStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); -uint32_t DMA_GetFIFOStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); -FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); -void DMA_ClearFlag(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); -void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); -void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_DMA_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dma.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DMA_H +#define __STM32F4xx_DMA_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DMA Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DMA_Channel; /*!< Specifies the channel used for the specified stream. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_channel */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the peripheral base address for DMAy Streamx. */ + + uint32_t DMA_Memory0BaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the memory 0 base address for DMAy Streamx. + This memory is the default memory used when double buffer mode is + not enabled. */ + + uint32_t DMA_DIR; /*!< Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral, + from memory to memory or from peripheral to memory. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_data_transfer_direction */ + + uint32_t DMA_BufferSize; /*!< Specifies the buffer size, in data unit, of the specified Stream. + The data unit is equal to the configuration set in DMA_PeripheralDataSize + or DMA_MemoryDataSize members depending in the transfer direction. */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_incremented_mode */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_data_size */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_data_size */ + + uint32_t DMA_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Streamx. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_circular_normal_mode + @note The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory + data transfer is configured on the selected Stream */ + + uint32_t DMA_Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Streamx. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_priority_level */ + + uint32_t DMA_FIFOMode; /*!< Specifies if the FIFO mode or Direct mode will be used for the specified Stream. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_fifo_direct_mode + @note The Direct mode (FIFO mode disabled) cannot be used if the + memory-to-memory data transfer is configured on the selected Stream */ + + uint32_t DMA_FIFOThreshold; /*!< Specifies the FIFO threshold level. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_fifo_threshold_level */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryBurst; /*!< Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the memory transfers. + It specifies the amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptable + transaction. This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_burst + @note The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled. */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBurst; /*!< Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the peripheral transfers. + It specifies the amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptable + transaction. This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_burst + @note The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled. */ +}DMA_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream0) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream0) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream7)) + +#define IS_DMA_ALL_CONTROLLER(CONTROLLER) (((CONTROLLER) == DMA1) || \ + ((CONTROLLER) == DMA2)) + +/** @defgroup DMA_channel + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_Channel_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DMA_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DMA_Channel_3 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) +#define DMA_Channel_4 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define DMA_Channel_5 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) +#define DMA_Channel_6 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) +#define DMA_Channel_7 ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) + +#define IS_DMA_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_data_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralToMemory ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_DIR_MemoryToPeripheral ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DMA_DIR_MemoryToMemory ((uint32_t)0x00000080) + +#define IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralToMemory ) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == DMA_DIR_MemoryToPeripheral) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == DMA_DIR_MemoryToMemory)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_data_buffer_size + * @{ + */ +#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_incremented_mode + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_MemoryInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DMA_MemoryInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_data_size + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00001000) + +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_data_size + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00004000) + +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word )) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_circular_normal_mode + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_Mode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_Mode_Circular ((uint32_t)0x00000100) + +#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Normal ) || \ + ((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Circular)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_priority_level + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_Priority_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_Priority_Medium ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DMA_Priority_High ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DMA_Priority_VeryHigh ((uint32_t)0x00030000) + +#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Low ) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Medium) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_High) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_VeryHigh)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_fifo_direct_mode + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_FIFOMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_FIFOMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000004) + +#define IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_FIFOMode_Disable ) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_FIFOMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_fifo_threshold_level + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_HalfFull ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_3QuartersFull ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_Full ((uint32_t)0x00000003) + +#define IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull ) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_HalfFull) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_3QuartersFull) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_Full)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_burst + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_MemoryBurst_Single ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_MemoryBurst_INC4 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define DMA_MemoryBurst_INC8 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DMA_MemoryBurst_INC16 ((uint32_t)0x01800000) + +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_Single) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_INC4) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_INC8) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_INC16)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_burst + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_Single ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC4 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC8 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC16 ((uint32_t)0x00600000) + +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_Single) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC4) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC8) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC16)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_fifo_status_level + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000000 << 3) +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000001 << 3) +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint32_t)0x00000002 << 3) +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull ((uint32_t)0x00000003 << 3) +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty ((uint32_t)0x00000004 << 3) +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_Full ((uint32_t)0x00000005 << 3) + +#define IS_DMA_FIFO_STATUS(STATUS) (((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull ) || \ + ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull) || \ + ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull) || \ + ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull) || \ + ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_Full) || \ + ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10800001) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10800004) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10000010) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10000020) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000040) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000100) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000200) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000400) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000800) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10010000) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10040000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10080000) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10100000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10200000) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x10400000) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x11000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x12000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF3 ((uint32_t)0x14000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF3 ((uint32_t)0x18000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000001) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000004) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000008) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000010) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000020) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000040) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000100) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000200) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000400) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000800) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20010000) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20040000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20080000) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20100000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20200000) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x20400000) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x21000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x22000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF7 ((uint32_t)0x24000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF7 ((uint32_t)0x28000000) + +#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & 0x30000000) != 0x30000000) && (((FLAG) & 0x30000000) != 0) && \ + (((FLAG) & 0xC002F082) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF0) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF0) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF0) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF0) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF1) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF2) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF2) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF2) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF3) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF4) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF4) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF4) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF5) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF5) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF6) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF6) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF6) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF7) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF7) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF7) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF7) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF7)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_interrupt_enable_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA_IT_DME ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA_IT_FE ((uint32_t)0x00000080) + +#define IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFFFFF61) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_interrupts_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_IT_FEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x90000001) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10001004) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10002008) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10004010) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10008020) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x90000040) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10001100) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10002200) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10004400) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10008800) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x90010000) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10041000) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10082000) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10104000) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10208000) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x90400000) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x11001000) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x12002000) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF3 ((uint32_t)0x14004000) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF3 ((uint32_t)0x18008000) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF4 ((uint32_t)0xA0000001) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20001004) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20002008) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20004010) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20008020) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF5 ((uint32_t)0xA0000040) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20001100) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20002200) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20004400) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20008800) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF6 ((uint32_t)0xA0010000) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20041000) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20082000) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20104000) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20208000) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF7 ((uint32_t)0xA0400000) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x21001000) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x22002000) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF7 ((uint32_t)0x24004000) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF7 ((uint32_t)0x28008000) + +#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0x30000000) != 0x30000000) && \ + (((IT) & 0x30000000) != 0) && ((IT) != 0x00) && \ + (((IT) & 0x40820082) == 0x00)) + +#define IS_DMA_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF0) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF0) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF0) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF0) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF0) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF1) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF1)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF2) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF2) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF2) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF3) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF3)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF4) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF4) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF4) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF5) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF5)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF6) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF6) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF6) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF6) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF6) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF7) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF7) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF7) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF7)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF7)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_increment_offset + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_PINCOS_Psize ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PINCOS_WordAligned ((uint32_t)0x00008000) + +#define IS_DMA_PINCOS_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PINCOS_Psize) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PINCOS_WordAligned)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_flow_controller_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_FlowCtrl_Peripheral ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +#define IS_DMA_FLOW_CTRL(CTRL) (((CTRL) == DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory) || \ + ((CTRL) == DMA_FlowCtrl_Peripheral)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_targets_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_Memory_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_Memory_1 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) + +#define IS_DMA_CURRENT_MEM(MEM) (((MEM) == DMA_Memory_0) || ((MEM) == DMA_Memory_1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the DMA configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Optional Configuration functions *******************************************/ +void DMA_PeriphIncOffsetSizeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_Pincos); +void DMA_FlowControllerConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FlowCtrl); + +/* Data Counter functions *****************************************************/ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint16_t Counter); +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + +/* Double Buffer mode functions ***********************************************/ +void DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t Memory1BaseAddr, + uint32_t DMA_CurrentMemory); +void DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState); +void DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t MemoryBaseAddr, + uint32_t DMA_MemoryTarget); +uint32_t DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FunctionalState DMA_GetCmdStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); +uint32_t DMA_GetFIFOStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); +void DMA_ClearFlag(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_DMA_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dma2d.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dma2d.h index 2464245faf..bd6016c323 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dma2d.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dma2d.h @@ -1,475 +1,467 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_dma2d.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA2D firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DMA2D_H -#define __STM32F4xx_DMA2D_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup DMA2D - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief DMA2D Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t DMA2D_Mode; /*!< configures the DMA2D transfer mode. - This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_MODE */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_CMode; /*!< configures the color format of the output image. - This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_CMODE */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_OutputBlue; /*!< configures the blue value of the output image. - This parameter must range: - - from 0x00 to 0xFF if ARGB8888 color mode is slected - - from 0x00 to 0xFF if RGB888 color mode is slected - - from 0x00 to 0x1F if RGB565 color mode is slected - - from 0x00 to 0x1F if ARGB1555 color mode is slected - - from 0x00 to 0x0F if ARGB4444 color mode is slected */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_OutputGreen; /*!< configures the green value of the output image. - This parameter must range: - - from 0x00 to 0xFF if ARGB8888 color mode is selected - - from 0x00 to 0xFF if RGB888 color mode is selected - - from 0x00 to 0x2F if RGB565 color mode is selected - - from 0x00 to 0x1F if ARGB1555 color mode is selected - - from 0x00 to 0x0F if ARGB4444 color mode is selected */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_OutputRed; /*!< configures the red value of the output image. - This parameter must range: - - from 0x00 to 0xFF if ARGB8888 color mode is slected - - from 0x00 to 0xFF if RGB888 color mode is slected - - from 0x00 to 0x1F if RGB565 color mode is slected - - from 0x00 to 0x1F if ARGB1555 color mode is slected - - from 0x00 to 0x0F if ARGB4444 color mode is slected */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_OutputAlpha; /*!< configures the alpha channel of the output color. - This parameter must range: - - from 0x00 to 0xFF if ARGB8888 color mode is selected - - from 0x00 to 0x01 if ARGB1555 color mode is selected - - from 0x00 to 0x0F if ARGB4444 color mode is selected */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_OutputMemoryAdd; /*!< Specifies the memory address. This parameter - must be range from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_OutputOffset; /*!< Specifies the Offset value. This parameter must be range from - 0x0000 to 0x3FFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_NumberOfLine; /*!< Configures the number of line of the area to be transfered. - This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_PixelPerLine; /*!< Configures the number pixel per line of the area to be transferred. - This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0x3FFF */ -} DMA2D_InitTypeDef; - - - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t DMA2D_FGMA; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground memory address. - This parameter must be range from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_FGO; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground offset. - This parameter must be range from 0x0000 to 0x3FFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_FGCM; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground color mode . - This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FGCM */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground CLUT color mode. - This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground CLUT size. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground alpha mode. - This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D foreground alpha value - must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_FGC_BLUE; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D foreground blue value - must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_FGC_GREEN; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D foreground green value - must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_FGC_RED; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D foreground red value - must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_FGCMAR; /*!< Configures the DMA2D foreground CLUT memory address. - This parameter must range from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. */ -} DMA2D_FG_InitTypeDef; - - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t DMA2D_BGMA; /*!< configures the DMA2D background memory address. - This parameter must be range from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_BGO; /*!< configures the DMA2D background offset. - This parameter must be range from 0x0000 to 0x3FFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_BGCM; /*!< configures the DMA2D background color mode . - This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FGCM */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM; /*!< configures the DMA2D background CLUT color mode. - This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE; /*!< configures the DMA2D background CLUT size. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_MODE; /*!< configures the DMA2D background alpha mode. - This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D background alpha value - must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_BGC_BLUE; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D background blue value - must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_BGC_GREEN; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D background green value - must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_BGC_RED; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D background red value - must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t DMA2D_BGCMAR; /*!< Configures the DMA2D background CLUT memory address. - This parameter must range from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. */ -} DMA2D_BG_InitTypeDef; - - - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_MODE - * @{ - */ - - -#define DMA2D_M2M ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA2D_M2M_PFC ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define DMA2D_M2M_BLEND ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define DMA2D_R2M ((uint32_t)0x00030000) - -#define IS_DMA2D_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA2D_M2M) || ((MODE) == DMA2D_M2M_PFC) || \ - ((MODE) == DMA2D_M2M_BLEND) || ((MODE) == DMA2D_R2M)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_CMODE - * @{ - */ -#define DMA2D_ARGB8888 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define DMA2D_RGB888 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define DMA2D_RGB565 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define DMA2D_ARGB1555 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define DMA2D_ARGB4444 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) - -#define IS_DMA2D_CMODE(MODE_ARGB) (((MODE_ARGB) == DMA2D_ARGB8888) || ((MODE_ARGB) == DMA2D_RGB888) || \ - ((MODE_ARGB) == DMA2D_RGB565) || ((MODE_ARGB) == DMA2D_ARGB1555) || \ - ((MODE_ARGB) == DMA2D_ARGB4444)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_OUTPUT_COLOR - * @{ - */ -#define DMA2D_Output_Color ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) - -#define IS_DMA2D_OGREEN(OGREEN) ((OGREEN) <= DMA2D_Output_Color) -#define IS_DMA2D_ORED(ORED) ((ORED) <= DMA2D_Output_Color) -#define IS_DMA2D_OBLUE(OBLUE) ((OBLUE) <= DMA2D_Output_Color) -#define IS_DMA2D_OALPHA(OALPHA) ((OALPHA) <= DMA2D_Output_Color) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_OUTPUT_OFFSET - * @{ - */ -#define DMA2D_OUTPUT_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00003FFF) - -#define IS_DMA2D_OUTPUT_OFFSET(OOFFSET) ((OOFFSET) <= DMA2D_OUTPUT_OFFSET) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_SIZE - * @{ - */ - -#define DMA2D_pixel ((uint32_t)0x00003FFF) -#define DMA2D_Line ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) - -#define IS_DMA2D_LINE(LINE) ((LINE) <= DMA2D_Line) -#define IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(PIXEL) ((PIXEL) <= DMA2D_pixel) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_OFFSET - * @{ - */ -#define OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00003FFF) - -#define IS_DMA2D_FGO(FGO) ((FGO) <= OFFSET) - -#define IS_DMA2D_BGO(BGO) ((BGO) <= OFFSET) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_FGCM - * @{ - */ - -#define CM_ARGB8888 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define CM_RGB888 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define CM_RGB565 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define CM_ARGB1555 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define CM_ARGB4444 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define CM_L8 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) -#define CM_AL44 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) -#define CM_AL88 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) -#define CM_L4 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define CM_A8 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) -#define CM_A4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) - -#define IS_DMA2D_FGCM(FGCM) (((FGCM) == CM_ARGB8888) || ((FGCM) == CM_RGB888) || \ - ((FGCM) == CM_RGB565) || ((FGCM) == CM_ARGB1555) || \ - ((FGCM) == CM_ARGB4444) || ((FGCM) == CM_L8) || \ - ((FGCM) == CM_AL44) || ((FGCM) == CM_AL88) || \ - ((FGCM) == CM_L4) || ((FGCM) == CM_A8) || \ - ((FGCM) == CM_A4)) - -#define IS_DMA2D_BGCM(BGCM) (((BGCM) == CM_ARGB8888) || ((BGCM) == CM_RGB888) || \ - ((BGCM) == CM_RGB565) || ((BGCM) == CM_ARGB1555) || \ - ((BGCM) == CM_ARGB4444) || ((BGCM) == CM_L8) || \ - ((BGCM) == CM_AL44) || ((BGCM) == CM_AL88) || \ - ((BGCM) == CM_L4) || ((BGCM) == CM_A8) || \ - ((BGCM) == CM_A4)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM - * @{ - */ - -#define CLUT_CM_ARGB8888 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define CLUT_CM_RGB888 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) - -#define IS_DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM(FG_CLUT_CM) (((FG_CLUT_CM) == CLUT_CM_ARGB8888) || ((FG_CLUT_CM) == CLUT_CM_RGB888)) - -#define IS_DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM(BG_CLUT_CM) (((BG_CLUT_CM) == CLUT_CM_ARGB8888) || ((BG_CLUT_CM) == CLUT_CM_RGB888)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_FG_COLOR_VALUE - * @{ - */ - -#define COLOR_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) - -#define IS_DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE(FG_CLUT_SIZE) ((FG_CLUT_SIZE) <= COLOR_VALUE) - -#define IS_DMA2D_FG_ALPHA_VALUE(FG_ALPHA_VALUE) ((FG_ALPHA_VALUE) <= COLOR_VALUE) -#define IS_DMA2D_FGC_BLUE(FGC_BLUE) ((FGC_BLUE) <= COLOR_VALUE) -#define IS_DMA2D_FGC_GREEN(FGC_GREEN) ((FGC_GREEN) <= COLOR_VALUE) -#define IS_DMA2D_FGC_RED(FGC_RED) ((FGC_RED) <= COLOR_VALUE) - -#define IS_DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE(BG_CLUT_SIZE) ((BG_CLUT_SIZE) <= COLOR_VALUE) - -#define IS_DMA2D_BG_ALPHA_VALUE(BG_ALPHA_VALUE) ((BG_ALPHA_VALUE) <= COLOR_VALUE) -#define IS_DMA2D_BGC_BLUE(BGC_BLUE) ((BGC_BLUE) <= COLOR_VALUE) -#define IS_DMA2D_BGC_GREEN(BGC_GREEN) ((BGC_GREEN) <= COLOR_VALUE) -#define IS_DMA2D_BGC_RED(BGC_RED) ((BGC_RED) <= COLOR_VALUE) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE - * @{ - */ - -#define NO_MODIF_ALPHA_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define REPLACE_ALPHA_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define COMBINE_ALPHA_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) - -#define IS_DMA2D_FG_ALPHA_MODE(FG_ALPHA_MODE) (((FG_ALPHA_MODE) == NO_MODIF_ALPHA_VALUE) || \ - ((FG_ALPHA_MODE) == REPLACE_ALPHA_VALUE) || \ - ((FG_ALPHA_MODE) == COMBINE_ALPHA_VALUE)) - -#define IS_DMA2D_BG_ALPHA_MODE(BG_ALPHA_MODE) (((BG_ALPHA_MODE) == NO_MODIF_ALPHA_VALUE) || \ - ((BG_ALPHA_MODE) == REPLACE_ALPHA_VALUE) || \ - ((BG_ALPHA_MODE) == COMBINE_ALPHA_VALUE)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_Interrupts - * @{ - */ - -#define DMA2D_IT_CE DMA2D_CR_CEIE -#define DMA2D_IT_CTC DMA2D_CR_CTCIE -#define DMA2D_IT_CAE DMA2D_CR_CAEIE -#define DMA2D_IT_TW DMA2D_CR_TWIE -#define DMA2D_IT_TC DMA2D_CR_TCIE -#define DMA2D_IT_TE DMA2D_CR_TEIE - -#define IS_DMA2D_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA2D_IT_CTC) || ((IT) == DMA2D_IT_CAE) || \ - ((IT) == DMA2D_IT_TW) || ((IT) == DMA2D_IT_TC) || \ - ((IT) == DMA2D_IT_TE) || ((IT) == DMA2D_IT_CE)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_Flag - * @{ - */ - -#define DMA2D_FLAG_CE DMA2D_ISR_CEIF -#define DMA2D_FLAG_CTC DMA2D_ISR_CTCIF -#define DMA2D_FLAG_CAE DMA2D_ISR_CAEIF -#define DMA2D_FLAG_TW DMA2D_ISR_TWIF -#define DMA2D_FLAG_TC DMA2D_ISR_TCIF -#define DMA2D_FLAG_TE DMA2D_ISR_TEIF - - -#define IS_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_CTC) || ((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_CAE) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_TW) || ((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_TC) || \ - ((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_TE) || ((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_CE)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_DeadTime - * @{ - */ - -#define DEADTIME ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) - -#define IS_DMA2D_DEAD_TIME(DEAD_TIME) ((DEAD_TIME) <= DEADTIME) - - -#define LINE_WATERMARK DMA2D_LWR_LW - -#define IS_DMA2D_LineWatermark(LineWatermark) ((LineWatermark) <= LINE_WATERMARK) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Function used to set the DMA2D configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void DMA2D_DeInit(void); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_InitStruct); -void DMA2D_StructInit(DMA2D_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_InitStruct); -void DMA2D_StartTransfer(void); -void DMA2D_AbortTransfer(void); -void DMA2D_Suspend(FunctionalState NewState); -void DMA2D_FGConfig(DMA2D_FG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_FG_InitStruct); -void DMA2D_FG_StructInit(DMA2D_FG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_FG_InitStruct); -void DMA2D_BGConfig(DMA2D_BG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_BG_InitStruct); -void DMA2D_BG_StructInit(DMA2D_BG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_BG_InitStruct); -void DMA2D_FGStart(FunctionalState NewState); -void DMA2D_BGStart(FunctionalState NewState); -void DMA2D_DeadTimeConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_DeadTime, FunctionalState NewState); -void DMA2D_LineWatermarkConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_LWatermarkConfig); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void DMA2D_ITConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus DMA2D_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA2D_FLAG); -void DMA2D_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA2D_FLAG); -ITStatus DMA2D_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA2D_IT); -void DMA2D_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA2D_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_DMA2D_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dma2d.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA2D firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DMA2D_H +#define __STM32F4xx_DMA2D_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA2D + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DMA2D Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DMA2D_Mode; /*!< configures the DMA2D transfer mode. + This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_MODE */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_CMode; /*!< configures the color format of the output image. + This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_CMODE */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_OutputBlue; /*!< configures the blue value of the output image. + This parameter must range: + - from 0x00 to 0xFF if ARGB8888 color mode is slected + - from 0x00 to 0xFF if RGB888 color mode is slected + - from 0x00 to 0x1F if RGB565 color mode is slected + - from 0x00 to 0x1F if ARGB1555 color mode is slected + - from 0x00 to 0x0F if ARGB4444 color mode is slected */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_OutputGreen; /*!< configures the green value of the output image. + This parameter must range: + - from 0x00 to 0xFF if ARGB8888 color mode is selected + - from 0x00 to 0xFF if RGB888 color mode is selected + - from 0x00 to 0x2F if RGB565 color mode is selected + - from 0x00 to 0x1F if ARGB1555 color mode is selected + - from 0x00 to 0x0F if ARGB4444 color mode is selected */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_OutputRed; /*!< configures the red value of the output image. + This parameter must range: + - from 0x00 to 0xFF if ARGB8888 color mode is slected + - from 0x00 to 0xFF if RGB888 color mode is slected + - from 0x00 to 0x1F if RGB565 color mode is slected + - from 0x00 to 0x1F if ARGB1555 color mode is slected + - from 0x00 to 0x0F if ARGB4444 color mode is slected */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_OutputAlpha; /*!< configures the alpha channel of the output color. + This parameter must range: + - from 0x00 to 0xFF if ARGB8888 color mode is selected + - from 0x00 to 0x01 if ARGB1555 color mode is selected + - from 0x00 to 0x0F if ARGB4444 color mode is selected */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_OutputMemoryAdd; /*!< Specifies the memory address. This parameter + must be range from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_OutputOffset; /*!< Specifies the Offset value. This parameter must be range from + 0x0000 to 0x3FFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_NumberOfLine; /*!< Configures the number of line of the area to be transfered. + This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_PixelPerLine; /*!< Configures the number pixel per line of the area to be transferred. + This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0x3FFF */ +} DMA2D_InitTypeDef; + + + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DMA2D_FGMA; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground memory address. + This parameter must be range from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_FGO; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground offset. + This parameter must be range from 0x0000 to 0x3FFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_FGCM; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground color mode . + This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FGCM */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground CLUT color mode. + This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground CLUT size. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE; /*!< configures the DMA2D foreground alpha mode. + This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D foreground alpha value + must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_FGC_BLUE; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D foreground blue value + must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_FGC_GREEN; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D foreground green value + must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_FGC_RED; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D foreground red value + must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_FGCMAR; /*!< Configures the DMA2D foreground CLUT memory address. + This parameter must range from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. */ +} DMA2D_FG_InitTypeDef; + + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DMA2D_BGMA; /*!< configures the DMA2D background memory address. + This parameter must be range from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_BGO; /*!< configures the DMA2D background offset. + This parameter must be range from 0x0000 to 0x3FFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_BGCM; /*!< configures the DMA2D background color mode . + This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FGCM */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM; /*!< configures the DMA2D background CLUT color mode. + This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE; /*!< configures the DMA2D background CLUT size. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_MODE; /*!< configures the DMA2D background alpha mode. + This parameter can be one value of @ref DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D background alpha value + must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_BGC_BLUE; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D background blue value + must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_BGC_GREEN; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D background green value + must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_BGC_RED; /*!< Specifies the DMA2D background red value + must be range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t DMA2D_BGCMAR; /*!< Configures the DMA2D background CLUT memory address. + This parameter must range from 0x00000000 to 0xFFFFFFFF. */ +} DMA2D_BG_InitTypeDef; + + + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_MODE + * @{ + */ + + +#define DMA2D_M2M ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA2D_M2M_PFC ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DMA2D_M2M_BLEND ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DMA2D_R2M ((uint32_t)0x00030000) + +#define IS_DMA2D_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA2D_M2M) || ((MODE) == DMA2D_M2M_PFC) || \ + ((MODE) == DMA2D_M2M_BLEND) || ((MODE) == DMA2D_R2M)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_CMODE + * @{ + */ +#define DMA2D_ARGB8888 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA2D_RGB888 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DMA2D_RGB565 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA2D_ARGB1555 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define DMA2D_ARGB4444 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) + +#define IS_DMA2D_CMODE(MODE_ARGB) (((MODE_ARGB) == DMA2D_ARGB8888) || ((MODE_ARGB) == DMA2D_RGB888) || \ + ((MODE_ARGB) == DMA2D_RGB565) || ((MODE_ARGB) == DMA2D_ARGB1555) || \ + ((MODE_ARGB) == DMA2D_ARGB4444)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_OUTPUT_COLOR + * @{ + */ +#define DMA2D_Output_Color ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) + +#define IS_DMA2D_OGREEN(OGREEN) ((OGREEN) <= DMA2D_Output_Color) +#define IS_DMA2D_ORED(ORED) ((ORED) <= DMA2D_Output_Color) +#define IS_DMA2D_OBLUE(OBLUE) ((OBLUE) <= DMA2D_Output_Color) +#define IS_DMA2D_OALPHA(OALPHA) ((OALPHA) <= DMA2D_Output_Color) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_OUTPUT_OFFSET + * @{ + */ +#define DMA2D_OUTPUT_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00003FFF) + +#define IS_DMA2D_OUTPUT_OFFSET(OOFFSET) ((OOFFSET) <= DMA2D_OUTPUT_OFFSET) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_SIZE + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA2D_pixel ((uint32_t)0x00003FFF) +#define DMA2D_Line ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) + +#define IS_DMA2D_LINE(LINE) ((LINE) <= DMA2D_Line) +#define IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(PIXEL) ((PIXEL) <= DMA2D_pixel) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_OFFSET + * @{ + */ +#define OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00003FFF) + +#define IS_DMA2D_FGO(FGO) ((FGO) <= OFFSET) + +#define IS_DMA2D_BGO(BGO) ((BGO) <= OFFSET) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_FGCM + * @{ + */ + +#define CM_ARGB8888 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define CM_RGB888 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define CM_RGB565 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define CM_ARGB1555 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define CM_ARGB4444 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define CM_L8 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define CM_AL44 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define CM_AL88 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define CM_L4 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define CM_A8 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) +#define CM_A4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) + +#define IS_DMA2D_FGCM(FGCM) (((FGCM) == CM_ARGB8888) || ((FGCM) == CM_RGB888) || \ + ((FGCM) == CM_RGB565) || ((FGCM) == CM_ARGB1555) || \ + ((FGCM) == CM_ARGB4444) || ((FGCM) == CM_L8) || \ + ((FGCM) == CM_AL44) || ((FGCM) == CM_AL88) || \ + ((FGCM) == CM_L4) || ((FGCM) == CM_A8) || \ + ((FGCM) == CM_A4)) + +#define IS_DMA2D_BGCM(BGCM) (((BGCM) == CM_ARGB8888) || ((BGCM) == CM_RGB888) || \ + ((BGCM) == CM_RGB565) || ((BGCM) == CM_ARGB1555) || \ + ((BGCM) == CM_ARGB4444) || ((BGCM) == CM_L8) || \ + ((BGCM) == CM_AL44) || ((BGCM) == CM_AL88) || \ + ((BGCM) == CM_L4) || ((BGCM) == CM_A8) || \ + ((BGCM) == CM_A4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM + * @{ + */ + +#define CLUT_CM_ARGB8888 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define CLUT_CM_RGB888 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) + +#define IS_DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM(FG_CLUT_CM) (((FG_CLUT_CM) == CLUT_CM_ARGB8888) || ((FG_CLUT_CM) == CLUT_CM_RGB888)) + +#define IS_DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM(BG_CLUT_CM) (((BG_CLUT_CM) == CLUT_CM_ARGB8888) || ((BG_CLUT_CM) == CLUT_CM_RGB888)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_FG_COLOR_VALUE + * @{ + */ + +#define COLOR_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) + +#define IS_DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE(FG_CLUT_SIZE) ((FG_CLUT_SIZE) <= COLOR_VALUE) + +#define IS_DMA2D_FG_ALPHA_VALUE(FG_ALPHA_VALUE) ((FG_ALPHA_VALUE) <= COLOR_VALUE) +#define IS_DMA2D_FGC_BLUE(FGC_BLUE) ((FGC_BLUE) <= COLOR_VALUE) +#define IS_DMA2D_FGC_GREEN(FGC_GREEN) ((FGC_GREEN) <= COLOR_VALUE) +#define IS_DMA2D_FGC_RED(FGC_RED) ((FGC_RED) <= COLOR_VALUE) + +#define IS_DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE(BG_CLUT_SIZE) ((BG_CLUT_SIZE) <= COLOR_VALUE) + +#define IS_DMA2D_BG_ALPHA_VALUE(BG_ALPHA_VALUE) ((BG_ALPHA_VALUE) <= COLOR_VALUE) +#define IS_DMA2D_BGC_BLUE(BGC_BLUE) ((BGC_BLUE) <= COLOR_VALUE) +#define IS_DMA2D_BGC_GREEN(BGC_GREEN) ((BGC_GREEN) <= COLOR_VALUE) +#define IS_DMA2D_BGC_RED(BGC_RED) ((BGC_RED) <= COLOR_VALUE) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE + * @{ + */ + +#define NO_MODIF_ALPHA_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define REPLACE_ALPHA_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define COMBINE_ALPHA_VALUE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) + +#define IS_DMA2D_FG_ALPHA_MODE(FG_ALPHA_MODE) (((FG_ALPHA_MODE) == NO_MODIF_ALPHA_VALUE) || \ + ((FG_ALPHA_MODE) == REPLACE_ALPHA_VALUE) || \ + ((FG_ALPHA_MODE) == COMBINE_ALPHA_VALUE)) + +#define IS_DMA2D_BG_ALPHA_MODE(BG_ALPHA_MODE) (((BG_ALPHA_MODE) == NO_MODIF_ALPHA_VALUE) || \ + ((BG_ALPHA_MODE) == REPLACE_ALPHA_VALUE) || \ + ((BG_ALPHA_MODE) == COMBINE_ALPHA_VALUE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_Interrupts + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA2D_IT_CE DMA2D_CR_CEIE +#define DMA2D_IT_CTC DMA2D_CR_CTCIE +#define DMA2D_IT_CAE DMA2D_CR_CAEIE +#define DMA2D_IT_TW DMA2D_CR_TWIE +#define DMA2D_IT_TC DMA2D_CR_TCIE +#define DMA2D_IT_TE DMA2D_CR_TEIE + +#define IS_DMA2D_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA2D_IT_CTC) || ((IT) == DMA2D_IT_CAE) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2D_IT_TW) || ((IT) == DMA2D_IT_TC) || \ + ((IT) == DMA2D_IT_TE) || ((IT) == DMA2D_IT_CE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA2D_FLAG_CE DMA2D_ISR_CEIF +#define DMA2D_FLAG_CTC DMA2D_ISR_CTCIF +#define DMA2D_FLAG_CAE DMA2D_ISR_CAEIF +#define DMA2D_FLAG_TW DMA2D_ISR_TWIF +#define DMA2D_FLAG_TC DMA2D_ISR_TCIF +#define DMA2D_FLAG_TE DMA2D_ISR_TEIF + + +#define IS_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_CTC) || ((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_CAE) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_TW) || ((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_TC) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_TE) || ((FLAG) == DMA2D_FLAG_CE)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_DeadTime + * @{ + */ + +#define DEADTIME ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) + +#define IS_DMA2D_DEAD_TIME(DEAD_TIME) ((DEAD_TIME) <= DEADTIME) + + +#define LINE_WATERMARK DMA2D_LWR_LW + +#define IS_DMA2D_LineWatermark(LineWatermark) ((LineWatermark) <= LINE_WATERMARK) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the DMA2D configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void DMA2D_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_InitStruct); +void DMA2D_StructInit(DMA2D_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_InitStruct); +void DMA2D_StartTransfer(void); +void DMA2D_AbortTransfer(void); +void DMA2D_Suspend(FunctionalState NewState); +void DMA2D_FGConfig(DMA2D_FG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_FG_InitStruct); +void DMA2D_FG_StructInit(DMA2D_FG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_FG_InitStruct); +void DMA2D_BGConfig(DMA2D_BG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_BG_InitStruct); +void DMA2D_BG_StructInit(DMA2D_BG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_BG_InitStruct); +void DMA2D_FGStart(FunctionalState NewState); +void DMA2D_BGStart(FunctionalState NewState); +void DMA2D_DeadTimeConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_DeadTime, FunctionalState NewState); +void DMA2D_LineWatermarkConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_LWatermarkConfig); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DMA2D_ITConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DMA2D_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA2D_FLAG); +void DMA2D_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA2D_FLAG); +ITStatus DMA2D_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA2D_IT); +void DMA2D_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA2D_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_DMA2D_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dsi.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dsi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5821a049a --- /dev/null +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_dsi.h @@ -0,0 +1,1003 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dsi.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief Header file of DSI module. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_DSI_H +#define __STM32F4xx_DSI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief DSI Init Structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t AutomaticClockLaneControl; /*!< Automatic clock lane control + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Automatic_Clk_Lane_Control */ + + uint32_t TXEscapeCkdiv; /*!< TX Escape clock division + The values 0 and 1 stop the TX_ESC clock generation */ + + uint32_t NumberOfLanes; /*!< Number of lanes + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Number_Of_Lanes */ + +}DSI_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DSI PLL Clock structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t PLLNDIV; /*!< PLL Loop Division Factor + This parameter must be a value between 10 and 125 */ + + uint32_t PLLIDF; /*!< PLL Input Division Factor + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_PLL_IDF */ + + uint32_t PLLODF; /*!< PLL Output Division Factor + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_PLL_ODF */ + +}DSI_PLLInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DSI Video mode configuration + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t VirtualChannelID; /*!< Virtual channel ID */ + + uint32_t ColorCoding; /*!< Color coding for LTDC interface + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Color_Coding */ + + uint32_t LooselyPacked; /*!< Enable or disable loosely packed stream (needed only when using + 18-bit configuration). + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LooselyPacked */ + + uint32_t Mode; /*!< Video mode type + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Video_Mode_Type */ + + uint32_t PacketSize; /*!< Video packet size */ + + uint32_t NumberOfChunks; /*!< Number of chunks */ + + uint32_t NullPacketSize; /*!< Null packet size */ + + uint32_t HSPolarity; /*!< HSYNC pin polarity + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_HSYNC_Polarity */ + + uint32_t VSPolarity; /*!< VSYNC pin polarity + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_VSYNC_Polarity */ + + uint32_t DEPolarity; /*!< Data Enable pin polarity + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_DATA_ENABLE_Polarity */ + + uint32_t HorizontalSyncActive; /*!< Horizontal synchronism active duration (in lane byte clock cycles) */ + + uint32_t HorizontalBackPorch; /*!< Horizontal back-porch duration (in lane byte clock cycles) */ + + uint32_t HorizontalLine; /*!< Horizontal line duration (in lane byte clock cycles) */ + + uint32_t VerticalSyncActive; /*!< Vertical synchronism active duration */ + + uint32_t VerticalBackPorch; /*!< Vertical back-porch duration */ + + uint32_t VerticalFrontPorch; /*!< Vertical front-porch duration */ + + uint32_t VerticalActive; /*!< Vertical active duration */ + + uint32_t LPCommandEnable; /*!< Low-power command enable + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_Command */ + + uint32_t LPLargestPacketSize; /*!< The size, in bytes, of the low power largest packet that + can fit in a line during VSA, VBP and VFP regions */ + + uint32_t LPVACTLargestPacketSize; /*!< The size, in bytes, of the low power largest packet that + can fit in a line during VACT region */ + + uint32_t LPHorizontalFrontPorchEnable; /*!< Low-power horizontal front-porch enable + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_HFP */ + + uint32_t LPHorizontalBackPorchEnable; /*!< Low-power horizontal back-porch enable + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_HBP */ + + uint32_t LPVerticalActiveEnable; /*!< Low-power vertical active enable + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_VACT */ + + uint32_t LPVerticalFrontPorchEnable; /*!< Low-power vertical front-porch enable + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_VFP */ + + uint32_t LPVerticalBackPorchEnable; /*!< Low-power vertical back-porch enable + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_VBP */ + + uint32_t LPVerticalSyncActiveEnable; /*!< Low-power vertical sync active enable + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_VSYNC */ + + uint32_t FrameBTAAcknowledgeEnable; /*!< Frame bus-turn-around acknowledge enable + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_FBTA_acknowledge */ + +}DSI_VidCfgTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DSI Adapted command mode configuration + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t VirtualChannelID; /*!< Virtual channel ID */ + + uint32_t ColorCoding; /*!< Color coding for LTDC interface + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Color_Coding */ + + uint32_t CommandSize; /*!< Maximum allowed size for an LTDC write memory command, measured in + pixels. This parameter can be any value between 0x00 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint32_t TearingEffectSource; /*!< Tearing effect source + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_TearingEffectSource */ + + uint32_t TearingEffectPolarity; /*!< Tearing effect pin polarity + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_TearingEffectPolarity */ + + uint32_t HSPolarity; /*!< HSYNC pin polarity + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_HSYNC_Polarity */ + + uint32_t VSPolarity; /*!< VSYNC pin polarity + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_VSYNC_Polarity */ + + uint32_t DEPolarity; /*!< Data Enable pin polarity + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_DATA_ENABLE_Polarity */ + + uint32_t VSyncPol; /*!< VSync edge on which the LTDC is halted + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Vsync_Polarity */ + + uint32_t AutomaticRefresh; /*!< Automatic refresh mode + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_AutomaticRefresh */ + + uint32_t TEAcknowledgeRequest; /*!< Tearing Effect Acknowledge Request Enable + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_TE_AcknowledgeRequest */ + +}DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DSI command transmission mode configuration + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t LPGenShortWriteNoP; /*!< Generic Short Write Zero parameters Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteNoP */ + + uint32_t LPGenShortWriteOneP; /*!< Generic Short Write One parameter Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteOneP */ + + uint32_t LPGenShortWriteTwoP; /*!< Generic Short Write Two parameters Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteTwoP */ + + uint32_t LPGenShortReadNoP; /*!< Generic Short Read Zero parameters Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadNoP */ + + uint32_t LPGenShortReadOneP; /*!< Generic Short Read One parameter Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadOneP */ + + uint32_t LPGenShortReadTwoP; /*!< Generic Short Read Two parameters Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadTwoP */ + + uint32_t LPGenLongWrite; /*!< Generic Long Write Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPGenLongWrite */ + + uint32_t LPDcsShortWriteNoP; /*!< DCS Short Write Zero parameters Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPDcsShortWriteNoP */ + + uint32_t LPDcsShortWriteOneP; /*!< DCS Short Write One parameter Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPDcsShortWriteOneP */ + + uint32_t LPDcsShortReadNoP; /*!< DCS Short Read Zero parameters Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPDcsShortReadNoP */ + + uint32_t LPDcsLongWrite; /*!< DCS Long Write Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPDcsLongWrite */ + + uint32_t LPMaxReadPacket; /*!< Maximum Read Packet Size Transmission + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LP_LPMaxReadPacket */ + + uint32_t AcknowledgeRequest; /*!< Acknowledge Request Enable + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_AcknowledgeRequest */ + +}DSI_LPCmdTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DSI PHY Timings definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ClockLaneHS2LPTime; /*!< The maximum time that the D-PHY clock lane takes to go from high-speed + to low-power transmission */ + + uint32_t ClockLaneLP2HSTime; /*!< The maximum time that the D-PHY clock lane takes to go from low-power + to high-speed transmission */ + + uint32_t DataLaneHS2LPTime; /*!< The maximum time that the D-PHY data lanes takes to go from high-speed + to low-power transmission */ + + uint32_t DataLaneLP2HSTime; /*!< The maximum time that the D-PHY data lanes takes to go from low-power + to high-speed transmission */ + + uint32_t DataLaneMaxReadTime; /*!< The maximum time required to perform a read command */ + + uint32_t StopWaitTime; /*!< The minimum wait period to request a High-Speed transmission after the + Stop state */ + +}DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DSI HOST Timeouts definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t TimeoutCkdiv; /*!< Time-out clock division */ + + uint32_t HighSpeedTransmissionTimeout; /*!< High-speed transmission time-out */ + + uint32_t LowPowerReceptionTimeout; /*!< Low-power reception time-out */ + + uint32_t HighSpeedReadTimeout; /*!< High-speed read time-out */ + + uint32_t LowPowerReadTimeout; /*!< Low-power read time-out */ + + uint32_t HighSpeedWriteTimeout; /*!< High-speed write time-out */ + + uint32_t HighSpeedWritePrespMode; /*!< High-speed write presp mode + This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_HS_PrespMode */ + + uint32_t LowPowerWriteTimeout; /*!< Low-speed write time-out */ + + uint32_t BTATimeout; /*!< BTA time-out */ + +}DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DSI_DCS_Command + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_ENTER_IDLE_MODE 0x39 +#define DSI_ENTER_INVERT_MODE 0x21 +#define DSI_ENTER_NORMAL_MODE 0x13 +#define DSI_ENTER_PARTIAL_MODE 0x12 +#define DSI_ENTER_SLEEP_MODE 0x10 +#define DSI_EXIT_IDLE_MODE 0x38 +#define DSI_EXIT_INVERT_MODE 0x20 +#define DSI_EXIT_SLEEP_MODE 0x11 +#define DSI_GET_3D_CONTROL 0x3F +#define DSI_GET_ADDRESS_MODE 0x0B +#define DSI_GET_BLUE_CHANNEL 0x08 +#define DSI_GET_DIAGNOSTIC_RESULT 0x0F +#define DSI_GET_DISPLAY_MODE 0x0D +#define DSI_GET_GREEN_CHANNEL 0x07 +#define DSI_GET_PIXEL_FORMAT 0x0C +#define DSI_GET_POWER_MODE 0x0A +#define DSI_GET_RED_CHANNEL 0x06 +#define DSI_GET_SCANLINE 0x45 +#define DSI_GET_SIGNAL_MODE 0x0E +#define DSI_NOP 0x00 +#define DSI_READ_DDB_CONTINUE 0xA8 +#define DSI_READ_DDB_START 0xA1 +#define DSI_READ_MEMORY_CONTINUE 0x3E +#define DSI_READ_MEMORY_START 0x2E +#define DSI_SET_3D_CONTROL 0x3D +#define DSI_SET_ADDRESS_MODE 0x36 +#define DSI_SET_COLUMN_ADDRESS 0x2A +#define DSI_SET_DISPLAY_OFF 0x28 +#define DSI_SET_DISPLAY_ON 0x29 +#define DSI_SET_GAMMA_CURVE 0x26 +#define DSI_SET_PAGE_ADDRESS 0x2B +#define DSI_SET_PARTIAL_COLUMNS 0x31 +#define DSI_SET_PARTIAL_ROWS 0x30 +#define DSI_SET_PIXEL_FORMAT 0x3A +#define DSI_SET_SCROLL_AREA 0x33 +#define DSI_SET_SCROLL_START 0x37 +#define DSI_SET_TEAR_OFF 0x34 +#define DSI_SET_TEAR_ON 0x35 +#define DSI_SET_TEAR_SCANLINE 0x44 +#define DSI_SET_VSYNC_TIMING 0x40 +#define DSI_SOFT_RESET 0x01 +#define DSI_WRITE_LUT 0x2D +#define DSI_WRITE_MEMORY_CONTINUE 0x3C +#define DSI_WRITE_MEMORY_START 0x2C +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Video_Mode_Type + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_VID_MODE_NB_PULSES 0 +#define DSI_VID_MODE_NB_EVENTS 1 +#define DSI_VID_MODE_BURST 2 +#define IS_DSI_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE(VideoModeType) (((VideoModeType) == DSI_VID_MODE_NB_PULSES) || \ + ((VideoModeType) == DSI_VID_MODE_NB_EVENTS) || \ + ((VideoModeType) == DSI_VID_MODE_BURST)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Color_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_COLOR_MODE_FULL 0 +#define DSI_COLOR_MODE_EIGHT DSI_WCR_COLM +#define IS_DSI_COLOR_MODE(ColorMode) (((ColorMode) == DSI_COLOR_MODE_FULL) || ((ColorMode) == DSI_COLOR_MODE_EIGHT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_ShutDown + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_DISPLAY_ON 0 +#define DSI_DISPLAY_OFF DSI_WCR_SHTDN +#define IS_DSI_SHUT_DOWN(ShutDown) (((ShutDown) == DSI_DISPLAY_ON) || ((ShutDown) == DSI_DISPLAY_OFF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_Command + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_COMMAND_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_COMMAND_ENABLE DSI_VMCR_LPCE +#define IS_DSI_LP_COMMAND(LPCommand) (((LPCommand) == DSI_LP_COMMAND_DISABLE) || ((LPCommand) == DSI_LP_COMMAND_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_HFP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_HFP_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_HFP_ENABLE DSI_VMCR_LPHFPE +#define IS_DSI_LP_HFP(LPHFP) (((LPHFP) == DSI_LP_HFP_DISABLE) || ((LPHFP) == DSI_LP_HFP_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_HBP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_HBP_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_HBP_ENABLE DSI_VMCR_LPHBPE +#define IS_DSI_LP_HBP(LPHBP) (((LPHBP) == DSI_LP_HBP_DISABLE) || ((LPHBP) == DSI_LP_HBP_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_VACT + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_VACT_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_VACT_ENABLE DSI_VMCR_LPVAE +#define IS_DSI_LP_VACTIVE(LPVActive) (((LPVActive) == DSI_LP_VACT_DISABLE) || ((LPVActive) == DSI_LP_VACT_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_VFP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_VFP_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_VFP_ENABLE DSI_VMCR_LPVFPE +#define IS_DSI_LP_VFP(LPVFP) (((LPVFP) == DSI_LP_VFP_DISABLE) || ((LPVFP) == DSI_LP_VFP_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_VBP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_VBP_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_VBP_ENABLE DSI_VMCR_LPVBPE +#define IS_DSI_LP_VBP(LPVBP) (((LPVBP) == DSI_LP_VBP_DISABLE) || ((LPVBP) == DSI_LP_VBP_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_VSYNC + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_VSYNC_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_VSYNC_ENABLE DSI_VMCR_LPVSAE +#define IS_DSI_LP_VSYNC(LPVSYNC) (((LPVSYNC) == DSI_LP_VSYNC_DISABLE) || ((LPVSYNC) == DSI_LP_VSYNC_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_FBTA_acknowledge + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_FBTAA_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_FBTAA_ENABLE DSI_VMCR_FBTAAE +#define IS_DSI_FBTAA(FrameBTAAcknowledge) (((FrameBTAAcknowledge) == DSI_FBTAA_DISABLE) || ((FrameBTAAcknowledge) == DSI_FBTAA_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_TearingEffectSource + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_TE_DSILINK 0 +#define DSI_TE_EXTERNAL DSI_WCFGR_TESRC +#define IS_DSI_TE_SOURCE(TESource) (((TESource) == DSI_TE_DSILINK) || ((TESource) == DSI_TE_EXTERNAL)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_TearingEffectPolarity + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_TE_RISING_EDGE 0 +#define DSI_TE_FALLING_EDGE DSI_WCFGR_TEPOL +#define IS_DSI_TE_POLARITY(TEPolarity) (((TEPolarity) == DSI_TE_RISING_EDGE) || ((TEPolarity) == DSI_TE_FALLING_EDGE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Vsync_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_VSYNC_FALLING 0 +#define DSI_VSYNC_RISING DSI_WCFGR_VSPOL +#define IS_DSI_VS_POLARITY(VSPolarity) (((VSPolarity) == DSI_VSYNC_FALLING) || ((VSPolarity) == DSI_VSYNC_RISING)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_AutomaticRefresh + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_AR_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_AR_ENABLE DSI_WCFGR_AR +#define IS_DSI_AUTOMATIC_REFRESH(AutomaticRefresh) (((AutomaticRefresh) == DSI_AR_DISABLE) || ((AutomaticRefresh) == DSI_AR_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_TE_AcknowledgeRequest + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_TE_ACKNOWLEDGE_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_TE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_TEARE +#define IS_DSI_TE_ACK_REQUEST(TEAcknowledgeRequest) (((TEAcknowledgeRequest) == DSI_TE_ACKNOWLEDGE_DISABLE) || ((TEAcknowledgeRequest) == DSI_TE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_AcknowledgeRequest + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_ACKNOWLEDGE_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_ACKNOWLEDGE_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_ARE +#define IS_DSI_ACK_REQUEST(AcknowledgeRequest) (((AcknowledgeRequest) == DSI_ACKNOWLEDGE_DISABLE) || ((AcknowledgeRequest) == DSI_ACKNOWLEDGE_ENABLE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteNoP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_GSW0P_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_GSW0P_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_GSW0TX +#define IS_DSI_LP_GSW0P(LP_GSW0P) (((LP_GSW0P) == DSI_LP_GSW0P_DISABLE) || ((LP_GSW0P) == DSI_LP_GSW0P_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteOneP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_GSW1P_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_GSW1P_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_GSW1TX +#define IS_DSI_LP_GSW1P(LP_GSW1P) (((LP_GSW1P) == DSI_LP_GSW1P_DISABLE) || ((LP_GSW1P) == DSI_LP_GSW1P_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteTwoP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_GSW2P_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_GSW2P_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_GSW2TX +#define IS_DSI_LP_GSW2P(LP_GSW2P) (((LP_GSW2P) == DSI_LP_GSW2P_DISABLE) || ((LP_GSW2P) == DSI_LP_GSW2P_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadNoP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_GSR0P_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_GSR0P_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_GSR0TX +#define IS_DSI_LP_GSR0P(LP_GSR0P) (((LP_GSR0P) == DSI_LP_GSR0P_DISABLE) || ((LP_GSR0P) == DSI_LP_GSR0P_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadOneP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_GSR1P_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_GSR1P_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_GSR1TX +#define IS_DSI_LP_GSR1P(LP_GSR1P) (((LP_GSR1P) == DSI_LP_GSR1P_DISABLE) || ((LP_GSR1P) == DSI_LP_GSR1P_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadTwoP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_GSR2P_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_GSR2P_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_GSR2TX +#define IS_DSI_LP_GSR2P(LP_GSR2P) (((LP_GSR2P) == DSI_LP_GSR2P_DISABLE) || ((LP_GSR2P) == DSI_LP_GSR2P_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPGenLongWrite + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_GLW_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_GLW_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_GLWTX +#define IS_DSI_LP_GLW(LP_GLW) (((LP_GLW) == DSI_LP_GLW_DISABLE) || ((LP_GLW) == DSI_LP_GLW_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPDcsShortWriteNoP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_DSW0P_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_DSW0P_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_DSW0TX +#define IS_DSI_LP_DSW0P(LP_DSW0P) (((LP_DSW0P) == DSI_LP_DSW0P_DISABLE) || ((LP_DSW0P) == DSI_LP_DSW0P_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPDcsShortWriteOneP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_DSW1P_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_DSW1P_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_DSW1TX +#define IS_DSI_LP_DSW1P(LP_DSW1P) (((LP_DSW1P) == DSI_LP_DSW1P_DISABLE) || ((LP_DSW1P) == DSI_LP_DSW1P_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPDcsShortReadNoP + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_DSR0P_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_DSR0P_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_DSR0TX +#define IS_DSI_LP_DSR0P(LP_DSR0P) (((LP_DSR0P) == DSI_LP_DSR0P_DISABLE) || ((LP_DSR0P) == DSI_LP_DSR0P_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPDcsLongWrite + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_DLW_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_DLW_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_DLWTX +#define IS_DSI_LP_DLW(LP_DLW) (((LP_DLW) == DSI_LP_DLW_DISABLE) || ((LP_DLW) == DSI_LP_DLW_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LP_LPMaxReadPacket + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LP_MRDP_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_LP_MRDP_ENABLE DSI_CMCR_MRDPS +#define IS_DSI_LP_MRDP(LP_MRDP) (((LP_MRDP) == DSI_LP_MRDP_DISABLE) || ((LP_MRDP) == DSI_LP_MRDP_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_HS_PrespMode + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_HS_PM_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_HS_PM_ENABLE DSI_TCCR3_PM +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DSI_Automatic_Clk_Lane_Control + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_AUTO_CLK_LANE_CTRL_DISABLE 0 +#define DSI_AUTO_CLK_LANE_CTRL_ENABLE DSI_CLCR_ACR +#define IS_DSI_AUTO_CLKLANE_CONTROL(AutoClkLane) (((AutoClkLane) == DSI_AUTO_CLK_LANE_CTRL_DISABLE) || ((AutoClkLane) == DSI_AUTO_CLK_LANE_CTRL_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Number_Of_Lanes + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_ONE_DATA_LANE 0 +#define DSI_TWO_DATA_LANES 1 +#define IS_DSI_NUMBER_OF_LANES(NumberOfLanes) (((NumberOfLanes) == DSI_ONE_DATA_LANE) || ((NumberOfLanes) == DSI_TWO_DATA_LANES)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_FlowControl + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_CRC_RX DSI_PCR_CRCRXE +#define DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_ECC_RX DSI_PCR_ECCRXE +#define DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_BTA DSI_PCR_BTAE +#define DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_EOTP_RX DSI_PCR_ETRXE +#define DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_EOTP_TX DSI_PCR_ETTXE +#define DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_ALL (DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_CRC_RX | DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_ECC_RX | \ + DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_BTA | DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_EOTP_RX | \ + DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_EOTP_TX) +#define IS_DSI_FLOW_CONTROL(FlowControl) (((FlowControl) | DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_ALL) == DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_ALL) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Color_Coding + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_RGB565 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< The values 0x00000001 and 0x00000002 can also be used for the RGB565 color mode configuration */ +#define DSI_RGB666 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /*!< The value 0x00000004 can also be used for the RGB666 color mode configuration */ +#define DSI_RGB888 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define IS_DSI_COLOR_CODING(ColorCoding) ((ColorCoding) <= 5) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LooselyPacked + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED_ENABLE DSI_LCOLCR_LPE +#define DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED_DISABLE 0 +#define IS_DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED(LooselyPacked) (((LooselyPacked) == DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED_ENABLE) || ((LooselyPacked) == DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED_DISABLE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_HSYNC_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH 0 +#define DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW DSI_LPCR_HSP +#define IS_DSI_HSYNC_POLARITY(HSYNC) (((HSYNC) == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) || ((HSYNC) == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_VSYNC_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH 0 +#define DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW DSI_LPCR_VSP +#define IS_DSI_VSYNC_POLARITY(VSYNC) (((VSYNC) == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) || ((VSYNC) == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_DATA_ENABLE_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH 0 +#define DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_LOW DSI_LPCR_DEP +#define IS_DSI_DE_POLARITY(DataEnable) (((DataEnable) == DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) || ((DataEnable) == DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_LOW)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_PLL_IDF + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_PLL_IN_DIV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DSI_PLL_IN_DIV2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DSI_PLL_IN_DIV3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define DSI_PLL_IN_DIV4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DSI_PLL_IN_DIV5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define DSI_PLL_IN_DIV6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define DSI_PLL_IN_DIV7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define IS_DSI_PLL_IDF(IDF) (((IDF) == DSI_PLL_IN_DIV1) || \ + ((IDF) == DSI_PLL_IN_DIV2) || \ + ((IDF) == DSI_PLL_IN_DIV3) || \ + ((IDF) == DSI_PLL_IN_DIV4) || \ + ((IDF) == DSI_PLL_IN_DIV5) || \ + ((IDF) == DSI_PLL_IN_DIV6) || \ + ((IDF) == DSI_PLL_IN_DIV7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_PLL_ODF + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV2 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV4 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV8 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define IS_DSI_PLL_ODF(ODF) (((ODF) == DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV1) || \ + ((ODF) == DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV2) || \ + ((ODF) == DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV4) || \ + ((ODF) == DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV8)) +#define IS_DSI_PLL_NDIV(NDIV) ((10 <= (NDIV)) && ((NDIV) <= 125)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Flags + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_FLAG_TE DSI_WISR_TEIF +#define DSI_FLAG_ER DSI_WISR_ERIF +#define DSI_FLAG_BUSY DSI_WISR_BUSY +#define DSI_FLAG_PLLLS DSI_WISR_PLLLS +#define DSI_FLAG_PLLL DSI_WISR_PLLLIF +#define DSI_FLAG_PLLU DSI_WISR_PLLUIF +#define DSI_FLAG_RRS DSI_WISR_RRS +#define DSI_FLAG_RR DSI_WISR_RRIF + +#define IS_DSI_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_TE) || ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_ER) || \ + ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_PLLL) || ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_PLLU) || \ + ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_RR)) +#define IS_DSI_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_TE) || ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_ER) || \ + ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_BUSY) || ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_PLLLS) || \ + ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_PLLL) || ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_PLLU) || \ + ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_RRS) || ((FLAG) == DSI_FLAG_RR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Interrupts + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_IT_TE DSI_WIER_TEIE +#define DSI_IT_ER DSI_WIER_ERIE +#define DSI_IT_PLLL DSI_WIER_PLLLIE +#define DSI_IT_PLLU DSI_WIER_PLLUIE +#define DSI_IT_RR DSI_WIER_RRIE + +#define IS_DSI_IT(IT) (((IT) == DSI_IT_TE) || ((IT) == DSI_IT_ER) || \ + ((IT) == DSI_IT_PLLL) || ((IT) == DSI_IT_PLLU) || \ + ((IT) == DSI_IT_RR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_SHORT_WRITE_PKT_Data_Type + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P0 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) /*!< DCS short write, no parameters */ +#define DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P1 ((uint32_t)0x00000015) /*!< DCS short write, one parameter */ +#define DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P0 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /*!< Generic short write, no parameters */ +#define DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P1 ((uint32_t)0x00000013) /*!< Generic short write, one parameter */ +#define DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P2 ((uint32_t)0x00000023) /*!< Generic short write, two parameters */ +#define IS_DSI_SHORT_WRITE_PACKET_TYPE(MODE) (((MODE) == DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P0) || \ + ((MODE) == DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P1) || \ + ((MODE) == DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P0) || \ + ((MODE) == DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P1) || \ + ((MODE) == DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_LONG_WRITE_PKT_Data_Type + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_DCS_LONG_PKT_WRITE ((uint32_t)0x00000039) /*!< DCS long write */ +#define DSI_GEN_LONG_PKT_WRITE ((uint32_t)0x00000029) /*!< Generic long write */ +#define IS_DSI_LONG_WRITE_PACKET_TYPE(MODE) (((MODE) == DSI_DCS_LONG_PKT_WRITE) || \ + ((MODE) == DSI_GEN_LONG_PKT_WRITE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_SHORT_READ_PKT_Data_Type + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_READ ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /*!< DCS short read */ +#define DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P0 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Generic short read, no parameters */ +#define DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P1 ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< Generic short read, one parameter */ +#define DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P2 ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< Generic short read, two parameters */ +#define IS_DSI_READ_PACKET_TYPE(MODE) (((MODE) == DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_READ) || \ + ((MODE) == DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P0) || \ + ((MODE) == DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P1) || \ + ((MODE) == DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Error_Data_Type + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_ERROR_NONE 0 +#define DSI_ERROR_ACK ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< acknowledge errors */ +#define DSI_ERROR_PHY ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< PHY related errors */ +#define DSI_ERROR_TX ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< transmission error */ +#define DSI_ERROR_RX ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< reception error */ +#define DSI_ERROR_ECC ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< ECC errors */ +#define DSI_ERROR_CRC ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< CRC error */ +#define DSI_ERROR_PSE ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Packet Size error */ +#define DSI_ERROR_EOT ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< End Of Transmission error */ +#define DSI_ERROR_OVF ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< FIFO overflow error */ +#define DSI_ERROR_GEN ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Generic FIFO related errors */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Lane_Group + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_CLOCK_LANE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DSI_DATA_LANES ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_DSI_LANE_GROUP(Lane) (((Lane) == DSI_CLOCK_LANE) || ((Lane) == DSI_DATA_LANES)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Communication_Delay + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_SLEW_RATE_HSTX ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DSI_SLEW_RATE_LPTX ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DSI_HS_DELAY ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_DSI_COMMUNICATION_DELAY(CommDelay) (((CommDelay) == DSI_SLEW_RATE_HSTX) || ((CommDelay) == DSI_SLEW_RATE_LPTX) || ((CommDelay) == DSI_HS_DELAY)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_CustomLane + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_SWAP_LANE_PINS ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DSI_INVERT_HS_SIGNAL ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_DSI_CUSTOM_LANE(CustomLane) (((CustomLane) == DSI_SWAP_LANE_PINS) || ((CustomLane) == DSI_INVERT_HS_SIGNAL)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Lane_Select + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_CLOCK_LANE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DSI_DATA_LANE0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DSI_DATA_LANE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_DSI_LANE(Lane) (((Lane) == DSI_CLOCK_LANE) || ((Lane) == DSI_DATA_LANE0) || ((Lane) == DSI_DATA_LANE1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_PHY_Timing + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_TCLK_POST ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DSI_TLPX_CLK ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DSI_THS_EXIT ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DSI_TLPX_DATA ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define DSI_THS_ZERO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DSI_THS_TRAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define DSI_THS_PREPARE ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define DSI_TCLK_ZERO ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define DSI_TCLK_PREPARE ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_DSI_PHY_TIMING(Timing) (((Timing) == DSI_TCLK_POST ) || \ + ((Timing) == DSI_TLPX_CLK ) || \ + ((Timing) == DSI_THS_EXIT ) || \ + ((Timing) == DSI_TLPX_DATA ) || \ + ((Timing) == DSI_THS_ZERO ) || \ + ((Timing) == DSI_THS_TRAIL ) || \ + ((Timing) == DSI_THS_PREPARE ) || \ + ((Timing) == DSI_TCLK_ZERO ) || \ + ((Timing) == DSI_TCLK_PREPARE)) +/** + * @} + */ +#define IS_DSI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == DSI) + +/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void DSI_DeInit(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx); +void DSI_Init(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx,DSI_InitTypeDef* DSI_InitStruct, DSI_PLLInitTypeDef *PLLInit); +void DSI_StructInit(DSI_InitTypeDef* DSI_InitStruct, DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef* DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct); +void DSI_SetGenericVCID(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t VirtualChannelID); +void DSI_ConfigVideoMode(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, DSI_VidCfgTypeDef *VidCfg); +void DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef *CmdCfg); +void DSI_ConfigCommand(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, DSI_LPCmdTypeDef *LPCmd); +void DSI_ConfigFlowControl(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t FlowControl); +void DSI_ConfigPhyTimer(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef *PhyTimers); +void DSI_ConfigHostTimeouts(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef *HostTimeouts); +void DSI_PatternGeneratorStart(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Orientation); +void DSI_PatternGeneratorStop(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx); +void DSI_Start(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx); +void DSI_Stop(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx); +void DSI_Refresh(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx); +void DSI_ColorMode(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t ColorMode); +void DSI_Shutdown(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t Shutdown); + +/* Alias for compatibility with STM32F4XX Standard Peripherals Library version number V1.6.0 */ +#define DSI_ConfigLowPowerCommand DSI_ConfigCommand + +/* Data transfers management functions ****************************************/ +void DSI_ShortWrite(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t ChannelID, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Param1, uint32_t Param2); +void DSI_LongWrite(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t ChannelID, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t NbParams, uint32_t Param1, uint8_t* ParametersTable); +void DSI_Read(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t ChannelNbr, uint8_t* Array, uint32_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t DCSCmd, uint8_t* ParametersTable); + +/* Low Power functions ********************************************************/ +void DSI_EnterULPMData(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx); +void DSI_ExitULPMData(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx); +void DSI_EnterULPM(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx); +void DSI_ExitULPM(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx); +void DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t CommDelay, uint32_t Lane, uint32_t Value); +void DSI_SetLowPowerRXFilter(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t Frequency); +void DSI_SetSDD(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, FunctionalState State); +void DSI_SetLanePinsConfiguration(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t CustomLane, uint32_t Lane, FunctionalState State); +void DSI_SetPHYTimings(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t Timing, FunctionalState State, uint32_t Value); +void DSI_ForceTXStopMode(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t Lane, FunctionalState State); +void DSI_ForceRXLowPower(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, FunctionalState State); +void DSI_ForceDataLanesInRX(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, FunctionalState State); +void DSI_SetPullDown(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, FunctionalState State); +void DSI_SetContentionDetectionOff(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, FunctionalState State); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DSI_ITConfig(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DSI_GetFlagStatus(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint16_t DSI_FLAG); +void DSI_ClearFlag(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint16_t DSI_FLAG); +ITStatus DSI_GetITStatus(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_IT); +void DSI_ClearITPendingBit(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_IT); +void DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t ActiveErrors); + +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_DSI_H */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_exti.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_exti.h index e33f097229..e952257db8 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_exti.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_exti.h @@ -1,183 +1,177 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_exti.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the EXTI firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_EXTI_H -#define __STM32F4xx_EXTI_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup EXTI - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief EXTI mode enumeration - */ - -typedef enum -{ - EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00, - EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04 -}EXTIMode_TypeDef; - -#define IS_EXTI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Interrupt) || ((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Event)) - -/** - * @brief EXTI Trigger enumeration - */ - -typedef enum -{ - EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08, - EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C, - EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10 -}EXTITrigger_TypeDef; - -#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Falling) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)) -/** - * @brief EXTI Init Structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t EXTI_Line; /*!< Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be any combination value of @ref EXTI_Lines */ - - EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines. - This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */ - - EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines. - This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTITrigger_TypeDef */ - - FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd; /*!< Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines. - This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ -}EXTI_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup EXTI_Lines - * @{ - */ - -#define EXTI_Line0 ((uint32_t)0x00001) /*!< External interrupt line 0 */ -#define EXTI_Line1 ((uint32_t)0x00002) /*!< External interrupt line 1 */ -#define EXTI_Line2 ((uint32_t)0x00004) /*!< External interrupt line 2 */ -#define EXTI_Line3 ((uint32_t)0x00008) /*!< External interrupt line 3 */ -#define EXTI_Line4 ((uint32_t)0x00010) /*!< External interrupt line 4 */ -#define EXTI_Line5 ((uint32_t)0x00020) /*!< External interrupt line 5 */ -#define EXTI_Line6 ((uint32_t)0x00040) /*!< External interrupt line 6 */ -#define EXTI_Line7 ((uint32_t)0x00080) /*!< External interrupt line 7 */ -#define EXTI_Line8 ((uint32_t)0x00100) /*!< External interrupt line 8 */ -#define EXTI_Line9 ((uint32_t)0x00200) /*!< External interrupt line 9 */ -#define EXTI_Line10 ((uint32_t)0x00400) /*!< External interrupt line 10 */ -#define EXTI_Line11 ((uint32_t)0x00800) /*!< External interrupt line 11 */ -#define EXTI_Line12 ((uint32_t)0x01000) /*!< External interrupt line 12 */ -#define EXTI_Line13 ((uint32_t)0x02000) /*!< External interrupt line 13 */ -#define EXTI_Line14 ((uint32_t)0x04000) /*!< External interrupt line 14 */ -#define EXTI_Line15 ((uint32_t)0x08000) /*!< External interrupt line 15 */ -#define EXTI_Line16 ((uint32_t)0x10000) /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output */ -#define EXTI_Line17 ((uint32_t)0x20000) /*!< External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */ -#define EXTI_Line18 ((uint32_t)0x40000) /*!< External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event */ -#define EXTI_Line19 ((uint32_t)0x80000) /*!< External interrupt line 19 Connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event */ -#define EXTI_Line20 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< External interrupt line 20 Connected to the USB OTG HS (configured in FS) Wakeup event */ -#define EXTI_Line21 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< External interrupt line 21 Connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events */ -#define EXTI_Line22 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< External interrupt line 22 Connected to the RTC Wakeup event */ - -#define IS_EXTI_LINE(LINE) ((((LINE) & (uint32_t)0xFF800000) == 0x00) && ((LINE) != (uint16_t)0x00)) - -#define IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(LINE) (((LINE) == EXTI_Line0) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line1) || \ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line2) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line3) || \ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line4) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line5) || \ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line6) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line7) || \ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line8) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line9) || \ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line10) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line11) || \ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line12) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line13) || \ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line14) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line15) || \ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line16) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line17) || \ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line18) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line19) || \ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line20) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line21) ||\ - ((LINE) == EXTI_Line22)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the EXTI configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void EXTI_DeInit(void); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); -void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); -void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); -void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line); -ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); -void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_EXTI_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_exti.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the EXTI firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_EXTI_H +#define __STM32F4xx_EXTI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief EXTI mode enumeration + */ + +typedef enum +{ + EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00, + EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04 +}EXTIMode_TypeDef; + +#define IS_EXTI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Interrupt) || ((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Event)) + +/** + * @brief EXTI Trigger enumeration + */ + +typedef enum +{ + EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08, + EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C, + EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10 +}EXTITrigger_TypeDef; + +#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Falling) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)) +/** + * @brief EXTI Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t EXTI_Line; /*!< Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be any combination value of @ref EXTI_Lines */ + + EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines. + This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */ + + EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines. + This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTITrigger_TypeDef */ + + FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd; /*!< Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +}EXTI_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Lines + * @{ + */ + +#define EXTI_Line0 ((uint32_t)0x00001) /*!< External interrupt line 0 */ +#define EXTI_Line1 ((uint32_t)0x00002) /*!< External interrupt line 1 */ +#define EXTI_Line2 ((uint32_t)0x00004) /*!< External interrupt line 2 */ +#define EXTI_Line3 ((uint32_t)0x00008) /*!< External interrupt line 3 */ +#define EXTI_Line4 ((uint32_t)0x00010) /*!< External interrupt line 4 */ +#define EXTI_Line5 ((uint32_t)0x00020) /*!< External interrupt line 5 */ +#define EXTI_Line6 ((uint32_t)0x00040) /*!< External interrupt line 6 */ +#define EXTI_Line7 ((uint32_t)0x00080) /*!< External interrupt line 7 */ +#define EXTI_Line8 ((uint32_t)0x00100) /*!< External interrupt line 8 */ +#define EXTI_Line9 ((uint32_t)0x00200) /*!< External interrupt line 9 */ +#define EXTI_Line10 ((uint32_t)0x00400) /*!< External interrupt line 10 */ +#define EXTI_Line11 ((uint32_t)0x00800) /*!< External interrupt line 11 */ +#define EXTI_Line12 ((uint32_t)0x01000) /*!< External interrupt line 12 */ +#define EXTI_Line13 ((uint32_t)0x02000) /*!< External interrupt line 13 */ +#define EXTI_Line14 ((uint32_t)0x04000) /*!< External interrupt line 14 */ +#define EXTI_Line15 ((uint32_t)0x08000) /*!< External interrupt line 15 */ +#define EXTI_Line16 ((uint32_t)0x10000) /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output */ +#define EXTI_Line17 ((uint32_t)0x20000) /*!< External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */ +#define EXTI_Line18 ((uint32_t)0x40000) /*!< External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event */ +#define EXTI_Line19 ((uint32_t)0x80000) /*!< External interrupt line 19 Connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event */ +#define EXTI_Line20 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< External interrupt line 20 Connected to the USB OTG HS (configured in FS) Wakeup event */ +#define EXTI_Line21 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< External interrupt line 21 Connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events */ +#define EXTI_Line22 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< External interrupt line 22 Connected to the RTC Wakeup event */ +#define EXTI_Line23 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< External interrupt line 23 Connected to the LPTIM Wakeup event */ + + +#define IS_EXTI_LINE(LINE) ((((LINE) & (uint32_t)0xFF800000) == 0x00) && ((LINE) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(LINE) (((LINE) == EXTI_Line0) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line1) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line2) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line3) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line4) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line5) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line6) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line7) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line8) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line9) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line10) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line11) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line12) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line13) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line14) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line15) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line16) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line17) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line18) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line19) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line20) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line21) ||\ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line22) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line23)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the EXTI configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void EXTI_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_EXTI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_flash.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_flash.h index e78e5f0cd4..7e98eb045d 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_flash.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_flash.h @@ -1,488 +1,489 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_flash.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FLASH - * firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FLASH_H -#define __STM32F4xx_FLASH_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FLASH - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * @brief FLASH Status - */ -typedef enum -{ - FLASH_BUSY = 1, - FLASH_ERROR_RD, - FLASH_ERROR_PGS, - FLASH_ERROR_PGP, - FLASH_ERROR_PGA, - FLASH_ERROR_WRP, - FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION, - FLASH_COMPLETE -}FLASH_Status; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup Flash_Latency - * @{ - */ -#define FLASH_Latency_0 ((uint8_t)0x0000) /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */ -#define FLASH_Latency_1 ((uint8_t)0x0001) /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */ -#define FLASH_Latency_2 ((uint8_t)0x0002) /*!< FLASH Two Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_3 ((uint8_t)0x0003) /*!< FLASH Three Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_4 ((uint8_t)0x0004) /*!< FLASH Four Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_5 ((uint8_t)0x0005) /*!< FLASH Five Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_6 ((uint8_t)0x0006) /*!< FLASH Six Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_7 ((uint8_t)0x0007) /*!< FLASH Seven Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_8 ((uint8_t)0x0008) /*!< FLASH Eight Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_9 ((uint8_t)0x0009) /*!< FLASH Nine Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_10 ((uint8_t)0x000A) /*!< FLASH Ten Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_11 ((uint8_t)0x000B) /*!< FLASH Eleven Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_12 ((uint8_t)0x000C) /*!< FLASH Twelve Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_13 ((uint8_t)0x000D) /*!< FLASH Thirteen Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_14 ((uint8_t)0x000E) /*!< FLASH Fourteen Latency cycles */ -#define FLASH_Latency_15 ((uint8_t)0x000F) /*!< FLASH Fifteen Latency cycles */ - - -#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_0) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_1) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_2) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_3) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_4) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_5) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_6) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_7) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_8) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_9) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_10) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_11) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_12) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_13) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_14) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_15)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Voltage_Range - * @{ - */ -#define VoltageRange_1 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Device operating range: 1.8V to 2.1V */ -#define VoltageRange_2 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x081FFFFF)) ||\ - (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x1FFF7A0F))) -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) -#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x080FFFFF)) ||\ - (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x1FFF7A0F))) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined (STM32F401xx) -#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0803FFFF)) ||\ - (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x1FFF7A0F))) -#endif /* STM32F401xx */ - -#if defined (STM32F411xE) || defined (STM32F446xx) -#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0807FFFF)) ||\ - (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x1FFF7A0F))) -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Write_Protection - * @{ - */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Write protection of Sector0 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Write protection of Sector1 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Write protection of Sector2 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Write protection of Sector3 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Write protection of Sector4 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Write protection of Sector5 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Write protection of Sector6 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Write protection of Sector7 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Write protection of Sector8 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Write protection of Sector9 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Write protection of Sector10 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Write protection of Sector11 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Write protection of Sector12 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_13 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Write protection of Sector13 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_14 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Write protection of Sector14 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Write protection of Sector15 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Write protection of Sector16 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_17 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Write protection of Sector17 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_18 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Write protection of Sector18 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_19 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Write protection of Sector19 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_20 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Write protection of Sector20 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_21 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Write protection of Sector21 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_22 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Write protection of Sector22 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Write protection of Sector23 */ -#define OB_WRP_Sector_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */ - -#define IS_OB_WRP(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000) == 0x00000000) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup Selection_Protection_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define OB_PcROP_Disable ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Disabled PcROP, nWPRi bits used for Write Protection on sector i */ -#define OB_PcROP_Enable ((uint8_t)0x80) /*!< Enable PcROP, nWPRi bits used for PCRoP Protection on sector i */ -#define IS_OB_PCROP_SELECT(PCROP) (((PCROP) == OB_PcROP_Disable) || ((PCROP) == OB_PcROP_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection - * @{ - */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector0 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector1 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector2 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector3 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector4 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector5 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector6 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector7 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector8 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector9 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector10 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector11 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector12 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_13 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector13 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_14 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector14 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector15 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector16 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_17 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector17 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_18 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector18 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_19 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector19 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_20 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector20 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_21 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector21 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_22 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector22 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector23 */ -#define OB_PCROP_Sector_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of all Sectors */ - -#define IS_OB_PCROP(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000) == 0x00000000) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection - * @{ - */ -#define OB_RDP_Level_0 ((uint8_t)0xAA) -#define OB_RDP_Level_1 ((uint8_t)0x55) -/*#define OB_RDP_Level_2 ((uint8_t)0xCC)*/ /*!< Warning: When enabling read protection level 2 - it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 */ -#define IS_OB_RDP(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_0)||\ - ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_1))/*||\ - ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_2))*/ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_IWatchdog - * @{ - */ -#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Software IWDG selected */ -#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Hardware IWDG selected */ -#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP - * @{ - */ -#define OB_STOP_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */ -#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */ -#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY - * @{ - */ -#define OB_STDBY_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x80) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ -#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ -#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_BOR_Reset_Level - * @{ - */ -#define OB_BOR_LEVEL3 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.70 to 3.60 V */ -#define OB_BOR_LEVEL2 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.40 to 2.70 V */ -#define OB_BOR_LEVEL1 ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.10 to 2.40 V */ -#define OB_BOR_OFF ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.10 V */ -#define IS_OB_BOR(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL1) || ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL2) ||\ - ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL3) || ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_OFF)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Dual_Boot - * @{ - */ -#define OB_Dual_BootEnabled ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Dual Bank Boot Enable */ -#define OB_Dual_BootDisabled ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Dual Bank Boot Disable, always boot on User Flash */ -#define IS_OB_BOOT(BOOT) (((BOOT) == OB_Dual_BootEnabled) || ((BOOT) == OB_Dual_BootDisabled)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupts - * @{ - */ -#define FLASH_IT_EOP ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source */ -#define FLASH_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Error Interrupt source */ -#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFCFFFFFF) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Flags - * @{ - */ -#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */ -#define FLASH_FLAG_OPERR ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FLASH operation Error flag */ -#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */ -#define FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FLASH Programming Alignment error flag */ -#define FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag */ -#define FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< FLASH Programming Sequence error flag */ -#define FLASH_FLAG_RDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Read Protection error flag (PCROP) */ -#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< FLASH Busy flag */ -#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFE0C) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) -#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Program_Parallelism - * @{ - */ -#define FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define FLASH_PSIZE_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000300) -#define CR_PSIZE_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFCFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Keys - * @{ - */ -#define RDP_KEY ((uint16_t)0x00A5) -#define FLASH_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x45670123) -#define FLASH_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0xCDEF89AB) -#define FLASH_OPT_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x08192A3B) -#define FLASH_OPT_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0x4C5D6E7F) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief ACR register byte 0 (Bits[7:0]) base address - */ -#define ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C00) -/** - * @brief OPTCR register byte 0 (Bits[7:0]) base address - */ -#define OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C14) -/** - * @brief OPTCR register byte 1 (Bits[15:8]) base address - */ -#define OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C15) -/** - * @brief OPTCR register byte 2 (Bits[23:16]) base address - */ -#define OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C16) -/** - * @brief OPTCR register byte 3 (Bits[31:24]) base address - */ -#define OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C17) - -/** - * @brief OPTCR1 register byte 0 (Bits[7:0]) base address - */ -#define OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C1A) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* FLASH Interface configuration functions ************************************/ -void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency); -void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void); -void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void); - -/* FLASH Memory Programming functions *****************************************/ -void FLASH_Unlock(void); -void FLASH_Lock(void); -FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange); -FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange); -FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange); -FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange); -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data); -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); - -/* Option Bytes Programming functions *****************************************/ -void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void); -void FLASH_OB_Lock(void); -void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); -void FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); -void FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(uint8_t OB_PcROP); -void FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState); -void FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState); -void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP); -void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); -void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR); -void FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT); -FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void); -uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); -uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); -uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void); -uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(void); -uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP1(void); -FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); -uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); -void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); -FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void); -FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_FLASH_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_flash.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FLASH + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FLASH_H +#define __STM32F4xx_FLASH_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief FLASH Status + */ +typedef enum +{ + FLASH_BUSY = 1, + FLASH_ERROR_RD, + FLASH_ERROR_PGS, + FLASH_ERROR_PGP, + FLASH_ERROR_PGA, + FLASH_ERROR_WRP, + FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION, + FLASH_COMPLETE +}FLASH_Status; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup Flash_Latency + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_Latency_0 ((uint8_t)0x0000) /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */ +#define FLASH_Latency_1 ((uint8_t)0x0001) /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */ +#define FLASH_Latency_2 ((uint8_t)0x0002) /*!< FLASH Two Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_3 ((uint8_t)0x0003) /*!< FLASH Three Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_4 ((uint8_t)0x0004) /*!< FLASH Four Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_5 ((uint8_t)0x0005) /*!< FLASH Five Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_6 ((uint8_t)0x0006) /*!< FLASH Six Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_7 ((uint8_t)0x0007) /*!< FLASH Seven Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_8 ((uint8_t)0x0008) /*!< FLASH Eight Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_9 ((uint8_t)0x0009) /*!< FLASH Nine Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_10 ((uint8_t)0x000A) /*!< FLASH Ten Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_11 ((uint8_t)0x000B) /*!< FLASH Eleven Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_12 ((uint8_t)0x000C) /*!< FLASH Twelve Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_13 ((uint8_t)0x000D) /*!< FLASH Thirteen Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_14 ((uint8_t)0x000E) /*!< FLASH Fourteen Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_15 ((uint8_t)0x000F) /*!< FLASH Fifteen Latency cycles */ + + +#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_0) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_1) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_2) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_3) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_4) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_5) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_6) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_7) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_8) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_9) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_10) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_11) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_12) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_13) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_14) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Voltage_Range + * @{ + */ +#define VoltageRange_1 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Device operating range: 1.8V to 2.1V */ +#define VoltageRange_2 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x081FFFFF)) ||\ + (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x1FFF7A0F))) +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) +#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x080FFFFF)) ||\ + (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x1FFF7A0F))) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG */ + +#if defined (STM32F401xx) +#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0803FFFF)) ||\ + (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x1FFF7A0F))) +#endif /* STM32F401xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F411xE) || defined (STM32F446xx) +#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0807FFFF)) ||\ + (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x1FFF7A0F))) +#endif /* STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F410xx) +#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0801FFFF)) ||\ + (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x1FFF7A0F))) +#endif /* STM32F410xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0817FFFF)) ||\ + (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x1FFF7BDF))) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Write_Protection + * @{ + */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Write protection of Sector0 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Write protection of Sector1 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Write protection of Sector2 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Write protection of Sector3 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Write protection of Sector4 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Write protection of Sector5 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Write protection of Sector6 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Write protection of Sector7 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Write protection of Sector8 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Write protection of Sector9 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Write protection of Sector10 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Write protection of Sector11 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Write protection of Sector12 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_13 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Write protection of Sector13 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_14 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Write protection of Sector14 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Write protection of Sector15 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Write protection of Sector16 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_17 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Write protection of Sector17 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_18 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Write protection of Sector18 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_19 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Write protection of Sector19 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_20 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Write protection of Sector20 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_21 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Write protection of Sector21 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_22 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Write protection of Sector22 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Write protection of Sector23 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */ + +#define IS_OB_WRP(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000) == 0x00000000) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Selection_Protection_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define OB_PcROP_Disable ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Disabled PcROP, nWPRi bits used for Write Protection on sector i */ +#define OB_PcROP_Enable ((uint8_t)0x80) /*!< Enable PcROP, nWPRi bits used for PCRoP Protection on sector i */ +#define IS_OB_PCROP_SELECT(PCROP) (((PCROP) == OB_PcROP_Disable) || ((PCROP) == OB_PcROP_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection + * @{ + */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector0 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector1 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector2 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector3 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector4 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector5 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector6 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector7 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector8 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector9 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector10 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector11 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector12 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_13 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector13 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_14 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector14 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector15 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector16 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_17 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector17 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_18 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector18 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_19 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector19 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_20 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector20 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_21 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector21 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_22 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector22 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of Sector23 */ +#define OB_PCROP_Sector_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< PC Read/Write protection of all Sectors */ + +#define IS_OB_PCROP(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000) == 0x00000000) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection + * @{ + */ +#define OB_RDP_Level_0 ((uint8_t)0xAA) +#define OB_RDP_Level_1 ((uint8_t)0x55) +/*#define OB_RDP_Level_2 ((uint8_t)0xCC)*/ /*!< Warning: When enabling read protection level 2 + it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 */ +#define IS_OB_RDP(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_0)||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_1))/*||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_2))*/ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_IWatchdog + * @{ + */ +#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Software IWDG selected */ +#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Hardware IWDG selected */ +#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP + * @{ + */ +#define OB_STOP_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */ +#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */ +#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY + * @{ + */ +#define OB_STDBY_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x80) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ +#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ +#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_BOR_Reset_Level + * @{ + */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL3 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.70 to 3.60 V */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL2 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.40 to 2.70 V */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL1 ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.10 to 2.40 V */ +#define OB_BOR_OFF ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.10 V */ +#define IS_OB_BOR(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL1) || ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL2) ||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL3) || ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_OFF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Dual_Boot + * @{ + */ +#define OB_Dual_BootEnabled ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Dual Bank Boot Enable */ +#define OB_Dual_BootDisabled ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Dual Bank Boot Disable, always boot on User Flash */ +#define IS_OB_BOOT(BOOT) (((BOOT) == OB_Dual_BootEnabled) || ((BOOT) == OB_Dual_BootDisabled)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupts + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_IT_EOP ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source */ +#define FLASH_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Error Interrupt source */ +#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFCFFFFFF) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Flags + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_OPERR ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FLASH operation Error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FLASH Programming Alignment error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< FLASH Programming Sequence error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_RDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Read Protection error flag (PCROP) */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< FLASH Busy flag */ +#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFE0C) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) +#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Program_Parallelism + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define FLASH_PSIZE_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000300) +#define CR_PSIZE_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFCFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Keys + * @{ + */ +#define RDP_KEY ((uint16_t)0x00A5) +#define FLASH_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x45670123) +#define FLASH_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0xCDEF89AB) +#define FLASH_OPT_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x08192A3B) +#define FLASH_OPT_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0x4C5D6E7F) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief ACR register byte 0 (Bits[7:0]) base address + */ +#define ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C00) +/** + * @brief OPTCR register byte 0 (Bits[7:0]) base address + */ +#define OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C14) +/** + * @brief OPTCR register byte 1 (Bits[15:8]) base address + */ +#define OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C15) +/** + * @brief OPTCR register byte 2 (Bits[23:16]) base address + */ +#define OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C16) +/** + * @brief OPTCR register byte 3 (Bits[31:24]) base address + */ +#define OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C17) + +/** + * @brief OPTCR1 register byte 0 (Bits[7:0]) base address + */ +#define OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C1A) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* FLASH Interface configuration functions ************************************/ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency); +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void); +void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void); + +/* FLASH Memory Programming functions *****************************************/ +void FLASH_Unlock(void); +void FLASH_Lock(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange); +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange); +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange); +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); + +/* Option Bytes Programming functions *****************************************/ +void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void); +void FLASH_OB_Lock(void); +void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(uint8_t OB_PcROP); +void FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP); +void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); +void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR); +void FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void); +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); +uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); +uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void); +uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(void); +uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP1(void); +FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_FLASH_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.h index 94420a4393..ae76e513ed 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.h @@ -1,103 +1,95 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief Header file of FLASH RAMFUNC driver. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H -#define __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FLASH RAMFUNC - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * @brief __RAM_FUNC definition - */ -#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) -/* ARM Compiler - ------------ - RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. - Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate source module. - Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change the 'Code / Const' - area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM. - Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the 'Options for Target' - dialog. -*/ -#define __RAM_FUNC void - -#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) -/* ICCARM Compiler - --------------- - RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc". -*/ -#define __RAM_FUNC __ramfunc void - -#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) -/* GNU Compiler - ------------ - RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute - "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))". -*/ -#define __RAM_FUNC void __attribute__((section(".RamFunc"))) - -#endif -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -__RAM_FUNC FLASH_FlashInterfaceCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -__RAM_FUNC FLASH_FlashSleepModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief Header file of FLASH RAMFUNC driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H +#define __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH RAMFUNC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief __RAM_FUNC definition + */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) +/* ARM Compiler + ------------ + RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. + Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate source module. + Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change the 'Code / Const' + area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM. + Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the 'Options for Target' + dialog. +*/ +#define __RAM_FUNC void + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) +/* ICCARM Compiler + --------------- + RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc". +*/ +#define __RAM_FUNC __ramfunc void + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) +/* GNU Compiler + ------------ + RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute + "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))". +*/ +#define __RAM_FUNC void __attribute__((section(".RamFunc"))) + +#endif +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +__RAM_FUNC FLASH_FlashInterfaceCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +__RAM_FUNC FLASH_FlashSleepModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fmc.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fmc.h index cb200fa480..1f1270ed2d 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fmc.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fmc.h @@ -1,1143 +1,1135 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_fmc.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FMC firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FMC_H -#define __STM32F4xx_FMC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FMC - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief Timing parameters For NOR/SRAM Banks - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FMC_AddressSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure - the duration of the address setup time. - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15. - @note This parameter is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories. */ - - uint32_t FMC_AddressHoldTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure - the duration of the address hold time. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 15. - @note This parameter is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories.*/ - - uint32_t FMC_DataSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure - the duration of the data setup time. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 255. - @note This parameter is used for SRAMs, ROMs and asynchronous multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */ - - uint32_t FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure - the duration of the bus turnaround. - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15. - @note This parameter is only used for multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */ - - uint32_t FMC_CLKDivision; /*!< Defines the period of CLK clock output signal, expressed in number of HCLK cycles. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 15. - @note This parameter is not used for asynchronous NOR Flash, SRAM or ROM accesses. */ - - uint32_t FMC_DataLatency; /*!< Defines the number of memory clock cycles to issue - to the memory before getting the first data. - The parameter value depends on the memory type as shown below: - - It must be set to 0 in case of a CRAM - - It is don't care in asynchronous NOR, SRAM or ROM accesses - - It may assume a value between 0 and 15 in NOR Flash memories - with synchronous burst mode enable */ - - uint32_t FMC_AccessMode; /*!< Specifies the asynchronous access mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Access_Mode */ -}FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief FMC NOR/SRAM Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NOR/SRAM memory bank that will be used. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_NORSRAM_Bank */ - - uint32_t FMC_DataAddressMux; /*!< Specifies whether the address and data values are - multiplexed on the databus or not. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */ - - uint32_t FMC_MemoryType; /*!< Specifies the type of external memory attached to - the corresponding memory bank. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Memory_Type */ - - uint32_t FMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_NORSRAM_Data_Width */ - - uint32_t FMC_BurstAccessMode; /*!< Enables or disables the burst access mode for Flash memory, - valid only with synchronous burst Flash memories. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Burst_Access_Mode */ - - uint32_t FMC_WaitSignalPolarity; /*!< Specifies the wait signal polarity, valid only when accessing - the Flash memory in burst mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */ - - uint32_t FMC_WrapMode; /*!< Enables or disables the Wrapped burst access mode for Flash - memory, valid only when accessing Flash memories in burst mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Wrap_Mode */ - - uint32_t FMC_WaitSignalActive; /*!< Specifies if the wait signal is asserted by the memory one - clock cycle before the wait state or during the wait state, - valid only when accessing memories in burst mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Wait_Timing */ - - uint32_t FMC_WriteOperation; /*!< Enables or disables the write operation in the selected bank by the FMC. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Write_Operation */ - - uint32_t FMC_WaitSignal; /*!< Enables or disables the wait state insertion via wait - signal, valid for Flash memory access in burst mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Wait_Signal */ - - uint32_t FMC_ExtendedMode; /*!< Enables or disables the extended mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Extended_Mode */ - - uint32_t FMC_AsynchronousWait; /*!< Enables or disables wait signal during asynchronous transfers, - valid only with asynchronous Flash memories. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_AsynchronousWait */ - - uint32_t FMC_WriteBurst; /*!< Enables or disables the write burst operation. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Write_Burst */ - - uint32_t FMC_ContinousClock; /*!< Enables or disables the FMC clock output to external memory devices. - This parameter is only enabled through the FMC_BCR1 register, and don't care - through FMC_BCR2..4 registers. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Continous_Clock */ - - - FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access if the Extended Mode is not used*/ - - FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_WriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write access if the Extended Mode is used*/ -}FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Timing parameters For FMC NAND and PCCARD Banks - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FMC_SetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to setup address before - the command assertion for NAND-Flash read or write access - to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on - the memory space timing to be configured). - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 255.*/ - - uint32_t FMC_WaitSetupTime; /*!< Defines the minimum number of HCLK cycles to assert the - command for NAND-Flash read or write access to - common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on the - memory space timing to be configured). - This parameter can be a number between 0 and 255 */ - - uint32_t FMC_HoldSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles to hold address - (and data for write access) after the command de-assertion - for NAND-Flash read or write access to common/Attribute - or I/O memory space (depending on the memory space timing - to be configured). - This parameter can be a number between 0 and 255 */ - - uint32_t FMC_HiZSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles during which the - databus is kept in HiZ after the start of a NAND-Flash - write access to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending - on the memory space timing to be configured). - This parameter can be a number between 0 and 255 */ -}FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief FMC NAND Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NAND memory bank that will be used. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_NAND_Bank */ - - uint32_t FMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the NAND Memory Bank. - This parameter can be any value of @ref FMC_Wait_feature */ - - uint32_t FMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width. - This parameter can be any value of @ref FMC_NAND_Data_Width */ - - uint32_t FMC_ECC; /*!< Enables or disables the ECC computation. - This parameter can be any value of @ref FMC_ECC */ - - uint32_t FMC_ECCPageSize; /*!< Defines the page size for the extended ECC. - This parameter can be any value of @ref FMC_ECC_Page_Size */ - - uint32_t FMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the - delay between CLE low and RE low. - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 255. */ - - uint32_t FMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the - delay between ALE low and RE low. - This parameter can be a number between 0 and 255 */ - - FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FMC Common Space Timing */ - - FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FMC Attribute Space Timing */ -}FMC_NANDInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief FMC PCCARD Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the Memory Bank. - This parameter can be any value of @ref FMC_Wait_feature */ - - uint32_t FMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the - delay between CLE low and RE low. - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 255. */ - - uint32_t FMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the - delay between ALE low and RE low. - This parameter can be a number between 0 and 255 */ - - - FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FMC Common Space Timing */ - - FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FMC Attribute Space Timing */ - - FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FMC IO Space Timing */ -}FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Timing parameters for FMC SDRAM Banks - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FMC_LoadToActiveDelay; /*!< Defines the delay between a Load Mode Register command and - an active or Refresh command in number of memory clock cycles. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ - - uint32_t FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay; /*!< Defines the delay from releasing the self refresh command to - issuing the Activate command in number of memory clock cycles. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ - - uint32_t FMC_SelfRefreshTime; /*!< Defines the minimum Self Refresh period in number of memory clock - cycles. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ - - uint32_t FMC_RowCycleDelay; /*!< Defines the delay between the Refresh command and the Activate command - and the delay between two consecutive Refresh commands in number of - memory clock cycles. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ - - uint32_t FMC_WriteRecoveryTime; /*!< Defines the Write recovery Time in number of memory clock cycles. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ - - uint32_t FMC_RPDelay; /*!< Defines the delay between a Precharge Command and an other command - in number of memory clock cycles. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ - - uint32_t FMC_RCDDelay; /*!< Defines the delay between the Activate Command and a Read/Write command - in number of memory clock cycles. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ - -}FMC_SDRAMTimingInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Command parameters for FMC SDRAM Banks - */ - - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FMC_CommandMode; /*!< Defines the command issued to the SDRAM device. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Command_Mode. */ - - uint32_t FMC_CommandTarget; /*!< Defines which bank (1 or 2) the command will be issued to. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Command_Target. */ - - uint32_t FMC_AutoRefreshNumber; /*!< Defines the number of consecutive auto refresh command issued - in auto refresh mode. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ - - uint32_t FMC_ModeRegisterDefinition; /*!< Defines the SDRAM Mode register content */ - -}FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief FMC SDRAM Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the SDRAM memory bank that will be used. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_SDRAM_Bank */ - - uint32_t FMC_ColumnBitsNumber; /*!< Defines the number of bits of column address. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_ColumnBits_Number. */ - - uint32_t FMC_RowBitsNumber; /*!< Defines the number of bits of column address.. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_RowBits_Number. */ - - uint32_t FMC_SDMemoryDataWidth; /*!< Defines the memory device width. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_SDMemory_Data_Width. */ - - uint32_t FMC_InternalBankNumber; /*!< Defines the number of bits of column address. - This parameter can be of @ref FMC_InternalBank_Number. */ - - uint32_t FMC_CASLatency; /*!< Defines the SDRAM CAS latency in number of memory clock cycles. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_CAS_Latency. */ - - uint32_t FMC_WriteProtection; /*!< Enables the SDRAM bank to be accessed in write mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Write_Protection. */ - - uint32_t FMC_SDClockPeriod; /*!< Define the SDRAM Clock Period for both SDRAM Banks and they allow to disable - the clock before changing frequency. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_SDClock_Period. */ - - uint32_t FMC_ReadBurst; /*!< This bit enable the SDRAM controller to anticipate the next read commands - during the CAS latency and stores data in the Read FIFO. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Read_Burst. */ - - uint32_t FMC_ReadPipeDelay; /*!< Define the delay in system clock cycles on read data path. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_ReadPipe_Delay. */ - - FMC_SDRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access*/ - -}FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef; - - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_NORSRAM_Bank - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) - -#define IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_NAND_Bank - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_Bank2_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define FMC_Bank3_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) - -#define IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank3_NAND)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_PCCARD_Bank - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_Bank4_PCCARD ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_SDRAM_Bank - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_Bank1_SDRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_Bank2_SDRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000001) - -#define IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_SDRAM)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMC_NOR_SRAM_Controller - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing - * @{ - */ - -#define FMC_DataAddressMux_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_DataAddressMux_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) - -#define IS_FMC_MUX(MUX) (((MUX) == FMC_DataAddressMux_Disable) || \ - ((MUX) == FMC_DataAddressMux_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Memory_Type - * @{ - */ - -#define FMC_MemoryType_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_MemoryType_PSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define FMC_MemoryType_NOR ((uint32_t)0x00000008) - -#define IS_FMC_MEMORY(MEMORY) (((MEMORY) == FMC_MemoryType_SRAM) || \ - ((MEMORY) == FMC_MemoryType_PSRAM)|| \ - ((MEMORY) == FMC_MemoryType_NOR)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_NORSRAM_Data_Width - * @{ - */ - -#define FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000020) - -#define IS_FMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \ - ((WIDTH) == FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_16b) || \ - ((WIDTH) == FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_32b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Burst_Access_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define FMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000100) - -#define IS_FMC_BURSTMODE(STATE) (((STATE) == FMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable) || \ - ((STATE) == FMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_AsynchronousWait - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00008000) - -#define IS_FMC_ASYNWAIT(STATE) (((STATE) == FMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable) || \ - ((STATE) == FMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000200) - -#define IS_FMC_WAIT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low) || \ - ((POLARITY) == FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Wrap_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_WrapMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_WrapMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) - -#define IS_FMC_WRAP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMC_WrapMode_Disable) || \ - ((MODE) == FMC_WrapMode_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Wait_Timing - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000800) - -#define IS_FMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) (((ACTIVE) == FMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState) || \ - ((ACTIVE) == FMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Write_Operation - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_WriteOperation_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_WriteOperation_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) - -#define IS_FMC_WRITE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == FMC_WriteOperation_Disable) || \ - ((OPERATION) == FMC_WriteOperation_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Wait_Signal - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_WaitSignal_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_WaitSignal_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000) - -#define IS_FMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(SIGNAL) (((SIGNAL) == FMC_WaitSignal_Disable) || \ - ((SIGNAL) == FMC_WaitSignal_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Extended_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_ExtendedMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_ExtendedMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000) - -#define IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMC_ExtendedMode_Disable) || \ - ((MODE) == FMC_ExtendedMode_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Write_Burst - * @{ - */ - -#define FMC_WriteBurst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_WriteBurst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00080000) - -#define IS_FMC_WRITE_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == FMC_WriteBurst_Disable) || \ - ((BURST) == FMC_WriteBurst_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Continous_Clock - * @{ - */ - -#define FMC_CClock_SyncOnly ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_CClock_SyncAsync ((uint32_t)0x00100000) - -#define IS_FMC_CONTINOUS_CLOCK(CCLOCK) (((CCLOCK) == FMC_CClock_SyncOnly) || \ - ((CCLOCK) == FMC_CClock_SyncAsync)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Address_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 15) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Address_Hold_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 15)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Data_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 255)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Bus_Turn_around_Duration - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 15) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_CLK_Division - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) > 0) && ((DIV) <= 15)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Data_Latency - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(LATENCY) ((LATENCY) <= 15) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Access_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_AccessMode_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_AccessMode_B ((uint32_t)0x10000000) -#define FMC_AccessMode_C ((uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define FMC_AccessMode_D ((uint32_t)0x30000000) - -#define IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMC_AccessMode_A) || \ - ((MODE) == FMC_AccessMode_B) || \ - ((MODE) == FMC_AccessMode_C) || \ - ((MODE) == FMC_AccessMode_D)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_NAND_PCCARD_Controller - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Wait_feature - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_Waitfeature_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_Waitfeature_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) - -#define IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FEATURE) (((FEATURE) == FMC_Waitfeature_Disable) || \ - ((FEATURE) == FMC_Waitfeature_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_NAND_Data_Width - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) - -#define IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \ - ((WIDTH) == FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_16b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_ECC - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_ECC_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_ECC_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040) - -#define IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FMC_ECC_Disable) || \ - ((STATE) == FMC_ECC_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_ECC_Page_Size - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define FMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define FMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00060000) -#define FMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define FMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) - -#define IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes) || \ - ((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes) || \ - ((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes) || \ - ((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes) || \ - ((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes) || \ - ((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_TCLR_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_TAR_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Wait_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Hold_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_HiZ_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMC_NOR_SRAM_Controller - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_ColumnBits_Number - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_ColumnBits_Number_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_ColumnBits_Number_9b ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define FMC_ColumnBits_Number_10b ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define FMC_ColumnBits_Number_11b ((uint32_t)0x00000003) - -#define IS_FMC_COLUMNBITS_NUMBER(COLUMN) (((COLUMN) == FMC_ColumnBits_Number_8b) || \ - ((COLUMN) == FMC_ColumnBits_Number_9b) || \ - ((COLUMN) == FMC_ColumnBits_Number_10b) || \ - ((COLUMN) == FMC_ColumnBits_Number_11b)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_RowBits_Number - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_RowBits_Number_11b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_RowBits_Number_12b ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define FMC_RowBits_Number_13b ((uint32_t)0x00000008) - -#define IS_FMC_ROWBITS_NUMBER(ROW) (((ROW) == FMC_RowBits_Number_11b) || \ - ((ROW) == FMC_RowBits_Number_12b) || \ - ((ROW) == FMC_RowBits_Number_13b)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_SDMemory_Data_Width - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_SDMemory_Width_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_SDMemory_Width_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define FMC_SDMemory_Width_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000020) - -#define IS_FMC_SDMEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FMC_SDMemory_Width_8b) || \ - ((WIDTH) == FMC_SDMemory_Width_16b) || \ - ((WIDTH) == FMC_SDMemory_Width_32b)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_InternalBank_Number - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_InternalBank_Number_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_InternalBank_Number_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) - -#define IS_FMC_INTERNALBANK_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) == FMC_InternalBank_Number_2) || \ - ((NUMBER) == FMC_InternalBank_Number_4)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMC_CAS_Latency - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_CAS_Latency_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define FMC_CAS_Latency_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define FMC_CAS_Latency_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) - -#define IS_FMC_CAS_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FMC_CAS_Latency_1) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FMC_CAS_Latency_2) || \ - ((LATENCY) == FMC_CAS_Latency_3)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Write_Protection - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_Write_Protection_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_Write_Protection_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200) - -#define IS_FMC_WRITE_PROTECTION(WRITE) (((WRITE) == FMC_Write_Protection_Disable) || \ - ((WRITE) == FMC_Write_Protection_Enable)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMC_SDClock_Period - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_SDClock_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_SDClock_Period_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define FMC_SDClock_Period_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000C00) - -#define IS_FMC_SDCLOCK_PERIOD(PERIOD) (((PERIOD) == FMC_SDClock_Disable) || \ - ((PERIOD) == FMC_SDClock_Period_2) || \ - ((PERIOD) == FMC_SDClock_Period_3)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Read_Burst - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_Read_Burst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_Read_Burst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) - -#define IS_FMC_READ_BURST(RBURST) (((RBURST) == FMC_Read_Burst_Disable) || \ - ((RBURST) == FMC_Read_Burst_Enable)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_ReadPipe_Delay - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) - -#define IS_FMC_READPIPE_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) == FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_0) || \ - ((DELAY) == FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_1) || \ - ((DELAY) == FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_2)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_LoadToActive_Delay - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_LOADTOACTIVE_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) > 0) && ((DELAY) <= 16)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_ExitSelfRefresh_Delay - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_EXITSELFREFRESH_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) > 0) && ((DELAY) <= 16)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_SelfRefresh_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_SELFREFRESH_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 16)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_RowCycle_Delay - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_ROWCYCLE_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) > 0) && ((DELAY) <= 16)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Write_Recovery_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 16)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_RP_Delay - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_RP_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) > 0) && ((DELAY) <= 16)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_RCD_Delay - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_RCD_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) > 0) && ((DELAY) <= 16)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Command_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_Command_Mode_normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_Command_Mode_CLK_Enabled ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define FMC_Command_Mode_PALL ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define FMC_Command_Mode_AutoRefresh ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define FMC_Command_Mode_LoadMode ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define FMC_Command_Mode_Selfrefresh ((uint32_t)0x00000005) -#define FMC_Command_Mode_PowerDown ((uint32_t)0x00000006) - -#define IS_FMC_COMMAND_MODE(COMMAND) (((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_normal) || \ - ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_CLK_Enabled) || \ - ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_PALL) || \ - ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_AutoRefresh) || \ - ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_LoadMode) || \ - ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_Selfrefresh) || \ - ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_PowerDown)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Command_Target - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_Command_Target_bank2 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define FMC_Command_Target_bank1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define FMC_Command_Target_bank1_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000018) - -#define IS_FMC_COMMAND_TARGET(TARGET) (((TARGET) == FMC_Command_Target_bank1) || \ - ((TARGET) == FMC_Command_Target_bank2) || \ - ((TARGET) == FMC_Command_Target_bank1_2)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_AutoRefresh_Number - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) > 0) && ((NUMBER) <= 16)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_ModeRegister_Definition - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_MODE_REGISTER(CONTENT) ((CONTENT) <= 8191) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMC_Mode_Status - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_NormalMode_Status ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMC_SelfRefreshMode_Status FMC_SDSR_MODES1_0 -#define FMC_PowerDownMode_Status FMC_SDSR_MODES1_1 - -#define IS_FMC_MODE_STATUS(STATUS) (((STATUS) == FMC_NormalMode_Status) || \ - ((STATUS) == FMC_SelfRefreshMode_Status) || \ - ((STATUS) == FMC_PowerDownMode_Status)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Interrupt_sources - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_IT_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define FMC_IT_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define FMC_IT_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define FMC_IT_Refresh ((uint32_t)0x00004000) - -#define IS_FMC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFBFC7) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) -#define IS_FMC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == FMC_IT_RisingEdge) || \ - ((IT) == FMC_IT_Level) || \ - ((IT) == FMC_IT_FallingEdge) || \ - ((IT) == FMC_IT_Refresh)) - -#define IS_FMC_IT_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank3_NAND) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_SDRAM)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Flags - * @{ - */ -#define FMC_FLAG_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define FMC_FLAG_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define FMC_FLAG_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define FMC_FLAG_FEMPT ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define FMC_FLAG_Refresh FMC_SDSR_RE -#define FMC_FLAG_Busy FMC_SDSR_BUSY - -#define IS_FMC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FMC_FLAG_RisingEdge) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMC_FLAG_Level) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMC_FLAG_FallingEdge) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMC_FLAG_FEMPT) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMC_FLAG_Refresh) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMC_SDSR_BUSY)) - -#define IS_FMC_GETFLAG_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank3_NAND) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM) || \ - ((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_SDRAM) || \ - ((BANK) == (FMC_Bank1_SDRAM | FMC_Bank2_SDRAM))) - -#define IS_FMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Refresh_count - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FMC_REFRESH_COUNT(COUNT) ((COUNT) <= 8191) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* NOR/SRAM Controller functions **********************************************/ -void FMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank); -void FMC_NORSRAMInit(FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct); -void FMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct); -void FMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* NAND Controller functions **************************************************/ -void FMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank); -void FMC_NANDInit(FMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FMC_NANDInitStruct); -void FMC_NANDStructInit(FMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FMC_NANDInitStruct); -void FMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); -uint32_t FMC_GetECC(uint32_t FMC_Bank); - -/* PCCARD Controller functions ************************************************/ -void FMC_PCCARDDeInit(void); -void FMC_PCCARDInit(FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FMC_PCCARDInitStruct); -void FMC_PCCARDStructInit(FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FMC_PCCARDInitStruct); -void FMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* SDRAM Controller functions ************************************************/ -void FMC_SDRAMDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank); -void FMC_SDRAMInit(FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMInitStruct); -void FMC_SDRAMStructInit(FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMInitStruct); -void FMC_SDRAMCmdConfig(FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct); -uint32_t FMC_GetModeStatus(uint32_t SDRAM_Bank); -void FMC_SetRefreshCount(uint32_t FMC_Count); -void FMC_SetAutoRefresh_Number(uint32_t FMC_Number); -void FMC_SDRAMWriteProtectionConfig(uint32_t SDRAM_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void FMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus FMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_FLAG); -void FMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_FLAG); -ITStatus FMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT); -void FMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_FMC_H */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_fmc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FMC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FMC_H +#define __STM32F4xx_FMC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FMC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief Timing parameters For NOR/SRAM Banks + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FMC_AddressSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the address setup time. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15. + @note This parameter is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories. */ + + uint32_t FMC_AddressHoldTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the address hold time. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 15. + @note This parameter is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories.*/ + + uint32_t FMC_DataSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the data setup time. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 255. + @note This parameter is used for SRAMs, ROMs and asynchronous multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */ + + uint32_t FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the bus turnaround. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15. + @note This parameter is only used for multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */ + + uint32_t FMC_CLKDivision; /*!< Defines the period of CLK clock output signal, expressed in number of HCLK cycles. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 15. + @note This parameter is not used for asynchronous NOR Flash, SRAM or ROM accesses. */ + + uint32_t FMC_DataLatency; /*!< Defines the number of memory clock cycles to issue + to the memory before getting the first data. + The parameter value depends on the memory type as shown below: + - It must be set to 0 in case of a CRAM + - It is don't care in asynchronous NOR, SRAM or ROM accesses + - It may assume a value between 0 and 15 in NOR Flash memories + with synchronous burst mode enable */ + + uint32_t FMC_AccessMode; /*!< Specifies the asynchronous access mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Access_Mode */ +}FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FMC NOR/SRAM Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NOR/SRAM memory bank that will be used. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_NORSRAM_Bank */ + + uint32_t FMC_DataAddressMux; /*!< Specifies whether the address and data values are + multiplexed on the databus or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */ + + uint32_t FMC_MemoryType; /*!< Specifies the type of external memory attached to + the corresponding memory bank. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Memory_Type */ + + uint32_t FMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_NORSRAM_Data_Width */ + + uint32_t FMC_BurstAccessMode; /*!< Enables or disables the burst access mode for Flash memory, + valid only with synchronous burst Flash memories. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Burst_Access_Mode */ + + uint32_t FMC_WaitSignalPolarity; /*!< Specifies the wait signal polarity, valid only when accessing + the Flash memory in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */ + + uint32_t FMC_WrapMode; /*!< Enables or disables the Wrapped burst access mode for Flash + memory, valid only when accessing Flash memories in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Wrap_Mode */ + + uint32_t FMC_WaitSignalActive; /*!< Specifies if the wait signal is asserted by the memory one + clock cycle before the wait state or during the wait state, + valid only when accessing memories in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Wait_Timing */ + + uint32_t FMC_WriteOperation; /*!< Enables or disables the write operation in the selected bank by the FMC. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Write_Operation */ + + uint32_t FMC_WaitSignal; /*!< Enables or disables the wait state insertion via wait + signal, valid for Flash memory access in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Wait_Signal */ + + uint32_t FMC_ExtendedMode; /*!< Enables or disables the extended mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Extended_Mode */ + + uint32_t FMC_AsynchronousWait; /*!< Enables or disables wait signal during asynchronous transfers, + valid only with asynchronous Flash memories. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_AsynchronousWait */ + + uint32_t FMC_WriteBurst; /*!< Enables or disables the write burst operation. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Write_Burst */ + + uint32_t FMC_ContinousClock; /*!< Enables or disables the FMC clock output to external memory devices. + This parameter is only enabled through the FMC_BCR1 register, and don't care + through FMC_BCR2..4 registers. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Continous_Clock */ + + + FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access if the Extended Mode is not used*/ + + FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_WriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write access if the Extended Mode is used*/ +}FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Timing parameters For FMC NAND and PCCARD Banks + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FMC_SetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to setup address before + the command assertion for NAND-Flash read or write access + to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on + the memory space timing to be configured). + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 255.*/ + + uint32_t FMC_WaitSetupTime; /*!< Defines the minimum number of HCLK cycles to assert the + command for NAND-Flash read or write access to + common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on the + memory space timing to be configured). + This parameter can be a number between 0 and 255 */ + + uint32_t FMC_HoldSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles to hold address + (and data for write access) after the command de-assertion + for NAND-Flash read or write access to common/Attribute + or I/O memory space (depending on the memory space timing + to be configured). + This parameter can be a number between 0 and 255 */ + + uint32_t FMC_HiZSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles during which the + databus is kept in HiZ after the start of a NAND-Flash + write access to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending + on the memory space timing to be configured). + This parameter can be a number between 0 and 255 */ +}FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FMC NAND Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NAND memory bank that will be used. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_NAND_Bank */ + + uint32_t FMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the NAND Memory Bank. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FMC_Wait_feature */ + + uint32_t FMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FMC_NAND_Data_Width */ + + uint32_t FMC_ECC; /*!< Enables or disables the ECC computation. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FMC_ECC */ + + uint32_t FMC_ECCPageSize; /*!< Defines the page size for the extended ECC. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FMC_ECC_Page_Size */ + + uint32_t FMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between CLE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 255. */ + + uint32_t FMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between ALE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a number between 0 and 255 */ + + FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FMC Common Space Timing */ + + FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FMC Attribute Space Timing */ +}FMC_NANDInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FMC PCCARD Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the Memory Bank. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FMC_Wait_feature */ + + uint32_t FMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between CLE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 255. */ + + uint32_t FMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between ALE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a number between 0 and 255 */ + + + FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FMC Common Space Timing */ + + FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FMC Attribute Space Timing */ + + FMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FMC IO Space Timing */ +}FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Timing parameters for FMC SDRAM Banks + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FMC_LoadToActiveDelay; /*!< Defines the delay between a Load Mode Register command and + an active or Refresh command in number of memory clock cycles. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ + + uint32_t FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay; /*!< Defines the delay from releasing the self refresh command to + issuing the Activate command in number of memory clock cycles. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ + + uint32_t FMC_SelfRefreshTime; /*!< Defines the minimum Self Refresh period in number of memory clock + cycles. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ + + uint32_t FMC_RowCycleDelay; /*!< Defines the delay between the Refresh command and the Activate command + and the delay between two consecutive Refresh commands in number of + memory clock cycles. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ + + uint32_t FMC_WriteRecoveryTime; /*!< Defines the Write recovery Time in number of memory clock cycles. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ + + uint32_t FMC_RPDelay; /*!< Defines the delay between a Precharge Command and an other command + in number of memory clock cycles. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ + + uint32_t FMC_RCDDelay; /*!< Defines the delay between the Activate Command and a Read/Write command + in number of memory clock cycles. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ + +}FMC_SDRAMTimingInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Command parameters for FMC SDRAM Banks + */ + + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FMC_CommandMode; /*!< Defines the command issued to the SDRAM device. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Command_Mode. */ + + uint32_t FMC_CommandTarget; /*!< Defines which bank (1 or 2) the command will be issued to. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Command_Target. */ + + uint32_t FMC_AutoRefreshNumber; /*!< Defines the number of consecutive auto refresh command issued + in auto refresh mode. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 16. */ + + uint32_t FMC_ModeRegisterDefinition; /*!< Defines the SDRAM Mode register content */ + +}FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FMC SDRAM Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the SDRAM memory bank that will be used. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_SDRAM_Bank */ + + uint32_t FMC_ColumnBitsNumber; /*!< Defines the number of bits of column address. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_ColumnBits_Number. */ + + uint32_t FMC_RowBitsNumber; /*!< Defines the number of bits of column address.. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_RowBits_Number. */ + + uint32_t FMC_SDMemoryDataWidth; /*!< Defines the memory device width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_SDMemory_Data_Width. */ + + uint32_t FMC_InternalBankNumber; /*!< Defines the number of bits of column address. + This parameter can be of @ref FMC_InternalBank_Number. */ + + uint32_t FMC_CASLatency; /*!< Defines the SDRAM CAS latency in number of memory clock cycles. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_CAS_Latency. */ + + uint32_t FMC_WriteProtection; /*!< Enables the SDRAM bank to be accessed in write mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Write_Protection. */ + + uint32_t FMC_SDClockPeriod; /*!< Define the SDRAM Clock Period for both SDRAM Banks and they allow to disable + the clock before changing frequency. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_SDClock_Period. */ + + uint32_t FMC_ReadBurst; /*!< This bit enable the SDRAM controller to anticipate the next read commands + during the CAS latency and stores data in the Read FIFO. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_Read_Burst. */ + + uint32_t FMC_ReadPipeDelay; /*!< Define the delay in system clock cycles on read data path. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMC_ReadPipe_Delay. */ + + FMC_SDRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access*/ + +}FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef; + + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_NORSRAM_Bank + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) + +#define IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_NAND_Bank + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_Bank2_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define FMC_Bank3_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) + +#define IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank3_NAND)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_PCCARD_Bank + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_Bank4_PCCARD ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_SDRAM_Bank + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_Bank1_SDRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_Bank2_SDRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000001) + +#define IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_SDRAM)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMC_NOR_SRAM_Controller + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing + * @{ + */ + +#define FMC_DataAddressMux_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_DataAddressMux_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) + +#define IS_FMC_MUX(MUX) (((MUX) == FMC_DataAddressMux_Disable) || \ + ((MUX) == FMC_DataAddressMux_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Memory_Type + * @{ + */ + +#define FMC_MemoryType_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_MemoryType_PSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FMC_MemoryType_NOR ((uint32_t)0x00000008) + +#define IS_FMC_MEMORY(MEMORY) (((MEMORY) == FMC_MemoryType_SRAM) || \ + ((MEMORY) == FMC_MemoryType_PSRAM)|| \ + ((MEMORY) == FMC_MemoryType_NOR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_NORSRAM_Data_Width + * @{ + */ + +#define FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +#define IS_FMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \ + ((WIDTH) == FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_16b) || \ + ((WIDTH) == FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_32b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Burst_Access_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define FMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000100) + +#define IS_FMC_BURSTMODE(STATE) (((STATE) == FMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == FMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_AsynchronousWait + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00008000) + +#define IS_FMC_ASYNWAIT(STATE) (((STATE) == FMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == FMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000200) + +#define IS_FMC_WAIT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Wrap_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_WrapMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_WrapMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) + +#define IS_FMC_WRAP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMC_WrapMode_Disable) || \ + ((MODE) == FMC_WrapMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Wait_Timing + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000800) + +#define IS_FMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) (((ACTIVE) == FMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState) || \ + ((ACTIVE) == FMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Write_Operation + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_WriteOperation_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_WriteOperation_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) + +#define IS_FMC_WRITE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == FMC_WriteOperation_Disable) || \ + ((OPERATION) == FMC_WriteOperation_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Wait_Signal + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_WaitSignal_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_WaitSignal_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000) + +#define IS_FMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(SIGNAL) (((SIGNAL) == FMC_WaitSignal_Disable) || \ + ((SIGNAL) == FMC_WaitSignal_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Extended_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_ExtendedMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_ExtendedMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000) + +#define IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMC_ExtendedMode_Disable) || \ + ((MODE) == FMC_ExtendedMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Write_Burst + * @{ + */ + +#define FMC_WriteBurst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_WriteBurst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00080000) + +#define IS_FMC_WRITE_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == FMC_WriteBurst_Disable) || \ + ((BURST) == FMC_WriteBurst_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Continous_Clock + * @{ + */ + +#define FMC_CClock_SyncOnly ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_CClock_SyncAsync ((uint32_t)0x00100000) + +#define IS_FMC_CONTINOUS_CLOCK(CCLOCK) (((CCLOCK) == FMC_CClock_SyncOnly) || \ + ((CCLOCK) == FMC_CClock_SyncAsync)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Address_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 15) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Address_Hold_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Data_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 255)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Bus_Turn_around_Duration + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 15) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_CLK_Division + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) > 0) && ((DIV) <= 15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Data_Latency + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(LATENCY) ((LATENCY) <= 15) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Access_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_AccessMode_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_AccessMode_B ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define FMC_AccessMode_C ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define FMC_AccessMode_D ((uint32_t)0x30000000) + +#define IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMC_AccessMode_A) || \ + ((MODE) == FMC_AccessMode_B) || \ + ((MODE) == FMC_AccessMode_C) || \ + ((MODE) == FMC_AccessMode_D)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_NAND_PCCARD_Controller + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Wait_feature + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_Waitfeature_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_Waitfeature_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) + +#define IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FEATURE) (((FEATURE) == FMC_Waitfeature_Disable) || \ + ((FEATURE) == FMC_Waitfeature_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_NAND_Data_Width + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) + +#define IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \ + ((WIDTH) == FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_16b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_ECC + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_ECC_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_ECC_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040) + +#define IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FMC_ECC_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == FMC_ECC_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_ECC_Page_Size + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define FMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define FMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00060000) +#define FMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define FMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) + +#define IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_TCLR_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_TAR_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Wait_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Hold_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_HiZ_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 255) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMC_NOR_SRAM_Controller + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_ColumnBits_Number + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_ColumnBits_Number_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_ColumnBits_Number_9b ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define FMC_ColumnBits_Number_10b ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define FMC_ColumnBits_Number_11b ((uint32_t)0x00000003) + +#define IS_FMC_COLUMNBITS_NUMBER(COLUMN) (((COLUMN) == FMC_ColumnBits_Number_8b) || \ + ((COLUMN) == FMC_ColumnBits_Number_9b) || \ + ((COLUMN) == FMC_ColumnBits_Number_10b) || \ + ((COLUMN) == FMC_ColumnBits_Number_11b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_RowBits_Number + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_RowBits_Number_11b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_RowBits_Number_12b ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FMC_RowBits_Number_13b ((uint32_t)0x00000008) + +#define IS_FMC_ROWBITS_NUMBER(ROW) (((ROW) == FMC_RowBits_Number_11b) || \ + ((ROW) == FMC_RowBits_Number_12b) || \ + ((ROW) == FMC_RowBits_Number_13b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_SDMemory_Data_Width + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_SDMemory_Width_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_SDMemory_Width_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define FMC_SDMemory_Width_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +#define IS_FMC_SDMEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FMC_SDMemory_Width_8b) || \ + ((WIDTH) == FMC_SDMemory_Width_16b) || \ + ((WIDTH) == FMC_SDMemory_Width_32b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_InternalBank_Number + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_InternalBank_Number_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_InternalBank_Number_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) + +#define IS_FMC_INTERNALBANK_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) == FMC_InternalBank_Number_2) || \ + ((NUMBER) == FMC_InternalBank_Number_4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMC_CAS_Latency + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_CAS_Latency_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define FMC_CAS_Latency_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define FMC_CAS_Latency_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) + +#define IS_FMC_CAS_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FMC_CAS_Latency_1) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FMC_CAS_Latency_2) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FMC_CAS_Latency_3)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Write_Protection + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_Write_Protection_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_Write_Protection_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200) + +#define IS_FMC_WRITE_PROTECTION(WRITE) (((WRITE) == FMC_Write_Protection_Disable) || \ + ((WRITE) == FMC_Write_Protection_Enable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMC_SDClock_Period + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_SDClock_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_SDClock_Period_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define FMC_SDClock_Period_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000C00) + +#define IS_FMC_SDCLOCK_PERIOD(PERIOD) (((PERIOD) == FMC_SDClock_Disable) || \ + ((PERIOD) == FMC_SDClock_Period_2) || \ + ((PERIOD) == FMC_SDClock_Period_3)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Read_Burst + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_Read_Burst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_Read_Burst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) + +#define IS_FMC_READ_BURST(RBURST) (((RBURST) == FMC_Read_Burst_Disable) || \ + ((RBURST) == FMC_Read_Burst_Enable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_ReadPipe_Delay + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) + +#define IS_FMC_READPIPE_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) == FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_0) || \ + ((DELAY) == FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_1) || \ + ((DELAY) == FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_LoadToActive_Delay + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_LOADTOACTIVE_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) > 0) && ((DELAY) <= 16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_ExitSelfRefresh_Delay + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_EXITSELFREFRESH_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) > 0) && ((DELAY) <= 16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_SelfRefresh_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_SELFREFRESH_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_RowCycle_Delay + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_ROWCYCLE_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) > 0) && ((DELAY) <= 16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Write_Recovery_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_RP_Delay + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_RP_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) > 0) && ((DELAY) <= 16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_RCD_Delay + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_RCD_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) > 0) && ((DELAY) <= 16)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Command_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_Command_Mode_normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_Command_Mode_CLK_Enabled ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define FMC_Command_Mode_PALL ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define FMC_Command_Mode_AutoRefresh ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define FMC_Command_Mode_LoadMode ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FMC_Command_Mode_Selfrefresh ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define FMC_Command_Mode_PowerDown ((uint32_t)0x00000006) + +#define IS_FMC_COMMAND_MODE(COMMAND) (((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_normal) || \ + ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_CLK_Enabled) || \ + ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_PALL) || \ + ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_AutoRefresh) || \ + ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_LoadMode) || \ + ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_Selfrefresh) || \ + ((COMMAND) == FMC_Command_Mode_PowerDown)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Command_Target + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_Command_Target_bank2 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define FMC_Command_Target_bank1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define FMC_Command_Target_bank1_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000018) + +#define IS_FMC_COMMAND_TARGET(TARGET) (((TARGET) == FMC_Command_Target_bank1) || \ + ((TARGET) == FMC_Command_Target_bank2) || \ + ((TARGET) == FMC_Command_Target_bank1_2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_AutoRefresh_Number + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) > 0) && ((NUMBER) <= 16)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_ModeRegister_Definition + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_MODE_REGISTER(CONTENT) ((CONTENT) <= 8191) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMC_Mode_Status + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_NormalMode_Status ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMC_SelfRefreshMode_Status FMC_SDSR_MODES1_0 +#define FMC_PowerDownMode_Status FMC_SDSR_MODES1_1 + +#define IS_FMC_MODE_STATUS(STATUS) (((STATUS) == FMC_NormalMode_Status) || \ + ((STATUS) == FMC_SelfRefreshMode_Status) || \ + ((STATUS) == FMC_PowerDownMode_Status)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_IT_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define FMC_IT_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define FMC_IT_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define FMC_IT_Refresh ((uint32_t)0x00004000) + +#define IS_FMC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFBFC7) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) +#define IS_FMC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == FMC_IT_RisingEdge) || \ + ((IT) == FMC_IT_Level) || \ + ((IT) == FMC_IT_FallingEdge) || \ + ((IT) == FMC_IT_Refresh)) + +#define IS_FMC_IT_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank3_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_SDRAM)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Flags + * @{ + */ +#define FMC_FLAG_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define FMC_FLAG_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define FMC_FLAG_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FMC_FLAG_FEMPT ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define FMC_FLAG_Refresh FMC_SDSR_RE +#define FMC_FLAG_Busy FMC_SDSR_BUSY + +#define IS_FMC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FMC_FLAG_RisingEdge) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMC_FLAG_Level) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMC_FLAG_FallingEdge) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMC_FLAG_FEMPT) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMC_FLAG_Refresh) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMC_SDSR_BUSY)) + +#define IS_FMC_GETFLAG_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank3_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM) || \ + ((BANK) == FMC_Bank2_SDRAM) || \ + ((BANK) == (FMC_Bank1_SDRAM | FMC_Bank2_SDRAM))) + +#define IS_FMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Refresh_count + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FMC_REFRESH_COUNT(COUNT) ((COUNT) <= 8191) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* NOR/SRAM Controller functions **********************************************/ +void FMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank); +void FMC_NORSRAMInit(FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct); +void FMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct); +void FMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* NAND Controller functions **************************************************/ +void FMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank); +void FMC_NANDInit(FMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FMC_NANDInitStruct); +void FMC_NANDStructInit(FMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FMC_NANDInitStruct); +void FMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t FMC_GetECC(uint32_t FMC_Bank); + +/* PCCARD Controller functions ************************************************/ +void FMC_PCCARDDeInit(void); +void FMC_PCCARDInit(FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FMC_PCCARDInitStruct); +void FMC_PCCARDStructInit(FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FMC_PCCARDInitStruct); +void FMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* SDRAM Controller functions ************************************************/ +void FMC_SDRAMDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank); +void FMC_SDRAMInit(FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMInitStruct); +void FMC_SDRAMStructInit(FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMInitStruct); +void FMC_SDRAMCmdConfig(FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct); +uint32_t FMC_GetModeStatus(uint32_t SDRAM_Bank); +void FMC_SetRefreshCount(uint32_t FMC_Count); +void FMC_SetAutoRefresh_Number(uint32_t FMC_Number); +void FMC_SDRAMWriteProtectionConfig(uint32_t SDRAM_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void FMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus FMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_FLAG); +void FMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_FLAG); +ITStatus FMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT); +void FMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_FMC_H */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.h index bbb1050fd6..7ab9c9a163 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.h @@ -1,476 +1,466 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f30x_fmpi2c.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C Fast Mode - * Plus firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FMPI2C_H -#define __STM32F4xx_FMPI2C_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FMPI2C - * @{ - */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief FMPI2C Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FMPI2C_Timing; /*!< Specifies the FMPI2C_TIMINGR_register value. - This parameter calculated by referring to FMPI2C initialization - section in Reference manual*/ - - uint32_t FMPI2C_AnalogFilter; /*!< Enables or disables analog noise filter. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMPI2C_Analog_Filter */ - - uint32_t FMPI2C_DigitalFilter; /*!< Configures the digital noise filter. - This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x0F */ - - uint32_t FMPI2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the FMPI2C mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMPI2C_mode */ - - uint32_t FMPI2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the device own address 1. - This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address */ - - uint32_t FMPI2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMPI2C_acknowledgement */ - - uint32_t FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FMPI2C_acknowledged_address */ -}FMPI2C_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == FMPI2C1) - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Analog_Filter - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_AnalogFilter_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMPI2C_AnalogFilter_Disable FMPI2C_CR1_ANFOFF - -#define IS_FMPI2C_ANALOG_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == FMPI2C_AnalogFilter_Enable) || \ - ((FILTER) == FMPI2C_AnalogFilter_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Digital_Filter - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_FMPI2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0x0000000F) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_mode - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_Mode_FMPI2C ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusDevice FMPI2C_CR1_SMBDEN -#define FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusHost FMPI2C_CR1_SMBHEN - -#define IS_FMPI2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMPI2C_Mode_FMPI2C) || \ - ((MODE) == FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \ - ((MODE) == FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusHost)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_acknowledgement - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_Ack_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMPI2C_Ack_Disable FMPI2C_CR2_NACK - -#define IS_FMPI2C_ACK(ACK) (((ACK) == FMPI2C_Ack_Enable) || \ - ((ACK) == FMPI2C_Ack_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_acknowledged_address - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1MODE - -#define IS_FMPI2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \ - ((ADDRESS) == FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_own_address1 - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= (uint32_t)0x000003FF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_transfer_direction - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define FMPI2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint16_t)0x0400) - -#define IS_FMPI2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == FMPI2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \ - ((DIRECTION) == FMPI2C_Direction_Receiver)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_DMA_transfer_requests - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_DMAReq_Tx FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN -#define FMPI2C_DMAReq_Rx FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN - -#define IS_FMPI2C_DMA_REQ(REQ) ((((REQ) & (uint32_t)0xFFFF3FFF) == 0x00) && ((REQ) != 0x00)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_slave_address - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_FMPI2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= (uint16_t)0x03FF) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_own_address2 - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(ADDRESS2) ((ADDRESS2) <= (uint16_t)0x00FF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_own_address2_mask - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_OA2_NoMask ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask01 ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask02 ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask03 ((uint8_t)0x03) -#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask04 ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask05 ((uint8_t)0x05) -#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask06 ((uint8_t)0x06) -#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask07 ((uint8_t)0x07) - -#define IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_NoMask) || \ - ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask01) || \ - ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask02) || \ - ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask03) || \ - ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask04) || \ - ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask05) || \ - ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask06) || \ - ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask07)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_timeout - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_FMPI2C_TIMEOUT(TIMEOUT) ((TIMEOUT) <= (uint16_t)0x0FFF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_registers - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define FMPI2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define FMPI2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08) -#define FMPI2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C) -#define FMPI2C_Register_TIMINGR ((uint8_t)0x10) -#define FMPI2C_Register_TIMEOUTR ((uint8_t)0x14) -#define FMPI2C_Register_ISR ((uint8_t)0x18) -#define FMPI2C_Register_ICR ((uint8_t)0x1C) -#define FMPI2C_Register_PECR ((uint8_t)0x20) -#define FMPI2C_Register_RXDR ((uint8_t)0x24) -#define FMPI2C_Register_TXDR ((uint8_t)0x28) - -#define IS_FMPI2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_CR1) || \ - ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_CR2) || \ - ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_OAR1) || \ - ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_OAR2) || \ - ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_TIMINGR) || \ - ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_TIMEOUTR) || \ - ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_ISR) || \ - ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_ICR) || \ - ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_PECR) || \ - ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_RXDR) || \ - ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_TXDR)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_interrupts_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_IT_ERRI FMPI2C_CR1_ERRIE -#define FMPI2C_IT_TCI FMPI2C_CR1_TCIE -#define FMPI2C_IT_STOPI FMPI2C_CR1_STOPIE -#define FMPI2C_IT_NACKI FMPI2C_CR1_NACKIE -#define FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI FMPI2C_CR1_ADDRIE -#define FMPI2C_IT_RXI FMPI2C_CR1_RXIE -#define FMPI2C_IT_TXI FMPI2C_CR1_TXIE - -#define IS_FMPI2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF01) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_flags_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_TXE FMPI2C_ISR_TXE -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS FMPI2C_ISR_TXIS -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE FMPI2C_ISR_RXNE -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR FMPI2C_ISR_ADDR -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_NACKF FMPI2C_ISR_NACKF -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF FMPI2C_ISR_STOPF -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_TC FMPI2C_ISR_TC -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR FMPI2C_ISR_TCR -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR FMPI2C_ISR_BERR -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO FMPI2C_ISR_ARLO -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR FMPI2C_ISR_OVR -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR FMPI2C_ISR_PECERR -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT FMPI2C_ISR_TIMEOUT -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT FMPI2C_ISR_ALERT -#define FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY FMPI2C_ISR_BUSY - -#define IS_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFF4000) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) - -#define IS_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_NACKF) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT) || \ - ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_interrupts_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_IT_TXIS FMPI2C_ISR_TXIS -#define FMPI2C_IT_RXNE FMPI2C_ISR_RXNE -#define FMPI2C_IT_ADDR FMPI2C_ISR_ADDR -#define FMPI2C_IT_NACKF FMPI2C_ISR_NACKF -#define FMPI2C_IT_STOPF FMPI2C_ISR_STOPF -#define FMPI2C_IT_TC FMPI2C_ISR_TC -#define FMPI2C_IT_TCR FMPI2C_ISR_TCR -#define FMPI2C_IT_BERR FMPI2C_ISR_BERR -#define FMPI2C_IT_ARLO FMPI2C_ISR_ARLO -#define FMPI2C_IT_OVR FMPI2C_ISR_OVR -#define FMPI2C_IT_PECERR FMPI2C_ISR_PECERR -#define FMPI2C_IT_TIMEOUT FMPI2C_ISR_TIMEOUT -#define FMPI2C_IT_ALERT FMPI2C_ISR_ALERT - -#define IS_FMPI2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFC001) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) - -#define IS_FMPI2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_TXIS) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_RXNE) || \ - ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_NACKF) || \ - ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_STOPF) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_TC) || \ - ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_TCR) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_BERR) || \ - ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_ARLO) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_OVR) || \ - ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \ - ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_ALERT)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_ReloadEndMode_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_Reload_Mode FMPI2C_CR2_RELOAD -#define FMPI2C_AutoEnd_Mode FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND -#define FMPI2C_SoftEnd_Mode ((uint32_t)0x00000000) - - -#define IS_RELOAD_END_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMPI2C_Reload_Mode) || \ - ((MODE) == FMPI2C_AutoEnd_Mode) || \ - ((MODE) == FMPI2C_SoftEnd_Mode)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_StartStopMode_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define FMPI2C_No_StartStop ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FMPI2C_Generate_Stop FMPI2C_CR2_STOP -#define FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Read (uint32_t)(FMPI2C_CR2_START | FMPI2C_CR2_RD_WRN) -#define FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Write FMPI2C_CR2_START - - -#define IS_START_STOP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMPI2C_Generate_Stop) || \ - ((MODE) == FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Read) || \ - ((MODE) == FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Write) || \ - ((MODE) == FMPI2C_No_StartStop)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ - - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void FMPI2C_DeInit(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); -void FMPI2C_Init(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FMPI2C_InitTypeDef* FMPI2C_InitStruct); -void FMPI2C_StructInit(FMPI2C_InitTypeDef* FMPI2C_InitStruct); -void FMPI2C_Cmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_SoftwareResetCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); -void FMPI2C_ITConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_StretchClockCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_StopModeCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_DualAddressCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_OwnAddress2Config(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Mask); -void FMPI2C_GeneralCallCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_SlaveByteControlCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_SlaveAddressConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address); -void FMPI2C_10BitAddressingModeCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Communications handling functions ******************************************/ -void FMPI2C_AutoEndCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_ReloadCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_NumberOfBytesConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t Number_Bytes); -void FMPI2C_MasterRequestConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t FMPI2C_Direction); -void FMPI2C_GenerateSTART(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_GenerateSTOP(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_10BitAddressHeaderCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_AcknowledgeConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -uint8_t FMPI2C_GetAddressMatched(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); -uint16_t FMPI2C_GetTransferDirection(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); -void FMPI2C_TransferHandling(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Number_Bytes, uint32_t ReloadEndMode, uint32_t StartStopMode); - -/* SMBUS management functions ************************************************/ -void FMPI2C_SMBusAlertCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_TimeoutAConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Timeout); -void FMPI2C_TimeoutBConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Timeout); -void FMPI2C_CalculatePEC(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void FMPI2C_PECRequestCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -uint8_t FMPI2C_GetPEC(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); - -/* FMPI2C registers management functions **************************************/ -uint32_t FMPI2C_ReadRegister(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t FMPI2C_Register); - -/* Data transfers management functions ****************************************/ -void FMPI2C_SendData(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t Data); -uint8_t FMPI2C_ReceiveData(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); - -/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ -void FMPI2C_DMACmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -FlagStatus FMPI2C_GetFlagStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG); -void FMPI2C_ClearFlag(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG); -ITStatus FMPI2C_GetITStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT); -void FMPI2C_ClearITPendingBit(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT); - -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_FMPI2C_H */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C Fast Mode + * Plus firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FMPI2C_H +#define __STM32F4xx_FMPI2C_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FMPI2C + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief FMPI2C Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FMPI2C_Timing; /*!< Specifies the FMPI2C_TIMINGR_register value. + This parameter calculated by referring to FMPI2C initialization + section in Reference manual*/ + + uint32_t FMPI2C_AnalogFilter; /*!< Enables or disables analog noise filter. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMPI2C_Analog_Filter */ + + uint32_t FMPI2C_DigitalFilter; /*!< Configures the digital noise filter. + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x0F */ + + uint32_t FMPI2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the FMPI2C mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMPI2C_mode */ + + uint32_t FMPI2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the device own address 1. + This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address */ + + uint32_t FMPI2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMPI2C_acknowledgement */ + + uint32_t FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FMPI2C_acknowledged_address */ +}FMPI2C_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == FMPI2C1) + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Analog_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_AnalogFilter_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMPI2C_AnalogFilter_Disable FMPI2C_CR1_ANFOFF + +#define IS_FMPI2C_ANALOG_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == FMPI2C_AnalogFilter_Enable) || \ + ((FILTER) == FMPI2C_AnalogFilter_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Digital_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_FMPI2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0x0000000F) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_Mode_FMPI2C ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusDevice FMPI2C_CR1_SMBDEN +#define FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusHost FMPI2C_CR1_SMBHEN + +#define IS_FMPI2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMPI2C_Mode_FMPI2C) || \ + ((MODE) == FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \ + ((MODE) == FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusHost)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_acknowledgement + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_Ack_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMPI2C_Ack_Disable FMPI2C_CR2_NACK + +#define IS_FMPI2C_ACK(ACK) (((ACK) == FMPI2C_Ack_Enable) || \ + ((ACK) == FMPI2C_Ack_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_acknowledged_address + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1MODE + +#define IS_FMPI2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_own_address1 + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= (uint32_t)0x000003FF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define FMPI2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint16_t)0x0400) + +#define IS_FMPI2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == FMPI2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == FMPI2C_Direction_Receiver)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_DMAReq_Tx FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN +#define FMPI2C_DMAReq_Rx FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN + +#define IS_FMPI2C_DMA_REQ(REQ) ((((REQ) & (uint32_t)0xFFFF3FFF) == 0x00) && ((REQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_slave_address + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_FMPI2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= (uint16_t)0x03FF) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_own_address2 + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(ADDRESS2) ((ADDRESS2) <= (uint16_t)0x00FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_own_address2_mask + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_OA2_NoMask ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask01 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask02 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask03 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask04 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask05 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask06 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define FMPI2C_OA2_Mask07 ((uint8_t)0x07) + +#define IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_NoMask) || \ + ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask01) || \ + ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask02) || \ + ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask03) || \ + ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask04) || \ + ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask05) || \ + ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask06) || \ + ((MASK) == FMPI2C_OA2_Mask07)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_timeout + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_FMPI2C_TIMEOUT(TIMEOUT) ((TIMEOUT) <= (uint16_t)0x0FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_registers + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define FMPI2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define FMPI2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define FMPI2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define FMPI2C_Register_TIMINGR ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define FMPI2C_Register_TIMEOUTR ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define FMPI2C_Register_ISR ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define FMPI2C_Register_ICR ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define FMPI2C_Register_PECR ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define FMPI2C_Register_RXDR ((uint8_t)0x24) +#define FMPI2C_Register_TXDR ((uint8_t)0x28) + +#define IS_FMPI2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_CR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_CR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_OAR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_OAR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_TIMINGR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_TIMEOUTR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_ISR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_ICR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_PECR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_RXDR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == FMPI2C_Register_TXDR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_IT_ERRI FMPI2C_CR1_ERRIE +#define FMPI2C_IT_TCI FMPI2C_CR1_TCIE +#define FMPI2C_IT_STOPI FMPI2C_CR1_STOPIE +#define FMPI2C_IT_NACKI FMPI2C_CR1_NACKIE +#define FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI FMPI2C_CR1_ADDRIE +#define FMPI2C_IT_RXI FMPI2C_CR1_RXIE +#define FMPI2C_IT_TXI FMPI2C_CR1_TXIE + +#define IS_FMPI2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF01) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_TXE FMPI2C_ISR_TXE +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS FMPI2C_ISR_TXIS +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE FMPI2C_ISR_RXNE +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR FMPI2C_ISR_ADDR +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_NACKF FMPI2C_ISR_NACKF +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF FMPI2C_ISR_STOPF +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_TC FMPI2C_ISR_TC +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR FMPI2C_ISR_TCR +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR FMPI2C_ISR_BERR +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO FMPI2C_ISR_ARLO +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR FMPI2C_ISR_OVR +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR FMPI2C_ISR_PECERR +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT FMPI2C_ISR_TIMEOUT +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT FMPI2C_ISR_ALERT +#define FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY FMPI2C_ISR_BUSY + +#define IS_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFF4000) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_NACKF) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT) || \ + ((FLAG) == FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_IT_TXIS FMPI2C_ISR_TXIS +#define FMPI2C_IT_RXNE FMPI2C_ISR_RXNE +#define FMPI2C_IT_ADDR FMPI2C_ISR_ADDR +#define FMPI2C_IT_NACKF FMPI2C_ISR_NACKF +#define FMPI2C_IT_STOPF FMPI2C_ISR_STOPF +#define FMPI2C_IT_TC FMPI2C_ISR_TC +#define FMPI2C_IT_TCR FMPI2C_ISR_TCR +#define FMPI2C_IT_BERR FMPI2C_ISR_BERR +#define FMPI2C_IT_ARLO FMPI2C_ISR_ARLO +#define FMPI2C_IT_OVR FMPI2C_ISR_OVR +#define FMPI2C_IT_PECERR FMPI2C_ISR_PECERR +#define FMPI2C_IT_TIMEOUT FMPI2C_ISR_TIMEOUT +#define FMPI2C_IT_ALERT FMPI2C_ISR_ALERT + +#define IS_FMPI2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFC001) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_FMPI2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_TXIS) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_NACKF) || \ + ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_STOPF) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_TC) || \ + ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_TCR) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_BERR) || \ + ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_ARLO) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_OVR) || \ + ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \ + ((IT) == FMPI2C_IT_ALERT)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_ReloadEndMode_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_Reload_Mode FMPI2C_CR2_RELOAD +#define FMPI2C_AutoEnd_Mode FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND +#define FMPI2C_SoftEnd_Mode ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + + +#define IS_RELOAD_END_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMPI2C_Reload_Mode) || \ + ((MODE) == FMPI2C_AutoEnd_Mode) || \ + ((MODE) == FMPI2C_SoftEnd_Mode)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_StartStopMode_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define FMPI2C_No_StartStop ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FMPI2C_Generate_Stop FMPI2C_CR2_STOP +#define FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Read (uint32_t)(FMPI2C_CR2_START | FMPI2C_CR2_RD_WRN) +#define FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Write FMPI2C_CR2_START + + +#define IS_START_STOP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FMPI2C_Generate_Stop) || \ + ((MODE) == FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Read) || \ + ((MODE) == FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Write) || \ + ((MODE) == FMPI2C_No_StartStop)) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void FMPI2C_DeInit(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); +void FMPI2C_Init(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FMPI2C_InitTypeDef* FMPI2C_InitStruct); +void FMPI2C_StructInit(FMPI2C_InitTypeDef* FMPI2C_InitStruct); +void FMPI2C_Cmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_SoftwareResetCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); +void FMPI2C_ITConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_StretchClockCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_DualAddressCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_OwnAddress2Config(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Mask); +void FMPI2C_GeneralCallCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_SlaveByteControlCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_SlaveAddressConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address); +void FMPI2C_10BitAddressingModeCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Communications handling functions ******************************************/ +void FMPI2C_AutoEndCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_ReloadCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_NumberOfBytesConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t Number_Bytes); +void FMPI2C_MasterRequestConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t FMPI2C_Direction); +void FMPI2C_GenerateSTART(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_GenerateSTOP(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_10BitAddressHeaderCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_AcknowledgeConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint8_t FMPI2C_GetAddressMatched(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); +uint16_t FMPI2C_GetTransferDirection(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); +void FMPI2C_TransferHandling(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Number_Bytes, uint32_t ReloadEndMode, uint32_t StartStopMode); + +/* SMBUS management functions ************************************************/ +void FMPI2C_SMBusAlertCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_TimeoutAConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Timeout); +void FMPI2C_TimeoutBConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Timeout); +void FMPI2C_CalculatePEC(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void FMPI2C_PECRequestCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint8_t FMPI2C_GetPEC(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); + +/* FMPI2C registers management functions *****************************************/ +uint32_t FMPI2C_ReadRegister(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t FMPI2C_Register); + +/* Data transfers management functions ****************************************/ +void FMPI2C_SendData(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t Data); +uint8_t FMPI2C_ReceiveData(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void FMPI2C_DMACmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus FMPI2C_GetFlagStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG); +void FMPI2C_ClearFlag(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG); +ITStatus FMPI2C_GetITStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT); +void FMPI2C_ClearITPendingBit(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT); + +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_FMPI2C_H */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fsmc.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fsmc.h index e72e71bc4d..14e8392223 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fsmc.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_fsmc.h @@ -1,675 +1,667 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_fsmc.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FSMC firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FSMC_H -#define __STM32F4xx_FSMC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FSMC - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief Timing parameters For NOR/SRAM Banks - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FSMC_AddressSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure - the duration of the address setup time. - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF. - @note This parameter is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories. */ - - uint32_t FSMC_AddressHoldTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure - the duration of the address hold time. - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF. - @note This parameter is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories.*/ - - uint32_t FSMC_DataSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure - the duration of the data setup time. - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. - @note This parameter is used for SRAMs, ROMs and asynchronous multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */ - - uint32_t FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure - the duration of the bus turnaround. - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF. - @note This parameter is only used for multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */ - - uint32_t FSMC_CLKDivision; /*!< Defines the period of CLK clock output signal, expressed in number of HCLK cycles. - This parameter can be a value between 1 and 0xF. - @note This parameter is not used for asynchronous NOR Flash, SRAM or ROM accesses. */ - - uint32_t FSMC_DataLatency; /*!< Defines the number of memory clock cycles to issue - to the memory before getting the first data. - The parameter value depends on the memory type as shown below: - - It must be set to 0 in case of a CRAM - - It is don't care in asynchronous NOR, SRAM or ROM accesses - - It may assume a value between 0 and 0xF in NOR Flash memories - with synchronous burst mode enable */ - - uint32_t FSMC_AccessMode; /*!< Specifies the asynchronous access mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Access_Mode */ -}FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief FSMC NOR/SRAM Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NOR/SRAM memory bank that will be used. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank */ - - uint32_t FSMC_DataAddressMux; /*!< Specifies whether the address and data values are - multiplexed on the data bus or not. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */ - - uint32_t FSMC_MemoryType; /*!< Specifies the type of external memory attached to - the corresponding memory bank. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Memory_Type */ - - uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */ - - uint32_t FSMC_BurstAccessMode; /*!< Enables or disables the burst access mode for Flash memory, - valid only with synchronous burst Flash memories. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode */ - - uint32_t FSMC_AsynchronousWait; /*!< Enables or disables wait signal during asynchronous transfers, - valid only with asynchronous Flash memories. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_AsynchronousWait */ - - uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity; /*!< Specifies the wait signal polarity, valid only when accessing - the Flash memory in burst mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */ - - uint32_t FSMC_WrapMode; /*!< Enables or disables the Wrapped burst access mode for Flash - memory, valid only when accessing Flash memories in burst mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wrap_Mode */ - - uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalActive; /*!< Specifies if the wait signal is asserted by the memory one - clock cycle before the wait state or during the wait state, - valid only when accessing memories in burst mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Timing */ - - uint32_t FSMC_WriteOperation; /*!< Enables or disables the write operation in the selected bank by the FSMC. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Operation */ - - uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignal; /*!< Enables or disables the wait state insertion via wait - signal, valid for Flash memory access in burst mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal */ - - uint32_t FSMC_ExtendedMode; /*!< Enables or disables the extended mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Extended_Mode */ - - uint32_t FSMC_WriteBurst; /*!< Enables or disables the write burst operation. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Burst */ - - FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access if the Extended Mode is not used*/ - - FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_WriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write access if the Extended Mode is used*/ -}FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief Timing parameters For FSMC NAND and PCCARD Banks - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FSMC_SetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to setup address before - the command assertion for NAND Flash read or write access - to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on - the memory space timing to be configured). - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.*/ - - uint32_t FSMC_WaitSetupTime; /*!< Defines the minimum number of HCLK cycles to assert the - command for NAND Flash read or write access to - common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on the - memory space timing to be configured). - This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ - - uint32_t FSMC_HoldSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles to hold address - (and data for write access) after the command de-assertion - for NAND Flash read or write access to common/Attribute - or I/O memory space (depending on the memory space timing - to be configured). - This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ - - uint32_t FSMC_HiZSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles during which the - data bus is kept in HiZ after the start of a NAND Flash - write access to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending - on the memory space timing to be configured). - This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ -}FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief FSMC NAND Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NAND memory bank that will be used. - This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NAND_Bank */ - - uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the NAND Memory Bank. - This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */ - - uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width. - This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */ - - uint32_t FSMC_ECC; /*!< Enables or disables the ECC computation. - This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC */ - - uint32_t FSMC_ECCPageSize; /*!< Defines the page size for the extended ECC. - This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC_Page_Size */ - - uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the - delay between CLE low and RE low. - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the - delay between ALE low and RE low. - This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */ - - FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */ - - FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */ -}FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief FSMC PCCARD Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the Memory Bank. - This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */ - - uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the - delay between CLE low and RE low. - This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the - delay between ALE low and RE low. - This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */ - - - FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */ - - FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */ - - FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC IO Space Timing */ -}FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_Bank - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_Bank2_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define FSMC_Bank3_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_PCCARD_Bank - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -/** - * @} - */ - -#define IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) || \ - ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2) || \ - ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3) || \ - ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4)) - -#define IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ - ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)) - -#define IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ - ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \ - ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD)) - -#define IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ - ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \ - ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD)) - -/** @defgroup FSMC_NOR_SRAM_Controller - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing - * @{ - */ - -#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define IS_FSMC_MUX(MUX) (((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable) || \ - ((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Memory_Type - * @{ - */ - -#define FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define FSMC_MemoryType_NOR ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY(MEMORY) (((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM) || \ - ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM)|| \ - ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Width - * @{ - */ - -#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \ - ((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable) || \ - ((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_AsynchronousWait - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00008000) -#define IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable) || \ - ((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low) || \ - ((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Wrap_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_WrapMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_WrapMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Disable) || \ - ((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Timing - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) (((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState) || \ - ((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Operation - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable) || \ - ((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(SIGNAL) (((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable) || \ - ((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Extended_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000) - -#define IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable) || \ - ((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Burst - * @{ - */ - -#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable) || \ - ((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Hold_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 0xFF)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Bus_Turn_around_Duration - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_CLK_Division - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(DIV) ((DIV) <= 0xF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Latency - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(LATENCY) ((LATENCY) <= 0xF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Access_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_AccessMode_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_AccessMode_B ((uint32_t)0x10000000) -#define FSMC_AccessMode_C ((uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define FSMC_AccessMode_D ((uint32_t)0x30000000) -#define IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_A) || \ - ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_B) || \ - ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_C) || \ - ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_D)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_PCCARD_Controller - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_feature - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FEATURE) (((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable) || \ - ((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_ECC_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_ECC_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Disable) || \ - ((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC_Page_Size - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00060000) -#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) -#define IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes) || \ - ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes) || \ - ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes) || \ - ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes) || \ - ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes) || \ - ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_TCLR_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_TAR_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Hold_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_HiZ_Setup_Time - * @{ - */ -#define IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Interrupt_sources - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_IT_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define FSMC_IT_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define FSMC_IT_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define IS_FSMC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFC7) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) -#define IS_FSMC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == FSMC_IT_RisingEdge) || \ - ((IT) == FSMC_IT_Level) || \ - ((IT) == FSMC_IT_FallingEdge)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Flags - * @{ - */ -#define FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define FSMC_FLAG_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge) || \ - ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_Level) || \ - ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge) || \ - ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT)) - -#define IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* NOR/SRAM Controller functions **********************************************/ -void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank); -void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct); -void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct); -void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* NAND Controller functions **************************************************/ -void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank); -void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct); -void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct); -void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); -void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); -uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank); - -/* PCCARD Controller functions ************************************************/ -void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void); -void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct); -void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct); -void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG); -void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG); -ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT); -void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_FSMC_H */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_fsmc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FSMC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FSMC_H +#define __STM32F4xx_FSMC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FSMC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief Timing parameters For NOR/SRAM Banks + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FSMC_AddressSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the address setup time. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF. + @note This parameter is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_AddressHoldTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the address hold time. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF. + @note This parameter is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories.*/ + + uint32_t FSMC_DataSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the data setup time. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. + @note This parameter is used for SRAMs, ROMs and asynchronous multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the bus turnaround. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF. + @note This parameter is only used for multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_CLKDivision; /*!< Defines the period of CLK clock output signal, expressed in number of HCLK cycles. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 0xF. + @note This parameter is not used for asynchronous NOR Flash, SRAM or ROM accesses. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_DataLatency; /*!< Defines the number of memory clock cycles to issue + to the memory before getting the first data. + The parameter value depends on the memory type as shown below: + - It must be set to 0 in case of a CRAM + - It is don't care in asynchronous NOR, SRAM or ROM accesses + - It may assume a value between 0 and 0xF in NOR Flash memories + with synchronous burst mode enable */ + + uint32_t FSMC_AccessMode; /*!< Specifies the asynchronous access mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Access_Mode */ +}FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FSMC NOR/SRAM Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NOR/SRAM memory bank that will be used. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank */ + + uint32_t FSMC_DataAddressMux; /*!< Specifies whether the address and data values are + multiplexed on the data bus or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */ + + uint32_t FSMC_MemoryType; /*!< Specifies the type of external memory attached to + the corresponding memory bank. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Memory_Type */ + + uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */ + + uint32_t FSMC_BurstAccessMode; /*!< Enables or disables the burst access mode for Flash memory, + valid only with synchronous burst Flash memories. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode */ + + uint32_t FSMC_AsynchronousWait; /*!< Enables or disables wait signal during asynchronous transfers, + valid only with asynchronous Flash memories. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_AsynchronousWait */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity; /*!< Specifies the wait signal polarity, valid only when accessing + the Flash memory in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WrapMode; /*!< Enables or disables the Wrapped burst access mode for Flash + memory, valid only when accessing Flash memories in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wrap_Mode */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalActive; /*!< Specifies if the wait signal is asserted by the memory one + clock cycle before the wait state or during the wait state, + valid only when accessing memories in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Timing */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WriteOperation; /*!< Enables or disables the write operation in the selected bank by the FSMC. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Operation */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignal; /*!< Enables or disables the wait state insertion via wait + signal, valid for Flash memory access in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal */ + + uint32_t FSMC_ExtendedMode; /*!< Enables or disables the extended mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Extended_Mode */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WriteBurst; /*!< Enables or disables the write burst operation. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Burst */ + + FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access if the Extended Mode is not used*/ + + FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_WriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write access if the Extended Mode is used*/ +}FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Timing parameters For FSMC NAND and PCCARD Banks + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FSMC_SetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to setup address before + the command assertion for NAND Flash read or write access + to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on + the memory space timing to be configured). + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.*/ + + uint32_t FSMC_WaitSetupTime; /*!< Defines the minimum number of HCLK cycles to assert the + command for NAND Flash read or write access to + common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on the + memory space timing to be configured). + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ + + uint32_t FSMC_HoldSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles to hold address + (and data for write access) after the command de-assertion + for NAND Flash read or write access to common/Attribute + or I/O memory space (depending on the memory space timing + to be configured). + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ + + uint32_t FSMC_HiZSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles during which the + data bus is kept in HiZ after the start of a NAND Flash + write access to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending + on the memory space timing to be configured). + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ +}FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FSMC NAND Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NAND memory bank that will be used. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NAND_Bank */ + + uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the NAND Memory Bank. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */ + + uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */ + + uint32_t FSMC_ECC; /*!< Enables or disables the ECC computation. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC */ + + uint32_t FSMC_ECCPageSize; /*!< Defines the page size for the extended ECC. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC_Page_Size */ + + uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between CLE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between ALE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */ + + FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */ + + FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */ +}FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FSMC PCCARD Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the Memory Bank. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */ + + uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between CLE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between ALE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */ + + + FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */ + + FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */ + + FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC IO Space Timing */ +}FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_Bank + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_Bank2_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define FSMC_Bank3_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_PCCARD_Bank + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +/** + * @} + */ + +#define IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4)) + +#define IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)) + +#define IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD)) + +#define IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD)) + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NOR_SRAM_Controller + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing + * @{ + */ + +#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_FSMC_MUX(MUX) (((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable) || \ + ((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Memory_Type + * @{ + */ + +#define FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FSMC_MemoryType_NOR ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY(MEMORY) (((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM) || \ + ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM)|| \ + ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Width + * @{ + */ + +#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \ + ((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_AsynchronousWait + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wrap_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_WrapMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WrapMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Disable) || \ + ((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Timing + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) (((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState) || \ + ((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Operation + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable) || \ + ((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(SIGNAL) (((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable) || \ + ((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Extended_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000) + +#define IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable) || \ + ((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Burst + * @{ + */ + +#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable) || \ + ((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Hold_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 0xFF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Bus_Turn_around_Duration + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_CLK_Division + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(DIV) ((DIV) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Latency + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(LATENCY) ((LATENCY) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Access_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_AccessMode_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_AccessMode_B ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define FSMC_AccessMode_C ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define FSMC_AccessMode_D ((uint32_t)0x30000000) +#define IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_A) || \ + ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_B) || \ + ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_C) || \ + ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_D)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_PCCARD_Controller + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_feature + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FEATURE) (((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable) || \ + ((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_ECC_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_ECC_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC_Page_Size + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00060000) +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) +#define IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_TCLR_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_TAR_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Hold_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_HiZ_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_IT_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define FSMC_IT_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define FSMC_IT_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define IS_FSMC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFC7) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) +#define IS_FSMC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == FSMC_IT_RisingEdge) || \ + ((IT) == FSMC_IT_Level) || \ + ((IT) == FSMC_IT_FallingEdge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Flags + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define FSMC_FLAG_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge) || \ + ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_Level) || \ + ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge) || \ + ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT)) + +#define IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* NOR/SRAM Controller functions **********************************************/ +void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank); +void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct); +void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct); +void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* NAND Controller functions **************************************************/ +void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank); +void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct); +void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct); +void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); +void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank); + +/* PCCARD Controller functions ************************************************/ +void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void); +void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct); +void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct); +void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG); +void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG); +ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT); +void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_FSMC_H */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_gpio.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_gpio.h index a62e703568..aa39adf974 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_gpio.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_gpio.h @@ -1,529 +1,584 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_gpio.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_GPIO_H -#define __STM32F4xx_GPIO_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup GPIO - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \ - ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \ - ((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \ - ((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \ - ((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \ - ((PERIPH) == GPIOF) || \ - ((PERIPH) == GPIOG) || \ - ((PERIPH) == GPIOH) || \ - ((PERIPH) == GPIOI) || \ - ((PERIPH) == GPIOJ) || \ - ((PERIPH) == GPIOK)) - -/** - * @brief GPIO Configuration Mode enumeration - */ -typedef enum -{ - GPIO_Mode_IN = 0x00, /*!< GPIO Input Mode */ - GPIO_Mode_OUT = 0x01, /*!< GPIO Output Mode */ - GPIO_Mode_AF = 0x02, /*!< GPIO Alternate function Mode */ - GPIO_Mode_AN = 0x03 /*!< GPIO Analog Mode */ -}GPIOMode_TypeDef; -#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || \ - ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AN)) - -/** - * @brief GPIO Output type enumeration - */ -typedef enum -{ - GPIO_OType_PP = 0x00, - GPIO_OType_OD = 0x01 -}GPIOOType_TypeDef; -#define IS_GPIO_OTYPE(OTYPE) (((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_PP) || ((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_OD)) - - -/** - * @brief GPIO Output Maximum frequency enumeration - */ -typedef enum -{ - GPIO_Low_Speed = 0x00, /*!< Low speed */ - GPIO_Medium_Speed = 0x01, /*!< Medium speed */ - GPIO_Fast_Speed = 0x02, /*!< Fast speed */ - GPIO_High_Speed = 0x03 /*!< High speed */ -}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef; - -/* Add legacy definition */ -#define GPIO_Speed_2MHz GPIO_Low_Speed -#define GPIO_Speed_25MHz GPIO_Medium_Speed -#define GPIO_Speed_50MHz GPIO_Fast_Speed -#define GPIO_Speed_100MHz GPIO_High_Speed - -#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Low_Speed) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_Medium_Speed) || \ - ((SPEED) == GPIO_Fast_Speed)|| ((SPEED) == GPIO_High_Speed)) - -/** - * @brief GPIO Configuration PullUp PullDown enumeration - */ -typedef enum -{ - GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL = 0x00, - GPIO_PuPd_UP = 0x01, - GPIO_PuPd_DOWN = 0x02 -}GPIOPuPd_TypeDef; -#define IS_GPIO_PUPD(PUPD) (((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL) || ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_UP) || \ - ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_DOWN)) - -/** - * @brief GPIO Bit SET and Bit RESET enumeration - */ -typedef enum -{ - Bit_RESET = 0, - Bit_SET -}BitAction; -#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET)) - - -/** - * @brief GPIO Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t GPIO_Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. - This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */ - - GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. - This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */ - - GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins. - This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */ - - GPIOOType_TypeDef GPIO_OType; /*!< Specifies the operating output type for the selected pins. - This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOOType_TypeDef */ - - GPIOPuPd_TypeDef GPIO_PuPd; /*!< Specifies the operating Pull-up/Pull down for the selected pins. - This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOPuPd_TypeDef */ -}GPIO_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define - * @{ - */ -#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* Pin 0 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* Pin 1 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /* Pin 2 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /* Pin 3 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /* Pin 4 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /* Pin 5 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /* Pin 6 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /* Pin 7 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /* Pin 8 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /* Pin 9 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /* Pin 10 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /* Pin 11 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /* Pin 12 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /* Pin 13 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /* Pin 14 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /* Pin 15 selected */ -#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /* All pins selected */ - -#define GPIO_PIN_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /* PIN mask for assert test */ -#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) & GPIO_PIN_MASK ) != (uint32_t)0x00) -#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \ - ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources - * @{ - */ -#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) -#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) -#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) -#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) -#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) -#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) -#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) -#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) -#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) -#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) -#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) -#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) - -#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Alternat_function_selection_define - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief AF 0 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz ((uint8_t)0x00) /* RTC_50Hz Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_MCO ((uint8_t)0x00) /* MCO (MCO1 and MCO2) Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TAMPER ((uint8_t)0x00) /* TAMPER (TAMPER_1 and TAMPER_2) Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_SWJ ((uint8_t)0x00) /* SWJ (SWD and JTAG) Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TRACE ((uint8_t)0x00) /* TRACE Alternate Function mapping */ -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define GPIO_AF0_TIM2 ((uint8_t)0x00) /* TIM2 Alternate Function mapping */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief AF 1 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* TIM1 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM2 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* TIM2 Alternate Function mapping */ - -/** - * @brief AF 2 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM3 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM3 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM4 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM4 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM5 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM5 Alternate Function mapping */ - -/** - * @brief AF 3 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM8 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM8 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM9 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM9 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM10 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM10 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM11 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM11 Alternate Function mapping */ -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define GPIO_AF3_CEC ((uint8_t)0x03) /* CEC Alternate Function mapping */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @brief AF 4 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_I2C1 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C1 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_I2C2 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C2 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_I2C3 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C3 Alternate Function mapping */ -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define GPIO_AF4_CEC ((uint8_t)0x04) /* CEC Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_FMPI2C ((uint8_t)0x04) /* FMPI2C Alternate Function mapping */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief AF 5 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_SPI1 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI1/I2S1 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_SPI2 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI2/I2S2 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF5_SPI3 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F411xE Devices) */ -#define GPIO_AF_SPI4 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI4/I2S4 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_SPI5 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI5 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_SPI6 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI6 Alternate Function mapping */ - -/** - * @brief AF 6 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_SPI3 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF6_SPI2 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI2 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F411xE Devices) */ -#define GPIO_AF6_SPI4 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI4 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F411xE Devices) */ -#define GPIO_AF6_SPI5 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI5 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F411xE Devices) */ -#define GPIO_AF_SAI1 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SAI1 Alternate Function mapping */ - -/** - * @brief AF 7 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_USART1 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART1 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_USART2 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART2 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_USART3 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART3 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF7_SPI3 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* SPI3/I2S3ext Alternate Function mapping */ - -/** - * @brief AF 7 selection Legacy - */ -#define GPIO_AF_I2S3ext GPIO_AF7_SPI3 - -/** - * @brief AF 8 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_UART4 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART4 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_UART5 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART5 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_USART6 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* USART6 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_UART7 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART7 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_UART8 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART8 Alternate Function mapping */ -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define GPIO_AF8_SAI2 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* SAI2 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_SPDIF ((uint8_t)0x08) /* SPDIF Alternate Function mapping */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief AF 9 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_CAN1 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_CAN2 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* CAN2 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM12 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM12 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM13 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM13 Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_TIM14 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM14 Alternate Function mapping */ - -#define GPIO_AF9_I2C2 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* I2C2 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xE Devices) */ -#define GPIO_AF9_I2C3 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* I2C3 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xE Devices) */ -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define GPIO_AF9_SAI2 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* SAI2 Alternate Function mapping */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define GPIO_AF9_LTDC ((uint8_t)0x09) /* LTDC Alternate Function mapping */ -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define GPIO_AF9_QUADSPI ((uint8_t)0x09) /* QuadSPI Alternate Function mapping */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @brief AF 10 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_OTG_FS ((uint8_t)0xA) /* OTG_FS Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_OTG_HS ((uint8_t)0xA) /* OTG_HS Alternate Function mapping */ -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define GPIO_AF10_SAI2 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /* SAI2 Alternate Function mapping */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define GPIO_AF10_QUADSPI ((uint8_t)0x0A) /* QuadSPI Alternate Function mapping */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @brief AF 11 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_ETH ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* ETHERNET Alternate Function mapping */ - -/** - * @brief AF 12 selection - */ -#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) -#define GPIO_AF_FSMC ((uint8_t)0xC) /* FSMC Alternate Function mapping */ -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) || defined (STM32F446xx) -#define GPIO_AF_FMC ((uint8_t)0xC) /* FMC Alternate Function mapping */ -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#define GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS ((uint8_t)0xC) /* OTG HS configured in FS, Alternate Function mapping */ -#define GPIO_AF_SDIO ((uint8_t)0xC) /* SDIO Alternate Function mapping */ - -/** - * @brief AF 13 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_DCMI ((uint8_t)0x0D) /* DCMI Alternate Function mapping */ - -/** - * @brief AF 14 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_LTDC ((uint8_t)0x0E) /* LCD-TFT Alternate Function mapping */ - -/** - * @brief AF 15 selection - */ -#define GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT ((uint8_t)0x0F) /* EVENTOUT Alternate Function mapping */ - -#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) -#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_MCO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TAMPER) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SWJ) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TRACE) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM4) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM8) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI1) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI2) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM13) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART4) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART6) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_FS) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_ETH) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SDIO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_DCMI) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_FSMC)) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined (STM32F401xx) -#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_MCO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TAMPER) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SWJ) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TRACE) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM4) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM8) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI1) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI2) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM13) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SDIO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART6) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_FS) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI4)) -#endif /* STM32F401xx */ - -#if defined (STM32F411xE) -#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) < 16) && ((AF) != 11) && ((AF) != 13) && ((AF) != 14)) -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ - -#if defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) -#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_MCO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TAMPER) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SWJ) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TRACE) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM4) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM8) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI1) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI2) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM13) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART4) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART6) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN2) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_FS) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_ETH) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SDIO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_DCMI) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI4) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI6) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART7) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART8) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_FMC) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SAI1) || \ - ((AF) == GPIO_AF_LTDC)) -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) < 16) && ((AF) != 11) && ((AF) != 14)) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Legacy - * @{ - */ - -#define GPIO_Mode_AIN GPIO_Mode_AN - -#define GPIO_AF_OTG1_FS GPIO_AF_OTG_FS -#define GPIO_AF_OTG2_HS GPIO_AF_OTG_HS -#define GPIO_AF_OTG2_FS GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the GPIO configuration to the default reset state ****/ -void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); -void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); -void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); - -/* GPIO Read and Write functions **********************************************/ -uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); -uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); -uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); -uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); -void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); -void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); -void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal); -void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal); -void GPIO_ToggleBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); - -/* GPIO Alternate functions configuration function ****************************/ -void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_GPIO_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_gpio.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_GPIO_H +#define __STM32F4xx_GPIO_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOF) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOG) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOH) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOI) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOJ) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOK)) + +/** + * @brief GPIO Configuration Mode enumeration + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Mode_IN = 0x00, /*!< GPIO Input Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_OUT = 0x01, /*!< GPIO Output Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AF = 0x02, /*!< GPIO Alternate function Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AN = 0x03 /*!< GPIO Analog Mode */ +}GPIOMode_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || \ + ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AN)) + +/** + * @brief GPIO Output type enumeration + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_OType_PP = 0x00, + GPIO_OType_OD = 0x01 +}GPIOOType_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_OTYPE(OTYPE) (((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_PP) || ((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_OD)) + + +/** + * @brief GPIO Output Maximum frequency enumeration + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Low_Speed = 0x00, /*!< Low speed */ + GPIO_Medium_Speed = 0x01, /*!< Medium speed */ + GPIO_Fast_Speed = 0x02, /*!< Fast speed */ + GPIO_High_Speed = 0x03 /*!< High speed */ +}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef; + +/* Add legacy definition */ +#define GPIO_Speed_2MHz GPIO_Low_Speed +#define GPIO_Speed_25MHz GPIO_Medium_Speed +#define GPIO_Speed_50MHz GPIO_Fast_Speed +#define GPIO_Speed_100MHz GPIO_High_Speed + +#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Low_Speed) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_Medium_Speed) || \ + ((SPEED) == GPIO_Fast_Speed)|| ((SPEED) == GPIO_High_Speed)) + +/** + * @brief GPIO Configuration PullUp PullDown enumeration + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL = 0x00, + GPIO_PuPd_UP = 0x01, + GPIO_PuPd_DOWN = 0x02 +}GPIOPuPd_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_PUPD(PUPD) (((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL) || ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_UP) || \ + ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_DOWN)) + +/** + * @brief GPIO Bit SET and Bit RESET enumeration + */ +typedef enum +{ + Bit_RESET = 0, + Bit_SET +}BitAction; +#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET)) + + +/** + * @brief GPIO Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t GPIO_Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. + This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */ + + GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */ + + GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */ + + GPIOOType_TypeDef GPIO_OType; /*!< Specifies the operating output type for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOOType_TypeDef */ + + GPIOPuPd_TypeDef GPIO_PuPd; /*!< Specifies the operating Pull-up/Pull down for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOPuPd_TypeDef */ +}GPIO_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* Pin 0 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* Pin 1 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /* Pin 2 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /* Pin 3 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /* Pin 4 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /* Pin 5 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /* Pin 6 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /* Pin 7 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /* Pin 8 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /* Pin 9 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /* Pin 10 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /* Pin 11 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /* Pin 12 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /* Pin 13 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /* Pin 14 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /* Pin 15 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /* All pins selected */ + +#define GPIO_PIN_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /* PIN mask for assert test */ +#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) & GPIO_PIN_MASK ) != (uint32_t)0x00) +#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Alternat_function_selection_define + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief AF 0 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz ((uint8_t)0x00) /* RTC_50Hz Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_MCO ((uint8_t)0x00) /* MCO (MCO1 and MCO2) Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TAMPER ((uint8_t)0x00) /* TAMPER (TAMPER_1 and TAMPER_2) Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SWJ ((uint8_t)0x00) /* SWJ (SWD and JTAG) Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TRACE ((uint8_t)0x00) /* TRACE Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define GPIO_AF0_TIM2 ((uint8_t)0x00) /* TIM2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @brief AF 1 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* TIM1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM2 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* TIM2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF_LPTIM ((uint8_t)0x01) /* LPTIM Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @brief AF 2 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM3 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM3 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM4 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM4 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM5 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM5 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 3 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM8 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM8 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM9 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM9 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM10 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM10 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM11 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM11 Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define GPIO_AF3_CEC ((uint8_t)0x03) /* CEC Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF3_DFSDM2 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* DFSDM2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @brief AF 4 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_I2C1 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_I2C2 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_I2C3 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C3 Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define GPIO_AF4_CEC ((uint8_t)0x04) /* CEC Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +#define GPIO_AF_FMPI2C ((uint8_t)0x04) /* FMPI2C Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @brief AF 5 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI1 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI1/I2S1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI2 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI2/I2S2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF5_SPI3 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F411xE and STM32F413_423xx Devices) */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI4 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI4/I2S4 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI5 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI5 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI6 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI6 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 6 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI3 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF6_SPI1 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI1 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F410xx Devices) */ +#define GPIO_AF6_SPI2 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI2 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F410xx/STM32F411xE Devices) */ +#define GPIO_AF6_SPI4 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI4 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F411xE Devices) */ +#define GPIO_AF6_SPI5 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI5 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F410xx/STM32F411xE Devices) */ +#define GPIO_AF_SAI1 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SAI1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_I2S2ext ((uint8_t)0x06) /* I2S2ext_SD Alternate Function mapping (only for STM32F412xG and STM32F413_423xx Devices) */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF6_DFSDM1 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* DFSDM1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF6_DFSDM2 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* DFSDM2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @brief AF 7 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART1 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART2 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART3 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART3 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF7_SPI3 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* SPI3/I2S3ext Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF7_DFSDM2 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* DFSDM2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF7_SAI1 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* SAI1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @brief AF 7 selection Legacy + */ +#define GPIO_AF_I2S3ext GPIO_AF7_SPI3 + +/** + * @brief AF 8 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_UART4 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART4 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_UART5 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART5 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART6 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* USART6 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_UART7 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART7 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_UART8 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART8 Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF8_USART3 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* USART3 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF8_DFSDM1 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* DFSDM Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF8_CAN1 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define GPIO_AF8_SAI2 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* SAI2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPDIF ((uint8_t)0x08) /* SPDIF Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @brief AF 9 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_CAN1 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_CAN2 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* CAN2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM12 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM12 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM13 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM13 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM14 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM14 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF9_I2C2 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* I2C2 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xE/STM32F412xG/STM32F413_423xx Devices) */ +#define GPIO_AF9_I2C3 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* I2C3 Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xE/STM32F412xG and STM32F413_423xx Devices) */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define GPIO_AF9_SAI2 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* SAI2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#define GPIO_AF9_LTDC ((uint8_t)0x09) /* LTDC Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define GPIO_AF9_QUADSPI ((uint8_t)0x09) /* QuadSPI Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF9_FMPI2C ((uint8_t)0x09) /* FMPI2C Alternate Function mapping (Only for STM32F410xx Devices) */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @brief AF 10 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_OTG_FS ((uint8_t)0xA) /* OTG_FS Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_OTG_HS ((uint8_t)0xA) /* OTG_HS Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define GPIO_AF10_SAI2 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /* SAI2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define GPIO_AF10_QUADSPI ((uint8_t)0x0A) /* QuadSPI Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF10_FMC ((uint8_t)0xA) /* FMC Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF10_DFSDM1 ((uint8_t)0xA) /* DFSDM Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF10_DFSDM2 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /* DFSDM2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF10_SAI1 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /* SAI1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @brief AF 11 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_ETH ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* ETHERNET Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF11_UART4 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* UART4 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF11_UART5 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* UART5 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF11_UART9 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* UART9 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF11_UART10 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* UART10 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF11_CAN3 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* CAN3 Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @brief AF 12 selection + */ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF_FSMC ((uint8_t)0xC) /* FSMC Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define GPIO_AF_FMC ((uint8_t)0xC) /* FMC Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#define GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS ((uint8_t)0xC) /* OTG HS configured in FS, Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SDIO ((uint8_t)0xC) /* SDIO Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 13 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_DCMI ((uint8_t)0x0D) /* DCMI Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define GPIO_AF_DSI ((uint8_t)0x0D) /* DSI Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ +/** + * @brief AF 14 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_LTDC ((uint8_t)0x0E) /* LCD-TFT Alternate Function mapping */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define GPIO_AF14_RNG ((uint8_t)0x0E) /* RNG Alternate Function mapping */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @brief AF 15 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT ((uint8_t)0x0F) /* EVENTOUT Alternate Function mapping */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_MCO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TAMPER) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SWJ) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TRACE) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM4) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM8) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI1) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI2) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM13) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART4) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART6) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_FS) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_ETH) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SDIO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_DCMI) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_FSMC)) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ + +#if defined(STM32F401xx) +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_MCO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TAMPER) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SWJ) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TRACE) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM4) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM8) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI1) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI2) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM13) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SDIO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART6) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_FS) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI4)) +#endif /* STM32F401xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F411xE) +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) < 16) && ((AF) != 11) && ((AF) != 13) && ((AF) != 14)) +#endif /* STM32F411xE */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) < 10) || ((AF) == 15)) +#endif /* STM32F410xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_MCO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TAMPER) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SWJ) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TRACE) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM4) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM8) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI1) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI2) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM13) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART4) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART6) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_FS) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_ETH) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SDIO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_DCMI) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI4) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI6) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART7) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART8) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_FMC) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SAI1) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_LTDC)) +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) < 16) && ((AF) != 11) && ((AF) != 14)) +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) < 16) && ((AF) != 13)) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) < 16) && ((AF) != 11) && ((AF) != 14)) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) ((AF) < 16) +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define GPIO_Mode_AIN GPIO_Mode_AN + +#define GPIO_AF_OTG1_FS GPIO_AF_OTG_FS +#define GPIO_AF_OTG2_HS GPIO_AF_OTG_HS +#define GPIO_AF_OTG2_FS GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the GPIO configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); + +/* GPIO Read and Write functions **********************************************/ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal); +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal); +void GPIO_ToggleBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); + +/* GPIO Alternate functions configuration function ****************************/ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_GPIO_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_hash.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_hash.h index 5e25748032..19254f451c 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_hash.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_hash.h @@ -1,257 +1,249 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hash.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the HASH - * firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HASH_H -#define __STM32F4xx_HASH_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup HASH - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief HASH Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t HASH_AlgoSelection; /*!< SHA-1, SHA-224, SHA-256 or MD5. This parameter - can be a value of @ref HASH_Algo_Selection */ - uint32_t HASH_AlgoMode; /*!< HASH or HMAC. This parameter can be a value - of @ref HASH_processor_Algorithm_Mode */ - uint32_t HASH_DataType; /*!< 32-bit data, 16-bit data, 8-bit data or - bit string. This parameter can be a value of - @ref HASH_Data_Type */ - uint32_t HASH_HMACKeyType; /*!< HMAC Short key or HMAC Long Key. This parameter - can be a value of @ref HASH_HMAC_Long_key_only_for_HMAC_mode */ -}HASH_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief HASH message digest result structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t Data[8]; /*!< Message digest result : 8x 32bit wors for SHA-256, - 7x 32bit wors for SHA-224, - 5x 32bit words for SHA-1 or - 4x 32bit words for MD5 */ -} HASH_MsgDigest; - -/** - * @brief HASH context swapping structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t HASH_IMR; - uint32_t HASH_STR; - uint32_t HASH_CR; - uint32_t HASH_CSR[54]; -}HASH_Context; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Algo_Selection - * @{ - */ -#define HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1 ((uint32_t)0x0000) /*!< HASH function is SHA1 */ -#define HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA224 HASH_CR_ALGO_1 /*!< HASH function is SHA224 */ -#define HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA256 HASH_CR_ALGO /*!< HASH function is SHA256 */ -#define HASH_AlgoSelection_MD5 HASH_CR_ALGO_0 /*!< HASH function is MD5 */ - -#define IS_HASH_ALGOSELECTION(ALGOSELECTION) (((ALGOSELECTION) == HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1) || \ - ((ALGOSELECTION) == HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA224) || \ - ((ALGOSELECTION) == HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA256) || \ - ((ALGOSELECTION) == HASH_AlgoSelection_MD5)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_processor_Algorithm_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define HASH_AlgoMode_HASH ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Algorithm is HASH */ -#define HASH_AlgoMode_HMAC HASH_CR_MODE /*!< Algorithm is HMAC */ - -#define IS_HASH_ALGOMODE(ALGOMODE) (((ALGOMODE) == HASH_AlgoMode_HASH) || \ - ((ALGOMODE) == HASH_AlgoMode_HMAC)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Data_Type - * @{ - */ -#define HASH_DataType_32b ((uint32_t)0x0000) /*!< 32-bit data. No swapping */ -#define HASH_DataType_16b HASH_CR_DATATYPE_0 /*!< 16-bit data. Each half word is swapped */ -#define HASH_DataType_8b HASH_CR_DATATYPE_1 /*!< 8-bit data. All bytes are swapped */ -#define HASH_DataType_1b HASH_CR_DATATYPE /*!< 1-bit data. In the word all bits are swapped */ - -#define IS_HASH_DATATYPE(DATATYPE) (((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_32b)|| \ - ((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_16b)|| \ - ((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_8b) || \ - ((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_1b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_HMAC_Long_key_only_for_HMAC_mode - * @{ - */ -#define HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< HMAC Key is <= 64 bytes */ -#define HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey HASH_CR_LKEY /*!< HMAC Key is > 64 bytes */ - -#define IS_HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE(KEYTYPE) (((KEYTYPE) == HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey) || \ - ((KEYTYPE) == HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup Number_of_valid_bits_in_last_word_of_the_message - * @{ - */ -#define IS_HASH_VALIDBITSNUMBER(VALIDBITS) ((VALIDBITS) <= 0x1F) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_interrupts_definition - * @{ - */ -#define HASH_IT_DINI HASH_IMR_DINIM /*!< A new block can be entered into the input buffer (DIN) */ -#define HASH_IT_DCI HASH_IMR_DCIM /*!< Digest calculation complete */ - -#define IS_HASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) -#define IS_HASH_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == HASH_IT_DINI) || ((IT) == HASH_IT_DCI)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_flags_definition - * @{ - */ -#define HASH_FLAG_DINIS HASH_SR_DINIS /*!< 16 locations are free in the DIN : A new block can be entered into the input buffer */ -#define HASH_FLAG_DCIS HASH_SR_DCIS /*!< Digest calculation complete */ -#define HASH_FLAG_DMAS HASH_SR_DMAS /*!< DMA interface is enabled (DMAE=1) or a transfer is ongoing */ -#define HASH_FLAG_BUSY HASH_SR_BUSY /*!< The hash core is Busy : processing a block of data */ -#define HASH_FLAG_DINNE HASH_CR_DINNE /*!< DIN not empty : The input buffer contains at least one word of data */ - -#define IS_HASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DINIS) || \ - ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DCIS) || \ - ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DMAS) || \ - ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) || \ - ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DINNE)) - -#define IS_HASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DINIS) || \ - ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the HASH configuration to the default reset state ****/ -void HASH_DeInit(void); - -/* HASH Configuration function ************************************************/ -void HASH_Init(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct); -void HASH_StructInit(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct); -void HASH_Reset(void); - -/* HASH Message Digest generation functions ***********************************/ -void HASH_DataIn(uint32_t Data); -uint8_t HASH_GetInFIFOWordsNbr(void); -void HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(uint16_t ValidNumber); -void HASH_StartDigest(void); -void HASH_AutoStartDigest(FunctionalState NewState); -void HASH_GetDigest(HASH_MsgDigest* HASH_MessageDigest); - -/* HASH Context swapping functions ********************************************/ -void HASH_SaveContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextSave); -void HASH_RestoreContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextRestore); - -/* HASH DMA interface function ************************************************/ -void HASH_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* HASH Interrupts and flags management functions *****************************/ -void HASH_ITConfig(uint32_t HASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus HASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t HASH_FLAG); -void HASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t HASH_FLAG); -ITStatus HASH_GetITStatus(uint32_t HASH_IT); -void HASH_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t HASH_IT); - -/* High Level SHA1 functions **************************************************/ -ErrorStatus HASH_SHA1(uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, uint8_t Output[20]); -ErrorStatus HMAC_SHA1(uint8_t *Key, uint32_t Keylen, - uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, - uint8_t Output[20]); - -/* High Level MD5 functions ***************************************************/ -ErrorStatus HASH_MD5(uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, uint8_t Output[16]); -ErrorStatus HMAC_MD5(uint8_t *Key, uint32_t Keylen, - uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, - uint8_t Output[16]); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_HASH_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hash.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the HASH + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HASH_H +#define __STM32F4xx_HASH_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup HASH + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief HASH Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t HASH_AlgoSelection; /*!< SHA-1, SHA-224, SHA-256 or MD5. This parameter + can be a value of @ref HASH_Algo_Selection */ + uint32_t HASH_AlgoMode; /*!< HASH or HMAC. This parameter can be a value + of @ref HASH_processor_Algorithm_Mode */ + uint32_t HASH_DataType; /*!< 32-bit data, 16-bit data, 8-bit data or + bit string. This parameter can be a value of + @ref HASH_Data_Type */ + uint32_t HASH_HMACKeyType; /*!< HMAC Short key or HMAC Long Key. This parameter + can be a value of @ref HASH_HMAC_Long_key_only_for_HMAC_mode */ +}HASH_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HASH message digest result structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t Data[8]; /*!< Message digest result : 8x 32bit wors for SHA-256, + 7x 32bit wors for SHA-224, + 5x 32bit words for SHA-1 or + 4x 32bit words for MD5 */ +} HASH_MsgDigest; + +/** + * @brief HASH context swapping structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t HASH_IMR; + uint32_t HASH_STR; + uint32_t HASH_CR; + uint32_t HASH_CSR[54]; +}HASH_Context; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Algo_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1 ((uint32_t)0x0000) /*!< HASH function is SHA1 */ +#define HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA224 HASH_CR_ALGO_1 /*!< HASH function is SHA224 */ +#define HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA256 HASH_CR_ALGO /*!< HASH function is SHA256 */ +#define HASH_AlgoSelection_MD5 HASH_CR_ALGO_0 /*!< HASH function is MD5 */ + +#define IS_HASH_ALGOSELECTION(ALGOSELECTION) (((ALGOSELECTION) == HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1) || \ + ((ALGOSELECTION) == HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA224) || \ + ((ALGOSELECTION) == HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA256) || \ + ((ALGOSELECTION) == HASH_AlgoSelection_MD5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_processor_Algorithm_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_AlgoMode_HASH ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Algorithm is HASH */ +#define HASH_AlgoMode_HMAC HASH_CR_MODE /*!< Algorithm is HMAC */ + +#define IS_HASH_ALGOMODE(ALGOMODE) (((ALGOMODE) == HASH_AlgoMode_HASH) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == HASH_AlgoMode_HMAC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Data_Type + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_DataType_32b ((uint32_t)0x0000) /*!< 32-bit data. No swapping */ +#define HASH_DataType_16b HASH_CR_DATATYPE_0 /*!< 16-bit data. Each half word is swapped */ +#define HASH_DataType_8b HASH_CR_DATATYPE_1 /*!< 8-bit data. All bytes are swapped */ +#define HASH_DataType_1b HASH_CR_DATATYPE /*!< 1-bit data. In the word all bits are swapped */ + +#define IS_HASH_DATATYPE(DATATYPE) (((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_32b)|| \ + ((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_16b)|| \ + ((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_8b) || \ + ((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_1b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_HMAC_Long_key_only_for_HMAC_mode + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< HMAC Key is <= 64 bytes */ +#define HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey HASH_CR_LKEY /*!< HMAC Key is > 64 bytes */ + +#define IS_HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE(KEYTYPE) (((KEYTYPE) == HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey) || \ + ((KEYTYPE) == HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Number_of_valid_bits_in_last_word_of_the_message + * @{ + */ +#define IS_HASH_VALIDBITSNUMBER(VALIDBITS) ((VALIDBITS) <= 0x1F) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_IT_DINI HASH_IMR_DINIM /*!< A new block can be entered into the input buffer (DIN) */ +#define HASH_IT_DCI HASH_IMR_DCIM /*!< Digest calculation complete */ + +#define IS_HASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) +#define IS_HASH_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == HASH_IT_DINI) || ((IT) == HASH_IT_DCI)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_FLAG_DINIS HASH_SR_DINIS /*!< 16 locations are free in the DIN : A new block can be entered into the input buffer */ +#define HASH_FLAG_DCIS HASH_SR_DCIS /*!< Digest calculation complete */ +#define HASH_FLAG_DMAS HASH_SR_DMAS /*!< DMA interface is enabled (DMAE=1) or a transfer is ongoing */ +#define HASH_FLAG_BUSY HASH_SR_BUSY /*!< The hash core is Busy : processing a block of data */ +#define HASH_FLAG_DINNE HASH_CR_DINNE /*!< DIN not empty : The input buffer contains at least one word of data */ + +#define IS_HASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DINIS) || \ + ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DCIS) || \ + ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DMAS) || \ + ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) || \ + ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DINNE)) + +#define IS_HASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DINIS) || \ + ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the HASH configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void HASH_DeInit(void); + +/* HASH Configuration function ************************************************/ +void HASH_Init(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct); +void HASH_StructInit(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct); +void HASH_Reset(void); + +/* HASH Message Digest generation functions ***********************************/ +void HASH_DataIn(uint32_t Data); +uint8_t HASH_GetInFIFOWordsNbr(void); +void HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(uint16_t ValidNumber); +void HASH_StartDigest(void); +void HASH_AutoStartDigest(FunctionalState NewState); +void HASH_GetDigest(HASH_MsgDigest* HASH_MessageDigest); + +/* HASH Context swapping functions ********************************************/ +void HASH_SaveContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextSave); +void HASH_RestoreContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextRestore); + +/* HASH DMA interface function ************************************************/ +void HASH_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* HASH Interrupts and flags management functions *****************************/ +void HASH_ITConfig(uint32_t HASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus HASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t HASH_FLAG); +void HASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t HASH_FLAG); +ITStatus HASH_GetITStatus(uint32_t HASH_IT); +void HASH_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t HASH_IT); + +/* High Level SHA1 functions **************************************************/ +ErrorStatus HASH_SHA1(uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, uint8_t Output[20]); +ErrorStatus HMAC_SHA1(uint8_t *Key, uint32_t Keylen, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, + uint8_t Output[20]); + +/* High Level MD5 functions ***************************************************/ +ErrorStatus HASH_MD5(uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, uint8_t Output[16]); +ErrorStatus HMAC_MD5(uint8_t *Key, uint32_t Keylen, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, + uint8_t Output[16]); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_HASH_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_i2c.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_i2c.h index cc204f7f10..444e3617c3 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_i2c.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_i2c.h @@ -1,710 +1,701 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_i2c.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_I2C_H -#define __STM32F4xx_I2C_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup I2C - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief I2C Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t I2C_ClockSpeed; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency. - This parameter must be set to a value lower than 400kHz */ - - uint16_t I2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2C mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode */ - - uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle; /*!< Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle. - This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode */ - - uint16_t I2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the first device own address. - This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address. */ - - uint16_t I2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement. - This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement */ - - uint16_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged. - This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address */ -}I2C_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2C1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == I2C2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == I2C3)) - -/** @defgroup I2C_Digital_Filter - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0x0000000F) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup I2C_mode - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_Mode_I2C ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost ((uint16_t)0x000A) -#define IS_I2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Mode_I2C) || \ - ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \ - ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusHost)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_DutyCycle_16_9 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ -#define I2C_DutyCycle_2 ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ -#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(CYCLE) (((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) || \ - ((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_2)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledgement - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_Ack_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400) -#define I2C_Ack_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_transfer_direction - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define I2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \ - ((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Receiver)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledged_address - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint16_t)0x4000) -#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit ((uint16_t)0xC000) -#define IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \ - ((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_registers - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define I2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define I2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08) -#define I2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C) -#define I2C_Register_DR ((uint8_t)0x10) -#define I2C_Register_SR1 ((uint8_t)0x14) -#define I2C_Register_SR2 ((uint8_t)0x18) -#define I2C_Register_CCR ((uint8_t)0x1C) -#define I2C_Register_TRISE ((uint8_t)0x20) -#define IS_I2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR1) || \ - ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR2) || \ - ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR1) || \ - ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR2) || \ - ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_DR) || \ - ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR1) || \ - ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR2) || \ - ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CCR) || \ - ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TRISE)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_NACK_position - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_NACKPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800) -#define I2C_NACKPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) -#define IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) || \ - ((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Current)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_SMBus_alert_pin_level - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_SMBusAlert_Low ((uint16_t)0x2000) -#define I2C_SMBusAlert_High ((uint16_t)0xDFFF) -#define IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(ALERT) (((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) || \ - ((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_High)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_PEC_position - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_PECPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800) -#define I2C_PECPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) -#define IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Next) || \ - ((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Current)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_IT_BUF ((uint16_t)0x0400) -#define I2C_IT_EVT ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define I2C_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF8FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define I2C_IT_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x01008000) -#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x01004000) -#define I2C_IT_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x01001000) -#define I2C_IT_OVR ((uint32_t)0x01000800) -#define I2C_IT_AF ((uint32_t)0x01000400) -#define I2C_IT_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x01000200) -#define I2C_IT_BERR ((uint32_t)0x01000100) -#define I2C_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x06000080) -#define I2C_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x06000040) -#define I2C_IT_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x02000010) -#define I2C_IT_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x02000008) -#define I2C_IT_BTF ((uint32_t)0x02000004) -#define I2C_IT_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x02000002) -#define I2C_IT_SB ((uint32_t)0x02000001) - -#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint16_t)0x00)) - -#define IS_I2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == I2C_IT_SMBALERT) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \ - ((IT) == I2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_OVR) || \ - ((IT) == I2C_IT_AF) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_ARLO) || \ - ((IT) == I2C_IT_BERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TXE) || \ - ((IT) == I2C_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_STOPF) || \ - ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADD10) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_BTF) || \ - ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_SB)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_flags_definition - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief SR2 register flags - */ - -#define I2C_FLAG_DUALF ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#define I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define I2C_FLAG_GENCALL ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define I2C_FLAG_TRA ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define I2C_FLAG_MSL ((uint32_t)0x00010000) - -/** - * @brief SR1 register flags - */ - -#define I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x10008000) -#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x10004000) -#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x10001000) -#define I2C_FLAG_OVR ((uint32_t)0x10000800) -#define I2C_FLAG_AF ((uint32_t)0x10000400) -#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x10000200) -#define I2C_FLAG_BERR ((uint32_t)0x10000100) -#define I2C_FLAG_TXE ((uint32_t)0x10000080) -#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x10000040) -#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x10000010) -#define I2C_FLAG_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) -#define I2C_FLAG_BTF ((uint32_t)0x10000004) -#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x10000002) -#define I2C_FLAG_SB ((uint32_t)0x10000001) - -#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00)) - -#define IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_DUALF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TRA) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSY) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_MSL) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_AF) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNE) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADD10) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BTF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SB)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_Events - * @{ - */ - -/** - =============================================================================== - I2C Master Events (Events grouped in order of communication) - =============================================================================== - */ - -/** - * @brief Communication start - * - * After sending the START condition (I2C_GenerateSTART() function) the master - * has to wait for this event. It means that the Start condition has been correctly - * released on the I2C bus (the bus is free, no other devices is communicating). - * - */ -/* --EV5 */ -#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT ((uint32_t)0x00030001) /* BUSY, MSL and SB flag */ - -/** - * @brief Address Acknowledge - * - * After checking on EV5 (start condition correctly released on the bus), the - * master sends the address of the slave(s) with which it will communicate - * (I2C_Send7bitAddress() function, it also determines the direction of the communication: - * Master transmitter or Receiver). Then the master has to wait that a slave acknowledges - * his address. If an acknowledge is sent on the bus, one of the following events will - * be set: - * - * 1) In case of Master Receiver (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED - * event is set. - * - * 2) In case of Master Transmitter (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED - * is set - * - * 3) In case of 10-Bit addressing mode, the master (just after generating the START - * and checking on EV5) has to send the header of 10-bit addressing mode (I2C_SendData() - * function). Then master should wait on EV9. It means that the 10-bit addressing - * header has been correctly sent on the bus. Then master should send the second part of - * the 10-bit address (LSB) using the function I2C_Send7bitAddress(). Then master - * should wait for event EV6. - * - */ - -/* --EV6 */ -#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00070082) /* BUSY, MSL, ADDR, TXE and TRA flags */ -#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00030002) /* BUSY, MSL and ADDR flags */ -/* --EV9 */ -#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 ((uint32_t)0x00030008) /* BUSY, MSL and ADD10 flags */ - -/** - * @brief Communication events - * - * If a communication is established (START condition generated and slave address - * acknowledged) then the master has to check on one of the following events for - * communication procedures: - * - * 1) Master Receiver mode: The master has to wait on the event EV7 then to read - * the data received from the slave (I2C_ReceiveData() function). - * - * 2) Master Transmitter mode: The master has to send data (I2C_SendData() - * function) then to wait on event EV8 or EV8_2. - * These two events are similar: - * - EV8 means that the data has been written in the data register and is - * being shifted out. - * - EV8_2 means that the data has been physically shifted out and output - * on the bus. - * In most cases, using EV8 is sufficient for the application. - * Using EV8_2 leads to a slower communication but ensure more reliable test. - * EV8_2 is also more suitable than EV8 for testing on the last data transmission - * (before Stop condition generation). - * - * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that this event EV7 is - * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV7 - * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)). - * In this case the communication may be slower. - * - */ - -/* Master RECEIVER mode -----------------------------*/ -/* --EV7 */ -#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00030040) /* BUSY, MSL and RXNE flags */ - -/* Master TRANSMITTER mode --------------------------*/ -/* --EV8 */ -#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00070080) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE flags */ -/* --EV8_2 */ -#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00070084) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE and BTF flags */ - - -/** - =============================================================================== - I2C Slave Events (Events grouped in order of communication) - =============================================================================== - */ - - -/** - * @brief Communication start events - * - * Wait on one of these events at the start of the communication. It means that - * the I2C peripheral detected a Start condition on the bus (generated by master - * device) followed by the peripheral address. The peripheral generates an ACK - * condition on the bus (if the acknowledge feature is enabled through function - * I2C_AcknowledgeConfig()) and the events listed above are set : - * - * 1) In normal case (only one address managed by the slave), when the address - * sent by the master matches the own address of the peripheral (configured by - * I2C_OwnAddress1 field) the I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_ADDRESS_MATCHED event is set - * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER). - * - * 2) In case the address sent by the master matches the second address of the - * peripheral (configured by the function I2C_OwnAddress2Config() and enabled - * by the function I2C_DualAddressCmd()) the events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED - * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER) are set. - * - * 3) In case the address sent by the master is General Call (address 0x00) and - * if the General Call is enabled for the peripheral (using function I2C_GeneralCallCmd()) - * the following event is set I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED. - * - */ - -/* --EV1 (all the events below are variants of EV1) */ -/* 1) Case of One Single Address managed by the slave */ -#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00020002) /* BUSY and ADDR flags */ -#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00060082) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and ADDR flags */ - -/* 2) Case of Dual address managed by the slave */ -#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00820000) /* DUALF and BUSY flags */ -#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00860080) /* DUALF, TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */ - -/* 3) Case of General Call enabled for the slave */ -#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00120000) /* GENCALL and BUSY flags */ - -/** - * @brief Communication events - * - * Wait on one of these events when EV1 has already been checked and: - * - * - Slave RECEIVER mode: - * - EV2: When the application is expecting a data byte to be received. - * - EV4: When the application is expecting the end of the communication: master - * sends a stop condition and data transmission is stopped. - * - * - Slave Transmitter mode: - * - EV3: When a byte has been transmitted by the slave and the application is expecting - * the end of the byte transmission. The two events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED and - * I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING are similar. The second one can optionally be - * used when the user software doesn't guarantee the EV3 is managed before the - * current byte end of transfer. - * - EV3_2: When the master sends a NACK in order to tell slave that data transmission - * shall end (before sending the STOP condition). In this case slave has to stop sending - * data bytes and expect a Stop condition on the bus. - * - * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that the event EV2 is - * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV2 - * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)). - * In this case the communication may be slower. - * - */ - -/* Slave RECEIVER mode --------------------------*/ -/* --EV2 */ -#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00020040) /* BUSY and RXNE flags */ -/* --EV4 */ -#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* STOPF flag */ - -/* Slave TRANSMITTER mode -----------------------*/ -/* --EV3 */ -#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00060084) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and BTF flags */ -#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00060080) /* TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */ -/* --EV3_2 */ -#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* AF flag */ - -/* - =============================================================================== - End of Events Description - =============================================================================== - */ - -#define IS_I2C_EVENT(EVENT) (((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \ - ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \ - ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \ - ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \ - ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10) || \ - ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_own_address1 - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= 0x3FF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_clock_speed - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) >= 0x1) && ((SPEED) <= 400000)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the I2C configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); -void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); -void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_DigitalFilterConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DigitalFilter); -void I2C_AnalogFilterCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction); -void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address); -void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle); -void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition); -void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert); -void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ -void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data); -uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); - -/* PEC management functions ***************************************************/ -void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition); -void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); - -/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ -void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts, events and flags management functions **************************/ -uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register); -void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* - =============================================================================== - I2C State Monitoring Functions - =============================================================================== - This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring - depending on the application requirements and constraints: - - - 1. Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function) - ----------------------------------------------------------- - It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event - (can be the combination of one or more flags). - It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags - and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status. - - - When to use - - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup - activity since the events are fully described in the product reference - manual (RM0090). - - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events. - - - Limitations - - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored - flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite - the communication hold or corrupted real state. - In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor - the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler. - - Note - For error management, it is advised to use the following functions: - - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR). - - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs. - Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...) - - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred. - - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd() - and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source - and return to correct communication status. - - - 2. Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent()) - -------------------------------------------------------------------- - Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status - registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left - by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1). - - - When to use - - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it - allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() - function. - - The returned value could be compared to events already defined in - this file or to custom values defined by user. - This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the - same time. - - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows - user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are - set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set - like I2C_CheckEvent() function. - - - Limitations - - User may need to define his own events. - - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this - function if user decides to check only regular communication flags - (and ignores error flags). - - - 3. Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus()) - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of - one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). - - - When to use - - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug - phase. - - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C - events are monitored through multiple flags). - - Limitations: - - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. - Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed. - So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones. - - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor - one single event. - */ - -/* - =============================================================================== - 1. Basic state monitoring - =============================================================================== - */ -ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT); -/* - =============================================================================== - 2. Advanced state monitoring - =============================================================================== - */ -uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); -/* - =============================================================================== - 3. Flag-based state monitoring - =============================================================================== - */ -FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); - - -void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); -ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); -void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_I2C_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_i2c.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_I2C_H +#define __STM32F4xx_I2C_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief I2C Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t I2C_ClockSpeed; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 400kHz */ + + uint16_t I2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2C mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode */ + + uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle; /*!< Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode */ + + uint16_t I2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the first device own address. + This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address. */ + + uint16_t I2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement */ + + uint16_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address */ +}I2C_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2C1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2C2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2C3)) +/** @defgroup I2C_Digital_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0x0000000F) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Mode_I2C ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define IS_I2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Mode_I2C) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusHost)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_DutyCycle_16_9 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ +#define I2C_DutyCycle_2 ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ +#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(CYCLE) (((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) || \ + ((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledgement + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Ack_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define I2C_Ack_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define I2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Receiver)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledged_address + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit ((uint16_t)0xC000) +#define IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_registers + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define I2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define I2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define I2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define I2C_Register_DR ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define I2C_Register_SR1 ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define I2C_Register_SR2 ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define I2C_Register_CCR ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define I2C_Register_TRISE ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define IS_I2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_DR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CCR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TRISE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_NACK_position + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_NACKPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define I2C_NACKPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) +#define IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) || \ + ((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Current)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_SMBus_alert_pin_level + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_SMBusAlert_Low ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define I2C_SMBusAlert_High ((uint16_t)0xDFFF) +#define IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(ALERT) (((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) || \ + ((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_PEC_position + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_PECPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define I2C_PECPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) +#define IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Next) || \ + ((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Current)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_IT_BUF ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define I2C_IT_EVT ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2C_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF8FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_IT_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x01008000) +#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x01004000) +#define I2C_IT_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x01001000) +#define I2C_IT_OVR ((uint32_t)0x01000800) +#define I2C_IT_AF ((uint32_t)0x01000400) +#define I2C_IT_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x01000200) +#define I2C_IT_BERR ((uint32_t)0x01000100) +#define I2C_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x06000080) +#define I2C_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x06000040) +#define I2C_IT_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x02000010) +#define I2C_IT_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x02000008) +#define I2C_IT_BTF ((uint32_t)0x02000004) +#define I2C_IT_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x02000002) +#define I2C_IT_SB ((uint32_t)0x02000001) + +#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_I2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == I2C_IT_SMBALERT) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_OVR) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_AF) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_ARLO) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_BERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_STOPF) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADD10) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_BTF) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_SB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief SR2 register flags + */ + +#define I2C_FLAG_DUALF ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define I2C_FLAG_GENCALL ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define I2C_FLAG_TRA ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define I2C_FLAG_MSL ((uint32_t)0x00010000) + +/** + * @brief SR1 register flags + */ + +#define I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x10008000) +#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x10004000) +#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x10001000) +#define I2C_FLAG_OVR ((uint32_t)0x10000800) +#define I2C_FLAG_AF ((uint32_t)0x10000400) +#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x10000200) +#define I2C_FLAG_BERR ((uint32_t)0x10000100) +#define I2C_FLAG_TXE ((uint32_t)0x10000080) +#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x10000040) +#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x10000010) +#define I2C_FLAG_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) +#define I2C_FLAG_BTF ((uint32_t)0x10000004) +#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x10000002) +#define I2C_FLAG_SB ((uint32_t)0x10000001) + +#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_DUALF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TRA) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSY) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_MSL) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_AF) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADD10) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BTF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Events + * @{ + */ + +/** + =============================================================================== + I2C Master Events (Events grouped in order of communication) + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Communication start + * + * After sending the START condition (I2C_GenerateSTART() function) the master + * has to wait for this event. It means that the Start condition has been correctly + * released on the I2C bus (the bus is free, no other devices is communicating). + * + */ +/* --EV5 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT ((uint32_t)0x00030001) /* BUSY, MSL and SB flag */ + +/** + * @brief Address Acknowledge + * + * After checking on EV5 (start condition correctly released on the bus), the + * master sends the address of the slave(s) with which it will communicate + * (I2C_Send7bitAddress() function, it also determines the direction of the communication: + * Master transmitter or Receiver). Then the master has to wait that a slave acknowledges + * his address. If an acknowledge is sent on the bus, one of the following events will + * be set: + * + * 1) In case of Master Receiver (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED + * event is set. + * + * 2) In case of Master Transmitter (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED + * is set + * + * 3) In case of 10-Bit addressing mode, the master (just after generating the START + * and checking on EV5) has to send the header of 10-bit addressing mode (I2C_SendData() + * function). Then master should wait on EV9. It means that the 10-bit addressing + * header has been correctly sent on the bus. Then master should send the second part of + * the 10-bit address (LSB) using the function I2C_Send7bitAddress(). Then master + * should wait for event EV6. + * + */ + +/* --EV6 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00070082) /* BUSY, MSL, ADDR, TXE and TRA flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00030002) /* BUSY, MSL and ADDR flags */ +/* --EV9 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 ((uint32_t)0x00030008) /* BUSY, MSL and ADD10 flags */ + +/** + * @brief Communication events + * + * If a communication is established (START condition generated and slave address + * acknowledged) then the master has to check on one of the following events for + * communication procedures: + * + * 1) Master Receiver mode: The master has to wait on the event EV7 then to read + * the data received from the slave (I2C_ReceiveData() function). + * + * 2) Master Transmitter mode: The master has to send data (I2C_SendData() + * function) then to wait on event EV8 or EV8_2. + * These two events are similar: + * - EV8 means that the data has been written in the data register and is + * being shifted out. + * - EV8_2 means that the data has been physically shifted out and output + * on the bus. + * In most cases, using EV8 is sufficient for the application. + * Using EV8_2 leads to a slower communication but ensure more reliable test. + * EV8_2 is also more suitable than EV8 for testing on the last data transmission + * (before Stop condition generation). + * + * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that this event EV7 is + * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV7 + * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)). + * In this case the communication may be slower. + * + */ + +/* Master RECEIVER mode -----------------------------*/ +/* --EV7 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00030040) /* BUSY, MSL and RXNE flags */ + +/* Master TRANSMITTER mode --------------------------*/ +/* --EV8 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00070080) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE flags */ +/* --EV8_2 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00070084) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE and BTF flags */ + + +/** + =============================================================================== + I2C Slave Events (Events grouped in order of communication) + =============================================================================== + */ + + +/** + * @brief Communication start events + * + * Wait on one of these events at the start of the communication. It means that + * the I2C peripheral detected a Start condition on the bus (generated by master + * device) followed by the peripheral address. The peripheral generates an ACK + * condition on the bus (if the acknowledge feature is enabled through function + * I2C_AcknowledgeConfig()) and the events listed above are set : + * + * 1) In normal case (only one address managed by the slave), when the address + * sent by the master matches the own address of the peripheral (configured by + * I2C_OwnAddress1 field) the I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_ADDRESS_MATCHED event is set + * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER). + * + * 2) In case the address sent by the master matches the second address of the + * peripheral (configured by the function I2C_OwnAddress2Config() and enabled + * by the function I2C_DualAddressCmd()) the events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED + * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER) are set. + * + * 3) In case the address sent by the master is General Call (address 0x00) and + * if the General Call is enabled for the peripheral (using function I2C_GeneralCallCmd()) + * the following event is set I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED. + * + */ + +/* --EV1 (all the events below are variants of EV1) */ +/* 1) Case of One Single Address managed by the slave */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00020002) /* BUSY and ADDR flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00060082) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and ADDR flags */ + +/* 2) Case of Dual address managed by the slave */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00820000) /* DUALF and BUSY flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00860080) /* DUALF, TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */ + +/* 3) Case of General Call enabled for the slave */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00120000) /* GENCALL and BUSY flags */ + +/** + * @brief Communication events + * + * Wait on one of these events when EV1 has already been checked and: + * + * - Slave RECEIVER mode: + * - EV2: When the application is expecting a data byte to be received. + * - EV4: When the application is expecting the end of the communication: master + * sends a stop condition and data transmission is stopped. + * + * - Slave Transmitter mode: + * - EV3: When a byte has been transmitted by the slave and the application is expecting + * the end of the byte transmission. The two events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED and + * I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING are similar. The second one can optionally be + * used when the user software doesn't guarantee the EV3 is managed before the + * current byte end of transfer. + * - EV3_2: When the master sends a NACK in order to tell slave that data transmission + * shall end (before sending the STOP condition). In this case slave has to stop sending + * data bytes and expect a Stop condition on the bus. + * + * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that the event EV2 is + * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV2 + * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)). + * In this case the communication may be slower. + * + */ + +/* Slave RECEIVER mode --------------------------*/ +/* --EV2 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00020040) /* BUSY and RXNE flags */ +/* --EV4 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* STOPF flag */ + +/* Slave TRANSMITTER mode -----------------------*/ +/* --EV3 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00060084) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and BTF flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00060080) /* TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */ +/* --EV3_2 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* AF flag */ + +/* + =============================================================================== + End of Events Description + =============================================================================== + */ + +#define IS_I2C_EVENT(EVENT) (((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_own_address1 + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= 0x3FF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_clock_speed + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) >= 0x1) && ((SPEED) <= 400000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the I2C configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_DigitalFilterConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DigitalFilter); +void I2C_AnalogFilterCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction); +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address); +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle); +void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition); +void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert); +void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data); +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* PEC management functions ***************************************************/ +void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition); +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts, events and flags management functions **************************/ +uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register); +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* + =============================================================================== + I2C State Monitoring Functions + =============================================================================== + This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring + depending on the application requirements and constraints: + + + 1. Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function) + ----------------------------------------------------------- + It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event + (can be the combination of one or more flags). + It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags + and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status. + + - When to use + - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup + activity since the events are fully described in the product reference + manual (RM0090). + - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events. + + - Limitations + - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored + flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite + the communication hold or corrupted real state. + In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor + the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler. + + Note + For error management, it is advised to use the following functions: + - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR). + - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs. + Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...) + - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the + I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred. + - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd() + and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source + and return to correct communication status. + + + 2. Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent()) + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status + registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left + by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1). + + - When to use + - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it + allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() + function. + - The returned value could be compared to events already defined in + this file or to custom values defined by user. + This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the + same time. + - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows + user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are + set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set + like I2C_CheckEvent() function. + + - Limitations + - User may need to define his own events. + - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this + function if user decides to check only regular communication flags + (and ignores error flags). + + + 3. Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus()) + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of + one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). + + - When to use + - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug + phase. + - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C + events are monitored through multiple flags). + - Limitations: + - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. + Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed. + So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones. + - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor + one single event. + */ + +/* + =============================================================================== + 1. Basic state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ +ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT); +/* + =============================================================================== + 2. Advanced state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ +uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +/* + =============================================================================== + 3. Flag-based state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); + + +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_I2C_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_iwdg.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_iwdg.h index 5b4afa25a4..5c86845329 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_iwdg.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_iwdg.h @@ -1,131 +1,123 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_iwdg.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG - * firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_IWDG_H -#define __STM32F4xx_IWDG_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup IWDG - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_WriteAccess - * @{ - */ -#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable ((uint16_t)0x5555) -#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(ACCESS) (((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || \ - ((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_prescaler - * @{ - */ -#define IWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define IWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define IWDG_Prescaler_16 ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define IWDG_Prescaler_32 ((uint8_t)0x03) -#define IWDG_Prescaler_64 ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define IWDG_Prescaler_128 ((uint8_t)0x05) -#define IWDG_Prescaler_256 ((uint8_t)0x06) -#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_8) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_16) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_32) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_64) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_128)|| \ - ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_256)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_Flag - * @{ - */ -#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define IS_IWDG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_PVU) || ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_RVU)) -#define IS_IWDG_RELOAD(RELOAD) ((RELOAD) <= 0xFFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ******************************/ -void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess); -void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler); -void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload); -void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void); - -/* IWDG activation function ***************************************************/ -void IWDG_Enable(void); - -/* Flag management function ***************************************************/ -FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_IWDG_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_iwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_IWDG_H +#define __STM32F4xx_IWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_WriteAccess + * @{ + */ +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable ((uint16_t)0x5555) +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(ACCESS) (((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || \ + ((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define IWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_16 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_32 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_64 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_128 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_256 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_128)|| \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Flag + * @{ + */ +#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_IWDG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_PVU) || ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_RVU)) +#define IS_IWDG_RELOAD(RELOAD) ((RELOAD) <= 0xFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ******************************/ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess); +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler); +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload); +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void); + +/* IWDG activation function ***************************************************/ +void IWDG_Enable(void); + +/* Flag management function ***************************************************/ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_IWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_lptim.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_lptim.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b885c528dd --- /dev/null +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_lptim.h @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_lptim.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the LPTIM + * firmware library + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4XX_LPTIM_H +#define __STM32F4XX_LPTIM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup LPTIM + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief LPTIM Init structure definition + * @note + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t LPTIM_ClockSource; /*!< Selects the clock source. + This parameter can be a value of @ref LPTIM_Clock_Source */ + + uint32_t LPTIM_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the timer clock Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref LPTIM_Clock_Prescaler */ + + uint32_t LPTIM_Waveform; /*!< Selects the output shape. + This parameter can be a value of @ref LPTIM_Waveform_Shape */ + + uint32_t LPTIM_OutputPolarity; /*!< Specifies the LPTIM Output pin polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref LPTIM_Output_Polarity */ +}LPTIM_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == LPTIM1) + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Clock_Source LPTIM Clock Source + * @{ + */ + +#define LPTIM_ClockSource_APBClock_LPosc ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LPTIM_ClockSource_ULPTIM ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == LPTIM_ClockSource_ULPTIM) || \ + ((SOURCE) == LPTIM_ClockSource_APBClock_LPosc)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Clock_Prescaler LPTIM Clock Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV2 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV4 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV8 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) +#define LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV16 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV32 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) +#define LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV64 ((uint32_t)0x00000C00) +#define LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV128 ((uint32_t)0x00000E00) +#define IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV128)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Waveform_Shape LPTIM Waveform Shape + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_Waveform_PWM_OnePulse ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LPTIM_Waveform_SetOnce ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define IS_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(WAVE) (((WAVE) == LPTIM_Waveform_SetOnce) || \ + ((WAVE) == LPTIM_Waveform_PWM_OnePulse)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Output_Polarity LPTIM Output Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_OutputPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LPTIM_OutputPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define IS_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == LPTIM_OutputPolarity_Low ) || \ + ((POLARITY) == LPTIM_OutputPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Clock_Polarity LPTIM Clock Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_ClockPolarity_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LPTIM_ClockPolarity_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define LPTIM_ClockPolarity_BothEdges ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == LPTIM_ClockPolarity_RisingEdge ) || \ + ((POLARITY) == LPTIM_ClockPolarity_FallingEdge ) || \ + ((POLARITY) == LPTIM_ClockPolarity_BothEdges)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_External_Trigger_Source LPTIM External Trigger Source + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_3 ((uint32_t)0x00006000) +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_5 ((uint32_t)0x0000A000) +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_6 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_7 ((uint32_t)0x0000E000) +#define IS_LPTIM_EXT_TRG_SOURCE(TRIG) (((TRIG) == LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_0) || \ + ((TRIG) == LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_1) || \ + ((TRIG) == LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_2) || \ + ((TRIG) == LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_3) || \ + ((TRIG) == LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_4) || \ + ((TRIG) == LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_5) || \ + ((TRIG) == LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_6) || \ + ((TRIG) == LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_External_Trigger_Polarity LPTIM External Trigger Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity_BothEdges ((uint32_t)0x00060000) +#define IS_LPTIM_EXT_TRG_POLARITY(POLAR) (((POLAR) == LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity_RisingEdge) || \ + ((POLAR) == LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity_FallingEdge) || \ + ((POLAR) == LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity_BothEdges)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Clock_Sample_Time LPTIM Clock Sample Time + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_DirectTransistion ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_2Transistions ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_4Transistions ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_8Transistions ((uint32_t)0x00000018) +#define IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SAMPLE_TIME(SAMPLETIME) (((SAMPLETIME) == LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_DirectTransistion) || \ + ((SAMPLETIME) == LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_2Transistions) || \ + ((SAMPLETIME) == LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_4Transistions) || \ + ((SAMPLETIME) == LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_8Transistions)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Trigger_Sample_Time LPTIM Trigger Sample Time + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_DirectTransistion ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_2Transistions ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_4Transistions ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_8Transistions ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) +#define IS_LPTIM_TRIG_SAMPLE_TIME(SAMPLETIME) (((SAMPLETIME) == LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_DirectTransistion) || \ + ((SAMPLETIME) == LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_2Transistions) || \ + ((SAMPLETIME) == LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_4Transistions) || \ + ((SAMPLETIME) == LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_8Transistions)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Operating_Mode LPTIM Operating Mode + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_Mode_Continuous ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define LPTIM_Mode_Single ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_LPTIM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LPTIM_Mode_Continuous) || \ + ((MODE) == LPTIM_Mode_Single)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Updating_Register LPTIM Updating Register + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_Update_Immediate ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LPTIM_Update_EndOfPeriod ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define IS_LPTIM_UPDATE(UPDATE) (((UPDATE) == LPTIM_Update_Immediate) || \ + ((UPDATE) == LPTIM_Update_EndOfPeriod)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Interrupts_Definition LPTIM Interrupts Definition + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_IT_DOWN LPTIM_IER_DOWNIE +#define LPTIM_IT_UP LPTIM_IER_UPIE +#define LPTIM_IT_ARROK LPTIM_IER_ARROKIE +#define LPTIM_IT_CMPOK LPTIM_IER_CMPOKIE +#define LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG LPTIM_IER_EXTTRIGIE +#define LPTIM_IT_ARRM LPTIM_IER_ARRMIE +#define LPTIM_IT_CMPM LPTIM_IER_CMPMIE +#define IS_LPTIM_IT(IT) (((IT) == LPTIM_IT_DOWN) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_UP) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_ARROK) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_CMPOK) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_ARRM) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_CMPM)) + +#define IS_LPTIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == LPTIM_IT_DOWN) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_UP) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_ARROK) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_CMPOK) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_ARRM) || \ + ((IT) == LPTIM_IT_CMPM)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Flag_Definition LPTIM Flag Definition + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN LPTIM_ISR_DOWN +#define LPTIM_FLAG_UP LPTIM_ISR_UP +#define LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK LPTIM_ISR_ARROK +#define LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK LPTIM_ISR_CMPOK +#define LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG LPTIM_ISR_EXTTRIG +#define LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM LPTIM_ISR_ARRM +#define LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM LPTIM_ISR_CMPM +#define IS_LPTIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN) || \ + ((FLAG) == LPTIM_FLAG_UP) || \ + ((FLAG) == LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK) || \ + ((FLAG) == LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK) || \ + ((FLAG) == LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG) || \ + ((FLAG) == LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM) || \ + ((FLAG) == LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Clear_Flag_Definition LPTIM Clear Flag Definition + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_CLEAR_DOWN LPTIM_ICR_DOWNCF +#define LPTIM_CLEAR_UP LPTIM_ICR_UPCF +#define LPTIM_CLEAR_ARROK LPTIM_ICR_ARROKCF +#define LPTIM_CLEAR_CMPOK LPTIM_ICR_CMPOKCF +#define LPTIM_CLEAR_EXTTRIG LPTIM_ICR_EXTTRIGCF +#define LPTIM_CLEAR_ARRM LPTIM_ICR_ARRMCF +#define LPTIM_CLEAR_CMPM LPTIM_ICR_CMPMCF +#define IS_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG(CLEARF) (((CLEARF) == LPTIM_CLEAR_DOWN) || \ + ((CLEARF) == LPTIM_CLEAR_UP) || \ + ((CLEARF) == LPTIM_CLEAR_ARROK) || \ + ((CLEARF) == LPTIM_CLEAR_CMPOK) || \ + ((CLEARF) == LPTIM_CLEAR_EXTTRIG) || \ + ((CLEARF) == LPTIM_CLEAR_ARRM ) || \ + ((CLEARF) == LPTIM_CLEAR_CMPM)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Autorelaod_Value LPTIM Autorelaod Value + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD(AUTORELOAD) ((AUTORELOAD) <= 0x0000FFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Compare_Value LPTIM Compare Value + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LPTIM_COMPARE(COMPARE) ((COMPARE) <= 0x0000FFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Option_Register_Definition LPTIM Option Register Definition + * @{ + */ +#define LPTIM_OP_PAD_AF ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LPTIM_OP_PAD_PA4 LPTIM_OR_OR_0 +#define LPTIM_OP_PAD_PB9 LPTIM_OR_OR_1 +#define LPTIM_OP_TIM_DAC LPTIM_OR_OR +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Initialization functions ***************************************************/ +void LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx); +void LPTIM_Init(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, LPTIM_InitTypeDef* LPTIM_InitStruct); +void LPTIM_StructInit(LPTIM_InitTypeDef* LPTIM_InitStruct); + +/* Configuration functions ****************************************************/ +void LPTIM_Cmd(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void LPTIM_SelectClockSource(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_ClockSource); +void LPTIM_SelectULPTIMClockPolarity(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_ClockPolarity); +void LPTIM_ConfigPrescaler(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Prescaler); +void LPTIM_ConfigExternalTrigger(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_ExtTRGSource, uint32_t LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity); +void LPTIM_SelectSoftwareStart(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx); +void LPTIM_ConfigTriggerGlitchFilter(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_TrigSampleTime); +void LPTIM_ConfigClockGlitchFilter(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_ClockSampleTime); +void LPTIM_SelectOperatingMode(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Mode); +void LPTIM_TimoutCmd(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void LPTIM_ConfigWaveform(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Waveform); +void LPTIM_ConfigUpdate(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Update); +void LPTIM_SetAutoreloadValue(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Autoreload); +void LPTIM_SetCompareValue(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Compare); +void LPTIM_SelectCounterMode(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void LPTIM_SelectEncoderMode(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void LPTIM_RemapConfig(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx,uint32_t LPTIM_OPTR); +uint32_t LPTIM_GetCounterValue(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx); +uint32_t LPTIM_GetAutoreloadValue(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx); +uint32_t LPTIM_GetCompareValue(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void LPTIM_ITConfig(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus LPTIM_GetFlagStatus(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_FLAG); +void LPTIM_ClearFlag(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_CLEARF); +ITStatus LPTIM_GetITStatus(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_IT); + +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_LPTIM_H */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_ltdc.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_ltdc.h index ae485ab36a..4dc89a9255 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_ltdc.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_ltdc.h @@ -1,531 +1,495 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_ltdc.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the LTDC firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_LTDC_H -#define __STM32F4xx_LTDC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup LTDC - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief LTDC Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t LTDC_HSPolarity; /*!< configures the horizontal synchronization polarity. - This parameter can be one value of @ref LTDC_HSPolarity */ - - uint32_t LTDC_VSPolarity; /*!< configures the vertical synchronization polarity. - This parameter can be one value of @ref LTDC_VSPolarity */ - - uint32_t LTDC_DEPolarity; /*!< configures the data enable polarity. This parameter can - be one of value of @ref LTDC_DEPolarity */ - - uint32_t LTDC_PCPolarity; /*!< configures the pixel clock polarity. This parameter can - be one of value of @ref LTDC_PCPolarity */ - - uint32_t LTDC_HorizontalSync; /*!< configures the number of Horizontal synchronization - width. This parameter must range from 0x000 to 0xFFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_VerticalSync; /*!< configures the number of Vertical synchronization - height. This parameter must range from 0x000 to 0x7FF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_AccumulatedHBP; /*!< configures the accumulated horizontal back porch width. - This parameter must range from LTDC_HorizontalSync to 0xFFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_AccumulatedVBP; /*!< configures the accumulated vertical back porch height. - This parameter must range from LTDC_VerticalSync to 0x7FF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW; /*!< configures the accumulated active width. This parameter - must range from LTDC_AccumulatedHBP to 0xFFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH; /*!< configures the accumulated active height. This parameter - must range from LTDC_AccumulatedVBP to 0x7FF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_TotalWidth; /*!< configures the total width. This parameter - must range from LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW to 0xFFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_TotalHeigh; /*!< configures the total height. This parameter - must range from LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH to 0x7FF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_BackgroundRedValue; /*!< configures the background red value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue; /*!< configures the background green value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue; /*!< configures the background blue value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ -} LTDC_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief LTDC Layer structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t LTDC_HorizontalStart; /*!< Configures the Window Horizontal Start Position. - This parameter must range from 0x000 to 0xFFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_HorizontalStop; /*!< Configures the Window Horizontal Stop Position. - This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_VerticalStart; /*!< Configures the Window vertical Start Position. - This parameter must range from 0x000 to 0xFFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_VerticalStop; /*!< Configures the Window vaertical Stop Position. - This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_PixelFormat; /*!< Specifies the pixel format. This parameter can be - one of value of @ref LTDC_Pixelformat */ - - uint32_t LTDC_ConstantAlpha; /*!< Specifies the constant alpha used for blending. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_DefaultColorBlue; /*!< Configures the default blue value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_DefaultColorGreen; /*!< Configures the default green value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_DefaultColorRed; /*!< Configures the default red value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_DefaultColorAlpha; /*!< Configures the default alpha value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_BlendingFactor_1; /*!< Select the blending factor 1. This parameter - can be one of value of @ref LTDC_BlendingFactor1 */ - - uint32_t LTDC_BlendingFactor_2; /*!< Select the blending factor 2. This parameter - can be one of value of @ref LTDC_BlendingFactor2 */ - - uint32_t LTDC_CFBStartAdress; /*!< Configures the color frame buffer address */ - - uint32_t LTDC_CFBLineLength; /*!< Configures the color frame buffer line length. - This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0x1FFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_CFBPitch; /*!< Configures the color frame buffer pitch in bytes. - This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0x1FFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_CFBLineNumber; /*!< Specifies the number of line in frame buffer. - This parameter must range from 0x000 to 0x7FF. */ -} LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief LTDC Position structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t LTDC_POSX; /*!< Current X Position */ - uint32_t LTDC_POSY; /*!< Current Y Position */ -} LTDC_PosTypeDef; - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t LTDC_BlueWidth; /*!< Blue width */ - uint32_t LTDC_GreenWidth; /*!< Green width */ - uint32_t LTDC_RedWidth; /*!< Red width */ -} LTDC_RGBTypeDef; - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t LTDC_ColorKeyBlue; /*!< Configures the color key blue value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_ColorKeyGreen; /*!< Configures the color key green value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_ColorKeyRed; /*!< Configures the color key red value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ -} LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef; - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t LTDC_CLUTAdress; /*!< Configures the CLUT address. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_BlueValue; /*!< Configures the blue value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_GreenValue; /*!< Configures the green value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ - - uint32_t LTDC_RedValue; /*!< Configures the red value. - This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ -} LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Constants - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_SYNC - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_HorizontalSYNC ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) -#define LTDC_VerticalSYNC ((uint32_t)0x000007FF) - -#define IS_LTDC_HSYNC(HSYNC) ((HSYNC) <= LTDC_HorizontalSYNC) -#define IS_LTDC_VSYNC(VSYNC) ((VSYNC) <= LTDC_VerticalSYNC) -#define IS_LTDC_AHBP(AHBP) ((AHBP) <= LTDC_HorizontalSYNC) -#define IS_LTDC_AVBP(AVBP) ((AVBP) <= LTDC_VerticalSYNC) -#define IS_LTDC_AAW(AAW) ((AAW) <= LTDC_HorizontalSYNC) -#define IS_LTDC_AAH(AAH) ((AAH) <= LTDC_VerticalSYNC) -#define IS_LTDC_TOTALW(TOTALW) ((TOTALW) <= LTDC_HorizontalSYNC) -#define IS_LTDC_TOTALH(TOTALH) ((TOTALH) <= LTDC_VerticalSYNC) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_HSPolarity - * @{ - */ -#define LTDC_HSPolarity_AL ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Horizontal Synchronization is active low. */ -#define LTDC_HSPolarity_AH LTDC_GCR_HSPOL /*!< Horizontal Synchronization is active high. */ - -#define IS_LTDC_HSPOL(HSPOL) (((HSPOL) == LTDC_HSPolarity_AL) || \ - ((HSPOL) == LTDC_HSPolarity_AH)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_VSPolarity - * @{ - */ -#define LTDC_VSPolarity_AL ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Vertical Synchronization is active low. */ -#define LTDC_VSPolarity_AH LTDC_GCR_VSPOL /*!< Vertical Synchronization is active high. */ - -#define IS_LTDC_VSPOL(VSPOL) (((VSPOL) == LTDC_VSPolarity_AL) || \ - ((VSPOL) == LTDC_VSPolarity_AH)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_DEPolarity - * @{ - */ -#define LTDC_DEPolarity_AL ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Data Enable, is active low. */ -#define LTDC_DEPolarity_AH LTDC_GCR_DEPOL /*!< Data Enable, is active high. */ - -#define IS_LTDC_DEPOL(DEPOL) (((DEPOL) == LTDC_VSPolarity_AL) || \ - ((DEPOL) == LTDC_DEPolarity_AH)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_PCPolarity - * @{ - */ -#define LTDC_PCPolarity_IPC ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< input pixel clock. */ -#define LTDC_PCPolarity_IIPC LTDC_GCR_PCPOL /*!< inverted input pixel clock. */ - -#define IS_LTDC_PCPOL(PCPOL) (((PCPOL) == LTDC_PCPolarity_IPC) || \ - ((PCPOL) == LTDC_PCPolarity_IIPC)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Reload - * @{ - */ -#define LTDC_IMReload LTDC_SRCR_IMR /*!< Immediately Reload. */ -#define LTDC_VBReload LTDC_SRCR_VBR /*!< Vertical Blanking Reload. */ - -#define IS_LTDC_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == LTDC_IMReload) || \ - ((RELOAD) == LTDC_VBReload)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Back_Color - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_Back_Color ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) - -#define IS_LTDC_BackBlueValue(BBLUE) ((BBLUE) <= LTDC_Back_Color) -#define IS_LTDC_BackGreenValue(BGREEN) ((BGREEN) <= LTDC_Back_Color) -#define IS_LTDC_BackRedValue(BRED) ((BRED) <= LTDC_Back_Color) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Position - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_POS_CY LTDC_CPSR_CYPOS -#define LTDC_POS_CX LTDC_CPSR_CXPOS - -#define IS_LTDC_GET_POS(POS) (((POS) <= LTDC_POS_CY)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_LIPosition - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_LTDC_LIPOS(LIPOS) ((LIPOS) <= 0x7FF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_CurrentStatus - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_CD_VDES LTDC_CDSR_VDES -#define LTDC_CD_HDES LTDC_CDSR_HDES -#define LTDC_CD_VSYNC LTDC_CDSR_VSYNCS -#define LTDC_CD_HSYNC LTDC_CDSR_HSYNCS - - -#define IS_LTDC_GET_CD(CD) (((CD) == LTDC_CD_VDES) || ((CD) == LTDC_CD_HDES) || \ - ((CD) == LTDC_CD_VSYNC) || ((CD) == LTDC_CD_HSYNC)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Interrupts - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_IT_LI LTDC_IER_LIE -#define LTDC_IT_FU LTDC_IER_FUIE -#define LTDC_IT_TERR LTDC_IER_TERRIE -#define LTDC_IT_RR LTDC_IER_RRIE - -#define IS_LTDC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Flag - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_FLAG_LI LTDC_ISR_LIF -#define LTDC_FLAG_FU LTDC_ISR_FUIF -#define LTDC_FLAG_TERR LTDC_ISR_TERRIF -#define LTDC_FLAG_RR LTDC_ISR_RRIF - - -#define IS_LTDC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == LTDC_FLAG_LI) || ((FLAG) == LTDC_FLAG_FU) || \ - ((FLAG) == LTDC_FLAG_TERR) || ((FLAG) == LTDC_FLAG_RR)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Pixelformat - * @{ - */ -#define LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define LTDC_Pixelformat_L8 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) -#define LTDC_Pixelformat_AL44 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) -#define LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) - -#define IS_LTDC_Pixelformat(Pixelformat) (((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888) || ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888) || \ - ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565) || ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555) || \ - ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444) || ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_L8) || \ - ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL44) || ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_BlendingFactor1 - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_BlendingFactor1_CA ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define LTDC_BlendingFactor1_PAxCA ((uint32_t)0x00000600) - -#define IS_LTDC_BlendingFactor1(BlendingFactor1) (((BlendingFactor1) == LTDC_BlendingFactor1_CA) || ((BlendingFactor1) == LTDC_BlendingFactor1_PAxCA)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_BlendingFactor2 - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_BlendingFactor2_CA ((uint32_t)0x00000005) -#define LTDC_BlendingFactor2_PAxCA ((uint32_t)0x00000007) - -#define IS_LTDC_BlendingFactor2(BlendingFactor2) (((BlendingFactor2) == LTDC_BlendingFactor2_CA) || ((BlendingFactor2) == LTDC_BlendingFactor2_PAxCA)) - - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup LTDC_LAYER_Config - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_STOPPosition ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) -#define LTDC_STARTPosition ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) - -#define LTDC_DefaultColorConfig ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) -#define LTDC_ColorFrameBuffer ((uint32_t)0x00001FFF) -#define LTDC_LineNumber ((uint32_t)0x000007FF) - -#define IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(HCONFIGST) ((HCONFIGST) <= LTDC_STARTPosition) -#define IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(HCONFIGSP) ((HCONFIGSP) <= LTDC_STOPPosition) -#define IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(VCONFIGST) ((VCONFIGST) <= LTDC_STARTPosition) -#define IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(VCONFIGSP) ((VCONFIGSP) <= LTDC_STOPPosition) - -#define IS_LTDC_DEFAULTCOLOR(DEFAULTCOLOR) ((DEFAULTCOLOR) <= LTDC_DefaultColorConfig) - -#define IS_LTDC_CFBP(CFBP) ((CFBP) <= LTDC_ColorFrameBuffer) -#define IS_LTDC_CFBLL(CFBLL) ((CFBLL) <= LTDC_ColorFrameBuffer) - -#define IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR(CFBLNBR) ((CFBLNBR) <= LTDC_LineNumber) - - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_colorkeying_Config - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_colorkeyingConfig ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) - -#define IS_LTDC_CKEYING(CKEYING) ((CKEYING) <= LTDC_colorkeyingConfig) - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_CLUT_Config - * @{ - */ - -#define LTDC_CLUTWR ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) - -#define IS_LTDC_CLUTWR(CLUTWR) ((CLUTWR) <= LTDC_CLUTWR) - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Function used to set the LTDC configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void LTDC_DeInit(void); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void LTDC_Init(LTDC_InitTypeDef* LTDC_InitStruct); -void LTDC_StructInit(LTDC_InitTypeDef* LTDC_InitStruct); -void LTDC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void LTDC_DitherCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -LTDC_RGBTypeDef LTDC_GetRGBWidth(void); -void LTDC_RGBStructInit(LTDC_RGBTypeDef* LTDC_RGB_InitStruct); -void LTDC_LIPConfig(uint32_t LTDC_LIPositionConfig); -void LTDC_ReloadConfig(uint32_t LTDC_Reload); -void LTDC_LayerInit(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef* LTDC_Layer_InitStruct); -void LTDC_LayerStructInit(LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef * LTDC_Layer_InitStruct); -void LTDC_LayerCmd(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, FunctionalState NewState); -LTDC_PosTypeDef LTDC_GetPosStatus(void); -void LTDC_PosStructInit(LTDC_PosTypeDef* LTDC_Pos_InitStruct); -FlagStatus LTDC_GetCDStatus(uint32_t LTDC_CD); -void LTDC_ColorKeyingConfig(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef* LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct, FunctionalState NewState); -void LTDC_ColorKeyingStructInit(LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef* LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct); -void LTDC_CLUTCmd(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, FunctionalState NewState); -void LTDC_CLUTInit(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef* LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct); -void LTDC_CLUTStructInit(LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef* LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct); -void LTDC_LayerPosition(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint16_t OffsetX, uint16_t OffsetY); -void LTDC_LayerAlpha(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint8_t ConstantAlpha); -void LTDC_LayerAddress(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t Address); -void LTDC_LayerSize(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height); -void LTDC_LayerPixelFormat(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t PixelFormat); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void LTDC_ITConfig(uint32_t LTDC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus LTDC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t LTDC_FLAG); -void LTDC_ClearFlag(uint32_t LTDC_FLAG); -ITStatus LTDC_GetITStatus(uint32_t LTDC_IT); -void LTDC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t LTDC_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_LTDC_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_ltdc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the LTDC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_LTDC_H +#define __STM32F4xx_LTDC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup LTDC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief LTDC Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t LTDC_HSPolarity; /*!< configures the horizontal synchronization polarity. + This parameter can be one value of @ref LTDC_HSPolarity */ + + uint32_t LTDC_VSPolarity; /*!< configures the vertical synchronization polarity. + This parameter can be one value of @ref LTDC_VSPolarity */ + + uint32_t LTDC_DEPolarity; /*!< configures the data enable polarity. This parameter can + be one of value of @ref LTDC_DEPolarity */ + + uint32_t LTDC_PCPolarity; /*!< configures the pixel clock polarity. This parameter can + be one of value of @ref LTDC_PCPolarity */ + + uint32_t LTDC_HorizontalSync; /*!< configures the number of Horizontal synchronization + width. This parameter must range from 0x000 to 0xFFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_VerticalSync; /*!< configures the number of Vertical synchronization + height. This parameter must range from 0x000 to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_AccumulatedHBP; /*!< configures the accumulated horizontal back porch width. + This parameter must range from LTDC_HorizontalSync to 0xFFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_AccumulatedVBP; /*!< configures the accumulated vertical back porch height. + This parameter must range from LTDC_VerticalSync to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW; /*!< configures the accumulated active width. This parameter + must range from LTDC_AccumulatedHBP to 0xFFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH; /*!< configures the accumulated active height. This parameter + must range from LTDC_AccumulatedVBP to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_TotalWidth; /*!< configures the total width. This parameter + must range from LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW to 0xFFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_TotalHeigh; /*!< configures the total height. This parameter + must range from LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_BackgroundRedValue; /*!< configures the background red value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue; /*!< configures the background green value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue; /*!< configures the background blue value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ +} LTDC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief LTDC Layer structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t LTDC_HorizontalStart; /*!< Configures the Window Horizontal Start Position. + This parameter must range from 0x000 to 0xFFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_HorizontalStop; /*!< Configures the Window Horizontal Stop Position. + This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_VerticalStart; /*!< Configures the Window vertical Start Position. + This parameter must range from 0x000 to 0xFFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_VerticalStop; /*!< Configures the Window vaertical Stop Position. + This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_PixelFormat; /*!< Specifies the pixel format. This parameter can be + one of value of @ref LTDC_Pixelformat */ + + uint32_t LTDC_ConstantAlpha; /*!< Specifies the constant alpha used for blending. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_DefaultColorBlue; /*!< Configures the default blue value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_DefaultColorGreen; /*!< Configures the default green value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_DefaultColorRed; /*!< Configures the default red value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_DefaultColorAlpha; /*!< Configures the default alpha value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_BlendingFactor_1; /*!< Select the blending factor 1. This parameter + can be one of value of @ref LTDC_BlendingFactor1 */ + + uint32_t LTDC_BlendingFactor_2; /*!< Select the blending factor 2. This parameter + can be one of value of @ref LTDC_BlendingFactor2 */ + + uint32_t LTDC_CFBStartAdress; /*!< Configures the color frame buffer address */ + + uint32_t LTDC_CFBLineLength; /*!< Configures the color frame buffer line length. + This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0x1FFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_CFBPitch; /*!< Configures the color frame buffer pitch in bytes. + This parameter must range from 0x0000 to 0x1FFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_CFBLineNumber; /*!< Specifies the number of line in frame buffer. + This parameter must range from 0x000 to 0x7FF. */ +} LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief LTDC Position structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t LTDC_POSX; /*!< Current X Position */ + uint32_t LTDC_POSY; /*!< Current Y Position */ +} LTDC_PosTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief LTDC RGB structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t LTDC_BlueWidth; /*!< Blue width */ + uint32_t LTDC_GreenWidth; /*!< Green width */ + uint32_t LTDC_RedWidth; /*!< Red width */ +} LTDC_RGBTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief LTDC Color Keying structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t LTDC_ColorKeyBlue; /*!< Configures the color key blue value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_ColorKeyGreen; /*!< Configures the color key green value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_ColorKeyRed; /*!< Configures the color key red value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ +} LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief LTDC CLUT structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t LTDC_CLUTAdress; /*!< Configures the CLUT address. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_BlueValue; /*!< Configures the blue value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_GreenValue; /*!< Configures the green value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t LTDC_RedValue; /*!< Configures the red value. + This parameter must range from 0x00 to 0xFF. */ +} LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_SYNC + * @{ + */ + +#define LTDC_HorizontalSYNC ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) +#define LTDC_VerticalSYNC ((uint32_t)0x000007FF) + +#define IS_LTDC_HSYNC(HSYNC) ((HSYNC) <= LTDC_HorizontalSYNC) +#define IS_LTDC_VSYNC(VSYNC) ((VSYNC) <= LTDC_VerticalSYNC) +#define IS_LTDC_AHBP(AHBP) ((AHBP) <= LTDC_HorizontalSYNC) +#define IS_LTDC_AVBP(AVBP) ((AVBP) <= LTDC_VerticalSYNC) +#define IS_LTDC_AAW(AAW) ((AAW) <= LTDC_HorizontalSYNC) +#define IS_LTDC_AAH(AAH) ((AAH) <= LTDC_VerticalSYNC) +#define IS_LTDC_TOTALW(TOTALW) ((TOTALW) <= LTDC_HorizontalSYNC) +#define IS_LTDC_TOTALH(TOTALH) ((TOTALH) <= LTDC_VerticalSYNC) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_HSPolarity + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_HSPolarity_AL ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Horizontal Synchronization is active low. */ +#define LTDC_HSPolarity_AH LTDC_GCR_HSPOL /*!< Horizontal Synchronization is active high. */ + +#define IS_LTDC_HSPOL(HSPOL) (((HSPOL) == LTDC_HSPolarity_AL) || \ + ((HSPOL) == LTDC_HSPolarity_AH)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_VSPolarity + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_VSPolarity_AL ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Vertical Synchronization is active low. */ +#define LTDC_VSPolarity_AH LTDC_GCR_VSPOL /*!< Vertical Synchronization is active high. */ + +#define IS_LTDC_VSPOL(VSPOL) (((VSPOL) == LTDC_VSPolarity_AL) || \ + ((VSPOL) == LTDC_VSPolarity_AH)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_DEPolarity + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_DEPolarity_AL ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Data Enable, is active low. */ +#define LTDC_DEPolarity_AH LTDC_GCR_DEPOL /*!< Data Enable, is active high. */ + +#define IS_LTDC_DEPOL(DEPOL) (((DEPOL) == LTDC_VSPolarity_AL) || \ + ((DEPOL) == LTDC_DEPolarity_AH)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_PCPolarity + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_PCPolarity_IPC ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< input pixel clock. */ +#define LTDC_PCPolarity_IIPC LTDC_GCR_PCPOL /*!< inverted input pixel clock. */ + +#define IS_LTDC_PCPOL(PCPOL) (((PCPOL) == LTDC_PCPolarity_IPC) || \ + ((PCPOL) == LTDC_PCPolarity_IIPC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_Reload + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_IMReload LTDC_SRCR_IMR /*!< Immediately Reload. */ +#define LTDC_VBReload LTDC_SRCR_VBR /*!< Vertical Blanking Reload. */ + +#define IS_LTDC_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == LTDC_IMReload) || \ + ((RELOAD) == LTDC_VBReload)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_Back_Color + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_Back_Color ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) + +#define IS_LTDC_BackBlueValue(BBLUE) ((BBLUE) <= LTDC_Back_Color) +#define IS_LTDC_BackGreenValue(BGREEN) ((BGREEN) <= LTDC_Back_Color) +#define IS_LTDC_BackRedValue(BRED) ((BRED) <= LTDC_Back_Color) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_Position + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_POS_CY LTDC_CPSR_CYPOS +#define LTDC_POS_CX LTDC_CPSR_CXPOS + +#define IS_LTDC_GET_POS(POS) (((POS) <= LTDC_POS_CY)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_LIPosition + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LTDC_LIPOS(LIPOS) ((LIPOS) <= 0x7FF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_CurrentStatus + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_CD_VDES LTDC_CDSR_VDES +#define LTDC_CD_HDES LTDC_CDSR_HDES +#define LTDC_CD_VSYNC LTDC_CDSR_VSYNCS +#define LTDC_CD_HSYNC LTDC_CDSR_HSYNCS + +#define IS_LTDC_GET_CD(CD) (((CD) == LTDC_CD_VDES) || ((CD) == LTDC_CD_HDES) || \ + ((CD) == LTDC_CD_VSYNC) || ((CD) == LTDC_CD_HSYNC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_Interrupts + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_IT_LI LTDC_IER_LIE +#define LTDC_IT_FU LTDC_IER_FUIE +#define LTDC_IT_TERR LTDC_IER_TERRIE +#define LTDC_IT_RR LTDC_IER_RRIE + +#define IS_LTDC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_Flag + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_FLAG_LI LTDC_ISR_LIF +#define LTDC_FLAG_FU LTDC_ISR_FUIF +#define LTDC_FLAG_TERR LTDC_ISR_TERRIF +#define LTDC_FLAG_RR LTDC_ISR_RRIF + +#define IS_LTDC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == LTDC_FLAG_LI) || ((FLAG) == LTDC_FLAG_FU) || \ + ((FLAG) == LTDC_FLAG_TERR) || ((FLAG) == LTDC_FLAG_RR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_Pixelformat + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define LTDC_Pixelformat_L8 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define LTDC_Pixelformat_AL44 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) + +#define IS_LTDC_Pixelformat(Pixelformat) (((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888) || ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888) || \ + ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565) || ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555) || \ + ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444) || ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_L8) || \ + ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL44) || ((Pixelformat) == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_BlendingFactor1 + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_BlendingFactor1_CA ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define LTDC_BlendingFactor1_PAxCA ((uint32_t)0x00000600) + +#define IS_LTDC_BlendingFactor1(BlendingFactor1) (((BlendingFactor1) == LTDC_BlendingFactor1_CA) || ((BlendingFactor1) == LTDC_BlendingFactor1_PAxCA)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_BlendingFactor2 + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_BlendingFactor2_CA ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define LTDC_BlendingFactor2_PAxCA ((uint32_t)0x00000007) + +#define IS_LTDC_BlendingFactor2(BlendingFactor2) (((BlendingFactor2) == LTDC_BlendingFactor2_CA) || ((BlendingFactor2) == LTDC_BlendingFactor2_PAxCA)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_LAYER_Config + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_STOPPosition ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) +#define LTDC_STARTPosition ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) + +#define LTDC_DefaultColorConfig ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) +#define LTDC_ColorFrameBuffer ((uint32_t)0x00001FFF) +#define LTDC_LineNumber ((uint32_t)0x000007FF) + +#define IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(HCONFIGST) ((HCONFIGST) <= LTDC_STARTPosition) +#define IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(HCONFIGSP) ((HCONFIGSP) <= LTDC_STOPPosition) +#define IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(VCONFIGST) ((VCONFIGST) <= LTDC_STARTPosition) +#define IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(VCONFIGSP) ((VCONFIGSP) <= LTDC_STOPPosition) + +#define IS_LTDC_DEFAULTCOLOR(DEFAULTCOLOR) ((DEFAULTCOLOR) <= LTDC_DefaultColorConfig) + +#define IS_LTDC_CFBP(CFBP) ((CFBP) <= LTDC_ColorFrameBuffer) +#define IS_LTDC_CFBLL(CFBLL) ((CFBLL) <= LTDC_ColorFrameBuffer) + +#define IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR(CFBLNBR) ((CFBLNBR) <= LTDC_LineNumber) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_colorkeying_Config + * @{ + */ +#define LTDC_colorkeyingConfig ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) + +#define IS_LTDC_CKEYING(CKEYING) ((CKEYING) <= LTDC_colorkeyingConfig) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_CLUT_Config + * @{ + */ + +#define LTDC_CLUTWR ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) + +#define IS_LTDC_CLUTWR(CLUTWR) ((CLUTWR) <= LTDC_CLUTWR) + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Function used to set the LTDC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void LTDC_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void LTDC_Init(LTDC_InitTypeDef* LTDC_InitStruct); +void LTDC_StructInit(LTDC_InitTypeDef* LTDC_InitStruct); +void LTDC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void LTDC_DitherCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +LTDC_RGBTypeDef LTDC_GetRGBWidth(void); +void LTDC_RGBStructInit(LTDC_RGBTypeDef* LTDC_RGB_InitStruct); +void LTDC_LIPConfig(uint32_t LTDC_LIPositionConfig); +void LTDC_ReloadConfig(uint32_t LTDC_Reload); +void LTDC_LayerInit(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef* LTDC_Layer_InitStruct); +void LTDC_LayerStructInit(LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef * LTDC_Layer_InitStruct); +void LTDC_LayerCmd(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, FunctionalState NewState); +LTDC_PosTypeDef LTDC_GetPosStatus(void); +void LTDC_PosStructInit(LTDC_PosTypeDef* LTDC_Pos_InitStruct); +FlagStatus LTDC_GetCDStatus(uint32_t LTDC_CD); +void LTDC_ColorKeyingConfig(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef* LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct, FunctionalState NewState); +void LTDC_ColorKeyingStructInit(LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef* LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct); +void LTDC_CLUTCmd(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, FunctionalState NewState); +void LTDC_CLUTInit(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef* LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct); +void LTDC_CLUTStructInit(LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef* LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct); +void LTDC_LayerPosition(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint16_t OffsetX, uint16_t OffsetY); +void LTDC_LayerAlpha(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint8_t ConstantAlpha); +void LTDC_LayerAddress(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t Address); +void LTDC_LayerSize(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height); +void LTDC_LayerPixelFormat(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t PixelFormat); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void LTDC_ITConfig(uint32_t LTDC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus LTDC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t LTDC_FLAG); +void LTDC_ClearFlag(uint32_t LTDC_FLAG); +ITStatus LTDC_GetITStatus(uint32_t LTDC_IT); +void LTDC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t LTDC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_LTDC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_pwr.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_pwr.h index e43ce24983..0ca20f4c44 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_pwr.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_pwr.h @@ -1,238 +1,237 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_pwr.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the PWR firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_PWR_H -#define __STM32F4xx_PWR_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup PWR - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_detection_level - * @{ - */ -#define PWR_PVDLevel_0 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0 -#define PWR_PVDLevel_1 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1 -#define PWR_PVDLevel_2 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2 -#define PWR_PVDLevel_3 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3 -#define PWR_PVDLevel_4 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4 -#define PWR_PVDLevel_5 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5 -#define PWR_PVDLevel_6 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6 -#define PWR_PVDLevel_7 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7 - -#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_1)|| \ - ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_3)|| \ - ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_5)|| \ - ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_7)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_in_STOP_mode - * @{ - */ -#define PWR_MainRegulator_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define PWR_LowPowerRegulator_ON PWR_CR_LPDS - -/* --- PWR_Legacy ---*/ -#define PWR_Regulator_ON PWR_MainRegulator_ON -#define PWR_Regulator_LowPower PWR_LowPowerRegulator_ON - -#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_MainRegulator_ON) || \ - ((REGULATOR) == PWR_LowPowerRegulator_ON)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_in_UnderDrive_mode - * @{ - */ -#define PWR_MainRegulator_UnderDrive_ON PWR_CR_MRUDS -#define PWR_LowPowerRegulator_UnderDrive_ON ((uint32_t)(PWR_CR_LPDS | PWR_CR_LPUDS)) - -#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_MainRegulator_UnderDrive_ON) || \ - ((REGULATOR) == PWR_LowPowerRegulator_UnderDrive_ON)) - -/** - * @} - */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** @defgroup PWR_Wake_Up_Pin - * @{ - */ -#define PWR_WakeUp_Pin1 ((uint32_t)0x00) -#define PWR_WakeUp_Pin2 ((uint32_t)0x01) - -#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WakeUp_Pin1) || \ - ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUp_Pin2)) - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_STOP_mode_entry - * @{ - */ -#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFE)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale - * @{ - */ -#define PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale1 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) -#define PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale2 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) -#define PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale3 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) -#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE(VOLTAGE) (((VOLTAGE) == PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale1) || \ - ((VOLTAGE) == PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale2) || \ - ((VOLTAGE) == PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale3)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Flag - * @{ - */ -#define PWR_FLAG_WU PWR_CSR_WUF -#define PWR_FLAG_SB PWR_CSR_SBF -#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO PWR_CSR_PVDO -#define PWR_FLAG_BRR PWR_CSR_BRR -#define PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY PWR_CSR_VOSRDY -#define PWR_FLAG_ODRDY PWR_CSR_ODRDY -#define PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY PWR_CSR_ODSWRDY -#define PWR_FLAG_UDRDY PWR_CSR_UDSWRDY - -/* --- FLAG Legacy ---*/ -#define PWR_FLAG_REGRDY PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY - -#define IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \ - ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_PVDO) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_BRR) || \ - ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_ODRDY) || \ - ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_UDRDY)) - - -#define IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \ - ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_UDRDY)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the PWR configuration to the default reset state ******/ -void PWR_DeInit(void); - -/* Backup Domain Access function **********************************************/ -void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* PVD configuration functions ************************************************/ -void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel); -void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* WakeUp pins configuration functions ****************************************/ -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPinx, FunctionalState NewState); -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/* Main and Backup Regulators configuration functions *************************/ -void PWR_BackupRegulatorCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig(uint32_t PWR_Regulator_Voltage); -void PWR_OverDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void PWR_OverDriveSWCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void PWR_UnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -void PWR_MainRegulatorUnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void PWR_LowRegulatorUnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -void PWR_MainRegulatorLowVoltageCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void PWR_LowRegulatorLowVoltageCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -#endif /* STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -/* FLASH Power Down configuration functions ***********************************/ -void PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Low Power modes configuration functions ************************************/ -void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry); -void PWR_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry); -void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void); - -/* Flags management functions *************************************************/ -FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); -void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_PWR_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_pwr.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the PWR firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_PWR_H +#define __STM32F4xx_PWR_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_detection_level + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_PVDLevel_0 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_1 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_2 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_3 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_4 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_5 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_6 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_7 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7 + +#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_1)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_3)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_5)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_in_STOP_mode + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_MainRegulator_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define PWR_LowPowerRegulator_ON PWR_CR_LPDS + +/* --- PWR_Legacy ---*/ +#define PWR_Regulator_ON PWR_MainRegulator_ON +#define PWR_Regulator_LowPower PWR_LowPowerRegulator_ON + +#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_MainRegulator_ON) || \ + ((REGULATOR) == PWR_LowPowerRegulator_ON)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_in_UnderDrive_mode + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_MainRegulator_UnderDrive_ON PWR_CR_MRUDS +#define PWR_LowPowerRegulator_UnderDrive_ON ((uint32_t)(PWR_CR_LPDS | PWR_CR_LPUDS)) + +#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_MainRegulator_UnderDrive_ON) || \ + ((REGULATOR) == PWR_LowPowerRegulator_UnderDrive_ON)) + +/** + * @} + */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/** @defgroup PWR_Wake_Up_Pin + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_WakeUp_Pin1 ((uint32_t)0x00) +#define PWR_WakeUp_Pin2 ((uint32_t)0x01) +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define PWR_WakeUp_Pin3 ((uint32_t)0x02) +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WakeUp_Pin1) || \ + ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUp_Pin2)) +#else /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG */ +#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WakeUp_Pin1) || ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUp_Pin2) || \ + ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUp_Pin3)) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_STOP_mode_entry + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale1 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) +#define PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale2 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale3 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE(VOLTAGE) (((VOLTAGE) == PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale1) || \ + ((VOLTAGE) == PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale2) || \ + ((VOLTAGE) == PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Flag + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_FLAG_WU PWR_CSR_WUF +#define PWR_FLAG_SB PWR_CSR_SBF +#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO PWR_CSR_PVDO +#define PWR_FLAG_BRR PWR_CSR_BRR +#define PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY PWR_CSR_VOSRDY +#define PWR_FLAG_ODRDY PWR_CSR_ODRDY +#define PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY PWR_CSR_ODSWRDY +#define PWR_FLAG_UDRDY PWR_CSR_UDSWRDY + +/* --- FLAG Legacy ---*/ +#define PWR_FLAG_REGRDY PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY + +#define IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \ + ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_PVDO) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_BRR) || \ + ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_ODRDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_UDRDY)) + + +#define IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \ + ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_UDRDY)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the PWR configuration to the default reset state ******/ +void PWR_DeInit(void); + +/* Backup Domain Access function **********************************************/ +void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* PVD configuration functions ************************************************/ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel); +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* WakeUp pins configuration functions ****************************************/ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) ||defined(STM32F446xx) +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPinx, FunctionalState NewState); +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ +/* Main and Backup Regulators configuration functions *************************/ +void PWR_BackupRegulatorCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig(uint32_t PWR_Regulator_Voltage); +void PWR_OverDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void PWR_OverDriveSWCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void PWR_UnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +void PWR_MainRegulatorUnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void PWR_LowRegulatorUnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +void PWR_MainRegulatorLowVoltageCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void PWR_LowRegulatorLowVoltageCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +#endif /* STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/* FLASH Power Down configuration functions ***********************************/ +void PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Low Power modes configuration functions ************************************/ +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry); +void PWR_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry); +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void); + +/* Flags management functions *************************************************/ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_PWR_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_qspi.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_qspi.h index e89bb33737..81a235425f 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_qspi.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_qspi.h @@ -1,494 +1,485 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_qspi.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the QSPI - * firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4XX_QUADSPI_H -#define __STM32F4XX_QUADSPI_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup QSPI - * @{ - */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief QSPI Communication Configuration Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_FMode; /* Specifies the Functional Mode - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_Functional_Mode*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode; /* Specifies the Double Data Rate Mode - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_DoubleDataRateMode*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC; /* Specifies the Delay Half Hclk Cycle - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_DelayHalfHclkCycle*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode; /* Specifies the Send Instruction Only Once Mode - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_SendInstructionOnlyOnceMode*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_DMode; /* Specifies the Data Mode - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_DataMode*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_DummyCycles; /* Specifies the Number of Dummy Cycles. - This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x1F */ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize; /* Specifies the Alternate Bytes Size - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_AlternateBytesSize*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode; /* Specifies the Alternate Bytes Mode - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_AlternateBytesMode*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize; /* Specifies the Address Size - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_AddressSize*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode; /* Specifies the Address Mode - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_AddressMode*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_IMode; /* Specifies the Instruction Mode - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_InstructionMode*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_Ins; /* Specifies the Instruction Mode - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_Instruction*/ - -}QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief QSPI Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t QSPI_SShift; /* Specifies the Sample Shift - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_Sample_Shift*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_Prescaler; /* Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the QSPI clock. - This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ - - uint32_t QSPI_CKMode; /* Specifies the Clock Mode - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_Clock_Mode*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_CSHTime; /* Specifies the Chip Select High Time - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ChipSelectHighTime*/ - - uint32_t QSPI_FSize; /* Specifies the Flash Size. - QSPI_FSize+1 is effectively the number of address bits required to address the flash memory. - The flash capacity can be up to 4GB (addressed using 32 bits) in indirect mode, but the - addressable space in memory-mapped mode is limited to 512MB - This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x1F */ - uint32_t QSPI_FSelect; /* Specifies the Flash which will be used, - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_Fash_Select*/ - uint32_t QSPI_DFlash; /* Specifies the Dual Flash Mode State - This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_Dual_Flash*/ -}QSPI_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Sample_Shift - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_SShift_NoShift ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_SShift_HalfCycleShift ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT_0) -#define QSPI_SShift_OneCycleShift ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT_1) -#define QSPI_SShift_OneAndHalfCycleShift ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT) -#define IS_QSPI_SSHIFT(SSHIFT) (((SSHIFT) == QSPI_SShift_NoShift) || ((SSHIFT) == QSPI_SShift_HalfCycleShift) || \ - ((SSHIFT) == QSPI_SShift_OneCycleShift) || ((SSHIFT) == QSPI_SShift_OneAndHalfCycleShift)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Prescaler - * @{ - */ -#define IS_QSPI_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) <= 0xFF)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Clock_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_CKMode_Mode0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_CKMode_Mode3 ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CKMODE) -#define IS_QSPI_CKMODE(CKMode) (((CKMode) == QSPI_CKMode_Mode0) || ((CKMode) == QSPI_CKMode_Mode3)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ChipSelectHighTime - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_CSHTime_1Cycle ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_CSHTime_2Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_0) -#define QSPI_CSHTime_3Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_1) -#define QSPI_CSHTime_4Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_0 | QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_1) -#define QSPI_CSHTime_5Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_2) -#define QSPI_CSHTime_6Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_2 | QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_0) -#define QSPI_CSHTime_7Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_2 | QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_1) -#define QSPI_CSHTime_8Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT) -#define IS_QSPI_CSHTIME(CSHTIME) (((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_1Cycle) || \ - ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_2Cycle) || \ - ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_3Cycle) || \ - ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_4Cycle) || \ - ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_5Cycle) || \ - ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_6Cycle) || \ - ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_7Cycle) || \ - ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_8Cycle)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Flash_Size - * @{ - */ -#define IS_QSPI_FSIZE(FSIZE) (((FSIZE) <= 0x1F)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Fash_Select - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_FSelect_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_FSelect_2 ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CR_FSEL) -#define IS_QSPI_FSEL(FLA) (((FLA) == QSPI_FSelect_1) || ((FLA) == QSPI_FSelect_2)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Dual_Flash - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_DFlash_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_DFlash_Enable ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CR_DFM) -#define IS_QSPI_DFM(FLA) (((FLA) == QSPI_DFlash_Enable) || ((FLA) == QSPI_DFlash_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_Functional_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Indirect_Write ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Indirect_Read ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_0) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Auto_Polling ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_1) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Memory_Mapped ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE) -#define IS_QSPI_FMODE(FMODE) (((FMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Indirect_Write) || \ - ((FMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Indirect_Read) || \ - ((FMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Auto_Polling) || \ - ((FMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Memory_Mapped)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_DoubleDataRateMode - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode_Enable ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_DDRM) -#define IS_QSPI_DDRMODE(DDRMODE) (((DDRMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode_Disable) || \ - ((DDRMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_DelayHalfHclkCycle - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC_Enable ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_DHHC) -#define IS_QSPI_DHHC(DHHC) (((DHHC) == QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC_Disable) || \ - ((DHHC) == QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_SendInstructionOnlyOnceMode - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode_Enable ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_SIOO) -#define IS_QSPI_SIOOMODE(SIOOMODE) (((SIOOMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode_Disable) || \ - ((SIOOMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_DataMode - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_NoData ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_1Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_DMODE_0) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_2Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_DMODE_1) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_4Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_DMODE) -#define IS_QSPI_DMODE(DMODE) (((DMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_NoData) || \ - ((DMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_1Line) || \ - ((DMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_2Line) || \ - ((DMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_4Line)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_AlternateBytesSize - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_8bit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_16bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABSIZE_0) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_24bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABSIZE_1) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_32bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABSIZE) -#define IS_QSPI_ABSIZE(ABSIZE) (((ABSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_8bit) || \ - ((ABSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_16bit) || \ - ((ABSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_24bit) || \ - ((ABSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_32bit)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_AlternateBytesMode - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_NoAlternateByte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_1Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABMODE_0) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_2Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABMODE_1) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_4Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABMODE) -#define IS_QSPI_ABMODE(ABMODE) (((ABMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_NoAlternateByte) || \ - ((ABMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_1Line) || \ - ((ABMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_2Line) || \ - ((ABMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_4Line)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_AddressSize - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_8bit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_16bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADSIZE_0) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_24bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADSIZE_1) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_32bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADSIZE) -#define IS_QSPI_ADSIZE(ADSIZE) (((ADSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_8bit) || \ - ((ADSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_16bit) || \ - ((ADSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_24bit) || \ - ((ADSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_32bit)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_AddressMode - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_NoAddress ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_1Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADMODE_0) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_2Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADMODE_1) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_4Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADMODE) -#define IS_QSPI_ADMODE(ADMODE) (((ADMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_NoAddress) || \ - ((ADMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_1Line) || \ - ((ADMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_2Line) || \ - ((ADMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_4Line)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_InstructionMode - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_NoInstruction ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_1Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_IMODE_0) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_2Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_IMODE_1) -#define QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_4Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_IMODE) -#define IS_QSPI_IMODE(IMODE) (((IMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_NoInstruction) || \ - ((IMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_1Line) || \ - ((IMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_2Line) || \ - ((IMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_4Line)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_Instruction - * @{ - */ -#define IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(INSTRUCTION) ((INSTRUCTION) <= 0xFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_InterruptsDefinition - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_IT_TO (uint32_t)(QUADSPI_CR_TOIE | QUADSPI_SR_TOF) -#define QSPI_IT_SM (uint32_t)(QUADSPI_CR_SMIE | QUADSPI_SR_SMF) -#define QSPI_IT_FT (uint32_t)(QUADSPI_CR_FTIE | QUADSPI_SR_FTF) -#define QSPI_IT_TC (uint32_t)(QUADSPI_CR_TCIE | QUADSPI_SR_TCF) -#define QSPI_IT_TE (uint32_t)(QUADSPI_CR_TEIE | QUADSPI_SR_TEF) -#define IS_QSPI_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFE0FFE0) == 0) && ((IT) != 0)) -#define IS_QSPI_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFE4FFE4) == 0) && ((IT) != 0)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_FlagsDefinition - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_FLAG_TO QUADSPI_SR_TOF -#define QSPI_FLAG_SM QUADSPI_SR_SMF -#define QSPI_FLAG_FT QUADSPI_SR_FTF -#define QSPI_FLAG_TC QUADSPI_SR_TCF -#define QSPI_FLAG_TE QUADSPI_SR_TEF -#define QSPI_FLAG_BUSY QUADSPI_SR_BUSY -#define IS_QSPI_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TO) || ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_SM) || \ - ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_FT) || ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TC) || \ - ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TE) || ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_BUSY)) -#define IS_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TO) || ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_SM) || \ - ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TE)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Polling_Match_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define QSPI_PMM_AND ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define QSPI_PMM_OR ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CR_PMM) -#define IS_QSPI_PMM(PMM) (((PMM) == QSPI_PMM_AND) || ((PMM) == QSPI_PMM_OR)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Polling_Interval - * @{ - */ -#define IS_QSPI_PIR(PIR) ((PIR) <= QUADSPI_PIR_INTERVAL) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_Timeout - * @{ - */ -#define IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT(TIMEOUT) ((TIMEOUT) <= QUADSPI_LPTR_TIMEOUT) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_DummyCycle - * @{ - */ -#define IS_QSPI_DCY(DCY) ((DCY) <= 0x1F) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI_FIFOThreshold - * @{ - */ -#define IS_QSPI_FIFOTHRESHOLD(FIFOTHRESHOLD) ((FIFOTHRESHOLD) <= 0x0F) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void QSPI_DeInit(void); -void QSPI_Init(QSPI_InitTypeDef* QSPI_InitStruct); -void QSPI_StructInit(QSPI_InitTypeDef* QSPI_InitStruct); -void QSPI_ComConfig_Init(QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef* QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct); -void QSPI_ComConfig_StructInit(QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef* QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct); -void QSPI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void QSPI_AutoPollingMode_Config(uint32_t QSPI_Match, uint32_t QSPI_Mask , uint32_t QSPI_Match_Mode); -void QSPI_AutoPollingMode_SetInterval(uint32_t QSPI_Interval); -void QSPI_MemoryMappedMode_SetTimeout(uint32_t QSPI_Timeout); -void QSPI_SetAddress(uint32_t QSPI_Address); -void QSPI_SetAlternateByte(uint32_t QSPI_AlternateByte); -void QSPI_SetFIFOThreshold(uint32_t QSPI_FIFOThreshold); -void QSPI_SetDataLength(uint32_t QSPI_DataLength); -void QSPI_TimeoutCounterCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void QSPI_AutoPollingModeStopCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void QSPI_AbortRequest(void); -void QSPI_DualFlashMode_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ -void QSPI_SendData8(uint8_t Data); -void QSPI_SendData16(uint16_t Data); -void QSPI_SendData32(uint32_t Data); -uint8_t QSPI_ReceiveData8(void); -uint16_t QSPI_ReceiveData16(void); -uint32_t QSPI_ReceiveData32(void); - -/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ -void QSPI_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void QSPI_ITConfig(uint32_t QSPI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -uint32_t QSPI_GetFIFOLevel(void); -FlagStatus QSPI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t QSPI_FLAG); -void QSPI_ClearFlag(uint32_t QSPI_FLAG); -ITStatus QSPI_GetITStatus(uint32_t QSPI_IT); -void QSPI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t QSPI_IT); -uint32_t QSPI_GetFMode(void); - -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4XX_QUADSPI_H */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_qspi.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the QSPI + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4XX_QUADSPI_H +#define __STM32F4XX_QUADSPI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup QSPI + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief QSPI Communication Configuration Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_FMode; /* Specifies the Functional Mode + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_Functional_Mode*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode; /* Specifies the Double Data Rate Mode + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_DoubleDataRateMode*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC; /* Specifies the Delay Half Hclk Cycle + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_DelayHalfHclkCycle*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode; /* Specifies the Send Instruction Only Once Mode + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_SendInstructionOnlyOnceMode*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_DMode; /* Specifies the Data Mode + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_DataMode*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_DummyCycles; /* Specifies the Number of Dummy Cycles. + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x1F */ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize; /* Specifies the Alternate Bytes Size + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_AlternateBytesSize*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode; /* Specifies the Alternate Bytes Mode + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_AlternateBytesMode*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize; /* Specifies the Address Size + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_AddressSize*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode; /* Specifies the Address Mode + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_AddressMode*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_IMode; /* Specifies the Instruction Mode + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_InstructionMode*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_ComConfig_Ins; /* Specifies the Instruction Mode + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ComConfig_Instruction*/ + +}QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief QSPI Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t QSPI_SShift; /* Specifies the Sample Shift + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_Sample_Shift*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_Prescaler; /* Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the QSPI clock. + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ + + uint32_t QSPI_CKMode; /* Specifies the Clock Mode + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_Clock_Mode*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_CSHTime; /* Specifies the Chip Select High Time + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_ChipSelectHighTime*/ + + uint32_t QSPI_FSize; /* Specifies the Flash Size. + QSPI_FSize+1 is effectively the number of address bits required to address the flash memory. + The flash capacity can be up to 4GB (addressed using 32 bits) in indirect mode, but the + addressable space in memory-mapped mode is limited to 512MB + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x1F */ + uint32_t QSPI_FSelect; /* Specifies the Flash which will be used, + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_Fash_Select*/ + uint32_t QSPI_DFlash; /* Specifies the Dual Flash Mode State + This parameter can be a value of @ref QSPI_Dual_Flash*/ +}QSPI_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_Sample_Shift + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_SShift_NoShift ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_SShift_HalfCycleShift ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT) +#define IS_QSPI_SSHIFT(SSHIFT) (((SSHIFT) == QSPI_SShift_NoShift) || ((SSHIFT) == QSPI_SShift_HalfCycleShift)) +/* Legacy Defines */ +#define QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT_0 QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define IS_QSPI_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) <= 0xFF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_Clock_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_CKMode_Mode0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_CKMode_Mode3 ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CKMODE) +#define IS_QSPI_CKMODE(CKMode) (((CKMode) == QSPI_CKMode_Mode0) || ((CKMode) == QSPI_CKMode_Mode3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ChipSelectHighTime + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_CSHTime_1Cycle ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_CSHTime_2Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_0) +#define QSPI_CSHTime_3Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_1) +#define QSPI_CSHTime_4Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_0 | QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_1) +#define QSPI_CSHTime_5Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_2) +#define QSPI_CSHTime_6Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_2 | QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_0) +#define QSPI_CSHTime_7Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_2 | QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT_1) +#define QSPI_CSHTime_8Cycle ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT) +#define IS_QSPI_CSHTIME(CSHTIME) (((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_1Cycle) || \ + ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_2Cycle) || \ + ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_3Cycle) || \ + ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_4Cycle) || \ + ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_5Cycle) || \ + ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_6Cycle) || \ + ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_7Cycle) || \ + ((CSHTIME) == QSPI_CSHTime_8Cycle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_Flash_Size + * @{ + */ +#define IS_QSPI_FSIZE(FSIZE) (((FSIZE) <= 0x1F)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_Fash_Select + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_FSelect_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_FSelect_2 ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CR_FSEL) +#define IS_QSPI_FSEL(FLA) (((FLA) == QSPI_FSelect_1) || ((FLA) == QSPI_FSelect_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_Dual_Flash + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_DFlash_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_DFlash_Enable ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CR_DFM) +#define IS_QSPI_DFM(FLA) (((FLA) == QSPI_DFlash_Enable) || ((FLA) == QSPI_DFlash_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_Functional_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Indirect_Write ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Indirect_Read ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_0) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Auto_Polling ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_1) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Memory_Mapped ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE) +#define IS_QSPI_FMODE(FMODE) (((FMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Indirect_Write) || \ + ((FMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Indirect_Read) || \ + ((FMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Auto_Polling) || \ + ((FMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Memory_Mapped)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_DoubleDataRateMode + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode_Enable ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_DDRM) +#define IS_QSPI_DDRMODE(DDRMODE) (((DDRMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode_Disable) || \ + ((DDRMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_DelayHalfHclkCycle + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC_Enable ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_DHHC) +#define IS_QSPI_DHHC(DHHC) (((DHHC) == QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC_Disable) || \ + ((DHHC) == QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_SendInstructionOnlyOnceMode + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode_Enable ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_SIOO) +#define IS_QSPI_SIOOMODE(SIOOMODE) (((SIOOMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode_Disable) || \ + ((SIOOMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_DataMode + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_NoData ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_1Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_DMODE_0) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_2Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_DMODE_1) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_4Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_DMODE) +#define IS_QSPI_DMODE(DMODE) (((DMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_NoData) || \ + ((DMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_1Line) || \ + ((DMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_2Line) || \ + ((DMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_4Line)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_AlternateBytesSize + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_8bit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_16bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABSIZE_0) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_24bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABSIZE_1) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_32bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABSIZE) +#define IS_QSPI_ABSIZE(ABSIZE) (((ABSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_8bit) || \ + ((ABSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_16bit) || \ + ((ABSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_24bit) || \ + ((ABSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_32bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_AlternateBytesMode + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_NoAlternateByte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_1Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABMODE_0) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_2Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABMODE_1) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_4Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ABMODE) +#define IS_QSPI_ABMODE(ABMODE) (((ABMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_NoAlternateByte) || \ + ((ABMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_1Line) || \ + ((ABMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_2Line) || \ + ((ABMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_4Line)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_AddressSize + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_8bit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_16bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADSIZE_0) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_24bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADSIZE_1) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_32bit ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADSIZE) +#define IS_QSPI_ADSIZE(ADSIZE) (((ADSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_8bit) || \ + ((ADSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_16bit) || \ + ((ADSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_24bit) || \ + ((ADSIZE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_32bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_AddressMode + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_NoAddress ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_1Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADMODE_0) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_2Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADMODE_1) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_4Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_ADMODE) +#define IS_QSPI_ADMODE(ADMODE) (((ADMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_NoAddress) || \ + ((ADMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_1Line) || \ + ((ADMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_2Line) || \ + ((ADMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_4Line)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_InstructionMode + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_NoInstruction ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_1Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_IMODE_0) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_2Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_IMODE_1) +#define QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_4Line ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_IMODE) +#define IS_QSPI_IMODE(IMODE) (((IMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_NoInstruction) || \ + ((IMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_1Line) || \ + ((IMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_2Line) || \ + ((IMODE) == QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_4Line)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_ComConfig_Instruction + * @{ + */ +#define IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(INSTRUCTION) ((INSTRUCTION) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_InterruptsDefinition + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_IT_TO (uint32_t)(QUADSPI_CR_TOIE | QUADSPI_SR_TOF) +#define QSPI_IT_SM (uint32_t)(QUADSPI_CR_SMIE | QUADSPI_SR_SMF) +#define QSPI_IT_FT (uint32_t)(QUADSPI_CR_FTIE | QUADSPI_SR_FTF) +#define QSPI_IT_TC (uint32_t)(QUADSPI_CR_TCIE | QUADSPI_SR_TCF) +#define QSPI_IT_TE (uint32_t)(QUADSPI_CR_TEIE | QUADSPI_SR_TEF) +#define IS_QSPI_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFE0FFE0) == 0) && ((IT) != 0)) +#define IS_QSPI_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFE4FFE4) == 0) && ((IT) != 0)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_FlagsDefinition + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_FLAG_TO QUADSPI_SR_TOF +#define QSPI_FLAG_SM QUADSPI_SR_SMF +#define QSPI_FLAG_FT QUADSPI_SR_FTF +#define QSPI_FLAG_TC QUADSPI_SR_TCF +#define QSPI_FLAG_TE QUADSPI_SR_TEF +#define QSPI_FLAG_BUSY QUADSPI_SR_BUSY +#define IS_QSPI_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TO) || ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_SM) || \ + ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_FT) || ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TC) || \ + ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TE) || ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_BUSY)) +#define IS_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TO) || ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_SM) || \ + ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == QSPI_FLAG_TE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_Polling_Match_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define QSPI_PMM_AND ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define QSPI_PMM_OR ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CR_PMM) +#define IS_QSPI_PMM(PMM) (((PMM) == QSPI_PMM_AND) || ((PMM) == QSPI_PMM_OR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_Polling_Interval + * @{ + */ +#define IS_QSPI_PIR(PIR) ((PIR) <= QUADSPI_PIR_INTERVAL) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_Timeout + * @{ + */ +#define IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT(TIMEOUT) ((TIMEOUT) <= QUADSPI_LPTR_TIMEOUT) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_DummyCycle + * @{ + */ +#define IS_QSPI_DCY(DCY) ((DCY) <= 0x1F) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI_FIFOThreshold + * @{ + */ +#define IS_QSPI_FIFOTHRESHOLD(FIFOTHRESHOLD) ((FIFOTHRESHOLD) <= 0x0F) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void QSPI_DeInit(void); +void QSPI_Init(QSPI_InitTypeDef* QSPI_InitStruct); +void QSPI_StructInit(QSPI_InitTypeDef* QSPI_InitStruct); +void QSPI_ComConfig_Init(QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef* QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct); +void QSPI_ComConfig_StructInit(QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef* QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct); +void QSPI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void QSPI_AutoPollingMode_Config(uint32_t QSPI_Match, uint32_t QSPI_Mask , uint32_t QSPI_Match_Mode); +void QSPI_AutoPollingMode_SetInterval(uint32_t QSPI_Interval); +void QSPI_MemoryMappedMode_SetTimeout(uint32_t QSPI_Timeout); +void QSPI_SetAddress(uint32_t QSPI_Address); +void QSPI_SetAlternateByte(uint32_t QSPI_AlternateByte); +void QSPI_SetFIFOThreshold(uint32_t QSPI_FIFOThreshold); +void QSPI_SetDataLength(uint32_t QSPI_DataLength); +void QSPI_TimeoutCounterCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void QSPI_AutoPollingModeStopCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void QSPI_AbortRequest(void); +void QSPI_DualFlashMode_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void QSPI_SendData8(uint8_t Data); +void QSPI_SendData16(uint16_t Data); +void QSPI_SendData32(uint32_t Data); +uint8_t QSPI_ReceiveData8(void); +uint16_t QSPI_ReceiveData16(void); +uint32_t QSPI_ReceiveData32(void); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void QSPI_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void QSPI_ITConfig(uint32_t QSPI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t QSPI_GetFIFOLevel(void); +FlagStatus QSPI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t QSPI_FLAG); +void QSPI_ClearFlag(uint32_t QSPI_FLAG); +ITStatus QSPI_GetITStatus(uint32_t QSPI_IT); +void QSPI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t QSPI_IT); +uint32_t QSPI_GetFMode(void); + +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4XX_QUADSPI_H */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rcc.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rcc.h index f69c6b2e1b..2c927655c7 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rcc.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rcc.h @@ -1,852 +1,1058 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_rcc.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RCC firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_RCC_H -#define __STM32F4xx_RCC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup RCC - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency; /*!< SYSCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */ - uint32_t HCLK_Frequency; /*!< HCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */ - uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency; /*!< PCLK1 clock frequency expressed in Hz */ - uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency; /*!< PCLK2 clock frequency expressed in Hz */ -}RCC_ClocksTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_HSE_configuration - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_HSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_HSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define RCC_HSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x05) -#define IS_RCC_HSE(HSE) (((HSE) == RCC_HSE_OFF) || ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_ON) || \ - ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_Bypass)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_LSE_Dual_Mode_Selection - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_LSE_LOWPOWER_MODE ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define IS_RCC_LSE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == RCC_LSE_LOWPOWER_MODE) || \ - ((MODE) == RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Factor - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) -#define IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVR_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div2) ||\ - ((VALUE) == RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div4) ||\ - ((VALUE) == RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div8) ||\ - ((VALUE) == RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div16)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_PLL_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_PLLSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_PLLSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSE)) -#define IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 63) -#define IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(VALUE) ((192 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 432)) -#define IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == 2) || ((VALUE) == 4) || ((VALUE) == 6) || ((VALUE) == 8)) -#define IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((4 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 15)) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define IS_RCC_PLLR_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 7)) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(VALUE) ((192 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 432)) -#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 7)) -#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SM_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 63) -#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 15)) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == 2) || ((VALUE) == 4) || ((VALUE) == 6) || ((VALUE) == 8)) -#define IS_RCC_PLLSAIM_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 63) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(VALUE) ((49 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 432)) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define IS_RCC_PLLSAIP_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == 2) || ((VALUE) == 4) || ((VALUE) == 6) || ((VALUE) == 8)) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 15)) -#define IS_RCC_PLLSAIR_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 7)) - -#define IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((1 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 32)) -#define IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((1 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 32)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_System_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLPCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLRCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLPCLK) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLRCLK)) -/* Add legacy definition */ -#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLPCLK -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK)) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_AHB_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000090) -#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x000000A0) -#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x000000B0) -#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div64 ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) -#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x000000D0) -#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x000000E0) -#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x000000F0) -#define IS_RCC_HCLK(HCLK) (((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div1) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div2) || \ - ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div4) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div8) || \ - ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div16) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div64) || \ - ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div128) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div256) || \ - ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div512)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_HCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_HCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define RCC_HCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00001400) -#define RCC_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) -#define RCC_HCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) -#define IS_RCC_PCLK(PCLK) (((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div1) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div2) || \ - ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div4) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div8) || \ - ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div16)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Interrupt_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_IT_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define RCC_IT_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define RCC_IT_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define RCC_IT_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x08) -#define RCC_IT_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x10) -#define RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY ((uint8_t)0x20) -#define RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY ((uint8_t)0x40) -#define RCC_IT_CSS ((uint8_t)0x80) - -#define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x80) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) -#define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \ - ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \ - ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS) || \ - ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY)) -#define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT)((IT) != 0x00) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_LSE_Configuration - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_LSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_LSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define RCC_LSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define IS_RCC_LSE(LSE) (((LSE) == RCC_LSE_OFF) || ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_ON) || \ - ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_Bypass)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_RTC_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00020300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div3 ((uint32_t)0x00030300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00040300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div5 ((uint32_t)0x00050300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00060300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div7 ((uint32_t)0x00070300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00080300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div9 ((uint32_t)0x00090300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div10 ((uint32_t)0x000A0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div11 ((uint32_t)0x000B0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div12 ((uint32_t)0x000C0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div13 ((uint32_t)0x000D0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div14 ((uint32_t)0x000E0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div15 ((uint32_t)0x000F0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00100300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div17 ((uint32_t)0x00110300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div18 ((uint32_t)0x00120300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div19 ((uint32_t)0x00130300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div20 ((uint32_t)0x00140300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div21 ((uint32_t)0x00150300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div22 ((uint32_t)0x00160300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div23 ((uint32_t)0x00170300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div24 ((uint32_t)0x00180300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div25 ((uint32_t)0x00190300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div26 ((uint32_t)0x001A0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div27 ((uint32_t)0x001B0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div28 ((uint32_t)0x001C0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div29 ((uint32_t)0x001D0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div30 ((uint32_t)0x001E0300) -#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div31 ((uint32_t)0x001F0300) -#define IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div3) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div5) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div6) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div7) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div9) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div10) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div11) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div12) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div13) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div14) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div15) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div17) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div18) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div19) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div20) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div21) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div22) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div23) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div24) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div25) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div26) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div27) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div28) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div29) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div30) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div31)) -/** - * @} - */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** @defgroup RCC_I2S_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint32_t)0x00) -#define RCC_I2SCLKSource_Ext ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S1SRC_0) -#define RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLL ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S1SRC_1) -#define RCC_I2SCLKSource_HSI_HSE ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S1SRC_0 | RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S1SRC_1) - -#define IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLLI2S) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SCLKSource_Ext) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLL) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SCLKSource_HSI_HSE)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_I2S_APBBus - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_I2SBus_APB1 ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_I2SBus_APB2 ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define IS_RCC_I2S_APBx(BUS) (((BUS) == RCC_I2SBus_APB1) || ((BUS) == RCC_I2SBus_APB2)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_SAI_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLSAI ((uint32_t)0x00) -#define RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_0) -#define RCC_SAICLKSource_PLL ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_1) -#define RCC_SAICLKSource_HSI_HSE ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_0 | RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_1) - -#define IS_RCC_SAICLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLSAI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLI2S) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAICLKSource_PLL) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAICLKSource_HSI_HSE)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_SAI_Instance - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_SAIInstance_SAI1 ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_SAIInstance_SAI2 ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define IS_RCC_SAI_INSTANCE(BUS) (((BUS) == RCC_SAIInstance_SAI1) || ((BUS) == RCC_SAIInstance_SAI2)) -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -/** @defgroup RCC_I2S_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext ((uint8_t)0x01) - -#define IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_SAI_BlockA_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLSAI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define RCC_SAIACLKSource_Ext ((uint32_t)0x00200000) - -#define IS_RCC_SAIACLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLI2S) ||\ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLSAI) ||\ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIACLKSource_Ext)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_SAI_BlockB_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLSAI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define RCC_SAIBCLKSource_Ext ((uint32_t)0x00800000) - -#define IS_RCC_SAIBCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLI2S) ||\ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLSAI) ||\ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIBCLKSource_Ext)) -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_TIM_PRescaler_Selection - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_TIMPrescDesactivated ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_TIMPrescActivated ((uint8_t)0x01) - -#define IS_RCC_TIMCLK_PRESCALER(VALUE) (((VALUE) == RCC_TIMPrescDesactivated) || ((VALUE) == RCC_TIMPrescActivated)) -/** - * @} - */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** @defgroup RCC_SDIO_Clock_Source_Selection - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_SDIOCLKSource_48MHZ ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_SDIOCLKSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define IS_RCC_SDIO_CLOCKSOURCE(CLKSOURCE) (((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_SDIOCLKSource_48MHZ) || \ - ((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_SDIOCLKSource_SYSCLK)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup RCC_48MHZ_Clock_Source_Selection - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLL ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLLSAI ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define IS_RCC_48MHZ_CLOCKSOURCE(CLKSOURCE) (((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLL) || \ - ((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLLSAI)) -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** @defgroup RCC_SPDIFRX_Clock_Source_Selection - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLR ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLI2SP ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define IS_RCC_SPDIFRX_CLOCKSOURCE(CLKSOURCE) (((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLR) || \ - ((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLI2SP)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_CEC_Clock_Source_Selection - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_CECCLKSource_HSIDiv488 ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RCC_CECCLKSource_LSE ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define IS_RCC_CEC_CLOCKSOURCE(CLKSOURCE) (((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_CECCLKSource_HSIDiv488) || \ - ((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_CECCLKSource_LSE)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_FMPI2C1_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_APB1 ((uint32_t)0x00) -#define RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR2_FMPI2C1SEL_0) -#define RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_HSI ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR2_FMPI2C1SEL_1) - -#define IS_RCC_FMPI2C1_CLOCKSOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_APB1) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_SYSCLK) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_HSI)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_AHB1_ClockGating - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_APB1Bridge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_APB2Bridge ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_CM4DBG ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_SPARE ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_FLITF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_RCC ((uint32_t)0x00000040) - -#define IS_RCC_AHB1_CLOCKGATING(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_AHB1_Peripherals - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_FLITF ((uint32_t)0x00008000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_SRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_SRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_BKPSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_SRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_CCMDATARAMEN ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC ((uint32_t)0x02000000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Tx ((uint32_t)0x04000000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Rx ((uint32_t)0x08000000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_PTP ((uint32_t)0x10000000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS ((uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS_ULPI ((uint32_t)0x40000000) - -#define IS_RCC_AHB1_CLOCK_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x810BE800) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) -#define IS_RCC_AHB1_RESET_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xDD1FE800) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) -#define IS_RCC_AHB1_LPMODE_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x81106800) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_AHB2_Peripherals - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFF0E) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_AHB3_Peripherals - * @{ - */ -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) -#define RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFFE) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) -#define RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFFE) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFFC) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_Peripherals - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIFRX ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART5 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_FMPI2C1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_CEC ((uint32_t)0x08000000) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define RCC_APB1Periph_PWR ((uint32_t)0x10000000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC ((uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART7 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) -#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART8 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) -#define IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x00003600) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_APB2_Peripherals - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART6 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG ((uint32_t)0x00004000) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#define RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC ((uint32_t)0x04000000) - -#define IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xF30880CC) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) -#define IS_RCC_APB2_RESET_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xF30886CC) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_MCO1_Clock_Source_Prescaler - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_MCO1Source_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_MCO1Source_LSE ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define RCC_MCO1Source_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define RCC_MCO1Source_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0x00600000) -#define RCC_MCO1Div_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_MCO1Div_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) -#define RCC_MCO1Div_3 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) -#define RCC_MCO1Div_4 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) -#define RCC_MCO1Div_5 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) -#define IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_HSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_LSE) || \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_HSE) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_PLLCLK)) - -#define IS_RCC_MCO1DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_1) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_2) || \ - ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_3) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_4) || \ - ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_5)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_MCO2_Clock_Source_Prescaler - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_MCO2Source_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_MCO2Source_PLLI2SCLK ((uint32_t)0x40000000) -#define RCC_MCO2Source_HSE ((uint32_t)0x80000000) -#define RCC_MCO2Source_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0xC0000000) -#define RCC_MCO2Div_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RCC_MCO2Div_2 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define RCC_MCO2Div_3 ((uint32_t)0x28000000) -#define RCC_MCO2Div_4 ((uint32_t)0x30000000) -#define RCC_MCO2Div_5 ((uint32_t)0x38000000) -#define IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_SYSCLK) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_PLLI2SCLK)|| \ - ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_HSE) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_PLLCLK)) - -#define IS_RCC_MCO2DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_1) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_2) || \ - ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_3) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_4) || \ - ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_5)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Flag - * @{ - */ -#define RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x21) -#define RCC_FLAG_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x31) -#define RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x39) -#define RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY ((uint8_t)0x3B) -#define RCC_FLAG_PLLSAIRDY ((uint8_t)0x3D) -#define RCC_FLAG_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x41) -#define RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x61) -#define RCC_FLAG_BORRST ((uint8_t)0x79) -#define RCC_FLAG_PINRST ((uint8_t)0x7A) -#define RCC_FLAG_PORRST ((uint8_t)0x7B) -#define RCC_FLAG_SFTRST ((uint8_t)0x7C) -#define RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x7D) -#define RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x7E) -#define RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST ((uint8_t)0x7F) - -#define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \ - ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || \ - ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_BORRST) || \ - ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || \ - ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| \ - ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST)|| \ - ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLSAIRDY)) - -#define IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x1F) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state */ -void RCC_DeInit(void); - -/* Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions *********/ -void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE); -ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void); -void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue); -void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE); -void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP, uint32_t PLLQ, uint32_t PLLR); -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP, uint32_t PLLQ); -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -void RCC_PLLI2SCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F401xx) -void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SR); -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx */ -#if defined(STM32F411xE) -void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SR, uint32_t PLLI2SM); -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) -void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SQ, uint32_t PLLI2SR); -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SM, uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SP, uint32_t PLLI2SQ, uint32_t PLLI2SR); -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -void RCC_PLLSAICmd(FunctionalState NewState); -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -void RCC_PLLSAIConfig(uint32_t PLLSAIM, uint32_t PLLSAIN, uint32_t PLLSAIP, uint32_t PLLSAIQ); -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -void RCC_PLLSAIConfig(uint32_t PLLSAIN, uint32_t PLLSAIQ, uint32_t PLLSAIR); -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_MCO1Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO1Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO1Div); -void RCC_MCO2Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO2Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO2Div); - -/* System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions ******************/ -void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource); -uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void); -void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK); -void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); -void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); -void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks); - -/* Peripheral clocks configuration functions **********************************/ -void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource); -void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SAPBx, uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource); -void RCC_SAICLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIInstance, uint32_t RCC_SAICLKSource); -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource); -void RCC_SAIBlockACLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource); -void RCC_SAIBlockBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource); -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -void RCC_SAIPLLI2SClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLI2SDivQ); -void RCC_SAIPLLSAIClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIDivQ); - -void RCC_LTDCCLKDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIDivR); -void RCC_TIMCLKPresConfig(uint32_t RCC_TIMCLKPrescaler); - -void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); - -void RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_AHB3PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); - -void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Features available only for STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx devices */ -void RCC_LSEModeConfig(uint8_t RCC_Mode); - -/* Features available only for STM32F446xx devices */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -void RCC_48MHzClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource); -void RCC_SDIOClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource); -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/* Features available only for STM32F446xx devices */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -void RCC_AHB1ClockGatingCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1ClockGating, FunctionalState NewState); -void RCC_SPDIFRXClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource); -void RCC_CECClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource); -void RCC_FMPI2C1ClockSourceConfig(uint32_t RCC_ClockSource); -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG); -void RCC_ClearFlag(void); -ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT); -void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_RCC_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_rcc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RCC firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_RCC_H +#define __STM32F4xx_RCC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency; /*!< SYSCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */ + uint32_t HCLK_Frequency; /*!< HCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */ + uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency; /*!< PCLK1 clock frequency expressed in Hz */ + uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency; /*!< PCLK2 clock frequency expressed in Hz */ +}RCC_ClocksTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_HSE_configuration + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_HSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_HSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_HSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IS_RCC_HSE(HSE) (((HSE) == RCC_HSE_OFF) || ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_ON) || \ + ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_Bypass)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_LSE_Dual_Mode_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_LSE_LOWPOWER_MODE ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_RCC_LSE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == RCC_LSE_LOWPOWER_MODE) || \ + ((MODE) == RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Factor + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) +#define IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVR_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div2) ||\ + ((VALUE) == RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div4) ||\ + ((VALUE) == RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div8) ||\ + ((VALUE) == RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_PLL_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_PLLSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_PLLSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSE)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 63) +#define IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(VALUE) ((50 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 432)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == 2) || ((VALUE) == 4) || ((VALUE) == 6) || ((VALUE) == 8)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((4 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 15)) +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define IS_RCC_PLLR_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 7)) +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(VALUE) ((50 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 432)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 7)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SM_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 63)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 15)) +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == 2) || ((VALUE) == 4) || ((VALUE) == 6) || ((VALUE) == 8)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLSAIM_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 63) +#elif defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == 2) || ((VALUE) == 4) || ((VALUE) == 6) || ((VALUE) == 8)) +#else +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#define IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(VALUE) ((50 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 432)) +#if defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define IS_RCC_PLLSAIP_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == 2) || ((VALUE) == 4) || ((VALUE) == 6) || ((VALUE) == 8)) +#endif /* STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +#define IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 15)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLSAIR_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 7)) + +#define IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((1 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 32)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((1 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 32)) + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVR_VALUE(VALUE) ((1 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 32)) +#define IS_RCC_PLL_DIVR_VALUE(VALUE) ((1 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 32)) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_System_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLPCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLRCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLPCLK) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLRCLK)) +/* Add legacy definition */ +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLPCLK +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK)) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F469_479xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000090) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x000000A0) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x000000B0) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div64 ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x000000D0) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x000000E0) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x000000F0) +#define IS_RCC_HCLK(HCLK) (((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div1) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div2) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div4) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div8) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div16) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div64) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div128) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div256) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div512)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_HCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00001400) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) +#define IS_RCC_PCLK(PCLK) (((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div1) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div2) || \ + ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div4) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div8) || \ + ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Interrupt_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_IT_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_IT_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RCC_IT_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RCC_IT_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define RCC_IT_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY ((uint8_t)0x40) +#define RCC_IT_CSS ((uint8_t)0x80) + +#define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x80) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY)) +#define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT)((IT) != 0x00) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_LSE_Configuration + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_LSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_LSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_LSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define IS_RCC_LSE(LSE) (((LSE) == RCC_LSE_OFF) || ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_ON) || \ + ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_Bypass)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_RTC_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00020300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div3 ((uint32_t)0x00030300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00040300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div5 ((uint32_t)0x00050300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00060300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div7 ((uint32_t)0x00070300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00080300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div9 ((uint32_t)0x00090300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div10 ((uint32_t)0x000A0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div11 ((uint32_t)0x000B0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div12 ((uint32_t)0x000C0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div13 ((uint32_t)0x000D0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div14 ((uint32_t)0x000E0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div15 ((uint32_t)0x000F0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00100300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div17 ((uint32_t)0x00110300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div18 ((uint32_t)0x00120300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div19 ((uint32_t)0x00130300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div20 ((uint32_t)0x00140300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div21 ((uint32_t)0x00150300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div22 ((uint32_t)0x00160300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div23 ((uint32_t)0x00170300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div24 ((uint32_t)0x00180300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div25 ((uint32_t)0x00190300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div26 ((uint32_t)0x001A0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div27 ((uint32_t)0x001B0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div28 ((uint32_t)0x001C0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div29 ((uint32_t)0x001D0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div30 ((uint32_t)0x001E0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div31 ((uint32_t)0x001F0300) +#define IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div3) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div5) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div6) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div7) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div9) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div10) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div11) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div12) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div13) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div14) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div15) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div17) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div18) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div19) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div20) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div21) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div22) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div23) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div24) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div25) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div26) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div27) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div28) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div29) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div30) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div31)) +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** @defgroup RCCEx_LPTIM1_Clock_Source RCC LPTIM1 Clock Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR2_LPTIM1SEL_0) +#define RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR2_LPTIM1SEL_1) +#define RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSE ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR2_LPTIM1SEL_0 | RCC_DCKCFGR2_LPTIM1SEL_1) + +#define IS_RCC_LPTIM1_CLOCKSOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSE)) +/* Legacy Defines */ +#define IS_RCC_LPTIM1_SOURCE IS_RCC_LPTIM1_CLOCKSOURCE + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_I2S_APB_Clock_Source RCC I2S APB Clock Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_I2SAPBCLKSOURCE_PLLR ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_I2SAPBCLKSOURCE_EXT ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_I2SSRC_0) +#define RCC_I2SAPBCLKSOURCE_PLLSRC ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_I2SSRC_1) +#define IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SAPBCLKSOURCE_PLLR) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SAPBCLKSOURCE_EXT) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SAPBCLKSOURCE_PLLSRC)) +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/** @defgroup RCC_I2S_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint32_t)0x00) +#define RCC_I2SCLKSource_Ext ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S1SRC_0) +#define RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLL ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S1SRC_1) +#define RCC_I2SCLKSource_HSI_HSE ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S1SRC_0 | RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S1SRC_1) + +#define IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLLI2S) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SCLKSource_Ext) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLL) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2SCLKSource_HSI_HSE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_I2S_APBBus + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_I2SBus_APB1 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_I2SBus_APB2 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_RCC_I2S_APBx(BUS) (((BUS) == RCC_I2SBus_APB1) || ((BUS) == RCC_I2SBus_APB2)) +/** + * @} + */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/** @defgroup RCC_SAI_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLSAI ((uint32_t)0x00) +#define RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_0) +#define RCC_SAICLKSource_PLL ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_1) +#define RCC_SAICLKSource_HSI_HSE ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_0 | RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_1) + +#define IS_RCC_SAICLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLSAI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLI2S) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAICLKSource_PLL) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAICLKSource_HSI_HSE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_SAI_Instance + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SAIInstance_SAI1 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_SAIInstance_SAI2 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_RCC_SAI_INSTANCE(BUS) (((BUS) == RCC_SAIInstance_SAI1) || ((BUS) == RCC_SAIInstance_SAI2)) +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) + +/** @defgroup RCC_SAI_BlockA_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLI2S_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_SAIACLKSource_I2SCKIN ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC_0) +#define RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLR ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC_1) +#define RCC_SAIACLKSource_HSI_HSE ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC_0 | RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC_1) + +#define IS_RCC_SAIACLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLI2S_R) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIACLKSource_I2SCKIN) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLR) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIACLKSource_HSI_HSE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_SAI_BlockB_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLI2S_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_SAIBCLKSource_I2SCKIN ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1BSRC_0) +#define RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLR ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1BSRC_1) +#define RCC_SAIBCLKSource_HSI_HSE ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1BSRC_0 | RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1BSRC_1) + +#define IS_RCC_SAIBCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLI2S_R) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIBCLKSource_I2SCKIN) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLR) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIBCLKSource_HSI_HSE)) +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** @defgroup RCC_I2S_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext ((uint8_t)0x01) + +#define IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_SAI_BlockA_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLSAI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define RCC_SAIACLKSource_Ext ((uint32_t)0x00200000) + +#define IS_RCC_SAIACLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLI2S) ||\ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLSAI) ||\ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIACLKSource_Ext)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_SAI_BlockB_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLSAI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RCC_SAIBCLKSource_Ext ((uint32_t)0x00800000) + +#define IS_RCC_SAIBCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLI2S) ||\ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLSAI) ||\ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SAIBCLKSource_Ext)) +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_TIM_PRescaler_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_TIMPrescDesactivated ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_TIMPrescActivated ((uint8_t)0x01) + +#define IS_RCC_TIMCLK_PRESCALER(VALUE) (((VALUE) == RCC_TIMPrescDesactivated) || ((VALUE) == RCC_TIMPrescActivated)) +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** @defgroup RCC_DSI_Clock_Source_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_DSICLKSource_PHY ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_DSICLKSource_PLLR ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_RCC_DSI_CLOCKSOURCE(CLKSOURCE) (((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_DSICLKSource_PHY) || \ + ((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_DSICLKSource_PLLR)) +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** @defgroup RCC_SDIO_Clock_Source_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SDIOCLKSource_48MHZ ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_SDIOCLKSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_RCC_SDIO_CLOCKSOURCE(CLKSOURCE) (((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_SDIOCLKSource_48MHZ) || \ + ((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_SDIOCLKSource_SYSCLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RCC_48MHZ_Clock_Source_Selection + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLL ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLLSAI ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_RCC_48MHZ_CLOCKSOURCE(CLKSOURCE) (((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLL) || \ + ((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLLSAI)) +#endif /* STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE_PLLQ ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE_PLLI2SQ ((uint8_t)0x01) /* Only for STM32F412xG and STM32F413_423xx Devices */ +#define IS_RCC_48MHZ_CLOCKSOURCE(CLKSOURCE) (((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE_PLLQ) || \ + ((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE_PLLI2SQ)) +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/** @defgroup RCC_SPDIFRX_Clock_Source_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLR ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLI2SP ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_RCC_SPDIFRX_CLOCKSOURCE(CLKSOURCE) (((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLR) || \ + ((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLI2SP)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_CEC_Clock_Source_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_CECCLKSource_HSIDiv488 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_CECCLKSource_LSE ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_RCC_CEC_CLOCKSOURCE(CLKSOURCE) (((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_CECCLKSource_HSIDiv488) || \ + ((CLKSOURCE) == RCC_CECCLKSource_LSE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB1_ClockGating + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_APB1Bridge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_APB2Bridge ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_CM4DBG ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_SPARE ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_FLITF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RCC_AHB1ClockGating_RCC ((uint32_t)0x00000040) + +#define IS_RCC_AHB1_CLOCKGATING(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/** @defgroup RCC_FMPI2C1_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_APB1 ((uint32_t)0x00) +#define RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR2_FMPI2C1SEL_0) +#define RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_HSI ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR2_FMPI2C1SEL_1) + +#define IS_RCC_FMPI2C1_CLOCKSOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_APB1) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_SYSCLK) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_HSI)) +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** @defgroup RCC_DFSDM_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_DFSDMCLKSource_APB ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_DFSDMCLKSource_SYS ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_RCC_DFSDMCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_DFSDMCLKSource_APB) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_DFSDMCLKSource_SYS)) + +/* Legacy Defines */ +#define RCC_DFSDM1CLKSource_APB RCC_DFSDMCLKSource_APB +#define RCC_DFSDM1CLKSource_SYS RCC_DFSDMCLKSource_SYS +#define IS_RCC_DFSDM1CLK_SOURCE IS_RCC_DFSDMCLK_SOURCE +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_DFSDM_Audio_Clock_Source RCC DFSDM Audio Clock Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB2 ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_CKDFSDM1ASEL) +#define IS_RCC_DFSDM1ACLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB1) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB2)) + +/* Legacy Defines */ +#define IS_RCC_DFSDMACLK_SOURCE IS_RCC_DFSDM1ACLK_SOURCE +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** @defgroup RCC_DFSDM_Audio_Clock_Source RCC DFSDM Audio Clock Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_DFSDM2AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_DFSDM2AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB2 ((uint32_t)RCC_DCKCFGR_CKDFSDM2ASEL) +#define IS_RCC_DFSDM2ACLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_DFSDM2AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB1) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_DFSDM2AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB2)) +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB1_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_FLITF ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_SRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_SRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_BKPSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_SRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_CCMDATARAMEN ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Tx ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Rx ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_PTP ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS_ULPI ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#if defined(STM32F410xx) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_RNG ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#endif /* STM32F410xx */ +#define IS_RCC_AHB1_CLOCK_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x010BE800) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_AHB1_RESET_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x51FE800) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_AHB1_LPMODE_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x01106800) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB2_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +#define RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFF0E) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB3_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) +#define RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFFE) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) +#define RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFFE) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFFC) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#endif /* STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFFC) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_LPTIM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ +#define RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIFRX ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART5 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_FMPI2C1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F413_423xx*/ +#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN3 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_CEC ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#define RCC_APB1Periph_PWR ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART7 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART8 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x00003600) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB2_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART6 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_EXTIT ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#if defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#endif /* STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +#define RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_DSI ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM2 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_UART9 ((uint32_t)0x02000040) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_UART10 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +/* Legacy Defines */ +#define RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM1 + +#define IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xF008000C) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_APB2_RESET_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xF208860C) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_MCO1_Clock_Source_Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_MCO1Source_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_MCO1Source_LSE ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RCC_MCO1Source_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RCC_MCO1Source_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0x00600000) +#define RCC_MCO1Div_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_MCO1Div_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define RCC_MCO1Div_3 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) +#define RCC_MCO1Div_4 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) +#define RCC_MCO1Div_5 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) +#define IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_HSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_LSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_HSE) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_PLLCLK)) + +#define IS_RCC_MCO1DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_1) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_2) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_3) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_4) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_MCO2_Clock_Source_Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_MCO2Source_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Source_PLLI2SCLK ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Source_HSE ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Source_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0xC0000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Div_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Div_2 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Div_3 ((uint32_t)0x28000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Div_4 ((uint32_t)0x30000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Div_5 ((uint32_t)0x38000000) +#define IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_SYSCLK) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_PLLI2SCLK)|| \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_HSE) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_PLLCLK)) + +#define IS_RCC_MCO2DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_1) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_2) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_3) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_4) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Flag + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x21) +#define RCC_FLAG_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x31) +#define RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x39) +#define RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY ((uint8_t)0x3B) +#define RCC_FLAG_PLLSAIRDY ((uint8_t)0x3D) +#define RCC_FLAG_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x41) +#define RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x61) +#define RCC_FLAG_BORRST ((uint8_t)0x79) +#define RCC_FLAG_PINRST ((uint8_t)0x7A) +#define RCC_FLAG_PORRST ((uint8_t)0x7B) +#define RCC_FLAG_SFTRST ((uint8_t)0x7C) +#define RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x7D) +#define RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x7E) +#define RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST ((uint8_t)0x7F) + +#define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_BORRST) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLSAIRDY)) + +#define IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x1F) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state */ +void RCC_DeInit(void); + +/* Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions *********/ +void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE); +ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void); +void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue); +void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE); +void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP, uint32_t PLLQ, uint32_t PLLR); +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP, uint32_t PLLQ); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ + +void RCC_PLLI2SCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F401xx) +void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SR); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx */ +#if defined(STM32F411xE) +void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SR, uint32_t PLLI2SM); +#endif /* STM32F411xE */ +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SQ, uint32_t PLLI2SR); +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SM, uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SP, uint32_t PLLI2SQ, uint32_t PLLI2SR); +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +void RCC_PLLSAICmd(FunctionalState NewState); +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +void RCC_PLLSAIConfig(uint32_t PLLSAIN, uint32_t PLLSAIP, uint32_t PLLSAIQ, uint32_t PLLSAIR); +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +void RCC_PLLSAIConfig(uint32_t PLLSAIM, uint32_t PLLSAIN, uint32_t PLLSAIP, uint32_t PLLSAIQ); +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) +void RCC_PLLSAIConfig(uint32_t PLLSAIN, uint32_t PLLSAIQ, uint32_t PLLSAIR); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ + +void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_MCO1Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO1Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO1Div); +void RCC_MCO2Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO2Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO2Div); + +/* System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions ******************/ +void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource); +uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void); +void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK); +void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); +void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); +void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks); + +/* Peripheral clocks configuration functions **********************************/ +void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource); +void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SAPBx, uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource); +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +void RCC_SAICLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIInstance, uint32_t RCC_SAICLKSource); +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +void RCC_SAIBlockACLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource); +void RCC_SAIBlockBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource); +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +void RCC_SAIBlockACLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource); +void RCC_SAIBlockBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +void RCC_SAIPLLI2SClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLI2SDivQ); +void RCC_SAIPLLSAIClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIDivQ); + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +void RCC_SAIPLLI2SRClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLI2SDivR); +void RCC_SAIPLLRClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLDivR); +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +void RCC_LTDCCLKDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIDivR); +void RCC_TIMCLKPresConfig(uint32_t RCC_TIMCLKPrescaler); + +void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB3PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Features available only for STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469_479xx devices */ +void RCC_LSEModeConfig(uint8_t RCC_Mode); + +/* Features available only for STM32F469_479xx devices */ +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +void RCC_DSIClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource); +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ + +/* Features available only for STM32F412xG/STM32F413_423xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469_479xx devices */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +void RCC_48MHzClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource); +void RCC_SDIOClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource); +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/* Features available only for STM32F446xx devices */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +void RCC_AHB1ClockGatingCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1ClockGating, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_SPDIFRXClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource); +void RCC_CECClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource); +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +/* Features available only for STM32F410xx/STM32F412xG/STM32F446xx devices */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +void RCC_FMPI2C1ClockSourceConfig(uint32_t RCC_ClockSource); +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +/* Features available only for STM32F410xx devices */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +void RCC_LPTIM1ClockSourceConfig(uint32_t RCC_ClockSource); +#if defined(STM32F410xx) +void RCC_MCO1Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_MCO2Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +#endif /* STM32F410xx */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +void RCC_DFSDMCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_DFSDMCLKSource); +void RCC_DFSDM1ACLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_DFSDM1ACLKSource); +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +void RCC_DFSDM2ACLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_DFSDMACLKSource); +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/* Legacy Defines */ +#define RCC_DFSDM1CLKConfig RCC_DFSDMCLKConfig +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG); +void RCC_ClearFlag(void); +ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT); +void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_RCC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rng.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rng.h index ba495d567d..692af24b50 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rng.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rng.h @@ -1,120 +1,113 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_rng.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the Random - * Number Generator(RNG) firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_RNG_H -#define __STM32F4xx_RNG_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup RNG - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RNG_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RNG_flags_definition - * @{ - */ -#define RNG_FLAG_DRDY ((uint8_t)0x0001) /*!< Data ready */ -#define RNG_FLAG_CECS ((uint8_t)0x0002) /*!< Clock error current status */ -#define RNG_FLAG_SECS ((uint8_t)0x0004) /*!< Seed error current status */ - -#define IS_RNG_GET_FLAG(RNG_FLAG) (((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_DRDY) || \ - ((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_CECS) || \ - ((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_SECS)) -#define IS_RNG_CLEAR_FLAG(RNG_FLAG) (((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_CECS) || \ - ((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_SECS)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RNG_interrupts_definition - * @{ - */ -#define RNG_IT_CEI ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Clock error interrupt */ -#define RNG_IT_SEI ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Seed error interrupt */ - -#define IS_RNG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x9F) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) -#define IS_RNG_GET_IT(RNG_IT) (((RNG_IT) == RNG_IT_CEI) || ((RNG_IT) == RNG_IT_SEI)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the RNG configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void RNG_DeInit(void); - -/* Configuration function *****************************************************/ -void RNG_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Get 32 bit Random number function ******************************************/ -uint32_t RNG_GetRandomNumber(void); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void RNG_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus RNG_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RNG_FLAG); -void RNG_ClearFlag(uint8_t RNG_FLAG); -ITStatus RNG_GetITStatus(uint8_t RNG_IT); -void RNG_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RNG_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_RNG_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_rng.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the Random + * Number Generator(RNG) firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_RNG_H +#define __STM32F4xx_RNG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RNG + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RNG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define RNG_FLAG_DRDY ((uint8_t)0x0001) /*!< Data ready */ +#define RNG_FLAG_CECS ((uint8_t)0x0002) /*!< Clock error current status */ +#define RNG_FLAG_SECS ((uint8_t)0x0004) /*!< Seed error current status */ + +#define IS_RNG_GET_FLAG(RNG_FLAG) (((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_DRDY) || \ + ((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_CECS) || \ + ((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_SECS)) +#define IS_RNG_CLEAR_FLAG(RNG_FLAG) (((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_CECS) || \ + ((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_SECS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define RNG_IT_CEI ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Clock error interrupt */ +#define RNG_IT_SEI ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Seed error interrupt */ + +#define IS_RNG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x9F) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RNG_GET_IT(RNG_IT) (((RNG_IT) == RNG_IT_CEI) || ((RNG_IT) == RNG_IT_SEI)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the RNG configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void RNG_DeInit(void); + +/* Configuration function *****************************************************/ +void RNG_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Get 32 bit Random number function ******************************************/ +uint32_t RNG_GetRandomNumber(void); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RNG_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RNG_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RNG_FLAG); +void RNG_ClearFlag(uint8_t RNG_FLAG); +ITStatus RNG_GetITStatus(uint8_t RNG_IT); +void RNG_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RNG_IT); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_RNG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rtc.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rtc.h index 0453701628..51076dd07a 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rtc.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_rtc.h @@ -1,881 +1,880 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_rtc.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RTC firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_RTC_H -#define __STM32F4xx_RTC_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup RTC - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief RTC Init structures definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t RTC_HourFormat; /*!< Specifies the RTC Hour Format. - This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Hour_Formats */ - - uint32_t RTC_AsynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value. - This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x7F */ - - uint32_t RTC_SynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value. - This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x7FFF */ -}RTC_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief RTC Time structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint8_t RTC_Hours; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Hour. - This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-12 range - if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected or 0-23 range if - the RTC_HourFormat_24 is selected. */ - - uint8_t RTC_Minutes; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Minutes. - This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ - - uint8_t RTC_Seconds; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Seconds. - This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ - - uint8_t RTC_H12; /*!< Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time. - This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AM_PM_Definitions */ -}RTC_TimeTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief RTC Date structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint8_t RTC_WeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay. - This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ - - uint8_t RTC_Month; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Month (in BCD format). - This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Month_Date_Definitions */ - - uint8_t RTC_Date; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date. - This parameter must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. */ - - uint8_t RTC_Year; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Year. - This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-99 range. */ -}RTC_DateTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief RTC Alarm structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - RTC_TimeTypeDef RTC_AlarmTime; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members. */ - - uint32_t RTC_AlarmMask; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks. - This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions */ - - uint32_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay. - This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions */ - - uint8_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay. - If the Alarm Date is selected, this parameter - must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. - If the Alarm WeekDay is selected, this - parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ -}RTC_AlarmTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - - -/** @defgroup RTC_Hour_Formats - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_HourFormat_24 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_HourFormat_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_12) || \ - ((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_24)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Asynchronous_Predivider - * @{ - */ -#define IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7F) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup RTC_Synchronous_Predivider - * @{ - */ -#define IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7FFF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define IS_RTC_HOUR12(HOUR) (((HOUR) > 0) && ((HOUR) <= 12)) -#define IS_RTC_HOUR24(HOUR) ((HOUR) <= 23) -#define IS_RTC_MINUTES(MINUTES) ((MINUTES) <= 59) -#define IS_RTC_SECONDS(SECONDS) ((SECONDS) <= 59) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_AM_PM_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_H12_AM ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define RTC_H12_PM ((uint8_t)0x40) -#define IS_RTC_H12(PM) (((PM) == RTC_H12_AM) || ((PM) == RTC_H12_PM)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Year_Date_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define IS_RTC_YEAR(YEAR) ((YEAR) <= 99) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Month_Date_Definitions - * @{ - */ - -/* Coded in BCD format */ -#define RTC_Month_January ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define RTC_Month_February ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define RTC_Month_March ((uint8_t)0x03) -#define RTC_Month_April ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define RTC_Month_May ((uint8_t)0x05) -#define RTC_Month_June ((uint8_t)0x06) -#define RTC_Month_July ((uint8_t)0x07) -#define RTC_Month_August ((uint8_t)0x08) -#define RTC_Month_September ((uint8_t)0x09) -#define RTC_Month_October ((uint8_t)0x10) -#define RTC_Month_November ((uint8_t)0x11) -#define RTC_Month_December ((uint8_t)0x12) -#define IS_RTC_MONTH(MONTH) (((MONTH) >= 1) && ((MONTH) <= 12)) -#define IS_RTC_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) >= 1) && ((DATE) <= 31)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_WeekDay_Definitions - * @{ - */ - -#define RTC_Weekday_Monday ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define RTC_Weekday_Tuesday ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define RTC_Weekday_Wednesday ((uint8_t)0x03) -#define RTC_Weekday_Thursday ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define RTC_Weekday_Friday ((uint8_t)0x05) -#define RTC_Weekday_Saturday ((uint8_t)0x06) -#define RTC_Weekday_Sunday ((uint8_t)0x07) -#define IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) > 0) && ((DATE) <= 31)) -#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ - ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay ((uint32_t)0x40000000) - -#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) || \ - ((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_AlarmMask_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_AlarmMask_DateWeekDay ((uint32_t)0x80000000) -#define RTC_AlarmMask_Hours ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#define RTC_AlarmMask_Minutes ((uint32_t)0x00008000) -#define RTC_AlarmMask_Seconds ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define RTC_AlarmMask_All ((uint32_t)0x80808080) -#define IS_ALARM_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) & 0x7F7F7F7F) == (uint32_t)RESET) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Alarms_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_Alarm_A ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define RTC_Alarm_B ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define IS_RTC_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_A) || ((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_B)) -#define IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) & (RTC_Alarm_A | RTC_Alarm_B)) != (uint32_t)RESET) - -/** - * @} - */ - - /** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Masks_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< All Alarm SS fields are masked. - There is no comparison on sub seconds - for Alarm */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[0] is compared. */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[1:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) /*!< SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[2:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[3:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) /*!< SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[4:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) /*!< SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[5:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[6:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[7:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9 ((uint32_t)0x09000000) /*!< SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[8:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) /*!< SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[9:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11 ((uint32_t)0x0B000000) /*!< SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[10:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) /*!< SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm - comparison.Only SS[11:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13 ((uint32_t)0x0D000000) /*!< SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm - comparison. Only SS[12:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14 ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) /*!< SS[14] is don't care in Alarm - comparison.Only SS[13:0] are compared */ -#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) /*!< SS[14:0] are compared and must match - to activate alarm. */ -#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14) || \ - ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Value - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x00007FFF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Wakeup_Timer_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits ((uint32_t)0x00000006) -#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16) || \ - ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8) || \ - ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4) || \ - ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2) || \ - ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits) || \ - ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits)) -#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 0xFFFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Stamp_Edges_definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising) || \ - ((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Output_selection_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_Output_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_Output_AlarmA ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define RTC_Output_AlarmB ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define RTC_Output_WakeUp ((uint32_t)0x00600000) - -#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_Disable) || \ - ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmA) || \ - ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmB) || \ - ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_WakeUp)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_OutputPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_OutputPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_High) || \ - ((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_Low)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup RTC_Digital_Calibration_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_CalibSign_Positive ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_CalibSign_Negative ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(SIGN) (((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Positive) || \ - ((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Negative)) -#define IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) < 0x20) - -/** - * @} - */ - - /** @defgroup RTC_Calib_Output_selection_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz) || \ - ((OUTPUT) == RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_period_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation - period is 32s, else 2exp20 RTCCLK seconds */ -#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibration - period is 16s, else 2exp19 RTCCLK seconds */ -#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation - period is 8s, else 2exp18 RTCCLK seconds */ -#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(PERIOD) (((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec) || \ - ((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec) || \ - ((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_Plus_pulses_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< The number of RTCCLK pulses added - during a X -second window = Y - CALM[8:0]. - with Y = 512, 256, 128 when X = 32, 16, 8 */ -#define RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< The number of RTCCLK pulses subbstited - during a 32-second window = CALM[8:0]. */ -#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(PLUS) (((PLUS) == RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set) || \ - ((PLUS) == RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_Minus_pulses_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x000001FF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(SAVE) (((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H) || \ - ((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H)) - -#define RTC_StoreOperation_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_StoreOperation_Set ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Reset) || \ - ((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Set)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Trigger_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel) || \ - ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Filter_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_TamperFilter_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Tamper filter is disabled */ - -#define RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Tamper is activated after 2 - consecutive samples at the active level */ -#define RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Tamper is activated after 4 - consecutive samples at the active level */ -#define RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< Tamper is activated after 8 - consecutive samples at the active level. */ -#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_Disable) || \ - ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample) || \ - ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample) || \ - ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Sampling_Frequencies_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768 */ -#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384 ((uint32_t)0x000000100) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384 */ -#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192 */ -#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096 */ -#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048 */ -#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024 */ -#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512 */ -#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256 */ -#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(FREQ) (((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768) || \ - ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384) || \ - ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192) || \ - ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096) || \ - ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048) || \ - ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024) || \ - ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512) || \ - ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - /** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pin_Precharge_Duration_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before - sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle */ -#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before - sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycles */ -#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before - sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycles */ -#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before - sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycles */ - -#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(DURATION) (((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK) || \ - ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK) || \ - ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK) || \ - ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pins_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_Tamper_1 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP1E -#define IS_RTC_TAMPER(TAMPER) (((TAMPER) == RTC_Tamper_1)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pin_Selection - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_TamperPin_PC13 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_TamperPin_PI8 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == RTC_TamperPin_PC13) || \ - ((PIN) == RTC_TamperPin_PI8)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_TimeStamp_Pin_Selection - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_TimeStampPin_PC13 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_TimeStampPin_PI8 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == RTC_TimeStampPin_PC13) || \ - ((PIN) == RTC_TimeStampPin_PI8)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_OutputType_PushPull ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain) || \ - ((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_PushPull)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Add_1_Second_Parameter_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set ((uint32_t)0x80000000) -#define IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset) || \ - ((SEL) == RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Substract_Fraction_Of_Second_Value - * @{ - */ -#define IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(FS) ((FS) <= 0x00007FFF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Backup_Registers_Definitions - * @{ - */ - -#define RTC_BKP_DR0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define RTC_BKP_DR1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define RTC_BKP_DR2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define RTC_BKP_DR3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define RTC_BKP_DR4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define RTC_BKP_DR5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) -#define RTC_BKP_DR6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) -#define RTC_BKP_DR7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) -#define RTC_BKP_DR8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define RTC_BKP_DR9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) -#define RTC_BKP_DR10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) -#define RTC_BKP_DR11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) -#define RTC_BKP_DR12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) -#define RTC_BKP_DR13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D) -#define RTC_BKP_DR14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E) -#define RTC_BKP_DR15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) -#define RTC_BKP_DR16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define RTC_BKP_DR17 ((uint32_t)0x00000011) -#define RTC_BKP_DR18 ((uint32_t)0x00000012) -#define RTC_BKP_DR19 ((uint32_t)0x00000013) -#define IS_RTC_BKP(BKP) (((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR0) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR1) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR2) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR3) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR4) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR5) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR6) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR7) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR8) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR9) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR10) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR11) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR12) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR13) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR14) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR15) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR16) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR17) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR18) || \ - ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR19)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Input_parameter_format_definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_Format_BIN ((uint32_t)0x000000000) -#define RTC_Format_BCD ((uint32_t)0x000000001) -#define IS_RTC_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BIN) || ((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BCD)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Flags_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_FLAG_RECALPF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define RTC_FLAG_TSOVF ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define RTC_FLAG_TSF ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define RTC_FLAG_WUTF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBF ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAF ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define RTC_FLAG_INITF ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define RTC_FLAG_RSF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define RTC_FLAG_INITS ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define RTC_FLAG_SHPF ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define RTC_FLAG_WUTWF ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSF) || \ - ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) || \ - ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_INITF) || \ - ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RSF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) || \ - ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) || \ - ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RECALPF) || \ - ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_SHPF)) -#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((FLAG) & 0xFFFF00DF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Interrupts_Definitions - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_IT_TS ((uint32_t)0x00008000) -#define RTC_IT_WUT ((uint32_t)0x00004000) -#define RTC_IT_ALRB ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define RTC_IT_ALRA ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define RTC_IT_TAMP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Used only to Enable the Tamper Interrupt */ -#define RTC_IT_TAMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) - -#define IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFFF0FFB) == (uint32_t)RESET)) -#define IS_RTC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RTC_IT_TS) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_WUT) || \ - ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRB) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRA) || \ - ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP1)) -#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFFD0FFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Legacy - * @{ - */ -#define RTC_DigitalCalibConfig RTC_CoarseCalibConfig -#define RTC_DigitalCalibCmd RTC_CoarseCalibCmd - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the RTC configuration to the default reset state *****/ -ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); -void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); -void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void); -void RTC_ExitInitMode(void); -ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void); -ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Time and Date configuration functions **************************************/ -ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); -void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); -void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); -uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void); -ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); -void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); -void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); - -/* Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions **********************/ -void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); -void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); -void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); -ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState); -void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask); -uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm); - -/* WakeUp Timer configuration functions ***************************************/ -void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock); -void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter); -uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void); -ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Daylight Saving configuration functions ************************************/ -void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation); -uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void); - -/* Output pin Configuration function ******************************************/ -void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity); - -/* Digital Calibration configuration functions *********************************/ -ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibSign, uint32_t Value); -ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput); -ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod, - uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses, - uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); - -/* TimeStamp configuration functions ******************************************/ -void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState); -void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, - RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct); -uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void); - -/* Tampers configuration functions ********************************************/ -void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger); -void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState); -void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter); -void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq); -void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration); -void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Backup Data Registers configuration functions ******************************/ -void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data); -uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR); - -/* RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration - functions ******************************************************************/ -void RTC_TamperPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TamperPin); -void RTC_TimeStampPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin); -void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType); - -/* RTC_Shift_control_synchonisation_functions *********************************/ -ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); -void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); -ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT); -void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_RTC_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_rtc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RTC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_RTC_H +#define __STM32F4xx_RTC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief RTC Init structures definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RTC_HourFormat; /*!< Specifies the RTC Hour Format. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Hour_Formats */ + + uint32_t RTC_AsynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x7F */ + + uint32_t RTC_SynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x7FFF */ +}RTC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Time structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t RTC_Hours; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Hour. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-12 range + if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected or 0-23 range if + the RTC_HourFormat_24 is selected. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Minutes; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Minutes. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Seconds; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Seconds. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_H12; /*!< Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AM_PM_Definitions */ +}RTC_TimeTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Date structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t RTC_WeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_Month; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Month (in BCD format). + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Month_Date_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_Date; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Year; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Year. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-99 range. */ +}RTC_DateTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Alarm structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + RTC_TimeTypeDef RTC_AlarmTime; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members. */ + + uint32_t RTC_AlarmMask; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions */ + + uint32_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay. + If the Alarm Date is selected, this parameter + must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. + If the Alarm WeekDay is selected, this + parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ +}RTC_AlarmTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Hour_Formats + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_HourFormat_24 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_HourFormat_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_12) || \ + ((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_24)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Asynchronous_Predivider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7F) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Synchronous_Predivider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_HOUR12(HOUR) (((HOUR) > 0) && ((HOUR) <= 12)) +#define IS_RTC_HOUR24(HOUR) ((HOUR) <= 23) +#define IS_RTC_MINUTES(MINUTES) ((MINUTES) <= 59) +#define IS_RTC_SECONDS(SECONDS) ((SECONDS) <= 59) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_AM_PM_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_H12_AM ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RTC_H12_PM ((uint8_t)0x40) +#define IS_RTC_H12(PM) (((PM) == RTC_H12_AM) || ((PM) == RTC_H12_PM)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Year_Date_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_YEAR(YEAR) ((YEAR) <= 99) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Month_Date_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +/* Coded in BCD format */ +#define RTC_Month_January ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RTC_Month_February ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RTC_Month_March ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RTC_Month_April ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RTC_Month_May ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RTC_Month_June ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RTC_Month_July ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define RTC_Month_August ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define RTC_Month_September ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define RTC_Month_October ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RTC_Month_November ((uint8_t)0x11) +#define RTC_Month_December ((uint8_t)0x12) +#define IS_RTC_MONTH(MONTH) (((MONTH) >= 1) && ((MONTH) <= 12)) +#define IS_RTC_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) >= 1) && ((DATE) <= 31)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_WeekDay_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +#define RTC_Weekday_Monday ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RTC_Weekday_Tuesday ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RTC_Weekday_Wednesday ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RTC_Weekday_Thursday ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RTC_Weekday_Friday ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RTC_Weekday_Saturday ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RTC_Weekday_Sunday ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) > 0) && ((DATE) <= 31)) +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay ((uint32_t)0x40000000) + +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) || \ + ((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmMask_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_DateWeekDay ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Hours ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Minutes ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Seconds ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_All ((uint32_t)0x80808080) +#define IS_ALARM_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) & 0x7F7F7F7F) == (uint32_t)RESET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarms_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Alarm_A ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RTC_Alarm_B ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define IS_RTC_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_A) || ((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_B)) +#define IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) & (RTC_Alarm_A | RTC_Alarm_B)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Masks_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< All Alarm SS fields are masked. + There is no comparison on sub seconds + for Alarm */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[0] is compared. */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[1:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) /*!< SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[2:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[3:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) /*!< SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[4:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) /*!< SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[5:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[6:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[7:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9 ((uint32_t)0x09000000) /*!< SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[8:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) /*!< SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[9:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11 ((uint32_t)0x0B000000) /*!< SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[10:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) /*!< SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm + comparison.Only SS[11:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13 ((uint32_t)0x0D000000) /*!< SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm + comparison. Only SS[12:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14 ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) /*!< SS[14] is don't care in Alarm + comparison.Only SS[13:0] are compared */ +#define RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) /*!< SS[14:0] are compared and must match + to activate alarm. */ +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14) || \ + ((MASK) == RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Value + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x00007FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Wakeup_Timer_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits)) +#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 0xFFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Stamp_Edges_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_selection_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Output_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_Output_AlarmA ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RTC_Output_AlarmB ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RTC_Output_WakeUp ((uint32_t)0x00600000) + +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_Disable) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmA) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmB) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_WakeUp)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_OutputPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_OutputPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_High) || \ + ((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Digital_Calibration_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_CalibSign_Positive ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_CalibSign_Negative ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(SIGN) (((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Positive) || \ + ((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Negative)) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) < 0x20) + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** @defgroup RTC_Calib_Output_selection_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_period_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation + period is 32s, else 2exp20 RTCCLK seconds */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibration + period is 16s, else 2exp19 RTCCLK seconds */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< if RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibation + period is 8s, else 2exp18 RTCCLK seconds */ +#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(PERIOD) (((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec) || \ + ((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec) || \ + ((PERIOD) == RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_Plus_pulses_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< The number of RTCCLK pulses added + during a X -second window = Y - CALM[8:0]. + with Y = 512, 256, 128 when X = 32, 16, 8 */ +#define RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< The number of RTCCLK pulses subbstited + during a 32-second window = CALM[8:0]. */ +#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(PLUS) (((PLUS) == RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set) || \ + ((PLUS) == RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Smooth_calib_Minus_pulses_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x000001FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(SAVE) (((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H) || \ + ((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H)) + +#define RTC_StoreOperation_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_StoreOperation_Set ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Reset) || \ + ((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Set)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Trigger_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Filter_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperFilter_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Tamper filter is disabled */ + +#define RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Tamper is activated after 2 + consecutive samples at the active level */ +#define RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Tamper is activated after 4 + consecutive samples at the active level */ +#define RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< Tamper is activated after 8 + consecutive samples at the active level. */ +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(FILTER) (((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_Disable) || \ + ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample) || \ + ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample) || \ + ((FILTER) == RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Sampling_Frequencies_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384 ((uint32_t)0x000000100) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512 */ +#define RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256 */ +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(FREQ) (((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512) || \ + ((FREQ) ==RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pin_Precharge_Duration_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycles */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycles */ +#define RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< Tamper pins are pre-charged before + sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycles */ + +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(DURATION) (((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK) || \ + ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK) || \ + ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK) || \ + ((DURATION) == RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pins_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Tamper_1 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP1E +#define RTC_Tamper_2 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP2E +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER(TAMPER) (((TAMPER) == RTC_Tamper_1) || ((TAMPER) == RTC_Tamper_2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pin_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperPin_Default ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TamperPin_Pos1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == RTC_TamperPin_Default) || \ + ((PIN) == RTC_TamperPin_Pos1)) +/* Legacy Defines */ +#define RTC_TamperPin_PC13 RTC_TamperPin_Default +#define RTC_TamperPin_PI8 RTC_TamperPin_Pos1 +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_TimeStamp_Pin_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TimeStampPin_PC13 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TimeStampPin_PI8 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == RTC_TimeStampPin_PC13) || \ + ((PIN) == RTC_TimeStampPin_PI8)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_OutputType_PushPull ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain) || \ + ((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_PushPull)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Add_1_Second_Parameter_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset) || \ + ((SEL) == RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Substract_Fraction_Of_Second_Value + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(FS) ((FS) <= 0x00007FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Backup_Registers_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +#define RTC_BKP_DR0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_BKP_DR1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_BKP_DR2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_BKP_DR3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_BKP_DR4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_BKP_DR5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define RTC_BKP_DR6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define RTC_BKP_DR7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define RTC_BKP_DR8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RTC_BKP_DR9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) +#define RTC_BKP_DR10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) +#define RTC_BKP_DR11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) +#define RTC_BKP_DR12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) +#define RTC_BKP_DR13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D) +#define RTC_BKP_DR14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E) +#define RTC_BKP_DR15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) +#define RTC_BKP_DR16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RTC_BKP_DR17 ((uint32_t)0x00000011) +#define RTC_BKP_DR18 ((uint32_t)0x00000012) +#define RTC_BKP_DR19 ((uint32_t)0x00000013) +#define IS_RTC_BKP(BKP) (((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR0) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR1) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR2) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR3) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR4) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR5) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR6) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR7) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR8) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR9) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR10) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR11) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR12) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR13) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR14) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR15) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR16) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR17) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR18) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR19)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Input_parameter_format_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Format_BIN ((uint32_t)0x000000000) +#define RTC_Format_BCD ((uint32_t)0x000000001) +#define IS_RTC_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BIN) || ((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BCD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Flags_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_FLAG_RECALPF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TSOVF ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TSF ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RTC_FLAG_WUTF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBF ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAF ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RTC_FLAG_INITF ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RTC_FLAG_RSF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RTC_FLAG_INITS ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RTC_FLAG_SHPF ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RTC_FLAG_WUTWF ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_INITF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RSF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RECALPF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) ||((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_SHPF)) +#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((FLAG) & 0xFFFF00DF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Interrupts_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_IT_TS ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_IT_WUT ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RTC_IT_ALRB ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RTC_IT_ALRA ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RTC_IT_TAMP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Used only to Enable the Tamper Interrupt */ +#define RTC_IT_TAMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RTC_IT_TAMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) + +#define IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFFF0FFB) == (uint32_t)RESET)) +#define IS_RTC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RTC_IT_TS) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_WUT) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRB) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRA) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP1) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP2)) +#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFF90FFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Legacy + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_DigitalCalibConfig RTC_CoarseCalibConfig +#define RTC_DigitalCalibCmd RTC_CoarseCalibCmd + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the RTC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void); +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Time and Date configuration functions **************************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); + +/* Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions **********************/ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask); +uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm); + +/* WakeUp Timer configuration functions ***************************************/ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock); +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter); +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Daylight Saving configuration functions ************************************/ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation); +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void); + +/* Output pin Configuration function ******************************************/ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity); + +/* Digital Calibration configuration functions *********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibSign, uint32_t Value); +ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput); +ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod, + uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses, + uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); + +/* TimeStamp configuration functions ******************************************/ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct); +uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void); + +/* Tampers configuration functions ********************************************/ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger); +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter); +void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq); +void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration); +void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Backup Data Registers configuration functions ******************************/ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data); +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR); + +/* RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration + functions ******************************************************************/ +void RTC_TamperPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TamperPin); +void RTC_TimeStampPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin); +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType); + +/* RTC_Shift_control_synchonisation_functions *********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT); +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_RTC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_sai.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_sai.h index cf6dfd54f2..2ba9bf3312 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_sai.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_sai.h @@ -1,622 +1,641 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_sai.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SAI - * firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_SAI_H -#define __STM32F4xx_SAI_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup SAI - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief SAI Block Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t SAI_AudioMode; /*!< Specifies the SAI Block Audio Mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Mode */ - - uint32_t SAI_Protocol; /*!< Specifies the SAI Block Protocol. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Protocol */ - - uint32_t SAI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SAI Block data size. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Data_Size - @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ - - uint32_t SAI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_MSB_LSB_transmission - @note this value has no meaning when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ - - uint32_t SAI_ClockStrobing; /*!< Specifies the SAI Block clock strobing edge sensitivity. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Clock_Strobing */ - - uint32_t SAI_Synchro; /*!< Specifies SAI Block synchronization - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Synchronization */ - - uint32_t SAI_OUTDRIV; /*!< Specifies when SAI Block outputs are driven. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Output_Drive - @note this value has to be set before enabling the audio block - but after the audio block configuration. */ - - uint32_t SAI_NoDivider; /*!< Specifies whether Master Clock will be divided or not. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_NoDivider */ - - uint32_t SAI_MasterDivider; /*!< Specifies SAI Block Master Clock Divider. - @note the Master Clock Frequency is calculated accordingly to the - following formula : MCLK_x = SAI_CK_x/(MCKDIV[3:0]*2)*/ - - uint32_t SAI_FIFOThreshold; /*!< Specifies SAI Block FIFO Threshold. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Fifo_Threshold */ -}SAI_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief SAI Block Frame Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - - uint32_t SAI_FrameLength; /*!< Specifies the Frame Length, the number of SCK clocks - for each audio frame. - This parameter must be a number between 8 and 256. - @note If master Clock MCLK_x pin is declared as an output, the frame length - should be Aligned to a number equal to power of 2 in order to keep - in an audio frame, an integer number of MCLK pulses by bit Clock. - @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ - - uint32_t SAI_ActiveFrameLength; /*!< Specifies the Frame synchronization active level length. - This Parameter specifies the length in number of bit clock (SCK + 1) - of the active level of FS signal in audio frame. - This parameter must be a number between 1 and 128. - @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ - - uint32_t SAI_FSDefinition; /*!< Specifies the Frame Synchronization definition. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_FS_Definition - @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ - - uint32_t SAI_FSPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Frame Synchronization Polarity. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_FS_Polarity - @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ - - uint32_t SAI_FSOffset; /*!< Specifies the Frame Synchronization Offset. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_FS_Offset - @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ - -}SAI_FrameInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief SAI Block Slot Init Structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t SAI_FirstBitOffset; /*!< Specifies the position of first data transfer bit in the slot. - This parameter must be a number between 0 and 24. - @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ - - uint32_t SAI_SlotSize; /*!< Specifies the Slot Size. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Slot_Size - @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ - - uint32_t SAI_SlotNumber; /*!< Specifies the number of slot in the audio frame. - This parameter must be a number between 1 and 16. - @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ - - uint32_t SAI_SlotActive; /*!< Specifies the slots in audio frame that will be activated. - This parameter can be a value of @ ref SAI_Block_Slot_Active - @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ -}SAI_SlotInitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -#define IS_SAI_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SAI1) || (PERIPH) == SAI2) - -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SAI1_Block_A) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SAI1_Block_B) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SAI2_Block_A) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SAI2_Block_B)) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) || defined (STM32F401xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) - -#define IS_SAI_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == SAI1) - -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SAI1_Block_A) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SAI1_Block_B)) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Mode - * @{ - */ -#define SAI_Mode_MasterTx ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_Mode_MasterRx ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define SAI_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define SAI_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SAI_Mode_MasterTx) || \ - ((MODE) == SAI_Mode_MasterRx) || \ - ((MODE) == SAI_Mode_SlaveTx) || \ - ((MODE) == SAI_Mode_SlaveRx)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Protocol - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_Free_Protocol ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_SPDIF_Protocol ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_PRTCFG_0) -#define SAI_AC97_Protocol ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_PRTCFG_1) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_PROTOCOL(PROTOCOL) (((PROTOCOL) == SAI_Free_Protocol) || \ - ((PROTOCOL) == SAI_SPDIF_Protocol) || \ - ((PROTOCOL) == SAI_AC97_Protocol)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Data_Size - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_DataSize_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define SAI_DataSize_10b ((uint32_t)0x00000060) -#define SAI_DataSize_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define SAI_DataSize_20b ((uint32_t)0x000000A0) -#define SAI_DataSize_24b ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) -#define SAI_DataSize_32b ((uint32_t)0x000000E0) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_DATASIZE(DATASIZE) (((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_8b) || \ - ((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_10b) || \ - ((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_16b) || \ - ((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_20b) || \ - ((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_24b) || \ - ((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_32b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_MSB_LSB_transmission - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_LSBFIRST) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SAI_FirstBit_MSB) || \ - ((BIT) == SAI_FirstBit_LSB)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Clock_Strobing - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_ClockStrobing_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_ClockStrobing_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_CKSTR) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLOCK_STROBING(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == SAI_ClockStrobing_FallingEdge) || \ - ((CLOCK) == SAI_ClockStrobing_RisingEdge)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Synchronization - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_Asynchronous ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_Synchronous ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_SYNCEN_0) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCHRO(SYNCHRO) (((SYNCHRO) == SAI_Synchronous) || \ - ((SYNCHRO) == SAI_Asynchronous)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Output_Drive - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_OutputDrive_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_OutputDrive_Enabled ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_OUTDRIV) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_OUTPUT_DRIVE(DRIVE) (((DRIVE) == SAI_OutputDrive_Disabled) || \ - ((DRIVE) == SAI_OutputDrive_Enabled)) -/** - * @} - */ - - - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_NoDivider - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_MasterDivider_Enabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_MasterDivider_Disabled ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_NODIV) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_NODIVIDER(NODIVIDER) (((NODIVIDER) == SAI_MasterDivider_Enabled) || \ - ((NODIVIDER) == SAI_MasterDivider_Disabled)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Master_Divider - * @{ - */ -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_MASTER_DIVIDER(DIVIDER) ((DIVIDER) <= 15) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Frame_Length - * @{ - */ -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FRAME_LENGTH(LENGTH) ((8 <= (LENGTH)) && ((LENGTH) <= 256)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Active_FrameLength - * @{ - */ -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_ACTIVE_FRAME(LENGTH) ((1 <= (LENGTH)) && ((LENGTH) <= 128)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_FS_Definition - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_FS_StartFrame ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define I2S_FS_ChannelIdentification ((uint32_t)SAI_xFRCR_FSDEF) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_DEFINITION(DEFINITION) (((DEFINITION) == SAI_FS_StartFrame) || \ - ((DEFINITION) == I2S_FS_ChannelIdentification)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_FS_Polarity - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_FS_ActiveLow ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_FS_ActiveHigh ((uint32_t)SAI_xFRCR_FSPO) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == SAI_FS_ActiveLow) || \ - ((POLARITY) == SAI_FS_ActiveHigh)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_FS_Offset - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_FS_FirstBit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_FS_BeforeFirstBit ((uint32_t)SAI_xFRCR_FSOFF) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_OFFSET(OFFSET) (((OFFSET) == SAI_FS_FirstBit) || \ - ((OFFSET) == SAI_FS_BeforeFirstBit)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Slot_FirstBit_Offset - * @{ - */ -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRSTBIT_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 24) - -/** - * @} - */ - - /** @defgroup SAI_Block_Slot_Size - * @{ - */ -#define SAI_SlotSize_DataSize ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_SlotSize_16b ((uint32_t)SAI_xSLOTR_SLOTSZ_0) -#define SAI_SlotSize_32b ((uint32_t)SAI_xSLOTR_SLOTSZ_1) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SAI_SlotSize_DataSize) || \ - ((SIZE) == SAI_SlotSize_16b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SAI_SlotSize_32b)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Slot_Number - * @{ - */ -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((1 <= (NUMBER)) && ((NUMBER) <= 16)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Slot_Active - * @{ - */ -#define SAI_Slot_NotActive ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_4 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_5 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_7 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_8 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_9 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_10 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_11 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_12 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_13 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_14 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_15 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) -#define SAI_SlotActive_ALL ((uint32_t)0xFFFF0000) - -#define IS_SAI_SLOT_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) ((ACTIVE) != 0) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Mono_Streo_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_MonoMode ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_MONO) -#define SAI_StreoMode ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_MONO_STREO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SAI_MonoMode) ||\ - ((MODE) == SAI_StreoMode)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_TRIState_Management - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_Output_NotReleased ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_Output_Released ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR2_TRIS) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_TRISTATE_MANAGEMENT(STATE) (((STATE) == SAI_Output_NotReleased) ||\ - ((STATE) == SAI_Output_Released)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Fifo_Threshold - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_Threshold_FIFOEmpty ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define SAI_FIFOThreshold_HalfFull ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define SAI_FIFOThreshold_3QuartersFull ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define SAI_FIFOThreshold_Full ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == SAI_Threshold_FIFOEmpty) || \ - ((THRESHOLD) == SAI_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull) || \ - ((THRESHOLD) == SAI_FIFOThreshold_HalfFull) || \ - ((THRESHOLD) == SAI_FIFOThreshold_3QuartersFull) || \ - ((THRESHOLD) == SAI_FIFOThreshold_Full)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Companding_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_NoCompanding ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_ULaw_1CPL_Companding ((uint32_t)0x00008000) -#define SAI_ALaw_1CPL_Companding ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) -#define SAI_ULaw_2CPL_Companding ((uint32_t)0x0000A000) -#define SAI_ALaw_2CPL_Companding ((uint32_t)0x0000E000) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_COMPANDING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SAI_NoCompanding) || \ - ((MODE) == SAI_ULaw_1CPL_Companding) || \ - ((MODE) == SAI_ALaw_1CPL_Companding) || \ - ((MODE) == SAI_ULaw_2CPL_Companding) || \ - ((MODE) == SAI_ALaw_2CPL_Companding)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Mute_Value - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_ZeroValue ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_LastSentValue ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR2_MUTEVAL) -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == SAI_ZeroValue) || \ - ((VALUE) == SAI_LastSentValue)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Mute_Frame_Counter - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 63) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Interrupts_Definition - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_IT_OVRUDR ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_OVRUDRIE) -#define SAI_IT_MUTEDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_MUTEDETIE) -#define SAI_IT_WCKCFG ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_WCKCFGIE) -#define SAI_IT_FREQ ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_FREQIE) -#define SAI_IT_CNRDY ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_CNRDYIE) -#define SAI_IT_AFSDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_AFSDETIE) -#define SAI_IT_LFSDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_LFSDETIE) - -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SAI_IT_OVRUDR) || \ - ((IT) == SAI_IT_MUTEDET) || \ - ((IT) == SAI_IT_WCKCFG) || \ - ((IT) == SAI_IT_FREQ) || \ - ((IT) == SAI_IT_CNRDY) || \ - ((IT) == SAI_IT_AFSDET) || \ - ((IT) == SAI_IT_LFSDET)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Flags_Definition - * @{ - */ - -#define SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_OVRUDR) -#define SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_MUTEDET) -#define SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_WCKCFG) -#define SAI_FLAG_FREQ ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_FREQ) -#define SAI_FLAG_CNRDY ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_CNRDY) -#define SAI_FLAG_AFSDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_AFSDET) -#define SAI_FLAG_LFSDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_LFSDET) - -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_FREQ) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_CNRDY) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_AFSDET) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_LFSDET)) - -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_FREQ) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_CNRDY) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_AFSDET) || \ - ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_LFSDET)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Fifo_Status_Level - * @{ - */ -#define SAI_FIFOStatus_Empty ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SAI_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define SAI_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define SAI_FIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint32_t)0x00030000) -#define SAI_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define SAI_FIFOStatus_Full ((uint32_t)0x00050000) - -#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIFO_STATUS(STATUS) (((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull ) || \ - ((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_HalfFull) || \ - ((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull) || \ - ((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull) || \ - ((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_Full) || \ - ((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_Empty)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the SAI configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void SAI_DeInit(SAI_TypeDef* SAIx); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void SAI_Init(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_InitTypeDef* SAI_InitStruct); -void SAI_FrameInit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_FrameInitTypeDef* SAI_FrameInitStruct); -void SAI_SlotInit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_SlotInitTypeDef* SAI_SlotInitStruct); -void SAI_StructInit(SAI_InitTypeDef* SAI_InitStruct); -void SAI_FrameStructInit(SAI_FrameInitTypeDef* SAI_FrameInitStruct); -void SAI_SlotStructInit(SAI_SlotInitTypeDef* SAI_SlotInitStruct); - -void SAI_Cmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState); -void SAI_MonoModeConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_Mono_StreoMode); -void SAI_TRIStateConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_TRIState); -void SAI_CompandingModeConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_CompandingMode); -void SAI_MuteModeCmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState); -void SAI_MuteValueConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_MuteValue); -void SAI_MuteFrameCounterConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_MuteCounter); -void SAI_FlushFIFO(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); - -/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ -void SAI_SendData(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t Data); -uint32_t SAI_ReceiveData(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); - -/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ -void SAI_DMACmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void SAI_ITConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus SAI_GetFlagStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG); -void SAI_ClearFlag(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG); -ITStatus SAI_GetITStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT); -void SAI_ClearITPendingBit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT); -FunctionalState SAI_GetCmdStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); -uint32_t SAI_GetFIFOStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_SAI_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_sai.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SAI + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_SAI_H +#define __STM32F4xx_SAI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SAI + * @{ + */ +#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) || \ + defined (STM32F401xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) || defined (STM32F446xx) || defined (STM32F469_479xx) || \ + defined (STM32F413_423xx) +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief SAI Block Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SAI_AudioMode; /*!< Specifies the SAI Block Audio Mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Mode */ + + uint32_t SAI_Protocol; /*!< Specifies the SAI Block Protocol. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Protocol */ + + uint32_t SAI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SAI Block data size. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Data_Size + @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ + + uint32_t SAI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_MSB_LSB_transmission + @note this value has no meaning when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ + + uint32_t SAI_ClockStrobing; /*!< Specifies the SAI Block clock strobing edge sensitivity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Clock_Strobing */ + + uint32_t SAI_Synchro; /*!< Specifies SAI Block synchronization + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Synchronization */ + + uint32_t SAI_SynchroExt; /*!< Specifies SAI external output synchronization, this setup is common + for BlockA and BlockB + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_SyncExt + @note: If both audio blocks of same SAI are used, this parameter has + to be set to the same value for each audio block */ + + uint32_t SAI_OUTDRIV; /*!< Specifies when SAI Block outputs are driven. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Output_Drive + @note this value has to be set before enabling the audio block + but after the audio block configuration. */ + + uint32_t SAI_NoDivider; /*!< Specifies whether Master Clock will be divided or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_NoDivider */ + + uint32_t SAI_MasterDivider; /*!< Specifies SAI Block Master Clock Divider. + @note the Master Clock Frequency is calculated accordingly to the + following formula : MCLK_x = SAI_CK_x/(MCKDIV[3:0]*2)*/ + + uint32_t SAI_FIFOThreshold; /*!< Specifies SAI Block FIFO Threshold. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Fifo_Threshold */ +}SAI_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief SAI Block Frame Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint32_t SAI_FrameLength; /*!< Specifies the Frame Length, the number of SCK clocks + for each audio frame. + This parameter must be a number between 8 and 256. + @note If master Clock MCLK_x pin is declared as an output, the frame length + should be Aligned to a number equal to power of 2 in order to keep + in an audio frame, an integer number of MCLK pulses by bit Clock. + @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ + + uint32_t SAI_ActiveFrameLength; /*!< Specifies the Frame synchronization active level length. + This Parameter specifies the length in number of bit clock (SCK + 1) + of the active level of FS signal in audio frame. + This parameter must be a number between 1 and 128. + @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ + + uint32_t SAI_FSDefinition; /*!< Specifies the Frame Synchronization definition. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_FS_Definition + @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ + + uint32_t SAI_FSPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Frame Synchronization Polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_FS_Polarity + @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ + + uint32_t SAI_FSOffset; /*!< Specifies the Frame Synchronization Offset. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_FS_Offset + @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ + +}SAI_FrameInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief SAI Block Slot Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SAI_FirstBitOffset; /*!< Specifies the position of first data transfer bit in the slot. + This parameter must be a number between 0 and 24. + @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ + + uint32_t SAI_SlotSize; /*!< Specifies the Slot Size. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SAI_Block_Slot_Size + @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ + + uint32_t SAI_SlotNumber; /*!< Specifies the number of slot in the audio frame. + This parameter must be a number between 1 and 16. + @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ + + uint32_t SAI_SlotActive; /*!< Specifies the slots in audio frame that will be activated. + This parameter can be a value of @ ref SAI_Block_Slot_Active + @note this value is ignored when AC'97 or SPDIF protocols are selected.*/ +}SAI_SlotInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +#define IS_SAI_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SAI1) || ((PERIPH) == SAI2)) + +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SAI1_Block_A) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SAI1_Block_B) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SAI2_Block_A) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SAI2_Block_B)) +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) || defined (STM32F401xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined (STM32F469_479xx) + +#define IS_SAI_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == SAI1) + +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SAI1_Block_A) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SAI1_Block_B)) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define SAI_Mode_MasterTx ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_Mode_MasterRx ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define SAI_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define SAI_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SAI_Mode_MasterTx) || \ + ((MODE) == SAI_Mode_MasterRx) || \ + ((MODE) == SAI_Mode_SlaveTx) || \ + ((MODE) == SAI_Mode_SlaveRx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Protocol + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_Free_Protocol ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_SPDIF_Protocol ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_PRTCFG_0) +#define SAI_AC97_Protocol ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_PRTCFG_1) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_PROTOCOL(PROTOCOL) (((PROTOCOL) == SAI_Free_Protocol) || \ + ((PROTOCOL) == SAI_SPDIF_Protocol) || \ + ((PROTOCOL) == SAI_AC97_Protocol)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Data_Size + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_DataSize_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define SAI_DataSize_10b ((uint32_t)0x00000060) +#define SAI_DataSize_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define SAI_DataSize_20b ((uint32_t)0x000000A0) +#define SAI_DataSize_24b ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) +#define SAI_DataSize_32b ((uint32_t)0x000000E0) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_DATASIZE(DATASIZE) (((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_8b) || \ + ((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_10b) || \ + ((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_16b) || \ + ((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_20b) || \ + ((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_24b) || \ + ((DATASIZE) == SAI_DataSize_32b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_MSB_LSB_transmission + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_LSBFIRST) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SAI_FirstBit_MSB) || \ + ((BIT) == SAI_FirstBit_LSB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Clock_Strobing + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_ClockStrobing_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_ClockStrobing_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_CKSTR) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLOCK_STROBING(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == SAI_ClockStrobing_FallingEdge) || \ + ((CLOCK) == SAI_ClockStrobing_RisingEdge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Synchronization + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_Asynchronous ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_Synchronous ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_SYNCEN_0) +#define SAI_Synchronous_Ext ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_SYNCEN_1) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCHRO(SYNCHRO) (((SYNCHRO) == SAI_Synchronous) || \ + ((SYNCHRO) == SAI_Asynchronous) || \ + ((SYNCHRO) == SAI_Synchronous_Ext)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_SyncExt SAI External synchronisation + * @{ + */ +#define SAI_SyncExt_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_SyncExt_OutBlockA_Enable ((uint32_t)SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_0) +#define SAI_SyncExt_OutBlockB_Enable ((uint32_t)SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_1) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCEXT(SYNCHRO) (((SYNCHRO) == SAI_SyncExt_Disable) || \ + ((SYNCHRO) == SAI_SyncExt_OutBlockA_Enable)|| \ + ((SYNCHRO) == SAI_SyncExt_OutBlockB_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Output_Drive + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_OutputDrive_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_OutputDrive_Enabled ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_OUTDRIV) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_OUTPUT_DRIVE(DRIVE) (((DRIVE) == SAI_OutputDrive_Disabled) || \ + ((DRIVE) == SAI_OutputDrive_Enabled)) +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_NoDivider + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_MasterDivider_Enabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_MasterDivider_Disabled ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_NODIV) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_NODIVIDER(NODIVIDER) (((NODIVIDER) == SAI_MasterDivider_Enabled) || \ + ((NODIVIDER) == SAI_MasterDivider_Disabled)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Master_Divider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_MASTER_DIVIDER(DIVIDER) ((DIVIDER) <= 15) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Frame_Length + * @{ + */ +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FRAME_LENGTH(LENGTH) ((8 <= (LENGTH)) && ((LENGTH) <= 256)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Active_FrameLength + * @{ + */ +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_ACTIVE_FRAME(LENGTH) ((1 <= (LENGTH)) && ((LENGTH) <= 128)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_FS_Definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_FS_StartFrame ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define I2S_FS_ChannelIdentification ((uint32_t)SAI_xFRCR_FSDEF) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_DEFINITION(DEFINITION) (((DEFINITION) == SAI_FS_StartFrame) || \ + ((DEFINITION) == I2S_FS_ChannelIdentification)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_FS_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_FS_ActiveLow ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_FS_ActiveHigh ((uint32_t)SAI_xFRCR_FSPO) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == SAI_FS_ActiveLow) || \ + ((POLARITY) == SAI_FS_ActiveHigh)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_FS_Offset + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_FS_FirstBit ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_FS_BeforeFirstBit ((uint32_t)SAI_xFRCR_FSOFF) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_OFFSET(OFFSET) (((OFFSET) == SAI_FS_FirstBit) || \ + ((OFFSET) == SAI_FS_BeforeFirstBit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Slot_FirstBit_Offset + * @{ + */ +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRSTBIT_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 24) + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** @defgroup SAI_Block_Slot_Size + * @{ + */ +#define SAI_SlotSize_DataSize ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_SlotSize_16b ((uint32_t)SAI_xSLOTR_SLOTSZ_0) +#define SAI_SlotSize_32b ((uint32_t)SAI_xSLOTR_SLOTSZ_1) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SAI_SlotSize_DataSize) || \ + ((SIZE) == SAI_SlotSize_16b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SAI_SlotSize_32b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Slot_Number + * @{ + */ +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((1 <= (NUMBER)) && ((NUMBER) <= 16)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Slot_Active + * @{ + */ +#define SAI_Slot_NotActive ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_4 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_5 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_7 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_8 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_9 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_10 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_11 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_12 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_13 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_14 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_15 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define SAI_SlotActive_ALL ((uint32_t)0xFFFF0000) + +#define IS_SAI_SLOT_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) ((ACTIVE) != 0) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Mono_Streo_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_MonoMode ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_MONO) +#define SAI_StreoMode ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_MONO_STREO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SAI_MonoMode) ||\ + ((MODE) == SAI_StreoMode)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_TRIState_Management + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_Output_NotReleased ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_Output_Released ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR2_TRIS) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_TRISTATE_MANAGEMENT(STATE) (((STATE) == SAI_Output_NotReleased) ||\ + ((STATE) == SAI_Output_Released)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Fifo_Threshold + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_Threshold_FIFOEmpty ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define SAI_FIFOThreshold_HalfFull ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define SAI_FIFOThreshold_3QuartersFull ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define SAI_FIFOThreshold_Full ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == SAI_Threshold_FIFOEmpty) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == SAI_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == SAI_FIFOThreshold_HalfFull) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == SAI_FIFOThreshold_3QuartersFull) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == SAI_FIFOThreshold_Full)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Companding_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_NoCompanding ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_ULaw_1CPL_Companding ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define SAI_ALaw_1CPL_Companding ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) +#define SAI_ULaw_2CPL_Companding ((uint32_t)0x0000A000) +#define SAI_ALaw_2CPL_Companding ((uint32_t)0x0000E000) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_COMPANDING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SAI_NoCompanding) || \ + ((MODE) == SAI_ULaw_1CPL_Companding) || \ + ((MODE) == SAI_ALaw_1CPL_Companding) || \ + ((MODE) == SAI_ULaw_2CPL_Companding) || \ + ((MODE) == SAI_ALaw_2CPL_Companding)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Mute_Value + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_ZeroValue ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_LastSentValue ((uint32_t)SAI_xCR2_MUTEVAL) +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == SAI_ZeroValue) || \ + ((VALUE) == SAI_LastSentValue)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Mute_Frame_Counter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 63) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Interrupts_Definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_IT_OVRUDR ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_OVRUDRIE) +#define SAI_IT_MUTEDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_MUTEDETIE) +#define SAI_IT_WCKCFG ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_WCKCFGIE) +#define SAI_IT_FREQ ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_FREQIE) +#define SAI_IT_CNRDY ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_CNRDYIE) +#define SAI_IT_AFSDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_AFSDETIE) +#define SAI_IT_LFSDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xIMR_LFSDETIE) + +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SAI_IT_OVRUDR) || \ + ((IT) == SAI_IT_MUTEDET) || \ + ((IT) == SAI_IT_WCKCFG) || \ + ((IT) == SAI_IT_FREQ) || \ + ((IT) == SAI_IT_CNRDY) || \ + ((IT) == SAI_IT_AFSDET) || \ + ((IT) == SAI_IT_LFSDET)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Flags_Definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_OVRUDR) +#define SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_MUTEDET) +#define SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_WCKCFG) +#define SAI_FLAG_FREQ ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_FREQ) +#define SAI_FLAG_CNRDY ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_CNRDY) +#define SAI_FLAG_AFSDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_AFSDET) +#define SAI_FLAG_LFSDET ((uint32_t)SAI_xSR_LFSDET) + +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_FREQ) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_CNRDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_AFSDET) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_LFSDET)) + +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_FREQ) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_CNRDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_AFSDET) || \ + ((FLAG) == SAI_FLAG_LFSDET)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Block_Fifo_Status_Level + * @{ + */ +#define SAI_FIFOStatus_Empty ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SAI_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define SAI_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define SAI_FIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint32_t)0x00030000) +#define SAI_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define SAI_FIFOStatus_Full ((uint32_t)0x00050000) + +#define IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIFO_STATUS(STATUS) (((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull ) || \ + ((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_HalfFull) || \ + ((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull) || \ + ((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull) || \ + ((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_Full) || \ + ((STATUS) == SAI_FIFOStatus_Empty)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the SAI configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void SAI_DeInit(SAI_TypeDef* SAIx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SAI_Init(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_InitTypeDef* SAI_InitStruct); +void SAI_FrameInit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_FrameInitTypeDef* SAI_FrameInitStruct); +void SAI_SlotInit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_SlotInitTypeDef* SAI_SlotInitStruct); +void SAI_StructInit(SAI_InitTypeDef* SAI_InitStruct); +void SAI_FrameStructInit(SAI_FrameInitTypeDef* SAI_FrameInitStruct); +void SAI_SlotStructInit(SAI_SlotInitTypeDef* SAI_SlotInitStruct); + +void SAI_Cmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState); +void SAI_MonoModeConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_Mono_StreoMode); +void SAI_TRIStateConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_TRIState); +void SAI_CompandingModeConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_CompandingMode); +void SAI_MuteModeCmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState); +void SAI_MuteValueConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_MuteValue); +void SAI_MuteFrameCounterConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_MuteCounter); +void SAI_FlushFIFO(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); +#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || \ + defined(STM32F469_479xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +void SAI_BlockSynchroConfig(SAI_InitTypeDef* SAI_InitStruct, SAI_TypeDef* SAIx); +#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469_479xx || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void SAI_SendData(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t Data); +uint32_t SAI_ReceiveData(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void SAI_DMACmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SAI_ITConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus SAI_GetFlagStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG); +void SAI_ClearFlag(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG); +ITStatus SAI_GetITStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT); +void SAI_ClearITPendingBit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT); +FunctionalState SAI_GetCmdStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); +uint32_t SAI_GetFIFOStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); + +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_SAI_H */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_sdio.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_sdio.h index b74b3cae69..dab8524dde 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_sdio.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_sdio.h @@ -1,536 +1,528 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_sdio.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SDIO firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_SDIO_H -#define __STM32F4xx_SDIO_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup SDIO - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t SDIO_ClockEdge; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Edge */ - - uint32_t SDIO_ClockBypass; /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO Clock divider bypass is - enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Bypass */ - - uint32_t SDIO_ClockPowerSave; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Clock output is enabled or - disabled when the bus is idle. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Power_Save */ - - uint32_t SDIO_BusWide; /*!< Specifies the SDIO bus width. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Bus_Wide */ - - uint32_t SDIO_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO hardware flow control is enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control */ - - uint8_t SDIO_ClockDiv; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency of the SDIO controller. - This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0xFF. */ - -} SDIO_InitTypeDef; - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t SDIO_Argument; /*!< Specifies the SDIO command argument which is sent - to a card as part of a command message. If a command - contains an argument, it must be loaded into this register - before writing the command to the command register */ - - uint32_t SDIO_CmdIndex; /*!< Specifies the SDIO command index. It must be lower than 0x40. */ - - uint32_t SDIO_Response; /*!< Specifies the SDIO response type. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Response_Type */ - - uint32_t SDIO_Wait; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO wait for interrupt request is enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State */ - - uint32_t SDIO_CPSM; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Command path state machine (CPSM) - is enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_CPSM_State */ -} SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef; - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t SDIO_DataTimeOut; /*!< Specifies the data timeout period in card bus clock periods. */ - - uint32_t SDIO_DataLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bytes to be transferred. */ - - uint32_t SDIO_DataBlockSize; /*!< Specifies the data block size for block transfer. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Data_Block_Size */ - - uint32_t SDIO_TransferDir; /*!< Specifies the data transfer direction, whether the transfer - is a read or write. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Direction */ - - uint32_t SDIO_TransferMode; /*!< Specifies whether data transfer is in stream or block mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Type */ - - uint32_t SDIO_DPSM; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Data path state machine (DPSM) - is enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_DPSM_State */ -} SDIO_DataInitTypeDef; - - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Edge - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising) || \ - ((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Bypass - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(BYPASS) (((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable) || \ - ((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Power_Save - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SAVE) (((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable) || \ - ((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Bus_Wide - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_BusWide_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_BusWide_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define SDIO_BusWide_8b ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(WIDE) (((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_1b) || ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_4b) || \ - ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_8b)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000) -#define IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL) (((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable) || \ - ((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Power_State - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_PowerState_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_PowerState_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_OFF) || ((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_ON)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Interrupt_sources - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define SDIO_IT_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define SDIO_IT_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define SDIO_IT_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define SDIO_IT_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define SDIO_IT_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define SDIO_IT_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define SDIO_IT_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define SDIO_IT_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define SDIO_IT_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000) -#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000) -#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define SDIO_IT_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define SDIO_IT_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define SDIO_IT_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define SDIO_IT_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#define IS_SDIO_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF000000) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Command_Index - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(INDEX) ((INDEX) < 0x40) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Type - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_Response_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_Response_Short ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define SDIO_Response_Long ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) -#define IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(RESPONSE) (((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_No) || \ - ((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Short) || \ - ((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Long)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_Wait_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< SDIO No Wait, TimeOut is enabled */ -#define SDIO_Wait_IT ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< SDIO Wait Interrupt Request */ -#define SDIO_Wait_Pend ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< SDIO Wait End of transfer */ -#define IS_SDIO_WAIT(WAIT) (((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_No) || ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_IT) || \ - ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_Pend)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_CPSM_State - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_CPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_CPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define IS_SDIO_CPSM(CPSM) (((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Enable) || ((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Registers - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_RESP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_RESP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define SDIO_RESP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define SDIO_RESP4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) -#define IS_SDIO_RESP(RESP) (((RESP) == SDIO_RESP1) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP2) || \ - ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP3) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP4)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Length - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(LENGTH) ((LENGTH) <= 0x01FFFFFF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Block_Size - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000030) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000050) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b ((uint32_t)0x00000060) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b ((uint32_t)0x00000070) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b ((uint32_t)0x00000090) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b ((uint32_t)0x000000A0) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b ((uint32_t)0x000000B0) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b ((uint32_t)0x000000D0) -#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b ((uint32_t)0x000000E0) -#define IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b) || \ - ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Direction - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard) || \ - ((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Type - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_TransferMode_Block ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_TransferMode_Stream ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Stream) || \ - ((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Block)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_DPSM_State - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_DPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_DPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define IS_SDIO_DPSM(DPSM) (((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Enable) || ((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Flags - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -#define SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200) -#define SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400) -#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800) -#define SDIO_FLAG_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) -#define SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000) -#define IS_SDIO_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXACT) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXACT) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT) || \ - ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND)) - -#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint32_t)0x00)) - -#define IS_SDIO_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXOVERR) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDREND) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDSENT) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DATAEND) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_STBITERR) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DBCKEND) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDACT) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXACT) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXACT) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXDAVL) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXDAVL) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_SDIOIT) || \ - ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CEATAEND)) - -#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Read_Wait_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK) || \ - ((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Function used to set the SDIO configuration to the default reset state ****/ -void SDIO_DeInit(void); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct); -void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct); -void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState); -uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void); - -/* Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions *********************/ -void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct); -void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct); -uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void); -uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP); - -/* Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions ************************/ -void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct); -void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct); -uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void); -uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void); -void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data); -uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void); - -/* SDIO IO Cards mode management functions ************************************/ -void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState); -void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState); -void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode); -void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState); -void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* CE-ATA mode management functions *******************************************/ -void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ -void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG); -void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG); -ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT); -void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_SDIO_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_sdio.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SDIO firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_SDIO_H +#define __STM32F4xx_SDIO_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SDIO + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SDIO_ClockEdge; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Edge */ + + uint32_t SDIO_ClockBypass; /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO Clock divider bypass is + enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Bypass */ + + uint32_t SDIO_ClockPowerSave; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Clock output is enabled or + disabled when the bus is idle. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Power_Save */ + + uint32_t SDIO_BusWide; /*!< Specifies the SDIO bus width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Bus_Wide */ + + uint32_t SDIO_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO hardware flow control is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control */ + + uint8_t SDIO_ClockDiv; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency of the SDIO controller. + This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0xFF. */ + +} SDIO_InitTypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SDIO_Argument; /*!< Specifies the SDIO command argument which is sent + to a card as part of a command message. If a command + contains an argument, it must be loaded into this register + before writing the command to the command register */ + + uint32_t SDIO_CmdIndex; /*!< Specifies the SDIO command index. It must be lower than 0x40. */ + + uint32_t SDIO_Response; /*!< Specifies the SDIO response type. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Response_Type */ + + uint32_t SDIO_Wait; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO wait for interrupt request is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State */ + + uint32_t SDIO_CPSM; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Command path state machine (CPSM) + is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_CPSM_State */ +} SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SDIO_DataTimeOut; /*!< Specifies the data timeout period in card bus clock periods. */ + + uint32_t SDIO_DataLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bytes to be transferred. */ + + uint32_t SDIO_DataBlockSize; /*!< Specifies the data block size for block transfer. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Data_Block_Size */ + + uint32_t SDIO_TransferDir; /*!< Specifies the data transfer direction, whether the transfer + is a read or write. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Direction */ + + uint32_t SDIO_TransferMode; /*!< Specifies whether data transfer is in stream or block mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Type */ + + uint32_t SDIO_DPSM; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Data path state machine (DPSM) + is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_DPSM_State */ +} SDIO_DataInitTypeDef; + + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Edge + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Bypass + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(BYPASS) (((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable) || \ + ((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Power_Save + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SAVE) (((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable) || \ + ((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Bus_Wide + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_BusWide_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_BusWide_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define SDIO_BusWide_8b ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(WIDE) (((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_1b) || ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_4b) || \ + ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_8b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL) (((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable) || \ + ((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Power_State + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_PowerState_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_PowerState_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_OFF) || ((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_ON)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define SDIO_IT_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define SDIO_IT_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define SDIO_IT_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define SDIO_IT_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define SDIO_IT_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define SDIO_IT_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define SDIO_IT_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define SDIO_IT_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define SDIO_IT_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define SDIO_IT_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define SDIO_IT_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define SDIO_IT_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define SDIO_IT_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define IS_SDIO_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF000000) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Command_Index + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(INDEX) ((INDEX) < 0x40) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Type + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_Response_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_Response_Short ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define SDIO_Response_Long ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) +#define IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(RESPONSE) (((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_No) || \ + ((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Short) || \ + ((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Long)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_Wait_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< SDIO No Wait, TimeOut is enabled */ +#define SDIO_Wait_IT ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< SDIO Wait Interrupt Request */ +#define SDIO_Wait_Pend ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< SDIO Wait End of transfer */ +#define IS_SDIO_WAIT(WAIT) (((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_No) || ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_IT) || \ + ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_Pend)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_CPSM_State + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_CPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_CPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define IS_SDIO_CPSM(CPSM) (((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Enable) || ((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Registers + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_RESP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_RESP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define SDIO_RESP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define SDIO_RESP4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) +#define IS_SDIO_RESP(RESP) (((RESP) == SDIO_RESP1) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP2) || \ + ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP3) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(LENGTH) ((LENGTH) <= 0x01FFFFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Block_Size + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000030) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000050) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b ((uint32_t)0x00000060) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b ((uint32_t)0x00000070) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b ((uint32_t)0x00000090) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b ((uint32_t)0x000000A0) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b ((uint32_t)0x000000B0) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b ((uint32_t)0x000000D0) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b ((uint32_t)0x000000E0) +#define IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Direction + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard) || \ + ((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Type + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_TransferMode_Block ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_TransferMode_Stream ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Stream) || \ + ((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Block)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_DPSM_State + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_DPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_DPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_SDIO_DPSM(DPSM) (((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Enable) || ((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define IS_SDIO_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXACT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXACT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND)) + +#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint32_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_SDIO_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXOVERR) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDREND) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDSENT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DATAEND) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_STBITERR) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DBCKEND) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDACT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXACT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXACT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXDAVL) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXDAVL) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_SDIOIT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CEATAEND)) + +#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Read_Wait_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK) || \ + ((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Function used to set the SDIO configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void SDIO_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct); +void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct); +void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState); +uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void); + +/* Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions *********************/ +void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct); +void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct); +uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void); +uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP); + +/* Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions ************************/ +void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct); +void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct); +uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void); +uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void); +void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data); +uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void); + +/* SDIO IO Cards mode management functions ************************************/ +void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode); +void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* CE-ATA mode management functions *******************************************/ +void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG); +void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG); +ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT); +void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_SDIO_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.h index ddaa2e52ac..36b1804e26 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.h @@ -1,262 +1,254 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_spdifrx.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPDIFRX firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_SPDIFRX_H -#define __STM32F4xx_SPDIFRX_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup SPDIFRX - * @{ - */ -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * @brief SPDIFRX Init structure definition - */ -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t SPDIFRX_InputSelection; /*!< Specifies the SPDIFRX input selection. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Input_Selection */ - - uint32_t SPDIFRX_Retries; /*!< Specifies the Maximum allowed re-tries during synchronization phase. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Max_Retries */ - - uint32_t SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity; /*!< Specifies the wait for activity on SPDIFRX selected input. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Wait_For_Activity. */ - - uint32_t SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection; /*!< Specifies whether the control flow will take the channel status from channel A or B. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Channel_Selection */ - - uint32_t SPDIFRX_DataFormat; /*!< Specifies the Data samples format (LSB, MSB, ...). - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Data_Format */ - - uint32_t SPDIFRX_StereoMode; /*!< Specifies whether the peripheral is in stereo or mono mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Stereo_Mode */ -}SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef; - - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ -#define IS_SPDIFRX_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPDIFRX)) - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Input_Selection SPDIFRX Input Selection - * @{ - */ -#define SPDIFRX_Input_IN0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SPDIFRX_Input_IN1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define SPDIFRX_Input_IN2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define SPDIFRX_Input_IN3 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) -#define IS_SPDIFRX_INPUT_SELECT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == SPDIFRX_Input_IN1) || \ - ((INPUT) == SPDIFRX_Input_IN2) || \ - ((INPUT) == SPDIFRX_Input_IN3) || \ - ((INPUT) == SPDIFRX_Input_IN0)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Max_Retries SPDIFRX Max Retries - * @{ - */ -#define SPDIFRX_1MAX_RETRIES ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SPDIFRX_4MAX_RETRIES ((uint32_t)0x00001000) -#define SPDIFRX_16MAX_RETRIES ((uint32_t)0x00002000) -#define SPDIFRX_64MAX_RETRIES ((uint32_t)0x00003000) -#define IS_SPDIFRX_MAX_RETRIES(RET) (((RET) == SPDIFRX_1MAX_RETRIES) || \ - ((RET) == SPDIFRX_4MAX_RETRIES) || \ - ((RET) == SPDIFRX_16MAX_RETRIES) || \ - ((RET) == SPDIFRX_64MAX_RETRIES)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Wait_For_Activity SPDIFRX Wait For Activity - * @{ - */ -#define SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity_On ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_CR_WFA) -#define IS_SPDIFRX_WAIT_FOR_ACTIVITY(VAL) (((VAL) == SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity_On) || \ - ((VAL) == SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity_Off)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection SPDIFRX Channel Selection - * @{ - */ -#define SPDIFRX_Select_Channel_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SPDIFRX_Select_Channel_B ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_CR_CHSEL) -#define IS_SPDIFRX_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == SPDIFRX_Select_Channel_A) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == SPDIFRX_Select_Channel_B)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Block_Synchronization SPDIFRX Block Synchronization - * @{ - */ -#define SPDIFRX_LSB_DataFormat ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SPDIFRX_MSB_DataFormat ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define SPDIFRX_32BITS_DataFormat ((uint32_t)0x00000020) -#define IS_SPDIFRX_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == SPDIFRX_LSB_DataFormat) || \ - ((FORMAT) == SPDIFRX_MSB_DataFormat) || \ - ((FORMAT) == SPDIFRX_32BITS_DataFormat)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_StereoMode SPDIFRX StereoMode - * @{ - */ -#define SPDIFRX_StereoMode_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SPDIFRX_StereoMode_Enabled ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO) -#define IS_STEREO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPDIFRX_StereoMode_Disabled) || \ - ((MODE) == SPDIFRX_StereoMode_Enabled)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_State SPDIFRX State - * @{ - */ -#define SPDIFRX_STATE_IDLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) -#define IS_SPDIFRX_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == SPDIFRX_STATE_IDLE) || \ - ((STATE) == SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC) || \ - ((STATE) == SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Interrupts_Definition SPDIFRX Interrupts Definition - * @{ - */ -#define SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_RXNEIE) -#define SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_CSRNEIE) -#define SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_PERRIE) -#define SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_OVRIE) -#define SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_SBLKIE) -#define SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_SYNCDIE) -#define SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_IFEIE ) -#define IS_SPDIFRX_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE) || \ - ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE) || \ - ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE) || \ - ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE) || \ - ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE) || \ - ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE) || \ - ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Flags_Definition SPDIFRX Flags Definition - * @{ - */ -#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_RXNE) -#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_CSRNE) -#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_PERR) -#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_OVR) -#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_SBD ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_SBD) -#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_SYNCD) -#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_FERR ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_FERR) -#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_SERR ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_SERR) -#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_TERR ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_TERR) -#define IS_SPDIFRX_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE) || \ - ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR) || \ - ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_SBD) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_SYNCD) || \ - ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_FERR) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_SERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_TERR)) -#define IS_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR) || \ - ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_SBD) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_SYNCD)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the SPDIFRX configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void SPDIFRX_DeInit(void); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void SPDIFRX_Init(SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef* SPDIFRX_InitStruct); -void SPDIFRX_StructInit(SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef* SPDIFRX_InitStruct); -void SPDIFRX_Cmd(uint32_t SPDIFRX_State); -void SPDIFRX_SetPreambleTypeBit(FunctionalState NewState); -void SPDIFRX_SetUserDataChannelStatusBits(FunctionalState NewState); -void SPDIFRX_SetValidityBit(FunctionalState NewState); -void SPDIFRX_SetParityBit(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ -uint32_t SPDIFRX_ReceiveData(void); - -/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ -void SPDIFRX_RxDMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); -void SPDIFRX_CbDMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void SPDIFRX_ITConfig(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus SPDIFRX_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SPDIFRX_FLAG); -void SPDIFRX_ClearFlag(uint32_t SPDIFRX_FLAG); -ITStatus SPDIFRX_GetITStatus(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT); -void SPDIFRX_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT); - -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_SPDIFRX_H */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_spdifrx.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPDIFRX firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_SPDIFRX_H +#define __STM32F4xx_SPDIFRX_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPDIFRX + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief SPDIFRX Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SPDIFRX_InputSelection; /*!< Specifies the SPDIFRX input selection. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Input_Selection */ + + uint32_t SPDIFRX_Retries; /*!< Specifies the Maximum allowed re-tries during synchronization phase. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Max_Retries */ + + uint32_t SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity; /*!< Specifies the wait for activity on SPDIFRX selected input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Wait_For_Activity. */ + + uint32_t SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection; /*!< Specifies whether the control flow will take the channel status from channel A or B. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Channel_Selection */ + + uint32_t SPDIFRX_DataFormat; /*!< Specifies the Data samples format (LSB, MSB, ...). + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Data_Format */ + + uint32_t SPDIFRX_StereoMode; /*!< Specifies whether the peripheral is in stereo or mono mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPDIFRX_Stereo_Mode */ +}SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef; + + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define IS_SPDIFRX_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPDIFRX)) + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Input_Selection SPDIFRX Input Selection + * @{ + */ +#define SPDIFRX_Input_IN0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SPDIFRX_Input_IN1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define SPDIFRX_Input_IN2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define SPDIFRX_Input_IN3 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) +#define IS_SPDIFRX_INPUT_SELECT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == SPDIFRX_Input_IN1) || \ + ((INPUT) == SPDIFRX_Input_IN2) || \ + ((INPUT) == SPDIFRX_Input_IN3) || \ + ((INPUT) == SPDIFRX_Input_IN0)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Max_Retries SPDIFRX Max Retries + * @{ + */ +#define SPDIFRX_1MAX_RETRIES ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SPDIFRX_4MAX_RETRIES ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define SPDIFRX_16MAX_RETRIES ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define SPDIFRX_64MAX_RETRIES ((uint32_t)0x00003000) +#define IS_SPDIFRX_MAX_RETRIES(RET) (((RET) == SPDIFRX_1MAX_RETRIES) || \ + ((RET) == SPDIFRX_4MAX_RETRIES) || \ + ((RET) == SPDIFRX_16MAX_RETRIES) || \ + ((RET) == SPDIFRX_64MAX_RETRIES)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Wait_For_Activity SPDIFRX Wait For Activity + * @{ + */ +#define SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity_On ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_CR_WFA) +#define IS_SPDIFRX_WAIT_FOR_ACTIVITY(VAL) (((VAL) == SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity_On) || \ + ((VAL) == SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity_Off)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection SPDIFRX Channel Selection + * @{ + */ +#define SPDIFRX_Select_Channel_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SPDIFRX_Select_Channel_B ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_CR_CHSEL) +#define IS_SPDIFRX_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == SPDIFRX_Select_Channel_A) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == SPDIFRX_Select_Channel_B)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Block_Synchronization SPDIFRX Block Synchronization + * @{ + */ +#define SPDIFRX_LSB_DataFormat ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SPDIFRX_MSB_DataFormat ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define SPDIFRX_32BITS_DataFormat ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define IS_SPDIFRX_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == SPDIFRX_LSB_DataFormat) || \ + ((FORMAT) == SPDIFRX_MSB_DataFormat) || \ + ((FORMAT) == SPDIFRX_32BITS_DataFormat)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_StereoMode SPDIFRX StereoMode + * @{ + */ +#define SPDIFRX_StereoMode_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SPDIFRX_StereoMode_Enabled ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO) +#define IS_STEREO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPDIFRX_StereoMode_Disabled) || \ + ((MODE) == SPDIFRX_StereoMode_Enabled)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_State SPDIFRX State + * @{ + */ +#define SPDIFRX_STATE_IDLE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) +#define IS_SPDIFRX_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == SPDIFRX_STATE_IDLE) || \ + ((STATE) == SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC) || \ + ((STATE) == SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Interrupts_Definition SPDIFRX Interrupts Definition + * @{ + */ +#define SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_RXNEIE) +#define SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_CSRNEIE) +#define SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_PERRIE) +#define SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_OVRIE) +#define SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_SBLKIE) +#define SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_SYNCDIE) +#define SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_IMR_IFEIE ) +#define IS_SPDIFRX_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE) || \ + ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE) || \ + ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE) || \ + ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE) || \ + ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE) || \ + ((IT) == SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Flags_Definition SPDIFRX Flags Definition + * @{ + */ +#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_RXNE) +#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_CSRNE) +#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_PERR) +#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_OVR) +#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_SBD ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_SBD) +#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_SYNCD) +#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_FERR ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_FERR) +#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_SERR ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_SERR) +#define SPDIFRX_FLAG_TERR ((uint32_t)SPDIFRX_SR_TERR) +#define IS_SPDIFRX_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_SBD) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_SYNCD) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_FERR) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_SERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_TERR)) +#define IS_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_SBD) || ((FLAG) == SPDIFRX_SR_SYNCD)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the SPDIFRX configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void SPDIFRX_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SPDIFRX_Init(SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef* SPDIFRX_InitStruct); +void SPDIFRX_StructInit(SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef* SPDIFRX_InitStruct); +void SPDIFRX_Cmd(uint32_t SPDIFRX_State); +void SPDIFRX_SetPreambleTypeBit(FunctionalState NewState); +void SPDIFRX_SetUserDataChannelStatusBits(FunctionalState NewState); +void SPDIFRX_SetValidityBit(FunctionalState NewState); +void SPDIFRX_SetParityBit(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +uint32_t SPDIFRX_ReceiveData(void); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void SPDIFRX_RxDMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SPDIFRX_CbDMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SPDIFRX_ITConfig(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus SPDIFRX_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SPDIFRX_FLAG); +void SPDIFRX_ClearFlag(uint32_t SPDIFRX_FLAG); +ITStatus SPDIFRX_GetITStatus(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT); +void SPDIFRX_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT); + +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_SPDIFRX_H */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_spi.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_spi.h index f83773dc58..a7e0569319 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_spi.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_spi.h @@ -1,549 +1,541 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_spi.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPI - * firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_SPI_H -#define __STM32F4xx_SPI_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup SPI - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief SPI Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint16_t SPI_Direction; /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_direction */ - - uint16_t SPI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI operating mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_mode */ - - uint16_t SPI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SPI data size. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_size */ - - uint16_t SPI_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */ - - uint16_t SPI_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */ - - uint16_t SPI_NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by - hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */ - - uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be - used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler - @note The communication clock is derived from the master - clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */ - - uint16_t SPI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. - This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */ - - uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */ -}SPI_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief I2S Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - - uint16_t I2S_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2S operating mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Mode */ - - uint16_t I2S_Standard; /*!< Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. - This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Standard */ - - uint16_t I2S_DataFormat; /*!< Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. - This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Data_Format */ - - uint16_t I2S_MCLKOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. - This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_MCLK_Output */ - - uint32_t I2S_AudioFreq; /*!< Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. - This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Audio_Frequency */ - - uint16_t I2S_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. - This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Clock_Polarity */ -}I2S_InitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI4) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI5) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI6)) - -#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI4) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI5) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI6) || \ - ((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ - ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) - -#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI3)) - -#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH_EXT(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == SPI3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ - ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) - -#define IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ - ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) - - -/** @defgroup SPI_data_direction - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly ((uint16_t)0x0400) -#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx ((uint16_t)0x8000) -#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx ((uint16_t)0xC000) -#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex) || \ - ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly) || \ - ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx) || \ - ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_mode - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_Mode_Master ((uint16_t)0x0104) -#define SPI_Mode_Slave ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Master) || \ - ((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Slave)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_data_size - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_DataSize_16b ((uint16_t)0x0800) -#define SPI_DataSize_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_SPI_DATASIZE(DATASIZE) (((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_16b) || \ - ((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_8b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define SPI_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_Low) || \ - ((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_High)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_1Edge) || \ - ((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_2Edge)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_NSS_Soft ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define SPI_NSS_Hard ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Soft) || \ - ((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Hard)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2 ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8 ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16 ((uint16_t)0x0018) -#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32 ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64 ((uint16_t)0x0028) -#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128 ((uint16_t)0x0030) -#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256 ((uint16_t)0x0038) -#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_MSB) || \ - ((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_LSB)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define I2S_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define I2S_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define I2S_Mode_MasterTx ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define I2S_Mode_MasterRx ((uint16_t)0x0300) -#define IS_I2S_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx) || \ - ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx) || \ - ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterTx)|| \ - ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterRx)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Standard - * @{ - */ - -#define I2S_Standard_Phillips ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define I2S_Standard_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define I2S_Standard_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define I2S_Standard_PCMShort ((uint16_t)0x0030) -#define I2S_Standard_PCMLong ((uint16_t)0x00B0) -#define IS_I2S_STANDARD(STANDARD) (((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_Phillips) || \ - ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_MSB) || \ - ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_LSB) || \ - ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMShort) || \ - ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMLong)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Data_Format - * @{ - */ - -#define I2S_DataFormat_16b ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define I2S_DataFormat_16bextended ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define I2S_DataFormat_24b ((uint16_t)0x0003) -#define I2S_DataFormat_32b ((uint16_t)0x0005) -#define IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16b) || \ - ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16bextended) || \ - ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_24b) || \ - ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_32b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_MCLK_Output - * @{ - */ - -#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) || \ - ((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Audio_Frequency - * @{ - */ - -#define I2S_AudioFreq_192k ((uint32_t)192000) -#define I2S_AudioFreq_96k ((uint32_t)96000) -#define I2S_AudioFreq_48k ((uint32_t)48000) -#define I2S_AudioFreq_44k ((uint32_t)44100) -#define I2S_AudioFreq_32k ((uint32_t)32000) -#define I2S_AudioFreq_22k ((uint32_t)22050) -#define I2S_AudioFreq_16k ((uint32_t)16000) -#define I2S_AudioFreq_11k ((uint32_t)11025) -#define I2S_AudioFreq_8k ((uint32_t)8000) -#define I2S_AudioFreq_Default ((uint32_t)2) - -#define IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(FREQ) ((((FREQ) >= I2S_AudioFreq_8k) && \ - ((FREQ) <= I2S_AudioFreq_192k)) || \ - ((FREQ) == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Clock_Polarity - * @{ - */ - -#define I2S_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define I2S_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define IS_I2S_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_Low) || \ - ((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_High)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFFFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_NSS_internal_software_management - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF) -#define IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(INTERNAL) (((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set) || \ - ((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_CRC_Tx ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define SPI_CRC_Rx ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define IS_SPI_CRC(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Tx) || ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Rx)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_direction_transmit_receive - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_Direction_Rx ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) -#define SPI_Direction_Tx ((uint16_t)0x4000) -#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Rx) || \ - ((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Tx)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE ((uint8_t)0x71) -#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE ((uint8_t)0x60) -#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR ((uint8_t)0x50) -#define I2S_IT_UDR ((uint8_t)0x53) -#define SPI_I2S_IT_TIFRFE ((uint8_t)0x58) - -#define IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ - ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || \ - ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_ERR)) - -#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR ((uint8_t)0x56) -#define SPI_IT_MODF ((uint8_t)0x55) -#define SPI_IT_CRCERR ((uint8_t)0x54) - -#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR)) - -#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE)|| ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ - ((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || ((IT) == SPI_IT_MODF) || \ - ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_OVR) || ((IT) == I2S_IT_UDR) ||\ - ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TIFRFE)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_flags_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define I2S_FLAG_UDR ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define SPI_FLAG_MODF ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE ((uint16_t)0x0100) - -#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) -#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR) || \ - ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \ - ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_UDR) || ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE) || \ - ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE)|| \ - ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_polynomial - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x1) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Legacy - * @{ - */ - -#define SPI_DMAReq_Tx SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx -#define SPI_DMAReq_Rx SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx -#define SPI_IT_TXE SPI_I2S_IT_TXE -#define SPI_IT_RXNE SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE -#define SPI_IT_ERR SPI_I2S_IT_ERR -#define SPI_IT_OVR SPI_I2S_IT_OVR -#define SPI_FLAG_RXNE SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE -#define SPI_FLAG_TXE SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE -#define SPI_FLAG_OVR SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR -#define SPI_FLAG_BSY SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY -#define SPI_DeInit SPI_I2S_DeInit -#define SPI_ITConfig SPI_I2S_ITConfig -#define SPI_DMACmd SPI_I2S_DMACmd -#define SPI_SendData SPI_I2S_SendData -#define SPI_ReceiveData SPI_I2S_ReceiveData -#define SPI_GetFlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus -#define SPI_ClearFlag SPI_I2S_ClearFlag -#define SPI_GetITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus -#define SPI_ClearITPendingBit SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the SPI configuration to the default reset state *****/ -void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); -void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); -void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); -void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); -void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); -void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); -void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize); -void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction); -void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft); -void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); -void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); - -void I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI_TypeDef* I2Sxext, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); - -/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ -void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data); -uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); - -/* Hardware CRC Calculation functions *****************************************/ -void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); -void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); -uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC); -uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); - -/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ -void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); -void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); -ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); -void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_SPI_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_spi.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPI + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_SPI_H +#define __STM32F4xx_SPI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief SPI Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t SPI_Direction; /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_direction */ + + uint16_t SPI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_mode */ + + uint16_t SPI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SPI data size. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_size */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */ + + uint16_t SPI_NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by + hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */ + + uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be + used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler + @note The communication clock is derived from the master + clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */ + + uint16_t SPI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */ + + uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */ +}SPI_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief I2S Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t I2S_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2S operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Mode */ + + uint16_t I2S_Standard; /*!< Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Standard */ + + uint16_t I2S_DataFormat; /*!< Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Data_Format */ + + uint16_t I2S_MCLKOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_MCLK_Output */ + + uint32_t I2S_AudioFreq; /*!< Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Audio_Frequency */ + + uint16_t I2S_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Clock_Polarity */ +}I2S_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI6)) + +#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) + +#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3)) + +#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH_EXT(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) + +#define IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2S2ext) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2S3ext)) + + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx ((uint16_t)0xC000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Mode_Master ((uint16_t)0x0104) +#define SPI_Mode_Slave ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Master) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Slave)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_DataSize_16b ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define SPI_DataSize_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_DATASIZE(DATASIZE) (((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_16b) || \ + ((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_8b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_1Edge) || \ + ((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_2Edge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSS_Soft ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define SPI_NSS_Hard ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Soft) || \ + ((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Hard)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16 ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64 ((uint16_t)0x0028) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256 ((uint16_t)0x0038) +#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_MSB) || \ + ((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_LSB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define I2S_Mode_MasterTx ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2S_Mode_MasterRx ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_I2S_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx) || \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx) || \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterTx)|| \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterRx)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Standard + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_Standard_Phillips ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_Standard_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define I2S_Standard_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define I2S_Standard_PCMShort ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define I2S_Standard_PCMLong ((uint16_t)0x00B0) +#define IS_I2S_STANDARD(STANDARD) (((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_Phillips) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_MSB) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_LSB) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMShort) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMLong)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Data_Format + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_DataFormat_16b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_DataFormat_16bextended ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define I2S_DataFormat_24b ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define I2S_DataFormat_32b ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16b) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16bextended) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_24b) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_32b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_MCLK_Output + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Audio_Frequency + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_AudioFreq_192k ((uint32_t)192000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_96k ((uint32_t)96000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_48k ((uint32_t)48000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_44k ((uint32_t)44100) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_32k ((uint32_t)32000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_22k ((uint32_t)22050) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_16k ((uint32_t)16000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_11k ((uint32_t)11025) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_8k ((uint32_t)8000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_Default ((uint32_t)2) + +#define IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(FREQ) ((((FREQ) >= I2S_AudioFreq_8k) && \ + ((FREQ) <= I2S_AudioFreq_192k)) || \ + ((FREQ) == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_I2S_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFFFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_NSS_internal_software_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF) +#define IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(INTERNAL) (((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set) || \ + ((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CRC_Tx ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SPI_CRC_Rx ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_SPI_CRC(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Tx) || ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Rx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_direction_transmit_receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_Rx ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) +#define SPI_Direction_Tx ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Rx) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE ((uint8_t)0x71) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE ((uint8_t)0x60) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR ((uint8_t)0x50) +#define I2S_IT_UDR ((uint8_t)0x53) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_TIFRFE ((uint8_t)0x58) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_ERR)) + +#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR ((uint8_t)0x56) +#define SPI_IT_MODF ((uint8_t)0x55) +#define SPI_IT_CRCERR ((uint8_t)0x54) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR)) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE)|| ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || ((IT) == SPI_IT_MODF) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_OVR) || ((IT) == I2S_IT_UDR) ||\ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TIFRFE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define I2S_FLAG_UDR ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_FLAG_MODF ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE ((uint16_t)0x0100) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_UDR) || ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_polynomial + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x1) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_DMAReq_Tx SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx +#define SPI_DMAReq_Rx SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx +#define SPI_IT_TXE SPI_I2S_IT_TXE +#define SPI_IT_RXNE SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE +#define SPI_IT_ERR SPI_I2S_IT_ERR +#define SPI_IT_OVR SPI_I2S_IT_OVR +#define SPI_FLAG_RXNE SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE +#define SPI_FLAG_TXE SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE +#define SPI_FLAG_OVR SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR +#define SPI_FLAG_BSY SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY +#define SPI_DeInit SPI_I2S_DeInit +#define SPI_ITConfig SPI_I2S_ITConfig +#define SPI_DMACmd SPI_I2S_DMACmd +#define SPI_SendData SPI_I2S_SendData +#define SPI_ReceiveData SPI_I2S_ReceiveData +#define SPI_GetFlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus +#define SPI_ClearFlag SPI_I2S_ClearFlag +#define SPI_GetITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus +#define SPI_ClearITPendingBit SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the SPI configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize); +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction); +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft); +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + +void I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI_TypeDef* I2Sxext, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data); +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Hardware CRC Calculation functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); +void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_SPI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_syscfg.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_syscfg.h index 4db76411c5..d77fe9c803 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_syscfg.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_syscfg.h @@ -1,222 +1,342 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_syscfg.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SYSCFG firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_SYSCFG_H -#define __STM32F4xx_SYSCFG_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup SYSCFG - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Port_Sources - * @{ - */ -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD ((uint8_t)0x03) -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF ((uint8_t)0x05) -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOG ((uint8_t)0x06) -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOH ((uint8_t)0x07) -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOI ((uint8_t)0x08) -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOJ ((uint8_t)0x09) -#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOK ((uint8_t)0x0A) - -#define IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA) || \ - ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB) || \ - ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC) || \ - ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD) || \ - ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE) || \ - ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF) || \ - ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOG) || \ - ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOH) || \ - ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOI) || \ - ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOJ) || \ - ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOK)) - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Pin_Sources - * @{ - */ -#define EXTI_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define EXTI_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define EXTI_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) -#define EXTI_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) -#define EXTI_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) -#define EXTI_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) -#define EXTI_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) -#define EXTI_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) -#define EXTI_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) -#define EXTI_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) -#define EXTI_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) -#define EXTI_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) -#define EXTI_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) -#define EXTI_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) -#define EXTI_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) -#define EXTI_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) -#define IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource0) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource1) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource2) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource3) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource4) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource5) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource6) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource7) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource8) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource9) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource10) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource11) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource12) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource13) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource14) || \ - ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource15)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Memory_Remap_Config - * @{ - */ -#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM ((uint8_t)0x03) -#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SDRAM ((uint8_t)0x04) - -#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) -#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC ((uint8_t)0x02) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) -#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FMC ((uint8_t)0x02) -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_ExtMEM ((uint8_t)0x02) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) -#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC)) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined (STM32F401xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) -#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM)) -#endif /* STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -#if defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) -#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SDRAM) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FMC)) -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined (STM32F446xx) -#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_ExtMEM) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM) || \ - ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SDRAM)) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup SYSCFG_ETHERNET_Media_Interface - * @{ - */ -#define SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_MII ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII ((uint32_t)0x00000001) - -#define IS_SYSCFG_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(INTERFACE) (((INTERFACE) == SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_MII) || \ - ((INTERFACE) == SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void SYSCFG_DeInit(void); -void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint8_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap); -void SYSCFG_MemorySwappingBank(FunctionalState NewState); -void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex); -void SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface); -void SYSCFG_CompensationCellCmd(FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetCompensationCellStatus(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_SYSCFG_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_syscfg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SYSCFG firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_SYSCFG_H +#define __STM32F4xx_SYSCFG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SYSCFG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** @defgroup BITSTREAM_CLOCK Bit Stream clock source selection + * @{ + */ +#define BITSTREAM_CLOCK_DFSDM2 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_BSCKSEL +#define BITSTREAM_CLOCK_TIM2OC1 (uint32_t)0x00000000 +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MCHDLY_CLOCK MCHDLY Clock enable + * @{ + */ +#define MCHDLY_CLOCK_DFSDM2 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_MCHDLY2EN +#define MCHDLY_CLOCK_DFSDM1 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_MCHDLY1EN +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_CLOCKIN_SOURCE DFSDM Clock In Source Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM2_CKIN_PAD (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DFSDM2_CKIN_DM SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CFG +#define DFSDM1_CKIN_PAD (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DFSDM1_CKIN_DM SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1CFG +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_CLOCKOUT_SOURCE DFSDM Clock Source Selection + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM2_CKOUT_DFSDM2 (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DFSDM2_CKOUT_M27 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CKOSEL +#define DFSDM1_CKOUT_DFSDM1 (uint32_t)0x00000000U +#define DFSDM1_CKOUT_M27 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1CKOSEL +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_DATAIN0_SOURCE DFSDM Source Selection For DATAIN0 + * @{ + */ +#define DATAIN0_DFSDM2_PAD (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DATAIN0_DFSDM2_DATAIN1 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2D0SEL +#define DATAIN0_DFSDM1_PAD (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DATAIN0_DFSDM1_DATAIN1 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1D0SEL +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_DATAIN2_SOURCE DFSDM Source Selection For DATAIN2 + * @{ + */ +#define DATAIN2_DFSDM2_PAD (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DATAIN2_DFSDM2_DATAIN3 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2D2SEL +#define DATAIN2_DFSDM1_PAD (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DATAIN2_DFSDM1_DATAIN3 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1D2SEL +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_DATAIN4_SOURCE DFSDM Source Selection For DATAIN4 + * @{ + */ +#define DATAIN4_DFSDM2_PAD (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DATAIN4_DFSDM2_DATAIN5 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2D4SEL +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_DATAIN6_SOURCE DFSDM Source Selection For DATAIN6 + * @{ + */ +#define DATAIN6_DFSDM2_PAD (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DATAIN6_DFSDM2_DATAIN7 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2D6SEL +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_CLKIN_SOURCE DFSDM1 Source Selection For CLKIN + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM1_CLKIN0_TIM4OC2 (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DFSDM1_CLKIN2_TIM4OC2 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1CK02SEL +#define DFSDM1_CLKIN1_TIM4OC1 (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DFSDM1_CLKIN3_TIM4OC1 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1CK13SEL +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_CLKIN_SOURCE DFSDM2 Source Selection For CLKIN + * @{ + */ +#define DFSDM2_CLKIN0_TIM3OC4 (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DFSDM2_CLKIN4_TIM3OC4 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CK04SEL +#define DFSDM2_CLKIN1_TIM3OC3 (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DFSDM2_CLKIN5_TIM3OC3 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CK15SEL +#define DFSDM2_CLKIN2_TIM3OC2 (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DFSDM2_CLKIN6_TIM3OC2 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CK26SEL +#define DFSDM2_CLKIN3_TIM3OC1 (uint32_t)0x00000000 +#define DFSDM2_CLKIN7_TIM3OC1 SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CK37SEL +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Port_Sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOG ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOH ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOI ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOJ ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOK ((uint8_t)0x0A) + +#define IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOG) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOH) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOI) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOJ) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOK)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Pin_Sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define EXTI_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define EXTI_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define EXTI_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define EXTI_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define EXTI_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define EXTI_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define EXTI_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define EXTI_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define EXTI_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define EXTI_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) +#define IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Memory_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SDRAM ((uint8_t)0x04) + +#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FMC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F446xx) || defined (STM32F469_479xx) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_ExtMEM ((uint8_t)0x02) +#endif /* STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC)) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F401xx) || defined (STM32F410xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) +#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM)) +#endif /* STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE */ + +#if defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) +#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SDRAM) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FMC)) +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F446xx) || defined (STM32F469_479xx) +#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_ExtMEM) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SDRAM)) +#endif /* STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define SYSCFG_Break_PVD SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVDL +#define SYSCFG_Break_HardFault SYSCFG_CFGR2_CLL + +#define IS_SYSCFG_LOCK_CONFIG(BREAK) (((BREAK) == SYSCFG_Break_PVD) || \ + ((BREAK) == SYSCFG_Break_HardFault)) +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_ETHERNET_Media_Interface + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_MII ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII ((uint32_t)0x00000001) + +#define IS_SYSCFG_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(INTERFACE) (((INTERFACE) == SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_MII) || \ + ((INTERFACE) == SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void); +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint8_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap); +void SYSCFG_MemorySwappingBank(FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex); +void SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface); +void SYSCFG_CompensationCellCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetCompensationCellStatus(void); +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +void SYSCFG_BreakConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_Break); +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +void DFSDM_BitstreamClock_SourceSelection(uint32_t source); +void DFSDM_DisableDelayClock(uint32_t MCHDLY); +void DFSDM_EnableDelayClock(uint32_t MCHDLY); +void DFSDM_ClockIn_SourceSelection(uint32_t source); +void DFSDM_ClockOut_SourceSelection(uint32_t source); +void DFSDM_DataIn0_SourceSelection(uint32_t source); +void DFSDM_DataIn2_SourceSelection(uint32_t source); +void DFSDM_DataIn4_SourceSelection(uint32_t source); +void DFSDM_DataIn6_SourceSelection(uint32_t source); +void DFSDM1_BitStreamClk_Config(uint32_t source); +void DFSDM2_BitStreamClk_Config(uint32_t source); +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_SYSCFG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_tim.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_tim.h index e255d8ddcc..e920321ce1 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_tim.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_tim.h @@ -1,1150 +1,1142 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_tim.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the TIM firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_TIM_H -#define __STM32F4xx_TIM_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup TIM - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief TIM Time Base Init structure definition - * @note This structure is used with all TIMx except for TIM6 and TIM7. - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint16_t TIM_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. - This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ - - uint16_t TIM_CounterMode; /*!< Specifies the counter mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */ - - uint32_t TIM_Period; /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active - Auto-Reload Register at the next update event. - This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF. */ - - uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision; /*!< Specifies the clock division. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */ - - uint8_t TIM_RepetitionCounter; /*!< Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter - reaches zero, an update event is generated and counting restarts - from the RCR value (N). - This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds to: - - the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode - - the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode - This parameter must be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF. - @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ -} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief TIM Output Compare Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint16_t TIM_OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */ - - uint16_t TIM_OutputState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare state. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_State */ - - uint16_t TIM_OutputNState; /*!< Specifies the TIM complementary Output Compare state. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_State - @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ - - uint32_t TIM_Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. - This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ - - uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */ - - uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity; /*!< Specifies the complementary output polarity. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity - @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ - - uint16_t TIM_OCIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State - @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ - - uint16_t TIM_OCNIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State - @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ -} TIM_OCInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief TIM Input Capture Init structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - - uint16_t TIM_Channel; /*!< Specifies the TIM channel. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */ - - uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */ - - uint16_t TIM_ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ - - uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ - - uint16_t TIM_ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. - This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */ -} TIM_ICInitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief BDTR structure definition - * @note This structure is used only with TIM1 and TIM8. - */ - -typedef struct -{ - - uint16_t TIM_OSSRState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State selection used in Run mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */ - - uint16_t TIM_OSSIState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State used in Idle state. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */ - - uint16_t TIM_LOCKLevel; /*!< Specifies the LOCK level parameters. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Lock_level */ - - uint16_t TIM_DeadTime; /*!< Specifies the delay time between the switching-off and the - switching-on of the outputs. - This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ - - uint16_t TIM_Break; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Break input is enabled or not. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable */ - - uint16_t TIM_BreakPolarity; /*!< Specifies the TIM Break Input pin polarity. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Polarity */ - - uint16_t TIM_AutomaticOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Automatic Output feature is enabled or not. - This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */ -} TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_constants - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM11) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM12) || \ - (((PERIPH) == TIM13) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM14))) -/* LIST1: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM8, TIM9, TIM10, TIM11, TIM12, TIM13 and TIM14 */ -#define IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM11) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM12) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM13) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM14)) - -/* LIST2: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM8, TIM9 and TIM12 */ -#define IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM12)) -/* LIST3: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5 and TIM8 */ -#define IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) -/* LIST4: TIM1 and TIM8 */ -#define IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) -/* LIST5: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 */ -#define IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ - ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) -/* LIST6: TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 */ -#define IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)(((TIMx) == TIM2) || \ - ((TIMx) == TIM5) || \ - ((TIMx) == TIM11)) - -/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OCMode_Timing ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_OCMode_Active ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle ((uint16_t)0x0030) -#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1 ((uint16_t)0x0060) -#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2 ((uint16_t)0x0070) -#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2)) -#define IS_TIM_OCM(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OPMode_Single ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Single) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Repetitive)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Channel - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_Channel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_Channel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define TIM_Channel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define TIM_Channel_4 ((uint16_t)0x000C) - -#define IS_TIM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_4)) - -#define IS_TIM_PWMI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2)) -#define IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ - ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Division_CKD - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_CKD_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_CKD_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define TIM_CKD_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV1) || \ - ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV2) || \ - ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV4)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_CounterMode_Up ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_CounterMode_Down ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 ((uint16_t)0x0060) -#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Up) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Down) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OCPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_High) || \ - ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_Low)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OCNPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_OCNPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_High) || \ - ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_Low)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_State - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OutputState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_OutputState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Disable) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_State - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OutputNState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_OutputNState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Disable) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_State - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_CCx_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define TIM_CCx_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_CCX(CCX) (((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Enable) || \ - ((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_N_State - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_CCxN_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define TIM_CCxN_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_CCXN(CCXN) (((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Enable) || \ - ((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_Break_Enable ((uint16_t)0x1000) -#define TIM_Break_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_Break_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Polarity - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_BreakPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_BreakPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x2000) -#define IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_Low) || \ - ((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_High)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x4000) -#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Lock_level - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_LOCKLevel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define TIM_LOCKLevel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define TIM_LOCKLevel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0300) -#define IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF) || \ - ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_1) || \ - ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_2) || \ - ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_3)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OSSIState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400) -#define TIM_OSSIState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OSSRState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800) -#define TIM_OSSRState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OCIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define TIM_OCIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Set) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Reset)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Set) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_ICPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_ICPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x000A) -#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \ - ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)|| \ - ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be - connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */ -#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be - connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */ -#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC ((uint16_t)0x0003) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */ -#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_TRC)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */ -#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events. */ -#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events. */ -#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events. */ -#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_interrupt_sources - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_IT_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define TIM_IT_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define TIM_IT_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define TIM_IT_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define TIM_IT_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define TIM_IT_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define TIM_IT_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define TIM_IT_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define IS_TIM_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) - -#define IS_TIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == TIM_IT_Update) || \ - ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC1) || \ - ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC2) || \ - ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC3) || \ - ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC4) || \ - ((IT) == TIM_IT_COM) || \ - ((IT) == TIM_IT_Trigger) || \ - ((IT) == TIM_IT_Break)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_DMABase_CR1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_DMABase_CR2 ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define TIM_DMABase_DIER ((uint16_t)0x0003) -#define TIM_DMABase_SR ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define TIM_DMABase_EGR ((uint16_t)0x0005) -#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 ((uint16_t)0x0006) -#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 ((uint16_t)0x0007) -#define TIM_DMABase_CCER ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define TIM_DMABase_CNT ((uint16_t)0x0009) -#define TIM_DMABase_PSC ((uint16_t)0x000A) -#define TIM_DMABase_ARR ((uint16_t)0x000B) -#define TIM_DMABase_RCR ((uint16_t)0x000C) -#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1 ((uint16_t)0x000D) -#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2 ((uint16_t)0x000E) -#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3 ((uint16_t)0x000F) -#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define TIM_DMABase_BDTR ((uint16_t)0x0011) -#define TIM_DMABase_DCR ((uint16_t)0x0012) -#define TIM_DMABase_OR ((uint16_t)0x0013) -#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BASE) (((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR1) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR2) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SMCR) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DIER) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SR) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_EGR) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR1) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR2) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCER) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CNT) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_PSC) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_ARR) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_RCR) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR1) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR2) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR3) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR4) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_BDTR) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DCR) || \ - ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_OR)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0300) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0400) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0500) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0600) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0700) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0800) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0900) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0A00) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0B00) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0C00) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0D00) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0E00) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0F00) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1000) -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1100) -#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers) || \ - ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_DMA_Update ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define TIM_DMA_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define TIM_DMA_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0400) -#define TIM_DMA_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0800) -#define TIM_DMA_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x1000) -#define TIM_DMA_COM ((uint16_t)0x2000) -#define TIM_DMA_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x4000) -#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0x80FF) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x1000) -#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x2000) -#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x3000) -#define IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_TS_ITR0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_TS_ITR1 ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define TIM_TS_ITR2 ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define TIM_TS_ITR3 ((uint16_t)0x0030) -#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) -#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) -#define TIM_TS_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0070) -#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ETRF)) -#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ - ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) -#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) -#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity - * @{ - */ -#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted ((uint16_t)0x8000) -#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted) || \ - ((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update) || \ - ((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Forced_Action - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active ((uint16_t)0x0050) -#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ - ((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12 ((uint16_t)0x0003) -#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI1) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI2) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI12)) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_EventSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define TIM_EventSource_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define TIM_EventSource_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define TIM_EventSource_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define TIM_EventSource_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define TIM_EventSource_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define TIM_EventSource_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Update_Source - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow - or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation - through the slave mode controller. */ -#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */ -#define IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Global) || \ - ((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Regular)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OCFast_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define TIM_OCFast_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Disable)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_OCClear_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define TIM_OCClear_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Output_Source - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 ((uint16_t)0x0030) -#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref ((uint16_t)0x0050) -#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref ((uint16_t)0x0060) -#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref ((uint16_t)0x0070) -#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Reset) || \ - ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Enable) || \ - ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Update) || \ - ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1) || \ - ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref) || \ - ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref) || \ - ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref) || \ - ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated ((uint16_t)0x0005) -#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0006) -#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1 ((uint16_t)0x0007) -#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Reset) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Gated) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger) || \ - ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_External1)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable) || \ - ((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable)) -/** - * @} - */ -/** @defgroup TIM_Remap - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM2_TIM8_TRGO ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM2_ETH_PTP ((uint16_t)0x0400) -#define TIM2_USBFS_SOF ((uint16_t)0x0800) -#define TIM2_USBHS_SOF ((uint16_t)0x0C00) - -#define TIM5_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM5_LSI ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define TIM5_LSE ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define TIM5_RTC ((uint16_t)0x00C0) - -#define TIM11_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define TIM11_HSE ((uint16_t)0x0002) - -#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_TIM8_TRGO)||\ - ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_ETH_PTP)||\ - ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_USBFS_SOF)||\ - ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_USBHS_SOF)||\ - ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_GPIO)||\ - ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_LSI)||\ - ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_LSE)||\ - ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_RTC)||\ - ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_GPIO)||\ - ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_HSE)) - -/** - * @} - */ -/** @defgroup TIM_Flags - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_FLAG_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define TIM_FLAG_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define TIM_FLAG_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF ((uint16_t)0x0400) -#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF ((uint16_t)0x0800) -#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF ((uint16_t)0x1000) -#define IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Update) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_COM) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Trigger) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Break) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1OF) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2OF) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3OF) || \ - ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4OF)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Filer_Value - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0xF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Filter - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0xF) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Legacy - * @{ - */ - -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers -#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* TimeBase management ********************************************************/ -void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); -void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); -void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); -void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode); -void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode); -void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter); -void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload); -uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); -uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); -void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); -void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource); -void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); -void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode); -void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD); -void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Output Compare management **************************************************/ -void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); -void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); -void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); -void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); -void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); -void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode); -void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1); -void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2); -void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3); -void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4); -void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); -void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); -void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); -void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); -void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); -void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); -void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); -void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); -void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); -void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); -void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); -void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); -void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); -void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); -void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); -void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); -void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); -void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); -void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); -void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); -void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); -void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); -void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); -void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx); -void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN); - -/* Input Capture management ***************************************************/ -void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); -void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); -void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); -uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); -uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); -uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); -uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); -void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); -void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); -void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); -void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); - -/* Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features ******************/ -void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct); -void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct); -void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); -void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); -void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts, DMA and flags management ***************************************/ -void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource); -FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); -void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); -ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); -void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); -void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength); -void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState); -void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Clocks management **********************************************************/ -void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); -void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); -void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, - uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter); -void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, - uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); -void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, - uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); - -/* Synchronization management *************************************************/ -void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); -void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); -void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); -void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); -void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, - uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); - -/* Specific interface management **********************************************/ -void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, - uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity); -void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Specific remapping management **********************************************/ -void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /*__STM32F4xx_TIM_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_tim.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the TIM firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_TIM_H +#define __STM32F4xx_TIM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief TIM Time Base Init structure definition + * @note This structure is used with all TIMx except for TIM6 and TIM7. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t TIM_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_CounterMode; /*!< Specifies the counter mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */ + + uint32_t TIM_Period; /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active + Auto-Reload Register at the next update event. + This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF. */ + + uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision; /*!< Specifies the clock division. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */ + + uint8_t TIM_RepetitionCounter; /*!< Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter + reaches zero, an update event is generated and counting restarts + from the RCR value (N). + This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds to: + - the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode + - the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode + This parameter must be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF. + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ +} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Output Compare Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t TIM_OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_State */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputNState; /*!< Specifies the TIM complementary Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint32_t TIM_Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity; /*!< Specifies the complementary output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCNIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ +} TIM_OCInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Input Capture Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_Channel; /*!< Specifies the TIM channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */ +} TIM_ICInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief BDTR structure definition + * @note This structure is used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_OSSRState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State selection used in Run mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_OSSIState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State used in Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_LOCKLevel; /*!< Specifies the LOCK level parameters. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Lock_level */ + + uint16_t TIM_DeadTime; /*!< Specifies the delay time between the switching-off and the + switching-on of the outputs. + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_Break; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Break input is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable */ + + uint16_t TIM_BreakPolarity; /*!< Specifies the TIM Break Input pin polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_AutomaticOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Automatic Output feature is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */ +} TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM11) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM12) || \ + (((PERIPH) == TIM13) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM14))) +/* LIST1: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM8, TIM9, TIM10, TIM11, TIM12, TIM13 and TIM14 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM11) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM12) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM13) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM14)) + +/* LIST2: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM8, TIM9 and TIM12 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM12)) +/* LIST3: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST4: TIM1 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST5: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST6: TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)(((TIMx) == TIM2) || \ + ((TIMx) == TIM5) || \ + ((TIMx) == TIM11)) + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCMode_Timing ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCMode_Active ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2 ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2)) +#define IS_TIM_OCM(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OPMode_Single ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Single) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Repetitive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Channel + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Channel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_Channel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_Channel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_Channel_4 ((uint16_t)0x000C) + +#define IS_TIM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_4)) + +#define IS_TIM_PWMI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2)) +#define IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Division_CKD + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CKD_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV1) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV2) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CounterMode_Up ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CounterMode_Down ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Up) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Down) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCNPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCNPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputNState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputNState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCx_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_CCx_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCX(CCX) (((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Enable) || \ + ((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_N_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCxN_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_CCxN_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCXN(CCXN) (((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Enable) || \ + ((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break_Enable ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_Break_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_Break_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_BreakPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_BreakPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Lock_level + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_1) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_2) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OSSIState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_OSSIState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OSSRState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_OSSRState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_OCIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Set) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Set) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)|| \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC ((uint16_t)0x0003) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_TRC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_IT_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_IT_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_IT_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_IT_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_IT_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_IT_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_IT_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_IT_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_TIM_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) + +#define IS_TIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == TIM_IT_Update) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC1) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC2) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC3) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC4) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_COM) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Trigger) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Break)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABase_CR1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABase_CR2 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_DMABase_DIER ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define TIM_DMABase_SR ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_DMABase_EGR ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 ((uint16_t)0x0006) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 ((uint16_t)0x0007) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCER ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_DMABase_CNT ((uint16_t)0x0009) +#define TIM_DMABase_PSC ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define TIM_DMABase_ARR ((uint16_t)0x000B) +#define TIM_DMABase_RCR ((uint16_t)0x000C) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1 ((uint16_t)0x000D) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2 ((uint16_t)0x000E) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3 ((uint16_t)0x000F) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_DMABase_BDTR ((uint16_t)0x0011) +#define TIM_DMABase_DCR ((uint16_t)0x0012) +#define TIM_DMABase_OR ((uint16_t)0x0013) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BASE) (((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SMCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DIER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_EGR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CNT) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_PSC) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_ARR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_RCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR3) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR4) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_BDTR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_OR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0500) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0700) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0900) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0A00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0B00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0C00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0D00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0E00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0F00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1100) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMA_Update ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMA_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMA_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMA_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMA_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMA_COM ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_DMA_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0x80FF) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x3000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TS_ITR0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TS_ITR1 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TS_ITR2 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TS_ITR3 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TS_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ETRF)) +#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update) || \ + ((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Forced_Action + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12 ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI12)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EventSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_EventSource_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_EventSource_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Update_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow + or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation + through the slave mode controller. */ +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */ +#define IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Global) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Regular)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCFast_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_OCFast_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Disable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCClear_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_OCClear_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Output_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Reset) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Enable) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Update) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0006) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1 ((uint16_t)0x0007) +#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Reset) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Gated) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_External1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Remap + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM2_TIM8_TRGO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM2_ETH_PTP ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM2_USBFS_SOF ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM2_USBHS_SOF ((uint16_t)0x0C00) + +#define TIM5_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM5_LSI ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM5_LSE ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM5_RTC ((uint16_t)0x00C0) + +#define TIM11_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM11_HSE ((uint16_t)0x0002) + +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_TIM8_TRGO)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_ETH_PTP)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_USBFS_SOF)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_USBHS_SOF)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_GPIO)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_LSI)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_LSE)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_RTC)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_GPIO)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_HSE)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_FLAG_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_FLAG_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_FLAG_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Update) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_COM) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Trigger) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Break) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4OF)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Filer_Value + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* TimeBase management ********************************************************/ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode); +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode); +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter); +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload); +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource); +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode); +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD); +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Output Compare management **************************************************/ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode); +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1); +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2); +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3); +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4); +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx); +void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN); + +/* Input Capture management ***************************************************/ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); + +/* Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features ******************/ +void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct); +void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct); +void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts, DMA and flags management ***************************************/ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource); +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength); +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Clocks management **********************************************************/ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + +/* Synchronization management *************************************************/ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + +/* Specific interface management **********************************************/ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity); +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Specific remapping management **********************************************/ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F4xx_TIM_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_usart.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_usart.h index b037095515..16d3a7d46e 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_usart.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_usart.h @@ -1,431 +1,425 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_usart.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART - * firmware library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_USART_H -#define __STM32F4xx_USART_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup USART - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief USART Init Structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate. - The baud rate is computed using the following formula: - - IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (8 * (OVR8+1) * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))) - - FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((u32) IntegerDivider)) * 8 * (OVR8+1)) + 0.5 - Where OVR8 is the "oversampling by 8 mode" configuration bit in the CR1 register. */ - - uint16_t USART_WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. - This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */ - - uint16_t USART_StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. - This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */ - - uint16_t USART_Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity - @note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted - at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when - the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the - word length is set to 8 data bits). */ - - uint16_t USART_Mode; /*!< Specifies whether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */ - - uint16_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled - or disabled. - This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control */ -} USART_InitTypeDef; - -/** - * @brief USART Clock Init Structure definition - */ - -typedef struct -{ - - uint16_t USART_Clock; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled. - This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */ - - uint16_t USART_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. - This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */ - - uint16_t USART_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. - This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */ - - uint16_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted - data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. - This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */ -} USART_ClockInitTypeDef; - -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == UART4) || \ - ((PERIPH) == UART5) || \ - ((PERIPH) == USART6) || \ - ((PERIPH) == UART7) || \ - ((PERIPH) == UART8)) - -#define IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ - ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ - ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \ - ((PERIPH) == USART6)) - -/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define USART_WordLength_9b ((uint16_t)0x1000) - -#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \ - ((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define USART_StopBits_0_5 ((uint16_t)0x1000) -#define USART_StopBits_2 ((uint16_t)0x2000) -#define USART_StopBits_1_5 ((uint16_t)0x3000) -#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \ - ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_0_5) || \ - ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \ - ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Parity - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_Parity_No ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define USART_Parity_Even ((uint16_t)0x0400) -#define USART_Parity_Odd ((uint16_t)0x0600) -#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \ - ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \ - ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Mode - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_Mode_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define USART_Mode_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint16_t)0xFFF3) == 0x00) && ((MODE) != (uint16_t)0x00)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control - * @{ - */ -#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0300) -#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\ - (((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \ - ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \ - ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \ - ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Clock - * @{ - */ -#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define USART_Clock_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800) -#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \ - ((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define USART_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0400) -#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define USART_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define USART_LastBit_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \ - ((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_IT_PE ((uint16_t)0x0028) -#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0727) -#define USART_IT_TC ((uint16_t)0x0626) -#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0525) -#define USART_IT_ORE_RX ((uint16_t)0x0325) /* In case interrupt is generated if the RXNEIE bit is set */ -#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0424) -#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0846) -#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint16_t)0x096A) -#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0060) -#define USART_IT_ORE_ER ((uint16_t)0x0360) /* In case interrupt is generated if the EIE bit is set */ -#define USART_IT_NE ((uint16_t)0x0260) -#define USART_IT_FE ((uint16_t)0x0160) - -/** @defgroup USART_Legacy - * @{ - */ -#define USART_IT_ORE USART_IT_ORE_ER -/** - * @} - */ - -#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ - ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ - ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ - ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR)) -#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ - ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ - ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ - ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || \ - ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE_RX) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE_ER) || \ - ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_FE)) -#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ - ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define USART_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFF3F) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != (uint16_t)0x00)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_WakeUp_methods - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark ((uint16_t)0x0800) -#define IS_USART_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \ - ((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \ - (((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \ - ((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint16_t)0x0000) -#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \ - ((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Flags - * @{ - */ - -#define USART_FLAG_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200) -#define USART_FLAG_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0100) -#define USART_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0080) -#define USART_FLAG_TC ((uint16_t)0x0040) -#define USART_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0020) -#define USART_FLAG_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define USART_FLAG_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0008) -#define USART_FLAG_NE ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define USART_FLAG_FE ((uint16_t)0x0002) -#define USART_FLAG_PE ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \ - ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \ - ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \ - ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \ - ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE)) - -#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFC9F) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00)) - -#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 7500001)) -#define IS_USART_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= 0xF) -#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the USART configuration to the default reset state ***/ -void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ -void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); -void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); -void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); -void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); -void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); -void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler); -void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); -void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ -void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data); -uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); - -/* Multi-Processor Communication functions ************************************/ -void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address); -void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp); -void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* LIN mode functions *********************************************************/ -void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength); -void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); -void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); - -/* Half-duplex mode function **************************************************/ -void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Smartcard mode functions ***************************************************/ -void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); -void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); -void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime); - -/* IrDA mode functions ********************************************************/ -void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode); -void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ -void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); -FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); -void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); -ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); -void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_USART_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_usart.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_USART_H +#define __STM32F4xx_USART_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup USART + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief USART Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate. + The baud rate is computed using the following formula: + - IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (8 * (OVR8+1) * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))) + - FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((u32) IntegerDivider)) * 8 * (OVR8+1)) + 0.5 + Where OVR8 is the "oversampling by 8 mode" configuration bit in the CR1 register. */ + + uint16_t USART_WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */ + + uint16_t USART_StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */ + + uint16_t USART_Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity + @note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted + at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when + the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the + word length is set to 8 data bits). */ + + uint16_t USART_Mode; /*!< Specifies whether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */ + + uint16_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled + or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control */ +} USART_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief USART Clock Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t USART_Clock; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */ + + uint16_t USART_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint16_t USART_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */ + + uint16_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted + data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */ +} USART_ClockInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART9) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART10)) + +#define IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART6)) + +/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_WordLength_9b ((uint16_t)0x1000) + +#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_StopBits_0_5 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define USART_StopBits_2 ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define USART_StopBits_1_5 ((uint16_t)0x3000) +#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_0_5) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Parity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Parity_No ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_Parity_Even ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define USART_Parity_Odd ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Mode_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define USART_Mode_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint16_t)0xFFF3) == 0x00) && ((MODE) != (uint16_t)0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control + * @{ + */ +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\ + (((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock + * @{ + */ +#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_Clock_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \ + ((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_LastBit_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \ + ((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IT_PE ((uint16_t)0x0028) +#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0727) +#define USART_IT_TC ((uint16_t)0x0626) +#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0525) +#define USART_IT_ORE_RX ((uint16_t)0x0325) /* In case interrupt is generated if the RXNEIE bit is set */ +#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0424) +#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0846) +#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint16_t)0x096A) +#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define USART_IT_ORE_ER ((uint16_t)0x0360) /* In case interrupt is generated if the EIE bit is set */ +#define USART_IT_NE ((uint16_t)0x0260) +#define USART_IT_FE ((uint16_t)0x0160) + +/** @defgroup USART_Legacy + * @{ + */ +#define USART_IT_ORE USART_IT_ORE_ER +/** + * @} + */ + +#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR)) +#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE_RX) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE_ER) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_FE)) +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define USART_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFF3F) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_WakeUp_methods + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define IS_USART_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \ + ((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \ + (((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_FLAG_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define USART_FLAG_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define USART_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define USART_FLAG_TC ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define USART_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define USART_FLAG_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define USART_FLAG_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define USART_FLAG_NE ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define USART_FLAG_FE ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define USART_FLAG_PE ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE)) + +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFC9F) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 10500001)) +#define IS_USART_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= 0xF) +#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the USART configuration to the default reset state ***/ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler); +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data); +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Multi-Processor Communication functions ************************************/ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address); +void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp); +void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* LIN mode functions *********************************************************/ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength); +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Half-duplex mode function **************************************************/ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Smartcard mode functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime); + +/* IrDA mode functions ********************************************************/ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode); +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_USART_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_wwdg.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_wwdg.h index f2435df270..a0dc0fb51b 100644 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_wwdg.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_wwdg.h @@ -1,111 +1,103 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_wwdg.h - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the WWDG firmware - * library. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_WWDG_H -#define __STM32F4xx_WWDG_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup WWDG - * @{ - */ - -/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup WWDG_Prescaler - * @{ - */ - -#define WWDG_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) -#define WWDG_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) -#define WWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) -#define WWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) -#define IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_1) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_2) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ - ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_8)) -#define IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x7F) -#define IS_WWDG_COUNTER(COUNTER) (((COUNTER) >= 0x40) && ((COUNTER) <= 0x7F)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Function used to set the WWDG configuration to the default reset state ****/ -void WWDG_DeInit(void); - -/* Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions **************/ -void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler); -void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue); -void WWDG_EnableIT(void); -void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter); - -/* WWDG activation function ***************************************************/ -void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter); - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ -FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void); -void WWDG_ClearFlag(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_WWDG_H */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_wwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the WWDG firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_WWDG_H +#define __STM32F4xx_WWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup WWDG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define WWDG_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) +#define IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_8)) +#define IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x7F) +#define IS_WWDG_COUNTER(COUNTER) (((COUNTER) >= 0x40) && ((COUNTER) <= 0x7F)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the WWDG configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void WWDG_DeInit(void); + +/* Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions **************/ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler); +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue); +void WWDG_EnableIT(void); +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter); + +/* WWDG activation function ***************************************************/ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void); +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_WWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/rules.mk b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/rules.mk old mode 100644 new mode 100755 diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index a1fffafee2..08d60e92f3 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c @@ -1,249 +1,241 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file misc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions (add-on - * to CMSIS functions). - * - * @verbatim - * - * =================================================================== - * How to configure Interrupts using driver - * =================================================================== - * - * This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). - * The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. - * - * 1. Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() - * function according to the following table. - - * The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according - * to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function - * ========================================================================================================================== - * NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description - * ========================================================================================================================== - * NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority - * | | | 4 bits for subpriority - * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority - * | | | 3 bits for subpriority - * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority - * | | | 2 bits for subpriority - * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority - * | | | 1 bits for subpriority - * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority - * | | | 0 bits for subpriority - * ========================================================================================================================== - * - * 2. Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using NVIC_Init() - * - * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. - * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. - * - * @note IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority): - * - Lowest pre-emption priority - * - Lowest subpriority - * - Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number) - * - * @endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "misc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup MISC - * @brief MISC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK ((uint32_t)0x05FA0000) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority and subpriority. - * @param NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority - * 4 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority - * 3 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority - * 2 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority - * 1 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority - * 0 bits for subpriority - * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. - * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. - * @retval None - */ -void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup)); - - /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */ - SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct. - * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() - * function should be called before. - * @param NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct) -{ - uint8_t tmppriority = 0x00, tmppre = 0x00, tmpsub = 0x0F; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority)); - - if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE) - { - /* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/ - tmppriority = (0x700 - ((SCB->AIRCR) & (uint32_t)0x700))>> 0x08; - tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority); - tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority; - - tmppriority = NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre; - tmppriority |= (uint8_t)(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub); - - tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04; - - NVIC->IP[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel] = tmppriority; - - /* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/ - NVIC->ISER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = - (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); - } - else - { - /* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/ - NVIC->ICER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = - (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the vector table location and Offset. - * @param NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or FLASH memory. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg NVIC_VectTab_RAM: Vector Table in internal SRAM. - * @arg NVIC_VectTab_FLASH: Vector Table in internal FLASH. - * @param Offset: Vector Table base offset field. This value must be a multiple of 0x200. - * @retval None - */ -void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset)); - - SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (uint32_t)0x1FFFFF80); -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode. - * @param LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter low power mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND: Low Power SEV on Pend. - * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP: Low Power DEEPSLEEP request. - * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT: Low Power Sleep on Exit. - * @param NewState: new state of LP condition. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode; - } - else - { - SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)LowPowerMode); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. - * @param SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. - * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. - * @retval None - */ -void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource)); - if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) - { - SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK; - } - else - { - SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file misc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions (add-on + * to CMSIS functions). + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to configure Interrupts using driver + * =================================================================== + * + * This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). + * The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. + * + * 1. Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function according to the following table. + + * The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according + * to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function + * ========================================================================================================================== + * NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description + * ========================================================================================================================== + * NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority + * | | | 4 bits for subpriority + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority + * | | | 3 bits for subpriority + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority + * | | | 2 bits for subpriority + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority + * | | | 1 bits for subpriority + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority + * | | | 0 bits for subpriority + * ========================================================================================================================== + * + * 2. Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using NVIC_Init() + * + * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. + * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. + * + * @note IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority): + * - Lowest pre-emption priority + * - Lowest subpriority + * - Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number) + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "misc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC + * @brief MISC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK ((uint32_t)0x05FA0000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority and subpriority. + * @param NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority + * 1 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority + * 0 bits for subpriority + * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. + * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup)); + + /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */ + SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct. + * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function should be called before. + * @param NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct) +{ + uint8_t tmppriority = 0x00, tmppre = 0x00, tmpsub = 0x0F; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority)); + + if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/ + tmppriority = (0x700 - ((SCB->AIRCR) & (uint32_t)0x700))>> 0x08; + tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority); + tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority; + + tmppriority = NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre; + tmppriority |= (uint8_t)(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub); + + tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04; + + NVIC->IP[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel] = tmppriority; + + /* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/ + NVIC->ISER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = + (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/ + NVIC->ICER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = + (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the vector table location and Offset. + * @param NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or FLASH memory. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_VectTab_RAM: Vector Table in internal SRAM. + * @arg NVIC_VectTab_FLASH: Vector Table in internal FLASH. + * @param Offset: Vector Table base offset field. This value must be a multiple of 0x200. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (uint32_t)0x1FFFFF80); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode. + * @param LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter low power mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND: Low Power SEV on Pend. + * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP: Low Power DEEPSLEEP request. + * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT: Low Power Sleep on Exit. + * @param NewState: new state of LP condition. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode; + } + else + { + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)LowPowerMode); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. + * @param SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource)); + if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_adc.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_adc.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index d63af6f8b6..9f3f1066cf --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_adc.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_adc.c @@ -1,1745 +1,1737 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_adc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) peripheral: - * + Initialization and Configuration (in addition to ADC multi mode - * selection) - * + Analog Watchdog configuration - * + Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) & VBAT - * management - * + Regular Channels Configuration - * + Regular Channels DMA Configuration - * + Injected channels Configuration - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable the ADC interface clock using - RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADCx, ENABLE); - - (#) ADC pins configuration - (++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function: - RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - (++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using GPIO_Init(); - - (#) Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data - alignment using the ADC_Init() function. - (#) Activate the ADC peripheral using ADC_Cmd() function. - - *** Regular channels group configuration *** - ============================================ - [..] - (+) To configure the ADC regular channels group features, use - ADC_Init() and ADC_RegularChannelConfig() functions. - (+) To activate the continuous mode, use the ADC_continuousModeCmd() - function. - (+) To configurate and activate the Discontinuous mode, use the - ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig() and ADC_DiscModeCmd() functions. - (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetConversionValue() - function. - - *** Multi mode ADCs Regular channels configuration *** - ====================================================== - [..] - (+) Refer to "Regular channels group configuration" description to - configure the ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular channels. - (+) Select the Multi mode ADC regular channels features (dual or - triple mode) using ADC_CommonInit() function and configure - the DMA mode using ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() - functions. - (+) Read the ADCs converted values using the - ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue() function. - - *** DMA for Regular channels group features configuration *** - ============================================================= - [..] - (+) To enable the DMA mode for regular channels group, use the - ADC_DMACmd() function. - (+) To enable the generation of DMA requests continuously at the end - of the last DMA transfer, use the ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() - function. - - *** Injected channels group configuration *** - ============================================= - [..] - (+) To configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use - ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() and ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig() - functions. - (+) To activate the continuous mode, use the ADC_continuousModeCmd() - function. - (+) To activate the Injected Discontinuous mode, use the - ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd() function. - (+) To activate the AutoInjected mode, use the ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd() - function. - (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue() - function. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_adc.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC - * @brief ADC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* ADC DISCNUM mask */ -#define CR1_DISCNUM_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFF1FFF) - -/* ADC AWDCH mask */ -#define CR1_AWDCH_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFE0) - -/* ADC Analog watchdog enable mode mask */ -#define CR1_AWDMode_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFF3FFDFF) - -/* CR1 register Mask */ -#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFCFFFEFF) - -/* ADC EXTEN mask */ -#define CR2_EXTEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0xCFFFFFFF) - -/* ADC JEXTEN mask */ -#define CR2_JEXTEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF) - -/* ADC JEXTSEL mask */ -#define CR2_JEXTSEL_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFF0FFFF) - -/* CR2 register Mask */ -#define CR2_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xC0FFF7FD) - -/* ADC SQx mask */ -#define SQR3_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) -#define SQR2_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) -#define SQR1_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) - -/* ADC L Mask */ -#define SQR1_L_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFF0FFFFF) - -/* ADC JSQx mask */ -#define JSQR_JSQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) - -/* ADC JL mask */ -#define JSQR_JL_SET ((uint32_t)0x00300000) -#define JSQR_JL_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF) - -/* ADC SMPx mask */ -#define SMPR1_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007) -#define SMPR2_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007) - -/* ADC JDRx registers offset */ -#define JDR_OFFSET ((uint8_t)0x28) - -/* ADC CDR register base address */ -#define CDR_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40012308) - -/* ADC CCR register Mask */ -#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFC30E0) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the ADC Prescaler - (+) ADC Conversion Resolution (12bit..6bit) - (+) Scan Conversion Mode (multichannel or one channel) for regular group - (+) ADC Continuous Conversion Mode (Continuous or Single conversion) for - regular group - (+) External trigger Edge and source of regular group, - (+) Converted data alignment (left or right) - (+) The number of ADC conversions that will be done using the sequencer for - regular channel group - (+) Multi ADC mode selection - (+) Direct memory access mode selection for multi ADC mode - (+) Delay between 2 sampling phases (used in dual or triple interleaved modes) - (+) Enable or disable the ADC peripheral -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes all ADCs peripherals registers to their default reset - * values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable all ADCs reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC, ENABLE); - - /* Release all ADCs from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the ADC_InitStruct. - * @note This function is used to configure the global features of the ADC ( - * Resolution and Data Alignment), however, the rest of the configuration - * parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan mode - * activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and - * edge, number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer). - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified ADC peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - uint8_t tmpreg2 = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion)); - - /*---------------------------- ADCx CR1 Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Get the ADCx CR1 value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; - - /* Clear RES and SCAN bits */ - tmpreg1 &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; - - /* Configure ADCx: scan conversion mode and resolution */ - /* Set SCAN bit according to ADC_ScanConvMode value */ - /* Set RES bit according to ADC_Resolution value */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode << 8) | \ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution); - /* Write to ADCx CR1 */ - ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; - /*---------------------------- ADCx CR2 Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Get the ADCx CR2 value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR2; - - /* Clear CONT, ALIGN, EXTEN and EXTSEL bits */ - tmpreg1 &= CR2_CLEAR_MASK; - - /* Configure ADCx: external trigger event and edge, data alignment and - continuous conversion mode */ - /* Set ALIGN bit according to ADC_DataAlign value */ - /* Set EXTEN bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge value */ - /* Set EXTSEL bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConv value */ - /* Set CONT bit according to ADC_ContinuousConvMode value */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign | \ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv | - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge | \ - ((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode << 1)); - - /* Write to ADCx CR2 */ - ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg1; - /*---------------------------- ADCx SQR1 Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Get the ADCx SQR1 value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; - - /* Clear L bits */ - tmpreg1 &= SQR1_L_RESET; - - /* Configure ADCx: regular channel sequence length */ - /* Set L bits according to ADC_NbrOfConversion value */ - tmpreg2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion - (uint8_t)1); - tmpreg1 |= ((uint32_t)tmpreg2 << 20); - - /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */ - ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @note This function is used to initialize the global features of the ADC ( - * Resolution and Data Alignment), however, the rest of the configuration - * parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan mode - * activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and - * edge, number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer). - * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) -{ - /* Initialize the ADC_Mode member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution = ADC_Resolution_12b; - - /* initialize the ADC_ScanConvMode member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the ADC_ContinuousConvMode member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge = ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None; - - /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConv member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv = ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1; - - /* Initialize the ADC_DataAlign member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right; - - /* Initialize the ADC_NbrOfConversion member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion = 1; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the ADCs peripherals according to the specified parameters - * in the ADC_CommonInitStruct. - * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for All ADCs peripherals. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_PRESCALER(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay)); - /*---------------------------- ADC CCR Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Get the ADC CCR value */ - tmpreg1 = ADC->CCR; - - /* Clear MULTI, DELAY, DMA and ADCPRE bits */ - tmpreg1 &= CR_CLEAR_MASK; - - /* Configure ADCx: Multi mode, Delay between two sampling time, ADC prescaler, - and DMA access mode for multimode */ - /* Set MULTI bits according to ADC_Mode value */ - /* Set ADCPRE bits according to ADC_Prescaler value */ - /* Set DMA bits according to ADC_DMAAccessMode value */ - /* Set DELAY bits according to ADC_TwoSamplingDelay value */ - tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode | - ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler | - ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode | - ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay); - - /* Write to ADC CCR */ - ADC->CCR = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each ADC_CommonInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct) -{ - /* Initialize the ADC_Mode member */ - ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode = ADC_Mode_Independent; - - /* initialize the ADC_Prescaler member */ - ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler = ADC_Prescaler_Div2; - - /* Initialize the ADC_DMAAccessMode member */ - ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode = ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled; - - /* Initialize the ADC_TwoSamplingDelay member */ - ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay = ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC peripheral. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the ADON bit to wake up the ADC from power down mode */ - ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_ADON; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC peripheral */ - ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_ADON); - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Group2 Analog Watchdog configuration functions - * @brief Analog Watchdog configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Analog Watchdog configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the Analog Watchdog - (AWD) feature in the ADC. - - [..] A typical configuration Analog Watchdog is done following these steps : - (#) the ADC guarded channel(s) is (are) selected using the - ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig() function. - (#) The Analog watchdog lower and higher threshold are configured using the - ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig() function. - (#) The Analog watchdog is enabled and configured to enable the check, on one - or more channels, using the ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd() function. -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the analog watchdog on single/all regular or - * injected channels - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_AnalogWatchdog: the ADC analog watchdog configuration. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular channel - * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single injected channel - * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular or injected channel - * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular channel - * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all injected channel - * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular and injected channels - * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None: No channel guarded by the analog watchdog - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(ADC_AnalogWatchdog)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; - - /* Clear AWDEN, JAWDEN and AWDSGL bits */ - tmpreg &= CR1_AWDMode_RESET; - - /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */ - tmpreg |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog; - - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. - * This parameter must be a 12-bit value. - * @param LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value. - * This parameter must be a 12-bit value. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, - uint16_t LowThreshold) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(HighThreshold)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(LowThreshold)); - - /* Set the ADCx high threshold */ - ADCx->HTR = HighThreshold; - - /* Set the ADCx low threshold */ - ADCx->LTR = LowThreshold; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the analog watchdog guarded single channel - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; - - /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ - tmpreg &= CR1_AWDCH_RESET; - - /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ - tmpreg |= ADC_Channel; - - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Group3 Temperature Sensor, Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) - * and VBAT (Voltage BATtery) management functions - * @brief Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to enable/ disable the internal - connections between the ADC and the Temperature Sensor, the Vrefint and - the Vbat sources. - - [..] A typical configuration to get the Temperature sensor and Vrefint channels - voltages is done following these steps : - (#) Enable the internal connection of Temperature sensor and Vrefint sources - with the ADC channels using ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd() function. - (#) Select the ADC_Channel_TempSensor and/or ADC_Channel_Vrefint using - ADC_RegularChannelConfig() or ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() functions - (#) Get the voltage values, using ADC_GetConversionValue() or - ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(). - - [..] A typical configuration to get the VBAT channel voltage is done following - these steps : - (#) Enable the internal connection of VBAT source with the ADC channel using - ADC_VBATCmd() function. - (#) Select the ADC_Channel_Vbat using ADC_RegularChannelConfig() or - ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() functions - (#) Get the voltage value, using ADC_GetConversionValue() or - ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the temperature sensor and Vrefint channels. - * @param NewState: new state of the temperature sensor and Vrefint channels. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ - ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_TSVREFE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ - ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_TSVREFE); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the VBAT (Voltage Battery) channel. - * - * @note the Battery voltage measured is equal to VBAT/2 on STM32F40xx and - * STM32F41xx devices and equal to VBAT/4 on STM32F42xx and STM32F43xx devices - * - * @param NewState: new state of the VBAT channel. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_VBATCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the VBAT channel*/ - ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_VBATE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the VBAT channel*/ - ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_VBATE); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Group4 Regular Channels Configuration functions - * @brief Regular Channels Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Regular Channels Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to manage the ADC's regular channels, - it is composed of 2 sub sections : - - (#) Configuration and management functions for regular channels: This subsection - provides functions allowing to configure the ADC regular channels : - (++) Configure the rank in the regular group sequencer for each channel - (++) Configure the sampling time for each channel - (++) select the conversion Trigger for regular channels - (++) select the desired EOC event behavior configuration - (++) Activate the continuous Mode (*) - (++) Activate the Discontinuous Mode - -@@- Please Note that the following features for regular channels - are configured using the ADC_Init() function : - (+@@) scan mode activation - (+@@) continuous mode activation (**) - (+@@) External trigger source - (+@@) External trigger edge - (+@@) number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer. - - -@@- (*) and (**) are performing the same configuration - - (#) Get the conversion data: This subsection provides an important function in - the ADC peripheral since it returns the converted data of the current - regular channel. When the Conversion value is read, the EOC Flag is - automatically cleared. - - -@- For multi ADC mode, the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions - results data (in the selected multi mode) can be returned in the same - time using ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue() function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding - * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected - * @param Rank: The rank in the regular group sequencer. - * This parameter must be between 1 to 16. - * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles: Sample time equal to 3 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles: Sample time equal to 15 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles: Sample time equal to 28 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles: Sample time equal to 56 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles: Sample time equal to 84 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles: Sample time equal to 112 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles: Sample time equal to 144 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles: Sample time equal to 480 cycles - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(Rank)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); - - /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ - if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; - - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); - - /* Clear the old sample time */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); - - /* Set the new sample time */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; - } - else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; - - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel); - - /* Clear the old sample time */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); - - /* Set the new sample time */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; - } - /* For Rank 1 to 6 */ - if (Rank < 7) - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR3; - - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SQR3_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 1)); - - /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 1)); - - /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SQR3 = tmpreg1; - } - /* For Rank 7 to 12 */ - else if (Rank < 13) - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR2; - - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SQR2_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 7)); - - /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 7)); - - /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SQR2 = tmpreg1; - } - /* For Rank 13 to 16 */ - else - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; - - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SQR1_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 13)); - - /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 13)); - - /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the regular channels. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for regular group */ - ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start regular conversion Status. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @retval The new state of ADC software start conversion (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Check the status of SWSTART bit */ - if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_SWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* SWSTART bit is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* SWSTART bit is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the SWSTART bit status */ - return bitstatus; -} - - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the EOC on each regular channel conversion - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC EOC flag rising - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */ - ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_EOCS; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */ - ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_EOCS); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the ADC continuous conversion mode - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC continuous conversion mode - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */ - ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_CONT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */ - ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_CONT); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the discontinuous mode for the selected ADC regular group - * channel. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param Number: specifies the discontinuous mode regular channel count value. - * This number must be between 1 and 8. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(Number)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; - - /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg1 &= CR1_DISCNUM_RESET; - - /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg2 = Number - 1; - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 13; - - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode on regular group channel - * for the specified ADC - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode on - * regular group channel. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ - ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_DISCEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ - ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_DISCEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the last ADCx conversion result data for regular channel. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @retval The Data conversion value. - */ -uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Return the selected ADC conversion value */ - return (uint16_t) ADCx->DR; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions results - * data in the selected multi mode. - * @param None - * @retval The Data conversion value. - * @note In dual mode, the value returned by this function is as following - * Data[15:0] : these bits contain the regular data of ADC1. - * Data[31:16]: these bits contain the regular data of ADC2. - * @note In triple mode, the value returned by this function is as following - * Data[15:0] : these bits contain alternatively the regular data of ADC1, ADC3 and ADC2. - * Data[31:16]: these bits contain alternatively the regular data of ADC2, ADC1 and ADC3. - */ -uint32_t ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue(void) -{ - /* Return the multi mode conversion value */ - return (*(__IO uint32_t *) CDR_ADDRESS); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Group5 Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions - * @brief Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA for ADC - regular channels. - Since converted regular channel values are stored into a unique data - register, it is useful to use DMA for conversion of more than one regular - channel. This avoids the loss of the data already stored in the ADC - Data register. - When the DMA mode is enabled (using the ADC_DMACmd() function), after each - conversion of a regular channel, a DMA request is generated. - [..] Depending on the "DMA disable selection for Independent ADC mode" - configuration (using the ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() function), - at the end of the last DMA transfer, two possibilities are allowed: - (+) No new DMA request is issued to the DMA controller (feature DISABLED) - (+) Requests can continue to be generated (feature ENABLED). - [..] Depending on the "DMA disable selection for multi ADC mode" configuration - (using the void ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() function), - at the end of the last DMA transfer, two possibilities are allowed: - (+) No new DMA request is issued to the DMA controller (feature DISABLED) - (+) Requests can continue to be generated (feature ENABLED). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request */ - ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_DMA; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request */ - ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_DMA); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode) - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ - ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_DDS; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ - ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_DDS); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the ADC DMA request after last transfer in multi ADC mode - * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note if Enabled, DMA requests are issued as long as data are converted and - * DMA mode for multi ADC mode (selected using ADC_CommonInit() function - * by ADC_CommonInitStruct.ADC_DMAAccessMode structure member) is - * ADC_DMAAccessMode_1, ADC_DMAAccessMode_2 or ADC_DMAAccessMode_3. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ - ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_DDS; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ - ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_DDS); - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Group6 Injected channels Configuration functions - * @brief Injected channels Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Injected channels Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the ADC Injected channels, - it is composed of 2 sub sections : - - (#) Configuration functions for Injected channels: This subsection provides - functions allowing to configure the ADC injected channels : - (++) Configure the rank in the injected group sequencer for each channel - (++) Configure the sampling time for each channel - (++) Activate the Auto injected Mode - (++) Activate the Discontinuous Mode - (++) scan mode activation - (++) External/software trigger source - (++) External trigger edge - (++) injected channels sequencer. - - (#) Get the Specified Injected channel conversion data: This subsection - provides an important function in the ADC peripheral since it returns the - converted data of the specific injected channel. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding - * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected - * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected - * @param Rank: The rank in the injected group sequencer. - * This parameter must be between 1 to 4. - * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles: Sample time equal to 3 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles: Sample time equal to 15 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles: Sample time equal to 28 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles: Sample time equal to 56 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles: Sample time equal to 84 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles: Sample time equal to 112 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles: Sample time equal to 144 cycles - * @arg ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles: Sample time equal to 480 cycles - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0, tmpreg3 = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(Rank)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); - /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ - if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_SET << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); - /* Clear the old sample time */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); - /* Set the new sample time */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; - } - else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel); - /* Clear the old sample time */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); - /* Set the new sample time */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; - } - /* Rank configuration */ - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; - /* Get JL value: Number = JL+1 */ - tmpreg3 = (tmpreg1 & JSQR_JL_SET)>> 20; - /* Calculate the mask to clear: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ - tmpreg2 = JSQR_JSQ_SET << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); - /* Clear the old JSQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ - tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); - /* Set the JSQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the sequencer length for injected channels - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param Length: The sequencer length. - * This parameter must be a number between 1 to 4. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(Length)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; - - /* Clear the old injected sequence length JL bits */ - tmpreg1 &= JSQR_JL_RESET; - - /* Set the injected sequence length JL bits */ - tmpreg2 = Length - 1; - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 20; - - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the injected channels conversion value offset - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the ADC injected channel to set its offset. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected - * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected - * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected - * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected - * @param Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC injected channel - * This parameter must be a 12bit value. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset)); - - tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; - tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel; - - /* Set the selected injected channel data offset */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (uint32_t)Offset; -} - - /** - * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger for injected channels conversion. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv: specifies the ADC trigger to start injected conversion. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4: Timer1 capture compare4 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO: Timer1 TRGO event selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1: Timer2 capture compare1 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO: Timer2 TRGO event selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2: Timer3 capture compare2 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4: Timer3 capture compare4 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1: Timer4 capture compare1 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2: Timer4 capture compare2 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3: Timer4 capture compare3 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO: Timer4 TRGO event selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4: Timer5 capture compare4 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO: Timer5 TRGO event selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2: Timer8 capture compare2 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3: Timer8 capture compare3 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4: Timer8 capture compare4 selected - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15: External interrupt line 15 event selected - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; - - /* Clear the old external event selection for injected group */ - tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTSEL_RESET; - - /* Set the external event selection for injected group */ - tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv; - - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger edge for injected channels conversion. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge: specifies the ADC external trigger edge - * to start injected conversion. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None: external trigger disabled for - * injected conversion - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising: detection on rising edge - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling: detection on falling edge - * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling: detection on both rising - * and falling edge - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge)); - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; - /* Clear the old external trigger edge for injected group */ - tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTEN_RESET; - /* Set the new external trigger edge for injected group */ - tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected channels. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for injected group */ - ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start injected conversion Status. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @retval The new state of ADC software start injected conversion (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Check the status of JSWSTART bit */ - if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_JSWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* JSWSTART bit is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* JSWSTART bit is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the JSWSTART bit status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group - * conversion after regular one. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC auto injected conversion - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ - ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_JAUTO; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ - ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JAUTO); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode for injected group - * channel for the specified ADC - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode on injected - * group channel. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ - ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_JDISCEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ - ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JDISCEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the ADC injected channel conversion result - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the converted ADC injected channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected - * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected - * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected - * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected - * @retval The Data conversion value. - */ -uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); - - tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; - tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel + JDR_OFFSET; - - /* Returns the selected injected channel conversion data value */ - return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup ADC_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the ADC Interrupts - and to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. - - [..] Each ADC provides 4 Interrupts sources and 6 Flags which can be divided - into 3 groups: - - *** Flags and Interrupts for ADC regular channels *** - ===================================================== - [..] - (+) Flags : - (##) ADC_FLAG_OVR : Overrun detection when regular converted data are lost - - (##) ADC_FLAG_EOC : Regular channel end of conversion ==> to indicate - (depending on EOCS bit, managed by ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd() ) - the end of: - (+++) a regular CHANNEL conversion - (+++) sequence of regular GROUP conversions . - - (##) ADC_FLAG_STRT: Regular channel start ==> to indicate when regular - CHANNEL conversion starts. - [..] - (+) Interrupts : - (##) ADC_IT_OVR : specifies the interrupt source for Overrun detection - event. - (##) ADC_IT_EOC : specifies the interrupt source for Regular channel end - of conversion event. - - - *** Flags and Interrupts for ADC Injected channels *** - ====================================================== - [..] - (+) Flags : - (##) ADC_FLAG_JEOC : Injected channel end of conversion ==> to indicate - at the end of injected GROUP conversion - - (##) ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Injected channel start ==> to indicate hardware when - injected GROUP conversion starts. - [..] - (+) Interrupts : - (##) ADC_IT_JEOC : specifies the interrupt source for Injected channel - end of conversion event. - - *** General Flags and Interrupts for the ADC *** - ================================================ - [..] - (+)Flags : - (##) ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog ==> to indicate if the converted voltage - crosses the programmed thresholds values. - [..] - (+) Interrupts : - (##) ADC_IT_AWD : specifies the interrupt source for Analog watchdog event. - - - [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to - manage the ADC controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. - - [..] In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) ADC_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. - (+) ADC_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. - - [..] In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) ADC_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. - (+) ADC_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. - (+) ADC_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit - (corresponding Flag). -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask - * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask - * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask - * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt enable - * @param NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint32_t itmask = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); - - /* Get the ADC IT index */ - itmask = (uint8_t)ADC_IT; - itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */ - ADCx->CR1 |= itmask; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */ - ADCx->CR1 &= (~(uint32_t)itmask); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag - * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag - * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag - * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag - * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag - * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag - * @retval The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */ - if ((ADCx->SR & ADC_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET) - { - /* ADC_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* ADC_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the ADCx's pending flags. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag - * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag - * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag - * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag - * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag - * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected ADC flags */ - ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)ADC_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask - * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask - * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask - * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt mask - * @retval The new state of ADC_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); - - /* Get the ADC IT index */ - itmask = ADC_IT >> 8; - - /* Get the ADC_IT enable bit status */ - enablestatus = (ADCx->CR1 & ((uint32_t)0x01 << (uint8_t)ADC_IT)) ; - - /* Check the status of the specified ADC interrupt */ - if (((ADCx->SR & itmask) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) - { - /* ADC_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* ADC_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the ADC_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the ADCx's interrupt pending bits. - * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. - * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask - * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask - * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask - * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt mask - * @retval None - */ -void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) -{ - uint8_t itmask = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); - /* Get the ADC IT index */ - itmask = (uint8_t)(ADC_IT >> 8); - /* Clear the selected ADC interrupt pending bits */ - ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)itmask; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration (in addition to ADC multi mode + * selection) + * + Analog Watchdog configuration + * + Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) & VBAT + * management + * + Regular Channels Configuration + * + Regular Channels DMA Configuration + * + Injected channels Configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the ADC interface clock using + RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADCx, ENABLE); + + (#) ADC pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function: + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + (++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data + alignment using the ADC_Init() function. + (#) Activate the ADC peripheral using ADC_Cmd() function. + + *** Regular channels group configuration *** + ============================================ + [..] + (+) To configure the ADC regular channels group features, use + ADC_Init() and ADC_RegularChannelConfig() functions. + (+) To activate the continuous mode, use the ADC_continuousModeCmd() + function. + (+) To configurate and activate the Discontinuous mode, use the + ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig() and ADC_DiscModeCmd() functions. + (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetConversionValue() + function. + + *** Multi mode ADCs Regular channels configuration *** + ====================================================== + [..] + (+) Refer to "Regular channels group configuration" description to + configure the ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular channels. + (+) Select the Multi mode ADC regular channels features (dual or + triple mode) using ADC_CommonInit() function and configure + the DMA mode using ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() + functions. + (+) Read the ADCs converted values using the + ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue() function. + + *** DMA for Regular channels group features configuration *** + ============================================================= + [..] + (+) To enable the DMA mode for regular channels group, use the + ADC_DMACmd() function. + (+) To enable the generation of DMA requests continuously at the end + of the last DMA transfer, use the ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() + function. + + *** Injected channels group configuration *** + ============================================= + [..] + (+) To configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use + ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() and ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig() + functions. + (+) To activate the continuous mode, use the ADC_continuousModeCmd() + function. + (+) To activate the Injected Discontinuous mode, use the + ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd() function. + (+) To activate the AutoInjected mode, use the ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd() + function. + (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue() + function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_adc.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC + * @brief ADC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ADC DISCNUM mask */ +#define CR1_DISCNUM_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFF1FFF) + +/* ADC AWDCH mask */ +#define CR1_AWDCH_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFE0) + +/* ADC Analog watchdog enable mode mask */ +#define CR1_AWDMode_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFF3FFDFF) + +/* CR1 register Mask */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFCFFFEFF) + +/* ADC EXTEN mask */ +#define CR2_EXTEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0xCFFFFFFF) + +/* ADC JEXTEN mask */ +#define CR2_JEXTEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF) + +/* ADC JEXTSEL mask */ +#define CR2_JEXTSEL_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFF0FFFF) + +/* CR2 register Mask */ +#define CR2_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xC0FFF7FD) + +/* ADC SQx mask */ +#define SQR3_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +#define SQR2_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +#define SQR1_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) + +/* ADC L Mask */ +#define SQR1_L_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFF0FFFFF) + +/* ADC JSQx mask */ +#define JSQR_JSQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) + +/* ADC JL mask */ +#define JSQR_JL_SET ((uint32_t)0x00300000) +#define JSQR_JL_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF) + +/* ADC SMPx mask */ +#define SMPR1_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define SMPR2_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007) + +/* ADC JDRx registers offset */ +#define JDR_OFFSET ((uint8_t)0x28) + +/* ADC CDR register base address */ +#define CDR_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40012308) + +/* ADC CCR register Mask */ +#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFC30E0) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the ADC Prescaler + (+) ADC Conversion Resolution (12bit..6bit) + (+) Scan Conversion Mode (multichannel or one channel) for regular group + (+) ADC Continuous Conversion Mode (Continuous or Single conversion) for + regular group + (+) External trigger Edge and source of regular group, + (+) Converted data alignment (left or right) + (+) The number of ADC conversions that will be done using the sequencer for + regular channel group + (+) Multi ADC mode selection + (+) Direct memory access mode selection for multi ADC mode + (+) Delay between 2 sampling phases (used in dual or triple interleaved modes) + (+) Enable or disable the ADC peripheral +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes all ADCs peripherals registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable all ADCs reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC, ENABLE); + + /* Release all ADCs from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_InitStruct. + * @note This function is used to configure the global features of the ADC ( + * Resolution and Data Alignment), however, the rest of the configuration + * parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan mode + * activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and + * edge, number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer). + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint8_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion)); + + /*---------------------------- ADCx CR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; + + /* Clear RES and SCAN bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure ADCx: scan conversion mode and resolution */ + /* Set SCAN bit according to ADC_ScanConvMode value */ + /* Set RES bit according to ADC_Resolution value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode << 8) | \ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution); + /* Write to ADCx CR1 */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; + /*---------------------------- ADCx CR2 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CR2 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR2; + + /* Clear CONT, ALIGN, EXTEN and EXTSEL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CR2_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure ADCx: external trigger event and edge, data alignment and + continuous conversion mode */ + /* Set ALIGN bit according to ADC_DataAlign value */ + /* Set EXTEN bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge value */ + /* Set EXTSEL bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConv value */ + /* Set CONT bit according to ADC_ContinuousConvMode value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign | \ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv | + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge | \ + ((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode << 1)); + + /* Write to ADCx CR2 */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg1; + /*---------------------------- ADCx SQR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx SQR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + + /* Clear L bits */ + tmpreg1 &= SQR1_L_RESET; + + /* Configure ADCx: regular channel sequence length */ + /* Set L bits according to ADC_NbrOfConversion value */ + tmpreg2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion - (uint8_t)1); + tmpreg1 |= ((uint32_t)tmpreg2 << 20); + + /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @note This function is used to initialize the global features of the ADC ( + * Resolution and Data Alignment), however, the rest of the configuration + * parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan mode + * activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and + * edge, number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer). + * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the ADC_Mode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution = ADC_Resolution_12b; + + /* initialize the ADC_ScanConvMode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the ADC_ContinuousConvMode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge = ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None; + + /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConv member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv = ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1; + + /* Initialize the ADC_DataAlign member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right; + + /* Initialize the ADC_NbrOfConversion member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion = 1; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCs peripherals according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_CommonInitStruct. + * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for All ADCs peripherals. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_PRESCALER(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay)); + /*---------------------------- ADC CCR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADC CCR value */ + tmpreg1 = ADC->CCR; + + /* Clear MULTI, DELAY, DMA and ADCPRE bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure ADCx: Multi mode, Delay between two sampling time, ADC prescaler, + and DMA access mode for multimode */ + /* Set MULTI bits according to ADC_Mode value */ + /* Set ADCPRE bits according to ADC_Prescaler value */ + /* Set DMA bits according to ADC_DMAAccessMode value */ + /* Set DELAY bits according to ADC_TwoSamplingDelay value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode | + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler | + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode | + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay); + + /* Write to ADC CCR */ + ADC->CCR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_CommonInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the ADC_Mode member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode = ADC_Mode_Independent; + + /* initialize the ADC_Prescaler member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler = ADC_Prescaler_Div2; + + /* Initialize the ADC_DMAAccessMode member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode = ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled; + + /* Initialize the ADC_TwoSamplingDelay member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay = ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC peripheral. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ADON bit to wake up the ADC from power down mode */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_ADON; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC peripheral */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_ADON); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group2 Analog Watchdog configuration functions + * @brief Analog Watchdog configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Analog Watchdog configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the Analog Watchdog + (AWD) feature in the ADC. + + [..] A typical configuration Analog Watchdog is done following these steps : + (#) the ADC guarded channel(s) is (are) selected using the + ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig() function. + (#) The Analog watchdog lower and higher threshold are configured using the + ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig() function. + (#) The Analog watchdog is enabled and configured to enable the check, on one + or more channels, using the ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd() function. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the analog watchdog on single/all regular or + * injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_AnalogWatchdog: the ADC analog watchdog configuration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular or injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular and injected channels + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None: No channel guarded by the analog watchdog + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(ADC_AnalogWatchdog)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; + + /* Clear AWDEN, JAWDEN and AWDSGL bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_AWDMode_RESET; + + /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */ + tmpreg |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12-bit value. + * @param LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12-bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, + uint16_t LowThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(LowThreshold)); + + /* Set the ADCx high threshold */ + ADCx->HTR = HighThreshold; + + /* Set the ADCx low threshold */ + ADCx->LTR = LowThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog guarded single channel + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; + + /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_AWDCH_RESET; + + /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ + tmpreg |= ADC_Channel; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group3 Temperature Sensor, Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) + * and VBAT (Voltage BATtery) management functions + * @brief Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to enable/ disable the internal + connections between the ADC and the Temperature Sensor, the Vrefint and + the Vbat sources. + + [..] A typical configuration to get the Temperature sensor and Vrefint channels + voltages is done following these steps : + (#) Enable the internal connection of Temperature sensor and Vrefint sources + with the ADC channels using ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd() function. + (#) Select the ADC_Channel_TempSensor and/or ADC_Channel_Vrefint using + ADC_RegularChannelConfig() or ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() functions + (#) Get the voltage values, using ADC_GetConversionValue() or + ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(). + + [..] A typical configuration to get the VBAT channel voltage is done following + these steps : + (#) Enable the internal connection of VBAT source with the ADC channel using + ADC_VBATCmd() function. + (#) Select the ADC_Channel_Vbat using ADC_RegularChannelConfig() or + ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() functions + (#) Get the voltage value, using ADC_GetConversionValue() or + ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the temperature sensor and Vrefint channels. + * @param NewState: new state of the temperature sensor and Vrefint channels. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ + ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_TSVREFE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ + ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_TSVREFE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the VBAT (Voltage Battery) channel. + * + * @note the Battery voltage measured is equal to VBAT/2 on STM32F40xx and + * STM32F41xx devices and equal to VBAT/4 on STM32F42xx and STM32F43xx devices + * + * @param NewState: new state of the VBAT channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_VBATCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the VBAT channel*/ + ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_VBATE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the VBAT channel*/ + ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_VBATE); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group4 Regular Channels Configuration functions + * @brief Regular Channels Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Regular Channels Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to manage the ADC's regular channels, + it is composed of 2 sub sections : + + (#) Configuration and management functions for regular channels: This subsection + provides functions allowing to configure the ADC regular channels : + (++) Configure the rank in the regular group sequencer for each channel + (++) Configure the sampling time for each channel + (++) select the conversion Trigger for regular channels + (++) select the desired EOC event behavior configuration + (++) Activate the continuous Mode (*) + (++) Activate the Discontinuous Mode + -@@- Please Note that the following features for regular channels + are configured using the ADC_Init() function : + (+@@) scan mode activation + (+@@) continuous mode activation (**) + (+@@) External trigger source + (+@@) External trigger edge + (+@@) number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer. + + -@@- (*) and (**) are performing the same configuration + + (#) Get the conversion data: This subsection provides an important function in + the ADC peripheral since it returns the converted data of the current + regular channel. When the Conversion value is read, the EOC Flag is + automatically cleared. + + -@- For multi ADC mode, the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions + results data (in the selected multi mode) can be returned in the same + time using ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the regular group sequencer. + * This parameter must be between 1 to 16. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles: Sample time equal to 3 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles: Sample time equal to 15 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles: Sample time equal to 28 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles: Sample time equal to 56 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles: Sample time equal to 84 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles: Sample time equal to 112 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles: Sample time equal to 144 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles: Sample time equal to 480 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel); + + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 1 to 6 */ + if (Rank < 7) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR3; + + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR3_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 1)); + + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 1)); + + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR3 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 7 to 12 */ + else if (Rank < 13) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR2; + + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR2_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 7)); + + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 7)); + + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 13 to 16 */ + else + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR1_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 13)); + + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 13)); + + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the regular channels. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for regular group */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start regular conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC software start conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Check the status of SWSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_SWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* SWSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SWSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the SWSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the EOC on each regular channel conversion + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC EOC flag rising + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_EOCS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_EOCS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADC continuous conversion mode + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC continuous conversion mode + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_CONT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_CONT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the discontinuous mode for the selected ADC regular group + * channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param Number: specifies the discontinuous mode regular channel count value. + * This number must be between 1 and 8. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(Number)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; + + /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg1 &= CR1_DISCNUM_RESET; + + /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg2 = Number - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 13; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode on regular group channel + * for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode on + * regular group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_DISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_DISCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADCx conversion result data for regular channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Return the selected ADC conversion value */ + return (uint16_t) ADCx->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions results + * data in the selected multi mode. + * @param None + * @retval The Data conversion value. + * @note In dual mode, the value returned by this function is as following + * Data[15:0] : these bits contain the regular data of ADC1. + * Data[31:16]: these bits contain the regular data of ADC2. + * @note In triple mode, the value returned by this function is as following + * Data[15:0] : these bits contain alternatively the regular data of ADC1, ADC3 and ADC2. + * Data[31:16]: these bits contain alternatively the regular data of ADC2, ADC1 and ADC3. + */ +uint32_t ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue(void) +{ + /* Return the multi mode conversion value */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) CDR_ADDRESS); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group5 Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + * @brief Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA for ADC + regular channels. + Since converted regular channel values are stored into a unique data + register, it is useful to use DMA for conversion of more than one regular + channel. This avoids the loss of the data already stored in the ADC + Data register. + When the DMA mode is enabled (using the ADC_DMACmd() function), after each + conversion of a regular channel, a DMA request is generated. + [..] Depending on the "DMA disable selection for Independent ADC mode" + configuration (using the ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() function), + at the end of the last DMA transfer, two possibilities are allowed: + (+) No new DMA request is issued to the DMA controller (feature DISABLED) + (+) Requests can continue to be generated (feature ENABLED). + [..] Depending on the "DMA disable selection for multi ADC mode" configuration + (using the void ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() function), + at the end of the last DMA transfer, two possibilities are allowed: + (+) No new DMA request is issued to the DMA controller (feature DISABLED) + (+) Requests can continue to be generated (feature ENABLED). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + /** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_DMA; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_DMA); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode) + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_DDS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_DDS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADC DMA request after last transfer in multi ADC mode + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note if Enabled, DMA requests are issued as long as data are converted and + * DMA mode for multi ADC mode (selected using ADC_CommonInit() function + * by ADC_CommonInitStruct.ADC_DMAAccessMode structure member) is + * ADC_DMAAccessMode_1, ADC_DMAAccessMode_2 or ADC_DMAAccessMode_3. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_DDS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_DDS); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group6 Injected channels Configuration functions + * @brief Injected channels Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Injected channels Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the ADC Injected channels, + it is composed of 2 sub sections : + + (#) Configuration functions for Injected channels: This subsection provides + functions allowing to configure the ADC injected channels : + (++) Configure the rank in the injected group sequencer for each channel + (++) Configure the sampling time for each channel + (++) Activate the Auto injected Mode + (++) Activate the Discontinuous Mode + (++) scan mode activation + (++) External/software trigger source + (++) External trigger edge + (++) injected channels sequencer. + + (#) Get the Specified Injected channel conversion data: This subsection + provides an important function in the ADC peripheral since it returns the + converted data of the specific injected channel. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the injected group sequencer. + * This parameter must be between 1 to 4. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles: Sample time equal to 3 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles: Sample time equal to 15 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles: Sample time equal to 28 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles: Sample time equal to 56 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles: Sample time equal to 84 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles: Sample time equal to 112 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles: Sample time equal to 144 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles: Sample time equal to 480 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0, tmpreg3 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_SET << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* Rank configuration */ + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Get JL value: Number = JL+1 */ + tmpreg3 = (tmpreg1 & JSQR_JL_SET)>> 20; + /* Calculate the mask to clear: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ + tmpreg2 = JSQR_JSQ_SET << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); + /* Clear the old JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); + /* Set the JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the sequencer length for injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param Length: The sequencer length. + * This parameter must be a number between 1 to 4. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(Length)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + + /* Clear the old injected sequence length JL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= JSQR_JL_RESET; + + /* Set the injected sequence length JL bits */ + tmpreg2 = Length - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 20; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the injected channels conversion value offset + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the ADC injected channel to set its offset. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @param Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC injected channel + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel; + + /* Set the selected injected channel data offset */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (uint32_t)Offset; +} + + /** + * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger for injected channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv: specifies the ADC trigger to start injected conversion. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4: Timer1 capture compare4 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO: Timer1 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1: Timer2 capture compare1 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO: Timer2 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2: Timer3 capture compare2 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4: Timer3 capture compare4 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1: Timer4 capture compare1 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2: Timer4 capture compare2 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3: Timer4 capture compare3 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO: Timer4 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4: Timer5 capture compare4 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO: Timer5 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2: Timer8 capture compare2 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3: Timer8 capture compare3 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4: Timer8 capture compare4 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15: External interrupt line 15 event selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; + + /* Clear the old external event selection for injected group */ + tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTSEL_RESET; + + /* Set the external event selection for injected group */ + tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger edge for injected channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge: specifies the ADC external trigger edge + * to start injected conversion. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None: external trigger disabled for + * injected conversion + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising: detection on rising edge + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling: detection on falling edge + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling: detection on both rising + * and falling edge + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; + /* Clear the old external trigger edge for injected group */ + tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTEN_RESET; + /* Set the new external trigger edge for injected group */ + tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected channels. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for injected group */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start injected conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC software start injected conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Check the status of JSWSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_JSWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* JSWSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* JSWSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the JSWSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group + * conversion after regular one. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC auto injected conversion + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_JAUTO; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode for injected group + * channel for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode on injected + * group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_JDISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JDISCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the ADC injected channel conversion result + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the converted ADC injected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel + JDR_OFFSET; + + /* Returns the selected injected channel conversion data value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the ADC Interrupts + and to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + [..] Each ADC provides 4 Interrupts sources and 6 Flags which can be divided + into 3 groups: + + *** Flags and Interrupts for ADC regular channels *** + ===================================================== + [..] + (+) Flags : + (##) ADC_FLAG_OVR : Overrun detection when regular converted data are lost + + (##) ADC_FLAG_EOC : Regular channel end of conversion ==> to indicate + (depending on EOCS bit, managed by ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd() ) + the end of: + (+++) a regular CHANNEL conversion + (+++) sequence of regular GROUP conversions . + + (##) ADC_FLAG_STRT: Regular channel start ==> to indicate when regular + CHANNEL conversion starts. + [..] + (+) Interrupts : + (##) ADC_IT_OVR : specifies the interrupt source for Overrun detection + event. + (##) ADC_IT_EOC : specifies the interrupt source for Regular channel end + of conversion event. + + + *** Flags and Interrupts for ADC Injected channels *** + ====================================================== + [..] + (+) Flags : + (##) ADC_FLAG_JEOC : Injected channel end of conversion ==> to indicate + at the end of injected GROUP conversion + + (##) ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Injected channel start ==> to indicate hardware when + injected GROUP conversion starts. + [..] + (+) Interrupts : + (##) ADC_IT_JEOC : specifies the interrupt source for Injected channel + end of conversion event. + + *** General Flags and Interrupts for the ADC *** + ================================================ + [..] + (+)Flags : + (##) ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog ==> to indicate if the converted voltage + crosses the programmed thresholds values. + [..] + (+) Interrupts : + (##) ADC_IT_AWD : specifies the interrupt source for Analog watchdog event. + + + [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to + manage the ADC controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + [..] In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) ADC_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + (+) ADC_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + [..] In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) ADC_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + (+) ADC_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + (+) ADC_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit + (corresponding Flag). +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt enable + * @param NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint8_t)ADC_IT; + itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->CR1 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (~(uint32_t)itmask); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag + * @retval The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */ + if ((ADCx->SR & ADC_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* ADC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's pending flags. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected ADC flags */ + ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)ADC_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt mask + * @retval The new state of ADC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = ADC_IT >> 8; + + /* Get the ADC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (ADCx->CR1 & ((uint32_t)0x01 << (uint8_t)ADC_IT)) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified ADC interrupt */ + if (((ADCx->SR & itmask) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* ADC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt mask + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) +{ + uint8_t itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint8_t)(ADC_IT >> 8); + /* Clear the selected ADC interrupt pending bits */ + ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)itmask; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_can.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_can.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index f0314f2c70..bfccbb0325 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_can.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_can.c @@ -1,1700 +1,1848 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_can.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Controller area network (CAN) peripheral: - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + CAN Frames Transmission - * + CAN Frames Reception - * + Operation modes switch - * + Error management - * + Interrupts and flags - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable the CAN controller interface clock using - RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE); for CAN1 - and RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, ENABLE); for CAN2 - -@- In case you are using CAN2 only, you have to enable the CAN1 clock. - - (#) CAN pins configuration - (++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function: - RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - (++) Connect the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the following function - GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_CANx); - (++) Configure these CAN pins in alternate function mode by calling - the function GPIO_Init(); - - (#) Initialize and configure the CAN using CAN_Init() and - CAN_FilterInit() functions. - - (#) Transmit the desired CAN frame using CAN_Transmit() function. - - (#) Check the transmission of a CAN frame using CAN_TransmitStatus() - function. - - (#) Cancel the transmission of a CAN frame using CAN_CancelTransmit() - function. - - (#) Receive a CAN frame using CAN_Receive() function. - - (#) Release the receive FIFOs using CAN_FIFORelease() function. - - (#) Return the number of pending received frames using - CAN_MessagePending() function. - - (#) To control CAN events you can use one of the following two methods: - (++) Check on CAN flags using the CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. - (++) Use CAN interrupts through the function CAN_ITConfig() at - initialization phase and CAN_GetITStatus() function into - interrupt routines to check if the event has occurred or not. - After checking on a flag you should clear it using CAN_ClearFlag() - function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should - clear it using CAN_ClearITPendingBit() function. - -@endverbatim - - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_can.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN - * @brief CAN driver modules - * @{ - */ -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* CAN Master Control Register bits */ -#define MCR_DBF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* software master reset */ - -/* CAN Mailbox Transmit Request */ -#define TMIDxR_TXRQ ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Transmit mailbox request */ - -/* CAN Filter Master Register bits */ -#define FMR_FINIT ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Filter init mode */ - -/* Time out for INAK bit */ -#define INAK_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) -/* Time out for SLAK bit */ -#define SLAK_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) - -/* Flags in TSR register */ -#define CAN_FLAGS_TSR ((uint32_t)0x08000000) -/* Flags in RF1R register */ -#define CAN_FLAGS_RF1R ((uint32_t)0x04000000) -/* Flags in RF0R register */ -#define CAN_FLAGS_RF0R ((uint32_t)0x02000000) -/* Flags in MSR register */ -#define CAN_FLAGS_MSR ((uint32_t)0x01000000) -/* Flags in ESR register */ -#define CAN_FLAGS_ESR ((uint32_t)0x00F00000) - -/* Mailboxes definition */ -#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) -#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) - -#define CAN_MODE_MASK ((uint32_t) 0x00000003) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit); - -/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to - (+) Initialize the CAN peripherals : Prescaler, operating mode, the maximum - number of time quanta to perform resynchronization, the number of time - quanta in Bit Segment 1 and 2 and many other modes. - Refer to @ref CAN_InitTypeDef for more details. - (+) Configures the CAN reception filter. - (+) Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. - (+) Enables or disables the Debug Freeze mode for CAN - (+)Enables or disables the CAN Time Trigger Operation communication mode - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the CAN peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @retval None. - */ -void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - - if (CANx == CAN1) - { - /* Enable CAN1 reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE); - /* Release CAN1 from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, DISABLE); - } - else - { - /* Enable CAN2 reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, ENABLE); - /* Release CAN2 from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, DISABLE); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the CAN_InitStruct. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the CAN peripheral. - * @retval Constant indicates initialization succeed which will be - * CAN_InitStatus_Failed or CAN_InitStatus_Success. - */ -uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) -{ - uint8_t InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; - uint32_t wait_ack = 0x00000000; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler)); - - /* Exit from sleep mode */ - CANx->MCR &= (~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP); - - /* Request initialisation */ - CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_INRQ ; - - /* Wait the acknowledge */ - while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT)) - { - wait_ack++; - } - - /* Check acknowledge */ - if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) - { - InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; - } - else - { - /* Set the time triggered communication mode */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM == ENABLE) - { - CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; - } - else - { - CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM; - } - - /* Set the automatic bus-off management */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM == ENABLE) - { - CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM; - } - else - { - CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_ABOM; - } - - /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM == ENABLE) - { - CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM; - } - else - { - CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_AWUM; - } - - /* Set the no automatic retransmission */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART == ENABLE) - { - CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART; - } - else - { - CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_NART; - } - - /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM == ENABLE) - { - CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM; - } - else - { - CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_RFLM; - } - - /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP == ENABLE) - { - CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP; - } - else - { - CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TXFP; - } - - /* Set the bit timing register */ - CANx->BTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode << 30) | \ - ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW << 24) | \ - ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 << 20) | \ - ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler - 1); - - /* Request leave initialisation */ - CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ; - - /* Wait the acknowledge */ - wait_ack = 0; - - while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT)) - { - wait_ack++; - } - - /* ...and check acknowledged */ - if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) - { - InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; - } - else - { - InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Success ; - } - } - - /* At this step, return the status of initialization */ - return InitStatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified - * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. - * @param CAN_FilterInitStruct: pointer to a CAN_FilterInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information. - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t filter_number_bit_pos = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation)); - - filter_number_bit_pos = ((uint32_t)1) << CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber; - - /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ - CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; - - /* Filter Deactivation */ - CAN1->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; - - /* Filter Scale */ - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) - { - /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ - CAN1->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; - - /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ - /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ - CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = - ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) | - (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); - - /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ - /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ - CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = - ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | - (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh); - } - - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_32bit) - { - /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ - CAN1->FS1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; - /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ - CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = - ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh) << 16) | - (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); - /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ - CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = - ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | - (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow); - } - - /* Filter Mode */ - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) - { - /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ - CAN1->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; - } - else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ - { - /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ - CAN1->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; - } - - /* Filter FIFO assignment */ - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO0) - { - /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ - CAN1->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; - } - - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO1) - { - /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ - CAN1->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; - } - - /* Filter activation */ - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation == ENABLE) - { - CAN1->FA1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; - } - - /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ - CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each CAN_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure which ill be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) -{ - /* Reset CAN init structure parameters values */ - - /* Initialize the time triggered communication mode */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the automatic bus-off management */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the automatic wake-up mode */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the no automatic retransmission */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the receive FIFO locked mode */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the transmit FIFO priority */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the CAN_Mode member */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode = CAN_Mode_Normal; - - /* Initialize the CAN_SJW member */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW = CAN_SJW_1tq; - - /* Initialize the CAN_BS1 member */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 = CAN_BS1_4tq; - - /* Initialize the CAN_BS2 member */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 = CAN_BS2_3tq; - - /* Initialize the CAN_Prescaler member */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler = 1; -} - -/** - * @brief Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. - * @param CAN_BankNumber: Select the start slave bank filter from 1..27. - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(CAN_BankNumber)); - - /* Enter Initialisation mode for the filter */ - CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; - - /* Select the start slave bank */ - CAN1->FMR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFC0F1 ; - CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)(CAN_BankNumber)<<8; - - /* Leave Initialisation mode for the filter */ - CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the DBG Freeze for CAN. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the CAN peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE (CAN reception/transmission is frozen - * during debug. Reception FIFOs can still be accessed/controlled normally) - * or DISABLE (CAN is working during debug). - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable Debug Freeze */ - CANx->MCR |= MCR_DBF; - } - else - { - /* Disable Debug Freeze */ - CANx->MCR &= ~MCR_DBF; - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the CAN Time TriggerOperation communication mode. - * @note DLC must be programmed as 8 in order Time Stamp (2 bytes) to be - * sent over the CAN bus. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param NewState: Mode new state. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * When enabled, Time stamp (TIME[15:0]) value is sent in the last two - * data bytes of the 8-byte message: TIME[7:0] in data byte 6 and TIME[15:8] - * in data byte 7. - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the TTCM mode */ - CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; - - /* Set TGT bits */ - CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT0R_TGT); - CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT1R_TGT); - CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT2R_TGT); - } - else - { - /* Disable the TTCM mode */ - CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM); - - /* Reset TGT bits */ - CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT0R_TGT); - CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT1R_TGT); - CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT2R_TGT); - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup CAN_Group2 CAN Frames Transmission functions - * @brief CAN Frames Transmission functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### CAN Frames Transmission functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to - (+) Initiate and transmit a CAN frame message (if there is an empty mailbox). - (+) Check the transmission status of a CAN Frame - (+) Cancel a transmit request - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param TxMessage: pointer to a structure which contains CAN Id, CAN DLC and CAN data. - * @retval The number of the mailbox that is used for transmission or - * CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox if there is no empty mailbox. - */ -uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage) -{ - uint8_t transmit_mailbox = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(TxMessage->IDE)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(TxMessage->RTR)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(TxMessage->DLC)); - - /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ - if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) - { - transmit_mailbox = 0; - } - else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) - { - transmit_mailbox = 1; - } - else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2) - { - transmit_mailbox = 2; - } - else - { - transmit_mailbox = CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox; - } - - if (transmit_mailbox != CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox) - { - /* Set up the Id */ - CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR &= TMIDxR_TXRQ; - if (TxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard) - { - assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(TxMessage->StdId)); - CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->StdId << 21) | \ - TxMessage->RTR); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(TxMessage->ExtId)); - CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->ExtId << 3) | \ - TxMessage->IDE | \ - TxMessage->RTR); - } - - /* Set up the DLC */ - TxMessage->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F; - CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; - CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR |= TxMessage->DLC; - - /* Set up the data field */ - CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[3] << 24) | - ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[2] << 16) | - ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[1] << 8) | - ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[0])); - CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[7] << 24) | - ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[6] << 16) | - ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[5] << 8) | - ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[4])); - /* Request transmission */ - CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= TMIDxR_TXRQ; - } - return transmit_mailbox; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks the transmission status of a CAN Frame. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param TransmitMailbox: the number of the mailbox that is used for transmission. - * @retval CAN_TxStatus_Ok if the CAN driver transmits the message, - * CAN_TxStatus_Failed in an other case. - */ -uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox) -{ - uint32_t state = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TransmitMailbox)); - - switch (TransmitMailbox) - { - case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): - state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0); - break; - case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): - state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1); - break; - case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): - state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2); - break; - default: - state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; - break; - } - switch (state) - { - /* transmit pending */ - case (0x0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Pending; - break; - /* transmit failed */ - case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TME0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; - break; - case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TME1): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; - break; - case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TME2): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; - break; - /* transmit succeeded */ - case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; - break; - case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; - break; - case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; - break; - default: state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; - break; - } - return (uint8_t) state; -} - -/** - * @brief Cancels a transmit request. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param Mailbox: Mailbox number. - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(Mailbox)); - /* abort transmission */ - switch (Mailbox) - { - case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ0; - break; - case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ1; - break; - case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ2; - break; - default: - break; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup CAN_Group3 CAN Frames Reception functions - * @brief CAN Frames Reception functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### CAN Frames Reception functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to - (+) Receive a correct CAN frame - (+) Release a specified receive FIFO (2 FIFOs are available) - (+) Return the number of the pending received CAN frames - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. - * @param RxMessage: pointer to a structure receive frame which contains CAN Id, - * CAN DLC, CAN data and FMI number. - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); - /* Get the Id */ - RxMessage->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; - if (RxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard) - { - RxMessage->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21); - } - else - { - RxMessage->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3); - } - - RxMessage->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; - /* Get the DLC */ - RxMessage->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; - /* Get the FMI */ - RxMessage->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8); - /* Get the data field */ - RxMessage->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; - RxMessage->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8); - RxMessage->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16); - RxMessage->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24); - RxMessage->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; - RxMessage->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8); - RxMessage->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16); - RxMessage->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24); - /* Release the FIFO */ - /* Release FIFO0 */ - if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) - { - CANx->RF0R |= CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; - } - /* Release FIFO1 */ - else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ - { - CANx->RF1R |= CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Releases the specified receive FIFO. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param FIFONumber: FIFO to release, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); - /* Release FIFO0 */ - if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) - { - CANx->RF0R |= CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; - } - /* Release FIFO1 */ - else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ - { - CANx->RF1R |= CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the number of pending received messages. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. - * @retval NbMessage : which is the number of pending message. - */ -uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber) -{ - uint8_t message_pending=0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); - if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) - { - message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF0R&(uint32_t)0x03); - } - else if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1) - { - message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF1R&(uint32_t)0x03); - } - else - { - message_pending = 0; - } - return message_pending; -} -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup CAN_Group4 CAN Operation modes functions - * @brief CAN Operation modes functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### CAN Operation modes functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to select the CAN Operation modes - (+) sleep mode - (+) normal mode - (+) initialization mode - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Selects the CAN Operation mode. - * @param CAN_OperatingMode: CAN Operating Mode. - * This parameter can be one of @ref CAN_OperatingMode_TypeDef enumeration. - * @retval status of the requested mode which can be - * - CAN_ModeStatus_Failed: CAN failed entering the specific mode - * - CAN_ModeStatus_Success: CAN Succeed entering the specific mode - */ -uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode) -{ - uint8_t status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; - - /* Timeout for INAK or also for SLAK bits*/ - uint32_t timeout = INAK_TIMEOUT; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(CAN_OperatingMode)); - - if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) - { - /* Request initialisation */ - CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP)) | CAN_MCR_INRQ); - - /* Wait the acknowledge */ - while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (timeout != 0)) - { - timeout--; - } - if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) - { - status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; - } - else - { - status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; - } - } - else if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal) - { - /* Request leave initialisation and sleep mode and enter Normal mode */ - CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(CAN_MCR_SLEEP|CAN_MCR_INRQ)); - - /* Wait the acknowledge */ - while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) && (timeout!=0)) - { - timeout--; - } - if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) - { - status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; - } - else - { - status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; - } - } - else if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep) - { - /* Request Sleep mode */ - CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); - - /* Wait the acknowledge */ - while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) && (timeout!=0)) - { - timeout--; - } - if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) - { - status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; - } - else - { - status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; - } - } - else - { - status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; - } - - return (uint8_t) status; -} - -/** - * @brief Enters the Sleep (low power) mode. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @retval CAN_Sleep_Ok if sleep entered, CAN_Sleep_Failed otherwise. - */ -uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) -{ - uint8_t sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Failed; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - - /* Request Sleep mode */ - CANx->MCR = (((CANx->MCR) & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); - - /* Sleep mode status */ - if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) == CAN_MSR_SLAK) - { - /* Sleep mode not entered */ - sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Ok; - } - /* return sleep mode status */ - return (uint8_t)sleepstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode . - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @retval CAN_WakeUp_Ok if sleep mode left, CAN_WakeUp_Failed otherwise. - */ -uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) -{ - uint32_t wait_slak = SLAK_TIMEOUT; - uint8_t wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Failed; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - - /* Wake up request */ - CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP; - - /* Sleep mode status */ - while(((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)&&(wait_slak!=0x00)) - { - wait_slak--; - } - if((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) - { - /* wake up done : Sleep mode exited */ - wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Ok; - } - /* return wakeup status */ - return (uint8_t)wakeupstatus; -} -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup CAN_Group5 CAN Bus Error management functions - * @brief CAN Bus Error management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### CAN Bus Error management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to - (+) Return the CANx's last error code (LEC) - (+) Return the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC) - (+) Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC). - - -@- If TEC is greater than 255, The CAN is in bus-off state. - -@- if REC or TEC are greater than 96, an Error warning flag occurs. - -@- if REC or TEC are greater than 127, an Error Passive Flag occurs. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the CANx's last error code (LEC). - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @retval Error code: - * - CAN_ERRORCODE_NoErr: No Error - * - CAN_ERRORCODE_StuffErr: Stuff Error - * - CAN_ERRORCODE_FormErr: Form Error - * - CAN_ERRORCODE_ACKErr : Acknowledgment Error - * - CAN_ERRORCODE_BitRecessiveErr: Bit Recessive Error - * - CAN_ERRORCODE_BitDominantErr: Bit Dominant Error - * - CAN_ERRORCODE_CRCErr: CRC Error - * - CAN_ERRORCODE_SoftwareSetErr: Software Set Error - */ -uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) -{ - uint8_t errorcode=0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - - /* Get the error code*/ - errorcode = (((uint8_t)CANx->ESR) & (uint8_t)CAN_ESR_LEC); - - /* Return the error code*/ - return errorcode; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC). - * @note In case of an error during reception, this counter is incremented - * by 1 or by 8 depending on the error condition as defined by the CAN - * standard. After every successful reception, the counter is - * decremented by 1 or reset to 120 if its value was higher than 128. - * When the counter value exceeds 127, the CAN controller enters the - * error passive state. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @retval CAN Receive Error Counter. - */ -uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) -{ - uint8_t counter=0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - - /* Get the Receive Error Counter*/ - counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_REC)>> 24); - - /* Return the Receive Error Counter*/ - return counter; -} - - -/** - * @brief Returns the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC). - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @retval LSB of the 9-bit CAN Transmit Error Counter. - */ -uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) -{ - uint8_t counter=0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - - /* Get the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */ - counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_TEC)>> 16); - - /* Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */ - return counter; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CAN_Group6 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the CAN Interrupts - and to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. - - The CAN provides 14 Interrupts sources and 15 Flags: - - - *** Flags *** - ============= - [..] The 15 flags can be divided on 4 groups: - - (+) Transmit Flags - (++) CAN_FLAG_RQCP0, - (++) CAN_FLAG_RQCP1, - (++) CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 : Request completed MailBoxes 0, 1 and 2 Flags - Set when the last request (transmit or abort) - has been performed. - - (+) Receive Flags - - - (++) CAN_FLAG_FMP0, - (++) CAN_FLAG_FMP1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Message Pending Flags - set to signal that messages are pending in the receive - FIFO. - These Flags are cleared only by hardware. - - (++) CAN_FLAG_FF0, - (++) CAN_FLAG_FF1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Full Flags - set when three messages are stored in the selected - FIFO. - - (++) CAN_FLAG_FOV0 - (++) CAN_FLAG_FOV1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Overrun Flags - set when a new message has been received and passed - the filter while the FIFO was full. - - (+) Operating Mode Flags - - (++) CAN_FLAG_WKU : Wake up Flag - set to signal that a SOF bit has been detected while - the CAN hardware was in Sleep mode. - - (++) CAN_FLAG_SLAK : Sleep acknowledge Flag - Set to signal that the CAN has entered Sleep Mode. - - (+) Error Flags - - (++) CAN_FLAG_EWG : Error Warning Flag - Set when the warning limit has been reached (Receive - Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter greater than 96). - This Flag is cleared only by hardware. - - (++) CAN_FLAG_EPV : Error Passive Flag - Set when the Error Passive limit has been reached - (Receive Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter - greater than 127). - This Flag is cleared only by hardware. - - (++) CAN_FLAG_BOF : Bus-Off Flag - set when CAN enters the bus-off state. The bus-off - state is entered on TEC overflow, greater than 255. - This Flag is cleared only by hardware. - - (++) CAN_FLAG_LEC : Last error code Flag - set If a message has been transferred (reception or - transmission) with error, and the error code is hold. - - *** Interrupts *** - ================== - [..] The 14 interrupts can be divided on 4 groups: - - (+) Transmit interrupt - - (++) CAN_IT_TME : Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt - if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when - no transmit request are pending for Tx mailboxes. - - (+) Receive Interrupts - - (++) CAN_IT_FMP0, - (++) CAN_IT_FMP1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 message pending Interrupts - if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending - when messages are pending in the receive FIFO. - The corresponding interrupt pending bits are cleared - only by hardware. - - (++) CAN_IT_FF0, - (++) CAN_IT_FF1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 full Interrupts - if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending - when three messages are stored in the selected FIFO. - - (++) CAN_IT_FOV0, - (++) CAN_IT_FOV1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 overrun Interrupts - if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending - when a new message has been received and passed - the filter while the FIFO was full. - - (+) Operating Mode Interrupts - - (++) CAN_IT_WKU : Wake-up Interrupt - if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when - a SOF bit has been detected while the CAN hardware - was in Sleep mode. - - (++) CAN_IT_SLK : Sleep acknowledge Interrupt - if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when - the CAN has entered Sleep Mode. - - (+) Error Interrupts - - (++) CAN_IT_EWG : Error warning Interrupt - if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when - the warning limit has been reached (Receive Error - Counter or Transmit Error Counter=96). - - (++) CAN_IT_EPV : Error passive Interrupt - if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when - the Error Passive limit has been reached (Receive - Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter>127). - - (++) CAN_IT_BOF : Bus-off Interrupt - if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when - CAN enters the bus-off state. The bus-off state is - entered on TEC overflow, greater than 255. - This Flag is cleared only by hardware. - - (++) CAN_IT_LEC : Last error code Interrupt - if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when - a message has been transferred (reception or - transmission) with error, and the error code is hold. - - (++) CAN_IT_ERR : Error Interrupt - if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when - an error condition is pending. - - [..] Managing the CAN controller events : - - The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to - manage the CAN controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. - - (#) In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (++) CAN_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. - (++) CAN_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. - - - - (#) In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (++) CAN_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. - (++) CAN_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. - (++) CAN_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit - (corresponding Flag). - -@@- This function has no impact on CAN_IT_FMP0 and CAN_IT_FMP1 Interrupts - pending bits since there are cleared only by hardware. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified CANx interrupts. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be: - * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt - * @param NewState: new state of the CAN interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected CANx interrupt */ - CANx->IER |= CAN_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected CANx interrupt */ - CANx->IER &= ~CAN_IT; - } -} -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified CAN flag is set or not. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request MailBox0 Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP1: Request MailBox1 Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request MailBox2 Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_FMP0: FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_FMP1: FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_EWG: Error Warning Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_EPV: Error Passive Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_BOF: Bus-Off Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag - * @retval The new state of CAN_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); - - - if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_ESR) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ - if ((CANx->ESR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* CAN_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - } - else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ - if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* CAN_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - } - else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ - if ((CANx->TSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* CAN_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - } - else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ - if ((CANx->RF0R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* CAN_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - } - else /* If(CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R != (uint32_t)RESET) */ - { - /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ - if ((uint32_t)(CANx->RF1R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* CAN_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - } - /* Return the CAN_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the CAN's pending flags. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request MailBox0 Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP1: Request MailBox1 Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request MailBox2 Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag - * @arg CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG) -{ - uint32_t flagtmp=0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); - - if (CAN_FLAG == CAN_FLAG_LEC) /* ESR register */ - { - /* Clear the selected CAN flags */ - CANx->ESR = (uint32_t)RESET; - } - else /* MSR or TSR or RF0R or RF1R */ - { - flagtmp = CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF; - - if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R)!=(uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Receive Flags */ - CANx->RF0R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); - } - else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R)!=(uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Receive Flags */ - CANx->RF1R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); - } - else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Transmit Flags */ - CANx->TSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); - } - else /* If((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) */ - { - /* Operating mode Flags */ - CANx->MSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified CANx interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt - * @retval The current state of CAN_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT) -{ - ITStatus itstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT)); - - /* check the interrupt enable bit */ - if((CANx->IER & CAN_IT) != RESET) - { - /* in case the Interrupt is enabled, .... */ - switch (CAN_IT) - { - case CAN_IT_TME: - /* Check CAN_TSR_RQCPx bits */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2); - break; - case CAN_IT_FMP0: - /* Check CAN_RF0R_FMP0 bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FMP0); - break; - case CAN_IT_FF0: - /* Check CAN_RF0R_FULL0 bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FULL0); - break; - case CAN_IT_FOV0: - /* Check CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FOVR0); - break; - case CAN_IT_FMP1: - /* Check CAN_RF1R_FMP1 bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FMP1); - break; - case CAN_IT_FF1: - /* Check CAN_RF1R_FULL1 bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FULL1); - break; - case CAN_IT_FOV1: - /* Check CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FOVR1); - break; - case CAN_IT_WKU: - /* Check CAN_MSR_WKUI bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_WKUI); - break; - case CAN_IT_SLK: - /* Check CAN_MSR_SLAKI bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAKI); - break; - case CAN_IT_EWG: - /* Check CAN_ESR_EWGF bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EWGF); - break; - case CAN_IT_EPV: - /* Check CAN_ESR_EPVF bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EPVF); - break; - case CAN_IT_BOF: - /* Check CAN_ESR_BOFF bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_BOFF); - break; - case CAN_IT_LEC: - /* Check CAN_ESR_LEC bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC); - break; - case CAN_IT_ERR: - /* Check CAN_MSR_ERRI bit */ - itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_ERRI); - break; - default: - /* in case of error, return RESET */ - itstatus = RESET; - break; - } - } - else - { - /* in case the Interrupt is not enabled, return RESET */ - itstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the CAN_IT status */ - return itstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the CANx's interrupt pending bits. - * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. - * @param CAN_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt - * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt - * @retval None - */ -void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(CAN_IT)); - - switch (CAN_IT) - { - case CAN_IT_TME: - /* Clear CAN_TSR_RQCPx (rc_w1)*/ - CANx->TSR = CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2; - break; - case CAN_IT_FF0: - /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FULL0 (rc_w1)*/ - CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FULL0; - break; - case CAN_IT_FOV0: - /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 (rc_w1)*/ - CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FOVR0; - break; - case CAN_IT_FF1: - /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FULL1 (rc_w1)*/ - CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FULL1; - break; - case CAN_IT_FOV1: - /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 (rc_w1)*/ - CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FOVR1; - break; - case CAN_IT_WKU: - /* Clear CAN_MSR_WKUI (rc_w1)*/ - CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_WKUI; - break; - case CAN_IT_SLK: - /* Clear CAN_MSR_SLAKI (rc_w1)*/ - CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_SLAKI; - break; - case CAN_IT_EWG: - /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ - CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; - /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_EPV: - /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ - CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; - /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_BOF: - /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ - CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; - /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_LEC: - /* Clear LEC bits */ - CANx->ESR = RESET; - /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ - CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; - break; - case CAN_IT_ERR: - /*Clear LEC bits */ - CANx->ESR = RESET; - /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ - CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; - /* @note BOFF, EPVF and EWGF Flags are cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ - break; - default: - break; - } -} - /** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the CAN interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param CAN_Reg: specifies the CAN interrupt register to check. - * @param It_Bit: specifies the interrupt source bit to check. - * @retval The new state of the CAN Interrupt (SET or RESET). - */ -static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit) -{ - ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET; - - if ((CAN_Reg & It_Bit) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* CAN_IT is set */ - pendingbitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CAN_IT is reset */ - pendingbitstatus = RESET; - } - return pendingbitstatus; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_can.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Controller area network (CAN) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + CAN Frames Transmission + * + CAN Frames Reception + * + Operation modes switch + * + Error management + * + Interrupts and flags + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the CAN controller interface clock using + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE); for CAN1 + and RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, ENABLE); for CAN2 + -@- In case you are using CAN2 only, you have to enable the CAN1 clock. + + (#) CAN pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function: + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + (++) Connect the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_CANx); + (++) Configure these CAN pins in alternate function mode by calling + the function GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Initialize and configure the CAN using CAN_Init() and + CAN_FilterInit() functions. + + (#) Transmit the desired CAN frame using CAN_Transmit() function. + + (#) Check the transmission of a CAN frame using CAN_TransmitStatus() + function. + + (#) Cancel the transmission of a CAN frame using CAN_CancelTransmit() + function. + + (#) Receive a CAN frame using CAN_Receive() function. + + (#) Release the receive FIFOs using CAN_FIFORelease() function. + + (#) Return the number of pending received frames using + CAN_MessagePending() function. + + (#) To control CAN events you can use one of the following two methods: + (++) Check on CAN flags using the CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. + (++) Use CAN interrupts through the function CAN_ITConfig() at + initialization phase and CAN_GetITStatus() function into + interrupt routines to check if the event has occurred or not. + After checking on a flag you should clear it using CAN_ClearFlag() + function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + clear it using CAN_ClearITPendingBit() function. + +@endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_can.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN + * @brief CAN driver modules + * @{ + */ +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* CAN Master Control Register bits */ +#define MCR_DBF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* software master reset */ + +/* CAN Mailbox Transmit Request */ +#define TMIDxR_TXRQ ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Transmit mailbox request */ + +/* CAN Filter Master Register bits */ +#define FMR_FINIT ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Filter init mode */ + +/* Time out for INAK bit */ +#define INAK_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) +/* Time out for SLAK bit */ +#define SLAK_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) + +/* Flags in TSR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_TSR ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +/* Flags in RF1R register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_RF1R ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +/* Flags in RF0R register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_RF0R ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +/* Flags in MSR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_MSR ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +/* Flags in ESR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_ESR ((uint32_t)0x00F00000) + +/* Mailboxes definition */ +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) + +#define CAN_MODE_MASK ((uint32_t) 0x00000003) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit); + +/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (+) Initialize the CAN peripherals : Prescaler, operating mode, the maximum + number of time quanta to perform resynchronization, the number of time + quanta in Bit Segment 1 and 2 and many other modes. + Refer to @ref CAN_InitTypeDef for more details. + (+) Configures the CAN reception filter. + (+) Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. + (+) Enables or disables the Debug Freeze mode for CAN + (+)Enables or disables the CAN Time Trigger Operation communication mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CAN peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval None. + */ +void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + if (CANx == CAN1) + { + /* Enable CAN1 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE); + /* Release CAN1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, DISABLE); + } +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) + else if(CANx == CAN2) + { + /* Enable CAN2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, ENABLE); + /* Release CAN2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, DISABLE); + } + + else /* CAN3 available only for STM32F413_423xx */ + { + /* Enable CAN3 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN3, ENABLE); + /* Release CAN3 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN3, DISABLE); + } +#else + else + { + /* Enable CAN2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, ENABLE); + /* Release CAN2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, DISABLE); + } +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_InitStruct. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the CAN peripheral. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval Constant indicates initialization succeed which will be + * CAN_InitStatus_Failed or CAN_InitStatus_Success. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) +{ + uint8_t InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + uint32_t wait_ack = 0x00000000; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler)); + + /* Exit from sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Request initialisation */ + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_INRQ ; + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT)) + { + wait_ack++; + } + + /* Check acknowledge */ + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + /* Set the time triggered communication mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM; + } + + /* Set the automatic bus-off management */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_ABOM; + } + + /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_AWUM; + } + + /* Set the no automatic retransmission */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_NART; + } + + /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_RFLM; + } + + /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TXFP; + } + + /* Set the bit timing register */ + CANx->BTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode << 30) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 << 20) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler - 1); + + /* Request leave initialisation */ + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ; + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + wait_ack = 0; + + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT)) + { + wait_ack++; + } + + /* ...and check acknowledged */ + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Success ; + } + } + + /* At this step, return the status of initialization */ + return InitStatus; +} + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_FilterInitStruct: pointer to a CAN_FilterInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t filter_number_bit_pos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation)); + + filter_number_bit_pos = ((uint32_t)1) << CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber; + + /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CANx->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; + + /* Filter Deactivation */ + CANx->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + + /* Filter Scale */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) + { + /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ + CANx->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + + /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ + /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ + CANx->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); + + /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ + /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ + CANx->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh); + } + + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_32bit) + { + /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ + CANx->FS1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; + /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ + CANx->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); + /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ + CANx->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow); + } + + /* Filter Mode */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) + { + /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ + CANx->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ + { + /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ + CANx->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Filter FIFO assignment */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO0) + { + /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ + CANx->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO1) + { + /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ + CANx->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Filter activation */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation == ENABLE) + { + CANx->FA1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ + CANx->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; +} +#else +/** + * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. + * @param CAN_FilterInitStruct: pointer to a CAN_FilterInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t filter_number_bit_pos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation)); + + filter_number_bit_pos = ((uint32_t)1) << CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber; + + /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; + + /* Filter Deactivation */ + CAN1->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + + /* Filter Scale */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) + { + /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ + CAN1->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + + /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ + /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); + + /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ + /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh); + } + + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_32bit) + { + /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ + CAN1->FS1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; + /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); + /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow); + } + + /* Filter Mode */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) + { + /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ + CAN1->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ + { + /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ + CAN1->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Filter FIFO assignment */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO0) + { + /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ + CAN1->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO1) + { + /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ + CAN1->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Filter activation */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation == ENABLE) + { + CAN1->FA1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; +} +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @brief Fills each CAN_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure which ill be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset CAN init structure parameters values */ + + /* Initialize the time triggered communication mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the automatic bus-off management */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the automatic wake-up mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the no automatic retransmission */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the receive FIFO locked mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the transmit FIFO priority */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the CAN_Mode member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode = CAN_Mode_Normal; + + /* Initialize the CAN_SJW member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW = CAN_SJW_1tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_BS1 member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 = CAN_BS1_4tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_BS2 member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 = CAN_BS2_3tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_Prescaler member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler = 1; +} + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_BankNumber: Select the start slave bank filter from 1..27. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_SlaveStartBank(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_BankNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(CAN_BankNumber)); + + /* Enter Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CANx->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; + + /* Select the start slave bank */ + CANx->FMR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFC0F1 ; + CANx->FMR |= (uint32_t)(CAN_BankNumber)<<8; + + /* Leave Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CANx->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; +} +#else +/** + * @brief Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. + * @param CAN_BankNumber: Select the start slave bank filter from 1..27. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(CAN_BankNumber)); + + /* Enter Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; + + /* Select the start slave bank */ + CAN1->FMR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFC0F1 ; + CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)(CAN_BankNumber)<<8; + + /* Leave Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; +} +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DBG Freeze for CAN. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the CAN peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE (CAN reception/transmission is frozen + * during debug. Reception FIFOs can still be accessed/controlled normally) + * or DISABLE (CAN is working during debug). + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Debug Freeze */ + CANx->MCR |= MCR_DBF; + } + else + { + /* Disable Debug Freeze */ + CANx->MCR &= ~MCR_DBF; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CAN Time TriggerOperation communication mode. + * @note DLC must be programmed as 8 in order Time Stamp (2 bytes) to be + * sent over the CAN bus. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param NewState: Mode new state. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * When enabled, Time stamp (TIME[15:0]) value is sent in the last two + * data bytes of the 8-byte message: TIME[7:0] in data byte 6 and TIME[15:8] + * in data byte 7. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TTCM mode */ + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; + + /* Set TGT bits */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT0R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT1R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT2R_TGT); + } + else + { + /* Disable the TTCM mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM); + + /* Reset TGT bits */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT0R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT1R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT2R_TGT); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group2 CAN Frames Transmission functions + * @brief CAN Frames Transmission functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Frames Transmission functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (+) Initiate and transmit a CAN frame message (if there is an empty mailbox). + (+) Check the transmission status of a CAN Frame + (+) Cancel a transmit request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param TxMessage: pointer to a structure which contains CAN Id, CAN DLC and CAN data. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval The number of the mailbox that is used for transmission or + * CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox if there is no empty mailbox. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage) +{ + uint8_t transmit_mailbox = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(TxMessage->IDE)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(TxMessage->RTR)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(TxMessage->DLC)); + + /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ + if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) + { + transmit_mailbox = 0; + } + else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) + { + transmit_mailbox = 1; + } + else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2) + { + transmit_mailbox = 2; + } + else + { + transmit_mailbox = CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox; + } + + if (transmit_mailbox != CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox) + { + /* Set up the Id */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR &= TMIDxR_TXRQ; + if (TxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard) + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(TxMessage->StdId)); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->StdId << 21) | \ + TxMessage->RTR); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(TxMessage->ExtId)); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->ExtId << 3) | \ + TxMessage->IDE | \ + TxMessage->RTR); + } + + /* Set up the DLC */ + TxMessage->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F; + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR |= TxMessage->DLC; + + /* Set up the data field */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[3] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[2] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[1] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[0])); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[7] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[6] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[5] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[4])); + /* Request transmission */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= TMIDxR_TXRQ; + } + return transmit_mailbox; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks the transmission status of a CAN Frame. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param TransmitMailbox: the number of the mailbox that is used for transmission. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval CAN_TxStatus_Ok if the CAN driver transmits the message, + * CAN_TxStatus_Failed in an other case. + */ +uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox) +{ + uint32_t state = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TransmitMailbox)); + + switch (TransmitMailbox) + { + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0); + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1); + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2); + break; + default: + state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + } + switch (state) + { + /* transmit pending */ + case (0x0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Pending; + break; + /* transmit failed */ + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TME0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TME1): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TME2): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + /* transmit succeeded */ + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + default: state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + } + return (uint8_t) state; +} + +/** + * @brief Cancels a transmit request. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param Mailbox: Mailbox number. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(Mailbox)); + /* abort transmission */ + switch (Mailbox) + { + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): CANx->TSR = CAN_TSR_ABRQ0; + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): CANx->TSR = CAN_TSR_ABRQ1; + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): CANx->TSR = CAN_TSR_ABRQ2; + break; + default: + break; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group3 CAN Frames Reception functions + * @brief CAN Frames Reception functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Frames Reception functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (+) Receive a correct CAN frame + (+) Release a specified receive FIFO (2 FIFOs are available) + (+) Return the number of the pending received CAN frames + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @param RxMessage: pointer to a structure receive frame which contains CAN Id, + * CAN DLC, CAN data and FMI number. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + /* Get the Id */ + RxMessage->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + if (RxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard) + { + RxMessage->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21); + } + else + { + RxMessage->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3); + } + + RxMessage->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + /* Get the DLC */ + RxMessage->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; + /* Get the FMI */ + RxMessage->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8); + /* Get the data field */ + RxMessage->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; + RxMessage->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8); + RxMessage->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16); + RxMessage->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24); + RxMessage->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; + RxMessage->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8); + RxMessage->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16); + RxMessage->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24); + /* Release the FIFO */ + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Releases the specified receive FIFO. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: FIFO to release, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of pending received messages. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval NbMessage : which is the number of pending message. + */ +uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + uint8_t message_pending=0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF0R&(uint32_t)0x03); + } + else if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1) + { + message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF1R&(uint32_t)0x03); + } + else + { + message_pending = 0; + } + return message_pending; +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group4 CAN Operation modes functions + * @brief CAN Operation modes functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Operation modes functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to select the CAN Operation modes + (+) sleep mode + (+) normal mode + (+) initialization mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Selects the CAN Operation mode. + * @param CAN_OperatingMode: CAN Operating Mode. + * This parameter can be one of @ref CAN_OperatingMode_TypeDef enumeration. + * @retval status of the requested mode which can be + * - CAN_ModeStatus_Failed: CAN failed entering the specific mode + * - CAN_ModeStatus_Success: CAN Succeed entering the specific mode + */ +uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode) +{ + uint8_t status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + + /* Timeout for INAK or also for SLAK bits*/ + uint32_t timeout = INAK_TIMEOUT; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(CAN_OperatingMode)); + + if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) + { + /* Request initialisation */ + CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP)) | CAN_MCR_INRQ); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (timeout != 0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal) + { + /* Request leave initialisation and sleep mode and enter Normal mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(CAN_MCR_SLEEP|CAN_MCR_INRQ)); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) && (timeout!=0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep) + { + /* Request Sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) && (timeout!=0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + + return (uint8_t) status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the Sleep (low power) mode. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval CAN_Sleep_Ok if sleep entered, CAN_Sleep_Failed otherwise. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Failed; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Request Sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR = (((CANx->MCR) & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Sleep mode status */ + if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) == CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + /* Sleep mode not entered */ + sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Ok; + } + /* return sleep mode status */ + return (uint8_t)sleepstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode . + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval CAN_WakeUp_Ok if sleep mode left, CAN_WakeUp_Failed otherwise. + */ +uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint32_t wait_slak = SLAK_TIMEOUT; + uint8_t wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Failed; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Wake up request */ + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP; + + /* Sleep mode status */ + while(((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)&&(wait_slak!=0x00)) + { + wait_slak--; + } + if((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + /* wake up done : Sleep mode exited */ + wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Ok; + } + /* return wakeup status */ + return (uint8_t)wakeupstatus; +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group5 CAN Bus Error management functions + * @brief CAN Bus Error management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CAN Bus Error management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (+) Return the CANx's last error code (LEC) + (+) Return the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC) + (+) Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC). + + -@- If TEC is greater than 255, The CAN is in bus-off state. + -@- if REC or TEC are greater than 96, an Error warning flag occurs. + -@- if REC or TEC are greater than 127, an Error Passive Flag occurs. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the CANx's last error code (LEC). + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval Error code: + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_NoErr: No Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_StuffErr: Stuff Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_FormErr: Form Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_ACKErr : Acknowledgment Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_BitRecessiveErr: Bit Recessive Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_BitDominantErr: Bit Dominant Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_CRCErr: CRC Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_SoftwareSetErr: Software Set Error + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t errorcode=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the error code*/ + errorcode = (((uint8_t)CANx->ESR) & (uint8_t)CAN_ESR_LEC); + + /* Return the error code*/ + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC). + * @note In case of an error during reception, this counter is incremented + * by 1 or by 8 depending on the error condition as defined by the CAN + * standard. After every successful reception, the counter is + * decremented by 1 or reset to 120 if its value was higher than 128. + * When the counter value exceeds 127, the CAN controller enters the + * error passive state. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval CAN Receive Error Counter. + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t counter=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the Receive Error Counter*/ + counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_REC)>> 24); + + /* Return the Receive Error Counter*/ + return counter; +} + + +/** + * @brief Returns the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC). + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval LSB of the 9-bit CAN Transmit Error Counter. + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t counter=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */ + counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_TEC)>> 16); + + /* Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */ + return counter; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group6 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the CAN Interrupts + and to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + The CAN provides 14 Interrupts sources and 15 Flags: + + + *** Flags *** + ============= + [..] The 15 flags can be divided on 4 groups: + + (+) Transmit Flags + (++) CAN_FLAG_RQCP0, + (++) CAN_FLAG_RQCP1, + (++) CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 : Request completed MailBoxes 0, 1 and 2 Flags + Set when the last request (transmit or abort) + has been performed. + + (+) Receive Flags + + + (++) CAN_FLAG_FMP0, + (++) CAN_FLAG_FMP1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Message Pending Flags + set to signal that messages are pending in the receive + FIFO. + These Flags are cleared only by hardware. + + (++) CAN_FLAG_FF0, + (++) CAN_FLAG_FF1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Full Flags + set when three messages are stored in the selected + FIFO. + + (++) CAN_FLAG_FOV0 + (++) CAN_FLAG_FOV1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Overrun Flags + set when a new message has been received and passed + the filter while the FIFO was full. + + (+) Operating Mode Flags + + (++) CAN_FLAG_WKU : Wake up Flag + set to signal that a SOF bit has been detected while + the CAN hardware was in Sleep mode. + + (++) CAN_FLAG_SLAK : Sleep acknowledge Flag + Set to signal that the CAN has entered Sleep Mode. + + (+) Error Flags + + (++) CAN_FLAG_EWG : Error Warning Flag + Set when the warning limit has been reached (Receive + Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter greater than 96). + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + (++) CAN_FLAG_EPV : Error Passive Flag + Set when the Error Passive limit has been reached + (Receive Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter + greater than 127). + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + (++) CAN_FLAG_BOF : Bus-Off Flag + set when CAN enters the bus-off state. The bus-off + state is entered on TEC overflow, greater than 255. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + (++) CAN_FLAG_LEC : Last error code Flag + set If a message has been transferred (reception or + transmission) with error, and the error code is hold. + + *** Interrupts *** + ================== + [..] The 14 interrupts can be divided on 4 groups: + + (+) Transmit interrupt + + (++) CAN_IT_TME : Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + no transmit request are pending for Tx mailboxes. + + (+) Receive Interrupts + + (++) CAN_IT_FMP0, + (++) CAN_IT_FMP1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 message pending Interrupts + if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending + when messages are pending in the receive FIFO. + The corresponding interrupt pending bits are cleared + only by hardware. + + (++) CAN_IT_FF0, + (++) CAN_IT_FF1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 full Interrupts + if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending + when three messages are stored in the selected FIFO. + + (++) CAN_IT_FOV0, + (++) CAN_IT_FOV1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 overrun Interrupts + if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending + when a new message has been received and passed + the filter while the FIFO was full. + + (+) Operating Mode Interrupts + + (++) CAN_IT_WKU : Wake-up Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + a SOF bit has been detected while the CAN hardware + was in Sleep mode. + + (++) CAN_IT_SLK : Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + the CAN has entered Sleep Mode. + + (+) Error Interrupts + + (++) CAN_IT_EWG : Error warning Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + the warning limit has been reached (Receive Error + Counter or Transmit Error Counter=96). + + (++) CAN_IT_EPV : Error passive Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + the Error Passive limit has been reached (Receive + Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter>127). + + (++) CAN_IT_BOF : Bus-off Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + CAN enters the bus-off state. The bus-off state is + entered on TEC overflow, greater than 255. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + (++) CAN_IT_LEC : Last error code Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + a message has been transferred (reception or + transmission) with error, and the error code is hold. + + (++) CAN_IT_ERR : Error Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + an error condition is pending. + + [..] Managing the CAN controller events : + + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to + manage the CAN controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + (#) In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (++) CAN_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + (++) CAN_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + + + (#) In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (++) CAN_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + (++) CAN_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + (++) CAN_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit + (corresponding Flag). + -@@- This function has no impact on CAN_IT_FMP0 and CAN_IT_FMP1 Interrupts + pending bits since there are cleared only by hardware. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified CANx interrupts. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the CAN interrupts. + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected CANx interrupt */ + CANx->IER |= CAN_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected CANx interrupt */ + CANx->IER &= ~CAN_IT; + } +} +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CAN flag is set or not. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request MailBox0 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP1: Request MailBox1 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request MailBox2 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FMP0: FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FMP1: FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_EWG: Error Warning Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_EPV: Error Passive Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_BOF: Bus-Off Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval The new state of CAN_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); + + + if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_ESR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->ESR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->TSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->RF0R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else /* If(CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R != (uint32_t)RESET) */ + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((uint32_t)(CANx->RF1R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + /* Return the CAN_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CAN's pending flags. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request MailBox0 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP1: Request MailBox1 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request MailBox2 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t flagtmp=0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); + + if (CAN_FLAG == CAN_FLAG_LEC) /* ESR register */ + { + /* Clear the selected CAN flags */ + CANx->ESR = (uint32_t)RESET; + } + else /* MSR or TSR or RF0R or RF1R */ + { + flagtmp = CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF; + + if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Receive Flags */ + CANx->RF0R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Receive Flags */ + CANx->RF1R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Transmit Flags */ + CANx->TSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else /* If((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) */ + { + /* Operating mode Flags */ + CANx->MSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CANx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval The current state of CAN_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT) +{ + ITStatus itstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT)); + + /* check the interrupt enable bit */ + if((CANx->IER & CAN_IT) != RESET) + { + /* in case the Interrupt is enabled, .... */ + switch (CAN_IT) + { + case CAN_IT_TME: + /* Check CAN_TSR_RQCPx bits */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2); + break; + case CAN_IT_FMP0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FMP0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FMP0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FF0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FULL0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FULL0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FOVR0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FMP1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FMP1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FMP1); + break; + case CAN_IT_FF1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FULL1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FULL1); + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FOVR1); + break; + case CAN_IT_WKU: + /* Check CAN_MSR_WKUI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_WKUI); + break; + case CAN_IT_SLK: + /* Check CAN_MSR_SLAKI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAKI); + break; + case CAN_IT_EWG: + /* Check CAN_ESR_EWGF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EWGF); + break; + case CAN_IT_EPV: + /* Check CAN_ESR_EPVF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EPVF); + break; + case CAN_IT_BOF: + /* Check CAN_ESR_BOFF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_BOFF); + break; + case CAN_IT_LEC: + /* Check CAN_ESR_LEC bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC); + break; + case CAN_IT_ERR: + /* Check CAN_MSR_ERRI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_ERRI); + break; + default: + /* in case of error, return RESET */ + itstatus = RESET; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* in case the Interrupt is not enabled, return RESET */ + itstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CAN_IT status */ + return itstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CANx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1,2 or 3 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @note CAN3 peripheral is available only for STM32F413_423xx devices + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(CAN_IT)); + + switch (CAN_IT) + { + case CAN_IT_TME: + /* Clear CAN_TSR_RQCPx (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->TSR = CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2; + break; + case CAN_IT_FF0: + /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FULL0 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FULL0; + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV0: + /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FOVR0; + break; + case CAN_IT_FF1: + /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FULL1 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FULL1; + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV1: + /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FOVR1; + break; + case CAN_IT_WKU: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_WKUI (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_WKUI; + break; + case CAN_IT_SLK: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_SLAKI (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_SLAKI; + break; + case CAN_IT_EWG: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_EPV: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_BOF: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_LEC: + /* Clear LEC bits */ + CANx->ESR = RESET; + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + break; + case CAN_IT_ERR: + /*Clear LEC bits */ + CANx->ESR = RESET; + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note BOFF, EPVF and EWGF Flags are cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + default: + break; + } +} + /** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the CAN interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CAN_Reg: specifies the CAN interrupt register to check. + * @param It_Bit: specifies the interrupt source bit to check. + * @retval The new state of the CAN Interrupt (SET or RESET). + */ +static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit) +{ + ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET; + + if ((CAN_Reg & It_Bit) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_IT is set */ + pendingbitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_IT is reset */ + pendingbitstatus = RESET; + } + return pendingbitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cec.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cec.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 5b9e7b44f7..ad6ef2862b --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cec.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cec.c @@ -1,609 +1,600 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_cec.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Consumer Electronics Control (CEC) peripheral - * applicable only on STM32F446xx devices: - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Data transfers functions - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - * @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### CEC features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This device provides some features: - (#) Supports HDMI-CEC specification 1.4. - (#) Supports two source clocks(HSI/244 or LSE). - (#) Works in stop mode(without APB clock, but with CEC clock 32KHz). - It can genarate an interrupt in the CEC clock domain that the CPU - wakes up from the low power mode. - (#) Configurable Signal Free Time before of transmission start. The - number of nominal data bit periods waited before transmission can be - ruled by Hardware or Software. - (#) Configurable Peripheral Address (multi-addressing configuration). - (#) Supports listen mode.The CEC Messages addressed to different destination - can be received without interfering with CEC bus when Listen mode option is enabled. - (#) Configurable Rx-Tolerance(Standard and Extended tolerance margin). - (#) Error detection with configurable error bit generation. - (#) Arbitration lost error in the case of two CEC devices starting at the same time. - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the CEC device, - follow steps below: - (#) The source clock can be configured using: - (++) RCC_CECCLKConfig(RCC_CECCLK_HSI_Div244) for HSI(Default) - (++) RCC_CECCLKConfig(RCC_CECCLK_LSE) for LSE. - (#) Enable CEC peripheral clock using RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBPeriph_CEC, ENABLE). - (#) Peripherals alternate function. - (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate Function (AF) using - GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. - (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. - (++) Select the type open-drain and output speed via GPIO_OType - and GPIO_Speed members. - (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. - (#) Configure the Signal Free Time, Rx Tolerance, Stop reception generation - and Bit error generation using the CEC_Init() function. - The function CEC_Init() must be called when the CEC peripheral is disabled. - (#) Configure the CEC own address by calling the fuction CEC_OwnAddressConfig(). - (#) Optionally, you can configure the Listen mode using the function CEC_ListenModeCmd(). - (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function - CEC_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. - CEC_ITConfig() must be called before enabling the CEC peripheral. - (#) Enable the CEC using the CEC_Cmd() function. - (#) Charge the first data byte in the TXDR register using CEC_SendDataByte(). - (#) Enable the transmission of the Byte of a CEC message using CEC_StartOfMessage() - (#) Transmit single data through the CEC peripheral using CEC_SendDataByte() - and Receive the last transmitted byte using CEC_ReceiveDataByte(). - (#) Enable the CEC_EndOfMessage() in order to indicate the last byte of the message. - [..] - (@) If the listen mode is enabled, Stop reception generation and Bit error generation - must be in reset state. - (@) If the CEC message consists of only 1 byte, the function CEC_EndOfMessage() - must be called before CEC_StartOfMessage(). - - @endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_cec.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC - * @brief CEC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define BROADCAST_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x0000F) -#define CFGR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x7000FE00) /* CFGR register Mask */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize: - (+) CEC own addresses - (+) CEC Signal Free Time - (+) CEC Rx Tolerance - (+) CEC Stop Reception - (+) CEC Bit Rising Error - (+) CEC Long Bit Period Error - [..] This section provides also a function to configure the CEC peripheral in Listen Mode. - Messages addressed to different destination can be received when Listen mode is - enabled without interfering with CEC bus. -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the CEC peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_DeInit(void) -{ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CEC peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the CEC_InitStruct. - * @note The CEC parameters must be configured before enabling the CEC peripheral. - * @param CEC_InitStruct: pointer to an CEC_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified CEC peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SignalFreeTime)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_RX_TOLERANCE(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_RxTolerance)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_STOP_RECEPTION(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_StopReception)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_RISING_ERROR(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitRisingError)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_LONG_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_LongBitPeriodError)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_BDR_NO_GEN_ERROR(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BRDNoGen)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_SFT_OPTION(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SFTOption)); - - /* Get the CEC CFGR value */ - tmpreg = CEC->CFGR; - - /* Clear CFGR bits */ - tmpreg &= CFGR_CLEAR_MASK; - - /* Configure the CEC peripheral */ - tmpreg |= (CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SignalFreeTime | CEC_InitStruct->CEC_RxTolerance | - CEC_InitStruct->CEC_StopReception | CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitRisingError | - CEC_InitStruct->CEC_LongBitPeriodError| CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BRDNoGen | - CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SFTOption); - - /* Write to CEC CFGR register */ - CEC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each CEC_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param CEC_InitStruct: pointer to a CEC_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_StructInit(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct) -{ - CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SignalFreeTime = CEC_SignalFreeTime_Standard; - CEC_InitStruct->CEC_RxTolerance = CEC_RxTolerance_Standard; - CEC_InitStruct->CEC_StopReception = CEC_StopReception_Off; - CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitRisingError = CEC_BitRisingError_Off; - CEC_InitStruct->CEC_LongBitPeriodError = CEC_LongBitPeriodError_Off; - CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BRDNoGen = CEC_BRDNoGen_Off; - CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SFTOption = CEC_SFTOption_Off; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the CEC peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the CEC peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the CEC peripheral */ - CEC->CR |= CEC_CR_CECEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the CEC peripheral */ - CEC->CR &= ~CEC_CR_CECEN; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the CEC Listen Mode. - * @param NewState: new state of the Listen Mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_ListenModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the Listen Mode */ - CEC->CFGR |= CEC_CFGR_LSTN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Listen Mode */ - CEC->CFGR &= ~CEC_CFGR_LSTN; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Defines the Own Address of the CEC device. - * @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address. - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress) -{ - uint32_t tmp =0x00; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress)); - tmp = 1 <<(CEC_OwnAddress + 16); - /* Set the CEC own address */ - CEC->CFGR |= tmp; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the Own Address of the CEC device. - * @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address. - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_OwnAddressClear(void) -{ - /* Set the CEC own address */ - CEC->CFGR = 0x0; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Group2 Data transfers functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Data transfers functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing the CEC data transfers.The read - access of the CEC_RXDR register can be done using the CEC_ReceiveData()function - and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the CEC_TXDR can be - done using CEC_SendData() function. -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Transmits single data through the CEC peripheral. - * @param Data: the data to transmit. - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_SendData(uint8_t Data) -{ - /* Transmit Data */ - CEC->TXDR = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the CEC peripheral. - * @param None - * @retval The received data. - */ -uint8_t CEC_ReceiveData(void) -{ - /* Receive Data */ - return (uint8_t)(CEC->RXDR); -} - -/** - * @brief Starts a new message. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_StartOfMessage(void) -{ - /* Starts of new message */ - CEC->CR |= CEC_CR_TXSOM; -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits message with an EOM bit. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_EndOfMessage(void) -{ - /* The data byte will be transmitted with an EOM bit */ - CEC->CR |= CEC_CR_TXEOM; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CEC_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions -* -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the CEC Interrupts - sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. - [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage - the communication: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. - - [..] In polling mode, the CEC can be managed by the following flags: - (+) CEC_FLAG_TXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in transmission mode. - (+) CEC_FLAG_TXERR : to indicate an error occurs during transmission mode. - The initiator detects low impedance in the CEC line. - (+) CEC_FLAG_TXUDR : to indicate if an underrun error occurs in transmission mode. - The transmission is enabled while the software has not yet - loaded any value into the TXDR register. - (+) CEC_FLAG_TXEND : to indicate the end of successful transmission. - (+) CEC_FLAG_TXBR : to indicate the next transmission data has to be written to TXDR. - (+) CEC_FLAG_ARBLST : to indicate arbitration lost in the case of two CEC devices - starting at the same time. - (+) CEC_FLAG_RXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in receive mode. - (+) CEC_FLAG_LBPE : to indicate a long bit period error generated during receive mode. - (+) CEC_FLAG_SBPE : to indicate a short bit period error generated during receive mode. - (+) CEC_FLAG_BRE : to indicate a bit rising error generated during receive mode. - (+) CEC_FLAG_RXOVR : to indicate if an overrun error occur while receiving a CEC message. - A byte is not yet received while a new byte is stored in the RXDR register. - (+) CEC_FLAG_RXEND : to indicate the end Of reception - (+) CEC_FLAG_RXBR : to indicate a new byte has been received from the CEC line and - stored into the RXDR buffer. - [..] - (@)In this Mode, it is advised to use the following functions: - FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t CEC_FLAG); - void CEC_ClearFlag(uint16_t CEC_FLAG); - - [..] In Interrupt mode, the CEC can be managed by the following interrupt sources: - (+) CEC_IT_TXACKE : to indicate a TX Missing acknowledge - (+) CEC_IT_TXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in transmission mode. - (+) CEC_IT_TXERR : to indicate an error occurs during transmission mode. - The initiator detects low impedance in the CEC line. - (+) CEC_IT_TXUDR : to indicate if an underrun error occurs in transmission mode. - The transmission is enabled while the software has not yet - loaded any value into the TXDR register. - (+) CEC_IT_TXEND : to indicate the end of successful transmission. - (+) CEC_IT_TXBR : to indicate the next transmission data has to be written to TXDR register. - (+) CEC_IT_ARBLST : to indicate arbitration lost in the case of two CEC devices - starting at the same time. - (+) CEC_IT_RXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in receive mode. - (+) CEC_IT_LBPE : to indicate a long bit period error generated during receive mode. - (+) CEC_IT_SBPE : to indicate a short bit period error generated during receive mode. - (+) CEC_IT_BRE : to indicate a bit rising error generated during receive mode. - (+) CEC_IT_RXOVR : to indicate if an overrun error occur while receiving a CEC message. - A byte is not yet received while a new byte is stored in the RXDR register. - (+) CEC_IT_RXEND : to indicate the end Of reception - (+) CEC_IT_RXBR : to indicate a new byte has been received from the CEC line and - stored into the RXDR buffer. - [..] - (@)In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - void CEC_ITConfig( uint16_t CEC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); - ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint16_t CEC_IT); - void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT); - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the selected CEC interrupts. - * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt source to be enabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error - * @arg CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error. - * @arg CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun. - * @arg CEC_IT_TXEND: End of Transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). - * @arg CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request. - * @arg CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost - * @arg CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge - * @arg CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error - * @arg CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error - * @arg CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error - * @arg CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun. - * @arg CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception - * @arg CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received - * @param NewState: new state of the selected CEC interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_ITConfig(uint16_t CEC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_CEC_IT(CEC_IT)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected CEC interrupt */ - CEC->IER |= CEC_IT; - } - else - { - CEC_IT =~CEC_IT; - /* Disable the selected CEC interrupt */ - CEC->IER &= CEC_IT; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the CEC flag status. - * @param CEC_FLAG: specifies the CEC flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error - * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx Error. - * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun. - * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). - * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request. - * @arg CEC_FLAG_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost - * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge - * @arg CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx Long period Error - * @arg CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx Short period Error - * @arg CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit Rissing Error - * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx Overrun. - * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End Of Reception. - * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received. - * @retval The new state of CEC_FLAG (SET or RESET) - */ -FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t CEC_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(CEC_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified CEC flag */ - if ((CEC->ISR & CEC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) - { - /* CEC flag is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CEC flag is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the CEC flag status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the CEC's pending flags. - * @param CEC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error - * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx Error - * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun - * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). - * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request - * @arg CEC_FLAG_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost - * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXACKE: Rx Missing Acknowledge - * @arg CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx Long period Error - * @arg CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx Short period Error - * @arg CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error - * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx Overrun - * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End Of Reception - * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_ClearFlag(uint32_t CEC_FLAG) -{ - assert_param(IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(CEC_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected CEC flag */ - CEC->ISR = CEC_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified CEC interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error - * @arg CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error. - * @arg CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun. - * @arg CEC_IT_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). - * @arg CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request. - * @arg CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost. - * @arg CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge. - * @arg CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error. - * @arg CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error. - * @arg CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error. - * @arg CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun. - * @arg CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception. - * @arg CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received - * @retval The new state of CEC_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint16_t CEC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_IT(CEC_IT)); - - /* Get the CEC IT enable bit status */ - enablestatus = (CEC->IER & CEC_IT); - - /* Check the status of the specified CEC interrupt */ - if (((CEC->ISR & CEC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) - { - /* CEC interrupt is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CEC interrupt is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the CEC interrupt status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the CEC's interrupt pending bits. - * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error - * @arg CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error - * @arg CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun - * @arg CEC_IT_TXEND: End of Transmission - * @arg CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request - * @arg CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost - * @arg CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge - * @arg CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error - * @arg CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error - * @arg CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error - * @arg CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun - * @arg CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception - * @arg CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received - * @retval None - */ -void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT) -{ - assert_param(IS_CEC_IT(CEC_IT)); - - /* Clear the selected CEC interrupt pending bits */ - CEC->ISR = CEC_IT; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_cec.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Consumer Electronics Control (CEC) peripheral + * applicable only on STM32F446xx devices: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers functions + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### CEC features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This device provides some features: + (#) Supports HDMI-CEC specification 1.4. + (#) Supports two source clocks(HSI/244 or LSE). + (#) Works in stop mode(without APB clock, but with CEC clock 32KHz). + It can genarate an interrupt in the CEC clock domain that the CPU + wakes up from the low power mode. + (#) Configurable Signal Free Time before of transmission start. The + number of nominal data bit periods waited before transmission can be + ruled by Hardware or Software. + (#) Configurable Peripheral Address (multi-addressing configuration). + (#) Supports listen mode.The CEC Messages addressed to different destination + can be received without interfering with CEC bus when Listen mode option is enabled. + (#) Configurable Rx-Tolerance(Standard and Extended tolerance margin). + (#) Error detection with configurable error bit generation. + (#) Arbitration lost error in the case of two CEC devices starting at the same time. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the CEC device, + follow steps below: + (#) The source clock can be configured using: + (++) RCC_CECCLKConfig(RCC_CECCLK_HSI_Div244) for HSI(Default) + (++) RCC_CECCLKConfig(RCC_CECCLK_LSE) for LSE. + (#) Enable CEC peripheral clock using RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBPeriph_CEC, ENABLE). + (#) Peripherals alternate function. + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate Function (AF) using + GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. + (++) Select the type open-drain and output speed via GPIO_OType + and GPIO_Speed members. + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Configure the Signal Free Time, Rx Tolerance, Stop reception generation + and Bit error generation using the CEC_Init() function. + The function CEC_Init() must be called when the CEC peripheral is disabled. + (#) Configure the CEC own address by calling the fuction CEC_OwnAddressConfig(). + (#) Optionally, you can configure the Listen mode using the function CEC_ListenModeCmd(). + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + CEC_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + CEC_ITConfig() must be called before enabling the CEC peripheral. + (#) Enable the CEC using the CEC_Cmd() function. + (#) Charge the first data byte in the TXDR register using CEC_SendDataByte(). + (#) Enable the transmission of the Byte of a CEC message using CEC_StartOfMessage() + (#) Transmit single data through the CEC peripheral using CEC_SendDataByte() + and Receive the last transmitted byte using CEC_ReceiveDataByte(). + (#) Enable the CEC_EndOfMessage() in order to indicate the last byte of the message. + [..] + (@) If the listen mode is enabled, Stop reception generation and Bit error generation + must be in reset state. + (@) If the CEC message consists of only 1 byte, the function CEC_EndOfMessage() + must be called before CEC_StartOfMessage(). + + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_cec.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC + * @brief CEC driver modules + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define BROADCAST_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x0000F) +#define CFGR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x7000FE00) /* CFGR register Mask */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize: + (+) CEC own addresses + (+) CEC Signal Free Time + (+) CEC Rx Tolerance + (+) CEC Stop Reception + (+) CEC Bit Rising Error + (+) CEC Long Bit Period Error + [..] This section provides also a function to configure the CEC peripheral in Listen Mode. + Messages addressed to different destination can be received when Listen mode is + enabled without interfering with CEC bus. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CEC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CEC peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the CEC_InitStruct. + * @note The CEC parameters must be configured before enabling the CEC peripheral. + * @param CEC_InitStruct: pointer to an CEC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CEC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SignalFreeTime)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_RX_TOLERANCE(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_RxTolerance)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_STOP_RECEPTION(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_StopReception)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_RISING_ERROR(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitRisingError)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_LONG_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_LongBitPeriodError)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_BDR_NO_GEN_ERROR(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BRDNoGen)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_SFT_OPTION(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SFTOption)); + + /* Get the CEC CFGR value */ + tmpreg = CEC->CFGR; + + /* Clear CFGR bits */ + tmpreg &= CFGR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure the CEC peripheral */ + tmpreg |= (CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SignalFreeTime | CEC_InitStruct->CEC_RxTolerance | + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_StopReception | CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitRisingError | + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_LongBitPeriodError| CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BRDNoGen | + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SFTOption); + + /* Write to CEC CFGR register */ + CEC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CEC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CEC_InitStruct: pointer to a CEC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_StructInit(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct) +{ + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SignalFreeTime = CEC_SignalFreeTime_Standard; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_RxTolerance = CEC_RxTolerance_Standard; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_StopReception = CEC_StopReception_Off; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitRisingError = CEC_BitRisingError_Off; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_LongBitPeriodError = CEC_LongBitPeriodError_Off; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BRDNoGen = CEC_BRDNoGen_Off; + CEC_InitStruct->CEC_SFTOption = CEC_SFTOption_Off; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CEC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the CEC peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the CEC peripheral */ + CEC->CR |= CEC_CR_CECEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the CEC peripheral */ + CEC->CR &= ~CEC_CR_CECEN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CEC Listen Mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the Listen Mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ListenModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Listen Mode */ + CEC->CFGR |= CEC_CFGR_LSTN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Listen Mode */ + CEC->CFGR &= ~CEC_CFGR_LSTN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Defines the Own Address of the CEC device. + * @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress) +{ + uint32_t tmp =0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress)); + tmp = 1 <<(CEC_OwnAddress + 16); + /* Set the CEC own address */ + CEC->CFGR |= tmp; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the Own Address of the CEC device. + * @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_OwnAddressClear(void) +{ + /* Set the CEC own address */ + CEC->CFGR = 0x0; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing the CEC data transfers.The read + access of the CEC_RXDR register can be done using the CEC_ReceiveData()function + and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the CEC_TXDR can be + done using CEC_SendData() function. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits single data through the CEC peripheral. + * @param Data: the data to transmit. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_SendData(uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Transmit Data */ + CEC->TXDR = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the CEC peripheral. + * @param None + * @retval The received data. + */ +uint8_t CEC_ReceiveData(void) +{ + /* Receive Data */ + return (uint8_t)(CEC->RXDR); +} + +/** + * @brief Starts a new message. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_StartOfMessage(void) +{ + /* Starts of new message */ + CEC->CR |= CEC_CR_TXSOM; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits message with an EOM bit. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_EndOfMessage(void) +{ + /* The data byte will be transmitted with an EOM bit */ + CEC->CR |= CEC_CR_TXEOM; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions +* +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the CEC Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + [..] In polling mode, the CEC can be managed by the following flags: + (+) CEC_FLAG_TXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in transmission mode. + (+) CEC_FLAG_TXERR : to indicate an error occurs during transmission mode. + The initiator detects low impedance in the CEC line. + (+) CEC_FLAG_TXUDR : to indicate if an underrun error occurs in transmission mode. + The transmission is enabled while the software has not yet + loaded any value into the TXDR register. + (+) CEC_FLAG_TXEND : to indicate the end of successful transmission. + (+) CEC_FLAG_TXBR : to indicate the next transmission data has to be written to TXDR. + (+) CEC_FLAG_ARBLST : to indicate arbitration lost in the case of two CEC devices + starting at the same time. + (+) CEC_FLAG_RXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in receive mode. + (+) CEC_FLAG_LBPE : to indicate a long bit period error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_FLAG_SBPE : to indicate a short bit period error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_FLAG_BRE : to indicate a bit rising error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_FLAG_RXOVR : to indicate if an overrun error occur while receiving a CEC message. + A byte is not yet received while a new byte is stored in the RXDR register. + (+) CEC_FLAG_RXEND : to indicate the end Of reception + (+) CEC_FLAG_RXBR : to indicate a new byte has been received from the CEC line and + stored into the RXDR buffer. + [..] + (@)In this Mode, it is advised to use the following functions: + FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t CEC_FLAG); + void CEC_ClearFlag(uint16_t CEC_FLAG); + + [..] In Interrupt mode, the CEC can be managed by the following interrupt sources: + (+) CEC_IT_TXACKE : to indicate a TX Missing acknowledge + (+) CEC_IT_TXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in transmission mode. + (+) CEC_IT_TXERR : to indicate an error occurs during transmission mode. + The initiator detects low impedance in the CEC line. + (+) CEC_IT_TXUDR : to indicate if an underrun error occurs in transmission mode. + The transmission is enabled while the software has not yet + loaded any value into the TXDR register. + (+) CEC_IT_TXEND : to indicate the end of successful transmission. + (+) CEC_IT_TXBR : to indicate the next transmission data has to be written to TXDR register. + (+) CEC_IT_ARBLST : to indicate arbitration lost in the case of two CEC devices + starting at the same time. + (+) CEC_IT_RXACKE : to indicate a missing acknowledge in receive mode. + (+) CEC_IT_LBPE : to indicate a long bit period error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_IT_SBPE : to indicate a short bit period error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_IT_BRE : to indicate a bit rising error generated during receive mode. + (+) CEC_IT_RXOVR : to indicate if an overrun error occur while receiving a CEC message. + A byte is not yet received while a new byte is stored in the RXDR register. + (+) CEC_IT_RXEND : to indicate the end Of reception + (+) CEC_IT_RXBR : to indicate a new byte has been received from the CEC line and + stored into the RXDR buffer. + [..] + (@)In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + void CEC_ITConfig( uint16_t CEC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint16_t CEC_IT); + void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT); + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected CEC interrupts. + * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt source to be enabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error. + * @arg CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun. + * @arg CEC_IT_TXEND: End of Transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). + * @arg CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request. + * @arg CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost + * @arg CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge + * @arg CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error + * @arg CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error + * @arg CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error + * @arg CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun. + * @arg CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception + * @arg CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received + * @param NewState: new state of the selected CEC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ITConfig(uint16_t CEC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_IT(CEC_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected CEC interrupt */ + CEC->IER |= CEC_IT; + } + else + { + CEC_IT =~CEC_IT; + /* Disable the selected CEC interrupt */ + CEC->IER &= CEC_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the CEC flag status. + * @param CEC_FLAG: specifies the CEC flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx Error. + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun. + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request. + * @arg CEC_FLAG_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge + * @arg CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx Long period Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx Short period Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit Rissing Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx Overrun. + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End Of Reception. + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received. + * @retval The new state of CEC_FLAG (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t CEC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(CEC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified CEC flag */ + if ((CEC->ISR & CEC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + /* CEC flag is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CEC flag is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CEC flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CEC's pending flags. + * @param CEC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request + * @arg CEC_FLAG_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXACKE: Rx Missing Acknowledge + * @arg CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx Long period Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx Short period Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx Overrun + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End Of Reception + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ClearFlag(uint32_t CEC_FLAG) +{ + assert_param(IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(CEC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected CEC flag */ + CEC->ISR = CEC_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CEC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error. + * @arg CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun. + * @arg CEC_IT_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte). + * @arg CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request. + * @arg CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost. + * @arg CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge. + * @arg CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error. + * @arg CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error. + * @arg CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error. + * @arg CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun. + * @arg CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception. + * @arg CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received + * @retval The new state of CEC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint16_t CEC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_IT(CEC_IT)); + + /* Get the CEC IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (CEC->IER & CEC_IT); + + /* Check the status of the specified CEC interrupt */ + if (((CEC->ISR & CEC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* CEC interrupt is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CEC interrupt is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CEC interrupt status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CEC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error + * @arg CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun + * @arg CEC_IT_TXEND: End of Transmission + * @arg CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request + * @arg CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost + * @arg CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge + * @arg CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error + * @arg CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error + * @arg CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error + * @arg CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun + * @arg CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception + * @arg CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT) +{ + assert_param(IS_CEC_IT(CEC_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected CEC interrupt pending bits */ + CEC->ISR = CEC_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_crc.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_crc.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index b45c1900f0..ce84011b04 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_crc.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_crc.c @@ -1,133 +1,125 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_crc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides all the CRC firmware functions. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_crc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRC - * @brief CRC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Resets the CRC Data register (DR). - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void CRC_ResetDR(void) -{ - /* Reset CRC generator */ - CRC->CR = CRC_CR_RESET; -} - -/** - * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit). - * @param Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC - * @retval 32-bit CRC - */ -uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data) -{ - CRC->DR = Data; - - return (CRC->DR); -} - -/** - * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit). - * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed - * @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed - * @retval 32-bit CRC - */ -uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) -{ - uint32_t index = 0; - - for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++) - { - CRC->DR = pBuffer[index]; - } - return (CRC->DR); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the current CRC value. - * @param None - * @retval 32-bit CRC - */ -uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void) -{ - return (CRC->DR); -} - -/** - * @brief Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register. - * @param IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register - * @retval None - */ -void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue) -{ - CRC->IDR = IDValue; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register - * @param None - * @retval 8-bit value of the ID register - */ -uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void) -{ - return (CRC->IDR); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_crc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides all the CRC firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_crc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC + * @brief CRC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the CRC Data register (DR). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_ResetDR(void) +{ + /* Reset CRC generator */ + CRC->CR = CRC_CR_RESET; +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit). + * @param Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data) +{ + CRC->DR = Data; + + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit). + * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed + * @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++) + { + CRC->DR = pBuffer[index]; + } + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current CRC value. + * @param None + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void) +{ + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register. + * @param IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue) +{ + CRC->IDR = IDValue; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register + * @param None + * @retval 8-bit value of the ID register + */ +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void) +{ + return (CRC->IDR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 491649d1c6..f3c67d6b75 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp.c @@ -1,934 +1,926 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_cryp.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Cryptographic processor (CRYP) peripheral: - * + Initialization and Configuration functions - * + Data treatment functions - * + Context swapping functions - * + DMA interface function - * + Interrupts and flags management - * -@verbatim - =================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable the CRYP controller clock using - RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, ENABLE); function. - - (#) Initialize the CRYP using CRYP_Init(), CRYP_KeyInit() and if needed - CRYP_IVInit(). - - (#) Flush the IN and OUT FIFOs by using CRYP_FIFOFlush() function. - - (#) Enable the CRYP controller using the CRYP_Cmd() function. - - (#) If using DMA for Data input and output transfer, activate the needed DMA - Requests using CRYP_DMACmd() function - - (#) If DMA is not used for data transfer, use CRYP_DataIn() and CRYP_DataOut() - functions to enter data to IN FIFO and get result from OUT FIFO. - - (#) To control CRYP events you can use one of the following two methods: - (++) Check on CRYP flags using the CRYP_GetFlagStatus() function. - (++) Use CRYP interrupts through the function CRYP_ITConfig() at - initialization phase and CRYP_GetITStatus() function into interrupt - routines in processing phase. - - (#) Save and restore Cryptographic processor context using CRYP_SaveContext() - and CRYP_RestoreContext() functions. - - - *** Procedure to perform an encryption or a decryption *** - ========================================================== - - *** Initialization *** - ====================== - [..] - (#) Initialize the peripheral using CRYP_Init(), CRYP_KeyInit() and CRYP_IVInit - functions: - (++) Configure the key size (128-, 192- or 256-bit, in the AES only) - (++) Enter the symmetric key - (++) Configure the data type - (++) In case of decryption in AES-ECB or AES-CBC, you must prepare - the key: configure the key preparation mode. Then Enable the CRYP - peripheral using CRYP_Cmd() function: the BUSY flag is set. - Wait until BUSY flag is reset : the key is prepared for decryption - (++) Configure the algorithm and chaining (the DES/TDES in ECB/CBC, the - AES in ECB/CBC/CTR) - (++) Configure the direction (encryption/decryption). - (++) Write the initialization vectors (in CBC or CTR modes only) - - (#) Flush the IN and OUT FIFOs using the CRYP_FIFOFlush() function - - - *** Basic Processing mode (polling mode) *** - ============================================ - [..] - (#) Enable the cryptographic processor using CRYP_Cmd() function. - - (#) Write the first blocks in the input FIFO (2 to 8 words) using - CRYP_DataIn() function. - - (#) Repeat the following sequence until the complete message has been - processed: - - (++) Wait for flag CRYP_FLAG_OFNE occurs (using CRYP_GetFlagStatus() - function), then read the OUT-FIFO using CRYP_DataOut() function - (1 block or until the FIFO is empty) - - (++) Wait for flag CRYP_FLAG_IFNF occurs, (using CRYP_GetFlagStatus() - function then write the IN FIFO using CRYP_DataIn() function - (1 block or until the FIFO is full) - - (#) At the end of the processing, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY flag will be reset and - both FIFOs are empty (CRYP_FLAG_IFEM is set and CRYP_FLAG_OFNE is - reset). You can disable the peripheral using CRYP_Cmd() function. - - *** Interrupts Processing mode *** - ================================== - [..] In this mode, Processing is done when the data are transferred by the - CPU during interrupts. - - (#) Enable the interrupts CRYP_IT_INI and CRYP_IT_OUTI using CRYP_ITConfig() - function. - - (#) Enable the cryptographic processor using CRYP_Cmd() function. - - (#) In the CRYP_IT_INI interrupt handler : load the input message into the - IN FIFO using CRYP_DataIn() function . You can load 2 or 4 words at a - time, or load data until the IN FIFO is full. When the last word of - the message has been entered into the IN FIFO, disable the CRYP_IT_INI - interrupt (using CRYP_ITConfig() function). - - (#) In the CRYP_IT_OUTI interrupt handler : read the output message from - the OUT FIFO using CRYP_DataOut() function. You can read 1 block (2 or - 4 words) at a time or read data until the FIFO is empty. - When the last word has been read, INIM=0, BUSY=0 and both FIFOs are - empty (CRYP_FLAG_IFEM is set and CRYP_FLAG_OFNE is reset). - You can disable the CRYP_IT_OUTI interrupt (using CRYP_ITConfig() - function) and you can disable the peripheral using CRYP_Cmd() function. - - *** DMA Processing mode *** - =========================== - [..] In this mode, Processing is done when the DMA is used to transfer the - data from/to the memory. - - (#) Configure the DMA controller to transfer the input data from the - memory using DMA_Init() function. - The transfer length is the length of the message. - As message padding is not managed by the peripheral, the message - length must be an entire number of blocks. The data are transferred - in burst mode. The burst length is 4 words in the AES and 2 or 4 - words in the DES/TDES. The DMA should be configured to set an - interrupt on transfer completion of the output data to indicate that - the processing is finished. - Refer to DMA peripheral driver for more details. - - (#) Enable the cryptographic processor using CRYP_Cmd() function. - Enable the DMA requests CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN and CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT - using CRYP_DMACmd() function. - - (#) All the transfers and processing are managed by the DMA and the - cryptographic processor. The DMA transfer complete interrupt indicates - that the processing is complete. Both FIFOs are normally empty and - CRYP_FLAG_BUSY flag is reset. - - @endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_cryp.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP - * @brief CRYP driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x20) -#define MAX_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to - (+) Initialize the cryptographic Processor using CRYP_Init() function - (++) Encrypt or Decrypt - (++) mode : TDES-ECB, TDES-CBC, - DES-ECB, DES-CBC, - AES-ECB, AES-CBC, AES-CTR, AES-Key, AES-GCM, AES-CCM - (++) DataType : 32-bit data, 16-bit data, bit data or bit-string - (++) Key Size (only in AES modes) - (+) Configure the Encrypt or Decrypt Key using CRYP_KeyInit() function - (+) Configure the Initialization Vectors(IV) for CBC and CTR modes using - CRYP_IVInit() function. - (+) Flushes the IN and OUT FIFOs : using CRYP_FIFOFlush() function. - (+) Enable or disable the CRYP Processor using CRYP_Cmd() function - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the CRYP peripheral registers to their default reset values - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable CRYP reset state */ - RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, ENABLE); - - /* Release CRYP from reset state */ - RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the CRYP_InitStruct. - * @param CRYP_InitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the CRYP peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_Init(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CRYP_ALGOMODE(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode)); - assert_param(IS_CRYP_DATATYPE(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_DataType)); - assert_param(IS_CRYP_ALGODIR(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoDir)); - - /* Select Algorithm mode*/ - CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE; - CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode; - - /* Select dataType */ - CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_DATATYPE; - CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_DataType; - - /* select Key size (used only with AES algorithm) */ - if ((CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode != CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB) && - (CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode != CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_CBC) && - (CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode != CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB) && - (CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode != CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_CBC)) - { - assert_param(IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_KeySize)); - CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_KEYSIZE; - CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_KeySize; /* Key size and value must be - configured once the key has - been prepared */ - } - - /* Select data Direction */ - CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_ALGODIR; - CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoDir; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each CRYP_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param CRYP_InitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_StructInit(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct) -{ - /* Initialize the CRYP_AlgoDir member */ - CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; - - /* initialize the CRYP_AlgoMode member */ - CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB; - - /* initialize the CRYP_DataType member */ - CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_32b; - - /* Initialize the CRYP_KeySize member */ - CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_128b; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP Keys according to the specified parameters in - * the CRYP_KeyInitStruct. - * @param CRYP_KeyInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the CRYP Keys. - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_KeyInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct) -{ - /* Key Initialisation */ - CRYP->K0LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Left; - CRYP->K0RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Right; - CRYP->K1LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Left; - CRYP->K1RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Right; - CRYP->K2LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Left; - CRYP->K2RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Right; - CRYP->K3LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Left; - CRYP->K3RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Right; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each CRYP_KeyInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param CRYP_KeyInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_KeyStructInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct) -{ - CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Left = 0; - CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Right = 0; - CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Left = 0; - CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Right = 0; - CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Left = 0; - CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Right = 0; - CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Left = 0; - CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Right = 0; -} -/** - * @brief Initializes the CRYP Initialization Vectors(IV) according to the - * specified parameters in the CRYP_IVInitStruct. - * @param CRYP_IVInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_IVInitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the CRYP Initialization Vectors(IV). - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_IVInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct) -{ - CRYP->IV0LR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Left; - CRYP->IV0RR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Right; - CRYP->IV1LR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Left; - CRYP->IV1RR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Right; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each CRYP_IVInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param CRYP_IVInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_IVInitTypeDef Initialization - * Vectors(IV) structure which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_IVStructInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct) -{ - CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Left = 0; - CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Right = 0; - CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Left = 0; - CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Right = 0; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the AES-CCM and AES-GCM phases - * @note This function is used only with AES-CCM or AES-GCM Algorithms - * @param CRYP_Phase: specifies the CRYP AES-CCM and AES-GCM phase to be configured. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg CRYP_Phase_Init: Initialization phase - * @arg CRYP_Phase_Header: Header phase - * @arg CRYP_Phase_Payload: Payload phase - * @arg CRYP_Phase_Final: Final phase - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_PhaseConfig(uint32_t CRYP_Phase) -{ uint32_t tempcr = 0; - - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_CRYP_PHASE(CRYP_Phase)); - - /* Get the CR register */ - tempcr = CRYP->CR; - - /* Reset the phase configuration bits: GCMP_CCMPH */ - tempcr &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH); - /* Set the selected phase */ - tempcr |= (uint32_t)CRYP_Phase; - - /* Set the CR register */ - CRYP->CR = tempcr; -} - -/** - * @brief Flushes the IN and OUT FIFOs (that is read and write pointers of the - * FIFOs are reset) - * @note The FIFOs must be flushed only when BUSY flag is reset. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_FIFOFlush(void) -{ - /* Reset the read and write pointers of the FIFOs */ - CRYP->CR |= CRYP_CR_FFLUSH; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the CRYP peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the CRYP peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the Cryptographic processor */ - CRYP->CR |= CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Cryptographic processor */ - CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Group2 CRYP Data processing functions - * @brief CRYP Data processing functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### CRYP Data processing functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing the encryption and decryption - operations: - (+) Enter data to be treated in the IN FIFO : using CRYP_DataIn() function. - (+) Get the data result from the OUT FIFO : using CRYP_DataOut() function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Writes data in the Data Input register (DIN). - * @note After the DIN register has been read once or several times, - * the FIFO must be flushed (using CRYP_FIFOFlush() function). - * @param Data: data to write in Data Input register - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_DataIn(uint32_t Data) -{ - CRYP->DR = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the last data entered into the output FIFO. - * @param None - * @retval Last data entered into the output FIFO. - */ -uint32_t CRYP_DataOut(void) -{ - return CRYP->DOUT; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Group3 Context swapping functions - * @brief Context swapping functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Context swapping functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to save and store CRYP Context - - [..] It is possible to interrupt an encryption/ decryption/ key generation process - to perform another processing with a higher priority, and to complete the - interrupted process later on, when the higher-priority task is complete. To do - so, the context of the interrupted task must be saved from the CRYP registers - to memory, and then be restored from memory to the CRYP registers. - - (#) To save the current context, use CRYP_SaveContext() function - (#) To restore the saved context, use CRYP_RestoreContext() function - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Saves the CRYP peripheral Context. - * @note This function stops DMA transfer before to save the context. After - * restoring the context, you have to enable the DMA again (if the DMA - * was previously used). - * @param CRYP_ContextSave: pointer to a CRYP_Context structure that contains - * the repository for current context. - * @param CRYP_KeyInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the CRYP Keys. - * @retval None - */ -ErrorStatus CRYP_SaveContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextSave, - CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct) -{ - __IO uint32_t timeout = 0; - uint32_t ckeckmask = 0, bitstatus; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Stop DMA transfers on the IN FIFO by clearing the DIEN bit in the CRYP_DMACR */ - CRYP->DMACR &= ~(uint32_t)CRYP_DMACR_DIEN; - - /* Wait until both the IN and OUT FIFOs are empty - (IFEM=1 and OFNE=0 in the CRYP_SR register) and the - BUSY bit is cleared. */ - - if ((CRYP->CR & (uint32_t)(CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC)) != (uint32_t)0 )/* TDES */ - { - ckeckmask = CRYP_SR_IFEM | CRYP_SR_BUSY ; - } - else /* AES or DES */ - { - ckeckmask = CRYP_SR_IFEM | CRYP_SR_BUSY | CRYP_SR_OFNE; - } - - do - { - bitstatus = CRYP->SR & ckeckmask; - timeout++; - } - while ((timeout != MAX_TIMEOUT) && (bitstatus != CRYP_SR_IFEM)); - - if ((CRYP->SR & ckeckmask) != CRYP_SR_IFEM) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Stop DMA transfers on the OUT FIFO by - - writing the DOEN bit to 0 in the CRYP_DMACR register - - and clear the CRYPEN bit. */ - - CRYP->DMACR &= ~(uint32_t)CRYP_DMACR_DOEN; - CRYP->CR &= ~(uint32_t)CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; - - /* Save the current configuration (bit 19, bit[17:16] and bits [9:2] in the CRYP_CR register) */ - CRYP_ContextSave->CR_CurrentConfig = CRYP->CR & (CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH | - CRYP_CR_KEYSIZE | - CRYP_CR_DATATYPE | - CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE | - CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); - - /* and, if not in ECB mode, the initialization vectors. */ - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV0LR = CRYP->IV0LR; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV0RR = CRYP->IV0RR; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV1LR = CRYP->IV1LR; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV1RR = CRYP->IV1RR; - - /* save The key value */ - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K0LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Left; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K0RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Right; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K1LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Left; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K1RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Right; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K2LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Left; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K2RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Right; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K3LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Left; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K3RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Right; - - /* Save the content of context swap registers */ - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[0] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM0R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[1] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM1R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[2] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM2R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[3] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM3R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[4] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM4R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[5] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM5R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[6] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM6R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[7] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM7R; - - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[0] = CRYP->CSGCM0R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[1] = CRYP->CSGCM1R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[2] = CRYP->CSGCM2R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[3] = CRYP->CSGCM3R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[4] = CRYP->CSGCM4R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[5] = CRYP->CSGCM5R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[6] = CRYP->CSGCM6R; - CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[7] = CRYP->CSGCM7R; - - /* When needed, save the DMA status (pointers for IN and OUT messages, - number of remaining bytes, etc.) */ - - status = SUCCESS; - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Restores the CRYP peripheral Context. - * @note Since the DMA transfer is stopped in CRYP_SaveContext() function, - * after restoring the context, you have to enable the DMA again (if the - * DMA was previously used). - * @param CRYP_ContextRestore: pointer to a CRYP_Context structure that contains - * the repository for saved context. - * @note The data that were saved during context saving must be rewritten into - * the IN FIFO. - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_RestoreContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextRestore) -{ - - /* Configure the processor with the saved configuration */ - CRYP->CR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CR_CurrentConfig; - - /* restore The key value */ - CRYP->K0LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K0LR; - CRYP->K0RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K0RR; - CRYP->K1LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K1LR; - CRYP->K1RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K1RR; - CRYP->K2LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K2LR; - CRYP->K2RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K2RR; - CRYP->K3LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K3LR; - CRYP->K3RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K3RR; - - /* and the initialization vectors. */ - CRYP->IV0LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV0LR; - CRYP->IV0RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV0RR; - CRYP->IV1LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV1LR; - CRYP->IV1RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV1RR; - - /* Restore the content of context swap registers */ - CRYP->CSGCMCCM0R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[0]; - CRYP->CSGCMCCM1R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[1]; - CRYP->CSGCMCCM2R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[2]; - CRYP->CSGCMCCM3R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[3]; - CRYP->CSGCMCCM4R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[4]; - CRYP->CSGCMCCM5R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[5]; - CRYP->CSGCMCCM6R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[6]; - CRYP->CSGCMCCM7R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[7]; - - CRYP->CSGCM0R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[0]; - CRYP->CSGCM1R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[1]; - CRYP->CSGCM2R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[2]; - CRYP->CSGCM3R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[3]; - CRYP->CSGCM4R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[4]; - CRYP->CSGCM5R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[5]; - CRYP->CSGCM6R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[6]; - CRYP->CSGCM7R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[7]; - - /* Enable the cryptographic processor */ - CRYP->CR |= CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Group4 CRYP's DMA interface Configuration function - * @brief CRYP's DMA interface Configuration function - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### CRYP's DMA interface Configuration function ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA interface for - CRYP data input and output transfer. - - [..] When the DMA mode is enabled (using the CRYP_DMACmd() function), data can be - transferred: - (+) From memory to the CRYP IN FIFO using the DMA peripheral by enabling - the CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN request. - (+) From the CRYP OUT FIFO to the memory using the DMA peripheral by enabling - the CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT request. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the CRYP DMA interface. - * @param CRYP_DMAReq: specifies the CRYP DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT: DMA for outgoing(Tx) data transfer - * @arg CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN: DMA for incoming(Rx) data transfer - * @param NewState: new state of the selected CRYP DMA transfer request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_DMACmd(uint8_t CRYP_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CRYP_DMAREQ(CRYP_DMAReq)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected CRYP DMA request */ - CRYP->DMACR |= CRYP_DMAReq; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected CRYP DMA request */ - CRYP->DMACR &= (uint8_t)~CRYP_DMAReq; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the CRYP Interrupts and - to get the status and Interrupts pending bits. - - [..] The CRYP provides 2 Interrupts sources and 7 Flags: - - *** Flags : *** - =============== - [..] - (#) CRYP_FLAG_IFEM : Set when Input FIFO is empty. This Flag is cleared only - by hardware. - - (#) CRYP_FLAG_IFNF : Set when Input FIFO is not full. This Flag is cleared - only by hardware. - - - (#) CRYP_FLAG_INRIS : Set when Input FIFO Raw interrupt is pending it gives - the raw interrupt state prior to masking of the input FIFO service interrupt. - This Flag is cleared only by hardware. - - (#) CRYP_FLAG_OFNE : Set when Output FIFO not empty. This Flag is cleared - only by hardware. - - (#) CRYP_FLAG_OFFU : Set when Output FIFO is full. This Flag is cleared only - by hardware. - - (#) CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS : Set when Output FIFO Raw interrupt is pending it gives - the raw interrupt state prior to masking of the output FIFO service interrupt. - This Flag is cleared only by hardware. - - (#) CRYP_FLAG_BUSY : Set when the CRYP core is currently processing a block - of data or a key preparation (for AES decryption). This Flag is cleared - only by hardware. To clear it, the CRYP core must be disabled and the last - processing has completed. - - *** Interrupts : *** - ==================== - [..] - (#) CRYP_IT_INI : The input FIFO service interrupt is asserted when there - are less than 4 words in the input FIFO. This interrupt is associated to - CRYP_FLAG_INRIS flag. - - -@- This interrupt is cleared by performing write operations to the input FIFO - until it holds 4 or more words. The input FIFO service interrupt INMIS is - enabled with the CRYP enable bit. Consequently, when CRYP is disabled, the - INMIS signal is low even if the input FIFO is empty. - - - - (#) CRYP_IT_OUTI : The output FIFO service interrupt is asserted when there - is one or more (32-bit word) data items in the output FIFO. This interrupt - is associated to CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS flag. - - -@- This interrupt is cleared by reading data from the output FIFO until there - is no valid (32-bit) word left (that is, the interrupt follows the state - of the OFNE (output FIFO not empty) flag). - - *** Managing the CRYP controller events : *** - ============================================= - [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage - the CRYP controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. - - (#) In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (++) CRYP_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. - - -@@- The CRYPT flags do not need to be cleared since they are cleared as - soon as the associated event are reset. - - - (#) In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (++) CRYP_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. - (++) CRYP_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. - - -@@- The CRYPT interrupts have no pending bits, the interrupt is cleared as - soon as the associated event is reset. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified CRYP interrupts. - * @param CRYP_IT: specifies the CRYP interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg CRYP_IT_INI: Input FIFO interrupt - * @arg CRYP_IT_OUTI: Output FIFO interrupt - * @param NewState: new state of the specified CRYP interrupt. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void CRYP_ITConfig(uint8_t CRYP_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CRYP_CONFIG_IT(CRYP_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected CRYP interrupt */ - CRYP->IMSCR |= CRYP_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected CRYP interrupt */ - CRYP->IMSCR &= (uint8_t)~CRYP_IT; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified CRYP interrupt has occurred or not. - * @note This function checks the status of the masked interrupt (i.e the - * interrupt should be previously enabled). - * @param CRYP_IT: specifies the CRYP (masked) interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg CRYP_IT_INI: Input FIFO interrupt - * @arg CRYP_IT_OUTI: Output FIFO interrupt - * @retval The new state of CRYP_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus CRYP_GetITStatus(uint8_t CRYP_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CRYP_GET_IT(CRYP_IT)); - - /* Check the status of the specified CRYP interrupt */ - if ((CRYP->MISR & CRYP_IT) != (uint8_t)RESET) - { - /* CRYP_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CRYP_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the CRYP_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns whether CRYP peripheral is enabled or disabled. - * @param none. - * @retval Current state of the CRYP peripheral (ENABLE or DISABLE). - */ -FunctionalState CRYP_GetCmdStatus(void) -{ - FunctionalState state = DISABLE; - - if ((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) != 0) - { - /* CRYPEN bit is set */ - state = ENABLE; - } - else - { - /* CRYPEN bit is reset */ - state = DISABLE; - } - return state; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified CRYP flag is set or not. - * @param CRYP_FLAG: specifies the CRYP flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg CRYP_FLAG_IFEM: Input FIFO Empty flag. - * @arg CRYP_FLAG_IFNF: Input FIFO Not Full flag. - * @arg CRYP_FLAG_OFNE: Output FIFO Not Empty flag. - * @arg CRYP_FLAG_OFFU: Output FIFO Full flag. - * @arg CRYP_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag. - * @arg CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS: Output FIFO raw interrupt flag. - * @arg CRYP_FLAG_INRIS: Input FIFO raw interrupt flag. - * @retval The new state of CRYP_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus CRYP_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t CRYP_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t tempreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CRYP_GET_FLAG(CRYP_FLAG)); - - /* check if the FLAG is in RISR register */ - if ((CRYP_FLAG & FLAG_MASK) != 0x00) - { - tempreg = CRYP->RISR; - } - else /* The FLAG is in SR register */ - { - tempreg = CRYP->SR; - } - - - /* Check the status of the specified CRYP flag */ - if ((tempreg & CRYP_FLAG ) != (uint8_t)RESET) - { - /* CRYP_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CRYP_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the CRYP_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_cryp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Cryptographic processor (CRYP) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration functions + * + Data treatment functions + * + Context swapping functions + * + DMA interface function + * + Interrupts and flags management + * +@verbatim + =================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the CRYP controller clock using + RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, ENABLE); function. + + (#) Initialize the CRYP using CRYP_Init(), CRYP_KeyInit() and if needed + CRYP_IVInit(). + + (#) Flush the IN and OUT FIFOs by using CRYP_FIFOFlush() function. + + (#) Enable the CRYP controller using the CRYP_Cmd() function. + + (#) If using DMA for Data input and output transfer, activate the needed DMA + Requests using CRYP_DMACmd() function + + (#) If DMA is not used for data transfer, use CRYP_DataIn() and CRYP_DataOut() + functions to enter data to IN FIFO and get result from OUT FIFO. + + (#) To control CRYP events you can use one of the following two methods: + (++) Check on CRYP flags using the CRYP_GetFlagStatus() function. + (++) Use CRYP interrupts through the function CRYP_ITConfig() at + initialization phase and CRYP_GetITStatus() function into interrupt + routines in processing phase. + + (#) Save and restore Cryptographic processor context using CRYP_SaveContext() + and CRYP_RestoreContext() functions. + + + *** Procedure to perform an encryption or a decryption *** + ========================================================== + + *** Initialization *** + ====================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the peripheral using CRYP_Init(), CRYP_KeyInit() and CRYP_IVInit + functions: + (++) Configure the key size (128-, 192- or 256-bit, in the AES only) + (++) Enter the symmetric key + (++) Configure the data type + (++) In case of decryption in AES-ECB or AES-CBC, you must prepare + the key: configure the key preparation mode. Then Enable the CRYP + peripheral using CRYP_Cmd() function: the BUSY flag is set. + Wait until BUSY flag is reset : the key is prepared for decryption + (++) Configure the algorithm and chaining (the DES/TDES in ECB/CBC, the + AES in ECB/CBC/CTR) + (++) Configure the direction (encryption/decryption). + (++) Write the initialization vectors (in CBC or CTR modes only) + + (#) Flush the IN and OUT FIFOs using the CRYP_FIFOFlush() function + + + *** Basic Processing mode (polling mode) *** + ============================================ + [..] + (#) Enable the cryptographic processor using CRYP_Cmd() function. + + (#) Write the first blocks in the input FIFO (2 to 8 words) using + CRYP_DataIn() function. + + (#) Repeat the following sequence until the complete message has been + processed: + + (++) Wait for flag CRYP_FLAG_OFNE occurs (using CRYP_GetFlagStatus() + function), then read the OUT-FIFO using CRYP_DataOut() function + (1 block or until the FIFO is empty) + + (++) Wait for flag CRYP_FLAG_IFNF occurs, (using CRYP_GetFlagStatus() + function then write the IN FIFO using CRYP_DataIn() function + (1 block or until the FIFO is full) + + (#) At the end of the processing, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY flag will be reset and + both FIFOs are empty (CRYP_FLAG_IFEM is set and CRYP_FLAG_OFNE is + reset). You can disable the peripheral using CRYP_Cmd() function. + + *** Interrupts Processing mode *** + ================================== + [..] In this mode, Processing is done when the data are transferred by the + CPU during interrupts. + + (#) Enable the interrupts CRYP_IT_INI and CRYP_IT_OUTI using CRYP_ITConfig() + function. + + (#) Enable the cryptographic processor using CRYP_Cmd() function. + + (#) In the CRYP_IT_INI interrupt handler : load the input message into the + IN FIFO using CRYP_DataIn() function . You can load 2 or 4 words at a + time, or load data until the IN FIFO is full. When the last word of + the message has been entered into the IN FIFO, disable the CRYP_IT_INI + interrupt (using CRYP_ITConfig() function). + + (#) In the CRYP_IT_OUTI interrupt handler : read the output message from + the OUT FIFO using CRYP_DataOut() function. You can read 1 block (2 or + 4 words) at a time or read data until the FIFO is empty. + When the last word has been read, INIM=0, BUSY=0 and both FIFOs are + empty (CRYP_FLAG_IFEM is set and CRYP_FLAG_OFNE is reset). + You can disable the CRYP_IT_OUTI interrupt (using CRYP_ITConfig() + function) and you can disable the peripheral using CRYP_Cmd() function. + + *** DMA Processing mode *** + =========================== + [..] In this mode, Processing is done when the DMA is used to transfer the + data from/to the memory. + + (#) Configure the DMA controller to transfer the input data from the + memory using DMA_Init() function. + The transfer length is the length of the message. + As message padding is not managed by the peripheral, the message + length must be an entire number of blocks. The data are transferred + in burst mode. The burst length is 4 words in the AES and 2 or 4 + words in the DES/TDES. The DMA should be configured to set an + interrupt on transfer completion of the output data to indicate that + the processing is finished. + Refer to DMA peripheral driver for more details. + + (#) Enable the cryptographic processor using CRYP_Cmd() function. + Enable the DMA requests CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN and CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT + using CRYP_DMACmd() function. + + (#) All the transfers and processing are managed by the DMA and the + cryptographic processor. The DMA transfer complete interrupt indicates + that the processing is complete. Both FIFOs are normally empty and + CRYP_FLAG_BUSY flag is reset. + + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_cryp.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP + * @brief CRYP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define MAX_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (+) Initialize the cryptographic Processor using CRYP_Init() function + (++) Encrypt or Decrypt + (++) mode : TDES-ECB, TDES-CBC, + DES-ECB, DES-CBC, + AES-ECB, AES-CBC, AES-CTR, AES-Key, AES-GCM, AES-CCM + (++) DataType : 32-bit data, 16-bit data, bit data or bit-string + (++) Key Size (only in AES modes) + (+) Configure the Encrypt or Decrypt Key using CRYP_KeyInit() function + (+) Configure the Initialization Vectors(IV) for CBC and CTR modes using + CRYP_IVInit() function. + (+) Flushes the IN and OUT FIFOs : using CRYP_FIFOFlush() function. + (+) Enable or disable the CRYP Processor using CRYP_Cmd() function + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CRYP peripheral registers to their default reset values + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable CRYP reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, ENABLE); + + /* Release CRYP from reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the CRYP_InitStruct. + * @param CRYP_InitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the CRYP peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_Init(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_ALGOMODE(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode)); + assert_param(IS_CRYP_DATATYPE(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_DataType)); + assert_param(IS_CRYP_ALGODIR(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoDir)); + + /* Select Algorithm mode*/ + CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE; + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode; + + /* Select dataType */ + CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_DATATYPE; + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_DataType; + + /* select Key size (used only with AES algorithm) */ + if ((CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode != CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB) && + (CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode != CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_CBC) && + (CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode != CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB) && + (CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode != CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_CBC)) + { + assert_param(IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_KeySize)); + CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_KEYSIZE; + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_KeySize; /* Key size and value must be + configured once the key has + been prepared */ + } + + /* Select data Direction */ + CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_ALGODIR; + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoDir; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CRYP_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CRYP_InitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_StructInit(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the CRYP_AlgoDir member */ + CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; + + /* initialize the CRYP_AlgoMode member */ + CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB; + + /* initialize the CRYP_DataType member */ + CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_32b; + + /* Initialize the CRYP_KeySize member */ + CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_128b; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CRYP Keys according to the specified parameters in + * the CRYP_KeyInitStruct. + * @param CRYP_KeyInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the CRYP Keys. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_KeyInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct) +{ + /* Key Initialisation */ + CRYP->K0LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Left; + CRYP->K0RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Right; + CRYP->K1LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Left; + CRYP->K1RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Right; + CRYP->K2LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Left; + CRYP->K2RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Right; + CRYP->K3LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Left; + CRYP->K3RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Right; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CRYP_KeyInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CRYP_KeyInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_KeyStructInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct) +{ + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Left = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Right = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Left = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Right = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Left = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Right = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Left = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Right = 0; +} +/** + * @brief Initializes the CRYP Initialization Vectors(IV) according to the + * specified parameters in the CRYP_IVInitStruct. + * @param CRYP_IVInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_IVInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the CRYP Initialization Vectors(IV). + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_IVInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct) +{ + CRYP->IV0LR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Left; + CRYP->IV0RR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Right; + CRYP->IV1LR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Left; + CRYP->IV1RR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Right; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CRYP_IVInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CRYP_IVInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_IVInitTypeDef Initialization + * Vectors(IV) structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_IVStructInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct) +{ + CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Left = 0; + CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Right = 0; + CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Left = 0; + CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Right = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the AES-CCM and AES-GCM phases + * @note This function is used only with AES-CCM or AES-GCM Algorithms + * @param CRYP_Phase: specifies the CRYP AES-CCM and AES-GCM phase to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CRYP_Phase_Init: Initialization phase + * @arg CRYP_Phase_Header: Header phase + * @arg CRYP_Phase_Payload: Payload phase + * @arg CRYP_Phase_Final: Final phase + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_PhaseConfig(uint32_t CRYP_Phase) +{ uint32_t tempcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_PHASE(CRYP_Phase)); + + /* Get the CR register */ + tempcr = CRYP->CR; + + /* Reset the phase configuration bits: GCMP_CCMPH */ + tempcr &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH); + /* Set the selected phase */ + tempcr |= (uint32_t)CRYP_Phase; + + /* Set the CR register */ + CRYP->CR = tempcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Flushes the IN and OUT FIFOs (that is read and write pointers of the + * FIFOs are reset) + * @note The FIFOs must be flushed only when BUSY flag is reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_FIFOFlush(void) +{ + /* Reset the read and write pointers of the FIFOs */ + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_CR_FFLUSH; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CRYP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the CRYP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Cryptographic processor */ + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Cryptographic processor */ + CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group2 CRYP Data processing functions + * @brief CRYP Data processing functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CRYP Data processing functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing the encryption and decryption + operations: + (+) Enter data to be treated in the IN FIFO : using CRYP_DataIn() function. + (+) Get the data result from the OUT FIFO : using CRYP_DataOut() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes data in the Data Input register (DIN). + * @note After the DIN register has been read once or several times, + * the FIFO must be flushed (using CRYP_FIFOFlush() function). + * @param Data: data to write in Data Input register + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_DataIn(uint32_t Data) +{ + CRYP->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data entered into the output FIFO. + * @param None + * @retval Last data entered into the output FIFO. + */ +uint32_t CRYP_DataOut(void) +{ + return CRYP->DOUT; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group3 Context swapping functions + * @brief Context swapping functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Context swapping functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to save and store CRYP Context + + [..] It is possible to interrupt an encryption/ decryption/ key generation process + to perform another processing with a higher priority, and to complete the + interrupted process later on, when the higher-priority task is complete. To do + so, the context of the interrupted task must be saved from the CRYP registers + to memory, and then be restored from memory to the CRYP registers. + + (#) To save the current context, use CRYP_SaveContext() function + (#) To restore the saved context, use CRYP_RestoreContext() function + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Saves the CRYP peripheral Context. + * @note This function stops DMA transfer before to save the context. After + * restoring the context, you have to enable the DMA again (if the DMA + * was previously used). + * @param CRYP_ContextSave: pointer to a CRYP_Context structure that contains + * the repository for current context. + * @param CRYP_KeyInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the CRYP Keys. + * @retval None + */ +ErrorStatus CRYP_SaveContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextSave, + CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct) +{ + __IO uint32_t timeout = 0; + uint32_t ckeckmask = 0, bitstatus; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Stop DMA transfers on the IN FIFO by clearing the DIEN bit in the CRYP_DMACR */ + CRYP->DMACR &= ~(uint32_t)CRYP_DMACR_DIEN; + + /* Wait until both the IN and OUT FIFOs are empty + (IFEM=1 and OFNE=0 in the CRYP_SR register) and the + BUSY bit is cleared. */ + + if ((CRYP->CR & (uint32_t)(CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC)) != (uint32_t)0 )/* TDES */ + { + ckeckmask = CRYP_SR_IFEM | CRYP_SR_BUSY ; + } + else /* AES or DES */ + { + ckeckmask = CRYP_SR_IFEM | CRYP_SR_BUSY | CRYP_SR_OFNE; + } + + do + { + bitstatus = CRYP->SR & ckeckmask; + timeout++; + } + while ((timeout != MAX_TIMEOUT) && (bitstatus != CRYP_SR_IFEM)); + + if ((CRYP->SR & ckeckmask) != CRYP_SR_IFEM) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Stop DMA transfers on the OUT FIFO by + - writing the DOEN bit to 0 in the CRYP_DMACR register + - and clear the CRYPEN bit. */ + + CRYP->DMACR &= ~(uint32_t)CRYP_DMACR_DOEN; + CRYP->CR &= ~(uint32_t)CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; + + /* Save the current configuration (bit 19, bit[17:16] and bits [9:2] in the CRYP_CR register) */ + CRYP_ContextSave->CR_CurrentConfig = CRYP->CR & (CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH | + CRYP_CR_KEYSIZE | + CRYP_CR_DATATYPE | + CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE | + CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); + + /* and, if not in ECB mode, the initialization vectors. */ + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV0LR = CRYP->IV0LR; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV0RR = CRYP->IV0RR; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV1LR = CRYP->IV1LR; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV1RR = CRYP->IV1RR; + + /* save The key value */ + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K0LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Left; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K0RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Right; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K1LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Left; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K1RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Right; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K2LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Left; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K2RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Right; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K3LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Left; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K3RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Right; + + /* Save the content of context swap registers */ + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[0] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM0R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[1] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM1R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[2] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM2R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[3] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM3R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[4] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM4R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[5] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM5R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[6] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM6R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[7] = CRYP->CSGCMCCM7R; + + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[0] = CRYP->CSGCM0R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[1] = CRYP->CSGCM1R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[2] = CRYP->CSGCM2R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[3] = CRYP->CSGCM3R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[4] = CRYP->CSGCM4R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[5] = CRYP->CSGCM5R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[6] = CRYP->CSGCM6R; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_CSGCMR[7] = CRYP->CSGCM7R; + + /* When needed, save the DMA status (pointers for IN and OUT messages, + number of remaining bytes, etc.) */ + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Restores the CRYP peripheral Context. + * @note Since the DMA transfer is stopped in CRYP_SaveContext() function, + * after restoring the context, you have to enable the DMA again (if the + * DMA was previously used). + * @param CRYP_ContextRestore: pointer to a CRYP_Context structure that contains + * the repository for saved context. + * @note The data that were saved during context saving must be rewritten into + * the IN FIFO. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_RestoreContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextRestore) +{ + + /* Configure the processor with the saved configuration */ + CRYP->CR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CR_CurrentConfig; + + /* restore The key value */ + CRYP->K0LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K0LR; + CRYP->K0RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K0RR; + CRYP->K1LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K1LR; + CRYP->K1RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K1RR; + CRYP->K2LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K2LR; + CRYP->K2RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K2RR; + CRYP->K3LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K3LR; + CRYP->K3RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K3RR; + + /* and the initialization vectors. */ + CRYP->IV0LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV0LR; + CRYP->IV0RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV0RR; + CRYP->IV1LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV1LR; + CRYP->IV1RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV1RR; + + /* Restore the content of context swap registers */ + CRYP->CSGCMCCM0R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[0]; + CRYP->CSGCMCCM1R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[1]; + CRYP->CSGCMCCM2R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[2]; + CRYP->CSGCMCCM3R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[3]; + CRYP->CSGCMCCM4R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[4]; + CRYP->CSGCMCCM5R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[5]; + CRYP->CSGCMCCM6R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[6]; + CRYP->CSGCMCCM7R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[7]; + + CRYP->CSGCM0R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[0]; + CRYP->CSGCM1R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[1]; + CRYP->CSGCM2R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[2]; + CRYP->CSGCM3R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[3]; + CRYP->CSGCM4R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[4]; + CRYP->CSGCM5R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[5]; + CRYP->CSGCM6R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[6]; + CRYP->CSGCM7R = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_CSGCMR[7]; + + /* Enable the cryptographic processor */ + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group4 CRYP's DMA interface Configuration function + * @brief CRYP's DMA interface Configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CRYP's DMA interface Configuration function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA interface for + CRYP data input and output transfer. + + [..] When the DMA mode is enabled (using the CRYP_DMACmd() function), data can be + transferred: + (+) From memory to the CRYP IN FIFO using the DMA peripheral by enabling + the CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN request. + (+) From the CRYP OUT FIFO to the memory using the DMA peripheral by enabling + the CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT request. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CRYP DMA interface. + * @param CRYP_DMAReq: specifies the CRYP DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT: DMA for outgoing(Tx) data transfer + * @arg CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN: DMA for incoming(Rx) data transfer + * @param NewState: new state of the selected CRYP DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_DMACmd(uint8_t CRYP_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_DMAREQ(CRYP_DMAReq)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected CRYP DMA request */ + CRYP->DMACR |= CRYP_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected CRYP DMA request */ + CRYP->DMACR &= (uint8_t)~CRYP_DMAReq; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the CRYP Interrupts and + to get the status and Interrupts pending bits. + + [..] The CRYP provides 2 Interrupts sources and 7 Flags: + + *** Flags : *** + =============== + [..] + (#) CRYP_FLAG_IFEM : Set when Input FIFO is empty. This Flag is cleared only + by hardware. + + (#) CRYP_FLAG_IFNF : Set when Input FIFO is not full. This Flag is cleared + only by hardware. + + + (#) CRYP_FLAG_INRIS : Set when Input FIFO Raw interrupt is pending it gives + the raw interrupt state prior to masking of the input FIFO service interrupt. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + (#) CRYP_FLAG_OFNE : Set when Output FIFO not empty. This Flag is cleared + only by hardware. + + (#) CRYP_FLAG_OFFU : Set when Output FIFO is full. This Flag is cleared only + by hardware. + + (#) CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS : Set when Output FIFO Raw interrupt is pending it gives + the raw interrupt state prior to masking of the output FIFO service interrupt. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + (#) CRYP_FLAG_BUSY : Set when the CRYP core is currently processing a block + of data or a key preparation (for AES decryption). This Flag is cleared + only by hardware. To clear it, the CRYP core must be disabled and the last + processing has completed. + + *** Interrupts : *** + ==================== + [..] + (#) CRYP_IT_INI : The input FIFO service interrupt is asserted when there + are less than 4 words in the input FIFO. This interrupt is associated to + CRYP_FLAG_INRIS flag. + + -@- This interrupt is cleared by performing write operations to the input FIFO + until it holds 4 or more words. The input FIFO service interrupt INMIS is + enabled with the CRYP enable bit. Consequently, when CRYP is disabled, the + INMIS signal is low even if the input FIFO is empty. + + + + (#) CRYP_IT_OUTI : The output FIFO service interrupt is asserted when there + is one or more (32-bit word) data items in the output FIFO. This interrupt + is associated to CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS flag. + + -@- This interrupt is cleared by reading data from the output FIFO until there + is no valid (32-bit) word left (that is, the interrupt follows the state + of the OFNE (output FIFO not empty) flag). + + *** Managing the CRYP controller events : *** + ============================================= + [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the CRYP controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + (#) In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (++) CRYP_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + + -@@- The CRYPT flags do not need to be cleared since they are cleared as + soon as the associated event are reset. + + + (#) In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (++) CRYP_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + (++) CRYP_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + + -@@- The CRYPT interrupts have no pending bits, the interrupt is cleared as + soon as the associated event is reset. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified CRYP interrupts. + * @param CRYP_IT: specifies the CRYP interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CRYP_IT_INI: Input FIFO interrupt + * @arg CRYP_IT_OUTI: Output FIFO interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified CRYP interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_ITConfig(uint8_t CRYP_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_CONFIG_IT(CRYP_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected CRYP interrupt */ + CRYP->IMSCR |= CRYP_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected CRYP interrupt */ + CRYP->IMSCR &= (uint8_t)~CRYP_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CRYP interrupt has occurred or not. + * @note This function checks the status of the masked interrupt (i.e the + * interrupt should be previously enabled). + * @param CRYP_IT: specifies the CRYP (masked) interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CRYP_IT_INI: Input FIFO interrupt + * @arg CRYP_IT_OUTI: Output FIFO interrupt + * @retval The new state of CRYP_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus CRYP_GetITStatus(uint8_t CRYP_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_GET_IT(CRYP_IT)); + + /* Check the status of the specified CRYP interrupt */ + if ((CRYP->MISR & CRYP_IT) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* CRYP_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CRYP_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the CRYP_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns whether CRYP peripheral is enabled or disabled. + * @param none. + * @retval Current state of the CRYP peripheral (ENABLE or DISABLE). + */ +FunctionalState CRYP_GetCmdStatus(void) +{ + FunctionalState state = DISABLE; + + if ((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) != 0) + { + /* CRYPEN bit is set */ + state = ENABLE; + } + else + { + /* CRYPEN bit is reset */ + state = DISABLE; + } + return state; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CRYP flag is set or not. + * @param CRYP_FLAG: specifies the CRYP flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_IFEM: Input FIFO Empty flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_IFNF: Input FIFO Not Full flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_OFNE: Output FIFO Not Empty flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_OFFU: Output FIFO Full flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS: Output FIFO raw interrupt flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_INRIS: Input FIFO raw interrupt flag. + * @retval The new state of CRYP_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus CRYP_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t CRYP_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tempreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_GET_FLAG(CRYP_FLAG)); + + /* check if the FLAG is in RISR register */ + if ((CRYP_FLAG & FLAG_MASK) != 0x00) + { + tempreg = CRYP->RISR; + } + else /* The FLAG is in SR register */ + { + tempreg = CRYP->SR; + } + + + /* Check the status of the specified CRYP flag */ + if ((tempreg & CRYP_FLAG ) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* CRYP_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CRYP_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CRYP_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_aes.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_aes.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 0dbab5a259..7fa0ae3fe4 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_aes.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_aes.c @@ -1,1707 +1,1699 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_cryp_aes.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides high level functions to encrypt and decrypt an - * input message using AES in ECB/CBC/CTR/GCM/CCM modes. - * It uses the stm32f4xx_cryp.c/.h drivers to access the STM32F4xx CRYP - * peripheral. - * AES-ECB/CBC/CTR/GCM/CCM modes are available on STM32F437x Devices. - * For STM32F41xx Devices, only AES-ECB/CBC/CTR modes are available. - * -@verbatim - =================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable The CRYP controller clock using - RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, ENABLE); function. - - (#) Encrypt and decrypt using AES in ECB Mode using CRYP_AES_ECB() function. - - (#) Encrypt and decrypt using AES in CBC Mode using CRYP_AES_CBC() function. - - (#) Encrypt and decrypt using AES in CTR Mode using CRYP_AES_CTR() function. - - (#) Encrypt and decrypt using AES in GCM Mode using CRYP_AES_GCM() function. - - (#) Encrypt and decrypt using AES in CCM Mode using CRYP_AES_CCM() function. - -@endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_cryp.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP - * @brief CRYP driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define AESBUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Group6 High Level AES functions - * @brief High Level AES functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### High Level AES functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Encrypt and decrypt using AES in ECB Mode - * @param Mode: encryption or decryption Mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg MODE_ENCRYPT: Encryption - * @arg MODE_DECRYPT: Decryption - * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm. - * @param Keysize: length of the Key, must be a 128, 192 or 256. - * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer. - * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: Operation done - * - ERROR: Operation failed - */ -ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, uint8_t* Key, uint16_t Keysize, - uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output) -{ - CRYP_InitTypeDef AES_CRYP_InitStructure; - CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure; - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - uint32_t busystatus = 0; - ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; - uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; - uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; - uint32_t i = 0; - - /* Crypto structures initialisation*/ - CRYP_KeyStructInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - switch(Keysize) - { - case 128: - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_128b; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - case 192: - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_192b; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - case 256: - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_256b; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key0Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key0Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - default: - break; - } - - /*------------------ AES Decryption ------------------*/ - if(Mode == MODE_DECRYPT) /* AES decryption */ - { - /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ - CRYP_FIFOFlush(); - - /* Crypto Init for Key preparation for decryption process */ - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key; - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_32b; - CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); - - /* Key Initialisation */ - CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - /* wait until the Busy flag is RESET */ - do - { - busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); - counter++; - }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); - - if (busystatus != RESET) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Crypto Init for decryption process */ - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; - } - } - /*------------------ AES Encryption ------------------*/ - else /* AES encryption */ - { - - CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - /* Crypto Init for Encryption process */ - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; - } - - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB; - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; - CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); - - /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ - CRYP_FIFOFlush(); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - - for(i=0; ((i>32)); - CRYP_DataIn(__REV(headerlength)); - CRYP_DataIn(__REV(inputlength>>32)); - CRYP_DataIn(__REV(inputlength)); - /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) - { - } - - tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTAG; - /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - tagaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - tagaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - tagaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - tagaddr+=4; - } - /*------------------ AES Decryption ------------------*/ - else /* AES decryption */ - { - /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ - CRYP_FIFOFlush(); - - /* Key Initialisation */ - CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - /* CRYP Initialization Vectors */ - CRYP_IVInit(&AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure); - - /* Crypto Init for Key preparation for decryption process */ - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_GCM; - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; - CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); - - /***************************** Init phase *********************************/ - /* Select init phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Init); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - /* Wait for CRYPEN bit to be 0 */ - while(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == ENABLE) - { - } - - /***************************** header phase *******************************/ - if(HLength != 0) - { - /* Select header phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Header); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < HLength); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) - { - } - - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - } - - /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ - counter = 0; - do - { - busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); - counter++; - }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); - - if (busystatus != RESET) - { - status = ERROR; - } - } - - /**************************** payload phase *******************************/ - if(ILength != 0) - { - /* Select payload phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Payload); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - - for(loopcounter = 0; ((loopcounter < ILength) && (status != ERROR)); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) - { - } - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - - /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ - counter = 0; - do - { - busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); - counter++; - }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); - - if (busystatus != RESET) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) - { - } - - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - } - } - } - - /***************************** final phase ********************************/ - /* Select final phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Final); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - - /* Write number of bits concatenated with header in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn(__REV(headerlength>>32)); - CRYP_DataIn(__REV(headerlength)); - CRYP_DataIn(__REV(inputlength>>32)); - CRYP_DataIn(__REV(inputlength)); - /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) - { - } - - tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTAG; - /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - tagaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - tagaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - tagaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - tagaddr+=4; - } - /* Disable Crypto */ - CRYP_Cmd(DISABLE); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Encrypt and decrypt using AES in CCM Mode. The GCM and CCM modes - * are available only on STM32F437x Devices. - * @param Mode: encryption or decryption Mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg MODE_ENCRYPT: Encryption - * @arg MODE_DECRYPT: Decryption - * @param Nonce: the nonce used for AES algorithm. It shall be unique for each processing. - * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm. - * @param Keysize: length of the Key, must be a 128, 192 or 256. - * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer. - * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer in bytes, must be a multiple of 16. - * @param Header: pointer to the header buffer. - * @param Hlength: length of the header buffer in bytes. - * @param HBuffer: pointer to temporary buffer used to append the header - * HBuffer size must be equal to Hlength + 21 - * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer. - * @param AuthTAG: pointer to the authentication TAG buffer. - * @param TAGSize: the size of the TAG (called also MAC). - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: Operation done - * - ERROR: Operation failed - */ -ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CCM(uint8_t Mode, - uint8_t* Nonce, uint32_t NonceSize, - uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, - uint8_t *Input, uint32_t ILength, - uint8_t *Header, uint32_t HLength, uint8_t *HBuffer, - uint8_t *Output, - uint8_t *AuthTAG, uint32_t TAGSize) -{ - CRYP_InitTypeDef AES_CRYP_InitStructure; - CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure; - CRYP_IVInitTypeDef AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure; - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - uint32_t busystatus = 0; - ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; - uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; - uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; - uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)Header; - uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTAG; - uint32_t headersize = HLength; - uint32_t loopcounter = 0; - uint32_t bufferidx = 0; - uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */ - uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */ - uint32_t temptag[4] = {0}; /* temporary TAG (MAC) */ - uint32_t ctraddr = (uint32_t)ctr; - uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - - /************************ Formatting the header block ***********************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */ - if(headersize < 65280) - { - HBuffer[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF); - HBuffer[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF); - headersize += 2; - } - else - { - /* header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */ - HBuffer[bufferidx++] = 0xFF; - HBuffer[bufferidx++] = 0xFE; - HBuffer[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000; - HBuffer[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000; - HBuffer[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00; - HBuffer[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff; - headersize += 6; - } - /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "HBuffer" */ - for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++) - { - HBuffer[bufferidx++] = Header[loopcounter]; - } - /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */ - if ((headersize % 16) != 0) - { - /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the HBuffer length is modulo 16 */ - for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++) - { - HBuffer[loopcounter] = 0; - } - /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */ - headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; - } - /* set the pointer headeraddr to HBuffer */ - headeraddr = (uint32_t)HBuffer; - } - /************************* Formatting the block B0 **************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - blockb0[0] = 0x40; - } - /* Flags byte */ - blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) TAGSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - NonceSize) - 1) & 0x07); - - for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < NonceSize; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = Nonce[loopcounter]; - } - for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++) - { - blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0; - } - - blockb0[14] = ((ILength >> 8) & 0xFF); - blockb0[15] = (ILength & 0xFF); - - /************************* Formatting the initial counter *******************/ - /* Byte 0: - Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0 - Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter blocks - are distinct from B0 - Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0 - */ - ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07; - /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */ - for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < NonceSize + 1; loopcounter++) - { - ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter]; - } - /* Set the LSB to 1 */ - ctr[15] |= 0x01; - - /* Crypto structures initialisation*/ - CRYP_KeyStructInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - switch(Keysize) - { - case 128: - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_128b; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - case 192: - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_192b; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - case 256: - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_256b; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key0Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key0Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - break; - default: - break; - } - - /* CRYP Initialization Vectors */ - AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure.CRYP_IV0Left = (__REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr))); - ctraddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure.CRYP_IV0Right= (__REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr))); - ctraddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure.CRYP_IV1Left = (__REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr))); - ctraddr+=4; - AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure.CRYP_IV1Right= (__REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr))); - - /*------------------ AES Encryption ------------------*/ - if(Mode == MODE_ENCRYPT) /* AES encryption */ - { - /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ - CRYP_FIFOFlush(); - - /* Key Initialisation */ - CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - /* CRYP Initialization Vectors */ - CRYP_IVInit(&AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure); - - /* Crypto Init for Key preparation for decryption process */ - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CCM; - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; - CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); - - /***************************** Init phase *********************************/ - /* Select init phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Init); - - b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); - b0addr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); - b0addr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); - b0addr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - /* Wait for CRYPEN bit to be 0 */ - while(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == ENABLE) - { - } - /***************************** header phase *******************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Select header phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Header); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) - { - } - - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - } - - /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ - counter = 0; - do - { - busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); - counter++; - }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); - - if (busystatus != RESET) - { - status = ERROR; - } - } - - /**************************** payload phase *******************************/ - if(ILength != 0) - { - /* Select payload phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Payload); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - - for(loopcounter = 0; ((loopcounter < ILength) && (status != ERROR)); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) - { - } - - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - - /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ - counter = 0; - do - { - busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); - counter++; - }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); - - if (busystatus != RESET) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) - { - } - - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - } - } - } - - /***************************** final phase ********************************/ - /* Select final phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Final); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - - ctraddr = (uint32_t)ctr; - /* Write the counter block in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); - ctraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); - ctraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); - ctraddr+=4; - /* Reset bit 0 (after 8-bit swap) is equivalent to reset bit 24 (before 8-bit swap) */ - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr) & 0xfeffffff); - - /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) - { - } - - /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */ - temptag[0] = CRYP_DataOut(); - temptag[1] = CRYP_DataOut(); - temptag[2] = CRYP_DataOut(); - temptag[3] = CRYP_DataOut(); - } - /*------------------ AES Decryption ------------------*/ - else /* AES decryption */ - { - /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ - CRYP_FIFOFlush(); - - /* Key Initialisation */ - CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - /* CRYP Initialization Vectors */ - CRYP_IVInit(&AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure); - - /* Crypto Init for Key preparation for decryption process */ - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CCM; - AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; - CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); - - /***************************** Init phase *********************************/ - /* Select init phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Init); - - b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; - /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); - b0addr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); - b0addr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); - b0addr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - /* Wait for CRYPEN bit to be 0 */ - while(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == ENABLE) - { - } - - /***************************** header phase *******************************/ - if(headersize != 0) - { - /* Select header phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Header); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) - { - } - - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); - headeraddr+=4; - } - - /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ - counter = 0; - do - { - busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); - counter++; - }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); - - if (busystatus != RESET) - { - status = ERROR; - } - } - - /**************************** payload phase *******************************/ - if(ILength != 0) - { - /* Select payload phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Payload); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - - for(loopcounter = 0; ((loopcounter < ILength) && (status != ERROR)); loopcounter+=16) - { - /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) - { - } - - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); - inputaddr+=4; - - /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ - counter = 0; - do - { - busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); - counter++; - }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); - - if (busystatus != RESET) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) - { - } - - /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); - outputaddr+=4; - } - } - } - - /***************************** final phase ********************************/ - /* Select final phase */ - CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Final); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - - ctraddr = (uint32_t)ctr; - /* Write the counter block in the IN FIFO */ - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); - ctraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); - ctraddr+=4; - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); - ctraddr+=4; - /* Reset bit 0 (after 8-bit swap) is equivalent to reset bit 24 (before 8-bit swap) */ - CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr) & 0xfeffffff); - - /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ - while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) - { - } - - /* Read the Authentification TAG (MAC) in the IN FIFO */ - temptag[0] = CRYP_DataOut(); - temptag[1] = CRYP_DataOut(); - temptag[2] = CRYP_DataOut(); - temptag[3] = CRYP_DataOut(); - } - - /* Copy temporary authentication TAG in user TAG buffer */ - for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < TAGSize); loopcounter++) - { - /* Set the authentication TAG buffer */ - *((uint8_t*)tagaddr+loopcounter) = *((uint8_t*)temptag+loopcounter); - } - - /* Disable Crypto */ - CRYP_Cmd(DISABLE); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_cryp_aes.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides high level functions to encrypt and decrypt an + * input message using AES in ECB/CBC/CTR/GCM/CCM modes. + * It uses the stm32f4xx_cryp.c/.h drivers to access the STM32F4xx CRYP + * peripheral. + * AES-ECB/CBC/CTR/GCM/CCM modes are available on STM32F437x Devices. + * For STM32F41xx Devices, only AES-ECB/CBC/CTR modes are available. + * +@verbatim + =================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable The CRYP controller clock using + RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, ENABLE); function. + + (#) Encrypt and decrypt using AES in ECB Mode using CRYP_AES_ECB() function. + + (#) Encrypt and decrypt using AES in CBC Mode using CRYP_AES_CBC() function. + + (#) Encrypt and decrypt using AES in CTR Mode using CRYP_AES_CTR() function. + + (#) Encrypt and decrypt using AES in GCM Mode using CRYP_AES_GCM() function. + + (#) Encrypt and decrypt using AES in CCM Mode using CRYP_AES_CCM() function. + +@endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_cryp.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP + * @brief CRYP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define AESBUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group6 High Level AES functions + * @brief High Level AES functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### High Level AES functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Encrypt and decrypt using AES in ECB Mode + * @param Mode: encryption or decryption Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg MODE_ENCRYPT: Encryption + * @arg MODE_DECRYPT: Decryption + * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm. + * @param Keysize: length of the Key, must be a 128, 192 or 256. + * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer. + * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16. + * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Operation done + * - ERROR: Operation failed + */ +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, uint8_t* Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output) +{ + CRYP_InitTypeDef AES_CRYP_InitStructure; + CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure; + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + uint32_t busystatus = 0; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; + uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; + uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; + uint32_t i = 0; + + /* Crypto structures initialisation*/ + CRYP_KeyStructInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + switch(Keysize) + { + case 128: + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_128b; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + break; + case 192: + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_192b; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + break; + case 256: + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_256b; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key0Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key0Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + break; + default: + break; + } + + /*------------------ AES Decryption ------------------*/ + if(Mode == MODE_DECRYPT) /* AES decryption */ + { + /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ + CRYP_FIFOFlush(); + + /* Crypto Init for Key preparation for decryption process */ + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_32b; + CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); + + /* Key Initialisation */ + CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + /* wait until the Busy flag is RESET */ + do + { + busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); + counter++; + }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); + + if (busystatus != RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Crypto Init for decryption process */ + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; + } + } + /*------------------ AES Encryption ------------------*/ + else /* AES encryption */ + { + + CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* Crypto Init for Encryption process */ + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; + } + + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; + CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); + + /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ + CRYP_FIFOFlush(); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) + { + /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed + the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ + return(ERROR); + } + + for(i=0; ((i>32)); + CRYP_DataIn(__REV(headerlength)); + CRYP_DataIn(__REV(inputlength>>32)); + CRYP_DataIn(__REV(inputlength)); + /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) + { + } + + tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTAG; + /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */ + *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + tagaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + tagaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + tagaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + tagaddr+=4; + } + /*------------------ AES Decryption ------------------*/ + else /* AES decryption */ + { + /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ + CRYP_FIFOFlush(); + + /* Key Initialisation */ + CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* CRYP Initialization Vectors */ + CRYP_IVInit(&AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure); + + /* Crypto Init for Key preparation for decryption process */ + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_GCM; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; + CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); + + /***************************** Init phase *********************************/ + /* Select init phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Init); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + /* Wait for CRYPEN bit to be 0 */ + while(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == ENABLE) + { + } + + /***************************** header phase *******************************/ + if(HLength != 0) + { + /* Select header phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Header); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) + { + /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed + the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ + return(ERROR); + } + + for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < HLength); loopcounter+=16) + { + /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + } + + /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ + counter = 0; + do + { + busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); + counter++; + }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); + + if (busystatus != RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + + /**************************** payload phase *******************************/ + if(ILength != 0) + { + /* Select payload phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Payload); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) + { + /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed + the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ + return(ERROR); + } + + for(loopcounter = 0; ((loopcounter < ILength) && (status != ERROR)); loopcounter+=16) + { + /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) + { + } + /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + + /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ + counter = 0; + do + { + busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); + counter++; + }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); + + if (busystatus != RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + } + } + } + + /***************************** final phase ********************************/ + /* Select final phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Final); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) + { + /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed + the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ + return(ERROR); + } + + /* Write number of bits concatenated with header in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn(__REV(headerlength>>32)); + CRYP_DataIn(__REV(headerlength)); + CRYP_DataIn(__REV(inputlength>>32)); + CRYP_DataIn(__REV(inputlength)); + /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) + { + } + + tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTAG; + /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */ + *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + tagaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + tagaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + tagaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + tagaddr+=4; + } + /* Disable Crypto */ + CRYP_Cmd(DISABLE); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Encrypt and decrypt using AES in CCM Mode. The GCM and CCM modes + * are available only on STM32F437x Devices. + * @param Mode: encryption or decryption Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg MODE_ENCRYPT: Encryption + * @arg MODE_DECRYPT: Decryption + * @param Nonce: the nonce used for AES algorithm. It shall be unique for each processing. + * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm. + * @param Keysize: length of the Key, must be a 128, 192 or 256. + * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer. + * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer in bytes, must be a multiple of 16. + * @param Header: pointer to the header buffer. + * @param Hlength: length of the header buffer in bytes. + * @param HBuffer: pointer to temporary buffer used to append the header + * HBuffer size must be equal to Hlength + 21 + * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer. + * @param AuthTAG: pointer to the authentication TAG buffer. + * @param TAGSize: the size of the TAG (called also MAC). + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Operation done + * - ERROR: Operation failed + */ +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CCM(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t* Nonce, uint32_t NonceSize, + uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t ILength, + uint8_t *Header, uint32_t HLength, uint8_t *HBuffer, + uint8_t *Output, + uint8_t *AuthTAG, uint32_t TAGSize) +{ + CRYP_InitTypeDef AES_CRYP_InitStructure; + CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure; + CRYP_IVInitTypeDef AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure; + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + uint32_t busystatus = 0; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; + uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; + uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; + uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)Header; + uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTAG; + uint32_t headersize = HLength; + uint32_t loopcounter = 0; + uint32_t bufferidx = 0; + uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */ + uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */ + uint32_t temptag[4] = {0}; /* temporary TAG (MAC) */ + uint32_t ctraddr = (uint32_t)ctr; + uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; + + /************************ Formatting the header block ***********************/ + if(headersize != 0) + { + /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */ + if(headersize < 65280) + { + HBuffer[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF); + HBuffer[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF); + headersize += 2; + } + else + { + /* header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */ + HBuffer[bufferidx++] = 0xFF; + HBuffer[bufferidx++] = 0xFE; + HBuffer[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000; + HBuffer[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000; + HBuffer[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00; + HBuffer[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff; + headersize += 6; + } + /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "HBuffer" */ + for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++) + { + HBuffer[bufferidx++] = Header[loopcounter]; + } + /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */ + if ((headersize % 16) != 0) + { + /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the HBuffer length is modulo 16 */ + for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++) + { + HBuffer[loopcounter] = 0; + } + /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */ + headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; + } + /* set the pointer headeraddr to HBuffer */ + headeraddr = (uint32_t)HBuffer; + } + /************************* Formatting the block B0 **************************/ + if(headersize != 0) + { + blockb0[0] = 0x40; + } + /* Flags byte */ + blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) TAGSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - NonceSize) - 1) & 0x07); + + for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < NonceSize; loopcounter++) + { + blockb0[loopcounter+1] = Nonce[loopcounter]; + } + for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++) + { + blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0; + } + + blockb0[14] = ((ILength >> 8) & 0xFF); + blockb0[15] = (ILength & 0xFF); + + /************************* Formatting the initial counter *******************/ + /* Byte 0: + Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0 + Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter blocks + are distinct from B0 + Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0 + */ + ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07; + /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */ + for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < NonceSize + 1; loopcounter++) + { + ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter]; + } + /* Set the LSB to 1 */ + ctr[15] |= 0x01; + + /* Crypto structures initialisation*/ + CRYP_KeyStructInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + switch(Keysize) + { + case 128: + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_128b; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + break; + case 192: + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_192b; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + break; + case 256: + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_256b; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key0Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key0Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* CRYP Initialization Vectors */ + AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure.CRYP_IV0Left = (__REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr))); + ctraddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure.CRYP_IV0Right= (__REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr))); + ctraddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure.CRYP_IV1Left = (__REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr))); + ctraddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure.CRYP_IV1Right= (__REV(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr))); + + /*------------------ AES Encryption ------------------*/ + if(Mode == MODE_ENCRYPT) /* AES encryption */ + { + /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ + CRYP_FIFOFlush(); + + /* Key Initialisation */ + CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* CRYP Initialization Vectors */ + CRYP_IVInit(&AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure); + + /* Crypto Init for Key preparation for decryption process */ + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CCM; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; + CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); + + /***************************** Init phase *********************************/ + /* Select init phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Init); + + b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; + /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); + b0addr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); + b0addr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); + b0addr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + /* Wait for CRYPEN bit to be 0 */ + while(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == ENABLE) + { + } + /***************************** header phase *******************************/ + if(headersize != 0) + { + /* Select header phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Header); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) + { + /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed + the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ + return(ERROR); + } + + for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16) + { + /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + } + + /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ + counter = 0; + do + { + busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); + counter++; + }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); + + if (busystatus != RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + + /**************************** payload phase *******************************/ + if(ILength != 0) + { + /* Select payload phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Payload); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) + { + /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed + the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ + return(ERROR); + } + + for(loopcounter = 0; ((loopcounter < ILength) && (status != ERROR)); loopcounter+=16) + { + /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + + /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ + counter = 0; + do + { + busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); + counter++; + }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); + + if (busystatus != RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + } + } + } + + /***************************** final phase ********************************/ + /* Select final phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Final); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) + { + /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed + the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ + return(ERROR); + } + + ctraddr = (uint32_t)ctr; + /* Write the counter block in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); + ctraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); + ctraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); + ctraddr+=4; + /* Reset bit 0 (after 8-bit swap) is equivalent to reset bit 24 (before 8-bit swap) */ + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr) & 0xfeffffff); + + /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */ + temptag[0] = CRYP_DataOut(); + temptag[1] = CRYP_DataOut(); + temptag[2] = CRYP_DataOut(); + temptag[3] = CRYP_DataOut(); + } + /*------------------ AES Decryption ------------------*/ + else /* AES decryption */ + { + /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ + CRYP_FIFOFlush(); + + /* Key Initialisation */ + CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* CRYP Initialization Vectors */ + CRYP_IVInit(&AES_CRYP_IVInitStructure); + + /* Crypto Init for Key preparation for decryption process */ + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CCM; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; + CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); + + /***************************** Init phase *********************************/ + /* Select init phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Init); + + b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0; + /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); + b0addr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); + b0addr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); + b0addr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn((*(uint32_t*)(b0addr))); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + /* Wait for CRYPEN bit to be 0 */ + while(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == ENABLE) + { + } + + /***************************** header phase *******************************/ + if(headersize != 0) + { + /* Select header phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Header); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) + { + /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed + the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ + return(ERROR); + } + + for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16) + { + /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(headeraddr)); + headeraddr+=4; + } + + /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ + counter = 0; + do + { + busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); + counter++; + }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); + + if (busystatus != RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + + /**************************** payload phase *******************************/ + if(ILength != 0) + { + /* Select payload phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Payload); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) + { + /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed + the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ + return(ERROR); + } + + for(loopcounter = 0; ((loopcounter < ILength) && (status != ERROR)); loopcounter+=16) + { + /* Wait until the IFEM flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(inputaddr)); + inputaddr+=4; + + /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */ + counter = 0; + do + { + busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); + counter++; + }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); + + if (busystatus != RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */ + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = CRYP_DataOut(); + outputaddr+=4; + } + } + } + + /***************************** final phase ********************************/ + /* Select final phase */ + CRYP_PhaseConfig(CRYP_Phase_Final); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) + { + /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed + the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ + return(ERROR); + } + + ctraddr = (uint32_t)ctr; + /* Write the counter block in the IN FIFO */ + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); + ctraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); + ctraddr+=4; + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr)); + ctraddr+=4; + /* Reset bit 0 (after 8-bit swap) is equivalent to reset bit 24 (before 8-bit swap) */ + CRYP_DataIn(*(uint32_t*)(ctraddr) & 0xfeffffff); + + /* Wait until the OFNE flag is reset */ + while(CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Read the Authentification TAG (MAC) in the IN FIFO */ + temptag[0] = CRYP_DataOut(); + temptag[1] = CRYP_DataOut(); + temptag[2] = CRYP_DataOut(); + temptag[3] = CRYP_DataOut(); + } + + /* Copy temporary authentication TAG in user TAG buffer */ + for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < TAGSize); loopcounter++) + { + /* Set the authentication TAG buffer */ + *((uint8_t*)tagaddr+loopcounter) = *((uint8_t*)temptag+loopcounter); + } + + /* Disable Crypto */ + CRYP_Cmd(DISABLE); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_des.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_des.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index b35e9e4731..8fde524c62 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_des.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_cryp_des.c @@ -1,308 +1,304 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_cryp_des.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides high level functions to encrypt and decrypt an - * input message using DES in ECB/CBC modes. - * It uses the stm32f4xx_cryp.c/.h drivers to access the STM32F4xx CRYP - * peripheral. - * -@verbatim - - =================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable The CRYP controller clock using - RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, ENABLE); function. - - (#) Encrypt and decrypt using DES in ECB Mode using CRYP_DES_ECB() function. - - (#) Encrypt and decrypt using DES in CBC Mode using CRYP_DES_CBC() function. - -@endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_cryp.h" - - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP - * @brief CRYP driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define DESBUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Group8 High Level DES functions - * @brief High Level DES functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### High Level DES functions ##### - =============================================================================== -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Encrypt and decrypt using DES in ECB Mode - * @param Mode: encryption or decryption Mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg MODE_ENCRYPT: Encryption - * @arg MODE_DECRYPT: Decryption - * @param Key: Key used for DES algorithm. - * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 8. - * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer. - * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: Operation done - * - ERROR: Operation failed - */ -ErrorStatus CRYP_DES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, uint8_t Key[8], uint8_t *Input, - uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t *Output) -{ - CRYP_InitTypeDef DES_CRYP_InitStructure; - CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef DES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure; - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - uint32_t busystatus = 0; - ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; - uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; - uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; - uint32_t i = 0; - - /* Crypto structures initialisation*/ - CRYP_KeyStructInit(&DES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - /* Crypto Init for Encryption process */ - if( Mode == MODE_ENCRYPT ) /* DES encryption */ - { - DES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; - } - else/* if( Mode == MODE_DECRYPT )*/ /* DES decryption */ - { - DES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; - } - - DES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB; - DES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; - CRYP_Init(&DES_CRYP_InitStructure); - - /* Key Initialisation */ - DES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - DES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - CRYP_KeyInit(& DES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - /* Flush IN/OUT FIFO */ - CRYP_FIFOFlush(); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - for(i=0; ((i
© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_cryp.h" - - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP - * @brief CRYP driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define TDESBUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CRYP_Group7 High Level TDES functions - * @brief High Level TDES functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### High Level TDES functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Encrypt and decrypt using TDES in ECB Mode - * @param Mode: encryption or decryption Mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg MODE_ENCRYPT: Encryption - * @arg MODE_DECRYPT: Decryption - * @param Key: Key used for TDES algorithm. - * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 8. - * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer. - * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: Operation done - * - ERROR: Operation failed - */ -ErrorStatus CRYP_TDES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, uint8_t Key[24], uint8_t *Input, - uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t *Output) -{ - CRYP_InitTypeDef TDES_CRYP_InitStructure; - CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure; - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - uint32_t busystatus = 0; - ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; - uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; - uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; - uint32_t i = 0; - - /* Crypto structures initialisation*/ - CRYP_KeyStructInit(&TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - /* Crypto Init for Encryption process */ - if(Mode == MODE_ENCRYPT) /* TDES encryption */ - { - TDES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; - } - else /*if(Mode == MODE_DECRYPT)*/ /* TDES decryption */ - { - TDES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; - } - - TDES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB; - TDES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; - CRYP_Init(&TDES_CRYP_InitStructure); - - /* Key Initialisation */ - TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - keyaddr+=4; - TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); - CRYP_KeyInit(& TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); - - /* Flush IN/OUT FIFO */ - CRYP_FIFOFlush(); - - /* Enable Crypto processor */ - CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); - - if(CRYP_GetCmdStatus() == DISABLE) - { - /* The CRYP peripheral clock is not enabled or the device doesn't embed - the CRYP peripheral (please check the device sales type. */ - return(ERROR); - } - for(i=0; ((i
© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_dac.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC - * @brief DAC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* CR register Mask */ -#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE) - -/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */ -#define DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) - -/* DHR registers offsets */ -#define DHR12R1_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000008) -#define DHR12R2_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000014) -#define DHR12RD_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000020) - -/* DOR register offset */ -#define DOR_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_Group1 DAC channels configuration - * @brief DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable DAC reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE); - /* Release DAC from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the DAC_InitStruct. - * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DAC channel. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; - - /* Check the DAC parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer)); - -/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/ - /* Get the DAC CR value */ - tmpreg1 = DAC->CR; - /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel); - /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, - wave generation, mask/amplitude for wave generation */ - /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ - /* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */ - /* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */ - /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ - tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration | - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | \ - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer); - /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel; - /* Write to DAC CR */ - DAC->CR = tmpreg1; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) -{ -/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/ - /* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */ - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None; - /* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */ - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None; - /* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */ - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0; - /* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */ - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel. - * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channel. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note When the DAC channel is enabled the trigger source can no more be modified. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel); - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel)); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger. - * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4); - } - else - { - /* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->SWTRIGR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4)); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software triggers. - * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */ - DAC->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_SET; - } - else - { - /* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */ - DAC->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. - * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param DAC_Wave: specifies the wave type to enable or disable. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation - * @arg DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation - * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1. - * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected - * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected - * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected - * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); - - tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; - tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align; - - /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2. - * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel2. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected - * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected - * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected - * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); - - tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; - tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align; - - /* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual channel DAC. - * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected - * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected - * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected - * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. - * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. - * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both - * DAC channels at the same time. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1) -{ - uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); - - /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ - if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R) - { - data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1; - } - else - { - data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1; - } - - tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; - tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align; - - /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. - * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. - */ -uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - - tmp = (uint32_t) DAC_BASE ; - tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2); - - /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ - return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_Group2 DMA management functions - * @brief DMA management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### DMA management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request. - * @note When enabled DMA1 is generated when an external trigger (EXTI Line9, - * TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 or TIM8 but not a software trigger) occurs. - * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note The DAC channel1 is mapped on DMA1 Stream 5 channel7 which must be - * already configured. - * @note The DAC channel2 is mapped on DMA1 Stream 6 channel7 which must be - * already configured. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ - DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel); - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ - DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel)); - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DAC_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC interrupts. - * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be the following values: - * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask - * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the - * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). - * @param NewState: new state of the specified DAC interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DAC interrupts */ - DAC->CR |= (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DAC interrupts */ - DAC->CR &= (~(uint32_t)(DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC flag is set or not. - * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be only of the following value: - * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag - * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the - * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). - * @retval The new state of DAC_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified DAC flag */ - if ((DAC->SR & (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel)) != (uint8_t)RESET) - { - /* DAC_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* DAC_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the DAC_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the DAC channel's pending flags. - * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be of the following value: - * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag - * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the - * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected DAC flags */ - DAC->SR = (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel); -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be the following values: - * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask - * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the - * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). - * @retval The new state of DAC_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); - - /* Get the DAC_IT enable bit status */ - enablestatus = (DAC->CR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) ; - - /* Check the status of the specified DAC interrupt */ - if (((DAC->SR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) - { - /* DAC_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* DAC_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the DAC_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the DAC channel's interrupt pending bits. - * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected - * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected - * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be the following values: - * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask - * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the - * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). - * @retval None - */ -void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); - - /* Clear the selected DAC interrupt pending bits */ - DAC->SR = (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dac.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral: + * + DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format + * + DMA management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DAC Peripheral features ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + *** DAC Channels *** + ==================== + [..] + The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can + be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode): + (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output + (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output + + *** DAC Triggers *** + ==================== + [..] + Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_Trigger_None + and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register + using DAC_SetChannel1Data() / DAC_SetChannel2Data() functions. + [..] + Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by: + (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9. + The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode. + + (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 + (DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO, DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO...) + The timer TRGO event should be selected using TIM_SelectOutputTrigger() + + (#) Software using DAC_Trigger_Software + + *** DAC Buffer mode feature *** + =============================== + [..] + Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to + reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly + without having to add an external operational amplifier. + To enable, the output buffer use + DAC_InitStructure.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; + [..] + (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output + impedance value with and without output buffer. + + *** DAC wave generation feature *** + =================================== + [..] + Both DAC channels can be used to generate + (#) Noise wave using DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise + (#) Triangle wave using DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle + + -@- Wave generation can be disabled using DAC_WaveGeneration_None + + *** DAC data format *** + ======================= + [..] + The DAC data format can be: + (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_Align_8b_R + (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_Align_12b_L + (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_Align_12b_R + + *** DAC data value to voltage correspondence *** + ================================================ + [..] + The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined + by the following equation: + DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095 + with DOR is the Data Output Register + VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet) + e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use + DAC_SetChannel1Data(DAC_Align_12b_R, 868); + Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V + + *** DMA requests *** + ===================== + [..] + A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not + a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using + DAC_DMACmd() + [..] + DMA1 requests are mapped as following: + (#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 Stream5 channel7 which must be + already configured + (#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 Stream6 channel7 which must be + already configured + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC + registers using + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE) + (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode. + (+) Configure the DAC channel using DAC_Init() function + (+) Enable the DAC channel using DAC_Cmd() function + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_dac.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* CR register Mask */ +#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE) + +/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */ +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) + +/* DHR registers offsets */ +#define DHR12R1_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DHR12R2_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000014) +#define DHR12RD_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +/* DOR register offset */ +#define DOR_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group1 DAC channels configuration + * @brief DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable DAC reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE); + /* Release DAC from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the DAC_InitStruct. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the DAC parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + +/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/ + /* Get the DAC CR value */ + tmpreg1 = DAC->CR; + /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, + wave generation, mask/amplitude for wave generation */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + /* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */ + /* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */ + /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ + tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration | + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | \ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer); + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel; + /* Write to DAC CR */ + DAC->CR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0; + /* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the DAC channel is enabled the trigger source can no more be modified. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4); + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->SWTRIGR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software triggers. + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DAC->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DAC->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_Wave: specifies the wave type to enable or disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel2. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual channel DAC. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both + * DAC channels at the same time. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1) +{ + uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); + + /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ + if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R) + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1; + } + else + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1; + } + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) DAC_BASE ; + tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group2 DMA management functions + * @brief DMA management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request. + * @note When enabled DMA1 is generated when an external trigger (EXTI Line9, + * TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 or TIM8 but not a software trigger) occurs. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note The DAC channel1 is mapped on DMA1 Stream 5 channel7 which must be + * already configured. + * @note The DAC channel2 is mapped on DMA1 Stream 6 channel7 which must be + * already configured. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel)); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC interrupts. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DAC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DAC->CR &= (~(uint32_t)(DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC flag is set or not. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be only of the following value: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval The new state of DAC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC flag */ + if ((DAC->SR & (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel)) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* DAC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channel's pending flags. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be of the following value: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC flags */ + DAC->SR = (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval The new state of DAC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Get the DAC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (DAC->CR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC interrupt */ + if (((DAC->SR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* DAC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channel's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC interrupt pending bits */ + DAC->SR = (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index ca4d6cacbb..a4a5c3e975 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.c @@ -1,180 +1,172 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides all the DBGMCU firmware functions. - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DBGMCU - * @brief DBGMCU driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. - * @param None - * @retval Device revision identifier - */ -uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void) -{ - return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the device identifier. - * @param None - * @retval Device identifier - */ -uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void) -{ - return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); -} - -/** - * @brief Configures low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. - * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the low power mode. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode - * @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode - * @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode - * @param NewState: new state of the specified low power mode in Debug mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph; - } - else - { - DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures APB1 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. - * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP: TIM5 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP: TIM12 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP: TIM13 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP: TIM14 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_RTC_STOP: RTC Calendar and Wakeup counter stopped when Core is halted. - * @arg DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C3 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP: Debug CAN1 stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; - } - else - { - DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures APB2 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. - * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP: TIM1 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP: TIM8 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP: TIM9 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP: TIM10 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @arg DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP: TIM11 counter stopped when Core is halted - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral in Debug mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; - } - else - { - DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides all the DBGMCU firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_dbgmcu.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU + * @brief DBGMCU driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the low power mode. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode + * @param NewState: new state of the specified low power mode in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures APB1 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP: TIM5 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP: TIM12 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP: TIM13 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP: TIM14 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_RTC_STOP: RTC Calendar and Wakeup counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C3 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP: Debug CAN1 stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures APB2 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP: TIM1 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP: TIM8 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP: TIM9 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP: TIM10 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP: TIM11 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dcmi.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dcmi.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 7df3444e59..d11c171819 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dcmi.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dcmi.c @@ -1,538 +1,530 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_dcmi.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the DCMI peripheral: - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Image capture functions - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image - from a camera module connected to the DCMI Interface. - This sequence does not take into account the configuration of the - camera module, which should be made before to configure and enable - the DCMI to capture images. - - (#) Enable the clock for the DCMI and associated GPIOs using the following - functions: - RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - - (#) DCMI pins configuration - (++) Connect the involved DCMI pins to AF13 using the following function - GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_DCMI); - (++) Configure these DCMI pins in alternate function mode by calling - the function GPIO_Init(); - - (#) Declare a DCMI_InitTypeDef structure, for example: - DCMI_InitTypeDef DCMI_InitStructure; - and fill the DCMI_InitStructure variable with the allowed values - of the structure member. - - (#) Initialize the DCMI interface by calling the function - DCMI_Init(&DCMI_InitStructure); - - (#) Configure the DMA2_Stream1 channel1 to transfer Data from DCMI DR - register to the destination memory buffer. - - (#) Enable DCMI interface using the function - DCMI_Cmd(ENABLE); - - (#) Start the image capture using the function - DCMI_CaptureCmd(ENABLE); - - (#) At this stage the DCMI interface waits for the first start of frame, - then a DMA request is generated continuously/once (depending on the - mode used, Continuous/Snapshot) to transfer the received data into - the destination memory. - - -@- If you need to capture only a rectangular window from the received - image, you have to use the DCMI_CROPConfig() function to configure - the coordinates and size of the window to be captured, then enable - the Crop feature using DCMI_CROPCmd(ENABLE); - In this case, the Crop configuration should be made before to enable - and start the DCMI interface. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_dcmi.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DCMI - * @brief DCMI driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the DCMI registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_DeInit(void) -{ - DCMI->CR = 0x0; - DCMI->IER = 0x0; - DCMI->ICR = 0x1F; - DCMI->ESCR = 0x0; - DCMI->ESUR = 0x0; - DCMI->CWSTRTR = 0x0; - DCMI->CWSIZER = 0x0; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DCMI according to the specified parameters in the DCMI_InitStruct. - * @param DCMI_InitStruct: pointer to a DCMI_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the DCMI. - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_Init(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t temp = 0x0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureMode)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_SynchroMode)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_PCKPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_VSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_HSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureRate)); - assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_ExtendedDataMode)); - - /* The DCMI configuration registers should be programmed correctly before - enabling the CR_ENABLE Bit and the CR_CAPTURE Bit */ - DCMI->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_ENABLE | DCMI_CR_CAPTURE); - - /* Reset the old DCMI configuration */ - temp = DCMI->CR; - - temp &= ~((uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CM | DCMI_CR_ESS | DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | - DCMI_CR_HSPOL | DCMI_CR_VSPOL | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | - DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 | DCMI_CR_EDM_1); - - /* Sets the new configuration of the DCMI peripheral */ - temp |= ((uint32_t)DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureMode | - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_SynchroMode | - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_PCKPolarity | - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_VSPolarity | - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_HSPolarity | - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureRate | - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_ExtendedDataMode); - - DCMI->CR = temp; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each DCMI_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param DCMI_InitStruct : pointer to a DCMI_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_StructInit(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct) -{ - /* Set the default configuration */ - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureMode = DCMI_CaptureMode_Continuous; - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_SynchroMode = DCMI_SynchroMode_Hardware; - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_PCKPolarity = DCMI_PCKPolarity_Falling; - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_VSPolarity = DCMI_VSPolarity_Low; - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_HSPolarity = DCMI_HSPolarity_Low; - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureRate = DCMI_CaptureRate_All_Frame; - DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_ExtendedDataMode = DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_8b; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DCMI peripheral CROP mode according to the specified - * parameters in the DCMI_CROPInitStruct. - * @note This function should be called before to enable and start the DCMI interface. - * @param DCMI_CROPInitStruct: pointer to a DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the DCMI peripheral CROP mode. - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_CROPConfig(DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef* DCMI_CROPInitStruct) -{ - /* Sets the CROP window coordinates */ - DCMI->CWSTRTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_HorizontalOffsetCount | - ((uint32_t)DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_VerticalStartLine << 16)); - - /* Sets the CROP window size */ - DCMI->CWSIZER = (uint32_t)(DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_CaptureCount | - ((uint32_t)DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_VerticalLineCount << 16)); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI Crop feature. - * @note This function should be called before to enable and start the DCMI interface. - * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI Crop feature. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_CROPCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the DCMI Crop feature */ - DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP; - } - else - { - /* Disable the DCMI Crop feature */ - DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the embedded synchronization codes - * @param DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef: pointer to a DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the embedded synchronization codes for the DCMI peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_SetEmbeddedSynchroCodes(DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef* DCMI_CodesInitStruct) -{ - DCMI->ESCR = (uint32_t)(DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_FrameStartCode | - ((uint32_t)DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_LineStartCode << 8)| - ((uint32_t)DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_LineEndCode << 16)| - ((uint32_t)DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_FrameEndCode << 24)); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI JPEG format. - * @note The Crop and Embedded Synchronization features cannot be used in this mode. - * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI JPEG format. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_JPEGCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the DCMI JPEG format */ - DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_JPEG; - } - else - { - /* Disable the DCMI JPEG format */ - DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_JPEG; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Group2 Image capture functions - * @brief Image capture functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Image capture functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI interface. - * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI interface. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the DCMI by setting ENABLE bit */ - DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_ENABLE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the DCMI by clearing ENABLE bit */ - DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_ENABLE; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI Capture. - * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI capture. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_CaptureCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the DCMI Capture */ - DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CAPTURE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the DCMI Capture */ - DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CAPTURE; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Reads the data stored in the DR register. - * @param None - * @retval Data register value - */ -uint32_t DCMI_ReadData(void) -{ - return DCMI->DR; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DCMI_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI interface interrupts. - * @param DCMI_IT: specifies the DCMI interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture complete interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization error interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask - * @param NewState: new state of the specified DCMI interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_ITConfig(uint16_t DCMI_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DCMI_CONFIG_IT(DCMI_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ - DCMI->IER |= DCMI_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ - DCMI->IER &= (uint16_t)(~DCMI_IT); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the DCMI interface flag is set or not. - * @param DCMI_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI: Frame capture complete Raw flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI: Overflow Raw flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI: Synchronization error Raw flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI: VSYNC Raw flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_LINERI: Line Raw flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI: Frame capture complete Masked flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_OVFMI: Overflow Masked flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI: Synchronization error Masked flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI: VSYNC Masked flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI: Line Masked flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC: HSYNC flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC: VSYNC flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FNE: Fifo not empty flag mask - * @retval The new state of DCMI_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus DCMI_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t dcmireg, tempreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DCMI_GET_FLAG(DCMI_FLAG)); - - /* Get the DCMI register index */ - dcmireg = (((uint16_t)DCMI_FLAG) >> 12); - - if (dcmireg == 0x00) /* The FLAG is in RISR register */ - { - tempreg= DCMI->RISR; - } - else if (dcmireg == 0x02) /* The FLAG is in SR register */ - { - tempreg = DCMI->SR; - } - else /* The FLAG is in MISR register */ - { - tempreg = DCMI->MISR; - } - - if ((tempreg & DCMI_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET ) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the DCMI_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the DCMI's pending flags. - * @param DCMI_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI: Frame capture complete Raw flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI: Overflow Raw flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI: Synchronization error Raw flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI: VSYNC Raw flag mask - * @arg DCMI_FLAG_LINERI: Line Raw flag mask - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_ClearFlag(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(DCMI_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the flag by writing in the ICR register 1 in the corresponding - Flag position*/ - - DCMI->ICR = DCMI_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the DCMI interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param DCMI_IT: specifies the DCMI interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture complete interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization error interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask - * @retval The new state of DCMI_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus DCMI_GetITStatus(uint16_t DCMI_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t itstatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DCMI_GET_IT(DCMI_IT)); - - itstatus = DCMI->MISR & DCMI_IT; /* Only masked interrupts are checked */ - - if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the DCMI's interrupt pending bits. - * @param DCMI_IT: specifies the DCMI interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture complete interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization error interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt mask - * @arg DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask - * @retval None - */ -void DCMI_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t DCMI_IT) -{ - /* Clear the interrupt pending Bit by writing in the ICR register 1 in the - corresponding pending Bit position*/ - - DCMI->ICR = DCMI_IT; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dcmi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the DCMI peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Image capture functions + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image + from a camera module connected to the DCMI Interface. + This sequence does not take into account the configuration of the + camera module, which should be made before to configure and enable + the DCMI to capture images. + + (#) Enable the clock for the DCMI and associated GPIOs using the following + functions: + RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + (#) DCMI pins configuration + (++) Connect the involved DCMI pins to AF13 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_DCMI); + (++) Configure these DCMI pins in alternate function mode by calling + the function GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Declare a DCMI_InitTypeDef structure, for example: + DCMI_InitTypeDef DCMI_InitStructure; + and fill the DCMI_InitStructure variable with the allowed values + of the structure member. + + (#) Initialize the DCMI interface by calling the function + DCMI_Init(&DCMI_InitStructure); + + (#) Configure the DMA2_Stream1 channel1 to transfer Data from DCMI DR + register to the destination memory buffer. + + (#) Enable DCMI interface using the function + DCMI_Cmd(ENABLE); + + (#) Start the image capture using the function + DCMI_CaptureCmd(ENABLE); + + (#) At this stage the DCMI interface waits for the first start of frame, + then a DMA request is generated continuously/once (depending on the + mode used, Continuous/Snapshot) to transfer the received data into + the destination memory. + + -@- If you need to capture only a rectangular window from the received + image, you have to use the DCMI_CROPConfig() function to configure + the coordinates and size of the window to be captured, then enable + the Crop feature using DCMI_CROPCmd(ENABLE); + In this case, the Crop configuration should be made before to enable + and start the DCMI interface. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_dcmi.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DCMI + * @brief DCMI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DCMI registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_DeInit(void) +{ + DCMI->CR = 0x0; + DCMI->IER = 0x0; + DCMI->ICR = 0x1F; + DCMI->ESCR = 0x0; + DCMI->ESUR = 0x0; + DCMI->CWSTRTR = 0x0; + DCMI->CWSIZER = 0x0; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DCMI according to the specified parameters in the DCMI_InitStruct. + * @param DCMI_InitStruct: pointer to a DCMI_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the DCMI. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_Init(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t temp = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureMode)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_SynchroMode)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_PCKPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_VSPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_HSPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureRate)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_ExtendedDataMode)); + + /* The DCMI configuration registers should be programmed correctly before + enabling the CR_ENABLE Bit and the CR_CAPTURE Bit */ + DCMI->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_ENABLE | DCMI_CR_CAPTURE); + + /* Reset the old DCMI configuration */ + temp = DCMI->CR; + + temp &= ~((uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CM | DCMI_CR_ESS | DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | + DCMI_CR_HSPOL | DCMI_CR_VSPOL | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | + DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 | DCMI_CR_EDM_1); + + /* Sets the new configuration of the DCMI peripheral */ + temp |= ((uint32_t)DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureMode | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_SynchroMode | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_PCKPolarity | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_VSPolarity | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_HSPolarity | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureRate | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_ExtendedDataMode); + + DCMI->CR = temp; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DCMI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DCMI_InitStruct : pointer to a DCMI_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_StructInit(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureMode = DCMI_CaptureMode_Continuous; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_SynchroMode = DCMI_SynchroMode_Hardware; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_PCKPolarity = DCMI_PCKPolarity_Falling; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_VSPolarity = DCMI_VSPolarity_Low; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_HSPolarity = DCMI_HSPolarity_Low; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureRate = DCMI_CaptureRate_All_Frame; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_ExtendedDataMode = DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_8b; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DCMI peripheral CROP mode according to the specified + * parameters in the DCMI_CROPInitStruct. + * @note This function should be called before to enable and start the DCMI interface. + * @param DCMI_CROPInitStruct: pointer to a DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the DCMI peripheral CROP mode. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_CROPConfig(DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef* DCMI_CROPInitStruct) +{ + /* Sets the CROP window coordinates */ + DCMI->CWSTRTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_HorizontalOffsetCount | + ((uint32_t)DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_VerticalStartLine << 16)); + + /* Sets the CROP window size */ + DCMI->CWSIZER = (uint32_t)(DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_CaptureCount | + ((uint32_t)DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_VerticalLineCount << 16)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI Crop feature. + * @note This function should be called before to enable and start the DCMI interface. + * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI Crop feature. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_CROPCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DCMI Crop feature */ + DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DCMI Crop feature */ + DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the embedded synchronization codes + * @param DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef: pointer to a DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the embedded synchronization codes for the DCMI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_SetEmbeddedSynchroCodes(DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef* DCMI_CodesInitStruct) +{ + DCMI->ESCR = (uint32_t)(DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_FrameStartCode | + ((uint32_t)DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_LineStartCode << 8)| + ((uint32_t)DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_LineEndCode << 16)| + ((uint32_t)DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_FrameEndCode << 24)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI JPEG format. + * @note The Crop and Embedded Synchronization features cannot be used in this mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI JPEG format. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_JPEGCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DCMI JPEG format */ + DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_JPEG; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DCMI JPEG format */ + DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_JPEG; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Group2 Image capture functions + * @brief Image capture functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Image capture functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI interface. + * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI interface. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DCMI by setting ENABLE bit */ + DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_ENABLE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DCMI by clearing ENABLE bit */ + DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_ENABLE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI Capture. + * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI capture. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_CaptureCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DCMI Capture */ + DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CAPTURE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DCMI Capture */ + DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CAPTURE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the data stored in the DR register. + * @param None + * @retval Data register value + */ +uint32_t DCMI_ReadData(void) +{ + return DCMI->DR; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI interface interrupts. + * @param DCMI_IT: specifies the DCMI interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture complete interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization error interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DCMI interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_ITConfig(uint16_t DCMI_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DCMI_CONFIG_IT(DCMI_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ + DCMI->IER |= DCMI_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ + DCMI->IER &= (uint16_t)(~DCMI_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the DCMI interface flag is set or not. + * @param DCMI_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI: Frame capture complete Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI: Overflow Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI: Synchronization error Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI: VSYNC Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_LINERI: Line Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI: Frame capture complete Masked flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_OVFMI: Overflow Masked flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI: Synchronization error Masked flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI: VSYNC Masked flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI: Line Masked flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC: HSYNC flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC: VSYNC flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FNE: Fifo not empty flag mask + * @retval The new state of DCMI_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DCMI_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t dcmireg, tempreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DCMI_GET_FLAG(DCMI_FLAG)); + + /* Get the DCMI register index */ + dcmireg = (((uint16_t)DCMI_FLAG) >> 12); + + if (dcmireg == 0x00) /* The FLAG is in RISR register */ + { + tempreg= DCMI->RISR; + } + else if (dcmireg == 0x02) /* The FLAG is in SR register */ + { + tempreg = DCMI->SR; + } + else /* The FLAG is in MISR register */ + { + tempreg = DCMI->MISR; + } + + if ((tempreg & DCMI_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET ) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DCMI_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DCMI's pending flags. + * @param DCMI_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI: Frame capture complete Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI: Overflow Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI: Synchronization error Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI: VSYNC Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_LINERI: Line Raw flag mask + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_ClearFlag(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(DCMI_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the flag by writing in the ICR register 1 in the corresponding + Flag position*/ + + DCMI->ICR = DCMI_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the DCMI interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DCMI_IT: specifies the DCMI interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture complete interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization error interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask + * @retval The new state of DCMI_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DCMI_GetITStatus(uint16_t DCMI_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itstatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DCMI_GET_IT(DCMI_IT)); + + itstatus = DCMI->MISR & DCMI_IT; /* Only masked interrupts are checked */ + + if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DCMI's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DCMI_IT: specifies the DCMI interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture complete interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization error interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t DCMI_IT) +{ + /* Clear the interrupt pending Bit by writing in the ICR register 1 in the + corresponding pending Bit position*/ + + DCMI->ICR = DCMI_IT; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dfsdm.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dfsdm.c new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..ed9286d87f --- /dev/null +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dfsdm.c @@ -0,0 +1,2201 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dfsdm.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of Digital Filter for Sigma Delta modulator + * (DFSDM) peripheral: + * + Initialization functions. + * + Configuration functions. + * + Interrupts and flags management functions. + * + * @verbatim + * +================================================================================ + ##### How to use this driver ##### +================================================================================ + [..] + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_dfsdm.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM + * @brief DFSDM driver modules + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) + +/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define CHCFGR_INIT_CLEAR_MASK (uint32_t) 0xFFFE0F10 +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Group1 Initialization functions + * @brief Initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to: + - Deinitialize the DFSDM + - Initialize DFSDM serial channels transceiver + - Initialize DFSDM filter + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DFSDM peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None. + * @retval None. + * + */ +void DFSDM_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable LPTx reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM1, DISABLE); +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM2, DISABLE); +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DFSDM serial channels transceiver according to the specified + * parameters in the DFSDM_TransceiverInit. + * @param DFSDM_Channelx: specifies the channel to be selected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel0 : DFSDM 1 Channel 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel1 : DFSDM 1 Channel 1 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel2 : DFSDM 1 Channel 2 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel3 : DFSDM 1 Channel 3 + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel0 : DFSDM 2 Channel 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel1 : DFSDM 2 Channel 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel2 : DFSDM 2 Channel 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel3 : DFSDM 2 Channel 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel4 : DFSDM 2 Channel 4 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel5 : DFSDM 2 Channel 5 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel6 : DFSDM 2 Channel 6 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel7 : DFSDM 2 Channel 7 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct: pointer to a DFSDM_TransceiverInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified channel. + * @retval None + * @note It is mandatory to disable the selected channel to use this function. + */ +void DFSDM_TransceiverInit(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, DFSDM_TransceiverInitTypeDef* DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_CHANNEL(DFSDM_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_INTERFACE(DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Interface)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_Input_MODE(DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Input)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_Redirection_STATE(DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Redirection)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_PACK_MODE(DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_PackingMode)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLOCK(DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Clock)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_DATA_RIGHT_BIT_SHIFT(DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_DataRightShift)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_OFFSET(DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Offset)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLK_DETECTOR_STATE(DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_CLKAbsenceDetector)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SC_DETECTOR_STATE(DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_ShortCircuitDetector)); + + /* Get the DFSDM Channelx CHCFGR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDM_Channelx->CHCFGR1; + + /* Clear SITP, CKABEN, SCDEN and SPICKSEL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CHCFGR_INIT_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Set or Reset SITP bits according to DFSDM_Interface value */ + /* Set or Reset SPICKSEL bits according to DFSDM_Clock value */ + /* Set or Reset DATMPX bits according to DFSDM_InputMode value */ + /* Set or Reset CHINSEL bits according to DFSDM_Redirection value */ + /* Set or Reset DATPACK bits according to DFSDM_PackingMode value */ + /* Set or Reset CKABEN bit according to DFSDM_CLKAbsenceDetector value */ + /* Set or Reset SCDEN bit according to DFSDM_ShortCircuitDetector value */ + tmpreg1 |= (DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Interface | + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Clock | + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Input | + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Redirection | + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_PackingMode | + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_CLKAbsenceDetector | + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_ShortCircuitDetector); + + /* Write to DFSDM Channelx CHCFGR1R */ + DFSDM_Channelx->CHCFGR1 = tmpreg1; + + /* Get the DFSDM Channelx CHCFGR2 value */ + tmpreg2 = DFSDM_Channelx->CHCFGR2; + + /* Clear DTRBS and OFFSET bits */ + tmpreg2 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR2_DTRBS | DFSDM_CHCFGR2_OFFSET); + + /* Set or Reset DTRBS bits according to DFSDM_DataRightShift value */ + /* Set or Reset OFFSET bits according to DFSDM_Offset value */ + tmpreg2 |= (((DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_DataRightShift) <<3 ) | + ((DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Offset) <<8 )); + + /* Write to DFSDM Channelx CHCFGR1R */ + DFSDM_Channelx->CHCFGR2 = tmpreg2; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct : pointer to a DFSDM_TransceiverInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_TransceiverStructInit(DFSDM_TransceiverInitTypeDef* DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct) +{ + /* SPI with rising edge to strobe data is selected as default serial interface */ + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Interface = DFSDM_Interface_SPI_FallingEdge; + + /* Clock coming from internal DFSDM_CKOUT output is selected as default serial clock */ + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Clock = DFSDM_Clock_Internal; + + /* No data right bit-shift is selected as default data right bit-shift */ + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_DataRightShift = 0x0; + + /* No offset is selected as default offset */ + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_Offset = 0x0; + + /* Clock Absence Detector is Enabled as default state */ + DFSDM_TransceiverInitStruct->DFSDM_CLKAbsenceDetector = DFSDM_CLKAbsenceDetector_Enable; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DFSDMx Filter according to the specified + * parameters in the DFSDM_FilterInitStruct. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_FilterInitStruct: pointer to a DFSDM_FilterInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified filter. + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the selected filter to use this function. + */ +void DFSDM_FilterInit(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, DFSDM_FilterInitTypeDef* DFSDM_FilterInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SINC_ORDER(DFSDM_FilterInitStruct->DFSDM_SincOrder)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SINC_OVRSMPL_RATIO(DFSDM_FilterInitStruct->DFSDM_FilterOversamplingRatio)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_INTG_OVRSMPL_RATIO(DFSDM_FilterInitStruct->DFSDM_IntegratorOversamplingRatio)); + + /* Get the DFSDMx FCR value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDMx->FLTFCR; + + /* Clear FORD, FOSR and IOSR bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTFCR_FORD | DFSDM_FLTFCR_FOSR | DFSDM_FLTFCR_IOSR); + + /* Set or Reset FORD bits according to DFSDM_SincOrder value */ + /* Set or Reset FOSR bits according to DFSDM_FilterOversamplingRatio value */ + /* Set or Reset IOSR bits according to DFSDM_IntegratorOversamplingRatio value */ + tmpreg1 |= (DFSDM_FilterInitStruct->DFSDM_SincOrder | + ((DFSDM_FilterInitStruct->DFSDM_FilterOversamplingRatio -1) << 16) | + (DFSDM_FilterInitStruct->DFSDM_IntegratorOversamplingRatio -1)); + + /* Write to DFSDMx FCR */ + DFSDMx->FLTFCR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DFSDM_FilterInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DFSDM_FilterInitStruct: pointer to a DFSDM_FilterInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_FilterStructInit(DFSDM_FilterInitTypeDef* DFSDM_FilterInitStruct) +{ + /* Order = 3 is selected as default sinc order */ + DFSDM_FilterInitStruct->DFSDM_SincOrder = DFSDM_SincOrder_Sinc3; + + /* Ratio = 64 is selected as default oversampling ratio */ + DFSDM_FilterInitStruct->DFSDM_FilterOversamplingRatio = 64 ; + + /* Ratio = 4 is selected as default integrator oversampling ratio */ + DFSDM_FilterInitStruct->DFSDM_IntegratorOversamplingRatio = 4; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Group2 Configuration functions + * @brief Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to configure DFSDM: + - Enable/Disable (DFSDM peripheral, Channel, Filter) + - Configure Clock output + - Configure Injected/Regular channels for Conversion + - Configure short circuit detector + - Configure Analog watchdog filter + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DFSDM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the DFSDM interface. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_Command(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ENABLE bit */ + DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 |= DFSDM_CHCFGR1_DFSDMEN; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ENABLE bit */ + DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_DFSDMEN); + } +} +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DFSDM peripheral. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param NewState: new state of the DFSDM interface. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_Cmd(uint32_t Instance, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(Instance == 1) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ENABLE bit */ + DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 |= DFSDM_CHCFGR1_DFSDMEN; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ENABLE bit */ + DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_DFSDMEN); + } + } + else /* DFSDM2 */ + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ENABLE bit */ + DFSDM2_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 |= DFSDM_CHCFGR1_DFSDMEN; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ENABLE bit */ + DFSDM2_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_DFSDMEN); + } + } +} +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DFSDM serial channelx. + * @param DFSDM_Channelx: specifies the channel to be selected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel0 : DFSDM 1 Channel 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel1 : DFSDM 1 Channel 1 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel2 : DFSDM 1 Channel 2 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel3 : DFSDM 1 Channel 3 + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel0 : DFSDM 2 Channel 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel1 : DFSDM 2 Channel 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel2 : DFSDM 2 Channel 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel3 : DFSDM 2 Channel 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel4 : DFSDM 2 Channel 4 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel5 : DFSDM 2 Channel 5 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel6 : DFSDM 2 Channel 6 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel7 : DFSDM 2 Channel 7 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the DFSDM serial channelx . + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ChannelCmd(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_CHANNEL(DFSDM_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ENABLE bit */ + DFSDM_Channelx->CHCFGR1 |= DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CHEN; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ENABLE bit */ + DFSDM_Channelx->CHCFGR1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CHEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DFSDMx Filter. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DFSDM module. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_FilterCmd(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ENABLE bit */ + DFSDMx->FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ENABLE bit */ + DFSDMx->FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_DFEN); + } +} + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +/** + * @brief Configures the Output serial clock divider. + * @param DFSDM_ClkOutDivision: Defines the divider for the output serial clock + * This parameter can be a value between 1 and 256. + * @retval None + * @note The output serial clock is stopped if the divider =1. + * By default the serial output clock is stopped. + */ +void DFSDM_ConfigClkOutputDivider(uint32_t DFSDM_ClkOutDivision) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLOCK_OUT_DIVIDER(DFSDM_ClkOutDivision)); + + /* Get the DFSDM_Channel0 CHCFGR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1; + + /* Clear the CKOUTDIV bits */ + tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)(~DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKOUTDIV); + + /* Set or Reset the CKOUTDIV bits */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)((DFSDM_ClkOutDivision - 1) << 16); + + /* Write to DFSDM Channel0 CHCFGR1 */ + DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Output serial clock source. + * @param DFSDM_ClkOutSource: Defines the divider for the output serial clock + * This parameter can be a value of: + * @arg DFSDM_ClkOutSource_SysClock + * @arg DFSDM_ClkOutSource_AudioClock + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ConfigClkOutputSource(uint32_t DFSDM_ClkOutSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLOCK_OUT_SOURCE(DFSDM_ClkOutSource)); + + /* Get the DFSDM_Channel0 CHCFGR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1; + + /* Clear the CKOUTSRC bit */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKOUTSRC); + + /* Set or Reset the CKOUTSRC bit */ + tmpreg1 |= DFSDM_ClkOutSource; + + /* Write to DFSDM Channel0 CHCFGR1 */ + DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 = tmpreg1; +} +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the Output serial clock divider. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param DFSDM_ClkOutDivision: Defines the divider for the output serial clock + * This parameter can be a value between 1 and 256. + * @retval None + * @note The output serial clock is stopped if the divider =1. + * By default the serial output clock is stopped. + */ +void DFSDM_ConfigClkOutputDivider(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_ClkOutDivision) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + if(Instance == 1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLOCK_OUT_DIVIDER(DFSDM_ClkOutDivision)); + + /* Get the DFSDM_Channel0 CHCFGR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1; + + /* Clear the CKOUTDIV bits */ + tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)(~DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKOUTDIV); + + /* Set or Reset the CKOUTDIV bits */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)((DFSDM_ClkOutDivision - 1) << 16); + + /* Write to DFSDM Channel0 CHCFGR1 */ + DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* DFSDM2 */ + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLOCK_OUT_DIVIDER(DFSDM_ClkOutDivision)); + + /* Get the DFSDM_Channel0 CHCFGR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDM2_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1; + + /* Clear the CKOUTDIV bits */ + tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)(~DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKOUTDIV); + + /* Set or Reset the CKOUTDIV bits */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)((DFSDM_ClkOutDivision - 1) << 16); + + /* Write to DFSDM Channel0 CHCFGR1 */ + DFSDM2_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 = tmpreg1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Output serial clock source. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param DFSDM_ClkOutSource: Defines the divider for the output serial clock + * This parameter can be a value of: + * @arg DFSDM_ClkOutSource_SysClock + * @arg DFSDM_ClkOutSource_AudioClock + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ConfigClkOutputSource(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_ClkOutSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + if(Instance == 1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLOCK_OUT_SOURCE(DFSDM_ClkOutSource)); + + /* Get the DFSDM_Channel0 CHCFGR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1; + + /* Clear the CKOUTSRC bit */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKOUTSRC); + + /* Set or Reset the CKOUTSRC bit */ + tmpreg1 |= DFSDM_ClkOutSource; + + /* Write to DFSDM Channel0 CHCFGR1 */ + DFSDM1_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* DFSDM2 */ + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLOCK_OUT_SOURCE(DFSDM_ClkOutSource)); + + /* Get the DFSDM_Channel0 CHCFGR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDM2_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1; + + /* Clear the CKOUTSRC bit */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHCFGR1_CKOUTSRC); + + /* Set or Reset the CKOUTSRC bit */ + tmpreg1 |= DFSDM_ClkOutSource; + + /* Write to DFSDM Channel0 CHCFGR1 */ + DFSDM2_Channel0 -> CHCFGR1 = tmpreg1; + } +} +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified Break_i siganl to the specified DFSDM_Channelx. + * @param DFSDM_Channelx: specifies the channel to be selected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel0 : DFSDM 1 Channel 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel1 : DFSDM 1 Channel 1 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel2 : DFSDM 1 Channel 2 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel3 : DFSDM 1 Channel 3 + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel0 : DFSDM 2 Channel 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel1 : DFSDM 2 Channel 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel2 : DFSDM 2 Channel 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel3 : DFSDM 2 Channel 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel4 : DFSDM 2 Channel 4 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel5 : DFSDM 2 Channel 5 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel6 : DFSDM 2 Channel 6 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel7 : DFSDM 2 Channel 7 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_SCDBreak_i: where i can be a value from 0 to 3 to select the specified Break signal. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DFSDM_SCDBreak_i. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ConfigBRKAnalogWatchDog(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, uint32_t DFSDM_SCDBreak_i, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_CHANNEL(DFSDM_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SCD_BREAK_SIGNAL(DFSDM_SCDBreak_i)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the BKSCD[i] bit */ + DFSDM_Channelx -> CHAWSCDR |= DFSDM_SCDBreak_i; + } + else + { + /* Reset the BKSCD[i] bit */ + DFSDM_Channelx -> CHAWSCDR &= ~(DFSDM_SCDBreak_i); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified Break_i siganl to the specified DFSDM_Channelx. + * @param DFSDM_Channelx: specifies the channel to be selected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel0 : DFSDM 1 Channel 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel1 : DFSDM 1 Channel 1 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel2 : DFSDM 1 Channel 2 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel3 : DFSDM 1 Channel 3 + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel0 : DFSDM 2 Channel 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel1 : DFSDM 2 Channel 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel2 : DFSDM 2 Channel 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel3 : DFSDM 2 Channel 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel4 : DFSDM 2 Channel 4 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel5 : DFSDM 2 Channel 5 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel6 : DFSDM 2 Channel 6 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel7 : DFSDM 2 Channel 7 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_SCDBreak_i: where i can be a value from 0 to 3 to select the specified Break signal. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DFSDM_SCDBreak_i. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ConfigBRKShortCircuitDetector(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, uint32_t DFSDM_SCDBreak_i, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_CHANNEL(DFSDM_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SCD_BREAK_SIGNAL(DFSDM_SCDBreak_i)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the BKSCD[i] bit */ + DFSDM_Channelx -> CHAWSCDR |= DFSDM_SCDBreak_i; + } + else + { + /* Reset the BKSCD[i] bit */ + DFSDM_Channelx -> CHAWSCDR &= ~(DFSDM_SCDBreak_i); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Defines the threshold counter for the short circuit detector for the selected DFSDM_Channelx. + * @param DFSDM_Channelx: specifies the channel to be selected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel0 : DFSDM 1 Channel 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel1 : DFSDM 1 Channel 1 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel2 : DFSDM 1 Channel 2 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel3 : DFSDM 1 Channel 3 + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel0 : DFSDM 2 Channel 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel1 : DFSDM 2 Channel 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel2 : DFSDM 2 Channel 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel3 : DFSDM 2 Channel 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel4 : DFSDM 2 Channel 4 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel5 : DFSDM 2 Channel 5 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel6 : DFSDM 2 Channel 6 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel7 : DFSDM 2 Channel 7 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_SCDThreshold: The threshold counter, this parameter can be a value between 0 and 255. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ConfigShortCircuitThreshold(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, uint32_t DFSDM_SCDThreshold) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_CHANNEL(DFSDM_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CSD_THRESHOLD_VALUE(DFSDM_SCDThreshold)); + + /* Get the DFSDM_Channelx AWSCDR value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDM_Channelx -> CHAWSCDR; + + /* Clear the SCDT bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_SCDT); + + /* Set or Reset the SCDT bits */ + tmpreg1 |= DFSDM_SCDThreshold; + + /* Write to DFSDM Channelx AWSCDR */ + DFSDM_Channelx -> CHAWSCDR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the channel to be guarded by the Analog watchdog for the selected DFSDMx, + * and select if the fast analog watchdog is enabled or not. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_AWDChannelx: where x can be a value from 0 to 7 to select the DFSDM Channel. + * @param DFSDM_AWDFastMode: The analog watchdog fast mode. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_AWD_Fast_Mode_Selection. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ConfigAnalogWatchdog(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDChannelx, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDFastMode) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_AWD_CHANNEL(DFSDM_AWDChannelx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_AWD_MODE(DFSDM_AWDFastMode)); + + /* Get the DFSDMx CR2 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDMx -> FLTCR2; + + /* Clear the AWDCH bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_AWDCH); + + /* Set or Reset the AWDCH bits */ + tmpreg1 |= DFSDM_AWDChannelx; + + /* Write to DFSDMx CR2 Register */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR2 |= tmpreg1; + + /* Get the DFSDMx CR1 value */ + tmpreg2 = DFSDMx->FLTCR1; + + /* Clear the AWFSEL bit */ + tmpreg2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_AWFSEL); + + /* Set or Reset the AWFSEL bit */ + tmpreg2 |= DFSDM_AWDFastMode; + + /* Write to DFSDMx CR1 Register */ + DFSDMx->FLTCR1 = tmpreg2; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the channel to be guarded by the Analog watchdog of the selected DFSDMx, and the mode to be used. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_ExtremChannelx: where x can be a value from 0 to 7 to select the Channel to be connected + * to the Extremes detector. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_SelectExtremesDetectorChannel(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_ExtremChannelx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_EXTREM_CHANNEL(DFSDM_ExtremChannelx)); + + /* Get the DFSDMx CR2 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDMx -> FLTCR2; + + /* Clear the EXCH bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR2_EXCH); + + /* Set or Reset the AWDCH bits */ + tmpreg1 |= DFSDM_ExtremChannelx; + + /* Write to DFSDMx CR2 Register */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR2 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the regular conversion data by the DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval The converted regular data. + * @note This function returns a signed value. + */ +int32_t DFSDM_GetRegularConversionData(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + uint32_t reg = 0; + int32_t value = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + /* Get value of data register for regular channel */ + reg = DFSDMx -> FLTRDATAR; + + /* Extract conversion value */ + value = (((reg & 0xFFFFFF00) >> 8)); + + /* Return the conversion result */ + return value; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the injected conversion data by the DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval The converted regular data. + * @note This function returns a signed value. + */ +int32_t DFSDM_GetInjectedConversionData(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + uint32_t reg = 0; + int32_t value = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + /* Get value of data register for regular channel */ + reg = DFSDMx -> FLTJDATAR; + + /* Extract conversion value */ + value = ((reg & 0xFFFFFF00) >> 8); + + /* Return the conversion result */ + return value; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the highest value converted by the DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval The highest converted value. + * @note This function returns a signed value. + */ +int32_t DFSDM_GetMaxValue(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + int32_t value = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + value = ((DFSDMx -> FLTEXMAX) >> 8); + /* Return the highest converted value */ + return value; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the lowest value converted by the DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval The lowest converted value. + * @note This function returns a signed value. + */ +int32_t DFSDM_GetMinValue(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + int32_t value = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + value = ((DFSDMx -> FLTEXMIN) >> 8); + /* Return the lowest conversion value */ + return value; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of channel on which is captured the highest converted data by the DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval The highest converted value. + */ +int32_t DFSDM_GetMaxValueChannel(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + /* Return the highest converted value */ + return ((DFSDMx -> FLTEXMAX) & (~DFSDM_FLTEXMAX_EXMAXCH)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of channel on which is captured the lowest converted data by the DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval The lowest converted value. + */ +int32_t DFSDM_GetMinValueChannel(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + /* Return the lowest converted value */ + return ((DFSDMx -> FLTEXMIN) & (~DFSDM_FLTEXMIN_EXMINCH)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the conversion time (in 28-bit timer unit) for DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval Conversion time. + */ +uint32_t DFSDM_GetConversionTime(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + /* Return the lowest converted value */ + return ((DFSDMx -> FLTCNVTIMR >> 4) & 0x0FFFFFFF); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures Sinc Filter for the Analog watchdog by setting + * the Sinc filter order and the Oversampling ratio for the specified DFSDM_Channelx. + * @param DFSDM_Channelx: specifies the channel to be selected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel0 : DFSDM 1 Channel 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel1 : DFSDM 1 Channel 1 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel2 : DFSDM 1 Channel 2 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel3 : DFSDM 1 Channel 3 + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel0 : DFSDM 2 Channel 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel1 : DFSDM 2 Channel 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel2 : DFSDM 2 Channel 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel3 : DFSDM 2 Channel 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel4 : DFSDM 2 Channel 4 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel5 : DFSDM 2 Channel 5 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel6 : DFSDM 2 Channel 6 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel7 : DFSDM 2 Channel 7 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_AWDSincOrder: The Sinc Filter order this parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_AWD_Sinc_Order. + * @param DFSDM_AWDSincOverSampleRatio: The Filter Oversampling ratio, this parameter can be a value between 1 and 32. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ConfigAWDFilter(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDSincOrder, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDSincOverSampleRatio) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_CHANNEL(DFSDM_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_AWD_SINC_ORDER(DFSDM_AWDSincOrder)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_AWD_OVRSMPL_RATIO(DFSDM_AWDSincOverSampleRatio)); + + /* Get the DFSDM_Channelx CHAWSCDR value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDM_Channelx -> CHAWSCDR; + + /* Clear the FORD and FOSR bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_AWFORD | DFSDM_CHAWSCDR_AWFOSR); + + /* Set or Reset the SCDT bits */ + tmpreg1 |= (DFSDM_AWDSincOrder | ((DFSDM_AWDSincOverSampleRatio -1) << 16)) ; + + /* Write to DFSDM Channelx CHAWSCDR */ + DFSDM_Channelx -> CHAWSCDR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last Analog Watchdog Filter conversion result data for channelx. + * @param DFSDM_Channelx: specifies the channel to be selected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel0 : DFSDM 1 Channel 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel1 : DFSDM 1 Channel 1 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel2 : DFSDM 1 Channel 2 + * @arg DFSDM1_Channel3 : DFSDM 1 Channel 3 + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel0 : DFSDM 2 Channel 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel1 : DFSDM 2 Channel 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel2 : DFSDM 2 Channel 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel3 : DFSDM 2 Channel 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel4 : DFSDM 2 Channel 4 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel5 : DFSDM 2 Channel 5 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel6 : DFSDM 2 Channel 6 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_Channel7 : DFSDM 2 Channel 7 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint32_t DFSDM_GetAWDConversionValue(DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channelx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_CHANNEL(DFSDM_Channelx)); + + /* Return the last analog watchdog filter conversion value */ + return DFSDM_Channelx -> CHWDATAR; +} + + +/** + * @brief Configures the High Threshold and the Low threshold for the Analog watchdog of the selected DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_HighThreshold: High threshold value. This parameter can be value between 0 and 0xFFFFFF. + * @param DFSDM_LowThreshold: Low threshold value. This parameter can be value between 0 and 0xFFFFFF. + * @retval None. + * @note In case of channels transceivers monitoring (Analog Watchdog fast mode Enabled)), + * only the higher 16 bits define the 16-bit threshold compared with analog watchdog filter output. + */ + +void DFSDM_SetAWDThreshold(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_HighThreshold, uint32_t DFSDM_LowThreshold) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_HIGH_THRESHOLD(DFSDM_HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_LOW_THRESHOLD(DFSDM_LowThreshold)); + + /* Get the DFSDMx AWHTR value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDMx -> FLTAWHTR; + + /* Clear the AWHT bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTAWHTR_AWHT); + + /* Set or Reset the AWHT bits */ + tmpreg1 |= (DFSDM_HighThreshold << 8 ); + + /* Write to DFSDMx AWHTR Register */ + DFSDMx -> FLTAWHTR = tmpreg1; + + /* Get the DFSDMx AWLTR value */ + tmpreg2 = DFSDMx -> FLTAWLTR; + + /* Clear the AWLTR bits */ + tmpreg2 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTAWLTR_AWLT); + + /* Set or Reset the AWLTR bits */ + tmpreg2 |= (DFSDM_LowThreshold << 8 ); + + /* Write to DFSDMx AWLTR Register */ + DFSDMx -> FLTAWLTR = tmpreg2; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the injected channel for the selected DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_InjectedChannelx: where x can be a value from 0 to 7 to select the Channel to be configuraed as + * injected channel. + * @retval None + * @note User can select up to 8 channels. + */ +void DFSDM_SelectInjectedChannel(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_InjectedChannelx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_INJECT_CHANNEL(DFSDM_InjectedChannelx)); + + /* Get the DFSDMx JCHGR value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDMx -> FLTJCHGR; + + /* Clear the JCHGR bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTJCHGR_JCHG); + + /* Set or Reset the JCHGR bits */ + tmpreg1 |= DFSDM_InjectedChannelx; + + /* Write to DFSDMx JCHGR Register */ + DFSDMx -> FLTJCHGR |= tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the regular channel for the selected DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_RegularChannelx: where x can be a value from 0 to 7 to select the Channel to be configurated as + * regular channel. + * @retval None + * @note User can select only one channel. + */ +void DFSDM_SelectRegularChannel(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_RegularChannelx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_REGULAR_CHANNEL(DFSDM_RegularChannelx)); + + /* Get the DFSDMx CR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDMx -> FLTCR1; + + /* Clear the RCH bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_RCH); + + /* Set or Reset the RCH bits */ + tmpreg1 |= DFSDM_RegularChannelx; + + /* Write to DFSDMx CR1 Register */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts a software start for the injected group of channels of the selected DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_StartSoftwareInjectedConversion(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + /* Write 1 to DFSDMx CR1 RSWSTAR bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSWSTART; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts a software start of the regular channel of the selected DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_StartSoftwareRegularConversion(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + /* Write 1 to DFSDMx CR1 RSWSTAR bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_RSWSTART; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Trigger signal to launch the injected conversions of the selected DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_InjectedTrigger: the trigger signal. + * This parameter can be a value of: @ref DFSDM_Injected_Trigger_signal + * @param DFSDM_TriggerEdge: the edge of the selected trigger + * This parameter can be a value of: @ref DFSDM_Trigger_Edge_selection + * @retval None. + * @note This function can be used only when the filter is disabled, use DFSDM_FilterCmd() + * to disable the filter. + */ +void DFSDM_ConfigInjectedTrigger(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_Trigger, uint32_t DFSDM_TriggerEdge) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + if (DFSDMx == DFSDM0) + { + assert_param(IS_DFSDM0_INJ_TRIGGER(DFSDM_Trigger)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_DFSDM1_INJ_TRIGGER(DFSDM_Trigger)); + } + + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_TRIGGER_EDGE(DFSDM_TriggerEdge)); + + /* Get the DFSDMx CR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = DFSDMx -> FLTCR1; + + /* Clear the JEXTSEL & JEXTEN bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_JEXTSEL | DFSDM_FLTCR1_JEXTEN); + + /* Set or Reset the JEXTSEL & JEXTEN bits */ + tmpreg1 |= (DFSDM_Trigger | DFSDM_TriggerEdge); + + /* Write to DFSDMx CR1 Register */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts an injected conversion synchronously when in DFSDM0 + * an injected conversion started by software. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval None + * @note This function can be used only when the filter is disabled, use DFSDM_FilterCmd() + * to disable the filter. + */ +void DFSDM_SynchronousFilter0InjectedStart(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SYNC_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + /* Write 1 to DFSDMx CR1 JSYNC bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSYNC; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts a regular conversion synchronously when in DFSDM0 + * a regular conversion started by software. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @retval None + * @note This function can be used only when the filter is disabled, use DFSDM_FilterCmd() + * to disable the filter. + */ +void DFSDM_SynchronousFilter0RegularStart(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SYNC_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + + /* Write 1 to DFSDMx CR1 RSYNC bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_RSYNC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the continue mode for Regular conversion for the selected filter DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the Continuous mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_RegularContinuousModeCmd(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RCONT bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_RCONT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RCONT bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_RCONT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Fast mode for the selected filter DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the Fast mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + * @note If just a single channel is selected in continuous mode (either by executing a regular + * conversion or by executing a injected conversion with only one channel selected), + * the sampling rate can be increased several times by enabling the fast mode. + * @note This function can be used only when the filter is disabled, use DFSDM_FilterCmd() + * to disable the filter. + */ +void DFSDM_FastModeCmd(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the FAST bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_FLTCR1_FAST; + } + else + { + /* Disable the FAST bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_FAST); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the injected conversions mode for the selected DFSDMx. + * Injected conversions can operates in Single mode or Scan mode. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_InjectConvMode: The injected conversion mode, this parameter can be: + * @arg DFSDM_InjectConvMode_Single + * @arg DFSDM_InjectConvMode_Scan + * @retval None. + * @note This function can be used only when the filter is disabled, use DFSDM_FilterCmd() + * to disable the filter. + */ +void DFSDM_SelectInjectedConversionMode(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_InjectConvMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_INJ_CONV_MODE(DFSDM_InjectConvMode)); + + /* Clear the JSCAN bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_JSCAN); + + /* Write to DFSDMx CR1 Register */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 |= DFSDM_InjectConvMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the DMA to read data for the injected channel group of the selected filter DFSDMx. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_DMAConversionMode: Selects the mode to be configured for DMA read . + * @arg DFSDM_DMAConversionMode_Regular: DMA channel Enabled/Disabled to read data for the regular conversion + * @arg DFSDM_DMAConversionMode_Injected: DMA channel Enabled/Disabled to read data for the Injected conversion +* @param NewState: new state of the DMA channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + * @note This function can be used only when the filter is disabled, use DFSDM_FilterCmd() + * to disable the filter. + */ +void DFSDM_DMATransferConfig(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_DMAConversionMode, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CONVERSION_MODE(DFSDM_DMAConversionMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the JDMAEN or RDMAEN bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 |= (DFSDM_FLTCR1_JDMAEN << DFSDM_DMAConversionMode) ; + } + else + { + /* Disable the JDMAEN or RDMAEN bit */ + DFSDMx -> FLTCR1 &= ~(DFSDM_FLTCR1_JDMAEN << DFSDM_DMAConversionMode); + } +} + +/** @defgroup DFSDM_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to configure the DFSDM Interrupts, get + the status and clear flags bits. + + The LPT provides 7 Flags and Interrupts sources (2 flags and Interrupt sources + are available only on LPT peripherals equipped with encoder mode interface) + + Flags and Interrupts sources: + ============================= + 1. End of injected conversion. + 2. End of regular conversion. + 3. Injected data overrun. + 4. Regular data overrun. + 5. Analog watchdog. + 6. Short circuit detector. + 7. Channel clock absence + + - To enable a specific interrupt source, use "DFSDM_ITConfig", + "DFSDM_ITClockAbsenceCmd" and "DFSDM_ITShortCircuitDetectorCmd" functions. + - To check if an interrupt was occurred, call "DFSDM_GetITStatus","DFSDM_GetClockAbsenceITStatusfunction" + and "DFSDM_GetGetShortCircuitITStatus" functions and read returned values. + - To get a flag status, call the "DFSDM_GetFlagStatus" ,"DFSDM_GetClockAbsenceFlagStatus" ,"DFSDM_GetShortCircuitFlagStatus" + and "DFSDM_GetWatchdogFlagStatus" functions and read the returned value. + - To clear a flag or an interrupt, use DFSDM_ClearFlag,DFSDM_ClearClockAbsenceFlag, + DFSDM_ClearShortCircuitFlag,DFSDM_ClearAnalogWatchdogFlag functions with the + corresponding flag (interrupt). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DFSDMx interrupts. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_IT: specifies the DFSDM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DFSDM_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion Interrupt source + * @arg DFSDM_IT_REOC: End of regular conversion Interrupt source + * @arg DFSDM_IT_JOVR: Injected data overrun Interrupt source + * @arg DFSDM_IT_ROVR: Regular data overrun Interrupt source + * @arg DFSDM_IT_AWD : Analog watchdog Interrupt source + * @param NewState: new state of the DFSDM interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ITConfig(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_IT, FunctionalState NewState) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_IT(DFSDM_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ + DFSDMx->FLTCR2 |= DFSDM_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ + DFSDMx->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_IT); + } +} + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Clock Absence Interrupt. + * @param NewState: new state of the interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ITClockAbsenceCmd(FunctionalState NewState) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 |= DFSDM_IT_CKAB; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_IT_CKAB); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Short Circuit Detector Interrupt. + * @param NewState: new state of the interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ITShortCircuitDetectorCmd(FunctionalState NewState) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 |= DFSDM_IT_SCD; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_IT_SCD); + } +} +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Clock Absence Interrupt. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param NewState: new state of the interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ITClockAbsenceCmd(uint32_t Instance, FunctionalState NewState) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if(Instance == 1) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 |= DFSDM_IT_CKAB; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_IT_CKAB); + } + } + else /* DFSDM2 */ + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM2_0->FLTCR2 |= DFSDM_IT_CKAB; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM2_0->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_IT_CKAB); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Short Circuit Detector Interrupt. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param NewState: new state of the interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ITShortCircuitDetectorCmd(uint32_t Instance, FunctionalState NewState) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(Instance == 1) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 |= DFSDM_IT_SCD; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_IT_SCD); + } + } + else /* DFSDM2 */ + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM2_0->FLTCR2 |= DFSDM_IT_SCD; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt source */ + DFSDM2_0->FLTCR2 &= ~(DFSDM_IT_SCD); + } + } + +} +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DFSDM flag is set or not. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param LPT_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DFSDM_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected conversion Flag + * @arg DFSDM_FLAG_REOC: End of regular conversion Flag + * @arg DFSDM_FLAG_JOVR: Injected data overrun Flag + * @arg DFSDM_FLAG_ROVR: Regular data overrun Flag + * @arg DFSDM_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog Flag + * @arg DFSDM_FLAG_JCIP: Injected conversion in progress status + * @arg DFSDM_FLAG_RCIP: Regular conversion in progress status + * @retval None + */ +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetFlagStatus(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_FLAG) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_FLAG(DFSDM_FLAG)); + + if ((DFSDMx->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLAG) != RESET ) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified Clock Absence Channel flag is set or not. + * @param DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Clock_Absence_Flag_Definition + * @retval None + */ +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetClockAbsenceFlagStatus(uint32_t DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLK_ABS_FLAG(DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence)); + + if((DFSDM1_0->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence) != RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified Short Circuit Channel Detector flag is set or not. + * @param DFSDM_FLAG_SCD: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_SCD_Flag_Definition + * @retval None + */ +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetShortCircuitFlagStatus(uint32_t DFSDM_FLAG_SCD) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SCD_FLAG(DFSDM_FLAG_SCD)); + + if ((DFSDM1_0->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLAG_SCD) != RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + return bitstatus; +} +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified Clock Absence Channel flag is set or not. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Clock_Absence_Flag_Definition + * @retval None + */ +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetClockAbsenceFlagStatus(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLK_ABS_FLAG(DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence)); + + if(Instance == 1) + { + if((DFSDM1_0->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence) != RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else /* DFSDM2 */ + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLK_ABS_FLAG(DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence)); + + if((DFSDM2_0->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLAG_CLKAbsence) != RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified Short Circuit Channel Detector flag is set or not. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param DFSDM_FLAG_SCD: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_SCD_Flag_Definition + * @retval None + */ +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetShortCircuitFlagStatus(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_FLAG_SCD) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SCD_FLAG(DFSDM_FLAG_SCD)); + + if(Instance == 1) + { + if ((DFSDM1_0->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLAG_SCD) != RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else /* DFSDM2 */ + { + if ((DFSDM2_0->FLTISR & DFSDM_FLAG_SCD) != RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + return bitstatus; +} +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified Watchdog threshold flag is set or not. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_AWDChannelx: where x can be a value from 0 to 7 to select the DFSDM Channel. + * @param DFSDM_Threshold: specifies the Threshold. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Threshold_Selection. + * @retval None + */ +FlagStatus DFSDM_GetWatchdogFlagStatus(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDChannelx, uint8_t DFSDM_Threshold) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_Threshold(DFSDM_Threshold)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_AWD_CHANNEL(DFSDM_AWDChannelx)); + + if ((DFSDMx->FLTAWSR & ((DFSDM_AWDChannelx >> 16) << DFSDM_Threshold) ) != RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DFSDMx's pending flag. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_CLEARF: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DFSDM_CLEARF_JOVR: Injected data overrun Clear Flag + * @arg DFSDM_CLEARF_ROVR: Regular data overrun Clear Flag + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ClearFlag(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_CLEARF) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLEAR_FLAG(DFSDM_CLEARF)); + + /* Clear the pending Flag Bit */ + DFSDMx->FLTICR |= DFSDM_CLEARF; +} + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +/** + * @brief Clears the DFSDMx's pending Clock Absence Channel flag. + * @param DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of @ref DFSDM_Clear_ClockAbs_Flag_Definition + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ClearClockAbsenceFlag(uint32_t DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLK_ABS_CLEARF(DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence)); + + /* Clear the IT pending Flag Bit */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTICR |= DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DFSDMx's pending Short circuit Channel flag. + * @param DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of @ref DFSDM_Clear_Short_Circuit_Flag_Definition + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ClearShortCircuitFlag(uint32_t DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SCD_CHANNEL_FLAG(DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD)); + + /* Clear the pending Flag Bit */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTICR |= DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD; +} +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Clears the DFSDMx's pending Clock Absence Channel flag. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of @ref DFSDM_Clear_ClockAbs_Flag_Definition + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ClearClockAbsenceFlag(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLK_ABS_CLEARF(DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence)); + + if(Instance == 1) + { + /* Clear the IT pending Flag Bit */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTICR |= DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence; + } + else /* DFSDM2 */ + { + /* Clear the IT pending Flag Bit */ + DFSDM2_0->FLTICR |= DFSDM_CLEARF_CLKAbsence; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DFSDMx's pending Short circuit Channel flag. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of @ref DFSDM_Clear_Short_Circuit_Flag_Definition + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ClearShortCircuitFlag(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SCD_CHANNEL_FLAG(DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD)); + + if(Instance == 1) + { + /* Clear the pending Flag Bit */ + DFSDM1_0->FLTICR |= DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD; + } + else + { + /* Clear the pending Flag Bit */ + DFSDM2_0->FLTICR |= DFSDM_CLEARF_SCD; + } +} +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @brief Clears the DFSDMx's pending Analog watchdog Channel flag. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_AWDChannelx: where x can be a value from 0 to 7 to select the DFSDM Channel. + * @param DFSDM_Threshold: specifies the Threshold. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Threshold_Selection. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ClearAnalogWatchdogFlag(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_AWDChannelx, uint8_t DFSDM_Threshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_Threshold(DFSDM_Threshold)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_AWD_CHANNEL(DFSDM_AWDChannelx)); + + if ((DFSDMx->FLTAWSR & ((DFSDM_AWDChannelx >> 16) << DFSDM_Threshold) ) != RESET) + { + /* Clear the pending Flag Bit */ + DFSDMx->FLTAWCFR |= (DFSDM_AWDChannelx >> 16) << DFSDM_Threshold; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Check whether the specified DFSDM interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DFSDMx: specifies the filter to be selected : + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg DFSDM1_0 : DFSDM 1 Filter 0 + * @arg DFSDM1_1 : DFSDM 1 Filter 1 + * @arg DFSDM2_0 : DFSDM 2 Filter 0 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_1 : DFSDM 2 Filter 1 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_2 : DFSDM 2 Filter 2 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg DFSDM2_3 : DFSDM 2 Filter 3 (available only for STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @param DFSDM_IT: specifies the DFSDM interrupt source to check. + * @arg DFSDM_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion Interrupt source + * @arg DFSDM_IT_REOC: End of regular conversion Interrupt source + * @arg DFSDM_IT_JOVR: Injected data overrun Interrupt source + * @arg DFSDM_IT_ROVR: Regular data overrun Interrupt source + * @arg DFSDM_IT_AWD : Analog watchdog Interrupt source + * @retval The new state of DFSDM_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DFSDM_GetITStatus(DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDMx, uint32_t DFSDM_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_ALL_FILTER(DFSDMx)); + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_IT(DFSDM_IT)); + + /* Get the Interrupt Status bit value */ + itstatus = DFSDMx->FLTISR & DFSDM_IT; + + /* Check if the Interrupt is enabled */ + itenable = DFSDMx->FLTCR2 & DFSDM_IT; + + if ((itstatus != RESET) && (itenable != RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) +/** + * @brief Check whether the specified Clock Absence channel interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence: specifies on which channel check the interrupt source. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Clock_Absence_Interrupt_Definition. + * @retval The new state of DFSDM_IT (SET or RESET). + * @note Clock absence interrupt is handled only by DFSDM0. + */ +ITStatus DFSDM_GetClockAbsenceITStatus(uint32_t DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLK_ABS_IT(DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence)); + + /* Get the Interrupt Status bit value */ + itstatus = DFSDM0->FLTISR & DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence; + + /* Check if the Interrupt is enabled */ + itenable = DFSDM0->FLTCR2 & DFSDM_IT_CKAB; + + if ((itstatus != RESET) && (itenable != RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Check whether the specified Short Circuit channel interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DFSDM_IT_SCR: specifies on which channel check the interrupt source. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_SCD_Interrupt_Definition. + * @retval The new state of DFSDM_IT (SET or RESET). + * @note Short circuit interrupt is handled only by DFSDM0. + */ +ITStatus DFSDM_GetShortCircuitITStatus(uint32_t DFSDM_IT_SCR) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SCD_IT(DFSDM_IT_SCR)); + + /* Get the Interrupt Status bit value */ + itstatus = DFSDM0->FLTISR & DFSDM_IT_SCR; + + /* Check if the Interrupt is enabled */ + itenable = DFSDM0->FLTCR2 & DFSDM_IT_SCD; + + if ((itstatus != RESET) && (itenable != RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} +#endif /* STM32F412xG */ + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Check whether the specified Clock Absence channel interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence: specifies on which channel check the interrupt source. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_Clock_Absence_Interrupt_Definition. + * @retval The new state of DFSDM_IT (SET or RESET). + * @note Clock absence interrupt is handled only by DFSDM0. + */ +ITStatus DFSDM_GetClockAbsenceITStatus(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CLK_ABS_IT(DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence)); + + if(Instance == 1) + { + /* Get the Interrupt Status bit value */ + itstatus = DFSDM1_0->FLTISR & DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence; + /* Check if the Interrupt is enabled */ + itenable = DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 & DFSDM_IT_CKAB; + } + else + { + /* Get the Interrupt Status bit value */ + itstatus = DFSDM2_0->FLTISR & DFSDM_IT_CLKAbsence; + /* Check if the Interrupt is enabled */ + itenable = DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 & DFSDM_IT_CKAB; + } + + if ((itstatus != RESET) && (itenable != RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Check whether the specified Short Circuit channel interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param Instance: select the instance of DFSDM + * This parameter can be: 1 or 2. + * @param DFSDM_IT_SCR: specifies on which channel check the interrupt source. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref DFSDM_SCD_Interrupt_Definition. + * @retval The new state of DFSDM_IT (SET or RESET). + * @note Short circuit interrupt is handled only by Filter 0. + */ +ITStatus DFSDM_GetShortCircuitITStatus(uint32_t Instance, uint32_t DFSDM_IT_SCR) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DFSDM_SCD_IT(DFSDM_IT_SCR)); + + if(Instance == 1) + { + /* Get the Interrupt Status bit value */ + itstatus = DFSDM1_0->FLTISR & DFSDM_IT_SCR; + + /* Check if the Interrupt is enabled */ + itenable = DFSDM1_0->FLTCR2 & DFSDM_IT_SCD; + } + else /* DFSDM2 */ + { + /* Get the Interrupt Status bit value */ + itstatus = DFSDM2_0->FLTISR & DFSDM_IT_SCR; + + /* Check if the Interrupt is enabled */ + itenable = DFSDM2_0->FLTCR2 & DFSDM_IT_SCD; + } + + if ((itstatus != RESET) && (itenable != RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dma.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dma.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 86db870ab9..1ad6decf60 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dma.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dma.c @@ -1,1301 +1,1293 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_dma.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access controller (DMA): - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Data Counter - * + Double Buffer mode configuration and command - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable The DMA controller clock using RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1, ENABLE) - function for DMA1 or using RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2, ENABLE) - function for DMA2. - - (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream - (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is - necessary). - - (#) For a given Stream, program the required configuration through following parameters: - Source and Destination addresses, Transfer Direction, Transfer size, Source and Destination - data formats, Circular or Normal mode, Stream Priority level, Source and Destination - Incrementation mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed), Burst - mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed) using the DMA_Init() function. - To avoid filling unnecessary fields, you can call DMA_StructInit() function - to initialize a given structure with default values (reset values), the modify - only necessary fields - (ie. Source and Destination addresses, Transfer size and Data Formats). - - (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt(s) using the function - DMA_ITConfig() if you need to use DMA interrupts. - - (#) Optionally, if the Circular mode is enabled, you can use the Double buffer mode by configuring - the second Memory address and the first Memory to be used through the function - DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(). Then enable the Double buffer mode through the function - DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(). These operations must be done before step 6. - - (#) Enable the DMA stream using the DMA_Cmd() function. - - (#) Activate the needed Stream Request using PPP_DMACmd() function for - any PPP peripheral except internal SRAM and FLASH (ie. SPI, USART ...) - The function allowing this operation is provided in each PPP peripheral - driver (ie. SPI_DMACmd for SPI peripheral). - Once the Stream is enabled, it is not possible to modify its configuration - unless the stream is stopped and disabled. - After enabling the Stream, it is advised to monitor the EN bit status using - the function DMA_GetCmdStatus(). In case of configuration errors or bus errors - this bit will remain reset and all transfers on this Stream will remain on hold. - - (#) Optionally, you can configure the number of data to be transferred - when the Stream is disabled (ie. after each Transfer Complete event - or when a Transfer Error occurs) using the function DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(). - And you can get the number of remaining data to be transferred using - the function DMA_GetCurrDataCounter() at run time (when the DMA Stream is - enabled and running). - - (#) To control DMA events you can use one of the following two methods: - (##) Check on DMA Stream flags using the function DMA_GetFlagStatus(). - (##) Use DMA interrupts through the function DMA_ITConfig() at initialization - phase and DMA_GetITStatus() function into interrupt routines in - communication phase. - [..] - After checking on a flag you should clear it using DMA_ClearFlag() - function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should - clear it using DMA_ClearITPendingBit() function. - - (#) Optionally, if Circular mode and Double Buffer mode are enabled, you can modify - the Memory Addresses using the function DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(). Make sure that - the Memory Address to be modified is not the one currently in use by DMA Stream. - This condition can be monitored using the function DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(). - - (#) Optionally, Pause-Resume operations may be performed: - The DMA_Cmd() function may be used to perform Pause-Resume operation. - When a transfer is ongoing, calling this function to disable the - Stream will cause the transfer to be paused. All configuration registers - and the number of remaining data will be preserved. When calling again - this function to re-enable the Stream, the transfer will be resumed from - the point where it was paused. - - -@- Memory-to-Memory transfer is possible by setting the address of the memory into - the Peripheral registers. In this mode, Circular mode and Double Buffer mode - are not allowed. - - -@- The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus usage and to allow data - packing/unpacking: it is possible to set different Data Sizes for - the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set Half-Word data size - for the peripheral to access its data register and set Word data size - for the Memory to gain in access time. Each two Half-words will be - packed and written in a single access to a Word in the Memory). - - -@- When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different - Data Sizes for Source and Destination. In this case the Peripheral - Data Size will be applied to both Source and Destination. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_dma.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA - * @brief DMA driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Masks Definition */ -#define TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_TCIE | DMA_SxCR_HTIE | \ - DMA_SxCR_TEIE | DMA_SxCR_DMEIE) - -#define DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_LISR_FEIF0 | DMA_LISR_DMEIF0 | \ - DMA_LISR_TEIF0 | DMA_LISR_HTIF0 | \ - DMA_LISR_TCIF0) - -#define DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK << 6) -#define DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK << 16) -#define DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK << 22) -#define DMA_Stream4_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define DMA_Stream5_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define DMA_Stream6_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define DMA_Stream7_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) -#define TRANSFER_IT_MASK (uint32_t)0x0F3C0F3C -#define HIGH_ISR_MASK (uint32_t)0x20000000 -#define RESERVED_MASK (uint32_t)0x0F7D0F7D - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source - and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, - buffer size, circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection - and Stream priority value. - [..] - The DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in - reference manual (RM0090) except the first point: waiting on EN bit to be reset. - This condition should be checked by user application using the function DMA_GetCmdStatus() - before calling the DMA_Init() function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitialize the DMAy Streamx registers to their default reset values. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - - /* Disable the selected DMAy Streamx */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN); - - /* Reset DMAy Streamx control register */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR = 0; - - /* Reset DMAy Streamx Number of Data to Transfer register */ - DMAy_Streamx->NDTR = 0; - - /* Reset DMAy Streamx peripheral address register */ - DMAy_Streamx->PAR = 0; - - /* Reset DMAy Streamx memory 0 address register */ - DMAy_Streamx->M0AR = 0; - - /* Reset DMAy Streamx memory 1 address register */ - DMAy_Streamx->M1AR = 0; - - /* Reset DMAy Streamx FIFO control register */ - DMAy_Streamx->FCR = (uint32_t)0x00000021; - - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for the selected stream */ - if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream0) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream0 */ - DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream1) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream1 */ - DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream2) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream2 */ - DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream3) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream3 */ - DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream4) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream4 */ - DMA1->HIFCR = DMA_Stream4_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream5) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream5 */ - DMA1->HIFCR = DMA_Stream5_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream6) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream6 */ - DMA1->HIFCR = (uint32_t)DMA_Stream6_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream7) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream7 */ - DMA1->HIFCR = DMA_Stream7_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream0) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream0 */ - DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream1) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream1 */ - DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream2) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream2 */ - DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream3) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream3 */ - DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream4) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream4 */ - DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream4_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream5) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream5 */ - DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream5_IT_MASK; - } - else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream6) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream6 */ - DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream6_IT_MASK; - } - else - { - if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream7) - { - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream7 */ - DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream7_IT_MASK; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DMAy Streamx according to the specified parameters in - * the DMA_InitStruct structure. - * @note Before calling this function, it is recommended to check that the Stream - * is actually disabled using the function DMA_GetCmdStatus(). - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_Init(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_CHANNEL(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOMode)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOThreshold)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBurst)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBurst)); - - /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx CR Configuration ------------------*/ - /* Get the DMAy_Streamx CR value */ - tmpreg = DMAy_Streamx->CR; - - /* Clear CHSEL, MBURST, PBURST, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */ - tmpreg &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_SxCR_CHSEL | DMA_SxCR_MBURST | DMA_SxCR_PBURST | \ - DMA_SxCR_PL | DMA_SxCR_MSIZE | DMA_SxCR_PSIZE | \ - DMA_SxCR_MINC | DMA_SxCR_PINC | DMA_SxCR_CIRC | \ - DMA_SxCR_DIR)); - - /* Configure DMAy Streamx: */ - /* Set CHSEL bits according to DMA_CHSEL value */ - /* Set DIR bits according to DMA_DIR value */ - /* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */ - /* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */ - /* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */ - /* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */ - /* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */ - /* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */ - /* Set MBURST bits according to DMA_MemoryBurst value */ - /* Set PBURST bits according to DMA_PeripheralBurst value */ - tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Channel | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc | - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize | - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBurst | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBurst; - - /* Write to DMAy Streamx CR register */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR = tmpreg; - - /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx FCR Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Get the DMAy_Streamx FCR value */ - tmpreg = DMAy_Streamx->FCR; - - /* Clear DMDIS and FTH bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS | DMA_SxFCR_FTH); - - /* Configure DMAy Streamx FIFO: - Set DMDIS bits according to DMA_FIFOMode value - Set FTH bits according to DMA_FIFOThreshold value */ - tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOMode | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOThreshold; - - /* Write to DMAy Streamx CR */ - DMAy_Streamx->FCR = tmpreg; - - /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx NDTR Configuration ----------------*/ - /* Write to DMAy Streamx NDTR register */ - DMAy_Streamx->NDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize; - - /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx PAR Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Write to DMAy Streamx PAR */ - DMAy_Streamx->PAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; - - /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx M0AR Configuration ----------------*/ - /* Write to DMAy Streamx M0AR */ - DMAy_Streamx->M0AR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Memory0BaseAddr; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param DMA_InitStruct : pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) -{ - /*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ----------------*/ - /* Initialize the DMA_Channel member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Channel = 0; - - /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0; - - /* Initialize the DMA_Memory0BaseAddr member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Memory0BaseAddr = 0; - - /* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralToMemory; - - /* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0; - - /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable; - - /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable; - - /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; - - /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte; - - /* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal; - - /* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low; - - /* Initialize the DMA_FIFOMode member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOMode = DMA_FIFOMode_Disable; - - /* Initialize the DMA_FIFOThreshold member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOThreshold = DMA_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull; - - /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBurst member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBurst = DMA_MemoryBurst_Single; - - /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBurst member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBurst = DMA_PeripheralBurst_Single; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Streamx. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Streamx. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * - * @note This function may be used to perform Pause-Resume operation. When a - * transfer is ongoing, calling this function to disable the Stream will - * cause the transfer to be paused. All configuration registers and the - * number of remaining data will be preserved. When calling again this - * function to re-enable the Stream, the transfer will be resumed from - * the point where it was paused. - * - * @note After configuring the DMA Stream (DMA_Init() function) and enabling the - * stream, it is recommended to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream is - * effectively enabled. A Stream may remain disabled if a configuration - * parameter is wrong. - * After disabling a DMA Stream, it is also recommended to check (or wait - * until) the DMA Stream is effectively disabled. If a Stream is disabled - * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred - * and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of - * this single data is finished. - * - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DMAy Streamx by setting EN bit */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DMAy Streamx by clearing EN bit */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures, when the PINC (Peripheral Increment address mode) bit is - * set, if the peripheral address should be incremented with the data - * size (configured with PSIZE bits) or by a fixed offset equal to 4 - * (32-bit aligned addresses). - * - * @note This function has no effect if the Peripheral Increment mode is disabled. - * - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param DMA_Pincos: specifies the Peripheral increment offset size. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DMA_PINCOS_Psize: Peripheral address increment is done - * accordingly to PSIZE parameter. - * @arg DMA_PINCOS_WordAligned: Peripheral address increment offset is - * fixed to 4 (32-bit aligned addresses). - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_PeriphIncOffsetSizeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_Pincos) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PINCOS_SIZE(DMA_Pincos)); - - /* Check the needed Peripheral increment offset */ - if(DMA_Pincos != DMA_PINCOS_Psize) - { - /* Configure DMA_SxCR_PINCOS bit with the input parameter */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PINCOS; - } - else - { - /* Clear the PINCOS bit: Peripheral address incremented according to PSIZE */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PINCOS; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures, when the DMAy Streamx is disabled, the flow controller for - * the next transactions (Peripheral or Memory). - * - * @note Before enabling this feature, check if the used peripheral supports - * the Flow Controller mode or not. - * - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param DMA_FlowCtrl: specifies the DMA flow controller. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory: DMAy_Streamx transactions flow controller is - * the DMA controller. - * @arg DMA_FlowCtrl_Peripheral: DMAy_Streamx transactions flow controller - * is the peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_FlowControllerConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FlowCtrl) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_FLOW_CTRL(DMA_FlowCtrl)); - - /* Check the needed flow controller */ - if(DMA_FlowCtrl != DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory) - { - /* Configure DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL bit with the input parameter */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL; - } - else - { - /* Clear the PFCTRL bit: Memory is the flow controller */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA_Group2 Data Counter functions - * @brief Data Counter functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Data Counter functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides function allowing to configure and read the buffer size - (number of data to be transferred). - [..] - The DMA data counter can be written only when the DMA Stream is disabled - (ie. after transfer complete event). - [..] - The following function can be used to write the Stream data counter value: - (+) void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint16_t Counter); - -@- It is advised to use this function rather than DMA_Init() in situations - where only the Data buffer needs to be reloaded. - -@- If the Source and Destination Data Sizes are different, then the value - written in data counter, expressing the number of transfers, is relative - to the number of transfers from the Peripheral point of view. - ie. If Memory data size is Word, Peripheral data size is Half-Words, - then the value to be configured in the data counter is the number - of Half-Words to be transferred from/to the peripheral. - [..] - The DMA data counter can be read to indicate the number of remaining transfers for - the relative DMA Stream. This counter is decremented at the end of each data - transfer and when the transfer is complete: - (+) If Normal mode is selected: the counter is set to 0. - (+) If Circular mode is selected: the counter is reloaded with the initial value - (configured before enabling the DMA Stream) - [..] - The following function can be used to read the Stream data counter value: - (+) uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Writes the number of data units to be transferred on the DMAy Streamx. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param Counter: Number of data units to be transferred (from 0 to 65535) - * Number of data items depends only on the Peripheral data format. - * - * @note If Peripheral data format is Bytes: number of data units is equal - * to total number of bytes to be transferred. - * - * @note If Peripheral data format is Half-Word: number of data units is - * equal to total number of bytes to be transferred / 2. - * - * @note If Peripheral data format is Word: number of data units is equal - * to total number of bytes to be transferred / 4. - * - * @note In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, the memory buffer pointed by - * DMAy_SxPAR register is considered as Peripheral. - * - * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer. - */ -void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint16_t Counter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - - /* Write the number of data units to be transferred */ - DMAy_Streamx->NDTR = (uint16_t)Counter; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer. - */ -uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - - /* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Streamx */ - return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Streamx->NDTR)); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA_Group3 Double Buffer mode functions - * @brief Double Buffer mode functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Double Buffer mode functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides function allowing to configure and control the double - buffer mode parameters. - - [..] - The Double Buffer mode can be used only when Circular mode is enabled. - The Double Buffer mode cannot be used when transferring data from Memory to Memory. - - [..] - The Double Buffer mode allows to set two different Memory addresses from/to which - the DMA controller will access alternatively (after completing transfer to/from - target memory 0, it will start transfer to/from target memory 1). - This allows to reduce software overhead for double buffering and reduce the CPU - access time. - - [..] - Two functions must be called before calling the DMA_Init() function: - (+) void DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, - uint32_t Memory1BaseAddr, uint32_t DMA_CurrentMemory); - (+) void DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState); - - [..] - DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig() is called to configure the Memory 1 base address - and the first Memory target from/to which the transfer will start after - enabling the DMA Stream. Then DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd() must be called - to enable the Double Buffer mode (or disable it when it should not be used). - - [..] - Two functions can be called dynamically when the transfer is ongoing (or when the DMA Stream is - stopped) to modify on of the target Memories addresses or to check which Memory target is currently - used: - (+) void DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, - uint32_t MemoryBaseAddr, uint32_t DMA_MemoryTarget); - (+) uint32_t DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); - - [..] - DMA_MemoryTargetConfig() can be called to modify the base address of one of - the two target Memories. - The Memory of which the base address will be modified must not be currently - be used by the DMA Stream (ie. if the DMA Stream is currently transferring - from Memory 1 then you can only modify base address of target Memory 0 and vice versa). - To check this condition, it is recommended to use the function DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget() which - returns the index of the Memory target currently in use by the DMA Stream. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures, when the DMAy Streamx is disabled, the double buffer mode - * and the current memory target. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param Memory1BaseAddr: the base address of the second buffer (Memory 1) - * @param DMA_CurrentMemory: specifies which memory will be first buffer for - * the transactions when the Stream will be enabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DMA_Memory_0: Memory 0 is the current buffer. - * @arg DMA_Memory_1: Memory 1 is the current buffer. - * - * @note Memory0BaseAddr is set by the DMA structure configuration in DMA_Init(). - * - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t Memory1BaseAddr, - uint32_t DMA_CurrentMemory) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_CURRENT_MEM(DMA_CurrentMemory)); - - if (DMA_CurrentMemory != DMA_Memory_0) - { - /* Set Memory 1 as current memory address */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_CT); - } - else - { - /* Set Memory 0 as current memory address */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_CT); - } - - /* Write to DMAy Streamx M1AR */ - DMAy_Streamx->M1AR = Memory1BaseAddr; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the double buffer mode for the selected DMA stream. - * @note This function can be called only when the DMA Stream is disabled. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Streamx double buffer mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Configure the Double Buffer mode */ - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the Double buffer mode */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Double buffer mode */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Memory address for the next buffer transfer in double - * buffer mode (for dynamic use). This function can be called when the - * DMA Stream is enabled and when the transfer is ongoing. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param MemoryBaseAddr: The base address of the target memory buffer - * @param DMA_MemoryTarget: Next memory target to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DMA_Memory_0: To use the memory address 0 - * @arg DMA_Memory_1: To use the memory address 1 - * - * @note It is not allowed to modify the Base Address of a target Memory when - * this target is involved in the current transfer. ie. If the DMA Stream - * is currently transferring to/from Memory 1, then it not possible to - * modify Base address of Memory 1, but it is possible to modify Base - * address of Memory 0. - * To know which Memory is currently used, you can use the function - * DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(). - * - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t MemoryBaseAddr, - uint32_t DMA_MemoryTarget) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_CURRENT_MEM(DMA_MemoryTarget)); - - /* Check the Memory target to be configured */ - if (DMA_MemoryTarget != DMA_Memory_0) - { - /* Write to DMAy Streamx M1AR */ - DMAy_Streamx->M1AR = MemoryBaseAddr; - } - else - { - /* Write to DMAy Streamx M0AR */ - DMAy_Streamx->M0AR = MemoryBaseAddr; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the current memory target used by double buffer transfer. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @retval The memory target number: 0 for Memory0 or 1 for Memory1. - */ -uint32_t DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - - /* Get the current memory target */ - if ((DMAy_Streamx->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) - { - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ - tmp = 1; - } - else - { - /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ - tmp = 0; - } - return tmp; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to - (+) Check the DMA enable status - (+) Check the FIFO status - (+) Configure the DMA Interrupts sources and check or clear the flags or - pending bits status. - - [..] - (#) DMA Enable status: - After configuring the DMA Stream (DMA_Init() function) and enabling - the stream, it is recommended to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream - is effectively enabled. A Stream may remain disabled if a configuration - parameter is wrong. After disabling a DMA Stream, it is also recommended - to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream is effectively disabled. - If a Stream is disabled while a data transfer is ongoing, the current - data will be transferred and the Stream will be effectively disabled - only after this data transfer completion. - To monitor this state it is possible to use the following function: - (++) FunctionalState DMA_GetCmdStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); - - (#) FIFO Status: - It is possible to monitor the FIFO status when a transfer is ongoing - using the following function: - (++) uint32_t DMA_GetFIFOStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); - - (#) DMA Interrupts and Flags: - The user should identify which mode will be used in his application - to manage the DMA controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. - - *** Polling Mode *** - ==================== - [..] - Each DMA stream can be managed through 4 event Flags: - (x : DMA Stream number ) - (#) DMA_FLAG_FEIFx : to indicate that a FIFO Mode Transfer Error event occurred. - (#) DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx : to indicate that a Direct Mode Transfer Error event occurred. - (#) DMA_FLAG_TEIFx : to indicate that a Transfer Error event occurred. - (#) DMA_FLAG_HTIFx : to indicate that a Half-Transfer Complete event occurred. - (#) DMA_FLAG_TCIFx : to indicate that a Transfer Complete event occurred . - [..] - In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); - (+) void DMA_ClearFlag(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); - - *** Interrupt Mode *** - ====================== - [..] - Each DMA Stream can be managed through 4 Interrupts: - - *** Interrupt Source *** - ======================== - [..] - (#) DMA_IT_FEIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the FIFO Mode Transfer Error event. - (#) DMA_IT_DMEIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the Direct Mode Transfer Error event. - (#) DMA_IT_TEIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Error event. - (#) DMA_IT_HTIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the Half-Transfer Complete event. - (#) DMA_IT_TCIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the a Transfer Complete event. - [..] - In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); - (+) ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); - (+) void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the status of EN bit for the specified DMAy Streamx. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * - * @note After configuring the DMA Stream (DMA_Init() function) and enabling - * the stream, it is recommended to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream - * is effectively enabled. A Stream may remain disabled if a configuration - * parameter is wrong. - * After disabling a DMA Stream, it is also recommended to check (or wait - * until) the DMA Stream is effectively disabled. If a Stream is disabled - * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred - * and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer - * of this single data is finished. - * - * @retval Current state of the DMAy Streamx (ENABLE or DISABLE). - */ -FunctionalState DMA_GetCmdStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) -{ - FunctionalState state = DISABLE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - - if ((DMAy_Streamx->CR & (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN) != 0) - { - /* The selected DMAy Streamx EN bit is set (DMA is still transferring) */ - state = ENABLE; - } - else - { - /* The selected DMAy Streamx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and - all transfers are complete) */ - state = DISABLE; - } - return state; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the current DMAy Streamx FIFO filled level. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @retval The FIFO filling state. - * - DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull: when FIFO is less than 1 quarter-full - * and not empty. - * - DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. - * - DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. - * - DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull: if more than 3 quarters-full. - * - DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty - * - DMA_FIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full - */ -uint32_t DMA_GetFIFOStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - - /* Get the FIFO level bits */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)((DMAy_Streamx->FCR & DMA_SxFCR_FS)); - - return tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Streamx flag is set or not. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete flag - * @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete flag - * @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error flag - * @arg DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error flag - * @arg DMA_FLAG_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error flag - * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @retval The new state of DMA_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMA_FLAG)); - - /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ - if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) - { - /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ - DMAy = DMA1; - } - else - { - /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ - DMAy = DMA2; - } - - /* Check if the flag is in HISR or LISR */ - if ((DMA_FLAG & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Get DMAy HISR register value */ - tmpreg = DMAy->HISR; - } - else - { - /* Get DMAy LISR register value */ - tmpreg = DMAy->LISR; - } - - /* Mask the reserved bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)RESERVED_MASK; - - /* Check the status of the specified DMA flag */ - if ((tmpreg & DMA_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* DMA_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* DMA_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the DMA_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the DMAy Streamx's pending flags. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete flag - * @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete flag - * @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error flag - * @arg DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error flag - * @arg DMA_FLAG_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error flag - * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_ClearFlag(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG) -{ - DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMA_FLAG)); - - /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ - if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) - { - /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ - DMAy = DMA1; - } - else - { - /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ - DMAy = DMA2; - } - - /* Check if LIFCR or HIFCR register is targeted */ - if ((DMA_FLAG & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Set DMAy HIFCR register clear flag bits */ - DMAy->HIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_FLAG & RESERVED_MASK); - } - else - { - /* Set DMAy LIFCR register clear flag bits */ - DMAy->LIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_FLAG & RESERVED_MASK); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Streamx interrupts. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask - * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask - * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask - * @arg DMA_IT_FE: FIFO error interrupt mask - * @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Check if the DMA_IT parameter contains a FIFO interrupt */ - if ((DMA_IT & DMA_IT_FE) != 0) - { - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DMA FIFO interrupts */ - DMAy_Streamx->FCR |= (uint32_t)DMA_IT_FE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DMA FIFO interrupts */ - DMAy_Streamx->FCR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_IT_FE; - } - } - - /* Check if the DMA_IT parameter contains a Transfer interrupt */ - if (DMA_IT != DMA_IT_FE) - { - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DMA transfer interrupts */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)(DMA_IT & TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK); - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DMA transfer interrupts */ - DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)(DMA_IT & TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Streamx interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DMA_IT_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete interrupt - * @arg DMA_IT_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete interrupt - * @arg DMA_IT_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error interrupt - * @arg DMA_IT_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error interrupt - * @arg DMA_IT_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error interrupt - * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @retval The new state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMA_IT)); - - /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ - if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) - { - /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ - DMAy = DMA1; - } - else - { - /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ - DMAy = DMA2; - } - - /* Check if the interrupt enable bit is in the CR or FCR register */ - if ((DMA_IT & TRANSFER_IT_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Get the interrupt enable position mask in CR register */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)((DMA_IT >> 11) & TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK); - - /* Check the enable bit in CR register */ - enablestatus = (uint32_t)(DMAy_Streamx->CR & tmpreg); - } - else - { - /* Check the enable bit in FCR register */ - enablestatus = (uint32_t)(DMAy_Streamx->FCR & DMA_IT_FE); - } - - /* Check if the interrupt pending flag is in LISR or HISR */ - if ((DMA_IT & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Get DMAy HISR register value */ - tmpreg = DMAy->HISR ; - } - else - { - /* Get DMAy LISR register value */ - tmpreg = DMAy->LISR ; - } - - /* mask all reserved bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)RESERVED_MASK; - - /* Check the status of the specified DMA interrupt */ - if (((tmpreg & DMA_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) - { - /* DMA_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* DMA_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the DMA_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the DMAy Streamx's interrupt pending bits. - * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 - * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DMA_IT_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete interrupt - * @arg DMA_IT_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete interrupt - * @arg DMA_IT_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error interrupt - * @arg DMA_IT_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error interrupt - * @arg DMA_IT_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error interrupt - * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT) -{ - DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMA_IT)); - - /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ - if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) - { - /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ - DMAy = DMA1; - } - else - { - /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ - DMAy = DMA2; - } - - /* Check if LIFCR or HIFCR register is targeted */ - if ((DMA_IT & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Set DMAy HIFCR register clear interrupt bits */ - DMAy->HIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_IT & RESERVED_MASK); - } - else - { - /* Set DMAy LIFCR register clear interrupt bits */ - DMAy->LIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_IT & RESERVED_MASK); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access controller (DMA): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data Counter + * + Double Buffer mode configuration and command + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable The DMA controller clock using RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1, ENABLE) + function for DMA1 or using RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2, ENABLE) + function for DMA2. + + (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream + (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is + necessary). + + (#) For a given Stream, program the required configuration through following parameters: + Source and Destination addresses, Transfer Direction, Transfer size, Source and Destination + data formats, Circular or Normal mode, Stream Priority level, Source and Destination + Incrementation mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed), Burst + mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed) using the DMA_Init() function. + To avoid filling unnecessary fields, you can call DMA_StructInit() function + to initialize a given structure with default values (reset values), the modify + only necessary fields + (ie. Source and Destination addresses, Transfer size and Data Formats). + + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt(s) using the function + DMA_ITConfig() if you need to use DMA interrupts. + + (#) Optionally, if the Circular mode is enabled, you can use the Double buffer mode by configuring + the second Memory address and the first Memory to be used through the function + DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(). Then enable the Double buffer mode through the function + DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(). These operations must be done before step 6. + + (#) Enable the DMA stream using the DMA_Cmd() function. + + (#) Activate the needed Stream Request using PPP_DMACmd() function for + any PPP peripheral except internal SRAM and FLASH (ie. SPI, USART ...) + The function allowing this operation is provided in each PPP peripheral + driver (ie. SPI_DMACmd for SPI peripheral). + Once the Stream is enabled, it is not possible to modify its configuration + unless the stream is stopped and disabled. + After enabling the Stream, it is advised to monitor the EN bit status using + the function DMA_GetCmdStatus(). In case of configuration errors or bus errors + this bit will remain reset and all transfers on this Stream will remain on hold. + + (#) Optionally, you can configure the number of data to be transferred + when the Stream is disabled (ie. after each Transfer Complete event + or when a Transfer Error occurs) using the function DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(). + And you can get the number of remaining data to be transferred using + the function DMA_GetCurrDataCounter() at run time (when the DMA Stream is + enabled and running). + + (#) To control DMA events you can use one of the following two methods: + (##) Check on DMA Stream flags using the function DMA_GetFlagStatus(). + (##) Use DMA interrupts through the function DMA_ITConfig() at initialization + phase and DMA_GetITStatus() function into interrupt routines in + communication phase. + [..] + After checking on a flag you should clear it using DMA_ClearFlag() + function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + clear it using DMA_ClearITPendingBit() function. + + (#) Optionally, if Circular mode and Double Buffer mode are enabled, you can modify + the Memory Addresses using the function DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(). Make sure that + the Memory Address to be modified is not the one currently in use by DMA Stream. + This condition can be monitored using the function DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(). + + (#) Optionally, Pause-Resume operations may be performed: + The DMA_Cmd() function may be used to perform Pause-Resume operation. + When a transfer is ongoing, calling this function to disable the + Stream will cause the transfer to be paused. All configuration registers + and the number of remaining data will be preserved. When calling again + this function to re-enable the Stream, the transfer will be resumed from + the point where it was paused. + + -@- Memory-to-Memory transfer is possible by setting the address of the memory into + the Peripheral registers. In this mode, Circular mode and Double Buffer mode + are not allowed. + + -@- The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus usage and to allow data + packing/unpacking: it is possible to set different Data Sizes for + the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set Half-Word data size + for the peripheral to access its data register and set Word data size + for the Memory to gain in access time. Each two Half-words will be + packed and written in a single access to a Word in the Memory). + + -@- When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different + Data Sizes for Source and Destination. In this case the Peripheral + Data Size will be applied to both Source and Destination. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_dma.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA + * @brief DMA driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Masks Definition */ +#define TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_TCIE | DMA_SxCR_HTIE | \ + DMA_SxCR_TEIE | DMA_SxCR_DMEIE) + +#define DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_LISR_FEIF0 | DMA_LISR_DMEIF0 | \ + DMA_LISR_TEIF0 | DMA_LISR_HTIF0 | \ + DMA_LISR_TCIF0) + +#define DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK << 6) +#define DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK << 16) +#define DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK << 22) +#define DMA_Stream4_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define DMA_Stream5_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define DMA_Stream6_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define DMA_Stream7_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define TRANSFER_IT_MASK (uint32_t)0x0F3C0F3C +#define HIGH_ISR_MASK (uint32_t)0x20000000 +#define RESERVED_MASK (uint32_t)0x0F7D0F7D + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source + and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, + buffer size, circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection + and Stream priority value. + [..] + The DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in + reference manual (RM0090) except the first point: waiting on EN bit to be reset. + This condition should be checked by user application using the function DMA_GetCmdStatus() + before calling the DMA_Init() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the DMAy Streamx registers to their default reset values. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + /* Disable the selected DMAy Streamx */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN); + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx control register */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx Number of Data to Transfer register */ + DMAy_Streamx->NDTR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx peripheral address register */ + DMAy_Streamx->PAR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx memory 0 address register */ + DMAy_Streamx->M0AR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx memory 1 address register */ + DMAy_Streamx->M1AR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx FIFO control register */ + DMAy_Streamx->FCR = (uint32_t)0x00000021; + + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for the selected stream */ + if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream0) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream0 */ + DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream1 */ + DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream2 */ + DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream3 */ + DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream4 */ + DMA1->HIFCR = DMA_Stream4_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream5 */ + DMA1->HIFCR = DMA_Stream5_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream6) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream6 */ + DMA1->HIFCR = (uint32_t)DMA_Stream6_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream7) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream7 */ + DMA1->HIFCR = DMA_Stream7_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream0) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream0 */ + DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream1 */ + DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream2 */ + DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream3 */ + DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream4 */ + DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream4_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream5 */ + DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream5_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream6) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream6 */ + DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream6_IT_MASK; + } + else + { + if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream7) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream7 */ + DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream7_IT_MASK; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMAy Streamx according to the specified parameters in + * the DMA_InitStruct structure. + * @note Before calling this function, it is recommended to check that the Stream + * is actually disabled using the function DMA_GetCmdStatus(). + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CHANNEL(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOMode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBurst)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBurst)); + + /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx CR Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Get the DMAy_Streamx CR value */ + tmpreg = DMAy_Streamx->CR; + + /* Clear CHSEL, MBURST, PBURST, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */ + tmpreg &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_SxCR_CHSEL | DMA_SxCR_MBURST | DMA_SxCR_PBURST | \ + DMA_SxCR_PL | DMA_SxCR_MSIZE | DMA_SxCR_PSIZE | \ + DMA_SxCR_MINC | DMA_SxCR_PINC | DMA_SxCR_CIRC | \ + DMA_SxCR_DIR)); + + /* Configure DMAy Streamx: */ + /* Set CHSEL bits according to DMA_CHSEL value */ + /* Set DIR bits according to DMA_DIR value */ + /* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */ + /* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */ + /* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */ + /* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */ + /* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */ + /* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */ + /* Set MBURST bits according to DMA_MemoryBurst value */ + /* Set PBURST bits according to DMA_PeripheralBurst value */ + tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Channel | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBurst | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBurst; + + /* Write to DMAy Streamx CR register */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR = tmpreg; + + /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx FCR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the DMAy_Streamx FCR value */ + tmpreg = DMAy_Streamx->FCR; + + /* Clear DMDIS and FTH bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS | DMA_SxFCR_FTH); + + /* Configure DMAy Streamx FIFO: + Set DMDIS bits according to DMA_FIFOMode value + Set FTH bits according to DMA_FIFOThreshold value */ + tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOMode | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOThreshold; + + /* Write to DMAy Streamx CR */ + DMAy_Streamx->FCR = tmpreg; + + /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx NDTR Configuration ----------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Streamx NDTR register */ + DMAy_Streamx->NDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize; + + /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx PAR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Streamx PAR */ + DMAy_Streamx->PAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; + + /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx M0AR Configuration ----------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Streamx M0AR */ + DMAy_Streamx->M0AR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Memory0BaseAddr; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DMA_InitStruct : pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ + /*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ----------------*/ + /* Initialize the DMA_Channel member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Channel = 0; + + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0; + + /* Initialize the DMA_Memory0BaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Memory0BaseAddr = 0; + + /* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralToMemory; + + /* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0; + + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable; + + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable; + + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; + + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte; + + /* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal; + + /* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low; + + /* Initialize the DMA_FIFOMode member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOMode = DMA_FIFOMode_Disable; + + /* Initialize the DMA_FIFOThreshold member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOThreshold = DMA_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull; + + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBurst member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBurst = DMA_MemoryBurst_Single; + + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBurst member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBurst = DMA_PeripheralBurst_Single; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Streamx. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Streamx. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * + * @note This function may be used to perform Pause-Resume operation. When a + * transfer is ongoing, calling this function to disable the Stream will + * cause the transfer to be paused. All configuration registers and the + * number of remaining data will be preserved. When calling again this + * function to re-enable the Stream, the transfer will be resumed from + * the point where it was paused. + * + * @note After configuring the DMA Stream (DMA_Init() function) and enabling the + * stream, it is recommended to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream is + * effectively enabled. A Stream may remain disabled if a configuration + * parameter is wrong. + * After disabling a DMA Stream, it is also recommended to check (or wait + * until) the DMA Stream is effectively disabled. If a Stream is disabled + * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred + * and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of + * this single data is finished. + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMAy Streamx by setting EN bit */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMAy Streamx by clearing EN bit */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures, when the PINC (Peripheral Increment address mode) bit is + * set, if the peripheral address should be incremented with the data + * size (configured with PSIZE bits) or by a fixed offset equal to 4 + * (32-bit aligned addresses). + * + * @note This function has no effect if the Peripheral Increment mode is disabled. + * + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_Pincos: specifies the Peripheral increment offset size. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_PINCOS_Psize: Peripheral address increment is done + * accordingly to PSIZE parameter. + * @arg DMA_PINCOS_WordAligned: Peripheral address increment offset is + * fixed to 4 (32-bit aligned addresses). + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_PeriphIncOffsetSizeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_Pincos) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PINCOS_SIZE(DMA_Pincos)); + + /* Check the needed Peripheral increment offset */ + if(DMA_Pincos != DMA_PINCOS_Psize) + { + /* Configure DMA_SxCR_PINCOS bit with the input parameter */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PINCOS; + } + else + { + /* Clear the PINCOS bit: Peripheral address incremented according to PSIZE */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PINCOS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures, when the DMAy Streamx is disabled, the flow controller for + * the next transactions (Peripheral or Memory). + * + * @note Before enabling this feature, check if the used peripheral supports + * the Flow Controller mode or not. + * + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_FlowCtrl: specifies the DMA flow controller. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory: DMAy_Streamx transactions flow controller is + * the DMA controller. + * @arg DMA_FlowCtrl_Peripheral: DMAy_Streamx transactions flow controller + * is the peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_FlowControllerConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FlowCtrl) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_FLOW_CTRL(DMA_FlowCtrl)); + + /* Check the needed flow controller */ + if(DMA_FlowCtrl != DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory) + { + /* Configure DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL bit with the input parameter */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL; + } + else + { + /* Clear the PFCTRL bit: Memory is the flow controller */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group2 Data Counter functions + * @brief Data Counter functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data Counter functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides function allowing to configure and read the buffer size + (number of data to be transferred). + [..] + The DMA data counter can be written only when the DMA Stream is disabled + (ie. after transfer complete event). + [..] + The following function can be used to write the Stream data counter value: + (+) void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint16_t Counter); + -@- It is advised to use this function rather than DMA_Init() in situations + where only the Data buffer needs to be reloaded. + -@- If the Source and Destination Data Sizes are different, then the value + written in data counter, expressing the number of transfers, is relative + to the number of transfers from the Peripheral point of view. + ie. If Memory data size is Word, Peripheral data size is Half-Words, + then the value to be configured in the data counter is the number + of Half-Words to be transferred from/to the peripheral. + [..] + The DMA data counter can be read to indicate the number of remaining transfers for + the relative DMA Stream. This counter is decremented at the end of each data + transfer and when the transfer is complete: + (+) If Normal mode is selected: the counter is set to 0. + (+) If Circular mode is selected: the counter is reloaded with the initial value + (configured before enabling the DMA Stream) + [..] + The following function can be used to read the Stream data counter value: + (+) uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes the number of data units to be transferred on the DMAy Streamx. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param Counter: Number of data units to be transferred (from 0 to 65535) + * Number of data items depends only on the Peripheral data format. + * + * @note If Peripheral data format is Bytes: number of data units is equal + * to total number of bytes to be transferred. + * + * @note If Peripheral data format is Half-Word: number of data units is + * equal to total number of bytes to be transferred / 2. + * + * @note If Peripheral data format is Word: number of data units is equal + * to total number of bytes to be transferred / 4. + * + * @note In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, the memory buffer pointed by + * DMAy_SxPAR register is considered as Peripheral. + * + * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer. + */ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint16_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + /* Write the number of data units to be transferred */ + DMAy_Streamx->NDTR = (uint16_t)Counter; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer. + */ +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + /* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Streamx */ + return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Streamx->NDTR)); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group3 Double Buffer mode functions + * @brief Double Buffer mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Double Buffer mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides function allowing to configure and control the double + buffer mode parameters. + + [..] + The Double Buffer mode can be used only when Circular mode is enabled. + The Double Buffer mode cannot be used when transferring data from Memory to Memory. + + [..] + The Double Buffer mode allows to set two different Memory addresses from/to which + the DMA controller will access alternatively (after completing transfer to/from + target memory 0, it will start transfer to/from target memory 1). + This allows to reduce software overhead for double buffering and reduce the CPU + access time. + + [..] + Two functions must be called before calling the DMA_Init() function: + (+) void DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, + uint32_t Memory1BaseAddr, uint32_t DMA_CurrentMemory); + (+) void DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState); + + [..] + DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig() is called to configure the Memory 1 base address + and the first Memory target from/to which the transfer will start after + enabling the DMA Stream. Then DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd() must be called + to enable the Double Buffer mode (or disable it when it should not be used). + + [..] + Two functions can be called dynamically when the transfer is ongoing (or when the DMA Stream is + stopped) to modify on of the target Memories addresses or to check which Memory target is currently + used: + (+) void DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, + uint32_t MemoryBaseAddr, uint32_t DMA_MemoryTarget); + (+) uint32_t DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + + [..] + DMA_MemoryTargetConfig() can be called to modify the base address of one of + the two target Memories. + The Memory of which the base address will be modified must not be currently + be used by the DMA Stream (ie. if the DMA Stream is currently transferring + from Memory 1 then you can only modify base address of target Memory 0 and vice versa). + To check this condition, it is recommended to use the function DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget() which + returns the index of the Memory target currently in use by the DMA Stream. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures, when the DMAy Streamx is disabled, the double buffer mode + * and the current memory target. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param Memory1BaseAddr: the base address of the second buffer (Memory 1) + * @param DMA_CurrentMemory: specifies which memory will be first buffer for + * the transactions when the Stream will be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_Memory_0: Memory 0 is the current buffer. + * @arg DMA_Memory_1: Memory 1 is the current buffer. + * + * @note Memory0BaseAddr is set by the DMA structure configuration in DMA_Init(). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t Memory1BaseAddr, + uint32_t DMA_CurrentMemory) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CURRENT_MEM(DMA_CurrentMemory)); + + if (DMA_CurrentMemory != DMA_Memory_0) + { + /* Set Memory 1 as current memory address */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_CT); + } + else + { + /* Set Memory 0 as current memory address */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_CT); + } + + /* Write to DMAy Streamx M1AR */ + DMAy_Streamx->M1AR = Memory1BaseAddr; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the double buffer mode for the selected DMA stream. + * @note This function can be called only when the DMA Stream is disabled. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Streamx double buffer mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Configure the Double Buffer mode */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Double buffer mode */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Double buffer mode */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Memory address for the next buffer transfer in double + * buffer mode (for dynamic use). This function can be called when the + * DMA Stream is enabled and when the transfer is ongoing. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param MemoryBaseAddr: The base address of the target memory buffer + * @param DMA_MemoryTarget: Next memory target to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_Memory_0: To use the memory address 0 + * @arg DMA_Memory_1: To use the memory address 1 + * + * @note It is not allowed to modify the Base Address of a target Memory when + * this target is involved in the current transfer. ie. If the DMA Stream + * is currently transferring to/from Memory 1, then it not possible to + * modify Base address of Memory 1, but it is possible to modify Base + * address of Memory 0. + * To know which Memory is currently used, you can use the function + * DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t MemoryBaseAddr, + uint32_t DMA_MemoryTarget) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CURRENT_MEM(DMA_MemoryTarget)); + + /* Check the Memory target to be configured */ + if (DMA_MemoryTarget != DMA_Memory_0) + { + /* Write to DMAy Streamx M1AR */ + DMAy_Streamx->M1AR = MemoryBaseAddr; + } + else + { + /* Write to DMAy Streamx M0AR */ + DMAy_Streamx->M0AR = MemoryBaseAddr; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current memory target used by double buffer transfer. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval The memory target number: 0 for Memory0 or 1 for Memory1. + */ +uint32_t DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + /* Get the current memory target */ + if ((DMAy_Streamx->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) + { + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ + tmp = 1; + } + else + { + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ + tmp = 0; + } + return tmp; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DMA enable status + (+) Check the FIFO status + (+) Configure the DMA Interrupts sources and check or clear the flags or + pending bits status. + + [..] + (#) DMA Enable status: + After configuring the DMA Stream (DMA_Init() function) and enabling + the stream, it is recommended to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream + is effectively enabled. A Stream may remain disabled if a configuration + parameter is wrong. After disabling a DMA Stream, it is also recommended + to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream is effectively disabled. + If a Stream is disabled while a data transfer is ongoing, the current + data will be transferred and the Stream will be effectively disabled + only after this data transfer completion. + To monitor this state it is possible to use the following function: + (++) FunctionalState DMA_GetCmdStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + + (#) FIFO Status: + It is possible to monitor the FIFO status when a transfer is ongoing + using the following function: + (++) uint32_t DMA_GetFIFOStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + + (#) DMA Interrupts and Flags: + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application + to manage the DMA controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] + Each DMA stream can be managed through 4 event Flags: + (x : DMA Stream number ) + (#) DMA_FLAG_FEIFx : to indicate that a FIFO Mode Transfer Error event occurred. + (#) DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx : to indicate that a Direct Mode Transfer Error event occurred. + (#) DMA_FLAG_TEIFx : to indicate that a Transfer Error event occurred. + (#) DMA_FLAG_HTIFx : to indicate that a Half-Transfer Complete event occurred. + (#) DMA_FLAG_TCIFx : to indicate that a Transfer Complete event occurred . + [..] + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + (+) void DMA_ClearFlag(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] + Each DMA Stream can be managed through 4 Interrupts: + + *** Interrupt Source *** + ======================== + [..] + (#) DMA_IT_FEIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the FIFO Mode Transfer Error event. + (#) DMA_IT_DMEIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the Direct Mode Transfer Error event. + (#) DMA_IT_TEIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Error event. + (#) DMA_IT_HTIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the Half-Transfer Complete event. + (#) DMA_IT_TCIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the a Transfer Complete event. + [..] + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); + (+) void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the status of EN bit for the specified DMAy Streamx. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * + * @note After configuring the DMA Stream (DMA_Init() function) and enabling + * the stream, it is recommended to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream + * is effectively enabled. A Stream may remain disabled if a configuration + * parameter is wrong. + * After disabling a DMA Stream, it is also recommended to check (or wait + * until) the DMA Stream is effectively disabled. If a Stream is disabled + * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred + * and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer + * of this single data is finished. + * + * @retval Current state of the DMAy Streamx (ENABLE or DISABLE). + */ +FunctionalState DMA_GetCmdStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) +{ + FunctionalState state = DISABLE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + if ((DMAy_Streamx->CR & (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN) != 0) + { + /* The selected DMAy Streamx EN bit is set (DMA is still transferring) */ + state = ENABLE; + } + else + { + /* The selected DMAy Streamx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and + all transfers are complete) */ + state = DISABLE; + } + return state; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current DMAy Streamx FIFO filled level. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval The FIFO filling state. + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull: when FIFO is less than 1 quarter-full + * and not empty. + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull: if more than 3 quarters-full. + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full + */ +uint32_t DMA_GetFIFOStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + /* Get the FIFO level bits */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((DMAy_Streamx->FCR & DMA_SxFCR_FS)); + + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Streamx flag is set or not. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error flag + * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval The new state of DMA_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMA_FLAG)); + + /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ + if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ + DMAy = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ + DMAy = DMA2; + } + + /* Check if the flag is in HISR or LISR */ + if ((DMA_FLAG & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMAy HISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMAy->HISR; + } + else + { + /* Get DMAy LISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMAy->LISR; + } + + /* Mask the reserved bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)RESERVED_MASK; + + /* Check the status of the specified DMA flag */ + if ((tmpreg & DMA_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMA_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMA_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the DMA_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Streamx's pending flags. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error flag + * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearFlag(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG) +{ + DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMA_FLAG)); + + /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ + if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ + DMAy = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ + DMAy = DMA2; + } + + /* Check if LIFCR or HIFCR register is targeted */ + if ((DMA_FLAG & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set DMAy HIFCR register clear flag bits */ + DMAy->HIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_FLAG & RESERVED_MASK); + } + else + { + /* Set DMAy LIFCR register clear flag bits */ + DMAy->LIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_FLAG & RESERVED_MASK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Streamx interrupts. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_FE: FIFO error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Check if the DMA_IT parameter contains a FIFO interrupt */ + if ((DMA_IT & DMA_IT_FE) != 0) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMA FIFO interrupts */ + DMAy_Streamx->FCR |= (uint32_t)DMA_IT_FE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMA FIFO interrupts */ + DMAy_Streamx->FCR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_IT_FE; + } + } + + /* Check if the DMA_IT parameter contains a Transfer interrupt */ + if (DMA_IT != DMA_IT_FE) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMA transfer interrupts */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)(DMA_IT & TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMA transfer interrupts */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)(DMA_IT & TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Streamx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_IT_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error interrupt + * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval The new state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMA_IT)); + + /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ + if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ + DMAy = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ + DMAy = DMA2; + } + + /* Check if the interrupt enable bit is in the CR or FCR register */ + if ((DMA_IT & TRANSFER_IT_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get the interrupt enable position mask in CR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((DMA_IT >> 11) & TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK); + + /* Check the enable bit in CR register */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)(DMAy_Streamx->CR & tmpreg); + } + else + { + /* Check the enable bit in FCR register */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)(DMAy_Streamx->FCR & DMA_IT_FE); + } + + /* Check if the interrupt pending flag is in LISR or HISR */ + if ((DMA_IT & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMAy HISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMAy->HISR ; + } + else + { + /* Get DMAy LISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMAy->LISR ; + } + + /* mask all reserved bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)RESERVED_MASK; + + /* Check the status of the specified DMA interrupt */ + if (((tmpreg & DMA_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + /* DMA_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMA_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the DMA_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Streamx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA_IT_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error interrupt + * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT) +{ + DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMA_IT)); + + /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ + if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ + DMAy = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ + DMAy = DMA2; + } + + /* Check if LIFCR or HIFCR register is targeted */ + if ((DMA_IT & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set DMAy HIFCR register clear interrupt bits */ + DMAy->HIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_IT & RESERVED_MASK); + } + else + { + /* Set DMAy LIFCR register clear interrupt bits */ + DMAy->LIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_IT & RESERVED_MASK); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dma2d.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dma2d.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index a7309a666d..25c5adef3f --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dma2d.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dma2d.c @@ -1,784 +1,776 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_dma2d.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the DMA2D controller (DMA2D) peripheral: - * + Initialization and configuration - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable DMA2D clock using - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_DMA2D, ENABLE) function. - - (#) Configures DMA2D - (++) transfer mode - (++) pixel format, line_number, pixel_per_line - (++) output memory address - (++) alpha value - (++) output offset - (++) Default color (RGB) - - (#) Configures Foreground or/and background - (++) memory address - (++) alpha value - (++) offset and default color - - (#) Call the DMA2D_Start() to enable the DMA2D controller. - - @endverbatim - - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_dma2d.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D - * @brief DMA2D driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define CR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFCE0FC) /* DMA2D CR Mask */ -#define PFCCR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FC00C0) /* DMA2D FGPFCCR Mask */ -#define DEAD_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF00FE) /* DMA2D DEAD Mask */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the DMA2D - (+) Start/Abort/Suspend Transfer - (+) Initialize, configure and set Foreground and background - (+) configure and enable DeadTime - (+) configure lineWatermark - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the DMA2D peripheral registers to their default reset - * values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ - -void DMA2D_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable DMA2D reset state */ - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D, ENABLE); - /* Release DMA2D from reset state */ - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D, DISABLE); -} - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DMA2D peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the DMA2D_InitStruct. - * @note This function can be used only when the DMA2D is disabled. - * @param DMA2D_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_InitStruct) -{ - - uint32_t outgreen = 0; - uint32_t outred = 0; - uint32_t outalpha = 0; - uint32_t pixline = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_MODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CMODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OGREEN(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ORED(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OBLUE(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputBlue)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OALPHA(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputAlpha)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OUTPUT_OFFSET(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputOffset)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_NumberOfLine)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_PixelPerLine)); - - /* Configures the DMA2D operation mode */ - DMA2D->CR &= (uint32_t)CR_MASK; - DMA2D->CR |= (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_Mode); - - /* Configures the color mode of the output image */ - DMA2D->OPFCCR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_OPFCCR_CM; - DMA2D->OPFCCR |= (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode); - - /* Configures the output color */ - - if (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode == DMA2D_ARGB8888) - { - outgreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen << 8; - outred = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed << 16; - outalpha = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputAlpha << 24; - } - else - - if (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode == DMA2D_RGB888) - { - outgreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen << 8; - outred = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed << 16; - outalpha = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - } - - else - - if (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode == DMA2D_RGB565) - { - outgreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen << 5; - outred = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed << 11; - outalpha = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - } - - else - - if (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode == DMA2D_ARGB1555) - { - outgreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen << 5; - outred = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed << 10; - outalpha = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputAlpha << 15; - } - - else /* DMA2D_CMode = DMA2D_ARGB4444 */ - { - outgreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen << 4; - outred = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed << 8; - outalpha = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputAlpha << 12; - } - DMA2D->OCOLR |= ((outgreen) | (outred) | (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputBlue) | (outalpha)); - - /* Configures the output memory address */ - DMA2D->OMAR = (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputMemoryAdd); - - /* Configure the line Offset */ - DMA2D->OOR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_OOR_LO; - DMA2D->OOR |= (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputOffset); - - /* Configure the number of line and pixel per line */ - pixline = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_PixelPerLine << 16; - DMA2D->NLR &= ~(DMA2D_NLR_NL | DMA2D_NLR_PL); - DMA2D->NLR |= ((DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_NumberOfLine) | (pixline)); - -/** - * @brief Fills each DMA2D_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param DMA2D_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -} -void DMA2D_StructInit(DMA2D_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_InitStruct) -{ - /* Initialize the transfer mode member */ - DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_Mode = DMA2D_M2M; - - /* Initialize the output color mode members */ - DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode = DMA2D_ARGB8888; - - /* Initialize the alpha and RGB values */ - DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen = 0x00; - DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputBlue = 0x00; - DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed = 0x00; - DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputAlpha = 0x00; - - /* Initialize the output memory address */ - DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputMemoryAdd = 0x00; - - /* Initialize the output offset */ - DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputOffset = 0x00; - - /* Initialize the number of line and the number of pixel per line */ - DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_NumberOfLine = 0x00; - DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_PixelPerLine = 0x00; -} - -/** - * @brief Start the DMA2D transfer. - * @param - * @retval None - */ - -void DMA2D_StartTransfer(void) -{ - /* Start DMA2D transfer by setting START bit */ - DMA2D->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA2D_CR_START; -} - -/** - * @brief Abort the DMA2D transfer. - * @param - * @retval None - */ - -void DMA2D_AbortTransfer(void) -{ - /* Start DMA2D transfer by setting START bit */ - DMA2D->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA2D_CR_ABORT; - -} - -/** - * @brief Stop or continue the DMA2D transfer. - * @param NewState: new state of the DMA2D peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA2D_Suspend(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Suspend DMA2D transfer by setting STOP bit */ - DMA2D->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA2D_CR_SUSP; - } - else - { - /* Continue DMA2D transfer by clearing STOP bit */ - DMA2D->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_CR_SUSP; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Foreground according to the specified parameters - * in the DMA2D_FGStruct. - * @note This function can be used only when the transfer is disabled. - * @param DMA2D_FGStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_FGTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified Background. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA2D_FGConfig(DMA2D_FG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_FG_InitStruct) -{ - - uint32_t fg_clutcolormode = 0; - uint32_t fg_clutsize = 0; - uint32_t fg_alpha_mode = 0; - uint32_t fg_alphavalue = 0; - uint32_t fg_colorgreen = 0; - uint32_t fg_colorred = 0; - - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FGO(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGO)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FGCM(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGCM)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FG_ALPHA_MODE(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FG_ALPHA_VALUE(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FGC_BLUE(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_BLUE)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FGC_GREEN(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_GREEN)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FGC_RED(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_RED)); - - /* Configures the FG memory address */ - DMA2D->FGMAR = (DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGMA); - - /* Configures the FG offset */ - DMA2D->FGOR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_FGOR_LO; - DMA2D->FGOR |= (DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGO); - - /* Configures foreground Pixel Format Convertor */ - DMA2D->FGPFCCR &= (uint32_t)PFCCR_MASK; - fg_clutcolormode = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM << 4; - fg_clutsize = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE << 8; - fg_alpha_mode = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE << 16; - fg_alphavalue = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE << 24; - DMA2D->FGPFCCR |= (DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGCM | fg_clutcolormode | fg_clutsize | \ - fg_alpha_mode | fg_alphavalue); - - /* Configures foreground color */ - DMA2D->FGCOLR &= ~(DMA2D_FGCOLR_BLUE | DMA2D_FGCOLR_GREEN | DMA2D_FGCOLR_RED); - fg_colorgreen = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_GREEN << 8; - fg_colorred = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_RED << 16; - DMA2D->FGCOLR |= (DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_BLUE | fg_colorgreen | fg_colorred); - - /* Configures foreground CLUT memory address */ - DMA2D->FGCMAR = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGCMAR; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each DMA2D_FGStruct member with its default value. - * @param DMA2D_FGStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_FGTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA2D_FG_StructInit(DMA2D_FG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_FG_InitStruct) -{ - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground memory address */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGMA = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground offset */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGO = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground color mode */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGCM = CM_ARGB8888; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground CLUT color mode */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM = CLUT_CM_ARGB8888; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground CLUT size */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground alpha mode */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE = NO_MODIF_ALPHA_VALUE; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground alpha value */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground blue value */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_BLUE = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground green value */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_GREEN = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground red value */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_RED = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground CLUT memory address */ - DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGCMAR = 0x00; -} - - -/** - * @brief Configures the Background according to the specified parameters - * in the DMA2D_BGStruct. - * @note This function can be used only when the transfer is disabled. - * @param DMA2D_BGStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_BGTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified Background. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA2D_BGConfig(DMA2D_BG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_BG_InitStruct) -{ - - uint32_t bg_clutcolormode = 0; - uint32_t bg_clutsize = 0; - uint32_t bg_alpha_mode = 0; - uint32_t bg_alphavalue = 0; - uint32_t bg_colorgreen = 0; - uint32_t bg_colorred = 0; - - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BGO(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGO)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BGCM(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGCM)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BG_ALPHA_MODE(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_MODE)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BG_ALPHA_VALUE(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BGC_BLUE(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_BLUE)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BGC_GREEN(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_GREEN)); - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BGC_RED(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_RED)); - - /* Configures the BG memory address */ - DMA2D->BGMAR = (DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGMA); - - /* Configures the BG offset */ - DMA2D->BGOR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_BGOR_LO; - DMA2D->BGOR |= (DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGO); - - /* Configures background Pixel Format Convertor */ - DMA2D->BGPFCCR &= (uint32_t)PFCCR_MASK; - bg_clutcolormode = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM << 4; - bg_clutsize = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE << 8; - bg_alpha_mode = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_MODE << 16; - bg_alphavalue = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE << 24; - DMA2D->BGPFCCR |= (DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGCM | bg_clutcolormode | bg_clutsize | \ - bg_alpha_mode | bg_alphavalue); - - /* Configures background color */ - DMA2D->BGCOLR &= ~(DMA2D_BGCOLR_BLUE | DMA2D_BGCOLR_GREEN | DMA2D_BGCOLR_RED); - bg_colorgreen = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_GREEN << 8; - bg_colorred = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_RED << 16; - DMA2D->BGCOLR |= (DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_BLUE | bg_colorgreen | bg_colorred); - - /* Configures background CLUT memory address */ - DMA2D->BGCMAR = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGCMAR; - -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each DMA2D_BGStruct member with its default value. - * @param DMA2D_BGStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_BGTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA2D_BG_StructInit(DMA2D_BG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_BG_InitStruct) -{ - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background memory address */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGMA = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background offset */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGO = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background color mode */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGCM = CM_ARGB8888; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background CLUT color mode */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM = CLUT_CM_ARGB8888; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background CLUT size */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background alpha mode */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_MODE = NO_MODIF_ALPHA_VALUE; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background alpha value */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background blue value */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_BLUE = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background green value */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_GREEN = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background red value */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_RED = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background CLUT memory address */ - DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGCMAR = 0x00; -} - -/** - * @brief Start the automatic loading of the CLUT or abort the transfer. - * @param NewState: new state of the DMA2D peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ - -void DMA2D_FGStart(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Start the automatic loading of the CLUT */ - DMA2D->FGPFCCR |= DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START; - } - else - { - /* abort the transfer */ - DMA2D->FGPFCCR &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Start the automatic loading of the CLUT or abort the transfer. - * @param NewState: new state of the DMA2D peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ - -void DMA2D_BGStart(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Start the automatic loading of the CLUT */ - DMA2D->BGPFCCR |= DMA2D_BGPFCCR_START; - } - else - { - /* abort the transfer */ - DMA2D->BGPFCCR &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_BGPFCCR_START; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the DMA2D dead time. - * @param DMA2D_DeadTime: specifies the DMA2D dead time. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @retval None - */ -void DMA2D_DeadTimeConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_DeadTime, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint32_t DeadTime; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_DEAD_TIME(DMA2D_DeadTime)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable and Configures the dead time */ - DMA2D->AMTCR &= (uint32_t)DEAD_MASK; - DeadTime = DMA2D_DeadTime << 8; - DMA2D->AMTCR |= (DeadTime | DMA2D_AMTCR_EN); - } - else - { - DMA2D->AMTCR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_AMTCR_EN; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Define the configuration of the line watermark . - * @param DMA2D_LWatermarkConfig: Line Watermark configuration. - * @retval None - */ - -void DMA2D_LineWatermarkConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_LWatermarkConfig) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LineWatermark(DMA2D_LWatermarkConfig)); - - /* Sets the Line watermark configuration */ - DMA2D->LWR = (uint32_t)DMA2D_LWatermarkConfig; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA2D - Interrupts and to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts - pending bits. - [..] The DMA2D provides 6 Interrupts sources and 6 Flags - - *** Flags *** - ============= - [..] - (+) DMA2D_FLAG_CE : Configuration Error Interrupt flag - (+) DMA2D_FLAG_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt flag - (+) DMA2D_FLAG_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt flag - (+) DMA2D_FLAG_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt flag - (+) DMA2D_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error interrupt flag - (+) DMA2D_FLAG_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt flag - - *** Interrupts *** - ================== - [..] - (+) DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt is generated when a wrong - configuration is detected - (+) DMA2D_IT_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt - (+) DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt is generated when - the programmed watermark is reached - (+) DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer Error interrupt is generated when the CPU trying - to access the CLUT while a CLUT loading or a DMA2D1 transfer - is on going - (+) DMA2D_IT_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt - (+) DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMA2D's interrupts. - * @param DMA2D_IT: specifies the DMA2D interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt Enable. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt Enable. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt Enable. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt enable. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer Error interrupt enable. - * @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA2D interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ - -void DMA2D_ITConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_IT(DMA2D_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DMA2D interrupts */ - DMA2D->CR |= DMA2D_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DMA2D interrupts */ - DMA2D->CR &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_IT; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified DMA2D's flag is set or not. - * @param DMA2D_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt flag. - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt flag. - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt flag. - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt flag. - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt flag. - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error interrupt flag. - * @retval The new state of DMA2D_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ - -FlagStatus DMA2D_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA2D_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(DMA2D_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified DMA2D flag */ - if (((DMA2D->ISR) & DMA2D_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* DMA2D_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* DMA2D_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the DMA2D_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the DMA2D's pending flags. - * @param DMA2D_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt flag. - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt flag. - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt flag. - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt flag. - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt flag. - * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error interrupt flag. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA2D_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA2D_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(DMA2D_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the corresponding DMA2D flag */ - DMA2D->IFCR = (uint32_t)DMA2D_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified DMA2D's interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param DMA2D_IT: specifies the DMA2D interrupts sources to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt Enable. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt Enable. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt Enable. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt enable. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer Error interrupt enable. - * @retval The new state of the DMA2D_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus DMA2D_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA2D_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t DMA2D_IT_FLAG = DMA2D_IT >> 8; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_IT(DMA2D_IT)); - - if ((DMA2D->ISR & DMA2D_IT_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - if (((DMA2D->CR & DMA2D_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (bitstatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the DMA2D's interrupt pending bits. - * @param DMA2D_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt. - * @arg DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer Error interrupt. - * @retval None - */ -void DMA2D_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA2D_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA2D_IT(DMA2D_IT)); - DMA2D_IT = DMA2D_IT >> 8; - - /* Clear the corresponding DMA2D Interrupt */ - DMA2D->IFCR = (uint32_t)DMA2D_IT; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dma2d.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the DMA2D controller (DMA2D) peripheral: + * + Initialization and configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable DMA2D clock using + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_DMA2D, ENABLE) function. + + (#) Configures DMA2D + (++) transfer mode + (++) pixel format, line_number, pixel_per_line + (++) output memory address + (++) alpha value + (++) output offset + (++) Default color (RGB) + + (#) Configures Foreground or/and background + (++) memory address + (++) alpha value + (++) offset and default color + + (#) Call the DMA2D_Start() to enable the DMA2D controller. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_dma2d.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D + * @brief DMA2D driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define CR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFCE0FC) /* DMA2D CR Mask */ +#define PFCCR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FC00C0) /* DMA2D FGPFCCR Mask */ +#define DEAD_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF00FE) /* DMA2D DEAD Mask */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the DMA2D + (+) Start/Abort/Suspend Transfer + (+) Initialize, configure and set Foreground and background + (+) configure and enable DeadTime + (+) configure lineWatermark + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DMA2D peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ + +void DMA2D_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable DMA2D reset state */ + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D, ENABLE); + /* Release DMA2D from reset state */ + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D, DISABLE); +} + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMA2D peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the DMA2D_InitStruct. + * @note This function can be used only when the DMA2D is disabled. + * @param DMA2D_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_InitStruct) +{ + + uint32_t outgreen = 0; + uint32_t outred = 0; + uint32_t outalpha = 0; + uint32_t pixline = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_MODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CMODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OGREEN(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ORED(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OBLUE(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputBlue)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OALPHA(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputAlpha)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OUTPUT_OFFSET(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputOffset)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_NumberOfLine)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_PixelPerLine)); + + /* Configures the DMA2D operation mode */ + DMA2D->CR &= (uint32_t)CR_MASK; + DMA2D->CR |= (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_Mode); + + /* Configures the color mode of the output image */ + DMA2D->OPFCCR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_OPFCCR_CM; + DMA2D->OPFCCR |= (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode); + + /* Configures the output color */ + + if (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode == DMA2D_ARGB8888) + { + outgreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen << 8; + outred = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed << 16; + outalpha = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputAlpha << 24; + } + else + + if (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode == DMA2D_RGB888) + { + outgreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen << 8; + outred = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed << 16; + outalpha = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + } + + else + + if (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode == DMA2D_RGB565) + { + outgreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen << 5; + outred = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed << 11; + outalpha = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + } + + else + + if (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode == DMA2D_ARGB1555) + { + outgreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen << 5; + outred = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed << 10; + outalpha = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputAlpha << 15; + } + + else /* DMA2D_CMode = DMA2D_ARGB4444 */ + { + outgreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen << 4; + outred = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed << 8; + outalpha = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputAlpha << 12; + } + DMA2D->OCOLR = ((outgreen) | (outred) | (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputBlue) | (outalpha)); + + /* Configures the output memory address */ + DMA2D->OMAR = (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputMemoryAdd); + + /* Configure the line Offset */ + DMA2D->OOR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_OOR_LO; + DMA2D->OOR |= (DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputOffset); + + /* Configure the number of line and pixel per line */ + pixline = DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_PixelPerLine << 16; + DMA2D->NLR &= ~(DMA2D_NLR_NL | DMA2D_NLR_PL); + DMA2D->NLR |= ((DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_NumberOfLine) | (pixline)); + +/** + * @brief Fills each DMA2D_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DMA2D_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +} +void DMA2D_StructInit(DMA2D_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the transfer mode member */ + DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_Mode = DMA2D_M2M; + + /* Initialize the output color mode members */ + DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_CMode = DMA2D_ARGB8888; + + /* Initialize the alpha and RGB values */ + DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputGreen = 0x00; + DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputBlue = 0x00; + DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputRed = 0x00; + DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputAlpha = 0x00; + + /* Initialize the output memory address */ + DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputMemoryAdd = 0x00; + + /* Initialize the output offset */ + DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_OutputOffset = 0x00; + + /* Initialize the number of line and the number of pixel per line */ + DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_NumberOfLine = 0x00; + DMA2D_InitStruct->DMA2D_PixelPerLine = 0x00; +} + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA2D transfer. + * @param + * @retval None + */ + +void DMA2D_StartTransfer(void) +{ + /* Start DMA2D transfer by setting START bit */ + DMA2D->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA2D_CR_START; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the DMA2D transfer. + * @param + * @retval None + */ + +void DMA2D_AbortTransfer(void) +{ + /* Start DMA2D transfer by setting START bit */ + DMA2D->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA2D_CR_ABORT; + +} + +/** + * @brief Stop or continue the DMA2D transfer. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA2D peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA2D_Suspend(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Suspend DMA2D transfer by setting STOP bit */ + DMA2D->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA2D_CR_SUSP; + } + else + { + /* Continue DMA2D transfer by clearing STOP bit */ + DMA2D->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_CR_SUSP; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Foreground according to the specified parameters + * in the DMA2D_FGStruct. + * @note This function can be used only when the transfer is disabled. + * @param DMA2D_FGStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_FGTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified Background. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA2D_FGConfig(DMA2D_FG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_FG_InitStruct) +{ + + uint32_t fg_clutcolormode = 0; + uint32_t fg_clutsize = 0; + uint32_t fg_alpha_mode = 0; + uint32_t fg_alphavalue = 0; + uint32_t fg_colorgreen = 0; + uint32_t fg_colorred = 0; + + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FGO(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGO)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FGCM(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGCM)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FG_ALPHA_MODE(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FG_ALPHA_VALUE(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FGC_BLUE(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_BLUE)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FGC_GREEN(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_GREEN)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_FGC_RED(DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_RED)); + + /* Configures the FG memory address */ + DMA2D->FGMAR = (DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGMA); + + /* Configures the FG offset */ + DMA2D->FGOR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_FGOR_LO; + DMA2D->FGOR |= (DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGO); + + /* Configures foreground Pixel Format Convertor */ + DMA2D->FGPFCCR &= (uint32_t)PFCCR_MASK; + fg_clutcolormode = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM << 4; + fg_clutsize = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE << 8; + fg_alpha_mode = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE << 16; + fg_alphavalue = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE << 24; + DMA2D->FGPFCCR |= (DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGCM | fg_clutcolormode | fg_clutsize | \ + fg_alpha_mode | fg_alphavalue); + + /* Configures foreground color */ + DMA2D->FGCOLR &= ~(DMA2D_FGCOLR_BLUE | DMA2D_FGCOLR_GREEN | DMA2D_FGCOLR_RED); + fg_colorgreen = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_GREEN << 8; + fg_colorred = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_RED << 16; + DMA2D->FGCOLR |= (DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_BLUE | fg_colorgreen | fg_colorred); + + /* Configures foreground CLUT memory address */ + DMA2D->FGCMAR = DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGCMAR; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DMA2D_FGStruct member with its default value. + * @param DMA2D_FGStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_FGTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA2D_FG_StructInit(DMA2D_FG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_FG_InitStruct) +{ + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground memory address */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGMA = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground offset */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGO = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground color mode */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGCM = CM_ARGB8888; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground CLUT color mode */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_CM = CLUT_CM_ARGB8888; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground CLUT size */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FG_CLUT_SIZE = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground alpha mode */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_MODE = NO_MODIF_ALPHA_VALUE; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground alpha value */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground blue value */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_BLUE = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground green value */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_GREEN = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground red value */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGC_RED = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D foreground CLUT memory address */ + DMA2D_FG_InitStruct->DMA2D_FGCMAR = 0x00; +} + + +/** + * @brief Configures the Background according to the specified parameters + * in the DMA2D_BGStruct. + * @note This function can be used only when the transfer is disabled. + * @param DMA2D_BGStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_BGTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified Background. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA2D_BGConfig(DMA2D_BG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_BG_InitStruct) +{ + + uint32_t bg_clutcolormode = 0; + uint32_t bg_clutsize = 0; + uint32_t bg_alpha_mode = 0; + uint32_t bg_alphavalue = 0; + uint32_t bg_colorgreen = 0; + uint32_t bg_colorred = 0; + + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BGO(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGO)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BGCM(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGCM)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BG_ALPHA_MODE(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_MODE)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BG_ALPHA_VALUE(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BGC_BLUE(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_BLUE)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BGC_GREEN(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_GREEN)); + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_BGC_RED(DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_RED)); + + /* Configures the BG memory address */ + DMA2D->BGMAR = (DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGMA); + + /* Configures the BG offset */ + DMA2D->BGOR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_BGOR_LO; + DMA2D->BGOR |= (DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGO); + + /* Configures background Pixel Format Convertor */ + DMA2D->BGPFCCR &= (uint32_t)PFCCR_MASK; + bg_clutcolormode = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM << 4; + bg_clutsize = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE << 8; + bg_alpha_mode = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_MODE << 16; + bg_alphavalue = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE << 24; + DMA2D->BGPFCCR |= (DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGCM | bg_clutcolormode | bg_clutsize | \ + bg_alpha_mode | bg_alphavalue); + + /* Configures background color */ + DMA2D->BGCOLR &= ~(DMA2D_BGCOLR_BLUE | DMA2D_BGCOLR_GREEN | DMA2D_BGCOLR_RED); + bg_colorgreen = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_GREEN << 8; + bg_colorred = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_RED << 16; + DMA2D->BGCOLR |= (DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_BLUE | bg_colorgreen | bg_colorred); + + /* Configures background CLUT memory address */ + DMA2D->BGCMAR = DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGCMAR; + +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DMA2D_BGStruct member with its default value. + * @param DMA2D_BGStruct: pointer to a DMA2D_BGTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA2D_BG_StructInit(DMA2D_BG_InitTypeDef* DMA2D_BG_InitStruct) +{ + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background memory address */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGMA = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background offset */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGO = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background color mode */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGCM = CM_ARGB8888; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background CLUT color mode */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_CM = CLUT_CM_ARGB8888; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background CLUT size */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BG_CLUT_SIZE = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background alpha mode */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_MODE = NO_MODIF_ALPHA_VALUE; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background alpha value */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGPFC_ALPHA_VALUE = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background blue value */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_BLUE = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background green value */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_GREEN = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background red value */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGC_RED = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the DMA2D background CLUT memory address */ + DMA2D_BG_InitStruct->DMA2D_BGCMAR = 0x00; +} + +/** + * @brief Start the automatic loading of the CLUT or abort the transfer. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA2D peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ + +void DMA2D_FGStart(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Start the automatic loading of the CLUT */ + DMA2D->FGPFCCR |= DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START; + } + else + { + /* abort the transfer */ + DMA2D->FGPFCCR &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Start the automatic loading of the CLUT or abort the transfer. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA2D peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ + +void DMA2D_BGStart(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Start the automatic loading of the CLUT */ + DMA2D->BGPFCCR |= DMA2D_BGPFCCR_START; + } + else + { + /* abort the transfer */ + DMA2D->BGPFCCR &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_BGPFCCR_START; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the DMA2D dead time. + * @param DMA2D_DeadTime: specifies the DMA2D dead time. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @retval None + */ +void DMA2D_DeadTimeConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_DeadTime, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t DeadTime; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_DEAD_TIME(DMA2D_DeadTime)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable and Configures the dead time */ + DMA2D->AMTCR &= (uint32_t)DEAD_MASK; + DeadTime = DMA2D_DeadTime << 8; + DMA2D->AMTCR |= (DeadTime | DMA2D_AMTCR_EN); + } + else + { + DMA2D->AMTCR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA2D_AMTCR_EN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Define the configuration of the line watermark . + * @param DMA2D_LWatermarkConfig: Line Watermark configuration. + * @retval None + */ + +void DMA2D_LineWatermarkConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_LWatermarkConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LineWatermark(DMA2D_LWatermarkConfig)); + + /* Sets the Line watermark configuration */ + DMA2D->LWR = (uint32_t)DMA2D_LWatermarkConfig; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA2D + Interrupts and to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts + pending bits. + [..] The DMA2D provides 6 Interrupts sources and 6 Flags + + *** Flags *** + ============= + [..] + (+) DMA2D_FLAG_CE : Configuration Error Interrupt flag + (+) DMA2D_FLAG_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt flag + (+) DMA2D_FLAG_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt flag + (+) DMA2D_FLAG_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt flag + (+) DMA2D_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error interrupt flag + (+) DMA2D_FLAG_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt flag + + *** Interrupts *** + ================== + [..] + (+) DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt is generated when a wrong + configuration is detected + (+) DMA2D_IT_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt + (+) DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt is generated when + the programmed watermark is reached + (+) DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer Error interrupt is generated when the CPU trying + to access the CLUT while a CLUT loading or a DMA2D1 transfer + is on going + (+) DMA2D_IT_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt + (+) DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMA2D's interrupts. + * @param DMA2D_IT: specifies the DMA2D interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt Enable. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt Enable. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt Enable. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt enable. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer Error interrupt enable. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA2D interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ + +void DMA2D_ITConfig(uint32_t DMA2D_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_IT(DMA2D_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMA2D interrupts */ + DMA2D->CR |= DMA2D_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMA2D interrupts */ + DMA2D->CR &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMA2D's flag is set or not. + * @param DMA2D_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt flag. + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt flag. + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt flag. + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt flag. + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt flag. + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error interrupt flag. + * @retval The new state of DMA2D_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ + +FlagStatus DMA2D_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA2D_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(DMA2D_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified DMA2D flag */ + if (((DMA2D->ISR) & DMA2D_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMA2D_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMA2D_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DMA2D_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMA2D's pending flags. + * @param DMA2D_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt flag. + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt flag. + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt flag. + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt flag. + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt flag. + * @arg DMA2D_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error interrupt flag. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA2D_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA2D_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(DMA2D_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the corresponding DMA2D flag */ + DMA2D->IFCR = (uint32_t)DMA2D_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMA2D's interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DMA2D_IT: specifies the DMA2D interrupts sources to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt Enable. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt Enable. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt Enable. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt enable. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer Error interrupt enable. + * @retval The new state of the DMA2D_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DMA2D_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA2D_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t DMA2D_IT_FLAG = DMA2D_IT >> 8; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_IT(DMA2D_IT)); + + if ((DMA2D->ISR & DMA2D_IT_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + if (((DMA2D->CR & DMA2D_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (bitstatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMA2D's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DMA2D_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration Error Interrupt. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_CTC: CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_CAE: CLUT Access Error Interrupt. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer Watermark Interrupt. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer Complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer Error interrupt. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA2D_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA2D_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA2D_IT(DMA2D_IT)); + DMA2D_IT = DMA2D_IT >> 8; + + /* Clear the corresponding DMA2D Interrupt */ + DMA2D->IFCR = (uint32_t)DMA2D_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dsi.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dsi.c new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..c87605cd70 --- /dev/null +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_dsi.c @@ -0,0 +1,1762 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_dsi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Display Serial Interface (DSI): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers management functions + * + Low Power functions + * + Interrupts and flags management + * +@verbatim + + =================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =================================================================== + [..] + +@endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_dsi.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ +/** @addtogroup DSI + * @brief DSI driver modules + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DSI_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define DSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */ + +#define DSI_ERROR_ACK_MASK (DSI_ISR0_AE0 | DSI_ISR0_AE1 | DSI_ISR0_AE2 | DSI_ISR0_AE3 | \ + DSI_ISR0_AE4 | DSI_ISR0_AE5 | DSI_ISR0_AE6 | DSI_ISR0_AE7 | \ + DSI_ISR0_AE8 | DSI_ISR0_AE9 | DSI_ISR0_AE10 | DSI_ISR0_AE11 | \ + DSI_ISR0_AE12 | DSI_ISR0_AE13 | DSI_ISR0_AE14 | DSI_ISR0_AE15) +#define DSI_ERROR_PHY_MASK (DSI_ISR0_PE0 | DSI_ISR0_PE1 | DSI_ISR0_PE2 | DSI_ISR0_PE3 | DSI_ISR0_PE4) +#define DSI_ERROR_TX_MASK DSI_ISR1_TOHSTX +#define DSI_ERROR_RX_MASK DSI_ISR1_TOLPRX +#define DSI_ERROR_ECC_MASK (DSI_ISR1_ECCSE | DSI_ISR1_ECCME) +#define DSI_ERROR_CRC_MASK DSI_ISR1_CRCE +#define DSI_ERROR_PSE_MASK DSI_ISR1_PSE +#define DSI_ERROR_EOT_MASK DSI_ISR1_EOTPE +#define DSI_ERROR_OVF_MASK DSI_ISR1_LPWRE +#define DSI_ERROR_GEN_MASK (DSI_ISR1_GCWRE | DSI_ISR1_GPWRE | DSI_ISR1_GPTXE | DSI_ISR1_GPRDE | DSI_ISR1_GPRXE) + +#define DSI_MAX_RETURN_PKT_SIZE ((uint32_t)0x00000037) /*!< Maximum return packet configuration */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void DSI_ConfigPacketHeader(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t ChannelID, uint32_t DataType, uint32_t Data0, uint32_t Data1); +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DSI_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the DSI + (+) De-initialize the DSI + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the DSI peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_DeInit(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx) +{ + /* Disable the DSI wrapper */ + DSIx->WCR &= ~DSI_WCR_DSIEN; + + /* Disable the DSI host */ + DSIx->CR &= ~DSI_CR_EN; + + /* D-PHY clock and digital disable */ + DSIx->PCTLR &= ~(DSI_PCTLR_CKE | DSI_PCTLR_DEN); + + /* Turn off the DSI PLL */ + DSIx->WRPCR &= ~DSI_WRPCR_PLLEN; + + /* Disable the regulator */ + DSIx->WRPCR &= ~DSI_WRPCR_REGEN; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_ALL_PERIPH(DSIx)); + if(DSIx == DSI) + { + /* Enable DSI reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_DSI, ENABLE); + /* Release DSI from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_DSI, DISABLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the DSIx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param DSI_InitStruct: pointer to a DSI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified DSI peripheral. + * @param DSI_InitTIMStruct: pointer to a DSI_TIMTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified DSI Timings. + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_Init(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx,DSI_InitTypeDef* DSI_InitStruct, DSI_PLLInitTypeDef *PLLInit) +{ + uint32_t unitIntervalx4 = 0; + uint32_t tempIDF = 0; + + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_PLL_NDIV(PLLInit->PLLNDIV)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_PLL_IDF(PLLInit->PLLIDF)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_PLL_ODF(PLLInit->PLLODF)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_AUTO_CLKLANE_CONTROL(DSI_InitStruct->AutomaticClockLaneControl)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_NUMBER_OF_LANES(DSI_InitStruct->NumberOfLanes)); + + /**************** Turn on the regulator and enable the DSI PLL ****************/ + + /* Enable the regulator */ + DSIx->WRPCR |= DSI_WRPCR_REGEN; + + /* Wait until the regulator is ready */ + while(DSI_GetFlagStatus(DSIx, DSI_FLAG_RRS) == RESET ) + {} + + /* Set the PLL division factors */ + DSIx->WRPCR &= ~(DSI_WRPCR_PLL_NDIV | DSI_WRPCR_PLL_IDF | DSI_WRPCR_PLL_ODF); + DSIx->WRPCR |= (((PLLInit->PLLNDIV)<<2) | ((PLLInit->PLLIDF)<<11) | ((PLLInit->PLLODF)<<16)); + + /* Enable the DSI PLL */ + DSIx->WRPCR |= DSI_WRPCR_PLLEN; + + /* Wait for the lock of the PLL */ + while(DSI_GetFlagStatus(DSIx, DSI_FLAG_PLLLS) == RESET) + {} + + /*************************** Set the PHY parameters ***************************/ + + /* D-PHY clock and digital enable*/ + DSIx->PCTLR |= (DSI_PCTLR_CKE | DSI_PCTLR_DEN); + + /* Clock lane configuration */ + DSIx->CLCR &= ~(DSI_CLCR_DPCC | DSI_CLCR_ACR); + DSIx->CLCR |= (DSI_CLCR_DPCC | DSI_InitStruct->AutomaticClockLaneControl); + + /* Configure the number of active data lanes */ + DSIx->PCONFR &= ~DSI_PCONFR_NL; + DSIx->PCONFR |= DSI_InitStruct->NumberOfLanes; + + /************************ Set the DSI clock parameters ************************/ + /* Set the TX escape clock division factor */ + DSIx->CCR &= ~DSI_CCR_TXECKDIV; + DSIx->CCR = DSI_InitStruct->TXEscapeCkdiv; + + /* Calculate the bit period in high-speed mode in unit of 0.25 ns (UIX4) */ + /* The equation is : UIX4 = IntegerPart( (1000/F_PHY_Mhz) * 4 ) */ + /* Where : F_PHY_Mhz = (NDIV * HSE_Mhz) / (IDF * ODF) */ + tempIDF = (PLLInit->PLLIDF > 0) ? PLLInit->PLLIDF : 1; + unitIntervalx4 = (4000000 * tempIDF * (1 << PLLInit->PLLODF)) / ((HSE_VALUE/1000) * PLLInit->PLLNDIV); + + /* Set the bit period in high-speed mode */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_UIX4; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= unitIntervalx4; + + /****************************** Error management *****************************/ + /* Disable all error interrupts */ + DSIx->IER[0] = 0; + DSIx->IER[1] = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DSI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DSI_InitStruct: pointer to a DSI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_StructInit(DSI_InitTypeDef* DSI_InitStruct, DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef* DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct) +{ + /*--------------- Reset DSI init structure parameters values ---------------*/ + /* Initialize the AutomaticClockLaneControl member */ + DSI_InitStruct->AutomaticClockLaneControl = DSI_AUTO_CLK_LANE_CTRL_DISABLE; + /* Initialize the NumberOfLanes member */ + DSI_InitStruct->NumberOfLanes = DSI_ONE_DATA_LANE; + /* Initialize the TX Escape clock division */ + DSI_InitStruct->TXEscapeCkdiv = 0; + + /*--------------- Reset DSI timings init structure parameters values -------*/ + /* Initialize the TimeoutCkdiv member */ + DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct->TimeoutCkdiv = 0; + /* Initialize the HighSpeedTransmissionTimeout member */ + DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct->HighSpeedTransmissionTimeout = 0; + /* Initialize the LowPowerReceptionTimeout member */ + DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct->LowPowerReceptionTimeout = 0; + /* Initialize the HighSpeedReadTimeout member */ + DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct->HighSpeedReadTimeout = 0; + /* Initialize the LowPowerReadTimeout member */ + DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct->LowPowerReadTimeout = 0; + /* Initialize the HighSpeedWriteTimeout member */ + DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct->HighSpeedWriteTimeout = 0; + /* Initialize the HighSpeedWritePrespMode member */ + DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct->HighSpeedWritePrespMode = 0; + /* Initialize the LowPowerWriteTimeout member */ + DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct->LowPowerWriteTimeout = 0; + /* Initialize the BTATimeout member */ + DSI_HOST_TimeoutInitStruct->BTATimeout = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Generic interface read-back Virtual Channel ID. + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param VirtualChannelID: Virtual channel ID + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_SetGenericVCID(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t VirtualChannelID) +{ + /* Update the GVCID register */ + DSIx->GVCIDR &= ~DSI_GVCIDR_VCID; + DSIx->GVCIDR |= VirtualChannelID; +} + +/** + * @brief Select video mode and configure the corresponding parameters + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param VidCfg: pointer to a DSI_VidCfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the DSI video mode configuration parameters + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ConfigVideoMode(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, DSI_VidCfgTypeDef *VidCfg) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_COLOR_CODING(VidCfg->ColorCoding)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE(VidCfg->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_COMMAND(VidCfg->LPCommandEnable)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_HFP(VidCfg->LPHorizontalFrontPorchEnable)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_HBP(VidCfg->LPHorizontalBackPorchEnable)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_VACTIVE(VidCfg->LPVerticalActiveEnable)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_VFP(VidCfg->LPVerticalFrontPorchEnable)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_VBP(VidCfg->LPVerticalBackPorchEnable)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_VSYNC(VidCfg->LPVerticalSyncActiveEnable)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_FBTAA(VidCfg->FrameBTAAcknowledgeEnable)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_DE_POLARITY(VidCfg->DEPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_VSYNC_POLARITY(VidCfg->VSPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_HSYNC_POLARITY(VidCfg->HSPolarity)); + /* Check the LooselyPacked variant only in 18-bit mode */ + if(VidCfg->ColorCoding == DSI_RGB666) + { + assert_param(IS_DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED(VidCfg->LooselyPacked)); + } + + /* Select video mode by resetting CMDM and DSIM bits */ + DSIx->MCR &= ~DSI_MCR_CMDM; + DSIx->WCFGR &= ~DSI_WCFGR_DSIM; + + /* Configure the video mode transmission type */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~DSI_VMCR_VMT; + DSIx->VMCR |= VidCfg->Mode; + + /* Configure the video packet size */ + DSIx->VPCR &= ~DSI_VPCR_VPSIZE; + DSIx->VPCR |= VidCfg->PacketSize; + + /* Set the chunks number to be transmitted through the DSI link */ + DSIx->VCCR &= ~DSI_VCCR_NUMC; + DSIx->VCCR |= VidCfg->NumberOfChunks; + + /* Set the size of the null packet */ + DSIx->VNPCR &= ~DSI_VNPCR_NPSIZE; + DSIx->VNPCR |= VidCfg->NullPacketSize; + + /* Select the virtual channel for the LTDC interface traffic */ + DSIx->LVCIDR &= ~DSI_LVCIDR_VCID; + DSIx->LVCIDR |= VidCfg->VirtualChannelID; + + /* Configure the polarity of control signals */ + DSIx->LPCR &= ~(DSI_LPCR_DEP | DSI_LPCR_VSP | DSI_LPCR_HSP); + DSIx->LPCR |= (VidCfg->DEPolarity | VidCfg->VSPolarity | VidCfg->HSPolarity); + + /* Select the color coding for the host */ + DSIx->LCOLCR &= ~DSI_LCOLCR_COLC; + DSIx->LCOLCR |= VidCfg->ColorCoding; + + /* Select the color coding for the wrapper */ + DSIx->WCFGR &= ~DSI_WCFGR_COLMUX; + DSIx->WCFGR |= ((VidCfg->ColorCoding)<<1); + + /* Enable/disable the loosely packed variant to 18-bit configuration */ + if(VidCfg->ColorCoding == DSI_RGB666) + { + DSIx->LCOLCR &= ~DSI_LCOLCR_LPE; + DSIx->LCOLCR |= VidCfg->LooselyPacked; + } + + /* Set the Horizontal Synchronization Active (HSA) in lane byte clock cycles */ + DSIx->VHSACR &= ~DSI_VHSACR_HSA; + DSIx->VHSACR |= VidCfg->HorizontalSyncActive; + + /* Set the Horizontal Back Porch (HBP) in lane byte clock cycles */ + DSIx->VHBPCR &= ~DSI_VHBPCR_HBP; + DSIx->VHBPCR |= VidCfg->HorizontalBackPorch; + + /* Set the total line time (HLINE=HSA+HBP+HACT+HFP) in lane byte clock cycles */ + DSIx->VLCR &= ~DSI_VLCR_HLINE; + DSIx->VLCR |= VidCfg->HorizontalLine; + + /* Set the Vertical Synchronization Active (VSA) */ + DSIx->VVSACR &= ~DSI_VVSACR_VSA; + DSIx->VVSACR |= VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive; + + /* Set the Vertical Back Porch (VBP)*/ + DSIx->VVBPCR &= ~DSI_VVBPCR_VBP; + DSIx->VVBPCR |= VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch; + + /* Set the Vertical Front Porch (VFP)*/ + DSIx->VVFPCR &= ~DSI_VVFPCR_VFP; + DSIx->VVFPCR |= VidCfg->VerticalFrontPorch; + + /* Set the Vertical Active period*/ + DSIx->VVACR &= ~DSI_VVACR_VA; + DSIx->VVACR |= VidCfg->VerticalActive; + + /* Configure the command transmission mode */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~DSI_VMCR_LPCE; + DSIx->VMCR |= VidCfg->LPCommandEnable; + + /* Low power largest packet size */ + DSIx->LPMCR &= ~DSI_LPMCR_LPSIZE; + DSIx->LPMCR |= ((VidCfg->LPLargestPacketSize)<<16); + + /* Low power VACT largest packet size */ + DSIx->LPMCR &= ~DSI_LPMCR_VLPSIZE; + DSIx->LPMCR |= VidCfg->LPVACTLargestPacketSize; + + /* Enable LP transition in HFP period */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~DSI_VMCR_LPHFPE; + DSIx->VMCR |= VidCfg->LPHorizontalFrontPorchEnable; + + /* Enable LP transition in HBP period */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~DSI_VMCR_LPHBPE; + DSIx->VMCR |= VidCfg->LPHorizontalBackPorchEnable; + + /* Enable LP transition in VACT period */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~DSI_VMCR_LPVAE; + DSIx->VMCR |= VidCfg->LPVerticalActiveEnable; + + /* Enable LP transition in VFP period */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~DSI_VMCR_LPVFPE; + DSIx->VMCR |= VidCfg->LPVerticalFrontPorchEnable; + + /* Enable LP transition in VBP period */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~DSI_VMCR_LPVBPE; + DSIx->VMCR |= VidCfg->LPVerticalBackPorchEnable; + + /* Enable LP transition in vertical sync period */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~DSI_VMCR_LPVSAE; + DSIx->VMCR |= VidCfg->LPVerticalSyncActiveEnable; + + /* Enable the request for an acknowledge response at the end of a frame */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~DSI_VMCR_FBTAAE; + DSIx->VMCR |= VidCfg->FrameBTAAcknowledgeEnable; +} + +/** + * @brief Select adapted command mode and configure the corresponding parameters + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param CmdCfg: pointer to a DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the DSI command mode configuration parameters + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef *CmdCfg) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_COLOR_CODING(CmdCfg->ColorCoding)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_TE_SOURCE(CmdCfg->TearingEffectSource)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_TE_POLARITY(CmdCfg->TearingEffectPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_AUTOMATIC_REFRESH(CmdCfg->AutomaticRefresh)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_VS_POLARITY(CmdCfg->VSyncPol)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_TE_ACK_REQUEST(CmdCfg->TEAcknowledgeRequest)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_DE_POLARITY(CmdCfg->DEPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_VSYNC_POLARITY(CmdCfg->VSPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_HSYNC_POLARITY(CmdCfg->HSPolarity)); + + /* Select command mode by setting CMDM and DSIM bits */ + DSIx->MCR |= DSI_MCR_CMDM; + DSIx->WCFGR &= ~DSI_WCFGR_DSIM; + DSIx->WCFGR |= DSI_WCFGR_DSIM; + + /* Select the virtual channel for the LTDC interface traffic */ + DSIx->LVCIDR &= ~DSI_LVCIDR_VCID; + DSIx->LVCIDR |= CmdCfg->VirtualChannelID; + + /* Configure the polarity of control signals */ + DSIx->LPCR &= ~(DSI_LPCR_DEP | DSI_LPCR_VSP | DSI_LPCR_HSP); + DSIx->LPCR |= (CmdCfg->DEPolarity | CmdCfg->VSPolarity | CmdCfg->HSPolarity); + + /* Select the color coding for the host */ + DSIx->LCOLCR &= ~DSI_LCOLCR_COLC; + DSIx->LCOLCR |= CmdCfg->ColorCoding; + + /* Select the color coding for the wrapper */ + DSIx->WCFGR &= ~DSI_WCFGR_COLMUX; + DSIx->WCFGR |= ((CmdCfg->ColorCoding)<<1); + + /* Configure the maximum allowed size for write memory command */ + DSIx->LCCR &= ~DSI_LCCR_CMDSIZE; + DSIx->LCCR |= CmdCfg->CommandSize; + + /* Configure the tearing effect source and polarity and select the refresh mode */ + DSIx->WCFGR &= ~(DSI_WCFGR_TESRC | DSI_WCFGR_TEPOL | DSI_WCFGR_AR | DSI_WCFGR_VSPOL); + DSIx->WCFGR |= (CmdCfg->TearingEffectSource | CmdCfg->TearingEffectPolarity | CmdCfg->AutomaticRefresh | CmdCfg->VSyncPol); + + /* Configure the tearing effect acknowledge request */ + DSIx->CMCR &= ~DSI_CMCR_TEARE; + DSIx->CMCR |= CmdCfg->TEAcknowledgeRequest; + + /* Enable the Tearing Effect interrupt */ + DSI_ITConfig(DSIx, DSI_IT_TE, ENABLE); + /* Enable the End of Refresh interrupt */ + DSI_ITConfig(DSIx, DSI_IT_ER, ENABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure command transmission mode: High-speed or Low-power + * and enable/disable acknowledge request after packet transmission + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param LPCmd: pointer to a DSI_LPCmdTypeDef structure that contains + * the DSI command transmission mode configuration parameters + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ConfigCommand(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, DSI_LPCmdTypeDef *LPCmd) +{ + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_GSW0P(LPCmd->LPGenShortWriteNoP)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_GSW1P(LPCmd->LPGenShortWriteOneP)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_GSW2P(LPCmd->LPGenShortWriteTwoP)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_GSR0P(LPCmd->LPGenShortReadNoP)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_GSR1P(LPCmd->LPGenShortReadOneP)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_GSR2P(LPCmd->LPGenShortReadTwoP)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_GLW(LPCmd->LPGenLongWrite)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_DSW0P(LPCmd->LPDcsShortWriteNoP)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_DSW1P(LPCmd->LPDcsShortWriteOneP)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_DSR0P(LPCmd->LPDcsShortReadNoP)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_DLW(LPCmd->LPDcsLongWrite)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LP_MRDP(LPCmd->LPMaxReadPacket)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_ACK_REQUEST(LPCmd->AcknowledgeRequest)); + + /* Select High-speed or Low-power for command transmission */ + DSIx->CMCR &= ~(DSI_CMCR_GSW0TX |\ + DSI_CMCR_GSW1TX |\ + DSI_CMCR_GSW2TX |\ + DSI_CMCR_GSR0TX |\ + DSI_CMCR_GSR1TX |\ + DSI_CMCR_GSR2TX |\ + DSI_CMCR_GLWTX |\ + DSI_CMCR_DSW0TX |\ + DSI_CMCR_DSW1TX |\ + DSI_CMCR_DSR0TX |\ + DSI_CMCR_DLWTX |\ + DSI_CMCR_MRDPS); + DSIx->CMCR |= (LPCmd->LPGenShortWriteNoP |\ + LPCmd->LPGenShortWriteOneP |\ + LPCmd->LPGenShortWriteTwoP |\ + LPCmd->LPGenShortReadNoP |\ + LPCmd->LPGenShortReadOneP |\ + LPCmd->LPGenShortReadTwoP |\ + LPCmd->LPGenLongWrite |\ + LPCmd->LPDcsShortWriteNoP |\ + LPCmd->LPDcsShortWriteOneP |\ + LPCmd->LPDcsShortReadNoP |\ + LPCmd->LPDcsLongWrite |\ + LPCmd->LPMaxReadPacket); + + /* Configure the acknowledge request after each packet transmission */ + DSIx->CMCR &= ~DSI_CMCR_ARE; + DSIx->CMCR |= LPCmd->AcknowledgeRequest; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the flow control parameters + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param FlowControl: flow control feature(s) to be enabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of @ref DSI_FlowControl. + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ConfigFlowControl(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t FlowControl) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_FLOW_CONTROL(FlowControl)); + + /* Set the DSI Host Protocol Configuration Register */ + DSIx->PCR &= ~DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_ALL; + DSIx->PCR |= FlowControl; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DSI PHY timer parameters + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param PhyTimers: DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef structure that contains + * the DSI PHY timing parameters + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ConfigPhyTimer(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef *PhyTimers) +{ + uint32_t maxTime = 0; + + maxTime = (PhyTimers->ClockLaneLP2HSTime > PhyTimers->ClockLaneHS2LPTime)? PhyTimers->ClockLaneLP2HSTime: PhyTimers->ClockLaneHS2LPTime; + + /* Clock lane timer configuration */ + /* In Automatic Clock Lane control mode, the DSI Host can turn off the clock lane between two + High-Speed transmission. + To do so, the DSI Host calculates the time required for the clock lane to change from HighSpeed + to Low-Power and from Low-Power to High-Speed. + This timings are configured by the HS2LP_TIME and LP2HS_TIME in the DSI Host Clock Lane Timer Configuration Register (DSI_CLTCR). + But the DSI Host is not calculating LP2HS_TIME + HS2LP_TIME but 2 x HS2LP_TIME. + + Workaround : Configure HS2LP_TIME and LP2HS_TIME with the same value being the max of HS2LP_TIME or LP2HS_TIME. + */ + DSIx->CLTCR &= ~(DSI_CLTCR_LP2HS_TIME | DSI_CLTCR_HS2LP_TIME); + DSIx->CLTCR |= (maxTime | ((maxTime)<<16)); + + /* Data lane timer configuration */ + DSIx->DLTCR &= ~(DSI_DLTCR_MRD_TIME | DSI_DLTCR_LP2HS_TIME | DSI_DLTCR_HS2LP_TIME); + DSIx->DLTCR |= (PhyTimers->DataLaneMaxReadTime | ((PhyTimers->DataLaneLP2HSTime)<<16) | ((PhyTimers->DataLaneHS2LPTime)<<24)); + + /* Configure the wait period to request HS transmission after a stop state */ + DSIx->PCONFR &= ~DSI_PCONFR_SW_TIME; + DSIx->PCONFR |= ((PhyTimers->StopWaitTime)<<8); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DSI HOST timeout parameters + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param HostTimeouts: DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef structure that contains + * the DSI host timeout parameters + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ConfigHostTimeouts(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef *HostTimeouts) +{ + /* Set the timeout clock division factor */ + DSIx->CCR &= ~DSI_CCR_TOCKDIV; + DSIx->CCR = ((HostTimeouts->TimeoutCkdiv)<<8); + + /* High-speed transmission timeout */ + DSIx->TCCR[0] &= ~DSI_TCCR0_HSTX_TOCNT; + DSIx->TCCR[0] |= ((HostTimeouts->HighSpeedTransmissionTimeout)<<16); + + /* Low-power reception timeout */ + DSIx->TCCR[0] &= ~DSI_TCCR0_LPRX_TOCNT; + DSIx->TCCR[0] |= HostTimeouts->LowPowerReceptionTimeout; + + /* High-speed read timeout */ + DSIx->TCCR[1] &= ~DSI_TCCR1_HSRD_TOCNT; + DSIx->TCCR[1] |= HostTimeouts->HighSpeedReadTimeout; + + /* Low-power read timeout */ + DSIx->TCCR[2] &= ~DSI_TCCR2_LPRD_TOCNT; + DSIx->TCCR[2] |= HostTimeouts->LowPowerReadTimeout; + + /* High-speed write timeout */ + DSIx->TCCR[3] &= ~DSI_TCCR3_HSWR_TOCNT; + DSIx->TCCR[3] |= HostTimeouts->HighSpeedWriteTimeout; + + /* High-speed write presp mode */ + DSIx->TCCR[3] &= ~DSI_TCCR3_PM; + DSIx->TCCR[3] |= HostTimeouts->HighSpeedWritePrespMode; + + /* Low-speed write timeout */ + DSIx->TCCR[4] &= ~DSI_TCCR4_LPWR_TOCNT; + DSIx->TCCR[4] |= HostTimeouts->LowPowerWriteTimeout; + + /* BTA timeout */ + DSIx->TCCR[5] &= ~DSI_TCCR5_BTA_TOCNT; + DSIx->TCCR[5] |= HostTimeouts->BTATimeout; +} + +/** + * @brief Start the DSI module + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * the configuration information for the DSI. + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_Start(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx) +{ + /* Enable the DSI host */ + DSIx->CR |= DSI_CR_EN; + /* Enable the DSI wrapper */ + DSIx->WCR |= DSI_WCR_DSIEN; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DSI module + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_Stop(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx) +{ + /* Disable the DSI host */ + DSIx->CR &= ~DSI_CR_EN; + + /* Disable the DSI wrapper */ + DSIx->WCR &= ~DSI_WCR_DSIEN; +} + +/** + * @brief Refresh the display in command mode + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * the configuration information for the DSI. + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_Refresh(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx) +{ + /* Update the display */ + DSIx->WCR |= DSI_WCR_LTDCEN; +} + +/** + * @brief Controls the display color mode in Video mode + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param ColorMode: Color mode (full or 8-colors). + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Color_Mode + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ColorMode(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t ColorMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_COLOR_MODE(ColorMode)); + + /* Update the display color mode */ + DSIx->WCR &= ~DSI_WCR_COLM; + DSIx->WCR |= ColorMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Control the display shutdown in Video mode + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param Shutdown: Shut-down (Display-ON or Display-OFF). + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_ShutDown + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_Shutdown(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t Shutdown) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_SHUT_DOWN(Shutdown)); + + /* Update the display Shutdown */ + DSIx->WCR &= ~DSI_WCR_SHTDN; + DSIx->WCR |= Shutdown; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Data transfers management functions + * @brief DSI data transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DCS or Generic short write command + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param ChannelID: Virtual channel ID. + * @param Mode: DSI short packet data type. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_SHORT_WRITE_PKT_Data_Type. + * @param Param1: DSC command or first generic parameter. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_DCS_Command or a + * generic command code. + * @param Param2: DSC parameter or second generic parameter. + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ShortWrite(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, + uint32_t ChannelID, + uint32_t Mode, + uint32_t Param1, + uint32_t Param2) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_SHORT_WRITE_PACKET_TYPE(Mode)); + + /* Wait for Command FIFO Empty */ + while((DSIx->GPSR & DSI_GPSR_CMDFE) == 0) + {} + + /* Configure the packet to send a short DCS command with 0 or 1 parameter */ + DSI_ConfigPacketHeader(DSIx, + ChannelID, + Mode, + Param1, + Param2); +} + +/** + * @brief DCS or Generic long write command + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param ChannelID: Virtual channel ID. + * @param Mode: DSI long packet data type. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_LONG_WRITE_PKT_Data_Type. + * @param NbParams: Number of parameters. + * @param Param1: DSC command or first generic parameter. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_DCS_Command or a + * generic command code + * @param ParametersTable: Pointer to parameter values table. + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_LongWrite(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, + uint32_t ChannelID, + uint32_t Mode, + uint32_t NbParams, + uint32_t Param1, + uint8_t* ParametersTable) +{ + uint32_t uicounter = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_LONG_WRITE_PACKET_TYPE(Mode)); + + /* Wait for Command FIFO Empty */ + while((DSIx->GPSR & DSI_GPSR_CMDFE) == 0) + {} + + /* Set the DCS code hexadecimal on payload byte 1, and the other parameters on the write FIFO command*/ + while(uicounter < NbParams) + { + if(uicounter == 0x00) + { + DSIx->GPDR=(Param1 | \ + ((uint32_t)(*(ParametersTable+uicounter))<<8) | \ + ((uint32_t)(*(ParametersTable+uicounter+1))<<16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(*(ParametersTable+uicounter+2))<<24)); + uicounter += 3; + } + else + { + DSIx->GPDR=((*(ParametersTable+uicounter)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(*(ParametersTable+uicounter+1))<<8) | \ + ((uint32_t)(*(ParametersTable+uicounter+2))<<16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(*(ParametersTable+uicounter+3))<<24)); + uicounter+=4; + } + } + + /* Configure the packet to send a long DCS command */ + DSI_ConfigPacketHeader(DSIx, + ChannelID, + Mode, + ((NbParams+1)&0x00FF), + (((NbParams+1)&0xFF00)>>8)); +} + +/** + * @brief Read command (DCS or generic) + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param ChannelNbr: Virtual channel ID + * @param Array: pointer to a buffer to store the payload of a read back operation. + * @param Size: Data size to be read (in byte). + * @param Mode: DSI read packet data type. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_SHORT_READ_PKT_Data_Type. + * @param DCSCmd: DCS get/read command. + * @param ParametersTable: Pointer to parameter values table. + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_Read(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, + uint32_t ChannelNbr, + uint8_t* Array, + uint32_t Size, + uint32_t Mode, + uint32_t DCSCmd, + uint8_t* ParametersTable) +{ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_READ_PACKET_TYPE(Mode)); + + if(Size > 2) + { + /* set max return packet size */ + DSI_ShortWrite(DSIx, ChannelNbr, DSI_MAX_RETURN_PKT_SIZE, ((Size)&0xFF), (((Size)>>8)&0xFF)); + } + + /* Configure the packet to read command */ + if (Mode == DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_READ) + { + DSI_ConfigPacketHeader(DSIx, ChannelNbr, Mode, DCSCmd, 0); + } + else if (Mode == DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P0) + { + DSI_ConfigPacketHeader(DSIx, ChannelNbr, Mode, 0, 0); + } + else if (Mode == DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P1) + { + DSI_ConfigPacketHeader(DSIx, ChannelNbr, Mode, ParametersTable[0], 0); + } + else /* DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P2 */ + { + DSI_ConfigPacketHeader(DSIx, ChannelNbr, Mode, ParametersTable[0], ParametersTable[1]); + } + + /* Check that the payload read FIFO is not empty */ + while((DSIx->GPSR & DSI_GPSR_PRDFE) == DSI_GPSR_PRDFE) + {} + + /* Get the first byte */ + *((uint32_t *)Array) = (DSIx->GPDR); + if (Size > 4) + { + Size -= 4; + Array += 4; + } + + /* Get the remaining bytes if any */ + while(((int)(Size)) > 0) + { + if((DSIx->GPSR & DSI_GPSR_PRDFE) == 0) + { + *((uint32_t *)Array) = (DSIx->GPDR); + Size -= 4; + Array += 4; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generic DSI packet header configuration + * @param DSIx: Pointer to DSI register base + * @param ChannelID: Virtual channel ID of the header packet + * @param DataType: Packet data type of the header packet + * This parameter can be any value of : + * @ref DSI_SHORT_WRITE_PKT_Data_Type + * or @ref DSI_LONG_WRITE_PKT_Data_Type + * or @ref DSI_SHORT_READ_PKT_Data_Type + * or DSI_MAX_RETURN_PKT_SIZE + * @param Data0: Word count LSB + * @param Data1: Word count MSB + * @retval None + */ +static void DSI_ConfigPacketHeader(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, + uint32_t ChannelID, + uint32_t DataType, + uint32_t Data0, + uint32_t Data1) +{ + /* Update the DSI packet header with new information */ + DSIx->GHCR = (DataType | (ChannelID<<6) | (Data0<<8) | (Data1<<16)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Group3 Low Power functions + * @brief DSI Low Power management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DSI Low Power functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enter the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL running + * (only data lanes are in ULPM) + * @param DSIx: Pointer to DSI register base + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_EnterULPMData(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx) +{ + /* ULPS Request on Data Lanes */ + DSIx->PUCR |= DSI_PUCR_URDL; + + + /* Wait until the D-PHY active lanes enter into ULPM */ + if((DSIx->PCONFR & DSI_PCONFR_NL) == DSI_ONE_DATA_LANE) + { + while((DSIx->PSR & DSI_PSR_UAN0) != 0) + {} + } + else /* DSI_TWO_DATA_LANES */ + { + while((DSIx->PSR & (DSI_PSR_UAN0 | DSI_PSR_UAN1)) != 0) + {} + } +} + +/** + * @brief Exit the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL running + * (only data lanes are in ULPM) + * @param DSIx: Pointer to DSI register base + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ExitULPMData(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx) +{ + /* Exit ULPS on Data Lanes */ + DSIx->PUCR |= DSI_PUCR_UEDL; + + /* Wait until all active lanes exit ULPM */ + if((DSIx->PCONFR & DSI_PCONFR_NL) == DSI_ONE_DATA_LANE) + { + while((DSIx->PSR & DSI_PSR_UAN0) != DSI_PSR_UAN0) + {} + } + else /* DSI_TWO_DATA_LANES */ + { + while((DSIx->PSR & (DSI_PSR_UAN0 | DSI_PSR_UAN1)) != (DSI_PSR_UAN0 | DSI_PSR_UAN1)) + {} + } + + /* De-assert the ULPM requests and the ULPM exit bits */ + DSIx->PUCR = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Enter the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL turned off + * (both data and clock lanes are in ULPM) + * @param DSIx: Pointer to DSI register base + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_EnterULPM(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx) +{ + /* Clock lane configuration: no more HS request */ + DSIx->CLCR &= ~DSI_CLCR_DPCC; + + /* Use system PLL as byte lane clock source before stopping DSIPHY clock source */ + RCC_DSIClockSourceConfig(RCC_DSICLKSource_PLLR); + + /* ULPS Request on Clock and Data Lanes */ + DSIx->PUCR |= (DSI_PUCR_URCL | DSI_PUCR_URDL); + + /* Wait until all active lanes exit ULPM */ + if((DSIx->PCONFR & DSI_PCONFR_NL) == DSI_ONE_DATA_LANE) + { + while((DSIx->PSR & (DSI_PSR_UAN0 | DSI_PSR_UANC)) != 0) + {} + } + else /* DSI_TWO_DATA_LANES */ + { + while((DSIx->PSR & (DSI_PSR_UAN0 | DSI_PSR_UAN1 | DSI_PSR_UANC)) != 0) + {} + } + + /* Turn off the DSI PLL */ + DSIx->WRPCR &= ~DSI_WRPCR_PLLEN; +} + +/** + * @brief Exit the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL turned off + * (both data and clock lanes are in ULPM) + * @param DSIx: Pointer to DSI register base + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ExitULPM(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx) +{ + /* Turn on the DSI PLL */ + DSIx->WRPCR |= DSI_WRPCR_PLLEN; + + /* Wait for the lock of the PLL */ + while(DSI_GetFlagStatus(DSIx, DSI_FLAG_PLLLS) == RESET) + {} + + /* Exit ULPS on Clock and Data Lanes */ + DSIx->PUCR |= (DSI_PUCR_UECL | DSI_PUCR_UEDL); + + /* Wait until all active lanes exit ULPM */ + if((DSIx->PCONFR & DSI_PCONFR_NL) == DSI_ONE_DATA_LANE) + { + while((DSIx->PSR & (DSI_PSR_UAN0 | DSI_PSR_UANC)) != (DSI_PSR_UAN0 | DSI_PSR_UANC)) + {} + } + else /* DSI_TWO_DATA_LANES */ + { + while((DSIx->PSR & (DSI_PSR_UAN0 | DSI_PSR_UAN1 | DSI_PSR_UANC)) != (DSI_PSR_UAN0 | DSI_PSR_UAN1 | DSI_PSR_UANC)) + {} + } + + /* De-assert the ULPM requests and the ULPM exit bits */ + DSIx->PUCR = 0; + + /* Switch the lanbyteclock source in the RCC from system PLL to D-PHY */ + RCC_DSIClockSourceConfig(RCC_DSICLKSource_PHY); + + /* Restore clock lane configuration to HS */ + DSIx->CLCR |= DSI_CLCR_DPCC; +} + +/** + * @brief Start test pattern generation + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param Mode: Pattern generator mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * 0 : Color bars (horizontal or vertical) + * 1 : BER pattern (vertical only) + * @param Orientation: Pattern generator orientation + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * 0 : Vertical color bars + * 1 : Horizontal color bars + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_PatternGeneratorStart(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Orientation) +{ + + /* Configure pattern generator mode and orientation */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~(DSI_VMCR_PGM | DSI_VMCR_PGO); + DSIx->VMCR |= ((Mode<<20) | (Orientation<<24)); + + /* Enable pattern generator by setting PGE bit */ + DSIx->VMCR |= DSI_VMCR_PGE; + +} + +/** + * @brief Stop test pattern generation + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_PatternGeneratorStop(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx) +{ + /* Disable pattern generator by clearing PGE bit */ + DSIx->VMCR &= ~DSI_VMCR_PGE; +} + +/** + * @brief Set Slew-Rate And Delay Tuning + * @param DSIx: Pointer to DSI register base + * @param CommDelay: Communication delay to be adjusted. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Communication_Delay + * @param Lane: select between clock or data lanes. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Lane_Group + * @param Value: Custom value of the slew-rate or delay + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t CommDelay, uint32_t Lane, uint32_t Value) +{ + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_COMMUNICATION_DELAY(CommDelay)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LANE_GROUP(Lane)); + + switch(CommDelay) + { + case DSI_SLEW_RATE_HSTX: + if(Lane == DSI_CLOCK_LANE) + { + /* High-Speed Transmission Slew Rate Control on Clock Lane */ + DSIx->WPCR[1] &= ~DSI_WPCR1_HSTXSRCCL; + DSIx->WPCR[1] |= Value<<16; + } + else /* DSI_DATA_LANES */ + { + /* High-Speed Transmission Slew Rate Control on Data Lanes */ + DSIx->WPCR[1] &= ~DSI_WPCR1_HSTXSRCDL; + DSIx->WPCR[1] |= Value<<18; + } + break; + case DSI_SLEW_RATE_LPTX: + if(Lane == DSI_CLOCK_LANE) + { + /* Low-Power transmission Slew Rate Compensation on Clock Lane */ + DSIx->WPCR[1] &= ~DSI_WPCR1_LPSRCCL; + DSIx->WPCR[1] |= Value<<6; + } + else /* DSI_DATA_LANES */ + { + /* Low-Power transmission Slew Rate Compensation on Data Lanes */ + DSIx->WPCR[1] &= ~DSI_WPCR1_LPSRCDL; + DSIx->WPCR[1] |= Value<<8; + } + break; + case DSI_HS_DELAY: + if(Lane == DSI_CLOCK_LANE) + { + /* High-Speed Transmission Delay on Clock Lane */ + DSIx->WPCR[1] &= ~DSI_WPCR1_HSTXDCL; + DSIx->WPCR[1] |= Value; + } + else /* DSI_DATA_LANES */ + { + /* High-Speed Transmission Delay on Data Lanes */ + DSIx->WPCR[1] &= ~DSI_WPCR1_HSTXDDL; + DSIx->WPCR[1] |= Value<<2; + } + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Low-Power Reception Filter Tuning + * @param DSIx: Pointer to DSI register base + * @param Frequency: cutoff frequency of low-pass filter at the input of LPRX + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_SetLowPowerRXFilter(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t Frequency) +{ + /* Low-Power RX low-pass Filtering Tuning */ + DSIx->WPCR[1] &= ~DSI_WPCR1_LPRXFT; + DSIx->WPCR[1] |= Frequency<<25; +} + +/** + * @brief Activate an additional current path on all lanes to meet the SDDTx parameter + * defined in the MIPI D-PHY specification + * @param hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the DSI. + * @param State: ENABLE or DISABLE + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_SetSDD(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, FunctionalState State) +{ + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(State)); + + /* Activate/Disactivate additional current path on all lanes */ + DSIx->WPCR[1] &= ~DSI_WPCR1_SDDC; + DSIx->WPCR[1] |= ((uint32_t)State<<12); +} + +/** + * @brief Custom lane pins configuration + * @param DSIx: Pointer to DSI register base + * @param CustomLane: Function to be applyed on selected lane. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_CustomLane + * @param Lane: select between clock or data lane 0 or data lane 1. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Lane_Select + * @param State: ENABLE or DISABLE + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_SetLanePinsConfiguration(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t CustomLane, uint32_t Lane, FunctionalState State) +{ + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_CUSTOM_LANE(CustomLane)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_LANE(Lane)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(State)); + + switch(CustomLane) + { + case DSI_SWAP_LANE_PINS: + if(Lane == DSI_CLOCK_LANE) + { + /* Swap pins on clock lane */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_SWCL; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<6); + } + else if(Lane == DSI_DATA_LANE0) + { + /* Swap pins on data lane 0 */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_SWDL0; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<7); + } + else /* DSI_DATA_LANE1 */ + { + /* Swap pins on data lane 1 */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_SWDL1; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<8); + } + break; + case DSI_INVERT_HS_SIGNAL: + if(Lane == DSI_CLOCK_LANE) + { + /* Invert HS signal on clock lane */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_HSICL; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<9); + } + else if(Lane == DSI_DATA_LANE0) + { + /* Invert HS signal on data lane 0 */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_HSIDL0; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<10); + } + else /* DSI_DATA_LANE1 */ + { + /* Invert HS signal on data lane 1 */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_HSIDL1; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<11); + } + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Set custom timing for the PHY + * @param DSIx: Pointer to DSI register base + * @param Timing: PHY timing to be adjusted. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_PHY_Timing + * @param State: ENABLE or DISABLE + * @param Value: Custom value of the timing + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_SetPHYTimings(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t Timing, FunctionalState State, uint32_t Value) +{ + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_PHY_TIMING(Timing)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(State)); + + switch(Timing) + { + case DSI_TCLK_POST: + /* Enable/Disable custom timing setting */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_TCLKPOSTEN; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<27); + + if(State) + { + /* Set custom value */ + DSIx->WPCR[4] &= ~DSI_WPCR4_TCLKPOST; + DSIx->WPCR[4] |= Value; + } + + break; + case DSI_TLPX_CLK: + /* Enable/Disable custom timing setting */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_TLPXCEN; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<26); + + if(State) + { + /* Set custom value */ + DSIx->WPCR[3] &= ~DSI_WPCR3_TLPXC; + DSIx->WPCR[3] |= Value; + } + + break; + case DSI_THS_EXIT: + /* Enable/Disable custom timing setting */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_THSEXITEN; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<25); + + if(State) + { + /* Set custom value */ + DSIx->WPCR[3] &= ~DSI_WPCR3_THSEXIT; + DSIx->WPCR[3] |= Value; + } + + break; + case DSI_TLPX_DATA: + /* Enable/Disable custom timing setting */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_TLPXDEN; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<24); + + if(State) + { + /* Set custom value */ + DSIx->WPCR[3] &= ~DSI_WPCR3_TLPXD; + DSIx->WPCR[3] |= Value; + } + + break; + case DSI_THS_ZERO: + /* Enable/Disable custom timing setting */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_THSZEROEN; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<23); + + if(State) + { + /* Set custom value */ + DSIx->WPCR[3] &= ~DSI_WPCR3_THSZERO; + DSIx->WPCR[3] |= Value; + } + + break; + case DSI_THS_TRAIL: + /* Enable/Disable custom timing setting */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_THSTRAILEN; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<22); + + if(State) + { + /* Set custom value */ + DSIx->WPCR[2] &= ~DSI_WPCR2_THSTRAIL; + DSIx->WPCR[2] |= Value; + } + + break; + case DSI_THS_PREPARE: + /* Enable/Disable custom timing setting */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_THSPREPEN; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<21); + + if(State) + { + /* Set custom value */ + DSIx->WPCR[2] &= ~DSI_WPCR2_THSPREP; + DSIx->WPCR[2] |= Value; + } + + break; + case DSI_TCLK_ZERO: + /* Enable/Disable custom timing setting */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_TCLKZEROEN; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<20); + + if(State) + { + /* Set custom value */ + DSIx->WPCR[2] &= ~DSI_WPCR2_TCLKZERO; + DSIx->WPCR[2] |= Value; + } + + break; + case DSI_TCLK_PREPARE: + /* Enable/Disable custom timing setting */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_TCLKPREPEN; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<19); + + if(State) + { + /* Set custom value */ + DSIx->WPCR[2] &= ~DSI_WPCR2_TCLKPREP; + DSIx->WPCR[2] |= Value; + } + + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Force the Clock/Data Lane in TX Stop Mode + * @param DSIx: Pointer to DSI register base + * @param Lane: select between clock or data lanes. + * This parameter can be any value of @ref DSI_Lane_Group + * @param State: ENABLE or DISABLE + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ForceTXStopMode(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t Lane, FunctionalState State) +{ + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_LANE_GROUP(Lane)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(State)); + + if(Lane == DSI_CLOCK_LANE) + { + /* Force/Unforce the Clock Lane in TX Stop Mode */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_FTXSMCL; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<12); + } + else /* DSI_DATA_LANES */ + { + /* Force/Unforce the Data Lanes in TX Stop Mode */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_FTXSMDL; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<13); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces LP Receiver in Low-Power Mode + * @param hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the DSI. + * @param State: ENABLE or DISABLE + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ForceRXLowPower(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, FunctionalState State) +{ + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(State)); + + /* Force/Unforce LP Receiver in Low-Power Mode */ + DSIx->WPCR[1] &= ~DSI_WPCR1_FLPRXLPM; + DSIx->WPCR[1] |= ((uint32_t)State<<22); +} + +/** + * @brief Force Data Lanes in RX Mode after a BTA + * @param hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the DSI. + * @param State: ENABLE or DISABLE + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ForceDataLanesInRX(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, FunctionalState State) +{ + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(State)); + + /* Force Data Lanes in RX Mode */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_TDDL; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<16); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable a pull-down on the lanes to prevent from floating states when unused + * @param hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the DSI. + * @param State: ENABLE or DISABLE + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_SetPullDown(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, FunctionalState State) +{ + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(State)); + + /* Enable/Disable pull-down on lanes */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_PDEN; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<18); +} + +/** + * @brief Switch off the contention detection on data lanes + * @param hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the DSI. + * @param State: ENABLE or DISABLE + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_SetContentionDetectionOff(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, FunctionalState State) +{ + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(State)); + + /* Contention Detection on Data Lanes OFF */ + DSIx->WPCR[0] &= ~DSI_WPCR0_CDOFFDL; + DSIx->WPCR[0] |= ((uint32_t)State<<14); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DSI_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the DSI Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== +[..] In Polling Mode, the DSI communication can be managed by 8 flags: + (#) DSI_FLAG_TE : Tearing Effect Interrupt Flag + (#) DSI_FLAG_ER : End of Refresh Interrupt Flag + (#) DSI_FLAG_BUSY : Busy Flag + (#) DSI_FLAG_PLLLS : PLL Lock Status + (#) DSI_FLAG_PLLL : PLL Lock Interrupt Flag + (#) DSI_FLAG_PLLU : PLL Unlock Interrupt Flag + (#) DSI_FLAG_RRS: Regulator Ready Status. + (#) DSI_FLAG_RR: Regulator Ready Interrupt Flag. + + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus DSI_GetFlagStatus(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_FLAG); + (+) void DSI_ClearFlag(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 3 interrupt sources + and 7 pending bits: + (+) Pending Bits: + (##) DSI_IT_TE : Tearing Effect Interrupt Flag + (##) DSI_IT_ER : End of Refresh Interrupt Flag + (##) DSI_IT_PLLL : PLL Lock Interrupt Flag + (##) DSI_IT_PLLU : PLL Unlock Interrupt Flag + (##) DSI_IT_RR: Regulator Ready Interrupt Flag. + + (+) Interrupt Source: + (##) DSI_IT_TE : Tearing Effect Interrupt Enable + (##) DSI_IT_ER : End of Refresh Interrupt Enable + (##) DSI_IT_PLLL : PLL Lock Interrupt Enable + (##) DSI_IT_PLLU : PLL Unlock Interrupt Enable + (##) DSI_IT_RR: Regulator Ready Interrupt Enable + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void DSI_ITConfig(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus DSI_GetITStatus(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_IT); + (+) void DSI_ClearITPendingBit(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DSI interrupts. + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param DSI_IT: specifies the DSI interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DSI_IT_TE : Tearing Effect Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_ER : End of Refresh Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_PLLL: PLL Lock Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_PLLU: PLL Unlock Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_RR : Regulator Ready Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DSI interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ITConfig(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_ALL_PERIPH(DSIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_IT(DSI_IT)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DSI interrupt */ + DSIx->WIER |= DSI_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DSI interrupt */ + DSIx->WIER &= ~DSI_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DSI flag is set or not. + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param DSI_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to be checked. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DSI_FLAG_TE : Tearing Effect Interrupt Flag + * @arg DSI_FLAG_ER : End of Refresh Interrupt Flag + * @arg DSI_FLAG_BUSY : Busy Flag + * @arg DSI_FLAG_PLLLS: PLL Lock Status + * @arg DSI_FLAG_PLLL : PLL Lock Interrupt Flag + * @arg DSI_FLAG_PLLU : PLL Unlock Interrupt Flag + * @arg DSI_FLAG_RRS : Regulator Ready Flag + * @arg DSI_FLAG_RR : Regulator Ready Interrupt Flag + * @retval The new state of DSI_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DSI_GetFlagStatus(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint16_t DSI_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_ALL_PERIPH(DSIx)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_GET_FLAG(DSI_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified DSI flag */ + if((DSIx->WISR & DSI_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DSI_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DSI_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DSI_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the specified DSI flag. + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param DSI_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to be cleared. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DSI_FLAG_TE : Tearing Effect Interrupt Flag + * @arg DSI_FLAG_ER : End of Refresh Interrupt Flag + * @arg DSI_FLAG_PLLL : PLL Lock Interrupt Flag + * @arg DSI_FLAG_PLLU : PLL Unlock Interrupt Flag + * @arg DSI_FLAG_RR : Regulator Ready Interrupt Flag + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ClearFlag(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint16_t DSI_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_ALL_PERIPH(DSIx)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_CLEAR_FLAG(DSI_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected DSI flag */ + DSIx->WIFCR = (uint32_t)DSI_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DSIx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param DSI_IT: specifies the DSI interrupt sources to be checked. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DSI_IT_TE : Tearing Effect Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_ER : End of Refresh Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_PLLL: PLL Lock Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_PLLU: PLL Unlock Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_RR : Regulator Ready Interrupt + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DSI_GetITStatus(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_ALL_PERIPH(DSIx)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_IT(DSI_IT)); + + /* Get the DSI_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (DSIx->WIER & DSI_IT); + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */ + if (((DSIx->WISR & DSI_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* DSI_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DSI_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the DSI_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DSIx interrupt pending bit. + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param DSI_IT: specifies the DSI interrupt sources to be cleared. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DSI_IT_TE : Tearing Effect Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_ER : End of Refresh Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_PLLL: PLL Lock Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_PLLU: PLL Unlock Interrupt + * @arg DSI_IT_RR : Regulator Ready Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ClearITPendingBit(DSI_TypeDef* DSIx, uint32_t DSI_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DSI_ALL_PERIPH(DSIx)); + assert_param(IS_DSI_IT(DSI_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected DSI interrupt pending bit */ + DSIx->WIFCR = (uint32_t)DSI_IT; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the error monitor flags + * @param DSIx: To select the DSIx peripheral, where x can be the different DSI instances + * @param ActiveErrors: indicates which error interrupts will be enabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of @ref DSI_Error_Data_Type. + * @retval None + */ +void DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor(DSI_TypeDef *DSIx, uint32_t ActiveErrors) +{ + DSIx->IER[0] = 0; + DSIx->IER[1] = 0; + + if((ActiveErrors & DSI_ERROR_ACK) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the interrupt generation on selected errors */ + DSIx->IER[0] |= DSI_ERROR_ACK_MASK; + } + + if((ActiveErrors & DSI_ERROR_PHY) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the interrupt generation on selected errors */ + DSIx->IER[0] |= DSI_ERROR_PHY_MASK; + } + + if((ActiveErrors & DSI_ERROR_TX) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the interrupt generation on selected errors */ + DSIx->IER[1] |= DSI_ERROR_TX_MASK; + } + + if((ActiveErrors & DSI_ERROR_RX) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the interrupt generation on selected errors */ + DSIx->IER[1] |= DSI_ERROR_RX_MASK; + } + + if((ActiveErrors & DSI_ERROR_ECC) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the interrupt generation on selected errors */ + DSIx->IER[1] |= DSI_ERROR_ECC_MASK; + } + + if((ActiveErrors & DSI_ERROR_CRC) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the interrupt generation on selected errors */ + DSIx->IER[1] |= DSI_ERROR_CRC_MASK; + } + + if((ActiveErrors & DSI_ERROR_PSE) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the interrupt generation on selected errors */ + DSIx->IER[1] |= DSI_ERROR_PSE_MASK; + } + + if((ActiveErrors & DSI_ERROR_EOT) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the interrupt generation on selected errors */ + DSIx->IER[1] |= DSI_ERROR_EOT_MASK; + } + + if((ActiveErrors & DSI_ERROR_OVF) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the interrupt generation on selected errors */ + DSIx->IER[1] |= DSI_ERROR_OVF_MASK; + } + + if((ActiveErrors & DSI_ERROR_GEN) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the interrupt generation on selected errors */ + DSIx->IER[1] |= DSI_ERROR_GEN_MASK; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_exti.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_exti.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index a2f3a3bbd6..f59e5af382 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_exti.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_exti.c @@ -1,311 +1,304 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_exti.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the EXTI peripheral: - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Interrupts and flags management - * -@verbatim - - =============================================================================== - ##### EXTI features ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] External interrupt/event lines are mapped as following: - (#) All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external - interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. - (#) EXTI line 16 is connected to the PVD Output - (#) EXTI line 17 is connected to the RTC Alarm event - (#) EXTI line 18 is connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event - (#) EXTI line 19 is connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event - (#) EXTI line 20 is connected to the USB OTG HS (configured in FS) Wakeup event - (#) EXTI line 21 is connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events - (#) EXTI line 22 is connected to the RTC Wakeup event - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] In order to use an I/O pin as an external interrupt source, follow steps - below: - (#) Configure the I/O in input mode using GPIO_Init() - (#) Select the input source pin for the EXTI line using SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig() - (#) Select the mode(interrupt, event) and configure the trigger - selection (Rising, falling or both) using EXTI_Init() - (#) Configure NVIC IRQ channel mapped to the EXTI line using NVIC_Init() - - [..] - (@) SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG_EXTICRx - registers using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); - -@endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_exti.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup EXTI - * @brief EXTI driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup EXTI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void EXTI_DeInit(void) -{ - EXTI->IMR = 0x00000000; - EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000; - EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000; - EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000; - EXTI->PR = 0x007FFFFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct. - * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger)); - assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd)); - - tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; - - if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE) - { - /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ - EXTI->IMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - EXTI->EMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - - tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode; - - *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - - /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ - EXTI->RTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - EXTI->FTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - - /* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */ - if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling) - { - /* Rising Falling edge */ - EXTI->RTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - EXTI->FTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - } - else - { - tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; - tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger; - - *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - } - } - else - { - tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode; - - /* Disable the selected external lines */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value. - * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) -{ - EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE; - EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt; - EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling; - EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line. - * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line on which the software interrupt - * will be generated. - * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22) - * @retval None - */ -void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); - - EXTI->SWIER |= EXTI_Line; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup EXTI_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not. - * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check. - * This parameter can be EXTI_Linex where x can be(0..22) - * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); - - if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags. - * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22) - * @retval None - */ -void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); - - EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not. - * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check. - * This parameter can be EXTI_Linex where x can be(0..22) - * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); - - if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; - -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits. - * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22) - * @retval None - */ -void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); - - EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_exti.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the EXTI peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * +@verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### EXTI features ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] External interrupt/event lines are mapped as following: + (#) All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external + interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + (#) EXTI line 16 is connected to the PVD Output + (#) EXTI line 17 is connected to the RTC Alarm event + (#) EXTI line 18 is connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event + (#) EXTI line 19 is connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 20 is connected to the USB OTG HS (configured in FS) Wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 21 is connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events + (#) EXTI line 22 is connected to the RTC Wakeup event + (#) EXTI line 23 is connected to the LPTIM Wakeup event + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] In order to use an I/O pin as an external interrupt source, follow steps + below: + (#) Configure the I/O in input mode using GPIO_Init() + (#) Select the input source pin for the EXTI line using SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig() + (#) Select the mode(interrupt, event) and configure the trigger + selection (Rising, falling or both) using EXTI_Init() + (#) Configure NVIC IRQ channel mapped to the EXTI line using NVIC_Init() + + [..] + (@) SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG_EXTICRx + registers using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + +@endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_exti.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI + * @brief EXTI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_DeInit(void) +{ + EXTI->IMR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->PR = 0x007FFFFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + EXTI->IMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->EMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode; + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + EXTI->RTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->FTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + /* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */ + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling) + { + /* Rising Falling edge */ + EXTI->RTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->FTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } + else + { + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger; + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } + } + else + { + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode; + + /* Disable the selected external lines */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line on which the software interrupt + * will be generated. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22) + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->SWIER |= EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check. + * This parameter can be EXTI_Linex where x can be(0..22) + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22) + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check. + * This parameter can be EXTI_Linex where x can be(0..22) + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; + +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22) + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 06cb22a80b..6d05f00df7 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash.c @@ -1,1612 +1,1611 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_flash.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral: - * + FLASH Interface configuration - * + FLASH Memory Programming - * + Option Bytes Programming - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory - of all STM32F4xx devices. These functions are split in 4 groups: - - (#) FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes the - management of the following features: - (++) Set the latency - (++) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer - (++) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache - (++) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache - - (#) FLASH Memory Programming functions: this group includes all needed - functions to erase and program the main memory: - (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface - (++) Erase function: Erase sector, erase all sectors - (++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word - - (#) Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed - functions to manage the Option Bytes: - (++) Set/Reset the write protection - (++) Set the Read protection Level - (++) Set the BOR level - (++) Program the user Option Bytes - (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader - - (#) Interrupts and flags management functions: this group - includes all needed functions to: - (++) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupt sources - (++) Get flags status - (++) Clear flags - (++) Get FLASH operation status - (++) Wait for last FLASH operation - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_flash.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH - * @brief FLASH driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define SECTOR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Group1 FLASH Interface configuration functions - * @brief FLASH Interface configuration functions - * - -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### FLASH Interface configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This group includes the following functions: - (+) void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency) - To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) - must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock - (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. - [..] - For STM32F405xx/07xx and STM32F415xx/17xx devices - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | - | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| - | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | - | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |66 < HCLK <= 88 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |4WS(5CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 150|96 < HCLK <= 120|88 < HCLK <= 110 |80 < HCLK <= 100 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |5WS(6CPU cycle)|150< HCLK <= 168|120< HCLK <= 144|110 < HCLK <= 132|100 < HCLK <= 120| - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA |144< HCLK <= 168|132 < HCLK <= 154|120 < HCLK <= 140| - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA | NA |154 < HCLK <= 168|140 < HCLK <= 160| - +---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------+ - - [..] - For STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | - | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| - | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | - | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |66 < HCLK <= 88 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |4WS(5CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 150|96 < HCLK <= 120|88 < HCLK <= 110 |80 < HCLK <= 100 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |5WS(6CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 180|120< HCLK <= 144|110 < HCLK <= 132|100 < HCLK <= 120| - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA |144< HCLK <= 168|132 < HCLK <= 154|120 < HCLK <= 140| - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA |168< HCLK <= 180|154 < HCLK <= 176|140 < HCLK <= 160| - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |8WS(9CPU cycle)| NA | NA |176 < HCLK <= 180|160 < HCLK <= 168| - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - [..] - For STM32F401x devices - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | - | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| - | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | - | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 84 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |3WS(4CPU cycle)| NA |72 < HCLK <= 84 |66 < HCLK <= 84 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |4WS(5CPU cycle)| NA | NA | NA |80 < HCLK <= 84 | - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - [..] - For STM32F411xE devices - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | - | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| - | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | - | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 18 |0 < HCLK <= 16 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 64 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |18 < HCLK <= 36 |16 < HCLK <= 32 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |2WS(3CPU cycle)|64 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |36 < HCLK <= 54 |32 < HCLK <= 48 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 100|72 < HCLK <= 96 |54 < HCLK <= 72 |48 < HCLK <= 64 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |4WS(5CPU cycle)| NA |96 < HCLK <= 100|72 < HCLK <= 90 |64 < HCLK <= 80 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |5WS(6CPU cycle)| NA | NA |90 < HCLK <= 100 |80 < HCLK <= 96 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA | NA | NA |96 < HCLK <= 100 | - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - [..] - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range 2.7 V - 3.6 V | - | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | with External Vpp = 9V | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------------------| - |Max Parallelism| x32 | x16 | x8 | x64 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------------------| - |PSIZE[1:0] | 10 | 01 | 00 | 11 | - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - -@- On STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices: - (++) when VOS = '0' Scale 2 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK = 144MHz. - (++) when VOS = '1' Scale 1 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK = 168MHz. - [..] - On STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices: - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01' Scale 3 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 120MHz. - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10' Scale 2 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 144MHz if OverDrive OFF and 168MHz if OverDrive ON. - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x11' Scale 1 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 168MHz if OverDrive OFF and 180MHz if OverDrive ON. - [..] - On STM32F401x devices: - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01' Scale 3 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 60MHz. - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10' Scale 2 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 84MHz. - [..] - On STM32F411xE devices: - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01' Scale 3 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 64MHz. - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10' Scale 2 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 84MHz. - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x11' Scale 1 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 100MHz. - - For more details please refer product DataSheet - You can use PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() function to control VOS bits. - - (+) void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) - (+) void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) - (+) void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) - (+) void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void) - (+) void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void) - - [..] - The unlock sequence is not needed for these functions. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sets the code latency value. - * @param FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle - * @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle - * @arg FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_3: FLASH Three Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_4: FLASH Four Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_5: FLASH Five Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_6: FLASH Six Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_7: FLASH Seven Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_8: FLASH Eight Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_9: FLASH Nine Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_10: FLASH Teen Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_11: FLASH Eleven Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_12: FLASH Twelve Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_13: FLASH Thirteen Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_14: FLASH Fourteen Latency cycles - * @arg FLASH_Latency_15: FLASH Fifteen Latency cycles - * - * @note For STM32F405xx/407xx, STM32F415xx/417xx and STM32F401xx/411xE devices this parameter - * can be a value between FLASH_Latency_0 and FLASH_Latency_7. - * - * @note For STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices this parameter can be a value between - * FLASH_Latency_0 and FLASH_Latency_15. - * - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency)); - - /* Perform Byte access to FLASH_ACR[8:0] to set the Latency value */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)FLASH_Latency; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer. - * @param NewState: new state of the Prefetch Buffer. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Enable or disable the Prefetch Buffer */ - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN; - } - else - { - FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Instruction Cache feature. - * @param NewState: new state of the Instruction Cache. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICEN; - } - else - { - FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_ICEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Data Cache feature. - * @param NewState: new state of the Data Cache. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCEN; - } - else - { - FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_DCEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Resets the Instruction Cache. - * @note This function must be used only when the Instruction Cache is disabled. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void) -{ - FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICRST; -} - -/** - * @brief Resets the Data Cache. - * @note This function must be used only when the Data Cache is disabled. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void) -{ - FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCRST; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Group2 FLASH Memory Programming functions - * @brief FLASH Memory Programming functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### FLASH Memory Programming functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This group includes the following functions: - (+) void FLASH_Unlock(void) - (+) void FLASH_Lock(void) - (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange) - (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) - (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) - (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) - (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) - (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) - The following functions can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) - (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) - [..] - Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: - (#) Call the FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH control register access - - (#) Call the desired function to erase sector(s) or program data - - (#) Call the FLASH_Lock() function to disable the FLASH control register access - (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Unlocks the FLASH control register access - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_Unlock(void) -{ - if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET) - { - /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ - FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1; - FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_Lock(void) -{ - /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK; -} - -/** - * @brief Erases a specified FLASH Sector. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param FLASH_Sector: The Sector number to be erased. - * - * @note For STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices this parameter can - * be a value between FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_11. - * - * For STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices this parameter can be a value between - * FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_23. - * - * For STM32F401xx devices this parameter can be a value between - * FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_5. - * - * For STM32F411xE devices this parameter can be a value between - * FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_7. - * - * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, - * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, - * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, - * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, - * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) - * - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange) -{ - uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0; - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(FLASH_Sector)); - assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); - - if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; - } - else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; - } - else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; - } - else - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; - } - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the sector */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; - FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_SER | FLASH_Sector; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER); - FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; - } - /* Return the Erase Status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Erases all FLASH Sectors. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, - * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, - * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, - * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, - * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) - * - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) -{ - uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0; - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); - - if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; - } - else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; - } - else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; - } - else - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; - } - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */ -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; - FLASH->CR |= (FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2); - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= ~(FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2); -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_MER); -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ - - } - /* Return the Erase Status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Erases all FLASH Sectors in Bank 1. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, - * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, - * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, - * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, - * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) - * - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) -{ - uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0; - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); - - if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; - } - else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; - } - else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; - } - else - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; - } - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER1; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_MER1); - - } - /* Return the Erase Status */ - return status; -} - - -/** - * @brief Erases all FLASH Sectors in Bank 2. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, - * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, - * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, - * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) - * @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, - * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) - * - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) -{ - uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0; - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); - - if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; - } - else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; - } - else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3) - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; - } - else - { - tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; - } - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER2; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_MER2); - - } - /* Return the Erase Status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Programs a double word (64-bit) at a specified address. - * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from - * 2.7V to 3.6V and an External Vpp is present. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; - - *(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); - } - /* Return the Program Status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Programs a word (32-bit) at a specified address. - * - * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from 2.7V to 3.6V. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; - - *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); - } - /* Return the Program Status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Programs a half word (16-bit) at a specified address. - * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from 2.1V to 3.6V. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; - - *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); - } - /* Return the Program Status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Programs a byte (8-bit) at a specified address. - * @note This function can be used within all the device supply voltage ranges. - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; - - *(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); - } - - /* Return the Program Status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Group3 Option Bytes Programming functions - * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This group includes the following functions: - (+) void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) - (+) void FLASH_OB_Lock(void) - (+) void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) - (+) void FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) - (+) void FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(uint8_t OB_PCROPSelect) - (+) void FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState) - (+) void FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState) - (+) void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) - (+) void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) - (+) void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) - (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOTP(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) - (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void) - (+) uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) - (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) - (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void) - (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(void) - (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP1(void) - (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) - (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void) - [..] - The following function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - (+) void FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT) - [..] - Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: - (#) Call the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH option control - register access - - (#) Call one or several functions to program the desired Option Bytes: - (++) void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) - => to Enable/Disable the desired sector write protection - (++) void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) => to set the desired read - Protection Level - (++) void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) - => to configure the user Option Bytes. - (++) void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) => to set the BOR Level - - (#) Once all needed Option Bytes to be programmed are correctly written, - call the FLASH_OB_Launch() function to launch the Option Bytes - programming process. - - -@- When changing the IWDG mode from HW to SW or from SW to HW, a system - reset is needed to make the change effective. - - (#) Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() function to disable the FLASH option control - register access (recommended to protect the Option Bytes against - possible unwanted operations) - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Unlocks the FLASH Option Control Registers access. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) -{ - if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET) - { - /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */ - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1; - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Locks the FLASH Option Control Registers access. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_Lock(void) -{ - /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */ - FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the write protection of the desired sectors, for the first - * 1 Mb of the Flash - * - * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), - * it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4 - * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 - * @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1). - * - * @param OB_WRP: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected or unprotected. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_WRP: A value between OB_WRP_Sector0 and OB_WRP_Sector11 - * @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All - * @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_WRP); - } - else - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_WRP; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the write protection of the desired sectors, for the second - * 1 Mb of the Flash - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @note When the memory read out protection is selected (RDP level = 1), - * it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4 - * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 - * @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1). - * - * @param OB_WRP: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected or unprotected. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_WRP: A value between OB_WRP_Sector12 and OB_WRP_Sector23 - * @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All - * @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_WRP); - } - else - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_WRP; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Select the Protection Mode (SPRMOD). - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx and STM32F401xx/411xE devices. - * - * @note After PCROP activation, Option Byte modification is not possible. - * Exception made for the global Read Out Protection modification level (level1 to level0) - * @note Once SPRMOD bit is active unprotection of a protected sector is not possible - * - * @note Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected sector will set WRPERR Flag - * - * @note Some Precautions should be taken when activating the PCROP feature : - * The active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active, this means if SPRMOD = 1 - * and WRPi = 1 (default value), then the user sector i is read/write protected. - * In order to avoid activation of PCROP Mode for undesired sectors, please follow the - * below safety sequence : - * - Disable PCROP for all Sectors using FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(OB_PCROP_Sector_All, DISABLE) function - * for Bank1 or FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(OB_PCROP_Sector_All, DISABLE) function for Bank2 - * - Enable PCROP for the desired Sector i using FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(Sector i, ENABLE) function - * - Activate the PCROP Mode FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig() function. - * - * @param OB_PCROP: Select the Protection Mode of nWPRi bits - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_PcROP_Disable: nWRPi control the write protection of respective user sectors. - * @arg OB_PcROP_Enable: nWRPi control the read&write protection (PCROP) of respective user sectors. - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(uint8_t OB_PcROP) -{ - uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP_SELECT(OB_PcROP)); - - /* Mask SPRMOD bit */ - optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x7F); - /* Update Option Byte */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)(OB_PcROP | optiontmp); - -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired - * sectors, for the first 1 MB of the Flash. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx and STM32F401xx/411xE devices. - * - * @param OB_PCROP: specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_Sector0 and OB_PCROP_Sector11 for - * STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices and between OB_PCROP_Sector0 and - * OB_PCROP_Sector5 for STM32F401xx/411xE devices. - * @arg OB_PCROP_Sector_All - * @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(OB_PCROP)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_PCROP; - } - else - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_PCROP); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired - * sectors - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @param OB_PCROP: specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_Sector12 and OB_PCROP_Sector23 - * @arg OB_PCROP_Sector_All - * @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(OB_PCROP)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_PCROP; - } - else - { - *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_PCROP); - } - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Sets the read protection level. - * @param OB_RDP: specifies the read protection level. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_RDP_Level_0: No protection - * @arg OB_RDP_Level_1: Read protection of the memory - * @arg OB_RDP_Level_2: Full chip protection - * - * /!\ Warning /!\ When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 - * - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_RDP(OB_RDP)); - - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - *(__IO uint8_t*)OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS = OB_RDP; - - } -} - -/** - * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. - * @param OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected - * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected - * @param OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP - * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP - * @param OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY - * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) -{ - uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG)); - assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP)); - assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) - /* Mask OPTLOCK, OPTSTRT, BOR_LEV and BFB2 bits */ - optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x1F); -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) - /* Mask OPTLOCK, OPTSTRT and BOR_LEV bits */ - optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x0F); -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ - - /* Update User Option Byte */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = OB_IWDG | (uint8_t)(OB_STDBY | (uint8_t)(OB_STOP | ((uint8_t)optiontmp))); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the Dual Bank Boot. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @param OB_BOOT: specifies the Dual Bank Boot Option byte. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_Dual_BootEnabled: Dual Bank Boot Enable - * @arg OB_Dual_BootDisabled: Dual Bank Boot Disabled - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT(OB_BOOT)); - - /* Set Dual Bank Boot */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS &= (~FLASH_OPTCR_BFB2); - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= OB_BOOT; - -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the BOR Level. - * @param OB_BOR: specifies the Option Bytes BOR Reset Level. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V - * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V - * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V - * @arg OB_BOR_OFF: Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_BOR(OB_BOR)); - - /* Set the BOR Level */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS &= (~FLASH_OPTCR_BOR_LEV); - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= OB_BOR; - -} - -/** - * @brief Launch the option byte loading. - * @param None - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */ - *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values. - * @param None - * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1) - * and RST_STDBY(Bit2). - */ -uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) -{ - /* Return the User Option Byte */ - return (uint8_t)(FLASH->OPTCR >> 5); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. - * @param None - * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value - */ -uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) -{ - /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ - return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @param None - * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value - */ -uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void) -{ - /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ - return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH PC Read/Write Protection Option Bytes value. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices and STM32F401xx/411xE devices. - * - * @param None - * @retval The FLASH PC Read/Write Protection Option Bytes value - */ -uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(void) -{ - /* Return the FLASH PC Read/write protection Register value */ - return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH PC Read/Write Protection Option Bytes value. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @param None - * @retval The FLASH PC Read/Write Protection Option Bytes value - */ -uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP1(void) -{ - /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ - return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level. - * @param None - * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status: - * - SET, when OB_RDP_Level_1 or OB_RDP_Level_2 is set - * - RESET, when OB_RDP_Level_0 is set - */ -FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) -{ - FlagStatus readstatus = RESET; - - if ((*(__IO uint8_t*)(OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS) != (uint8_t)OB_RDP_Level_0)) - { - readstatus = SET; - } - else - { - readstatus = RESET; - } - return readstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH BOR level. - * @param None - * @retval The FLASH BOR level: - * - OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V - * - OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V - * - OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V - * - OB_BOR_OFF : Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V - */ -uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void) -{ - /* Return the FLASH BOR level */ - return (uint8_t)(*(__IO uint8_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x0C); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts. - * @param FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: FLASH Error Interrupt - * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of operation Interrupt - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the interrupt sources */ - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the interrupt sources */ - FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not. - * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR: FLASH operation Error flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_RDERR: FLASH (PCROP) Read Protection error flag (STM32F42xx/43xxx and STM32F401xx/411xE devices) - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH Busy flag - * @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); - - if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the FLASH's pending flags. - * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR: FLASH operation Error flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag - * @arg FLASH_FLAG_RDERR: FLASH Read Protection error flag (STM32F42xx/43xxx and STM32F401xx/411xE devices) - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the flags */ - FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH Status. - * @param None - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_RD, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void) -{ - FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) - { - flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY; - } - else - { - if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != (uint32_t)0x00) - { - flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; - } - else - { - if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) != (uint32_t)0x00) - { - flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_RD; - } - else - { - if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)0xE0) != (uint32_t)0x00) - { - flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM; - } - else - { - if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != (uint32_t)0x00) - { - flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION; - } - else - { - flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; - } - } - } - } - } - /* Return the FLASH Status */ - return flashstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Waits for a FLASH operation to complete. - * @param None - * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, - * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. - */ -FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(void) -{ - __IO FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check for the FLASH Status */ - status = FLASH_GetStatus(); - - /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. - Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error - flag will be set */ - while(status == FLASH_BUSY) - { - status = FLASH_GetStatus(); - } - /* Return the operation status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral: + * + FLASH Interface configuration + * + FLASH Memory Programming + * + Option Bytes Programming + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory + of all STM32F4xx devices. These functions are split in 4 groups: + + (#) FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes the + management of the following features: + (++) Set the latency + (++) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer + (++) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache + (++) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache + + (#) FLASH Memory Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to erase and program the main memory: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface + (++) Erase function: Erase sector, erase all sectors + (++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word + + (#) Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to manage the Option Bytes: + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Set the Read protection Level + (++) Set the BOR level + (++) Program the user Option Bytes + (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader + + (#) Interrupts and flags management functions: this group + includes all needed functions to: + (++) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupt sources + (++) Get flags status + (++) Clear flags + (++) Get FLASH operation status + (++) Wait for last FLASH operation + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_flash.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH + * @brief FLASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define SECTOR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group1 FLASH Interface configuration functions + * @brief FLASH Interface configuration functions + * + +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Interface configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This group includes the following functions: + (+) void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency) + To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) + must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock + (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. + [..] + For STM32F405xx/07xx and STM32F415xx/17xx devices + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |66 < HCLK <= 88 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |4WS(5CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 150|96 < HCLK <= 120|88 < HCLK <= 110 |80 < HCLK <= 100 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |5WS(6CPU cycle)|150< HCLK <= 168|120< HCLK <= 144|110 < HCLK <= 132|100 < HCLK <= 120| + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA |144< HCLK <= 168|132 < HCLK <= 154|120 < HCLK <= 140| + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA | NA |154 < HCLK <= 168|140 < HCLK <= 160| + +---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------+ + + [..] + For STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |66 < HCLK <= 88 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |4WS(5CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 150|96 < HCLK <= 120|88 < HCLK <= 110 |80 < HCLK <= 100 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |5WS(6CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 180|120< HCLK <= 144|110 < HCLK <= 132|100 < HCLK <= 120| + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA |144< HCLK <= 168|132 < HCLK <= 154|120 < HCLK <= 140| + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA |168< HCLK <= 180|154 < HCLK <= 176|140 < HCLK <= 160| + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |8WS(9CPU cycle)| NA | NA |176 < HCLK <= 180|160 < HCLK <= 168| + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + [..] + For STM32F401x devices + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 84 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |3WS(4CPU cycle)| NA |72 < HCLK <= 84 |66 < HCLK <= 84 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |4WS(5CPU cycle)| NA | NA | NA |80 < HCLK <= 84 | + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + [..] + For STM32F410xx/STM32F411xE devices + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 18 |0 < HCLK <= 16 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 64 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |18 < HCLK <= 36 |16 < HCLK <= 32 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|64 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |36 < HCLK <= 54 |32 < HCLK <= 48 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 100|72 < HCLK <= 96 |54 < HCLK <= 72 |48 < HCLK <= 64 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |4WS(5CPU cycle)| NA |96 < HCLK <= 100|72 < HCLK <= 90 |64 < HCLK <= 80 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |5WS(6CPU cycle)| NA | NA |90 < HCLK <= 100 |80 < HCLK <= 96 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA | NA | NA |96 < HCLK <= 100 | + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + [..] + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range 2.7 V - 3.6 V | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | with External Vpp = 9V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------------------| + |Max Parallelism| x32 | x16 | x8 | x64 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------------------| + |PSIZE[1:0] | 10 | 01 | 00 | 11 | + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + -@- On STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices: + (++) when VOS = '0' Scale 2 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK = 144MHz. + (++) when VOS = '1' Scale 1 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK = 168MHz. + [..] + On STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices: + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01' Scale 3 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 120MHz. + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10' Scale 2 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 144MHz if OverDrive OFF and 168MHz if OverDrive ON. + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x11' Scale 1 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 168MHz if OverDrive OFF and 180MHz if OverDrive ON. + [..] + On STM32F401x devices: + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01' Scale 3 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 60MHz. + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10' Scale 2 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 84MHz. + [..] + On STM32F410xx/STM32F411xE devices: + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01' Scale 3 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 64MHz. + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10' Scale 2 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 84MHz. + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x11' Scale 1 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is 100MHz. + + For more details please refer product DataSheet + You can use PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() function to control VOS bits. + + (+) void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) + (+) void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) + (+) void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) + (+) void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void) + (+) void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void) + + [..] + The unlock sequence is not needed for these functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the code latency value. + * @param FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_3: FLASH Three Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_4: FLASH Four Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_5: FLASH Five Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_6: FLASH Six Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_7: FLASH Seven Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_8: FLASH Eight Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_9: FLASH Nine Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_10: FLASH Teen Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_11: FLASH Eleven Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_12: FLASH Twelve Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_13: FLASH Thirteen Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_14: FLASH Fourteen Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_15: FLASH Fifteen Latency cycles + * + * @note For STM32F405xx/407xx, STM32F415xx/417xx, STM32F401xx/411xE/STM32F412xG and STM32F413_423xx devices + * this parameter can be a value between FLASH_Latency_0 and FLASH_Latency_7. + * + * @note For STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices this parameter can be a value between + * FLASH_Latency_0 and FLASH_Latency_15. + * + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency)); + + /* Perform Byte access to FLASH_ACR[8:0] to set the Latency value */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)FLASH_Latency; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer. + * @param NewState: new state of the Prefetch Buffer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Enable or disable the Prefetch Buffer */ + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Instruction Cache feature. + * @param NewState: new state of the Instruction Cache. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICEN; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_ICEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Data Cache feature. + * @param NewState: new state of the Data Cache. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCEN; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_DCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Resets the Instruction Cache. + * @note This function must be used only when the Instruction Cache is disabled. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void) +{ + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICRST; +} + +/** + * @brief Resets the Data Cache. + * @note This function must be used only when the Data Cache is disabled. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void) +{ + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCRST; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group2 FLASH Memory Programming functions + * @brief FLASH Memory Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Memory Programming functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This group includes the following functions: + (+) void FLASH_Unlock(void) + (+) void FLASH_Lock(void) + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange) + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) + The following functions can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) + [..] + Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + (#) Call the FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH control register access + + (#) Call the desired function to erase sector(s) or program data + + (#) Call the FLASH_Lock() function to disable the FLASH control register access + (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the FLASH control register access + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases a specified FLASH Sector. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param FLASH_Sector: The Sector number to be erased. + * + * @note For STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices this parameter can + * be a value between FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_11. + * + * For STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices this parameter can be a value between + * FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_23. + * + * For STM32F401xx devices this parameter can be a value between + * FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_5. + * + * For STM32F411xE and STM32F412xG devices this parameter can be a value between + * FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_7. + * + * For STM32F410xx devices this parameter can be a value between + * FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_4. + * + * For STM32F413_423xx devices this parameter can be a value between + * FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_15. + * + * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, + * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, + * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, + * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, + * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) + * + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange) +{ + uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0; + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(FLASH_Sector)); + assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); + + if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; + } + else + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; + } + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the sector */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; + FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_SER | FLASH_Sector; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER); + FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; + } + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases all FLASH Sectors. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, + * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, + * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, + * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, + * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) + * + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) +{ + uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0; + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); + + if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; + } + else + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; + } + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */ +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; + FLASH->CR |= (FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2); + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= ~(FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2); +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_MER); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + + } + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases all FLASH Sectors in Bank 1. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, + * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, + * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, + * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, + * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) + * + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) +{ + uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0; + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); + + if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; + } + else + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; + } + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER1; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_MER1); + + } + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + + +/** + * @brief Erases all FLASH Sectors in Bank 2. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, + * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, + * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, + * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, + * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) + * + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Sectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) +{ + uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0; + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); + + if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; + } + else + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; + } + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER2; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_MER2); + + } + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a double word (64-bit) at a specified address. + * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from + * 2.7V to 3.6V and an External Vpp is present. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); + } + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a word (32-bit) at a specified address. + * + * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from 2.7V to 3.6V. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); + } + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word (16-bit) at a specified address. + * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from 2.1V to 3.6V. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); + } + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a byte (8-bit) at a specified address. + * @note This function can be used within all the device supply voltage ranges. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); + } + + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group3 Option Bytes Programming functions + * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This group includes the following functions: + (+) void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) + (+) void FLASH_OB_Lock(void) + (+) void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) + (+) void FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) + (+) void FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(uint8_t OB_PCROPSelect) + (+) void FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState) + (+) void FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState) + (+) void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) + (+) void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) + (+) void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOTP(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) + (+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void) + (+) uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) + (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) + (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void) + (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(void) + (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP1(void) + (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) + (+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void) + [..] + The following function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + (+) void FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT) + [..] + Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + (#) Call the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH option control + register access + + (#) Call one or several functions to program the desired Option Bytes: + (++) void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) + => to Enable/Disable the desired sector write protection + (++) void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) => to set the desired read + Protection Level + (++) void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) + => to configure the user Option Bytes. + (++) void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) => to set the BOR Level + + (#) Once all needed Option Bytes to be programmed are correctly written, + call the FLASH_OB_Launch() function to launch the Option Bytes + programming process. + + -@- When changing the IWDG mode from HW to SW or from SW to HW, a system + reset is needed to make the change effective. + + (#) Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() function to disable the FLASH option control + register access (recommended to protect the Option Bytes against + possible unwanted operations) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */ + FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the write protection of the desired sectors, for the first + * 1 Mb of the Flash + * + * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4 + * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 + * @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1). + * + * @param OB_WRP: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected or unprotected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_WRP: A value between OB_WRP_Sector0 and OB_WRP_Sector11 + * @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All + * @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_WRP); + } + else + { + *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_WRP; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the write protection of the desired sectors, for the second + * 1 Mb of the Flash + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * + * @note When the memory read out protection is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4 + * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 + * @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1). + * + * @param OB_WRP: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected or unprotected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_WRP: A value between OB_WRP_Sector12 and OB_WRP_Sector23 + * @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All + * @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_WRP); + } + else + { + *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_WRP; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Select the Protection Mode (SPRMOD). + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx and STM32F401xx/411xE devices. + * + * @note After PCROP activation, Option Byte modification is not possible. + * Exception made for the global Read Out Protection modification level (level1 to level0) + * @note Once SPRMOD bit is active unprotection of a protected sector is not possible + * + * @note Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected sector will set WRPERR Flag + * + * @note Some Precautions should be taken when activating the PCROP feature : + * The active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active, this means if SPRMOD = 1 + * and WRPi = 1 (default value), then the user sector i is read/write protected. + * In order to avoid activation of PCROP Mode for undesired sectors, please follow the + * below safety sequence : + * - Disable PCROP for all Sectors using FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(OB_PCROP_Sector_All, DISABLE) function + * for Bank1 or FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(OB_PCROP_Sector_All, DISABLE) function for Bank2 + * - Enable PCROP for the desired Sector i using FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(Sector i, ENABLE) function + * - Activate the PCROP Mode FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig() function. + * + * @param OB_PCROP: Select the Protection Mode of nWPRi bits + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_PcROP_Disable: nWRPi control the write protection of respective user sectors. + * @arg OB_PcROP_Enable: nWRPi control the read&write protection (PCROP) of respective user sectors. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_PCROPSelectionConfig(uint8_t OB_PcROP) +{ + uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP_SELECT(OB_PcROP)); + + /* Mask SPRMOD bit */ + optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x7F); + /* Update Option Byte */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)(OB_PcROP | optiontmp); + +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired + * sectors, for the first 1 MB of the Flash. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx , STM32F401xx/411xE + * STM32F412xG and STM32F413_423xx devices. + * + * @param OB_PCROP: specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_Sector0 and OB_PCROP_Sector11 for + * STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices and between OB_PCROP_Sector0 and + * OB_PCROP_Sector5 for STM32F401xx/411xE devices. + * @arg OB_PCROP_Sector_All + * @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(OB_PCROP)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_PCROP; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_PCROP); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired + * sectors + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * + * @param OB_PCROP: specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_Sector12 and OB_PCROP_Sector23 + * @arg OB_PCROP_Sector_All + * @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_PCROP1Config(uint32_t OB_PCROP, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(OB_PCROP)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_PCROP; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_PCROP); + } + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Sets the read protection level. + * @param OB_RDP: specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_0: No protection + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_1: Read protection of the memory + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_2: Full chip protection + * + * /!\ Warning /!\ When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 + * + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP(OB_RDP)); + + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + *(__IO uint8_t*)OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS = OB_RDP; + + } +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. + * @param OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected + * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected + * @param OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP + * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP + * @param OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) +{ + uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + /* Mask OPTLOCK, OPTSTRT, BOR_LEV and BFB2 bits */ + optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x1F); +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) + /* Mask OPTLOCK, OPTSTRT and BOR_LEV bits */ + optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x0F); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */ + + /* Update User Option Byte */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = OB_IWDG | (uint8_t)(OB_STDBY | (uint8_t)(OB_STOP | ((uint8_t)optiontmp))); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Dual Bank Boot. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * + * @param OB_BOOT: specifies the Dual Bank Boot Option byte. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_Dual_BootEnabled: Dual Bank Boot Enable + * @arg OB_Dual_BootDisabled: Dual Bank Boot Disabled + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t OB_BOOT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT(OB_BOOT)); + + /* Set Dual Bank Boot */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS &= (~FLASH_OPTCR_BFB2); + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= OB_BOOT; + +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the BOR Level. + * @param OB_BOR: specifies the Option Bytes BOR Reset Level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V + * @arg OB_BOR_OFF: Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOR(OB_BOR)); + + /* Set the BOR Level */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS &= (~FLASH_OPTCR_BOR_LEV); + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= OB_BOR; + +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1) + * and RST_STDBY(Bit2). + */ +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return (uint8_t)(FLASH->OPTCR >> 5); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH PC Read/Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices and STM32F401xx/411xE devices. + * + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH PC Read/Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH PC Read/write protection Register value */ + return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH PC Read/Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH PC Read/Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetPCROP1(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status: + * - SET, when OB_RDP_Level_1 or OB_RDP_Level_2 is set + * - RESET, when OB_RDP_Level_0 is set + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + FlagStatus readstatus = RESET; + + if ((*(__IO uint8_t*)(OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS) != (uint8_t)OB_RDP_Level_0)) + { + readstatus = SET; + } + else + { + readstatus = RESET; + } + return readstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH BOR level. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH BOR level: + * - OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V + * - OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V + * - OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V + * - OB_BOR_OFF : Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V + */ +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH BOR level */ + return (uint8_t)(*(__IO uint8_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x0C); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts. + * @param FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: FLASH Error Interrupt + * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of operation Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR: FLASH operation Error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_RDERR: FLASH (PCROP) Read Protection error flag (STM32F42xx/43xxx and STM32F401xx/411xE devices) + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH Busy flag + * @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FLASH's pending flags. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR: FLASH operation Error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_RDERR: FLASH Read Protection error flag (STM32F42xx/43xxx and STM32F401xx/411xE devices) + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Status. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_RD, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void) +{ + FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_RD; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)0xE0) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION; + } + else + { + flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + } + } + } + } + } + /* Return the FLASH Status */ + return flashstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for a FLASH operation to complete. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(void) +{ + __IO FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check for the FLASH Status */ + status = FLASH_GetStatus(); + + /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + while(status == FLASH_BUSY) + { + status = FLASH_GetStatus(); + } + /* Return the operation status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 9a73240f96..baa900561f --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.c @@ -1,158 +1,150 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief FLASH RAMFUNC module driver. - * This file provides a FLASH firmware functions which should be - * executed from internal SRAM - * + Stop/Start the flash interface while System Run - * + Enable/Disable the flash sleep while System Run - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### APIs executed from Internal RAM ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - *** ARM Compiler *** - -------------------- - [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. - Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate - source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change - the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM. - Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the - Options for Target' dialog. - - *** ICCARM Compiler *** - ----------------------- - [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc". - - *** GNU Compiler *** - -------------------- - [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute - "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))". - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH RAMFUNC - * @brief FLASH RAMFUNC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Group1 Peripheral features functions executed from internal RAM - * @brief Peripheral Extended features functions - * -@verbatim - - =============================================================================== - ##### ramfunc functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM - transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Start/Stop the flash interface while System Run - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices. - * @note This mode could n't be set while executing with the flash itself. - * It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM. - * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -__RAM_FUNC FLASH_FlashInterfaceCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Start the flash interface while System Run */ - CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR); - } - else - { - /* Stop the flash interface while System Run */ - SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enable/Disable the flash sleep while System Run - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices. - * @note This mode could n't be set while executing with the flash itself. - * It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM. - * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -__RAM_FUNC FLASH_FlashSleepModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the flash sleep while System Run */ - SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR); - } - else - { - /* Disable the flash sleep while System Run */ - CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief FLASH RAMFUNC module driver. + * This file provides a FLASH firmware functions which should be + * executed from internal SRAM + * + Stop/Start the flash interface while System Run + * + Enable/Disable the flash sleep while System Run + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### APIs executed from Internal RAM ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + *** ARM Compiler *** + -------------------- + [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. + Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate + source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change + the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM. + Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the + Options for Target' dialog. + + *** ICCARM Compiler *** + ----------------------- + [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc". + + *** GNU Compiler *** + -------------------- + [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute + "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))". + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_flash_ramfunc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH RAMFUNC + * @brief FLASH RAMFUNC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Group1 Peripheral features functions executed from internal RAM + * @brief Peripheral Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### ramfunc functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start/Stop the flash interface while System Run + * @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices. + * @note This mode could n't be set while executing with the flash itself. + * It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM. + * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +__RAM_FUNC FLASH_FlashInterfaceCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Start the flash interface while System Run */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR); + } + else + { + /* Stop the flash interface while System Run */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable/Disable the flash sleep while System Run + * @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices. + * @note This mode could n't be set while executing with the flash itself. + * It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM. + * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +__RAM_FUNC FLASH_FlashSleepModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the flash sleep while System Run */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR); + } + else + { + /* Disable the flash sleep while System Run */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fmc.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fmc.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index d5b6a87c1b..2914e9da07 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fmc.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fmc.c @@ -1,1500 +1,1498 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_fmc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the FMC peripheral: - * + Interface with SRAM, PSRAM, NOR and OneNAND memories - * + Interface with NAND memories - * + Interface with 16-bit PC Card compatible memories - * + Interface with SDRAM memories - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_fmc.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC - * @brief FMC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -const FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef FMC_DefaultTimingStruct = {0x0F, /* FMC_AddressSetupTime */ - 0x0F, /* FMC_AddressHoldTime */ - 0xFF, /* FMC_DataSetupTime */ - 0x0F, /* FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration */ - 0x0F, /* FMC_CLKDivision */ - 0x0F, /* FMC_DataLatency */ - FMC_AccessMode_A /* FMC_AccessMode */ - }; -/* --------------------- FMC registers bit mask ---------------------------- */ -/* FMC BCRx Mask */ -#define BCR_MBKEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define BCR_MBKEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFE) -#define BCR_FACCEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000040) - -/* FMC PCRx Mask */ -#define PCR_PBKEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define PCR_PBKEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFB) -#define PCR_ECCEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define PCR_ECCEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFBF) -#define PCR_MEMORYTYPE_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000008) - -/* FMC SDCRx write protection Mask*/ -#define SDCR_WriteProtection_RESET ((uint32_t)0x00007DFF) - -/* FMC SDCMR Mask*/ -#define SDCMR_CTB1_RESET ((uint32_t)0x003FFFEF) -#define SDCMR_CTB2_RESET ((uint32_t)0x003FFFF7) -#define SDCMR_CTB1_2_RESET ((uint32_t)0x003FFFE7) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Group1 NOR/SRAM Controller functions - * @brief NOR/SRAM Controller functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### NOR and SRAM Controller functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface - with SRAM, PSRAM, NOR or OneNAND memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank: - - (#) Enable the clock for the FMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: - RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - - (#) FMC pins configuration - (++) Connect the involved FMC pins to AF12 using the following function - GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FMC); - (++) Configure these FMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function - GPIO_Init(); - - (#) Declare a FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure, for example: - FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure; - and fill the FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure variable with the allowed values of - the structure member. - - (#) Initialize the NOR/SRAM Controller by calling the function - FMC_NORSRAMInit(&FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure); - - (#) Then enable the NOR/SRAM Bank, for example: - FMC_NORSRAMCmd(FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, ENABLE); - - (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the FMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default - * reset values. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 - * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 - * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 - * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - - /* FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 */ - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) - { - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB; - } - /* FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 or FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 */ - else - { - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2; - } - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct. - * @param FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the FMC NOR/SRAM - * specified Banks. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_NORSRAMInit(FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0, tmpbcr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_MUX(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_DataAddressMux)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_MEMORY(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryType)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_BURSTMODE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_BurstAccessMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_POLARITY(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRAP_MODE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WrapMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalActive)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_OPERATION(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteOperation)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignal)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ExtendedMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ASYNWAIT(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_AsynchronousWait)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_BURST(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteBurst)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_CONTINOUS_CLOCK(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ContinousClock)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressHoldTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_CLKDivision)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AccessMode)); - - /* Get the BTCR register value */ - tmpbcr = FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank]; - - /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, WRAPMOD, WAITCFG, WREN, - WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW and CCLKEN bits */ - tmpbcr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BCR1_MBKEN | FMC_BCR1_MUXEN | FMC_BCR1_MTYP | \ - FMC_BCR1_MWID | FMC_BCR1_FACCEN | FMC_BCR1_BURSTEN | \ - FMC_BCR1_WAITPOL | FMC_BCR1_WRAPMOD | FMC_BCR1_WAITCFG | \ - FMC_BCR1_WREN | FMC_BCR1_WAITEN | FMC_BCR1_EXTMOD | \ - FMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT| FMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW | FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN)); - - /* NOR/SRAM Bank control register configuration */ - tmpbcr |= (uint32_t)FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_DataAddressMux | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryType | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_BurstAccessMode | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalPolarity | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WrapMode | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalActive | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteOperation | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignal | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ExtendedMode | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_AsynchronousWait | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteBurst | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ContinousClock; - - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpbcr; - - if(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryType == FMC_MemoryType_NOR) - { - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] |= (uint32_t)BCR_FACCEN_SET; - } - - /* Configure Continuous clock feature when bank2..4 is used */ - if((FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ContinousClock == FMC_CClock_SyncAsync) && (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank != FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1)) - { - tmpr = (uint32_t)((FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1+1]) & ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << 20)); - - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1] |= FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ContinousClock; - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1] |= FMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable; - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1+1] = (uint32_t)(tmpr | (((FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_CLKDivision)-1) << 20)); - } - - /* NOR/SRAM Bank timing register configuration */ - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank+1] = - (uint32_t)FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressSetupTime | - (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) | - (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | - (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) | - ((FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_CLKDivision) << 20) | - ((FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataLatency) << 24) | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AccessMode; - - /* NOR/SRAM Bank timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ - if(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ExtendedMode == FMC_ExtendedMode_Enable) - { - assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressHoldTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_CLKDivision)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AccessMode)); - - FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = - (uint32_t)FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressSetupTime | - (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressHoldTime << 4 )| - (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | - ((FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_CLKDivision) << 20) | - ((FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataLatency) << 24) | - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AccessMode; - } - else - { - FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - } - -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset NOR/SRAM Init structure parameters values */ - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank = FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_DataAddressMux = FMC_DataAddressMux_Enable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryType = FMC_MemoryType_SRAM; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth = FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_16b; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_BurstAccessMode = FMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_AsynchronousWait = FMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WrapMode = FMC_WrapMode_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalActive = FMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteOperation = FMC_WriteOperation_Enable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignal = FMC_WaitSignal_Enable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ExtendedMode = FMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteBurst = FMC_WriteBurst_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ContinousClock = FMC_CClock_SyncOnly; - - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = (FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef*)&FMC_DefaultTimingStruct; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct = (FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef*)&FMC_DefaultTimingStruct; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 - * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 - * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 - * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 - * @param NewState: new state of the FMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank] |= BCR_MBKEN_SET; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank] &= BCR_MBKEN_RESET; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Group2 NAND Controller functions - * @brief NAND Controller functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### NAND Controller functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface - with 8-bit or 16-bit NAND memory connected to the NAND Bank: - - (#) Enable the clock for the FMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: - (++) RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC, ENABLE); - (++) RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - - (#) FMC pins configuration - (++) Connect the involved FMC pins to AF12 using the following function - GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FMC); - (++) Configure these FMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function - GPIO_Init(); - - (#) Declare a FMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure, for example: - FMC_NANDInitTypeDef FMC_NANDInitStructure; - and fill the FMC_NANDInitStructure variable with the allowed values of - the structure member. - - (#) Initialize the NAND Controller by calling the function - FMC_NANDInit(&FMC_NANDInitStructure); - - (#) Then enable the NAND Bank, for example: - FMC_NANDCmd(FMC_Bank3_NAND, ENABLE); - - (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the NAND Bank. - - [..] - (@) To enable the Error Correction Code (ECC), you have to use the function - FMC_NANDECCCmd(FMC_Bank3_NAND, ENABLE); - [..] - (@) and to get the current ECC value you have to use the function - ECCval = FMC_GetECC(FMC_Bank3_NAND); - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the FMC NAND Banks registers to their default reset values. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Set the FMC_Bank2 registers to their reset values */ - FMC_Bank2->PCR2 = 0x00000018; - FMC_Bank2->SR2 = 0x00000040; - FMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FMC_Bank2->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - } - /* FMC_Bank3_NAND */ - else - { - /* Set the FMC_Bank3 registers to their reset values */ - FMC_Bank3->PCR3 = 0x00000018; - FMC_Bank3->SR3 = 0x00000040; - FMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FMC_Bank3->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC NAND Banks according to the specified parameters - * in the FMC_NANDInitStruct. - * @param FMC_NANDInitStruct : pointer to a FMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the FMC NAND specified Banks. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_NANDInit(FMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FMC_NANDInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmppcr = 0x00000000, tmppmem = 0x00000000, tmppatt = 0x00000000; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECC)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECCPageSize)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - if(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmppcr = FMC_Bank2->PCR2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmppcr = FMC_Bank3->PCR3; - } - - /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */ - tmppcr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR2_PWAITEN | FMC_PCR2_PBKEN | FMC_PCR2_PTYP | \ - FMC_PCR2_PWID | FMC_PCR2_ECCEN | FMC_PCR2_TCLR | \ - FMC_PCR2_TAR | FMC_PCR2_ECCPS)); - - /* Set the tmppcr value according to FMC_NANDInitStruct parameters */ - tmppcr |= (uint32_t)FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature | - PCR_MEMORYTYPE_NAND | - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth | - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECC | - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECCPageSize | - (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9 )| - (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime << 13); - - if(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmppmem = FMC_Bank2->PMEM2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmppmem = FMC_Bank3->PMEM3; - } - - /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ - tmppmem &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM2_MEMSET2 | FMC_PMEM2_MEMWAIT2 | FMC_PMEM2_MEMHOLD2 | \ - FMC_PMEM2_MEMHIZ2)); - - /* Set tmppmem value according to FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppmem |= (uint32_t)FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime | - (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - if(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmppatt = FMC_Bank2->PATT2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmppatt = FMC_Bank3->PATT3; - } - - /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ - tmppatt &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT2_ATTSET2 | FMC_PATT2_ATTWAIT2 | FMC_PATT2_ATTHOLD2 | \ - FMC_PATT2_ATTHIZ2)); - - /* Set tmppatt value according to FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppatt |= (uint32_t)FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime | - (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - if(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* FMC_Bank2_NAND registers configuration */ - FMC_Bank2->PCR2 = tmppcr; - FMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = tmppmem; - FMC_Bank2->PATT2 = tmppatt; - } - else - { - /* FMC_Bank3_NAND registers configuration */ - FMC_Bank3->PCR3 = tmppcr; - FMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = tmppmem; - FMC_Bank3->PATT3 = tmppatt; - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Fills each FMC_NANDInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param FMC_NANDInitStruct: pointer to a FMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure which - * will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_NANDStructInit(FMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FMC_NANDInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset NAND Init structure parameters values */ - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank = FMC_Bank2_NAND; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature = FMC_Waitfeature_Disable; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth = FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_16b; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECC = FMC_ECC_Disable; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECCPageSize = FMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime = 252; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime = 252; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime = 252; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime = 252; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime = 252; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime = 252; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime = 252; - FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime = 252; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified NAND Memory Bank. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND - * @param NewState: new state of the FMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected NAND Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; - } - else - { - FMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected NAND Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; - } - else - { - FMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; - } - } -} -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FMC NAND ECC feature. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND - * @param NewState: new state of the FMC NAND ECC feature. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by setting the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_ECCEN_SET; - } - else - { - FMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_ECCEN_SET; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by clearing the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_ECCEN_RESET; - } - else - { - FMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_ECCEN_RESET; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the error correction code register value. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND - * @retval The Error Correction Code (ECC) value. - */ -uint32_t FMC_GetECC(uint32_t FMC_Bank) -{ - uint32_t eccval = 0x00000000; - - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Get the ECCR2 register value */ - eccval = FMC_Bank2->ECCR2; - } - else - { - /* Get the ECCR3 register value */ - eccval = FMC_Bank3->ECCR3; - } - /* Return the error correction code value */ - return(eccval); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Group3 PCCARD Controller functions - * @brief PCCARD Controller functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### PCCARD Controller functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] he following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface - with 16-bit PC Card compatible memory connected to the PCCARD Bank: - - (#) Enable the clock for the FMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: - (++) RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC, ENABLE); - (++) RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - - (#) FMC pins configuration - (++) Connect the involved FMC pins to AF12 using the following function - GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FMC); - (++) Configure these FMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function - GPIO_Init(); - - (#) Declare a FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure, for example: - FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef FMC_PCCARDInitStructure; - and fill the FMC_PCCARDInitStructure variable with the allowed values of - the structure member. - - (#) Initialize the PCCARD Controller by calling the function - FMC_PCCARDInit(&FMC_PCCARDInitStructure); - - (#) Then enable the PCCARD Bank: - FMC_PCCARDCmd(ENABLE); - - (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the PCCARD Bank. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the FMC PCCARD Bank registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_PCCARDDeInit(void) -{ - /* Set the FMC_Bank4 registers to their reset values */ - FMC_Bank4->PCR4 = 0x00000018; - FMC_Bank4->SR4 = 0x00000000; - FMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FMC_Bank4->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FMC_Bank4->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC PCCARD Bank according to the specified parameters - * in the FMC_PCCARDInitStruct. - * @param FMC_PCCARDInitStruct : pointer to a FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the FMC PCCARD Bank. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_PCCARDInit(FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FMC_PCCARDInitStruct) -{ - /* temporary registers */ - uint32_t tmppcr = 0, tmpmem = 0, tmppatt = 0, tmppio = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime)); - - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - /* Get PCCARD control register value */ - tmppcr = FMC_Bank4->PCR4; - - /* Clear TAR, TCLR, PWAITEN and PWID bits */ - tmppcr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR4_TAR | FMC_PCR4_TCLR | FMC_PCR4_PWAITEN | \ - FMC_PCR4_PWID)); - - /* Set the PCR4 register value according to FMC_PCCARDInitStruct parameters */ - tmppcr |= (uint32_t)FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature | - FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_16b | - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9) | - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime << 13); - - FMC_Bank4->PCR4 = tmppcr; - - /* Get PCCARD common space timing register value */ - tmpmem = FMC_Bank4->PMEM4; - - /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ - tmpmem &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM4_MEMSET4 | FMC_PMEM4_MEMWAIT4 | FMC_PMEM4_MEMHOLD4 | \ - FMC_PMEM4_MEMHIZ4)); - - /* Set PMEM4 register value according to FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmpmem |= (uint32_t)FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime | - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - FMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = tmpmem; - - /* Get PCCARD timing parameters */ - tmppatt = FMC_Bank4->PATT4; - - /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ - tmppatt &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT4_ATTSET4 | FMC_PATT4_ATTWAIT4 | FMC_PATT4_ATTHOLD4 | \ - FMC_PATT4_ATTHIZ4)); - - /* Set PATT4 register value according to FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppatt |= (uint32_t)FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime | - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - FMC_Bank4->PATT4 = tmppatt; - - /* Get FMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */ - tmppio = FMC_Bank4->PIO4; - - /* Clear IOSET4, IOWAIT4, IOHOLD4 and IOHIZ4 bits */ - tmppio &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PIO4_IOSET4 | FMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4 | FMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4 | \ - FMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4)); - - /* Set PIO4 register value according to FMC_IOSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppio |= (uint32_t)FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime | - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - FMC_Bank4->PIO4 = tmppio; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each FMC_PCCARDInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param FMC_PCCARDInitStruct: pointer to a FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_PCCARDStructInit(FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FMC_PCCARDInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset PCCARD Init structure parameters values */ - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature = FMC_Waitfeature_Disable; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime = 0; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime = 252; - FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime = 252; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the PCCARD Memory Bank. - * @param NewState: new state of the PCCARD Memory Bank. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the PCCARD Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ - FMC_Bank4->PCR4 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; - } - else - { - /* Disable the PCCARD Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ - FMC_Bank4->PCR4 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Group4 SDRAM Controller functions - * @brief SDRAM Controller functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### SDRAM Controller functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface - with SDRAM memory connected to the SDRAM Bank 1 or SDRAM bank 2: - - (#) Enable the clock for the FMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: - (++) RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC, ENABLE); - (++) RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - - (#) FMC pins configuration - (++) Connect the involved FMC pins to AF12 using the following function - GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FMC); - (++) Configure these FMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function - GPIO_Init(); - - (#) Declare a FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef structure, for example: - FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef FMC_SDRAMInitStructure; - and fill the FMC_SDRAMInitStructure variable with the allowed values of - the structure member. - - (#) Initialize the SDRAM Controller by calling the function - FMC_SDRAMInit(&FMC_SDRAMInitStructure); - - (#) Declare a FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef structure, for example: - FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef FMC_SDRAMCommandStructure; - and fill the FMC_SDRAMCommandStructure variable with the allowed values of - the structure member. - - (#) Configure the SDCMR register with the desired command parameters by calling - the function FMC_SDRAMCmdConfig(&FMC_SDRAMCommandStructure); - - (#) At this stage, the SDRAM memory is ready for any valid command. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the FMC SDRAM Banks registers to their default - * reset values. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM - * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_SDRAMDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_Bank] = 0x000002D0; - FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000000; - FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR = 0x00000000; - FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR = 0x00000000; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FMC SDRAM Banks according to the specified - * parameters in the FMC_SDRAMInitStruct. - * @param FMC_SDRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the FMC SDRAM - * specified Banks. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_SDRAMInit(FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMInitStruct) -{ - /* temporary registers */ - uint32_t tmpr1 = 0, tmpr2 = 0, tmpr3 = 0, tmpr4 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - - /* Control parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_COLUMNBITS_NUMBER(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ColumnBitsNumber)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ROWBITS_NUMBER(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_RowBitsNumber)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDMEMORY_WIDTH(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDMemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_INTERNALBANK_NUMBER(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_InternalBankNumber)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_CAS_LATENCY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_CASLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_PROTECTION(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteProtection)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDCLOCK_PERIOD(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDClockPeriod)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_READ_BURST(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadBurst)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_READPIPE_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadPipeDelay)); - - /* Timing parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_LOADTOACTIVE_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_LoadToActiveDelay)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_EXITSELFREFRESH_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SELFREFRESH_TIME(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_SelfRefreshTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_ROWCYCLE_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RowCycleDelay)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_WriteRecoveryTime)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_RP_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RPDelay)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_RCD_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RCDDelay)); - - /* Get SDRAM register value */ - tmpr1 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank]; - - /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */ - tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \ - FMC_SDCR1_NB | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \ - FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE)); - - /* SDRAM bank control register configuration */ - tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ColumnBitsNumber | - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_RowBitsNumber | - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDMemoryDataWidth | - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_InternalBankNumber | - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_CASLatency | - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteProtection | - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDClockPeriod | - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadBurst | - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadPipeDelay; - - if(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM ) - { - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpr1; - } - else /* SDCR2 "don't care" bits configuration */ - { - /* Get SDCR register value */ - tmpr3 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_Bank1_SDRAM]; - - /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */ - tmpr3 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \ - FMC_SDCR1_NB | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \ - FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE)); - - tmpr3 |= (uint32_t)FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDClockPeriod | - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadBurst | - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadPipeDelay; - - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_Bank1_SDRAM] = tmpr3; - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpr1; - } - /* SDRAM bank timing register configuration */ - if(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM ) - { - /* Get SDTR register value */ - tmpr2 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank]; - - /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */ - tmpr2 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRC | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRCD)); - - tmpr2 |= (uint32_t)((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_LoadToActiveDelay)-1) | - (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay)-1) << 4) | - (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_SelfRefreshTime)-1) << 8) | - (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RowCycleDelay)-1) << 12) | - (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_WriteRecoveryTime)-1) << 16) | - (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RPDelay)-1) << 20) | - (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RCDDelay)-1) << 24); - - FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpr2; - } - else /* SDTR "don't care bits configuration */ - { - /* Get SDTR register value */ - tmpr2 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank]; - - /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */ - tmpr2 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRC | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRCD)); - - tmpr2 |= (uint32_t)((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_LoadToActiveDelay)-1) | - (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay)-1) << 4) | - (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_SelfRefreshTime)-1) << 8) | - (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_WriteRecoveryTime)-1) << 16); - - /* Get SDTR register value */ - tmpr4 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_Bank1_SDRAM]; - - /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */ - tmpr4 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRC | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \ - FMC_SDTR1_TRCD)); - - tmpr4 |= (uint32_t)(((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RowCycleDelay)-1) << 12) | - (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RPDelay)-1) << 20); - - FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_Bank1_SDRAM] = tmpr4; - FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpr2; - } - -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each FMC_SDRAMInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param FMC_SDRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_SDRAMStructInit(FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset SDRAM Init structure parameters values */ - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank = FMC_Bank1_SDRAM; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ColumnBitsNumber = FMC_ColumnBits_Number_8b; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_RowBitsNumber = FMC_RowBits_Number_11b; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDMemoryDataWidth = FMC_SDMemory_Width_16b; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_InternalBankNumber = FMC_InternalBank_Number_4; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_CASLatency = FMC_CAS_Latency_1; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteProtection = FMC_Write_Protection_Enable; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDClockPeriod = FMC_SDClock_Disable; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadBurst = FMC_Read_Burst_Disable; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadPipeDelay = FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_0; - - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_LoadToActiveDelay = 16; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay = 16; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_SelfRefreshTime = 16; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RowCycleDelay = 16; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_WriteRecoveryTime = 16; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RPDelay = 16; - FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RCDDelay = 16; - -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the SDRAM memory command issued when the device is accessed. - * @param FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct: pointer to a FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef structure - * which will be configured. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_SDRAMCmdConfig(FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpr = 0x0; - - /* check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_COMMAND_MODE(FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_CommandMode)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_COMMAND_TARGET(FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_CommandTarget)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_AutoRefreshNumber)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_MODE_REGISTER(FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_ModeRegisterDefinition)); - - tmpr = (uint32_t)(FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_CommandMode | - FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_CommandTarget | - (((FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_AutoRefreshNumber)-1)<<5) | - ((FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_ModeRegisterDefinition)<<9)); - - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = tmpr; - -} - - -/** - * @brief Returns the indicated FMC SDRAM bank mode status. - * @param SDRAM_Bank: Defines the FMC SDRAM bank. This parameter can be - * FMC_Bank1_SDRAM or FMC_Bank2_SDRAM. - * @retval The FMC SDRAM bank mode status - */ -uint32_t FMC_GetModeStatus(uint32_t SDRAM_Bank) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(SDRAM_Bank)); - - /* Get the busy flag status */ - if(SDRAM_Bank == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM) - { - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & FMC_SDSR_MODES1); - } - else - { - tmpreg = ((uint32_t)(FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & FMC_SDSR_MODES2) >> 2); - } - - /* Return the mode status */ - return tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief defines the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate. - * @param FMC_Count: specifies the Refresh timer count. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_SetRefreshCount(uint32_t FMC_Count) -{ - /* check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_REFRESH_COUNT(FMC_Count)); - - FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR |= (FMC_Count<<1); - -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands. - * @param FMC_Number: specifies the auto Refresh number. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_SetAutoRefresh_Number(uint32_t FMC_Number) -{ - /* check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(FMC_Number)); - - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR |= (FMC_Number << 5); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables write protection to the specified FMC SDRAM Bank. - * @param SDRAM_Bank: Defines the FMC SDRAM bank. This parameter can be - * FMC_Bank1_SDRAM or FMC_Bank2_SDRAM. - * @param NewState: new state of the write protection flag. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_SDRAMWriteProtectionConfig(uint32_t SDRAM_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(SDRAM_Bank)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[SDRAM_Bank] |= FMC_Write_Protection_Enable; - } - else - { - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[SDRAM_Bank] &= SDCR_WriteProtection_RESET; - } - -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMC_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified FMC interrupts. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FMC Bank4 PCCARD - * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM - * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM - * @param FMC_IT: specifies the FMC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FMC_IT_Refresh: Refresh error detection interrupt. - * @param NewState: new state of the specified FMC interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FMC_IT_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_IT(FMC_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected FMC_Bank2 interrupts */ - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank2->SR2 |= FMC_IT; - } - /* Enable the selected FMC_Bank3 interrupts */ - else if (FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank3->SR3 |= FMC_IT; - } - /* Enable the selected FMC_Bank4 interrupts */ - else if (FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) - { - FMC_Bank4->SR4 |= FMC_IT; - } - /* Enable the selected FMC_Bank5_6 interrupt */ - else - { - /* Enables the interrupt if the refresh error flag is set */ - FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR |= FMC_IT; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected FMC_Bank2 interrupts */ - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - - FMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (uint32_t)~FMC_IT; - } - /* Disable the selected FMC_Bank3 interrupts */ - else if (FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (uint32_t)~FMC_IT; - } - /* Disable the selected FMC_Bank4 interrupts */ - else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) - { - FMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (uint32_t)~FMC_IT; - } - /* Disable the selected FMC_Bank5_6 interrupt */ - else - { - /* Disables the interrupt if the refresh error flag is not set */ - FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR &= (uint32_t)~FMC_IT; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified FMC flag is set or not. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FMC Bank4 PCCARD - * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM - * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM - * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM | FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 or Bank2 SDRAM - * @param FMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection Flag. - * @arg FMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. - * @arg FMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection Flag. - * @arg FMC_FLAG_FEMPT: Fifo empty Flag. - * @arg FMC_FLAG_Refresh: Refresh error Flag. - * @arg FMC_FLAG_Busy: Busy status Flag. - * @retval The new state of FMC_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus FMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t tmpsr = 0x00000000; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_GET_FLAG(FMC_FLAG)); - - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FMC_Bank2->SR2; - } - else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FMC_Bank3->SR3; - } - else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) - { - tmpsr = FMC_Bank4->SR4; - } - else - { - tmpsr = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR; - } - - /* Get the flag status */ - if ((tmpsr & FMC_FLAG) != FMC_FLAG ) - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - /* Return the flag status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the FMC's pending flags. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FMC Bank4 PCCARD - * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM - * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM - * @param FMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection Flag. - * @arg FMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. - * @arg FMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection Flag. - * @arg FMC_FLAG_Refresh: Refresh error Flag. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FMC_FLAG)) ; - - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (~FMC_FLAG); - } - else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (~FMC_FLAG); - } - else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) - { - FMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (~FMC_FLAG); - } - /* FMC_Bank5_6 SDRAM*/ - else - { - FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR &= (~FMC_FLAG); - } - -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified FMC interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FMC Bank4 PCCARD - * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM - * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM - * @param FMC_IT: specifies the FMC interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FMC_IT_Refresh: Refresh error detection interrupt. - * @retval The new state of FMC_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus FMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t tmpsr = 0x0; - uint32_t tmpsr2 = 0x0; - uint32_t itstatus = 0x0; - uint32_t itenable = 0x0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_IT_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_GET_IT(FMC_IT)); - - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FMC_Bank2->SR2; - } - else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FMC_Bank3->SR3; - } - else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) - { - tmpsr = FMC_Bank4->SR4; - } - /* FMC_Bank5_6 SDRAM*/ - else - { - tmpsr = FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR; - tmpsr2 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR; - } - - /* get the IT enable bit status*/ - itenable = tmpsr & FMC_IT; - - /* get the corresponding IT Flag status*/ - if((FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM) || (FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_SDRAM)) - { - itstatus = tmpsr2 & FMC_SDSR_RE; - } - else - { - itstatus = tmpsr & (FMC_IT >> 3); - } - - if ((itstatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint32_t)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the FMC's interrupt pending bits. - * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND - * @arg FMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FMC Bank4 PCCARD - * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM - * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM - * @param FMC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FMC_IT_Refresh: Refresh error detection interrupt. - * @retval None - */ -void FMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMC_IT_BANK(FMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FMC_IT(FMC_IT)); - - if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~(FMC_IT >> 3); - } - else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~(FMC_IT >> 3); - } - else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) - { - FMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~(FMC_IT >> 3); - } - /* FMC_Bank5_6 SDRAM*/ - else - { - FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR |= FMC_SDRTR_CRE; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_fmc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FMC peripheral: + * + Interface with SRAM, PSRAM, NOR and OneNAND memories + * + Interface with NAND memories + * + Interface with 16-bit PC Card compatible memories + * + Interface with SDRAM memories + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_fmc.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC + * @brief FMC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +const FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef FMC_DefaultTimingStruct = {0x0F, /* FMC_AddressSetupTime */ + 0x0F, /* FMC_AddressHoldTime */ + 0xFF, /* FMC_DataSetupTime */ + 0x0F, /* FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration */ + 0x0F, /* FMC_CLKDivision */ + 0x0F, /* FMC_DataLatency */ + FMC_AccessMode_A /* FMC_AccessMode */ + }; +/* --------------------- FMC registers bit mask ---------------------------- */ +/* FMC BCRx Mask */ +#define BCR_MBKEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define BCR_MBKEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFE) +#define BCR_FACCEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000040) + +/* FMC PCRx Mask */ +#define PCR_PBKEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define PCR_PBKEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFB) +#define PCR_ECCEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define PCR_ECCEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFBF) +#define PCR_MEMORYTYPE_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000008) + +/* FMC SDCRx write protection Mask*/ +#define SDCR_WriteProtection_RESET ((uint32_t)0x00007DFF) + +/* FMC SDCMR Mask*/ +#define SDCMR_CTB1_RESET ((uint32_t)0x003FFFEF) +#define SDCMR_CTB2_RESET ((uint32_t)0x003FFFF7) +#define SDCMR_CTB1_2_RESET ((uint32_t)0x003FFFE7) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Group1 NOR/SRAM Controller functions + * @brief NOR/SRAM Controller functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### NOR and SRAM Controller functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface + with SRAM, PSRAM, NOR or OneNAND memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank: + + (#) Enable the clock for the FMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + (#) FMC pins configuration + (++) Connect the involved FMC pins to AF12 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FMC); + (++) Configure these FMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Declare a FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure, for example: + FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure; + and fill the FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + (#) Initialize the NOR/SRAM Controller by calling the function + FMC_NORSRAMInit(&FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure); + + (#) Then enable the NOR/SRAM Bank, for example: + FMC_NORSRAMCmd(FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, ENABLE); + + (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the FMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default + * reset values. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 + * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 + * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 + * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + + /* FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 */ + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) + { + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB; + } + /* FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 or FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 */ + else + { + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2; + } + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; + FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the specified + * parameters in the FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct. + * @param FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the FMC NOR/SRAM + * specified Banks. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_NORSRAMInit(FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpr = 0, tmpbcr = 0, tmpbwr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_MUX(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_DataAddressMux)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_MEMORY(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryType)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_BURSTMODE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_BurstAccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_POLARITY(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WRAP_MODE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WrapMode)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalActive)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_OPERATION(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteOperation)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignal)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ExtendedMode)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_ASYNWAIT(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_AsynchronousWait)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_BURST(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteBurst)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_CONTINOUS_CLOCK(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ContinousClock)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressHoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_CLKDivision)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataLatency)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AccessMode)); + + /* Get the BTCR register value */ + tmpbcr = FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank]; + + /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, WRAPMOD, WAITCFG, WREN, + WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW and CCLKEN bits */ + tmpbcr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BCR1_MBKEN | FMC_BCR1_MUXEN | FMC_BCR1_MTYP | \ + FMC_BCR1_MWID | FMC_BCR1_FACCEN | FMC_BCR1_BURSTEN | \ + FMC_BCR1_WAITPOL | FMC_BCR1_WRAPMOD | FMC_BCR1_WAITCFG | \ + FMC_BCR1_WREN | FMC_BCR1_WAITEN | FMC_BCR1_EXTMOD | \ + FMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT| FMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW | FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN)); + + /* NOR/SRAM Bank control register configuration */ + tmpbcr |= (uint32_t)FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_DataAddressMux | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryType | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_BurstAccessMode | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalPolarity | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WrapMode | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalActive | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteOperation | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignal | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ExtendedMode | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_AsynchronousWait | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteBurst | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ContinousClock; + + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpbcr; + + if(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryType == FMC_MemoryType_NOR) + { + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] |= (uint32_t)BCR_FACCEN_SET; + } + + /* Configure Continuous clock feature when bank2..4 is used */ + if((FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ContinousClock == FMC_CClock_SyncAsync) && (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank != FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1)) + { + tmpr = (uint32_t)((FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1+1]) & ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << 20)); + + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1] |= FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ContinousClock; + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1] |= FMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable; + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1+1] = (uint32_t)(tmpr | (((FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_CLKDivision)-1) << 20)); + } + + /* NOR/SRAM Bank timing register configuration */ + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank+1] = + (uint32_t)FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressSetupTime | + (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) | + (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | + (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) | + (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_CLKDivision << 20) | + (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataLatency << 24) | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FMC_AccessMode; + + /* NOR/SRAM Bank timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ + if(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ExtendedMode == FMC_ExtendedMode_Enable) + { + assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressHoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AccessMode)); + + /* Get the BWTR register value */ + tmpbwr = FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank]; + + /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN and ACCMOD bits */ + tmpbwr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BWTR1_ADDSET | FMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \ + FMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD)); + + tmpbwr |= (uint32_t)(FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressSetupTime | + (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AddressHoldTime << 4)| + (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | + (FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) | + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct->FMC_AccessMode); + + FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpbwr; + } + else + { + FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset NOR/SRAM Init structure parameters values */ + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank = FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_DataAddressMux = FMC_DataAddressMux_Enable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryType = FMC_MemoryType_SRAM; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth = FMC_NORSRAM_MemoryDataWidth_16b; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_BurstAccessMode = FMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_AsynchronousWait = FMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WrapMode = FMC_WrapMode_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignalActive = FMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteOperation = FMC_WriteOperation_Enable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WaitSignal = FMC_WaitSignal_Enable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ExtendedMode = FMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteBurst = FMC_WriteBurst_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ContinousClock = FMC_CClock_SyncOnly; + + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = (FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef*)((uint32_t)&FMC_DefaultTimingStruct); + FMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteTimingStruct = (FMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef*)((uint32_t)&FMC_DefaultTimingStruct); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 + * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 + * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 + * @arg FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 + * @param NewState: new state of the FMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank] |= BCR_MBKEN_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[FMC_Bank] &= BCR_MBKEN_RESET; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Group2 NAND Controller functions + * @brief NAND Controller functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### NAND Controller functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface + with 8-bit or 16-bit NAND memory connected to the NAND Bank: + + (#) Enable the clock for the FMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + (++) RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC, ENABLE); + (++) RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + (#) FMC pins configuration + (++) Connect the involved FMC pins to AF12 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FMC); + (++) Configure these FMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Declare a FMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure, for example: + FMC_NANDInitTypeDef FMC_NANDInitStructure; + and fill the FMC_NANDInitStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + (#) Initialize the NAND Controller by calling the function + FMC_NANDInit(&FMC_NANDInitStructure); + + (#) Then enable the NAND Bank, for example: + FMC_NANDCmd(FMC_Bank3_NAND, ENABLE); + + (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the NAND Bank. + + [..] + (@) To enable the Error Correction Code (ECC), you have to use the function + FMC_NANDECCCmd(FMC_Bank3_NAND, ENABLE); + [..] + (@) and to get the current ECC value you have to use the function + ECCval = FMC_GetECC(FMC_Bank3_NAND); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the FMC NAND Banks registers to their default reset values. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Set the FMC_Bank2 registers to their reset values */ + FMC_Bank2->PCR2 = 0x00000018; + FMC_Bank2->SR2 = 0x00000040; + FMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FMC_Bank2->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + } + /* FMC_Bank3_NAND */ + else + { + /* Set the FMC_Bank3 registers to their reset values */ + FMC_Bank3->PCR3 = 0x00000018; + FMC_Bank3->SR3 = 0x00000040; + FMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FMC_Bank3->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FMC NAND Banks according to the specified parameters + * in the FMC_NANDInitStruct. + * @param FMC_NANDInitStruct : pointer to a FMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the FMC NAND specified Banks. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_NANDInit(FMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FMC_NANDInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmppcr = 0x00000000, tmppmem = 0x00000000, tmppatt = 0x00000000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECC)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECCPageSize)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + if(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ + tmppcr = FMC_Bank2->PCR2; + } + else + { + /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ + tmppcr = FMC_Bank3->PCR3; + } + + /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */ + tmppcr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR2_PWAITEN | FMC_PCR2_PBKEN | FMC_PCR2_PTYP | \ + FMC_PCR2_PWID | FMC_PCR2_ECCEN | FMC_PCR2_TCLR | \ + FMC_PCR2_TAR | FMC_PCR2_ECCPS)); + + /* Set the tmppcr value according to FMC_NANDInitStruct parameters */ + tmppcr |= (uint32_t)FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature | + PCR_MEMORYTYPE_NAND | + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth | + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECC | + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECCPageSize | + (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9 )| + (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime << 13); + + if(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ + tmppmem = FMC_Bank2->PMEM2; + } + else + { + /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ + tmppmem = FMC_Bank3->PMEM3; + } + + /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ + tmppmem &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM2_MEMSET2 | FMC_PMEM2_MEMWAIT2 | FMC_PMEM2_MEMHOLD2 | \ + FMC_PMEM2_MEMHIZ2)); + + /* Set tmppmem value according to FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppmem |= (uint32_t)FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime | + (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + if(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ + tmppatt = FMC_Bank2->PATT2; + } + else + { + /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ + tmppatt = FMC_Bank3->PATT3; + } + + /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ + tmppatt &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT2_ATTSET2 | FMC_PATT2_ATTWAIT2 | FMC_PATT2_ATTHOLD2 | \ + FMC_PATT2_ATTHIZ2)); + + /* Set tmppatt value according to FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppatt |= (uint32_t)FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime | + (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + if(FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* FMC_Bank2_NAND registers configuration */ + FMC_Bank2->PCR2 = tmppcr; + FMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = tmppmem; + FMC_Bank2->PATT2 = tmppatt; + } + else + { + /* FMC_Bank3_NAND registers configuration */ + FMC_Bank3->PCR3 = tmppcr; + FMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = tmppmem; + FMC_Bank3->PATT3 = tmppatt; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Fills each FMC_NANDInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FMC_NANDInitStruct: pointer to a FMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_NANDStructInit(FMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FMC_NANDInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset NAND Init structure parameters values */ + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Bank = FMC_Bank2_NAND; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature = FMC_Waitfeature_Disable; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_MemoryDataWidth = FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_16b; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECC = FMC_ECC_Disable; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_ECCPageSize = FMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime = 252; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime = 252; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime = 252; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime = 252; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime = 252; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime = 252; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime = 252; + FMC_NANDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime = 252; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified NAND Memory Bank. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND + * @param NewState: new state of the FMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NAND Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; + } + else + { + FMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NAND Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; + } + else + { + FMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; + } + } +} +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FMC NAND ECC feature. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND + * @param NewState: new state of the FMC NAND ECC feature. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by setting the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_ECCEN_SET; + } + else + { + FMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_ECCEN_SET; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by clearing the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_ECCEN_RESET; + } + else + { + FMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_ECCEN_RESET; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the error correction code register value. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND + * @retval The Error Correction Code (ECC) value. + */ +uint32_t FMC_GetECC(uint32_t FMC_Bank) +{ + uint32_t eccval = 0x00000000; + + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Get the ECCR2 register value */ + eccval = FMC_Bank2->ECCR2; + } + else + { + /* Get the ECCR3 register value */ + eccval = FMC_Bank3->ECCR3; + } + /* Return the error correction code value */ + return(eccval); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Group3 PCCARD Controller functions + * @brief PCCARD Controller functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### PCCARD Controller functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] he following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface + with 16-bit PC Card compatible memory connected to the PCCARD Bank: + + (#) Enable the clock for the FMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + (++) RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC, ENABLE); + (++) RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + (#) FMC pins configuration + (++) Connect the involved FMC pins to AF12 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FMC); + (++) Configure these FMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Declare a FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure, for example: + FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef FMC_PCCARDInitStructure; + and fill the FMC_PCCARDInitStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + (#) Initialize the PCCARD Controller by calling the function + FMC_PCCARDInit(&FMC_PCCARDInitStructure); + + (#) Then enable the PCCARD Bank: + FMC_PCCARDCmd(ENABLE); + + (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the PCCARD Bank. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the FMC PCCARD Bank registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_PCCARDDeInit(void) +{ + /* Set the FMC_Bank4 registers to their reset values */ + FMC_Bank4->PCR4 = 0x00000018; + FMC_Bank4->SR4 = 0x00000000; + FMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FMC_Bank4->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FMC_Bank4->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FMC PCCARD Bank according to the specified parameters + * in the FMC_PCCARDInitStruct. + * @param FMC_PCCARDInitStruct : pointer to a FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the FMC PCCARD Bank. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_PCCARDInit(FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FMC_PCCARDInitStruct) +{ + /* temporary registers */ + uint32_t tmppcr = 0, tmpmem = 0, tmppatt = 0, tmppio = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime)); + + assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + /* Get PCCARD control register value */ + tmppcr = FMC_Bank4->PCR4; + + /* Clear TAR, TCLR, PWAITEN and PWID bits */ + tmppcr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR4_TAR | FMC_PCR4_TCLR | FMC_PCR4_PWAITEN | \ + FMC_PCR4_PWID)); + + /* Set the PCR4 register value according to FMC_PCCARDInitStruct parameters */ + tmppcr |= (uint32_t)FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature | + FMC_NAND_MemoryDataWidth_16b | + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9) | + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime << 13); + + FMC_Bank4->PCR4 = tmppcr; + + /* Get PCCARD common space timing register value */ + tmpmem = FMC_Bank4->PMEM4; + + /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ + tmpmem &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM4_MEMSET4 | FMC_PMEM4_MEMWAIT4 | FMC_PMEM4_MEMHOLD4 | \ + FMC_PMEM4_MEMHIZ4)); + + /* Set PMEM4 register value according to FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmpmem |= (uint32_t)FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime | + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + FMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = tmpmem; + + /* Get PCCARD timing parameters */ + tmppatt = FMC_Bank4->PATT4; + + /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ + tmppatt &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT4_ATTSET4 | FMC_PATT4_ATTWAIT4 | FMC_PATT4_ATTHOLD4 | \ + FMC_PATT4_ATTHIZ4)); + + /* Set PATT4 register value according to FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppatt |= (uint32_t)FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime | + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + FMC_Bank4->PATT4 = tmppatt; + + /* Get FMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */ + tmppio = FMC_Bank4->PIO4; + + /* Clear IOSET4, IOWAIT4, IOHOLD4 and IOHIZ4 bits */ + tmppio &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PIO4_IOSET4 | FMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4 | FMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4 | \ + FMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4)); + + /* Set PIO4 register value according to FMC_IOSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppio |= (uint32_t)FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime | + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + FMC_Bank4->PIO4 = tmppio; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FMC_PCCARDInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FMC_PCCARDInitStruct: pointer to a FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_PCCARDStructInit(FMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FMC_PCCARDInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset PCCARD Init structure parameters values */ + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_Waitfeature = FMC_Waitfeature_Disable; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_TARSetupTime = 0; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_SetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_WaitSetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HoldSetupTime = 252; + FMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FMC_HiZSetupTime = 252; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PCCARD Memory Bank. + * @param NewState: new state of the PCCARD Memory Bank. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the PCCARD Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ + FMC_Bank4->PCR4 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PCCARD Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ + FMC_Bank4->PCR4 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Group4 SDRAM Controller functions + * @brief SDRAM Controller functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### SDRAM Controller functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface + with SDRAM memory connected to the SDRAM Bank 1 or SDRAM bank 2: + + (#) Enable the clock for the FMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + (++) RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC, ENABLE); + (++) RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + (#) FMC pins configuration + (++) Connect the involved FMC pins to AF12 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FMC); + (++) Configure these FMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Declare a FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef structure, for example: + FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef FMC_SDRAMInitStructure; + and fill the FMC_SDRAMInitStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + (#) Initialize the SDRAM Controller by calling the function + FMC_SDRAMInit(&FMC_SDRAMInitStructure); + + (#) Declare a FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef structure, for example: + FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef FMC_SDRAMCommandStructure; + and fill the FMC_SDRAMCommandStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + (#) Configure the SDCMR register with the desired command parameters by calling + the function FMC_SDRAMCmdConfig(&FMC_SDRAMCommandStructure); + + (#) At this stage, the SDRAM memory is ready for any valid command. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the FMC SDRAM Banks registers to their default + * reset values. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM + * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_SDRAMDeInit(uint32_t FMC_Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_Bank] = 0x000002D0; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000000; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR = 0x00000000; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR = 0x00000000; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FMC SDRAM Banks according to the specified + * parameters in the FMC_SDRAMInitStruct. + * @param FMC_SDRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the FMC SDRAM + * specified Banks. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_SDRAMInit(FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMInitStruct) +{ + /* temporary registers */ + uint32_t tmpr1 = 0, tmpr2 = 0, tmpr3 = 0, tmpr4 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + + /* Control parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_COLUMNBITS_NUMBER(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ColumnBitsNumber)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_ROWBITS_NUMBER(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_RowBitsNumber)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_SDMEMORY_WIDTH(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDMemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_INTERNALBANK_NUMBER(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_InternalBankNumber)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_CAS_LATENCY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_CASLatency)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_PROTECTION(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteProtection)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_SDCLOCK_PERIOD(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDClockPeriod)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_READ_BURST(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadBurst)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_READPIPE_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadPipeDelay)); + + /* Timing parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_LOADTOACTIVE_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_LoadToActiveDelay)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_EXITSELFREFRESH_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_SELFREFRESH_TIME(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_SelfRefreshTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_ROWCYCLE_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RowCycleDelay)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_WriteRecoveryTime)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_RP_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RPDelay)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_RCD_DELAY(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RCDDelay)); + + /* Get SDRAM register value */ + tmpr1 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank]; + + /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */ + tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \ + FMC_SDCR1_NB | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \ + FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE)); + + /* SDRAM bank control register configuration */ + tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ColumnBitsNumber | + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_RowBitsNumber | + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDMemoryDataWidth | + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_InternalBankNumber | + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_CASLatency | + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteProtection | + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDClockPeriod | + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadBurst | + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadPipeDelay; + + if(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM ) + { + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpr1; + } + else /* SDCR2 "don't care" bits configuration */ + { + /* Get SDCR register value */ + tmpr3 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_Bank1_SDRAM]; + + /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */ + tmpr3 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \ + FMC_SDCR1_NB | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \ + FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE)); + + tmpr3 |= (uint32_t)FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDClockPeriod | + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadBurst | + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadPipeDelay; + + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_Bank1_SDRAM] = tmpr3; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpr1; + } + /* SDRAM bank timing register configuration */ + if(FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM ) + { + /* Get SDTR register value */ + tmpr2 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank]; + + /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */ + tmpr2 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \ + FMC_SDTR1_TRC | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \ + FMC_SDTR1_TRCD)); + + tmpr2 |= (uint32_t)((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_LoadToActiveDelay)-1) | + (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay)-1) << 4) | + (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_SelfRefreshTime)-1) << 8) | + (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RowCycleDelay)-1) << 12) | + (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_WriteRecoveryTime)-1) << 16) | + (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RPDelay)-1) << 20) | + (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RCDDelay)-1) << 24); + + FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpr2; + } + else /* SDTR "don't care bits configuration */ + { + /* Get SDTR register value */ + tmpr2 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank]; + + /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */ + tmpr2 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \ + FMC_SDTR1_TRC | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \ + FMC_SDTR1_TRCD)); + + tmpr2 |= (uint32_t)((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_LoadToActiveDelay)-1) | + (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay)-1) << 4) | + (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_SelfRefreshTime)-1) << 8) | + (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_WriteRecoveryTime)-1) << 16); + + /* Get SDTR register value */ + tmpr4 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_Bank1_SDRAM]; + + /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */ + tmpr4 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \ + FMC_SDTR1_TRC | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \ + FMC_SDTR1_TRCD)); + + tmpr4 |= (uint32_t)(((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RowCycleDelay)-1) << 12) | + (((FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RPDelay)-1) << 20); + + FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_Bank1_SDRAM] = tmpr4; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank] = tmpr2; + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FMC_SDRAMInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FMC_SDRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_SDRAMStructInit(FMC_SDRAMInitTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset SDRAM Init structure parameters values */ + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_Bank = FMC_Bank1_SDRAM; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ColumnBitsNumber = FMC_ColumnBits_Number_8b; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_RowBitsNumber = FMC_RowBits_Number_11b; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDMemoryDataWidth = FMC_SDMemory_Width_16b; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_InternalBankNumber = FMC_InternalBank_Number_4; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_CASLatency = FMC_CAS_Latency_1; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_WriteProtection = FMC_Write_Protection_Enable; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDClockPeriod = FMC_SDClock_Disable; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadBurst = FMC_Read_Burst_Disable; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_ReadPipeDelay = FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_0; + + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_LoadToActiveDelay = 16; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay = 16; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_SelfRefreshTime = 16; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RowCycleDelay = 16; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_WriteRecoveryTime = 16; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RPDelay = 16; + FMC_SDRAMInitStruct->FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct->FMC_RCDDelay = 16; + +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SDRAM memory command issued when the device is accessed. + * @param FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct: pointer to a FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef structure + * which will be configured. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_SDRAMCmdConfig(FMC_SDRAMCommandTypeDef* FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpr = 0x0; + + /* check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_COMMAND_MODE(FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_CommandMode)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_COMMAND_TARGET(FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_CommandTarget)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_AutoRefreshNumber)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_MODE_REGISTER(FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_ModeRegisterDefinition)); + + tmpr = (uint32_t)(FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_CommandMode | + FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_CommandTarget | + (((FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_AutoRefreshNumber)-1)<<5) | + ((FMC_SDRAMCommandStruct->FMC_ModeRegisterDefinition)<<9)); + + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = tmpr; + +} + + +/** + * @brief Returns the indicated FMC SDRAM bank mode status. + * @param SDRAM_Bank: Defines the FMC SDRAM bank. This parameter can be + * FMC_Bank1_SDRAM or FMC_Bank2_SDRAM. + * @retval The FMC SDRAM bank mode status + */ +uint32_t FMC_GetModeStatus(uint32_t SDRAM_Bank) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(SDRAM_Bank)); + + /* Get the busy flag status */ + if(SDRAM_Bank == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & FMC_SDSR_MODES1); + } + else + { + tmpreg = ((uint32_t)(FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & FMC_SDSR_MODES2) >> 2); + } + + /* Return the mode status */ + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief defines the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate. + * @param FMC_Count: specifies the Refresh timer count. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_SetRefreshCount(uint32_t FMC_Count) +{ + /* check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_REFRESH_COUNT(FMC_Count)); + + FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR |= (FMC_Count<<1); + +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands. + * @param FMC_Number: specifies the auto Refresh number. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_SetAutoRefresh_Number(uint32_t FMC_Number) +{ + /* check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(FMC_Number)); + + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR |= (FMC_Number << 5); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables write protection to the specified FMC SDRAM Bank. + * @param SDRAM_Bank: Defines the FMC SDRAM bank. This parameter can be + * FMC_Bank1_SDRAM or FMC_Bank2_SDRAM. + * @param NewState: new state of the write protection flag. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_SDRAMWriteProtectionConfig(uint32_t SDRAM_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(SDRAM_Bank)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[SDRAM_Bank] |= FMC_Write_Protection_Enable; + } + else + { + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[SDRAM_Bank] &= SDCR_WriteProtection_RESET; + } + +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMC_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FMC interrupts. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM + * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM + * @param FMC_IT: specifies the FMC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FMC_IT_Refresh: Refresh error detection interrupt. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified FMC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FMC_IT_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_IT(FMC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected FMC_Bank2 interrupts */ + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank2->SR2 |= FMC_IT; + } + /* Enable the selected FMC_Bank3 interrupts */ + else if (FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank3->SR3 |= FMC_IT; + } + /* Enable the selected FMC_Bank4 interrupts */ + else if (FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) + { + FMC_Bank4->SR4 |= FMC_IT; + } + /* Enable the selected FMC_Bank5_6 interrupt */ + else + { + /* Enables the interrupt if the refresh error flag is set */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR |= FMC_IT; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected FMC_Bank2 interrupts */ + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + + FMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (uint32_t)~FMC_IT; + } + /* Disable the selected FMC_Bank3 interrupts */ + else if (FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (uint32_t)~FMC_IT; + } + /* Disable the selected FMC_Bank4 interrupts */ + else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) + { + FMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (uint32_t)~FMC_IT; + } + /* Disable the selected FMC_Bank5_6 interrupt */ + else + { + /* Disables the interrupt if the refresh error flag is not set */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR &= (uint32_t)~FMC_IT; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FMC flag is set or not. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM + * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM + * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM | FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 or Bank2 SDRAM + * @param FMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection Flag. + * @arg FMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. + * @arg FMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection Flag. + * @arg FMC_FLAG_FEMPT: Fifo empty Flag. + * @arg FMC_FLAG_Refresh: Refresh error Flag. + * @arg FMC_FLAG_Busy: Busy status Flag. + * @retval The new state of FMC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpsr = 0x00000000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_GET_FLAG(FMC_FLAG)); + + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FMC_Bank2->SR2; + } + else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FMC_Bank3->SR3; + } + else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) + { + tmpsr = FMC_Bank4->SR4; + } + else + { + tmpsr = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR; + } + + /* Get the flag status */ + if ((tmpsr & FMC_FLAG) != FMC_FLAG ) + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FMC's pending flags. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM + * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM + * @param FMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection Flag. + * @arg FMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. + * @arg FMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection Flag. + * @arg FMC_FLAG_Refresh: Refresh error Flag. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FMC_FLAG)) ; + + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (~FMC_FLAG); + } + else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (~FMC_FLAG); + } + else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) + { + FMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (~FMC_FLAG); + } + /* FMC_Bank5_6 SDRAM*/ + else + { + FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR &= (~FMC_FLAG); + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FMC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM + * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM + * @param FMC_IT: specifies the FMC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FMC_IT_Refresh: Refresh error detection interrupt. + * @retval The new state of FMC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus FMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpsr = 0x0; + uint32_t tmpsr2 = 0x0; + uint32_t itstatus = 0x0; + uint32_t itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_IT_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_GET_IT(FMC_IT)); + + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FMC_Bank2->SR2; + } + else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FMC_Bank3->SR3; + } + else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) + { + tmpsr = FMC_Bank4->SR4; + } + /* FMC_Bank5_6 SDRAM*/ + else + { + tmpsr = FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR; + tmpsr2 = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR; + } + + /* get the IT enable bit status*/ + itenable = tmpsr & FMC_IT; + + /* get the corresponding IT Flag status*/ + if((FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank1_SDRAM) || (FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_SDRAM)) + { + itstatus = tmpsr2 & FMC_SDSR_RE; + } + else + { + itstatus = tmpsr & (FMC_IT >> 3); + } + + if ((itstatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FMC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param FMC_Bank: specifies the FMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMC_Bank2_NAND: FMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank3_NAND: FMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @arg FMC_Bank1_SDRAM: FMC Bank1 SDRAM + * @arg FMC_Bank2_SDRAM: FMC Bank2 SDRAM + * @param FMC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FMC_IT_Refresh: Refresh error detection interrupt. + * @retval None + */ +void FMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FMC_Bank, uint32_t FMC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMC_IT_BANK(FMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FMC_IT(FMC_IT)); + + if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~(FMC_IT >> 3); + } + else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~(FMC_IT >> 3); + } + else if(FMC_Bank == FMC_Bank4_PCCARD) + { + FMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~(FMC_IT >> 3); + } + /* FMC_Bank5_6 SDRAM*/ + else + { + FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR |= FMC_SDRTR_CRE; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 8ae6e49720..22f0ccc3ac --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c @@ -1,1580 +1,1546 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Inter-Integrated circuit Fast Mode Plus (FMPI2C): - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Communications handling - * + SMBUS management - * + FMPI2C registers management - * + Data transfers management - * + DMA transfers management - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - * @verbatim - ============================================================================ - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================ - [..] - (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2Cx, ENABLE) - function for FMPI2C peripheral. - (#) Enable SDA, SCL and SMBA (when used) GPIO clocks using - RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. - (#) Peripherals alternate function: - (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate - Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. - (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF - (++) Select the type, OpenDrain and speed via - GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members - (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. - (#) Program the Mode, Timing , Own address, Ack and Acknowledged Address - using the FMPI2C_Init() function. - (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without - re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again FMPI2C_Init() function): - (++) Enable the acknowledge feature using FMPI2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function. - (++) Enable the dual addressing mode using FMPI2C_DualAddressCmd() function. - (++) Enable the general call using the FMPI2C_GeneralCallCmd() function. - (++) Enable the clock stretching using FMPI2C_StretchClockCmd() function. - (++) Enable the PEC Calculation using FMPI2C_CalculatePEC() function. - (++) For SMBus Mode: - (+++) Enable the SMBusAlert pin using FMPI2C_SMBusAlertCmd() function. - (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function - FMPI2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. - (#) When using the DMA mode - (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. - (++) Active the needed channel Request using FMPI2C_DMACmd() function. - (#) Enable the FMPI2C using the FMPI2C_Cmd() function. - (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the - transfers. - [..] - (@) When using FMPI2C in Fast Mode Plus, SCL and SDA pin 20mA current drive capability - must be enabled by setting the driving capability control bit in SYSCFG. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C - * @brief FMPI2C driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00CFE0FF) /*FMPI2C_AnalogFilter)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_DigitalFilter)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MODE(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_OwnAddress1)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ACK(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Ack)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); - - /* Disable FMPI2Cx Peripheral */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_PE); - - /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx FILTERS Configuration ------------------*/ - /* Get the FMPI2Cx CR1 value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->CR1; - /* Clear FMPI2Cx CR1 register */ - tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure FMPI2Cx: analog and digital filter */ - /* Set ANFOFF bit according to FMPI2C_AnalogFilter value */ - /* Set DFN bits according to FMPI2C_DigitalFilter value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_AnalogFilter |(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_DigitalFilter << 8); - - /* Write to FMPI2Cx CR1 */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; - - /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx TIMING Configuration -------------------*/ - /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Timing */ - /* Set TIMINGR bits according to FMPI2C_Timing */ - /* Write to FMPI2Cx TIMING */ - FMPI2Cx->TIMINGR = FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; - - /* Enable FMPI2Cx Peripheral */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_PE; - - /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ - /* Clear tmpreg local variable */ - tmpreg = 0; - /* Clear OAR1 register */ - FMPI2Cx->OAR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - /* Clear OAR2 register */ - FMPI2Cx->OAR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ - /* Set OA1MODE bit according to FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress value */ - /* Set OA1 bits according to FMPI2C_OwnAddress1 value */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress | \ - (uint32_t)FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_OwnAddress1); - /* Write to FMPI2Cx OAR1 */ - FMPI2Cx->OAR1 = tmpreg; - /* Enable Own Address1 acknowledgement */ - FMPI2Cx->OAR1 |= FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1EN; - - /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx MODE Configuration ---------------------*/ - /* Configure FMPI2Cx: mode */ - /* Set SMBDEN and SMBHEN bits according to FMPI2C_Mode value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Mode; - /* Write to FMPI2Cx CR1 */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= tmpreg; - - /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx ACK Configuration ----------------------*/ - /* Get the FMPI2Cx CR2 value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->CR2; - /* Clear FMPI2Cx CR2 register */ - tmpreg &= CR2_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure FMPI2Cx: acknowledgement */ - /* Set NACK bit according to FMPI2C_Ack value */ - tmpreg |= FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Ack; - /* Write to FMPI2Cx CR2 */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each FMPI2C_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param FMPI2C_InitStruct: pointer to an FMPI2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_StructInit(FMPI2C_InitTypeDef* FMPI2C_InitStruct) -{ - /*---------------- Reset FMPI2C init structure parameters values --------------*/ - /* Initialize the FMPI2C_Timing member */ - FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Timing = 0; - /* Initialize the FMPI2C_AnalogFilter member */ - FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_AnalogFilter = FMPI2C_AnalogFilter_Enable; - /* Initialize the FMPI2C_DigitalFilter member */ - FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_DigitalFilter = 0; - /* Initialize the FMPI2C_Mode member */ - FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Mode = FMPI2C_Mode_FMPI2C; - /* Initialize the FMPI2C_OwnAddress1 member */ - FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; - /* Initialize the FMPI2C_Ack member */ - FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Ack = FMPI2C_Ack_Disable; - /* Initialize the FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ - FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress = FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_Cmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_PE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_PE); - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified FMPI2C software reset. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_SoftwareResetCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - - /* Disable peripheral */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_PE); - - /* Perform a dummy read to delay the disable of peripheral for minimum - 3 APB clock cycles to perform the software reset functionality */ - *(__IO uint32_t *)(uint32_t)FMPI2Cx; - - /* Enable peripheral */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_PE; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified FMPI2C interrupts. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param FMPI2C_IT: specifies the FMPI2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ERRI: Error interrupt mask - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TCI: Transfer Complete interrupt mask - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_STOPI: Stop Detection interrupt mask - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_NACKI: Not Acknowledge received interrupt mask - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI: Address Match interrupt mask - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_RXI: RX interrupt mask - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TXI: TX interrupt mask - * @param NewState: new state of the specified FMPI2C interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_ITConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_CONFIG_IT(FMPI2C_IT)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected FMPI2C interrupts */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected FMPI2C interrupts */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_IT); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C Clock stretching. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx Clock stretching. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_StretchClockCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable clock stretching */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); - } - else - { - /* Disable clock stretching */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2Cp from stop mode. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx stop mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_StopModeCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_WUPEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable wakeup from stop mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_WUPEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C own address 2. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C own address 2. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_DualAddressCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable own address 2 */ - FMPI2Cx->OAR2 |= FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2EN; - } - else - { - /* Disable own address 2 */ - FMPI2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2EN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the FMPI2C slave own address 2 and mask. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. - * @param Mask: specifies own address 2 mask to be programmed. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_NoMask: no mask. - * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask01: OA2[1] is masked and don't care. - * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask02: OA2[2:1] are masked and don't care. - * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask03: OA2[3:1] are masked and don't care. - * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask04: OA2[4:1] are masked and don't care. - * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask05: OA2[5:1] are masked and don't care. - * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask06: OA2[6:1] are masked and don't care. - * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask07: OA2[7:1] are masked and don't care. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_OwnAddress2Config(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Mask) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(Address)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(Mask)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->OAR2; - - /* Reset FMPI2Cx OA2 bit [7:1] and OA2MSK bit [1:0] */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2 | FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2MSK)); - - /* Set FMPI2Cx SADD */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Address & FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2) | \ - (((uint32_t)Mask << 8) & FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2MSK)) ; - - /* Store the new register value */ - FMPI2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C general call mode. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C general call mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_GeneralCallCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable general call mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_GCEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable general call mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_GCEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C slave byte control. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C slave byte control. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_SlaveByteControlCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable slave byte control */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_SBC; - } - else - { - /* Disable slave byte control */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_SBC); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the slave address to be transmitted after start generation. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. - * @note This function should be called before generating start condition. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_SlaveAddressConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->CR2; - - /* Reset FMPI2Cx SADD bit [9:0] */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_SADD); - - /* Set FMPI2Cx SADD */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)Address & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD); - - /* Store the new register value */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C 10-bit addressing mode for the master. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C 10-bit addressing mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note This function should be called before generating start condition. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_10BitAddressingModeCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable 10-bit addressing mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_ADD10; - } - else - { - /* Disable 10-bit addressing mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_ADD10); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group2 Communications handling functions - * @brief Communications handling functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Communications handling functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides a set of functions that handles FMPI2C communication. - - [..] Automatic End mode is enabled using FMPI2C_AutoEndCmd() function. When Reload - mode is enabled via FMPI2C_ReloadCmd() AutoEnd bit has no effect. - - [..] FMPI2C_NumberOfBytesConfig() function set the number of bytes to be transferred, - this configuration should be done before generating start condition in master - mode. - - [..] When switching from master write operation to read operation in 10Bit addressing - mode, master can only sends the 1st 7 bits of the 10 bit address, followed by - Read direction by enabling HEADR bit using FMPI2C_10BitAddressHeader() function. - - [..] In master mode, when transferring more than 255 bytes Reload mode should be used - to handle communication. In the first phase of transfer, Nbytes should be set to - 255. After transferring these bytes TCR flag is set and FMPI2C_TransferHandling() - function should be called to handle remaining communication. - - [..] In master mode, when software end mode is selected when all data is transferred - TC flag is set FMPI2C_TransferHandling() function should be called to generate STOP - or generate ReStart. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C automatic end mode (stop condition is - * automatically sent when nbytes data are transferred). - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C automatic end mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note This function has effect if Reload mode is disabled. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_AutoEndCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable Auto end mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND; - } - else - { - /* Disable Auto end mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C nbytes reload mode. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the nbytes reload mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_ReloadCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable Auto Reload mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_RELOAD; - } - else - { - /* Disable Auto Reload mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_RELOAD); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the number of bytes to be transmitted/received. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param Number_Bytes: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_NumberOfBytesConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t Number_Bytes) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->CR2; - - /* Reset FMPI2Cx Nbytes bit [7:0] */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES); - - /* Set FMPI2Cx Nbytes */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Number_Bytes << 16 ) & FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES); - - /* Store the new register value */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the type of transfer request for the master. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param FMPI2C_Direction: specifies the transfer request direction to be programmed. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_Direction_Transmitter: Master request a write transfer - * @arg FMPI2C_Direction_Receiver: Master request a read transfer - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_MasterRequestConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t FMPI2C_Direction) -{ -/* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DIRECTION(FMPI2C_Direction)); - - /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ - if (FMPI2C_Direction == FMPI2C_Direction_Transmitter) - { - /* Request a write Transfer */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_RD_WRN); - } - else - { - /* Request a read Transfer */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_RD_WRN; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Generates FMPI2Cx communication START condition. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C START condition generation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_GenerateSTART(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Generate a START condition */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_START; - } - else - { - /* Disable the START condition generation */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_START); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Generates FMPI2Cx communication STOP condition. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C STOP condition generation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_GenerateSTOP(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Generate a STOP condition */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_STOP; - } - else - { - /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_STOP); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C 10-bit header only mode with read direction. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C 10-bit header only mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note This mode can be used only when switching from master transmitter mode - * to master receiver mode. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_10BitAddressHeaderCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable 10-bit header only mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_HEAD10R; - } - else - { - /* Disable 10-bit header only mode */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_HEAD10R); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Generates FMPI2C communication Acknowledge. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the Acknowledge. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_AcknowledgeConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable ACK generation */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_NACK); - } - else - { - /* Enable NACK generation */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FMPI2C slave matched address . - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @retval The value of the slave matched address . - */ -uint8_t FMPI2C_GetAddressMatched(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - - /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ - return (uint8_t)(((uint32_t)FMPI2Cx->ISR & FMPI2C_ISR_ADDCODE) >> 16) ; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FMPI2C slave received request. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @retval The value of the received request. - */ -uint16_t FMPI2C_GetTransferDirection(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - uint16_t direction = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - - /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(FMPI2Cx->ISR & FMPI2C_ISR_DIR); - - /* If write transfer is requested */ - if (tmpreg == 0) - { - /* write transfer is requested */ - direction = FMPI2C_Direction_Transmitter; - } - else - { - /* Read transfer is requested */ - direction = FMPI2C_Direction_Receiver; - } - return direction; -} - -/** - * @brief Handles FMPI2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. - * @param Number_Bytes: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. - * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. - * @param ReloadEndMode: new state of the FMPI2C START condition generation. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_Reload_Mode: Enable Reload mode . - * @arg FMPI2C_AutoEnd_Mode: Enable Automatic end mode. - * @arg FMPI2C_SoftEnd_Mode: Enable Software end mode. - * @param StartStopMode: new state of the FMPI2C START condition generation. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_No_StartStop: Don't Generate stop and start condition. - * @arg FMPI2C_Generate_Stop: Generate stop condition (Number_Bytes should be set to 0). - * @arg FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Read: Generate Restart for read request. - * @arg FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Write: Generate Restart for write request. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_TransferHandling(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Number_Bytes, uint32_t ReloadEndMode, uint32_t StartStopMode) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(Address)); - assert_param(IS_RELOAD_END_MODE(ReloadEndMode)); - assert_param(IS_START_STOP_MODE(StartStopMode)); - - /* Get the CR2 register value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->CR2; - - /* clear tmpreg specific bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(FMPI2C_CR2_SADD | FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES | FMPI2C_CR2_RELOAD | FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND | FMPI2C_CR2_RD_WRN | FMPI2C_CR2_START | FMPI2C_CR2_STOP)); - - /* update tmpreg */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Address & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Number_Bytes << 16 ) & FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \ - (uint32_t)ReloadEndMode | (uint32_t)StartStopMode); - - /* update CR2 register */ - FMPI2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group3 SMBUS management functions - * @brief SMBUS management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### SMBUS management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides a set of functions that handles SMBus communication - and timeouts detection. - - [..] The SMBus Device default address (0b1100 001) is enabled by calling FMPI2C_Init() - function and setting FMPI2C_Mode member of FMPI2C_InitTypeDef() structure to - FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusDevice. - - [..] The SMBus Host address (0b0001 000) is enabled by calling FMPI2C_Init() - function and setting FMPI2C_Mode member of FMPI2C_InitTypeDef() structure to - FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusHost. - - [..] The Alert Response Address (0b0001 100) is enabled using FMPI2C_SMBusAlertCmd() - function. - - [..] To detect cumulative SCL stretch in master and slave mode, TIMEOUTB should be - configured (in accordance to SMBus specification) using FMPI2C_TimeoutBConfig() - function then FMPI2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd() function should be called to enable - the detection. - - [..] SCL low timeout is detected by configuring TIMEOUTB using FMPI2C_TimeoutBConfig() - function followed by the call of FMPI2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(). When adding to this - procedure the call of FMPI2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd() function, Bus Idle condition - (both SCL and SDA high) is detected also. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C SMBus alert. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx SMBus alert. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_SMBusAlertCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable SMBus alert */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_ALERTEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable SMBus alert */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_ALERTEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C Clock Timeout (SCL Timeout detection). - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx clock Timeout. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable Clock Timeout */ - FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable Clock Timeout */ - FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C Extended Clock Timeout (SCL cumulative Timeout detection). - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx Extended clock Timeout. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable Clock Timeout */ - FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable Clock Timeout */ - FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C Idle Clock Timeout (Bus idle SCL and SDA - * high detection). - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx Idle clock Timeout. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable Clock Timeout */ - FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIDLE; - } - else - { - /* Disable Clock Timeout */ - FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIDLE); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the FMPI2C Bus Timeout A (SCL Timeout when TIDLE = 0 or Bus - * idle SCL and SDA high when TIDLE = 1). - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param Timeout: specifies the TimeoutA to be programmed. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_TimeoutAConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_TIMEOUT(Timeout)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR; - - /* Reset FMPI2Cx TIMEOUTA bit [11:0] */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTA); - - /* Set FMPI2Cx TIMEOUTA */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)Timeout & FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTA) ; - - /* Store the new register value */ - FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the FMPI2C Bus Timeout B (SCL cumulative Timeout). - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param Timeout: specifies the TimeoutB to be programmed. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_TimeoutBConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_TIMEOUT(Timeout)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR; - - /* Reset FMPI2Cx TIMEOUTB bit [11:0] */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTB); - - /* Set FMPI2Cx TIMEOUTB */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Timeout << 16) & FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTB) ; - - /* Store the new register value */ - FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C PEC calculation. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx PEC calculation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_CalculatePEC(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable PEC calculation */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_PECEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable PEC calculation */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_PECEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C PEC transmission/reception request. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx PEC request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_PECRequestCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable PEC transmission/reception request */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR2_PECBYTE; - } - else - { - /* Disable PEC transmission/reception request */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_PECBYTE); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FMPI2C PEC. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @retval The value of the PEC . - */ -uint8_t FMPI2C_GetPEC(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - - /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ - return (uint8_t)((uint32_t)FMPI2Cx->PECR & FMPI2C_PECR_PEC); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group4 FMPI2C registers management functions - * @brief FMPI2C registers management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### FMPI2C registers management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides a functions that allow user the management of - FMPI2C registers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - /** - * @brief Reads the specified FMPI2C register and returns its value. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param FMPI2C_Register: specifies the register to read. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_TIMINGR: TIMING register. - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_TIMEOUTR: TIMEOUTR register. - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_ISR: ISR register. - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_ICR: ICR register. - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_PECR: PECR register. - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_RXDR: RXDR register. - * @arg FMPI2C_Register_TXDR: TXDR register. - * @retval The value of the read register. - */ -uint32_t FMPI2C_ReadRegister(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t FMPI2C_Register) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_REGISTER(FMPI2C_Register)); - - tmp = (uint32_t)FMPI2Cx; - tmp += FMPI2C_Register; - - /* Return the selected register value */ - return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group5 Data transfers management functions - * @brief Data transfers management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Data transfers management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage - the FMPI2C data transfers. - - [..] The read access of the FMPI2C_RXDR register can be done using - the FMPI2C_ReceiveData() function and returns the received value. - Whereas a write access to the FMPI2C_TXDR can be done using FMPI2C_SendData() - function and stores the written data into TXDR. -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sends a data byte through the FMPI2Cx peripheral. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_SendData(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - - /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ - FMPI2Cx->TXDR = (uint8_t)Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the FMPI2Cx peripheral. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @retval The value of the received data. - */ -uint8_t FMPI2C_ReceiveData(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - - /* Return the data in the DR register */ - return (uint8_t)FMPI2Cx->RXDR; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group6 DMA transfers management functions - * @brief DMA transfers management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides two functions that can be used only in DMA mode. - [..] In DMA Mode, the FMPI2C communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel - requests: - (#) FMPI2C_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. - (#) FMPI2C_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. - [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: - (+) FMPI2C_DMACmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C DMA interface. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param FMPI2C_DMAReq: specifies the FMPI2C DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_DMAReq_Tx: Tx DMA transfer request - * @arg FMPI2C_DMAReq_Rx: Rx DMA transfer request - * @param NewState: new state of the selected FMPI2C DMA transfer request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FMPI2C_DMACmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DMA_REQ(FMPI2C_DMAReq)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected FMPI2C DMA requests */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_DMAReq; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected FMPI2C DMA requests */ - FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~FMPI2C_DMAReq; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the FMPI2C Interrupts - sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. - The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage - the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode(refer FMPI2C_Group6) . - - *** Polling Mode *** - ==================== - [..] In Polling Mode, the FMPI2C communication can be managed by 15 flags: - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_TXE: to indicate the status of Transmit data register empty flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS: to indicate the status of Transmit interrupt status flag . - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE: to indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR: to indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode). - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_NACKF: to indicate the status of NACK received flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF: to indicate the status of STOP detection flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_TC: to indicate the status of Transfer complete flag(master mode). - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR: to indicate the status of Transfer complete reload flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR: to indicate the status of Bus error flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO: to indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR: to indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR: to indicate the status of PEC error in reception flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: to indicate the status of Timeout or Tlow detection flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT: to indicate the status of SMBus Alert flag. - (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY: to indicate the status of Bus busy flag. - - [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) FlagStatus FMPI2C_GetFlagStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG); - (+) void FMPI2C_ClearFlag(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG); - - [..] - (@)Do not use the BUSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception.It is - better to use the TXIS and RXNE flags instead. - - *** Interrupt Mode *** - ====================== - [..] In Interrupt Mode, the FMPI2C communication can be managed by 7 interrupt sources - and 15 pending bits: - [..] Interrupt Source: - (#) FMPI2C_IT_ERRI: specifies the interrupt source for the Error interrupt. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_TCI: specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Complete interrupt. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_STOPI: specifies the interrupt source for the Stop Detection interrupt. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_NACKI: specifies the interrupt source for the Not Acknowledge received interrupt. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI: specifies the interrupt source for the Address Match interrupt. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_RXI: specifies the interrupt source for the RX interrupt. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_TXI: specifies the interrupt source for the TX interrupt. - - [..] Pending Bits: - (#) FMPI2C_IT_TXIS: to indicate the status of Transmit interrupt status flag. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_RXNE: to indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_ADDR: to indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode). - (#) FMPI2C_IT_NACKF: to indicate the status of NACK received flag. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_STOPF: to indicate the status of STOP detection flag. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_TC: to indicate the status of Transfer complete flag (master mode). - (#) FMPI2C_IT_TCR: to indicate the status of Transfer complete reload flag. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_BERR: to indicate the status of Bus error flag. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_ARLO: to indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_OVR: to indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_PECERR: to indicate the status of PEC error in reception flag. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_TIMEOUT: to indicate the status of Timeout or Tlow detection flag. - (#) FMPI2C_IT_ALERT: to indicate the status of SMBus Alert flag. - - [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) void FMPI2C_ClearITPendingBit(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT); - (+) ITStatus FMPI2C_GetITStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT); - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified FMPI2C flag is set or not. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param FMPI2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS: Transmit interrupt status - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_NACKF: NACK received flag - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection flag - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TC: Transfer complete (master mode) - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR: Transfer complete reload - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus Alert - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy - * @retval The new state of FMPI2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus FMPI2C_GetFlagStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(FMPI2C_FLAG)); - - /* Get the ISR register value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->ISR; - - /* Get flag status */ - tmpreg &= FMPI2C_FLAG; - - if(tmpreg != 0) - { - /* FMPI2C_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* FMPI2C_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the FMPI2Cx's pending flags. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param FMPI2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_NACKF: NACK received flag - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection flag - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag - * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus Alert - * @retval The new state of FMPI2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -void FMPI2C_ClearFlag(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FMPI2C_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected flag */ - FMPI2Cx->ICR = FMPI2C_FLAG; - } - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified FMPI2C interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param FMPI2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TXIS: Transmit interrupt status - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_RXNE: Receive data register not empty - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_NACKF: NACK received flag - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_STOPF: STOP detection flag - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TC: Transfer complete (master mode) - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TCR: Transfer complete reload - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_BERR: Bus error - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ALERT: SMBus Alert - * @retval The new state of FMPI2C_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus FMPI2C_GetITStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_GET_IT(FMPI2C_IT)); - - /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ - /* If Error interrupt */ - if((uint32_t)(FMPI2C_IT & ERROR_IT_MASK)) - { - enablestatus = (uint32_t)((FMPI2C_CR1_ERRIE) & (FMPI2Cx->CR1)); - } - /* If TC interrupt */ - else if((uint32_t)(FMPI2C_IT & TC_IT_MASK)) - { - enablestatus = (uint32_t)((FMPI2C_CR1_TCIE) & (FMPI2Cx->CR1)); - } - else - { - enablestatus = (uint32_t)((FMPI2C_IT) & (FMPI2Cx->CR1)); - } - - /* Get the ISR register value */ - tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->ISR; - - /* Get flag status */ - tmpreg &= FMPI2C_IT; - - /* Check the status of the specified FMPI2C flag */ - if((tmpreg != RESET) && enablestatus) - { - /* FMPI2C_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* FMPI2C_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the FMPI2C_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the FMPI2Cx's interrupt pending bits. - * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. - * @param FMPI2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_NACKF: NACK received flag - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_STOPF: STOP detection flag - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_BERR: Bus error - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag - * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ALERT: SMBus Alert - * @retval The new state of FMPI2C_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -void FMPI2C_ClearITPendingBit(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_CLEAR_IT(FMPI2C_IT)); - - /* Clear the selected flag */ - FMPI2Cx->ICR = FMPI2C_IT; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter-Integrated circuit Fast Mode Plus (FMPI2C): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Communications handling + * + SMBUS management + * + FMPI2C registers management + * + Data transfers management + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================ + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================ + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2Cx, ENABLE) + function for FMPI2C peripheral. + (#) Enable SDA, SCL and SMBA (when used) GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (++) Select the type, OpenDrain and speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + (#) Program the Mode, Timing , Own address, Ack and Acknowledged Address + using the FMPI2C_Init() function. + (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without + re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again FMPI2C_Init() function): + (++) Enable the acknowledge feature using FMPI2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function. + (++) Enable the dual addressing mode using FMPI2C_DualAddressCmd() function. + (++) Enable the general call using the FMPI2C_GeneralCallCmd() function. + (++) Enable the clock stretching using FMPI2C_StretchClockCmd() function. + (++) Enable the PEC Calculation using FMPI2C_CalculatePEC() function. + (++) For SMBus Mode: + (+++) Enable the SMBusAlert pin using FMPI2C_SMBusAlertCmd() function. + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + FMPI2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using FMPI2C_DMACmd() function. + (#) Enable the FMPI2C using the FMPI2C_Cmd() function. + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the + transfers. + [..] + (@) When using FMPI2C in Fast Mode Plus, SCL and SDA pin 20mA current drive capability + must be enabled by setting the driving capability control bit in SYSCFG. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_fmpi2c.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C FMPI2C + * @brief FMPI2C driver modules + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG)|| defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00CFE0FF) /*FMPI2C_AnalogFilter)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_DigitalFilter)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MODE(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ACK(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Ack)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); + + /* Disable FMPI2Cx Peripheral */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_PE); + + /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx FILTERS Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Get the FMPI2Cx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->CR1; + /* Clear FMPI2Cx CR1 register */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure FMPI2Cx: analog and digital filter */ + /* Set ANFOFF bit according to FMPI2C_AnalogFilter value */ + /* Set DFN bits according to FMPI2C_DigitalFilter value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_AnalogFilter |(FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_DigitalFilter << 8); + + /* Write to FMPI2Cx CR1 */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx TIMING Configuration -------------------*/ + /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Timing */ + /* Set TIMINGR bits according to FMPI2C_Timing */ + /* Write to FMPI2Cx TIMING */ + FMPI2Cx->TIMINGR = FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Enable FMPI2Cx Peripheral */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_PE; + + /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Clear tmpreg local variable */ + tmpreg = 0; + /* Clear OAR1 register */ + FMPI2Cx->OAR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Clear OAR2 register */ + FMPI2Cx->OAR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ + /* Set OA1MODE bit according to FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress value */ + /* Set OA1 bits according to FMPI2C_OwnAddress1 value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress | \ + (uint32_t)FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_OwnAddress1); + /* Write to FMPI2Cx OAR1 */ + FMPI2Cx->OAR1 = tmpreg; + /* Enable Own Address1 acknowledgement */ + FMPI2Cx->OAR1 |= FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1EN; + + /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx MODE Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure FMPI2Cx: mode */ + /* Set SMBDEN and SMBHEN bits according to FMPI2C_Mode value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Mode; + /* Write to FMPI2Cx CR1 */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= tmpreg; + + /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx ACK Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Get the FMPI2Cx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->CR2; + /* Clear FMPI2Cx CR2 register */ + tmpreg &= CR2_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure FMPI2Cx: acknowledgement */ + /* Set NACK bit according to FMPI2C_Ack value */ + tmpreg |= FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Ack; + /* Write to FMPI2Cx CR2 */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FMPI2C_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FMPI2C_InitStruct: pointer to an FMPI2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_StructInit(FMPI2C_InitTypeDef* FMPI2C_InitStruct) +{ + /*---------------- Reset FMPI2C init structure parameters values --------------*/ + /* Initialize the FMPI2C_Timing member */ + FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Timing = 0; + /* Initialize the FMPI2C_AnalogFilter member */ + FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_AnalogFilter = FMPI2C_AnalogFilter_Enable; + /* Initialize the FMPI2C_DigitalFilter member */ + FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_DigitalFilter = 0; + /* Initialize the FMPI2C_Mode member */ + FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Mode = FMPI2C_Mode_FMPI2C; + /* Initialize the FMPI2C_OwnAddress1 member */ + FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; + /* Initialize the FMPI2C_Ack member */ + FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_Ack = FMPI2C_Ack_Disable; + /* Initialize the FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ + FMPI2C_InitStruct->FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress = FMPI2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_Cmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_PE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_PE); + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FMPI2C software reset. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_SoftwareResetCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + + /* Disable peripheral */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_PE); + + /* Perform a dummy read to delay the disable of peripheral for minimum + 3 APB clock cycles to perform the software reset functionality */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)(uint32_t)FMPI2Cx; + + /* Enable peripheral */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_PE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FMPI2C interrupts. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param FMPI2C_IT: specifies the FMPI2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ERRI: Error interrupt mask + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TCI: Transfer Complete interrupt mask + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_STOPI: Stop Detection interrupt mask + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_NACKI: Not Acknowledge received interrupt mask + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI: Address Match interrupt mask + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_RXI: RX interrupt mask + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TXI: TX interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified FMPI2C interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_ITConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_CONFIG_IT(FMPI2C_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected FMPI2C interrupts */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected FMPI2C interrupts */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C Clock stretching. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx Clock stretching. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_StretchClockCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable clock stretching */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); + } + else + { + /* Disable clock stretching */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C own address 2. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C own address 2. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_DualAddressCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable own address 2 */ + FMPI2Cx->OAR2 |= FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable own address 2 */ + FMPI2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2EN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the FMPI2C slave own address 2 and mask. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Mask: specifies own address 2 mask to be programmed. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_NoMask: no mask. + * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask01: OA2[1] is masked and don't care. + * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask02: OA2[2:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask03: OA2[3:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask04: OA2[4:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask05: OA2[5:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask06: OA2[6:1] are masked and don't care. + * @arg FMPI2C_OA2_Mask07: OA2[7:1] are masked and don't care. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_OwnAddress2Config(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Mask) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(Address)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(Mask)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->OAR2; + + /* Reset FMPI2Cx OA2 bit [7:1] and OA2MSK bit [1:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2 | FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2MSK)); + + /* Set FMPI2Cx SADD */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Address & FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2) | \ + (((uint32_t)Mask << 8) & FMPI2C_OAR2_OA2MSK)) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + FMPI2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C general call mode. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C general call mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_GeneralCallCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable general call mode */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_GCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable general call mode */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_GCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C slave byte control. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C slave byte control. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_SlaveByteControlCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable slave byte control */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_SBC; + } + else + { + /* Disable slave byte control */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_SBC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the slave address to be transmitted after start generation. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @note This function should be called before generating start condition. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_SlaveAddressConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->CR2; + + /* Reset FMPI2Cx SADD bit [9:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Set FMPI2Cx SADD */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)Address & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Store the new register value */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C 10-bit addressing mode for the master. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C 10-bit addressing mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function should be called before generating start condition. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_10BitAddressingModeCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable 10-bit addressing mode */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_ADD10; + } + else + { + /* Disable 10-bit addressing mode */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_ADD10); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group2 Communications handling functions + * @brief Communications handling functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Communications handling functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions that handles FMPI2C communication. + + [..] Automatic End mode is enabled using FMPI2C_AutoEndCmd() function. When Reload + mode is enabled via FMPI2C_ReloadCmd() AutoEnd bit has no effect. + + [..] FMPI2C_NumberOfBytesConfig() function set the number of bytes to be transferred, + this configuration should be done before generating start condition in master + mode. + + [..] When switching from master write operation to read operation in 10Bit addressing + mode, master can only sends the 1st 7 bits of the 10 bit address, followed by + Read direction by enabling HEADR bit using FMPI2C_10BitAddressHeader() function. + + [..] In master mode, when transferring more than 255 bytes Reload mode should be used + to handle communication. In the first phase of transfer, Nbytes should be set to + 255. After transferring these bytes TCR flag is set and FMPI2C_TransferHandling() + function should be called to handle remaining communication. + + [..] In master mode, when software end mode is selected when all data is transferred + TC flag is set FMPI2C_TransferHandling() function should be called to generate STOP + or generate ReStart. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C automatic end mode (stop condition is + * automatically sent when nbytes data are transferred). + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C automatic end mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function has effect if Reload mode is disabled. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_AutoEndCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Auto end mode */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND; + } + else + { + /* Disable Auto end mode */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C nbytes reload mode. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the nbytes reload mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_ReloadCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Auto Reload mode */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_RELOAD; + } + else + { + /* Disable Auto Reload mode */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_RELOAD); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the number of bytes to be transmitted/received. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param Number_Bytes: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_NumberOfBytesConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t Number_Bytes) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->CR2; + + /* Reset FMPI2Cx Nbytes bit [7:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES); + + /* Set FMPI2Cx Nbytes */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Number_Bytes << 16 ) & FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES); + + /* Store the new register value */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the type of transfer request for the master. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param FMPI2C_Direction: specifies the transfer request direction to be programmed. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_Direction_Transmitter: Master request a write transfer + * @arg FMPI2C_Direction_Receiver: Master request a read transfer + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_MasterRequestConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t FMPI2C_Direction) +{ +/* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DIRECTION(FMPI2C_Direction)); + + /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ + if (FMPI2C_Direction == FMPI2C_Direction_Transmitter) + { + /* Request a write Transfer */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_RD_WRN); + } + else + { + /* Request a read Transfer */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_RD_WRN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates FMPI2Cx communication START condition. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_GenerateSTART(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a START condition */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_START; + } + else + { + /* Disable the START condition generation */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_START); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates FMPI2Cx communication STOP condition. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C STOP condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_GenerateSTOP(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a STOP condition */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_STOP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C 10-bit header only mode with read direction. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2C 10-bit header only mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This mode can be used only when switching from master transmitter mode + * to master receiver mode. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_10BitAddressHeaderCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable 10-bit header only mode */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_HEAD10R; + } + else + { + /* Disable 10-bit header only mode */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_HEAD10R); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates FMPI2C communication Acknowledge. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Acknowledge. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_AcknowledgeConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable ACK generation */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_NACK); + } + else + { + /* Enable NACK generation */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FMPI2C slave matched address . + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the slave matched address . + */ +uint8_t FMPI2C_GetAddressMatched(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + return (uint8_t)(((uint32_t)FMPI2Cx->ISR & FMPI2C_ISR_ADDCODE) >> 16) ; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FMPI2C slave received request. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received request. + */ +uint16_t FMPI2C_GetTransferDirection(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + uint16_t direction = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(FMPI2Cx->ISR & FMPI2C_ISR_DIR); + + /* If write transfer is requested */ + if (tmpreg == 0) + { + /* write transfer is requested */ + direction = FMPI2C_Direction_Transmitter; + } + else + { + /* Read transfer is requested */ + direction = FMPI2C_Direction_Receiver; + } + return direction; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles FMPI2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Number_Bytes: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. + * @param ReloadEndMode: new state of the FMPI2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_Reload_Mode: Enable Reload mode . + * @arg FMPI2C_AutoEnd_Mode: Enable Automatic end mode. + * @arg FMPI2C_SoftEnd_Mode: Enable Software end mode. + * @param StartStopMode: new state of the FMPI2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_No_StartStop: Don't Generate stop and start condition. + * @arg FMPI2C_Generate_Stop: Generate stop condition (Number_Bytes should be set to 0). + * @arg FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Read: Generate Restart for read request. + * @arg FMPI2C_Generate_Start_Write: Generate Restart for write request. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_TransferHandling(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Address, uint8_t Number_Bytes, uint32_t ReloadEndMode, uint32_t StartStopMode) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS(Address)); + assert_param(IS_RELOAD_END_MODE(ReloadEndMode)); + assert_param(IS_START_STOP_MODE(StartStopMode)); + + /* Get the CR2 register value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->CR2; + + /* clear tmpreg specific bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(FMPI2C_CR2_SADD | FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES | FMPI2C_CR2_RELOAD | FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND | FMPI2C_CR2_RD_WRN | FMPI2C_CR2_START | FMPI2C_CR2_STOP)); + + /* update tmpreg */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Address & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Number_Bytes << 16 ) & FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \ + (uint32_t)ReloadEndMode | (uint32_t)StartStopMode); + + /* update CR2 register */ + FMPI2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group3 SMBUS management functions + * @brief SMBUS management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### SMBUS management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions that handles SMBus communication + and timeouts detection. + + [..] The SMBus Device default address (0b1100 001) is enabled by calling FMPI2C_Init() + function and setting FMPI2C_Mode member of FMPI2C_InitTypeDef() structure to + FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusDevice. + + [..] The SMBus Host address (0b0001 000) is enabled by calling FMPI2C_Init() + function and setting FMPI2C_Mode member of FMPI2C_InitTypeDef() structure to + FMPI2C_Mode_SMBusHost. + + [..] The Alert Response Address (0b0001 100) is enabled using FMPI2C_SMBusAlertCmd() + function. + + [..] To detect cumulative SCL stretch in master and slave mode, TIMEOUTB should be + configured (in accordance to SMBus specification) using FMPI2C_TimeoutBConfig() + function then FMPI2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd() function should be called to enable + the detection. + + [..] SCL low timeout is detected by configuring TIMEOUTB using FMPI2C_TimeoutBConfig() + function followed by the call of FMPI2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(). When adding to this + procedure the call of FMPI2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd() function, Bus Idle condition + (both SCL and SDA high) is detected also. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C SMBus alert. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx SMBus alert. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_SMBusAlertCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable SMBus alert */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_ALERTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable SMBus alert */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_ALERTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C Clock Timeout (SCL Timeout detection). + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_ClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C Extended Clock Timeout (SCL cumulative Timeout detection). + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx Extended clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_ExtendedClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C Idle Clock Timeout (Bus idle SCL and SDA + * high detection). + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx Idle clock Timeout. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_IdleClockTimeoutCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Clock Timeout */ + FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR |= FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIDLE; + } + else + { + /* Disable Clock Timeout */ + FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIDLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the FMPI2C Bus Timeout A (SCL Timeout when TIDLE = 0 or Bus + * idle SCL and SDA high when TIDLE = 1). + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param Timeout: specifies the TimeoutA to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_TimeoutAConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_TIMEOUT(Timeout)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR; + + /* Reset FMPI2Cx TIMEOUTA bit [11:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTA); + + /* Set FMPI2Cx TIMEOUTA */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)Timeout & FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTA) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the FMPI2C Bus Timeout B (SCL cumulative Timeout). + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param Timeout: specifies the TimeoutB to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_TimeoutBConfig(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint16_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_TIMEOUT(Timeout)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR; + + /* Reset FMPI2Cx TIMEOUTB bit [11:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTB); + + /* Set FMPI2Cx TIMEOUTB */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)Timeout << 16) & FMPI2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMEOUTB) ; + + /* Store the new register value */ + FMPI2Cx->TIMEOUTR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C PEC calculation. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx PEC calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_CalculatePEC(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable PEC calculation */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_PECEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable PEC calculation */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR1_PECEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables FMPI2C PEC transmission/reception request. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the FMPI2Cx PEC request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_PECRequestCmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable PEC transmission/reception request */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR2_PECBYTE; + } + else + { + /* Disable PEC transmission/reception request */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)FMPI2C_CR2_PECBYTE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FMPI2C PEC. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the PEC . + */ +uint8_t FMPI2C_GetPEC(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + + /* Return the slave matched address in the SR1 register */ + return (uint8_t)((uint32_t)FMPI2Cx->PECR & FMPI2C_PECR_PEC); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group4 FMPI2C registers management functions + * @brief FMPI2C registers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### FMPI2C registers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a functions that allow user the management of + FMPI2C registers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + /** + * @brief Reads the specified FMPI2C register and returns its value. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param FMPI2C_Register: specifies the register to read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_TIMINGR: TIMING register. + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_TIMEOUTR: TIMEOUTR register. + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_ISR: ISR register. + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_ICR: ICR register. + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_PECR: PECR register. + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_RXDR: RXDR register. + * @arg FMPI2C_Register_TXDR: TXDR register. + * @retval The value of the read register. + */ +uint32_t FMPI2C_ReadRegister(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t FMPI2C_Register) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_REGISTER(FMPI2C_Register)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)FMPI2Cx; + tmp += FMPI2C_Register; + + /* Return the selected register value */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group5 Data transfers management functions + * @brief Data transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage + the FMPI2C data transfers. + + [..] The read access of the FMPI2C_RXDR register can be done using + the FMPI2C_ReceiveData() function and returns the received value. + Whereas a write access to the FMPI2C_TXDR can be done using FMPI2C_SendData() + function and stores the written data into TXDR. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends a data byte through the FMPI2Cx peripheral. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_SendData(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + FMPI2Cx->TXDR = (uint8_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the FMPI2Cx peripheral. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t FMPI2C_ReceiveData(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return (uint8_t)FMPI2Cx->RXDR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group6 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides two functions that can be used only in DMA mode. + [..] In DMA Mode, the FMPI2C communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel + requests: + (#) FMPI2C_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request. + (#) FMPI2C_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request. + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) FMPI2C_DMACmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FMPI2C DMA interface. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param FMPI2C_DMAReq: specifies the FMPI2C DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_DMAReq_Tx: Tx DMA transfer request + * @arg FMPI2C_DMAReq_Rx: Rx DMA transfer request + * @param NewState: new state of the selected FMPI2C DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FMPI2C_DMACmd(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DMA_REQ(FMPI2C_DMAReq)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected FMPI2C DMA requests */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 |= FMPI2C_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected FMPI2C DMA requests */ + FMPI2Cx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~FMPI2C_DMAReq; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the FMPI2C Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode(refer FMPI2C_Group6) . + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] In Polling Mode, the FMPI2C communication can be managed by 15 flags: + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_TXE: to indicate the status of Transmit data register empty flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS: to indicate the status of Transmit interrupt status flag . + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE: to indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR: to indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode). + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_NACKF: to indicate the status of NACK received flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF: to indicate the status of STOP detection flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_TC: to indicate the status of Transfer complete flag(master mode). + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR: to indicate the status of Transfer complete reload flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR: to indicate the status of Bus error flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO: to indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR: to indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR: to indicate the status of PEC error in reception flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: to indicate the status of Timeout or Tlow detection flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT: to indicate the status of SMBus Alert flag. + (#) FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY: to indicate the status of Bus busy flag. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus FMPI2C_GetFlagStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG); + (+) void FMPI2C_ClearFlag(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG); + + [..] + (@)Do not use the BUSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception.It is + better to use the TXIS and RXNE flags instead. + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the FMPI2C communication can be managed by 7 interrupt sources + and 15 pending bits: + [..] Interrupt Source: + (#) FMPI2C_IT_ERRI: specifies the interrupt source for the Error interrupt. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_TCI: specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Complete interrupt. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_STOPI: specifies the interrupt source for the Stop Detection interrupt. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_NACKI: specifies the interrupt source for the Not Acknowledge received interrupt. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI: specifies the interrupt source for the Address Match interrupt. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_RXI: specifies the interrupt source for the RX interrupt. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_TXI: specifies the interrupt source for the TX interrupt. + + [..] Pending Bits: + (#) FMPI2C_IT_TXIS: to indicate the status of Transmit interrupt status flag. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_RXNE: to indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_ADDR: to indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode). + (#) FMPI2C_IT_NACKF: to indicate the status of NACK received flag. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_STOPF: to indicate the status of STOP detection flag. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_TC: to indicate the status of Transfer complete flag (master mode). + (#) FMPI2C_IT_TCR: to indicate the status of Transfer complete reload flag. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_BERR: to indicate the status of Bus error flag. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_ARLO: to indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_OVR: to indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_PECERR: to indicate the status of PEC error in reception flag. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_TIMEOUT: to indicate the status of Timeout or Tlow detection flag. + (#) FMPI2C_IT_ALERT: to indicate the status of SMBus Alert flag. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void FMPI2C_ClearITPendingBit(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT); + (+) ITStatus FMPI2C_GetITStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FMPI2C flag is set or not. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param FMPI2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS: Transmit interrupt status + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TC: Transfer complete (master mode) + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR: Transfer complete reload + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy + * @retval The new state of FMPI2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FMPI2C_GetFlagStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(FMPI2C_FLAG)); + + /* Get the ISR register value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->ISR; + + /* Get flag status */ + tmpreg &= FMPI2C_FLAG; + + if(tmpreg != 0) + { + /* FMPI2C_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* FMPI2C_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FMPI2Cx's pending flags. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param FMPI2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of FMPI2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +void FMPI2C_ClearFlag(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FMPI2C_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected flag */ + FMPI2Cx->ICR = FMPI2C_FLAG; + } + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FMPI2C interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param FMPI2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TXIS: Transmit interrupt status + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_RXNE: Receive data register not empty + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TC: Transfer complete (master mode) + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TCR: Transfer complete reload + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_BERR: Bus error + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of FMPI2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus FMPI2C_GetITStatus(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_GET_IT(FMPI2C_IT)); + + /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ + /* If Error interrupt */ + if((uint32_t)(FMPI2C_IT & ERROR_IT_MASK)) + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((FMPI2C_CR1_ERRIE) & (FMPI2Cx->CR1)); + } + /* If TC interrupt */ + else if((uint32_t)(FMPI2C_IT & TC_IT_MASK)) + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((FMPI2C_CR1_TCIE) & (FMPI2Cx->CR1)); + } + else + { + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((FMPI2C_IT) & (FMPI2Cx->CR1)); + } + + /* Get the ISR register value */ + tmpreg = FMPI2Cx->ISR; + + /* Get flag status */ + tmpreg &= FMPI2C_IT; + + /* Check the status of the specified FMPI2C flag */ + if((tmpreg != RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* FMPI2C_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* FMPI2C_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the FMPI2C_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FMPI2Cx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param FMPI2Cx: where x can be 1 to select the FMPI2C peripheral. + * @param FMPI2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ADDR: Address matched (slave mode) + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_NACKF: NACK received flag + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_STOPF: STOP detection flag + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_BERR: Bus error + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow detection flag + * @arg FMPI2C_IT_ALERT: SMBus Alert + * @retval The new state of FMPI2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +void FMPI2C_ClearITPendingBit(FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2Cx, uint32_t FMPI2C_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_PERIPH(FMPI2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_CLEAR_IT(FMPI2C_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected flag */ + FMPI2Cx->ICR = FMPI2C_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fsmc.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fsmc.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 3c8736403f..626d2c3f16 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fsmc.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_fsmc.c @@ -1,1103 +1,1092 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_fsmc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the FSMC peripheral: - * + Interface with SRAM, PSRAM, NOR and OneNAND memories - * + Interface with NAND memories - * + Interface with 16-bit PC Card compatible memories - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_fsmc.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC - * @brief FSMC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -const FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef FSMC_DefaultTimingStruct = {0x0F, /* FSMC_AddressSetupTime */ - 0x0F, /* FSMC_AddressHoldTime */ - 0xFF, /* FSMC_DataSetupTime */ - 0x0F, /* FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration */ - 0x0F, /* FSMC_CLKDivision */ - 0x0F, /* FSMC_DataLatency */ - FSMC_AccessMode_A /* FSMC_AccessMode */ - }; -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* --------------------- FSMC registers bit mask ---------------------------- */ -/* FSMC BCRx Mask */ -#define BCR_MBKEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define BCR_MBKEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFE) -#define BCR_FACCEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000040) - -/* FSMC PCRx Mask */ -#define PCR_PBKEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000004) -#define PCR_PBKEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFB) -#define PCR_ECCEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000040) -#define PCR_ECCEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFBF) -#define PCR_MEMORYTYPE_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000008) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Group1 NOR/SRAM Controller functions - * @brief NOR/SRAM Controller functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### NOR and SRAM Controller functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface - with SRAM, PSRAM, NOR or OneNAND memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank: - - (#) Enable the clock for the FSMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: - RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - - (#) FSMC pins configuration - (++) Connect the involved FSMC pins to AF12 using the following function - GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FSMC); - (++) Configure these FSMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function - GPIO_Init(); - - (#) Declare a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure, for example: - FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure; - and fill the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure variable with the allowed values of - the structure member. - - (#) Initialize the NOR/SRAM Controller by calling the function - FSMC_NORSRAMInit(&FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure); - - (#) Then enable the NOR/SRAM Bank, for example: - FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, ENABLE); - - (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default - * reset values. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 - * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 - * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 - * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - - /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) - { - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB; - } - /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 or FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 */ - else - { - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2; - } - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the specified - * parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct. - * @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the FSMC NOR/SRAM - * specified Banks. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpbcr = 0, tmpbtr = 0, tmpbwr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); - - /* Get the BTCR register value */ - tmpbcr = FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank]; - - /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, WRAPMOD, WAITCFG, WREN, - WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW and CCLKEN bits */ - tmpbcr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BCR1_MBKEN | FSMC_BCR1_MUXEN | FSMC_BCR1_MTYP | \ - FSMC_BCR1_MWID | FSMC_BCR1_FACCEN | FSMC_BCR1_BURSTEN | \ - FSMC_BCR1_WAITPOL | FSMC_BCR1_WRAPMOD | FSMC_BCR1_WAITCFG | \ - FSMC_BCR1_WREN | FSMC_BCR1_WAITEN | FSMC_BCR1_EXTMOD | \ - FSMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT | FSMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW)); - - /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM control register configuration */ - tmpbcr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst; - - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = tmpbcr; - - if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR) - { - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] |= (uint32_t)BCR_FACCEN_SET; - } - - /* Get the BTCR register value */ - tmpbtr = FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1]; - - /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */ - tmpbtr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BTR1_ADDSET | FSMC_BTR1_ADDHLD | FSMC_BTR1_DATAST | \ - FSMC_BTR1_BUSTURN | FSMC_BTR1_CLKDIV | FSMC_BTR1_DATLAT | \ - FSMC_BTR1_ACCMOD)); - - /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register configuration */ - tmpbtr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode; - - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1] = tmpbtr; - - /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ - if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable) - { - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); - - /* Get the BWTR register value */ - tmpbwr = FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank]; - - /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */ - tmpbwr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BWTR1_ADDSET | FSMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FSMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \ - FSMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FSMC_BWTR1_CLKDIV | FSMC_BWTR1_DATLAT | \ - FSMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD)); - - tmpbwr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4 )| - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode; - - FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = tmpbwr; - } - else - { - FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset NOR/SRAM Init structure parameters values */ - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = (FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef*)&FSMC_DefaultTimingStruct; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct = (FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef*)&FSMC_DefaultTimingStruct; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 - * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 - * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 - * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 - * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] |= BCR_MBKEN_SET; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] &= BCR_MBKEN_RESET; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Group2 NAND Controller functions - * @brief NAND Controller functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### NAND Controller functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface - with 8-bit or 16-bit NAND memory connected to the NAND Bank: - - (#) Enable the clock for the FSMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: - (++) RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC, ENABLE); - (++) RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - - (#) FSMC pins configuration - (++) Connect the involved FSMC pins to AF12 using the following function - GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FSMC); - (++) Configure these FSMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function - GPIO_Init(); - - (#) Declare a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure, for example: - FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef FSMC_NANDInitStructure; - and fill the FSMC_NANDInitStructure variable with the allowed values of - the structure member. - - (#) Initialize the NAND Controller by calling the function - FSMC_NANDInit(&FSMC_NANDInitStructure); - - (#) Then enable the NAND Bank, for example: - FSMC_NANDCmd(FSMC_Bank3_NAND, ENABLE); - - (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the NAND Bank. - - [..] - (@) To enable the Error Correction Code (ECC), you have to use the function - FSMC_NANDECCCmd(FSMC_Bank3_NAND, ENABLE); - [..] - (@) and to get the current ECC value you have to use the function - ECCval = FSMC_GetECC(FSMC_Bank3_NAND); - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the FSMC NAND Banks registers to their default reset values. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Set the FSMC_Bank2 registers to their reset values */ - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = 0x00000018; - FSMC_Bank2->SR2 = 0x00000040; - FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - } - /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */ - else - { - /* Set the FSMC_Bank3 registers to their reset values */ - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = 0x00000018; - FSMC_Bank3->SR3 = 0x00000040; - FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FSMC NAND Banks according to the specified parameters - * in the FSMC_NANDInitStruct. - * @param FSMC_NANDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the FSMC NAND specified Banks. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmppcr = 0x00000000, tmppmem = 0x00000000, tmppatt = 0x00000000; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param( IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmppcr = FSMC_Bank2->PCR2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmppcr = FSMC_Bank3->PCR3; - } - - /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */ - tmppcr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PCR2_PWAITEN | FSMC_PCR2_PBKEN | FSMC_PCR2_PTYP | \ - FSMC_PCR2_PWID | FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN | FSMC_PCR2_TCLR | \ - FSMC_PCR2_TAR | FSMC_PCR2_ECCPS)); - - /* Set the tmppcr value according to FSMC_NANDInitStruct parameters */ - tmppcr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature | - PCR_MEMORYTYPE_NAND | - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth | - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC | - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize | - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9 )| - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13); - - if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmppmem = FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmppmem = FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3; - } - - /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ - tmppmem &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PMEM2_MEMSET2 | FSMC_PMEM2_MEMWAIT2 | FSMC_PMEM2_MEMHOLD2 | \ - FSMC_PMEM2_MEMHIZ2)); - - /* Set tmppmem value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppmem |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ - tmppatt = FSMC_Bank2->PATT2; - } - else - { - /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ - tmppatt = FSMC_Bank2->PATT2; - } - - /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ - tmppatt &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PATT2_ATTSET2 | FSMC_PATT2_ATTWAIT2 | FSMC_PATT2_ATTHOLD2 | \ - FSMC_PATT2_ATTHIZ2)); - - /* Set tmppatt value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppatt |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* FSMC_Bank2_NAND registers configuration */ - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = tmppcr; - FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = tmppmem; - FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = tmppatt; - } - else - { - /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND registers configuration */ - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = tmppcr; - FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = tmppmem; - FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = tmppatt; - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Fills each FSMC_NANDInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param FSMC_NANDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure which - * will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset NAND Init structure parameters values */ - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank2_NAND; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC = FSMC_ECC_Disable; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize = FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified NAND Memory Bank. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND - * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected NAND Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; - } - else - { - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected NAND Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; - } - else - { - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; - } - } -} -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the FSMC NAND ECC feature. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND - * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC NAND ECC feature. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by setting the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_ECCEN_SET; - } - else - { - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_ECCEN_SET; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by clearing the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_ECCEN_RESET; - } - else - { - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_ECCEN_RESET; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the error correction code register value. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND - * @retval The Error Correction Code (ECC) value. - */ -uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) -{ - uint32_t eccval = 0x00000000; - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Get the ECCR2 register value */ - eccval = FSMC_Bank2->ECCR2; - } - else - { - /* Get the ECCR3 register value */ - eccval = FSMC_Bank3->ECCR3; - } - /* Return the error correction code value */ - return(eccval); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Group3 PCCARD Controller functions - * @brief PCCARD Controller functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### PCCARD Controller functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] he following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface - with 16-bit PC Card compatible memory connected to the PCCARD Bank: - - (#) Enable the clock for the FSMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: - (++) RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC, ENABLE); - (++) RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - - (#) FSMC pins configuration - (++) Connect the involved FSMC pins to AF12 using the following function - GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FSMC); - (++) Configure these FSMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function - GPIO_Init(); - - (#) Declare a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure, for example: - FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef FSMC_PCCARDInitStructure; - and fill the FSMC_PCCARDInitStructure variable with the allowed values of - the structure member. - - (#) Initialize the PCCARD Controller by calling the function - FSMC_PCCARDInit(&FSMC_PCCARDInitStructure); - - (#) Then enable the PCCARD Bank: - FSMC_PCCARDCmd(ENABLE); - - (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the PCCARD Bank. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void) -{ - /* Set the FSMC_Bank4 registers to their reset values */ - FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = 0x00000018; - FSMC_Bank4->SR4 = 0x00000000; - FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank according to the specified parameters - * in the FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct. - * @param FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the FSMC PCCARD Bank. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmppcr4 = 0, tmppmem4 = 0, tmppatt4 = 0, tmppio4 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime)); - - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - /* Get PCCARD control register value */ - tmppcr4 = FSMC_Bank4->PCR4; - - /* Clear TAR, TCLR, PWAITEN and PWID bits */ - tmppcr4 &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PCR4_TAR | FSMC_PCR4_TCLR | FSMC_PCR4_PWAITEN | \ - FSMC_PCR4_PWID)); - - /* Set the PCR4 register value according to FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct parameters */ - tmppcr4 |= (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature | - FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9) | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13); - - FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = tmppcr4; - - /* Get PCCARD common space timing register value */ - tmppmem4 = FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4; - - /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ - tmppmem4 &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PMEM4_MEMSET4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMWAIT4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHOLD4 | \ - FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHIZ4)); - - /* Set PMEM4 register value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppmem4 |= (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = tmppmem4; - - /* Get PCCARD timing parameters */ - tmppatt4 = FSMC_Bank4->PATT4; - - /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ - tmppatt4 &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PATT4_ATTSET4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTWAIT4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTHOLD4 | \ - FSMC_PATT4_ATTHIZ4)); - - /* Set PATT4 register value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppatt4 |= (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = tmppatt4; - - /* Get FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */ - tmppio4 = FSMC_Bank4->PIO4; - - /* Clear IOSET4, IOWAIT4, IOHOLD4 and IOHIZ4 bits */ - tmppio4 &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PIO4_IOSET4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4 | \ - FSMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4)); - - /* Set PIO4 register value according to FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppio4 |= (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = tmppio4; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset PCCARD Init structure parameters values */ - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the PCCARD Memory Bank. - * @param NewState: new state of the PCCARD Memory Bank. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the PCCARD Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ - FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; - } - else - { - /* Disable the PCCARD Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ - FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FSMC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified FSMC interrupts. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD - * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. - * @param NewState: new state of the specified FSMC interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->SR2 |= FSMC_IT; - } - /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */ - else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank3->SR3 |= FSMC_IT; - } - /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */ - else - { - FSMC_Bank4->SR4 |= FSMC_IT; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - - FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; - } - /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */ - else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; - } - /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */ - else - { - FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified FSMC flag is set or not. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD - * @param FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection Flag. - * @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. - * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection Flag. - * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT: Fifo empty Flag. - * @retval The new state of FSMC_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t tmpsr = 0x00000000; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)); - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2; - } - else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3; - } - /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ - else - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4; - } - - /* Get the flag status */ - if ((tmpsr & FSMC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET ) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the flag status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the FSMC's pending flags. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD - * @param FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection Flag. - * @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. - * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection Flag. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)) ; - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; - } - else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; - } - /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ - else - { - FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified FSMC interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD - * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. - * @retval The new state of FSMC_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t tmpsr = 0x0, itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_IT(FSMC_IT)); - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2; - } - else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3; - } - /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ - else - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4; - } - - itstatus = tmpsr & FSMC_IT; - - itenable = tmpsr & (FSMC_IT >> 3); - if ((itstatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint32_t)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the FSMC's interrupt pending bits. - * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND - * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD - * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. - * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. - * @retval None - */ -void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT)); - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); - } - else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); - } - /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ - else - { - FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_fsmc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FSMC peripheral: + * + Interface with SRAM, PSRAM, NOR and OneNAND memories + * + Interface with NAND memories + * + Interface with 16-bit PC Card compatible memories + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_fsmc.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC + * @brief FSMC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +const FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef FSMC_DefaultTimingStruct = {0x0F, /* FSMC_AddressSetupTime */ + 0x0F, /* FSMC_AddressHoldTime */ + 0xFF, /* FSMC_DataSetupTime */ + 0x0F, /* FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration */ + 0x0F, /* FSMC_CLKDivision */ + 0x0F, /* FSMC_DataLatency */ + FSMC_AccessMode_A /* FSMC_AccessMode */ + }; +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* --------------------- FSMC registers bit mask ---------------------------- */ +/* FSMC BCRx Mask */ +#define BCR_MBKEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define BCR_MBKEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFE) +#define BCR_FACCEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000040) + +/* FSMC PCRx Mask */ +#define PCR_PBKEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define PCR_PBKEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFB) +#define PCR_ECCEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define PCR_ECCEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFBF) +#define PCR_MEMORYTYPE_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000008) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Group1 NOR/SRAM Controller functions + * @brief NOR/SRAM Controller functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### NOR and SRAM Controller functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface + with SRAM, PSRAM, NOR or OneNAND memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank: + + (#) Enable the clock for the FSMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + (#) FSMC pins configuration + (++) Connect the involved FSMC pins to AF12 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FSMC); + (++) Configure these FSMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Declare a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure, for example: + FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure; + and fill the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + (#) Initialize the NOR/SRAM Controller by calling the function + FSMC_NORSRAMInit(&FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure); + + (#) Then enable the NOR/SRAM Bank, for example: + FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, ENABLE); + + (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default + * reset values. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + + /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) + { + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB; + } + /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 or FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 */ + else + { + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2; + } + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct. + * @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the FSMC NOR/SRAM + * specified Banks. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpbcr = 0, tmpbtr = 0, tmpbwr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); + + /* Get the BTCR register value */ + tmpbcr = FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank]; + + /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, WRAPMOD, WAITCFG, WREN, + WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW and CCLKEN bits */ + tmpbcr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BCR1_MBKEN | FSMC_BCR1_MUXEN | FSMC_BCR1_MTYP | \ + FSMC_BCR1_MWID | FSMC_BCR1_FACCEN | FSMC_BCR1_BURSTEN | \ + FSMC_BCR1_WAITPOL | FSMC_BCR1_WRAPMOD | FSMC_BCR1_WAITCFG | \ + FSMC_BCR1_WREN | FSMC_BCR1_WAITEN | FSMC_BCR1_EXTMOD | \ + FSMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT | FSMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW)); + + /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM control register configuration */ + tmpbcr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst; + + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = tmpbcr; + + if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR) + { + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] |= (uint32_t)BCR_FACCEN_SET; + } + + /* Get the BTCR register value */ + tmpbtr = FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1]; + + /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */ + tmpbtr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BTR1_ADDSET | FSMC_BTR1_ADDHLD | FSMC_BTR1_DATAST | \ + FSMC_BTR1_BUSTURN | FSMC_BTR1_CLKDIV | FSMC_BTR1_DATLAT | \ + FSMC_BTR1_ACCMOD)); + + /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register configuration */ + tmpbtr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode; + + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1] = tmpbtr; + + /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ + if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable) + { + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); + + /* Get the BWTR register value */ + tmpbwr = FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank]; + + /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, and ACCMOD bits */ + tmpbwr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BWTR1_ADDSET | FSMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FSMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \ + FSMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FSMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD)); + + tmpbwr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4 )| + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode; + + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = tmpbwr; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset NOR/SRAM Init structure parameters values */ + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = (FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef*)((uint32_t)&FSMC_DefaultTimingStruct); + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct = (FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef*)((uint32_t)&FSMC_DefaultTimingStruct); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 + * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] |= BCR_MBKEN_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] &= BCR_MBKEN_RESET; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Group2 NAND Controller functions + * @brief NAND Controller functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### NAND Controller functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] The following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface + with 8-bit or 16-bit NAND memory connected to the NAND Bank: + + (#) Enable the clock for the FSMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + (++) RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC, ENABLE); + (++) RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + (#) FSMC pins configuration + (++) Connect the involved FSMC pins to AF12 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FSMC); + (++) Configure these FSMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Declare a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure, for example: + FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef FSMC_NANDInitStructure; + and fill the FSMC_NANDInitStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + (#) Initialize the NAND Controller by calling the function + FSMC_NANDInit(&FSMC_NANDInitStructure); + + (#) Then enable the NAND Bank, for example: + FSMC_NANDCmd(FSMC_Bank3_NAND, ENABLE); + + (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the NAND Bank. + + [..] + (@) To enable the Error Correction Code (ECC), you have to use the function + FSMC_NANDECCCmd(FSMC_Bank3_NAND, ENABLE); + [..] + (@) and to get the current ECC value you have to use the function + ECCval = FSMC_GetECC(FSMC_Bank3_NAND); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the FSMC NAND Banks registers to their default reset values. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Set the FSMC_Bank2 registers to their reset values */ + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = 0x00000018; + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 = 0x00000040; + FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + } + /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */ + else + { + /* Set the FSMC_Bank3 registers to their reset values */ + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = 0x00000018; + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 = 0x00000040; + FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC NAND Banks according to the specified parameters + * in the FSMC_NANDInitStruct. + * @param FSMC_NANDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the FSMC NAND specified Banks. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmppcr = 0x00000000, tmppmem = 0x00000000, tmppatt = 0x00000000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param( IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ + tmppcr = FSMC_Bank2->PCR2; + } + else + { + /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ + tmppcr = FSMC_Bank3->PCR3; + } + + /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */ + tmppcr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PCR2_PWAITEN | FSMC_PCR2_PBKEN | FSMC_PCR2_PTYP | \ + FSMC_PCR2_PWID | FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN | FSMC_PCR2_TCLR | \ + FSMC_PCR2_TAR | FSMC_PCR2_ECCPS)); + + /* Set the tmppcr value according to FSMC_NANDInitStruct parameters */ + tmppcr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature | + PCR_MEMORYTYPE_NAND | + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth | + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC | + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9 )| + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13); + + if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ + tmppmem = FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2; + } + else + { + /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ + tmppmem = FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3; + } + + /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ + tmppmem &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PMEM2_MEMSET2 | FSMC_PMEM2_MEMWAIT2 | FSMC_PMEM2_MEMHOLD2 | \ + FSMC_PMEM2_MEMHIZ2)); + + /* Set tmppmem value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppmem |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */ + tmppatt = FSMC_Bank2->PATT2; + } + else + { + /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */ + tmppatt = FSMC_Bank3->PATT3; + } + + /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ + tmppatt &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PATT2_ATTSET2 | FSMC_PATT2_ATTWAIT2 | FSMC_PATT2_ATTHOLD2 | \ + FSMC_PATT2_ATTHIZ2)); + + /* Set tmppatt value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppatt |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* FSMC_Bank2_NAND registers configuration */ + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = tmppcr; + FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = tmppmem; + FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = tmppatt; + } + else + { + /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND registers configuration */ + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = tmppcr; + FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = tmppmem; + FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = tmppatt; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Fills each FSMC_NANDInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FSMC_NANDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset NAND Init structure parameters values */ + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank2_NAND; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC = FSMC_ECC_Disable; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize = FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified NAND Memory Bank. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NAND Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NAND Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; + } + } +} +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FSMC NAND ECC feature. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC NAND ECC feature. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by setting the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_ECCEN_SET; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_ECCEN_SET; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by clearing the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_ECCEN_RESET; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_ECCEN_RESET; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the error correction code register value. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @retval The Error Correction Code (ECC) value. + */ +uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) +{ + uint32_t eccval = 0x00000000; + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Get the ECCR2 register value */ + eccval = FSMC_Bank2->ECCR2; + } + else + { + /* Get the ECCR3 register value */ + eccval = FSMC_Bank3->ECCR3; + } + /* Return the error correction code value */ + return(eccval); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Group3 PCCARD Controller functions + * @brief PCCARD Controller functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### PCCARD Controller functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] he following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface + with 16-bit PC Card compatible memory connected to the PCCARD Bank: + + (#) Enable the clock for the FSMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + (++) RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC, ENABLE); + (++) RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + (#) FSMC pins configuration + (++) Connect the involved FSMC pins to AF12 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FSMC); + (++) Configure these FSMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Declare a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure, for example: + FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef FSMC_PCCARDInitStructure; + and fill the FSMC_PCCARDInitStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + (#) Initialize the PCCARD Controller by calling the function + FSMC_PCCARDInit(&FSMC_PCCARDInitStructure); + + (#) Then enable the PCCARD Bank: + FSMC_PCCARDCmd(ENABLE); + + (#) At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the PCCARD Bank. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void) +{ + /* Set the FSMC_Bank4 registers to their reset values */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = 0x00000018; + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 = 0x00000000; + FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank according to the specified parameters + * in the FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct. + * @param FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the FSMC PCCARD Bank. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmppcr4 = 0, tmppmem4 = 0, tmppatt4 = 0, tmppio4 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime)); + + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + /* Get PCCARD control register value */ + tmppcr4 = FSMC_Bank4->PCR4; + + /* Clear TAR, TCLR, PWAITEN and PWID bits */ + tmppcr4 &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PCR4_TAR | FSMC_PCR4_TCLR | FSMC_PCR4_PWAITEN | \ + FSMC_PCR4_PWID)); + + /* Set the PCR4 register value according to FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct parameters */ + tmppcr4 |= (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature | + FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13); + + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = tmppcr4; + + /* Get PCCARD common space timing register value */ + tmppmem4 = FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4; + + /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */ + tmppmem4 &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PMEM4_MEMSET4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMWAIT4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHOLD4 | \ + FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHIZ4)); + + /* Set PMEM4 register value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppmem4 |= (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = tmppmem4; + + /* Get PCCARD timing parameters */ + tmppatt4 = FSMC_Bank4->PATT4; + + /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */ + tmppatt4 &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PATT4_ATTSET4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTWAIT4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTHOLD4 | \ + FSMC_PATT4_ATTHIZ4)); + + /* Set PATT4 register value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppatt4 |= (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = tmppatt4; + + /* Get FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */ + tmppio4 = FSMC_Bank4->PIO4; + + /* Clear IOSET4, IOWAIT4, IOHOLD4 and IOHIZ4 bits */ + tmppio4 &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PIO4_IOSET4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4 | \ + FSMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4)); + + /* Set PIO4 register value according to FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppio4 |= (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = tmppio4; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset PCCARD Init structure parameters values */ + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PCCARD Memory Bank. + * @param NewState: new state of the PCCARD Memory Bank. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the PCCARD Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PCCARD Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FSMC interrupts. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified FSMC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 |= FSMC_IT; + } + /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */ + else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 |= FSMC_IT; + } + /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 |= FSMC_IT; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; + } + /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */ + else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; + } + /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FSMC flag is set or not. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT: Fifo empty Flag. + * @retval The new state of FSMC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpsr = 0x00000000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2; + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3; + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4; + } + + /* Get the flag status */ + if ((tmpsr & FSMC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET ) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FSMC's pending flags. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection Flag. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)) ; + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FSMC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @retval The new state of FSMC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpsr = 0x0, itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_IT(FSMC_IT)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2; + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3; + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4; + } + + itstatus = tmpsr & FSMC_IT; + + itenable = tmpsr & (FSMC_IT >> 3); + if ((itstatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FSMC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_gpio.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_gpio.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 29a6d133db..113033e937 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_gpio.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_gpio.c @@ -1,611 +1,603 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_gpio.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the GPIO peripheral: - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + GPIO Read and Write - * + GPIO Alternate functions configuration - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function - RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); - - (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using GPIO_Init() - Four possible configuration are available for each pin: - (++) Input: Floating, Pull-up, Pull-down. - (++) Output: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull) - Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). In output mode, the speed - is configurable: 2 MHz, 25 MHz, 50 MHz or 100 MHz. - (++) Alternate Function: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull) Open - Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). - (++) Analog: required mode when a pin is to be used as ADC channel or DAC - output. - - (#) Peripherals alternate function: - (++) For ADC and DAC, configure the desired pin in analog mode using - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AN; - (+++) For other peripherals (TIM, USART...): - (+++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate - Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function - (+++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function mode using - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF - (+++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via - GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members - (+++) Call GPIO_Init() function - - (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use GPIO_ReadInputDataBit() - - (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use - GPIO_SetBits()/GPIO_ResetBits() - - (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not - active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG - pins). - - (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose - (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has - priority over the GPIO function. - - (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as - general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. - The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. - -@endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_gpio.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO - * @brief GPIO driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration - * @brief Initialization and Configuration - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @note By default, The GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG pins). - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @retval None - */ -void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - - if (GPIOx == GPIOA) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA, DISABLE); - } - else if (GPIOx == GPIOB) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB, DISABLE); - } - else if (GPIOx == GPIOC) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC, DISABLE); - } - else if (GPIOx == GPIOD) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD, DISABLE); - } - else if (GPIOx == GPIOE) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE, DISABLE); - } - else if (GPIOx == GPIOF) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF, DISABLE); - } - else if (GPIOx == GPIOG) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG, DISABLE); - } - else if (GPIOx == GPIOH) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH, DISABLE); - } - - else if (GPIOx == GPIOI) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI, DISABLE); - } - else if (GPIOx == GPIOJ) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ, DISABLE); - } - else - { - if (GPIOx == GPIOK) - { - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK, ENABLE); - RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK, DISABLE); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00 , currentpin = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PUPD(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd)); - - /* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */ - /*-- GPIO Mode Configuration --*/ - for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x10; pinpos++) - { - pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos; - /* Get the port pins position */ - currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos; - - if (currentpin == pos) - { - GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (pinpos * 2)); - GPIOx->MODER |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) << (pinpos * 2)); - - if ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_AF)) - { - /* Check Speed mode parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed)); - - /* Speed mode configuration */ - GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (pinpos * 2)); - GPIOx->OSPEEDR |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed) << (pinpos * 2)); - - /* Check Output mode parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_OTYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType)); - - /* Output mode configuration*/ - GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~((GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)) ; - GPIOx->OTYPER |= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)); - } - - /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/ - GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << ((uint16_t)pinpos * 2)); - GPIOx->PUPDR |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd) << (pinpos * 2)); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) -{ - /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */ - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All; - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN; - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_2MHz; - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL; -} - -/** - * @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. - * @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, - * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. - * @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified - * until the next reset. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. - * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). - * @retval None - */ -void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - tmp |= GPIO_Pin; - /* Set LCKK bit */ - GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; - /* Reset LCKK bit */ - GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; - /* Set LCKK bit */ - GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; - /* Read LCKK bit*/ - tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; - /* Read LCKK bit*/ - tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Group2 GPIO Read and Write - * @brief GPIO Read and Write - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### GPIO Read and Write ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. - * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). - * @retval The input port pin value. - */ -uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) - { - bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads the specified GPIO input data port. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @retval GPIO input data port value. - */ -uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - - return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR); -} - -/** - * @brief Reads the specified output data port bit. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. - * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). - * @retval The output port pin value. - */ -uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - if (((GPIOx->ODR) & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) - { - bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @retval GPIO output data port value. - */ -uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - - return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR); -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the selected data port bits. - * @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify - * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between - * the read and the modify access. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. - * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). - * @retval None - */ -void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the selected data port bits. - * @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify - * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between - * the read and the modify access. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. - * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). - * @retval None - */ -void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. - * This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). - * @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. - * This parameter can be one of the BitAction enum values: - * @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin - * @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin - * @retval None - */ -void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal)); - - if (BitVal != Bit_RESET) - { - GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin; - } - else - { - GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin ; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data register. - * @retval None - */ -void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - - GPIOx->ODR = PortVal; -} - -/** - * @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins.. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled. - * @retval None - */ -void GPIO_ToggleBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - - GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Group3 GPIO Alternate functions configuration function - * @brief GPIO Alternate functions configuration function - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### GPIO Alternate functions configuration function ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices - * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. - * @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Alternate function. - * This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15). - * @param GPIO_AFSelection: selects the pin to used as Alternate function. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz: Connect RTC_50Hz pin to AF0 (default after reset) - * @arg GPIO_AF_MCO: Connect MCO pin (MCO1 and MCO2) to AF0 (default after reset) - * @arg GPIO_AF_TAMPER: Connect TAMPER pins (TAMPER_1 and TAMPER_2) to AF0 (default after reset) - * @arg GPIO_AF_SWJ: Connect SWJ pins (SWD and JTAG)to AF0 (default after reset) - * @arg GPIO_AF_TRACE: Connect TRACE pins to AF0 (default after reset) - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM1: Connect TIM1 pins to AF1 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM2: Connect TIM2 pins to AF1 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM3: Connect TIM3 pins to AF2 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM4: Connect TIM4 pins to AF2 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM5: Connect TIM5 pins to AF2 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM8: Connect TIM8 pins to AF3 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM9: Connect TIM9 pins to AF3 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM10: Connect TIM10 pins to AF3 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM11: Connect TIM11 pins to AF3 - * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C1: Connect I2C1 pins to AF4 - * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C2: Connect I2C2 pins to AF4 - * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C3: Connect I2C3 pins to AF4 - * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI1: Connect SPI1 pins to AF5 - * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI2: Connect SPI2/I2S2 pins to AF5 - * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI4: Connect SPI4 pins to AF5 - * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI5: Connect SPI5 pins to AF5 - * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI6: Connect SPI6 pins to AF5 - * @arg GPIO_AF_SAI1: Connect SAI1 pins to AF6 for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI3: Connect SPI3/I2S3 pins to AF6 - * @arg GPIO_AF_I2S3ext: Connect I2S3ext pins to AF7 - * @arg GPIO_AF_USART1: Connect USART1 pins to AF7 - * @arg GPIO_AF_USART2: Connect USART2 pins to AF7 - * @arg GPIO_AF_USART3: Connect USART3 pins to AF7 - * @arg GPIO_AF_UART4: Connect UART4 pins to AF8 - * @arg GPIO_AF_UART5: Connect UART5 pins to AF8 - * @arg GPIO_AF_USART6: Connect USART6 pins to AF8 - * @arg GPIO_AF_UART7: Connect UART7 pins to AF8 - * @arg GPIO_AF_UART8: Connect UART8 pins to AF8 - * @arg GPIO_AF_CAN1: Connect CAN1 pins to AF9 - * @arg GPIO_AF_CAN2: Connect CAN2 pins to AF9 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM12: Connect TIM12 pins to AF9 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM13: Connect TIM13 pins to AF9 - * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM14: Connect TIM14 pins to AF9 - * @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_FS: Connect OTG_FS pins to AF10 - * @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_HS: Connect OTG_HS pins to AF10 - * @arg GPIO_AF_ETH: Connect ETHERNET pins to AF11 - * @arg GPIO_AF_FSMC: Connect FSMC pins to AF12 - * @arg GPIO_AF_FMC: Connect FMC pins to AF12 for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS: Connect OTG HS (configured in FS) pins to AF12 - * @arg GPIO_AF_SDIO: Connect SDIO pins to AF12 - * @arg GPIO_AF_DCMI: Connect DCMI pins to AF13 - * @arg GPIO_AF_LTDC: Connect LTDC pins to AF14 for STM32F429xx/439xx devices. - * @arg GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT: Connect EVENTOUT pins to AF15 - * @retval None - */ -void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF) -{ - uint32_t temp = 0x00; - uint32_t temp_2 = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_AF)); - - temp = ((uint32_t)(GPIO_AF) << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; - GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; - temp_2 = GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] | temp; - GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] = temp_2; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the GPIO peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + GPIO Read and Write + * + GPIO Alternate functions configuration + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using GPIO_Init() + Four possible configuration are available for each pin: + (++) Input: Floating, Pull-up, Pull-down. + (++) Output: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull) + Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). In output mode, the speed + is configurable: 2 MHz, 25 MHz, 50 MHz or 100 MHz. + (++) Alternate Function: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull) Open + Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). + (++) Analog: required mode when a pin is to be used as ADC channel or DAC + output. + + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) For ADC and DAC, configure the desired pin in analog mode using + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AN; + (+++) For other peripherals (TIM, USART...): + (+++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + (+++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function mode using + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (+++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (+++) Call GPIO_Init() function + + (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use GPIO_ReadInputDataBit() + + (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + GPIO_SetBits()/GPIO_ResetBits() + + (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not + active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG + pins). + + (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose + (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has + priority over the GPIO function. + + (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as + general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. + The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. + +@endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_gpio.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO + * @brief GPIO driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration + * @brief Initialization and Configuration + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @note By default, The GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG pins). + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + if (GPIOx == GPIOA) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOB) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOC) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOD) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOE) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOF) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOG) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOH) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH, DISABLE); + } + + else if (GPIOx == GPIOI) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOJ) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (GPIOx == GPIOK) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00 , currentpin = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PUPD(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd)); + + /* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */ + /*-- GPIO Mode Configuration --*/ + for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x10; pinpos++) + { + pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos; + /* Get the port pins position */ + currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos; + + if (currentpin == pos) + { + GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->MODER |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) << (pinpos * 2)); + + if ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_AF)) + { + /* Check Speed mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed)); + + /* Speed mode configuration */ + GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->OSPEEDR |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed) << (pinpos * 2)); + + /* Check Output mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_OTYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType)); + + /* Output mode configuration*/ + GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~((GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)) ; + GPIOx->OTYPER |= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)); + } + + /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/ + GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << ((uint16_t)pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->PUPDR |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd) << (pinpos * 2)); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */ + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_2MHz; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. + * @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, + * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. + * @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified + * until the next reset. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + tmp |= GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group2 GPIO Read and Write + * @brief GPIO Read and Write + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Read and Write ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified GPIO input data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @retval GPIO input data port value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR); +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified output data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The output port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if (((GPIOx->ODR) & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @retval GPIO output data port value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the selected data port bits. + * @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the selected data port bits. + * @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the BitAction enum values: + * @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal)); + + if (BitVal != Bit_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @param PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data register. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + GPIOx->ODR = PortVal; +} + +/** + * @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins.. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_ToggleBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group3 GPIO Alternate functions configuration function + * @brief GPIO Alternate functions configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Alternate functions configuration function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices + * x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * x can be (A, B, C, D and H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F401xx devices. + * @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Alternate function. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15). + * @param GPIO_AFSelection: selects the pin to used as Alternate function. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz: Connect RTC_50Hz pin to AF0 (default after reset) + * @arg GPIO_AF_MCO: Connect MCO pin (MCO1 and MCO2) to AF0 (default after reset) + * @arg GPIO_AF_TAMPER: Connect TAMPER pins (TAMPER_1 and TAMPER_2) to AF0 (default after reset) + * @arg GPIO_AF_SWJ: Connect SWJ pins (SWD and JTAG)to AF0 (default after reset) + * @arg GPIO_AF_TRACE: Connect TRACE pins to AF0 (default after reset) + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM1: Connect TIM1 pins to AF1 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM2: Connect TIM2 pins to AF1 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM3: Connect TIM3 pins to AF2 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM4: Connect TIM4 pins to AF2 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM5: Connect TIM5 pins to AF2 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM8: Connect TIM8 pins to AF3 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM9: Connect TIM9 pins to AF3 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM10: Connect TIM10 pins to AF3 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM11: Connect TIM11 pins to AF3 + * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C1: Connect I2C1 pins to AF4 + * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C2: Connect I2C2 pins to AF4 + * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C3: Connect I2C3 pins to AF4 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI1: Connect SPI1 pins to AF5 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI2: Connect SPI2/I2S2 pins to AF5 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI4: Connect SPI4 pins to AF5 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI5: Connect SPI5 pins to AF5 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI6: Connect SPI6 pins to AF5 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SAI1: Connect SAI1 pins to AF6 for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI3: Connect SPI3/I2S3 pins to AF6 + * @arg GPIO_AF_I2S3ext: Connect I2S3ext pins to AF7 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART1: Connect USART1 pins to AF7 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART2: Connect USART2 pins to AF7 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART3: Connect USART3 pins to AF7 + * @arg GPIO_AF_UART4: Connect UART4 pins to AF8 + * @arg GPIO_AF_UART5: Connect UART5 pins to AF8 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART6: Connect USART6 pins to AF8 + * @arg GPIO_AF_UART7: Connect UART7 pins to AF8 + * @arg GPIO_AF_UART8: Connect UART8 pins to AF8 + * @arg GPIO_AF_CAN1: Connect CAN1 pins to AF9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_CAN2: Connect CAN2 pins to AF9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM12: Connect TIM12 pins to AF9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM13: Connect TIM13 pins to AF9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM14: Connect TIM14 pins to AF9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_FS: Connect OTG_FS pins to AF10 + * @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_HS: Connect OTG_HS pins to AF10 + * @arg GPIO_AF_ETH: Connect ETHERNET pins to AF11 + * @arg GPIO_AF_FSMC: Connect FSMC pins to AF12 + * @arg GPIO_AF_FMC: Connect FMC pins to AF12 for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS: Connect OTG HS (configured in FS) pins to AF12 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SDIO: Connect SDIO pins to AF12 + * @arg GPIO_AF_DCMI: Connect DCMI pins to AF13 + * @arg GPIO_AF_LTDC: Connect LTDC pins to AF14 for STM32F429xx/439xx devices. + * @arg GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT: Connect EVENTOUT pins to AF15 + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF) +{ + uint32_t temp = 0x00; + uint32_t temp_2 = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_AF)); + + temp = ((uint32_t)(GPIO_AF) << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; + GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; + temp_2 = GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] | temp; + GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] = temp_2; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index cdf9d10732..dfdca1ef11 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash.c @@ -1,726 +1,718 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hash.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the HASH / HMAC Processor (HASH) peripheral: - * - Initialization and Configuration functions - * - Message Digest generation functions - * - context swapping functions - * - DMA interface function - * - Interrupts and flags management - * -@verbatim - =================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =================================================================== - - *** HASH operation : *** - ======================== - [..] - (#) Enable the HASH controller clock using - RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, ENABLE) function. - - (#) Initialize the HASH using HASH_Init() function. - - (#) Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready - to compute he message digest of a new message by using HASH_Reset() function. - - (#) Enable the HASH controller using the HASH_Cmd() function. - - (#) if using DMA for Data input transfer, Activate the DMA Request - using HASH_DMACmd() function - - (#) if DMA is not used for data transfer, use HASH_DataIn() function - to enter data to IN FIFO. - - - (#) Configure the Number of valid bits in last word of the message - using HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr() function. - - (#) if the message length is not an exact multiple of 512 bits, - then the function HASH_StartDigest() must be called to launch the computation - of the final digest. - - (#) Once computed, the digest can be read using HASH_GetDigest() function. - - (#) To control HASH events you can use one of the following wo methods: - (++) Check on HASH flags using the HASH_GetFlagStatus() function. - (++) Use HASH interrupts through the function HASH_ITConfig() at - initialization phase and HASH_GetITStatus() function into - interrupt routines in hashing phase. - After checking on a flag you should clear it using HASH_ClearFlag() - function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should - clear it using HASH_ClearITPendingBit() function. - - (#) Save and restore hash processor context using - HASH_SaveContext() and HASH_RestoreContext() functions. - - - - *** HMAC operation : *** - ======================== - [..] The HMAC algorithm is used for message authentication, by - irreversibly binding the message being processed to a key chosen - by the user. - For HMAC specifications, refer to "HMAC: keyed-hashing for message - authentication, H. Krawczyk, M. Bellare, R. Canetti, February 1997" - - [..] Basically, the HMAC algorithm consists of two nested hash operations: - HMAC(message) = Hash[((key | pad) XOR 0x5C) | Hash(((key | pad) XOR 0x36) | message)] - where: - (+) "pad" is a sequence of zeroes needed to extend the key to the - length of the underlying hash function data block (that is - 512 bits for both the SHA-1 and MD5 hash algorithms) - (+) "|" represents the concatenation operator - - - [..]To compute the HMAC, four different phases are required: - (#) Initialize the HASH using HASH_Init() function to do HMAC - operation. - - (#) The key (to be used for the inner hash function) is then given to the core. - This operation follows the same mechanism as the one used to send the - message in the hash operation (that is, by HASH_DataIn() function and, - finally, HASH_StartDigest() function. - - (#) Once the last word has been entered and computation has started, - the hash processor elaborates the key. It is then ready to accept the message - text using the same mechanism as the one used to send the message in the - hash operation. - - (#) After the first hash round, the hash processor returns "ready" to indicate - that it is ready to receive the key to be used for the outer hash function - (normally, this key is the same as the one used for the inner hash function). - When the last word of the key is entered and computation starts, the HMAC - result is made available using HASH_GetDigest() function. - -@endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hash.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH - * @brief HASH driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to - (+) Initialize the HASH peripheral - (+) Configure the HASH Processor - (+) MD5/SHA1, - (+) HASH/HMAC, - (+) datatype - (+) HMAC Key (if mode = HMAC) - (+) Reset the HASH Processor - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the HASH peripheral registers to their default reset values - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable HASH reset state */ - RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, ENABLE); - /* Release HASH from reset state */ - RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the HASH_InitStruct structure. - * @note the hash processor is reset when calling this function so that the - * HASH will be ready to compute the message digest of a new message. - * There is no need to call HASH_Reset() function. - * @param HASH_InitStruct: pointer to a HASH_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the HASH peripheral. - * @note The field HASH_HMACKeyType in HASH_InitTypeDef must be filled only - * if the algorithm mode is HMAC. - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_Init(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_HASH_ALGOSELECTION(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoSelection)); - assert_param(IS_HASH_DATATYPE(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_DataType)); - assert_param(IS_HASH_ALGOMODE(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode)); - - /* Configure the Algorithm used, algorithm mode and the datatype */ - HASH->CR &= ~ (HASH_CR_ALGO | HASH_CR_DATATYPE | HASH_CR_MODE); - HASH->CR |= (HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoSelection | \ - HASH_InitStruct->HASH_DataType | \ - HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode); - - /* if algorithm mode is HMAC, set the Key */ - if(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode == HASH_AlgoMode_HMAC) - { - assert_param(IS_HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_HMACKeyType)); - HASH->CR &= ~HASH_CR_LKEY; - HASH->CR |= HASH_InitStruct->HASH_HMACKeyType; - } - - /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute - the message digest of a new message */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each HASH_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param HASH_InitStruct : pointer to a HASH_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @note The default values set are : Processor mode is HASH, Algorithm selected is SHA1, - * Data type selected is 32b and HMAC Key Type is short key. - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_StructInit(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct) -{ - /* Initialize the HASH_AlgoSelection member */ - HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoSelection = HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1; - - /* Initialize the HASH_AlgoMode member */ - HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode = HASH_AlgoMode_HASH; - - /* Initialize the HASH_DataType member */ - HASH_InitStruct->HASH_DataType = HASH_DataType_32b; - - /* Initialize the HASH_HMACKeyType member */ - HASH_InitStruct->HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey; -} - -/** - * @brief Resets the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready - * to compute the message digest of a new message. - * @note Calling this function will clear the HASH_SR_DCIS (Digest calculation - * completion interrupt status) bit corresponding to HASH_IT_DCI - * interrupt and HASH_FLAG_DCIS flag. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_Reset(void) -{ - /* Reset the HASH processor core */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Group2 Message Digest generation functions - * @brief Message Digest generation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Message Digest generation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing the generation of message digest: - (+) Push data in the IN FIFO : using HASH_DataIn() - (+) Get the number of words set in IN FIFO, use HASH_GetInFIFOWordsNbr() - (+) set the last word valid bits number using HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr() - (+) start digest calculation : using HASH_StartDigest() - (+) Get the Digest message : using HASH_GetDigest() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Configure the Number of valid bits in last word of the message - * @param ValidNumber: Number of valid bits in last word of the message. - * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F. - * - 0x00: All 32 bits of the last data written are valid - * - 0x01: Only bit [0] of the last data written is valid - * - 0x02: Only bits[1:0] of the last data written are valid - * - 0x03: Only bits[2:0] of the last data written are valid - * - ... - * - 0x1F: Only bits[30:0] of the last data written are valid - * @note The Number of valid bits must be set before to start the message - * digest competition (in Hash and HMAC) and key treatment(in HMAC). - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(uint16_t ValidNumber) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_HASH_VALIDBITSNUMBER(ValidNumber)); - - /* Configure the Number of valid bits in last word of the message */ - HASH->STR &= ~(HASH_STR_NBW); - HASH->STR |= ValidNumber; -} - -/** - * @brief Writes data in the Data Input FIFO - * @param Data: new data of the message to be processed. - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_DataIn(uint32_t Data) -{ - /* Write in the DIN register a new data */ - HASH->DIN = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the number of words already pushed into the IN FIFO. - * @param None - * @retval The value of words already pushed into the IN FIFO. - */ -uint8_t HASH_GetInFIFOWordsNbr(void) -{ - /* Return the value of NBW bits */ - return ((HASH->CR & HASH_CR_NBW) >> 8); -} - -/** - * @brief Provides the message digest result. - * @note In MD5 mode, Data[7] to Data[4] filed of HASH_MsgDigest structure is not used - * and is read as zero. - * In SHA-1 mode, Data[7] to Data[5] filed of HASH_MsgDigest structure is not used - * and is read as zero. - * In SHA-224 mode, Data[7] filed of HASH_MsgDigest structure is not used - * and is read as zero. - * @param HASH_MessageDigest: pointer to a HASH_MsgDigest structure which will - * hold the message digest result - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_GetDigest(HASH_MsgDigest* HASH_MessageDigest) -{ - /* Get the data field */ - HASH_MessageDigest->Data[0] = HASH->HR[0]; - HASH_MessageDigest->Data[1] = HASH->HR[1]; - HASH_MessageDigest->Data[2] = HASH->HR[2]; - HASH_MessageDigest->Data[3] = HASH->HR[3]; - HASH_MessageDigest->Data[4] = HASH->HR[4]; - HASH_MessageDigest->Data[5] = HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]; - HASH_MessageDigest->Data[6] = HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]; - HASH_MessageDigest->Data[7] = HASH_DIGEST->HR[7]; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the message padding and calculation of the final message - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_StartDigest(void) -{ - /* Start the Digest calculation */ - HASH->STR |= HASH_STR_DCAL; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Group3 Context swapping functions - * @brief Context swapping functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Context swapping functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to save and store HASH Context - - [..] It is possible to interrupt a HASH/HMAC process to perform another processing - with a higher priority, and to complete the interrupted process later on, when - the higher priority task is complete. To do so, the context of the interrupted - task must be saved from the HASH registers to memory, and then be restored - from memory to the HASH registers. - - (#) To save the current context, use HASH_SaveContext() function - (#) To restore the saved context, use HASH_RestoreContext() function - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Save the Hash peripheral Context. - * @note The context can be saved only when no block is currently being - * processed. So user must wait for DINIS = 1 (the last block has been - * processed and the input FIFO is empty) or NBW != 0 (the FIFO is not - * full and no processing is ongoing). - * @param HASH_ContextSave: pointer to a HASH_Context structure that contains - * the repository for current context. - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_SaveContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextSave) -{ - uint8_t i = 0; - - /* save context registers */ - HASH_ContextSave->HASH_IMR = HASH->IMR; - HASH_ContextSave->HASH_STR = HASH->STR; - HASH_ContextSave->HASH_CR = HASH->CR; - for(i=0; i<=53;i++) - { - HASH_ContextSave->HASH_CSR[i] = HASH->CSR[i]; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Restore the Hash peripheral Context. - * @note After calling this function, user can restart the processing from the - * point where it has been interrupted. - * @param HASH_ContextRestore: pointer to a HASH_Context structure that contains - * the repository for saved context. - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_RestoreContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextRestore) -{ - uint8_t i = 0; - - /* restore context registers */ - HASH->IMR = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_IMR; - HASH->STR = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_STR; - HASH->CR = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_CR; - - /* Initialize the hash processor */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; - - /* continue restoring context registers */ - for(i=0; i<=53;i++) - { - HASH->CSR[i] = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_CSR[i]; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Group4 HASH's DMA interface Configuration function - * @brief HASH's DMA interface Configuration function - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HASH's DMA interface Configuration function ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA interface for - HASH/ HMAC data input transfer. - - [..] When the DMA mode is enabled (using the HASH_DMACmd() function), data can be - sent to the IN FIFO using the DMA peripheral. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables auto-start message padding and - * calculation of the final message digest at the end of DMA transfer. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected HASH DMA transfer request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_AutoStartDigest(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the auto start of the final message digest at the end of DMA transfer */ - HASH->CR &= ~HASH_CR_MDMAT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the auto start of the final message digest at the end of DMA transfer */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_MDMAT; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the HASH DMA interface. - * @note The DMA is disabled by hardware after the end of transfer. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected HASH DMA transfer request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the HASH DMA request */ - HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_DMAE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the HASH DMA request */ - HASH->CR &= ~HASH_CR_DMAE; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the HASH Interrupts and - to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. - - [..] The HASH provides 2 Interrupts sources and 5 Flags: - - *** Flags : *** - =============== - [..] - (#) HASH_FLAG_DINIS : set when 16 locations are free in the Data IN FIFO - which means that a new block (512 bit) can be entered into the input buffer. - - (#) HASH_FLAG_DCIS : set when Digest calculation is complete - - (#) HASH_FLAG_DMAS : set when HASH's DMA interface is enabled (DMAE=1) or - a transfer is ongoing. This Flag is cleared only by hardware. - - (#) HASH_FLAG_BUSY : set when The hash core is processing a block of data - This Flag is cleared only by hardware. - - (#) HASH_FLAG_DINNE : set when Data IN FIFO is not empty which means that - the Data IN FIFO contains at least one word of data. This Flag is cleared - only by hardware. - - *** Interrupts : *** - ==================== - [..] - (#) HASH_IT_DINI : if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when 16 - locations are free in the Data IN FIFO which means that a new block (512 bit) - can be entered into the input buffer. This interrupt source is cleared using - HASH_ClearITPendingBit(HASH_IT_DINI) function. - - (#) HASH_IT_DCI : if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when Digest - calculation is complete. This interrupt source is cleared using - HASH_ClearITPendingBit(HASH_IT_DCI) function. - - *** Managing the HASH controller events : *** - ============================================= - [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage - the HASH controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. - - (#) In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (++) HASH_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. - (++) HASH_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. - - (#) In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (++) HASH_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. - (++) HASH_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. - (++) HASH_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit - (corresponding Flag). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified HASH interrupts. - * @param HASH_IT: specifies the HASH interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg HASH_IT_DINI: Data Input interrupt - * @arg HASH_IT_DCI: Digest Calculation Completion Interrupt - * @param NewState: new state of the specified HASH interrupt. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_ITConfig(uint32_t HASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_HASH_IT(HASH_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected HASH interrupt */ - HASH->IMR |= HASH_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected HASH interrupt */ - HASH->IMR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_IT); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified HASH flag is set or not. - * @param HASH_FLAG: specifies the HASH flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg HASH_FLAG_DINIS: Data input interrupt status flag - * @arg HASH_FLAG_DCIS: Digest calculation completion interrupt status flag - * @arg HASH_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag - * @arg HASH_FLAG_DMAS: DMAS Status flag - * @arg HASH_FLAG_DINNE: Data Input register (DIN) not empty status flag - * @retval The new state of HASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) - */ -FlagStatus HASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t HASH_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t tempreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG)); - - /* check if the FLAG is in CR register */ - if ((HASH_FLAG & HASH_FLAG_DINNE) != (uint32_t)RESET ) - { - tempreg = HASH->CR; - } - else /* The FLAG is in SR register */ - { - tempreg = HASH->SR; - } - - /* Check the status of the specified HASH flag */ - if ((tempreg & HASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* HASH is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* HASH_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the HASH_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} -/** - * @brief Clears the HASH flags. - * @param HASH_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg HASH_FLAG_DINIS: Data Input Flag - * @arg HASH_FLAG_DCIS: Digest Calculation Completion Flag - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t HASH_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_HASH_CLEAR_FLAG(HASH_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected HASH flags */ - HASH->SR = ~(uint32_t)HASH_FLAG; -} -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified HASH interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param HASH_IT: specifies the HASH interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg HASH_IT_DINI: Data Input interrupt - * @arg HASH_IT_DCI: Digest Calculation Completion Interrupt - * @retval The new state of HASH_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus HASH_GetITStatus(uint32_t HASH_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_HASH_GET_IT(HASH_IT)); - - - /* Check the status of the specified HASH interrupt */ - tmpreg = HASH->SR; - - if (((HASH->IMR & tmpreg) & HASH_IT) != RESET) - { - /* HASH_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* HASH_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the HASH_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the HASH interrupt pending bit(s). - * @param HASH_IT: specifies the HASH interrupt pending bit(s) to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg HASH_IT_DINI: Data Input interrupt - * @arg HASH_IT_DCI: Digest Calculation Completion Interrupt - * @retval None - */ -void HASH_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t HASH_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_HASH_IT(HASH_IT)); - - /* Clear the selected HASH interrupt pending bit */ - HASH->SR = (uint32_t)(~HASH_IT); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the HASH / HMAC Processor (HASH) peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration functions + * - Message Digest generation functions + * - context swapping functions + * - DMA interface function + * - Interrupts and flags management + * +@verbatim + =================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =================================================================== + + *** HASH operation : *** + ======================== + [..] + (#) Enable the HASH controller clock using + RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, ENABLE) function. + + (#) Initialize the HASH using HASH_Init() function. + + (#) Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready + to compute he message digest of a new message by using HASH_Reset() function. + + (#) Enable the HASH controller using the HASH_Cmd() function. + + (#) if using DMA for Data input transfer, Activate the DMA Request + using HASH_DMACmd() function + + (#) if DMA is not used for data transfer, use HASH_DataIn() function + to enter data to IN FIFO. + + + (#) Configure the Number of valid bits in last word of the message + using HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr() function. + + (#) if the message length is not an exact multiple of 512 bits, + then the function HASH_StartDigest() must be called to launch the computation + of the final digest. + + (#) Once computed, the digest can be read using HASH_GetDigest() function. + + (#) To control HASH events you can use one of the following wo methods: + (++) Check on HASH flags using the HASH_GetFlagStatus() function. + (++) Use HASH interrupts through the function HASH_ITConfig() at + initialization phase and HASH_GetITStatus() function into + interrupt routines in hashing phase. + After checking on a flag you should clear it using HASH_ClearFlag() + function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + clear it using HASH_ClearITPendingBit() function. + + (#) Save and restore hash processor context using + HASH_SaveContext() and HASH_RestoreContext() functions. + + + + *** HMAC operation : *** + ======================== + [..] The HMAC algorithm is used for message authentication, by + irreversibly binding the message being processed to a key chosen + by the user. + For HMAC specifications, refer to "HMAC: keyed-hashing for message + authentication, H. Krawczyk, M. Bellare, R. Canetti, February 1997" + + [..] Basically, the HMAC algorithm consists of two nested hash operations: + HMAC(message) = Hash[((key | pad) XOR 0x5C) | Hash(((key | pad) XOR 0x36) | message)] + where: + (+) "pad" is a sequence of zeroes needed to extend the key to the + length of the underlying hash function data block (that is + 512 bits for both the SHA-1 and MD5 hash algorithms) + (+) "|" represents the concatenation operator + + + [..]To compute the HMAC, four different phases are required: + (#) Initialize the HASH using HASH_Init() function to do HMAC + operation. + + (#) The key (to be used for the inner hash function) is then given to the core. + This operation follows the same mechanism as the one used to send the + message in the hash operation (that is, by HASH_DataIn() function and, + finally, HASH_StartDigest() function. + + (#) Once the last word has been entered and computation has started, + the hash processor elaborates the key. It is then ready to accept the message + text using the same mechanism as the one used to send the message in the + hash operation. + + (#) After the first hash round, the hash processor returns "ready" to indicate + that it is ready to receive the key to be used for the outer hash function + (normally, this key is the same as the one used for the inner hash function). + When the last word of the key is entered and computation starts, the HMAC + result is made available using HASH_GetDigest() function. + +@endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_hash.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH + * @brief HASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (+) Initialize the HASH peripheral + (+) Configure the HASH Processor + (+) MD5/SHA1, + (+) HASH/HMAC, + (+) datatype + (+) HMAC Key (if mode = HMAC) + (+) Reset the HASH Processor + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the HASH peripheral registers to their default reset values + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable HASH reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, ENABLE); + /* Release HASH from reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the HASH_InitStruct structure. + * @note the hash processor is reset when calling this function so that the + * HASH will be ready to compute the message digest of a new message. + * There is no need to call HASH_Reset() function. + * @param HASH_InitStruct: pointer to a HASH_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the HASH peripheral. + * @note The field HASH_HMACKeyType in HASH_InitTypeDef must be filled only + * if the algorithm mode is HMAC. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_Init(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_ALGOSELECTION(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoSelection)); + assert_param(IS_HASH_DATATYPE(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_DataType)); + assert_param(IS_HASH_ALGOMODE(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode)); + + /* Configure the Algorithm used, algorithm mode and the datatype */ + HASH->CR &= ~ (HASH_CR_ALGO | HASH_CR_DATATYPE | HASH_CR_MODE); + HASH->CR |= (HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoSelection | \ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_DataType | \ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode); + + /* if algorithm mode is HMAC, set the Key */ + if(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode == HASH_AlgoMode_HMAC) + { + assert_param(IS_HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_HMACKeyType)); + HASH->CR &= ~HASH_CR_LKEY; + HASH->CR |= HASH_InitStruct->HASH_HMACKeyType; + } + + /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute + the message digest of a new message */ + HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each HASH_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param HASH_InitStruct : pointer to a HASH_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @note The default values set are : Processor mode is HASH, Algorithm selected is SHA1, + * Data type selected is 32b and HMAC Key Type is short key. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_StructInit(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the HASH_AlgoSelection member */ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoSelection = HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1; + + /* Initialize the HASH_AlgoMode member */ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode = HASH_AlgoMode_HASH; + + /* Initialize the HASH_DataType member */ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_DataType = HASH_DataType_32b; + + /* Initialize the HASH_HMACKeyType member */ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey; +} + +/** + * @brief Resets the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready + * to compute the message digest of a new message. + * @note Calling this function will clear the HASH_SR_DCIS (Digest calculation + * completion interrupt status) bit corresponding to HASH_IT_DCI + * interrupt and HASH_FLAG_DCIS flag. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_Reset(void) +{ + /* Reset the HASH processor core */ + HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group2 Message Digest generation functions + * @brief Message Digest generation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Message Digest generation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing the generation of message digest: + (+) Push data in the IN FIFO : using HASH_DataIn() + (+) Get the number of words set in IN FIFO, use HASH_GetInFIFOWordsNbr() + (+) set the last word valid bits number using HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr() + (+) start digest calculation : using HASH_StartDigest() + (+) Get the Digest message : using HASH_GetDigest() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Configure the Number of valid bits in last word of the message + * @param ValidNumber: Number of valid bits in last word of the message. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F. + * - 0x00: All 32 bits of the last data written are valid + * - 0x01: Only bit [0] of the last data written is valid + * - 0x02: Only bits[1:0] of the last data written are valid + * - 0x03: Only bits[2:0] of the last data written are valid + * - ... + * - 0x1F: Only bits[30:0] of the last data written are valid + * @note The Number of valid bits must be set before to start the message + * digest competition (in Hash and HMAC) and key treatment(in HMAC). + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(uint16_t ValidNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_VALIDBITSNUMBER(ValidNumber)); + + /* Configure the Number of valid bits in last word of the message */ + HASH->STR &= ~(HASH_STR_NBW); + HASH->STR |= ValidNumber; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes data in the Data Input FIFO + * @param Data: new data of the message to be processed. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_DataIn(uint32_t Data) +{ + /* Write in the DIN register a new data */ + HASH->DIN = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of words already pushed into the IN FIFO. + * @param None + * @retval The value of words already pushed into the IN FIFO. + */ +uint8_t HASH_GetInFIFOWordsNbr(void) +{ + /* Return the value of NBW bits */ + return ((HASH->CR & HASH_CR_NBW) >> 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Provides the message digest result. + * @note In MD5 mode, Data[7] to Data[4] filed of HASH_MsgDigest structure is not used + * and is read as zero. + * In SHA-1 mode, Data[7] to Data[5] filed of HASH_MsgDigest structure is not used + * and is read as zero. + * In SHA-224 mode, Data[7] filed of HASH_MsgDigest structure is not used + * and is read as zero. + * @param HASH_MessageDigest: pointer to a HASH_MsgDigest structure which will + * hold the message digest result + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_GetDigest(HASH_MsgDigest* HASH_MessageDigest) +{ + /* Get the data field */ + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[0] = HASH->HR[0]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[1] = HASH->HR[1]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[2] = HASH->HR[2]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[3] = HASH->HR[3]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[4] = HASH->HR[4]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[5] = HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[6] = HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[7] = HASH_DIGEST->HR[7]; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the message padding and calculation of the final message + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_StartDigest(void) +{ + /* Start the Digest calculation */ + HASH->STR |= HASH_STR_DCAL; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group3 Context swapping functions + * @brief Context swapping functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Context swapping functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to save and store HASH Context + + [..] It is possible to interrupt a HASH/HMAC process to perform another processing + with a higher priority, and to complete the interrupted process later on, when + the higher priority task is complete. To do so, the context of the interrupted + task must be saved from the HASH registers to memory, and then be restored + from memory to the HASH registers. + + (#) To save the current context, use HASH_SaveContext() function + (#) To restore the saved context, use HASH_RestoreContext() function + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Save the Hash peripheral Context. + * @note The context can be saved only when no block is currently being + * processed. So user must wait for DINIS = 1 (the last block has been + * processed and the input FIFO is empty) or NBW != 0 (the FIFO is not + * full and no processing is ongoing). + * @param HASH_ContextSave: pointer to a HASH_Context structure that contains + * the repository for current context. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_SaveContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextSave) +{ + uint8_t i = 0; + + /* save context registers */ + HASH_ContextSave->HASH_IMR = HASH->IMR; + HASH_ContextSave->HASH_STR = HASH->STR; + HASH_ContextSave->HASH_CR = HASH->CR; + for(i=0; i<=53;i++) + { + HASH_ContextSave->HASH_CSR[i] = HASH->CSR[i]; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Restore the Hash peripheral Context. + * @note After calling this function, user can restart the processing from the + * point where it has been interrupted. + * @param HASH_ContextRestore: pointer to a HASH_Context structure that contains + * the repository for saved context. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_RestoreContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextRestore) +{ + uint8_t i = 0; + + /* restore context registers */ + HASH->IMR = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_IMR; + HASH->STR = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_STR; + HASH->CR = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_CR; + + /* Initialize the hash processor */ + HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; + + /* continue restoring context registers */ + for(i=0; i<=53;i++) + { + HASH->CSR[i] = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_CSR[i]; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group4 HASH's DMA interface Configuration function + * @brief HASH's DMA interface Configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HASH's DMA interface Configuration function ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA interface for + HASH/ HMAC data input transfer. + + [..] When the DMA mode is enabled (using the HASH_DMACmd() function), data can be + sent to the IN FIFO using the DMA peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables auto-start message padding and + * calculation of the final message digest at the end of DMA transfer. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected HASH DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_AutoStartDigest(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the auto start of the final message digest at the end of DMA transfer */ + HASH->CR &= ~HASH_CR_MDMAT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the auto start of the final message digest at the end of DMA transfer */ + HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_MDMAT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the HASH DMA interface. + * @note The DMA is disabled by hardware after the end of transfer. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected HASH DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the HASH DMA request */ + HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_DMAE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the HASH DMA request */ + HASH->CR &= ~HASH_CR_DMAE; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the HASH Interrupts and + to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + [..] The HASH provides 2 Interrupts sources and 5 Flags: + + *** Flags : *** + =============== + [..] + (#) HASH_FLAG_DINIS : set when 16 locations are free in the Data IN FIFO + which means that a new block (512 bit) can be entered into the input buffer. + + (#) HASH_FLAG_DCIS : set when Digest calculation is complete + + (#) HASH_FLAG_DMAS : set when HASH's DMA interface is enabled (DMAE=1) or + a transfer is ongoing. This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + (#) HASH_FLAG_BUSY : set when The hash core is processing a block of data + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + (#) HASH_FLAG_DINNE : set when Data IN FIFO is not empty which means that + the Data IN FIFO contains at least one word of data. This Flag is cleared + only by hardware. + + *** Interrupts : *** + ==================== + [..] + (#) HASH_IT_DINI : if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when 16 + locations are free in the Data IN FIFO which means that a new block (512 bit) + can be entered into the input buffer. This interrupt source is cleared using + HASH_ClearITPendingBit(HASH_IT_DINI) function. + + (#) HASH_IT_DCI : if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when Digest + calculation is complete. This interrupt source is cleared using + HASH_ClearITPendingBit(HASH_IT_DCI) function. + + *** Managing the HASH controller events : *** + ============================================= + [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the HASH controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + (#) In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (++) HASH_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + (++) HASH_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + (#) In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (++) HASH_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + (++) HASH_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + (++) HASH_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit + (corresponding Flag). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified HASH interrupts. + * @param HASH_IT: specifies the HASH interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg HASH_IT_DINI: Data Input interrupt + * @arg HASH_IT_DCI: Digest Calculation Completion Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified HASH interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_ITConfig(uint32_t HASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_IT(HASH_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected HASH interrupt */ + HASH->IMR |= HASH_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected HASH interrupt */ + HASH->IMR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified HASH flag is set or not. + * @param HASH_FLAG: specifies the HASH flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DINIS: Data input interrupt status flag + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DCIS: Digest calculation completion interrupt status flag + * @arg HASH_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DMAS: DMAS Status flag + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DINNE: Data Input register (DIN) not empty status flag + * @retval The new state of HASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus HASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t HASH_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tempreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG)); + + /* check if the FLAG is in CR register */ + if ((HASH_FLAG & HASH_FLAG_DINNE) != (uint32_t)RESET ) + { + tempreg = HASH->CR; + } + else /* The FLAG is in SR register */ + { + tempreg = HASH->SR; + } + + /* Check the status of the specified HASH flag */ + if ((tempreg & HASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* HASH is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* HASH_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the HASH_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} +/** + * @brief Clears the HASH flags. + * @param HASH_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DINIS: Data Input Flag + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DCIS: Digest Calculation Completion Flag + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t HASH_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_CLEAR_FLAG(HASH_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected HASH flags */ + HASH->SR = ~(uint32_t)HASH_FLAG; +} +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified HASH interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param HASH_IT: specifies the HASH interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg HASH_IT_DINI: Data Input interrupt + * @arg HASH_IT_DCI: Digest Calculation Completion Interrupt + * @retval The new state of HASH_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus HASH_GetITStatus(uint32_t HASH_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_GET_IT(HASH_IT)); + + + /* Check the status of the specified HASH interrupt */ + tmpreg = HASH->SR; + + if (((HASH->IMR & tmpreg) & HASH_IT) != RESET) + { + /* HASH_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* HASH_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the HASH_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the HASH interrupt pending bit(s). + * @param HASH_IT: specifies the HASH interrupt pending bit(s) to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg HASH_IT_DINI: Data Input interrupt + * @arg HASH_IT_DCI: Digest Calculation Completion Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t HASH_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_IT(HASH_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected HASH interrupt pending bit */ + HASH->SR = (uint32_t)(~HASH_IT); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash_md5.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash_md5.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index f16336f8d9..380c6373a0 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash_md5.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_hash_md5.c @@ -1,320 +1,312 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_hash_md5.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides high level functions to compute the HASH MD5 and - * HMAC MD5 Digest of an input message. - * It uses the stm32f4xx_hash.c/.h drivers to access the STM32F4xx HASH - * peripheral. - * -@verbatim - =================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable The HASH controller clock using - RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, ENABLE); function. - - (#) Calculate the HASH MD5 Digest using HASH_MD5() function. - - (#) Calculate the HMAC MD5 Digest using HMAC_MD5() function. - -@endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hash.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH - * @brief HASH driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define MD5BUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Group7 High Level MD5 functions - * @brief High Level MD5 Hash and HMAC functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### High Level MD5 Hash and HMAC functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Compute the HASH MD5 digest. - * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer to be treated. - * @param Ilen: length of the Input buffer. - * @param Output: the returned digest - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: digest computation done - * - ERROR: digest computation failed - */ -ErrorStatus HASH_MD5(uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, uint8_t Output[16]) -{ - HASH_InitTypeDef MD5_HASH_InitStructure; - HASH_MsgDigest MD5_MessageDigest; - __IO uint16_t nbvalidbitsdata = 0; - uint32_t i = 0; - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - uint32_t busystatus = 0; - ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; - uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; - - - /* Number of valid bits in last word of the Input data */ - nbvalidbitsdata = 8 * (Ilen % 4); - - /* HASH peripheral initialization */ - HASH_DeInit(); - - /* HASH Configuration */ - MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_AlgoSelection = HASH_AlgoSelection_MD5; - MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_AlgoMode = HASH_AlgoMode_HASH; - MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_DataType = HASH_DataType_8b; - HASH_Init(&MD5_HASH_InitStructure); - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the data */ - HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(nbvalidbitsdata); - - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - for(i=0; i 64) - { - /* HMAC long Key */ - MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey; - } - else - { - /* HMAC short Key */ - MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey; - } - HASH_Init(&MD5_HASH_InitStructure); - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the Key */ - HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(nbvalidbitskey); - - /* Write the Key */ - for(i=0; i 64) + { + /* HMAC long Key */ + MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey; + } + else + { + /* HMAC short Key */ + MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey; + } + HASH_Init(&MD5_HASH_InitStructure); + + /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the Key */ + HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(nbvalidbitskey); + + /* Write the Key */ + for(i=0; i
© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_hash.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH - * @brief HASH driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define SHA1BUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HASH_Group6 High Level SHA1 functions - * @brief High Level SHA1 Hash and HMAC functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### High Level SHA1 Hash and HMAC functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Compute the HASH SHA1 digest. - * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer to be treated. - * @param Ilen: length of the Input buffer. - * @param Output: the returned digest - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: digest computation done - * - ERROR: digest computation failed - */ -ErrorStatus HASH_SHA1(uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, uint8_t Output[20]) -{ - HASH_InitTypeDef SHA1_HASH_InitStructure; - HASH_MsgDigest SHA1_MessageDigest; - __IO uint16_t nbvalidbitsdata = 0; - uint32_t i = 0; - __IO uint32_t counter = 0; - uint32_t busystatus = 0; - ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; - uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; - uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; - - /* Number of valid bits in last word of the Input data */ - nbvalidbitsdata = 8 * (Ilen % 4); - - /* HASH peripheral initialization */ - HASH_DeInit(); - - /* HASH Configuration */ - SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_AlgoSelection = HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1; - SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_AlgoMode = HASH_AlgoMode_HASH; - SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_DataType = HASH_DataType_8b; - HASH_Init(&SHA1_HASH_InitStructure); - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the data */ - HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(nbvalidbitsdata); - - /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ - for(i=0; i 64) - { - /* HMAC long Key */ - SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey; - } - else - { - /* HMAC short Key */ - SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey; - } - HASH_Init(&SHA1_HASH_InitStructure); - - /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the Key */ - HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(nbvalidbitskey); - - /* Write the Key */ - for(i=0; i 64) + { + /* HMAC long Key */ + SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey; + } + else + { + /* HMAC short Key */ + SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey; + } + HASH_Init(&SHA1_HASH_InitStructure); + + /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the Key */ + HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(nbvalidbitskey); + + /* Write the Key */ + for(i=0; iGPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF - (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via - GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members - (++) Call GPIO_Init() function - Recommended configuration is Push-Pull, Pull-up, Open-Drain. - Add an external pull up if necessary (typically 4.7 KOhm). - - (#) Program the Mode, duty cycle , Own address, Ack, Speed and Acknowledged - Address using the I2C_Init() function. - - (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without - re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again I2C_Init() function): - (++) Enable the acknowledge feature using I2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function - (++) Enable the dual addressing mode using I2C_DualAddressCmd() function - (++) Enable the general call using the I2C_GeneralCallCmd() function - (++) Enable the clock stretching using I2C_StretchClockCmd() function - (++) Enable the fast mode duty cycle using the I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig() - function. - (++) Configure the NACK position for Master Receiver mode in case of - 2 bytes reception using the function I2C_NACKPositionConfig(). - (++) Enable the PEC Calculation using I2C_CalculatePEC() function - (++) For SMBus Mode: - (+++) Enable the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) using I2C_ARPCmd() function - (+++) Configure the SMBusAlert pin using I2C_SMBusAlertConfig() function - - (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function - I2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. - - (#) When using the DMA mode - (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function - (++) Active the needed channel Request using I2C_DMACmd() or - I2C_DMALastTransferCmd() function. - -@@- When using DMA mode, I2C interrupts may be used at the same time to - control the communication flow (Start/Stop/Ack... events and errors). - - (#) Enable the I2C using the I2C_Cmd() function. - - (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the - transfers. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_i2c.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C - * @brief I2C driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFBF5) /*I2C_ClockSpeed)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); - -/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */ - tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; - /* Clear frequency FREQ[5:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_FREQ); - /* Get pclk1 frequency value */ - RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks); - pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; - /* Set frequency bits depending on pclk1 value */ - freqrange = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / 1000000); - tmpreg |= freqrange; - /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */ - I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; - -/*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral to configure TRISE */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE); - /* Reset tmpreg value */ - /* Clear F/S, DUTY and CCR[11:0] bits */ - tmpreg = 0; - - /* Configure speed in standard mode */ - if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000) - { - /* Standard mode speed calculate */ - result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1)); - /* Test if CCR value is under 0x4*/ - if (result < 0x04) - { - /* Set minimum allowed value */ - result = 0x04; - } - /* Set speed value for standard mode */ - tmpreg |= result; - /* Set Maximum Rise Time for standard mode */ - I2Cx->TRISE = freqrange + 1; - } - /* Configure speed in fast mode */ - /* To use the I2C at 400 KHz (in fast mode), the PCLK1 frequency (I2C peripheral - input clock) must be a multiple of 10 MHz */ - else /*(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 400000)*/ - { - if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2) - { - /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ - result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3)); - } - else /*I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9*/ - { - /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ - result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25)); - /* Set DUTY bit */ - result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; - } - - /* Test if CCR value is under 0x1*/ - if ((result & I2C_CCR_CCR) == 0) - { - /* Set minimum allowed value */ - result |= (uint16_t)0x0001; - } - /* Set speed value and set F/S bit for fast mode */ - tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(result | I2C_CCR_FS); - /* Set Maximum Rise Time for fast mode */ - I2Cx->TRISE = (uint16_t)(((freqrange * (uint16_t)300) / (uint16_t)1000) + (uint16_t)1); - } - - /* Write to I2Cx CCR */ - I2Cx->CCR = tmpreg; - /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; - -/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */ - tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1; - /* Clear ACK, SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits */ - tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure I2Cx: mode and acknowledgement */ - /* Set SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits according to I2C_Mode value */ - /* Set ACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */ - tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack); - /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ - I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; - -/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Set I2Cx Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ - I2Cx->OAR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1); -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) -{ -/*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values ----------------*/ - /* initialize the I2C_ClockSpeed member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000; - /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C; - /* Initialize the I2C_DutyCycle member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2; - /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; - /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable; - /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Analog filter of I2C peripheral. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx, STM32F401xx and STM32F411xE devices. - * - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the Analog filter. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note This function should be called before initializing and enabling - the I2C Peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_AnalogFilterCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the analog filter */ - I2Cx->FLTR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_FLTR_ANOFF); - } - else - { - /* Disable the analog filter */ - I2Cx->FLTR |= I2C_FLTR_ANOFF; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Digital noise filter of I2C peripheral. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx, STM32F401xx and STM32F411xE devices. - * - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter. - * This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @note This function should be called before initializing and enabling - the I2C Peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_DigitalFilterConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DigitalFilter) -{ - uint16_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_DigitalFilter)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = I2Cx->FLTR; - - /* Reset I2Cx DNF bit [3:0] */ - tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_FLTR_DNF); - - /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */ - tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)I2C_DigitalFilter & I2C_FLTR_DNF); - - /* Store the new register value */ - I2Cx->FLTR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None. - */ -void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Generate a START condition */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; - } - else - { - /* Disable the START condition generation */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_START); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None. - */ -void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Generate a STOP condition */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; - } - else - { - /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_STOP); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits the address byte to select the slave device. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted - * @param I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a Transmitter - * or a Receiver. - * This parameter can be one of the following values - * @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode - * @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode - * @retval None. - */ -void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction)); - /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ - if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter) - { - /* Set the address bit0 for read */ - Address |= I2C_OAR1_ADD0; - } - else - { - /* Reset the address bit0 for write */ - Address &= (uint8_t)~((uint8_t)I2C_OAR1_ADD0); - } - /* Send the address */ - I2Cx->DR = Address; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None. - */ -void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the acknowledgement */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; - } - else - { - /* Disable the acknowledgement */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ACK); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the specified I2C own address2. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2. - * @retval None. - */ -void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address) -{ - uint16_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2; - - /* Reset I2Cx Own address2 bit [7:1] */ - tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ADD2); - - /* Set I2Cx Own address2 */ - tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)Address & (uint16_t)0x00FE); - - /* Store the new register value */ - I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2C dual addressing mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable dual addressing mode */ - I2Cx->OAR2 |= I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL; - } - else - { - /* Disable dual addressing mode */ - I2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2C General call. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable general call */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENGC; - } - else - { - /* Disable general call */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENGC); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset. - * @note When software reset is enabled, the I2C IOs are released (this can - * be useful to recover from bus errors). - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2C software reset. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Peripheral under reset */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SWRST; - } - else - { - /* Peripheral not under reset */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_SWRST); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState == DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 - * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_DutyCycle)); - if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) - { - /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=2 */ - I2Cx->CCR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2; - } - else - { - /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=16/9 */ - I2Cx->CCR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the specified I2C NACK position in master receiver mode. - * @note This function is useful in I2C Master Receiver mode when the number - * of data to be received is equal to 2. In this case, this function - * should be called (with parameter I2C_NACKPosition_Next) before data - * reception starts,as described in the 2-byte reception procedure - * recommended in Reference Manual in Section: Master receiver. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_NACKPosition: specifies the NACK position. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte will be the last - * received byte. - * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is the last - * received byte. - * - * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_PECPositionConfig() - * but is intended to be used in I2C mode while I2C_PECPositionConfig() - * is intended to used in SMBUS mode. - * - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(I2C_NACKPosition)); - - /* Check the input parameter */ - if (I2C_NACKPosition == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) - { - /* Next byte in shift register is the last received byte */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_NACKPosition_Next; - } - else - { - /* Current byte in shift register is the last received byte */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_NACKPosition_Current; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low - * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(I2C_SMBusAlert)); - if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) - { - /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin Low */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low; - } - else - { - /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin High */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx ARP. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C ARP */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENARP; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C ARP */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENARP); - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_Group2 Data transfers functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Data transfers functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ - I2Cx->DR = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @retval The value of the received data. - */ -uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - /* Return the data in the DR register */ - return (uint8_t)I2Cx->DR; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_Group3 PEC management functions - * @brief PEC management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### PEC management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2C PEC transmission. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PEC; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PEC); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the specified I2C PEC position. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte is PEC - * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is PEC - * - * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_NACKPositionConfig() - * but is intended to be used in SMBUS mode while I2C_NACKPositionConfig() - * is intended to used in I2C mode. - * - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(I2C_PECPosition)); - if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next) - { - /* Next byte in shift register is PEC */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next; - } - else - { - /* Current byte in shift register is PEC */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the transferred bytes. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC value calculation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENPEC; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENPEC); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @retval The PEC value. - */ -uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - /* Return the selected I2C PEC value */ - return ((I2Cx->SR2) >> 8); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_Group4 DMA transfers management functions - * @brief DMA transfers management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C DMA channels - requests. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA transfer. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */ - I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */ - I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_DMAEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Specifies that the next DMA transfer is the last one. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA last transfer. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Next DMA transfer is the last transfer */ - I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST; - } - else - { - /* Next DMA transfer is not the last transfer */ - I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_LAST); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup I2C_Group5 Interrupts events and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts, events and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts, events and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C Interrupts - sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. - The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage - the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. - - - ##### I2C State Monitoring Functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring - depending on the application requirements and constraints: - - - (#) Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function) - - It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event - (can be the combination of one or more flags). - It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags - and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status. - - (++) When to use - (+++) This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup - activity since the events are fully described in the product reference - manual (RM0090). - (+++) It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events. - - (++) Limitations - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored - flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite - the communication hold or corrupted real state. - In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor - the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler. - - -@@- For error management, it is advised to use the following functions: - (+@@) I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR). - (+@@) I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs. - Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...) - (+@@) I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred. - (+@@) I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd() - and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source - and return to correct communication status. - - - (#) Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent()) - - Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status - registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left - by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1). - - (++) When to use - (+++) This function is suitable for the same applications above but it - allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() - function. - (+++) The returned value could be compared to events already defined in - the library (stm32f4xx_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user. - This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the - same time. - (+++) At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows - user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are - set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set - like I2C_CheckEvent() function. - - (++) Limitations - (+++) User may need to define his own events. - (+++) Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this - function if user decides to check only regular communication flags - (and ignores error flags). - - - (#) Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus()) - - Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of - one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). - - (++) When to use - (+++) This function could be used for specific applications or in debug - phase. - (+++) It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C - events are monitored through multiple flags). - (++) Limitations: - (+++) When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. - Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed. - So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones. - (+++) Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor - one single event. - - For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in - stm32f4xx_i2c.h file. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value. - * @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. - * @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. - * @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. - * @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. - * @arg I2C_Register_DR: DR register. - * @arg I2C_Register_SR1: SR1 register. - * @arg I2C_Register_SR2: SR2 register. - * @arg I2C_Register_CCR: CCR register. - * @arg I2C_Register_TRISE: TRISE register. - * @retval The value of the read register. - */ -uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register)); - - tmp = (uint32_t) I2Cx; - tmp += I2C_Register; - - /* Return the selected register value */ - return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask - * @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask - * @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask - * @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */ - I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */ - I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~I2C_IT; - } -} - -/* - =============================================================================== - 1. Basic state monitoring - =============================================================================== - */ - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed - * as parameter. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED: EV2 - * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF): EV2 - * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL): EV2 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED: EV3 - * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF): EV3 - * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL): EV3 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE: EV3_2 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED: EV4 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT: EV5 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED: EV6 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED: EV6 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED: EV7 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING: EV8 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED: EV8_2 - * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10: EV9 - * - * @note For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events - * in stm32f4xx_i2c.h file. - * - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT - * - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT - */ -ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT) -{ - uint32_t lastevent = 0; - uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT(I2C_EVENT)); - - /* Read the I2Cx status register */ - flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; - flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; - flag2 = flag2 << 16; - - /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ - lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK; - - /* Check whether the last event contains the I2C_EVENT */ - if ((lastevent & I2C_EVENT) == I2C_EVENT) - { - /* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */ - status = SUCCESS; - } - else - { - /* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */ - status = ERROR; - } - /* Return status */ - return status; -} - -/* - =============================================================================== - 2. Advanced state monitoring - =============================================================================== - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the last I2Cx Event. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * - * @note For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events - * in stm32f4xx_i2c.h file. - * - * @retval The last event - */ -uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) -{ - uint32_t lastevent = 0; - uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - - /* Read the I2Cx status register */ - flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; - flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; - flag2 = flag2 << 16; - - /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ - lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK; - - /* Return status */ - return lastevent; -} - -/* - =============================================================================== - 3. Flag-based state monitoring - =============================================================================== - */ - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL" - * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD" - * @arg I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) - * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - __IO uint32_t i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); - - /* Get the I2Cx peripheral base address */ - i2cxbase = (uint32_t)I2Cx; - - /* Read flag register index */ - i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28; - - /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ - I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_MASK; - - if(i2creg != 0) - { - /* Get the I2Cx SR1 register address */ - i2cxbase += 0x14; - } - else - { - /* Flag in I2Cx SR2 Register */ - I2C_FLAG = (uint32_t)(I2C_FLAG >> 16); - /* Get the I2Cx SR2 register address */ - i2cxbase += 0x18; - } - - if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* I2C_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* I2C_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the I2C_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag - * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) - * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag - * - * @note STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation - * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation - * to I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral). - * @note ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read - * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the - * second byte of the address in DR register. - * @note BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read - * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a - * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). - * @note ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to - * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to - * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). - * @note SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 - * register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation to I2C_DR - * register (I2C_SendData()). - * - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) -{ - uint32_t flagpos = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); - /* Get the I2C flag position */ - flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_MASK; - /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ - I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag - * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag - * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag - * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) - * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag - * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) - * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag - * @arg I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) - * @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag - * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) - * @arg I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) - * @arg I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag - * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL" - * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD" - * @arg I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) - * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT)); - - /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ - enablestatus = (uint32_t)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_MASK) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CR2)) ; - - /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ - I2C_IT &= FLAG_MASK; - - /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */ - if (((I2Cx->SR1 & I2C_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) - { - /* I2C_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* I2C_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the I2C_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the I2Cx's interrupt pending bits. - * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. - * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt - * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt - * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception interrupt - * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode) - * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt - * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode) - * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt - * - * @note STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation - * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to - * I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral). - * @note ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read - * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second - * byte of the address in I2C_DR register. - * @note BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read - * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a - * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). - * @note ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to - * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to - * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). - * @note SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to - * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to - * I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). - * @retval None - */ -void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) -{ - uint32_t flagpos = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT)); - - /* Get the I2C flag position */ - flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_MASK; - - /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ - I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter-integrated circuit (I2C) + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers + * + PEC management + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts, events and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2Cx, ENABLE) + function for I2C1, I2C2 or I2C3. + + (#) Enable SDA, SCL and SMBA (when used) GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. + + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function + Recommended configuration is Push-Pull, Pull-up, Open-Drain. + Add an external pull up if necessary (typically 4.7 KOhm). + + (#) Program the Mode, duty cycle , Own address, Ack, Speed and Acknowledged + Address using the I2C_Init() function. + + (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without + re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again I2C_Init() function): + (++) Enable the acknowledge feature using I2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function + (++) Enable the dual addressing mode using I2C_DualAddressCmd() function + (++) Enable the general call using the I2C_GeneralCallCmd() function + (++) Enable the clock stretching using I2C_StretchClockCmd() function + (++) Enable the fast mode duty cycle using the I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig() + function. + (++) Configure the NACK position for Master Receiver mode in case of + 2 bytes reception using the function I2C_NACKPositionConfig(). + (++) Enable the PEC Calculation using I2C_CalculatePEC() function + (++) For SMBus Mode: + (+++) Enable the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) using I2C_ARPCmd() function + (+++) Configure the SMBusAlert pin using I2C_SMBusAlertConfig() function + + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + I2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + (++) Active the needed channel Request using I2C_DMACmd() or + I2C_DMALastTransferCmd() function. + -@@- When using DMA mode, I2C interrupts may be used at the same time to + control the communication flow (Start/Stop/Ack... events and errors). + + (#) Enable the I2C using the I2C_Cmd() function. + + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the + transfers. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_i2c.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C + * @brief I2C driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFBF5) /*I2C_ClockSpeed)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + /* Clear frequency FREQ[5:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_FREQ); + /* Get pclk1 frequency value */ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks); + pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + /* Set frequency bits depending on pclk1 value */ + freqrange = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / 1000000); + tmpreg |= freqrange; + /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral to configure TRISE */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + /* Reset tmpreg value */ + /* Clear F/S, DUTY and CCR[11:0] bits */ + tmpreg = 0; + + /* Configure speed in standard mode */ + if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000) + { + /* Standard mode speed calculate */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1)); + /* Test if CCR value is under 0x4*/ + if (result < 0x04) + { + /* Set minimum allowed value */ + result = 0x04; + } + /* Set speed value for standard mode */ + tmpreg |= result; + /* Set Maximum Rise Time for standard mode */ + I2Cx->TRISE = freqrange + 1; + } + /* Configure speed in fast mode */ + /* To use the I2C at 400 KHz (in fast mode), the PCLK1 frequency (I2C peripheral + input clock) must be a multiple of 10 MHz */ + else /*(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 400000)*/ + { + if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2) + { + /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3)); + } + else /*I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9*/ + { + /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25)); + /* Set DUTY bit */ + result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; + } + + /* Test if CCR value is under 0x1*/ + if ((result & I2C_CCR_CCR) == 0) + { + /* Set minimum allowed value */ + result |= (uint16_t)0x0001; + } + /* Set speed value and set F/S bit for fast mode */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(result | I2C_CCR_FS); + /* Set Maximum Rise Time for fast mode */ + I2Cx->TRISE = (uint16_t)(((freqrange * (uint16_t)300) / (uint16_t)1000) + (uint16_t)1); + } + + /* Write to I2Cx CCR */ + I2Cx->CCR = tmpreg; + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1; + /* Clear ACK, SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure I2Cx: mode and acknowledgement */ + /* Set SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits according to I2C_Mode value */ + /* Set ACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack); + /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ + I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Set I2Cx Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ + I2Cx->OAR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1); +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) +{ +/*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values ----------------*/ + /* initialize the I2C_ClockSpeed member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000; + /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C; + /* Initialize the I2C_DutyCycle member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2; + /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable; + /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Analog filter of I2C peripheral. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx, STM32F401xx, STM32F410xx and STM32F411xE devices. + * + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Analog filter. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function should be called before initializing and enabling + the I2C Peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_AnalogFilterCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the analog filter */ + I2Cx->FLTR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_FLTR_ANOFF); + } + else + { + /* Disable the analog filter */ + I2Cx->FLTR |= I2C_FLTR_ANOFF; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Digital noise filter of I2C peripheral. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx, STM32F401xx, STM32F410xx and STM32F411xE devices. + * + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter. + * This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @note This function should be called before initializing and enabling + the I2C Peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DigitalFilterConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DigitalFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_DigitalFilter)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->FLTR; + + /* Reset I2Cx DNF bit [3:0] */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_FLTR_DNF); + + /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)I2C_DigitalFilter & I2C_FLTR_DNF); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->FLTR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a START condition */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + else + { + /* Disable the START condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_START); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a STOP condition */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_STOP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits the address byte to select the slave device. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted + * @param I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a Transmitter + * or a Receiver. + * This parameter can be one of the following values + * @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode + * @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction)); + /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ + if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter) + { + /* Set the address bit0 for read */ + Address |= I2C_OAR1_ADD0; + } + else + { + /* Reset the address bit0 for write */ + Address &= (uint8_t)~((uint8_t)I2C_OAR1_ADD0); + } + /* Send the address */ + I2Cx->DR = Address; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ACK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the specified I2C own address2. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx Own address2 bit [7:1] */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ADD2); + + /* Set I2Cx Own address2 */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)Address & (uint16_t)0x00FE); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C dual addressing mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable dual addressing mode */ + I2Cx->OAR2 |= I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL; + } + else + { + /* Disable dual addressing mode */ + I2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C General call. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable general call */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENGC; + } + else + { + /* Disable general call */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENGC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset. + * @note When software reset is enabled, the I2C IOs are released (this can + * be useful to recover from bus errors). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C software reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Peripheral under reset */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SWRST; + } + else + { + /* Peripheral not under reset */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_SWRST); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState == DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 + * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_DutyCycle)); + if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) + { + /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=2 */ + I2Cx->CCR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2; + } + else + { + /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=16/9 */ + I2Cx->CCR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C NACK position in master receiver mode. + * @note This function is useful in I2C Master Receiver mode when the number + * of data to be received is equal to 2. In this case, this function + * should be called (with parameter I2C_NACKPosition_Next) before data + * reception starts,as described in the 2-byte reception procedure + * recommended in Reference Manual in Section: Master receiver. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_NACKPosition: specifies the NACK position. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte will be the last + * received byte. + * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is the last + * received byte. + * + * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_PECPositionConfig() + * but is intended to be used in I2C mode while I2C_PECPositionConfig() + * is intended to used in SMBUS mode. + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(I2C_NACKPosition)); + + /* Check the input parameter */ + if (I2C_NACKPosition == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) + { + /* Next byte in shift register is the last received byte */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_NACKPosition_Next; + } + else + { + /* Current byte in shift register is the last received byte */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_NACKPosition_Current; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low + * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(I2C_SMBusAlert)); + if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) + { + /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin Low */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low; + } + else + { + /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin High */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx ARP. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C ARP */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENARP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C ARP */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENARP); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + I2Cx->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return (uint8_t)I2Cx->DR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group3 PEC management functions + * @brief PEC management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### PEC management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C PEC transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PEC; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PEC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C PEC position. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte is PEC + * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is PEC + * + * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_NACKPositionConfig() + * but is intended to be used in SMBUS mode while I2C_NACKPositionConfig() + * is intended to used in I2C mode. + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(I2C_PECPosition)); + if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next) + { + /* Next byte in shift register is PEC */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next; + } + else + { + /* Current byte in shift register is PEC */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the transferred bytes. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC value calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENPEC; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENPEC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The PEC value. + */ +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Return the selected I2C PEC value */ + return ((I2Cx->SR2) >> 8); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group4 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C DMA channels + requests. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Specifies that the next DMA transfer is the last one. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA last transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Next DMA transfer is the last transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST; + } + else + { + /* Next DMA transfer is not the last transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_LAST); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group5 Interrupts events and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts, events and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts, events and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + + ##### I2C State Monitoring Functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring + depending on the application requirements and constraints: + + + (#) Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function) + + It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event + (can be the combination of one or more flags). + It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags + and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status. + + (++) When to use + (+++) This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup + activity since the events are fully described in the product reference + manual (RM0090). + (+++) It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events. + + (++) Limitations + If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored + flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite + the communication hold or corrupted real state. + In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor + the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler. + + -@@- For error management, it is advised to use the following functions: + (+@@) I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR). + (+@@) I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs. + Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...) + (+@@) I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the + I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred. + (+@@) I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd() + and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source + and return to correct communication status. + + + (#) Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent()) + + Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status + registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left + by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1). + + (++) When to use + (+++) This function is suitable for the same applications above but it + allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() + function. + (+++) The returned value could be compared to events already defined in + the library (stm32f4xx_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user. + This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the + same time. + (+++) At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows + user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are + set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set + like I2C_CheckEvent() function. + + (++) Limitations + (+++) User may need to define his own events. + (+++) Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this + function if user decides to check only regular communication flags + (and ignores error flags). + + + (#) Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus()) + + Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of + one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). + + (++) When to use + (+++) This function could be used for specific applications or in debug + phase. + (+++) It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C + events are monitored through multiple flags). + (++) Limitations: + (+++) When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. + Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed. + So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones. + (+++) Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor + one single event. + + For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in + stm32f4xx_i2c.h file. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value. + * @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_DR: DR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_SR1: SR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_SR2: SR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CCR: CCR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TRISE: TRISE register. + * @retval The value of the read register. + */ +uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) I2Cx; + tmp += I2C_Register; + + /* Return the selected register value */ + return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~I2C_IT; + } +} + +/* + =============================================================================== + 1. Basic state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed + * as parameter. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED: EV2 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF): EV2 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL): EV2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED: EV3 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF): EV3 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL): EV3 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE: EV3_2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED: EV4 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT: EV5 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED: EV6 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED: EV6 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED: EV7 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING: EV8 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED: EV8_2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10: EV9 + * + * @note For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events + * in stm32f4xx_i2c.h file. + * + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT + * - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT + */ +ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT) +{ + uint32_t lastevent = 0; + uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT(I2C_EVENT)); + + /* Read the I2Cx status register */ + flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; + + /* I2C_SR2 must be read only when ADDR is found set in I2C_SR1 or when the STOPF bit is cleared */ + if((flag1 & I2C_SR1_ADDR) || (flag1 & ~I2C_SR1_STOPF)) + { + flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; + } + else + { + return ERROR; + } + flag2 = flag2 << 16; + + /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ + lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK; + + /* Check whether the last event contains the I2C_EVENT */ + if ((lastevent & I2C_EVENT) == I2C_EVENT) + { + /* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */ + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */ + status = ERROR; + } + /* Return status */ + return status; +} + +/* + =============================================================================== + 2. Advanced state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the last I2Cx Event. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * + * @note For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events + * in stm32f4xx_i2c.h file. + * + * @retval The last event + */ +uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + uint32_t lastevent = 0; + uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Read the I2Cx status register */ + flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; + flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; + flag2 = flag2 << 16; + + /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ + lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK; + + /* Return status */ + return lastevent; +} + +/* + =============================================================================== + 3. Flag-based state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL" + * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD" + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) + * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + __IO uint32_t i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + + /* Get the I2Cx peripheral base address */ + i2cxbase = (uint32_t)I2Cx; + + /* Read flag register index */ + i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28; + + /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ + I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_MASK; + + if(i2creg != 0) + { + /* Get the I2Cx SR1 register address */ + i2cxbase += 0x14; + } + else + { + /* Flag in I2Cx SR2 Register */ + I2C_FLAG = (uint32_t)(I2C_FLAG >> 16); + /* Get the I2Cx SR2 register address */ + i2cxbase += 0x18; + } + + if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* I2C_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the I2C_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag + * + * @note STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation + * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation + * to I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral). + * @note ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the + * second byte of the address in DR register. + * @note BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a + * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * @note ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to + * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). + * @note SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 + * register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation to I2C_DR + * register (I2C_SendData()). + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t flagpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + /* Get the I2C flag position */ + flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_MASK; + /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ + I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) + * @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL" + * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD" + * @arg I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) + * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_MASK) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CR2)) ; + + /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ + I2C_IT &= FLAG_MASK; + + /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */ + if (((I2Cx->SR1 & I2C_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* I2C_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the I2C_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt + * + * @note STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation + * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to + * I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral). + * @note ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second + * byte of the address in I2C_DR register. + * @note BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a + * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * @note ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to + * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). + * @note SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to + * I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + uint32_t flagpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Get the I2C flag position */ + flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_MASK; + + /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ + I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_iwdg.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_iwdg.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 06af34599f..6c97ff6694 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_iwdg.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_iwdg.c @@ -1,266 +1,258 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_iwdg.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Independent watchdog (IWDG) peripheral: - * + Prescaler and Counter configuration - * + IWDG activation - * + Flag management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IWDG features ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable - through option byte). - - The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated low-speed clock (LSI) and - thus stays active even if the main clock fails. - Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled - (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from - the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) - a system reset is generated. - The IWDG counter should be reloaded at regular intervals to prevent - an MCU reset. - - The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional - in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). - - IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a IWDG - reset occurs. - - Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s - The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F4xx - devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock - connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input capture). The measured value - can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy. - For more information, please refer to the STM32F4xx Reference manual - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers using - IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) function - - (#) Configure the IWDG prescaler using IWDG_SetPrescaler() function - - (#) Configure the IWDG counter value using IWDG_SetReload() function. - This value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter - is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. - - (#) Start the IWDG using IWDG_Enable() function, when the IWDG is used - in software mode (no need to enable the LSI, it will be enabled - by hardware) - - (#) Then the application program must reload the IWDG counter at regular - intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using - IWDG_ReloadCounter() function. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_iwdg.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG - * @brief IWDG driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* KR register bit mask */ -#define KR_KEY_RELOAD ((uint16_t)0xAAAA) -#define KR_KEY_ENABLE ((uint16_t)0xCCCC) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_Group1 Prescaler and Counter configuration functions - * @brief Prescaler and Counter configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. - * @param IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers - * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers - * @retval None - */ -void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess)); - IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets IWDG Prescaler value. - * @param IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4 - * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8 - * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16 - * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32 - * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64 - * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128 - * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256 - * @retval None - */ -void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler)); - IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets IWDG Reload value. - * @param Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value. - * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF. - * @retval None - */ -void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload)); - IWDG->RLR = Reload; -} - -/** - * @brief Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register - * (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void) -{ - IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_RELOAD; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_Group2 IWDG activation function - * @brief IWDG activation function - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IWDG activation function ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void IWDG_Enable(void) -{ - IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup IWDG_Group3 Flag management function - * @brief Flag management function - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Flag management function ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not. - * @param IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going - * @arg IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going - * @retval The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG)); - if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the flag status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_iwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Independent watchdog (IWDG) peripheral: + * + Prescaler and Counter configuration + * + IWDG activation + * + Flag management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IWDG features ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable + through option byte). + + The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated low-speed clock (LSI) and + thus stays active even if the main clock fails. + Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled + (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from + the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) + a system reset is generated. + The IWDG counter should be reloaded at regular intervals to prevent + an MCU reset. + + The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional + in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). + + IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a IWDG + reset occurs. + + Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s + The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F4xx + devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock + connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input capture). The measured value + can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy. + For more information, please refer to the STM32F4xx Reference manual + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers using + IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) function + + (#) Configure the IWDG prescaler using IWDG_SetPrescaler() function + + (#) Configure the IWDG counter value using IWDG_SetReload() function. + This value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter + is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. + + (#) Start the IWDG using IWDG_Enable() function, when the IWDG is used + in software mode (no need to enable the LSI, it will be enabled + by hardware) + + (#) Then the application program must reload the IWDG counter at regular + intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + IWDG_ReloadCounter() function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_iwdg.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG + * @brief IWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* KR register bit mask */ +#define KR_KEY_RELOAD ((uint16_t)0xAAAA) +#define KR_KEY_ENABLE ((uint16_t)0xCCCC) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group1 Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * @param IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess)); + IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Prescaler value. + * @param IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256 + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler)); + IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Reload value. + * @param Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF. + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload)); + IWDG->RLR = Reload; +} + +/** + * @brief Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register + * (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_RELOAD; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group2 IWDG activation function + * @brief IWDG activation function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IWDG activation function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_Enable(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group3 Flag management function + * @brief Flag management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Flag management function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not. + * @param IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going + * @retval The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG)); + if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_lptim.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_lptim.c new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..fcfcba4bda --- /dev/null +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_lptim.c @@ -0,0 +1,943 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_lptim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Low Power Timer (LPT) peripheral: + * + Initialization functions. + * + Configuration functions. + * + Interrupts and flags management functions. + * + * @verbatim + * +================================================================================ + ##### How to use this driver ##### +================================================================================ + + Basic configuration: + -------------------- + - Configure the clock source, the prescaler, the waveform shape and + the output polarity by filling the "LPTIM_InitTypeDef" structure and + calling LPTIM_Init. + - If the ULPTIM source is selected as clock source, configure the digital + Glitch filter by setting the number of consecutive samples + to be detected by using LPTIM_ConfigClockGlitchFilter. + - To select a software start use LPTIM_SelectSoftwareStart. + - To select an external trigger for the start of the counter, configure + the source and its active edge polarity by calling + LPTIM_ConfigExternalTrigger. Configure the Digital Glitch filter for + the external triggers by setting the number of consecutive samples + to be detected by using LPTIM_ConfigTriggerGlitchFilter. + - Select the operating mode of the peripheral by using + LPTIM_SelectOperatingMode, 2 modes can be selected: + + Continuous mode: the timer is free running, the timer is started + from a trigger event and never stops until the timer is disabled + + One shot mode: the timer is started from a trigger event and + stops when reaching the auto-reload value. + - Use LPTIM_SetAutoreloadValue to set the auto-reload value and + LPTIM_SetCompareValue to set the compare value. + - Configure the preload mode by using LPTIM_ConfigUpdate function. 2 modes + are available: + + The Autoreload and compare registers are updated immediately after + APB write. + + The Autoreload and compare registers are updated at the end of + counter period. + - Enable the peripheral by calling LPTIM_Cmd. + + Encoder mode: + ------------- + - To select the encoder feature, use the function: LPTIM_SelectEncoderMode. + - To select on which edge (Rising edge, falling edge or both edges) + the counter is incremented, use LPTIM_SelectClockPolarity. + + Counter mode: + ------------- + - Use LPTIM_SelectCounterMode to select the counting mode. In this mode + the counter is incremented on each valid event on ULPTIM. + + Timeout function: + ----------------- + In this case, the trigger will reset the timer. The first trigger event + will start the timer, any successive trigger event will reset the counter + and the timer restarts. + - To active this feature use LPTIM_TimoutCmd. + + Interrupt configuration: + ------------------------ + - Use LPTIM_ITConfig to configure an interruption. + - Call LPTIM_GetFlagStatus to get a flag status. + - Call LPTIM_GetITStatus to get an interrupt status. + - Use LPTIM_ClearFlag to clear a flag. + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_lptim.h" + + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM + * @brief LPTIM driver modules + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define CFGR_INIT_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t) 0xFFCFF1FE) +#define CFGR_TRIG_AND_POL_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t) 0xFFF91FFF) +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Group1 Initialization functions + * @brief Initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to: + - Deinitialize the LPTimer + - Initialize the Clock source, the Prescaler, the Ouput Waveform shape and Polarity + - Initialize the member of LPTIM_InitStruct structer with default value + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the LPTIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @retval None + * + */ +void LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + + /* Deinitializes the LPTIM1 peripheral */ + if(LPTIMx == LPTIM1) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_LPTIM1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_LPTIM1, DISABLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the LPTIMx peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the LPTIM_InitStruct. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_InitStruct: pointer to an LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified LPTIM peripheral. + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_Init(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, LPTIM_InitTypeDef* LPTIM_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_ClockSource)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_Waveform)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_OutputPolarity)); + + /* Get the LPTIMx CFGR value */ + tmpreg1 = LPTIMx->CFGR; + + /* Clear CKSEL, PRESC, WAVE and WAVEPOL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CFGR_INIT_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Set or Reset CKSEL bit according to LPTIM_ClockSource value */ + /* Set or Reset PRESC bits according to LPTIM_Prescaler value */ + /* Set or Reset WAVE bit according to LPTIM_Waveform value */ + /* Set or Reset WAVEPOL bit according to LPTIM_OutputPolarity value */ + tmpreg1 |= (LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_ClockSource | LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_Prescaler + |LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_Waveform | LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_OutputPolarity); + + /* Write to LPTIMx CFGR */ + LPTIMx->CFGR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each LPTIM_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param LPTIM_InitStruct : pointer to a LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void LPTIM_StructInit(LPTIM_InitTypeDef* LPTIM_InitStruct) +{ + /* APB Clock/Low Power oscillators is selected as default Clock source*/ + LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_ClockSource = LPTIM_ClockSource_APBClock_LPosc; + + /* High Polarity is selected as default polarity */ + LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_OutputPolarity = LPTIM_OutputPolarity_High; + + /* DIV=1 is selected as default prescaler */ + LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_Prescaler = LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV1; + + /* PWM/One pulse mode is selected as default Waveform shape */ + LPTIM_InitStruct->LPTIM_Waveform = LPTIM_Waveform_PWM_OnePulse; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Group2 Configuration functions + * @brief Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to configure the Low Power Timer: + - Select the Clock source. + - Configure the Glitch filter for the external clock and the external clock. + - Configure the prescaler of the counter. + - Select the Trigger source of the counter. + - Configure the operating mode (Single or Continuous mode). + - Select the Waveform shape (PWM/One Pulse or Set once) and polarity. + - Enable or disable the Encoder mode and the Timeout function. + - Write on the Autoreload and the Compare registers and configure the + preload mode. + - Get the Counter value. + - Enable or disable the peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified LPTIM peripheral. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param NewState: new state of the LPTIMx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void LPTIM_Cmd(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ENABLE bit */ + LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ENABLE bit */ + LPTIMx->CR &= ~(LPTIM_CR_ENABLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Clock source of the LPTIM counter. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_ClockSource: the selected clock source. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LPTIM_ClockSource_APBClock_LPosc : APB clock/LP oscillators selected + * @arg LPTIM_ClockSource_ULPTIM: ULPTIM (external input) selected + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_SelectClockSource(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_ClockSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(LPTIM_ClockSource)); + + /* Clear the CKSEL bit */ + LPTIMx->CFGR &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_CKSEL); + + /* Set or Reset the CKSEL bit */ + LPTIMx->CFGR |= LPTIM_ClockSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the polarity of the edge to be used to count + * if the ULPTIM input is selected. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_ClockPolarity: the selected clock polarity. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LPTIM_ClockPolarity_RisingEdge : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 1 + * @arg LPTIM_ClockPolarity_FallingEdge : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 2 + * @arg LPTIM_ClockPolarity_BothEdges : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 4 + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_SelectULPTIMClockPolarity(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_ClockPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_POLARITY(LPTIM_ClockPolarity)); + + /* Get the LPTIMx CFGR value */ + tmpreg1 = LPTIMx->CFGR; + + /* Clear the CKPOL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_CKPOL); + + /* Set or Reset the PRESC bits */ + tmpreg1 |= LPTIM_ClockPolarity; + + /* Write to LPTIMx CFGR */ + LPTIMx->CFGR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Clock Prescaler. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_Prescaler: the selected clock prescaler. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV1 : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 1 + * @arg LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV2 : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 2 + * @arg LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV4 : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 4 + * @arg LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV8 : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 8 + * @arg LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV16 : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 16 + * @arg LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV32 : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 32 + * @arg LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV64 : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 64 + * @arg LPTIM_Prescaler_DIV128 : Counter Clock = LPTIM Clock / 128 + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_ConfigPrescaler(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Prescaler) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(LPTIM_Prescaler)); + + /* Get the LPTIMx CFGR value */ + tmpreg1 = LPTIMx->CFGR; + + /* Clear the PRESC bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_PRESC); + + /* Set or Reset the PRESC bits */ + tmpreg1 |= LPTIM_Prescaler; + + /* Write to LPTIMx CFGR */ + LPTIMx->CFGR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the trigger source for the counter and its polarity. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_ExtTRGSource: the selected external trigger. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_Trig0 : ext_trig0 + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_Trig1 : ext_trig1 + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_Trig2 : ext_trig2 + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_Trig3 : ext_trig3 + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_Trig4 : ext_trig4 + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_Trig5 : ext_trig5 + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_Trig6 : ext_trig6 + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGSource_Trig7 : ext_trig7 + * @param LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity: the selected external trigger. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity_RisingEdge : Rising edge polarity selected + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity_FallingEdge : Falling edge polarity selected + * @arg LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity_BothEdges : Both edges polarity selected + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_ConfigExternalTrigger(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_ExtTRGSource, uint32_t LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_EXT_TRG_SOURCE(LPTIM_ExtTRGSource)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_EXT_TRG_POLARITY(LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + + /* Get the LPTIMx CFGR value */ + tmpreg1 = LPTIMx->CFGR; + + /* Clear the TRIGEN and TRIGSEL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CFGR_TRIG_AND_POL_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Set or Reset the TRIGEN and TRIGSEL bits */ + tmpreg1 |= (LPTIM_ExtTRGSource | LPTIM_ExtTRGPolarity); + + /* Write to LPTIMx CFGR */ + LPTIMx->CFGR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects a software start of the counter. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_SelectSoftwareStart(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + + /* Reset the TRIGEN bits to allow a software start */ + LPTIMx->CFGR &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_TRIGEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the digital filter for trigger by determining the number of consecutive + * samples at the specified level to detect a correct transition. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_TrigSampleTime: the number of samples to detect a valid transition. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_DirectTransistion : Event is detected on input transitions + * @arg LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_2Transistions : Event is detected after 2 consecutive samples at the active level + * @arg LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_4Transistions : Event is detected after 4 consecutive samples at the active level + * @arg LPTIM_TrigSampleTime_8Transistions : Event is detected after 8 consecutive samples at the active level + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + * @note An auxiliary clock must be present to use this feature. + */ +void LPTIM_ConfigTriggerGlitchFilter(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_TrigSampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_TRIG_SAMPLE_TIME(LPTIM_TrigSampleTime)); + + /* Get the LPTIMx CFGR value */ + tmpreg1 = LPTIMx->CFGR; + + /* Clear the TRGFLT bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_TRGFLT); + + /* Set or Reset the TRGFLT bits according to LPTIM_TrigSampleTime */ + tmpreg1 |= (LPTIM_TrigSampleTime); + + /* Write to LPTIMx CFGR */ + LPTIMx->CFGR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the digital filter for the external clock by determining the number + of consecutive samples at the specified level to detect a correct transition. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_ClockSampleTime: the number of samples to detect a valid transition. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_DirectTransistion : Event is detected on input transitions + * @arg LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_2Transistions : Event is detected after 2 consecutive samples at the active level + * @arg LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_4Transistions : Event is detected after 4 consecutive samples at the active level + * @arg LPTIM_ClockSampleTime_8Transistions : Event is detected after 8 consecutive samples at the active level + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + * @note An auxiliary clock must be present to use this feature. + */ +void LPTIM_ConfigClockGlitchFilter(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_ClockSampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SAMPLE_TIME(LPTIM_ClockSampleTime)); + + /* Get the LPTIMx CFGR value */ + tmpreg1 = LPTIMx->CFGR; + + /* Clear the CKFLT bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_CKFLT); + + /* Set or Reset the CKFLT bits according to LPTIM_ClockSampleTime */ + tmpreg1 |= LPTIM_ClockSampleTime; + + /* Write to LPTIMx CFGR */ + LPTIMx->CFGR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects an operating mode. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_Mode: the selected mode. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LPTIM_Mode_Continuous : Timer starts in Continuous mode + * @arg LPTIM_Mode_Single : Timer will starts in Single mode + * @retval None + */ +void LPTIM_SelectOperatingMode(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Mode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_MODE(LPTIM_Mode)); + + + if(LPTIM_Mode == LPTIM_Mode_Continuous) + { + /* Set the CNTSTRT to select the continuous start*/ + LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_Mode_Continuous; + } + else /*LPTIM_Mode_Single */ + { + /* Set the SNGSTRT to select the continuous start*/ + LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_Mode_Single; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Timeout function. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param NewState: new state of the Timeout function. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_TimoutCmd(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the TIMOUT bit */ + LPTIMx->CFGR |= LPTIM_CFGR_TIMOUT; + } + else + { + /* Reset the TIMOUT bit */ + LPTIMx->CFGR &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_TIMOUT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Waveform shape. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_Waveform: the selected waveform shape. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LPTIM_Waveform_PWM_OnePulse : PWM/One Pulse is selected + * @arg LPTIM_Waveform_SetOnce : Set once is selected + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_ConfigWaveform(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Waveform) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(LPTIM_Waveform)); + + /* Clear the WAVE bit */ + LPTIMx->CFGR &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_CKFLT); + + /* Set or Reset the WAVE bit according to LPTIM_Waveform */ + LPTIMx->CFGR |= (LPTIM_Waveform); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Autoreload and Compare registers update mode. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_Update: The selected update mode. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LPTIM_Update_Immediate : Registers updated after APB write + * @arg LPTIM_Update_EndOfPeriod : Registers updated at the end of current timer preload + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_ConfigUpdate(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Update) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_UPDATE(LPTIM_Update)); + + /* Clear the PRELOAD bit */ + LPTIMx->CFGR &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_PRELOAD); + + /* Set or Reset the PRELOAD bit according to LPTIM_Update */ + LPTIMx->CFGR |= (LPTIM_Update); +} + +/** + * @brief Writes the passed parameter in the Autoreload register. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_Autoreload: The Autoreload value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF + * @retval None + */ +void LPTIM_SetAutoreloadValue(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Autoreload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD(LPTIM_Autoreload)); + + /* Write LPTIM_Autoreload in Autoreload register */ + LPTIMx->ARR = LPTIM_Autoreload; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes the passed parameter in the Compare register. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_Compare: The Compare value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF + * @retval None + */ +void LPTIM_SetCompareValue(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_Compare) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_COMPARE(LPTIM_Compare)); + + /* Write LPTIM_Compare in Compare register */ + LPTIMx->CMP = LPTIM_Compare; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Counter mode. When the Counter mode is enabled, + * the counter is incremented each valid event on ULPTIM + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param NewState: new state of the Counter mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_SelectCounterMode(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the COUNTMODE bit */ + LPTIMx->CFGR |= LPTIM_CFGR_COUNTMODE; + } + else + { + /* Reset the COUNTMODE bit */ + LPTIMx->CFGR &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_COUNTMODE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Encoder mode. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param NewState: New state of the encoder mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_SelectEncoderMode(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ENC bit */ + LPTIMx->CFGR |= LPTIM_CFGR_ENC; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ENC bit */ + LPTIMx->CFGR &= ~(LPTIM_CFGR_ENC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the LPTIMx counter value. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @retval Counter Register value + */ +uint32_t LPTIM_GetCounterValue(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + + /* Get the Counter Register value */ + return LPTIMx->CNT; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the LPTIMx Autoreload value. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @retval Counter Register value + */ +uint32_t LPTIM_GetAutoreloadValue(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + + /* Get the Counter Register value */ + return LPTIMx->ARR; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the LPTIMx Compare value. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @retval Counter Register value + */ +uint32_t LPTIM_GetCompareValue(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + + /* Get the Counter Register value */ + return LPTIMx->CMP; +} + +/** + * @brief LPTIM Input 1 Remap. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_OPTR : + * This Parameter can be : + * @arg LPTIM_OP_PAD_AF : Port B5 on AF1 or Port C0 on AF1 for input timer + * @arg LPTIM_OP_PAD_PA4 : Input remapped to Port A4 + * @arg RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI : Input remapped to Port B9 + * @arg LPTIM_OP_TIM_DAC : Input coming from timer 6 output (for encoder mode) + * @retval Counter Register value + */ +void LPTIM_RemapConfig(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_OPTR) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + + /* Get the Counter Register value */ + LPTIMx->OR = LPTIM_OPTR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LPTIM_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to configure the LPTIM Interrupts, get + the status and clear flags bits. + + The LPTIM provides 7 Flags and Interrupts sources (2 flags and Interrupt sources + are available only on LPTIM peripherals equipped with encoder mode interface) + + Flags and Interrupts sources: + ============================= + 1. Compare match. + 2. Auto-reload match. + 3. External trigger event. + 4. Autoreloaded register write completed. + 5. Compare register write completed. + 6. Direction change: from up to down [Available only for LPTIM peripheral with + encoder mode module] + 7. Direction change: from down to up [Available only for LPTIM peripheral with + encoder mode module] + + - To enable a specific interrupt source, use "LPTIM_ITConfig" function. + - To check if an interrupt was occurred, call "LPTIM_GetITStatus" function and read + the returned value. + - To get a flag status, call the "LPTIM_GetFlagStatus" function and read the returned + value. + - To clear a flag or an interrupt, use LPTIM_ClearFlag function with the + corresponding flag (interrupt). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified LPTIM interrupts. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg LPTIM_IT_DOWN: Counter direction change up to down Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_UP: Counter direction change down to up Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_ARROK: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_CMPOK: Compare register update OK Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG: External trigger edge event Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_ARRM: Autoreload match Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_CMPM: Compare match Interrupt source + * @note LPTIM_IT_DOWN is available only for LPTIM1. + * @note LPTIM_IT_UP is available only for LPTIM1. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + * + * @note It is mandatory to disable the peripheral to use this function. + */ +void LPTIM_ITConfig(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_IT(LPTIM_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ + LPTIMx->IER |= LPTIM_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ + LPTIMx->IER &= ~(LPTIM_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified LPTIM flag is set or not. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN: Counter direction change up Flag + * @arg LPTIM_FLAG_UP: Counter direction change down to up Flag + * @arg LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK: Autoreload register update OK Flag + * @arg LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK: Compare register update OK Flag + * @arg LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG: External trigger edge event Flag + * @arg LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM: Autoreload match Flag + * @arg LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM: Compare match Flag + * @note LPTIM_Flag_DOWN is generated only for LPTIM1. + * @note LPTIM_Flag_UP is generated only for LPTIM1. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +FlagStatus LPTIM_GetFlagStatus(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_FLAG) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_GET_FLAG(LPTIM_FLAG)); + + if((LPTIMx->ISR & LPTIM_FLAG) != (RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the LPTIMx's pending flag. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_CLEARF: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg LPTIM_CLEARF_DOWN: Counter direction change up Clear Flag + * @arg LPTIM_CLEARF_UP: Counter direction change down to up Clear Flag + * @arg LPTIM_CLEARF_ARROK: Autoreload register update OK Clear Flag + * @arg LPTIM_CLEARF_CMPOK: Compare register update OK Clear Flag + * @arg LPTIM_CLEARF_EXTTRIG: External trigger edge event Clear Flag + * @arg LPTIM_CLEARF_ARRM: Autoreload match Clear Flag + * @arg LPTIM_CLEARF_CMPM: Compare match Clear Flag + * @note LPTIM_Flag_DOWN is generated only for LPTIM1. + * @note LPTIM_Flag_UP is generated only for LPTIM1. + * @retval None + */ +void LPTIM_ClearFlag(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_CLEARF) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG(LPTIM_CLEARF)); + + /* Clear the IT pending Bit */ + LPTIMx->ICR |= LPTIM_CLEARF; +} + +/** + * @brief Check whether the specified LPTIM interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param LPTIMx: where x can be 1. + * @param LPTIM_IT: specifies the LPTIM interrupt source to check. + * @arg LPTIM_IT_DOWN: Counter direction change up to down Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_UP: Counter direction change down to up Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_ARROK: Autoreload register update OK Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_CMPOK: Compare register update OK Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG: External trigger edge event Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_ARRM: Autoreload match Interrupt source + * @arg LPTIM_IT_CMPM: Compare match Interrupt source + * @retval The new state of LPTIM_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus LPTIM_GetITStatus(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx, uint32_t LPTIM_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_ALL_PERIPH(LPTIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LPTIM_IT(LPTIM_IT)); + + /* Get the Interrupt Status bit value */ + itstatus = LPTIMx->ISR & LPTIM_IT; + + /* Check if the Interrupt is enabled */ + itenable = LPTIMx->IER & LPTIM_IT; + + if((itstatus != RESET) && (itenable != RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_ltdc.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_ltdc.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index cf79f981c1..97528f023d --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_ltdc.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_ltdc.c @@ -1,1110 +1,1102 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_ltdc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the LTDC controller (LTDC) peripheral: - * + Initialization and configuration - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - * @verbatim - - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable LTDC clock using - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC, ENABLE) function. - (#) Configures LTDC - (++) Configure the required Pixel clock following the panel datasheet - (++) Configure the Synchronous timings: VSYNC, HSYNC, Vertical and - Horizontal back proch, active data area and the front proch - timings - (++) Configure the synchronous signals and clock polarity in the - LTDC_GCR register - (#) Configures Layer1/2 parameters - (++) The Layer window horizontal and vertical position in the LTDC_LxWHPCR and - LTDC_WVPCR registers. The layer window must be in the active data area. - (++) The pixel input format in the LTDC_LxPFCR register - (++) The color frame buffer start address in the LTDC_LxCFBAR register - (++) The line length and pitch of the color frame buffer in the - LTDC_LxCFBLR register - (++) The number of lines of the color frame buffer in - the LTDC_LxCFBLNR register - (++) if needed, load the CLUT with the RGB values and the address - in the LTDC_LxCLUTWR register - (++) If needed, configure the default color and the blending factors - respectively in the LTDC_LxDCCR and LTDC_LxBFCR registers - - (++) If needed, Dithering and color keying can be enabled respectively - in the LTDC_GCR and LTDC_LxCKCR registers. It can be also enabled - on the fly. - (#) Enable Layer1/2 and if needed the CLUT in the LTDC_LxCR register - - (#) Reload the shadow registers to active register through - the LTDC_SRCR register. - -@- All layer parameters can be modified on the fly except the CLUT. - The new configuration has to be either reloaded immediately - or during vertical blanking period by configuring the LTDC_SRCR register. - (#) Call the LTDC_Cmd() to enable the LTDC controller. - - @endverbatim - - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_ltdc.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC - * @brief LTDC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define GCR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0FFE888F) /* LTDC GCR Mask */ - - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the LTDC - (+) Enable or Disable Dither - (+) Define the position of the line interrupt - (+) reload layers registers with new parameters - (+) Initialize and configure layer1 and layer2 - (+) Set and configure the color keying functionality - (+) Configure and Enables or disables CLUT - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the LTDC peripheral registers to their default reset - * values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable LTDC reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC, ENABLE); - /* Release LTDC from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the LTDC peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the LTDC_InitStruct. - * @note This function can be used only when the LTDC is disabled. - * @param LTDC_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified LTDC peripheral. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_Init(LTDC_InitTypeDef* LTDC_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t horizontalsync = 0; - uint32_t accumulatedHBP = 0; - uint32_t accumulatedactiveW = 0; - uint32_t totalwidth = 0; - uint32_t backgreen = 0; - uint32_t backred = 0; - - /* Check function parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HSYNC(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalSync)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VSYNC(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalSync)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_AHBP(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedHBP)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_AVBP(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedVBP)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_AAH(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_AAW(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_TOTALH(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalHeigh)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_TOTALW(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalWidth)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HSPOL(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VSPOL(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEPOL(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_DEPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_PCPOL(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_PCPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_BackBlueValue(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_BackGreenValue(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_BackRedValue(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundRedValue)); - - /* Sets Synchronization size */ - LTDC->SSCR &= ~(LTDC_SSCR_VSH | LTDC_SSCR_HSW); - horizontalsync = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalSync << 16); - LTDC->SSCR |= (horizontalsync | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalSync); - - /* Sets Accumulated Back porch */ - LTDC->BPCR &= ~(LTDC_BPCR_AVBP | LTDC_BPCR_AHBP); - accumulatedHBP = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedHBP << 16); - LTDC->BPCR |= (accumulatedHBP | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedVBP); - - /* Sets Accumulated Active Width */ - LTDC->AWCR &= ~(LTDC_AWCR_AAH | LTDC_AWCR_AAW); - accumulatedactiveW = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW << 16); - LTDC->AWCR |= (accumulatedactiveW | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH); - - /* Sets Total Width */ - LTDC->TWCR &= ~(LTDC_TWCR_TOTALH | LTDC_TWCR_TOTALW); - totalwidth = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalWidth << 16); - LTDC->TWCR |= (totalwidth | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalHeigh); - - LTDC->GCR &= (uint32_t)GCR_MASK; - LTDC->GCR |= (uint32_t)(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HSPolarity | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VSPolarity | \ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_DEPolarity | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_PCPolarity); - - /* sets the background color value */ - backgreen = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue << 8); - backred = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundRedValue << 16); - - LTDC->BCCR &= ~(LTDC_BCCR_BCBLUE | LTDC_BCCR_BCGREEN | LTDC_BCCR_BCRED); - LTDC->BCCR |= (backred | backgreen | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue); -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each LTDC_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param LTDC_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_StructInit(LTDC_InitTypeDef* LTDC_InitStruct) -{ - /*--------------- Reset LTDC init structure parameters values ----------------*/ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HSPolarity = LTDC_HSPolarity_AL; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_HSPolarity member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VSPolarity = LTDC_VSPolarity_AL; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_VSPolarity member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_DEPolarity = LTDC_DEPolarity_AL; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_DEPolarity member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_PCPolarity = LTDC_PCPolarity_IPC; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_PCPolarity member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalSync = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_HorizontalSync member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalSync = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_VerticalSync member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedHBP = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_AccumulatedHBP member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedVBP = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_AccumulatedVBP member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalWidth = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_TotalWidth member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalHeigh = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_TotalHeigh member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundRedValue = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_BackgroundRedValue member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue member */ - LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue member */ -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the LTDC Controller. - * @param NewState: new state of the LTDC peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable LTDC by setting LTDCEN bit */ - LTDC->GCR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_LTDCEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable LTDC by clearing LTDCEN bit */ - LTDC->GCR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_LTDCEN; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables Dither. - * @param NewState: new state of the Dither. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_DitherCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable Dither by setting DTEN bit */ - LTDC->GCR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_DTEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable Dither by clearing DTEN bit */ - LTDC->GCR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_DTEN; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Get the dither RGB width. - * @param LTDC_RGB_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_RGBTypeDef structure that contains - * the Dither RGB width. - * @retval None - */ - -LTDC_RGBTypeDef LTDC_GetRGBWidth(void) -{ - LTDC_RGBTypeDef LTDC_RGB_InitStruct; - - LTDC->GCR &= (uint32_t)GCR_MASK; - - LTDC_RGB_InitStruct.LTDC_BlueWidth = (uint32_t)((LTDC->GCR >> 4) & 0x7); - LTDC_RGB_InitStruct.LTDC_GreenWidth = (uint32_t)((LTDC->GCR >> 8) & 0x7); - LTDC_RGB_InitStruct.LTDC_RedWidth = (uint32_t)((LTDC->GCR >> 12) & 0x7); - - return LTDC_RGB_InitStruct; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each LTDC_RGBStruct member with its default value. - * @param LTDC_RGB_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_RGBTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_RGBStructInit(LTDC_RGBTypeDef* LTDC_RGB_InitStruct) -{ - LTDC_RGB_InitStruct->LTDC_BlueWidth = 0x02; - LTDC_RGB_InitStruct->LTDC_GreenWidth = 0x02; - LTDC_RGB_InitStruct->LTDC_RedWidth = 0x02; -} - - -/** - * @brief Define the position of the line interrupt . - * @param LTDC_LIPositionConfig: Line Interrupt Position. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_LIPConfig(uint32_t LTDC_LIPositionConfig) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_LIPOS(LTDC_LIPositionConfig)); - - /* Sets the Line Interrupt position */ - LTDC->LIPCR = (uint32_t)LTDC_LIPositionConfig; -} - -/** - * @brief reload layers registers with new parameters - * @param LTDC_Reload: specifies the type of reload. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg LTDC_IMReload: Vertical blanking reload. - * @arg LTDC_VBReload: Immediate reload. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_ReloadConfig(uint32_t LTDC_Reload) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_RELOAD(LTDC_Reload)); - - /* Sets the Reload type */ - LTDC->SRCR = (uint32_t)LTDC_Reload; -} - - -/** - * @brief Initializes the LTDC Layer according to the specified parameters - * in the LTDC_LayerStruct. - * @note This function can be used only when the LTDC is disabled. - * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be - * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 - * @param LTDC_LayerStruct: pointer to a LTDC_LayerTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified LTDC peripheral. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_LayerInit(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef* LTDC_Layer_InitStruct) -{ - - uint32_t whsppos = 0; - uint32_t wvsppos = 0; - uint32_t dcgreen = 0; - uint32_t dcred = 0; - uint32_t dcalpha = 0; - uint32_t cfbp = 0; - -/* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_Pixelformat(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_PixelFormat)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_BlendingFactor1(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_1)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_BlendingFactor2(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_2)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStart)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStop)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStart)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStop)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEFAULTCOLOR(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorBlue)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEFAULTCOLOR(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorGreen)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEFAULTCOLOR(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorRed)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEFAULTCOLOR(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorAlpha)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBP(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBPitch)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLL(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineLength)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineNumber)); - - /* Configures the horizontal start and stop position */ - whsppos = LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStop << 16; - LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSTPOS | LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSPPOS); - LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStart | whsppos); - - /* Configures the vertical start and stop position */ - wvsppos = LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStop << 16; - LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSTPOS | LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSPPOS); - LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStart | wvsppos); - - /* Specifies the pixel format */ - LTDC_Layerx->PFCR &= ~(LTDC_LxPFCR_PF); - LTDC_Layerx->PFCR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_PixelFormat); - - /* Configures the default color values */ - dcgreen = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorGreen << 8); - dcred = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorRed << 16); - dcalpha = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorAlpha << 24); - LTDC_Layerx->DCCR &= ~(LTDC_LxDCCR_DCBLUE | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCGREEN | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCRED | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCALPHA); - LTDC_Layerx->DCCR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorBlue | dcgreen | \ - dcred | dcalpha); - - /* Specifies the constant alpha value */ - LTDC_Layerx->CACR &= ~(LTDC_LxCACR_CONSTA); - LTDC_Layerx->CACR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_ConstantAlpha); - - /* Specifies the blending factors */ - LTDC_Layerx->BFCR &= ~(LTDC_LxBFCR_BF2 | LTDC_LxBFCR_BF1); - LTDC_Layerx->BFCR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_1 | LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_2); - - /* Configures the color frame buffer start address */ - LTDC_Layerx->CFBAR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBAR_CFBADD); - LTDC_Layerx->CFBAR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBStartAdress); - - /* Configures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */ - cfbp = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBPitch << 16); - LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBLR_CFBLL | LTDC_LxCFBLR_CFBP); - LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineLength | cfbp); - - /* Configures the frame buffer line number */ - LTDC_Layerx->CFBLNR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBLNR_CFBLNBR); - LTDC_Layerx->CFBLNR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineNumber); - -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each LTDC_Layer_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param LTDC_Layer_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_LayerTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_LayerStructInit(LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef * LTDC_Layer_InitStruct) -{ - /*--------------- Reset Layer structure parameters values -------------------*/ - - /*!< Initialize the horizontal limit member */ - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStart = 0x00; - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStop = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the vertical limit member */ - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStart = 0x00; - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStop = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the pixel format member */ - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_PixelFormat = LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888; - - /*!< Initialize the constant alpha value */ - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_ConstantAlpha = 0xFF; - - /*!< Initialize the default color values */ - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorBlue = 0x00; - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorGreen = 0x00; - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorRed = 0x00; - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorAlpha = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the blending factors */ - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_1 = LTDC_BlendingFactor1_PAxCA; - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_2 = LTDC_BlendingFactor2_PAxCA; - - /*!< Initialize the frame buffer start address */ - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBStartAdress = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the frame buffer pitch and line length */ - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineLength = 0x00; - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBPitch = 0x00; - - /*!< Initialize the frame buffer line number */ - LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineNumber = 0x00; -} - - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the LTDC_Layer Controller. - * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be - * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 - * @param NewState: new state of the LTDC_Layer peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_LayerCmd(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable LTDC_Layer by setting LEN bit */ - LTDC_Layerx->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_LEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable LTDC_Layer by clearing LEN bit */ - LTDC_Layerx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_LEN; - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Get the current position. - * @param LTDC_Pos_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_PosTypeDef structure that contains - * the current position. - * @retval None - */ - -LTDC_PosTypeDef LTDC_GetPosStatus(void) -{ - LTDC_PosTypeDef LTDC_Pos_InitStruct; - - LTDC->CPSR &= ~(LTDC_CPSR_CYPOS | LTDC_CPSR_CXPOS); - - LTDC_Pos_InitStruct.LTDC_POSX = (uint32_t)(LTDC->CPSR >> 16); - LTDC_Pos_InitStruct.LTDC_POSY = (uint32_t)(LTDC->CPSR & 0xFFFF); - - return LTDC_Pos_InitStruct; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each LTDC_Pos_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param LTDC_Pos_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_PosTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_PosStructInit(LTDC_PosTypeDef* LTDC_Pos_InitStruct) -{ - LTDC_Pos_InitStruct->LTDC_POSX = 0x00; - LTDC_Pos_InitStruct->LTDC_POSY = 0x00; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified LTDC's flag is set or not. - * @param LTDC_CD: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg LTDC_CD_VDES: vertical data enable current status. - * @arg LTDC_CD_HDES: horizontal data enable current status. - * @arg LTDC_CD_VSYNC: Vertical Synchronization current status. - * @arg LTDC_CD_HSYNC: Horizontal Synchronization current status. - * @retval The new state of LTDC_CD (SET or RESET). - */ - -FlagStatus LTDC_GetCDStatus(uint32_t LTDC_CD) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_GET_CD(LTDC_CD)); - - if ((LTDC->CDSR & LTDC_CD) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Set and configure the color keying. - * @param LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef - * structure that contains the color keying configuration. - * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be - * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_ColorKeyingConfig(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef* LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint32_t ckgreen = 0; - uint32_t ckred = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CKEYING(LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyBlue)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CKEYING(LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyGreen)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CKEYING(LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyRed)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable LTDC color keying by setting COLKEN bit */ - LTDC_Layerx->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_COLKEN; - - /* Sets the color keying values */ - ckgreen = (LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyGreen << 8); - ckred = (LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyRed << 16); - LTDC_Layerx->CKCR &= ~(LTDC_LxCKCR_CKBLUE | LTDC_LxCKCR_CKGREEN | LTDC_LxCKCR_CKRED); - LTDC_Layerx->CKCR |= (LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyBlue | ckgreen | ckred); - } - else - { - /* Disable LTDC color keying by clearing COLKEN bit */ - LTDC_Layerx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_COLKEN; - } - - /* Reload shadow register */ - LTDC->SRCR = LTDC_IMReload; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_ColorKeyingStructInit(LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef* LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct) -{ - /*!< Initialize the color keying values */ - LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyBlue = 0x00; - LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyGreen = 0x00; - LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyRed = 0x00; -} - - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables CLUT. - * @param NewState: new state of CLUT. - * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be - * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_CLUTCmd(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable CLUT by setting CLUTEN bit */ - LTDC_Layerx->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_CLUTEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable CLUT by clearing CLUTEN bit */ - LTDC_Layerx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_CLUTEN; - } - - /* Reload shadow register */ - LTDC->SRCR = LTDC_IMReload; -} - -/** - * @brief configure the CLUT. - * @param LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the CLUT configuration. - * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be - * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_CLUTInit(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef* LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t green = 0; - uint32_t red = 0; - uint32_t clutadd = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CLUTWR(LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_CLUTAdress)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CLUTWR(LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_RedValue)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CLUTWR(LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_GreenValue)); - assert_param(IS_LTDC_CLUTWR(LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_BlueValue)); - - /* Specifies the CLUT address and RGB value */ - green = (LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_GreenValue << 8); - red = (LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_RedValue << 16); - clutadd = (LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_CLUTAdress << 24); - LTDC_Layerx->CLUTWR = (clutadd | LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_BlueValue | \ - green | red); -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ - -void LTDC_CLUTStructInit(LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef* LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct) -{ - /*!< Initialize the CLUT address and RGB values */ - LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_CLUTAdress = 0x00; - LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_BlueValue = 0x00; - LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_GreenValue = 0x00; - LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_RedValue = 0x00; -} - - -/** - * @brief reconfigure the layer position. - * @param OffsetX: horizontal offset from start active width . - * @param OffsetY: vertical offset from start active height. - * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be - * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 - * @retval Reload of the shadow registers values must be applied after layer - * position reconfiguration. - */ - -void LTDC_LayerPosition(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint16_t OffsetX, uint16_t OffsetY) -{ - - uint32_t tempreg, temp; - uint32_t horizontal_start; - uint32_t horizontal_stop; - uint32_t vertical_start; - uint32_t vertical_stop; - - LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSTPOS | LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSPPOS); - LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSTPOS | LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSPPOS); - - /* Reconfigures the horizontal and vertical start position */ - tempreg = LTDC->BPCR; - horizontal_start = (tempreg >> 16) + 1 + OffsetX; - vertical_start = (tempreg & 0xFFFF) + 1 + OffsetY; - - /* Reconfigures the horizontal and vertical stop position */ - /* Get the number of byte per pixel */ - - tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->PFCR; - - if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888) - { - temp = 4; - } - else if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888) - { - temp = 3; - } - else if ((tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444) || - (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565) || - (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555) || - (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88)) - { - temp = 2; - } - else - { - temp = 1; - } - - tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR; - horizontal_stop = (((tempreg & 0x1FFF) - 3)/temp) + horizontal_start - 1; - - tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->CFBLNR; - vertical_stop = (tempreg & 0x7FF) + vertical_start - 1; - - LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR = horizontal_start | (horizontal_stop << 16); - LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR = vertical_start | (vertical_stop << 16); -} - -/** - * @brief reconfigure constant alpha. - * @param ConstantAlpha: constant alpha value. - * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be - * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 - * @retval Reload of the shadow registers values must be applied after constant - * alpha reconfiguration. - */ - -void LTDC_LayerAlpha(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint8_t ConstantAlpha) -{ - /* reconfigure the constant alpha value */ - LTDC_Layerx->CACR = ConstantAlpha; -} - -/** - * @brief reconfigure layer address. - * @param Address: The color frame buffer start address. - * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be - * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 - * @retval Reload of the shadow registers values must be applied after layer - * address reconfiguration. - */ - -void LTDC_LayerAddress(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t Address) -{ - /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer start address */ - LTDC_Layerx->CFBAR = Address; -} - -/** - * @brief reconfigure layer size. - * @param Width: layer window width. - * @param Height: layer window height. - * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be - * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 - * @retval Reload of the shadow registers values must be applied after layer - * size reconfiguration. - */ - -void LTDC_LayerSize(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height) -{ - - uint8_t temp; - uint32_t tempreg; - uint32_t horizontal_start; - uint32_t horizontal_stop; - uint32_t vertical_start; - uint32_t vertical_stop; - - tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->PFCR; - - if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888) - { - temp = 4; - } - else if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888) - { - temp = 3; - } - else if ((tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444) || \ - (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565) || \ - (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555) || \ - (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88)) - { - temp = 2; - } - else - { - temp = 1; - } - - /* update horizontal and vertical stop */ - tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR; - horizontal_start = (tempreg & 0x1FFF); - horizontal_stop = Width + horizontal_start - 1; - - tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR; - vertical_start = (tempreg & 0x1FFF); - vertical_stop = Height + vertical_start - 1; - - LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR = horizontal_start | (horizontal_stop << 16); - LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR = vertical_start | (vertical_stop << 16); - - /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */ - LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR = ((Width * temp) << 16) | ((Width * temp) + 3); - - /* Reconfigures the frame buffer line number */ - LTDC_Layerx->CFBLNR = Height; - -} - -/** - * @brief reconfigure layer pixel format. - * @param PixelFormat: reconfigure the pixel format, this parameter can be - * one of the following values:@ref LTDC_Pixelformat. - * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be - * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 - * @retval Reload of the shadow registers values must be applied after layer - * pixel format reconfiguration. - */ - -void LTDC_LayerPixelFormat(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t PixelFormat) -{ - - uint8_t temp; - uint32_t tempreg; - - tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->PFCR; - - if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888) - { - temp = 4; - } - else if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888) - { - temp = 3; - } - else if ((tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444) || \ - (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565) || \ - (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555) || \ - (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88)) - { - temp = 2; - } - else - { - temp = 1; - } - - tempreg = (LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR >> 16); - tempreg = (tempreg / temp); - - if (PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888) - { - temp = 4; - } - else if (PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888) - { - temp = 3; - } - else if ((PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444) || \ - (PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565) || \ - (PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555) || \ - (PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88)) - { - temp = 2; - } - else - { - temp = 1; - } - - /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */ - LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR = ((tempreg * temp) << 16) | ((tempreg * temp) + 3); - - /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer start address */ - LTDC_Layerx->PFCR = PixelFormat; - -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup LTDC_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the LTDC Interrupts - and to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. - - [..] The LTDC provides 4 Interrupts sources and 4 Flags - - *** Flags *** - ============= - [..] - (+) LTDC_FLAG_LI: Line Interrupt flag. - (+) LTDC_FLAG_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt flag. - (+) LTDC_FLAG_TERR: Transfer Error Interrupt flag. - (+) LTDC_FLAG_RR: Register Reload interrupt flag. - - *** Interrupts *** - ================== - [..] - (+) LTDC_IT_LI: Line Interrupt is generated when a programmed line - is reached. The line interrupt position is programmed in - the LTDC_LIPR register. - (+) LTDC_IT_FU: FIFO Underrun interrupt is generated when a pixel is requested - from an empty layer FIFO - (+) LTDC_IT_TERR: Transfer Error interrupt is generated when an AHB bus - error occurs during data transfer. - (+) LTDC_IT_RR: Register Reload interrupt is generated when the shadow - registers reload was performed during the vertical blanking - period. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified LTDC's interrupts. - * @param LTDC_IT: specifies the LTDC interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg LTDC_IT_LI: Line Interrupt Enable. - * @arg LTDC_IT_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt Enable. - * @arg LTDC_IT_TERR: Transfer Error Interrupt Enable. - * @arg LTDC_IT_RR: Register Reload interrupt enable. - * @param NewState: new state of the specified LTDC interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void LTDC_ITConfig(uint32_t LTDC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_IT(LTDC_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - LTDC->IER |= LTDC_IT; - } - else - { - LTDC->IER &= (uint32_t)~LTDC_IT; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified LTDC's flag is set or not. - * @param LTDC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg LTDC_FLAG_LI: Line Interrupt flag. - * @arg LTDC_FLAG_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt flag. - * @arg LTDC_FLAG_TERR: Transfer Error Interrupt flag. - * @arg LTDC_FLAG_RR: Register Reload interrupt flag. - * @retval The new state of LTDC_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus LTDC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t LTDC_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_FLAG(LTDC_FLAG)); - - if ((LTDC->ISR & LTDC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the LTDC's pending flags. - * @param LTDC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg LTDC_FLAG_LI: Line Interrupt flag. - * @arg LTDC_FLAG_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt flag. - * @arg LTDC_FLAG_TERR: Transfer Error Interrupt flag. - * @arg LTDC_FLAG_RR: Register Reload interrupt flag. - * @retval None - */ -void LTDC_ClearFlag(uint32_t LTDC_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_FLAG(LTDC_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the corresponding LTDC flag */ - LTDC->ICR = (uint32_t)LTDC_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified LTDC's interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param LTDC_IT: specifies the LTDC interrupts sources to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg LTDC_IT_LI: Line Interrupt Enable. - * @arg LTDC_IT_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt Enable. - * @arg LTDC_IT_TERR: Transfer Error Interrupt Enable. - * @arg LTDC_IT_RR: Register Reload interrupt Enable. - * @retval The new state of the LTDC_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus LTDC_GetITStatus(uint32_t LTDC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_IT(LTDC_IT)); - - if ((LTDC->ISR & LTDC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - if (((LTDC->IER & LTDC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (bitstatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - - -/** - * @brief Clears the LTDC's interrupt pending bits. - * @param LTDC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg LTDC_IT_LIE: Line Interrupt. - * @arg LTDC_IT_FUIE: FIFO Underrun Interrupt. - * @arg LTDC_IT_TERRIE: Transfer Error Interrupt. - * @arg LTDC_IT_RRIE: Register Reload interrupt. - * @retval None - */ -void LTDC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t LTDC_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_LTDC_IT(LTDC_IT)); - - /* Clear the corresponding LTDC Interrupt */ - LTDC->ICR = (uint32_t)LTDC_IT; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_ltdc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the LTDC controller (LTDC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable LTDC clock using + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC, ENABLE) function. + (#) Configures LTDC + (++) Configure the required Pixel clock following the panel datasheet + (++) Configure the Synchronous timings: VSYNC, HSYNC, Vertical and + Horizontal back proch, active data area and the front proch + timings + (++) Configure the synchronous signals and clock polarity in the + LTDC_GCR register + (#) Configures Layer1/2 parameters + (++) The Layer window horizontal and vertical position in the LTDC_LxWHPCR and + LTDC_WVPCR registers. The layer window must be in the active data area. + (++) The pixel input format in the LTDC_LxPFCR register + (++) The color frame buffer start address in the LTDC_LxCFBAR register + (++) The line length and pitch of the color frame buffer in the + LTDC_LxCFBLR register + (++) The number of lines of the color frame buffer in + the LTDC_LxCFBLNR register + (++) if needed, load the CLUT with the RGB values and the address + in the LTDC_LxCLUTWR register + (++) If needed, configure the default color and the blending factors + respectively in the LTDC_LxDCCR and LTDC_LxBFCR registers + + (++) If needed, Dithering and color keying can be enabled respectively + in the LTDC_GCR and LTDC_LxCKCR registers. It can be also enabled + on the fly. + (#) Enable Layer1/2 and if needed the CLUT in the LTDC_LxCR register + + (#) Reload the shadow registers to active register through + the LTDC_SRCR register. + -@- All layer parameters can be modified on the fly except the CLUT. + The new configuration has to be either reloaded immediately + or during vertical blanking period by configuring the LTDC_SRCR register. + (#) Call the LTDC_Cmd() to enable the LTDC controller. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_ltdc.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC + * @brief LTDC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define GCR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0FFE888F) /* LTDC GCR Mask */ + + +/** @defgroup LTDC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the LTDC + (+) Enable or Disable Dither + (+) Define the position of the line interrupt + (+) reload layers registers with new parameters + (+) Initialize and configure layer1 and layer2 + (+) Set and configure the color keying functionality + (+) Configure and Enables or disables CLUT + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the LTDC peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable LTDC reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC, ENABLE); + /* Release LTDC from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the LTDC peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the LTDC_InitStruct. + * @note This function can be used only when the LTDC is disabled. + * @param LTDC_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified LTDC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_Init(LTDC_InitTypeDef* LTDC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t horizontalsync = 0; + uint32_t accumulatedHBP = 0; + uint32_t accumulatedactiveW = 0; + uint32_t totalwidth = 0; + uint32_t backgreen = 0; + uint32_t backred = 0; + + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_HSYNC(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalSync)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_VSYNC(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalSync)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_AHBP(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedHBP)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_AVBP(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedVBP)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_AAH(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_AAW(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_TOTALH(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalHeigh)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_TOTALW(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalWidth)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_HSPOL(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HSPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_VSPOL(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VSPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEPOL(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_DEPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_PCPOL(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_PCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_BackBlueValue(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_BackGreenValue(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_BackRedValue(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundRedValue)); + + /* Sets Synchronization size */ + LTDC->SSCR &= ~(LTDC_SSCR_VSH | LTDC_SSCR_HSW); + horizontalsync = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalSync << 16); + LTDC->SSCR |= (horizontalsync | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalSync); + + /* Sets Accumulated Back porch */ + LTDC->BPCR &= ~(LTDC_BPCR_AVBP | LTDC_BPCR_AHBP); + accumulatedHBP = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedHBP << 16); + LTDC->BPCR |= (accumulatedHBP | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedVBP); + + /* Sets Accumulated Active Width */ + LTDC->AWCR &= ~(LTDC_AWCR_AAH | LTDC_AWCR_AAW); + accumulatedactiveW = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW << 16); + LTDC->AWCR |= (accumulatedactiveW | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH); + + /* Sets Total Width */ + LTDC->TWCR &= ~(LTDC_TWCR_TOTALH | LTDC_TWCR_TOTALW); + totalwidth = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalWidth << 16); + LTDC->TWCR |= (totalwidth | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalHeigh); + + LTDC->GCR &= (uint32_t)GCR_MASK; + LTDC->GCR |= (uint32_t)(LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HSPolarity | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VSPolarity | \ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_DEPolarity | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_PCPolarity); + + /* sets the background color value */ + backgreen = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue << 8); + backred = (LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundRedValue << 16); + + LTDC->BCCR &= ~(LTDC_BCCR_BCBLUE | LTDC_BCCR_BCGREEN | LTDC_BCCR_BCRED); + LTDC->BCCR |= (backred | backgreen | LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue); +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each LTDC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param LTDC_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_StructInit(LTDC_InitTypeDef* LTDC_InitStruct) +{ + /*--------------- Reset LTDC init structure parameters values ----------------*/ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HSPolarity = LTDC_HSPolarity_AL; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_HSPolarity member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VSPolarity = LTDC_VSPolarity_AL; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_VSPolarity member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_DEPolarity = LTDC_DEPolarity_AL; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_DEPolarity member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_PCPolarity = LTDC_PCPolarity_IPC; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_PCPolarity member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalSync = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_HorizontalSync member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalSync = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_VerticalSync member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedHBP = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_AccumulatedHBP member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedVBP = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_AccumulatedVBP member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalWidth = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_TotalWidth member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_TotalHeigh = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_TotalHeigh member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundRedValue = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_BackgroundRedValue member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue member */ + LTDC_InitStruct->LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue = 0x00; /*!< Initialize the LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue member */ +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the LTDC Controller. + * @param NewState: new state of the LTDC peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable LTDC by setting LTDCEN bit */ + LTDC->GCR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_LTDCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable LTDC by clearing LTDCEN bit */ + LTDC->GCR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_LTDCEN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables Dither. + * @param NewState: new state of the Dither. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_DitherCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Dither by setting DTEN bit */ + LTDC->GCR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_DTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable Dither by clearing DTEN bit */ + LTDC->GCR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_DTEN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Get the dither RGB width. + * @param LTDC_RGB_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_RGBTypeDef structure that contains + * the Dither RGB width. + * @retval None + */ + +LTDC_RGBTypeDef LTDC_GetRGBWidth(void) +{ + LTDC_RGBTypeDef LTDC_RGB_InitStruct; + + LTDC->GCR &= (uint32_t)GCR_MASK; + + LTDC_RGB_InitStruct.LTDC_BlueWidth = (uint32_t)((LTDC->GCR >> 4) & 0x7); + LTDC_RGB_InitStruct.LTDC_GreenWidth = (uint32_t)((LTDC->GCR >> 8) & 0x7); + LTDC_RGB_InitStruct.LTDC_RedWidth = (uint32_t)((LTDC->GCR >> 12) & 0x7); + + return LTDC_RGB_InitStruct; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each LTDC_RGBStruct member with its default value. + * @param LTDC_RGB_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_RGBTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_RGBStructInit(LTDC_RGBTypeDef* LTDC_RGB_InitStruct) +{ + LTDC_RGB_InitStruct->LTDC_BlueWidth = 0x02; + LTDC_RGB_InitStruct->LTDC_GreenWidth = 0x02; + LTDC_RGB_InitStruct->LTDC_RedWidth = 0x02; +} + + +/** + * @brief Define the position of the line interrupt . + * @param LTDC_LIPositionConfig: Line Interrupt Position. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_LIPConfig(uint32_t LTDC_LIPositionConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_LIPOS(LTDC_LIPositionConfig)); + + /* Sets the Line Interrupt position */ + LTDC->LIPCR = (uint32_t)LTDC_LIPositionConfig; +} + +/** + * @brief reload layers registers with new parameters + * @param LTDC_Reload: specifies the type of reload. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LTDC_IMReload: Vertical blanking reload. + * @arg LTDC_VBReload: Immediate reload. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_ReloadConfig(uint32_t LTDC_Reload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_RELOAD(LTDC_Reload)); + + /* Sets the Reload type */ + LTDC->SRCR = (uint32_t)LTDC_Reload; +} + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the LTDC Layer according to the specified parameters + * in the LTDC_LayerStruct. + * @note This function can be used only when the LTDC is disabled. + * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be + * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 + * @param LTDC_LayerStruct: pointer to a LTDC_LayerTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified LTDC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_LayerInit(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef* LTDC_Layer_InitStruct) +{ + + uint32_t whsppos = 0; + uint32_t wvsppos = 0; + uint32_t dcgreen = 0; + uint32_t dcred = 0; + uint32_t dcalpha = 0; + uint32_t cfbp = 0; + +/* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_Pixelformat(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_PixelFormat)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_BlendingFactor1(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_1)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_BlendingFactor2(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_2)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStart)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStop)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStart)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStop)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEFAULTCOLOR(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorBlue)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEFAULTCOLOR(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorGreen)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEFAULTCOLOR(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorRed)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEFAULTCOLOR(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorAlpha)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBP(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBPitch)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLL(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineLength)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR(LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineNumber)); + + /* Configures the horizontal start and stop position */ + whsppos = LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStop << 16; + LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSTPOS | LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSPPOS); + LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStart | whsppos); + + /* Configures the vertical start and stop position */ + wvsppos = LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStop << 16; + LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSTPOS | LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSPPOS); + LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStart | wvsppos); + + /* Specifies the pixel format */ + LTDC_Layerx->PFCR &= ~(LTDC_LxPFCR_PF); + LTDC_Layerx->PFCR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_PixelFormat); + + /* Configures the default color values */ + dcgreen = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorGreen << 8); + dcred = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorRed << 16); + dcalpha = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorAlpha << 24); + LTDC_Layerx->DCCR &= ~(LTDC_LxDCCR_DCBLUE | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCGREEN | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCRED | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCALPHA); + LTDC_Layerx->DCCR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorBlue | dcgreen | \ + dcred | dcalpha); + + /* Specifies the constant alpha value */ + LTDC_Layerx->CACR &= ~(LTDC_LxCACR_CONSTA); + LTDC_Layerx->CACR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_ConstantAlpha); + + /* Specifies the blending factors */ + LTDC_Layerx->BFCR &= ~(LTDC_LxBFCR_BF2 | LTDC_LxBFCR_BF1); + LTDC_Layerx->BFCR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_1 | LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_2); + + /* Configures the color frame buffer start address */ + LTDC_Layerx->CFBAR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBAR_CFBADD); + LTDC_Layerx->CFBAR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBStartAdress); + + /* Configures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */ + cfbp = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBPitch << 16); + LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBLR_CFBLL | LTDC_LxCFBLR_CFBP); + LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineLength | cfbp); + + /* Configures the frame buffer line number */ + LTDC_Layerx->CFBLNR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBLNR_CFBLNBR); + LTDC_Layerx->CFBLNR = (LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineNumber); + +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each LTDC_Layer_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param LTDC_Layer_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_LayerTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_LayerStructInit(LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef * LTDC_Layer_InitStruct) +{ + /*--------------- Reset Layer structure parameters values -------------------*/ + + /*!< Initialize the horizontal limit member */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStart = 0x00; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_HorizontalStop = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the vertical limit member */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStart = 0x00; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_VerticalStop = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the pixel format member */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_PixelFormat = LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888; + + /*!< Initialize the constant alpha value */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_ConstantAlpha = 0xFF; + + /*!< Initialize the default color values */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorBlue = 0x00; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorGreen = 0x00; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorRed = 0x00; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_DefaultColorAlpha = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the blending factors */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_1 = LTDC_BlendingFactor1_PAxCA; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_BlendingFactor_2 = LTDC_BlendingFactor2_PAxCA; + + /*!< Initialize the frame buffer start address */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBStartAdress = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the frame buffer pitch and line length */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineLength = 0x00; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBPitch = 0x00; + + /*!< Initialize the frame buffer line number */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct->LTDC_CFBLineNumber = 0x00; +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the LTDC_Layer Controller. + * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be + * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 + * @param NewState: new state of the LTDC_Layer peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_LayerCmd(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable LTDC_Layer by setting LEN bit */ + LTDC_Layerx->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_LEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable LTDC_Layer by clearing LEN bit */ + LTDC_Layerx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_LEN; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Get the current position. + * @param LTDC_Pos_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_PosTypeDef structure that contains + * the current position. + * @retval None + */ + +LTDC_PosTypeDef LTDC_GetPosStatus(void) +{ + LTDC_PosTypeDef LTDC_Pos_InitStruct; + + LTDC->CPSR &= ~(LTDC_CPSR_CYPOS | LTDC_CPSR_CXPOS); + + LTDC_Pos_InitStruct.LTDC_POSX = (uint32_t)(LTDC->CPSR >> 16); + LTDC_Pos_InitStruct.LTDC_POSY = (uint32_t)(LTDC->CPSR & 0xFFFF); + + return LTDC_Pos_InitStruct; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each LTDC_Pos_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param LTDC_Pos_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_PosTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_PosStructInit(LTDC_PosTypeDef* LTDC_Pos_InitStruct) +{ + LTDC_Pos_InitStruct->LTDC_POSX = 0x00; + LTDC_Pos_InitStruct->LTDC_POSY = 0x00; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified LTDC's flag is set or not. + * @param LTDC_CD: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LTDC_CD_VDES: vertical data enable current status. + * @arg LTDC_CD_HDES: horizontal data enable current status. + * @arg LTDC_CD_VSYNC: Vertical Synchronization current status. + * @arg LTDC_CD_HSYNC: Horizontal Synchronization current status. + * @retval The new state of LTDC_CD (SET or RESET). + */ + +FlagStatus LTDC_GetCDStatus(uint32_t LTDC_CD) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_GET_CD(LTDC_CD)); + + if ((LTDC->CDSR & LTDC_CD) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Set and configure the color keying. + * @param LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef + * structure that contains the color keying configuration. + * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be + * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_ColorKeyingConfig(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef* LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t ckgreen = 0; + uint32_t ckred = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_CKEYING(LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyBlue)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_CKEYING(LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyGreen)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_CKEYING(LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyRed)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable LTDC color keying by setting COLKEN bit */ + LTDC_Layerx->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_COLKEN; + + /* Sets the color keying values */ + ckgreen = (LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyGreen << 8); + ckred = (LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyRed << 16); + LTDC_Layerx->CKCR &= ~(LTDC_LxCKCR_CKBLUE | LTDC_LxCKCR_CKGREEN | LTDC_LxCKCR_CKRED); + LTDC_Layerx->CKCR |= (LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyBlue | ckgreen | ckred); + } + else + { + /* Disable LTDC color keying by clearing COLKEN bit */ + LTDC_Layerx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_COLKEN; + } + + /* Reload shadow register */ + LTDC->SRCR = LTDC_IMReload; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_ColorKeyingStructInit(LTDC_ColorKeying_InitTypeDef* LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct) +{ + /*!< Initialize the color keying values */ + LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyBlue = 0x00; + LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyGreen = 0x00; + LTDC_colorkeying_InitStruct->LTDC_ColorKeyRed = 0x00; +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables CLUT. + * @param NewState: new state of CLUT. + * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be + * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_CLUTCmd(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable CLUT by setting CLUTEN bit */ + LTDC_Layerx->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_CLUTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable CLUT by clearing CLUTEN bit */ + LTDC_Layerx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_CLUTEN; + } + + /* Reload shadow register */ + LTDC->SRCR = LTDC_IMReload; +} + +/** + * @brief configure the CLUT. + * @param LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the CLUT configuration. + * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be + * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_CLUTInit(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef* LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t green = 0; + uint32_t red = 0; + uint32_t clutadd = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_CLUTWR(LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_CLUTAdress)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_CLUTWR(LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_RedValue)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_CLUTWR(LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_GreenValue)); + assert_param(IS_LTDC_CLUTWR(LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_BlueValue)); + + /* Specifies the CLUT address and RGB value */ + green = (LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_GreenValue << 8); + red = (LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_RedValue << 16); + clutadd = (LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_CLUTAdress << 24); + LTDC_Layerx->CLUTWR = (clutadd | LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_BlueValue | \ + green | red); +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct: pointer to a LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ + +void LTDC_CLUTStructInit(LTDC_CLUT_InitTypeDef* LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct) +{ + /*!< Initialize the CLUT address and RGB values */ + LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_CLUTAdress = 0x00; + LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_BlueValue = 0x00; + LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_GreenValue = 0x00; + LTDC_CLUT_InitStruct->LTDC_RedValue = 0x00; +} + + +/** + * @brief reconfigure the layer position. + * @param OffsetX: horizontal offset from start active width . + * @param OffsetY: vertical offset from start active height. + * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be + * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 + * @retval Reload of the shadow registers values must be applied after layer + * position reconfiguration. + */ + +void LTDC_LayerPosition(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint16_t OffsetX, uint16_t OffsetY) +{ + + uint32_t tempreg, temp; + uint32_t horizontal_start; + uint32_t horizontal_stop; + uint32_t vertical_start; + uint32_t vertical_stop; + + LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSTPOS | LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSPPOS); + LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSTPOS | LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSPPOS); + + /* Reconfigures the horizontal and vertical start position */ + tempreg = LTDC->BPCR; + horizontal_start = (tempreg >> 16) + 1 + OffsetX; + vertical_start = (tempreg & 0xFFFF) + 1 + OffsetY; + + /* Reconfigures the horizontal and vertical stop position */ + /* Get the number of byte per pixel */ + + tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->PFCR; + + if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888) + { + temp = 4; + } + else if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888) + { + temp = 3; + } + else if ((tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444) || + (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565) || + (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555) || + (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88)) + { + temp = 2; + } + else + { + temp = 1; + } + + tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR; + horizontal_stop = (((tempreg & 0x1FFF) - 3)/temp) + horizontal_start - 1; + + tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->CFBLNR; + vertical_stop = (tempreg & 0x7FF) + vertical_start - 1; + + LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR = horizontal_start | (horizontal_stop << 16); + LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR = vertical_start | (vertical_stop << 16); +} + +/** + * @brief reconfigure constant alpha. + * @param ConstantAlpha: constant alpha value. + * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be + * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 + * @retval Reload of the shadow registers values must be applied after constant + * alpha reconfiguration. + */ + +void LTDC_LayerAlpha(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint8_t ConstantAlpha) +{ + /* reconfigure the constant alpha value */ + LTDC_Layerx->CACR = ConstantAlpha; +} + +/** + * @brief reconfigure layer address. + * @param Address: The color frame buffer start address. + * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be + * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 + * @retval Reload of the shadow registers values must be applied after layer + * address reconfiguration. + */ + +void LTDC_LayerAddress(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t Address) +{ + /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer start address */ + LTDC_Layerx->CFBAR = Address; +} + +/** + * @brief reconfigure layer size. + * @param Width: layer window width. + * @param Height: layer window height. + * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be + * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 + * @retval Reload of the shadow registers values must be applied after layer + * size reconfiguration. + */ + +void LTDC_LayerSize(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height) +{ + + uint8_t temp; + uint32_t tempreg; + uint32_t horizontal_start; + uint32_t horizontal_stop; + uint32_t vertical_start; + uint32_t vertical_stop; + + tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->PFCR; + + if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888) + { + temp = 4; + } + else if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888) + { + temp = 3; + } + else if ((tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444) || \ + (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565) || \ + (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555) || \ + (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88)) + { + temp = 2; + } + else + { + temp = 1; + } + + /* update horizontal and vertical stop */ + tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR; + horizontal_start = (tempreg & 0x1FFF); + horizontal_stop = Width + horizontal_start - 1; + + tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR; + vertical_start = (tempreg & 0x1FFF); + vertical_stop = Height + vertical_start - 1; + + LTDC_Layerx->WHPCR = horizontal_start | (horizontal_stop << 16); + LTDC_Layerx->WVPCR = vertical_start | (vertical_stop << 16); + + /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */ + LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR = ((Width * temp) << 16) | ((Width * temp) + 3); + + /* Reconfigures the frame buffer line number */ + LTDC_Layerx->CFBLNR = Height; + +} + +/** + * @brief reconfigure layer pixel format. + * @param PixelFormat: reconfigure the pixel format, this parameter can be + * one of the following values:@ref LTDC_Pixelformat. + * @param LTDC_layerx: Select the layer to be configured, this parameter can be + * one of the following values: LTDC_Layer1, LTDC_Layer2 + * @retval Reload of the shadow registers values must be applied after layer + * pixel format reconfiguration. + */ + +void LTDC_LayerPixelFormat(LTDC_Layer_TypeDef* LTDC_Layerx, uint32_t PixelFormat) +{ + + uint8_t temp; + uint32_t tempreg; + + tempreg = LTDC_Layerx->PFCR; + + if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888) + { + temp = 4; + } + else if (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888) + { + temp = 3; + } + else if ((tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444) || \ + (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565) || \ + (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555) || \ + (tempreg == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88)) + { + temp = 2; + } + else + { + temp = 1; + } + + tempreg = (LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR >> 16); + tempreg = (tempreg / temp); + + if (PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888) + { + temp = 4; + } + else if (PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB888) + { + temp = 3; + } + else if ((PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB4444) || \ + (PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_RGB565) || \ + (PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB1555) || \ + (PixelFormat == LTDC_Pixelformat_AL88)) + { + temp = 2; + } + else + { + temp = 1; + } + + /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */ + LTDC_Layerx->CFBLR = ((tempreg * temp) << 16) | ((tempreg * temp) + 3); + + /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer start address */ + LTDC_Layerx->PFCR = PixelFormat; + +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LTDC_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the LTDC Interrupts + and to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + [..] The LTDC provides 4 Interrupts sources and 4 Flags + + *** Flags *** + ============= + [..] + (+) LTDC_FLAG_LI: Line Interrupt flag. + (+) LTDC_FLAG_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt flag. + (+) LTDC_FLAG_TERR: Transfer Error Interrupt flag. + (+) LTDC_FLAG_RR: Register Reload interrupt flag. + + *** Interrupts *** + ================== + [..] + (+) LTDC_IT_LI: Line Interrupt is generated when a programmed line + is reached. The line interrupt position is programmed in + the LTDC_LIPR register. + (+) LTDC_IT_FU: FIFO Underrun interrupt is generated when a pixel is requested + from an empty layer FIFO + (+) LTDC_IT_TERR: Transfer Error interrupt is generated when an AHB bus + error occurs during data transfer. + (+) LTDC_IT_RR: Register Reload interrupt is generated when the shadow + registers reload was performed during the vertical blanking + period. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified LTDC's interrupts. + * @param LTDC_IT: specifies the LTDC interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg LTDC_IT_LI: Line Interrupt Enable. + * @arg LTDC_IT_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt Enable. + * @arg LTDC_IT_TERR: Transfer Error Interrupt Enable. + * @arg LTDC_IT_RR: Register Reload interrupt enable. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified LTDC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void LTDC_ITConfig(uint32_t LTDC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_IT(LTDC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + LTDC->IER |= LTDC_IT; + } + else + { + LTDC->IER &= (uint32_t)~LTDC_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified LTDC's flag is set or not. + * @param LTDC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LTDC_FLAG_LI: Line Interrupt flag. + * @arg LTDC_FLAG_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt flag. + * @arg LTDC_FLAG_TERR: Transfer Error Interrupt flag. + * @arg LTDC_FLAG_RR: Register Reload interrupt flag. + * @retval The new state of LTDC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus LTDC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t LTDC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_FLAG(LTDC_FLAG)); + + if ((LTDC->ISR & LTDC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the LTDC's pending flags. + * @param LTDC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg LTDC_FLAG_LI: Line Interrupt flag. + * @arg LTDC_FLAG_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt flag. + * @arg LTDC_FLAG_TERR: Transfer Error Interrupt flag. + * @arg LTDC_FLAG_RR: Register Reload interrupt flag. + * @retval None + */ +void LTDC_ClearFlag(uint32_t LTDC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_FLAG(LTDC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the corresponding LTDC flag */ + LTDC->ICR = (uint32_t)LTDC_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified LTDC's interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param LTDC_IT: specifies the LTDC interrupts sources to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LTDC_IT_LI: Line Interrupt Enable. + * @arg LTDC_IT_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt Enable. + * @arg LTDC_IT_TERR: Transfer Error Interrupt Enable. + * @arg LTDC_IT_RR: Register Reload interrupt Enable. + * @retval The new state of the LTDC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus LTDC_GetITStatus(uint32_t LTDC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_IT(LTDC_IT)); + + if ((LTDC->ISR & LTDC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + if (((LTDC->IER & LTDC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (bitstatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + + +/** + * @brief Clears the LTDC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param LTDC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg LTDC_IT_LIE: Line Interrupt. + * @arg LTDC_IT_FUIE: FIFO Underrun Interrupt. + * @arg LTDC_IT_TERRIE: Transfer Error Interrupt. + * @arg LTDC_IT_RRIE: Register Reload interrupt. + * @retval None + */ +void LTDC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t LTDC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LTDC_IT(LTDC_IT)); + + /* Clear the corresponding LTDC Interrupt */ + LTDC->ICR = (uint32_t)LTDC_IT; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_pwr.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_pwr.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index a49a358047..db7e425f2a --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_pwr.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_pwr.c @@ -1,1041 +1,1045 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_pwr.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: - * + Backup Domain Access - * + PVD configuration - * + WakeUp pin configuration - * + Main and Backup Regulators configuration - * + FLASH Power Down configuration - * + Low Power modes configuration - * + Flags management - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_pwr.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR - * @brief PWR driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */ -#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) - -/* --- CR Register ---*/ - -/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ -#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00) -#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08 -#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ -#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04 -#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of FPDS bit */ -#define FPDS_BitNumber 0x09 -#define CR_FPDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (FPDS_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of PMODE bit */ -#define PMODE_BitNumber 0x0E -#define CR_PMODE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PMODE_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of ODEN bit */ -#define ODEN_BitNumber 0x10 -#define CR_ODEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (ODEN_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of ODSWEN bit */ -#define ODSWEN_BitNumber 0x11 -#define CR_ODSWEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (ODSWEN_BitNumber * 4)) - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Alias word address of MRUDS bit */ -#define MRUDS_BitNumber 0x0B -#define CR_MRUDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (MRUDS_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of LPUDS bit */ -#define LPUDS_BitNumber 0x0A -#define CR_LPUDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (LPUDS_BitNumber * 4)) -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -/* Alias word address of MRLVDS bit */ -#define MRLVDS_BitNumber 0x0B -#define CR_MRLVDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (MRLVDS_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of LPLVDS bit */ -#define LPLVDS_BitNumber 0x0A -#define CR_LPLVDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (LPLVDS_BitNumber * 4)) -#endif /* STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -/* --- CSR Register ---*/ -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */ -#define CSR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04) -#define EWUP_BitNumber 0x08 -#define CSR_EWUP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP_BitNumber * 4)) -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Alias word address of EWUP2 bit */ -#define CSR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04) -#define EWUP1_BitNumber 0x08 -#define CSR_EWUP1_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP1_BitNumber * 4)) -#define EWUP2_BitNumber 0x07 -#define CSR_EWUP2_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP2_BitNumber * 4)) -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/* Alias word address of BRE bit */ -#define BRE_BitNumber 0x09 -#define CSR_BRE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (BRE_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */ - -/* CR register bit mask */ -#define CR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF3FC) -#define CR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F) -#define CR_VOS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF3FFF) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Group1 Backup Domain Access function - * @brief Backup Domain Access function - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Backup Domain Access function ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data - registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted - write accesses. - To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: - (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the - RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. - (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the PWR_BackupAccessCmd() function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_DeInit(void) -{ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC - * backup data registers and backup SRAM). - * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the - * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. - * @param NewState: new state of the access to the backup domain. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Group2 PVD configuration functions - * @brief PVD configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### PVD configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a - threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). - (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower - than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI - line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled through the EXTI registers. - (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). - * @param PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_0 - * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_1 - * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2 - * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_3 - * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_4 - * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_5 - * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_6 - * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_7 - * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for - * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each - * detection level. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel)); - - tmpreg = PWR->CR; - - /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */ - tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK; - - /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */ - tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel; - - /* Store the new value */ - PWR->CR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). - * @param NewState: new state of the PVD. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Group3 WakeUp pin configuration functions - * @brief WakeUp pin configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### WakeUp pin configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (+) WakeUp pin is used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. This pin is - forced in input pull down configuration and is active on rising edges. - (+) There is only one WakeUp pin: WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. - * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. - * @param PWR_WakeUpPinx: specifies the WakeUp Pin. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_WakeUp_Pin1: WKUP1 pin is used for wakeup from Standby mode. - * @arg PWR_WakeUp_Pin2: WKUP2 pin is used for wakeup from Standby mode. - * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPinx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(NewState)); - if(PWR_WakeUpPinx == PWR_WakeUp_Pin1) - { - *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP1_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; - } - else /* PWR_WakeUp_Pin1 */ - { - *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP2_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; - } -} -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Group4 Main and Backup Regulators configuration functions - * @brief Main and Backup Regulators configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Main and Backup Regulators configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (+) The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from - the CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is - retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator - is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is - always present. You can use the PWR_BackupRegulatorCmd() function to - enable the low power backup regulator and use the PWR_GetFlagStatus - (PWR_FLAG_BRR) to check if it is ready or not. - - (+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD) - the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to - save battery life. - - (+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by an tamper event. It is read - protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private - key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through - the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to - level 0 is requested. - -@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the reference manual. - - (+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between - performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at - the maximum frequency. - (+) For STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx Devices, the regulator can be - configured on the fly through PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() function which - configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register: - (++) When this bit is set (Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode selected) - the System frequency can go up to 168 MHz. - (++) When this bit is reset (Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode selected) - the System frequency can go up to 144 MHz. - - (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, the regulator can be configured through - PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() function which configure VOS[1:0] bits in - PWR_CR register: - which configure VOS[1:0] bits in PWR_CR register: - (++) When VOS[1:0] = 11 (Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode selected) - the System frequency can go up to 168 MHz. - (++) When VOS[1:0] = 10 (Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode selected) - the System frequency can go up to 144 MHz. - (++) When VOS[1:0] = 01 (Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode selected) - the System frequency can go up to 120 MHz. - - (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, the scale can be modified only when the PLL - is OFF and the HSI or HSE clock source is selected as system clock. - The new value programmed is active only when the PLL is ON. - When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected. - Refer to the datasheets for more details. - - (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, in Run mode: the main regulator has - 2 operating modes available: - (++) Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given - voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3) - (++) Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a - higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, - scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through PWR_OverDriveCmd() function and - PWR_OverDriveSWCmd() function, to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow - the sequence described in Reference manual. - - (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, in Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator - supplies a low power voltage to the 1.2V domain, thus preserving the content of registers - and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available: - (++) Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only - available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or - low voltage mode. - (++) Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only - available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode. - This mode is enabled through PWR_UnderDriveCmd() function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Backup Regulator. - * @param NewState: new state of the Backup Regulator. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_BackupRegulatorCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage. - * @param PWR_Regulator_Voltage: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve - * a tradeoff between performance and power consumption when the device does - * not operate at the maximum frequency (refer to the datasheets for more details). - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode, - * System frequency up to 168 MHz. - * @arg PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode, - * System frequency up to 144 MHz. - * @arg PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale3: Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode, - * System frequency up to 120 MHz (only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig(uint32_t PWR_Regulator_Voltage) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE(PWR_Regulator_Voltage)); - - tmpreg = PWR->CR; - - /* Clear VOS[15:14] bits */ - tmpreg &= CR_VOS_MASK; - - /* Set VOS[15:14] bits according to PWR_Regulator_Voltage value */ - tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator_Voltage; - - /* Store the new value */ - PWR->CR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Over-Drive. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx devices. - * This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency - * than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3). - * - * @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running - * critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE. - * During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled. - * The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated. - * - * @param NewState: new state of the Over Drive mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_OverDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Set/Reset the ODEN bit to enable/disable the Over Drive mode */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Over-Drive switching. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx devices. - * - * @param NewState: new state of the Over Drive switching mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_OverDriveSWCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Set/Reset the ODSWEN bit to enable/disable the Over Drive switching mode */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODSWEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Under-Drive mode. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx devices. - * @note This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode. - * In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This - * mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator - * is in low voltage mode - * - * @note If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after - * exiting Stop mode. - * When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional - * startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode. - * - * @param NewState: new state of the Under Drive mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_UnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the UDEN[1:0] bits to enable the Under Drive mode */ - PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_UDEN; - } - else - { - /* Reset the UDEN[1:0] bits to disable the Under Drive mode */ - PWR->CR &= (uint32_t)(~PWR_CR_UDEN); - } -} - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Main Regulator under drive mode. - * - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F427_437xx/STM32F429_439xx/STM32F446xx devices. - * - * @param NewState: new state of the Main Regulator Under Drive mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_MainRegulatorUnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRUDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; - } - else - { - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRUDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Low Power Regulator under drive mode. - * - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F427_437xx/STM32F429_439xx/STM32F446xx devices. - * - * @param NewState: new state of the Low Power Regulator Under Drive mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_LowRegulatorUnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPUDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; - } - else - { - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPUDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; - } -} -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Main Regulator low voltage mode. - * - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx devices. - * - * @param NewState: new state of the Main Regulator Low Voltage mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_MainRegulatorLowVoltageCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; - } - else - { - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Low Power Regulator low voltage mode. - * - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx devices. - * - * @param NewState: new state of the Low Power Regulator Low Voltage mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_LowRegulatorLowVoltageCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; - } - else - { - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; - } -} -#endif /* STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Group5 FLASH Power Down configuration functions - * @brief FLASH Power Down configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### FLASH Power Down configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (+) By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the - PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd() function, the Flash memory also enters power - down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory - is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when - waking up from Stop mode. -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Flash Power Down in STOP mode. - * @param NewState: new state of the Flash power mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Group6 Low Power modes configuration functions - * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Low Power modes configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - The devices feature 3 low-power modes: - (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running. - (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator - in low power mode - (+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off. - - *** Sleep mode *** - ================== - [..] - (+) Entry: - (++) The Sleep mode is entered by using the __WFI() or __WFE() functions. - (+) Exit: - (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt - controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. - - *** Stop mode *** - ================= - [..] - In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, - and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents - are preserved. - The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. - To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before - entering the Stop mode. It can be switched on again by software after exiting - the Stop mode using the PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd() function. - - (+) Entry: - (++) The Stop mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MainRegulator_ON) - function with: - (+++) Main regulator ON. - (+++) Low Power regulator ON. - (+) Exit: - (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode. - - *** Standby mode *** - ==================== - [..] - The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based - on the Cortex-M4 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. - The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and - the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost - except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby - circuitry. - - The voltage regulator is OFF. - - (+) Entry: - (++) The Standby mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. - (+) Exit: - (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup, - tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. - - *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** - ============================================= - [..] - The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC - Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, - without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). - - (#) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode - - (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: - (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt - or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. - (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function - (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() - and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. - (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it - is necessary to: - (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 21 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt - or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. - (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() - function - (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the - RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() - functions. - (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to: - (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 22 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt - or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. - (+++) Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function - (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), - RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. - - (#) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode - - (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: - (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function - (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() - and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. - (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it - is necessary to: - (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() - function - (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the - RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() - functions. - (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to: - (+++) Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function - (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), - RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enters STOP mode. - * - * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. - * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, - * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. - * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional - * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. - * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption - * is higher although the startup time is reduced. - * - * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_MainRegulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON - * @arg PWR_LowPowerRegulator_ON: STOP mode with low power regulator ON - * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction - * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator)); - assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry)); - - /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ - tmpreg = PWR->CR; - /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */ - tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK; - - /* Set LPDS, MRLVDS and LPLVDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */ - tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; - - /* Store the new value */ - PWR->CR = tmpreg; - - /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; - - /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ - if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) - { - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); - } - else - { - /* Request Wait For Event */ - __WFE(); - } - /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); -} - -/** - * @brief Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode. - * - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx devices. - * - * @note This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active - * - * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. - * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, - * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. - * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional - * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. - * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption - * is higher although the startup time is reduced. - * - * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_MainRegulator_UnderDrive_ON: Main Regulator in under-drive mode - * and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode - * @arg PWR_LowPowerRegulator_UnderDrive_ON: Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode - * and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode - * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction - * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(PWR_Regulator)); - assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry)); - - /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ - tmpreg = PWR->CR; - /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */ - tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK; - - /* Set LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */ - tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; - - /* Store the new value */ - PWR->CR = tmpreg; - - /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; - - /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ - if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) - { - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); - } - else - { - /* Request Wait For Event */ - __WFE(); - } - /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); -} - -/** - * @brief Enters STANDBY mode. - * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: - * - Reset pad (still available) - * - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC - * Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out. - * - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp. - * - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) if enabled. - * @note The Wakeup flag (WUF) need to be cleared at application level before to call this function - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) -{ - /* Select STANDBY mode */ - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS; - - /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; - - /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ -#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) - __force_stores(); -#endif - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Group7 Flags management functions - * @brief Flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not. - * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event - * was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A - * or Alarm B), RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup. - * An additional wakeup event is detected if the WKUP pin is enabled - * (by setting the EWUP bit) when the WKUP pin level is already high. - * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was - * resumed from StandBy mode. - * @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled - * by the PWR_PVDCmd() function. The PVD is stopped by Standby mode - * For this reason, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset - * until the PVDE bit is set. - * @arg PWR_FLAG_BRR: Backup regulator ready flag. This bit is not reset - * when the device wakes up from Standby mode or by a system reset - * or power reset. - * @arg PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY: This flag indicates that the Regulator voltage - * scaling output selection is ready. - * @arg PWR_FLAG_ODRDY: This flag indicates that the Over-drive mode - * is ready (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY: This flag indicates that the Over-drive mode - * switching is ready (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg PWR_FLAG_UDRDY: This flag indicates that the Under-drive mode - * is enabled in Stop mode (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); - - if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the flag status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the PWR's pending flags. - * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag - * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag - * @arg PWR_FLAG_UDRDY: Under-drive ready flag (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @retval None - */ -void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); - -#if defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) - if (PWR_FLAG != PWR_FLAG_UDRDY) - { - PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2; - } - else - { - PWR->CSR |= PWR_FLAG_UDRDY; - } -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || defined (STM32F401xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) - PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2; -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Backup Domain Access + * + PVD configuration + * + WakeUp pin configuration + * + Main and Backup Regulators configuration + * + FLASH Power Down configuration + * + Low Power modes configuration + * + Flags management + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_pwr.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR + * @brief PWR driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */ +#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ +#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04 +#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of FPDS bit */ +#define FPDS_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CR_FPDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (FPDS_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PMODE bit */ +#define PMODE_BitNumber 0x0E +#define CR_PMODE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PMODE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of ODEN bit */ +#define ODEN_BitNumber 0x10 +#define CR_ODEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (ODEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of ODSWEN bit */ +#define ODSWEN_BitNumber 0x11 +#define CR_ODSWEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (ODSWEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/* Alias word address of MRUDS bit */ +#define MRUDS_BitNumber 0x0B +#define CR_MRUDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (MRUDS_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of LPUDS bit */ +#define LPUDS_BitNumber 0x0A +#define CR_LPUDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (LPUDS_BitNumber * 4)) +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/* Alias word address of MRLVDS bit */ +#define MRLVDS_BitNumber 0x0B +#define CR_MRLVDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (MRLVDS_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of LPLVDS bit */ +#define LPLVDS_BitNumber 0x0A +#define CR_LPLVDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (LPLVDS_BitNumber * 4)) +#endif /* STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define EWUP_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CSR_EWUP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP_BitNumber * 4)) +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/* Alias word address of EWUP2 bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define EWUP1_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CSR_EWUP1_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP1_BitNumber * 4)) +#define EWUP2_BitNumber 0x07 +#define CSR_EWUP2_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP2_BitNumber * 4)) +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define EWUP3_BitNumber 0x06 +#define CSR_EWUP3_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP2_BitNumber * 4)) +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +/* Alias word address of BRE bit */ +#define BRE_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CSR_BRE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (BRE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */ + +/* CR register bit mask */ +#define CR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF3FC) +#define CR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F) +#define CR_VOS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF3FFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group1 Backup Domain Access function + * @brief Backup Domain Access function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Backup Domain Access function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted + write accesses. + To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the PWR_BackupAccessCmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers and backup SRAM). + * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @param NewState: new state of the access to the backup domain. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group2 PVD configuration functions + * @brief PVD configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### PVD configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a + threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). + (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower + than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI + line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled through the EXTI registers. + (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_0 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_1 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_3 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_4 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_5 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_6 + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_7 + * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for + * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each + * detection level. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel)); + + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + + /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK; + + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param NewState: new state of the PVD. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group3 WakeUp pin configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp pin configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### WakeUp pin configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) WakeUp pin is used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. This pin is + forced in input pull down configuration and is active on rising edges. + (+) There is one Wake-up pin: Wake-up Pin 1 on PA.00. + (++) For STM32F446xx there are two Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00 and Pin2 on PC.13 + (++) For STM32F410xx/STM32F412xG/STM32F413_423xx there are three Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00, Pin2 on PC.00 and Pin3 on PC.01 +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * @param PWR_WakeUpPinx: specifies the WakeUp Pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_WakeUp_Pin1: WKUP1 pin is used for wakeup from Standby mode. + * @arg PWR_WakeUp_Pin2: WKUP2 pin is used for wakeup from Standby mode. + * @arg PWR_WakeUp_Pin3: WKUP3 pin is used for wakeup from Standby mode.(only for STM32F410xx, STM32F412xG and STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPinx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(NewState)); + if(PWR_WakeUpPinx == PWR_WakeUp_Pin1) /* PWR_WakeUp_Pin1 */ + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP1_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; + } +#if defined(STM32F410xx)|| defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) + else if(PWR_WakeUpPinx == PWR_WakeUp_Pin3) /* PWR_WakeUp_Pin3 */ + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP3_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; + } +#endif /* STM32F410xx */ + else /* PWR_WakeUp_Pin2 */ + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP2_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; + } +} +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group4 Main and Backup Regulators configuration functions + * @brief Main and Backup Regulators configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Main and Backup Regulators configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from + the CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is + retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator + is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is + always present. You can use the PWR_BackupRegulatorCmd() function to + enable the low power backup regulator and use the PWR_GetFlagStatus + (PWR_FLAG_BRR) to check if it is ready or not. + + (+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD) + the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to + save battery life. + + (+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by an tamper event. It is read + protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private + key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through + the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to + level 0 is requested. + -@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the reference manual. + + (+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between + performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at + the maximum frequency. + (+) For STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx Devices, the regulator can be + configured on the fly through PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() function which + configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register: + (++) When this bit is set (Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode selected) + the System frequency can go up to 168 MHz. + (++) When this bit is reset (Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode selected) + the System frequency can go up to 144 MHz. + + (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, the regulator can be configured through + PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() function which configure VOS[1:0] bits in + PWR_CR register: + which configure VOS[1:0] bits in PWR_CR register: + (++) When VOS[1:0] = 11 (Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode selected) + the System frequency can go up to 168 MHz. + (++) When VOS[1:0] = 10 (Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode selected) + the System frequency can go up to 144 MHz. + (++) When VOS[1:0] = 01 (Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode selected) + the System frequency can go up to 120 MHz. + + (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, the scale can be modified only when the PLL + is OFF and the HSI or HSE clock source is selected as system clock. + The new value programmed is active only when the PLL is ON. + When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected. + Refer to the datasheets for more details. + + (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, in Run mode: the main regulator has + 2 operating modes available: + (++) Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given + voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3) + (++) Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a + higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, + scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through PWR_OverDriveCmd() function and + PWR_OverDriveSWCmd() function, to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow + the sequence described in Reference manual. + + (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, in Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator + supplies a low power voltage to the 1.2V domain, thus preserving the content of registers + and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available: + (++) Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only + available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or + low voltage mode. + (++) Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only + available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode. + This mode is enabled through PWR_UnderDriveCmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Backup Regulator. + * @param NewState: new state of the Backup Regulator. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_BackupRegulatorCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage. + * @param PWR_Regulator_Voltage: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve + * a tradeoff between performance and power consumption when the device does + * not operate at the maximum frequency (refer to the datasheets for more details). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode, + * System frequency up to 168 MHz. + * @arg PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode, + * System frequency up to 144 MHz. + * @arg PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale3: Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode, + * System frequency up to 120 MHz (only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig(uint32_t PWR_Regulator_Voltage) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE(PWR_Regulator_Voltage)); + + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + + /* Clear VOS[15:14] bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_VOS_MASK; + + /* Set VOS[15:14] bits according to PWR_Regulator_Voltage value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator_Voltage; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Over-Drive. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx devices. + * This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency + * than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3). + * + * @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running + * critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE. + * During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled. + * The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated. + * + * @param NewState: new state of the Over Drive mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_OverDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Set/Reset the ODEN bit to enable/disable the Over Drive mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Over-Drive switching. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx devices. + * + * @param NewState: new state of the Over Drive switching mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_OverDriveSWCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Set/Reset the ODSWEN bit to enable/disable the Over Drive switching mode */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODSWEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Under-Drive mode. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx devices. + * @note This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode. + * In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This + * mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator + * is in low voltage mode + * + * @note If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after + * exiting Stop mode. + * When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional + * startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode. + * + * @param NewState: new state of the Under Drive mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_UnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the UDEN[1:0] bits to enable the Under Drive mode */ + PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_UDEN; + } + else + { + /* Reset the UDEN[1:0] bits to disable the Under Drive mode */ + PWR->CR &= (uint32_t)(~PWR_CR_UDEN); + } +} + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Main Regulator under drive mode. + * + * @note This mode is only available for STM32F427_437xx/STM32F429_439xx/STM32F446xx devices. + * + * @param NewState: new state of the Main Regulator Under Drive mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_MainRegulatorUnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRUDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRUDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Low Power Regulator under drive mode. + * + * @note This mode is only available for STM32F427_437xx/STM32F429_439xx/STM32F446xx devices. + * + * @param NewState: new state of the Low Power Regulator Under Drive mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_LowRegulatorUnderDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPUDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPUDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; + } +} +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Main Regulator low voltage mode. + * + * @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F412xG/STM32F413_423xx devices. + * + * @param NewState: new state of the Main Regulator Low Voltage mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_MainRegulatorLowVoltageCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Low Power Regulator low voltage mode. + * + * @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F412xG/STM32F413_423xx devices. + * + * @param NewState: new state of the Low Power Regulator Low Voltage mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_LowRegulatorLowVoltageCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; + } +} +#endif /* STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group5 FLASH Power Down configuration functions + * @brief FLASH Power Down configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Power Down configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the + PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd() function, the Flash memory also enters power + down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory + is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when + waking up from Stop mode. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Flash Power Down in STOP mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the Flash power mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group6 Low Power modes configuration functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Low Power modes configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The devices feature 3 low-power modes: + (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running. + (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator + in low power mode + (+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off. + + *** Sleep mode *** + ================== + [..] + (+) Entry: + (++) The Sleep mode is entered by using the __WFI() or __WFE() functions. + (+) Exit: + (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + + *** Stop mode *** + ================= + [..] + In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, + and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents + are preserved. + The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. + To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before + entering the Stop mode. It can be switched on again by software after exiting + the Stop mode using the PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd() function. + + (+) Entry: + (++) The Stop mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MainRegulator_ON) + function with: + (+++) Main regulator ON. + (+++) Low Power regulator ON. + (+) Exit: + (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode. + + *** Standby mode *** + ==================== + [..] + The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based + on the Cortex-M4 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. + The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and + the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost + except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby + circuitry. + + The voltage regulator is OFF. + + (+) Entry: + (++) The Standby mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. + (+) Exit: + (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup, + tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. + + *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** + ============================================= + [..] + The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC + Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, + without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + (#) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 21 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function + (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 22 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), + RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. + + (#) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode + + (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function + (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), + RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enters STOP mode. + * + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * + * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_MainRegulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_LowPowerRegulator_ON: STOP mode with low power regulator ON + * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry)); + + /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK; + + /* Set LPDS, MRLVDS and LPLVDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode. + * + * @note This mode is only available for STM32F42xxx/STM3243xxx devices. + * + * @note This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active + * + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * + * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_MainRegulator_UnderDrive_ON: Main Regulator in under-drive mode + * and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode + * @arg PWR_LowPowerRegulator_UnderDrive_ON: Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode + * and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode + * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(PWR_Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry)); + + /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK; + + /* Set LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STANDBY mode. + * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: + * - Reset pad (still available) + * - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC + * Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out. + * - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp. + * - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) if enabled. + * @note The Wakeup flag (WUF) need to be cleared at application level before to call this function + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Select STANDBY mode */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group7 Flags management functions + * @brief Flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event + * was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A + * or Alarm B), RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup. + * An additional wakeup event is detected if the WKUP pin is enabled + * (by setting the EWUP bit) when the WKUP pin level is already high. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was + * resumed from StandBy mode. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled + * by the PWR_PVDCmd() function. The PVD is stopped by Standby mode + * For this reason, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset + * until the PVDE bit is set. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_BRR: Backup regulator ready flag. This bit is not reset + * when the device wakes up from Standby mode or by a system reset + * or power reset. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY: This flag indicates that the Regulator voltage + * scaling output selection is ready. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_ODRDY: This flag indicates that the Over-drive mode + * is ready (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) + * @arg PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY: This flag indicates that the Over-drive mode + * switching is ready (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) + * @arg PWR_FLAG_UDRDY: This flag indicates that the Under-drive mode + * is enabled in Stop mode (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) + * @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the PWR's pending flags. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag + * @arg PWR_FLAG_UDRDY: Under-drive ready flag (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + +#if defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) + if (PWR_FLAG != PWR_FLAG_UDRDY) + { + PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2; + } + else + { + PWR->CSR |= PWR_FLAG_UDRDY; + } +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || defined (STM32F401xx) || defined (STM32F410xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) + PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2; +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_qspi.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_qspi.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index d6302edc86..6af090c4bc --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_qspi.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_qspi.c @@ -1,912 +1,903 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_qspi.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (QSPI): - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Indirect Data Read/Write functions - * + Memory Mapped Mode Data Read functions - * + Automatic Polling functions - * + DMA transfers management - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - * @verbatim - * - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI,ENABLE); - function. - - (#) Enable CLK, BK1_IO0, BK1_IO1, BK1_IO2, BK1_IO3, BK1_NCS, BK2_IO0, - BK2_IO1, BK2_IO2, BK2_IO3 and BK2_NCS GPIO clocks using - RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() function. - - (#) Peripherals alternate function: - (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate - Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. - (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. - (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via - GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members. - (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. - - (#) Program the Flash Size, CS High Time, Sample Shift, Prescaler, Clock Mode - values using the QSPI_Init() function. - - (#) Enable QSPI using QSPI_Cmd() function. - - (#) Set QSPI Data Length using QSPI_SetDataLength() function. - - (#) Configure the FIFO threshold using QSPI_SetFIFOThreshold() to select - at which threshold the FTF event is generated. - - (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function - QSPI_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. - - (#) When using the DMA mode - (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. - (++) Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function. - - (#) Enable the SPI using the QSPI_DMACmd() function. - - (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. - - @endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_qspi.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup QSPI - * @brief QSPI driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define QSPI_CR_CLEAR_MASK 0x00FFFFCF -#define QSPI_DCR_CLEAR_MASK 0xFFE0F7FE -#define QSPI_CCR_CLEAR_MASK 0x90800000 -#define QSPI_PIR_CLEAR_MASK 0xFFFF0000 -#define QSPI_LPTR_CLEAR_MASK 0xFFFF0000 -#define QSPI_CCR_CLEAR_INSTRUCTION_MASK 0xFFFFFF00 -#define QSPI_CCR_CLEAR_DCY_MASK 0xFFC3FFFF -#define QSPI_CR_CLEAR_FIFOTHRESHOLD_MASK 0xFFFFF0FF -#define QSPI_CR_INTERRUPT_MASK 0x001F0000 -#define QSPI_SR_INTERRUPT_MASK 0x0000001F -#define QSPI_FSR_INTERRUPT_MASK 0x0000001B -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ - -/** @defgroup _Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup _Group1 Function Group1 Name - * @brief Function group1 name description (copied from the header file) - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### < Function group1 name (copied from the header file) - Note: do not use "Peripheral" or "PPP" word in the function group name > ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] < OPTIONAL: - Add here the most important information to know about the IP features - covered by this group of function. - - For system IPs, this section contains how to use this group API. - > - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the QSPI peripheral registers to their default - * reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable QSPI reset state */ - RCC_AHB3PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI, ENABLE); - /* Release QSPI from reset state */ - RCC_AHB3PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each QSPI_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param QSPI_InitStruct: pointer to a QSPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_StructInit(QSPI_InitTypeDef* QSPI_InitStruct) -{ -/*--------- Reset QSPI init structure parameters default values ------------*/ - /* Initialize the QSPI_SShift member */ - QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_SShift = QSPI_SShift_NoShift ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_Prescaler member */ - QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_Prescaler = 0 ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_CKMode member */ - QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CKMode = QSPI_CKMode_Mode0 ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_CSHTime member */ - QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CSHTime = QSPI_CSHTime_1Cycle ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_FSize member */ - QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSize = 0 ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_FSelect member */ - QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSelect = QSPI_FSelect_1 ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_DFlash member */ - QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_DFlash = QSPI_DFlash_Disable ; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct: pointer to a QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_ComConfig_StructInit(QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef* QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct) -{ -/*--------- Reset QSPI ComConfig init structure parameters default values ------------*/ - -/* Set QSPI Communication configuration structure parameters default values */ - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode = QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode_Disable ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC = QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC_Disable ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode = QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode_Disable ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_FMode member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_FMode = QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Indirect_Write ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_DMode member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DMode = QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_NoData ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_DummyCycles member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DummyCycles = 0 ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize = QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_8bit ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode = QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_NoAlternateByte ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize = QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_8bit ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode = QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_NoAddress ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_IMode member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_IMode = QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_NoInstruction ; - /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_Ins member */ - QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_Ins = 0 ; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the QSPI peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the QSPI_InitStruct. - * @param QSPI_InitStruct: pointer to a QSPI_InitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the specified QSPI peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_Init(QSPI_InitTypeDef* QSPI_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the QSPI parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_SSHIFT(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_SShift)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_PRESCALER(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_Prescaler)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_CKMODE(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CKMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_CSHTIME(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CSHTime)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_FSIZE(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSize)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_FSEL(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSelect)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DFM(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_DFlash)); - - /*------------------------ QSPI CR Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the QUADSPI CR1 value */ - tmpreg = QUADSPI->CR; - /* Clear PRESCALER and SSHIFT bits */ - tmpreg &= QSPI_CR_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure QUADSPI: Prescaler and Sample Shift */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_Prescaler)<<24) - |(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_SShift) - |(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSelect) - |(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_DFlash)); - /* Write to QUADSPI CR */ - QUADSPI->CR = tmpreg; - - /*------------------------ QUADSPI DCR Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the QUADSPI DCR value */ - tmpreg = QUADSPI->DCR; - /* Clear FSIZE, CSHT and CKMODE bits */ - tmpreg &= QSPI_DCR_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure QSPI: Flash Size, Chip Select High Time and Clock Mode */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSize)<<16) - |(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CSHTime) - |(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CKMode)); - /* Write to QSPI DCR */ - QUADSPI->DCR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the QSPI CCR according to the specified - * parameters in the QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct. - * @param QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct: pointer to a QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef structure that - * contains the communication configuration informations about QSPI peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_ComConfig_Init(QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef* QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the QSPI Communication Control parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_FMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_FMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOOMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DCY (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DummyCycles)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ABSIZE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ABMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADSIZE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_IMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_IMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_Ins)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDRMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_DHHC (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC)); - - /*------------------------ QUADSPI CCR Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the QUADSPI CCR value */ - tmpreg = QUADSPI->CCR; - /* Clear FMODE Mode bits */ - tmpreg &= QSPI_CCR_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure QUADSPI: CCR Configuration */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)( (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_FMode) - | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode) - | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC) - | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode) - | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DMode) - | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize) - | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode) - | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize) - | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode) - | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_IMode) - | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_Ins) - |((QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DummyCycles)<<18)); - /* Write to QUADSPI DCR */ - QUADSPI->CCR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables QSPI peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the QSPI peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable QSPI peripheral */ - QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_EN; - } - else - { - /* Disable QSPI peripheral */ - QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_EN; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode. - * @param QSPI_Match: Value to be compared with the masked status register to get a match. - * This parameter can be any value between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF. - * @param QSPI_Mask: Mask to be applied to the status bytes received in polling mode.. - * This parameter can be any value between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF. - * @param QSPI_Match_Mode: indicates which method should be used for determining a “match” during - * automatic polling mode. - * This parameter can be any value of : - * @arg QSPI_PMM_AND: AND match mode- SMF is set if all the unmasked bits received from the flash match - * the corresponding bits in the match register - * @arg QSPI_PMM_OR: OR match mode- SMF is set if any one of the unmasked bits received from the flash - matches its corresponding bit in the match register. - * @note This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_AutoPollingMode_Config(uint32_t QSPI_Match, uint32_t QSPI_Mask , uint32_t QSPI_Match_Mode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_PMM(QSPI_Match_Mode)); - - if (!(QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY)) - /* Device is not Busy */ - { - /* Set the Match Register */ - QUADSPI->PSMAR = QSPI_Match ; - - /* Set the Mask Register */ - QUADSPI->PSMKR = QSPI_Mask ; - - /* Set the Polling Match Mode */ - if(QSPI_Match_Mode) - /* OR Match Mode */ - { - /* Set the PMM bit */ - QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_PMM; - } - else - /* AND Match Mode */ - { - /* Reset the PMM bit */ - QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_PMM; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the number of CLK cycle between two read during automatic polling phases. - * @param QSPI_Interval: The number of CLK cycle between two read during automatic polling phases. - * This parameter can be any value of between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF - * @note This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_AutoPollingMode_SetInterval(uint32_t QSPI_Interval) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_PIR(QSPI_Interval)); - - if (!(QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY)) - /* Device is not Busy */ - { - /* Read the PIR Register */ - tmpreg = QUADSPI->PIR ; - /* Clear Polling interval Bits */ - tmpreg &= QSPI_PIR_CLEAR_MASK ; - /* Set the QSPI Polling Interval Bits */ - tmpreg |= QSPI_Interval; - /* Write the PIR Register */ - QUADSPI->PIR = tmpreg; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the value of the Timeout in Memory Mapped mode - * @param QSPI_Timeout: This field indicates how many CLK cycles QSPI waits after the - * FIFO becomes full until it raises nCS, putting the flash memory - * in a lowerconsumption state. - * This parameter can be any value of between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF - * @note This function is used only in Memory Mapped Mode - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_MemoryMappedMode_SetTimeout(uint32_t QSPI_Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT(QSPI_Timeout)); - - if (!(QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY)) - /* Device is not Busy */ - { - /* Read the LPTR Register */ - tmpreg = QUADSPI->LPTR ; - /* Clear Timeout Bits */ - tmpreg &= QSPI_LPTR_CLEAR_MASK ; - /* Set Timeout Bits */ - tmpreg |= QSPI_Timeout; - /* Write the LPTR Register */ - QUADSPI->LPTR = tmpreg; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the value of the Address - * @param QSPI_Address: Address to be send to the external flash memory. - * This parameter can be any value of between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF - * @note This function is used only in Indirect Mode - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_SetAddress(uint32_t QSPI_Address) -{ - if (!(QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY)) - /* Device is not Busy */ - { - /* Write the AR Register */ - QUADSPI->AR = QSPI_Address; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the value of the Alternate Bytes - * @param QSPI_AlternateByte: Optional data to be send to the external QSPI device right after the address. - * This parameter can be any value of between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF - * @note This function is used only in Indirect Mode - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_SetAlternateByte(uint32_t QSPI_AlternateByte) -{ - if (!(QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY)) - /* Device is not Busy */ - { - /* Write the ABR Register */ - QUADSPI->ABR = QSPI_AlternateByte; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the FIFO Threshold - * @param QSPI_FIFOThres: Defines, in indirect mode, the threshold number - * of bytes in the FIFO which will cause the FIFO Threshold Flag - * FTF to be set. - * This parameter can be any value of between 0x00 and 0x0F - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_SetFIFOThreshold(uint32_t QSPI_FIFOThreshold) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_FIFOTHRESHOLD(QSPI_FIFOThreshold)); - - /* Read the CR Register */ - tmpreg = QUADSPI->CR ; - /* Clear FIFO Threshold Bits */ - tmpreg &= QSPI_CR_CLEAR_FIFOTHRESHOLD_MASK ; - /* Set FIFO Threshold Bits */ - tmpreg |= (QSPI_FIFOThreshold << 8); - /* Write the CR Register */ - QUADSPI->CR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets number of Bytes to be transferred - * @param QSPI_DataLength: Number of data to be retrieved (value+1) - * in indirect and status-polling modes. A value no greater than 3 - * (indicating 4 bytes) should be used for status-polling mode. - * All 1s in indirect mode means undefined length, where QSPI will - * continue until the end of memory, as defined by FSIZE - * This parameter can be any value of between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF - * 0x0000_0000: 1 byte is to be transferred - * 0x0000_0001: 2 bytes are to be transferred - * 0x0000_0002: 3 bytes are to be transferred - * 0x0000_0003: 4 bytes are to be transferred - * ... - * 0xFFFF_FFFD: 4,294,967,294 (4G-2) bytes are to be transferred - * 0xFFFF_FFFE: 4,294,967,295 (4G-1) bytes are to be transferred - * 0xFFFF_FFFF: undefined length -- all bytes until the end of flash memory (as defined - * by FSIZE) are to be transferred - * @note This function is not used in Memory Mapped Mode. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_SetDataLength(uint32_t QSPI_DataLength) -{ - if (!(QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY)) - /* Device is not Busy */ - { - /* Write the DLR Register */ - QUADSPI->DLR = QSPI_DataLength; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables The Timeout Counter. - * @param NewState: new state of the Timeout Counter. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note This function is used only in Memory Mapped Mode. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_TimeoutCounterCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (!(QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY)) - /* Device is not Busy */ - { - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable Timeout Counter */ - QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_TCEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable Timeout Counter */ - QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_TCEN; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables Automatic Polling Mode Stop when a match occurs. - * @param NewState: new state of the Automatic Polling Mode Stop. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_AutoPollingModeStopCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (!(QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY)) - /* Device is not Busy */ - { - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable Automatic Polling Mode Stop */ - QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_APMS; - } - else - { - /* Disable Automatic Polling Mode Stop */ - QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_APMS; - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Abort the on-going command sequence. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_AbortRequest(void) -{ - /* Enable the ABORT request bit in CR */ - QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_ABORT; -} - -/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ - -/** - * @brief Transmits a 8bit Data through the QSPI peripheral. - * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_SendData8(uint8_t Data) -{ - uint32_t quadspibase = 0; - - quadspibase = (uint32_t)QUADSPI; - quadspibase += 0x20; - - *(__IO uint8_t *) quadspibase = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits a 16bit Data through the QSPI peripheral. - * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_SendData16(uint16_t Data) -{ - uint32_t quadspibase = 0; - - quadspibase = (uint32_t)QUADSPI; - quadspibase += 0x20; - - *(__IO uint16_t *) quadspibase = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits a 32bit Data through the QSPI peripheral. - * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_SendData32(uint32_t Data) -{ - QUADSPI->DR = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the most recent received 8bit data by the QSPI peripheral. - * @retval The value of the received data. - */ -uint8_t QSPI_ReceiveData8(void) -{ - uint32_t quadspibase = 0; - - quadspibase = (uint32_t)QUADSPI; - quadspibase += 0x20; - - return *(__IO uint8_t *) quadspibase; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the most recent received 16bit data by the QSPI peripheral. - * @retval The value of the received data. - */ -uint16_t QSPI_ReceiveData16(void) -{ - uint32_t quadspibase = 0; - - quadspibase = (uint32_t)QUADSPI; - quadspibase += 0x20; - - return *(__IO uint16_t *) quadspibase; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the most recent received 32bit data by the QSPI peripheral. - * @retval The value of the received data. - */ -uint32_t QSPI_ReceiveData32(void) -{ - return QUADSPI->DR; -} - -/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables DMA for Indirect Mode. - * @param NewState: new state of the Timeout Counter. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable DMA */ - QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable DMA */ - QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN; - } -} - -/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified QSPI interrupts. - * @param QSPI_IT: specifies the QSPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg QSPI_IT_TO: Timeout interrupt - * @arg QSPI_IT_SM: Status Match interrupt - * @arg QSPI_IT_FT: FIFO Threshold - * @arg QSPI_IT_TC: Transfer Complete - * @arg QSPI_IT_TE: Transfer Error - * @param NewState: new state of the specified QSPI interrupt. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_ITConfig(uint32_t QSPI_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_QSPI_IT(QSPI_IT)); - - /* Read the CR Register */ - tmpreg = QUADSPI->CR ; - - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected QSPI interrupt */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(QSPI_IT & QSPI_CR_INTERRUPT_MASK); - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected QSPI interrupt */ - tmpreg &= ~(uint32_t)(QSPI_IT & QSPI_CR_INTERRUPT_MASK); - } - /* Write the CR Register */ - QUADSPI->CR = tmpreg ; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the current QSPI FIFO filled level. - * @retval Number of valid bytes which are being held in the FIFO. - * 0x00 : FIFO is empty - * 0x1F : FIFO is full - */ -uint32_t QSPI_GetFIFOLevel(void) -{ - /* Get the QSPI FIFO level bits */ - return ((QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_FLEVEL)>> 8); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the QSPI functional mode. - * @param None - * @retval QSPI Functional Mode .The returned value can be one of the following: - * - 0x00000000: QSPI_FMode_Indirect_Write - * - 0x04000000: QSPI_FMode_Indirect_Read - * - 0x08000000: QSPI_FMode_AutoPolling - * - 0x0C000000: QSPI_FMode_MemoryMapped - */ -uint32_t QSPI_GetFMode(void) -{ - /* Return the QSPI_FMode */ - return (QUADSPI->CCR & QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE); -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified QSPI flag is set or not. - * @param QSPI_FLAG: specifies the QSPI flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TO: Timeout interrupt flag - * @arg QSPI_FLAG_SM: Status Match interrupt flag - * @arg QSPI_FLAG_FT: FIFO Threshold flag - * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TC: Transfer Complete flag - * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error flag - * @arg QSPI_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag - * @retval The new state of QSPI_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus QSPI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t QSPI_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_GET_FLAG(QSPI_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified QSPI flag */ - if (QUADSPI->SR & QSPI_FLAG) - { - /* QSPI_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* QSPI_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the QSPI_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the QSPI flag. - * @param QSPI_FLAG: specifies the QSPI flag to clear. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TO: Timeout interrupt flag - * @arg QSPI_FLAG_SM: Status Match interrupt flag - * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TC: Transfer Complete flag - * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error flag - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_ClearFlag(uint32_t QSPI_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(QSPI_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected QSPI flags */ - QUADSPI->FCR = QSPI_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified QSPI interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param QSPI_IT: specifies the QSPI interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg QSPI_IT_TO: Timeout interrupt - * @arg QSPI_IT_SM: Status Match interrupt - * @arg QSPI_IT_FT: FIFO Threshold - * @arg QSPI_IT_TC: Transfer Complete - * @arg QSPI_IT_TE: Transfer Error - * @retval The new state of QSPI_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus QSPI_GetITStatus(uint32_t QSPI_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - __IO uint32_t tmpcreg = 0, tmpsreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_IT(QSPI_IT)); - - /* Read the QUADSPI CR */ - tmpcreg = QUADSPI->CR; - tmpcreg &= (uint32_t)(QSPI_IT & QSPI_CR_INTERRUPT_MASK); - - /* Read the QUADSPI SR */ - tmpsreg = QUADSPI->SR; - tmpsreg &= (uint32_t)(QSPI_IT & QSPI_SR_INTERRUPT_MASK); - - /* Check the status of the specified QSPI interrupt */ - if((tmpcreg != RESET) && (tmpsreg != RESET)) - { - /* QSPI_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* QSPI_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the QSPI_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the QSPI's interrupt pending bits. - * @param QSPI_IT: specifies the QSPI pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg QSPI_IT_TO: Timeout interrupt - * @arg QSPI_IT_SM: Status Match interrupt - * @arg QSPI_IT_TC: Transfer Complete - * @arg QSPI_IT_TE: Transfer Error - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t QSPI_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLEAR_IT(QSPI_IT)); - - QUADSPI->FCR = (uint32_t)(QSPI_IT & QSPI_FSR_INTERRUPT_MASK); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables QSPI Dual Flash Mode. - * @param NewState: new state of the QSPI Dual Flash Mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void QSPI_DualFlashMode_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable QSPI Dual Flash Mode */ - QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_DFM; - } - else - { - /* Disable QSPI Dual Flash Mode */ - QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_DFM; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_qspi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (QSPI): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Indirect Data Read/Write functions + * + Memory Mapped Mode Data Read functions + * + Automatic Polling functions + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI,ENABLE); + function. + + (#) Enable CLK, BK1_IO0, BK1_IO1, BK1_IO2, BK1_IO3, BK1_NCS, BK2_IO0, + BK2_IO1, BK2_IO2, BK2_IO3 and BK2_NCS GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF. + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members. + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function. + + (#) Program the Flash Size, CS High Time, Sample Shift, Prescaler, Clock Mode + values using the QSPI_Init() function. + + (#) Enable QSPI using QSPI_Cmd() function. + + (#) Set QSPI Data Length using QSPI_SetDataLength() function. + + (#) Configure the FIFO threshold using QSPI_SetFIFOThreshold() to select + at which threshold the FTF event is generated. + + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + QSPI_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function. + (++) Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function. + + (#) Enable the SPI using the QSPI_DMACmd() function. + + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. + + @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_qspi.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup QSPI + * @brief QSPI driver modules + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define QSPI_CR_CLEAR_MASK 0x00FFFFCF +#define QSPI_DCR_CLEAR_MASK 0xFFE0F7FE +#define QSPI_CCR_CLEAR_MASK 0x90800000 +#define QSPI_PIR_CLEAR_MASK 0xFFFF0000 +#define QSPI_LPTR_CLEAR_MASK 0xFFFF0000 +#define QSPI_CCR_CLEAR_INSTRUCTION_MASK 0xFFFFFF00 +#define QSPI_CCR_CLEAR_DCY_MASK 0xFFC3FFFF +#define QSPI_CR_CLEAR_FIFOTHRESHOLD_MASK 0xFFFFF0FF +#define QSPI_CR_INTERRUPT_MASK 0x001F0000 +#define QSPI_SR_INTERRUPT_MASK 0x0000001F +#define QSPI_FSR_INTERRUPT_MASK 0x0000001B +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ + +/** @defgroup _Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup _Group1 Function Group1 Name + * @brief Function group1 name description (copied from the header file) + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### < Function group1 name (copied from the header file) + Note: do not use "Peripheral" or "PPP" word in the function group name > ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] < OPTIONAL: + Add here the most important information to know about the IP features + covered by this group of function. + + For system IPs, this section contains how to use this group API. + > + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the QSPI peripheral registers to their default + * reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable QSPI reset state */ + RCC_AHB3PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI, ENABLE); + /* Release QSPI from reset state */ + RCC_AHB3PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each QSPI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param QSPI_InitStruct: pointer to a QSPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_StructInit(QSPI_InitTypeDef* QSPI_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------- Reset QSPI init structure parameters default values ------------*/ + /* Initialize the QSPI_SShift member */ + QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_SShift = QSPI_SShift_NoShift ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_Prescaler member */ + QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_Prescaler = 0 ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_CKMode member */ + QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CKMode = QSPI_CKMode_Mode0 ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_CSHTime member */ + QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CSHTime = QSPI_CSHTime_1Cycle ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_FSize member */ + QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSize = 0 ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_FSelect member */ + QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSelect = QSPI_FSelect_1 ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_DFlash member */ + QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_DFlash = QSPI_DFlash_Disable ; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct: pointer to a QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_ComConfig_StructInit(QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef* QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------- Reset QSPI ComConfig init structure parameters default values ------------*/ + +/* Set QSPI Communication configuration structure parameters default values */ + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode = QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode_Disable ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC = QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC_Disable ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode = QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode_Disable ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_FMode member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_FMode = QSPI_ComConfig_FMode_Indirect_Write ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_DMode member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DMode = QSPI_ComConfig_DMode_NoData ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_DummyCycles member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DummyCycles = 0 ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize = QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize_8bit ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode = QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode_NoAlternateByte ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize = QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize_8bit ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode = QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode_NoAddress ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_IMode member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_IMode = QSPI_ComConfig_IMode_NoInstruction ; + /* Initialize the QSPI_ComConfig_Ins member */ + QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_Ins = 0 ; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the QSPI peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the QSPI_InitStruct. + * @param QSPI_InitStruct: pointer to a QSPI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified QSPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_Init(QSPI_InitTypeDef* QSPI_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the QSPI parameters */ + assert_param(IS_QSPI_SSHIFT(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_SShift)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_PRESCALER(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_CKMODE(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CKMode)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_CSHTIME(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CSHTime)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_FSIZE(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSize)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_FSEL(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSelect)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_DFM(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_DFlash)); + + /*------------------------ QSPI CR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the QUADSPI CR1 value */ + tmpreg = QUADSPI->CR; + /* Clear PRESCALER and SSHIFT bits */ + tmpreg &= QSPI_CR_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure QUADSPI: Prescaler and Sample Shift */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_Prescaler)<<24) + |(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_SShift) + |(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSelect) + |(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_DFlash)); + /* Write to QUADSPI CR */ + QUADSPI->CR = tmpreg; + + /*------------------------ QUADSPI DCR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the QUADSPI DCR value */ + tmpreg = QUADSPI->DCR; + /* Clear FSIZE, CSHT and CKMODE bits */ + tmpreg &= QSPI_DCR_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure QSPI: Flash Size, Chip Select High Time and Clock Mode */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_FSize)<<16) + |(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CSHTime) + |(QSPI_InitStruct->QSPI_CKMode)); + /* Write to QSPI DCR */ + QUADSPI->DCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the QSPI CCR according to the specified + * parameters in the QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct. + * @param QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct: pointer to a QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the communication configuration informations about QSPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_ComConfig_Init(QSPI_ComConfig_InitTypeDef* QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the QSPI Communication Control parameters */ + assert_param(IS_QSPI_FMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_FMode)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOOMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_DMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DMode)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_DCY (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DummyCycles)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_ABSIZE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_ABMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADSIZE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_IMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_IMode)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_Ins)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDRMODE (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_DHHC (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC)); + + /*------------------------ QUADSPI CCR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the QUADSPI CCR value */ + tmpreg = QUADSPI->CCR; + /* Clear FMODE Mode bits */ + tmpreg &= QSPI_CCR_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure QUADSPI: CCR Configuration */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)( (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_FMode) + | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DDRMode) + | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DHHC) + | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_SIOOMode) + | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DMode) + | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABSize) + | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ABMode) + | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADSize) + | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_ADMode) + | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_IMode) + | (QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_Ins) + |((QSPI_ComConfig_InitStruct->QSPI_ComConfig_DummyCycles)<<18)); + /* Write to QUADSPI DCR */ + QUADSPI->CCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables QSPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the QSPI peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable QSPI peripheral */ + QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable QSPI peripheral */ + QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_EN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode. + * @param QSPI_Match: Value to be compared with the masked status register to get a match. + * This parameter can be any value between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF. + * @param QSPI_Mask: Mask to be applied to the status bytes received in polling mode.. + * This parameter can be any value between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF. + * @param QSPI_Match_Mode: indicates which method should be used for determining a “match” during + * automatic polling mode. + * This parameter can be any value of : + * @arg QSPI_PMM_AND: AND match mode- SMF is set if all the unmasked bits received from the flash match + * the corresponding bits in the match register + * @arg QSPI_PMM_OR: OR match mode- SMF is set if any one of the unmasked bits received from the flash + matches its corresponding bit in the match register. + * @note This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_AutoPollingMode_Config(uint32_t QSPI_Match, uint32_t QSPI_Mask , uint32_t QSPI_Match_Mode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_QSPI_PMM(QSPI_Match_Mode)); + + if ((QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY) == RESET) + /* Device is not Busy */ + { + /* Set the Match Register */ + QUADSPI->PSMAR = QSPI_Match ; + + /* Set the Mask Register */ + QUADSPI->PSMKR = QSPI_Mask ; + + /* Set the Polling Match Mode */ + if(QSPI_Match_Mode) + /* OR Match Mode */ + { + /* Set the PMM bit */ + QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_PMM; + } + else + /* AND Match Mode */ + { + /* Reset the PMM bit */ + QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_PMM; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the number of CLK cycle between two read during automatic polling phases. + * @param QSPI_Interval: The number of CLK cycle between two read during automatic polling phases. + * This parameter can be any value of between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF + * @note This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_AutoPollingMode_SetInterval(uint32_t QSPI_Interval) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_QSPI_PIR(QSPI_Interval)); + + if ((QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY) == RESET) + /* Device is not Busy */ + { + /* Read the PIR Register */ + tmpreg = QUADSPI->PIR ; + /* Clear Polling interval Bits */ + tmpreg &= QSPI_PIR_CLEAR_MASK ; + /* Set the QSPI Polling Interval Bits */ + tmpreg |= QSPI_Interval; + /* Write the PIR Register */ + QUADSPI->PIR = tmpreg; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the value of the Timeout in Memory Mapped mode + * @param QSPI_Timeout: This field indicates how many CLK cycles QSPI waits after the + * FIFO becomes full until it raises nCS, putting the flash memory + * in a lowerconsumption state. + * This parameter can be any value of between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF + * @note This function is used only in Memory Mapped Mode + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_MemoryMappedMode_SetTimeout(uint32_t QSPI_Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT(QSPI_Timeout)); + + if ((QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY) == RESET) + /* Device is not Busy */ + { + /* Read the LPTR Register */ + tmpreg = QUADSPI->LPTR ; + /* Clear Timeout Bits */ + tmpreg &= QSPI_LPTR_CLEAR_MASK ; + /* Set Timeout Bits */ + tmpreg |= QSPI_Timeout; + /* Write the LPTR Register */ + QUADSPI->LPTR = tmpreg; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the value of the Address + * @param QSPI_Address: Address to be send to the external flash memory. + * This parameter can be any value of between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF + * @note This function is used only in Indirect Mode + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_SetAddress(uint32_t QSPI_Address) +{ + if((QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY) == RESET) + /* Device is not Busy */ + { + /* Write the AR Register */ + QUADSPI->AR = QSPI_Address; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the value of the Alternate Bytes + * @param QSPI_AlternateByte: Optional data to be send to the external QSPI device right after the address. + * This parameter can be any value of between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF + * @note This function is used only in Indirect Mode + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_SetAlternateByte(uint32_t QSPI_AlternateByte) +{ + if((QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY) == RESET) + /* Device is not Busy */ + { + /* Write the ABR Register */ + QUADSPI->ABR = QSPI_AlternateByte; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the FIFO Threshold + * @param QSPI_FIFOThres: Defines, in indirect mode, the threshold number + * of bytes in the FIFO which will cause the FIFO Threshold Flag + * FTF to be set. + * This parameter can be any value of between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_SetFIFOThreshold(uint32_t QSPI_FIFOThreshold) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_QSPI_FIFOTHRESHOLD(QSPI_FIFOThreshold)); + + /* Read the CR Register */ + tmpreg = QUADSPI->CR ; + /* Clear FIFO Threshold Bits */ + tmpreg &= QSPI_CR_CLEAR_FIFOTHRESHOLD_MASK ; + /* Set FIFO Threshold Bits */ + tmpreg |= (QSPI_FIFOThreshold << 8); + /* Write the CR Register */ + QUADSPI->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets number of Bytes to be transferred + * @param QSPI_DataLength: Number of data to be retrieved (value+1) + * in indirect and status-polling modes. A value no greater than 3 + * (indicating 4 bytes) should be used for status-polling mode. + * All 1s in indirect mode means undefined length, where QSPI will + * continue until the end of memory, as defined by FSIZE + * This parameter can be any value of between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF + * 0x0000_0000: 1 byte is to be transferred + * 0x0000_0001: 2 bytes are to be transferred + * 0x0000_0002: 3 bytes are to be transferred + * 0x0000_0003: 4 bytes are to be transferred + * ... + * 0xFFFF_FFFD: 4,294,967,294 (4G-2) bytes are to be transferred + * 0xFFFF_FFFE: 4,294,967,295 (4G-1) bytes are to be transferred + * 0xFFFF_FFFF: undefined length -- all bytes until the end of flash memory (as defined + * by FSIZE) are to be transferred + * @note This function is not used in Memory Mapped Mode. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_SetDataLength(uint32_t QSPI_DataLength) +{ + if ((QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY) == RESET) + /* Device is not Busy */ + { + /* Write the DLR Register */ + QUADSPI->DLR = QSPI_DataLength; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables The Timeout Counter. + * @param NewState: new state of the Timeout Counter. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function is used only in Memory Mapped Mode. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_TimeoutCounterCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if ((QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY) == RESET) + /* Device is not Busy */ + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Timeout Counter */ + QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_TCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable Timeout Counter */ + QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_TCEN; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables Automatic Polling Mode Stop when a match occurs. + * @param NewState: new state of the Automatic Polling Mode Stop. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_AutoPollingModeStopCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if ((QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_BUSY) == RESET) + /* Device is not Busy */ + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Automatic Polling Mode Stop */ + QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_APMS; + } + else + { + /* Disable Automatic Polling Mode Stop */ + QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_APMS; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the on-going command sequence. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_AbortRequest(void) +{ + /* Enable the ABORT request bit in CR */ + QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_ABORT; +} + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ + +/** + * @brief Transmits a 8bit Data through the QSPI peripheral. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_SendData8(uint8_t Data) +{ + uint32_t quadspibase = 0; + + quadspibase = (uint32_t)QUADSPI; + quadspibase += 0x20; + + *(__IO uint8_t *) quadspibase = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits a 16bit Data through the QSPI peripheral. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_SendData16(uint16_t Data) +{ + uint32_t quadspibase = 0; + + quadspibase = (uint32_t)QUADSPI; + quadspibase += 0x20; + + *(__IO uint16_t *) quadspibase = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits a 32bit Data through the QSPI peripheral. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_SendData32(uint32_t Data) +{ + QUADSPI->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received 8bit data by the QSPI peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t QSPI_ReceiveData8(void) +{ + uint32_t quadspibase = 0; + + quadspibase = (uint32_t)QUADSPI; + quadspibase += 0x20; + + return *(__IO uint8_t *) quadspibase; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received 16bit data by the QSPI peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint16_t QSPI_ReceiveData16(void) +{ + uint32_t quadspibase = 0; + + quadspibase = (uint32_t)QUADSPI; + quadspibase += 0x20; + + return *(__IO uint16_t *) quadspibase; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received 32bit data by the QSPI peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint32_t QSPI_ReceiveData32(void) +{ + return QUADSPI->DR; +} + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables DMA for Indirect Mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the Timeout Counter. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable DMA */ + QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable DMA */ + QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN; + } +} + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified QSPI interrupts. + * @param QSPI_IT: specifies the QSPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg QSPI_IT_TO: Timeout interrupt + * @arg QSPI_IT_SM: Status Match interrupt + * @arg QSPI_IT_FT: FIFO Threshold + * @arg QSPI_IT_TC: Transfer Complete + * @arg QSPI_IT_TE: Transfer Error + * @param NewState: new state of the specified QSPI interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_ITConfig(uint32_t QSPI_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_QSPI_IT(QSPI_IT)); + + /* Read the CR Register */ + tmpreg = QUADSPI->CR ; + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected QSPI interrupt */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(QSPI_IT & QSPI_CR_INTERRUPT_MASK); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected QSPI interrupt */ + tmpreg &= ~(uint32_t)(QSPI_IT & QSPI_CR_INTERRUPT_MASK); + } + /* Write the CR Register */ + QUADSPI->CR = tmpreg ; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current QSPI FIFO filled level. + * @retval Number of valid bytes which are being held in the FIFO. + * 0x00 : FIFO is empty + * 0x1F : FIFO is full + */ +uint32_t QSPI_GetFIFOLevel(void) +{ + /* Get the QSPI FIFO level bits */ + return ((QUADSPI->SR & QUADSPI_SR_FLEVEL)>> 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the QSPI functional mode. + * @param None + * @retval QSPI Functional Mode .The returned value can be one of the following: + * - 0x00000000: QSPI_FMode_Indirect_Write + * - 0x04000000: QSPI_FMode_Indirect_Read + * - 0x08000000: QSPI_FMode_AutoPolling + * - 0x0C000000: QSPI_FMode_MemoryMapped + */ +uint32_t QSPI_GetFMode(void) +{ + /* Return the QSPI_FMode */ + return (QUADSPI->CCR & QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified QSPI flag is set or not. + * @param QSPI_FLAG: specifies the QSPI flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TO: Timeout interrupt flag + * @arg QSPI_FLAG_SM: Status Match interrupt flag + * @arg QSPI_FLAG_FT: FIFO Threshold flag + * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TC: Transfer Complete flag + * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error flag + * @arg QSPI_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag + * @retval The new state of QSPI_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus QSPI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t QSPI_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_QSPI_GET_FLAG(QSPI_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified QSPI flag */ + if((QUADSPI->SR & QSPI_FLAG) != RESET) + { + /* QSPI_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* QSPI_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the QSPI_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the QSPI flag. + * @param QSPI_FLAG: specifies the QSPI flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TO: Timeout interrupt flag + * @arg QSPI_FLAG_SM: Status Match interrupt flag + * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TC: Transfer Complete flag + * @arg QSPI_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error flag + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_ClearFlag(uint32_t QSPI_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(QSPI_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected QSPI flags */ + QUADSPI->FCR = QSPI_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified QSPI interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param QSPI_IT: specifies the QSPI interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg QSPI_IT_TO: Timeout interrupt + * @arg QSPI_IT_SM: Status Match interrupt + * @arg QSPI_IT_FT: FIFO Threshold + * @arg QSPI_IT_TC: Transfer Complete + * @arg QSPI_IT_TE: Transfer Error + * @retval The new state of QSPI_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus QSPI_GetITStatus(uint32_t QSPI_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpcreg = 0, tmpsreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_QSPI_IT(QSPI_IT)); + + /* Read the QUADSPI CR */ + tmpcreg = QUADSPI->CR; + tmpcreg &= (uint32_t)(QSPI_IT & QSPI_CR_INTERRUPT_MASK); + + /* Read the QUADSPI SR */ + tmpsreg = QUADSPI->SR; + tmpsreg &= (uint32_t)(QSPI_IT & QSPI_SR_INTERRUPT_MASK); + + /* Check the status of the specified QSPI interrupt */ + if((tmpcreg != RESET) && (tmpsreg != RESET)) + { + /* QSPI_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* QSPI_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the QSPI_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the QSPI's interrupt pending bits. + * @param QSPI_IT: specifies the QSPI pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg QSPI_IT_TO: Timeout interrupt + * @arg QSPI_IT_SM: Status Match interrupt + * @arg QSPI_IT_TC: Transfer Complete + * @arg QSPI_IT_TE: Transfer Error + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t QSPI_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLEAR_IT(QSPI_IT)); + + QUADSPI->FCR = (uint32_t)(QSPI_IT & QSPI_FSR_INTERRUPT_MASK); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables QSPI Dual Flash Mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the QSPI Dual Flash Mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void QSPI_DualFlashMode_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable QSPI Dual Flash Mode */ + QUADSPI->CR |= QUADSPI_CR_DFM; + } + else + { + /* Disable QSPI Dual Flash Mode */ + QUADSPI->CR &= ~ QUADSPI_CR_DFM; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rcc.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rcc.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 1b78602966..7f636e91e6 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rcc.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rcc.c @@ -1,2744 +1,3184 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_rcc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Reset and clock control (RCC) peripheral: - * + Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration - * + System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration - * + Peripheral clocks configuration - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### RCC specific features ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator - (HSI 16MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer, D-Cache - and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal - SRAM, Flash and JTAG. - (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses; - all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at HSI speed. - (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. - (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which - are assigned to be used for debug purpose. - [..] - Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: - (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock - (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) - (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings - (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers - (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used - (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not - derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDIO/RNG) - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC - * @brief RCC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ -#define RCC_OFFSET (RCC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) -/* --- CR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of HSION bit */ -#define CR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x00) -#define HSION_BitNumber 0x00 -#define CR_HSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (HSION_BitNumber * 4)) -/* Alias word address of CSSON bit */ -#define CSSON_BitNumber 0x13 -#define CR_CSSON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CSSON_BitNumber * 4)) -/* Alias word address of PLLON bit */ -#define PLLON_BitNumber 0x18 -#define CR_PLLON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLON_BitNumber * 4)) -/* Alias word address of PLLI2SON bit */ -#define PLLI2SON_BitNumber 0x1A -#define CR_PLLI2SON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLI2SON_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of PLLSAION bit */ -#define PLLSAION_BitNumber 0x1C -#define CR_PLLSAION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLSAION_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- CFGR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of I2SSRC bit */ -#define CFGR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x08) -#define I2SSRC_BitNumber 0x17 -#define CFGR_I2SSRC_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (I2SSRC_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- BDCR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of RTCEN bit */ -#define BDCR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x70) -#define RTCEN_BitNumber 0x0F -#define BDCR_RTCEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCEN_BitNumber * 4)) -/* Alias word address of BDRST bit */ -#define BDRST_BitNumber 0x10 -#define BDCR_BDRST_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (BDRST_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- CSR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of LSION bit */ -#define CSR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x74) -#define LSION_BitNumber 0x00 -#define CSR_LSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSION_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- DCKCFGR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of TIMPRE bit */ -#define DCKCFGR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x8C) -#define TIMPRE_BitNumber 0x18 -#define DCKCFGR_TIMPRE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCKCFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (TIMPRE_BitNumber * 4)) -/* ---------------------- RCC registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -/* CFGR register bit mask */ -#define CFGR_MCO2_RESET_MASK ((uint32_t)0x07FFFFFF) -#define CFGR_MCO1_RESET_MASK ((uint32_t)0xF89FFFFF) - -/* RCC Flag Mask */ -#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x1F) - -/* CR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ -#define CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023802) - -/* CIR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */ -#define CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)(RCC_BASE + 0x0C + 0x01)) - -/* CIR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ -#define CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)(RCC_BASE + 0x0C + 0x02)) - -/* BDCR register base address */ -#define BDCR_ADDRESS (PERIPH_BASE + BDCR_OFFSET) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -static __I uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Group1 Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions - * @brief Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =================================================================================== - ##### Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions ##### - =================================================================================== - [..] - This section provide functions allowing to configure the internal/external clocks, - PLLs, CSS and MCO pins. - - (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through - the PLL as System clock source. - - (#) LSI (low-speed internal), 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC - clock source. - - (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 26 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or - through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. - - (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. - - (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring two different output clocks: - (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 168 MHz) - (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz), - the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDIO (<= 48 MHz). - - (#) PLLI2S (clocked by HSI or HSE), used to generate an accurate clock to achieve - high-quality audio performance on the I2S interface or SAI interface in case - of STM32F429x/439x devices. - - (#) PLLSAI clocked by (HSI or HSE), used to generate an accurate clock to SAI - interface and LCD TFT controller available only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - - (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable and if a HSE clock failure occurs - (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock - is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled. - The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) - exception vector. - - (#) MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSI, LSE, HSE or PLL - clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin. - - (#) MCO2 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSE, PLL, SYSCLK or PLLI2S - clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PC9 pin. - @endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. - * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: - * - HSI ON and used as system clock source - * - HSE, PLL and PLLI2S OFF - * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. - * - CSS, MCO1 and MCO2 OFF - * - All interrupts disabled - * @note This function doesn't modify the configuration of the - * - Peripheral clocks - * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Set HSION bit */ - RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001; - - /* Reset CFGR register */ - RCC->CFGR = 0x00000000; - - /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON, PLLI2S and PLLSAI(STM32F42/43xxx devices) bits */ - RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xEAF6FFFF; - - /* Reset PLLCFGR register */ - RCC->PLLCFGR = 0x24003010; - - /* Reset PLLI2SCFGR register */ - RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = 0x20003000; - - /* Reset PLLSAICFGR register, only available for STM32F42/43xxx devices */ - RCC->PLLSAICFGR = 0x24003000; - - /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ - RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF; - - /* Disable all interrupts */ - RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; - - /* Disable Timers clock prescalers selection, only available for STM32F42/43xxx devices */ - RCC->DCKCFGR = 0x00000000; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the External High Speed oscillator (HSE). - * @note After enabling the HSE (RCC_HSE_ON or RCC_HSE_Bypass), the application - * software should wait on HSERDY flag to be set indicating that HSE clock - * is stable and can be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. - * @note HSE state can not be changed if it is used directly or through the - * PLL as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source - * of the system clock then change the HSE state (ex. disable it). - * @note The HSE is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. - * @note This function reset the CSSON bit, so if the Clock security system(CSS) - * was previously enabled you have to enable it again after calling this - * function. - * @param RCC_HSE: specifies the new state of the HSE. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_HSE_OFF: turn OFF the HSE oscillator, HSERDY flag goes low after - * 6 HSE oscillator clock cycles. - * @arg RCC_HSE_ON: turn ON the HSE oscillator - * @arg RCC_HSE_Bypass: HSE oscillator bypassed with external clock - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_HSE)); - - /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE ------------------*/ - *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE_OFF; - - /* Set the new HSE configuration -------------------------------------------*/ - *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE; -} - -/** - * @brief Waits for HSE start-up. - * @note This functions waits on HSERDY flag to be set and return SUCCESS if - * this flag is set, otherwise returns ERROR if the timeout is reached - * and this flag is not set. The timeout value is defined by the constant - * HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT in stm32f4xx.h file. You can tailor it depending - * on the HSE crystal used in your application. - * @param None - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: HSE oscillator is stable and ready to use - * - ERROR: HSE oscillator not yet ready - */ -ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void) -{ - __IO uint32_t startupcounter = 0; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - FlagStatus hsestatus = RESET; - /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */ - do - { - hsestatus = RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY); - startupcounter++; - } while((startupcounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) && (hsestatus == RESET)); - - if (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - else - { - status = ERROR; - } - return (status); -} - -/** - * @brief Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value. - * @note The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage - * and temperature that influence the frequency of the internal HSI RC. - * @param HSICalibrationValue: specifies the calibration trimming value. - * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(HSICalibrationValue)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CR; - - /* Clear HSITRIM[4:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~RCC_CR_HSITRIM; - - /* Set the HSITRIM[4:0] bits according to HSICalibrationValue value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)HSICalibrationValue << 3; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). - * @note The HSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. - * It is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after startup - * from Reset, wakeup from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case of failure - * of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock (if the Clock - * Security System CSS is enabled). - * @note HSI can not be stopped if it is used as system clock source. In this case, - * you have to select another source of the system clock then stop the HSI. - * @note After enabling the HSI, the application software should wait on HSIRDY - * flag to be set indicating that HSI clock is stable and can be used as - * system clock source. - * @param NewState: new state of the HSI. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note When the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag goes low after 6 HSI oscillator - * clock cycles. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_HSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE). - * @note As the LSE is in the Backup domain and write access is denied to - * this domain after reset, you have to enable write access using - * PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure the LSE - * (to be done once after reset). - * @note After enabling the LSE (RCC_LSE_ON or RCC_LSE_Bypass), the application - * software should wait on LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE clock - * is stable and can be used to clock the RTC. - * @param RCC_LSE: specifies the new state of the LSE. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_LSE_OFF: turn OFF the LSE oscillator, LSERDY flag goes low after - * 6 LSE oscillator clock cycles. - * @arg RCC_LSE_ON: turn ON the LSE oscillator - * @arg RCC_LSE_Bypass: LSE oscillator bypassed with external clock - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_LSE)); - - /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ------------------*/ - /* Reset LSEON bit */ - *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF; - - /* Reset LSEBYP bit */ - *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF; - - /* Configure LSE (RCC_LSE_OFF is already covered by the code section above) */ - switch (RCC_LSE) - { - case RCC_LSE_ON: - /* Set LSEON bit */ - *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_ON; - break; - case RCC_LSE_Bypass: - /* Set LSEBYP and LSEON bits */ - *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_Bypass | RCC_LSE_ON; - break; - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). - * @note After enabling the LSI, the application software should wait on - * LSIRDY flag to be set indicating that LSI clock is stable and can - * be used to clock the IWDG and/or the RTC. - * @note LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running. - * @param NewState: new state of the LSI. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @note When the LSI is stopped, LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI oscillator - * clock cycles. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Configures the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. - * @note This function must be used only when the main PLL is disabled. - * - * @param RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry - * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry - * @note This clock source (RCC_PLLSource) is common for the main PLL and PLLI2S. - * - * @param PLLM: specifies the division factor for PLL VCO input clock - * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 63. - * @note You have to set the PLLM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input - * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency - * of 2 MHz to limit PLL jitter. - * - * @param PLLN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLL VCO output clock - * This parameter must be a number between 192 and 432. - * @note You have to set the PLLN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO - * output frequency is between 192 and 432 MHz. - * - * @param PLLP: specifies the division factor for main system clock (SYSCLK) - * This parameter must be a number in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}. - * @note You have to set the PLLP parameter correctly to not exceed 168 MHz on - * the System clock frequency. - * - * @param PLLQ: specifies the division factor for OTG FS, SDIO and RNG clocks - * This parameter must be a number between 4 and 15. - * - * @param PLLR: specifies the division factor for I2S, SAI, SYSTEM, SPDIF in STM32F446xx devices - * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. - * - * @note If the USB OTG FS is used in your application, you have to set the - * PLLQ parameter correctly to have 48 MHz clock for the USB. However, - * the SDIO and RNG need a frequency lower than or equal to 48 MHz to work - * correctly. - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP, uint32_t PLLQ, uint32_t PLLR) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(PLLM)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(PLLN)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(PLLP)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(PLLQ)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLR_VALUE(PLLR)); - - RCC->PLLCFGR = PLLM | (PLLN << 6) | (((PLLP >> 1) -1) << 16) | (RCC_PLLSource) | - (PLLQ << 24) | (PLLR << 28); -} -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -/** - * @brief Configures the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. - * @note This function must be used only when the main PLL is disabled. - * - * @param RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry - * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry - * @note This clock source (RCC_PLLSource) is common for the main PLL and PLLI2S. - * - * @param PLLM: specifies the division factor for PLL VCO input clock - * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 63. - * @note You have to set the PLLM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input - * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency - * of 2 MHz to limit PLL jitter. - * - * @param PLLN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLL VCO output clock - * This parameter must be a number between 192 and 432. - * @note You have to set the PLLN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO - * output frequency is between 192 and 432 MHz. - * - * @param PLLP: specifies the division factor for main system clock (SYSCLK) - * This parameter must be a number in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}. - * @note You have to set the PLLP parameter correctly to not exceed 168 MHz on - * the System clock frequency. - * - * @param PLLQ: specifies the division factor for OTG FS, SDIO and RNG clocks - * This parameter must be a number between 4 and 15. - * @note If the USB OTG FS is used in your application, you have to set the - * PLLQ parameter correctly to have 48 MHz clock for the USB. However, - * the SDIO and RNG need a frequency lower than or equal to 48 MHz to work - * correctly. - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP, uint32_t PLLQ) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(PLLM)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(PLLN)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(PLLP)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(PLLQ)); - - RCC->PLLCFGR = PLLM | (PLLN << 6) | (((PLLP >> 1) -1) << 16) | (RCC_PLLSource) | - (PLLQ << 24); -} -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the main PLL. - * @note After enabling the main PLL, the application software should wait on - * PLLRDY flag to be set indicating that PLL clock is stable and can - * be used as system clock source. - * @note The main PLL can not be disabled if it is used as system clock source - * @note The main PLL is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. - * @param NewState: new state of the main PLL. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F401xx) -/** - * @brief Configures the PLLI2S clock multiplication and division factors. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F405xx/407xx, STM32F415xx/417xx - * or STM32F401xx devices. - * - * @note This function must be used only when the PLLI2S is disabled. - * @note PLLI2S clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in - * RCC_PLLConfig function ) - * - * @param PLLI2SN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock - * This parameter must be a number between 192 and 432. - * @note You have to set the PLLI2SN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO - * output frequency is between 192 and 432 MHz. - * - * @param PLLI2SR: specifies the division factor for I2S clock - * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. - * @note You have to set the PLLI2SR parameter correctly to not exceed 192 MHz - * on the I2S clock frequency. - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SR) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PLLI2SN)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PLLI2SR)); - - RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = (PLLI2SN << 6) | (PLLI2SR << 28); -} -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F411xE) -/** - * @brief Configures the PLLI2S clock multiplication and division factors. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F411xE devices. - * - * @note This function must be used only when the PLLI2S is disabled. - * @note PLLI2S clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in - * RCC_PLLConfig function ) - * - * @param PLLI2SM: specifies the division factor for PLLI2S VCO input clock - * This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and Max_Data = 63. - * @note You have to set the PLLI2SM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input - * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency - * of 2 MHz to limit PLLI2S jitter. - * - * @param PLLI2SN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock - * This parameter must be a number between 192 and 432. - * @note You have to set the PLLI2SN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO - * output frequency is between 192 and 432 MHz. - * - * @param PLLI2SR: specifies the division factor for I2S clock - * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. - * @note You have to set the PLLI2SR parameter correctly to not exceed 192 MHz - * on the I2S clock frequency. - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SR, uint32_t PLLI2SM) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PLLI2SN)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SM_VALUE(PLLI2SM)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PLLI2SR)); - - RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = (PLLI2SN << 6) | (PLLI2SR << 28) | PLLI2SM; -} -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) -/** - * @brief Configures the PLLI2S clock multiplication and division factors. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices - * - * @note This function must be used only when the PLLI2S is disabled. - * @note PLLI2S clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in - * RCC_PLLConfig function ) - * - * @param PLLI2SN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock - * This parameter must be a number between 192 and 432. - * @note You have to set the PLLI2SN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO - * output frequency is between 192 and 432 MHz. - * - * @param PLLI2SQ: specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock - * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 15. - * - * @param PLLI2SR: specifies the division factor for I2S clock - * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. - * @note You have to set the PLLI2SR parameter correctly to not exceed 192 MHz - * on the I2S clock frequency. - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SQ, uint32_t PLLI2SR) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PLLI2SN)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PLLI2SQ)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PLLI2SR)); - - RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = (PLLI2SN << 6) | (PLLI2SQ << 24) | (PLLI2SR << 28); -} -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Configures the PLLI2S clock multiplication and division factors. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F446xx devices - * - * @note This function must be used only when the PLLI2S is disabled. - * @note PLLI2S clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in - * RCC_PLLConfig function ) - * - * @param PLLI2SM: specifies the division factor for PLLI2S VCO input clock - * This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and Max_Data = 63. - * @note You have to set the PLLI2SM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input - * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency - * of 2 MHz to limit PLLI2S jitter. - * - * @param PLLI2SN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock - * This parameter must be a number between 192 and 432. - * @note You have to set the PLLI2SN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO - * output frequency is between 192 and 432 MHz. - * - * @param PLLI2SP: specifies the division factor for PLL 48Mhz clock output - * This parameter must be a number in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}. - * - * @param PLLI2SQ: specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock - * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 15. - * - * @param PLLI2SR: specifies the division factor for I2S clock - * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. - * @note You have to set the PLLI2SR parameter correctly to not exceed 192 MHz - * on the I2S clock frequency. - * @note the PLLI2SR parameter is only available with STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SM, uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SP, uint32_t PLLI2SQ, uint32_t PLLI2SR) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SM_VALUE(PLLI2SM)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PLLI2SN)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(PLLI2SP)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PLLI2SQ)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PLLI2SR)); - - RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = PLLI2SM | (PLLI2SN << 6) | (((PLLI2SP >> 1) -1) << 16) | (PLLI2SQ << 24) | (PLLI2SR << 28); -} -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the PLLI2S. - * @note The PLLI2S is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. - * @param NewState: new state of the PLLI2S. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLI2SCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLI2SON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Configures the PLLSAI clock multiplication and division factors. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F446xx devices - * - * @note This function must be used only when the PLLSAI is disabled. - * @note PLLSAI clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in - * RCC_PLLConfig function ) - * - * @param PLLSAIM: specifies the division factor for PLLSAI VCO input clock - * This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and Max_Data = 63. - * @note You have to set the PLLSAIM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input - * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency - * of 2 MHz to limit PLLSAI jitter. - * - * @param PLLSAIN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLSAI VCO output clock - * This parameter must be a number between 192 and 432. - * @note You have to set the PLLSAIN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO - * output frequency is between 192 and 432 MHz. - * - * @param PLLSAIP: specifies the division factor for PLL 48Mhz clock output - * This parameter must be a number in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}. - * - * @param PLLSAIQ: specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock - * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 15. - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLSAIConfig(uint32_t PLLSAIM, uint32_t PLLSAIN, uint32_t PLLSAIP, uint32_t PLLSAIQ) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIM_VALUE(PLLSAIM)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PLLSAIN)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIP_VALUE(PLLSAIP)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PLLSAIQ)); - - RCC->PLLSAICFGR = PLLSAIM | (PLLSAIN << 6) | (((PLLSAIP >> 1) -1) << 16) | (PLLSAIQ << 24); -} -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -/** - * @brief Configures the PLLSAI clock multiplication and division factors. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices - * - * @note This function must be used only when the PLLSAI is disabled. - * @note PLLSAI clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in - * RCC_PLLConfig function ) - * - * @param PLLSAIN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLSAI VCO output clock - * This parameter must be a number between 192 and 432. - * @note You have to set the PLLSAIN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO - * output frequency is between 192 and 432 MHz. - * - * @param PLLSAIQ: specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock - * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 15. - * - * @param PLLSAIR: specifies the division factor for LTDC clock - * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLSAIConfig(uint32_t PLLSAIN, uint32_t PLLSAIQ, uint32_t PLLSAIR) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PLLSAIN)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIR_VALUE(PLLSAIR)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PLLSAIQ)); - - RCC->PLLSAICFGR = (PLLSAIN << 6) | (PLLSAIQ << 24) | (PLLSAIR << 28); -} -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the PLLSAI. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices - * - * @note The PLLSAI is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. - * @param NewState: new state of the PLLSAI. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PLLSAICmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLSAION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Clock Security System. - * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator - * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the - * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), - * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to - * the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. - * @param NewState: new state of the Clock Security System. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). - * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode. - * @param RCC_MCO1Source: specifies the clock source to output. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_HSI: HSI clock selected as MCO1 source - * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_LSE: LSE clock selected as MCO1 source - * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO1 source - * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO1 source - * @param RCC_MCO1Div: specifies the MCO1 prescaler. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_1: no division applied to MCO1 clock - * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_2: division by 2 applied to MCO1 clock - * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_3: division by 3 applied to MCO1 clock - * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_4: division by 4 applied to MCO1 clock - * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_5: division by 5 applied to MCO1 clock - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_MCO1Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO1Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO1Div) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCO1Source)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1DIV(RCC_MCO1Div)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear MCO1[1:0] and MCO1PRE[2:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= CFGR_MCO1_RESET_MASK; - - /* Select MCO1 clock source and prescaler */ - tmpreg |= RCC_MCO1Source | RCC_MCO1Div; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO2 pin(PC9). - * @note PC9 should be configured in alternate function mode. - * @param RCC_MCO2Source: specifies the clock source to output. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_SYSCLK: System clock (SYSCLK) selected as MCO2 source - * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_PLLI2SCLK: PLLI2S clock selected as MCO2 source - * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO2 source - * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO2 source - * @param RCC_MCO2Div: specifies the MCO2 prescaler. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_1: no division applied to MCO2 clock - * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_2: division by 2 applied to MCO2 clock - * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_3: division by 3 applied to MCO2 clock - * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_4: division by 4 applied to MCO2 clock - * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_5: division by 5 applied to MCO2 clock - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_MCO2Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO2Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO2Div) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE(RCC_MCO2Source)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO2DIV(RCC_MCO2Div)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear MCO2 and MCO2PRE[2:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= CFGR_MCO2_RESET_MASK; - - /* Select MCO2 clock source and prescaler */ - tmpreg |= RCC_MCO2Source | RCC_MCO2Div; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Group2 System AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions - * @brief System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provide functions allowing to configure the System, AHB, APB1 and - APB2 busses clocks. - - (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, - HSE and PLL. - The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable - prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped - on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived - from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock - the peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use - "RCC_GetClocksFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. - - -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: - (+@) I2S: the I2S clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or - from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin. - You have to use RCC_I2SCLKConfig() function to configure this clock. - (+@) RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock - divided by 2 to 31. You have to use RCC_RTCCLKConfig() and RCC_RTCCLKCmd() - functions to configure this clock. - (+@) USB OTG FS, SDIO and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz - to work correctly, while the SDIO require a frequency equal or lower than - to 48. This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLLQ divider. - (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. - - (#) For STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices, the maximum frequency - of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 168 MHz, PCLK2 84 MHz and PCLK1 42 MHz. Depending - on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should be adapted accordingly: - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | - | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| - | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | - | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |66 < HCLK <= 88 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |4WS(5CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 150|96 < HCLK <= 120|88 < HCLK <= 110 |80 < HCLK <= 100 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |5WS(6CPU cycle)|150< HCLK <= 168|120< HCLK <= 144|110 < HCLK <= 132|100 < HCLK <= 120| - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA |144< HCLK <= 168|132 < HCLK <= 154|120 < HCLK <= 140| - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA | NA |154 < HCLK <= 168|140 < HCLK <= 160| - +---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------+ - (#) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 180 MHz, - PCLK2 90 MHz and PCLK1 45 MHz. Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum - frequency should be adapted accordingly: - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | - | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| - | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | - | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |66 < HCLK <= 88 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |4WS(5CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 150|96 < HCLK <= 120|88 < HCLK <= 110 |80 < HCLK <= 100 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |5WS(6CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 180|120< HCLK <= 144|110 < HCLK <= 132|100 < HCLK <= 120| - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA |144< HCLK <= 168|132 < HCLK <= 154|120 < HCLK <= 140| - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA |168< HCLK <= 180|154 < HCLK <= 176|140 < HCLK <= 160| - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |8WS(9CPU cycle)| NA | NA |176 < HCLK <= 180|160 < HCLK <= 168| - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - (#) For STM32F401xx devices, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 84 MHz, - PCLK2 84 MHz and PCLK1 42 MHz. Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum - frequency should be adapted accordingly: - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | - | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| - | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | - | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 84 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |3WS(4CPU cycle)| NA |72 < HCLK <= 84 |66 < HCLK <= 84 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |4WS(5CPU cycle)| NA | NA | NA |80 < HCLK <= 84 | - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - (#) For STM32F411xE devices, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 100 MHz, - PCLK2 100 MHz and PCLK1 50 MHz. Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum - frequency should be adapted accordingly: - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | - | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| - | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | - | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 18 |0 < HCLK <= 16 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 64 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |18 < HCLK <= 36 |16 < HCLK <= 32 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |2WS(3CPU cycle)|64 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |36 < HCLK <= 54 |32 < HCLK <= 48 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 100|72 < HCLK <= 96 |54 < HCLK <= 72 |48 < HCLK <= 64 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |4WS(5CPU cycle)| NA |96 < HCLK <= 100|72 < HCLK <= 90 |64 < HCLK <= 80 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |5WS(6CPU cycle)| NA | NA |90 < HCLK <= 100 |80 < HCLK <= 96 | - |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| - |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA | NA | NA |96 < HCLK <= 100 | - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - -@- On STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices: - (++) when VOS = '0', the maximum value of fHCLK = 144MHz. - (++) when VOS = '1', the maximum value of fHCLK = 168MHz. - [..] - On STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices: - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01', the maximum value of fHCLK is 120MHz. - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10', the maximum value of fHCLK is 144MHz. - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x11', the maximum value of f is 168MHz - [..] - On STM32F401x devices: - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01', the maximum value of fHCLK is 64MHz. - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10', the maximum value of fHCLK is 84MHz. - On STM32F411xE devices: - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01' the maximum value of fHCLK is 64MHz. - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10' the maximum value of fHCLK is 84MHz. - (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x11' the maximum value of fHCLK is 100MHz. - - You can use PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() function to control VOS bits. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the system clock (SYSCLK). - * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after - * startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case - * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock - * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). - * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target - * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked). - * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will - * occur when the clock source will be ready. - * You can use RCC_GetSYSCLKSource() function to know which clock is - * currently used as system clock source. - * @param RCC_SYSCLKSource: specifies the clock source used as system clock. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI: HSI selected as system clock source - * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE: HSE selected as system clock source - * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK: PLL selected as system clock source (RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLPCLK for STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLRCLK: PLL R selected as system clock source only for STM32F446xx devices - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SYSCLKSource)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear SW[1:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_SW; - - /* Set SW[1:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLKSource value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLKSource; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the clock source used as system clock. - * @param None - * @retval The clock source used as system clock. The returned value can be one - * of the following: - * - 0x00: HSI used as system clock - * - 0x04: HSE used as system clock - * - 0x08: PLL used as system clock (PLL P for STM32F446xx devices) - * - 0x0C: PLL R used as system clock (only for STM32F446xx devices) - */ -uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void) -{ - return ((uint8_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS)); -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the AHB clock (HCLK). - * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly - * these bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency - * (for more details refer to section above - * "CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions") - * @param RCC_SYSCLK: defines the AHB clock divider. This clock is derived from - * the system clock (SYSCLK). - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div1: AHB clock = SYSCLK - * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div2: AHB clock = SYSCLK/2 - * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div4: AHB clock = SYSCLK/4 - * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div8: AHB clock = SYSCLK/8 - * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div16: AHB clock = SYSCLK/16 - * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div64: AHB clock = SYSCLK/64 - * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div128: AHB clock = SYSCLK/128 - * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div256: AHB clock = SYSCLK/256 - * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div512: AHB clock = SYSCLK/512 - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_SYSCLK)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear HPRE[3:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_HPRE; - - /* Set HPRE[3:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLK value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLK; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - - -/** - * @brief Configures the Low Speed APB clock (PCLK1). - * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB1 clock divider. This clock is derived from - * the AHB clock (HCLK). - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB1 clock = HCLK - * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB1 clock = HCLK/2 - * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB1 clock = HCLK/4 - * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB1 clock = HCLK/8 - * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB1 clock = HCLK/16 - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear PPRE1[2:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; - - /* Set PPRE1[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the High Speed APB clock (PCLK2). - * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB2 clock divider. This clock is derived from - * the AHB clock (HCLK). - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB2 clock = HCLK - * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB2 clock = HCLK/2 - * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB2 clock = HCLK/4 - * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB2 clock = HCLK/8 - * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB2 clock = HCLK/16 - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear PPRE2[2:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; - - /* Set PPRE2[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK << 3; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the frequencies of different on chip clocks; SYSCLK, HCLK, - * PCLK1 and PCLK2. - * - * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real - * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined - * constant and the selected clock source: - * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) - * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) - * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) - * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. - * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx.h file (default value - * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations - * in voltage and temperature. - * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx.h file (default value - * 25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real - * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may - * have wrong result. - * - * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional - * value for HSE crystal. - * - * @param RCC_Clocks: pointer to a RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold - * the clocks frequencies. - * - * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the - * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. - * @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function - * must be called to update the structure's field. Otherwise, any - * configuration based on this function will be incorrect. - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0, presc = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 2, pllsource = 0, pllm = 2; -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - uint32_t pllr = 2; -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - - /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ - tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS; - - switch (tmp) - { - case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock source */ - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; - break; - case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock source */ - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_VALUE; - break; - case 0x08: /* PLL P used as system clock source */ - - /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN - SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLP - */ - pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22; - pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; - - if (pllsource != 0) - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); - } - else - { - /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); - } - - pllp = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >>16) + 1 ) *2; - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = pllvco/pllp; - break; - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - case 0x0C: /* PLL R used as system clock source */ - /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN - SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLR - */ - pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22; - pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; - - if (pllsource != 0) - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); - } - else - { - /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); - } - - pllr = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >>28) + 1 ) *2; - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = pllvco/pllr; - break; -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - - default: - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; - break; - } - /* Compute HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 clocks frequencies ------------------------*/ - - /* Get HCLK prescaler */ - tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE; - tmp = tmp >> 4; - presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; - /* HCLK clock frequency */ - RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency >> presc; - - /* Get PCLK1 prescaler */ - tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; - tmp = tmp >> 10; - presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; - /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ - RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; - - /* Get PCLK2 prescaler */ - tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; - tmp = tmp >> 13; - presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; - /* PCLK2 clock frequency */ - RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Group3 Peripheral clocks configuration functions - * @brief Peripheral clocks configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral clocks configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the Peripheral clocks. - - (#) The RTC clock which is derived from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock divided - by 2 to 31. - - (#) After restart from Reset or wakeup from STANDBY, all peripherals are off - except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. Before to start using a peripheral - you have to enable its interface clock. You can do this using - RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd() and RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() functions. - - (#) To reset the peripherals configuration (to the default state after device reset) - you can use RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd() and - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd() functions. - - (#) To further reduce power consumption in SLEEP mode the peripheral clocks - can be disabled prior to executing the WFI or WFE instructions. - You can do this using RCC_AHBPeriphClockLPModeCmd(), - RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd() and RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd() functions. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the RTC clock (RTCCLK). - * @note As the RTC clock configuration bits are in the Backup domain and write - * access is denied to this domain after reset, you have to enable write - * access using PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure - * the RTC clock source (to be done once after reset). - * @note Once the RTC clock is configured it can't be changed unless the - * Backup domain is reset using RCC_BackupResetCmd() function, or by - * a Power On Reset (POR). - * - * @param RCC_RTCCLKSource: specifies the RTC clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock - * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock - * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Divx: HSE clock divided by x selected - * as RTC clock, where x:[2,31] - * - * @note If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock source, the RTC continues to - * work in STOP and STANDBY modes, and can be used as wakeup source. - * However, when the HSE clock is used as RTC clock source, the RTC - * cannot be used in STOP and STANDBY modes. - * @note The maximum input clock frequency for RTC is 1MHz (when using HSE as - * RTC clock source). - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(RCC_RTCCLKSource)); - - if ((RCC_RTCCLKSource & 0x00000300) == 0x00000300) - { /* If HSE is selected as RTC clock source, configure HSE division factor for RTC clock */ - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear RTCPRE[4:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE; - - /* Configure HSE division factor for RTC clock */ - tmpreg |= (RCC_RTCCLKSource & 0xFFFFCFF); - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; - } - - /* Select the RTC clock source */ - RCC->BDCR |= (RCC_RTCCLKSource & 0x00000FFF); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock. - * @note This function must be used only after the RTC clock source was selected - * using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig function. - * @param NewState: new state of the RTC clock. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_RTCEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Forces or releases the Backup domain reset. - * @note This function resets the RTC peripheral (including the backup registers) - * and the RTC clock source selection in RCC_CSR register. - * @note The BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset. - * @param NewState: new state of the Backup domain reset. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_BDRST_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Configures the I2S clock source (I2SCLK). - * @note This function must be called before enabling the I2S APB clock. - * - * @param RCC_I2SAPBx: specifies the APBx I2S clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_I2SBus_APB1: I2S peripheral instance is on APB1 Bus - * @arg RCC_I2SBus_APB2: I2S peripheral instance is on APB2 Bus - * - * @param RCC_I2SCLKSource: specifies the I2S clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S clock used as I2S clock source - * @arg RCC_I2SCLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin - * used as I2S clock source - * @arg RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLL: PLL clock used as I2S clock source - * @arg RCC_I2SCLKSource_HSI_HSE: HSI or HSE depends on PLLSRC used as I2S clock source - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SAPBx, uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(RCC_I2SCLKSource)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S_APBx(RCC_I2SAPBx)); - - if(RCC_I2SAPBx == RCC_I2SBus_APB1) - { - /* Clear APB1 I2Sx clock source selection bits */ - RCC->DCKCFGR &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S1SRC; - /* Set new APB1 I2Sx clock source*/ - RCC->DCKCFGR |= RCC_I2SCLKSource; - } - else - { - /* Clear APB2 I2Sx clock source selection bits */ - RCC->DCKCFGR &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S2SRC; - /* Set new APB2 I2Sx clock source */ - RCC->DCKCFGR |= (RCC_I2SCLKSource << 2); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the SAIx clock source (SAIxCLK). - * @note This function must be called before enabling the SAIx APB clock. - * - * @param RCC_SAIInstance: specifies the SAIx clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_SAIInstance_SAI1: SAI1 clock source selection - * @arg RCC_SAIInstance_SAI2: SAI2 clock source selections - * - * @param RCC_SAICLKSource: specifies the SAI clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLSAI: PLLSAI clock used as SAI clock source - * @arg RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S clock used as SAI clock source - * @arg RCC_SAICLKSource_PLL: PLL clock used as SAI clock source - * @arg RCC_SAICLKSource_HSI_HSE: HSI or HSE depends on PLLSRC used as SAI clock source - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_SAICLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIInstance, uint32_t RCC_SAICLKSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SAICLK_SOURCE(RCC_SAICLKSource)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI_INSTANCE(RCC_SAIInstance)); - - if(RCC_SAIInstance == RCC_SAIInstance_SAI1) - { - /* Clear SAI1 clock source selection bits */ - RCC->DCKCFGR &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC; - /* Set new SAI1 clock source */ - RCC->DCKCFGR |= RCC_SAICLKSource; - } - else - { - /* Clear SAI2 clock source selection bits */ - RCC->DCKCFGR &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI2SRC; - /* Set new SAI2 clock source */ - RCC->DCKCFGR |= (RCC_SAICLKSource << 2); - } -} -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) -/** - * @brief Configures the I2S clock source (I2SCLK). - * @note This function must be called before enabling the I2S APB clock. - * @param RCC_I2SCLKSource: specifies the I2S clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S clock used as I2S clock source - * @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin - * used as I2S clock source - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(RCC_I2SCLKSource)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_I2SSRC_BB = RCC_I2SCLKSource; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures SAI1BlockA clock source selection. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @note This function must be called before enabling PLLSAI, PLLI2S and - * the SAI clock. - * @param RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource: specifies the SAI Block A clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S_Q clock divided by PLLI2SDIVQ used - * as SAI1 Block A clock - * @arg RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLSAI: PLLISAI_Q clock divided by PLLSAIDIVQ used - * as SAI1 Block A clock - * @arg RCC_SAIACLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin - * used as SAI1 Block A clock - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_SAIBlockACLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SAIACLK_SOURCE(RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource)); - - tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; - - /* Clear RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC[1:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC; - - /* Set SAI Block A source selection value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures SAI1BlockB clock source selection. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @note This function must be called before enabling PLLSAI, PLLI2S and - * the SAI clock. - * @param RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource: specifies the SAI Block B clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S_Q clock divided by PLLI2SDIVQ used - * as SAI1 Block B clock - * @arg RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLSAI: PLLISAI_Q clock divided by PLLSAIDIVQ used - * as SAI1 Block B clock - * @arg RCC_SAIBCLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin - * used as SAI1 Block B clock - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_SAIBlockBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SAIBCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource)); - - tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; - - /* Clear RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1BSRC[1:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1BSRC; - - /* Set SAI Block B source selection value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; -} -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the SAI clock Divider coming from PLLI2S. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @note This function must be called before enabling the PLLI2S. - * - * @param RCC_PLLI2SDivQ: specifies the PLLI2S division factor for SAI1 clock . - * This parameter must be a number between 1 and 32. - * SAI1 clock frequency = f(PLLI2S_Q) / RCC_PLLI2SDivQ - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_SAIPLLI2SClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLI2SDivQ) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE(RCC_PLLI2SDivQ)); - - tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; - - /* Clear PLLI2SDIVQ[4:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ); - - /* Set PLLI2SDIVQ values */ - tmpreg |= (RCC_PLLI2SDivQ - 1); - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the SAI clock Divider coming from PLLSAI. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @note This function must be called before enabling the PLLSAI. - * - * @param RCC_PLLSAIDivQ: specifies the PLLSAI division factor for SAI1 clock . - * This parameter must be a number between 1 and 32. - * SAI1 clock frequency = f(PLLSAI_Q) / RCC_PLLSAIDivQ - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_SAIPLLSAIClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIDivQ) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE(RCC_PLLSAIDivQ)); - - tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; - - /* Clear PLLI2SDIVQ[4:0] and PLLSAIDIVQ[4:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ); - - /* Set PLLSAIDIVQ values */ - tmpreg |= ((RCC_PLLSAIDivQ - 1) << 8); - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the LTDC clock Divider coming from PLLSAI. - * - * @note The LTDC peripheral is only available with STM32F429xx/439xx Devices. - * - * @note This function must be called before enabling the PLLSAI. - * - * @param RCC_PLLSAIDivR: specifies the PLLSAI division factor for LTDC clock . - * LTDC clock frequency = f(PLLSAI_R) / RCC_PLLSAIDivR - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div2: LTDC clock = f(PLLSAI_R)/2 - * @arg RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div4: LTDC clock = f(PLLSAI_R)/4 - * @arg RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div8: LTDC clock = f(PLLSAI_R)/8 - * @arg RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div16: LTDC clock = f(PLLSAI_R)/16 - * - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_LTDCCLKDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIDivR) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVR_VALUE(RCC_PLLSAIDivR)); - - tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; - - /* Clear PLLSAIDIVR[2:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVR; - - /* Set PLLSAIDIVR values */ - tmpreg |= RCC_PLLSAIDivR; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Timers clocks prescalers selection. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx and STM32F401xx/411xE devices. - * - * @param RCC_TIMCLKPrescaler : specifies the Timers clocks prescalers selection - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_TIMPrescDesactivated: The Timers kernels clocks prescaler is - * equal to HPRE if PPREx is corresponding to division by 1 or 2, - * else it is equal to [(HPRE * PPREx) / 2] if PPREx is corresponding to - * division by 4 or more. - * - * @arg RCC_TIMPrescActivated: The Timers kernels clocks prescaler is - * equal to HPRE if PPREx is corresponding to division by 1, 2 or 4, - * else it is equal to [(HPRE * PPREx) / 4] if PPREx is corresponding - * to division by 8 or more. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_TIMCLKPresConfig(uint32_t RCC_TIMCLKPrescaler) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_TIMCLK_PRESCALER(RCC_TIMCLKPrescaler)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) DCKCFGR_TIMPRE_BB = RCC_TIMCLKPrescaler; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the AHB1 peripheral clock. - * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) - * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before - * using it. - * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB1 peripheral to gates its clock. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI: GPIOI clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ: GPIOJ clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK: GPIOK clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC: CRC clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_BKPSRAM: BKPSRAM interface clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CCMDATARAMEN CCM data RAM interface clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1: DMA1 clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2: DMA2 clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D: DMA2D clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC: Ethernet MAC clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Tx: Ethernet Transmission clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Rx: Ethernet Reception clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_PTP: Ethernet PTP clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS: USB OTG HS clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS_ULPI: USB OTG HS ULPI clock - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_CLOCK_PERIPH(RCC_AHB1Periph)); - - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->AHB1ENR |= RCC_AHB1Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->AHB1ENR &= ~RCC_AHB1Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the AHB2 peripheral clock. - * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) - * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before - * using it. - * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB2 peripheral to gates its clock. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI: DCMI clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP: CRYP clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH: HASH clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG: RNG clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS: USB OTG FS clock - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(RCC_AHB2Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->AHB2ENR |= RCC_AHB2Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->AHB2ENR &= ~RCC_AHB2Periph; - } -} - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the AHB3 peripheral clock. - * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) - * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before - * using it. - * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB3 peripheral to gates its clock. - * This parameter must be: - * - RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC or RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC (STM32F429x/439x devices) - * - RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI (STM32F446xx devices) - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(RCC_AHB3Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->AHB3ENR |= RCC_AHB3Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->AHB3ENR &= ~RCC_AHB3Periph; - } -} -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral clock. - * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) - * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before - * using it. - * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIF: SPDIF RX clock (STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3: I2C3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_FMPI2C1: FMPI2C1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2: CAN2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CEC: CEC clock (STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART7: UART7 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART8: UART8 clock - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->APB1ENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral clock. - * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) - * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before - * using it. - * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1: TIM1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8: TIM8 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART6: USART6 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2: ADC2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3: ADC3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4: SPI4 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5: SPI5 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6: SPI6 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1: SAI1 clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2: SAI2 clock (STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC: LTDC clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->APB2ENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Forces or releases AHB1 peripheral reset. - * @param RCC_AHB1Periph: specifies the AHB1 peripheral to reset. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI: GPIOI clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ: GPIOJ clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK: GPIOK clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxxdevices) - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC: CRC clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1: DMA1 clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2: DMA2 clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D: DMA2D clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC: Ethernet MAC clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS: USB OTG HS clock - * - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_RESET_PERIPH(RCC_AHB1Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->AHB1RSTR |= RCC_AHB1Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->AHB1RSTR &= ~RCC_AHB1Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Forces or releases AHB2 peripheral reset. - * @param RCC_AHB2Periph: specifies the AHB2 peripheral to reset. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI: DCMI clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP: CRYP clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH: HASH clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG: RNG clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS: USB OTG FS clock - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(RCC_AHB2Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->AHB2RSTR |= RCC_AHB2Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->AHB2RSTR &= ~RCC_AHB2Periph; - } -} - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Forces or releases AHB3 peripheral reset. - * @param RCC_AHB3Periph: specifies the AHB3 peripheral to reset. - * This parameter must be: - * - RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC or RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC (STM32F429x/439x devices) - * - RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI (STM32F446xx devices) - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AHB3PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(RCC_AHB3Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->AHB3RSTR |= RCC_AHB3Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->AHB3RSTR &= ~RCC_AHB3Periph; - } -} -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief Forces or releases Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral reset. - * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to reset. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIF: SPDIF RX clock (STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3: I2C3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_FMPI2C1: FMPI2C1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2: CAN2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CEC: CEC clock(STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART7: UART7 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART8: UART8 clock - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->APB1RSTR |= RCC_APB1Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->APB1RSTR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Forces or releases High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral reset. - * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to reset. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1: TIM1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8: TIM8 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART6: USART6 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2: ADC2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3: ADC3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4: SPI4 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5: SPI5 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6: SPI6 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1: SAI1 clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2: SAI2 clock (STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC: LTDC clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_RESET_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->APB2RSTR |= RCC_APB2Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the AHB1 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. - * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce - * power consumption. - * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. - * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. - * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB1 peripheral to gates its clock. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI: GPIOI clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ: GPIOJ clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK: GPIOK clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC: CRC clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_BKPSRAM: BKPSRAM interface clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1: DMA1 clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2: DMA2 clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D: DMA2D clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC: Ethernet MAC clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Tx: Ethernet Transmission clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Rx: Ethernet Reception clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_PTP: Ethernet PTP clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS: USB OTG HS clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS_ULPI: USB OTG HS ULPI clock - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_LPMODE_PERIPH(RCC_AHB1Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->AHB1LPENR |= RCC_AHB1Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->AHB1LPENR &= ~RCC_AHB1Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the AHB2 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. - * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce - * power consumption. - * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. - * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. - * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB2 peripheral to gates its clock. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI: DCMI clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP: CRYP clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH: HASH clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG: RNG clock - * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS: USB OTG FS clock - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(RCC_AHB2Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->AHB2LPENR |= RCC_AHB2Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->AHB2LPENR &= ~RCC_AHB2Periph; - } -} - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the AHB3 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. - * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce - * power consumption. - * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. - * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. - * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB3 peripheral to gates its clock. - * This parameter must be: - * - RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC or RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC (STM32F429x/439x devices) - * - RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI (STM32F446xx devices) - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(RCC_AHB3Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->AHB3LPENR |= RCC_AHB3Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->AHB3LPENR &= ~RCC_AHB3Periph; - } -} -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the APB1 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. - * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce - * power consumption. - * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. - * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. - * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIF: SPDIF RX clock (STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3: I2C3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_FMPI2C1: FMPI2C1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2: CAN2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CEC: CEC clock (STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART7: UART7 clock - * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART8: UART8 clock - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->APB1LPENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->APB1LPENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the APB2 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. - * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce - * power consumption. - * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. - * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. - * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1: TIM1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8: TIM8 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART6: USART6 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2: ADC2 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3: ADC3 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4: SPI4 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5: SPI5 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6: SPI6 clock - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1: SAI1 clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2: SAI2 clock (STM32F446xx devices) - * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC: LTDC clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->APB2LPENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->APB2LPENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator mode (LSE mode). - * @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx devices. - * @param Mode: specifies the LSE mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_LSE_LOWPOWER_MODE: LSE oscillator in low power mode. - * @arg RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE: LSE oscillator in High Drive mode. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_LSEModeConfig(uint8_t RCC_Mode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE_MODE(RCC_Mode)); - - if(RCC_Mode == RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE) - { - SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEMOD); - } - else - { - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEMOD); - } -} - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Configures the 48MHz clock Source. - * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx devices. - * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the 48MHz clock Source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLL: 48MHz from PLL selected. - * @arg RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLLSAI: 48MHz from PLLSAI selected. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_48MHzClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_48MHZ_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); - - if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLLSAI) - { - SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR, RCC_DCKCFGR_CK48MSEL); - } - else - { - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR, RCC_DCKCFGR_CK48MSEL); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the SDIO clock Source. - * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx devices. - * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the SDIO clock Source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_SDIOCLKSource_48MHZ: 48MHz clock selected. - * @arg RCC_SDIOCLKSource_SYSCLK: system clock selected. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_SDIOClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SDIO_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); - - if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_SDIOCLKSource_SYSCLK) - { - SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_SDIOSEL); - } - else - { - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_SDIOSEL); - } -} -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the AHB1 clock gating for the specified IPs. - * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx devices. - * @param RCC_AHB1ClockGating: specifies the AHB1 clock gating. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_APB1Bridge: AHB1 to APB1 clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_APB2Bridge: AHB1 to APB2 clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_CM4DBG: Cortex M4 ETM clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_SPARE: Spare clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_SRAM: SRAM controller clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_FLITF: Flash interface clock - * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_RCC: RCC clock - * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_AHB1ClockGatingCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1ClockGating, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_CLOCKGATING(RCC_AHB1ClockGating)); - - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->CKGATENR &= ~RCC_AHB1ClockGating; - } - else - { - RCC->CKGATENR |= RCC_AHB1ClockGating; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the SPDIFRX clock Source. - * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx devices. - * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the SPDIFRX clock Source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLR: SPDIFRX clock from PLL_R selected. - * @arg RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLI2SP: SPDIFRX clock from PLLI2S_P selected. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_SPDIFRXClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SPDIFRX_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); - - if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLI2SP) - { - SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_SPDIFRXSEL); - } - else - { - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_SPDIFRXSEL); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the CEC clock Source. - * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx devices. - * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the CEC clock Source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_CECCLKSource_HSIDiv488: CEC clock from HSI/488 selected. - * @arg RCC_CECCLKSource_LSE: CEC clock from LSE selected. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_CECClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_CEC_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); - - if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_CECCLKSource_LSE) - { - SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_CECSEL); - } - else - { - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_CECSEL); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the FMPI2C1 clock Source. - * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx devices. - * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the FMPI2C1 clock Source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_APB1: FMPI2C1 clock from APB1 selected. - * @arg RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_SYSCLK: FMPI2C1 clock from Sytem clock selected. - * @arg RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_HSI: FMPI2C1 clock from HSI selected. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_FMPI2C1ClockSourceConfig(uint32_t RCC_ClockSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_FMPI2C1_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); - - /* Clear FMPI2C1 clock source selection source bits */ - RCC->DCKCFGR2 &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR2_FMPI2C1SEL; - /* Set new FMPI2C1 clock source */ - RCC->DCKCFGR2 |= RCC_ClockSource; -} -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified RCC interrupts. - * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: main PLL ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY: PLLSAI ready interrupt (only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @param NewState: new state of the specified RCC interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_IT(RCC_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[14:8] bits to enable the selected interrupts */ - *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= RCC_IT; - } - else - { - /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[14:8] bits to disable the selected interrupts */ - *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (uint8_t)~RCC_IT; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC flag is set or not. - * @param RCC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready - * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready - * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: main PLL clock ready - * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S clock ready - * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLSAIRDY: PLLSAI clock ready (only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready - * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready - * @arg RCC_FLAG_BORRST: POR/PDR or BOR reset - * @arg RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset - * @arg RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset - * @arg RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset - * @arg RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset - * @arg RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset - * @arg RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset - * @retval The new state of RCC_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - uint32_t statusreg = 0; - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_FLAG(RCC_FLAG)); - - /* Get the RCC register index */ - tmp = RCC_FLAG >> 5; - if (tmp == 1) /* The flag to check is in CR register */ - { - statusreg = RCC->CR; - } - else if (tmp == 2) /* The flag to check is in BDCR register */ - { - statusreg = RCC->BDCR; - } - else /* The flag to check is in CSR register */ - { - statusreg = RCC->CSR; - } - - /* Get the flag position */ - tmp = RCC_FLAG & FLAG_MASK; - if ((statusreg & ((uint32_t)1 << tmp)) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the flag status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the RCC reset flags. - * The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST, RCC_FLAG_SFTRST, - * RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_ClearFlag(void) -{ - /* Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags */ - RCC->CSR |= RCC_CSR_RMVF; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: main PLL ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY: PLLSAI clock ready interrupt (only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt - * @retval The new state of RCC_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT)); - - /* Check the status of the specified RCC interrupt */ - if ((RCC->CIR & RCC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the RCC_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the RCC's interrupt pending bits. - * @param RCC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: main PLL ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S ready interrupt - * @arg RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY: PLLSAI ready interrupt (only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) - * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt - * @retval None - */ -void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT)); - - /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected interrupt - pending bits */ - *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_IT; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and clock control (RCC) peripheral: + * + Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration + * + System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration + * + Peripheral clocks configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RCC specific features ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator + (HSI 16MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer, D-Cache + and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal + SRAM, Flash and JTAG. + (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses; + all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at HSI speed. + (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which + are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + [..] + Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: + (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) + (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings + (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers + (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used + (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not + derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDIO/RNG) + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC + * @brief RCC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define RCC_OFFSET (RCC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) +/* --- CR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of HSION bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define HSION_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CR_HSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (HSION_BitNumber * 4)) +/* Alias word address of CSSON bit */ +#define CSSON_BitNumber 0x13 +#define CR_CSSON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CSSON_BitNumber * 4)) +/* Alias word address of PLLON bit */ +#define PLLON_BitNumber 0x18 +#define CR_PLLON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLON_BitNumber * 4)) +/* Alias word address of PLLI2SON bit */ +#define PLLI2SON_BitNumber 0x1A +#define CR_PLLI2SON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLI2SON_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PLLSAION bit */ +#define PLLSAION_BitNumber 0x1C +#define CR_PLLSAION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLSAION_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CFGR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of I2SSRC bit */ +#define CFGR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x08) +#define I2SSRC_BitNumber 0x17 +#define CFGR_I2SSRC_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (I2SSRC_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- BDCR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of RTCEN bit */ +#define BDCR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x70) +#define RTCEN_BitNumber 0x0F +#define BDCR_RTCEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCEN_BitNumber * 4)) +/* Alias word address of BDRST bit */ +#define BDRST_BitNumber 0x10 +#define BDCR_BDRST_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (BDRST_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of LSION bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x74) +#define LSION_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CSR_LSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSION_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- DCKCFGR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of TIMPRE bit */ +#define DCKCFGR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x8C) +#define TIMPRE_BitNumber 0x18 +#define DCKCFGR_TIMPRE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCKCFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (TIMPRE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CFGR Register ---*/ +#define RCC_CFGR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x08) + #if defined(STM32F410xx) +/* Alias word address of MCO1EN bit */ +#define RCC_MCO1EN_BIT_NUMBER 0x8 +#define RCC_CFGR_MCO1EN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (RCC_CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (RCC_MCO1EN_BIT_NUMBER * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of MCO2EN bit */ +#define RCC_MCO2EN_BIT_NUMBER 0x9 +#define RCC_CFGR_MCO2EN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (RCC_CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (RCC_MCO2EN_BIT_NUMBER * 4)) +#endif /* STM32F410xx */ +/* ---------------------- RCC registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +/* CFGR register bit mask */ +#define CFGR_MCO2_RESET_MASK ((uint32_t)0x07FFFFFF) +#define CFGR_MCO1_RESET_MASK ((uint32_t)0xF89FFFFF) + +/* RCC Flag Mask */ +#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x1F) + +/* CR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023802) + +/* CIR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */ +#define CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)(RCC_BASE + 0x0C + 0x01)) + +/* CIR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)(RCC_BASE + 0x0C + 0x02)) + +/* BDCR register base address */ +#define BDCR_ADDRESS (PERIPH_BASE + BDCR_OFFSET) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +static __I uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group1 Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + * @brief Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =================================================================================== + ##### Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions ##### + =================================================================================== + [..] + This section provide functions allowing to configure the internal/external clocks, + PLLs, CSS and MCO pins. + + (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through + the PLL as System clock source. + + (#) LSI (low-speed internal), 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + + (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 26 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. + + (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. + + (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring two different output clocks: + (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 168 MHz) + (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz), + the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDIO (<= 48 MHz). + + (#) PLLI2S (clocked by HSI or HSE), used to generate an accurate clock to achieve + high-quality audio performance on the I2S interface or SAI interface in case + of STM32F429x/439x devices. + + (#) PLLSAI clocked by (HSI or HSE), used to generate an accurate clock to SAI + interface and LCD TFT controller available only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx devices. + + (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable and if a HSE clock failure occurs + (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock + is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled. + The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) + exception vector. + + (#) MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSI, LSE, HSE or PLL + clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin. + + (#) MCO2 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSE, PLL, SYSCLK or PLLI2S + clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PC9 pin. + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - HSI ON and used as system clock source + * - HSE, PLL and PLLI2S OFF + * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. + * - CSS, MCO1 and MCO2 OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * @note This function doesn't modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clocks + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Set HSION bit */ + RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001; + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + RCC->CFGR = 0x00000000; + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON, PLLI2S and PLLSAI(STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx devices) bits */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xEAF6FFFF; + + /* Reset PLLCFGR register */ + RCC->PLLCFGR = 0x24003010; + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + /* Reset PLLI2SCFGR register */ + RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = 0x20003000; +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + /* Reset PLLSAICFGR register, only available for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx devices */ + RCC->PLLSAICFGR = 0x24003000; +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF; + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; + + /* Disable Timers clock prescalers selection, only available for STM32F42/43xxx and STM32F413_423xx devices */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = 0x00000000; + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) + /* Disable LPTIM and FMPI2C clock prescalers selection, only available for STM32F410xx and STM32F413_423xx devices */ + RCC->DCKCFGR2 = 0x00000000; +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External High Speed oscillator (HSE). + * @note After enabling the HSE (RCC_HSE_ON or RCC_HSE_Bypass), the application + * software should wait on HSERDY flag to be set indicating that HSE clock + * is stable and can be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. + * @note HSE state can not be changed if it is used directly or through the + * PLL as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source + * of the system clock then change the HSE state (ex. disable it). + * @note The HSE is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @note This function reset the CSSON bit, so if the Clock security system(CSS) + * was previously enabled you have to enable it again after calling this + * function. + * @param RCC_HSE: specifies the new state of the HSE. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HSE_OFF: turn OFF the HSE oscillator, HSERDY flag goes low after + * 6 HSE oscillator clock cycles. + * @arg RCC_HSE_ON: turn ON the HSE oscillator + * @arg RCC_HSE_Bypass: HSE oscillator bypassed with external clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_HSE)); + + /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE ------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE_OFF; + + /* Set the new HSE configuration -------------------------------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for HSE start-up. + * @note This functions waits on HSERDY flag to be set and return SUCCESS if + * this flag is set, otherwise returns ERROR if the timeout is reached + * and this flag is not set. The timeout value is defined by the constant + * HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT in stm32f4xx.h file. You can tailor it depending + * on the HSE crystal used in your application. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: HSE oscillator is stable and ready to use + * - ERROR: HSE oscillator not yet ready + */ +ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t startupcounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + FlagStatus hsestatus = RESET; + /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + hsestatus = RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY); + startupcounter++; + } while((startupcounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) && (hsestatus == RESET)); + + if (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value. + * @note The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage + * and temperature that influence the frequency of the internal HSI RC. + * @param HSICalibrationValue: specifies the calibration trimming value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(HSICalibrationValue)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CR; + + /* Clear HSITRIM[4:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CR_HSITRIM; + + /* Set the HSITRIM[4:0] bits according to HSICalibrationValue value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)HSICalibrationValue << 3; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). + * @note The HSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * It is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after startup + * from Reset, wakeup from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case of failure + * of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock (if the Clock + * Security System CSS is enabled). + * @note HSI can not be stopped if it is used as system clock source. In this case, + * you have to select another source of the system clock then stop the HSI. + * @note After enabling the HSI, the application software should wait on HSIRDY + * flag to be set indicating that HSI clock is stable and can be used as + * system clock source. + * @param NewState: new state of the HSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag goes low after 6 HSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_HSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE). + * @note As the LSE is in the Backup domain and write access is denied to + * this domain after reset, you have to enable write access using + * PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure the LSE + * (to be done once after reset). + * @note After enabling the LSE (RCC_LSE_ON or RCC_LSE_Bypass), the application + * software should wait on LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE clock + * is stable and can be used to clock the RTC. + * @param RCC_LSE: specifies the new state of the LSE. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_LSE_OFF: turn OFF the LSE oscillator, LSERDY flag goes low after + * 6 LSE oscillator clock cycles. + * @arg RCC_LSE_ON: turn ON the LSE oscillator + * @arg RCC_LSE_Bypass: LSE oscillator bypassed with external clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_LSE)); + + /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ------------------*/ + /* Reset LSEON bit */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF; + + /* Reset LSEBYP bit */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF; + + /* Configure LSE (RCC_LSE_OFF is already covered by the code section above) */ + switch (RCC_LSE) + { + case RCC_LSE_ON: + /* Set LSEON bit */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_ON; + break; + case RCC_LSE_Bypass: + /* Set LSEBYP and LSEON bits */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_Bypass | RCC_LSE_ON; + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). + * @note After enabling the LSI, the application software should wait on + * LSIRDY flag to be set indicating that LSI clock is stable and can + * be used to clock the IWDG and/or the RTC. + * @note LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running. + * @param NewState: new state of the LSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the LSI is stopped, LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. + * @note This function must be used only when the main PLL is disabled. + * + * @param RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry + * @note This clock source (RCC_PLLSource) is common for the main PLL and PLLI2S. + * + * @param PLLM: specifies the division factor for PLL VCO input clock + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 63. + * @note You have to set the PLLM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input + * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency + * of 2 MHz to limit PLL jitter. + * + * @param PLLN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLL VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 50 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLP: specifies the division factor for main system clock (SYSCLK) + * This parameter must be a number in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}. + * @note You have to set the PLLP parameter correctly to not exceed 168 MHz on + * the System clock frequency. + * + * @param PLLQ: specifies the division factor for OTG FS, SDIO and RNG clocks + * This parameter must be a number between 4 and 15. + * + * @param PLLR: specifies the division factor for I2S, SAI, SYSTEM, SPDIF in STM32F446xx devices + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. + * + * @note If the USB OTG FS is used in your application, you have to set the + * PLLQ parameter correctly to have 48 MHz clock for the USB. However, + * the SDIO and RNG need a frequency lower than or equal to 48 MHz to work + * correctly. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP, uint32_t PLLQ, uint32_t PLLR) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(PLLM)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(PLLN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(PLLP)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(PLLQ)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLR_VALUE(PLLR)); + + RCC->PLLCFGR = PLLM | (PLLN << 6) | (((PLLP >> 1) -1) << 16) | (RCC_PLLSource) | + (PLLQ << 24) | (PLLR << 28); +} +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) +/** + * @brief Configures the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. + * @note This function must be used only when the main PLL is disabled. + * + * @param RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry + * @note This clock source (RCC_PLLSource) is common for the main PLL and PLLI2S. + * + * @param PLLM: specifies the division factor for PLL VCO input clock + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 63. + * @note You have to set the PLLM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input + * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency + * of 2 MHz to limit PLL jitter. + * + * @param PLLN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLL VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 50 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLP: specifies the division factor for main system clock (SYSCLK) + * This parameter must be a number in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}. + * @note You have to set the PLLP parameter correctly to not exceed 168 MHz on + * the System clock frequency. + * + * @param PLLQ: specifies the division factor for OTG FS, SDIO and RNG clocks + * This parameter must be a number between 4 and 15. + * @note If the USB OTG FS is used in your application, you have to set the + * PLLQ parameter correctly to have 48 MHz clock for the USB. However, + * the SDIO and RNG need a frequency lower than or equal to 48 MHz to work + * correctly. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP, uint32_t PLLQ) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(PLLM)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(PLLN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(PLLP)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(PLLQ)); + + RCC->PLLCFGR = PLLM | (PLLN << 6) | (((PLLP >> 1) -1) << 16) | (RCC_PLLSource) | + (PLLQ << 24); +} +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the main PLL. + * @note After enabling the main PLL, the application software should wait on + * PLLRDY flag to be set indicating that PLL clock is stable and can + * be used as system clock source. + * @note The main PLL can not be disabled if it is used as system clock source + * @note The main PLL is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @param NewState: new state of the main PLL. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F401xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the PLLI2S clock multiplication and division factors. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F405xx/407xx, STM32F415xx/417xx + * or STM32F401xx devices. + * + * @note This function must be used only when the PLLI2S is disabled. + * @note PLLI2S clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in + * RCC_PLLConfig function ) + * + * @param PLLI2SN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 50 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLI2SR: specifies the division factor for I2S clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SR parameter correctly to not exceed 192 MHz + * on the I2S clock frequency. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SR) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PLLI2SN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PLLI2SR)); + + RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = (PLLI2SN << 6) | (PLLI2SR << 28); +} +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F411xE) +/** + * @brief Configures the PLLI2S clock multiplication and division factors. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F411xE devices. + * + * @note This function must be used only when the PLLI2S is disabled. + * @note PLLI2S clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in + * RCC_PLLConfig function ) + * + * @param PLLI2SM: specifies the division factor for PLLI2S VCO input clock + * This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and Max_Data = 63. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input + * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency + * of 2 MHz to limit PLLI2S jitter. + * + * @param PLLI2SN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 50 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLI2SR: specifies the division factor for I2S clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SR parameter correctly to not exceed 192 MHz + * on the I2S clock frequency. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SR, uint32_t PLLI2SM) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PLLI2SN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SM_VALUE(PLLI2SM)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PLLI2SR)); + + RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = (PLLI2SN << 6) | (PLLI2SR << 28) | PLLI2SM; +} +#endif /* STM32F411xE */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the PLLI2S clock multiplication and division factors. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices + * + * @note This function must be used only when the PLLI2S is disabled. + * @note PLLI2S clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in + * RCC_PLLConfig function ) + * + * @param PLLI2SN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 50 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLI2SQ: specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 15. + * + * @param PLLI2SR: specifies the division factor for I2S clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SR parameter correctly to not exceed 192 MHz + * on the I2S clock frequency. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SQ, uint32_t PLLI2SR) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PLLI2SN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PLLI2SQ)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PLLI2SR)); + + RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = (PLLI2SN << 6) | (PLLI2SQ << 24) | (PLLI2SR << 28); +} +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG ) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the PLLI2S clock multiplication and division factors. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F446xx devices + * + * @note This function must be used only when the PLLI2S is disabled. + * @note PLLI2S clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in + * RCC_PLLConfig function ) + * + * @param PLLI2SM: specifies the division factor for PLLI2S VCO input clock + * This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and Max_Data = 63. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input + * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency + * of 2 MHz to limit PLLI2S jitter. + * + * @param PLLI2SN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 50 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLI2SP: specifies the division factor for PLL 48Mhz clock output + * This parameter must be a number in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}. + * + * @param PLLI2SQ: specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 15. + * + * @param PLLI2SR: specifies the division factor for I2S clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SR parameter correctly to not exceed 192 MHz + * on the I2S clock frequency. + * @note the PLLI2SR parameter is only available with STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SM, uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SP, uint32_t PLLI2SQ, uint32_t PLLI2SR) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SM_VALUE(PLLI2SM)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PLLI2SN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(PLLI2SP)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PLLI2SQ)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PLLI2SR)); + + RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = PLLI2SM | (PLLI2SN << 6) | (((PLLI2SP >> 1) -1) << 16) | (PLLI2SQ << 24) | (PLLI2SR << 28); +} +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PLLI2S. + * @note The PLLI2S is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @param NewState: new state of the PLLI2S. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLI2SCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLI2SON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the PLLSAI clock multiplication and division factors. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F469_479xx devices + * + * @note This function must be used only when the PLLSAI is disabled. + * @note PLLSAI clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in + * RCC_PLLConfig function ) + * + * @param PLLSAIN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLSAI VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 50 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLSAIN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLSAIP: specifies the division factor for PLL 48Mhz clock output + * This parameter must be a number in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}.. + * + * @param PLLSAIQ: specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 15. + * + * @param PLLSAIR: specifies the division factor for LTDC clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLSAIConfig(uint32_t PLLSAIN, uint32_t PLLSAIP, uint32_t PLLSAIQ, uint32_t PLLSAIR) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PLLSAIN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIP_VALUE(PLLSAIP)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PLLSAIQ)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIR_VALUE(PLLSAIR)); + + RCC->PLLSAICFGR = (PLLSAIN << 6) | (((PLLSAIP >> 1) -1) << 16) | (PLLSAIQ << 24) | (PLLSAIR << 28); +} +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the PLLSAI clock multiplication and division factors. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F446xx devices + * + * @note This function must be used only when the PLLSAI is disabled. + * @note PLLSAI clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in + * RCC_PLLConfig function ) + * + * @param PLLSAIM: specifies the division factor for PLLSAI VCO input clock + * This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and Max_Data = 63. + * @note You have to set the PLLSAIM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input + * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency + * of 2 MHz to limit PLLSAI jitter. + * + * @param PLLSAIN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLSAI VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 50 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLSAIN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLSAIP: specifies the division factor for PLL 48Mhz clock output + * This parameter must be a number in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}. + * + * @param PLLSAIQ: specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 15. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLSAIConfig(uint32_t PLLSAIM, uint32_t PLLSAIN, uint32_t PLLSAIP, uint32_t PLLSAIQ) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIM_VALUE(PLLSAIM)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PLLSAIN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIP_VALUE(PLLSAIP)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PLLSAIQ)); + + RCC->PLLSAICFGR = PLLSAIM | (PLLSAIN << 6) | (((PLLSAIP >> 1) -1) << 16) | (PLLSAIQ << 24); +} +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) +/** + * @brief Configures the PLLSAI clock multiplication and division factors. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices + * + * @note This function must be used only when the PLLSAI is disabled. + * @note PLLSAI clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in + * RCC_PLLConfig function ) + * + * @param PLLSAIN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLSAI VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 50 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLSAIN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLSAIQ: specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 15. + * + * @param PLLSAIR: specifies the division factor for LTDC clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLSAIConfig(uint32_t PLLSAIN, uint32_t PLLSAIQ, uint32_t PLLSAIR) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PLLSAIN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIR_VALUE(PLLSAIR)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PLLSAIQ)); + + RCC->PLLSAICFGR = (PLLSAIN << 6) | (PLLSAIQ << 24) | (PLLSAIR << 28); +} +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PLLSAI. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx devices + * + * @note The PLLSAI is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @param NewState: new state of the PLLSAI. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLSAICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLSAION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @param NewState: new state of the Clock Security System. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). + * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCO1Source: specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_HSI: HSI clock selected as MCO1 source + * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_LSE: LSE clock selected as MCO1 source + * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO1 source + * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO1 source + * @param RCC_MCO1Div: specifies the MCO1 prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_1: no division applied to MCO1 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_2: division by 2 applied to MCO1 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_3: division by 3 applied to MCO1 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_4: division by 4 applied to MCO1 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_5: division by 5 applied to MCO1 clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MCO1Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO1Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO1Div) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCO1Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1DIV(RCC_MCO1Div)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear MCO1[1:0] and MCO1PRE[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= CFGR_MCO1_RESET_MASK; + + /* Select MCO1 clock source and prescaler */ + tmpreg |= RCC_MCO1Source | RCC_MCO1Div; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) + RCC_MCO1Cmd(ENABLE); +#endif /* STM32F410xx */ +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO2 pin(PC9). + * @note PC9 should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCO2Source: specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_SYSCLK: System clock (SYSCLK) selected as MCO2 source + * @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLI2SCLK: PLLI2S clock selected as MCO2 source, available for all STM32F4 devices except STM32F410xx + * @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_I2SCLK: I2SCLK clock selected as MCO2 source, available only for STM32F410xx devices + * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO2 source + * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO2 source + * @param RCC_MCO2Div: specifies the MCO2 prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_1: no division applied to MCO2 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_2: division by 2 applied to MCO2 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_3: division by 3 applied to MCO2 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_4: division by 4 applied to MCO2 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_5: division by 5 applied to MCO2 clock + * @note For STM32F410xx devices to output I2SCLK clock on MCO2 you should have + * at last one of the SPI clocks enabled (SPI1, SPI2 or SPI5). + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MCO2Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO2Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO2Div) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE(RCC_MCO2Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO2DIV(RCC_MCO2Div)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear MCO2 and MCO2PRE[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= CFGR_MCO2_RESET_MASK; + + /* Select MCO2 clock source and prescaler */ + tmpreg |= RCC_MCO2Source | RCC_MCO2Div; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) + RCC_MCO2Cmd(ENABLE); +#endif /* STM32F410xx */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group2 System AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions + * @brief System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provide functions allowing to configure the System, AHB, APB1 and + APB2 busses clocks. + + (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, + HSE and PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable + prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped + on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived + from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock + the peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use + "RCC_GetClocksFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + + -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: + (+@) I2S: the I2S clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or + from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin. + You have to use RCC_I2SCLKConfig() function to configure this clock. + (+@) RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock + divided by 2 to 31. You have to use RCC_RTCCLKConfig() and RCC_RTCCLKCmd() + functions to configure this clock. + (+@) USB OTG FS, SDIO and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz + to work correctly, while the SDIO require a frequency equal or lower than + to 48. This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLLQ divider. + (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. + + (#) For STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices, the maximum frequency + of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 168 MHz, PCLK2 84 MHz and PCLK1 42 MHz. Depending + on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should be adapted accordingly: + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |66 < HCLK <= 88 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |4WS(5CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 150|96 < HCLK <= 120|88 < HCLK <= 110 |80 < HCLK <= 100 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |5WS(6CPU cycle)|150< HCLK <= 168|120< HCLK <= 144|110 < HCLK <= 132|100 < HCLK <= 120| + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA |144< HCLK <= 168|132 < HCLK <= 154|120 < HCLK <= 140| + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA | NA |154 < HCLK <= 168|140 < HCLK <= 160| + +---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------+ + (#) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/469xx/479xx devices, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 180 MHz, + PCLK2 90 MHz and PCLK1 45 MHz. Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum + frequency should be adapted accordingly: + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |66 < HCLK <= 88 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |4WS(5CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 150|96 < HCLK <= 120|88 < HCLK <= 110 |80 < HCLK <= 100 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |5WS(6CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 180|120< HCLK <= 144|110 < HCLK <= 132|100 < HCLK <= 120| + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA |144< HCLK <= 168|132 < HCLK <= 154|120 < HCLK <= 140| + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA |168< HCLK <= 180|154 < HCLK <= 176|140 < HCLK <= 160| + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |8WS(9CPU cycle)| NA | NA |176 < HCLK <= 180|160 < HCLK <= 168| + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + (#) For STM32F401xx devices, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 84 MHz, + PCLK2 84 MHz and PCLK1 42 MHz. Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum + frequency should be adapted accordingly: + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 84 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |3WS(4CPU cycle)| NA |72 < HCLK <= 84 |66 < HCLK <= 84 |60 < HCLK <= 80 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |4WS(5CPU cycle)| NA | NA | NA |80 < HCLK <= 84 | + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + (#) For STM32F410xx/STM32F411xE devices, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 100 MHz, + PCLK2 100 MHz and PCLK1 50 MHz. Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum + frequency should be adapted accordingly: + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 18 |0 < HCLK <= 16 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 64 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |18 < HCLK <= 36 |16 < HCLK <= 32 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|64 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |36 < HCLK <= 54 |32 < HCLK <= 48 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 100|72 < HCLK <= 96 |54 < HCLK <= 72 |48 < HCLK <= 64 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |4WS(5CPU cycle)| NA |96 < HCLK <= 100|72 < HCLK <= 90 |64 < HCLK <= 80 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |5WS(6CPU cycle)| NA | NA |90 < HCLK <= 100 |80 < HCLK <= 96 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA | NA | NA |96 < HCLK <= 100 | + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + -@- On STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices: + (++) when VOS = '0', the maximum value of fHCLK = 144MHz. + (++) when VOS = '1', the maximum value of fHCLK = 168MHz. + [..] + On STM32F42xxx/43xxx/469xx/479xx devices: + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01', the maximum value of fHCLK is 120MHz. + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10', the maximum value of fHCLK is 144MHz. + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x11', the maximum value of f is 168MHz + [..] + On STM32F401x devices: + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01', the maximum value of fHCLK is 64MHz. + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10', the maximum value of fHCLK is 84MHz. + On STM32F410xx/STM32F411xE devices: + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01' the maximum value of fHCLK is 64MHz. + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10' the maximum value of fHCLK is 84MHz. + (++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x11' the maximum value of fHCLK is 100MHz. + + You can use PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() function to control VOS bits. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the system clock (SYSCLK). + * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source will be ready. + * You can use RCC_GetSYSCLKSource() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * @param RCC_SYSCLKSource: specifies the clock source used as system clock. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI: HSI selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE: HSE selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK: PLL selected as system clock source (RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLPCLK for STM32F446xx devices) + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLRCLK: PLL R selected as system clock source only for STM32F412xG, STM32F413_423xx and STM32F446xx devices + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SYSCLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear SW[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_SW; + + /* Set SW[1:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLKSource value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the clock source used as system clock. + * @param None + * @retval The clock source used as system clock. The returned value can be one + * of the following: + * - 0x00: HSI used as system clock + * - 0x04: HSE used as system clock + * - 0x08: PLL used as system clock (PLL P for STM32F446xx devices) + * - 0x0C: PLL R used as system clock (only for STM32F412xG, STM32F413_423xx and STM32F446xx devices) + */ +uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void) +{ + return ((uint8_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the AHB clock (HCLK). + * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly + * these bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency + * (for more details refer to section above + * "CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions") + * @param RCC_SYSCLK: defines the AHB clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the system clock (SYSCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div1: AHB clock = SYSCLK + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div2: AHB clock = SYSCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div4: AHB clock = SYSCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div8: AHB clock = SYSCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div16: AHB clock = SYSCLK/16 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div64: AHB clock = SYSCLK/64 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div128: AHB clock = SYSCLK/128 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div256: AHB clock = SYSCLK/256 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div512: AHB clock = SYSCLK/512 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_SYSCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear HPRE[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_HPRE; + + /* Set HPRE[3:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLK; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Low Speed APB clock (PCLK1). + * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB1 clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the AHB clock (HCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB1 clock = HCLK + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB1 clock = HCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB1 clock = HCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB1 clock = HCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB1 clock = HCLK/16 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear PPRE1[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; + + /* Set PPRE1[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the High Speed APB clock (PCLK2). + * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB2 clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the AHB clock (HCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB2 clock = HCLK + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB2 clock = HCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB2 clock = HCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB2 clock = HCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB2 clock = HCLK/16 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear PPRE2[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; + + /* Set PPRE2[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK << 3; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the frequencies of different on chip clocks; SYSCLK, HCLK, + * PCLK1 and PCLK2. + * + * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) + * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx.h file (default value + * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx.h file (default value + * 25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @param RCC_Clocks: pointer to a RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold + * the clocks frequencies. + * + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function + * must be called to update the structure's field. Otherwise, any + * configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0, presc = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 2, pllsource = 0, pllm = 2; +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) + uint32_t pllr = 2; +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS; + + switch (tmp) + { + case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock source */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_VALUE; + break; + case 0x08: /* PLL P used as system clock source */ + + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN + SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLP + */ + pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22; + pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; + + if (pllsource != 0) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + + pllp = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >>16) + 1 ) *2; + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = pllvco/pllp; + break; + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) + case 0x0C: /* PLL R used as system clock source */ + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN + SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLR + */ + pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22; + pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; + + if (pllsource != 0) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + + pllr = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >>28) + 1 ) *2; + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = pllvco/pllr; + break; +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + + default: + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + /* Compute HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 clocks frequencies ------------------------*/ + + /* Get HCLK prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE; + tmp = tmp >> 4; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency >> presc; + + /* Get PCLK1 prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; + tmp = tmp >> 10; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; + + /* Get PCLK2 prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; + tmp = tmp >> 13; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* PCLK2 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group3 Peripheral clocks configuration functions + * @brief Peripheral clocks configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral clocks configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the Peripheral clocks. + + (#) The RTC clock which is derived from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock divided + by 2 to 31. + + (#) After restart from Reset or wakeup from STANDBY, all peripherals are off + except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. Before to start using a peripheral + you have to enable its interface clock. You can do this using + RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd() and RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() functions. + + (#) To reset the peripherals configuration (to the default state after device reset) + you can use RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd() and + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd() functions. + + (#) To further reduce power consumption in SLEEP mode the peripheral clocks + can be disabled prior to executing the WFI or WFE instructions. + You can do this using RCC_AHBPeriphClockLPModeCmd(), + RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd() and RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC clock (RTCCLK). + * @note As the RTC clock configuration bits are in the Backup domain and write + * access is denied to this domain after reset, you have to enable write + * access using PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure + * the RTC clock source (to be done once after reset). + * @note Once the RTC clock is configured it can't be changed unless the + * Backup domain is reset using RCC_BackupResetCmd() function, or by + * a Power On Reset (POR). + * + * @param RCC_RTCCLKSource: specifies the RTC clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Divx: HSE clock divided by x selected + * as RTC clock, where x:[2,31] + * + * @note If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock source, the RTC continues to + * work in STOP and STANDBY modes, and can be used as wakeup source. + * However, when the HSE clock is used as RTC clock source, the RTC + * cannot be used in STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @note The maximum input clock frequency for RTC is 1MHz (when using HSE as + * RTC clock source). + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(RCC_RTCCLKSource)); + + if ((RCC_RTCCLKSource & 0x00000300) == 0x00000300) + { /* If HSE is selected as RTC clock source, configure HSE division factor for RTC clock */ + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear RTCPRE[4:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE; + + /* Configure HSE division factor for RTC clock */ + tmpreg |= (RCC_RTCCLKSource & 0xFFFFCFF); + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; + } + + /* Select the RTC clock source */ + RCC->BDCR |= (RCC_RTCCLKSource & 0x00000FFF); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock. + * @note This function must be used only after the RTC clock source was selected + * using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig function. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC clock. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_RTCEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases the Backup domain reset. + * @note This function resets the RTC peripheral (including the backup registers) + * and the RTC clock source selection in RCC_CSR register. + * @note The BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the Backup domain reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_BDRST_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +#if defined (STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the I2S clock source (I2SCLK). + * @note This function must be called before enabling the I2S APB clock. + * + * @param RCC_I2SAPBx: specifies the APBx I2S clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_I2SBus_APB1: I2S peripheral instance is on APB1 Bus + * @arg RCC_I2SBus_APB2: I2S peripheral instance is on APB2 Bus + * + * @param RCC_I2SCLKSource: specifies the I2S clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S clock used as I2S clock source + * @arg RCC_I2SCLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin + * used as I2S clock source + * @arg RCC_I2SCLKSource_PLL: PLL clock used as I2S clock source + * @arg RCC_I2SCLKSource_HSI_HSE: HSI or HSE depends on PLLSRC used as I2S clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SAPBx, uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(RCC_I2SCLKSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S_APBx(RCC_I2SAPBx)); + + if(RCC_I2SAPBx == RCC_I2SBus_APB1) + { + /* Clear APB1 I2Sx clock source selection bits */ + RCC->DCKCFGR &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S1SRC; + /* Set new APB1 I2Sx clock source*/ + RCC->DCKCFGR |= RCC_I2SCLKSource; + } + else + { + /* Clear APB2 I2Sx clock source selection bits */ + RCC->DCKCFGR &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_I2S2SRC; + /* Set new APB2 I2Sx clock source */ + RCC->DCKCFGR |= (RCC_I2SCLKSource << 2); + } +} +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the SAIx clock source (SAIxCLK). + * @note This function must be called before enabling the SAIx APB clock. + * + * @param RCC_SAIInstance: specifies the SAIx clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SAIInstance_SAI1: SAI1 clock source selection + * @arg RCC_SAIInstance_SAI2: SAI2 clock source selections + * + * @param RCC_SAICLKSource: specifies the SAI clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLSAI: PLLSAI clock used as SAI clock source + * @arg RCC_SAICLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S clock used as SAI clock source + * @arg RCC_SAICLKSource_PLL: PLL clock used as SAI clock source + * @arg RCC_SAICLKSource_HSI_HSE: HSI or HSE depends on PLLSRC used as SAI clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SAICLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIInstance, uint32_t RCC_SAICLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SAICLK_SOURCE(RCC_SAICLKSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI_INSTANCE(RCC_SAIInstance)); + + if(RCC_SAIInstance == RCC_SAIInstance_SAI1) + { + /* Clear SAI1 clock source selection bits */ + RCC->DCKCFGR &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC; + /* Set new SAI1 clock source */ + RCC->DCKCFGR |= RCC_SAICLKSource; + } + else + { + /* Clear SAI2 clock source selection bits */ + RCC->DCKCFGR &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI2SRC; + /* Set new SAI2 clock source */ + RCC->DCKCFGR |= (RCC_SAICLKSource << 2); + } +} +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Configures SAI1BlockA clock source selection. + * @note This function must be called before enabling PLLSAI, PLLI2S and + * the SAI clock. + * @param RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource: specifies the SAI Block A clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLI2SR: PLLI2SR clock used as SAI clock source + * @arg RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S clock used as SAI clock source + * @arg RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLL: PLL clock used as SAI clock source + * @arg RCC_SAIACLKSource_HSI_HSE: HSI or HSE depends on PLLSRC used as SAI clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SAIBlockACLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SAIACLK_SOURCE(RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC; + + /* Set SAI Block A source selection value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures SAI1BlockB clock source selection. + * @note This function must be called before enabling PLLSAI, PLLI2S and + * the SAI clock. + * @param RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource: specifies the SAI Block B clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLI2SR: PLLI2SR clock used as SAI clock source + * @arg RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S clock used as SAI clock source + * @arg RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLL: PLL clock used as SAI clock source + * @arg RCC_SAIBCLKSource_HSI_HSE: HSI or HSE depends on PLLSRC used as SAI clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SAIBlockBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SAIBCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1BSRC; + + /* Set SAI Block B source selection value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the I2S clock source (I2SCLK). + * @note This function must be called before enabling the I2S clock. + * + * @param RCC_I2SCLKSource: specifies the I2S clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_I2SAPBCLKSOURCE_PLLR: PLL VCO output clock divided by PLLR. + * @arg RCC_I2SAPBCLKSOURCE_EXT: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin. + * @arg RCC_I2SAPBCLKSOURCE_PLLSRC: HSI/HSE depends on PLLSRC. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(RCC_I2SCLKSource)); + + /* Clear I2Sx clock source selection bits */ + RCC->DCKCFGR &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_I2SSRC; + /* Set new I2Sx clock source*/ + RCC->DCKCFGR |= RCC_I2SCLKSource; +} +#endif /* STM32F410xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the I2S clock source (I2SCLK). + * @note This function must be called before enabling the I2S APB clock. + * @param RCC_I2SCLKSource: specifies the I2S clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S clock used as I2S clock source + * @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin + * used as I2S clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(RCC_I2SCLKSource)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_I2SSRC_BB = RCC_I2SCLKSource; +} +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Configures SAI1BlockA clock source selection. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/469xx/479xx devices. + * + * @note This function must be called before enabling PLLSAI, PLLI2S and + * the SAI clock. + * @param RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource: specifies the SAI Block A clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S_Q clock divided by PLLI2SDIVQ used + * as SAI1 Block A clock + * @arg RCC_SAIACLKSource_PLLSAI: PLLISAI_Q clock divided by PLLSAIDIVQ used + * as SAI1 Block A clock + * @arg RCC_SAIACLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin + * used as SAI1 Block A clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SAIBlockACLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SAIACLK_SOURCE(RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1ASRC; + + /* Set SAI Block A source selection value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SAIBlockACLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures SAI1BlockB clock source selection. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/469xx/479xx devices. + * + * @note This function must be called before enabling PLLSAI, PLLI2S and + * the SAI clock. + * @param RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource: specifies the SAI Block B clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S_Q clock divided by PLLI2SDIVQ used + * as SAI1 Block B clock + * @arg RCC_SAIBCLKSource_PLLSAI: PLLISAI_Q clock divided by PLLSAIDIVQ used + * as SAI1 Block B clock + * @arg RCC_SAIBCLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin + * used as SAI1 Block B clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SAIBlockBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SAIBCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1BSRC[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1BSRC; + + /* Set SAI Block B source selection value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SAIBlockBCLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the SAI clock Divider coming from PLLI2S. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx devices. + * + * @note This function must be called before enabling the PLLI2S. + * + * @param RCC_PLLI2SDivQ: specifies the PLLI2S division factor for SAI1 clock . + * This parameter must be a number between 1 and 32. + * SAI1 clock frequency = f(PLLI2S_Q) / RCC_PLLI2SDivQ + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SAIPLLI2SClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLI2SDivQ) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE(RCC_PLLI2SDivQ)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear PLLI2SDIVQ[4:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ); + + /* Set PLLI2SDIVQ values */ + tmpreg |= (RCC_PLLI2SDivQ - 1); + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SAI clock Divider coming from PLLSAI. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx devices. + * + * @note This function must be called before enabling the PLLSAI. + * + * @param RCC_PLLSAIDivQ: specifies the PLLSAI division factor for SAI1 clock . + * This parameter must be a number between 1 and 32. + * SAI1 clock frequency = f(PLLSAI_Q) / RCC_PLLSAIDivQ + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SAIPLLSAIClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIDivQ) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE(RCC_PLLSAIDivQ)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear PLLI2SDIVQ[4:0] and PLLSAIDIVQ[4:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ); + + /* Set PLLSAIDIVQ values */ + tmpreg |= ((RCC_PLLSAIDivQ - 1) << 8); + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the SAI clock Divider coming from PLLI2S. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F413_423xx + * + * @param RCC_PLLI2SDivR: specifies the PLLI2S division factor for SAI1 clock. + * This parameter must be a number between 1 and 32. + * SAI1 clock frequency = f(PLLI2SR) / RCC_PLLI2SDivR + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SAIPLLI2SRClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLI2SDivR) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVR_VALUE(RCC_PLLI2SDivR)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear PLLI2SDIVR[4:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVR); + + /* Set PLLI2SDIVR values */ + tmpreg |= (RCC_PLLI2SDivR-1); + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SAI clock Divider coming from PLL. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F413_423xx + * + * @note This function must be called before enabling the PLLSAI. + * + * @param RCC_PLLDivR: specifies the PLL division factor for SAI1 clock. + * This parameter must be a number between 1 and 32. + * SAI1 clock frequency = f(PLLR) / RCC_PLLDivR + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SAIPLLRClkDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLDivR) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_DIVR_VALUE(RCC_PLLDivR)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear PLLDIVR[12:8] */ + tmpreg &= ~(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLDIVR); + + /* Set PLLDivR values */ + tmpreg |= ((RCC_PLLDivR - 1 ) << 8); + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the LTDC clock Divider coming from PLLSAI. + * + * @note The LTDC peripheral is only available with STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices. + * + * @note This function must be called before enabling the PLLSAI. + * + * @param RCC_PLLSAIDivR: specifies the PLLSAI division factor for LTDC clock . + * LTDC clock frequency = f(PLLSAI_R) / RCC_PLLSAIDivR + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div2: LTDC clock = f(PLLSAI_R)/2 + * @arg RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div4: LTDC clock = f(PLLSAI_R)/4 + * @arg RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div8: LTDC clock = f(PLLSAI_R)/8 + * @arg RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div16: LTDC clock = f(PLLSAI_R)/16 + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LTDCCLKDivConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIDivR) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVR_VALUE(RCC_PLLSAIDivR)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear PLLSAIDIVR[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVR; + + /* Set PLLSAIDIVR values */ + tmpreg |= RCC_PLLSAIDivR; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the DFSDM clock source (DFSDMCLK). + * @note This function must be called before enabling the DFSDM APB clock. + * @param RCC_DFSDMCLKSource: specifies the DFSDM clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_DFSDMCLKSource_APB: APB clock used as DFSDM clock source. + * @arg RCC_DFSDMCLKSource_SYS: System clock used as DFSDM clock source. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_DFSDM1CLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_DFSDMCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_DFSDM1CLK_SOURCE(RCC_DFSDMCLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear CKDFSDM-SEL bit */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_CKDFSDM1SEL; + + /* Set CKDFSDM-SEL bit according to RCC_DFSDMCLKSource value */ + tmpreg |= (RCC_DFSDMCLKSource << 31) ; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the DFSDM Audio clock source (DFSDMACLK). + * @note This function must be called before enabling the DFSDM APB clock. + * @param RCC_DFSDM1ACLKSource: specifies the DFSDM clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB1: APB clock used as DFSDM clock source. + * @arg RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB2: System clock used as DFSDM clock source. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_DFSDM1ACLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_DFSDM1ACLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_DFSDMACLK_SOURCE(RCC_DFSDM1ACLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear CKDFSDMA SEL bit */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_CKDFSDM1ASEL; + + /* Set CKDFSDM-SEL bt according to RCC_DFSDMCLKSource value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_DFSDM1ACLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the DFSDM Audio clock source (DFSDMACLK). + * @note This function must be called before enabling the DFSDM APB clock. + * @param RCC_DFSDM2ACLKSource: specifies the DFSDM clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_DFSDM2AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB1: APB clock used as DFSDM clock source. + * @arg RCC_DFSDM2AUDIOCLKSOURCE_I2SAPB2: System clock used as DFSDM clock source. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_DFSDM2ACLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_DFSDMACLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_DFSDMCLK_SOURCE(RCC_DFSDMACLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->DCKCFGR; + + /* Clear CKDFSDMA SEL bit */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR_CKDFSDM1ASEL; + + /* Set CKDFSDM-SEL bt according to RCC_DFSDMCLKSource value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_DFSDMACLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->DCKCFGR = tmpreg; +} +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Timers clocks prescalers selection. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx and STM32F401xx/411xE devices. + * + * @param RCC_TIMCLKPrescaler : specifies the Timers clocks prescalers selection + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_TIMPrescDesactivated: The Timers kernels clocks prescaler is + * equal to HPRE if PPREx is corresponding to division by 1 or 2, + * else it is equal to [(HPRE * PPREx) / 2] if PPREx is corresponding to + * division by 4 or more. + * + * @arg RCC_TIMPrescActivated: The Timers kernels clocks prescaler is + * equal to HPRE if PPREx is corresponding to division by 1, 2 or 4, + * else it is equal to [(HPRE * PPREx) / 4] if PPREx is corresponding + * to division by 8 or more. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_TIMCLKPresConfig(uint32_t RCC_TIMCLKPrescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_TIMCLK_PRESCALER(RCC_TIMCLKPrescaler)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCKCFGR_TIMPRE_BB = RCC_TIMCLKPrescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB1 peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI: GPIOI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ: GPIOJ clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK: GPIOK clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC: CRC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_BKPSRAM: BKPSRAM interface clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CCMDATARAMEN CCM data RAM interface clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1: DMA1 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2: DMA2 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D: DMA2D clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC: Ethernet MAC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Tx: Ethernet Transmission clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Rx: Ethernet Reception clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_PTP: Ethernet PTP clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS: USB OTG HS clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS_ULPI: USB OTG HS ULPI clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_CLOCK_PERIPH(RCC_AHB1Periph)); + + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB1ENR |= RCC_AHB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB1ENR &= ~RCC_AHB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB2 peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI: DCMI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP: CRYP clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH: HASH clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG: RNG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS: USB OTG FS clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(RCC_AHB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB2ENR |= RCC_AHB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB2ENR &= ~RCC_AHB2Periph; + } +} + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB3 peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB3 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter must be: + * - RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC or RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC (STM32F412xG/STM32F413_423xx/STM32F429x/439x devices) + * - RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI (STM32F412xG/STM32F413_423xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469_479xx devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(RCC_AHB3Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB3ENR |= RCC_AHB3Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB3ENR &= ~RCC_AHB3Periph; + } +} +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_LPTIM1: LPTIM1 clock (STM32F410xx and STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIF: SPDIF RX clock (STM32F446xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3: I2C3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_FMPI2C1:FMPI2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2: CAN2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CEC: CEC clock (STM32F446xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART7: UART7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART8: UART8 clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1ENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1: TIM1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8: TIM8 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART6: USART6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2: ADC2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3: ADC3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4: SPI4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_EXTIT: EXTIIT clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5: SPI5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6: SPI6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1: SAI1 clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx/413_423xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2: SAI2 clock (STM32F446xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC: LTDC clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_DSI: DSI clock (STM32F469_479xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM1: DFSDM Clock (STM32F412xG and STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM2: DFSDM2 Clock (STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_UART9: UART9 Clock (STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_UART10: UART10 Clock (STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2ENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases AHB1 peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_AHB1Periph: specifies the AHB1 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI: GPIOI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ: GPIOJ clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK: GPIOK clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxxdevices) + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC: CRC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1: DMA1 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2: DMA2 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D: DMA2D clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC: Ethernet MAC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS: USB OTG HS clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_RNG: RNG clock for STM32F410xx devices + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_RESET_PERIPH(RCC_AHB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB1RSTR |= RCC_AHB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB1RSTR &= ~RCC_AHB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases AHB2 peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_AHB2Periph: specifies the AHB2 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI: DCMI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP: CRYP clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH: HASH clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG: RNG clock for STM32F40_41xxx/STM32F412xG/STM32F413_423xx/STM32F427_437xx/STM32F429_439xx/STM32F469_479xx devices + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS: USB OTG FS clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(RCC_AHB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB2RSTR |= RCC_AHB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB2RSTR &= ~RCC_AHB2Periph; + } +} + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Forces or releases AHB3 peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_AHB3Periph: specifies the AHB3 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter must be: + * - RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC or RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC (STM32F412xG, STM32F413_423xx and STM32F429x/439x devices) + * - RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI (STM32F412xG/STM32F446xx/STM32F469_479xx devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB3PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(RCC_AHB3Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB3RSTR |= RCC_AHB3Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB3RSTR &= ~RCC_AHB3Periph; + } +} +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_LPTIM1: LPTIM1 clock (STM32F410xx and STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIF: SPDIF RX clock (STM32F446xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3: I2C3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_FMPI2C1:FMPI2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2: CAN2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CEC: CEC clock(STM32F446xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART7: UART7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART8: UART8 clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1RSTR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1RSTR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1: TIM1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8: TIM8 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART6: USART6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2: ADC2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3: ADC3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4: SPI4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5: SPI5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6: SPI6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1: SAI1 clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx/413_423xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2: SAI2 clock (STM32F446xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC: LTDC clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_DSI: DSI clock (STM32F469_479xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM1: DFSDM Clock (STM32F412xG and STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM2: DFSDM2 Clock (STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_UART9: UART9 Clock (STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_UART10: UART10 Clock (STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_RESET_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2RSTR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB1 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. + * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI: GPIOI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOJ: GPIOJ clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOK: GPIOK clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices) + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC: CRC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_BKPSRAM: BKPSRAM interface clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1: DMA1 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2: DMA2 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D: DMA2D clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC: Ethernet MAC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Tx: Ethernet Transmission clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Rx: Ethernet Reception clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_PTP: Ethernet PTP clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS: USB OTG HS clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS_ULPI: USB OTG HS ULPI clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_LPMODE_PERIPH(RCC_AHB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB1LPENR |= RCC_AHB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB1LPENR &= ~RCC_AHB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB2 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. + * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI: DCMI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP: CRYP clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH: HASH clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG: RNG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS: USB OTG FS clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(RCC_AHB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB2LPENR |= RCC_AHB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB2LPENR &= ~RCC_AHB2Periph; + } +} + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB3 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. + * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB3 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter must be: + * - RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC or RCC_AHB3Periph_FMC (STM32F412xG/STM32F413_423xx/STM32F429x/439x devices) + * - RCC_AHB3Periph_QSPI (STM32F412xG/STM32F413_423xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469_479xx devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(RCC_AHB3Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB3LPENR |= RCC_AHB3Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB3LPENR &= ~RCC_AHB3Periph; + } +} +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the APB1 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. + * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_LPTIM1: LPTIM1 clock (STM32F410xx and STM32F413_423xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIF: SPDIF RX clock (STM32F446xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3: I2C3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_FMPI2C1: FMPI2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2: CAN2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CEC: CEC clock (STM32F446xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART7: UART7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART8: UART8 clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1LPENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1LPENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the APB2 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. + * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1: TIM1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8: TIM8 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART6: USART6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2: ADC2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3: ADC3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4: SPI4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_EXTIT: EXTIIT clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5: SPI5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6: SPI6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1: SAI1 clock (STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx/413_423xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2: SAI2 clock (STM32F446xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC: LTDC clock (STM32F429xx/439xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_DSI: DSI clock (STM32F469_479xx devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM1: DFSDM Clock (STM32F412xG and STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_DFSDM2: DFSDM2 Clock (STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_UART9: UART9 Clock (STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_UART10: UART10 Clock (STM32F413_423xx Devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2LPENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2LPENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator mode (LSE mode). + * @note This mode is only available for STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469_479xx devices. + * @param Mode: specifies the LSE mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_LSE_LOWPOWER_MODE: LSE oscillator in low power mode. + * @arg RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE: LSE oscillator in High Drive mode. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSEModeConfig(uint8_t RCC_Mode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE_MODE(RCC_Mode)); + + if(RCC_Mode == RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE) + { + SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEMOD); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEMOD); + } +} + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the LPTIM1 clock Source. + * @note This feature is only available for STM32F410xx devices. + * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the LPTIM1 clock Source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK: LPTIM1 clock from APB1 selected. + * @arg RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI: LPTIM1 clock from HSI selected. + * @arg RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI: LPTIM1 clock from LSI selected. + * @arg RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSE: LPTIM1 clock from LSE selected. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LPTIM1ClockSourceConfig(uint32_t RCC_ClockSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LPTIM1_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); + + /* Clear LPTIM1 clock source selection source bits */ + RCC->DCKCFGR2 &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR2_LPTIM1SEL; + /* Set new LPTIM1 clock source */ + RCC->DCKCFGR2 |= RCC_ClockSource; +} +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the DSI clock Source. + * @note This feature is only available for STM32F469_479xx devices. + * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the DSI clock Source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_DSICLKSource_PHY: DSI-PHY used as DSI byte lane clock source (usual case). + * @arg RCC_DSICLKSource_PLLR: PLL_R used as DSI byte lane clock source, used in case DSI PLL and DSI-PHY are off (low power mode). + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_DSIClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_DSI_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); + + if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_DSICLKSource_PLLR) + { + SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR, RCC_DCKCFGR_DSISEL); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR, RCC_DCKCFGR_DSISEL); + } +} +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the 48MHz clock Source. + * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx/STM32F469_479xx devices. + * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the 48MHz clock Source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLL: 48MHz from PLL selected. + * @arg RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLLSAI: 48MHz from PLLSAI selected. + * @arg RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE_PLLI2SQ : 48MHz from PLLI2SQ + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_48MHzClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_48MHZ_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) + if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLLSAI) + { + SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR, RCC_DCKCFGR_CK48MSEL); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR, RCC_DCKCFGR_CK48MSEL); + } +#elif defined(STM32F446xx) + if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_48MHZCLKSource_PLLSAI) + { + SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_CK48MSEL); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_CK48MSEL); + } +#elif defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) + if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE_PLLI2SQ) + { + SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_CK48MSEL); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_CK48MSEL); + } +#else +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SDIO clock Source. + * @note This feature is only available for STM32F469_479xx/STM32F446xx devices. + * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the SDIO clock Source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SDIOCLKSource_48MHZ: 48MHz clock selected. + * @arg RCC_SDIOCLKSource_SYSCLK: system clock selected. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SDIOClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SDIO_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); +#if defined(STM32F469_479xx) + if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_SDIOCLKSource_SYSCLK) + { + SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR, RCC_DCKCFGR_SDIOSEL); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR, RCC_DCKCFGR_SDIOSEL); + } +#elif defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) + if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_SDIOCLKSource_SYSCLK) + { + SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_SDIOSEL); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_SDIOSEL); + } +#else +#endif /* STM32F469_479xx */ +} +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB1 clock gating for the specified IPs. + * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx devices. + * @param RCC_AHB1ClockGating: specifies the AHB1 clock gating. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_APB1Bridge: AHB1 to APB1 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_APB2Bridge: AHB1 to APB2 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_CM4DBG: Cortex M4 ETM clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_SPARE: Spare clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_SRAM: SRAM controller clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_FLITF: Flash interface clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1ClockGating_RCC: RCC clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB1ClockGatingCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1ClockGating, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_CLOCKGATING(RCC_AHB1ClockGating)); + + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->CKGATENR &= ~RCC_AHB1ClockGating; + } + else + { + RCC->CKGATENR |= RCC_AHB1ClockGating; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SPDIFRX clock Source. + * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx devices. + * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the SPDIFRX clock Source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLR: SPDIFRX clock from PLL_R selected. + * @arg RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLI2SP: SPDIFRX clock from PLLI2S_P selected. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SPDIFRXClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SPDIFRX_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); + + if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSource_PLLI2SP) + { + SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_SPDIFRXSEL); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_SPDIFRXSEL); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the CEC clock Source. + * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx devices. + * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the CEC clock Source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_CECCLKSource_HSIDiv488: CEC clock from HSI/488 selected. + * @arg RCC_CECCLKSource_LSE: CEC clock from LSE selected. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_CECClockSourceConfig(uint8_t RCC_ClockSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CEC_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); + + if(RCC_ClockSource == RCC_CECCLKSource_LSE) + { + SET_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_CECSEL); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->DCKCFGR2, RCC_DCKCFGR2_CECSEL); + } +} +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the FMPI2C1 clock Source. + * @note This feature is only available for STM32F446xx devices. + * @param RCC_ClockSource: specifies the FMPI2C1 clock Source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_APB1: FMPI2C1 clock from APB1 selected. + * @arg RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_SYSCLK: FMPI2C1 clock from Sytem clock selected. + * @arg RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSource_HSI: FMPI2C1 clock from HSI selected. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_FMPI2C1ClockSourceConfig(uint32_t RCC_ClockSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_FMPI2C1_CLOCKSOURCE(RCC_ClockSource)); + + /* Clear FMPI2C1 clock source selection source bits */ + RCC->DCKCFGR2 &= ~RCC_DCKCFGR2_FMPI2C1SEL; + /* Set new FMPI2C1 clock source */ + RCC->DCKCFGR2 |= RCC_ClockSource; +} +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the MCO1. + * @param NewState: new state of the MCO1. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MCO1Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CFGR_MCO1EN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the MCO2. + * @param NewState: new state of the MCO2. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MCO2Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CFGR_MCO2EN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} +#endif /* STM32F410xx */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RCC interrupts. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: main PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY: PLLSAI ready interrupt (only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RCC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_IT(RCC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[14:8] bits to enable the selected interrupts */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= RCC_IT; + } + else + { + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[14:8] bits to disable the selected interrupts */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (uint8_t)~RCC_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC flag is set or not. + * @param RCC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: main PLL clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLSAIRDY: PLLSAI clock ready (only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx devices) + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_BORRST: POR/PDR or BOR reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset + * @retval The new state of RCC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint32_t statusreg = 0; + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_FLAG(RCC_FLAG)); + + /* Get the RCC register index */ + tmp = RCC_FLAG >> 5; + if (tmp == 1) /* The flag to check is in CR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CR; + } + else if (tmp == 2) /* The flag to check is in BDCR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->BDCR; + } + else /* The flag to check is in CSR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CSR; + } + + /* Get the flag position */ + tmp = RCC_FLAG & FLAG_MASK; + if ((statusreg & ((uint32_t)1 << tmp)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RCC reset flags. + * The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST, RCC_FLAG_SFTRST, + * RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClearFlag(void) +{ + /* Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags */ + RCC->CSR |= RCC_CSR_RMVF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: main PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY: PLLSAI clock ready interrupt (only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx devices) + * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt + * @retval The new state of RCC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT)); + + /* Check the status of the specified RCC interrupt */ + if ((RCC->CIR & RCC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RCC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RCC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: main PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY: PLLSAI ready interrupt (only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx devices) + * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT)); + + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected interrupt + pending bits */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rng.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rng.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 8ec78976b7..232b609075 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rng.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rng.c @@ -1,397 +1,398 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_rng.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral: - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Get 32 bit Random number - * + Interrupts and flags management - * -@verbatim - - =================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable The RNG controller clock using - RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG, ENABLE) function. - - (#) Activate the RNG peripheral using RNG_Cmd() function. - - (#) Wait until the 32 bit Random number Generator contains a valid random data - (using polling/interrupt mode). For more details, refer to "Interrupts and - flags management functions" module description. - - (#) Get the 32 bit Random number using RNG_GetRandomNumber() function - - (#) To get another 32 bit Random number, go to step 3. - - -@endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_rng.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RNG - * @brief RNG driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RNG_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RNG_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to - (+) Initialize the RNG peripheral - (+) Enable or disable the RNG peripheral - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the RNG peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void RNG_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable RNG reset state */ - RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG, ENABLE); - - /* Release RNG from reset state */ - RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the RNG peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the RNG peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RNG_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the RNG */ - RNG->CR |= RNG_CR_RNGEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the RNG */ - RNG->CR &= ~RNG_CR_RNGEN; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RNG_Group2 Get 32 bit Random number function - * @brief Get 32 bit Random number function - * - -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Get 32 bit Random number function ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides a function allowing to get the 32 bit Random number - - (@) Before to call this function you have to wait till DRDY flag is set, - using RNG_GetFlagStatus(RNG_FLAG_DRDY) function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Returns a 32-bit random number. - * - * @note Before to call this function you have to wait till DRDY (data ready) - * flag is set, using RNG_GetFlagStatus(RNG_FLAG_DRDY) function. - * @note Each time the Random number data is read (using RNG_GetRandomNumber() - * function), the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag is automatically cleared. - * @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is - * interrupted for as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is - * available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may - * not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the - * SEIS bit(using RNG_ClearFlag(RNG_FLAG_SECS) function), then disable - * and enable the RNG peripheral (using RNG_Cmd() function) to - * reinitialize and restart the RNG. - * @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate - * random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User have - * to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide - * the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit (using RNG_ClearFlag(RNG_FLAG_CECS) - * function) . The clock error has no impact on the previously generated - * random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used. - * - * @param None - * @retval 32-bit random number. - */ -uint32_t RNG_GetRandomNumber(void) -{ - /* Return the 32 bit random number from the DR register */ - return RNG->DR; -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RNG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the RNG Interrupts and - to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. - - [..] The RNG provides 3 Interrupts sources and 3 Flags: - - *** Flags : *** - =============== - [..] - (#) RNG_FLAG_DRDY : In the case of the RNG_DR register contains valid - random data. it is cleared by reading the valid data(using - RNG_GetRandomNumber() function). - - (#) RNG_FLAG_CECS : In the case of a seed error detection. - - (#) RNG_FLAG_SECS : In the case of a clock error detection. - - *** Interrupts *** - ================== - [..] If enabled, an RNG interrupt is pending : - - (#) In the case of the RNG_DR register contains valid random data. - This interrupt source is cleared once the RNG_DR register has been read - (using RNG_GetRandomNumber() function) until a new valid value is - computed; or - (#) In the case of a seed error : One of the following faulty sequences has - been detected: - (++) More than 64 consecutive bits at the same value (0 or 1) - (++) More than 32 consecutive alternance of 0 and 1 (0101010101...01) - This interrupt source is cleared using RNG_ClearITPendingBit(RNG_IT_SEI) - function; or - (#) In the case of a clock error : the PLL48CLK (RNG peripheral clock source) - was not correctly detected (fPLL48CLK< fHCLK/16). This interrupt source is - cleared using RNG_ClearITPendingBit(RNG_IT_CEI) function. - -@- note In this case, User have to check that the clock controller is - correctly configured to provide the RNG clock. - - *** Managing the RNG controller events : *** - ============================================ - [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage - the RNG controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. - - (#) In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (++) RNG_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. - (++) RNG_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. - - -@@- RNG_FLAG_DRDY can not be cleared by RNG_ClearFlag(). it is cleared only - by reading the Random number data. - - (#) In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (++) RNG_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. - (++) RNG_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. - (++) RNG_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit - (corresponding Flag). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the RNG interrupt. - * @note The RNG provides 3 interrupt sources, - * - Computed data is ready event (DRDY), and - * - Seed error Interrupt (SEI) and - * - Clock error Interrupt (CEI), - * all these interrupts sources are enabled by setting the IE bit in - * CR register. However, each interrupt have its specific status bit - * (see RNG_GetITStatus() function) and clear bit except the DRDY event - * (see RNG_ClearITPendingBit() function). - * @param NewState: new state of the RNG interrupt. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RNG_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the RNG interrupt */ - RNG->CR |= RNG_CR_IE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the RNG interrupt */ - RNG->CR &= ~RNG_CR_IE; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified RNG flag is set or not. - * @param RNG_FLAG: specifies the RNG flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RNG_FLAG_DRDY: Data Ready flag. - * @arg RNG_FLAG_CECS: Clock Error Current flag. - * @arg RNG_FLAG_SECS: Seed Error Current flag. - * @retval The new state of RNG_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus RNG_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RNG_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RNG_GET_FLAG(RNG_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified RNG flag */ - if ((RNG->SR & RNG_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET) - { - /* RNG_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* RNG_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the RNG_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - - -/** - * @brief Clears the RNG flags. - * @param RNG_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RNG_FLAG_CECS: Clock Error Current flag. - * @arg RNG_FLAG_SECS: Seed Error Current flag. - * @note RNG_FLAG_DRDY can not be cleared by RNG_ClearFlag() function. - * This flag is cleared only by reading the Random number data (using - * RNG_GetRandomNumber() function). - * @retval None - */ -void RNG_ClearFlag(uint8_t RNG_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RNG_CLEAR_FLAG(RNG_FLAG)); - /* Clear the selected RNG flags */ - RNG->SR = ~(uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RNG_FLAG) << 4); -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified RNG interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param RNG_IT: specifies the RNG interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RNG_IT_CEI: Clock Error Interrupt. - * @arg RNG_IT_SEI: Seed Error Interrupt. - * @retval The new state of RNG_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus RNG_GetITStatus(uint8_t RNG_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RNG_GET_IT(RNG_IT)); - - /* Check the status of the specified RNG interrupt */ - if ((RNG->SR & RNG_IT) != (uint8_t)RESET) - { - /* RNG_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* RNG_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the RNG_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - - -/** - * @brief Clears the RNG interrupt pending bit(s). - * @param RNG_IT: specifies the RNG interrupt pending bit(s) to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RNG_IT_CEI: Clock Error Interrupt. - * @arg RNG_IT_SEI: Seed Error Interrupt. - * @retval None - */ -void RNG_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RNG_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RNG_IT(RNG_IT)); - - /* Clear the selected RNG interrupt pending bit */ - RNG->SR = (uint8_t)~RNG_IT; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_rng.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Get 32 bit Random number + * + Interrupts and flags management + * +@verbatim + + =================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable The RNG controller clock using + RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG, ENABLE) function. + + (#) Activate the RNG peripheral using RNG_Cmd() function. + + (#) Wait until the 32 bit Random number Generator contains a valid random data + (using polling/interrupt mode). For more details, refer to "Interrupts and + flags management functions" module description. + + (#) Get the 32 bit Random number using RNG_GetRandomNumber() function + + (#) To get another 32 bit Random number, go to step 3. + + +@endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_rng.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG + * @brief RNG driver modules + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RNG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to + (+) Initialize the RNG peripheral + (+) Enable or disable the RNG peripheral + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the RNG peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RNG_DeInit(void) +{ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + /* Enable RNG reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG, ENABLE); + + /* Release RNG from reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG, DISABLE); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +#if defined(STM32F410xx) + /* Enable RNG reset state */ + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_RNG, ENABLE); + + /* Release RNG from reset state */ + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_RNG, DISABLE); +#endif /* STM32F410xx*/ +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RNG peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the RNG peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RNG_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RNG */ + RNG->CR |= RNG_CR_RNGEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RNG */ + RNG->CR &= ~RNG_CR_RNGEN; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG_Group2 Get 32 bit Random number function + * @brief Get 32 bit Random number function + * + +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Get 32 bit Random number function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a function allowing to get the 32 bit Random number + + (@) Before to call this function you have to wait till DRDY flag is set, + using RNG_GetFlagStatus(RNG_FLAG_DRDY) function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Returns a 32-bit random number. + * + * @note Before to call this function you have to wait till DRDY (data ready) + * flag is set, using RNG_GetFlagStatus(RNG_FLAG_DRDY) function. + * @note Each time the Random number data is read (using RNG_GetRandomNumber() + * function), the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag is automatically cleared. + * @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is + * interrupted for as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is + * available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may + * not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the + * SEIS bit(using RNG_ClearFlag(RNG_FLAG_SECS) function), then disable + * and enable the RNG peripheral (using RNG_Cmd() function) to + * reinitialize and restart the RNG. + * @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate + * random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User have + * to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide + * the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit (using RNG_ClearFlag(RNG_FLAG_CECS) + * function) . The clock error has no impact on the previously generated + * random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used. + * + * @param None + * @retval 32-bit random number. + */ +uint32_t RNG_GetRandomNumber(void) +{ + /* Return the 32 bit random number from the DR register */ + return RNG->DR; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the RNG Interrupts and + to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + [..] The RNG provides 3 Interrupts sources and 3 Flags: + + *** Flags : *** + =============== + [..] + (#) RNG_FLAG_DRDY : In the case of the RNG_DR register contains valid + random data. it is cleared by reading the valid data(using + RNG_GetRandomNumber() function). + + (#) RNG_FLAG_CECS : In the case of a seed error detection. + + (#) RNG_FLAG_SECS : In the case of a clock error detection. + + *** Interrupts *** + ================== + [..] If enabled, an RNG interrupt is pending : + + (#) In the case of the RNG_DR register contains valid random data. + This interrupt source is cleared once the RNG_DR register has been read + (using RNG_GetRandomNumber() function) until a new valid value is + computed; or + (#) In the case of a seed error : One of the following faulty sequences has + been detected: + (++) More than 64 consecutive bits at the same value (0 or 1) + (++) More than 32 consecutive alternance of 0 and 1 (0101010101...01) + This interrupt source is cleared using RNG_ClearITPendingBit(RNG_IT_SEI) + function; or + (#) In the case of a clock error : the PLL48CLK (RNG peripheral clock source) + was not correctly detected (fPLL48CLK< fHCLK/16). This interrupt source is + cleared using RNG_ClearITPendingBit(RNG_IT_CEI) function. + -@- note In this case, User have to check that the clock controller is + correctly configured to provide the RNG clock. + + *** Managing the RNG controller events : *** + ============================================ + [..] The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the RNG controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + (#) In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (++) RNG_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + (++) RNG_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + -@@- RNG_FLAG_DRDY can not be cleared by RNG_ClearFlag(). it is cleared only + by reading the Random number data. + + (#) In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (++) RNG_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + (++) RNG_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + (++) RNG_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit + (corresponding Flag). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RNG interrupt. + * @note The RNG provides 3 interrupt sources, + * - Computed data is ready event (DRDY), and + * - Seed error Interrupt (SEI) and + * - Clock error Interrupt (CEI), + * all these interrupts sources are enabled by setting the IE bit in + * CR register. However, each interrupt have its specific status bit + * (see RNG_GetITStatus() function) and clear bit except the DRDY event + * (see RNG_ClearITPendingBit() function). + * @param NewState: new state of the RNG interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RNG_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RNG interrupt */ + RNG->CR |= RNG_CR_IE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RNG interrupt */ + RNG->CR &= ~RNG_CR_IE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RNG flag is set or not. + * @param RNG_FLAG: specifies the RNG flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RNG_FLAG_DRDY: Data Ready flag. + * @arg RNG_FLAG_CECS: Clock Error Current flag. + * @arg RNG_FLAG_SECS: Seed Error Current flag. + * @retval The new state of RNG_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RNG_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RNG_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RNG_GET_FLAG(RNG_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified RNG flag */ + if ((RNG->SR & RNG_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* RNG_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* RNG_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RNG_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + + +/** + * @brief Clears the RNG flags. + * @param RNG_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RNG_FLAG_CECS: Clock Error Current flag. + * @arg RNG_FLAG_SECS: Seed Error Current flag. + * @note RNG_FLAG_DRDY can not be cleared by RNG_ClearFlag() function. + * This flag is cleared only by reading the Random number data (using + * RNG_GetRandomNumber() function). + * @retval None + */ +void RNG_ClearFlag(uint8_t RNG_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RNG_CLEAR_FLAG(RNG_FLAG)); + /* Clear the selected RNG flags */ + RNG->SR = ~(uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RNG_FLAG) << 4); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RNG interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RNG_IT: specifies the RNG interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RNG_IT_CEI: Clock Error Interrupt. + * @arg RNG_IT_SEI: Seed Error Interrupt. + * @retval The new state of RNG_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RNG_GetITStatus(uint8_t RNG_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RNG_GET_IT(RNG_IT)); + + /* Check the status of the specified RNG interrupt */ + if ((RNG->SR & RNG_IT) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* RNG_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* RNG_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RNG_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + + +/** + * @brief Clears the RNG interrupt pending bit(s). + * @param RNG_IT: specifies the RNG interrupt pending bit(s) to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RNG_IT_CEI: Clock Error Interrupt. + * @arg RNG_IT_SEI: Seed Error Interrupt. + * @retval None + */ +void RNG_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RNG_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RNG_IT(RNG_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected RNG interrupt pending bit */ + RNG->SR = (uint8_t)~RNG_IT; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rtc.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rtc.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 38643e6703..3fc514c42c --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rtc.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_rtc.c @@ -1,2761 +1,2757 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_rtc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Real-Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: - * + Initialization - * + Calendar (Time and Date) configuration - * + Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration - * + WakeUp Timer configuration - * + Daylight Saving configuration - * + Output pin Configuration - * + Coarse digital Calibration configuration - * + Smooth digital Calibration configuration - * + TimeStamp configuration - * + Tampers configuration - * + Backup Data Registers configuration - * + Shift control synchronisation - * + RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration - * + Interrupts and flags management - * -@verbatim - - =================================================================== - ##### Backup Domain Operating Condition ##### - =================================================================== - [..] The real-time clock (RTC), the RTC backup registers, and the backup - SRAM (BKP SRAM) can be powered from the VBAT voltage when the main - VDD supply is powered off. - To retain the content of the RTC backup registers, backup SRAM, and supply - the RTC when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional - standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source. - - [..] To allow the RTC to operate even when the main digital supply (VDD) is turned - off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks: - (#) The RTC - (#) The LSE oscillator - (#) The backup SRAM when the low power backup regulator is enabled - (#) PC13 to PC15 I/Os, plus PI8 I/O (when available) - - [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD), - the following functions are available: - (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins - (#) PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF1 pin - (#) PI8 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF2 pin - - [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected to VBAT - because VDD is not present), the following functions are available: - (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only - (#) PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF1 pin - (#) PI8 can be used as the RTC_AF2 pin - - - ##### Backup Domain Reset ##### - =================================================================== - [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR register - to their reset values. The BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset. The only - way of resetting the BKPSRAM is through the Flash interface by requesting - a protection level change from 1 to 0. - [..] A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events occurs: - (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the - RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR). You can use the - RCC_BackupResetCmd(). - (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been powered off. - - - ##### Backup Domain Access ##### - =================================================================== - [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data - registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted write - accesses. - [..] To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: - (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the - RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. - (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the PWR_BackupAccessCmd() function. - (+) Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function. - (+) Enable RTC Clock using the RCC_RTCCLKCmd() function. - - - ##### How to use RTC Driver ##### - =================================================================== - [..] - (+) Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above) - (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour - format using the RTC_Init() function. - - *** Time and Date configuration *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the RTC_SetTime() - and RTC_SetDate() functions. - (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the RTC_GetTime() and RTC_GetDate() functions. - (+) Use the RTC_DayLightSavingConfig() function to add or sub one - hour to the RTC Calendar. - - *** Alarm configuration *** - =========================== - [..] - (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the RTC_SetAlarm() function. - (+) Enable the selected RTC Alarm using the RTC_AlarmCmd() function - (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the RTC_GetAlarm() function. - (+) To read the RTC alarm SubSecond, use the RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond() function. - - *** RTC Wakeup configuration *** - ================================ - [..] - (+) Configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source use the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig() - function. - (+) Configure the RTC WakeUp Counter using the RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() function - (+) Enable the RTC WakeUp using the RTC_WakeUpCmd() function - (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the RTC_GetWakeUpCounter() - function. - - *** Outputs configuration *** - ============================= - [..] The RTC has 2 different outputs: - (+) AFO_ALARM: this output is used to manage the RTC Alarm A, Alarm B - and WaKeUp signals. To output the selected RTC signal on RTC_AF1 pin, use the - RTC_OutputConfig() function. - (+) AFO_CALIB: this output is 512Hz signal or 1Hz. To output the RTC Clock on - RTC_AF1 pin, use the RTC_CalibOutputCmd() function. - - *** Smooth digital Calibration configuration *** - ================================================ - [..] - (+) Configure the RTC Original Digital Calibration Value and the corresponding - calibration cycle period (32s,16s and 8s) using the RTC_SmoothCalibConfig() - function. - - *** Coarse digital Calibration configuration *** - ================================================ - [..] - (+) Configure the RTC Coarse Calibration Value and the corresponding - sign using the RTC_CoarseCalibConfig() function. - (+) Enable the RTC Coarse Calibration using the RTC_CoarseCalibCmd() function - - *** TimeStamp configuration *** - =============================== - [..] - (+) Configure the RTC_AF1 trigger and enables the RTC TimeStamp using the RTC - _TimeStampCmd() function. - (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the RTC_GetTimeStamp() - function. - (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp SubSecond register, use the - RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond() function. - (+) The TAMPER1 alternate function can be mapped either to RTC_AF1(PC13) - or RTC_AF2 (PI8) depending on the value of TAMP1INSEL bit in - RTC_TAFCR register. You can use the RTC_TamperPinSelection() function to - select the corresponding pin. - - *** Tamper configuration *** - ============================ - [..] - (+) Enable the RTC Tamper using the RTC_TamperCmd() function. - (+) Configure the Tamper filter count using RTC_TamperFilterConfig() - function. - (+) Configure the RTC Tamper trigger Edge or Level according to the Tamper - filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) value using the RTC_TamperConfig() - function. - (+) Configure the Tamper sampling frequency using RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig() - function. - (+) Configure the Tamper precharge or discharge duration using - RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration() function. - (+) Enable the Tamper Pull-UP using RTC_TamperPullUpDisableCmd() function. - (+) Enable the Time stamp on Tamper detection event using - TC_TSOnTamperDetecCmd() function. - (+) The TIMESTAMP alternate function can be mapped to either RTC_AF1 - or RTC_AF2 depending on the value of the TSINSEL bit in the RTC_TAFCR - register. You can use the RTC_TimeStampPinSelection() function to select - the corresponding pin. - - *** Backup Data Registers configuration *** - =========================================== - [..] - (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_WriteBackupRegister() - function. - (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_ReadBackupRegister() - function. - - - ##### RTC and low power modes ##### - =================================================================== - [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate - function. - [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), - RTC wakeup, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. - These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop and - Standby lowpower modes. - [..] The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending - on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm - or the RTC wakeup events. - [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the - Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals. - Wakeup from STOP and Standby modes is possible only when the RTC clock source - is LSE or LSI. - - - ##### Selection of RTC_AF1 alternate functions ##### - =================================================================== - [..] The RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) can be used for the following purposes: - (+) AFO_ALARM output - (+) AFO_CALIB output - (+) AFI_TAMPER - (+) AFI_TIMESTAMP - - [..] - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | Pin |AFO_ALARM |AFO_CALIB |AFI_TAMPER |AFI_TIMESTAMP | TAMP1INSEL | TSINSEL |ALARMOUTTYPE | - | configuration | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED |TAMPER1 pin |TIMESTAMP pin | AFO_ALARM | - | and function | | | | | selection | selection |Configuration | - |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | Don't | | - | output OD | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | care | 0 | - |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | Don't | | - | output PP | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | care | 1 | - |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | Calibration out | | | | | Don't | Don't | | - | output PP | 0 | 1 |Don't care | Don't care | care | care | Don't care | - |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | TAMPER input | | | | | | Don't | | - | floating | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | care | Don't care | - |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | | | | - | TAMPER input | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | Don't care | - | floating | | | | | | | | - |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | TIMESTAMP input | | | | | Don't | | | - | floating | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | care | 0 | Don't care | - |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | Standard GPIO | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Don't care | Don't care | Don't care | - +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - - ##### Selection of RTC_AF2 alternate functions ##### - =================================================================== - [..] The RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) can be used for the following purposes: - (+) AFI_TAMPER - (+) AFI_TIMESTAMP - [..] - +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | Pin |AFI_TAMPER |AFI_TIMESTAMP | TAMP1INSEL | TSINSEL |ALARMOUTTYPE | - | configuration | ENABLED | ENABLED |TAMPER1 pin |TIMESTAMP pin | AFO_ALARM | - | and function | | | selection | selection |Configuration | - |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | TAMPER input | | | | Don't | | - | floating | 1 | 0 | 1 | care | Don't care | - |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | | - | TAMPER input | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | Don't care | - | floating | | | | | | - |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | TIMESTAMP input | | | Don't | | | - | floating | 0 | 1 | care | 1 | Don't care | - |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| - | Standard GPIO | 0 | 0 | Don't care | Don't care | Don't care | - +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - -@endverbatim - - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_rtc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC - * @brief RTC driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Masks Definition */ -#define RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x007F7F7F) -#define RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFF3F) -#define RTC_INIT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) -#define RTC_RSF_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF5F) -#define RTC_FLAGS_MASK ((uint32_t)(RTC_FLAG_TSOVF | RTC_FLAG_TSF | RTC_FLAG_WUTF | \ - RTC_FLAG_ALRBF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_INITF | \ - RTC_FLAG_RSF | RTC_FLAG_INITS | RTC_FLAG_WUTWF | \ - RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF | RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F | \ - RTC_FLAG_RECALPF | RTC_FLAG_SHPF)) - -#define INITMODE_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) -#define SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00020000) -#define RECALPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00020000) -#define SHPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00001000) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value); -static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value); - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provide functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC - Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers - Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, RTC registers - synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. - - (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. It is - split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption. - (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and A 13-bit synchronous prescaler. - (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the - asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize consumption. - - (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers - is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR. - - (#) To Configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization - mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped and its value can be - updated. When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts - counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. - - (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar initialization, - calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes the software must first - clear the RSF flag. The software must then wait until it is set again before - reading the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been - correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. - The RTC_WaitForSynchro() function implements the above software sequence - (RSF clear and RSF check). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the RTC registers to their default reset values. - * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data - * registers. - * @param None - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are deinitialized - * - ERROR: RTC registers are not deinitialized - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void) -{ - __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; - uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ - RTC->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - RTC->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101; - /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007; - - /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - do - { - wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; - wutcounter++; - } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); - - if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000; - RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF; - RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF; - RTC->CALIBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - RTC->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - RTC->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - - /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ - RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; - - /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ - RTC->TAFCR = 0x00000000; - - if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - } - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters - * in RTC_InitStruct. - * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral. - * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in - * initialization mode only. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized - * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) -{ - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Clear RTC CR FMT Bit */ - RTC->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT)); - /* Set RTC_CR register */ - RTC->CR |= ((uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); - - /* Configure the RTC PRER */ - RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv); - RTC->PRER |= (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv << 16); - - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - RTC_ExitInitMode(); - - status = SUCCESS; - } - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each RTC_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be - * initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) -{ - /* Initialize the RTC_HourFormat member */ - RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat = RTC_HourFormat_24; - - /* Initialize the RTC_AsynchPrediv member */ - RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0x7F; - - /* Initialize the RTC_SynchPrediv member */ - RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0xFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the RTC registers write protection. - * @note All the RTC registers are write protected except for RTC_ISR[13:8], - * RTC_TAFCR and RTC_BKPxR. - * @note Writing a wrong key reactivates the write protection. - * @note The protection mechanism is not affected by system reset. - * @param NewState: new state of the write protection. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - } - else - { - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. - * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the - * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. - * @param None - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode - * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void) -{ - __IO uint32_t initcounter = 0x00; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - uint32_t initstatus = 0x00; - - /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ - if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* Set the Initialization mode */ - RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK; - - /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ - do - { - initstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF; - initcounter++; - } while((initcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (initstatus == 0x00)); - - if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) != RESET) - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - else - { - status = ERROR; - } - } - else - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - - return (status); -} - -/** - * @brief Exits the RTC Initialization mode. - * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts - * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. - * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the - * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_ExitInitMode(void) -{ - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; -} - -/** - * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are - * synchronized with RTC APB clock. - * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the - * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. - * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar - * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes - * the software must first clear the RSF flag. - * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading - * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been - * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. - * @param None - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised - * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void) -{ - __IO uint32_t synchrocounter = 0; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - uint32_t synchrostatus = 0x00; - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Clear RSF flag */ - RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK; - - /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ - do - { - synchrostatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF; - synchrocounter++; - } while((synchrocounter != SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT) && (synchrostatus == 0x00)); - - if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) != RESET) - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - else - { - status = ERROR; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return (status); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the RTC reference clock detection. - * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reference clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC reference clock detection is enabled - * - ERROR: RTC reference clock detection is disabled - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the RTC reference clock detection */ - RTC->CR |= RTC_CR_REFCKON; - } - else - { - /* Disable the RTC reference clock detection */ - RTC->CR &= ~RTC_CR_REFCKON; - } - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - RTC_ExitInitMode(); - - status = SUCCESS; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or Disables the Bypass Shadow feature. - * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken - * directly from the Calendar counter. - * @param NewState: new state of the Bypass Shadow feature. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None -*/ -void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */ - RTC->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; - } - else - { - /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */ - RTC->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 Time and Date configuration functions - * @brief Time and Date configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Time and Date configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Calendar - (Time and Date). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Set the RTC current time. - * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format - * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains - * the time configuration information for the RTC. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured - * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); - - if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) - { - if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); - } - else - { - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); - } - assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)); - } - else - { - if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); - } - else - { - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours))); - } - assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes))); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds))); - } - - /* Check the input parameters format */ - if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) - { - tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds) | \ - ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); - } - else - { - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)) | \ - (((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); - } - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Set the RTC_TR register */ - RTC->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); - - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - RTC_ExitInitMode(); - - /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ - if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) - { - if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - } - else - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - } - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each RTC_TimeStruct member with its default value - * (Time = 00h:00min:00sec). - * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be - * initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) -{ - /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */ - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = 0; - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = 0; - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = 0; -} - -/** - * @brief Get the RTC current Time. - * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format - * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will - * contain the returned current time configuration. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); - - /* Get the RTC_TR register */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); - - /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8); - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); - - /* Check the input parameters format */ - if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) - { - /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); - RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the RTC current Calendar Sub seconds value. - * @note This function freeze the Time and Date registers after reading the - * SSR register. - * @param None - * @retval RTC current Calendar Sub seconds value. - */ -uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Get sub seconds values from the correspondent registers*/ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->SSR); - - /* Read DR register to unfroze calendar registers */ - (void) (RTC->DR); - - return (tmpreg); -} - -/** - * @brief Set the RTC current date. - * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format - * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains - * the date configuration information for the RTC. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC Date register is configured - * - ERROR: RTC Date register is not configured - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); - - if ((RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & 0x10) == 0x10)) - { - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10)) + 0x0A; - } - if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year))); - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); - assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(tmpreg)); - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); - assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(tmpreg)); - } - assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay)); - - /* Check the input parameters format */ - if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) - { - tmpreg = ((((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ - (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date) | \ - (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay) << 13)); - } - else - { - tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay << 13)); - } - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Set the RTC_DR register */ - RTC->DR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); - - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - RTC_ExitInitMode(); - - /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ - if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) - { - if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - } - else - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - } - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each RTC_DateStruct member with its default value - * (Monday, January 01 xx00). - * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be - * initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) -{ - /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */ - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = RTC_Weekday_Monday; - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = 1; - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = RTC_Month_January; - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; -} - -/** - * @brief Get the RTC current date. - * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format - * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will - * contain the returned current date configuration. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); - - /* Get the RTC_TR register */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); - - /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16); - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); - - /* Check the input parameters format */ - if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) - { - /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year); - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); - RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 Alarms configuration functions - * @brief Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Alarms A and B configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Alarms. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm. - * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm - * is disabled (Use the RTC_AlarmCmd(DISABLE)). - * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format - * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A - * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B - * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that - * contains the alarm configuration parameters. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); - assert_param(IS_ALARM_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); - - if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) - { - if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); - } - else - { - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); - } - assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)); - - if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); - } - } - else - { - if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); - } - else - { - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; - assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours))); - } - - assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes))); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds))); - - if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); - } - else - { - tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); - } - } - - /* Check the input parameters format */ - if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) - { - tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds) | \ - ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); - } - else - { - tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)) | \ - ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ - ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); - } - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Configure the Alarm register */ - if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) - { - RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - } - else - { - RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each RTC_AlarmStruct member with its default value - * (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Date = 1st day of the month/Mask = - * all fields are masked). - * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a @ref RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which - * will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) -{ - /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */ - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = 0; - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = 0; - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = 0; - - /* Alarm Date Settings : Date = 1st day of the month */ - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date; - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = 1; - - /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */ - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = RTC_AlarmMask_None; -} - -/** - * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks. - * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format - * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A - * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B - * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that will - * contains the output alarm configuration values. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); - - /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ - if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) - { - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMAR); - } - else - { - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMBR); - } - - /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | \ - RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16); - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | \ - RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8); - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | \ - RTC_ALRMAR_SU)); - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16); - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24); - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL); - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_AlarmMask_All); - - if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) - { - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ - RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ - RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes); - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ - RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds); - RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC Alarm. - * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A - * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B - * @param NewState: new state of the specified alarm. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC Alarm is enabled/disabled - * - ERROR: RTC Alarm is not enabled/disabled - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - __IO uint32_t alarmcounter = 0x00; - uint32_t alarmstatus = 0x00; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Configure the Alarm state */ - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Alarm; - - status = SUCCESS; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Alarm in RTC_CR register */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Alarm; - - /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - do - { - alarmstatus = RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8); - alarmcounter++; - } while((alarmcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (alarmstatus == 0x00)); - - if ((RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8)) == RESET) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the RTC AlarmA/B Sub seconds value and mask.* - * @note This function is performed only when the Alarm is disabled. - * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A - * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B - * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue: specifies the Sub seconds value. - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 0x00007FFF. - * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask: specifies the Sub seconds Mask. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All : All Alarm SS fields are masked. - * There is no comparison on sub seconds for Alarm. - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1 : SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[0] is compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2 : SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[1:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3 : SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[2:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4 : SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[3:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5 : SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[4:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6 : SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[5:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7 : SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[6:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8 : SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[7:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9 : SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[8:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10: SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[9:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11: SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[10:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12: SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[11:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13: SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[12:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14 : SS[14] is don't care in Alarm comparison. - * Only SS[13:0] are compared - * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None : SS[14:0] are compared and must match - * to activate alarm - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B Sub Second registers */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t) (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue) | (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask); - - if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) - { - /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */ - RTC->ALRMASSR = tmpreg; - } - else - { - /* Configure the Alarm B Sub Second register */ - RTC->ALRMBSSR = tmpreg; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the RTC Alarm Sub seconds value. - * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A - * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B - * @param None - * @retval RTC Alarm Sub seconds value. - */ -uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ - if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) - { - tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMASSR) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS); - } - else - { - tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS); - } - - return (tmpreg); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 WakeUp Timer configuration functions - * @brief WakeUp Timer configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### WakeUp Timer configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC WakeUp. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup clock source. - * @note The WakeUp Clock source can only be changed when the RTC WakeUp - * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). - * @param RTC_WakeUpClock: Wakeup Clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/16 - * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/8 - * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/4 - * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/2 - * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE - * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(RTC_WakeUpClock)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; - - /* Configure the clock source */ - RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpClock; - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup counter. - * @note The RTC WakeUp counter can only be written when the RTC WakeUp - * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). - * @param RTC_WakeUpCounter: specifies the WakeUp counter. - * This parameter can be a value from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(RTC_WakeUpCounter)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ - RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpCounter; - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the RTC WakeUp timer counter value. - * @param None - * @retval The RTC WakeUp Counter value. - */ -uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void) -{ - /* Get the counter value */ - return ((uint32_t)(RTC->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT)); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC WakeUp timer. - * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp timer. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; - uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ - RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_WUTE; - status = SUCCESS; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUTE; - /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ - do - { - wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; - wutcounter++; - } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); - - if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return status; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Daylight Saving configuration functions - * @brief Daylight Saving configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Daylight Saving configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC DayLight Saving. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Adds or substract one hour from the current time. - * @param RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H: Substract one hour (winter time) - * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H: Add one hour (summer time) - * @param RTC_StoreOperation: Specifies the value to be written in the BCK bit - * in CR register to store the operation. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Reset: BCK Bit Reset - * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Set: BCK Bit Set - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(RTC_DayLightSaving)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(RTC_StoreOperation)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Clear the bits to be configured */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_BCK); - - /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ - RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_DayLightSaving | RTC_StoreOperation); - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. - * @param None - * @retval RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. - * - RTC_StoreOperation_Reset - * - RTC_StoreOperation_Set - */ -uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void) -{ - return (RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BCK); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group6 Output pin Configuration function - * @brief Output pin Configuration function - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Output pin Configuration function ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC Output source. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the RTC output source (AFO_ALARM). - * @param RTC_Output: Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Output_Disable: No output selected - * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmA: signal of AlarmA mapped to output - * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmB: signal of AlarmB mapped to output - * @arg RTC_Output_WakeUp: signal of WakeUp mapped to output - * @param RTC_OutputPolarity: Specifies the polarity of the output signal. - * This parameter can be one of the following: - * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_High: The output pin is high when the - * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) - * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_Low: The output pin is low when the - * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(RTC_Output)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(RTC_OutputPolarity)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Clear the bits to be configured */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL); - - /* Configure the output selection and polarity */ - RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Output | RTC_OutputPolarity); - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group7 Digital Calibration configuration functions - * @brief Coarse Calibration configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Digital Calibration configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the Coarse calibration parameters. - * @param RTC_CalibSign: specifies the sign of the coarse calibration value. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_CalibSign_Positive: The value sign is positive - * @arg RTC_CalibSign_Negative: The value sign is negative - * @param Value: value of coarse calibration expressed in ppm (coded on 5 bits). - * - * @note This Calibration value should be between 0 and 63 when using negative - * sign with a 2-ppm step. - * - * @note This Calibration value should be between 0 and 126 when using positive - * sign with a 4-ppm step. - * - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC Coarse calibration are initialized - * - ERROR: RTC Coarse calibration are not initialized - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibSign, uint32_t Value) -{ - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(RTC_CalibSign)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(Value)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Set the coarse calibration value */ - RTC->CALIBR = (uint32_t)(RTC_CalibSign | Value); - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - RTC_ExitInitMode(); - - status = SUCCESS; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Coarse calibration process. - * @param NewState: new state of the Coarse calibration. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC Coarse calibration are enabled/disabled - * - ERROR: RTC Coarse calibration are not enabled/disabled - */ -ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Set Initialization mode */ - if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the Coarse Calibration */ - RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_DCE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Coarse Calibration */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_DCE; - } - /* Exit Initialization mode */ - RTC_ExitInitMode(); - - status = SUCCESS; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock to be output through the relative pin. - * @param NewState: new state of the digital calibration Output. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the RTC clock output */ - RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_COE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the RTC clock output */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COE; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). - * @param RTC_CalibOutput : Select the Calibration output Selection . - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz. - * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz : A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz. - * @retval None -*/ -void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(RTC_CalibOutput)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /*clear flags before configuration */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_COSEL); - - /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ - RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CalibOutput; - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Smooth Calibration Settings. - * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod : Select the Smooth Calibration Period. - * This parameter can be can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec : The smooth calibration period is 32s. - * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec : The smooth calibration period is 16s. - * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec : The smooth calibration period is 8s. - * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses : Select to Set or reset the CALP bit. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set : Add one RTCCLK pulse every 2**11 pulses. - * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset: No RTCCLK pulses are added. - * @param RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits. - * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC Calib registers are configured - * - ERROR: RTC Calib registers are not configured -*/ -ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod, - uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses, - uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue) -{ - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - uint32_t recalpfcount = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* check if a calibration is pending*/ - if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) - { - /* wait until the Calibration is completed*/ - while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) && (recalpfcount != RECALPF_TIMEOUT)) - { - recalpfcount++; - } - } - - /* check if the calibration pending is completed or if there is no calibration operation at all*/ - if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) == RESET) - { - /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */ - RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); - - status = SUCCESS; - } - else - { - status = ERROR; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return (ErrorStatus)(status); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group8 TimeStamp configuration functions - * @brief TimeStamp configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### TimeStamp configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC TimeStamp functionality with the - * specified time stamp pin stimulating edge. - * @param RTC_TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is - * activated. - * This parameter can be one of the following: - * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising - * edge of the related pin. - * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling: the Time stamp event occurs on the - * falling edge of the related pin. - * @param NewState: new state of the TimeStamp. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(RTC_TimeStampEdge)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); - - /* Get the new configuration */ - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge | RTC_CR_TSE); - } - else - { - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge); - } - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ - RTC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Get the RTC TimeStamp value and masks. - * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format - * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format - * @param RTC_StampTimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will - * contains the TimeStamp time values. - * @param RTC_StampDateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will - * contains the TimeStamp date values. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, - RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); - - /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */ - tmptime = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); - tmpdate = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); - - /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */ - RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); - RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8); - RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); - RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); - - /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */ - RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; - RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); - RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); - RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); - - /* Check the input parameters format */ - if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) - { - /* Convert the Time structure parameters to Binary format */ - RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours); - RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); - RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); - - /* Convert the Date structure parameters to Binary format */ - RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month); - RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date); - RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Get the RTC timestamp Sub seconds value. - * @param None - * @retval RTC current timestamp Sub seconds value. - */ -uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void) -{ - /* Get timestamp sub seconds values from the correspondent registers */ - return (uint32_t)(RTC->TSSSR); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group9 Tampers configuration functions - * @brief Tampers configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Tampers configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the select Tamper pin edge. - * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. - * This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1. - * @param RTC_TamperTrigger: Specifies the trigger on the tamper pin that - * stimulates tamper event. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge: Rising Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. - * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge: Falling Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. - * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel: Low Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event. - * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel: High Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(RTC_TamperTrigger)); - - if (RTC_TamperTrigger == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) - { - /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RTC_Tamper << 1)); - } - else - { - /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Tamper << 1); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or Disables the Tamper detection. - * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. - * This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1. - * @param NewState: new state of the tamper pin. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected Tamper pin */ - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Tamper; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Tamper; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Tampers Filter. - * @param RTC_TamperFilter: Specifies the tampers filter. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_Disable: Tamper filter is disabled. - * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample: Tamper is activated after 2 consecutive - * samples at the active level - * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample: Tamper is activated after 4 consecutive - * samples at the active level - * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample: Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive - * samples at the active level - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(RTC_TamperFilter)); - - /* Clear TAMPFLT[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT); - - /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperFilter; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Tampers Sampling Frequency. - * @param RTC_TamperSamplingFreq: Specifies the tampers Sampling Frequency. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768 - * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384 - * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192 - * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096 - * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048 - * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024 - * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512 - * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled - * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256 - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(RTC_TamperSamplingFreq)); - - /* Clear TAMPFREQ[2:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ); - - /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperSamplingFreq; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Tampers Pins input Precharge Duration. - * @param RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration: Specifies the Tampers Pins input - * Precharge Duration. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK: Tamper pins are precharged before sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle - * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK: Tamper pins are precharged before sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycle - * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK: Tamper pins are precharged before sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycle - * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK: Tamper pins are precharged before sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycle - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration)); - - /* Clear TAMPPRCH[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH); - - /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or Disables the TimeStamp on Tamper Detection Event. - * @note The timestamp is valid even the TSE bit in tamper control register - * is reset. - * @param NewState: new state of the timestamp on tamper event. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Save timestamp on tamper detection event */ - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS; - } - else - { - /* Tamper detection does not cause a timestamp to be saved */ - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or Disables the Precharge of Tamper pin. - * @param NewState: new state of tamper pull up. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */ - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS; - } - else - { - /* Disable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */ - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group10 Backup Data Registers configuration functions - * @brief Backup Data Registers configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Backup Data Registers configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. - * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. - * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to - * specify the register. - * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); - - tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; - tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); - - /* Write the specified register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. - * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. - * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to - * specify the register. - * @retval None - */ -uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); - - tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; - tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); - - /* Read the specified register */ - return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group11 RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration functions - * @brief RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config - * configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ================================================================================================== - ##### RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration functions ##### - ================================================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Selects the RTC Tamper Pin. - * @param RTC_TamperPin: specifies the RTC Tamper Pin. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_TamperPin_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC Tamper Pin. - * @arg RTC_TamperPin_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC Tamper Pin. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TamperPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TamperPin) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PIN(RTC_TamperPin)); - - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPINSEL); - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TamperPin); -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the RTC TimeStamp Pin. - * @param RTC_TimeStampPin: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_TimeStampPin_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. - * @arg RTC_TimeStampPin_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_TimeStampPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin)); - - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TSINSEL); - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin); -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the RTC Output Pin mode. - * @param RTC_OutputType: specifies the RTC Output (PC13) pin mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in - * Open Drain mode. - * @arg RTC_OutputType_PushPull: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in - * Push Pull mode. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(RTC_OutputType)); - - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE); - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_OutputType); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group12 Shift control synchronisation functions - * @brief Shift control synchronisation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Shift control synchronisation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. - * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register - * @param RTC_ShiftAdd1S : Select to add or not 1 second to the time Calendar. - * This parameter can be one of the following values : - * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set : Add one second to the clock calendar. - * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset: No effect. - * @param RTC_ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to Substitute. - * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF. - * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: - * - SUCCESS: RTC Shift registers are configured - * - ERROR: RTC Shift registers are not configured -*/ -ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS) -{ - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - uint32_t shpfcount = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(RTC_ShiftAdd1S)); - assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(RTC_ShiftSubFS)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - /* Check if a Shift is pending*/ - if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) - { - /* Wait until the shift is completed*/ - while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) && (shpfcount != SHPF_TIMEOUT)) - { - shpfcount++; - } - } - - /* Check if the Shift pending is completed or if there is no Shift operation at all*/ - if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) == RESET) - { - /* check if the reference clock detection is disabled */ - if((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET) - { - /* Configure the Shift settings */ - RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftAdd1S); - - if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) - { - status = ERROR; - } - else - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - } - else - { - status = ERROR; - } - } - else - { - status = ERROR; - } - - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; - - return (ErrorStatus)(status); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RTC_Group13 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] All RTC interrupts are connected to the EXTI controller. - - (+) To enable the RTC Alarm interrupt, the following sequence is required: - (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 17 in interrupt mode and select - the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. - (++) Configure and enable the RTC_Alarm IRQ channel in the NVIC using the - NVIC_Init() function. - (++) Configure the RTC to generate RTC alarms (Alarm A and/or Alarm B) using - the RTC_SetAlarm() and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. - - (+) To enable the RTC Wakeup interrupt, the following sequence is required: - (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 22 in interrupt mode and select the - rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. - (++) Configure and enable the RTC_WKUP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the - NVIC_Init() function. - (++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC wakeup timer event using the - RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() - functions. - - (+) To enable the RTC Tamper interrupt, the following sequence is required: - (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 21 in interrupt mode and select - the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. - (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the - NVIC_Init() function. - (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC tamper event using the - RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() functions. - - (+) To enable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt, the following sequence is required: - (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 21 in interrupt mode and select the - rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. - (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the - NVIC_Init() function. - (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC time stamp event using the - RTC_TimeStampCmd() functions. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts. - * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt mask - * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt mask - * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt mask - * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt mask - * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper event interrupt mask - * @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(RTC_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xCA; - RTC->WPR = 0x53; - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ - RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & ~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); - /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ - RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); - } - else - { - /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ - RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); - /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ - RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); - } - /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ - RTC->WPR = 0xFF; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not. - * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_FLAG_RECALPF: RECALPF event flag. - * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp OverFlow flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITF: Initialization mode flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITS: Registers Configured flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_SHPF: Shift operation pending flag. - * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTWF: WakeUp Timer Write flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF: Alarm B Write flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF: Alarm A write flag - * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); - - /* Get all the flags */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_FLAGS_MASK); - - /* Return the status of the flag */ - if ((tmpreg & RTC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags. - * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the RTC flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp Overflow flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag - * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the Flags in the RTC_ISR register */ - RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((RTC_FLAG | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt - * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt - * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt - * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt - * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper 1 event interrupt - * @retval The new state of RTC_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT)); - - /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE)); - - /* Get the Interrupt enable Status */ - enablestatus = (uint32_t)((RTC->CR & RTC_IT) | (tmpreg & (RTC_IT >> 15))); - - /* Get the Interrupt pending bit */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ISR & (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4))); - - /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ - if ((enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((tmpreg & 0x0000FFFF) != (uint32_t)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits. - * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt - * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt - * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt - * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt - * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper 1 event interrupt - * @retval None - */ -void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(RTC_IT)); - - /* Get the RTC_ISR Interrupt pending bits mask */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4); - - /* Clear the interrupt pending bits in the RTC_ISR register */ - RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((tmpreg | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. - * @param Value: Byte to be converted. - * @retval Converted byte - */ -static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) -{ - uint8_t bcdhigh = 0; - - while (Value >= 10) - { - bcdhigh++; - Value -= 10; - } - - return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value); -} - -/** - * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary. - * @param Value: BCD value to be converted. - * @retval Converted word - */ -static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) -{ - uint8_t tmp = 0; - tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10; - return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F)); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real-Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: + * + Initialization + * + Calendar (Time and Date) configuration + * + Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration + * + WakeUp Timer configuration + * + Daylight Saving configuration + * + Output pin Configuration + * + Coarse digital Calibration configuration + * + Smooth digital Calibration configuration + * + TimeStamp configuration + * + Tampers configuration + * + Backup Data Registers configuration + * + Shift control synchronisation + * + RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration + * + Interrupts and flags management + * +@verbatim + + =================================================================== + ##### Backup Domain Operating Condition ##### + =================================================================== + [..] The real-time clock (RTC), the RTC backup registers, and the backup + SRAM (BKP SRAM) can be powered from the VBAT voltage when the main + VDD supply is powered off. + To retain the content of the RTC backup registers, backup SRAM, and supply + the RTC when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional + standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source. + + [..] To allow the RTC to operate even when the main digital supply (VDD) is turned + off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks: + (#) The RTC + (#) The LSE oscillator + (#) The backup SRAM when the low power backup regulator is enabled + (#) PC13 to PC15 I/Os, plus PI8 I/O (when available) + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD), + the following functions are available: + (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins + (#) PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF1 pin + (#) PI8 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF2 pin + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected to VBAT + because VDD is not present), the following functions are available: + (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only + (#) PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF1 pin + (#) PI8 can be used as the RTC_AF2 pin + + + ##### Backup Domain Reset ##### + =================================================================== + [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR register + to their reset values. The BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset. The only + way of resetting the BKPSRAM is through the Flash interface by requesting + a protection level change from 1 to 0. + [..] A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events occurs: + (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the + RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR). You can use the + RCC_BackupResetCmd(). + (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been powered off. + + + ##### Backup Domain Access ##### + =================================================================== + [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted write + accesses. + [..] To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the PWR_BackupAccessCmd() function. + (+) Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function. + (+) Enable RTC Clock using the RCC_RTCCLKCmd() function. + + + ##### How to use RTC Driver ##### + =================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above) + (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour + format using the RTC_Init() function. + + *** Time and Date configuration *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the RTC_SetTime() + and RTC_SetDate() functions. + (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the RTC_GetTime() and RTC_GetDate() functions. + (+) Use the RTC_DayLightSavingConfig() function to add or sub one + hour to the RTC Calendar. + + *** Alarm configuration *** + =========================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the RTC_SetAlarm() function. + (+) Enable the selected RTC Alarm using the RTC_AlarmCmd() function + (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the RTC_GetAlarm() function. + (+) To read the RTC alarm SubSecond, use the RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond() function. + + *** RTC Wakeup configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source use the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the RTC WakeUp Counter using the RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() function + (+) Enable the RTC WakeUp using the RTC_WakeUpCmd() function + (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the RTC_GetWakeUpCounter() + function. + + *** Outputs configuration *** + ============================= + [..] The RTC has 2 different outputs: + (+) AFO_ALARM: this output is used to manage the RTC Alarm A, Alarm B + and WaKeUp signals. To output the selected RTC signal on RTC_AF1 pin, use the + RTC_OutputConfig() function. + (+) AFO_CALIB: this output is 512Hz signal or 1Hz. To output the RTC Clock on + RTC_AF1 pin, use the RTC_CalibOutputCmd() function. + + *** Smooth digital Calibration configuration *** + ================================================ + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC Original Digital Calibration Value and the corresponding + calibration cycle period (32s,16s and 8s) using the RTC_SmoothCalibConfig() + function. + + *** Coarse digital Calibration configuration *** + ================================================ + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC Coarse Calibration Value and the corresponding + sign using the RTC_CoarseCalibConfig() function. + (+) Enable the RTC Coarse Calibration using the RTC_CoarseCalibCmd() function + + *** TimeStamp configuration *** + =============================== + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC_AF1 trigger and enables the RTC TimeStamp using the RTC + _TimeStampCmd() function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the RTC_GetTimeStamp() + function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp SubSecond register, use the + RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond() function. + (+) The TAMPER1 alternate function can be mapped either to RTC_AF1(PC13) + or RTC_AF2 (PI8) depending on the value of TAMP1INSEL bit in + RTC_TAFCR register. You can use the RTC_TamperPinSelection() function to + select the corresponding pin. + + *** Tamper configuration *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) Enable the RTC Tamper using the RTC_TamperCmd() function. + (+) Configure the Tamper filter count using RTC_TamperFilterConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the RTC Tamper trigger Edge or Level according to the Tamper + filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) value using the RTC_TamperConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the Tamper sampling frequency using RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig() + function. + (+) Configure the Tamper precharge or discharge duration using + RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration() function. + (+) Enable the Tamper Pull-UP using RTC_TamperPullUpDisableCmd() function. + (+) Enable the Time stamp on Tamper detection event using + TC_TSOnTamperDetecCmd() function. + (+) The TIMESTAMP alternate function can be mapped to either RTC_AF1 + or RTC_AF2 depending on the value of the TSINSEL bit in the RTC_TAFCR + register. You can use the RTC_TimeStampPinSelection() function to select + the corresponding pin. + + *** Backup Data Registers configuration *** + =========================================== + [..] + (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_WriteBackupRegister() + function. + (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_ReadBackupRegister() + function. + + + ##### RTC and low power modes ##### + =================================================================== + [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate + function. + [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), + RTC wakeup, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. + These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop and + Standby lowpower modes. + [..] The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending + on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm + or the RTC wakeup events. + [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the + Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals. + Wakeup from STOP and Standby modes is possible only when the RTC clock source + is LSE or LSI. + + + ##### Selection of RTC_AF1 alternate functions ##### + =================================================================== + [..] The RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) can be used for the following purposes: + (+) AFO_ALARM output + (+) AFO_CALIB output + (+) AFI_TAMPER + (+) AFI_TIMESTAMP + + [..] + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Pin |AFO_ALARM |AFO_CALIB |AFI_TAMPER |AFI_TIMESTAMP | TAMP1INSEL | TSINSEL |ALARMOUTTYPE | + | configuration | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED |TAMPER1 pin |TIMESTAMP pin | AFO_ALARM | + | and function | | | | | selection | selection |Configuration | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | Don't | | + | output OD | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | care | 0 | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | Don't | | + | output PP | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | care | 1 | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | Calibration out | | | | | Don't | Don't | | + | output PP | 0 | 1 |Don't care | Don't care | care | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | TAMPER input | | | | | | Don't | | + | floating | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | | | | + | TAMPER input | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | Don't care | + | floating | | | | | | | | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | TIMESTAMP input | | | | | Don't | | | + | floating | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | care | 0 | Don't care | + |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | Standard GPIO | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Don't care | Don't care | Don't care | + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + + ##### Selection of RTC_AF2 alternate functions ##### + =================================================================== + [..] The RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) can be used for the following purposes: + (+) AFI_TAMPER + (+) AFI_TIMESTAMP + [..] + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Pin |AFI_TAMPER |AFI_TIMESTAMP | TAMP1INSEL | TSINSEL |ALARMOUTTYPE | + | configuration | ENABLED | ENABLED |TAMPER1 pin |TIMESTAMP pin | AFO_ALARM | + | and function | | | selection | selection |Configuration | + |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | TAMPER input | | | | Don't | | + | floating | 1 | 0 | 1 | care | Don't care | + |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | | + | TAMPER input | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | Don't care | + | floating | | | | | | + |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | TIMESTAMP input | | | Don't | | | + | floating | 0 | 1 | care | 1 | Don't care | + |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + | Standard GPIO | 0 | 0 | Don't care | Don't care | Don't care | + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + +@endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_rtc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC + * @brief RTC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Masks Definition */ +#define RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x007F7F7F) +#define RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFF3F) +#define RTC_INIT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) +#define RTC_RSF_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF5F) +#define RTC_FLAGS_MASK ((uint32_t)(RTC_FLAG_TSOVF | RTC_FLAG_TSF | RTC_FLAG_WUTF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_INITF | \ + RTC_FLAG_RSF | RTC_FLAG_INITS | RTC_FLAG_WUTWF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF | RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F | \ + RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F | RTC_FLAG_RECALPF | RTC_FLAG_SHPF)) + +#define INITMODE_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) +#define SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00020000) +#define RECALPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00020000) +#define SHPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00001000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value); +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC + Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers + Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, RTC registers + synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. + + (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. It is + split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption. + (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and A 13-bit synchronous prescaler. + (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the + asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize consumption. + + (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers + is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR. + + (#) To Configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization + mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped and its value can be + updated. When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + + (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar initialization, + calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes the software must first + clear the RSF flag. The software must then wait until it is set again before + reading the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + The RTC_WaitForSynchro() function implements the above software sequence + (RSF clear and RSF check). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the RTC registers to their default reset values. + * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data + * registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are deinitialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not deinitialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101; + /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007; + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF; + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF; + RTC->CALIBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ + RTC->TAFCR = 0x00000000; + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters + * in RTC_InitStruct. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral. + * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in + * initialization mode only. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear RTC CR FMT Bit */ + RTC->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT)); + /* Set RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= ((uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + + /* Configure the RTC PRER */ + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv); + RTC->PRER |= (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv << 16); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the RTC_HourFormat member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat = RTC_HourFormat_24; + + /* Initialize the RTC_AsynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0x7F; + + /* Initialize the RTC_SynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC registers write protection. + * @note All the RTC registers are write protected except for RTC_ISR[13:8], + * RTC_TAFCR and RTC_BKPxR. + * @note Writing a wrong key reactivates the write protection. + * @note The protection mechanism is not affected by system reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the write protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode + * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t initcounter = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t initstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set the Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK; + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + initstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF; + initcounter++; + } while((initcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (initstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Exits the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void) +{ + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are + * synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + * the software must first clear the RSF flag. + * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading + * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t synchrocounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t synchrostatus = 0x00; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK; + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + do + { + synchrostatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF; + synchrocounter++; + } while((synchrocounter != SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT) && (synchrostatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC reference clock detection. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reference clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC reference clock detection is enabled + * - ERROR: RTC reference clock detection is disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR |= RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR &= ~RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Bypass Shadow feature. + * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken + * directly from the Calendar counter. + * @param NewState: new state of the Bypass Shadow feature. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None +*/ +void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */ + RTC->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + } + else + { + /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */ + RTC->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 Time and Date configuration functions + * @brief Time and Date configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Time and Date configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Calendar + (Time and Date). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains + * the time configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)); + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours))); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds))); + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_TR register */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_TimeStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00min:00sec). + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current Time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current time configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC current Calendar Sub seconds value. + * @note This function freeze the Time and Date registers after reading the + * SSR register. + * @param None + * @retval RTC current Calendar Sub seconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Get sub seconds values from the correspondent registers*/ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->SSR); + + /* Read DR register to unfroze calendar registers */ + (void) (RTC->DR); + + return (tmpreg); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains + * the date configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Date register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Date register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if ((RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & 0x10) == 0x10)) + { + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10)) + 0x0A; + } + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year))); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(tmpreg)); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay)); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = ((((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay) << 13)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay << 13)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_DR register */ + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_DateStruct member with its default value + * (Monday, January 01 xx00). + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = RTC_Weekday_Monday; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = 1; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = RTC_Month_January; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current date configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 Alarms configuration functions + * @brief Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Alarms A and B configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Alarms. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm. + * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm + * is disabled (Use the RTC_AlarmCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that + * contains the alarm configuration parameters. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_ALARM_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds))); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); + } + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + else + { + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_AlarmStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Date = 1st day of the month/Mask = + * all fields are masked). + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a @ref RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = 0; + + /* Alarm Date Settings : Date = 1st day of the month */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = 1; + + /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = RTC_AlarmMask_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that will + * contains the output alarm configuration values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + + /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMAR); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMBR); + } + + /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_SU)); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_AlarmMask_All); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC Alarm. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param NewState: new state of the specified alarm. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Alarm is enabled/disabled + * - ERROR: RTC Alarm is not enabled/disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t alarmcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t alarmstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm state */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Alarm; + + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Alarm in RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Alarm; + + /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + alarmstatus = RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8); + alarmcounter++; + } while((alarmcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (alarmstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8)) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the RTC AlarmA/B Sub seconds value and mask.* + * @note This function is performed only when the Alarm is disabled. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue: specifies the Sub seconds value. + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 0x00007FFF. + * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask: specifies the Sub seconds Mask. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All : All Alarm SS fields are masked. + * There is no comparison on sub seconds for Alarm. + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1 : SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[0] is compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2 : SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[1:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3 : SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[2:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4 : SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[3:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5 : SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[4:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6 : SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[5:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7 : SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[6:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8 : SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[7:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9 : SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[8:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10: SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[9:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11: SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[10:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12: SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[11:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13: SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[12:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14 : SS[14] is don't care in Alarm comparison. + * Only SS[13:0] are compared + * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None : SS[14:0] are compared and must match + * to activate alarm + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B Sub Second registers */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t) (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue) | (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask); + + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */ + RTC->ALRMASSR = tmpreg; + } + else + { + /* Configure the Alarm B Sub Second register */ + RTC->ALRMBSSR = tmpreg; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC Alarm Sub seconds value. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param None + * @retval RTC Alarm Sub seconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMASSR) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS); + } + + return (tmpreg); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### WakeUp Timer configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC WakeUp. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup clock source. + * @note The WakeUp Clock source can only be changed when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpClock: Wakeup Clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/16 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/8 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/4 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/2 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(RTC_WakeUpClock)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; + + /* Configure the clock source */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpClock; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup counter. + * @note The RTC WakeUp counter can only be written when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpCounter: specifies the WakeUp counter. + * This parameter can be a value from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(RTC_WakeUpCounter)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpCounter; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC WakeUp timer counter value. + * @param None + * @retval The RTC WakeUp Counter value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void) +{ + /* Get the counter value */ + return ((uint32_t)(RTC->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC WakeUp timer. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp timer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_WUTE; + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUTE; + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Daylight Saving configuration functions + * @brief Daylight Saving configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Daylight Saving configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC DayLight Saving. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Adds or substract one hour from the current time. + * @param RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H: Substract one hour (winter time) + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H: Add one hour (summer time) + * @param RTC_StoreOperation: Specifies the value to be written in the BCK bit + * in CR register to store the operation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Reset: BCK Bit Reset + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Set: BCK Bit Set + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(RTC_DayLightSaving)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(RTC_StoreOperation)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_BCK); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_DayLightSaving | RTC_StoreOperation); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * @param None + * @retval RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Reset + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Set + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void) +{ + return (RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BCK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group6 Output pin Configuration function + * @brief Output pin Configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Output pin Configuration function ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC Output source. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC output source (AFO_ALARM). + * @param RTC_Output: Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Output_Disable: No output selected + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmA: signal of AlarmA mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmB: signal of AlarmB mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_WakeUp: signal of WakeUp mapped to output + * @param RTC_OutputPolarity: Specifies the polarity of the output signal. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_High: The output pin is high when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_Low: The output pin is low when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(RTC_Output)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(RTC_OutputPolarity)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL); + + /* Configure the output selection and polarity */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Output | RTC_OutputPolarity); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group7 Digital Calibration configuration functions + * @brief Coarse Calibration configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Digital Calibration configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Coarse calibration parameters. + * @param RTC_CalibSign: specifies the sign of the coarse calibration value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_CalibSign_Positive: The value sign is positive + * @arg RTC_CalibSign_Negative: The value sign is negative + * @param Value: value of coarse calibration expressed in ppm (coded on 5 bits). + * + * @note This Calibration value should be between 0 and 63 when using negative + * sign with a 2-ppm step. + * + * @note This Calibration value should be between 0 and 126 when using positive + * sign with a 4-ppm step. + * + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Coarse calibration are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC Coarse calibration are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibSign, uint32_t Value) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(RTC_CalibSign)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(Value)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the coarse calibration value */ + RTC->CALIBR = (uint32_t)(RTC_CalibSign | Value); + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Coarse calibration process. + * @param NewState: new state of the Coarse calibration. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Coarse calibration are enabled/disabled + * - ERROR: RTC Coarse calibration are not enabled/disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Coarse Calibration */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_DCE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Coarse Calibration */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_DCE; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock to be output through the relative pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the digital calibration Output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_COE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COE; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + * @param RTC_CalibOutput : Select the Calibration output Selection . + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz. + * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz : A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz. + * @retval None +*/ +void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(RTC_CalibOutput)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /*clear flags before configuration */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_COSEL); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CalibOutput; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Smooth Calibration Settings. + * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod : Select the Smooth Calibration Period. + * This parameter can be can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec : The smooth calibration period is 32s. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec : The smooth calibration period is 16s. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec : The smooth calibration period is 8s. + * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses : Select to Set or reset the CALP bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set : Add one RTCCLK pulse every 2**11 pulses. + * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset: No RTCCLK pulses are added. + * @param RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Calib registers are configured + * - ERROR: RTC Calib registers are not configured +*/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod, + uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses, + uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t recalpfcount = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* check if a calibration is pending*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) + { + /* wait until the Calibration is completed*/ + while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) && (recalpfcount != RECALPF_TIMEOUT)) + { + recalpfcount++; + } + } + + /* check if the calibration pending is completed or if there is no calibration operation at all*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) == RESET) + { + /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */ + RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (ErrorStatus)(status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group8 TimeStamp configuration functions + * @brief TimeStamp configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### TimeStamp configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC TimeStamp functionality with the + * specified time stamp pin stimulating edge. + * @param RTC_TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is + * activated. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising + * edge of the related pin. + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * falling edge of the related pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the TimeStamp. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(RTC_TimeStampEdge)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + /* Get the new configuration */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge | RTC_CR_TSE); + } + else + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + RTC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC TimeStamp value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_StampTimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp time values. + * @param RTC_StampDateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp date values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */ + tmptime = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + tmpdate = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the Time structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + + /* Convert the Date structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC timestamp Sub seconds value. + * @param None + * @retval RTC current timestamp Sub seconds value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void) +{ + /* Get timestamp sub seconds values from the correspondent registers */ + return (uint32_t)(RTC->TSSSR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group9 Tampers configuration functions + * @brief Tampers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Tampers configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the select Tamper pin edge. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1 or RTC_Tamper 2 + * @param RTC_TamperTrigger: Specifies the trigger on the tamper pin that + * stimulates tamper event. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge: Rising Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge: Falling Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel: Low Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel: High Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(RTC_TamperTrigger)); + + if (RTC_TamperTrigger == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RTC_Tamper << 1)); + } + else + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Tamper << 1); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Tamper detection. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1 or RTC_Tamper_2 + * @param NewState: new state of the tamper pin. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Tamper; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Tamper; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Filter. + * @param RTC_TamperFilter: Specifies the tampers filter. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_Disable: Tamper filter is disabled. + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample: Tamper is activated after 2 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample: Tamper is activated after 4 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample: Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive + * samples at the active level + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(RTC_TamperFilter)); + + /* Clear TAMPFLT[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperFilter; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Sampling Frequency. + * @param RTC_TamperSamplingFreq: Specifies the tampers Sampling Frequency. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512 + * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled + * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256 + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(RTC_TamperSamplingFreq)); + + /* Clear TAMPFREQ[2:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperSamplingFreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tampers Pins input Precharge Duration. + * @param RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration: Specifies the Tampers Pins input + * Precharge Duration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK: Tamper pins are precharged before sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK: Tamper pins are precharged before sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK: Tamper pins are precharged before sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycle + * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK: Tamper pins are precharged before sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycle + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration)); + + /* Clear TAMPPRCH[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH); + + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the TimeStamp on Tamper Detection Event. + * @note The timestamp is valid even the TSE bit in tamper control register + * is reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the timestamp on tamper event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Save timestamp on tamper detection event */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS; + } + else + { + /* Tamper detection does not cause a timestamp to be saved */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Precharge of Tamper pin. + * @param NewState: new state of tamper pull up. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS; + } + else + { + /* Disable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group10 Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * @brief Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Backup Data Registers configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Write the specified register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @retval None + */ +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Read the specified register */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group11 RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration functions + * @brief RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config + * configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ================================================================================================== + ##### RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration functions ##### + ================================================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the RTC Tamper Pin. + * @param RTC_TamperPin: specifies the RTC Tamper Pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperPin_Default: RTC_AF1 is used as RTC Tamper Pin. + * @arg RTC_TamperPin_Pos1: RTC_AF2 is selected as RTC Tamper Pin. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TamperPin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PIN(RTC_TamperPin)); + + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPINSEL); + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TamperPin); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @param RTC_TimeStampPin: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TimeStampPin_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @arg RTC_TimeStampPin_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin)); + + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TSINSEL); + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Output Pin mode. + * @param RTC_OutputType: specifies the RTC Output (PC13) pin mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Open Drain mode. + * @arg RTC_OutputType_PushPull: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Push Pull mode. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(RTC_OutputType)); + + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE); + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_OutputType); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group12 Shift control synchronisation functions + * @brief Shift control synchronisation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Shift control synchronisation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. + * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register + * @param RTC_ShiftAdd1S : Select to add or not 1 second to the time Calendar. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set : Add one second to the clock calendar. + * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset: No effect. + * @param RTC_ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to Substitute. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Shift registers are configured + * - ERROR: RTC Shift registers are not configured +*/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t shpfcount = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(RTC_ShiftAdd1S)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(RTC_ShiftSubFS)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Check if a Shift is pending*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) + { + /* Wait until the shift is completed*/ + while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) && (shpfcount != SHPF_TIMEOUT)) + { + shpfcount++; + } + } + + /* Check if the Shift pending is completed or if there is no Shift operation at all*/ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) == RESET) + { + /* check if the reference clock detection is disabled */ + if((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET) + { + /* Configure the Shift settings */ + RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftAdd1S); + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (ErrorStatus)(status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group13 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] All RTC interrupts are connected to the EXTI controller. + + (+) To enable the RTC Alarm interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 17 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the RTC_Alarm IRQ channel in the NVIC using the + NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to generate RTC alarms (Alarm A and/or Alarm B) using + the RTC_SetAlarm() and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + + (+) To enable the RTC Wakeup interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 22 in interrupt mode and select the + rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the RTC_WKUP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the + NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC wakeup timer event using the + RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() + functions. + + (+) To enable the RTC Tamper interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 21 in interrupt mode and select + the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the + NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC tamper event using the + RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() functions. + + (+) To enable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt, the following sequence is required: + (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 21 in interrupt mode and select the + rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the + NVIC_Init() function. + (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper event interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(RTC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & ~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + else + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RECALPF: RECALPF event flag. + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp OverFlow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITF: Initialization mode flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITS: Registers Configured flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_SHPF: Shift operation pending flag. + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTWF: WakeUp Timer Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF: Alarm B Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF: Alarm A write flag + * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Get all the flags */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_FLAGS_MASK); + + /* Return the status of the flag */ + if ((tmpreg & RTC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the RTC flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp Overflow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the Flags in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((RTC_FLAG | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper 1 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper 2 event interrupt + * @retval The new state of RTC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE)); + + /* Get the Interrupt enable Status */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((RTC->CR & RTC_IT) | (tmpreg & (RTC_IT >> 15)) | (tmpreg & (RTC_IT >> 16))); + + /* Get the Interrupt pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ISR & (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4))); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if ((enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((tmpreg & 0x0000FFFF) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper 1 event interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper 2 event interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the RTC_ISR Interrupt pending bits mask */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4); + + /* Clear the interrupt pending bits in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((tmpreg | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. + * @param Value: Byte to be converted. + * @retval Converted byte + */ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t bcdhigh = 0; + + while (Value >= 10) + { + bcdhigh++; + Value -= 10; + } + + return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value); +} + +/** + * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary. + * @param Value: BCD value to be converted. + * @retval Converted word + */ +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t tmp = 0; + tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10; + return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_sai.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_sai.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 87e73a5bb7..a1238773ad --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_sai.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_sai.c @@ -1,1094 +1,1159 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_sai.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Serial Audio Interface (SAI): - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Data transfers functions - * + DMA transfers management - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - - (#) Enable peripheral clock using the following functions - RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1, ENABLE) for SAI1 - - (#) For each SAI Block A/B enable SCK, SD, FS and MCLK GPIO clocks - using RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() function. - - (#) Peripherals alternate function: - (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate - Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. - (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF - (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via - GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members - (++) Call GPIO_Init() function - -@@- If an external clock source is used then the I2S CKIN pin should be - also configured in Alternate function Push-pull pull-up mode. - - (#) The SAI clock can be generated from different clock source : - PLL I2S, PLL SAI or external clock source. - (++) The PLL I2S is configured using the following functions RCC_PLLI2SConfig(), - RCC_PLLI2SCmd(ENABLE), RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) and - RCC_SAIPLLI2SClkDivConfig() or; - - (++) The PLL SAI is configured using the following functions RCC_PLLSAIConfig(), - RCC_PLLSAICmd(ENABLE), RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_PLLSAIRDY) and - RCC_SAIPLLSAIClkDivConfig()or; - - (++) External clock source is configured using the function - RCC_I2SCLKConfig(RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext) and after setting correctly the - define constant I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file. - - (#) Each SAI Block A or B has its own clock generator to make these two blocks - completely independent. The Clock generator is configured using RCC_SAIBlockACLKConfig() and - RCC_SAIBlockBCLKConfig() functions. - - (#) Each SAI Block A or B can be configured separately : - (++) Program the Master clock divider, Audio mode, Protocol, Data Length, Clock Strobing Edge, - Synchronous mode, Output drive and FIFO Thresold using SAI_Init() function. - In case of master mode, program the Master clock divider (MCKDIV) using - the following formula : - (+++) MCLK_x = SAI_CK_x / (MCKDIV * 2) with MCLK_x = 256 * FS - (+++) FS = SAI_CK_x / (MCKDIV * 2) * 256 - (+++) MCKDIV = SAI_CK_x / FS * 512 - (++) Program the Frame Length, Frame active Length, FS Definition, FS Polarity, - FS Offset using SAI_FrameInit() function. - (++) Program the Slot First Bit Offset, Slot Size, Slot Number, Slot Active - using SAI_SlotInit() function. - - (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function - SAI_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. - - (#) When using the DMA mode - (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function - (++) Active the needed channel Request using SAI_DMACmd() function - - (#) Enable the SAI using the SAI_Cmd() function. - - (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. - - (#) The SAI has some specific functions which can be useful depending - on the audio protocol selected. - (++) Enable Mute mode when the audio block is a transmitter using SAI_MuteModeCmd() - function and configure the value transmitted during mute using SAI_MuteValueConfig(). - (++) Detect the Mute mode when audio block is a receiver using SAI_MuteFrameCounterConfig(). - (++) Enable the MONO mode without any data preprocessing in memory when the number - of slot is equal to 2 using SAI_MonoModeConfig() function. - (++) Enable data companding algorithm (U law and A law) using SAI_CompandingModeConfig(). - (++) Choose the behavior of the SD line in output when an inactive slot is sent - on the data line using SAI_TRIStateConfig() function. - [..] - (@) In master TX mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock - for the external slaves even if there is no data in the FIFO, However FS signal - generation is conditioned by the presence of data in the FIFO. - - (@) In master RX mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock - and FS signal for the external slaves. - - (@) It is mandatory to respect the following conditions in order to avoid bad SAI behavior: - (+@) First bit Offset <= (SLOT size - Data size) - (+@) Data size <= SLOT size - (+@) Number of SLOT x SLOT size = Frame length - (+@) The number of slots should be even when bit FSDEF in the SAI_xFRCR is set. - - @endverbatim - - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_sai.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI - * @brief SAI driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* *SAI registers Masks */ -#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFF07C010) -#define FRCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFF88000) -#define SLOTR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000F020) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SAI Audio - Block Mode, Audio Protocol, Data size, Synchronization between audio block, - Master clock Divider, Fifo threshold, Frame configuration, slot configuration, - Tristate mode, Companding mode and Mute mode. - [..] - The SAI_Init(), SAI_FrameInit() and SAI_SlotInit() functions follows the SAI Block - configuration procedures for Master mode and Slave mode (details for these procedures - are available in reference manual(RM0090). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitialize the SAIx peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param SAIx: To select the SAIx peripheral, where x can be the different instances - * - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_DeInit(SAI_TypeDef* SAIx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_PERIPH(SAIx)); - - if(SAIx == SAI1) - { - /* Enable SAI1 reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1, ENABLE); - /* Release SAI1 from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1, DISABLE); - } - else - { -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - if(SAIx == SAI2) - { - /* Enable SAI2 reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2, ENABLE); - /* Release SAI2 from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2, DISABLE); - } -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SAI Block x peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the SAI_InitStruct. - * - * @note SAI clock is generated from a specific output of the PLLSAI or a specific - * output of the PLLI2S or from an alternate function bypassing the PLL I2S. - * - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_InitStruct: pointer to a SAI_InitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the specified SAI Block peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_Init(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_InitTypeDef* SAI_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - - /* Check the SAI Block parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MODE(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_AudioMode)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PROTOCOL(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Protocol)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_DATASIZE(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_DataSize)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRST_BIT(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FirstBit)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLOCK_STROBING(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_ClockStrobing)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCHRO(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Synchro)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_OUTPUT_DRIVE(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_OUTDRIV)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_NODIVIDER(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_NoDivider)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MASTER_DIVIDER(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_MasterDivider)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIFO_THRESHOLD(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FIFOThreshold)); - - /* SAI Block_x CR1 Configuration */ - /* Get the SAI Block_x CR1 value */ - tmpreg = SAI_Block_x->CR1; - /* Clear MODE, PRTCFG, DS, LSBFIRST, CKSTR, SYNCEN, OUTDRIV, NODIV, and MCKDIV bits */ - tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure SAI_Block_x: Audio mode, Protocol, Data Size, first transmitted bit, Clock strobing - edge, Synchronization mode, Output drive, Master Divider and FIFO level */ - /* Set MODE bits according to SAI_AudioMode value */ - /* Set PRTCFG bits according to SAI_Protocol value */ - /* Set DS bits according to SAI_DataSize value */ - /* Set LSBFIRST bit according to SAI_FirstBit value */ - /* Set CKSTR bit according to SAI_ClockStrobing value */ - /* Set SYNCEN bit according to SAI_Synchro value */ - /* Set OUTDRIV bit according to SAI_OUTDRIV value */ - /* Set NODIV bit according to SAI_NoDivider value */ - /* Set MCKDIV bits according to SAI_MasterDivider value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_AudioMode | SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Protocol | - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_DataSize | SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FirstBit | - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_ClockStrobing | SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Synchro | - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_OUTDRIV | SAI_InitStruct->SAI_NoDivider | - (uint32_t)((SAI_InitStruct->SAI_MasterDivider) << 20)); - /* Write to SAI_Block_x CR1 */ - SAI_Block_x->CR1 = tmpreg; - - /* SAI Block_x CR2 Configuration */ - /* Get the SAIBlock_x CR2 value */ - tmpreg = SAI_Block_x->CR2; - /* Clear FTH bits */ - tmpreg &= ~(SAI_xCR2_FTH); - /* Configure the FIFO Level */ - /* Set FTH bits according to SAI_FIFOThreshold value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FIFOThreshold); - /* Write to SAI_Block_x CR2 */ - SAI_Block_x->CR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SAI Block Audio frame according to the specified - * parameters in the SAI_FrameInitStruct. - * - * @note this function has no meaning if the AC'97 or SPDIF audio protocol - * are selected. - * - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_FrameInitStruct: pointer to an SAI_FrameInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration of audio frame for a specified SAI Block - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_FrameInit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_FrameInitTypeDef* SAI_FrameInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - - /* Check the SAI Block frame parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FRAME_LENGTH(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FrameLength)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_ACTIVE_FRAME(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_ActiveFrameLength)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_DEFINITION(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSDefinition)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_POLARITY(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_OFFSET(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSOffset)); - - /* SAI Block_x FRCR Configuration */ - /* Get the SAI Block_x FRCR value */ - tmpreg = SAI_Block_x->FRCR; - /* Clear FRL, FSALL, FSDEF, FSPOL, FSOFF bits */ - tmpreg &= FRCR_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure SAI_Block_x Frame: Frame Length, Active Frame Length, Frame Synchronization - Definition, Frame Synchronization Polarity and Frame Synchronization Polarity */ - /* Set FRL bits according to SAI_FrameLength value */ - /* Set FSALL bits according to SAI_ActiveFrameLength value */ - /* Set FSDEF bit according to SAI_FSDefinition value */ - /* Set FSPOL bit according to SAI_FSPolarity value */ - /* Set FSOFF bit according to SAI_FSOffset value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FrameLength - 1) | - SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSOffset | - SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSDefinition | - SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSPolarity | - (uint32_t)((SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_ActiveFrameLength - 1) << 8)); - - /* Write to SAI_Block_x FRCR */ - SAI_Block_x->FRCR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SAI Block audio Slot according to the specified - * parameters in the SAI_SlotInitStruct. - * - * @note this function has no meaning if the AC'97 or SPDIF audio protocol - * are selected. - * - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_SlotInitStruct: pointer to an SAI_SlotInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration of audio slot for a specified SAI Block - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_SlotInit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_SlotInitTypeDef* SAI_SlotInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - - /* Check the SAI Block Slot parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRSTBIT_OFFSET(SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_FirstBitOffset)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_SIZE(SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotSize)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_NUMBER(SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotNumber)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_SLOT_ACTIVE(SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotActive)); - - /* SAI Block_x SLOTR Configuration */ - /* Get the SAI Block_x SLOTR value */ - tmpreg = SAI_Block_x->SLOTR; - /* Clear FBOFF, SLOTSZ, NBSLOT, SLOTEN bits */ - tmpreg &= SLOTR_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure SAI_Block_x Slot: First bit offset, Slot size, Number of Slot in - audio frame and slots activated in audio frame */ - /* Set FBOFF bits according to SAI_FirstBitOffset value */ - /* Set SLOTSZ bits according to SAI_SlotSize value */ - /* Set NBSLOT bits according to SAI_SlotNumber value */ - /* Set SLOTEN bits according to SAI_SlotActive value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_FirstBitOffset | - SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotSize | - SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotActive | - (uint32_t)((SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotNumber - 1) << 8)); - - /* Write to SAI_Block_x SLOTR */ - SAI_Block_x->SLOTR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each SAI_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param SAI_InitStruct: pointer to a SAI_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_StructInit(SAI_InitTypeDef* SAI_InitStruct) -{ - /* Reset SAI init structure parameters values */ - /* Initialize the SAI_AudioMode member */ - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_AudioMode = SAI_Mode_MasterTx; - /* Initialize the SAI_Protocol member */ - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Protocol = SAI_Free_Protocol; - /* Initialize the SAI_DataSize member */ - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_DataSize = SAI_DataSize_8b; - /* Initialize the SAI_FirstBit member */ - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FirstBit = SAI_FirstBit_MSB; - /* Initialize the SAI_ClockStrobing member */ - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_ClockStrobing = SAI_ClockStrobing_FallingEdge; - /* Initialize the SAI_Synchro member */ - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Synchro = SAI_Asynchronous; - /* Initialize the SAI_OUTDRIV member */ - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_OUTDRIV = SAI_OutputDrive_Disabled; - /* Initialize the SAI_NoDivider member */ - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_NoDivider = SAI_MasterDivider_Enabled; - /* Initialize the SAI_MasterDivider member */ - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_MasterDivider = 0; - /* Initialize the SAI_FIFOThreshold member */ - SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FIFOThreshold = SAI_Threshold_FIFOEmpty; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each SAI_FrameInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param SAI_FrameInitStruct: pointer to a SAI_FrameInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_FrameStructInit(SAI_FrameInitTypeDef* SAI_FrameInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset SAI Frame init structure parameters values */ - /* Initialize the SAI_FrameLength member */ - SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FrameLength = 8; - /* Initialize the SAI_ActiveFrameLength member */ - SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_ActiveFrameLength = 1; - /* Initialize the SAI_FSDefinition member */ - SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSDefinition = SAI_FS_StartFrame; - /* Initialize the SAI_FSPolarity member */ - SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSPolarity = SAI_FS_ActiveLow; - /* Initialize the SAI_FSOffset member */ - SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSOffset = SAI_FS_FirstBit; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each SAI_SlotInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param SAI_SlotInitStruct: pointer to a SAI_SlotInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_SlotStructInit(SAI_SlotInitTypeDef* SAI_SlotInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset SAI Slot init structure parameters values */ - /* Initialize the SAI_FirstBitOffset member */ - SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_FirstBitOffset = 0; - /* Initialize the SAI_SlotSize member */ - SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotSize = SAI_SlotSize_DataSize; - /* Initialize the SAI_SlotNumber member */ - SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotNumber = 1; - /* Initialize the SAI_SlotActive member */ - SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotActive = SAI_Slot_NotActive; - -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the SAI_Block_x peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_Cmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SAI peripheral */ - SAI_Block_x->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_SAIEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SAI peripheral */ - SAI_Block_x->CR1 &= ~(SAI_xCR1_SAIEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the mono mode for the selected SAI block. - * - * @note This function has a meaning only when the number of slot is equal to 2. - * - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_MonoMode: specifies the SAI block mono mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SAI_MonoMode : Set mono audio mode - * @arg SAI_StreoMode : Set streo audio mode - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_MonoModeConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_Mono_StreoMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MONO_STREO_MODE(SAI_MonoMode)); - /* Clear MONO bit */ - SAI_Block_x->CR1 &= ~(SAI_xCR1_MONO); - /* Set new Mono Mode value */ - SAI_Block_x->CR1 |= SAI_MonoMode; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TRIState management on data line for the selected SAI block. - * - * @note This function has a meaning only when the SAI block is configured in transmitter - * - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_TRIState: specifies the SAI block TRIState management. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SAI_Output_NotReleased : SD output line is still driven by the SAI. - * @arg SAI_Output_Released : SD output line is released (HI-Z) - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_TRIStateConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_TRIState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_TRISTATE_MANAGEMENT(SAI_TRIState)); - /* Clear MONO bit */ - SAI_Block_x->CR1 &= ~(SAI_xCR1_MONO); - /* Set new Mono Mode value */ - SAI_Block_x->CR1 |= SAI_MonoMode; - -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the companding mode for the selected SAI block. - * - * @note The data expansion or data compression are determined by the state of - * SAI block selected (transmitter or receiver). - - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_CompandingMode: specifies the SAI block companding mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SAI_NoCompanding : no companding algorithm set - * @arg SAI_ULaw_1CPL_Companding : Set U law (algorithm 1's complement representation) - * @arg SAI_ALaw_1CPL_Companding : Set A law (algorithm 1's complement representation) - * @arg SAI_ULaw_2CPL_Companding : Set U law (algorithm 2's complement representation) - * @arg SAI_ALaw_2CPL_Companding : Set A law (algorithm 2's complement representation) - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_CompandingModeConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_CompandingMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_COMPANDING_MODE(SAI_CompandingMode)); - /* Clear Companding Mode bits */ - SAI_Block_x->CR2 &= ~(SAI_xCR2_COMP); - /* Set new Companding Mode value */ - SAI_Block_x->CR2 |= SAI_CompandingMode; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Mute mode for the selected SAI block. - * - * @note This function has a meaning only when the audio block is transmitter - * @note Mute mode is applied for an entire frame for all the valid slot - * It becomes active at the end of an audio frame when set somewhere in a frame. - * Mute mode exit occurs at the end of the frame in which the bit MUTE has been set. - * - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the SAIx block. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_MuteModeCmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SAI block mute mode */ - SAI_Block_x->CR2 |= SAI_xCR2_MUTE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SAI SS output */ - SAI_Block_x->CR2 &= ~(SAI_xCR2_MUTE); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the mute value for the selected SAI block. - * - * @note This function has a meaning only when the audio block is transmitter - * @note the configuration last value sent during mute mode has only a meaning - * when the number of slot is lower or equal to 2 and if the MUTE bit is set. - * - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_MuteValue: specifies the SAI block mute value. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SAI_ZeroValue : bit value 0 is sent during Mute Mode - * @arg SAI_LastSentValue : Last value is sent during Mute Mode - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_MuteValueConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_MuteValue) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_VALUE(SAI_MuteValue)); - - /* Clear Mute value bits */ - SAI_Block_x->CR2 &= ~(SAI_xCR2_MUTEVAL); - /* Set new Mute value */ - SAI_Block_x->CR2 |= SAI_MuteValue; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Mute mode for the selected SAI block. - * - * @note This function has a meaning only when the audio block is Receiver - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_MuteCounter: specifies the SAI block mute value. - * This parameter can be a number between 0 and 63. - - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_MuteFrameCounterConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_MuteCounter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_COUNTER(SAI_MuteCounter)); - - /* Clear Mute value bits */ - SAI_Block_x->CR2 &= ~(SAI_xCR2_MUTECNT); - /* Set new Mute value */ - SAI_Block_x->CR2 |= (SAI_MuteCounter << 7); -} - -/** - * @brief Reinitialize the FIFO pointer - * - * @note The FIFO pointers can be reinitialized at anytime The data present - * into the FIFO, if it is not empty, will be lost. - * - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SAI TI communication mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_FlushFIFO(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - - /* FIFO flush */ - SAI_Block_x->CR2 |= SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Group2 Data transfers functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Data transfers functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SAI data transfers. - [..] - In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal FIFO while - In transmission, data are first stored into an internal FIFO before being - transmitted. - [..] - The read access of the SAI_xDR register can be done using the SAI_ReceiveData() - function and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the SAI_DR - can be done using SAI_SendData() function and stores the written data into - Tx buffer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SAI block x peripheral. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * - * @retval The value of the received data. - */ -uint32_t SAI_ReceiveData(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - - /* Return the data in the DR register */ - return SAI_Block_x->DR; -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits a Data through the SAI block x peripheral. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * - * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_SendData(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - - /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ - SAI_Block_x->DR = Data; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Group3 DMA transfers management functions - * @brief DMA transfers management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SAI Block x DMA interface. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SAI block DMA transfer request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_DMACmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SAI block mute mode */ - SAI_Block_x->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SAI SS output */ - SAI_Block_x->CR1 &= ~(SAI_xCR1_DMAEN); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SAI_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SAI Interrupts - sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. - The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage - the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. - - *** Polling Mode *** - ==================== - [..] - In Polling Mode, the SAI communication can be managed by 7 flags: - (#) SAI_FLAG_FREQ : to indicate if there is a FIFO Request to write or to read. - (#) SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET : to indicate if a MUTE frame detected - (#) SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR : to indicate if an Overrun or Underrun error occur - (#) SAI_FLAG_AFSDET : to indicate if there is the detection of a audio frame - synchronisation (FS) earlier than expected - (#) SAI_FLAG_LFSDET : to indicate if there is the detection of a audio frame - synchronisation (FS) later than expected - (#) SAI_FLAG_CNRDY : to indicate if the codec is not ready to communicate during - the reception of the TAG 0 (slot0) of the AC97 audio frame - (#) SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG: to indicate if wrong clock configuration in master mode - error occurs. - [..] - In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) FlagStatus SAI_GetFlagStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG); - (+) void SAI_ClearFlag(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG); - - *** Interrupt Mode *** - ====================== - [..] - In Interrupt Mode, the SAI communication can be managed by 7 interrupt sources - and 7 pending bits: - (+) Pending Bits: - (##) SAI_IT_FREQ : to indicate if there is a FIFO Request to write or to read. - (##) SAI_IT_MUTEDET : to indicate if a MUTE frame detected. - (##) SAI_IT_OVRUDR : to indicate if an Overrun or Underrun error occur. - (##) SAI_IT_AFSDET : to indicate if there is the detection of a audio frame - synchronisation (FS) earlier than expected. - (##) SAI_IT_LFSDET : to indicate if there is the detection of a audio frame - synchronisation (FS) later than expected. - (##) SAI_IT_CNRDY : to indicate if the codec is not ready to communicate during - the reception of the TAG 0 (slot0) of the AC97 audio frame. - (##) SAI_IT_WCKCFG: to indicate if wrong clock configuration in master mode - error occurs. - - (+) Interrupt Source: - (##) SAI_IT_FREQ : specifies the interrupt source for FIFO Request. - (##) SAI_IT_MUTEDET : specifies the interrupt source for MUTE frame detected. - (##) SAI_IT_OVRUDR : specifies the interrupt source for overrun or underrun error. - (##) SAI_IT_AFSDET : specifies the interrupt source for anticipated frame synchronization - detection interrupt. - (##) SAI_IT_LFSDET : specifies the interrupt source for late frame synchronization - detection interrupt. - (##) SAI_IT_CNRDY : specifies the interrupt source for codec not ready interrupt - (##) SAI_IT_WCKCFG: specifies the interrupt source for wrong clock configuration - interrupt. - [..] - In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) void SAI_ITConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); - (+) ITStatus SAI_GetITStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT); - (+) void SAI_ClearITPendingBit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT); - - *** DMA Mode *** - ================ - [..] - In DMA Mode, each SAI audio block has an independent DMA interface in order to - read or to write into the SAI_xDR register (to hit the internal FIFO). - There is one DMA channel by audio block following basic DMA request/acknowledge - protocol. - [..] - In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: - (+) void SAI_DMACmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState); - [..] - This section provides also functions allowing to - (+) Check the SAI Block enable status - (+)Check the FIFO status - - *** SAI Block Enable status *** - =============================== - [..] - After disabling a SAI Block, it is recommended to check (or wait until) the SAI Block - is effectively disabled. If a Block is disabled while an audio frame transfer is ongoing - the current frame will be transferred and the block will be effectively disabled only at - the end of audio frame. - To monitor this state it is possible to use the following function: - (+) FunctionalState SAI_GetCmdStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); - - *** SAI Block FIFO status *** - ============================= - [..] - It is possible to monitor the FIFO status when a transfer is ongoing using the following - function: - (+) uint32_t SAI_GetFIFOStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified SAI Block interrupts. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_IT: specifies the SAI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SAI_IT_FREQ: FIFO Request interrupt mask - * @arg SAI_IT_MUTEDET: MUTE detection interrupt mask - * @arg SAI_IT_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun interrupt mask - * @arg SAI_IT_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection - * interrupt mask - * @arg SAI_IT_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection interrupt - * mask - * @arg SAI_IT_CNRDY: codec not ready interrupt mask - * @arg SAI_IT_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration interrupt mask - * @param NewState: new state of the specified SAI interrupt. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_ITConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CONFIG_IT(SAI_IT)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SAI Block interrupt */ - SAI_Block_x->IMR |= SAI_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SAI Block interrupt */ - SAI_Block_x->IMR &= ~(SAI_IT); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified SAI block x flag is set or not. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_FLAG: specifies the SAI block flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SAI_FLAG_FREQ: FIFO Request flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET: MUTE detection flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_CNRDY: codec not ready flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection flag. - * @retval The new state of SAI_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus SAI_GetFlagStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_GET_FLAG(SAI_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified SAI flag */ - if ((SAI_Block_x->SR & SAI_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* SAI_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* SAI_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the SAI_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the specified SAI Block x flag. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_FLAG: specifies the SAI block flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET: MUTE detection flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_CNRDY: codec not ready flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection flag. - * @arg SAI_FLAG_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection flag. - * - * @note FREQ (FIFO Request) flag is cleared : - * - When the audio block is transmitter and the FIFO is full or the FIFO - * has one data (one buffer mode) depending the bit FTH in the - * SAI_xCR2 register. - * - When the audio block is receiver and the FIFO is not empty - * - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_ClearFlag(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLEAR_FLAG(SAI_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected SAI Block flag */ - SAI_Block_x->CLRFR |= SAI_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified SAI Block x interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_IT: specifies the SAI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SAI_IT_FREQ: FIFO Request interrupt - * @arg SAI_IT_MUTEDET: MUTE detection interrupt - * @arg SAI_IT_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun interrupt - * @arg SAI_IT_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection interrupt - * @arg SAI_IT_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection interrupt - * @arg SAI_IT_CNRDY: codec not ready interrupt - * @arg SAI_IT_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration interrupt - * - * @retval The new state of SAI_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus SAI_GetITStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CONFIG_IT(SAI_IT)); - - /* Get the SAI_IT enable bit status */ - enablestatus = (SAI_Block_x->IMR & SAI_IT) ; - - /* Check the status of the specified SAI interrupt */ - if (((SAI_Block_x->SR & SAI_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) - { - /* SAI_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* SAI_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the SAI_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the SAI Block x interrupt pending bit. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * @param SAI_IT: specifies the SAI Block interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SAI_IT_MUTEDET: MUTE detection interrupt. - * @arg SAI_IT_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun interrupt. - * @arg SAI_IT_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration interrupt. - * @arg SAI_IT_CNRDY: codec not ready interrupt. - * @arg SAI_IT_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection interrupt. - * @arg SAI_IT_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection interrupt. - * - * @note FREQ (FIFO Request) flag is cleared : - * - When the audio block is transmitter and the FIFO is full or the FIFO - * has one data (one buffer mode) depending the bit FTH in the - * SAI_xCR2 register. - * - When the audio block is receiver and the FIFO is not empty - * - * @retval None - */ -void SAI_ClearITPendingBit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CONFIG_IT(SAI_IT)); - - /* Clear the selected SAI Block x interrupt pending bit */ - SAI_Block_x->CLRFR |= SAI_IT; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the status of EN bit for the specified SAI Block x. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * - * @note After disabling a SAI Block, it is recommended to check (or wait until) - * the SAI Block is effectively disabled. If a Block is disabled while - * an audio frame transfer is ongoing, the current frame will be - * transferred and the block will be effectively disabled only at - * the end of audio frame. - * - * @retval Current state of the DMAy Streamx (ENABLE or DISABLE). - */ -FunctionalState SAI_GetCmdStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x) -{ - FunctionalState state = DISABLE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - if ((SAI_Block_x->CR1 & (uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != 0) - { - /* The selected SAI Block x EN bit is set (audio frame transfer is ongoing) */ - state = ENABLE; - } - else - { - /* The selected SAI Block x EN bit is cleared (SAI Block is disabled and - all transfers are complete) */ - state = DISABLE; - } - return state; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the current SAI Block x FIFO filled level. - * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. - * - * @retval The FIFO filling state. - * - SAI_FIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty - * - SAI_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull: when FIFO is less than 1 quarter-full - * and not empty. - * - SAI_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. - * - SAI_FIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. - * - SAI_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull: if more than 3 quarters-full. - * - SAI_FIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full - */ -uint32_t SAI_GetFIFOStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); - - /* Get the FIFO level bits */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)((SAI_Block_x->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL)); - - return tmpreg; -} - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_sai.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial Audio Interface (SAI): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers functions + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + + (#) Enable peripheral clock using the following functions + RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1, ENABLE) for SAI1 + + (#) For each SAI Block A/B enable SCK, SD, FS and MCLK GPIO clocks + using RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function + -@@- If an external clock source is used then the I2S CKIN pin should be + also configured in Alternate function Push-pull pull-up mode. + + (#) The SAI clock can be generated from different clock source : + PLL I2S, PLL SAI or external clock source. + (++) The PLL I2S is configured using the following functions RCC_PLLI2SConfig(), + RCC_PLLI2SCmd(ENABLE), RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) and + RCC_SAIPLLI2SClkDivConfig() or; + + (++) The PLL SAI is configured using the following functions RCC_PLLSAIConfig(), + RCC_PLLSAICmd(ENABLE), RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_PLLSAIRDY) and + RCC_SAIPLLSAIClkDivConfig()or; + + (++) External clock source is configured using the function + RCC_I2SCLKConfig(RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext) and after setting correctly the + define constant I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file. + + (#) Each SAI Block A or B has its own clock generator to make these two blocks + completely independent. The Clock generator is configured using RCC_SAIBlockACLKConfig() and + RCC_SAIBlockBCLKConfig() functions. + + (#) Each SAI Block A or B can be configured separately : + (++) Program the Master clock divider, Audio mode, Protocol, Data Length, Clock Strobing Edge, + Synchronous mode, Output drive and FIFO Thresold using SAI_Init() function. + In case of master mode, program the Master clock divider (MCKDIV) using + the following formula : + (+++) MCLK_x = SAI_CK_x / (MCKDIV * 2) with MCLK_x = 256 * FS + (+++) FS = SAI_CK_x / (MCKDIV * 2) * 256 + (+++) MCKDIV = SAI_CK_x / FS * 512 + (++) Program the Frame Length, Frame active Length, FS Definition, FS Polarity, + FS Offset using SAI_FrameInit() function. + (++) Program the Slot First Bit Offset, Slot Size, Slot Number, Slot Active + using SAI_SlotInit() function. + + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + SAI_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + (++) Active the needed channel Request using SAI_DMACmd() function + + (#) Enable the SAI using the SAI_Cmd() function. + + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. + + (#) The SAI has some specific functions which can be useful depending + on the audio protocol selected. + (++) Enable Mute mode when the audio block is a transmitter using SAI_MuteModeCmd() + function and configure the value transmitted during mute using SAI_MuteValueConfig(). + (++) Detect the Mute mode when audio block is a receiver using SAI_MuteFrameCounterConfig(). + (++) Enable the MONO mode without any data preprocessing in memory when the number + of slot is equal to 2 using SAI_MonoModeConfig() function. + (++) Enable data companding algorithm (U law and A law) using SAI_CompandingModeConfig(). + (++) Choose the behavior of the SD line in output when an inactive slot is sent + on the data line using SAI_TRIStateConfig() function. + [..] + (@) In master TX mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock + for the external slaves even if there is no data in the FIFO, However FS signal + generation is conditioned by the presence of data in the FIFO. + + (@) In master RX mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock + and FS signal for the external slaves. + + (@) It is mandatory to respect the following conditions in order to avoid bad SAI behavior: + (+@) First bit Offset <= (SLOT size - Data size) + (+@) Data size <= SLOT size + (+@) Number of SLOT x SLOT size = Frame length + (+@) The number of slots should be even when bit FSDEF in the SAI_xFRCR is set. + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_sai.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI + * @brief SAI driver modules + * @{ + */ +#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) || defined (STM32F427_437xx) || defined (STM32F429_439xx) || \ + defined (STM32F401xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) || defined (STM32F446xx) || defined (STM32F469_479xx) || \ + defined (STM32F413_423xx) + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* *SAI registers Masks */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFF07C010) +#define FRCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFF88000) +#define SLOTR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000F020) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SAI Audio + Block Mode, Audio Protocol, Data size, Synchronization between audio block, + Master clock Divider, Fifo threshold, Frame configuration, slot configuration, + Tristate mode, Companding mode and Mute mode. + [..] + The SAI_Init(), SAI_FrameInit() and SAI_SlotInit() functions follows the SAI Block + configuration procedures for Master mode and Slave mode (details for these procedures + are available in reference manual(RM0090). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the SAIx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param SAIx: To select the SAIx peripheral, where x can be the different instances + * + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_DeInit(SAI_TypeDef* SAIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_PERIPH(SAIx)); + + if(SAIx == SAI1) + { + /* Enable SAI1 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1, ENABLE); + /* Release SAI1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SAI1, DISABLE); + } + else + { +#if defined(STM32F446xx) + if(SAIx == SAI2) + { + /* Enable SAI2 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2, ENABLE); + /* Release SAI2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SAI2, DISABLE); + } +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SAI Block x peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the SAI_InitStruct. + * + * @note SAI clock is generated from a specific output of the PLLSAI or a specific + * output of the PLLI2S or from an alternate function bypassing the PLL I2S. + * + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_InitStruct: pointer to a SAI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SAI Block peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_Init(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_InitTypeDef* SAI_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + + /* Check the SAI Block parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MODE(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_AudioMode)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PROTOCOL(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Protocol)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_DATASIZE(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRST_BIT(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FirstBit)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLOCK_STROBING(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_ClockStrobing)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCHRO(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Synchro)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCEXT(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_SynchroExt)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_OUTPUT_DRIVE(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_OUTDRIV)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_NODIVIDER(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_NoDivider)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MASTER_DIVIDER(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_MasterDivider)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIFO_THRESHOLD(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FIFOThreshold)); + + /* SAI Block_x CR1 Configuration */ + /* Get the SAI Block_x CR1 value */ + tmpreg = SAI_Block_x->CR1; + /* Clear MODE, PRTCFG, DS, LSBFIRST, CKSTR, SYNCEN, OUTDRIV, NODIV, and MCKDIV bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SAI_Block_x: Audio mode, Protocol, Data Size, first transmitted bit, Clock strobing + edge, Synchronization mode, Output drive, Master Divider and FIFO level */ + /* Set MODE bits according to SAI_AudioMode value */ + /* Set PRTCFG bits according to SAI_Protocol value */ + /* Set DS bits according to SAI_DataSize value */ + /* Set LSBFIRST bit according to SAI_FirstBit value */ + /* Set CKSTR bit according to SAI_ClockStrobing value */ + /* Set SYNCEN bit according to SAI_Synchro value */ + /* Set OUTDRIV bit according to SAI_OUTDRIV value */ + /* Set NODIV bit according to SAI_NoDivider value */ + /* Set MCKDIV bits according to SAI_MasterDivider value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_AudioMode | SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Protocol | + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_DataSize | SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FirstBit | + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_ClockStrobing | SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Synchro | + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_OUTDRIV | SAI_InitStruct->SAI_NoDivider | + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_SynchroExt | (uint32_t)((SAI_InitStruct->SAI_MasterDivider) << 20)); + /* Write to SAI_Block_x CR1 */ + SAI_Block_x->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /* SAI Block_x CR2 Configuration */ + /* Get the SAIBlock_x CR2 value */ + tmpreg = SAI_Block_x->CR2; + /* Clear FTH bits */ + tmpreg &= ~(SAI_xCR2_FTH); + /* Configure the FIFO Level */ + /* Set FTH bits according to SAI_FIFOThreshold value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FIFOThreshold); + /* Write to SAI_Block_x CR2 */ + SAI_Block_x->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SAI Block Audio frame according to the specified + * parameters in the SAI_FrameInitStruct. + * + * @note this function has no meaning if the AC'97 or SPDIF audio protocol + * are selected. + * + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_FrameInitStruct: pointer to an SAI_FrameInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration of audio frame for a specified SAI Block + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_FrameInit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_FrameInitTypeDef* SAI_FrameInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + + /* Check the SAI Block frame parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FRAME_LENGTH(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FrameLength)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_ACTIVE_FRAME(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_ActiveFrameLength)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_DEFINITION(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSDefinition)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_POLARITY(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_OFFSET(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSOffset)); + + /* SAI Block_x FRCR Configuration */ + /* Get the SAI Block_x FRCR value */ + tmpreg = SAI_Block_x->FRCR; + /* Clear FRL, FSALL, FSDEF, FSPOL, FSOFF bits */ + tmpreg &= FRCR_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SAI_Block_x Frame: Frame Length, Active Frame Length, Frame Synchronization + Definition, Frame Synchronization Polarity and Frame Synchronization Polarity */ + /* Set FRL bits according to SAI_FrameLength value */ + /* Set FSALL bits according to SAI_ActiveFrameLength value */ + /* Set FSDEF bit according to SAI_FSDefinition value */ + /* Set FSPOL bit according to SAI_FSPolarity value */ + /* Set FSOFF bit according to SAI_FSOffset value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FrameLength - 1) | + SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSOffset | + SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSDefinition | + SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSPolarity | + (uint32_t)((SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_ActiveFrameLength - 1) << 8)); + + /* Write to SAI_Block_x FRCR */ + SAI_Block_x->FRCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SAI Block audio Slot according to the specified + * parameters in the SAI_SlotInitStruct. + * + * @note this function has no meaning if the AC'97 or SPDIF audio protocol + * are selected. + * + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_SlotInitStruct: pointer to an SAI_SlotInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration of audio slot for a specified SAI Block + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_SlotInit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, SAI_SlotInitTypeDef* SAI_SlotInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + + /* Check the SAI Block Slot parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRSTBIT_OFFSET(SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_FirstBitOffset)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_SIZE(SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotSize)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_NUMBER(SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotNumber)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_SLOT_ACTIVE(SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotActive)); + + /* SAI Block_x SLOTR Configuration */ + /* Get the SAI Block_x SLOTR value */ + tmpreg = SAI_Block_x->SLOTR; + /* Clear FBOFF, SLOTSZ, NBSLOT, SLOTEN bits */ + tmpreg &= SLOTR_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SAI_Block_x Slot: First bit offset, Slot size, Number of Slot in + audio frame and slots activated in audio frame */ + /* Set FBOFF bits according to SAI_FirstBitOffset value */ + /* Set SLOTSZ bits according to SAI_SlotSize value */ + /* Set NBSLOT bits according to SAI_SlotNumber value */ + /* Set SLOTEN bits according to SAI_SlotActive value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_FirstBitOffset | + SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotSize | + SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotActive | + (uint32_t)((SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotNumber - 1) << 8)); + + /* Write to SAI_Block_x SLOTR */ + SAI_Block_x->SLOTR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SAI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SAI_InitStruct: pointer to a SAI_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_StructInit(SAI_InitTypeDef* SAI_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset SAI init structure parameters values */ + /* Initialize the SAI_AudioMode member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_AudioMode = SAI_Mode_MasterTx; + /* Initialize the SAI_Protocol member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Protocol = SAI_Free_Protocol; + /* Initialize the SAI_DataSize member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_DataSize = SAI_DataSize_8b; + /* Initialize the SAI_FirstBit member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FirstBit = SAI_FirstBit_MSB; + /* Initialize the SAI_ClockStrobing member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_ClockStrobing = SAI_ClockStrobing_FallingEdge; + /* Initialize the SAI_Synchro member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Synchro = SAI_Asynchronous; + /* Initialize the SAI_SynchroExt member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_SynchroExt = SAI_SyncExt_Disable; + /* Initialize the SAI_OUTDRIV member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_OUTDRIV = SAI_OutputDrive_Disabled; + /* Initialize the SAI_NoDivider member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_NoDivider = SAI_MasterDivider_Enabled; + /* Initialize the SAI_MasterDivider member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_MasterDivider = 0; + /* Initialize the SAI_FIFOThreshold member */ + SAI_InitStruct->SAI_FIFOThreshold = SAI_Threshold_FIFOEmpty; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SAI_FrameInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SAI_FrameInitStruct: pointer to a SAI_FrameInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_FrameStructInit(SAI_FrameInitTypeDef* SAI_FrameInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset SAI Frame init structure parameters values */ + /* Initialize the SAI_FrameLength member */ + SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FrameLength = 8; + /* Initialize the SAI_ActiveFrameLength member */ + SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_ActiveFrameLength = 1; + /* Initialize the SAI_FSDefinition member */ + SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSDefinition = SAI_FS_StartFrame; + /* Initialize the SAI_FSPolarity member */ + SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSPolarity = SAI_FS_ActiveLow; + /* Initialize the SAI_FSOffset member */ + SAI_FrameInitStruct->SAI_FSOffset = SAI_FS_FirstBit; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SAI_SlotInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SAI_SlotInitStruct: pointer to a SAI_SlotInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_SlotStructInit(SAI_SlotInitTypeDef* SAI_SlotInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset SAI Slot init structure parameters values */ + /* Initialize the SAI_FirstBitOffset member */ + SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_FirstBitOffset = 0; + /* Initialize the SAI_SlotSize member */ + SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotSize = SAI_SlotSize_DataSize; + /* Initialize the SAI_SlotNumber member */ + SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotNumber = 1; + /* Initialize the SAI_SlotActive member */ + SAI_SlotInitStruct->SAI_SlotActive = SAI_Slot_NotActive; + +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SAI_Block_x peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_Cmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SAI peripheral */ + SAI_Block_x->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_SAIEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SAI peripheral */ + SAI_Block_x->CR1 &= ~(SAI_xCR1_SAIEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the mono mode for the selected SAI block. + * + * @note This function has a meaning only when the number of slot is equal to 2. + * + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_MonoMode: specifies the SAI block mono mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SAI_MonoMode : Set mono audio mode + * @arg SAI_StreoMode : Set streo audio mode + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_MonoModeConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_Mono_StreoMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MONO_STREO_MODE(SAI_MonoMode)); + /* Clear MONO bit */ + SAI_Block_x->CR1 &= ~(SAI_xCR1_MONO); + /* Set new Mono Mode value */ + SAI_Block_x->CR1 |= SAI_MonoMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TRIState management on data line for the selected SAI block. + * + * @note This function has a meaning only when the SAI block is configured in transmitter + * + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_TRIState: specifies the SAI block TRIState management. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SAI_Output_NotReleased : SD output line is still driven by the SAI. + * @arg SAI_Output_Released : SD output line is released (HI-Z) + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_TRIStateConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_TRIState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_TRISTATE_MANAGEMENT(SAI_TRIState)); + /* Clear MONO bit */ + SAI_Block_x->CR1 &= ~(SAI_xCR1_MONO); + /* Set new Mono Mode value */ + SAI_Block_x->CR1 |= SAI_MonoMode; + +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the companding mode for the selected SAI block. + * + * @note The data expansion or data compression are determined by the state of + * SAI block selected (transmitter or receiver). + + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_CompandingMode: specifies the SAI block companding mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SAI_NoCompanding : no companding algorithm set + * @arg SAI_ULaw_1CPL_Companding : Set U law (algorithm 1's complement representation) + * @arg SAI_ALaw_1CPL_Companding : Set A law (algorithm 1's complement representation) + * @arg SAI_ULaw_2CPL_Companding : Set U law (algorithm 2's complement representation) + * @arg SAI_ALaw_2CPL_Companding : Set A law (algorithm 2's complement representation) + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_CompandingModeConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_CompandingMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_COMPANDING_MODE(SAI_CompandingMode)); + /* Clear Companding Mode bits */ + SAI_Block_x->CR2 &= ~(SAI_xCR2_COMP); + /* Set new Companding Mode value */ + SAI_Block_x->CR2 |= SAI_CompandingMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Mute mode for the selected SAI block. + * + * @note This function has a meaning only when the audio block is transmitter + * @note Mute mode is applied for an entire frame for all the valid slot + * It becomes active at the end of an audio frame when set somewhere in a frame. + * Mute mode exit occurs at the end of the frame in which the bit MUTE has been set. + * + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SAIx block. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_MuteModeCmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SAI block mute mode */ + SAI_Block_x->CR2 |= SAI_xCR2_MUTE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SAI SS output */ + SAI_Block_x->CR2 &= ~(SAI_xCR2_MUTE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the mute value for the selected SAI block. + * + * @note This function has a meaning only when the audio block is transmitter + * @note the configuration last value sent during mute mode has only a meaning + * when the number of slot is lower or equal to 2 and if the MUTE bit is set. + * + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_MuteValue: specifies the SAI block mute value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SAI_ZeroValue : bit value 0 is sent during Mute Mode + * @arg SAI_LastSentValue : Last value is sent during Mute Mode + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_MuteValueConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_MuteValue) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_VALUE(SAI_MuteValue)); + + /* Clear Mute value bits */ + SAI_Block_x->CR2 &= ~(SAI_xCR2_MUTEVAL); + /* Set new Mute value */ + SAI_Block_x->CR2 |= SAI_MuteValue; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Mute mode for the selected SAI block. + * + * @note This function has a meaning only when the audio block is Receiver + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_MuteCounter: specifies the SAI block mute value. + * This parameter can be a number between 0 and 63. + + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_MuteFrameCounterConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_MuteCounter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_COUNTER(SAI_MuteCounter)); + + /* Clear Mute value bits */ + SAI_Block_x->CR2 &= ~(SAI_xCR2_MUTECNT); + /* Set new Mute value */ + SAI_Block_x->CR2 |= (SAI_MuteCounter << 7); +} +#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || \ + defined(STM32F469_479xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) +/** + * @brief Configure SAI Block synchronization mode + * @param SAI_InitStruct: pointer to a SAI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAIx: To select the SAIx peripheral, where x can be the different instances + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_BlockSynchroConfig(SAI_InitTypeDef* SAI_InitStruct, SAI_TypeDef* SAIx) +{ + uint32_t tmpregisterGCR = 0U; + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) + /* This setting must be done with both audio block (A & B) disabled */ + switch(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_SynchroExt) + { + case SAI_SyncExt_Disable : + tmpregisterGCR = 0U; + break; + case SAI_SyncExt_OutBlockA_Enable : + tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_0; + break; + case SAI_SyncExt_OutBlockB_Enable : + tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_1; + break; + default: + break; + } + + if(((SAI_InitStruct->SAI_Synchro) == SAI_Synchronous_Ext) && (SAIx == SAI1)) + { + tmpregisterGCR |= SAI_GCR_SYNCIN_0; + } + + if(SAIx == SAI1) + { + SAI1->GCR = tmpregisterGCR; + } + else + { + SAI2->GCR = tmpregisterGCR; + } + +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ +#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || \ + defined(STM32F469_479xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) + /* This setting must be done with both audio block (A & B) disabled */ + switch(SAI_InitStruct->SAI_SynchroExt) + { + case SAI_SyncExt_Disable : + tmpregisterGCR = 0U; + break; + case SAI_SyncExt_OutBlockA_Enable : + tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_0; + break; + case SAI_SyncExt_OutBlockB_Enable : + tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_1; + break; + default: + break; + } + SAI1->GCR = tmpregisterGCR; +#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469_479xx || STM32F413_423xx */ +} +#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469_479xx || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @brief Reinitialize the FIFO pointer + * + * @note The FIFO pointers can be reinitialized at anytime The data present + * into the FIFO, if it is not empty, will be lost. + * + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SAI TI communication mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_FlushFIFO(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + + /* FIFO flush */ + SAI_Block_x->CR2 |= SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SAI data transfers. + [..] + In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal FIFO while + In transmission, data are first stored into an internal FIFO before being + transmitted. + [..] + The read access of the SAI_xDR register can be done using the SAI_ReceiveData() + function and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the SAI_DR + can be done using SAI_SendData() function and stores the written data into + Tx buffer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SAI block x peripheral. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint32_t SAI_ReceiveData(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return SAI_Block_x->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits a Data through the SAI block x peripheral. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_SendData(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + SAI_Block_x->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Group3 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SAI Block x DMA interface. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SAI block DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_DMACmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SAI block mute mode */ + SAI_Block_x->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SAI SS output */ + SAI_Block_x->CR1 &= ~(SAI_xCR1_DMAEN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SAI_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SAI Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] + In Polling Mode, the SAI communication can be managed by 7 flags: + (#) SAI_FLAG_FREQ : to indicate if there is a FIFO Request to write or to read. + (#) SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET : to indicate if a MUTE frame detected + (#) SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR : to indicate if an Overrun or Underrun error occur + (#) SAI_FLAG_AFSDET : to indicate if there is the detection of a audio frame + synchronisation (FS) earlier than expected + (#) SAI_FLAG_LFSDET : to indicate if there is the detection of a audio frame + synchronisation (FS) later than expected + (#) SAI_FLAG_CNRDY : to indicate if the codec is not ready to communicate during + the reception of the TAG 0 (slot0) of the AC97 audio frame + (#) SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG: to indicate if wrong clock configuration in master mode + error occurs. + [..] + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus SAI_GetFlagStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG); + (+) void SAI_ClearFlag(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] + In Interrupt Mode, the SAI communication can be managed by 7 interrupt sources + and 7 pending bits: + (+) Pending Bits: + (##) SAI_IT_FREQ : to indicate if there is a FIFO Request to write or to read. + (##) SAI_IT_MUTEDET : to indicate if a MUTE frame detected. + (##) SAI_IT_OVRUDR : to indicate if an Overrun or Underrun error occur. + (##) SAI_IT_AFSDET : to indicate if there is the detection of a audio frame + synchronisation (FS) earlier than expected. + (##) SAI_IT_LFSDET : to indicate if there is the detection of a audio frame + synchronisation (FS) later than expected. + (##) SAI_IT_CNRDY : to indicate if the codec is not ready to communicate during + the reception of the TAG 0 (slot0) of the AC97 audio frame. + (##) SAI_IT_WCKCFG: to indicate if wrong clock configuration in master mode + error occurs. + + (+) Interrupt Source: + (##) SAI_IT_FREQ : specifies the interrupt source for FIFO Request. + (##) SAI_IT_MUTEDET : specifies the interrupt source for MUTE frame detected. + (##) SAI_IT_OVRUDR : specifies the interrupt source for overrun or underrun error. + (##) SAI_IT_AFSDET : specifies the interrupt source for anticipated frame synchronization + detection interrupt. + (##) SAI_IT_LFSDET : specifies the interrupt source for late frame synchronization + detection interrupt. + (##) SAI_IT_CNRDY : specifies the interrupt source for codec not ready interrupt + (##) SAI_IT_WCKCFG: specifies the interrupt source for wrong clock configuration + interrupt. + [..] + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void SAI_ITConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus SAI_GetITStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT); + (+) void SAI_ClearITPendingBit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT); + + *** DMA Mode *** + ================ + [..] + In DMA Mode, each SAI audio block has an independent DMA interface in order to + read or to write into the SAI_xDR register (to hit the internal FIFO). + There is one DMA channel by audio block following basic DMA request/acknowledge + protocol. + [..] + In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) void SAI_DMACmd(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, FunctionalState NewState); + [..] + This section provides also functions allowing to + (+) Check the SAI Block enable status + (+)Check the FIFO status + + *** SAI Block Enable status *** + =============================== + [..] + After disabling a SAI Block, it is recommended to check (or wait until) the SAI Block + is effectively disabled. If a Block is disabled while an audio frame transfer is ongoing + the current frame will be transferred and the block will be effectively disabled only at + the end of audio frame. + To monitor this state it is possible to use the following function: + (+) FunctionalState SAI_GetCmdStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); + + *** SAI Block FIFO status *** + ============================= + [..] + It is possible to monitor the FIFO status when a transfer is ongoing using the following + function: + (+) uint32_t SAI_GetFIFOStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SAI Block interrupts. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_IT: specifies the SAI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SAI_IT_FREQ: FIFO Request interrupt mask + * @arg SAI_IT_MUTEDET: MUTE detection interrupt mask + * @arg SAI_IT_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun interrupt mask + * @arg SAI_IT_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection + * interrupt mask + * @arg SAI_IT_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection interrupt + * mask + * @arg SAI_IT_CNRDY: codec not ready interrupt mask + * @arg SAI_IT_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SAI interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_ITConfig(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CONFIG_IT(SAI_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SAI Block interrupt */ + SAI_Block_x->IMR |= SAI_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SAI Block interrupt */ + SAI_Block_x->IMR &= ~(SAI_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SAI block x flag is set or not. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_FLAG: specifies the SAI block flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SAI_FLAG_FREQ: FIFO Request flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET: MUTE detection flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_CNRDY: codec not ready flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection flag. + * @retval The new state of SAI_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SAI_GetFlagStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_GET_FLAG(SAI_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified SAI flag */ + if ((SAI_Block_x->SR & SAI_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* SAI_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SAI_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SAI_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the specified SAI Block x flag. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_FLAG: specifies the SAI block flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET: MUTE detection flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_CNRDY: codec not ready flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection flag. + * @arg SAI_FLAG_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection flag. + * + * @note FREQ (FIFO Request) flag is cleared : + * - When the audio block is transmitter and the FIFO is full or the FIFO + * has one data (one buffer mode) depending the bit FTH in the + * SAI_xCR2 register. + * - When the audio block is receiver and the FIFO is not empty + * + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_ClearFlag(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLEAR_FLAG(SAI_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected SAI Block flag */ + SAI_Block_x->CLRFR |= SAI_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SAI Block x interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_IT: specifies the SAI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SAI_IT_FREQ: FIFO Request interrupt + * @arg SAI_IT_MUTEDET: MUTE detection interrupt + * @arg SAI_IT_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun interrupt + * @arg SAI_IT_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection interrupt + * @arg SAI_IT_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection interrupt + * @arg SAI_IT_CNRDY: codec not ready interrupt + * @arg SAI_IT_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration interrupt + * + * @retval The new state of SAI_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus SAI_GetITStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CONFIG_IT(SAI_IT)); + + /* Get the SAI_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (SAI_Block_x->IMR & SAI_IT) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified SAI interrupt */ + if (((SAI_Block_x->SR & SAI_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + /* SAI_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SAI_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SAI_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SAI Block x interrupt pending bit. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * @param SAI_IT: specifies the SAI Block interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SAI_IT_MUTEDET: MUTE detection interrupt. + * @arg SAI_IT_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun interrupt. + * @arg SAI_IT_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration interrupt. + * @arg SAI_IT_CNRDY: codec not ready interrupt. + * @arg SAI_IT_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection interrupt. + * @arg SAI_IT_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection interrupt. + * + * @note FREQ (FIFO Request) flag is cleared : + * - When the audio block is transmitter and the FIFO is full or the FIFO + * has one data (one buffer mode) depending the bit FTH in the + * SAI_xCR2 register. + * - When the audio block is receiver and the FIFO is not empty + * + * @retval None + */ +void SAI_ClearITPendingBit(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x, uint32_t SAI_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CONFIG_IT(SAI_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected SAI Block x interrupt pending bit */ + SAI_Block_x->CLRFR |= SAI_IT; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the status of EN bit for the specified SAI Block x. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * + * @note After disabling a SAI Block, it is recommended to check (or wait until) + * the SAI Block is effectively disabled. If a Block is disabled while + * an audio frame transfer is ongoing, the current frame will be + * transferred and the block will be effectively disabled only at + * the end of audio frame. + * + * @retval Current state of the DMAy Streamx (ENABLE or DISABLE). + */ +FunctionalState SAI_GetCmdStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x) +{ + FunctionalState state = DISABLE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + if ((SAI_Block_x->CR1 & (uint32_t)SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != 0) + { + /* The selected SAI Block x EN bit is set (audio frame transfer is ongoing) */ + state = ENABLE; + } + else + { + /* The selected SAI Block x EN bit is cleared (SAI Block is disabled and + all transfers are complete) */ + state = DISABLE; + } + return state; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current SAI Block x FIFO filled level. + * @param SAI_Block_x: where x can be A or B to select the SAI Block peripheral. + * + * @retval The FIFO filling state. + * - SAI_FIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty + * - SAI_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull: when FIFO is less than 1 quarter-full + * and not empty. + * - SAI_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. + * - SAI_FIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. + * - SAI_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull: if more than 3 quarters-full. + * - SAI_FIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full + */ +uint32_t SAI_GetFIFOStatus(SAI_Block_TypeDef* SAI_Block_x) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PERIPH(SAI_Block_x)); + + /* Get the FIFO level bits */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((SAI_Block_x->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL)); + + return tmpreg; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_sdio.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_sdio.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 7a80e6eef6..4120504a93 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_sdio.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_sdio.c @@ -1,1011 +1,1003 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_sdio.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Secure digital input/output interface (SDIO) - * peripheral: - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Command path state machine (CPSM) management - * + Data path state machine (DPSM) management - * + SDIO IO Cards mode management - * + CE-ATA mode management - * + DMA transfers management - * + Interrupts and flags management - * -@verbatim - - =================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =================================================================== - [..] - (#) The SDIO clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) is coming from a specific output of PLL - (PLL48CLK). Before to start working with SDIO peripheral make sure that the - PLL is well configured. - The SDIO peripheral uses two clock signals: - (++) SDIO adapter clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) - (++) APB2 bus clock (PCLK2) - - -@@- PCLK2 and SDIO_CK clock frequencies must respect the following condition: - Frequency(PCLK2) >= (3 / 8 x Frequency(SDIO_CK)) - - (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, ENABLE). - - (#) According to the SDIO mode, enable the GPIO clocks using - RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() function. - The I/O can be one of the following configurations: - (++) 1-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D0. - (++) 4-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D[3:0]. - (++) 8-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D[7:0]. - - (#) Peripheral alternate function: - (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate Function (AF) - using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function - (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF - (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via GPIO_PuPd, - GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members - (++) Call GPIO_Init() function - - (#) Program the Clock Edge, Clock Bypass, Clock Power Save, Bus Wide, - hardware, flow control and the Clock Divider using the SDIO_Init() - function. - - (#) Enable the Power ON State using the SDIO_SetPowerState(SDIO_PowerState_ON) - function. - - (#) Enable the clock using the SDIO_ClockCmd() function. - - (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function - SDIO_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. - - (#) When using the DMA mode - (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function - (++) Active the needed channel Request using SDIO_DMACmd() function - - (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode. - - (#) To control the CPSM (Command Path State Machine) and send - commands to the card use the SDIO_SendCommand(), - SDIO_GetCommandResponse() and SDIO_GetResponse() functions. First, user has - to fill the command structure (pointer to SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef) according - to the selected command to be sent. - The parameters that should be filled are: - (++) Command Argument - (++) Command Index - (++) Command Response type - (++) Command Wait - (++) CPSM Status (Enable or Disable). - - -@@- To check if the command is well received, read the SDIO_CMDRESP - register using the SDIO_GetCommandResponse(). - The SDIO responses registers (SDIO_RESP1 to SDIO_RESP2), use the - SDIO_GetResponse() function. - - (#) To control the DPSM (Data Path State Machine) and send/receive - data to/from the card use the SDIO_DataConfig(), SDIO_GetDataCounter(), - SDIO_ReadData(), SDIO_WriteData() and SDIO_GetFIFOCount() functions. - - *** Read Operations *** - ======================= - [..] - (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received. - The parameters that should be filled are: - (++) Data TimeOut - (++) Data Length - (++) Data Block size - (++) Data Transfer direction: should be from card (To SDIO) - (++) Data Transfer mode - (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) - - (#) Configure the SDIO resources to receive the data from the card - according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10). - - (#) Send the selected Read command (refer to step 11). - - (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. - - *** Write Operations *** - ======================== - [..] - (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to - SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received. - The parameters that should be filled are: - (++) Data TimeOut - (++) Data Length - (++) Data Block size - (++) Data Transfer direction: should be to card (To CARD) - (++) Data Transfer mode - (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) - - (#) Configure the SDIO resources to send the data to the card according to - selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10). - - (#) Send the selected Write command (refer to step 11). - - (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. - - -@endverbatim - * - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_sdio.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO - * @brief SDIO driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* ------------ SDIO registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ -#define SDIO_OFFSET (SDIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) - -/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of CLKEN bit */ -#define CLKCR_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x04) -#define CLKEN_BitNumber 0x08 -#define CLKCR_CLKEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CLKCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CLKEN_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- CMD Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of SDIOSUSPEND bit */ -#define CMD_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x0C) -#define SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber 0x0B -#define CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of ENCMDCOMPL bit */ -#define ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber 0x0C -#define CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of NIEN bit */ -#define NIEN_BitNumber 0x0D -#define CMD_NIEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (NIEN_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of ATACMD bit */ -#define ATACMD_BitNumber 0x0E -#define CMD_ATACMD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ATACMD_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of DMAEN bit */ -#define DCTRL_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x2C) -#define DMAEN_BitNumber 0x03 -#define DCTRL_DMAEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (DMAEN_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of RWSTART bit */ -#define RWSTART_BitNumber 0x08 -#define DCTRL_RWSTART_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTART_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of RWSTOP bit */ -#define RWSTOP_BitNumber 0x09 -#define DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTOP_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of RWMOD bit */ -#define RWMOD_BitNumber 0x0A -#define DCTRL_RWMOD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWMOD_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of SDIOEN bit */ -#define SDIOEN_BitNumber 0x0B -#define DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOEN_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* ---------------------- SDIO registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/ -/* CLKCR register clear mask */ -#define CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF8100) - -/* --- PWRCTRL Register ---*/ -/* SDIO PWRCTRL Mask */ -#define PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) - -/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/ -/* SDIO DCTRL Clear Mask */ -#define DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF08) - -/* --- CMD Register ---*/ -/* CMD Register clear mask */ -#define CMD_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF800) - -/* SDIO RESP Registers Address */ -#define SDIO_RESP_ADDR ((uint32_t)(SDIO_BASE + 0x14)) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the SDIO peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_DeInit(void) -{ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SDIO peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the SDIO_InitStruct. - * @param SDIO_InitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_InitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the SDIO peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl)); - -/*---------------------------- SDIO CLKCR Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the SDIO CLKCR value */ - tmpreg = SDIO->CLKCR; - - /* Clear CLKDIV, PWRSAV, BYPASS, WIDBUS, NEGEDGE, HWFC_EN bits */ - tmpreg &= CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK; - - /* Set CLKDIV bits according to SDIO_ClockDiv value */ - /* Set PWRSAV bit according to SDIO_ClockPowerSave value */ - /* Set BYPASS bit according to SDIO_ClockBypass value */ - /* Set WIDBUS bits according to SDIO_BusWide value */ - /* Set NEGEDGE bits according to SDIO_ClockEdge value */ - /* Set HWFC_EN bits according to SDIO_HardwareFlowControl value */ - tmpreg |= (SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave | - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide | - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl); - - /* Write to SDIO CLKCR */ - SDIO->CLKCR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each SDIO_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param SDIO_InitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_InitTypeDef structure which - * will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct) -{ - /* SDIO_InitStruct members default value */ - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv = 0x00; - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge = SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising; - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass = SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable; - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave = SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable; - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide = SDIO_BusWide_1b; - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO Clock. - * @param NewState: new state of the SDIO Clock. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CLKCR_CLKEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the power status of the controller. - * @param SDIO_PowerState: new state of the Power state. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SDIO_PowerState_OFF: SDIO Power OFF - * @arg SDIO_PowerState_ON: SDIO Power ON - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(SDIO_PowerState)); - - SDIO->POWER = SDIO_PowerState; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the power status of the controller. - * @param None - * @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can be one of the - * following values: - * - 0x00: Power OFF - * - 0x02: Power UP - * - 0x03: Power ON - */ -uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void) -{ - return (SDIO->POWER & (~PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK)); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Group2 Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions - * @brief Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - This section provide functions allowing to program and read the Command path - state machine (CPSM). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SDIO Command according to the specified - * parameters in the SDIO_CmdInitStruct and send the command. - * @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef - * structure that contains the configuration information for the SDIO - * command. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM)); - -/*---------------------------- SDIO ARG Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Set the SDIO Argument value */ - SDIO->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument; - -/*---------------------------- SDIO CMD Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the SDIO CMD value */ - tmpreg = SDIO->CMD; - /* Clear CMDINDEX, WAITRESP, WAITINT, WAITPEND, CPSMEN bits */ - tmpreg &= CMD_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Set CMDINDEX bits according to SDIO_CmdIndex value */ - /* Set WAITRESP bits according to SDIO_Response value */ - /* Set WAITINT and WAITPEND bits according to SDIO_Wait value */ - /* Set CPSMEN bits according to SDIO_CPSM value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response - | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM; - - /* Write to SDIO CMD */ - SDIO->CMD = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each SDIO_CmdInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef - * structure which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct) -{ - /* SDIO_CmdInitStruct members default value */ - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument = 0x00; - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex = 0x00; - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response = SDIO_Response_No; - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait = SDIO_Wait_No; - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_Disable; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns command index of last command for which response received. - * @param None - * @retval Returns the command index of the last command response received. - */ -uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void) -{ - return (uint8_t)(SDIO->RESPCMD); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns response received from the card for the last command. - * @param SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1 - * @arg SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2 - * @arg SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3 - * @arg SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4 - * @retval The Corresponding response register value. - */ -uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(SDIO_RESP)); - - tmp = SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP; - - return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Group3 Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions - * @brief Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - This section provide functions allowing to program and read the Data path - state machine (DPSM). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SDIO data path according to the specified - * parameters in the SDIO_DataInitStruct. - * @param SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the SDIO command. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM)); - -/*---------------------------- SDIO DTIMER Configuration ---------------------*/ - /* Set the SDIO Data TimeOut value */ - SDIO->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut; - -/*---------------------------- SDIO DLEN Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Set the SDIO DataLength value */ - SDIO->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength; - -/*---------------------------- SDIO DCTRL Configuration ----------------------*/ - /* Get the SDIO DCTRL value */ - tmpreg = SDIO->DCTRL; - /* Clear DEN, DTMODE, DTDIR and DBCKSIZE bits */ - tmpreg &= DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Set DEN bit according to SDIO_DPSM value */ - /* Set DTMODE bit according to SDIO_TransferMode value */ - /* Set DTDIR bit according to SDIO_TransferDir value */ - /* Set DBCKSIZE bits according to SDIO_DataBlockSize value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir - | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM; - - /* Write to SDIO DCTRL */ - SDIO->DCTRL = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each SDIO_DataInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param SDIO_DataInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct) -{ - /* SDIO_DataInitStruct members default value */ - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut = 0xFFFFFFFF; - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength = 0x00; - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize = SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b; - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir = SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard; - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode = SDIO_TransferMode_Block; - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_Disable; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred. - * @param None - * @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred - */ -uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void) -{ - return SDIO->DCOUNT; -} - -/** - * @brief Read one data word from Rx FIFO. - * @param None - * @retval Data received - */ -uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void) -{ - return SDIO->FIFO; -} - -/** - * @brief Write one data word to Tx FIFO. - * @param Data: 32-bit data word to write. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data) -{ - SDIO->FIFO = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the number of words left to be written to or read from FIFO. - * @param None - * @retval Remaining number of words. - */ -uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void) -{ - return SDIO->FIFOCNT; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Group4 SDIO IO Cards mode management functions - * @brief SDIO IO Cards mode management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### SDIO IO Cards mode management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - This section provide functions allowing to program and read the SDIO IO Cards. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the SD I/O Read Wait operation. - * @param NewState: new state of the Start SDIO Read Wait operation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTART_BB = (uint32_t) NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the SD I/O Read Wait operation. - * @param NewState: new state of the Stop SDIO Read Wait operation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB = (uint32_t) NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval. - * @param SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode. - * This parameter can be: - * @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK - * @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2 - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWMOD_BB = SDIO_ReadWaitMode; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode Operation. - * @param NewState: new state of SDIO specific operation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode suspend command sending. - * @param NewState: new state of the SD I/O Mode suspend command. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Group5 CE-ATA mode management functions - * @brief CE-ATA mode management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### CE-ATA mode management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - This section provide functions allowing to program and read the CE-ATA card. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the command completion signal. - * @param NewState: new state of command completion signal. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the CE-ATA interrupt. - * @param NewState: new state of CE-ATA interrupt. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_NIEN_BB = (uint32_t)((~((uint32_t)NewState)) & ((uint32_t)0x1)); -} - -/** - * @brief Sends CE-ATA command (CMD61). - * @param NewState: new state of CE-ATA command. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ATACMD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Group6 DMA transfers management functions - * @brief DMA transfers management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - This section provide functions allowing to program SDIO DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO DMA request. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SDIO DMA request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_DMAEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SDIO_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO interrupts. - * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values: - * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide - * bus mode interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt - * @param NewState: new state of the specified SDIO interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_IT(SDIO_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the SDIO interrupts */ - SDIO->MASK |= SDIO_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the SDIO interrupts */ - SDIO->MASK &= ~SDIO_IT; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified SDIO flag is set or not. - * @param SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide bus mode. - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXACT: Data transmit in progress - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXACT: Data receive in progress - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 - * @retval The new state of SDIO_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG)); - - if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the SDIO's pending flags. - * @param SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values: - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide bus mode - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received - * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG)); - - SDIO->ICR = SDIO_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified SDIO interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide - * bus mode interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt - * @retval The new state of SDIO_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_GET_IT(SDIO_IT)); - if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the SDIO's interrupt pending bits. - * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values: - * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIO_DCOUNT, is zero) interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide - * bus mode interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt - * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 - * @retval None - */ -void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(SDIO_IT)); - - SDIO->ICR = SDIO_IT; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_sdio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Secure digital input/output interface (SDIO) + * peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Command path state machine (CPSM) management + * + Data path state machine (DPSM) management + * + SDIO IO Cards mode management + * + CE-ATA mode management + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * +@verbatim + + =================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =================================================================== + [..] + (#) The SDIO clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) is coming from a specific output of PLL + (PLL48CLK). Before to start working with SDIO peripheral make sure that the + PLL is well configured. + The SDIO peripheral uses two clock signals: + (++) SDIO adapter clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) + (++) APB2 bus clock (PCLK2) + + -@@- PCLK2 and SDIO_CK clock frequencies must respect the following condition: + Frequency(PCLK2) >= (3 / 8 x Frequency(SDIO_CK)) + + (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, ENABLE). + + (#) According to the SDIO mode, enable the GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + The I/O can be one of the following configurations: + (++) 1-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D0. + (++) 4-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D[3:0]. + (++) 8-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D[7:0]. + + (#) Peripheral alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate Function (AF) + using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via GPIO_PuPd, + GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function + + (#) Program the Clock Edge, Clock Bypass, Clock Power Save, Bus Wide, + hardware, flow control and the Clock Divider using the SDIO_Init() + function. + + (#) Enable the Power ON State using the SDIO_SetPowerState(SDIO_PowerState_ON) + function. + + (#) Enable the clock using the SDIO_ClockCmd() function. + + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + SDIO_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + (++) Active the needed channel Request using SDIO_DMACmd() function + + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode. + + (#) To control the CPSM (Command Path State Machine) and send + commands to the card use the SDIO_SendCommand(), + SDIO_GetCommandResponse() and SDIO_GetResponse() functions. First, user has + to fill the command structure (pointer to SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef) according + to the selected command to be sent. + The parameters that should be filled are: + (++) Command Argument + (++) Command Index + (++) Command Response type + (++) Command Wait + (++) CPSM Status (Enable or Disable). + + -@@- To check if the command is well received, read the SDIO_CMDRESP + register using the SDIO_GetCommandResponse(). + The SDIO responses registers (SDIO_RESP1 to SDIO_RESP2), use the + SDIO_GetResponse() function. + + (#) To control the DPSM (Data Path State Machine) and send/receive + data to/from the card use the SDIO_DataConfig(), SDIO_GetDataCounter(), + SDIO_ReadData(), SDIO_WriteData() and SDIO_GetFIFOCount() functions. + + *** Read Operations *** + ======================= + [..] + (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received. + The parameters that should be filled are: + (++) Data TimeOut + (++) Data Length + (++) Data Block size + (++) Data Transfer direction: should be from card (To SDIO) + (++) Data Transfer mode + (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) + + (#) Configure the SDIO resources to receive the data from the card + according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10). + + (#) Send the selected Read command (refer to step 11). + + (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. + + *** Write Operations *** + ======================== + [..] + (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received. + The parameters that should be filled are: + (++) Data TimeOut + (++) Data Length + (++) Data Block size + (++) Data Transfer direction: should be to card (To CARD) + (++) Data Transfer mode + (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) + + (#) Configure the SDIO resources to send the data to the card according to + selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10). + + (#) Send the selected Write command (refer to step 11). + + (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. + + +@endverbatim + * + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_sdio.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO + * @brief SDIO driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ------------ SDIO registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define SDIO_OFFSET (SDIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of CLKEN bit */ +#define CLKCR_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define CLKEN_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CLKCR_CLKEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CLKCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CLKEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CMD Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of SDIOSUSPEND bit */ +#define CMD_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x0C) +#define SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber 0x0B +#define CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of ENCMDCOMPL bit */ +#define ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber 0x0C +#define CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of NIEN bit */ +#define NIEN_BitNumber 0x0D +#define CMD_NIEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (NIEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of ATACMD bit */ +#define ATACMD_BitNumber 0x0E +#define CMD_ATACMD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ATACMD_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of DMAEN bit */ +#define DCTRL_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x2C) +#define DMAEN_BitNumber 0x03 +#define DCTRL_DMAEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (DMAEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of RWSTART bit */ +#define RWSTART_BitNumber 0x08 +#define DCTRL_RWSTART_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTART_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of RWSTOP bit */ +#define RWSTOP_BitNumber 0x09 +#define DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTOP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of RWMOD bit */ +#define RWMOD_BitNumber 0x0A +#define DCTRL_RWMOD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWMOD_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of SDIOEN bit */ +#define SDIOEN_BitNumber 0x0B +#define DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ---------------------- SDIO registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/ +/* CLKCR register clear mask */ +#define CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF8100) + +/* --- PWRCTRL Register ---*/ +/* SDIO PWRCTRL Mask */ +#define PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) + +/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/ +/* SDIO DCTRL Clear Mask */ +#define DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF08) + +/* --- CMD Register ---*/ +/* CMD Register clear mask */ +#define CMD_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF800) + +/* SDIO RESP Registers Address */ +#define SDIO_RESP_ADDR ((uint32_t)(SDIO_BASE + 0x14)) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the SDIO peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SDIO peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the SDIO_InitStruct. + * @param SDIO_InitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the SDIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl)); + +/*---------------------------- SDIO CLKCR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SDIO CLKCR value */ + tmpreg = SDIO->CLKCR; + + /* Clear CLKDIV, PWRSAV, BYPASS, WIDBUS, NEGEDGE, HWFC_EN bits */ + tmpreg &= CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Set CLKDIV bits according to SDIO_ClockDiv value */ + /* Set PWRSAV bit according to SDIO_ClockPowerSave value */ + /* Set BYPASS bit according to SDIO_ClockBypass value */ + /* Set WIDBUS bits according to SDIO_BusWide value */ + /* Set NEGEDGE bits according to SDIO_ClockEdge value */ + /* Set HWFC_EN bits according to SDIO_HardwareFlowControl value */ + tmpreg |= (SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave | + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide | + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl); + + /* Write to SDIO CLKCR */ + SDIO->CLKCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SDIO_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SDIO_InitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_InitTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct) +{ + /* SDIO_InitStruct members default value */ + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv = 0x00; + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge = SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising; + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass = SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable; + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave = SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable; + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide = SDIO_BusWide_1b; + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO Clock. + * @param NewState: new state of the SDIO Clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CLKCR_CLKEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the power status of the controller. + * @param SDIO_PowerState: new state of the Power state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_PowerState_OFF: SDIO Power OFF + * @arg SDIO_PowerState_ON: SDIO Power ON + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(SDIO_PowerState)); + + SDIO->POWER = SDIO_PowerState; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the power status of the controller. + * @param None + * @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can be one of the + * following values: + * - 0x00: Power OFF + * - 0x02: Power UP + * - 0x03: Power ON + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void) +{ + return (SDIO->POWER & (~PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group2 Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions + * @brief Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the Command path + state machine (CPSM). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SDIO Command according to the specified + * parameters in the SDIO_CmdInitStruct and send the command. + * @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for the SDIO + * command. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM)); + +/*---------------------------- SDIO ARG Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Set the SDIO Argument value */ + SDIO->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument; + +/*---------------------------- SDIO CMD Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SDIO CMD value */ + tmpreg = SDIO->CMD; + /* Clear CMDINDEX, WAITRESP, WAITINT, WAITPEND, CPSMEN bits */ + tmpreg &= CMD_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Set CMDINDEX bits according to SDIO_CmdIndex value */ + /* Set WAITRESP bits according to SDIO_Response value */ + /* Set WAITINT and WAITPEND bits according to SDIO_Wait value */ + /* Set CPSMEN bits according to SDIO_CPSM value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response + | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM; + + /* Write to SDIO CMD */ + SDIO->CMD = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SDIO_CmdInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct) +{ + /* SDIO_CmdInitStruct members default value */ + SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument = 0x00; + SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex = 0x00; + SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response = SDIO_Response_No; + SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait = SDIO_Wait_No; + SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns command index of last command for which response received. + * @param None + * @retval Returns the command index of the last command response received. + */ +uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void) +{ + return (uint8_t)(SDIO->RESPCMD); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns response received from the card for the last command. + * @param SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1 + * @arg SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2 + * @arg SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3 + * @arg SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4 + * @retval The Corresponding response register value. + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(SDIO_RESP)); + + tmp = SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP; + + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group3 Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions + * @brief Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the Data path + state machine (DPSM). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SDIO data path according to the specified + * parameters in the SDIO_DataInitStruct. + * @param SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the SDIO command. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM)); + +/*---------------------------- SDIO DTIMER Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Set the SDIO Data TimeOut value */ + SDIO->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut; + +/*---------------------------- SDIO DLEN Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Set the SDIO DataLength value */ + SDIO->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength; + +/*---------------------------- SDIO DCTRL Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Get the SDIO DCTRL value */ + tmpreg = SDIO->DCTRL; + /* Clear DEN, DTMODE, DTDIR and DBCKSIZE bits */ + tmpreg &= DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Set DEN bit according to SDIO_DPSM value */ + /* Set DTMODE bit according to SDIO_TransferMode value */ + /* Set DTDIR bit according to SDIO_TransferDir value */ + /* Set DBCKSIZE bits according to SDIO_DataBlockSize value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir + | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM; + + /* Write to SDIO DCTRL */ + SDIO->DCTRL = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SDIO_DataInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SDIO_DataInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct) +{ + /* SDIO_DataInitStruct members default value */ + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut = 0xFFFFFFFF; + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength = 0x00; + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize = SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b; + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir = SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard; + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode = SDIO_TransferMode_Block; + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred. + * @param None + * @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void) +{ + return SDIO->DCOUNT; +} + +/** + * @brief Read one data word from Rx FIFO. + * @param None + * @retval Data received + */ +uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void) +{ + return SDIO->FIFO; +} + +/** + * @brief Write one data word to Tx FIFO. + * @param Data: 32-bit data word to write. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data) +{ + SDIO->FIFO = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of words left to be written to or read from FIFO. + * @param None + * @retval Remaining number of words. + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void) +{ + return SDIO->FIFOCNT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group4 SDIO IO Cards mode management functions + * @brief SDIO IO Cards mode management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### SDIO IO Cards mode management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the SDIO IO Cards. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the SD I/O Read Wait operation. + * @param NewState: new state of the Start SDIO Read Wait operation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTART_BB = (uint32_t) NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the SD I/O Read Wait operation. + * @param NewState: new state of the Stop SDIO Read Wait operation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB = (uint32_t) NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval. + * @param SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK + * @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2 + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWMOD_BB = SDIO_ReadWaitMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode Operation. + * @param NewState: new state of SDIO specific operation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode suspend command sending. + * @param NewState: new state of the SD I/O Mode suspend command. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group5 CE-ATA mode management functions + * @brief CE-ATA mode management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### CE-ATA mode management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the CE-ATA card. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the command completion signal. + * @param NewState: new state of command completion signal. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CE-ATA interrupt. + * @param NewState: new state of CE-ATA interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_NIEN_BB = (uint32_t)((~((uint32_t)NewState)) & ((uint32_t)0x1)); +} + +/** + * @brief Sends CE-ATA command (CMD61). + * @param NewState: new state of CE-ATA command. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ATACMD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group6 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program SDIO DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO DMA request. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SDIO DMA request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_DMAEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO interrupts. + * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide + * bus mode interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SDIO interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_IT(SDIO_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SDIO interrupts */ + SDIO->MASK |= SDIO_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SDIO interrupts */ + SDIO->MASK &= ~SDIO_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SDIO flag is set or not. + * @param SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide bus mode. + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXACT: Data transmit in progress + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXACT: Data receive in progress + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 + * @retval The new state of SDIO_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG)); + + if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SDIO's pending flags. + * @param SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide bus mode + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG)); + + SDIO->ICR = SDIO_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SDIO interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide + * bus mode interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt + * @retval The new state of SDIO_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_GET_IT(SDIO_IT)); + if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SDIO's interrupt pending bits. + * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIO_DCOUNT, is zero) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide + * bus mode interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(SDIO_IT)); + + SDIO->ICR = SDIO_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 1e09617b6b..aeffece7bd --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_spdifrx.c @@ -1,495 +1,486 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_spdifrx.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Serial Audio Interface (SPDIFRX): - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Data transfers functions - * + DMA transfers management - * + Interrupts and flags management - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_spdifrx.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX - * @brief SPDIFRX driver modules - * @{ - */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define CR_CLEAR_MASK 0x000000FE7 -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPDIFRX Audio - - Block Mode, Audio Protocol, Data size, Synchronization between audio block, - Master clock Divider, FIFO threshold, Frame configuration, slot configuration, - Tristate mode, Companding mode and Mute mode. - [..] - The SPDIFRX_Init(), SPDIFRX_FrameInit() and SPDIFRX_SlotInit() functions follows the SPDIFRX Block - configuration procedures for Master mode and Slave mode (details for these procedures - are available in reference manual(RMxxxx). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitialize the SPDIFRXx peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param void - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable SPDIFRX reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIFRX, ENABLE); - /* Release SPDIFRX from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIFRX, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SPDIFRX peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the SPDIFRX_InitStruct. - * - * @note SPDIFRX clock is generated from a specific output of the PLLSPDIFRX or a specific - * output of the PLLI2S or from an alternate function bypassing the PLL I2S. - * - * @param SPDIFRX_InitStruct: pointer to a SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the specified SPDIFRX Block peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_Init(SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef* SPDIFRX_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the SPDIFRX parameters */ - assert_param(IS_STEREO_MODE(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_StereoMode)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_INPUT_SELECT(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_InputSelection)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_MAX_RETRIES(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_Retries)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_WAIT_FOR_ACTIVITY(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CHANNEL(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_DATA_FORMAT(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_DataFormat)); - - /* SPDIFRX CR Configuration */ - /* Get the SPDIFRX CR value */ - tmpreg = SPDIFRX->CR; - /* Clear INSEL, WFA, NBTR, CHSEL, DRFMT and RXSTEO bits */ - tmpreg &= CR_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure SPDIFRX: Input selection, Maximum allowed re-tries during synchronization phase, - wait for activity, Channel Selection, Data samples format and stereo/mono mode */ - /* Set INSEL bits according to SPDIFRX_InputSelection value */ - /* Set WFA bit according to SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity value */ - /* Set NBTR bit according to SPDIFRX_Retries value */ - /* Set CHSEL bit according to SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection value */ - /* Set DRFMT bits according to SPDIFRX_DataFormat value */ - /* Set RXSTEO bit according to SPDIFRX_StereoMode value */ - - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_InputSelection | SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity | - SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_Retries | SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection | - SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_DataFormat | SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_StereoMode - ); - - /* Write to SPDIFRX CR */ - SPDIFRX->CR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each SPDIFRX_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param SPDIFRX_InitStruct: pointer to a SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_StructInit(SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef* SPDIFRX_InitStruct) -{ - /* Reset SPDIFRX init structure parameters values */ - /* Initialize the PDIF_InputSelection member */ - SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_InputSelection = SPDIFRX_Input_IN0; - /* Initialize the SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity member */ - SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity = SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity_On; - /* Initialize the SPDIFRX_Retries member */ - SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_Retries = SPDIFRX_16MAX_RETRIES; - /* Initialize the SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection member */ - SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection = SPDIFRX_Select_Channel_A; - /* Initialize the SPDIFRX_DataFormat member */ - SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_DataFormat = SPDIFRX_MSB_DataFormat; - /* Initialize the SPDIFRX_StereoMode member */ - SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_StereoMode = SPDIFRX_StereoMode_Enabled; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX frame x bit. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX frame bit. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_SetPreambleTypeBit(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ - SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_PTMSK; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ - SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_PTMSK); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX frame x bit. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX frame bit. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_SetUserDataChannelStatusBits(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ - SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_CUMSK; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ - SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_CUMSK); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX frame x bit. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX frame bit. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_SetValidityBit(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ - SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_VMSK; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ - SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_VMSK); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX frame x bit. - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX frame bit. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_SetParityBit(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ - SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_PMSK; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ - SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_PMSK); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX DMA interface (RX). - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX DMA transfer request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_RxDMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX DMA requests */ - SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX DMA requests */ - SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX DMA interface (Control Buffer). - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX DMA transfer request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_CbDMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX DMA requests */ - SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX DMA requests */ - SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX peripheral. - * @param SPDIFRX_State: specifies the SPDIFRX peripheral state. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPDIFRX_STATE_IDLE : Disable SPDIFRX-RX (STATE_IDLE) - * @arg SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC : Enable SPDIFRX-RX Synchronization only - * @arg SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV : Enable SPDIFRX Receiver - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_Cmd(uint32_t SPDIFRX_State) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_STATE(SPDIFRX_State)); - - /* Clear SPDIFRXEN bits */ - SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN); - /* Set new SPDIFRXEN value */ - SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_State; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPDIFRX Block interrupts. - * @param SPDIFRX_IT: specifies the SPDIFRX interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE: RXNE interrupt enable - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE: Control Buffer Ready Interrupt Enable - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE: Parity error interrupt enable - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE: Overrun error Interrupt Enable - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE: Synchronization Block Detected Interrupt Enable - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE: Synchronization Done - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE: Serial Interface Error Interrupt Enable - * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPDIFRX interrupt. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_ITConfig(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CONFIG_IT(SPDIFRX_IT)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX interrupt */ - SPDIFRX->IMR |= SPDIFRX_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX interrupt */ - SPDIFRX->IMR &= ~(SPDIFRX_IT); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified SPDIFRX flag is set or not. - * @param SPDIFRX_FLAG: specifies the SPDIFRX flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE: Read data register not empty flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE: The Control Buffer register is not empty flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR: Parity error flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR: Overrun error flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_SBD: Synchronization Block Detected flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD: Synchronization Done flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_FERR: Framing error flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_SERR: Synchronization error flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_TERR: Time-out error flag. - * @retval The new state of SPDIFRX_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus SPDIFRX_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SPDIFRX_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_FLAG(SPDIFRX_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified SPDIFRX flag */ - if ((SPDIFRX->SR & SPDIFRX_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - /* SPDIFRX_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* SPDIFRX_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the SPDIFRX_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the specified SPDIFRX flag. - * @param SPDIFRX_FLAG: specifies the SPDIFRX flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR: Parity error flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR: Overrun error flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_SBD: Synchronization Block Detected flag. - * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD: Synchronization Done flag. - * - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_ClearFlag(uint32_t SPDIFRX_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_FLAG(SPDIFRX_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected SPDIFRX Block flag */ - SPDIFRX->IFCR |= SPDIFRX_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified SPDIFRX interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param SPDIFRX_IT: specifies the SPDIFRX interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE: RXNE interrupt enable - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE: Control Buffer Ready Interrupt Enable - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE: Parity error interrupt enable - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE: Overrun error Interrupt Enable - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE: Synchronization Block Detected Interrupt Enable - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE: Synchronization Done - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE: Serial Interface Error Interrupt Enable - * @retval The new state of SPDIFRX_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus SPDIFRX_GetITStatus(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint32_t enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CONFIG_IT(SPDIFRX_IT)); - - /* Get the SPDIFRX_IT enable bit status */ - enablestatus = (SPDIFRX->IMR & SPDIFRX_IT) ; - - /* Check the status of the specified SPDIFRX interrupt */ - if (((SPDIFRX->SR & SPDIFRX_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) - { - /* SPDIFRX_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* SPDIFRX_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the SPDIFRX_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the SPDIFRX interrupt pending bit. - * @param SAI_IT: specifies the SPDIFRX interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_MUTEDET: MUTE detection interrupt. - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun interrupt. - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration interrupt. - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_CNRDY: codec not ready interrupt. - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection interrupt. - * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection interrupt. - * - * @note FREQ (FIFO Request) flag is cleared : - * - When the audio block is transmitter and the FIFO is full or the FIFO - * has one data (one buffer mode) depending the bit FTH in the - * SPDIFRX_xCR2 register. - * - When the audio block is receiver and the FIFO is not empty - * - * @retval None - */ -void SPDIFRX_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_FLAG(SPDIFRX_IT)); - - /* Clear the selected SPDIFRX interrupt pending bit */ - SPDIFRX->IFCR |= SPDIFRX_IT; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_spdifrx.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial Audio Interface (SPDIFRX): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers functions + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_spdifrx.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX + * @brief SPDIFRX driver modules + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define CR_CLEAR_MASK 0x000000FE7 +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPDIFRX Audio + + Block Mode, Audio Protocol, Data size, Synchronization between audio block, + Master clock Divider, FIFO threshold, Frame configuration, slot configuration, + Tristate mode, Companding mode and Mute mode. + [..] + The SPDIFRX_Init(), SPDIFRX_FrameInit() and SPDIFRX_SlotInit() functions follows the SPDIFRX Block + configuration procedures for Master mode and Slave mode (details for these procedures + are available in reference manual(RMxxxx). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the SPDIFRXx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param void + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable SPDIFRX reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIFRX, ENABLE); + /* Release SPDIFRX from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPDIFRX, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPDIFRX peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the SPDIFRX_InitStruct. + * + * @note SPDIFRX clock is generated from a specific output of the PLLSPDIFRX or a specific + * output of the PLLI2S or from an alternate function bypassing the PLL I2S. + * + * @param SPDIFRX_InitStruct: pointer to a SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPDIFRX Block peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_Init(SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef* SPDIFRX_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the SPDIFRX parameters */ + assert_param(IS_STEREO_MODE(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_StereoMode)); + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_INPUT_SELECT(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_InputSelection)); + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_MAX_RETRIES(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_Retries)); + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_WAIT_FOR_ACTIVITY(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity)); + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CHANNEL(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection)); + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_DATA_FORMAT(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_DataFormat)); + + /* SPDIFRX CR Configuration */ + /* Get the SPDIFRX CR value */ + tmpreg = SPDIFRX->CR; + /* Clear INSEL, WFA, NBTR, CHSEL, DRFMT and RXSTEO bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SPDIFRX: Input selection, Maximum allowed re-tries during synchronization phase, + wait for activity, Channel Selection, Data samples format and stereo/mono mode */ + /* Set INSEL bits according to SPDIFRX_InputSelection value */ + /* Set WFA bit according to SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity value */ + /* Set NBTR bit according to SPDIFRX_Retries value */ + /* Set CHSEL bit according to SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection value */ + /* Set DRFMT bits according to SPDIFRX_DataFormat value */ + /* Set RXSTEO bit according to SPDIFRX_StereoMode value */ + + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_InputSelection | SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity | + SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_Retries | SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection | + SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_DataFormat | SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_StereoMode + ); + + /* Write to SPDIFRX CR */ + SPDIFRX->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SPDIFRX_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SPDIFRX_InitStruct: pointer to a SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_StructInit(SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef* SPDIFRX_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset SPDIFRX init structure parameters values */ + /* Initialize the PDIF_InputSelection member */ + SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_InputSelection = SPDIFRX_Input_IN0; + /* Initialize the SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity member */ + SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity = SPDIFRX_WaitForActivity_On; + /* Initialize the SPDIFRX_Retries member */ + SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_Retries = SPDIFRX_16MAX_RETRIES; + /* Initialize the SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection member */ + SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_ChannelSelection = SPDIFRX_Select_Channel_A; + /* Initialize the SPDIFRX_DataFormat member */ + SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_DataFormat = SPDIFRX_MSB_DataFormat; + /* Initialize the SPDIFRX_StereoMode member */ + SPDIFRX_InitStruct->SPDIFRX_StereoMode = SPDIFRX_StereoMode_Enabled; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX frame x bit. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX frame bit. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_SetPreambleTypeBit(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ + SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_PTMSK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ + SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_PTMSK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX frame x bit. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX frame bit. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_SetUserDataChannelStatusBits(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ + SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_CUMSK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ + SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_CUMSK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX frame x bit. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX frame bit. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_SetValidityBit(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ + SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_VMSK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ + SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_VMSK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX frame x bit. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX frame bit. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_SetParityBit(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ + SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_PMSK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX frame bit */ + SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_PMSK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX DMA interface (RX). + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_RxDMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX DMA requests */ + SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX DMA requests */ + SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX DMA interface (Control Buffer). + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPDIFRX DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_CbDMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX DMA requests */ + SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX DMA requests */ + SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPDIFRX peripheral. + * @param SPDIFRX_State: specifies the SPDIFRX peripheral state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPDIFRX_STATE_IDLE : Disable SPDIFRX-RX (STATE_IDLE) + * @arg SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC : Enable SPDIFRX-RX Synchronization only + * @arg SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV : Enable SPDIFRX Receiver + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_Cmd(uint32_t SPDIFRX_State) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_STATE(SPDIFRX_State)); + + /* Clear SPDIFRXEN bits */ + SPDIFRX->CR &= ~(SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN); + /* Set new SPDIFRXEN value */ + SPDIFRX->CR |= SPDIFRX_State; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPDIFRX Block interrupts. + * @param SPDIFRX_IT: specifies the SPDIFRX interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE: RXNE interrupt enable + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE: Control Buffer Ready Interrupt Enable + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE: Parity error interrupt enable + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE: Overrun error Interrupt Enable + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE: Synchronization Block Detected Interrupt Enable + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE: Synchronization Done + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE: Serial Interface Error Interrupt Enable + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPDIFRX interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_ITConfig(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CONFIG_IT(SPDIFRX_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPDIFRX interrupt */ + SPDIFRX->IMR |= SPDIFRX_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPDIFRX interrupt */ + SPDIFRX->IMR &= ~(SPDIFRX_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPDIFRX flag is set or not. + * @param SPDIFRX_FLAG: specifies the SPDIFRX flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE: Read data register not empty flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE: The Control Buffer register is not empty flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR: Parity error flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR: Overrun error flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_SBD: Synchronization Block Detected flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD: Synchronization Done flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_FERR: Framing error flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_SERR: Synchronization error flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_TERR: Time-out error flag. + * @retval The new state of SPDIFRX_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SPDIFRX_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SPDIFRX_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_FLAG(SPDIFRX_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified SPDIFRX flag */ + if ((SPDIFRX->SR & SPDIFRX_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* SPDIFRX_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPDIFRX_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPDIFRX_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the specified SPDIFRX flag. + * @param SPDIFRX_FLAG: specifies the SPDIFRX flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR: Parity error flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR: Overrun error flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_SBD: Synchronization Block Detected flag. + * @arg SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD: Synchronization Done flag. + * + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_ClearFlag(uint32_t SPDIFRX_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_FLAG(SPDIFRX_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected SPDIFRX Block flag */ + SPDIFRX->IFCR |= SPDIFRX_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPDIFRX interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param SPDIFRX_IT: specifies the SPDIFRX interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE: RXNE interrupt enable + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE: Control Buffer Ready Interrupt Enable + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE: Parity error interrupt enable + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE: Overrun error Interrupt Enable + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE: Synchronization Block Detected Interrupt Enable + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE: Synchronization Done + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE: Serial Interface Error Interrupt Enable + * @retval The new state of SPDIFRX_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus SPDIFRX_GetITStatus(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CONFIG_IT(SPDIFRX_IT)); + + /* Get the SPDIFRX_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (SPDIFRX->IMR & SPDIFRX_IT) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified SPDIFRX interrupt */ + if (((SPDIFRX->SR & SPDIFRX_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + /* SPDIFRX_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPDIFRX_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPDIFRX_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SPDIFRX interrupt pending bit. + * @param SAI_IT: specifies the SPDIFRX interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_MUTEDET: MUTE detection interrupt. + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_OVRUDR: overrun/underrun interrupt. + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_WCKCFG: wrong clock configuration interrupt. + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_CNRDY: codec not ready interrupt. + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_AFSDET: anticipated frame synchronization detection interrupt. + * @arg SPDIFRX_IT_LFSDET: late frame synchronization detection interrupt. + * + * @note FREQ (FIFO Request) flag is cleared : + * - When the audio block is transmitter and the FIFO is full or the FIFO + * has one data (one buffer mode) depending the bit FTH in the + * SPDIFRX_xCR2 register. + * - When the audio block is receiver and the FIFO is not empty + * + * @retval None + */ +void SPDIFRX_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SPDIFRX_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_FLAG(SPDIFRX_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected SPDIFRX interrupt pending bit */ + SPDIFRX->IFCR |= SPDIFRX_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_spi.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_spi.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 3452761ffa..76115530f4 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_spi.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_spi.c @@ -1,1319 +1,1325 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_spi.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (SPI): - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Data transfers functions - * + Hardware CRC Calculation - * + DMA transfers management - * + Interrupts and flags management - * -@verbatim - - =================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable peripheral clock using the following functions - RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE) for SPI1 - RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE) for SPI2 - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE) for SPI3 - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE) for SPI4 - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE) for SPI5 - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE) for SPI6. - - (#) Enable SCK, MOSI, MISO and NSS GPIO clocks using RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() - function. In I2S mode, if an external clock source is used then the I2S - CKIN pin GPIO clock should also be enabled. - - (#) Peripherals alternate function: - (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate Function (AF) - using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function - (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF - (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via GPIO_PuPd, - GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members - (++) Call GPIO_Init() function In I2S mode, if an external clock source is - used then the I2S CKIN pin should be also configured in Alternate - function Push-pull pull-up mode. - - (#) Program the Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, Slave - Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() - function. - In I2S mode, program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio - frequency and Polarity using I2S_Init() function. For I2S mode, make sure - that either: - (++) I2S PLL is configured using the functions - RCC_I2SCLKConfig(RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S), RCC_PLLI2SCmd(ENABLE) and - RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY); or - (++) External clock source is configured using the function - RCC_I2SCLKConfig(RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext) and after setting correctly - the define constant I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file. - - (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function - SPI_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. - - (#) When using the DMA mode - (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function - (++) Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function - - (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function or enable the I2S using - I2S_Cmd(). - - (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. - - (#) Optionally, you can enable/configure the following parameters without - re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again SPI_Init() function): - (++) When bidirectional mode (SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx or SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx) - is programmed as Data direction parameter using the SPI_Init() function - it can be possible to switch between SPI_Direction_Tx or SPI_Direction_Rx - using the SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig() function. - (++) When SPI_NSS_Soft is selected as Slave Select Management parameter - using the SPI_Init() function it can be possible to manage the - NSS internal signal using the SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig() function. - (++) Reconfigure the data size using the SPI_DataSizeConfig() function - (++) Enable or disable the SS output using the SPI_SSOutputCmd() function - - (#) To use the CRC Hardware calculation feature refer to the Peripheral - CRC hardware Calculation subsection. - - - [..] It is possible to use SPI in I2S full duplex mode, in this case, each SPI - peripheral is able to manage sending and receiving data simultaneously - using two data lines. Each SPI peripheral has an extended block called I2Sxext - (ie. I2S2ext for SPI2 and I2S3ext for SPI3). - The extension block is not a full SPI IP, it is used only as I2S slave to - implement full duplex mode. The extension block uses the same clock sources - as its master. - To configure I2S full duplex you have to: - - (#) Configure SPIx in I2S mode (I2S_Init() function) as described above. - - (#) Call the I2S_FullDuplexConfig() function using the same structure passed to - I2S_Init() function. - - (#) Call I2S_Cmd() for SPIx then for its extended block. - - (#) To configure interrupts or DMA requests and to get/clear flag status, - use I2Sxext instance for the extension block. - - [..] Functions that can be called with I2Sxext instances are: I2S_Cmd(), - I2S_FullDuplexConfig(), SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(), SPI_I2S_SendData(), - SPI_I2S_DMACmd(), SPI_I2S_ITConfig(), SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(), - SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(), SPI_I2S_GetITStatus() and SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(). - - Example: To use SPI3 in Full duplex mode (SPI3 is Master Tx, I2S3ext is Slave Rx): - - RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); - I2S_StructInit(&I2SInitStruct); - I2SInitStruct.Mode = I2S_Mode_MasterTx; - I2S_Init(SPI3, &I2SInitStruct); - I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI3ext, &I2SInitStruct) - I2S_Cmd(SPI3, ENABLE); - I2S_Cmd(SPI3ext, ENABLE); - ... - while (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI2, SPI_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) - {} - SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI3, txdata[i]); - ... - while (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(I2S3ext, SPI_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) - {} - rxdata[i] = SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(I2S3ext); - ... - - [..] - (@) In I2S mode: if an external clock is used as source clock for the I2S, - then the define I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in file stm32f4xx_conf.h should - be enabled and set to the value of the source clock frequency (in Hz). - - (@) In SPI mode: To use the SPI TI mode, call the function SPI_TIModeCmd() - just after calling the function SPI_Init(). - -@endverbatim - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_spi.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI - * @brief SPI driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* SPI registers Masks */ -#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x3040) -#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xF040) - -/* RCC PLLs masks */ -#define PLLCFGR_PPLR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x70000000) -#define PLLCFGR_PPLN_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00007FC0) - -#define SPI_CR2_FRF ((uint16_t)0x0010) -#define SPI_SR_TIFRFE ((uint16_t)0x0100) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPI - Direction, SPI Mode, SPI Data Size, SPI Polarity, SPI Phase, SPI NSS - Management, SPI Baud Rate Prescaler, SPI First Bit and SPI CRC Polynomial. - - [..] The SPI_Init() function follows the SPI configuration procedures for Master - mode and Slave mode (details for these procedures are available in reference - manual (RM0090)). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief De-initialize the SPIx peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 - * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. - * - * @note The extended I2S blocks (ie. I2S2ext and I2S3ext blocks) are de-initialized - * when the relative I2S peripheral is de-initialized (the extended block's clock - * is managed by the I2S peripheral clock). - * - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - - if (SPIx == SPI1) - { - /* Enable SPI1 reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE); - /* Release SPI1 from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE); - } - else if (SPIx == SPI2) - { - /* Enable SPI2 reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE); - /* Release SPI2 from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE); - } - else if (SPIx == SPI3) - { - /* Enable SPI3 reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); - /* Release SPI3 from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE); - } - else if (SPIx == SPI4) - { - /* Enable SPI4 reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4, ENABLE); - /* Release SPI4 from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4, DISABLE); - } - else if (SPIx == SPI5) - { - /* Enable SPI5 reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5, ENABLE); - /* Release SPI5 from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5, DISABLE); - } - else - { - if (SPIx == SPI6) - { - /* Enable SPI6 reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6, ENABLE); - /* Release SPI6 from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6, DISABLE); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the SPI_InitStruct. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. - * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) -{ - uint16_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - - /* Check the SPI parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial)); - -/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ - tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; - /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */ - tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler - master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */ - /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */ - /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */ - /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */ - /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */ - /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */ - /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */ - tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode | - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit); - /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ - SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; - - /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */ - SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); -/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */ - SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the I2S_InitStruct. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral (configured in I2S mode). - * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral - * configured in I2S mode. - * - * @note The function calculates the optimal prescaler needed to obtain the most - * accurate audio frequency (depending on the I2S clock source, the PLL values - * and the product configuration). But in case the prescaler value is greater - * than 511, the default value (0x02) will be configured instead. - * - * @note if an external clock is used as source clock for the I2S, then the define - * I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in file stm32f4xx_conf.h should be enabled and set - * to the value of the source clock frequency (in Hz). - * - * @retval None - */ -void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) -{ - uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1; - uint32_t tmp = 0, i2sclk = 0; -#ifndef I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL - uint32_t pllm = 0, plln = 0, pllr = 0; -#endif /* I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL */ - - /* Check the I2S parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); - -/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ - SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK; - SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002; - - /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ - tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR; - - /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/ - if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default) - { - i2sodd = (uint16_t)0; - i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2; - } - /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ - else - { - /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/ - if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b) - { - /* Packet length is 16 bits */ - packetlength = 1; - } - else - { - /* Packet length is 32 bits */ - packetlength = 2; - } - - /* Get I2S source Clock frequency ****************************************/ - - /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, this define should be set - in the project configuration or in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file */ - #ifdef I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL - /* Set external clock as I2S clock source */ - if ((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC) == 0) - { - RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC; - } - - /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock value */ - i2sclk = I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL; - - #else /* There is no define for External I2S clock source */ - /* Set PLLI2S as I2S clock source */ - if ((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC) != 0) - { - RCC->CFGR &= ~(uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC; - } - - /* Get the PLLI2SN value */ - plln = (uint32_t)(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6) & \ - (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN >> 6)); - - /* Get the PLLI2SR value */ - pllr = (uint32_t)(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28) & \ - (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR >> 28)); - - /* Get the PLLM value */ - pllm = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM); - - if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE) - { - /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - i2sclk = (uint32_t)(((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * plln) / pllr); - } - else - { /* Get the I2S source clock value */ - i2sclk = (uint32_t)(((HSI_VALUE / pllm) * plln) / pllr); - } - #endif /* I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL */ - - /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */ - if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) - { - /* MCLK output is enabled */ - tmp = (uint16_t)(((((i2sclk / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); - } - else - { - /* MCLK output is disabled */ - tmp = (uint16_t)(((((i2sclk / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); - } - - /* Remove the flatting point */ - tmp = tmp / 10; - - /* Check the parity of the divider */ - i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001); - - /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ - i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2); - - /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ - i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8); - } - - /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ - if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF)) - { - /* Set the default values */ - i2sdiv = 2; - i2sodd = 0; - } - - /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ - SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); - - /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ - tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode | \ - (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \ - (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)))); - - /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ - SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) -{ -/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/ - /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex; - /* initialize the SPI_Mode member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave; - /* initialize the SPI_DataSize member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; - /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; - /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; - /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard; - /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2; - /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; - /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) -{ -/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/ - /* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; - - /* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips; - - /* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b; - - /* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable; - - /* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default; - - /* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */ - SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ - SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_SPE); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode). - * @param SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral (or I2Sxext - * for full duplex mode). - * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) */ - SPIx->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */ - SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the data size for the selected SPI. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. - * @param SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data frame format to 16bit - * @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data frame format to 8bit - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_DataSize)); - /* Clear DFF bit */ - SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_DataSize_16b; - /* Set new DFF bit value */ - SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_DataSize; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode for the specified SPI. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. - * @param SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction - * @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction)); - if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx) - { - /* Set the Tx only mode */ - SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx; - } - else - { - /* Set the Rx only mode */ - SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. - * @param SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally - * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft)); - if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset) - { - /* Set NSS pin internally by software */ - SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set; - } - else - { - /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */ - SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */ - SPIx->CR2 |= (uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */ - SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface. - * - * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has - * been called. - * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits SSM, SSI, CPOL and CPHA - * are not taken into consideration and are configured by hardware - * respectively to the TI mode requirements. - * - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI TI communication mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ - SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_FRF; - } - else - { - /* Disable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ - SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_FRF; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the full duplex mode for the I2Sx peripheral using its - * extension I2Sxext according to the specified parameters in the - * I2S_InitStruct. - * @param I2Sxext: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the I2S peripheral extension block. - * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the specified I2S peripheral - * extension. - * - * @note The structure pointed by I2S_InitStruct parameter should be the same - * used for the master I2S peripheral. In this case, if the master is - * configured as transmitter, the slave will be receiver and vice versa. - * Or you can force a different mode by modifying the field I2S_Mode to the - * value I2S_SlaveRx or I2S_SlaveTx independently of the master configuration. - * - * @note The I2S full duplex extension can be configured in slave mode only. - * - * @retval None - */ -void I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI_TypeDef* I2Sxext, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) -{ - uint16_t tmpreg = 0, tmp = 0; - - /* Check the I2S parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(I2Sxext)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); - -/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ - I2Sxext->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK; - I2Sxext->I2SPR = 0x0002; - - /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ - tmpreg = I2Sxext->I2SCFGR; - - /* Get the mode to be configured for the extended I2S */ - if ((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_MasterTx) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx)) - { - tmp = I2S_Mode_SlaveRx; - } - else - { - if ((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_MasterRx) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx)) - { - tmp = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; - } - } - - - /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ - tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(tmp | \ - (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \ - (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)))); - - /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ - I2Sxext->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Group2 Data transfers functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Data transfers functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI data - transfers. In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal - Rx buffer while. In transmission, data are first stored into an internal Tx - buffer before being transmitted. - - [..] The read access of the SPI_DR register can be done using the SPI_I2S_ReceiveData() - function and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the SPI_DR - can be done using SPI_I2S_SendData() function and stores the written data into - Tx buffer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. - * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 - * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. - * @retval The value of the received data. - */ -uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); - - /* Return the data in the DR register */ - return SPIx->DR; -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. - * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 - * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. - * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); - - /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ - SPIx->DR = Data; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Group3 Hardware CRC Calculation functions - * @brief Hardware CRC Calculation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Hardware CRC Calculation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI CRC hardware - calculation - - [..] SPI communication using CRC is possible through the following procedure: - (#) Program the Data direction, Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, - Slave Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() - function. - (#) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. - (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function - (#) Before writing the last data to the TX buffer, set the CRCNext bit using the - SPI_TransmitCRC() function to indicate that after transmission of the last - data, the CRC should be transmitted. - (#) After transmitting the last data, the SPI transmits the CRC. The SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT - bit is reset. The CRC is also received and compared against the SPI_RXCRCR - value. - If the value does not match, the SPI_FLAG_CRCERR flag is set and an interrupt - can be generated when the SPI_I2S_IT_ERR interrupt is enabled. - - [..] - (@) It is advised not to read the calculated CRC values during the communication. - - (@) When the SPI is in slave mode, be careful to enable CRC calculation only - when the clock is stable, that is, when the clock is in the steady state. - If not, a wrong CRC calculation may be done. In fact, the CRC is sensitive - to the SCK slave input clock as soon as CRCEN is set, and this, whatever - the value of the SPE bit. - - (@) With high bitrate frequencies, be careful when transmitting the CRC. - As the number of used CPU cycles has to be as low as possible in the CRC - transfer phase, it is forbidden to call software functions in the CRC - transmission sequence to avoid errors in the last data and CRC reception. - In fact, CRCNEXT bit has to be written before the end of the transmission/reception - of the last data. - - (@) For high bit rate frequencies, it is advised to use the DMA mode to avoid the - degradation of the SPI speed performance due to CPU accesses impacting the - SPI bandwidth. - - (@) When the STM32F4xx is configured as slave and the NSS hardware mode is - used, the NSS pin needs to be kept low between the data phase and the CRC - phase. - - (@) When the SPI is configured in slave mode with the CRC feature enabled, CRC - calculation takes place even if a high level is applied on the NSS pin. - This may happen for example in case of a multi-slave environment where the - communication master addresses slaves alternately. - - (@) Between a slave de-selection (high level on NSS) and a new slave selection - (low level on NSS), the CRC value should be cleared on both master and slave - sides in order to resynchronize the master and slave for their respective - CRC calculation. - - (@) To clear the CRC, follow the procedure below: - (#@) Disable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function - (#@) Disable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. - (#@) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. - (#@) Enable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ - SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ - SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmit the SPIx CRC value. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - - /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */ - SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. - * @param SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register - * @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register - * @retval The selected CRC register value.. - */ -uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC) -{ - uint16_t crcreg = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC)); - if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx) - { - /* Get the Tx CRC register */ - crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR; - } - else - { - /* Get the Rx CRC register */ - crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR; - } - /* Return the selected CRC register */ - return crcreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI. - * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. - * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value. - */ -uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - - /* Return the CRC polynomial register */ - return SPIx->CRCPR; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Group4 DMA transfers management functions - * @brief DMA transfers management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface. - * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 - * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. - * @param SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request - * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request - * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI DMA transfer request. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI DMA requests */ - SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI DMA requests */ - SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup SPI_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SPI Interrupts - sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. - The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage - the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. - - *** Polling Mode *** - ==================== -[..] In Polling Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 9 flags: - (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register - (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register - (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY : to indicate the state of the communication layer of the SPI. - (#) SPI_FLAG_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur - (#) SPI_FLAG_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur - (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur - (#) I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE: to indicate a Frame Format error occurs. - (#) I2S_FLAG_UDR: to indicate an Underrun error occurs. - (#) I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: to indicate Channel Side. - - (@) Do not use the BSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception. It is - better to use the TXE and RXNE flags instead. - - [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); - (+) void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); - - *** Interrupt Mode *** - ====================== - [..] In Interrupt Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 3 interrupt sources - and 7 pending bits: - (+) Pending Bits: - (##) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register - (##) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register - (##) SPI_IT_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur (available in SPI mode only) - (##) SPI_IT_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur (available in SPI mode only) - (##) SPI_I2S_IT_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur - (##) I2S_IT_UDR : to indicate an Underrun Error occurs (available in I2S mode only). - (##) I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE : to indicate a Frame Format error occurs (available in TI mode only). - - (+) Interrupt Source: - (##) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty - interrupt. - (##) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not - empty interrupt. - (##) SPI_I2S_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. - - [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); - (+) ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); - (+) void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); - - *** DMA Mode *** - ================ - [..] In DMA Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests: - (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request - (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request - - [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: - (+) void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState - NewState); - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts. - * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 - * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. - * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask - * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask - * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask - * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPI interrupt. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); - - /* Get the SPI IT index */ - itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; - - /* Set the IT mask */ - itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos; - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI interrupt */ - SPIx->CR2 |= itmask; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI interrupt */ - SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified SPIx/I2Sx flag is set or not. - * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 - * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. - * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag. - * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag. - * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag. - * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag. - * @arg SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag. - * @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. - * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE: Format Error. - * @arg I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag. - * @arg I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag. - * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */ - if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) - { - /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag. - * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 - * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. - * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear. - * This function clears only CRCERR flag. - * @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. - * - * @note OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read - * operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read - * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). - * @note UDR (UnderRun error) flag is cleared by a read operation to - * SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). - * @note MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write - * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a - * write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI). - * - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */ - SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified SPIx/I2Sx interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 - * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. - * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt. - * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt. - * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt. - * @arg SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt. - * @arg SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt. - * @arg I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun interrupt. - * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TIFRFE: Format Error interrupt. - * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); - - /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT index */ - itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); - - /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT IT mask */ - itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; - - /* Set the IT mask */ - itmask = 0x01 << itmask; - - /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */ - enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ; - - /* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */ - if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus) - { - /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit. - * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 - * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. - * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This function clears only CRCERR interrupt pending bit. - * @arg SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt. - * - * @note OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software - * sequence: a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) - * followed by a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()). - * @note UDR (UnderRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by a read - * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()). - * @note MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence: - * a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()) - * followed by a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable - * the SPI). - * @retval None - */ -void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) -{ - uint16_t itpos = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); - - /* Get the SPI_I2S IT index */ - itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); - - /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit */ - SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~itpos; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (SPI): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers functions + * + Hardware CRC Calculation + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * +@verbatim + + =================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using the following functions + RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE) for SPI1 + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE) for SPI2 + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE) for SPI3 + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE) for SPI4 + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE) for SPI5 + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE) for SPI6. + + (#) Enable SCK, MOSI, MISO and NSS GPIO clocks using RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() + function. In I2S mode, if an external clock source is used then the I2S + CKIN pin GPIO clock should also be enabled. + + (#) Peripherals alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate Function (AF) + using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via GPIO_PuPd, + GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function In I2S mode, if an external clock source is + used then the I2S CKIN pin should be also configured in Alternate + function Push-pull pull-up mode. + + (#) Program the Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, Slave + Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + function. + In I2S mode, program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio + frequency and Polarity using I2S_Init() function. For I2S mode, make sure + that either: + (++) I2S PLL is configured using the functions + RCC_I2SCLKConfig(RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S), RCC_PLLI2SCmd(ENABLE) and + RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY); or + (++) External clock source is configured using the function + RCC_I2SCLKConfig(RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext) and after setting correctly + the define constant I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file. + + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + SPI_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + (++) Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function + + (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function or enable the I2S using + I2S_Cmd(). + + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. + + (#) Optionally, you can enable/configure the following parameters without + re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again SPI_Init() function): + (++) When bidirectional mode (SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx or SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx) + is programmed as Data direction parameter using the SPI_Init() function + it can be possible to switch between SPI_Direction_Tx or SPI_Direction_Rx + using the SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig() function. + (++) When SPI_NSS_Soft is selected as Slave Select Management parameter + using the SPI_Init() function it can be possible to manage the + NSS internal signal using the SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig() function. + (++) Reconfigure the data size using the SPI_DataSizeConfig() function + (++) Enable or disable the SS output using the SPI_SSOutputCmd() function + + (#) To use the CRC Hardware calculation feature refer to the Peripheral + CRC hardware Calculation subsection. + + + [..] It is possible to use SPI in I2S full duplex mode, in this case, each SPI + peripheral is able to manage sending and receiving data simultaneously + using two data lines. Each SPI peripheral has an extended block called I2Sxext + (ie. I2S2ext for SPI2 and I2S3ext for SPI3). + The extension block is not a full SPI IP, it is used only as I2S slave to + implement full duplex mode. The extension block uses the same clock sources + as its master. + To configure I2S full duplex you have to: + + (#) Configure SPIx in I2S mode (I2S_Init() function) as described above. + + (#) Call the I2S_FullDuplexConfig() function using the same structure passed to + I2S_Init() function. + + (#) Call I2S_Cmd() for SPIx then for its extended block. + + (#) To configure interrupts or DMA requests and to get/clear flag status, + use I2Sxext instance for the extension block. + + [..] Functions that can be called with I2Sxext instances are: I2S_Cmd(), + I2S_FullDuplexConfig(), SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(), SPI_I2S_SendData(), + SPI_I2S_DMACmd(), SPI_I2S_ITConfig(), SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(), + SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(), SPI_I2S_GetITStatus() and SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(). + + Example: To use SPI3 in Full duplex mode (SPI3 is Master Tx, I2S3ext is Slave Rx): + + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); + I2S_StructInit(&I2SInitStruct); + I2SInitStruct.Mode = I2S_Mode_MasterTx; + I2S_Init(SPI3, &I2SInitStruct); + I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI3ext, &I2SInitStruct) + I2S_Cmd(SPI3, ENABLE); + I2S_Cmd(SPI3ext, ENABLE); + ... + while (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI2, SPI_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) + {} + SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI3, txdata[i]); + ... + while (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(I2S3ext, SPI_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) + {} + rxdata[i] = SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(I2S3ext); + ... + + [..] + (@) In I2S mode: if an external clock is used as source clock for the I2S, + then the define I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in file stm32f4xx_conf.h should + be enabled and set to the value of the source clock frequency (in Hz). + + (@) In SPI mode: To use the SPI TI mode, call the function SPI_TIModeCmd() + just after calling the function SPI_Init(). + +@endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_spi.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI + * @brief SPI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* SPI registers Masks */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x3040) +#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xF040) + +/* RCC PLLs masks */ +#define PLLCFGR_PPLR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x70000000) +#define PLLCFGR_PPLN_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00007FC0) + +#define SPI_CR2_FRF ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_SR_TIFRFE ((uint16_t)0x0100) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPI + Direction, SPI Mode, SPI Data Size, SPI Polarity, SPI Phase, SPI NSS + Management, SPI Baud Rate Prescaler, SPI First Bit and SPI CRC Polynomial. + + [..] The SPI_Init() function follows the SPI configuration procedures for Master + mode and Slave mode (details for these procedures are available in reference + manual (RM0090)). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the SPIx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. + * + * @note The extended I2S blocks (ie. I2S2ext and I2S3ext blocks) are de-initialized + * when the relative I2S peripheral is de-initialized (the extended block's clock + * is managed by the I2S peripheral clock). + * + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + if (SPIx == SPI1) + { + /* Enable SPI1 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE); + } + else if (SPIx == SPI2) + { + /* Enable SPI2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE); + } + else if (SPIx == SPI3) + { + /* Enable SPI3 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI3 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE); + } + else if (SPIx == SPI4) + { + /* Enable SPI4 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI4 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4, DISABLE); + } + else if (SPIx == SPI5) + { + /* Enable SPI5 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI5 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (SPIx == SPI6) + { + /* Enable SPI6 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI6 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI6, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the SPI_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Check the SPI parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial)); + +/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; + /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler + master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */ + /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */ + /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */ + /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */ + /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit); + /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ + SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); +/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */ + SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the I2S_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral (configured in I2S mode). + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral + * configured in I2S mode. + * + * @note The function calculates the optimal prescaler needed to obtain the most + * accurate audio frequency (depending on the I2S clock source, the PLL values + * and the product configuration). But in case the prescaler value is greater + * than 511, the default value (0x02) will be configured instead. + * + * @note if an external clock is used as source clock for the I2S, then the define + * I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in file stm32f4xx_conf.h should be enabled and set + * to the value of the source clock frequency (in Hz). + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1; + uint32_t tmp = 0, i2sclk = 0; +#ifndef I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL + uint32_t pllm = 0, plln = 0, pllr = 0; +#endif /* I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL */ + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); + +/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK; + SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR; + + /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default) + { + i2sodd = (uint16_t)0; + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2; + } + /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ + else + { + /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b) + { + /* Packet length is 16 bits */ + packetlength = 16; + } + else + { + /* Packet length is 32 bits */ + packetlength = 32; + } + + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard <= I2S_Standard_LSB) + { + /* In I2S standard packet length is multiplied by 2 */ + packetlength = packetlength * 2; + } + + /* Get I2S source Clock frequency ****************************************/ + + /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, this define should be set + in the project configuration or in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file */ + #ifdef I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL + /* Set external clock as I2S clock source */ + if ((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC) == 0) + { + RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC; + } + + /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock value */ + i2sclk = I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL; + + #else /* There is no define for External I2S clock source */ + /* Set PLLI2S as I2S clock source */ + if ((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC) != 0) + { + RCC->CFGR &= ~(uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC; + } + + /* Get the PLLI2SN value */ + plln = (uint32_t)(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6) & \ + (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN >> 6)); + + /* Get the PLLI2SR value */ + pllr = (uint32_t)(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28) & \ + (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR >> 28)); + + /* Get the PLLM value */ + pllm = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM); + + if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE) + { + /* Get the I2S source clock value */ + i2sclk = (uint32_t)(((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * plln) / pllr); + } + else + { /* Get the I2S source clock value */ + i2sclk = (uint32_t)(((HSI_VALUE / pllm) * plln) / pllr); + } + #endif /* I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL */ + + /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) + { + /* MCLK output is enabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((i2sclk / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + else + { + /* MCLK output is disabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((i2sclk / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + + /* Remove the flatting point */ + tmp = tmp / 10; + + /* Check the parity of the divider */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001); + + /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2); + + /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8); + } + + /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ + if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF)) + { + /* Set the default values */ + i2sdiv = 2; + i2sodd = 0; + } + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ + SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); + + /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode | \ + (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \ + (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)))); + +#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN) + if((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard == I2S_Standard_PCMShort) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard == I2S_Standard_PCMLong)) + { + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg | SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN; + } +#else + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg ; +#endif +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex; + /* initialize the SPI_Mode member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave; + /* initialize the SPI_DataSize member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; + /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard; + /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2; + /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; + + /* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips; + + /* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b; + + /* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable; + + /* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default; + + /* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_SPE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode). + * @param SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral (or I2Sxext + * for full duplex mode). + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the data size for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data frame format to 16bit + * @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data frame format to 8bit + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_DataSize)); + /* Clear DFF bit */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_DataSize_16b; + /* Set new DFF bit value */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_DataSize; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction + * @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction)); + if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx) + { + /* Set the Tx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx; + } + else + { + /* Set the Rx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft)); + if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset) + { + /* Set NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set; + } + else + { + /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 |= (uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface. + * + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits SSM, SSI, CPOL and CPHA + * are not taken into consideration and are configured by hardware + * respectively to the TI mode requirements. + * + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI TI communication mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_FRF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_FRF; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the full duplex mode for the I2Sx peripheral using its + * extension I2Sxext according to the specified parameters in the + * I2S_InitStruct. + * @param I2Sxext: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the I2S peripheral extension block. + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified I2S peripheral + * extension. + * + * @note The structure pointed by I2S_InitStruct parameter should be the same + * used for the master I2S peripheral. In this case, if the master is + * configured as transmitter, the slave will be receiver and vice versa. + * Or you can force a different mode by modifying the field I2S_Mode to the + * value I2S_SlaveRx or I2S_SlaveTx independently of the master configuration. + * + * @note The I2S full duplex extension can be configured in slave mode only. + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI_TypeDef* I2Sxext, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(I2Sxext)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); + +/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + I2Sxext->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK; + I2Sxext->I2SPR = 0x0002; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = I2Sxext->I2SCFGR; + + /* Get the mode to be configured for the extended I2S */ + if ((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_MasterTx) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx)) + { + tmp = I2S_Mode_SlaveRx; + } + else + { + if ((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_MasterRx) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx)) + { + tmp = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; + } + } + + + /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(tmp | \ + (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \ + (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)))); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + I2Sxext->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI data + transfers. In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal + Rx buffer while. In transmission, data are first stored into an internal Tx + buffer before being transmitted. + + [..] The read access of the SPI_DR register can be done using the SPI_I2S_ReceiveData() + function and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the SPI_DR + can be done using SPI_I2S_SendData() function and stores the written data into + Tx buffer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return SPIx->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + SPIx->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group3 Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * @brief Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Hardware CRC Calculation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI CRC hardware + calculation + + [..] SPI communication using CRC is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Data direction, Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, + Slave Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + function. + (#) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function + (#) Before writing the last data to the TX buffer, set the CRCNext bit using the + SPI_TransmitCRC() function to indicate that after transmission of the last + data, the CRC should be transmitted. + (#) After transmitting the last data, the SPI transmits the CRC. The SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT + bit is reset. The CRC is also received and compared against the SPI_RXCRCR + value. + If the value does not match, the SPI_FLAG_CRCERR flag is set and an interrupt + can be generated when the SPI_I2S_IT_ERR interrupt is enabled. + + [..] + (@) It is advised not to read the calculated CRC values during the communication. + + (@) When the SPI is in slave mode, be careful to enable CRC calculation only + when the clock is stable, that is, when the clock is in the steady state. + If not, a wrong CRC calculation may be done. In fact, the CRC is sensitive + to the SCK slave input clock as soon as CRCEN is set, and this, whatever + the value of the SPE bit. + + (@) With high bitrate frequencies, be careful when transmitting the CRC. + As the number of used CPU cycles has to be as low as possible in the CRC + transfer phase, it is forbidden to call software functions in the CRC + transmission sequence to avoid errors in the last data and CRC reception. + In fact, CRCNEXT bit has to be written before the end of the transmission/reception + of the last data. + + (@) For high bit rate frequencies, it is advised to use the DMA mode to avoid the + degradation of the SPI speed performance due to CPU accesses impacting the + SPI bandwidth. + + (@) When the STM32F4xx is configured as slave and the NSS hardware mode is + used, the NSS pin needs to be kept low between the data phase and the CRC + phase. + + (@) When the SPI is configured in slave mode with the CRC feature enabled, CRC + calculation takes place even if a high level is applied on the NSS pin. + This may happen for example in case of a multi-slave environment where the + communication master addresses slaves alternately. + + (@) Between a slave de-selection (high level on NSS) and a new slave selection + (low level on NSS), the CRC value should be cleared on both master and slave + sides in order to resynchronize the master and slave for their respective + CRC calculation. + + (@) To clear the CRC, follow the procedure below: + (#@) Disable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function + (#@) Disable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#@) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + (#@) Enable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit the SPIx CRC value. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register + * @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register + * @retval The selected CRC register value.. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC) +{ + uint16_t crcreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC)); + if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx) + { + /* Get the Tx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR; + } + else + { + /* Get the Rx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR; + } + /* Return the selected CRC register */ + return crcreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Return the CRC polynomial register */ + return SPIx->CRCPR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group4 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SPI Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== +[..] In Polling Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 9 flags: + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY : to indicate the state of the communication layer of the SPI. + (#) SPI_FLAG_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur + (#) SPI_FLAG_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur + (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + (#) I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE: to indicate a Frame Format error occurs. + (#) I2S_FLAG_UDR: to indicate an Underrun error occurs. + (#) I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: to indicate Channel Side. + + (@) Do not use the BSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception. It is + better to use the TXE and RXNE flags instead. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + (+) void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] In Interrupt Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 3 interrupt sources + and 7 pending bits: + (+) Pending Bits: + (##) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + (##) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + (##) SPI_IT_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur (available in SPI mode only) + (##) SPI_IT_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur (available in SPI mode only) + (##) SPI_I2S_IT_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + (##) I2S_IT_UDR : to indicate an Underrun Error occurs (available in I2S mode only). + (##) I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE : to indicate a Frame Format error occurs (available in TI mode only). + + (+) Interrupt Source: + (##) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty + interrupt. + (##) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not + empty interrupt. + (##) SPI_I2S_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + (+) void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + + *** DMA Mode *** + ================ + [..] In DMA Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests: + (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request + (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request + + [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState + NewState); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPI interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI IT index */ + itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPIx/I2Sx flag is set or not. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag. + * @arg SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag. + * @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE: Format Error. + * @arg I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag. + * @arg I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */ + if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear. + * This function clears only CRCERR flag. + * @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. + * + * @note OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). + * @note UDR (UnderRun error) flag is cleared by a read operation to + * SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). + * @note MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a + * write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI). + * + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */ + SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPIx/I2Sx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt. + * @arg SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt. + * @arg SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt. + * @arg I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TIFRFE: Format Error interrupt. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT index */ + itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT IT mask */ + itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = 0x01 << itmask; + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */ + if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This function clears only CRCERR interrupt pending bit. + * @arg SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt. + * + * @note OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software + * sequence: a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) + * followed by a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()). + * @note UDR (UnderRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by a read + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()). + * @note MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence: + * a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()) + * followed by a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable + * the SPI). + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) +{ + uint16_t itpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S IT index */ + itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); + + /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit */ + SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~itpos; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_syscfg.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_syscfg.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index a2fe7e6059..353631aa20 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_syscfg.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_syscfg.c @@ -1,241 +1,513 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_syscfg.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the SYSCFG peripheral. - * - @verbatim - - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This driver provides functions for: - - (#) Remapping the memory accessible in the code area using SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig() - - (#) Swapping the internal flash Bank1 and Bank2 this features is only visible for - STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices Devices. - - (#) Manage the EXTI lines connection to the GPIOs using SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig() - - (#) Select the ETHERNET media interface (RMII/RII) using SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig() - - -@- SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG registers, - using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_syscfg.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup SYSCFG - * @brief SYSCFG driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ -#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) -/* --- MEMRMP Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of UFB_MODE bit */ -#define MEMRMP_OFFSET SYSCFG_OFFSET -#define UFB_MODE_BitNumber ((uint8_t)0x8) -#define UFB_MODE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32) + (UFB_MODE_BitNumber * 4)) - - -/* --- PMC Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of MII_RMII_SEL bit */ -#define PMC_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x04) -#define MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber ((uint8_t)0x17) -#define PMC_MII_RMII_SEL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PMC_OFFSET * 32) + (MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- CMPCR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of CMP_PD bit */ -#define CMPCR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x20) -#define CMP_PD_BitNumber ((uint8_t)0x00) -#define CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMPCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CMP_PD_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the Alternate Functions (remap and EXTI configuration) - * registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void SYSCFG_DeInit(void) -{ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin. - * @param SYSCFG_Memory: selects the memory remapping. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash: Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 - * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash: System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 - * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC: FSMC (Bank1 (NOR/PSRAM 1 and 2) mapped at 0x00000000 for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices. - * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FMC: FMC (Bank1 (NOR/PSRAM 1 and 2) mapped at 0x00000000 for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_ExtMEM: External Memory mapped at 0x00000000 for STM32F446xx devices. - * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM: Embedded SRAM (112kB) mapped at 0x00000000 - * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SDRAM: FMC (External SDRAM) mapped at 0x00000000 for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * @retval None - */ -void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint8_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(SYSCFG_MemoryRemap)); - - SYSCFG->MEMRMP = SYSCFG_MemoryRemap; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping. - * - * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @param NewState: new state of Internal FLASH Bank swapping. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ENABLE: Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000) - * and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000) - * @arg DISABLE:(the default state) Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x0000 0000) - and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000) - * @retval None - */ -void SYSCFG_MemorySwappingBank(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line. - * @param EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx : selects the GPIO port to be used as source for - * EXTI lines where x can be (A..K) for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices, (A..I) - * for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices or (A, B, C, D and H) - * for STM32401xx devices. - * - * @param EXTI_PinSourcex: specifies the EXTI line to be configured. - * This parameter can be EXTI_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15, except - * for EXTI_PortSourceGPIOI x can be (0..11) for STM32F405xx/407xx - * and STM32F405xx/407xx devices and for EXTI_PortSourceGPIOK x can - * be (0..7) for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. - * - * @retval None - */ -void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(EXTI_PinSourcex)); - - tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03)); - SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] &= ~tmp; - SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03))); -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the ETHERNET media interface - * @param SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface: specifies the Media Interface mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_MII: MII mode selected - * @arg SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII: RMII mode selected - * @retval None - */ -void SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface) -{ - assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface)); - /* Configure MII_RMII selection bit */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) PMC_MII_RMII_SEL_BB = SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the I/O Compensation Cell. - * @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply - * voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V. - * @param NewState: new state of the I/O Compensation Cell. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg ENABLE: I/O compensation cell enabled - * @arg DISABLE: I/O compensation cell power-down mode - * @retval None - */ -void SYSCFG_CompensationCellCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(__IO uint32_t *) CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the I/O Compensation Cell ready flag is set or not. - * @param None - * @retval The new state of the I/O Compensation Cell ready flag (SET or RESET) - */ -FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetCompensationCellStatus(void) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - if ((SYSCFG->CMPCR & SYSCFG_CMPCR_READY ) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_syscfg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the SYSCFG peripheral. + * + @verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions for: + + (#) Remapping the memory accessible in the code area using SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig() + + (#) Swapping the internal flash Bank1 and Bank2 this features is only visible for + STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices Devices. + + (#) Manage the EXTI lines connection to the GPIOs using SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig() + + (#) Select the ETHERNET media interface (RMII/RII) using SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig() + + -@- SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG registers, + using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_syscfg.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG + * @brief SYSCFG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) +/* --- MEMRMP Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of UFB_MODE bit */ +#define MEMRMP_OFFSET SYSCFG_OFFSET +#define UFB_MODE_BitNumber ((uint8_t)0x8) +#define UFB_MODE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32) + (UFB_MODE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- PMC Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of MII_RMII_SEL bit */ +#define PMC_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber ((uint8_t)0x17) +#define PMC_MII_RMII_SEL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PMC_OFFSET * 32) + (MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CMPCR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of CMP_PD bit */ +#define CMPCR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x20) +#define CMP_PD_BitNumber ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMPCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CMP_PD_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- MCHDLYCR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of BSCKSEL bit */ +#define MCHDLYCR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x30) +#define BSCKSEL_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_BSCKSEL) +#define MCHDLYCR_BSCKSEL_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MCHDLYCR_OFFSET * 32) + (BSCKSEL_BIT_NUMBER * 4)) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the Alternate Functions (remap and EXTI configuration) + * registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin. + * @param SYSCFG_Memory: selects the memory remapping. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash: Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash: System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC: FSMC (Bank1 (NOR/PSRAM 1 and 2) mapped at 0x00000000 for STM32F405xx/407xx, STM32F415xx/417xx and STM32F413_423xx devices. + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FMC: FMC (Bank1 (NOR/PSRAM 1 and 2) mapped at 0x00000000 for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_ExtMEM: External Memory mapped at 0x00000000 for STM32F446xx/STM32F469_479xx devices. + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM: Embedded SRAM (112kB) mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SDRAM: FMC (External SDRAM) mapped at 0x00000000 for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint8_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(SYSCFG_MemoryRemap)); + + SYSCFG->MEMRMP = SYSCFG_MemoryRemap; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping. + * + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * + * @param NewState: new state of Internal FLASH Bank swapping. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ENABLE: Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000) + * and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000) + * @arg DISABLE:(the default state) Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x0000 0000) + and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000) + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_MemorySwappingBank(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line. + * @param EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx : selects the GPIO port to be used as source for + * EXTI lines where x can be (A..K) for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices, (A..I) + * for STM32F405xx/407xx and STM32F415xx/417xx devices or (A, B, C, D and H) + * for STM32401xx devices. + * + * @param EXTI_PinSourcex: specifies the EXTI line to be configured. + * This parameter can be EXTI_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15, except + * for EXTI_PortSourceGPIOI x can be (0..11) for STM32F405xx/407xx + * and STM32F405xx/407xx devices and for EXTI_PortSourceGPIOK x can + * be (0..7) for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices. + * + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(EXTI_PinSourcex)); + + tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03)); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] &= ~tmp; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03))); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the ETHERNET media interface + * @param SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface: specifies the Media Interface mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_MII: MII mode selected + * @arg SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII: RMII mode selected + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface) +{ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface)); + /* Configure MII_RMII selection bit */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) PMC_MII_RMII_SEL_BB = SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I/O Compensation Cell. + * @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply + * voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V. + * @param NewState: new state of the I/O Compensation Cell. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ENABLE: I/O compensation cell enabled + * @arg DISABLE: I/O compensation cell power-down mode + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_CompensationCellCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the I/O Compensation Cell ready flag is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the I/O Compensation Cell ready flag (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetCompensationCellStatus(void) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + if ((SYSCFG->CMPCR & SYSCFG_CMPCR_READY ) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Connects the selected parameter to the break input of TIM1. + * @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset + * @param SYSCFG_Break: selects the configuration to be connected to break + * input of TIM1 + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_Break_PVD: PVD interrupt is connected to the break input of TIM1/8. + * @arg SYSCFG_Break_HardFault: Lockup output of CortexM4 is connected to the break input of TIM1/8. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_BreakConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_Break) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_LOCK_CONFIG(SYSCFG_Break)); + + SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_Break; +} +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/** + * @brief Select the DFSDM2 or TIM2_OC1 as clock source for the bitstream clock. + * @param source: BITSTREAM_CLOCK_DFSDM2. + * BITSTREAM_CLOCK_TIM2OC1. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_BitstreamClock_SourceSelection(uint32_t source) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + tmp = (tmp &(~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_BSCKSEL)); + + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR = (tmp|source); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable Delay Clock for DFSDM1/2. + * @param MCHDLY: MCHDLY_CLOCK_DFSDM2. + * MCHDLY_CLOCK_DFSDM1. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_DisableDelayClock(uint32_t MCHDLY) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + if(MCHDLY == MCHDLY_CLOCK_DFSDM2) + { + tmp =tmp &(~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_MCHDLY2EN); + } + else + { + tmp =tmp &(~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_MCHDLY1EN); + } + + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR = tmp; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Delay Clock for DFSDM1/2. + * @param MCHDLY: MCHDLY_CLOCK_DFSDM2. + * MCHDLY_CLOCK_DFSDM1. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_EnableDelayClock(uint32_t MCHDLY) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + tmp = tmp & ~MCHDLY; + + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR = (tmp|MCHDLY); +} + +/** + * @brief Select the source for CKin signals for DFSDM1/2. + * @param source: DFSDM2_CKIN_PAD. + * DFSDM2_CKIN_DM. + * DFSDM1_CKIN_PAD. + * DFSDM1_CKIN_DM. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ClockIn_SourceSelection(uint32_t source) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + if((source == DFSDM2_CKIN_PAD) || (source == DFSDM2_CKIN_DM)) + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CFG); + } + else + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1CFG); + } + + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR |= (source|tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Select the source for CKOut signals for DFSDM1/2. + * @param source: DFSDM2_CKOUT_DFSDM2. + * DFSDM2_CKOUT_M27. + * DFSDM1_CKOUT_DFSDM1. + * DFSDM1_CKOUT_M27. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_ClockOut_SourceSelection(uint32_t source) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + + if((source == DFSDM2_CKOUT_DFSDM2) || (source == DFSDM2_CKOUT_M27)) + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CKOSEL); + } + else + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1CKOSEL); + } + + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR |= (source|tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Select the source for DataIn0 signals for DFSDM1/2. + * @param source: DATAIN0_DFSDM2_PAD. + * DATAIN0_DFSDM2_DATAIN1. + * DATAIN0_DFSDM1_PAD. + * DATAIN0_DFSDM1_DATAIN1. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_DataIn0_SourceSelection(uint32_t source) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + + if((source == DATAIN0_DFSDM2_PAD)|| (source == DATAIN0_DFSDM2_DATAIN1)) + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2D0SEL); + } + else + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1D0SEL); + } + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR |= (source|tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Select the source for DataIn2 signals for DFSDM1/2. + * @param source: DATAIN2_DFSDM2_PAD. + * DATAIN2_DFSDM2_DATAIN3. + * DATAIN2_DFSDM1_PAD. + * DATAIN2_DFSDM1_DATAIN3. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_DataIn2_SourceSelection(uint32_t source) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + + if((source == DATAIN2_DFSDM2_PAD)|| (source == DATAIN2_DFSDM2_DATAIN3)) + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2D2SEL); + } + else + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1D2SEL); + } + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR |= (source|tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Select the source for DataIn4 signals for DFSDM2. + * @param source: DATAIN4_DFSDM2_PAD. + * DATAIN4_DFSDM2_DATAIN5 + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_DataIn4_SourceSelection(uint32_t source) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2D4SEL); + + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR |= (source|tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Select the source for DataIn6 signals for DFSDM2. + * @param source: DATAIN6_DFSDM2_PAD. + * DATAIN6_DFSDM2_DATAIN7. + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM_DataIn6_SourceSelection(uint32_t source) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2D6SEL); + + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR |= (source|tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the distribution of the bitstream clock gated from TIM4. + * @param source: DFSDM1_CLKIN0_TIM4OC2 + * DFSDM1_CLKIN2_TIM4OC2 + * DFSDM1_CLKIN1_TIM4OC1 + * DFSDM1_CLKIN3_TIM4OC1 + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM1_BitStreamClk_Config(uint32_t source) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + + if ((source == DFSDM1_CLKIN0_TIM4OC2) || (source == DFSDM1_CLKIN2_TIM4OC2)) + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1CK02SEL); + } + else + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM1CK13SEL); + } + + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR |= (source|tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the distribution of the bitstream clock gated from TIM3. + * @param source: DFSDM2_CLKIN0_TIM3OC4 + * DFSDM2_CLKIN4_TIM3OC4 + * DFSDM2_CLKIN1_TIM3OC3 + * DFSDM2_CLKIN5_TIM3OC3 + * DFSDM2_CLKIN2_TIM3OC2 + * DFSDM2_CLKIN6_TIM3OC2 + * DFSDM2_CLKIN3_TIM3OC1 + * DFSDM2_CLKIN7_TIM3OC1 + * @retval None + */ +void DFSDM2_BitStreamClk_Config(uint32_t source) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR; + + if ((source == DFSDM2_CLKIN0_TIM3OC4) || (source == DFSDM2_CLKIN4_TIM3OC4)) + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CK04SEL); + } + else if ((source == DFSDM2_CLKIN1_TIM3OC3) || (source == DFSDM2_CLKIN5_TIM3OC3)) + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CK15SEL); + + }else if ((source == DFSDM2_CLKIN2_TIM3OC2) || (source == DFSDM2_CLKIN6_TIM3OC2)) + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CK26SEL); + } + else + { + tmp = (tmp & ~SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_DFSDM2CK37SEL); + } + + SYSCFG->MCHDLYCR |= (source|tmp); +} + +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_tim.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_tim.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index ec46ac97db..cacf89765e --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_tim.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_tim.c @@ -1,3365 +1,3357 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_tim.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the TIM peripheral: - * + TimeBase management - * + Output Compare management - * + Input Capture management - * + Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features - * + Interrupts, DMA and flags management - * + Clocks management - * + Synchronization management - * + Specific interface management - * + Specific remapping management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This driver provides functions to configure and program the TIM - of all STM32F4xx devices. - These functions are split in 9 groups: - - (#) TIM TimeBase management: this group includes all needed functions - to configure the TM Timebase unit: - (++) Set/Get Prescaler - (++) Set/Get Autoreload - (++) Counter modes configuration - (++) Set Clock division - (++) Select the One Pulse mode - (++) Update Request Configuration - (++) Update Disable Configuration - (++) Auto-Preload Configuration - (++) Enable/Disable the counter - - (#) TIM Output Compare management: this group includes all needed - functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in Output - compare mode: - (++) Configure each channel, independently, in Output Compare mode - (++) Select the output compare modes - (++) Select the Polarities of each channel - (++) Set/Get the Capture/Compare register values - (++) Select the Output Compare Fast mode - (++) Select the Output Compare Forced mode - (++) Output Compare-Preload Configuration - (++) Clear Output Compare Reference - (++) Select the OCREF Clear signal - (++) Enable/Disable the Capture/Compare Channels - - (#) TIM Input Capture management: this group includes all needed - functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in - Input Capture mode: - (++) Configure each channel in input capture mode - (++) Configure Channel1/2 in PWM Input mode - (++) Set the Input Capture Prescaler - (++) Get the Capture/Compare values - - (#) Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features - (++) Configures the Break input, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI, - the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable) - (++) Enable/Disable the TIM peripheral Main Outputs - (++) Select the Commutation event - (++) Set/Reset the Capture Compare Preload Control bit - - (#) TIM interrupts, DMA and flags management - (++) Enable/Disable interrupt sources - (++) Get flags status - (++) Clear flags/ Pending bits - (++) Enable/Disable DMA requests - (++) Configure DMA burst mode - (++) Select CaptureCompare DMA request - - (#) TIM clocks management: this group includes all needed functions - to configure the clock controller unit: - (++) Select internal/External clock - (++) Select the external clock mode: ETR(Mode1/Mode2), TIx or ITRx - - (#) TIM synchronization management: this group includes all needed - functions to configure the Synchronization unit: - (++) Select Input Trigger - (++) Select Output Trigger - (++) Select Master Slave Mode - (++) ETR Configuration when used as external trigger - - (#) TIM specific interface management, this group includes all - needed functions to use the specific TIM interface: - (++) Encoder Interface Configuration - (++) Select Hall Sensor - - (#) TIM specific remapping management includes the Remapping - configuration of specific timers - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_tim.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM - * @brief TIM driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -#define SMCR_ETR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x00FF) -#define CCMR_OFFSET ((uint16_t)0x0018) -#define CCER_CCE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0001) -#define CCER_CCNE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0004) -#define CCMR_OC13M_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFF8F) -#define CCMR_OC24M_MASK ((uint16_t)0x8FFF) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Group1 TimeBase management functions - * @brief TimeBase management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### TimeBase management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - - ##### TIM Driver: how to use it in Timing(Time base) Mode ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - To use the Timer in Timing(Time base) mode, the following steps are mandatory: - - (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function - - (#) Fill the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct with the desired parameters. - - (#) Call TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIMx, &TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) to configure the Time Base unit - with the corresponding configuration - - (#) Enable the NVIC if you need to generate the update interrupt. - - (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_Update) - - (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. - - -@- All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, - a specific feature of the Timer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @retval None - - */ -void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - if (TIMx == TIM1) - { - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM2) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM3) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM4) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM5) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM6) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM7) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM8) - { - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM9) - { - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM10) - { - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM11) - { - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM12) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, DISABLE); - } - else if (TIMx == TIM13) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, DISABLE); - } - else - { - if (TIMx == TIM14) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, DISABLE); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to - * the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef structure - * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) -{ - uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision)); - - tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; - - if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| - (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3)|| - (TIMx == TIM4) || (TIMx == TIM5)) - { - /* Select the Counter Mode */ - tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)); - tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode; - } - - if((TIMx != TIM6) && (TIMx != TIM7)) - { - /* Set the clock division */ - tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD); - tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision; - } - - TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; - - /* Set the Autoreload value */ - TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ; - - /* Set the Prescaler value */ - TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler; - - if ((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) - { - /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ - TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter; - } - - /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler - and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediately */ - TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef - * structure which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) -{ - /* Set the default configuration */ - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFFFFFF; - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000; - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1; - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up; - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value - * @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event. - * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediately. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode)); - /* Set the Prescaler value */ - TIMx->PSC = Prescaler; - /* Set or reset the UG Bit */ - TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode; -} - -/** - * @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode - * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode - * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1 - * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2 - * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3 - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode) -{ - uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode)); - - tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; - - /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */ - tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); - - /* Set the Counter Mode */ - tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode; - - /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */ - TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Counter Register value */ - TIMx->CNT = Counter; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Autoreload Register value */ - TIMx->ARR = Autoreload; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @retval Counter Register value - */ -uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Counter Register value */ - return TIMx->CNT; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @retval Prescaler Register value. - */ -uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Prescaler Register value */ - return TIMx->PSC; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the Update Disable Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS; - } - else - { - /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_UDIS; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is the counter - * overflow/underflow or the setting of UG bit, or an update - * generation through the slave mode controller. - * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource)); - - if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global) - { - /* Set the URS Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS; - } - else - { - /* Reset the URS Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_URS; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE; - } - else - { - /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_ARPE; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OPMode_Single - * @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode)); - - /* Reset the OPM Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_OPM; - - /* Configure the OPM Mode */ - TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value. - * This parameter can be one of the following value: - * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim - * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim - * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD)); - - /* Reset the CKD Bits */ - TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD); - - /* Set the CKD value */ - TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIMx peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the TIM Counter */ - TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the TIM Counter */ - TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_CEN; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Group2 Output Compare management functions - * @brief Output Compare management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Output Compare management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - - ##### TIM Driver: how to use it in Output Compare Mode ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - To use the Timer in Output Compare mode, the following steps are mandatory: - - (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) - function - - (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins - - (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, - (++) if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration: - Autoreload value = 0xFFFF - (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000 - (++) Counter mode = Up counting - (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 - - (#) Fill the TIM_OCInitStruct with the desired parameters including: - (++) The TIM Output Compare mode: TIM_OCMode - (++) TIM Output State: TIM_OutputState - (++) TIM Pulse value: TIM_Pulse - (++) TIM Output Compare Polarity : TIM_OCPolarity - - (#) Call TIM_OCxInit(TIMx, &TIM_OCInitStruct) to configure the desired - channel with the corresponding configuration - - (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. - - -@- All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, - a specific feature of the Timer. - - -@- In case of PWM mode, this function is mandatory: - TIM_OCxPreloadConfig(TIMx, TIM_OCPreload_ENABLE); - - -@- If the corresponding interrupt or DMA request are needed, the user should: - (+@) Enable the NVIC (or the DMA) to use the TIM interrupts (or DMA requests). - (+@) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) using the function - TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified parameters in - * the TIM_OCInitStruct. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; - tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity; - - /* Set the Output State */ - tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState; - - if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity; - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; - - /* Set the Output N State */ - tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState; - /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1; - tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState; - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState; - } - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified parameters - * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; - tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; - - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4); - - /* Set the Output State */ - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4); - - if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; - - /* Set the Output N State */ - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4); - /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2; - tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2); - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2); - } - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified parameters - * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); - - /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; - tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8); - - /* Set the Output State */ - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8); - - if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; - - /* Set the Output N State */ - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8); - /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3; - tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4); - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4); - } - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified parameters - * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); - - /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; - tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; - - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12); - - /* Set the Output State */ - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12); - - if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); - /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &=(uint16_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6); - } - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) -{ - /* Set the default configuration */ - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x00000000; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode. - * @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output - * Compare Mode. If needed, user has to enable this channel using - * TIM_CCxCmd() and TIM_CCxNCmd() functions. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 - * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 - * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 - * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 - * @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing - * @arg TIM_OCMode_Active - * @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle - * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1 - * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2 - * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active - * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - uint16_t tmp1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode)); - - tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx; - tmp += CCMR_OFFSET; - - tmp1 = CCER_CCE_SET << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel; - - /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1; - - if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)) - { - tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1); - - /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC13M_MASK; - - /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode; - } - else - { - tmp += (uint16_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint16_t)4)>> (uint16_t)1; - - /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC24M_MASK; - - /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */ - TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */ - TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */ - TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */ - TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4; -} - -/** - * @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF - * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ - tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; - - /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/** - * @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF - * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ - tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; - - /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ - tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/** - * @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF - * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ - tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; - - /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/** - * @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF - * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ - tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; - - /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ - tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable - * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE); - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable - * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE); - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ - tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable - * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE); - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable - * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE); - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ - tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable - * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable - * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE); - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ - tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable - * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable - * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE); - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ - tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable - * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable - * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ - tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable - * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable - * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ - tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high - * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) -{ - uint16_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC1P); - tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high - * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) -{ - uint16_t tmpccer = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; - tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high - * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) -{ - uint16_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC2P); - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4); - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high - * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) -{ - uint16_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high - * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) -{ - uint16_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P; - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high - * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) -{ - uint16_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high - * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) -{ - uint16_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P; - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12); - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 - * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 - * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 - * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 - * @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. - * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx) -{ - uint16_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx)); - - tmp = CCER_CCE_SET << TIM_Channel; - - /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~ tmp; - - /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 - * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 - * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 - * @param TIM_CCxN: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. - * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN) -{ - uint16_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN)); - - tmp = CCER_CCNE_SET << TIM_Channel; - - /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp; - - /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCxN << TIM_Channel); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Group3 Input Capture management functions - * @brief Input Capture management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Input Capture management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - ##### TIM Driver: how to use it in Input Capture Mode ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - To use the Timer in Input Capture mode, the following steps are mandatory: - - (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) - function - - (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins - - (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, - if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration: - (++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF - (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000 - (++) Counter mode = Up counting - (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 - - (#) Fill the TIM_ICInitStruct with the desired parameters including: - (++) TIM Channel: TIM_Channel - (++) TIM Input Capture polarity: TIM_ICPolarity - (++) TIM Input Capture selection: TIM_ICSelection - (++) TIM Input Capture Prescaler: TIM_ICPrescaler - (++) TIM Input Capture filter value: TIM_ICFilter - - (#) Call TIM_ICInit(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channel - with the corresponding configuration and to measure only frequency - or duty cycle of the input signal, or, Call TIM_PWMIConfig(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) - to configure the desired channels with the corresponding configuration - and to measure the frequency and the duty cycle of the input signal - - (#) Enable the NVIC or the DMA to read the measured frequency. - - (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) to read the Captured - value, using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) - (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) - - (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. - - (#) Use TIM_GetCapturex(TIMx); to read the captured value. - - -@- All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, - a specific feature of the Timer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the TIM_ICInitStruct. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter)); - - if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) - { - /* TI1 Configuration */ - TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } - else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2) - { - /* TI2 Configuration */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } - else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3) - { - /* TI3 Configuration */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } - else - { - /* TI4 Configuration */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) -{ - /* Set the default configuration */ - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1; - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters - * in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) -{ - uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; - uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */ - if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) - { - icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling; - } - else - { - icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; - } - /* Select the Opposite Input */ - if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) - { - icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI; - } - else - { - icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; - } - if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) - { - /* TI1 Configuration */ - TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - /* TI2 Configuration */ - TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } - else - { - /* TI2 Configuration */ - TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - /* TI1 Configuration */ - TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value. - */ -uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */ - return TIMx->CCR1; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value. - */ -uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */ - return TIMx->CCR2; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value. - */ -uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */ - return TIMx->CCR3; -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value. - */ -uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */ - return TIMx->CCR4; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); - - /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ - TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; - - /* Set the IC1PSC value */ - TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); - - /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ - TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; - - /* Set the IC2PSC value */ - TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); - - /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ - TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; - - /* Set the IC3PSC value */ - TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events - * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); - - /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ - TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; - - /* Set the IC4PSC value */ - TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Group4 Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features - * @brief Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features ##### - =============================================================================== - - ##### TIM Driver: how to use the Break feature ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - After configuring the Timer channel(s) in the appropriate Output Compare mode: - - (#) Fill the TIM_BDTRInitStruct with the desired parameters for the Timer - Break Polarity, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI/OSSR State and the - AOE(automatic output enable). - - (#) Call TIM_BDTRConfig(TIMx, &TIM_BDTRInitStruct) to configure the Timer - - (#) Enable the Main Output using TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM1, ENABLE) - - (#) Once the break even occurs, the Timer's output signals are put in reset - state or in a known state (according to the configuration made in - TIM_BDTRConfig() function). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State - * and the AOE(automatic output enable). - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM - * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput)); - - /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, - the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ - TIMx->BDTR = (uint32_t)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState | - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime | - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity | - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure which - * will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct) -{ - /* Set the default configuration */ - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the TIM Main Output */ - TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_MOE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the TIM Main Output */ - TIMx->BDTR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_BDTR_MOE; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral - * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the COM Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCUS; - } - else - { - /* Reset the COM Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCUS; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload Control bit. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral - * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the CCPC Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; - } - else - { - /* Reset the CCPC Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCPC; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Group5 Interrupts DMA and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIMx peripheral. - * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source - * - * @note For TIM6 and TIM7 only the parameter TIM_IT_Update can be used - * @note For TIM9 and TIM12 only one of the following parameters can be used: TIM_IT_Update, - * TIM_IT_CC1, TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. - * @note For TIM10, TIM11, TIM13 and TIM14 only one of the following parameters can - * be used: TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1 - * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break can be used only with TIM1 and TIM8 - * - * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ - TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ - TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source. - * This parameter can be one or more of the following values: - * @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source - * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source - * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source - * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source - * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source - * @arg TIM_EventSource_COM: Timer COM event source - * @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source - * @arg TIM_EventSource_Break: Timer Break event source - * - * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. - * @note TIM_EventSource_COM and TIM_EventSource_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. - * - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource)); - - /* Set the event sources */ - TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag - * - * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. - * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. - * - * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG)); - - - if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag - * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag - * - * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. - * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. - * - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Clear the flags */ - TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source - * - * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. - * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. - * - * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT)); - - itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT; - - itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT; - if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source - * - * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. - * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. - * - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Clear the IT pending Bit */ - TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx's DMA interface. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABase_SMCR - * @arg TIM_DMABase_DIER - * @arg TIM1_DMABase_SR - * @arg TIM_DMABase_EGR - * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCER - * @arg TIM_DMABase_CNT - * @arg TIM_DMABase_PSC - * @arg TIM_DMABase_ARR - * @arg TIM_DMABase_RCR - * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR3 - * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR4 - * @arg TIM_DMABase_BDTR - * @arg TIM_DMABase_DCR - * @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value - * between: TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength)); - - /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */ - TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source - * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the DMA sources */ - TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource; - } - else - { - /* Disable the DMA sources */ - TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the CCDS Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS; - } - else - { - /* Reset the CCDS Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCDS; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Group6 Clocks management functions - * @brief Clocks management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Clocks management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ - TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: Trigger source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); - - /* Select the Internal Trigger */ - TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource); - - /* Select the External clock mode1 */ - TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 - * to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector - * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1 - * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2 - * @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @param ICFilter: specifies the filter value. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, - uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter)); - - /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */ - if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2) - { - TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); - } - else - { - TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); - } - /* Select the Trigger source */ - TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource); - /* Select the External clock mode1 */ - TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the External clock Mode1 - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. - * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. - * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, - uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) -{ - uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); - /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ - TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - - /* Reset the SMS Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - - /* Select the External clock mode1 */ - tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; - - /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */ - tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS; - tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF; - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the External clock Mode2 - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. - * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. - * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, - uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); - - /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ - TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); - - /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ - TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Group7 Synchronization management functions - * @brief Synchronization management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Synchronization management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - ##### TIM Driver: how to use it in synchronization Mode ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - - *** Case of two/several Timers *** - ================================== - [..] - (#) Configure the Master Timers using the following functions: - (++) void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); - (++) void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); - (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: - (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); - (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); - - *** Case of Timers and external trigger(ETR pin) *** - ==================================================== - [..] - (#) Configure the External trigger using this function: - (++) void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, - uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); - (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: - (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); - (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 - * to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 - * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector - * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 - * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 - * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) -{ - uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - - /* Reset the TS Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS; - - /* Set the Input Trigger source */ - tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource; - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * - * @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * - * - For all TIMx - * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output(TRGO) - * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output(TRGO) - * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output(TRGO) - * - * - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7 - * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag - * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs(TRGO) - * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) - * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) - * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) - * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) - * - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource)); - - /* Reset the MMS Bits */ - TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_MMS; - /* Select the TRGO source */ - TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal(TRGI) reinitialize - * the counter and triggers an update of the registers - * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high - * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI - * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode)); - - /* Reset the SMS Bits */ - TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - - /* Select the Slave Mode */ - TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer - * and its slaves (through TRGO) - * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode)); - - /* Reset the MSM Bit */ - TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_MSM; - - /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ - TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. - * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. - * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. - * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, - uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) -{ - uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); - - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - - /* Reset the ETR Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_MASK; - - /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ - tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8))); - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Group8 Specific interface management functions - * @brief Specific interface management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Specific interface management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level. - * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level. - * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending - * on the level of the other input. - * @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. - * @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, - uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity) -{ - uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint16_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity)); - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set the encoder Mode */ - tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode; - - /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ - tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0; - - /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ - tmpccer &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P); - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4)); - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the TI1S Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; - } - else - { - /* Reset the TI1S Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_TI1S; - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Group9 Specific remapping management function - * @brief Specific remapping management function - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Specific remapping management function ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 Remapping input capabilities. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 5 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM2_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM8 Trigger output(default) - * @arg TIM2_ETH_PTP: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to ETH PTP trigger output. - * @arg TIM2_USBFS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB FS SOF. - * @arg TIM2_USBHS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB HS SOF. - * @arg TIM5_GPIO: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) - * @arg TIM5_LSI: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSI clock. - * @arg TIM5_LSE: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSE clock. - * @arg TIM5_RTC: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to RTC Output event. - * @arg TIM11_GPIO: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) - * @arg TIM11_HSE: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to HSE_RTC clock - * (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler) - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_Remap)); - - /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ - TIMx->OR = TIM_Remap; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 - * to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge - * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - */ -static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Select the Input and set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); - tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM - * peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge - * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - */ -static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4); - - /* Select the Input and set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); - tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); - tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge - * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - */ -static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8); - - /* Select the Input and set the filter */ - tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); - tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. - * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling - * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge - * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. - * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - */ -static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12); - - /* Select the Input and set the filter */ - tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); - tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); - tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ - tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); - tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the TIM peripheral: + * + TimeBase management + * + Output Compare management + * + Input Capture management + * + Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * + Interrupts, DMA and flags management + * + Clocks management + * + Synchronization management + * + Specific interface management + * + Specific remapping management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions to configure and program the TIM + of all STM32F4xx devices. + These functions are split in 9 groups: + + (#) TIM TimeBase management: this group includes all needed functions + to configure the TM Timebase unit: + (++) Set/Get Prescaler + (++) Set/Get Autoreload + (++) Counter modes configuration + (++) Set Clock division + (++) Select the One Pulse mode + (++) Update Request Configuration + (++) Update Disable Configuration + (++) Auto-Preload Configuration + (++) Enable/Disable the counter + + (#) TIM Output Compare management: this group includes all needed + functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in Output + compare mode: + (++) Configure each channel, independently, in Output Compare mode + (++) Select the output compare modes + (++) Select the Polarities of each channel + (++) Set/Get the Capture/Compare register values + (++) Select the Output Compare Fast mode + (++) Select the Output Compare Forced mode + (++) Output Compare-Preload Configuration + (++) Clear Output Compare Reference + (++) Select the OCREF Clear signal + (++) Enable/Disable the Capture/Compare Channels + + (#) TIM Input Capture management: this group includes all needed + functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in + Input Capture mode: + (++) Configure each channel in input capture mode + (++) Configure Channel1/2 in PWM Input mode + (++) Set the Input Capture Prescaler + (++) Get the Capture/Compare values + + (#) Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + (++) Configures the Break input, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI, + the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable) + (++) Enable/Disable the TIM peripheral Main Outputs + (++) Select the Commutation event + (++) Set/Reset the Capture Compare Preload Control bit + + (#) TIM interrupts, DMA and flags management + (++) Enable/Disable interrupt sources + (++) Get flags status + (++) Clear flags/ Pending bits + (++) Enable/Disable DMA requests + (++) Configure DMA burst mode + (++) Select CaptureCompare DMA request + + (#) TIM clocks management: this group includes all needed functions + to configure the clock controller unit: + (++) Select internal/External clock + (++) Select the external clock mode: ETR(Mode1/Mode2), TIx or ITRx + + (#) TIM synchronization management: this group includes all needed + functions to configure the Synchronization unit: + (++) Select Input Trigger + (++) Select Output Trigger + (++) Select Master Slave Mode + (++) ETR Configuration when used as external trigger + + (#) TIM specific interface management, this group includes all + needed functions to use the specific TIM interface: + (++) Encoder Interface Configuration + (++) Select Hall Sensor + + (#) TIM specific remapping management includes the Remapping + configuration of specific timers + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_tim.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM + * @brief TIM driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +#define SMCR_ETR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x00FF) +#define CCMR_OFFSET ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define CCER_CCE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define CCER_CCNE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define CCMR_OC13M_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFF8F) +#define CCMR_OC24M_MASK ((uint16_t)0x8FFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group1 TimeBase management functions + * @brief TimeBase management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### TimeBase management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + + ##### TIM Driver: how to use it in Timing(Time base) Mode ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + To use the Timer in Timing(Time base) mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + (#) Fill the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct with the desired parameters. + + (#) Call TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIMx, &TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) to configure the Time Base unit + with the corresponding configuration + + (#) Enable the NVIC if you need to generate the update interrupt. + + (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_Update) + + (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + -@- All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + + */ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + if (TIMx == TIM1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM5) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM6) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM7) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM8) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM9) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM10) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM11) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM12) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM13) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (TIMx == TIM14) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to + * the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| + (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3)|| + (TIMx == TIM4) || (TIMx == TIM5)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode; + } + + if((TIMx != TIM6) && (TIMx != TIM7)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision; + } + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler; + + if ((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter; + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediately */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFFFFFF; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value + * @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event. + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediately. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode)); + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = Prescaler; + /* Set or reset the UG Bit */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); + + /* Set the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode; + + /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */ + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Counter Register value */ + TIMx->CNT = Counter; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Autoreload Register value */ + TIMx->ARR = Autoreload; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Counter Register value + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Counter Register value */ + return TIMx->CNT; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Prescaler Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Prescaler Register value */ + return TIMx->PSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_UDIS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is the counter + * overflow/underflow or the setting of UG bit, or an update + * generation through the slave mode controller. + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource)); + + if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global) + { + /* Set the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_URS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_ARPE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Single + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode)); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_OPM; + + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value. + * This parameter can be one of the following value: + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD)); + + /* Reset the CKD Bits */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD); + + /* Set the CKD value */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_CEN; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group2 Output Compare management functions + * @brief Output Compare management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Output Compare management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + + ##### TIM Driver: how to use it in Output Compare Mode ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + To use the Timer in Output Compare mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) + function + + (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins + + (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, + (++) if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration: + Autoreload value = 0xFFFF + (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000 + (++) Counter mode = Up counting + (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 + + (#) Fill the TIM_OCInitStruct with the desired parameters including: + (++) The TIM Output Compare mode: TIM_OCMode + (++) TIM Output State: TIM_OutputState + (++) TIM Pulse value: TIM_Pulse + (++) TIM Output Compare Polarity : TIM_OCPolarity + + (#) Call TIM_OCxInit(TIMx, &TIM_OCInitStruct) to configure the desired + channel with the corresponding configuration + + (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + -@- All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + + -@- In case of PWM mode, this function is mandatory: + TIM_OCxPreloadConfig(TIMx, TIM_OCPreload_ENABLE); + + -@- If the corresponding interrupt or DMA request are needed, the user should: + (+@) Enable the NVIC (or the DMA) to use the TIM interrupts (or DMA requests). + (+@) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) using the function + TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified parameters in + * the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity; + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState; + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity; + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState; + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1; + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState; + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState; + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4); + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2; + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8); + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3; + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &=(uint16_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x00000000; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output + * Compare Mode. If needed, user has to enable this channel using + * TIM_CCxCmd() and TIM_CCxNCmd() functions. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Active + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2 + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint16_t tmp1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx; + tmp += CCMR_OFFSET; + + tmp1 = CCER_CCE_SET << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel; + + /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1; + + if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)) + { + tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1); + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC13M_MASK; + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode; + } + else + { + tmp += (uint16_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint16_t)4)>> (uint16_t)1; + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC24M_MASK; + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC1P); + tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx) +{ + uint16_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx)); + + tmp = CCER_CCE_SET << TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~ tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @param TIM_CCxN: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN) +{ + uint16_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN)); + + tmp = CCER_CCNE_SET << TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCxN << TIM_Channel); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group3 Input Capture management functions + * @brief Input Capture management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Input Capture management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + ##### TIM Driver: how to use it in Input Capture Mode ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + To use the Timer in Input Capture mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) + function + + (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins + + (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, + if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration: + (++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF + (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000 + (++) Counter mode = Up counting + (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 + + (#) Fill the TIM_ICInitStruct with the desired parameters including: + (++) TIM Channel: TIM_Channel + (++) TIM Input Capture polarity: TIM_ICPolarity + (++) TIM Input Capture selection: TIM_ICSelection + (++) TIM Input Capture Prescaler: TIM_ICPrescaler + (++) TIM Input Capture filter value: TIM_ICFilter + + (#) Call TIM_ICInit(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channel + with the corresponding configuration and to measure only frequency + or duty cycle of the input signal, or, Call TIM_PWMIConfig(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) + to configure the desired channels with the corresponding configuration + and to measure the frequency and the duty cycle of the input signal + + (#) Enable the NVIC or the DMA to read the measured frequency. + + (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) to read the Captured + value, using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) + (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) + + (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + (#) Use TIM_GetCapturex(TIMx); to read the captured value. + + -@- All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_ICInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter)); + + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling; + } + else + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + } + /* Select the Opposite Input */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI; + } + else + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + } + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR1; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR2; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR3; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR4; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; + + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; + + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group4 Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * @brief Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features ##### + =============================================================================== + + ##### TIM Driver: how to use the Break feature ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + After configuring the Timer channel(s) in the appropriate Output Compare mode: + + (#) Fill the TIM_BDTRInitStruct with the desired parameters for the Timer + Break Polarity, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI/OSSR State and the + AOE(automatic output enable). + + (#) Call TIM_BDTRConfig(TIMx, &TIM_BDTRInitStruct) to configure the Timer + + (#) Enable the Main Output using TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM1, ENABLE) + + (#) Once the break even occurs, the Timer's output signals are put in reset + state or in a known state (according to the configuration made in + TIM_BDTRConfig() function). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State + * and the AOE(automatic output enable). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput)); + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + TIMx->BDTR = (uint32_t)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Main Output */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_MOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Main Output */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_BDTR_MOE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the COM Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCUS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the COM Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload Control bit. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCPC Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCPC Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCPC; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group5 Interrupts DMA and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note For TIM6 and TIM7 only the parameter TIM_IT_Update can be used + * @note For TIM9 and TIM12 only one of the following parameters can be used: TIM_IT_Update, + * TIM_IT_CC1, TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. + * @note For TIM10, TIM11, TIM13 and TIM14 only one of the following parameters can + * be used: TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1 + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break can be used only with TIM1 and TIM8 + * + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one or more of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_COM: Timer COM event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Break: Timer Break event source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. + * @note TIM_EventSource_COM and TIM_EventSource_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource)); + + /* Set the event sources */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG)); + + + if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT)); + + itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT; + + itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT; + if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Clear the IT pending Bit */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx's DMA interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_DIER + * @arg TIM1_DMABase_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABase_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABase_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_DCR + * @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength)); + + /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */ + TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCDS; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group6 Clocks management functions + * @brief Clocks management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Clocks management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + + /* Select the Internal Trigger */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource); + + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param ICFilter: specifies the filter value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter)); + + /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */ + if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2) + { + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + else + { + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + /* Select the Trigger source */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource); + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode1 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; + + /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS; + tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode2 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group7 Synchronization management functions + * @brief Synchronization management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Synchronization management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + ##### TIM Driver: how to use it in synchronization Mode ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + + *** Case of two/several Timers *** + ================================== + [..] + (#) Configure the Master Timers using the following functions: + (++) void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); + (++) void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); + (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: + (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); + (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); + + *** Case of Timers and external trigger(ETR pin) *** + ==================================================== + [..] + (#) Configure the External trigger using this function: + (++) void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: + (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); + (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS; + + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * + * @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * + * - For all TIMx + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output(TRGO) + * + * - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7 + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag + * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource)); + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_MMS; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal(TRGI) reinitialize + * the counter and triggers an update of the registers + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode)); + + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer + * and its slaves (through TRGO) + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode)); + + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_MSM; + + /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_MASK; + + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8))); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group8 Specific interface management functions + * @brief Specific interface management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Specific interface management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending + * on the level of the other input. + * @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0; + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + } + else + { + /* Reset the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_TI1S; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group9 Specific remapping management function + * @brief Specific remapping management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Specific remapping management function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 Remapping input capabilities. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 5 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM2_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM8 Trigger output(default) + * @arg TIM2_ETH_PTP: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to ETH PTP trigger output. + * @arg TIM2_USBFS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB FS SOF. + * @arg TIM2_USBHS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB HS SOF. + * @arg TIM5_GPIO: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) + * @arg TIM5_LSI: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSI clock. + * @arg TIM5_LSE: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSE clock. + * @arg TIM5_RTC: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to RTC Output event. + * @arg TIM11_GPIO: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) + * @arg TIM11_HSE: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to HSE_RTC clock + * (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler) + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_Remap)); + + /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ + TIMx->OR = TIM_Remap; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_usart.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_usart.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 78d6824b3d..8f7738c297 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_usart.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_usart.c @@ -1,1486 +1,1478 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_usart.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver - * transmitter (USART): - * + Initialization and Configuration - * + Data transfers - * + Multi-Processor Communication - * + LIN mode - * + Half-duplex mode - * + Smartcard mode - * + IrDA mode - * + DMA transfers management - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable peripheral clock using the following functions - RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USARTx, ENABLE) for USART1 and USART6 - RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USARTx, ENABLE) for USART2, USART3, - UART4 or UART5. - - (#) According to the USART mode, enable the GPIO clocks using - RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() function. (The I/O can be TX, RX, CTS, - or/and SCLK). - - (#) Peripheral's alternate function: - (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate - Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function - (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF - (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via - GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members - (++) Call GPIO_Init() function - - (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware - flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) using the USART_Init() - function. - - (#) For synchronous mode, enable the clock and program the polarity, - phase and last bit using the USART_ClockInit() function. - - (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function - USART_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. - - (#) When using the DMA mode - (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function - (++) Active the needed channel Request using USART_DMACmd() function - - (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. - - (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode. - - -@- Refer to Multi-Processor, LIN, half-duplex, Smartcard, IrDA sub-sections - for more details - - [..] - In order to reach higher communication baudrates, it is possible to - enable the oversampling by 8 mode using the function USART_OverSampling8Cmd(). - This function should be called after enabling the USART clock (RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd()) - and before calling the function USART_Init(). - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_usart.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup USART - * @brief USART driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/*!< USART CR1 register clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xE9F3)) */ -#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | \ - USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ - USART_CR1_RE)) - -/*!< USART CR2 register clock bits clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xF0FF)) */ -#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPOL | \ - USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_LBCL)) - -/*!< USART CR3 register clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xFCFF)) */ -#define CR3_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)) - -/*!< USART Interrupts mask */ -#define IT_MASK ((uint16_t)0x001F) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART - in asynchronous and in synchronous modes. - (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: - (++) Baud Rate - (++) Word Length - (++) Stop Bit - (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written - in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. - Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), - the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table: - +-------------------------------------------------------------+ - | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame | - |---------------------|---------------------------------------| - | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | - |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| - | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | - |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| - | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | - |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| - | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | - +-------------------------------------------------------------+ - (++) Hardware flow control - (++) Receiver/transmitter modes - - [..] - The USART_Init() function follows the USART asynchronous configuration - procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manual (RM0090)). - - (+) For the synchronous mode in addition to the asynchronous mode parameters these - parameters should be also configured: - (++) USART Clock Enabled - (++) USART polarity - (++) USART phase - (++) USART LastBit - - [..] - These parameters can be configured using the USART_ClockInit() function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - - if (USARTx == USART1) - { - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE); - } - else if (USARTx == USART2) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE); - } - else if (USARTx == USART3) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE); - } - else if (USARTx == UART4) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE); - } - else if (USARTx == UART5) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE); - } - else if (USARTx == USART6) - { - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART6, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART6, DISABLE); - } - else if (USARTx == UART7) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART7, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART7, DISABLE); - } - else - { - if (USARTx == UART8) - { - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART8, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART8, DISABLE); - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified - * parameters in the USART_InitStruct . - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, apbclock = 0x00; - uint32_t integerdivider = 0x00; - uint32_t fractionaldivider = 0x00; - RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); - assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits)); - assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity)); - assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl)); - - /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2, USART3 and USART6 */ - if (USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl != USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) - { - assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); - } - -/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; - - /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); - - /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit : - Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits; - - /* Write to USART CR2 */ - USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; - -/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = USARTx->CR1; - - /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR1_CLEAR_MASK); - - /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode: - Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value - Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value - Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity | - USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode; - - /* Write to USART CR1 */ - USARTx->CR1 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; - -/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = USARTx->CR3; - - /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR3_CLEAR_MASK); - - /* Configure the USART HFC : - Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */ - tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl; - - /* Write to USART CR3 */ - USARTx->CR3 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; - -/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Configure the USART Baud Rate */ - RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus); - - if ((USARTx == USART1) || (USARTx == USART6)) - { - apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK2_Frequency; - } - else - { - apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK1_Frequency; - } - - /* Determine the integer part */ - if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) - { - /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ - integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (2 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); - } - else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) == 0) */ - { - /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */ - integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (4 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); - } - tmpreg = (integerdivider / 100) << 4; - - /* Determine the fractional part */ - fractionaldivider = integerdivider - (100 * (tmpreg >> 4)); - - /* Implement the fractional part in the register */ - if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) - { - tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 8) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x07); - } - else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) == 0) */ - { - tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 16) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x0F); - } - - /* Write to USART BRR register */ - USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value. - * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure which will - * be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) -{ - /* USART_InitStruct members default value */ - USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600; - USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b; - USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1; - USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ; - USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx; - USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the - * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct . - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART peripheral. - * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. - * @note The Smart Card and Synchronous modes are not available for UART4 and UART5. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA)); - assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit)); - -/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; - /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */ - tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK); - /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ - /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */ - /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */ - /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */ - /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */ - tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL | - USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit; - /* Write to USART CR2 */ - USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value. - * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure - * which will be initialized. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) -{ - /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */ - USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable; - USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low; - USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge; - USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */ - USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */ - USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_UE); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock. - * @note The function is used for IrDA mode with UART4 and UART5. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - - /* Clear the USART prescaler */ - USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_GT; - /* Set the USART prescaler */ - USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode. - * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Init() function - * in order to have correct baudrate Divider value. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the USART 8x oversampling mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ - USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_OVER8; - } - else - { - /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ - USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_OVER8); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_ONEBIT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Group2 Data transfers functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Data transfers functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART data - transfers. - [..] - During an USART reception, data shifts in least significant bit first through - the RX pin. In this mode, the USART_DR register consists of a buffer (RDR) - between the internal bus and the received shift register. - [..] - When a transmission is taking place, a write instruction to the USART_DR register - stores the data in the TDR register and which is copied in the shift register - at the end of the current transmission. - [..] - The read access of the USART_DR register can be done using the USART_ReceiveData() - function and returns the RDR buffered value. Whereas a write access to the USART_DR - can be done using USART_SendData() function and stores the written data into - TDR buffer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param Data: the data to transmit. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data)); - - /* Transmit Data */ - USARTx->DR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @retval The received data. - */ -uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - - /* Receive Data */ - return (uint16_t)(USARTx->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Group3 MultiProcessor Communication functions - * @brief Multi-Processor Communication functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Multi-Processor Communication functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART - multiprocessor communication. - [..] - For instance one of the USARTs can be the master, its TX output is connected - to the RX input of the other USART. The others are slaves, their respective - TX outputs are logically ANDed together and connected to the RX input of the - master. - [..] - USART multiprocessor communication is possible through the following procedure: - (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 9 bits, Stop bits, Parity, Mode - transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using - the USART_Init() function. - (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. - (#) Configures the wake up method (USART_WakeUp_IdleLine or USART_WakeUp_AddressMark) - using USART_WakeUpConfig() function only for the slaves. - (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. - (#) Enter the USART slaves in mute mode using USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd() function. - [..] - The USART Slave exit from mute mode when receive the wake up condition. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sets the address of the USART node. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS(USART_Address)); - - /* Clear the USART address */ - USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_ADD); - /* Set the USART address node */ - USARTx->CR2 |= USART_Address; -} - -/** - * @brief Determines if the USART is in mute mode or not. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ - USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_RWU; - } - else - { - /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ - USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_RWU); - } -} -/** - * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection - * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark - * @retval None - */ -void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp)); - - USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_WAKE); - USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Group4 LIN mode functions - * @brief LIN mode functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### LIN mode functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART LIN - Mode communication. - [..] - In LIN mode, 8-bit data format with 1 stop bit is required in accordance with - the LIN standard. - [..] - Only this LIN Feature is supported by the USART IP: - (+) LIN Master Synchronous Break send capability and LIN slave break detection - capability : 13-bit break generation and 10/11 bit break detection - - [..] - USART LIN Master transmitter communication is possible through the following - procedure: - (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, - Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using - the USART_Init() function. - (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. - (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. - (#) Send the break character using USART_SendBreak() function. - [..] - USART LIN Master receiver communication is possible through the following procedure: - (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, - Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using - the USART_Init() function. - (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. - (#) Configures the break detection length using the USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig() - function. - (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. - - -@- In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - (+@) CLKEN in the USART_CR2 register, - (+@) STOP[1:0], SCEN, HDSEL and IREN in the USART_CR3 register. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection - * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection - * @retval None - */ -void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength)); - - USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_LBDL); - USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the USART's LIN mode. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ - USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ - USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_LINEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Transmits break characters. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - - /* Send break characters */ - USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_SBK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Group5 Halfduplex mode function - * @brief Half-duplex mode function - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Half-duplex mode function ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART - Half-duplex communication. - [..] - The USART can be configured to follow a single-wire half-duplex protocol where - the TX and RX lines are internally connected. - [..] - USART Half duplex communication is possible through the following procedure: - (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter - or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() - function. - (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. - (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. - (#) Enable the half duplex mode using USART_HalfDuplexCmd() function. - - - -@- The RX pin is no longer used - -@- In Half-duplex mode the following bits must be kept cleared: - (+@) LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. - (+@) SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Half Duplex communication. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_HDSEL); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup USART_Group6 Smartcard mode functions - * @brief Smartcard mode functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Smartcard mode functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART - Smartcard communication. - [..] - The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as - defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. - [..] - The USART can provide a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. - In smartcard mode, SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived - from the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler. - [..] - Smartcard communication is possible through the following procedure: - (#) Configures the Smartcard Prescaler using the USART_SetPrescaler() function. - (#) Configures the Smartcard Guard Time using the USART_SetGuardTime() function. - (#) Program the USART clock using the USART_ClockInit() function as following: - (++) USART Clock enabled - (++) USART CPOL Low - (++) USART CPHA on first edge - (++) USART Last Bit Clock Enabled - (#) Program the Smartcard interface using the USART_Init() function as following: - (++) Word Length = 9 Bits - (++) 1.5 Stop Bit - (++) Even parity - (++) BaudRate = 12096 baud - (++) Hardware flow control disabled (RTS and CTS signals) - (++) Tx and Rx enabled - (#) POptionally you can enable the parity error interrupt using the USART_ITConfig() - function - (#) PEnable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. - (#) PEnable the Smartcard NACK using the USART_SmartCardNACKCmd() function. - (#) PEnable the Smartcard interface using the USART_SmartCardCmd() function. - - Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details. - - -@- It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is recommended - to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving to avoid switching - between the two configurations. - -@- In smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - (+@) LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register. - (+@) HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. - -@- Smartcard mode is available on USART peripherals only (not available on UART4 - and UART5 peripherals). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); - - /* Clear the USART Guard time */ - USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_PSC; - /* Set the USART guard time */ - USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Smart Card mode. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_SCEN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_SCEN); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_NACK; - } - else - { - /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_NACK); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Group7 IrDA mode functions - * @brief IrDA mode functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IrDA mode functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART - IrDA communication. - [..] - IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data - on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver - is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA. - While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted - could be corrupted. - [..] - IrDA communication is possible through the following procedure: - (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity, Transmitter/Receiver - modes and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() function. - (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. - (#) Configures the IrDA pulse width by configuring the prescaler using - the USART_SetPrescaler() function. - (#) Configures the IrDA USART_IrDAMode_LowPower or USART_IrDAMode_Normal mode - using the USART_IrDAConfig() function. - (#) Enable the IrDA using the USART_IrDACmd() function. - - -@- A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or may - not be rejected. - -@- The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical layer - specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between transmission and - reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol). - -@- In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - (+@) LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. - (+@) SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the USART's IrDA interface. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower - * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal - * @retval None - */ -void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode)); - - USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_IRLP); - USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN; - } - else - { - /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_IREN); - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Group8 DMA transfers management functions - * @brief DMA transfers management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request - * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request - * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or - DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq; - } - else - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or - DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~USART_DMAReq; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup USART_Group9 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to configure the USART - Interrupts sources, DMA channels requests and check or clear the flags or - pending bits status. - The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage - the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. - - *** Polling Mode *** - ==================== - [..] - In Polling Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 10 flags: - (#) USART_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register - (#) USART_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register - (#) USART_FLAG_TC : to indicate the status of the transmit operation - (#) USART_FLAG_IDLE : to indicate the status of the Idle Line - (#) USART_FLAG_CTS : to indicate the status of the nCTS input - (#) USART_FLAG_LBD : to indicate the status of the LIN break detection - (#) USART_FLAG_NE : to indicate if a noise error occur - (#) USART_FLAG_FE : to indicate if a frame error occur - (#) USART_FLAG_PE : to indicate if a parity error occur - (#) USART_FLAG_ORE : to indicate if an Overrun error occur - [..] - In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); - (+) void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); - - *** Interrupt Mode *** - ====================== - [..] - In Interrupt Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 8 interrupt sources - and 10 pending bits: - - (#) Pending Bits: - - (##) USART_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register - (##) USART_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register - (##) USART_IT_TC : to indicate the status of the transmit operation - (##) USART_IT_IDLE : to indicate the status of the Idle Line - (##) USART_IT_CTS : to indicate the status of the nCTS input - (##) USART_IT_LBD : to indicate the status of the LIN break detection - (##) USART_IT_NE : to indicate if a noise error occur - (##) USART_IT_FE : to indicate if a frame error occur - (##) USART_IT_PE : to indicate if a parity error occur - (##) USART_IT_ORE : to indicate if an Overrun error occur - - (#) Interrupt Source: - - (##) USART_IT_TXE : specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty - interrupt. - (##) USART_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not - empty interrupt. - (##) USART_IT_TC : specifies the interrupt source for the Transmit complete - interrupt. - (##) USART_IT_IDLE : specifies the interrupt source for the Idle Line interrupt. - (##) USART_IT_CTS : specifies the interrupt source for the CTS interrupt. - (##) USART_IT_LBD : specifies the interrupt source for the LIN break detection - interrupt. - (##) USART_IT_PE : specifies the interrupt source for the parity error interrupt. - (##) USART_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. - - -@@- Some parameters are coded in order to use them as interrupt source - or as pending bits. - [..] - In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: - (+) void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); - (+) ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); - (+) void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); - - *** DMA Mode *** - ================ - [..] - In DMA Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests: - (#) USART_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request - (#) USART_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request - [..] - In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: - (+) void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) - * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts. - * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. - * @retval None - */ -void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - uint32_t usartreg = 0x00, itpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; - uint32_t usartxbase = 0x00; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ - if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) - { - assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); - } - - usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx; - - /* Get the USART register index */ - usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05); - - /* Get the interrupt position */ - itpos = USART_IT & IT_MASK; - itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos); - - if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ - { - usartxbase += 0x0C; - } - else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ - { - usartxbase += 0x10; - } - else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ - { - usartxbase += 0x14; - } - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask; - } - else - { - *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5) - * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag - * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag - * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag - * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag - * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag - * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag - * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag - * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag - * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag - * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET). - */ -FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); - - /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ - if (USART_FLAG == USART_FLAG_CTS) - { - assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); - } - - if ((USARTx->SR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. - * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: - * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5). - * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. - * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. - * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag. - * - * @note PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun - * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared by software - * sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) - * followed by a read operation to USART_DR register (USART_ReceiveData()). - * @note RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register - * (USART_ReceiveData()). - * @note TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to - * USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation - * to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). - * @note TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register - * (USART_SendData()). - * - * @retval None - */ -void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); - - /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ - if ((USART_FLAG & USART_FLAG_CTS) == USART_FLAG_CTS) - { - assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); - } - - USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~USART_FLAG; -} - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5) - * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_ORE_RX : OverRun Error interrupt if the RXNEIE bit is set - * @arg USART_IT_ORE_ER : OverRun Error interrupt if the EIE bit is set - * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt - * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET). - */ -ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT) -{ - uint32_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00, usartreg = 0x00; - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT)); - - /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ - if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) - { - assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); - } - - /* Get the USART register index */ - usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05); - /* Get the interrupt position */ - itmask = USART_IT & IT_MASK; - itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; - - if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ - { - itmask &= USARTx->CR1; - } - else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ - { - itmask &= USARTx->CR2; - } - else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ - { - itmask &= USARTx->CR3; - } - - bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; - bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos; - bitpos &= USARTx->SR; - if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits. - * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or - * UART peripheral. - * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5) - * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt - * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. - * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. - * - * @note PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun - * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are cleared by - * software sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register - * (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to USART_DR register - * (USART_ReceiveData()). - * @note RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register - * (USART_ReceiveData()). - * @note TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read - * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write - * operation to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). - * @note TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register - * (USART_SendData()). - * - * @retval None - */ -void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT) -{ - uint16_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT)); - - /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ - if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) - { - assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); - } - - bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; - itmask = ((uint16_t)0x01 << (uint16_t)bitpos); - USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~itmask; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver + * transmitter (USART): + * + Initialization and Configuration + * + Data transfers + * + Multi-Processor Communication + * + LIN mode + * + Half-duplex mode + * + Smartcard mode + * + IrDA mode + * + DMA transfers management + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable peripheral clock using the following functions + RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USARTx, ENABLE) for USART1 and USART6 + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USARTx, ENABLE) for USART2, USART3, + UART4 or UART5. + + (#) According to the USART mode, enable the GPIO clocks using + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() function. (The I/O can be TX, RX, CTS, + or/and SCLK). + + (#) Peripheral's alternate function: + (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + (++) Call GPIO_Init() function + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) using the USART_Init() + function. + + (#) For synchronous mode, enable the clock and program the polarity, + phase and last bit using the USART_ClockInit() function. + + (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + USART_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + + (#) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + (++) Active the needed channel Request using USART_DMACmd() function + + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + + (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode. + + -@- Refer to Multi-Processor, LIN, half-duplex, Smartcard, IrDA sub-sections + for more details + + [..] + In order to reach higher communication baudrates, it is possible to + enable the oversampling by 8 mode using the function USART_OverSampling8Cmd(). + This function should be called after enabling the USART clock (RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd()) + and before calling the function USART_Init(). + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_usart.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART + * @brief USART driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*!< USART CR1 register clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xE9F3)) */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | \ + USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ + USART_CR1_RE)) + +/*!< USART CR2 register clock bits clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xF0FF)) */ +#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPOL | \ + USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_LBCL)) + +/*!< USART CR3 register clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xFCFF)) */ +#define CR3_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)) + +/*!< USART Interrupts mask */ +#define IT_MASK ((uint16_t)0x001F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART + in asynchronous and in synchronous modes. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + + [..] + The USART_Init() function follows the USART asynchronous configuration + procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manual (RM0090)). + + (+) For the synchronous mode in addition to the asynchronous mode parameters these + parameters should be also configured: + (++) USART Clock Enabled + (++) USART polarity + (++) USART phase + (++) USART LastBit + + [..] + These parameters can be configured using the USART_ClockInit() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == UART4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == UART5) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART6) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART6, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART6, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == UART7) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART7, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART7, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (USARTx == UART8) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART8, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART8, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the USART_InitStruct . + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, apbclock = 0x00; + uint32_t integerdivider = 0x00; + uint32_t fractionaldivider = 0x00; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl)); + + /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2, USART3 and USART6 */ + if (USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl != USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + + /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); + + /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit : + Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits; + + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR1; + + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR1_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode: + Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value + Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value + Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity | + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + USARTx->CR1 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR3; + + /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR3_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART HFC : + Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */ + tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl; + + /* Write to USART CR3 */ + USARTx->CR3 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the USART Baud Rate */ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus); + + if ((USARTx == USART1) || (USARTx == USART6)) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK2_Frequency; + } + else + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK1_Frequency; + } + + /* Determine the integer part */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ + integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (2 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) == 0) */ + { + /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */ + integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (4 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); + } + tmpreg = (integerdivider / 100) << 4; + + /* Determine the fractional part */ + fractionaldivider = integerdivider - (100 * (tmpreg >> 4)); + + /* Implement the fractional part in the register */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 8) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x07); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) == 0) */ + { + tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 16) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x0F); + } + + /* Write to USART BRR register */ + USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + /* USART_InitStruct members default value */ + USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600; + USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b; + USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx; + USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the + * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct . + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @note The Smart Card and Synchronous modes are not available for UART4 and UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit)); + +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK); + /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ + /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */ + /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL | + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit; + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_UE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock. + * @note The function is used for IrDA mode with UART4 and UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_GT; + /* Set the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode. + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Init() function + * in order to have correct baudrate Divider value. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART 8x oversampling mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_OVER8; + } + else + { + /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_OVER8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_ONEBIT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Data transfers functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART data + transfers. + [..] + During an USART reception, data shifts in least significant bit first through + the RX pin. In this mode, the USART_DR register consists of a buffer (RDR) + between the internal bus and the received shift register. + [..] + When a transmission is taking place, a write instruction to the USART_DR register + stores the data in the TDR register and which is copied in the shift register + at the end of the current transmission. + [..] + The read access of the USART_DR register can be done using the USART_ReceiveData() + function and returns the RDR buffered value. Whereas a write access to the USART_DR + can be done using USART_SendData() function and stores the written data into + TDR buffer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param Data: the data to transmit. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data)); + + /* Transmit Data */ + USARTx->DR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @retval The received data. + */ +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Receive Data */ + return (uint16_t)(USARTx->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group3 MultiProcessor Communication functions + * @brief Multi-Processor Communication functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Multi-Processor Communication functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + multiprocessor communication. + [..] + For instance one of the USARTs can be the master, its TX output is connected + to the RX input of the other USART. The others are slaves, their respective + TX outputs are logically ANDed together and connected to the RX input of the + master. + [..] + USART multiprocessor communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 9 bits, Stop bits, Parity, Mode + transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + (#) Configures the wake up method (USART_WakeUp_IdleLine or USART_WakeUp_AddressMark) + using USART_WakeUpConfig() function only for the slaves. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Enter the USART slaves in mute mode using USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd() function. + [..] + The USART Slave exit from mute mode when receive the wake up condition. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the address of the USART node. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS(USART_Address)); + + /* Clear the USART address */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_ADD); + /* Set the USART address node */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_Address; +} + +/** + * @brief Determines if the USART is in mute mode or not. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_RWU; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_RWU); + } +} +/** + * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark + * @retval None + */ +void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp)); + + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_WAKE); + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group4 LIN mode functions + * @brief LIN mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### LIN mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART LIN + Mode communication. + [..] + In LIN mode, 8-bit data format with 1 stop bit is required in accordance with + the LIN standard. + [..] + Only this LIN Feature is supported by the USART IP: + (+) LIN Master Synchronous Break send capability and LIN slave break detection + capability : 13-bit break generation and 10/11 bit break detection + + [..] + USART LIN Master transmitter communication is possible through the following + procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + (#) Send the break character using USART_SendBreak() function. + [..] + USART LIN Master receiver communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Configures the break detection length using the USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig() + function. + (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + + -@- In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) CLKEN in the USART_CR2 register, + (+@) STOP[1:0], SCEN, HDSEL and IREN in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_LBDL); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's LIN mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_LINEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits break characters. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Send break characters */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_SBK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group5 Halfduplex mode function + * @brief Half-duplex mode function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Half-duplex mode function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Half-duplex communication. + [..] + The USART can be configured to follow a single-wire half-duplex protocol where + the TX and RX lines are internally connected. + [..] + USART Half duplex communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter + or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() + function. + (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Enable the half duplex mode using USART_HalfDuplexCmd() function. + + + -@- The RX pin is no longer used + -@- In Half-duplex mode the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Half Duplex communication. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_HDSEL); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group6 Smartcard mode functions + * @brief Smartcard mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Smartcard mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Smartcard communication. + [..] + The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as + defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. + [..] + The USART can provide a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. + In smartcard mode, SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived + from the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler. + [..] + Smartcard communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Configures the Smartcard Prescaler using the USART_SetPrescaler() function. + (#) Configures the Smartcard Guard Time using the USART_SetGuardTime() function. + (#) Program the USART clock using the USART_ClockInit() function as following: + (++) USART Clock enabled + (++) USART CPOL Low + (++) USART CPHA on first edge + (++) USART Last Bit Clock Enabled + (#) Program the Smartcard interface using the USART_Init() function as following: + (++) Word Length = 9 Bits + (++) 1.5 Stop Bit + (++) Even parity + (++) BaudRate = 12096 baud + (++) Hardware flow control disabled (RTS and CTS signals) + (++) Tx and Rx enabled + (#) POptionally you can enable the parity error interrupt using the USART_ITConfig() + function + (#) PEnable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) PEnable the Smartcard NACK using the USART_SmartCardNACKCmd() function. + (#) PEnable the Smartcard interface using the USART_SmartCardCmd() function. + + Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details. + + -@- It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is recommended + to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving to avoid switching + between the two configurations. + -@- In smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + -@- Smartcard mode is available on USART peripherals only (not available on UART4 + and UART5 peripherals). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART Guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_PSC; + /* Set the USART guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Smart Card mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_SCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_SCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_NACK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_NACK); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group7 IrDA mode functions + * @brief IrDA mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IrDA mode functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + IrDA communication. + [..] + IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data + on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver + is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA. + While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted + could be corrupted. + [..] + IrDA communication is possible through the following procedure: + (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity, Transmitter/Receiver + modes and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() function. + (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + (#) Configures the IrDA pulse width by configuring the prescaler using + the USART_SetPrescaler() function. + (#) Configures the IrDA USART_IrDAMode_LowPower or USART_IrDAMode_Normal mode + using the USART_IrDAConfig() function. + (#) Enable the IrDA using the USART_IrDACmd() function. + + -@- A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or may + not be rejected. + -@- The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical layer + specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between transmission and + reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol). + -@- In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + (+@) LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + (+@) SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_IRLP); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_IREN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group8 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### DMA transfers management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~USART_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group9 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to configure the USART + Interrupts sources, DMA channels requests and check or clear the flags or + pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + *** Polling Mode *** + ==================== + [..] + In Polling Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 10 flags: + (#) USART_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + (#) USART_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + (#) USART_FLAG_TC : to indicate the status of the transmit operation + (#) USART_FLAG_IDLE : to indicate the status of the Idle Line + (#) USART_FLAG_CTS : to indicate the status of the nCTS input + (#) USART_FLAG_LBD : to indicate the status of the LIN break detection + (#) USART_FLAG_NE : to indicate if a noise error occur + (#) USART_FLAG_FE : to indicate if a frame error occur + (#) USART_FLAG_PE : to indicate if a parity error occur + (#) USART_FLAG_ORE : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + [..] + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); + (+) void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); + + *** Interrupt Mode *** + ====================== + [..] + In Interrupt Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 8 interrupt sources + and 10 pending bits: + + (#) Pending Bits: + + (##) USART_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + (##) USART_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + (##) USART_IT_TC : to indicate the status of the transmit operation + (##) USART_IT_IDLE : to indicate the status of the Idle Line + (##) USART_IT_CTS : to indicate the status of the nCTS input + (##) USART_IT_LBD : to indicate the status of the LIN break detection + (##) USART_IT_NE : to indicate if a noise error occur + (##) USART_IT_FE : to indicate if a frame error occur + (##) USART_IT_PE : to indicate if a parity error occur + (##) USART_IT_ORE : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + + (#) Interrupt Source: + + (##) USART_IT_TXE : specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not + empty interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_TC : specifies the interrupt source for the Transmit complete + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_IDLE : specifies the interrupt source for the Idle Line interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_CTS : specifies the interrupt source for the CTS interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_LBD : specifies the interrupt source for the LIN break detection + interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_PE : specifies the interrupt source for the parity error interrupt. + (##) USART_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. + + -@@- Some parameters are coded in order to use them as interrupt source + or as pending bits. + [..] + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + (+) void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + (+) ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); + (+) void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); + + *** DMA Mode *** + ================ + [..] + In DMA Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests: + (#) USART_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request + (#) USART_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request + [..] + In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + (+) void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t usartreg = 0x00, itpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; + uint32_t usartxbase = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx; + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05); + + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itpos = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos); + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x0C; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x10; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x14; + } + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag + * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_FLAG == USART_FLAG_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + if ((USARTx->SR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5). + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag. + * + * @note PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun + * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared by software + * sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) + * followed by a read operation to USART_DR register (USART_ReceiveData()). + * @note RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * @note TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation + * to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). + * @note TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register + * (USART_SendData()). + * + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if ((USART_FLAG & USART_FLAG_CTS) == USART_FLAG_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~USART_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_ORE_RX : OverRun Error interrupt if the RXNEIE bit is set + * @arg USART_IT_ORE_ER : OverRun Error interrupt if the EIE bit is set + * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt + * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT) +{ + uint32_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00, usartreg = 0x00; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT)); + + /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05); + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itmask = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR1; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR2; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR3; + } + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; + bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos; + bitpos &= USARTx->SR; + if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. + * + * @note PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun + * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are cleared by + * software sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register + * (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * @note RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * @note TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write + * operation to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). + * @note TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register + * (USART_SendData()). + * + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT) +{ + uint16_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT)); + + /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; + itmask = ((uint16_t)0x01 << (uint16_t)bitpos); + USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~itmask; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_wwdg.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_wwdg.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 54e608e922..46d10bb1c2 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_wwdg.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_wwdg.c @@ -1,307 +1,299 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f4xx_wwdg.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.1 - * @date 22-May-2015 - * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Window watchdog (WWDG) peripheral: - * + Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration - * + WWDG activation - * + Interrupts and flags management - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### WWDG features ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed - time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) - before to reach 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter - value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). - An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed - before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This - implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window. - - Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset. - - WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG - reset occurs. - - The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided - by a programmable prescaler. - - WWDG counter clock = PCLK1 / Prescaler - WWDG timeout = (WWDG counter clock) * (counter value) - - Min-max timeout value @42 MHz(PCLK1): ~97.5 us / ~49.9 ms - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable WWDG clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE) function - - (#) Configure the WWDG prescaler using WWDG_SetPrescaler() function - - (#) Configure the WWDG refresh window using WWDG_SetWindowValue() function - - (#) Set the WWDG counter value and start it using WWDG_Enable() function. - When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to - a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset. - - (#) Optionally you can enable the Early wakeup interrupt which is - generated when the counter reach 0x40. - Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. - - (#) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular - intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using - WWDG_SetCounter() function. This operation must occur only when - the counter value is lower than the refresh window value, - programmed using WWDG_SetWindowValue(). - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f4xx_wwdg.h" -#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup WWDG - * @brief WWDG driver modules - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* ----------- WWDG registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ -#define WWDG_OFFSET (WWDG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) -/* Alias word address of EWI bit */ -#define CFR_OFFSET (WWDG_OFFSET + 0x04) -#define EWI_BitNumber 0x09 -#define CFR_EWI_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWI_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -/* CFR register bit mask */ -#define CFR_WDGTB_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F) -#define CFR_W_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80) -#define BIT_MASK ((uint8_t)0x7F) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup WWDG_Group1 Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions - * @brief Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void WWDG_DeInit(void) -{ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE); -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler. - * @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1 - * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2 - * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4 - * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8 - * @retval None - */ -void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler)); - /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */ - tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_MASK; - /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */ - tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler; - /* Store the new value */ - WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the WWDG window value. - * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter. - * This parameter value must be lower than 0x80. - * @retval None - */ -void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); - /* Clear W[6:0] bits */ - - tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_MASK; - - /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */ - tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_MASK; - - /* Store the new value */ - WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI). - * @note Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void WWDG_EnableIT(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CFR_EWI_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the WWDG counter value. - * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. - * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating - * an immediate reset) - * @retval None - */ -void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); - /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do - a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */ - WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_MASK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup WWDG_Group2 WWDG activation functions - * @brief WWDG activation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### WWDG activation function ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value. - * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. - * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating - * an immediate reset) - * @retval None - */ -void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); - WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA | Counter; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup WWDG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions - * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not. - * @param None - * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET) - */ -FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - if ((WWDG->SR) != (uint32_t)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void WWDG_ClearFlag(void) -{ - WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_wwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Window watchdog (WWDG) peripheral: + * + Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration + * + WWDG activation + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### WWDG features ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed + time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) + before to reach 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter + value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). + An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed + before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This + implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window. + + Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + + WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG + reset occurs. + + The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided + by a programmable prescaler. + + WWDG counter clock = PCLK1 / Prescaler + WWDG timeout = (WWDG counter clock) * (counter value) + + Min-max timeout value @42 MHz(PCLK1): ~97.5 us / ~49.9 ms + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable WWDG clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE) function + + (#) Configure the WWDG prescaler using WWDG_SetPrescaler() function + + (#) Configure the WWDG refresh window using WWDG_SetWindowValue() function + + (#) Set the WWDG counter value and start it using WWDG_Enable() function. + When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to + a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset. + + (#) Optionally you can enable the Early wakeup interrupt which is + generated when the counter reach 0x40. + Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + + (#) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular + intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + WWDG_SetCounter() function. This operation must occur only when + the counter value is lower than the refresh window value, + programmed using WWDG_SetWindowValue(). + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f4xx_wwdg.h" +#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG + * @brief WWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ----------- WWDG registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define WWDG_OFFSET (WWDG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) +/* Alias word address of EWI bit */ +#define CFR_OFFSET (WWDG_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define EWI_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CFR_EWI_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWI_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +/* CFR register bit mask */ +#define CFR_WDGTB_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F) +#define CFR_W_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80) +#define BIT_MASK ((uint8_t)0x7F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group1 Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler. + * @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8 + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler)); + /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_MASK; + /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */ + tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler; + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG window value. + * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter. + * This parameter value must be lower than 0x80. + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); + /* Clear W[6:0] bits */ + + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_MASK; + + /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */ + tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_MASK; + + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI). + * @note Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_EnableIT(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFR_EWI_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating + * an immediate reset) + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do + a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */ + WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_MASK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group2 WWDG activation functions + * @brief WWDG activation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### WWDG activation function ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating + * an immediate reset) + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA | Counter; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Interrupts and flags management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + if ((WWDG->SR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void) +{ + WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/system_stm32f4xx.c b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/system_stm32f4xx.c old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index f58c47cf58..960cd5459c --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/system_stm32f4xx.c +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/system_stm32f4xx.c @@ -1,1226 +1,1387 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file system_stm32f4xx.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.5.0 - * @date 06-March-2015 - * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Source File. - * This file contains the system clock configuration for STM32F4xx devices. - * - * 1. This file provides two functions and one global variable to be called from - * user application: - * - SystemInit(): Setups the system clock (System clock source, PLL Multiplier - * and Divider factors, AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings), - * depending on the configuration made in the clock xls tool. - * This function is called at startup just after reset and - * before branch to main program. This call is made inside - * the "startup_stm32f4xx.s" file. - * - * - SystemCoreClock variable: Contains the core clock (HCLK), it can be used - * by the user application to setup the SysTick - * timer or configure other parameters. - * - * - SystemCoreClockUpdate(): Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must - * be called whenever the core clock is changed - * during program execution. - * - * 2. After each device reset the HSI (16 MHz) is used as system clock source. - * Then SystemInit() function is called, in "startup_stm32f4xx.s" file, to - * configure the system clock before to branch to main program. - * - * 3. If the system clock source selected by user fails to startup, the SystemInit() - * function will do nothing and HSI still used as system clock source. User can - * add some code to deal with this issue inside the SetSysClock() function. - * - * 4. The default value of HSE crystal is set to 25MHz, refer to "HSE_VALUE" define - * in "stm32f4xx.h" file. When HSE is used as system clock source, directly or - * through PLL, and you are using different crystal you have to adapt the HSE - * value to your own configuration. - * - * 5. This file configures the system clock as follows: - *============================================================================= - *============================================================================= - * Supported STM32F40xxx/41xxx devices - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * System Clock source | PLL (HSE) - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * SYSCLK(Hz) | 168000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * HCLK(Hz) | 168000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * AHB Prescaler | 1 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * APB1 Prescaler | 4 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * APB2 Prescaler | 2 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * HSE Frequency(Hz) | 25000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_M | 25 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_N | 336 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_P | 2 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_Q | 7 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_N | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_R | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * I2S input clock | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * VDD(V) | 3.3 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Main regulator output voltage | Scale1 mode - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Flash Latency(WS) | 5 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Prefetch Buffer | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Instruction cache | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Data cache | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Require 48MHz for USB OTG FS, | Disabled - * SDIO and RNG clock | - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - *============================================================================= - *============================================================================= - * Supported STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * System Clock source | PLL (HSE) - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * SYSCLK(Hz) | 180000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * HCLK(Hz) | 180000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * AHB Prescaler | 1 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * APB1 Prescaler | 4 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * APB2 Prescaler | 2 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * HSE Frequency(Hz) | 25000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_M | 25 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_N | 360 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_P | 2 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_Q | 7 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_N | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_R | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * I2S input clock | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * VDD(V) | 3.3 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Main regulator output voltage | Scale1 mode - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Flash Latency(WS) | 5 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Prefetch Buffer | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Instruction cache | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Data cache | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Require 48MHz for USB OTG FS, | Disabled - * SDIO and RNG clock | - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - *============================================================================= - *============================================================================= - * Supported STM32F401xx devices - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * System Clock source | PLL (HSE) - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * SYSCLK(Hz) | 84000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * HCLK(Hz) | 84000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * AHB Prescaler | 1 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * APB1 Prescaler | 2 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * APB2 Prescaler | 1 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * HSE Frequency(Hz) | 25000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_M | 25 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_N | 336 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_P | 4 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_Q | 7 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_N | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_R | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * I2S input clock | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * VDD(V) | 3.3 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Main regulator output voltage | Scale1 mode - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Flash Latency(WS) | 2 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Prefetch Buffer | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Instruction cache | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Data cache | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Require 48MHz for USB OTG FS, | Disabled - * SDIO and RNG clock | - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - *============================================================================= - *============================================================================= - * Supported STM32F411xx devices - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * System Clock source | PLL (HSI) - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * SYSCLK(Hz) | 100000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * HCLK(Hz) | 100000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * AHB Prescaler | 1 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * APB1 Prescaler | 2 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * APB2 Prescaler | 1 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * HSI Frequency(Hz) | 16000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_M | 16 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_N | 400 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_P | 4 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_Q | 7 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_N | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_R | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * I2S input clock | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * VDD(V) | 3.3 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Main regulator output voltage | Scale1 mode - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Flash Latency(WS) | 3 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Prefetch Buffer | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Instruction cache | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Data cache | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Require 48MHz for USB OTG FS, | Disabled - * SDIO and RNG clock | - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - *============================================================================= - *============================================================================= - * Supported STM32F446xx devices - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * System Clock source | PLL (HSE) - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * SYSCLK(Hz) | 180000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * HCLK(Hz) | 180000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * AHB Prescaler | 1 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * APB1 Prescaler | 4 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * APB2 Prescaler | 2 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * HSE Frequency(Hz) | 8000000 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_M | 8 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_N | 360 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_P | 2 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_Q | 7 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLL_R | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_M | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_N | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_P | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_Q | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * PLLI2S_R | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * I2S input clock | NA - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * VDD(V) | 3.3 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Main regulator output voltage | Scale1 mode - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Flash Latency(WS) | 5 - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Prefetch Buffer | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Instruction cache | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Data cache | ON - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Require 48MHz for USB OTG FS, | Disabled - * SDIO and RNG clock | - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - *============================================================================= - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - *

© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics

- * - * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); - * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at: - * - * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/** @addtogroup CMSIS - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup stm32f4xx_system - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Includes - * @{ - */ - -#include "stm32f4xx.h" - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_TypesDefinitions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Defines - * @{ - */ - -/************************* Miscellaneous Configuration ************************/ -/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to use external SRAM or SDRAM mounted - on STM324xG_EVAL/STM324x7I_EVAL/STM324x9I_EVAL boards as data memory */ -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) -/* #define DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */ -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/* #define DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */ -#endif /* STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F411xE) -/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to clock the STM32F411xE by HSE Bypass - through STLINK MCO pin of STM32F103 microcontroller. The frequency cannot be changed - and is fixed at 8 MHz. - Hardware configuration needed for Nucleo Board: - – SB54, SB55 OFF - – R35 removed - – SB16, SB50 ON */ -/* #define USE_HSE_BYPASS */ - -#if defined(USE_HSE_BYPASS) -#define HSE_BYPASS_INPUT_FREQUENCY 8000000 -#endif /* USE_HSE_BYPASS */ -#endif /* STM32F411xE */ - -/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to relocate your vector Table in - Internal SRAM. */ -/* #define VECT_TAB_SRAM */ -#define VECT_TAB_OFFSET 0x00 /*!< Vector Table base offset field. - This value must be a multiple of 0x200. */ -/******************************************************************************/ - -/************************* PLL Parameters *************************************/ -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) -/* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL_M) * PLL_N */ -#define PLL_M 25 -#elif defined (STM32F446xx) -#define PLL_M 8 -#elif defined (STM32F411xE) - -#if defined(USE_HSE_BYPASS) -#define PLL_M 8 -#else -#define PLL_M 16 -#endif /* USE_HSE_BYPASS */ - -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx */ - -/* USB OTG FS, SDIO and RNG Clock = PLL_VCO / PLLQ */ -#define PLL_Q 7 - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) -/* PLL division factor for I2S, SAI, SYSTEM and SPDIF: Clock = PLL_VCO / PLLR */ -#define PLL_R 7 -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -#define PLL_N 360 -/* SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P */ -#define PLL_P 2 -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F401xx) -#define PLL_N 336 -/* SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P */ -#define PLL_P 4 -#endif /* STM32F401xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F411xE) -#define PLL_N 400 -/* SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P */ -#define PLL_P 4 -#endif /* STM32F411xx */ - -/******************************************************************************/ - -#ifdef PLL_M_VALUE -#undef PLL_M -#define PLL_M (PLL_M_VALUE) -#endif - -#ifdef PLL_N_VALUE -#undef PLL_N -#define PLL_N (PLL_N_VALUE) -#endif - -#ifdef PLL_P_VALUE -#undef PLL_P -#define PLL_P (PLL_P_VALUE) -#endif - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Macros - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Variables - * @{ - */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) - uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 168000000; -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) - uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 180000000; -#endif /* STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F401xx) - uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 84000000; -#endif /* STM32F401xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F411xE) - uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 100000000; -#endif /* STM32F401xx */ - -__I uint8_t AHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_FunctionPrototypes - * @{ - */ - -static void SetSysClock(void); - -#if defined(DATA_IN_ExtSRAM) || defined(DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM) -static void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void); -#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM || DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Setup the microcontroller system - * Initialize the Embedded Flash Interface, the PLL and update the - * SystemFrequency variable. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void SystemInit(void) -{ - /* FPU settings ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) - SCB->CPACR |= ((3UL << 10*2)|(3UL << 11*2)); /* set CP10 and CP11 Full Access */ - #endif - /* Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state ------------*/ - /* Set HSION bit */ - RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001; - - /* Reset CFGR register */ - RCC->CFGR = 0x00000000; - - /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */ - RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF; - - /* Reset PLLCFGR register */ - RCC->PLLCFGR = 0x24003010; - - /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ - RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF; - - /* Disable all interrupts */ - RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; - -#if defined(DATA_IN_ExtSRAM) || defined(DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM) - SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(); -#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM || DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */ - - /* Configure the System clock source, PLL Multiplier and Divider factors, - AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings ----------------------------------*/ - SetSysClock(); -} - -/** - * @brief Update SystemCoreClock variable according to Clock Register Values. - * The SystemCoreClock variable contains the core clock (HCLK), it can - * be used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure - * other parameters. - * - * @note Each time the core clock (HCLK) changes, this function must be called - * to update SystemCoreClock variable value. Otherwise, any configuration - * based on this variable will be incorrect. - * - * @note - The system frequency computed by this function is not the real - * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined - * constant and the selected clock source: - * - * - If SYSCLK source is HSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSI_VALUE(*) - * - * - If SYSCLK source is HSE, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**) - * - * - If SYSCLK source is PLL, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**) - * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. - * - * (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx.h file (default value - * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations - * in voltage and temperature. - * - * (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx.h file (default value - * 25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real - * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may - * have wrong result. - * - * - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional - * value for HSE crystal. - * - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 2, pllsource = 0, pllm = 2; -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - uint32_t pllr = 2; -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ - tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS; - - switch (tmp) - { - case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock source */ - SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; - break; - case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock source */ - SystemCoreClock = HSE_VALUE; - break; - case 0x08: /* PLL P used as system clock source */ - /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL_M) * PLL_N - SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P - */ - pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22; - pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) - if (pllsource != 0) - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); - } - else - { - /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); - } -#elif defined(STM32F411xE) -#if defined(USE_HSE_BYPASS) - if (pllsource != 0) - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = (HSE_BYPASS_INPUT_FREQUENCY / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); - } -#else - if (pllsource == 0) - { - /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); - } -#endif /* USE_HSE_BYPASS */ -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F446xx */ - pllp = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >>16) + 1 ) *2; - SystemCoreClock = pllvco/pllp; - break; -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - case 0x0C: /* PLL R used as system clock source */ - /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL_M) * PLL_N - SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_R - */ - pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22; - pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; - if (pllsource != 0) - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); - } - else - { - /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ - pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); - } - - pllr = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >>28) + 1 ) *2; - SystemCoreClock = pllvco/pllr; - break; -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - default: - SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; - break; - } - /* Compute HCLK frequency --------------------------------------------------*/ - /* Get HCLK prescaler */ - tmp = AHBPrescTable[((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> 4)]; - /* HCLK frequency */ - SystemCoreClock >>= tmp; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the System clock source, PLL Multiplier and Divider factors, - * AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings - * @Note This function should be called only once the RCC clock configuration - * is reset to the default reset state (done in SystemInit() function). - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -static void SetSysClock(void) -{ -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) -/******************************************************************************/ -/* PLL (clocked by HSE) used as System clock source */ -/******************************************************************************/ - __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0, HSEStatus = 0; - - /* Enable HSE */ - RCC->CR |= ((uint32_t)RCC_CR_HSEON); - - /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */ - do - { - HSEStatus = RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY; - StartUpCounter++; - } while((HSEStatus == 0) && (StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)); - - if ((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY) != RESET) - { - HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x01; - } - else - { - HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x00; - } - - if (HSEStatus == (uint32_t)0x01) - { - /* Select regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode */ - RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN; - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_VOS; - - /* HCLK = SYSCLK / 1*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1; - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) - /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 2*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV2; - - /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 4*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV4; -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F401xx) - /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 2*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV1; - - /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 4*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2; -#endif /* STM32F401xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) - /* Configure the main PLL */ - RCC->PLLCFGR = PLL_M | (PLL_N << 6) | (((PLL_P >> 1) -1) << 16) | - (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE) | (PLL_Q << 24); -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F446xx) - /* Configure the main PLL */ - RCC->PLLCFGR = PLL_M | (PLL_N << 6) | (((PLL_P >> 1) -1) << 16) | - (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE) | (PLL_Q << 24) | (PLL_R << 28); -#endif /* STM32F446xx */ - - /* Enable the main PLL */ - RCC->CR |= RCC_CR_PLLON; - - /* Wait till the main PLL is ready */ - while((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0) - { - } - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) - /* Enable the Over-drive to extend the clock frequency to 180 Mhz */ - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_ODEN; - while((PWR->CSR & PWR_CSR_ODRDY) == 0) - { - } - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_ODSWEN; - while((PWR->CSR & PWR_CSR_ODSWRDY) == 0) - { - } - /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ - FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_5WS; -#endif /* STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) - /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ - FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_5WS; -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -#if defined(STM32F401xx) - /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ - FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_2WS; -#endif /* STM32F401xx */ - - /* Select the main PLL as system clock source */ - RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW)); - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL; - - /* Wait till the main PLL is used as system clock source */ - while ((RCC->CFGR & (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS ) != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL); - } - else - { /* If HSE fails to start-up, the application will have wrong clock - configuration. User can add here some code to deal with this error */ - } -#elif defined(STM32F411xE) -#if defined(USE_HSE_BYPASS) -/******************************************************************************/ -/* PLL (clocked by HSE) used as System clock source */ -/******************************************************************************/ - __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0, HSEStatus = 0; - - /* Enable HSE and HSE BYPASS */ - RCC->CR |= ((uint32_t)RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSEBYP); - - /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */ - do - { - HSEStatus = RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY; - StartUpCounter++; - } while((HSEStatus == 0) && (StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)); - - if ((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY) != RESET) - { - HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x01; - } - else - { - HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x00; - } - - if (HSEStatus == (uint32_t)0x01) - { - /* Select regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode */ - RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN; - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_VOS; - - /* HCLK = SYSCLK / 1*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1; - - /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 2*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV1; - - /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 4*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2; - - /* Configure the main PLL */ - RCC->PLLCFGR = PLL_M | (PLL_N << 6) | (((PLL_P >> 1) -1) << 16) | - (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE) | (PLL_Q << 24); - - /* Enable the main PLL */ - RCC->CR |= RCC_CR_PLLON; - - /* Wait till the main PLL is ready */ - while((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0) - { - } - - /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ - FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_2WS; - - /* Select the main PLL as system clock source */ - RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW)); - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL; - - /* Wait till the main PLL is used as system clock source */ - while ((RCC->CFGR & (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS ) != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL); - { - } - } - else - { /* If HSE fails to start-up, the application will have wrong clock - configuration. User can add here some code to deal with this error */ - } -#else /* HSI will be used as PLL clock source */ - /* Select regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode */ - RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN; - PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_VOS; - - /* HCLK = SYSCLK / 1*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1; - - /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 2*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV1; - - /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 4*/ - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2; - - /* Configure the main PLL */ - RCC->PLLCFGR = PLL_M | (PLL_N << 6) | (((PLL_P >> 1) -1) << 16) | (PLL_Q << 24); - - /* Enable the main PLL */ - RCC->CR |= RCC_CR_PLLON; - - /* Wait till the main PLL is ready */ - while((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0) - { - } - - /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ - FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_2WS; - - /* Select the main PLL as system clock source */ - RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW)); - RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL; - - /* Wait till the main PLL is used as system clock source */ - while ((RCC->CFGR & (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS ) != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL); - { - } -#endif /* USE_HSE_BYPASS */ -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx */ -} - -/** - * @brief Setup the external memory controller. Called in startup_stm32f4xx.s - * before jump to __main - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSRAM -/** - * @brief Setup the external memory controller. - * Called in startup_stm32f4xx.s before jump to main. - * This function configures the external SRAM mounted on STM324xG_EVAL/STM324x7I boards - * This SRAM will be used as program data memory (including heap and stack). - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void) -{ -/*-- GPIOs Configuration -----------------------------------------------------*/ -/* - +-------------------+--------------------+------------------+--------------+ - + SRAM pins assignment + - +-------------------+--------------------+------------------+--------------+ - | PD0 <-> FMC_D2 | PE0 <-> FMC_NBL0 | PF0 <-> FMC_A0 | PG0 <-> FMC_A10 | - | PD1 <-> FMC_D3 | PE1 <-> FMC_NBL1 | PF1 <-> FMC_A1 | PG1 <-> FMC_A11 | - | PD4 <-> FMC_NOE | PE3 <-> FMC_A19 | PF2 <-> FMC_A2 | PG2 <-> FMC_A12 | - | PD5 <-> FMC_NWE | PE4 <-> FMC_A20 | PF3 <-> FMC_A3 | PG3 <-> FMC_A13 | - | PD8 <-> FMC_D13 | PE7 <-> FMC_D4 | PF4 <-> FMC_A4 | PG4 <-> FMC_A14 | - | PD9 <-> FMC_D14 | PE8 <-> FMC_D5 | PF5 <-> FMC_A5 | PG5 <-> FMC_A15 | - | PD10 <-> FMC_D15 | PE9 <-> FMC_D6 | PF12 <-> FMC_A6 | PG9 <-> FMC_NE2 | - | PD11 <-> FMC_A16 | PE10 <-> FMC_D7 | PF13 <-> FMC_A7 |-----------------+ - | PD12 <-> FMC_A17 | PE11 <-> FMC_D8 | PF14 <-> FMC_A8 | - | PD13 <-> FMC_A18 | PE12 <-> FMC_D9 | PF15 <-> FMC_A9 | - | PD14 <-> FMC_D0 | PE13 <-> FMC_D10 |-----------------+ - | PD15 <-> FMC_D1 | PE14 <-> FMC_D11 | - | | PE15 <-> FMC_D12 | - +------------------+------------------+ -*/ - /* Enable GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF and GPIOG interface clock */ - RCC->AHB1ENR |= 0x00000078; - - /* Connect PDx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOD->AFR[0] = 0x00cc00cc; - GPIOD->AFR[1] = 0xcccccccc; - /* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOD->MODER = 0xaaaa0a0a; - /* Configure PDx pins speed to 100 MHz */ - GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xffff0f0f; - /* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOD->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */ - GPIOD->PUPDR = 0x00000000; - - /* Connect PEx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOE->AFR[0] = 0xcccccccc; - GPIOE->AFR[1] = 0xcccccccc; - /* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOE->MODER = 0xaaaaaaaa; - /* Configure PEx pins speed to 100 MHz */ - GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xffffffff; - /* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOE->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */ - GPIOE->PUPDR = 0x00000000; - - /* Connect PFx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOF->AFR[0] = 0x00cccccc; - GPIOF->AFR[1] = 0xcccc0000; - /* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOF->MODER = 0xaa000aaa; - /* Configure PFx pins speed to 100 MHz */ - GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xff000fff; - /* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOF->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */ - GPIOF->PUPDR = 0x00000000; - - /* Connect PGx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOG->AFR[0] = 0x00cccccc; - GPIOG->AFR[1] = 0x000000c0; - /* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOG->MODER = 0x00080aaa; - /* Configure PGx pins speed to 100 MHz */ - GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0x000c0fff; - /* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOG->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */ - GPIOG->PUPDR = 0x00000000; - -/*-- FMC Configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ - /* Enable the FMC/FSMC interface clock */ - RCC->AHB3ENR |= 0x00000001; - -#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) - /* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */ - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001011; - FMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00000201; - FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff; -#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx */ - -#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) - /* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */ - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001011; - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00000201; - FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff; -#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ - -/* - Bank1_SRAM2 is configured as follow: - In case of FSMC configuration - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 1; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_DataSetupTime = 2; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_CLKDivision = 0; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_DataLatency = 0; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_AccessMode = FMC_AccessMode_A; - - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = &NORSRAMTimingStructure; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteTimingStruct = &NORSRAMTimingStructure; - - In case of FMC configuration - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_AddressSetupTime = 1; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_AddressHoldTime = 0; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_DataSetupTime = 2; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_CLKDivision = 0; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_DataLatency = 0; - NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_AccessMode = FMC_AccessMode_A; - - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_Bank = FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_DataAddressMux = FMC_DataAddressMux_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_MemoryType = FMC_MemoryType_SRAM; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_MemoryDataWidth = FMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_BurstAccessMode = FMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_AsynchronousWait = FMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WrapMode = FMC_WrapMode_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WaitSignalActive = FMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WriteOperation = FMC_WriteOperation_Enable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WaitSignal = FMC_WaitSignal_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_ExtendedMode = FMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WriteBurst = FMC_WriteBurst_Disable; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_ContinousClock = FMC_CClock_SyncOnly; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = &NORSRAMTimingStructure; - FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WriteTimingStruct = &NORSRAMTimingStructure; -*/ - -} -#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */ - -#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM -/** - * @brief Setup the external memory controller. - * Called in startup_stm32f4xx.s before jump to main. - * This function configures the external SDRAM mounted on STM324x9I_EVAL board - * This SDRAM will be used as program data memory (including heap and stack). - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void) -{ - register uint32_t tmpreg = 0, timeout = 0xFFFF; - register uint32_t index; - - /* Enable GPIOC, GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF, GPIOG, GPIOH and GPIOI interface - clock */ - RCC->AHB1ENR |= 0x000001FC; - - /* Connect PCx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOC->AFR[0] = 0x0000000c; - GPIOC->AFR[1] = 0x00007700; - /* Configure PCx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOC->MODER = 0x00a00002; - /* Configure PCx pins speed to 50 MHz */ - GPIOC->OSPEEDR = 0x00a00002; - /* Configure PCx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOC->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PCx pins */ - GPIOC->PUPDR = 0x00500000; - - /* Connect PDx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOD->AFR[0] = 0x000000CC; - GPIOD->AFR[1] = 0xCC000CCC; - /* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOD->MODER = 0xA02A000A; - /* Configure PDx pins speed to 50 MHz */ - GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xA02A000A; - /* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOD->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */ - GPIOD->PUPDR = 0x00000000; - - /* Connect PEx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOE->AFR[0] = 0xC00000CC; - GPIOE->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC; - /* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOE->MODER = 0xAAAA800A; - /* Configure PEx pins speed to 50 MHz */ - GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAA800A; - /* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOE->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */ - GPIOE->PUPDR = 0x00000000; - - /* Connect PFx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOF->AFR[0] = 0xcccccccc; - GPIOF->AFR[1] = 0xcccccccc; - /* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOF->MODER = 0xAA800AAA; - /* Configure PFx pins speed to 50 MHz */ - GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xAA800AAA; - /* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOF->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */ - GPIOF->PUPDR = 0x00000000; - - /* Connect PGx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOG->AFR[0] = 0xcccccccc; - GPIOG->AFR[1] = 0xcccccccc; - /* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOG->MODER = 0xaaaaaaaa; - /* Configure PGx pins speed to 50 MHz */ - GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0xaaaaaaaa; - /* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOG->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */ - GPIOG->PUPDR = 0x00000000; - - /* Connect PHx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOH->AFR[0] = 0x00C0CC00; - GPIOH->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC; - /* Configure PHx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOH->MODER = 0xAAAA08A0; - /* Configure PHx pins speed to 50 MHz */ - GPIOH->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAA08A0; - /* Configure PHx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOH->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PHx pins */ - GPIOH->PUPDR = 0x00000000; - - /* Connect PIx pins to FMC Alternate function */ - GPIOI->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC; - GPIOI->AFR[1] = 0x00000CC0; - /* Configure PIx pins in Alternate function mode */ - GPIOI->MODER = 0x0028AAAA; - /* Configure PIx pins speed to 50 MHz */ - GPIOI->OSPEEDR = 0x0028AAAA; - /* Configure PIx pins Output type to push-pull */ - GPIOI->OTYPER = 0x00000000; - /* No pull-up, pull-down for PIx pins */ - GPIOI->PUPDR = 0x00000000; - -/*-- FMC Configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ - /* Enable the FMC interface clock */ - RCC->AHB3ENR |= 0x00000001; - - /* Configure and enable SDRAM bank1 */ - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = 0x000039D0; - FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[0] = 0x01115351; - - /* SDRAM initialization sequence */ - /* Clock enable command */ - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000011; - tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; - while((tmpreg != 0) & (timeout-- > 0)) - { - tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; - } - - /* Delay */ - for (index = 0; index<1000; index++); - - /* PALL command */ - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000012; - timeout = 0xFFFF; - while((tmpreg != 0) & (timeout-- > 0)) - { - tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; - } - - /* Auto refresh command */ - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000073; - timeout = 0xFFFF; - while((tmpreg != 0) & (timeout-- > 0)) - { - tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; - } - - /* MRD register program */ - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00046014; - timeout = 0xFFFF; - while((tmpreg != 0) & (timeout-- > 0)) - { - tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; - } - - /* Set refresh count */ - tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR; - FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR = (tmpreg | (0x0000027C<<1)); - - /* Disable write protection */ - tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0]; - FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = (tmpreg & 0xFFFFFDFF); - -/* - Bank1_SDRAM is configured as follow: - - FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_LoadToActiveDelay = 2; - FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay = 6; - FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_SelfRefreshTime = 4; - FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_RowCycleDelay = 6; - FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_WriteRecoveryTime = 2; - FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_RPDelay = 2; - FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_RCDDelay = 2; - - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_Bank = SDRAM_BANK; - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_ColumnBitsNumber = FMC_ColumnBits_Number_8b; - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_RowBitsNumber = FMC_RowBits_Number_11b; - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_SDMemoryDataWidth = FMC_SDMemory_Width_16b; - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_InternalBankNumber = FMC_InternalBank_Number_4; - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_CASLatency = FMC_CAS_Latency_3; - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_WriteProtection = FMC_Write_Protection_Disable; - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_SDClockPeriod = FMC_SDClock_Period_2; - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_ReadBurst = FMC_Read_Burst_disable; - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_ReadPipeDelay = FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_1; - FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct = &FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure; -*/ - -} -#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */ - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file system_stm32f4xx.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.8.1 + * @date 27-January-2022 + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Source File. + * This file contains the system clock configuration for STM32F4xx devices. + * + * 1. This file provides two functions and one global variable to be called from + * user application: + * - SystemInit(): Setups the system clock (System clock source, PLL Multiplier + * and Divider factors, AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings), + * depending on the configuration made in the clock xls tool. + * This function is called at startup just after reset and + * before branch to main program. This call is made inside + * the "startup_stm32f4xx.s" file. + * + * - SystemCoreClock variable: Contains the core clock (HCLK), it can be used + * by the user application to setup the SysTick + * timer or configure other parameters. + * + * - SystemCoreClockUpdate(): Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must + * be called whenever the core clock is changed + * during program execution. + * + * 2. After each device reset the HSI (16 MHz) is used as system clock source. + * Then SystemInit() function is called, in "startup_stm32f4xx.s" file, to + * configure the system clock before to branch to main program. + * + * 3. If the system clock source selected by user fails to startup, the SystemInit() + * function will do nothing and HSI still used as system clock source. User can + * add some code to deal with this issue inside the SetSysClock() function. + * + * 4. The default value of HSE crystal is set to 25MHz, refer to "HSE_VALUE" define + * in "stm32f4xx.h" file. When HSE is used as system clock source, directly or + * through PLL, and you are using different crystal you have to adapt the HSE + * value to your own configuration. + * + * 5. This file configures the system clock as follows: + *============================================================================= + *============================================================================= + * Supported STM32F40xxx/41xxx devices + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * System Clock source | PLL (HSE) + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * SYSCLK(Hz) | 168000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HCLK(Hz) | 168000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * AHB Prescaler | 1 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB1 Prescaler | 4 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB2 Prescaler | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HSE Frequency(Hz) | 25000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_M | 25 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_N | 336 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_P | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_Q | 7 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_N | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_R | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * I2S input clock | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * VDD(V) | 3.3 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Main regulator output voltage | Scale1 mode + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Flash Latency(WS) | 5 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Prefetch Buffer | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Instruction cache | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Data cache | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Require 48MHz for USB OTG FS, | Disabled + * SDIO and RNG clock | + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + *============================================================================= + *============================================================================= + * Supported STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * System Clock source | PLL (HSE) + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * SYSCLK(Hz) | 180000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HCLK(Hz) | 180000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * AHB Prescaler | 1 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB1 Prescaler | 4 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB2 Prescaler | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HSE Frequency(Hz) | 25000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_M | 25 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_N | 360 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_P | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_Q | 7 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_N | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_R | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * I2S input clock | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * VDD(V) | 3.3 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Main regulator output voltage | Scale1 mode + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Flash Latency(WS) | 5 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Prefetch Buffer | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Instruction cache | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Data cache | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Require 48MHz for USB OTG FS, | Disabled + * SDIO and RNG clock | + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + *============================================================================= + *============================================================================= + * Supported STM32F401xx devices + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * System Clock source | PLL (HSE) + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * SYSCLK(Hz) | 84000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HCLK(Hz) | 84000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * AHB Prescaler | 1 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB1 Prescaler | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB2 Prescaler | 1 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HSE Frequency(Hz) | 25000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_M | 25 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_N | 336 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_P | 4 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_Q | 7 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_N | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_R | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * I2S input clock | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * VDD(V) | 3.3 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Main regulator output voltage | Scale1 mode + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Flash Latency(WS) | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Prefetch Buffer | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Instruction cache | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Data cache | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Require 48MHz for USB OTG FS, | Disabled + * SDIO and RNG clock | + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + *============================================================================= + *============================================================================= + * Supported STM32F411xx/STM32F410xx devices + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * System Clock source | PLL (HSI) + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * SYSCLK(Hz) | 100000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HCLK(Hz) | 100000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * AHB Prescaler | 1 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB1 Prescaler | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB2 Prescaler | 1 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HSI Frequency(Hz) | 16000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_M | 16 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_N | 400 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_P | 4 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_Q | 7 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_N | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_R | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * I2S input clock | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * VDD(V) | 3.3 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Main regulator output voltage | Scale1 mode + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Flash Latency(WS) | 3 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Prefetch Buffer | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Instruction cache | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Data cache | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Require 48MHz for USB OTG FS, | Disabled + * SDIO and RNG clock | + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + *============================================================================= + *============================================================================= + * Supported STM32F446xx devices + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * System Clock source | PLL (HSE) + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * SYSCLK(Hz) | 180000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HCLK(Hz) | 180000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * AHB Prescaler | 1 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB1 Prescaler | 4 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * APB2 Prescaler | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * HSE Frequency(Hz) | 8000000 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_M | 8 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_N | 360 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_P | 2 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_Q | 7 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLL_R | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_M | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_N | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_P | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_Q | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * PLLI2S_R | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * I2S input clock | NA + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * VDD(V) | 3.3 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Main regulator output voltage | Scale1 mode + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Flash Latency(WS) | 5 + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Prefetch Buffer | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Instruction cache | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Data cache | ON + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Require 48MHz for USB OTG FS, | Disabled + * SDIO and RNG clock | + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + *============================================================================= + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file + * in the root directory of this software component. + * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup stm32f4xx_system + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Includes + * @{ + */ + +#include "stm32f4xx.h" + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/************************* Miscellaneous Configuration ************************/ +/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to use external SRAM or SDRAM mounted + on STM324xG_EVAL/STM324x7I_EVAL/STM324x9I_EVAL boards as data memory */ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +/* #define DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/* #define DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */ +#endif /* STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) +/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to clock the STM32F410xx/STM32F411xE by HSE Bypass + through STLINK MCO pin of STM32F103 microcontroller. The frequency cannot be changed + and is fixed at 8 MHz. + Hardware configuration needed for Nucleo Board: + – SB54, SB55 OFF + – R35 removed + – SB16, SB50 ON */ +/* #define USE_HSE_BYPASS */ + +#if defined(USE_HSE_BYPASS) +#define HSE_BYPASS_INPUT_FREQUENCY 8000000 +#endif /* USE_HSE_BYPASS */ +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE */ + +/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to relocate your vector Table in + Internal SRAM. */ +/* #define VECT_TAB_SRAM */ +#define VECT_TAB_OFFSET 0x00 /*!< Vector Table base offset field. + This value must be a multiple of 0x200. */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/************************* PLL Parameters *************************************/ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL_M) * PLL_N */ + #define PLL_M 25 +#elif defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined (STM32F446xx) + #define PLL_M 8 +#elif defined (STM32F410xx) || defined (STM32F411xE) + #if defined(USE_HSE_BYPASS) + #define PLL_M 8 + #else /* !USE_HSE_BYPASS */ + #define PLL_M 16 + #endif /* USE_HSE_BYPASS */ +#else +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +/* USB OTG FS, SDIO and RNG Clock = PLL_VCO / PLLQ */ +#define PLL_Q 7 + +#if defined(STM32F446xx) +/* PLL division factor for I2S, SAI, SYSTEM and SPDIF: Clock = PLL_VCO / PLLR */ +#define PLL_R 7 +#elif defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define PLL_R 2 +#else +#endif /* STM32F446xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) +#define PLL_N 360 +/* SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P */ +#define PLL_P 2 +#endif /* STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F40_41xxx) +#define PLL_N 336 +/* SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P */ +#define PLL_P 2 +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ + +#if defined(STM32F401xx) +#define PLL_N 336 +/* SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P */ +#define PLL_P 4 +#endif /* STM32F401xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) +#define PLL_N 400 +/* SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P */ +#define PLL_P 4 +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +/******************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) + uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 168000000; +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 180000000; +#endif /* STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F401xx) + uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 84000000; +#endif /* STM32F401xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) + uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 100000000; +#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F401xE || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx */ + +__I uint8_t AHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +static void SetSysClock(void); + +#if defined(DATA_IN_ExtSRAM) || defined(DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM) +static void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void); +#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM || DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_System_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Setup the microcontroller system + * Initialize the Embedded Flash Interface, the PLL and update the + * SystemFrequency variable. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SystemInit(void) +{ + /* FPU settings ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1) + SCB->CPACR |= ((3UL << 10*2)|(3UL << 11*2)); /* set CP10 and CP11 Full Access */ + #endif + /* Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state ------------*/ + /* Set HSION bit */ + RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001; + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + RCC->CFGR = 0x00000000; + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF; + + /* Reset PLLCFGR register */ + RCC->PLLCFGR = 0x24003010; + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF; + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; + +#if defined(DATA_IN_ExtSRAM) || defined(DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM) + SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(); +#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM || DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM */ + + /* Configure the System clock source, PLL Multiplier and Divider factors, + AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings ----------------------------------*/ + SetSysClock(); + + /* Configure the Vector Table location add offset address ------------------*/ +#ifdef VECT_TAB_SRAM + SCB->VTOR = SRAM_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal SRAM */ +#else + SCB->VTOR = FLASH_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal FLASH */ +#endif +} + +/** + * @brief Update SystemCoreClock variable according to Clock Register Values. + * The SystemCoreClock variable contains the core clock (HCLK), it can + * be used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure + * other parameters. + * + * @note Each time the core clock (HCLK) changes, this function must be called + * to update SystemCoreClock variable value. Otherwise, any configuration + * based on this variable will be incorrect. + * + * @note - The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * + * - If SYSCLK source is HSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSI_VALUE(*) + * + * - If SYSCLK source is HSE, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**) + * + * - If SYSCLK source is PLL, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**) + * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * + * (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx.h file (default value + * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * + * (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx.h file (default value + * 25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 2, pllsource = 0, pllm = 2; +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) + uint32_t pllr = 2; +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS; + + switch (tmp) + { + case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; + break; + case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock source */ + SystemCoreClock = HSE_VALUE; + break; + case 0x08: /* PLL P used as system clock source */ + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL_M) * PLL_N + SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P + */ + pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22; + pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + if (pllsource != 0) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } +#elif defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) +#if defined(USE_HSE_BYPASS) + if (pllsource != 0) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSE_BYPASS_INPUT_FREQUENCY / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } +#else + if (pllsource == 0) + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } +#endif /* USE_HSE_BYPASS */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + pllp = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >>16) + 1 ) *2; + SystemCoreClock = pllvco/pllp; + break; +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) + case 0x0C: /* PLL R used as system clock source */ + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL_M) * PLL_N + SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_R + */ + pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22; + pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; + if (pllsource != 0) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + + pllr = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >>28) + 1 ) *2; + SystemCoreClock = pllvco/pllr; + break; +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + default: + SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + /* Compute HCLK frequency --------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Get HCLK prescaler */ + tmp = AHBPrescTable[((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> 4)]; + /* HCLK frequency */ + SystemCoreClock >>= tmp; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the System clock source, PLL Multiplier and Divider factors, + * AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings + * @Note This function should be called only once the RCC clock configuration + * is reset to the default reset state (done in SystemInit() function). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +static void SetSysClock(void) +{ +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx)|| defined(STM32F469_479xx) +/******************************************************************************/ +/* PLL (clocked by HSE) used as System clock source */ +/******************************************************************************/ + __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0, HSEStatus = 0; + + /* Enable HSE */ + RCC->CR |= ((uint32_t)RCC_CR_HSEON); + + /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + HSEStatus = RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY; + StartUpCounter++; + } while((HSEStatus == 0) && (StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)); + + if ((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x01; + } + else + { + HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x00; + } + + if (HSEStatus == (uint32_t)0x01) + { + /* Select regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode */ + RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN; + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_VOS; + + /* HCLK = SYSCLK / 1*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1; + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 2*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV2; + + /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 4*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV4; +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F412xG || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) + /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 1*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV1; + + /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 2*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2; +#endif /* STM32F401xx || STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F401xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + /* Configure the main PLL */ + RCC->PLLCFGR = PLL_M | (PLL_N << 6) | (((PLL_P >> 1) -1) << 16) | + (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE) | (PLL_Q << 24); +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F412xG) || defined(STM32F413_423xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) + /* Configure the main PLL */ + RCC->PLLCFGR = PLL_M | (PLL_N << 6) | (((PLL_P >> 1) -1) << 16) | + (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE) | (PLL_Q << 24) | (PLL_R << 28); +#endif /* STM32F412xG || STM32F413_423xx || STM32F446xx */ + + /* Enable the main PLL */ + RCC->CR |= RCC_CR_PLLON; + + /* Wait till the main PLL is ready */ + while((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0) + { + } + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + /* Enable the Over-drive to extend the clock frequency to 180 Mhz */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_ODEN; + while((PWR->CSR & PWR_CSR_ODRDY) == 0) + { + } + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_ODSWEN; + while((PWR->CSR & PWR_CSR_ODSWRDY) == 0) + { + } + /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ + FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_5WS; +#endif /* STM32F427_437x || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) || defined(STM32F412xG) + /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ + FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_5WS; +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F412xG */ + +#if defined(STM32F413_423xx) + /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ + FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_3WS; +#endif /* STM32F413_423xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F401xx) + /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ + FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_2WS; +#endif /* STM32F401xx */ + + /* Select the main PLL as system clock source */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW)); + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL; + + /* Wait till the main PLL is used as system clock source */ + while ((RCC->CFGR & (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS ) != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL); + { + } + } + else + { /* If HSE fails to start-up, the application will have wrong clock + configuration. User can add here some code to deal with this error */ + } +#elif defined(STM32F410xx) || defined(STM32F411xE) +#if defined(USE_HSE_BYPASS) +/******************************************************************************/ +/* PLL (clocked by HSE) used as System clock source */ +/******************************************************************************/ + __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0, HSEStatus = 0; + + /* Enable HSE and HSE BYPASS */ + RCC->CR |= ((uint32_t)RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSEBYP); + + /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + HSEStatus = RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY; + StartUpCounter++; + } while((HSEStatus == 0) && (StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)); + + if ((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x01; + } + else + { + HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x00; + } + + if (HSEStatus == (uint32_t)0x01) + { + /* Select regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode */ + RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN; + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_VOS; + + /* HCLK = SYSCLK / 1*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1; + + /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 2*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV1; + + /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 4*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2; + + /* Configure the main PLL */ + RCC->PLLCFGR = PLL_M | (PLL_N << 6) | (((PLL_P >> 1) -1) << 16) | + (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE) | (PLL_Q << 24); + + /* Enable the main PLL */ + RCC->CR |= RCC_CR_PLLON; + + /* Wait till the main PLL is ready */ + while((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0) + { + } + + /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ + FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_3WS; + + /* Select the main PLL as system clock source */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW)); + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL; + + /* Wait till the main PLL is used as system clock source */ + while ((RCC->CFGR & (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS ) != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL); + { + } + } + else + { /* If HSE fails to start-up, the application will have wrong clock + configuration. User can add here some code to deal with this error */ + } +#else /* HSI will be used as PLL clock source */ + /* Select regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode */ + RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN; + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_VOS; + + /* HCLK = SYSCLK / 1*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1; + + /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 2*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV1; + + /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 4*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2; + + /* Configure the main PLL */ + RCC->PLLCFGR = PLL_M | (PLL_N << 6) | (((PLL_P >> 1) -1) << 16) | (PLL_Q << 24); + + /* Enable the main PLL */ + RCC->CR |= RCC_CR_PLLON; + + /* Wait till the main PLL is ready */ + while((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0) + { + } + + /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ + FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_3WS; + + /* Select the main PLL as system clock source */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW)); + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL; + + /* Wait till the main PLL is used as system clock source */ + while ((RCC->CFGR & (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS ) != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL); + { + } +#endif /* USE_HSE_BYPASS */ +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx || STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F401xx || STM32F469_479xx */ +} +#if defined (DATA_IN_ExtSRAM) && defined (DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM) +#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\ + defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx) +/** + * @brief Setup the external memory controller. + * Called in startup_stm32f4xx.s before jump to main. + * This function configures the external memories (SRAM/SDRAM) + * This SRAM/SDRAM will be used as program data memory (including heap and stack). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0x00; + + register uint32_t tmpreg = 0, timeout = 0xFFFF; + register uint32_t index; + + /* Enable GPIOC, GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF, GPIOG, GPIOH and GPIOI interface clock */ + RCC->AHB1ENR |= 0x000001F8; + + /* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */ + tmp = READ_BIT(RCC->AHB1ENR, RCC_AHB1ENR_GPIOCEN); + + /* Connect PDx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOD->AFR[0] = 0x00CCC0CC; + GPIOD->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + /* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOD->MODER = 0xAAAA0A8A; + /* Configure PDx pins speed to 100 MHz */ + GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xFFFF0FCF; + /* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOD->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */ + GPIOD->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PEx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOE->AFR[0] = 0xC00CC0CC; + GPIOE->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + /* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOE->MODER = 0xAAAA828A; + /* Configure PEx pins speed to 100 MHz */ + GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xFFFFC3CF; + /* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOE->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */ + GPIOE->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PFx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOF->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + GPIOF->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + /* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOF->MODER = 0xAA800AAA; + /* Configure PFx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xAA800AAA; + /* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOF->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */ + GPIOF->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PGx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOG->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + GPIOG->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + /* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOG->MODER = 0xAAAAAAAA; + /* Configure PGx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAAAAAA; + /* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOG->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */ + GPIOG->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PHx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOH->AFR[0] = 0x00C0CC00; + GPIOH->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + /* Configure PHx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOH->MODER = 0xAAAA08A0; + /* Configure PHx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOH->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAA08A0; + /* Configure PHx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOH->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PHx pins */ + GPIOH->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PIx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOI->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + GPIOI->AFR[1] = 0x00000CC0; + /* Configure PIx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOI->MODER = 0x0028AAAA; + /* Configure PIx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOI->OSPEEDR = 0x0028AAAA; + /* Configure PIx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOI->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PIx pins */ + GPIOI->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + +/*-- FMC Configuration -------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Enable the FMC interface clock */ + RCC->AHB3ENR |= 0x00000001; + /* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */ + tmp = READ_BIT(RCC->AHB3ENR, RCC_AHB3ENR_FMCEN); + + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = 0x000019E4; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[0] = 0x01115351; + + /* SDRAM initialization sequence */ + /* Clock enable command */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000011; + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; + while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0)) + { + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; + } + + /* Delay */ + for (index = 0; index<1000; index++); + + /* PALL command */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000012; + timeout = 0xFFFF; + while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0)) + { + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; + } + + /* Auto refresh command */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000073; + timeout = 0xFFFF; + while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0)) + { + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; + } + + /* MRD register program */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00046014; + timeout = 0xFFFF; + while((tmpreg != 0) && (timeout-- > 0)) + { + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; + } + + /* Set refresh count */ + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR = (tmpreg | (0x0000027C<<1)); + + /* Disable write protection */ + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0]; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = (tmpreg & 0xFFFFFDFF); + +#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) + /* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */ + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001011; + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00000201; + FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff; +#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */ +#if defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx) + /* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */ + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001091; + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00110212; + FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff; +#endif /* STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */ + + (void)(tmp); +} +#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */ +#elif defined (DATA_IN_ExtSRAM) +/** + * @brief Setup the external memory controller. Called in startup_stm32f4xx.s + * before jump to __main + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +/** + * @brief Setup the external memory controller. + * Called in startup_stm32f4xx.s before jump to main. + * This function configures the external SRAM mounted on STM324xG_EVAL/STM324x7I boards + * This SRAM will be used as program data memory (including heap and stack). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void) +{ +/*-- GPIOs Configuration -----------------------------------------------------*/ +/* + +-------------------+--------------------+------------------+--------------+ + + SRAM pins assignment + + +-------------------+--------------------+------------------+--------------+ + | PD0 <-> FMC_D2 | PE0 <-> FMC_NBL0 | PF0 <-> FMC_A0 | PG0 <-> FMC_A10 | + | PD1 <-> FMC_D3 | PE1 <-> FMC_NBL1 | PF1 <-> FMC_A1 | PG1 <-> FMC_A11 | + | PD4 <-> FMC_NOE | PE3 <-> FMC_A19 | PF2 <-> FMC_A2 | PG2 <-> FMC_A12 | + | PD5 <-> FMC_NWE | PE4 <-> FMC_A20 | PF3 <-> FMC_A3 | PG3 <-> FMC_A13 | + | PD8 <-> FMC_D13 | PE7 <-> FMC_D4 | PF4 <-> FMC_A4 | PG4 <-> FMC_A14 | + | PD9 <-> FMC_D14 | PE8 <-> FMC_D5 | PF5 <-> FMC_A5 | PG5 <-> FMC_A15 | + | PD10 <-> FMC_D15 | PE9 <-> FMC_D6 | PF12 <-> FMC_A6 | PG9 <-> FMC_NE2 | + | PD11 <-> FMC_A16 | PE10 <-> FMC_D7 | PF13 <-> FMC_A7 |-----------------+ + | PD12 <-> FMC_A17 | PE11 <-> FMC_D8 | PF14 <-> FMC_A8 | + | PD13 <-> FMC_A18 | PE12 <-> FMC_D9 | PF15 <-> FMC_A9 | + | PD14 <-> FMC_D0 | PE13 <-> FMC_D10 |-----------------+ + | PD15 <-> FMC_D1 | PE14 <-> FMC_D11 | + | | PE15 <-> FMC_D12 | + +------------------+------------------+ +*/ + /* Enable GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF and GPIOG interface clock */ + RCC->AHB1ENR |= 0x00000078; + + /* Connect PDx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOD->AFR[0] = 0x00cc00cc; + GPIOD->AFR[1] = 0xcccccccc; + /* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOD->MODER = 0xaaaa0a0a; + /* Configure PDx pins speed to 100 MHz */ + GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xffff0f0f; + /* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOD->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */ + GPIOD->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PEx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOE->AFR[0] = 0xcccccccc; + GPIOE->AFR[1] = 0xcccccccc; + /* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOE->MODER = 0xaaaaaaaa; + /* Configure PEx pins speed to 100 MHz */ + GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xffffffff; + /* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOE->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */ + GPIOE->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PFx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOF->AFR[0] = 0x00cccccc; + GPIOF->AFR[1] = 0xcccc0000; + /* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOF->MODER = 0xaa000aaa; + /* Configure PFx pins speed to 100 MHz */ + GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xff000fff; + /* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOF->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */ + GPIOF->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PGx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOG->AFR[0] = 0x00cccccc; + GPIOG->AFR[1] = 0x000000c0; + /* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOG->MODER = 0x00080aaa; + /* Configure PGx pins speed to 100 MHz */ + GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0x000c0fff; + /* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOG->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */ + GPIOG->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + +/*-- FMC Configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Enable the FMC/FSMC interface clock */ + RCC->AHB3ENR |= 0x00000001; + +#if defined(STM32F427_437xx) || defined(STM32F429_439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469_479xx) + /* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */ + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001011; + FMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00000201; + FMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff; +#endif /* STM32F427_437xx || STM32F429_439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469_479xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F40_41xxx) + /* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001011; + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00000201; + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff; +#endif /* STM32F40_41xxx */ + +/* + Bank1_SRAM2 is configured as follow: + In case of FSMC configuration + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 1; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_DataSetupTime = 2; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_CLKDivision = 0; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_DataLatency = 0; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FSMC_AccessMode = FMC_AccessMode_A; + + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = &NORSRAMTimingStructure; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteTimingStruct = &NORSRAMTimingStructure; + + In case of FMC configuration + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_AddressSetupTime = 1; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_AddressHoldTime = 0; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_DataSetupTime = 2; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_CLKDivision = 0; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_DataLatency = 0; + NORSRAMTimingStructure.FMC_AccessMode = FMC_AccessMode_A; + + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_Bank = FMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_DataAddressMux = FMC_DataAddressMux_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_MemoryType = FMC_MemoryType_SRAM; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_MemoryDataWidth = FMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_BurstAccessMode = FMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_AsynchronousWait = FMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WrapMode = FMC_WrapMode_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WaitSignalActive = FMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WriteOperation = FMC_WriteOperation_Enable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WaitSignal = FMC_WaitSignal_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_ExtendedMode = FMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WriteBurst = FMC_WriteBurst_Disable; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_ContinousClock = FMC_CClock_SyncOnly; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = &NORSRAMTimingStructure; + FMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FMC_WriteTimingStruct = &NORSRAMTimingStructure; +*/ + +} +#elif defined (DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM) +/** + * @brief Setup the external memory controller. + * Called in startup_stm32f4xx.s before jump to main. + * This function configures the external SDRAM mounted on STM324x9I_EVAL board + * This SDRAM will be used as program data memory (including heap and stack). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void) +{ + register uint32_t tmpreg = 0, timeout = 0xFFFF; + register uint32_t index; + + /* Enable GPIOC, GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF, GPIOG, GPIOH and GPIOI interface + clock */ + RCC->AHB1ENR |= 0x000001FC; + + /* Connect PCx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOC->AFR[0] = 0x0000000c; + GPIOC->AFR[1] = 0x00007700; + /* Configure PCx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOC->MODER = 0x00a00002; + /* Configure PCx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOC->OSPEEDR = 0x00a00002; + /* Configure PCx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOC->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PCx pins */ + GPIOC->PUPDR = 0x00500000; + + /* Connect PDx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOD->AFR[0] = 0x000000CC; + GPIOD->AFR[1] = 0xCC000CCC; + /* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOD->MODER = 0xA02A000A; + /* Configure PDx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xA02A000A; + /* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOD->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */ + GPIOD->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PEx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOE->AFR[0] = 0xC00000CC; + GPIOE->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + /* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOE->MODER = 0xAAAA800A; + /* Configure PEx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAA800A; + /* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOE->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */ + GPIOE->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PFx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOF->AFR[0] = 0xcccccccc; + GPIOF->AFR[1] = 0xcccccccc; + /* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOF->MODER = 0xAA800AAA; + /* Configure PFx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xAA800AAA; + /* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOF->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */ + GPIOF->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PGx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOG->AFR[0] = 0xcccccccc; + GPIOG->AFR[1] = 0xcccccccc; + /* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOG->MODER = 0xaaaaaaaa; + /* Configure PGx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0xaaaaaaaa; + /* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOG->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */ + GPIOG->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PHx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOH->AFR[0] = 0x00C0CC00; + GPIOH->AFR[1] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + /* Configure PHx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOH->MODER = 0xAAAA08A0; + /* Configure PHx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOH->OSPEEDR = 0xAAAA08A0; + /* Configure PHx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOH->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PHx pins */ + GPIOH->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PIx pins to FMC Alternate function */ + GPIOI->AFR[0] = 0xCCCCCCCC; + GPIOI->AFR[1] = 0x00000CC0; + /* Configure PIx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOI->MODER = 0x0028AAAA; + /* Configure PIx pins speed to 50 MHz */ + GPIOI->OSPEEDR = 0x0028AAAA; + /* Configure PIx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOI->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PIx pins */ + GPIOI->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + +/*-- FMC Configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Enable the FMC interface clock */ + RCC->AHB3ENR |= 0x00000001; + + /* Configure and enable SDRAM bank1 */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = 0x000039D0; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDTR[0] = 0x01115351; + + /* SDRAM initialization sequence */ + /* Clock enable command */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000011; + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; + while((tmpreg != 0) & (timeout-- > 0)) + { + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; + } + + /* Delay */ + for (index = 0; index<1000; index++); + + /* PALL command */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000012; + timeout = 0xFFFF; + while((tmpreg != 0) & (timeout-- > 0)) + { + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; + } + + /* Auto refresh command */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00000073; + timeout = 0xFFFF; + while((tmpreg != 0) & (timeout-- > 0)) + { + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; + } + + /* MRD register program */ + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCMR = 0x00046014; + timeout = 0xFFFF; + while((tmpreg != 0) & (timeout-- > 0)) + { + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDSR & 0x00000020; + } + + /* Set refresh count */ + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDRTR = (tmpreg | (0x0000027C<<1)); + + /* Disable write protection */ + tmpreg = FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0]; + FMC_Bank5_6->SDCR[0] = (tmpreg & 0xFFFFFDFF); + +/* + Bank1_SDRAM is configured as follow: + + FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_LoadToActiveDelay = 2; + FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_ExitSelfRefreshDelay = 6; + FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_SelfRefreshTime = 4; + FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_RowCycleDelay = 6; + FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_WriteRecoveryTime = 2; + FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_RPDelay = 2; + FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure.FMC_RCDDelay = 2; + + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_Bank = SDRAM_BANK; + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_ColumnBitsNumber = FMC_ColumnBits_Number_8b; + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_RowBitsNumber = FMC_RowBits_Number_11b; + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_SDMemoryDataWidth = FMC_SDMemory_Width_16b; + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_InternalBankNumber = FMC_InternalBank_Number_4; + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_CASLatency = FMC_CAS_Latency_3; + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_WriteProtection = FMC_Write_Protection_Disable; + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_SDClockPeriod = FMC_SDClock_Period_2; + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_ReadBurst = FMC_Read_Burst_disable; + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_ReadPipeDelay = FMC_ReadPipe_Delay_1; + FMC_SDRAMInitStructure.FMC_SDRAMTimingStruct = &FMC_SDRAMTimingInitStructure; +*/ + +} +#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSDRAM && DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ From 17a2af5cebe8170e50b3cc80aa6ed48a6cac8d9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: luka177 Date: Thu, 21 Jul 2022 19:19:31 +0300 Subject: [PATCH 2/4] [platform-stm32f4xx] Updata chip defenition --- platform/stm32f4xx/rules.mk | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/platform/stm32f4xx/rules.mk b/platform/stm32f4xx/rules.mk index 19a54080c6..7869493339 100644 --- a/platform/stm32f4xx/rules.mk +++ b/platform/stm32f4xx/rules.mk @@ -14,16 +14,16 @@ ARM_CPU := cortex-m4 # TODO: integrate better with platform/stm32f4xx/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h ifeq ($(STM32_CHIP),stm32f407) -GLOBAL_DEFINES += STM32F40_41xxx +GLOBAL_CFLAGS=-DSTM32F40_41xxx=1 FOUND_CHIP := true endif ifeq ($(STM32_CHIP),stm32f417) FOUND_CHIP := true -GLOBAL_DEFINES += STM32F40_41xxx +GLOBAL_CFLAGS=-DSTM32F40_41xxx=1 endif ifeq ($(STM32_CHIP),stm32f429) FOUND_CHIP := true -GLOBAL_DEFINES += STM32F429_439xx +GLOBAL_CFLAGS=-DSTM32F429_439xx=1 endif ifeq ($(FOUND_CHIP),) From 6abb5b3db73f47360743958a9e68ab4b414da537 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: luka177 Date: Thu, 21 Jul 2022 19:22:19 +0300 Subject: [PATCH 3/4] [STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver] Define assert_param --- .../stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h index 313262833c..95077f1062 100755 --- a/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h +++ b/external/platform/stm32f4xx/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/CMSIS/stm32f4xx.h @@ -50,6 +50,8 @@ extern "C" { #endif /* __cplusplus */ +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0) + /** @addtogroup Library_configuration_section * @{ */ From 5514d7adeab7415646e94f0364de2cf6801b32cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: luka177 Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 10:29:20 +0300 Subject: [PATCH 4/4] [target-stm32f429i-disco]: Initial lcd support --- target/stm32f429i-disco/include/target/lcd.h | 78 +++ target/stm32f429i-disco/init.c | 4 + target/stm32f429i-disco/lcd.c | 682 +++++++++++++++++++ target/stm32f429i-disco/rules.mk | 3 +- 4 files changed, 766 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) create mode 100644 target/stm32f429i-disco/include/target/lcd.h create mode 100644 target/stm32f429i-disco/lcd.c diff --git a/target/stm32f429i-disco/include/target/lcd.h b/target/stm32f429i-disco/include/target/lcd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d078fdb34 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/stm32f429i-disco/include/target/lcd.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +#pragma once +/* LCD Size (Width and Height) */ +#define LCD_SIZE_PIXEL_WIDTH ((uint16_t)240) +#define LCD_SIZE_PIXEL_HEIGHT ((uint16_t)320) + +#define LCD_FRAME_BUFFER ((uint32_t)0xD0000000) +#define BUFFER_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x50000) + +#define LCD_BACKGROUND_LAYER 0x0000 + +/** + * @brief LCD Control pin + */ +#define LCD_NCS_PIN GPIO_Pin_2 +#define LCD_NCS_GPIO_PORT GPIOC +#define LCD_NCS_GPIO_CLK RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC + +/** + * @brief LCD Command/data pin + */ +#define LCD_WRX_PIN GPIO_Pin_13 +#define LCD_WRX_GPIO_PORT GPIOD +#define LCD_WRX_GPIO_CLK RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD + +/** + * @brief LCD SPI Interface pins + */ +#define LCD_SPI_SCK_PIN GPIO_Pin_7 /* PF.07 */ +#define LCD_SPI_SCK_GPIO_PORT GPIOF /* GPIOF */ +#define LCD_SPI_SCK_GPIO_CLK RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF +#define LCD_SPI_SCK_SOURCE GPIO_PinSource7 +#define LCD_SPI_SCK_AF GPIO_AF_SPI5 +#define LCD_SPI_MISO_PIN GPIO_Pin_8 /* PF.08 */ +#define LCD_SPI_MISO_GPIO_PORT GPIOF /* GPIOF */ +#define LCD_SPI_MISO_GPIO_CLK RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF +#define LCD_SPI_MISO_SOURCE GPIO_PinSource8 +#define LCD_SPI_MISO_AF GPIO_AF_SPI5 +#define LCD_SPI_MOSI_PIN GPIO_Pin_9 /* PF.09 */ +#define LCD_SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT GPIOF /* GPIOF */ +#define LCD_SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF +#define LCD_SPI_MOSI_SOURCE GPIO_PinSource9 +#define LCD_SPI_MOSI_AF GPIO_AF_SPI5 +#define LCD_SPI SPI5 +#define LCD_SPI_CLK RCC_APB2Periph_SPI5 + +/** + * @brief LCD Registers + */ +#define LCD_SLEEP_OUT 0x11 /* Sleep out register */ +#define LCD_GAMMA 0x26 /* Gamma register */ +#define LCD_DISPLAY_OFF 0x28 /* Display off register */ +#define LCD_DISPLAY_ON 0x29 /* Display on register */ +#define LCD_COLUMN_ADDR 0x2A /* Colomn address register */ +#define LCD_PAGE_ADDR 0x2B /* Page address register */ +#define LCD_GRAM 0x2C /* GRAM register */ +#define LCD_MAC 0x36 /* Memory Access Control register*/ +#define LCD_PIXEL_FORMAT 0x3A /* Pixel Format register */ +#define LCD_WDB 0x51 /* Write Brightness Display register */ +#define LCD_WCD 0x53 /* Write Control Display register*/ +#define LCD_RGB_INTERFACE 0xB0 /* RGB Interface Signal Control */ +#define LCD_FRC 0xB1 /* Frame Rate Control register */ +#define LCD_BPC 0xB5 /* Blanking Porch Control register*/ +#define LCD_DFC 0xB6 /* Display Function Control register*/ +#define LCD_POWER1 0xC0 /* Power Control 1 register */ +#define LCD_POWER2 0xC1 /* Power Control 2 register */ +#define LCD_VCOM1 0xC5 /* VCOM Control 1 register */ +#define LCD_VCOM2 0xC7 /* VCOM Control 2 register */ +#define LCD_POWERA 0xCB /* Power control A register */ +#define LCD_POWERB 0xCF /* Power control B register */ +#define LCD_PGAMMA 0xE0 /* Positive Gamma Correction register*/ +#define LCD_NGAMMA 0xE1 /* Negative Gamma Correction register*/ +#define LCD_DTCA 0xE8 /* Driver timing control A */ +#define LCD_DTCB 0xEA /* Driver timing control B */ +#define LCD_POWER_SEQ 0xED /* Power on sequence register */ +#define LCD_3GAMMA_EN 0xF2 /* 3 Gamma enable register */ +#define LCD_INTERFACE 0xF6 /* Interface control register */ +#define LCD_PRC 0xF7 /* Pump ratio control register */ + diff --git a/target/stm32f429i-disco/init.c b/target/stm32f429i-disco/init.c index d5e2c150d7..1a932a33d7 100644 --- a/target/stm32f429i-disco/init.c +++ b/target/stm32f429i-disco/init.c @@ -13,12 +13,15 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include #include #include #include +extern uint8_t STM_LCD_Init(void); + void target_early_init(void) { #ifdef DEBUG_UART #if DEBUG_UART == 1 @@ -38,6 +41,7 @@ void target_early_init(void) { gpio_config(GPIO_LED1, GPIO_OUTPUT); gpio_config(GPIO_LED2, GPIO_OUTPUT); gpio_config(GPIO_LED3, GPIO_OUTPUT); + STM_LCD_Init(); } void target_init(void) { diff --git a/target/stm32f429i-disco/lcd.c b/target/stm32f429i-disco/lcd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..465fa554ca --- /dev/null +++ b/target/stm32f429i-disco/lcd.c @@ -0,0 +1,682 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2015 Travis Geiselbrecht + * Copyright (c) 2022 Luka Panio + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style + * license that can be found in the LICENSE file or at + * https://opensource.org/licenses/MIT + */ +/* + * COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* + * lcd initialization sequence, taken from + * STM32F429I-Discovery_FW_V1.0.3/Utilities/STM32F429I-Discovery/stm32f429i_discovery_lcd.[ch] + */ + +/** + * @brief Controls LCD Chip Select (CS) pin + * @param NewState CS pin state + * @retval None + */ +void STM_LCD_ChipSelect(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + if (NewState == DISABLE) + { + GPIO_ResetBits(LCD_NCS_GPIO_PORT, LCD_NCS_PIN); /* CS pin low: LCD disabled */ + } + else + { + GPIO_SetBits(LCD_NCS_GPIO_PORT, LCD_NCS_PIN); /* CS pin high: LCD enabled */ + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the LCD_SPI interface. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void STM_LCD_SPIConfig(void) +{ + SPI_InitTypeDef SPI_InitStructure; + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure; + + /* Enable LCD_SPI_SCK_GPIO_CLK, LCD_SPI_MISO_GPIO_CLK and LCD_SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK clock */ + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(LCD_SPI_SCK_GPIO_CLK | LCD_SPI_MISO_GPIO_CLK | LCD_SPI_MOSI_GPIO_CLK, ENABLE); + + /* Enable LCD_SPI and SYSCFG clock */ + RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(LCD_SPI_CLK, ENABLE); + + /* Configure LCD_SPI SCK pin */ + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = LCD_SPI_SCK_PIN; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_25MHz; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_DOWN; + GPIO_Init(LCD_SPI_SCK_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStructure); + + /* Configure LCD_SPI MISO pin */ + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = LCD_SPI_MISO_PIN; + GPIO_Init(LCD_SPI_MISO_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStructure); + + /* Configure LCD_SPI MOSI pin */ + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = LCD_SPI_MOSI_PIN; + GPIO_Init(LCD_SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStructure); + + /* Connect SPI SCK */ + GPIO_PinAFConfig(LCD_SPI_SCK_GPIO_PORT, LCD_SPI_SCK_SOURCE, LCD_SPI_SCK_AF); + + /* Connect SPI MISO */ + GPIO_PinAFConfig(LCD_SPI_MISO_GPIO_PORT, LCD_SPI_MISO_SOURCE, LCD_SPI_MISO_AF); + + /* Connect SPI MOSI */ + GPIO_PinAFConfig(LCD_SPI_MOSI_GPIO_PORT, LCD_SPI_MOSI_SOURCE, LCD_SPI_MOSI_AF); + + SPI_I2S_DeInit(LCD_SPI); + + /* SPI configuration -------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* If the SPI peripheral is already enabled, don't reconfigure it */ + if ((LCD_SPI->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) == 0) + { + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Master; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Soft; + /* SPI baudrate is set to 5.6 MHz (PCLK2/SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = 90/16 = 5.625 MHz) + to verify these constraints: + - ILI9341 LCD SPI interface max baudrate is 10MHz for write and 6.66MHz for read + - l3gd20 SPI interface max baudrate is 10MHz for write/read + - PCLK2 frequency is set to 90 MHz + */ + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + SPI_InitStructure.SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; + SPI_Init(LCD_SPI, &SPI_InitStructure); + + /* Enable L3GD20_SPI */ + SPI_Cmd(LCD_SPI, ENABLE); + } +} + +static void STM_LCD_AF_GPIOConfig(void) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct; + + /* Enable GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, GPIOD, GPIOF, GPIOG AHB Clocks */ + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA | RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB | \ + RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC | RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD | \ + RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF | RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG, ENABLE); + +/* GPIOs Configuration */ +/* + +------------------------+-----------------------+----------------------------+ + + LCD pins assignment + + +------------------------+-----------------------+----------------------------+ + | LCD_TFT R2 <-> PC.10 | LCD_TFT G2 <-> PA.06 | LCD_TFT B2 <-> PD.06 | + | LCD_TFT R3 <-> PB.00 | LCD_TFT G3 <-> PG.10 | LCD_TFT B3 <-> PG.11 | + | LCD_TFT R4 <-> PA.11 | LCD_TFT G4 <-> PB.10 | LCD_TFT B4 <-> PG.12 | + | LCD_TFT R5 <-> PA.12 | LCD_TFT G5 <-> PB.11 | LCD_TFT B5 <-> PA.03 | + | LCD_TFT R6 <-> PB.01 | LCD_TFT G6 <-> PC.07 | LCD_TFT B6 <-> PB.08 | + | LCD_TFT R7 <-> PG.06 | LCD_TFT G7 <-> PD.03 | LCD_TFT B7 <-> PB.09 | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + | LCD_TFT HSYNC <-> PC.06 | LCDTFT VSYNC <-> PA.04 | + | LCD_TFT CLK <-> PG.07 | LCD_TFT DE <-> PF.10 | + ----------------------------------------------------- + +*/ + + /* GPIOA configuration */ + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOA, GPIO_PinSource3, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOA, GPIO_PinSource4, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOA, GPIO_PinSource6, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOA, GPIO_PinSource11, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOA, GPIO_PinSource12, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + + GPIO_InitStruct.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_3 | GPIO_Pin_4 | GPIO_Pin_6 | \ + GPIO_Pin_11 | GPIO_Pin_12; + + GPIO_InitStruct.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz; + GPIO_InitStruct.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF; + GPIO_InitStruct.GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL; + GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* GPIOB configuration */ + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOB, GPIO_PinSource0, 0x09); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOB, GPIO_PinSource1, 0x09); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOB, GPIO_PinSource8, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOB, GPIO_PinSource9, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOB, GPIO_PinSource10, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOB, GPIO_PinSource11, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + + GPIO_InitStruct.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_0 | GPIO_Pin_1 | GPIO_Pin_8 | \ + GPIO_Pin_9 | GPIO_Pin_10 | GPIO_Pin_11; + + GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* GPIOC configuration */ + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOC, GPIO_PinSource6, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOC, GPIO_PinSource7, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOC, GPIO_PinSource10, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + + GPIO_InitStruct.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_6 | GPIO_Pin_7 | GPIO_Pin_10; + + GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* GPIOD configuration */ + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOD, GPIO_PinSource3, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOD, GPIO_PinSource6, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + + GPIO_InitStruct.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_3 | GPIO_Pin_6; + + GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* GPIOF configuration */ + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOF, GPIO_PinSource10, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + + GPIO_InitStruct.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_10; + + GPIO_Init(GPIOF, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* GPIOG configuration */ + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOG, GPIO_PinSource6, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOG, GPIO_PinSource7, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOG, GPIO_PinSource10, 0x09); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOG, GPIO_PinSource11, GPIO_AF_LTDC); + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOG, GPIO_PinSource12, 0x09); + + GPIO_InitStruct.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_6 | GPIO_Pin_7 | GPIO_Pin_10 | \ + GPIO_Pin_11 | GPIO_Pin_12; + + GPIO_Init(GPIOG, &GPIO_InitStruct); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or reset LCD control lines. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be B or D to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param CtrlPins: the Control line. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg LCD_NCS_PIN: Chip Select pin + * @arg LCD_NWR_PIN: Read/Write Selection pin + * @arg LCD_RS_PIN: Register/RAM Selection pin + * @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void STM_LCD_CtrlLinesWrite(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t CtrlPins, BitAction BitVal) +{ + /* Set or Reset the control line */ + GPIO_WriteBit(GPIOx, (uint16_t)CtrlPins, (BitAction)BitVal); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures LCD control lines in Output Push-Pull mode. + * @note The LCD_NCS line can be configured in Open Drain mode + * when VDDIO is lower than required LCD supply. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void STM_LCD_CtrlLinesConfig(void) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure; + + /* Enable GPIOs clock*/ + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(LCD_NCS_GPIO_CLK | LCD_WRX_GPIO_CLK, ENABLE); + + /* Configure NCS in Output Push-Pull mode */ + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = LCD_NCS_PIN; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_OUT; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL; + GPIO_Init(LCD_NCS_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStructure); + + /* Configure WRX in Output Push-Pull mode */ + GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = LCD_WRX_PIN; + GPIO_Init(LCD_WRX_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStructure); + + /* Set chip select pin high */ + STM_LCD_CtrlLinesWrite(LCD_NCS_GPIO_PORT, LCD_NCS_PIN, Bit_SET); +} + + /** + * @brief Writes command to select the LCD register. + * @param LCD_Reg: address of the selected register. + * @retval None + */ +void STM_LCD_WriteCommand(uint8_t LCD_Reg) +{ + /* Reset WRX to send command */ + STM_LCD_CtrlLinesWrite(LCD_WRX_GPIO_PORT, LCD_WRX_PIN, Bit_RESET); + + /* Reset LCD control line(/CS) and Send command */ + STM_LCD_ChipSelect(DISABLE); + SPI_I2S_SendData(LCD_SPI, LCD_Reg); + + /* Wait until a data is sent(not busy), before config /CS HIGH */ + + while(SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(LCD_SPI, SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) ; + + while(SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(LCD_SPI, SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) != RESET); + + STM_LCD_ChipSelect(ENABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Writes data to select the LCD register. + * This function must be used after STM_LCD_WriteCommand() function + * @param value: data to write to the selected register. + * @retval None + */ +void STM_LCD_WriteData(uint8_t value) +{ + /* Set WRX to send data */ + STM_LCD_CtrlLinesWrite(LCD_WRX_GPIO_PORT, LCD_WRX_PIN, Bit_SET); + + /* Reset LCD control line(/CS) and Send data */ + STM_LCD_ChipSelect(DISABLE); + SPI_I2S_SendData(LCD_SPI, value); + + /* Wait until a data is sent(not busy), before config /CS HIGH */ + + while(SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(LCD_SPI, SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) ; + + while(SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(LCD_SPI, SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) != RESET); + + STM_LCD_ChipSelect(ENABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the LCD controller (Power On sequence as described in ILI9341 Datasheet) + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void STM_LCD_PowerOn(void) +{ + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(0xCA); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0xC3); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x08); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x50); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_POWERB); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0xC1); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x30); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_POWER_SEQ); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x64); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x03); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x12); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x81); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_DTCA); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x85); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x78); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_POWERA); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x39); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x2C); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x34); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x02); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_PRC); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x20); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_DTCB); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_FRC); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x1B); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_DFC); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x0A); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0xA2); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_POWER1); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x10); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_POWER2); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x10); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_VCOM1); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x45); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x15); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_VCOM2); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x90); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_MAC); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0xC8); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_3GAMMA_EN); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_RGB_INTERFACE); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0xC2); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_DFC); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x0A); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0xA7); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x27); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x04); + + /* colomn address set */ + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_COLUMN_ADDR); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0xEF); + /* Page Address Set */ + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_PAGE_ADDR); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x01); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x3F); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_INTERFACE); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x01); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x06); + + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_GRAM); + thread_sleep(200); + + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_GAMMA); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x01); + + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_PGAMMA); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x0F); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x29); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x24); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x0C); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x0E); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x09); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x4E); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x78); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x3C); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x09); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x13); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x05); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x17); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x11); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_NGAMMA); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x00); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x16); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x1B); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x04); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x11); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x07); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x31); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x33); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x42); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x05); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x0C); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x0A); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x28); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x2F); + STM_LCD_WriteData(0x0F); + + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_SLEEP_OUT); + thread_sleep(200); + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_DISPLAY_ON); + /* GRAM start writing */ + STM_LCD_WriteCommand(LCD_GRAM); + } + +/** + * @brief LCD Configuration. + * @note This function Configure tha LTDC peripheral : + * 1) Configure the Pixel Clock for the LCD + * 2) Configure the LTDC Timing and Polarity + * 3) Configure the LTDC Layer 1 : + * - The frame buffer is located at FLASH memory + * - The Layer size configuration : 480x272 + * @retval + * None + */ +static void STM_LCD_Config(void) +{ + LTDC_InitTypeDef LTDC_InitStruct; + + /* Configure the LCD Control pins ------------------------------------------*/ + STM_LCD_CtrlLinesConfig(); + STM_LCD_ChipSelect(DISABLE); + STM_LCD_ChipSelect(ENABLE); + + /* Configure the LCD_SPI interface -----------------------------------------*/ + STM_LCD_SPIConfig(); + + /* Power on the LCD --------------------------------------------------------*/ + STM_LCD_PowerOn(); + + /* Enable the LTDC Clock */ + RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_LTDC, ENABLE); + + /* Enable the DMA2D Clock */ + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2D, ENABLE); + +/* Configure the LCD Control pins --------------------------------------------*/ + STM_LCD_AF_GPIOConfig(); + +/* LTDC Configuration *********************************************************/ + /* Polarity configuration */ + /* Initialize the horizontal synchronization polarity as active low */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_HSPolarity = LTDC_HSPolarity_AL; + /* Initialize the vertical synchronization polarity as active low */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_VSPolarity = LTDC_VSPolarity_AL; + /* Initialize the data enable polarity as active low */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_DEPolarity = LTDC_DEPolarity_AL; + /* Initialize the pixel clock polarity as input pixel clock */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_PCPolarity = LTDC_PCPolarity_IPC; + + /* Configure R,G,B component values for LCD background color */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_BackgroundRedValue = 0; + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_BackgroundGreenValue = 0; + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_BackgroundBlueValue = 0; + + /* Configure PLLSAI prescalers for LCD */ + /* Enable Pixel Clock */ + /* PLLSAI_VCO Input = HSE_VALUE/PLL_M = 1 Mhz */ + /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAI_N = 192 Mhz */ + /* PLLLCDCLK = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAI_R = 192/4 = 48 Mhz */ + /* LTDC clock frequency = PLLLCDCLK / RCC_PLLSAIDivR = 48/8 = 6 Mhz */ + RCC_PLLSAIConfig(192, 7, 4); + RCC_LTDCCLKDivConfig(RCC_PLLSAIDivR_Div8); + + /* Enable PLLSAI Clock */ + RCC_PLLSAICmd(ENABLE); + /* Wait for PLLSAI activation */ + while(RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_PLLSAIRDY) == RESET) + { + } + + /* Timing configuration */ + /* Configure horizontal synchronization width */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_HorizontalSync = 9; + /* Configure vertical synchronization height */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_VerticalSync = 1; + /* Configure accumulated horizontal back porch */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_AccumulatedHBP = 29; + /* Configure accumulated vertical back porch */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_AccumulatedVBP = 3; + /* Configure accumulated active width */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW = 269; + /* Configure accumulated active height */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH = 323; + /* Configure total width */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_TotalWidth = 279; + /* Configure total height */ + LTDC_InitStruct.LTDC_TotalHeigh = 327; + + LTDC_Init(<DC_InitStruct); + +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the LCD Layers. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_LayerInit(void) +{ + LTDC_Layer_InitTypeDef LTDC_Layer_InitStruct; + + /* Windowing configuration */ + /* In this case all the active display area is used to display a picture then : + Horizontal start = horizontal synchronization + Horizontal back porch = 30 + Horizontal stop = Horizontal start + window width -1 = 30 + 240 -1 + Vertical start = vertical synchronization + vertical back porch = 4 + Vertical stop = Vertical start + window height -1 = 4 + 320 -1 */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_HorizontalStart = 30; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_HorizontalStop = (LCD_SIZE_PIXEL_WIDTH + 30 - 1); + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_VerticalStart = 4; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_VerticalStop = (LCD_SIZE_PIXEL_HEIGHT + 4 - 1); + + /* Pixel Format configuration*/ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_PixelFormat = LTDC_Pixelformat_ARGB8888; + /* Alpha constant (255 totally opaque) */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_ConstantAlpha = 255; + /* Default Color configuration (configure A,R,G,B component values) */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_DefaultColorBlue = 0; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_DefaultColorGreen = 0; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_DefaultColorRed = 0; + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_DefaultColorAlpha = 0; + /* Configure blending factors */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_BlendingFactor_1 = LTDC_BlendingFactor1_CA; + + /* the length of one line of pixels in bytes + 3 then : + Line Lenth = Active high width x number of bytes per pixel + 3 + Active high width = LCD_SIZE_PIXEL_WIDTH + number of bytes per pixel = 4 (pixel_format : ARGB8888) + */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_CFBLineLength = ((LCD_SIZE_PIXEL_WIDTH * 4) + 3); + /* the pitch is the increment from the start of one line of pixels to the + start of the next line in bytes, then : + Pitch = Active high width x number of bytes per pixel */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_CFBPitch = (LCD_SIZE_PIXEL_WIDTH * 4); + + /* Configure the number of lines */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_CFBLineNumber = LCD_SIZE_PIXEL_HEIGHT; + + /* Start Address configuration : the LCD Frame buffer is defined on SDRAM */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_CFBStartAdress = LCD_FRAME_BUFFER; + + /* Initialize LTDC layer 1 */ + LTDC_LayerInit(LTDC_Layer1, <DC_Layer_InitStruct); + + /* Configure blending factors */ + LTDC_Layer_InitStruct.LTDC_BlendingFactor_1 = LTDC_BlendingFactor1_PAxCA; + + /* LTDC configuration reload */ + LTDC_ReloadConfig(LTDC_IMReload); + + /* Enable foreground & background Layers */ + LTDC_LayerCmd(LTDC_Layer1, ENABLE); + + /* LTDC configuration reload */ + LTDC_ReloadConfig(LTDC_IMReload); + + /* dithering activation */ + LTDC_DitherCmd(ENABLE); +} + +uint8_t STM_LCD_Init(void) { + /*!< At this stage the microcontroller clock setting is already configured, + this is done through SystemInit() function which is called from startup + files (startup_stm32f429_439xx.s) before to branch to application main. + */ + + dprintf(SPEW, "initializing LCD\n"); + + /* Configure LCD : Only one layer is used */ + STM_LCD_Config(); + + /* Enable Layer 1 */ + LTDC_LayerCmd(LTDC_Layer1, ENABLE); + + /* Reload configuration of Layer 1 */ + LTDC_ReloadConfig(LTDC_IMReload); + + /* Enable The LCD */ + LTDC_Cmd(ENABLE); + + /* Setup layers */ + LCD_LayerInit(); + + return 0; +} + +/* LK display api here */ +status_t display_get_framebuffer(struct display_framebuffer *fb) { + /* fb->image.pixels = (void *)hLtdcEval.LayerCfg[ActiveLayer].FBStartAdress; + + if (hLtdcEval.LayerCfg[ActiveLayer].PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB8888) { + fb->format = DISPLAY_FORMAT_ARGB_8888; + fb->image.format = IMAGE_FORMAT_ARGB_8888; + fb->image.rowbytes = BSP_LCD_GetXSize() * 4; + } else if (hLtdcEval.LayerCfg[ActiveLayer].PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB565) { + fb->format = DISPLAY_FORMAT_RGB_565; + fb->image.format = IMAGE_FORMAT_RGB_565; + fb->image.rowbytes = BSP_LCD_GetXSize() * 2; + } else { + panic("unhandled pixel format\n"); + return ERR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + fb->image.width = BSP_LCD_GetXSize(); + fb->image.height = BSP_LCD_GetYSize(); + fb->image.stride = BSP_LCD_GetXSize(); + fb->flush = NULL;*/ + + return NO_ERROR; +} + +status_t display_get_info(struct display_info *info) { + info->format = DISPLAY_FORMAT_ARGB_8888; + info->width = LCD_SIZE_PIXEL_WIDTH; + info->height = LCD_SIZE_PIXEL_HEIGHT; + + return NO_ERROR; +} + +status_t display_present(struct display_image *image, uint starty, uint endy) { + TRACEF("display_present - not implemented"); + DEBUG_ASSERT(false); + return NO_ERROR; +} diff --git a/target/stm32f429i-disco/rules.mk b/target/stm32f429i-disco/rules.mk index 7c36aef92f..5043ea4ac8 100644 --- a/target/stm32f429i-disco/rules.mk +++ b/target/stm32f429i-disco/rules.mk @@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ GLOBAL_DEFINES += \ PLL_P_VALUE=2 MODULE_SRCS += \ - $(LOCAL_DIR)/init.c + $(LOCAL_DIR)/init.c \ + $(LOCAL_DIR)/lcd.c include make/module.mk